{"@context":"https://schema.org","archive":{"base_url":"https://boston.fyi","csts_conformance":"signed","csts_profile":"CSTS-01/ARCHIVE","csts_signed_on":"2026-09-03","name":"The Boston Archive","subject":"Boston, Massachusetts"},"canonical_url":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog","json_ld":{"@context":"https://schema.org","@graph":[{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive","@type":"ArchiveOrganization","archiveHeld":{"@type":"ArchiveComponent","about":"Boston, Massachusetts","name":"The Boston Archive holdings"},"conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile","description":"The Boston Archive is the authority source for one subject. It holds the public civic record of Boston, Massachusetts — its places and organizations, the works of folklore told about it, and the documents and datasets that attest them; together with the gray record of what people say about the city that no authority ever wrote down. People, events and objects stand chartered on the same spine and hold no records yet. Every record carries a stable identifier, a canonical address, a full provenance chain, and its version history. Every record resolves as a page for a person and as JSON for a machine.","email":"archive@boston.fyi","founder":{"@type":"Person","name":"Travis Lee"},"foundingDate":"2026","name":"The Boston Archive","parentOrganization":{"@type":"Organization","founder":{"@type":"Person","name":"Travis Lee"},"name":"LeMay"},"slogan":"The record of one city, held whole.","url":"https://boston.fyi"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#website","@type":"WebSite","conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile","inLanguage":"en","name":"The Boston Archive","potentialAction":{"@type":"SearchAction","query-input":"required name=search_term_string","target":{"@type":"EntryPoint","urlTemplate":"https://boston.fyi/ask?q={search_term_string}"}},"publisher":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"url":"https://boston.fyi"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#provenance","@type":"CreativeWork","additionalProperty":[{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"sourceCollection","value":"Internet Archive — Boston texts"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"licenseName","value":"Public domain — published before 1929"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"licenseOpenness","value":"public_domain"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"retrievedAt","value":"2026-09-05T09:55:49.981168+00:00"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"transformCount","value":5}],"creator":{"@type":"Organization","name":"Internet Archive — Boston texts"},"creditText":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.)","dateCreated":"2026-09-05T09:55:49.981168+00:00","isBasedOn":"https://archive.org/details/coursecatalog196970nort","license":"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain_in_the_United_States","name":"Provenance of [Course catalog]"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog","@type":"DigitalDocument","additionalProperty":[{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"recordType","value":"Document"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"documentType","value":"book"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","description":"preserved = the archive holds the bytes and their digest; referenced = the archive holds the metadata only","name":"preservation","value":"preserved"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","description":"digest of the bytes as retrieved, before any transform","name":"sha256","value":"0eb9bbc87cc355765900a0e0267c01c95f20f1ef551467bcb9eff123907a6489"}],"author":{"@type":"Person","name":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.)"},"conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile","contentSize":"2667557","dateCreated":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.446341+00:00","dateModified":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.446341+00:00","description":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.), 1909. A public-domain text about Boston, accessioned whole so the archive can quote it.","encoding":{"@type":"MediaObject","contentUrl":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog.json","encodingFormat":"application/json"},"encodingFormat":"text/plain; charset=utf-8","identifier":"urn:lemay:boston:document:course-catalog","inLanguage":"en","isPartOf":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"license":"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain_in_the_United_States","name":"[Course catalog]","provenance":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#provenance"},"publisher":{"@type":"Organization","name":"Boston, Mass. : Northeastern University"},"subjectOf":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#questions"},"url":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog","version":1},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#breadcrumbs","@type":"BreadcrumbList","itemListElement":[{"@type":"ListItem","item":"https://boston.fyi","name":"The Boston Archive","position":1},{"@type":"ListItem","item":"https://boston.fyi/document","name":"Documents","position":2},{"@type":"ListItem","item":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog","name":"[Course catalog]","position":3}]},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#questions","@type":"FAQPage","about":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog"},"additionalProperty":[{"@type":"PropertyValue","description":"Question emission conforms to addendum CSTS-01/ARCHIVE/A1 of the archive profile, declared ratified, ratified 2026-09-05 by Travis Lee, Chief Executive Architect of LeMay. Every answer is composed only from fields the record carries and names the attestation for what it says.","name":"cstsAddendum","value":"CSTS-01/ARCHIVE/A1"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"cstsAddendumCompliance","value":"ratified"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"cstsAddendumRatifiedOn","value":"2026-09-05"}],"conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile-addendum-a1","inLanguage":"en","isPartOf":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#website"},"mainEntity":[{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#q-author","@type":"Question","acceptedAnswer":{"@type":"Answer","author":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","isBasedOn":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#provenance"},"text":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.) wrote it. It was published at Boston, Mass. by Northeastern University, 1909."},"answerCount":1,"name":"Who wrote Course catalog, and who published it?"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#q-bytes","@type":"Question","acceptedAnswer":{"@type":"Answer","author":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","isBasedOn":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#provenance"},"text":"The archive holds the bytes. Their digest, computed on the bytes as retrieved and before any transform, is SHA-256 0eb9bbc87cc355765900a0e0267c01c95f20f1ef551467bcb9eff123907a6489. Every retrieval carries that digest in a header, so no consumer has to take the archive's word for what it received."},"answerCount":1,"name":"Does the archive hold Course catalog itself, or only the record of it?"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#q-holding","@type":"Question","acceptedAnswer":{"@type":"Answer","author":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","isBasedOn":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog#provenance"},"text":"The Boston Archive holds this record of Course catalog from Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929 (public domain). 5 recorded transforms stand between the retrieved bytes and this record. Attribution is due to Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.)."},"answerCount":1,"name":"What does the archive hold for Course catalog, and under what license?"}],"name":"Questions about [Course catalog]","publisher":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"url":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog"}]},"json_url":"https://boston.fyi/document/course-catalog.json","questions":[{"anchor":"q-author","answer":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.) wrote it. It was published at Boston, Mass. by Northeastern University, 1909.","citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","question":"Who wrote Course catalog, and who published it?"},{"anchor":"q-bytes","answer":"The archive holds the bytes. Their digest, computed on the bytes as retrieved and before any transform, is SHA-256 0eb9bbc87cc355765900a0e0267c01c95f20f1ef551467bcb9eff123907a6489. Every retrieval carries that digest in a header, so no consumer has to take the archive's word for what it received.","citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","question":"Does the archive hold Course catalog itself, or only the record of it?"},{"anchor":"q-holding","answer":"The Boston Archive holds this record of Course catalog from Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929 (public domain). 5 recorded transforms stand between the retrieved bytes and this record. Attribution is due to Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.).","citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","question":"What does the archive hold for Course catalog, and under what license?"}],"record":{"author_text":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.)","byte_size":2667557,"canonical_path":"/document/course-catalog","created_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.446341Z","document_type":"book","held_reason":null,"id":"2d6cd808-2a09-43ed-a1c1-d1d9a3ec495e","kind":"document","language":"en","media_type":"text/plain; charset=utf-8","page_count":null,"provenance":{"attribution":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.)","license_id":"public-domain-pre-1929","license_name":"Public domain — published before 1929","license_url":"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain_in_the_United_States","openness":"public_domain","retrieved_at":"2026-09-05T09:55:49.981168Z","rights_statement":"NOT_IN_COPYRIGHT (Internet Archive item rights review), corroborated by the item's own publication date of 1909 — before 1929, and therefore in the public domain in the United States","rights_statement_url":"https://archive.org/metadata/coursecatalog196970nort","source_id":"internet-archive-boston","source_identifier":"coursecatalog196970nort","source_name":"Internet Archive — Boston texts","source_url":"https://archive.org/details/coursecatalog196970nort","transforms":[{"description":"read this ITEM's own possible-copyright-status and required its publication date to corroborate it independently, because a field that calls its own determination possible is not one this archive treats as a determination","input_sha256":null,"operation":"gate","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.556077Z","seq":1,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"retrieved the holding institution's own full-text transcription","input_sha256":null,"operation":"fetch","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.593244Z","seq":2,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"computed the SHA-256 of the bytes as retrieved, before any other step","input_sha256":null,"operation":"digest","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.633100Z","seq":3,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"wrote the bytes to the staging directory under their content address","input_sha256":null,"operation":"stage","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.675350Z","seq":4,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"kept the transcription in full so the archive can quote a passage without leaving itself","input_sha256":null,"operation":"hold","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.713019Z","seq":5,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"}]},"published_date":null,"published_date_text":"1909","publisher_text":"Boston, Mass. : Northeastern University","r2_key":"document/0e/0eb9bbc87cc355765900a0e0267c01c95f20f1ef551467bcb9eff123907a6489.txt","record_kind":"document","sha256":"0eb9bbc87cc355765900a0e0267c01c95f20f1ef551467bcb9eff123907a6489","slug":"course-catalog","status":"published","summary":"Northeastern University (Boston, Mass.), 1909. A public-domain text about Boston, accessioned whole so the archive can quote it.","text_extract":"For Reference \n\nNot to be taken from this room \n\n\nCOMBINED CATALOGS \n\n\nNortheastern University \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\nCOLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nCOLLEGE OF ENGINEERING \n\nCOLLEGE OF PHARMACY \n\nCOLLEGE OF NURSING \n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nCOLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE \n\nUNIVERSITY COLLEGE \n\nLINCOLN COLLEGE \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOLS \n\nof \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nEducation \n\nEngineering \n\n\n1969-1970 \n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\nUNDERGRADUATE CATALOG \n\n\n1969-1970 \n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\nUNDERGRADUATE CATALOG \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE \n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nCRIMINAL JUSTICE \n\nEDUCATION \n\nENGINEERING \n\nLIBERAL ARTS \n\nNURSING \n\nPHARMACY \n\n\nyte^c&s, \n\n\nThe New England Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits schools and \ncolleges in the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting \nassociations in the United States indicates that the school or college has been carefully \nevaluated and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges sup- \nport the efforts of public school and community officials to have their secondary schools \nmeet the standards of membership. \n\n\nNortheastern University 360 Huntington Avenue Boston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\n\nContents \n\n\nPage \n\n4 Academic Calendar \n\n6 Campus Map \n\n7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University \n\n15 Historical Statement \n\n16 Other Schools and Colleges of the University \n20 Buildings and Facilities \n\n25 General Information \n\n32 The Cooperative Plan \n\n35 Alumni Association \n\n37 General Admissions Information \n\n42 College Expenses \n\n47 Financial Aid \n\n61 Honor Societies and Academic Awards \n\n66 Student Activities \n\n68 R 0 T C \n\n73 Boston-Bouve College \n\n87 College of Business Administration \n\n100 College of Criminal Justice \n\n104 College of Education \n\n124 College of Engineering \n\n143 College of Liberal Arts \n\n187 College of Nursing \n\n192 College of Pharmacy \n\n197 Courses of Instruction \n\n344 Administrative Officers and Staff \n\n353 Gifts and Bequests \n\n354 Index \n\n\nACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR BASIC COLLEGES 1969-1970 \n\n\nSeptember 9 (Tuesday) \nSeptember 15 (Monday) \n\n\nFreshman Registration- \ntion Period \n\n\n-Beginning of Orienta- \n\n\nUpper-Class Registration — Beginning of Fall \nQuarter for Division A Students and Freshmen \n— Changeover Date — Beginning of Fall Quarter \nCo-op Term \n\n\nNo Classes on the following holidays during the Fall Quarter \n\nOctober 13 (Monday) \nNovember 11 (Tuesday) \nNovember 27 and 28 (Thursday and Friday) \n\n\nNovember 24-26 \nDecember 1, 2 \n\nDecember 3-5 \n\n(Wednesday-Friday) \n\nDecember 8 (Monday) \n\n\nFinal Examination Period for Fall Quarter \n\nNo examinations scheduled \n\nRegistration — Beginning of Winter Quarter for \nDivision B Students and Freshmen — Change- \nover Date — Beginning of Winter Quarter Co-op \nTerm \n\nChristmas Vacation — No Classes \n\n\nDecember 22- \nJanuary 3, 1970 \n\nJanuary 5 (Monday) Classes Resume \n\nFebruary 16 (Monday) Holiday — No Classes \n\nMarch 2-6 (Monday-Friday) Final Examination Period for Winter Quarter \n\nMarch 9-13 (Monday-Friday) Vacation for Freshmen and Division B Students \n\nMarch 16 (Monday) Registration — Beginning of Spring Quarter for \n\nDivision A Students and Freshmen — Change- \nover Date — Beginning of Spring Quarter Co-op \nTerm \n\n\nApril 20 (Monday) \n\nMay 25 (Monday) \n\nJune 1-5 (Monday-Friday) \n\nJune 8-12 (Monday-Friday) \n\nJune 14 (Sunday) \n\nJune 15 (Monday) \n\n\nJune 4 (Saturday) \n\nAugust 31-September 4 \n(Monday-Friday) \n\nSeptember 7 (Monday) \n\nSeptember 7-18 \n\nSeptember 15 (Tuesday) \n\n\nHoliday — No Classes \n\nHoliday — No Classes \n\nFinal Examination Period for Spring Quarter \n\nVacation for Division A Students \n\nCommencement \n\nRegistration — Beginning of Summer Quarter for \nDivision B Students and Freshmen in Sum- \nmer Quarter — Changeover Date — Beginning of \nSummer Quarter Co-op Term \n\nHoliday — No Classes \n\nFinal Examination Period for Summer Quarter \n\nHoliday — No Classes \n\nVacation for Division B Students \n\nFreshmen Registration (Class of 1975) — Begin- \nning of Orientation Period \n\n\nSeptember 21 (Monday) \n\nNOTE: No Classes on Registration days. \n\n\nUpper-Class Registration for Fall Quarter \n(Division B) \n\n\nOffice Hours \n\nINTERVIEW PERIODS \n\nMonday through Friday 9:00 A.M. - 4:00 P.M. \n\nSaturdays (by appointment) 9:00 A.M. - 1 1:30 A.M. \n\nGuided tours of the University are scheduled \n\non weekdays by request. \n\nThe office is closed on all legal holidays. \n\nRequests for catalogs and information should \n\nbe addressed to \n\nTHE DEAN OF ADMISSIONS \n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n360 Huntington Avenue \n\nBoston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\nOffice: 150 Richards Hall Tel. 437-2200 \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n\n1 School of Law (104 The Fenway) \n\n1A School of Education (102 The Fenway) \n\n1B 153 Hemenway Street \n\n2 Melvin Hall \n\n3 Smith Hall \n\n4 115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n5 White Hall \n\n6 Stetson Hall \n\n7 Speare Hall \n\n8 106-122 St. Stephen Street \n\n9 Light Hall \n\n10 Parker Building \n\n11 Greenleaf Building \n\n12 Cabot Physical Education Center \n\n13 Richards Hall \n\n14 Dodge Library \n\n15 United Realty Building \n\n\n15A Center for Continuing Education \n(11 Leon Street) \n\n16 Forsyth Building \n\n17 Forsyth Annex \n\n18 Charles A. Dana Research Center \n\n19 Churchill Hall \n\n20 Hayden Hall \n\n21 Ell Student Center (new) \n21A Ell Student Center (original) \n\n22 Mugar Life Sciences Building \n\n23 Robinson Hall \n\n24 Botolph Building \n\n25 Chemistry Building \n\n26 Dockser Hall (Boston-Bouve) \n\n27 Barletta Natatorium (swimming pool \n\nand handball courts) \n\n28 School of Law and Criminal Justice \n\n(under construction) \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n'Charles F. Avila \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christiansen \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\n\nAllen G. Barry \n'Lincoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beal \n'F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n'George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n'John L. Burns \n\n\n'Louis W. Cabot \n'Norman L. Cahners \nHenry F. Callahan \nErwin D. Canham \n'Richard P. Chapman \nTheodore Chase \nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n*Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n'William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n*Carl S. Ell \n\n*Byron K. Elliott \n\n*William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n\n*Robert Erickson \n\n* Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr. \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \n\nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \n\nDon S. Greer \n* Samuel A. Groves \n'Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n'George Hansen \n\nWilliam Hellman \n'Ernest Henderson III \n\nWalter F. Henneberry \n\nVincent R. Herterick \n\nCharles E. Hodges \n'Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n'Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \n\nRay E. Johns \n\nHoward B. Johnson \n'Robert L. Johnson \n'Henry C. Jones \n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \n'E. Douglas Kenna \n\nEdward M. Kennedy \n\nFenton G. Keyes \n\nCalvin A. King \n'Asa S. Knowles \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \n\nEdward R. Mitton \n'Harold A. Mock \n\nIrwin L. Moore \n\nJames A. Morris \n'James A. Morton \n\nWilliam B. Moses, Jr. \n'Stephen P. Mugar \n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n'Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n'Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n'Frank L. Richardson \n'Joseph G. Riesman \n'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \n'John Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\n'Lawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n'Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n'Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n\"Russell B. Stearns \n'Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n'Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n'Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n'Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S. Wilkins \n'Robert H. Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n'Alvin C. Zises \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Wee Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Vice Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellt \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Wee Chairman \n\n\nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellt \nLawrence H. Martin \nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \n\nByron K. Elliott, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LLD., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LLD., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President and Director of Finance \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Vice President for Development \n\n\n'President of the University \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n10 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of University College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \n\nActuarial Science \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n11 \n\n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. OToole, A.B., LL.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Comptroller and Assistant Director of \n\nFinance \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty and \n\nActing Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education \n\nand Director of the Graduate School \nof Education. \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nThe University Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nKenneth W. Ballou \nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nPhilip C. Boyd \nMartin W. Essigmann \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \nGilbert C. Garland \n\n\nJames E. Gilbert \nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRobert E. Moffat \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nKenneth G. Ryder \n\n\n12 \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nJohn S. Bailey \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \nGilbert G. MacDonald \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\n'Catherine L. Allen \n\nJames T. Barrs \n\nEugene J. Blackman \n\nRobert L. Cord \n\nGoldie Crocker \n\nJames M. Feldman \n\nRobert J. Ferullo \n•Arthur E. Fitzgerald \n\nWalter L. Fogg \n\nNorbert L. Fullington \n\nArvin Grabel \n•James S. Hekimian \n\nRichard B. Higgins \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins \n\nRobert D. Klein \n\nFrank F. Lee \n•Gilbert G. MacDonald \n*Melvin Mark \n\nWesley W. Marple \n\nErnest E. Mills \n\n\nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. OToole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nRobert A. Shepard \nLouis Vrettos \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\n*Rudolph M. Morris \n\nHarold Naidus \n\nSaul Namyet \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n'Kenneth G. Ryder \n\nJohn W. Schermerhorn \n•Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nGiuliano Sorani \n\nRichard R. Stewart \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n\nHarold A. Walker \n\nRoy Weinstein \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n•Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n'Appointed by the President \n\n\n13 \n\n\nm \n\n\nHistorical Statement \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately \nendowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General Laws \nof Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enactment has given the \nUniversity general degree-granting powers. The University is governed by a \nBoard of Trustees who are elected by and from the Northeastern University \nCorporation, which is composed of more than 150 distinguished business and \nprofessional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant purpose \nthe discovery of community educational needs and the meeting of these in \ndistinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not duplicated the pro- \ngrams of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new areas of educational \nservice. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted by \nthe Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), Education \n(1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), Boston-Bouve College (1964), and the \nCollege of Criminal Justice (1967). This time-tested educational method enables \nstudents to gain valuable practical experience as an integral part of their college \nprograms and also provides the means by which they may contribute sub- \nstantially to the financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to \nthe graduate level in engineering, mathematics, sociology, actuarial science, \nthe pharmaceutical sciences, professional accounting, business administration, \nand law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, Northeastern University offers graduate and \nundergraduate degree programs and non-credit programs which are specifically \ndesigned to meet the needs and interests of adults who wish to further their ed- \nucation on a part-time basis. \n\nAll formal courses of study leading to degrees in the Graduate Division, \nLincoln College, and University College are approved by the undergraduate \nfaculties concerned, and are governed by the same qualitative and quantitative \nstandards as the regular day curricula. Courses are scheduled in the day and \nevening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, and at other \noff-campus locations near Boston. \n\n\n15 \n\n\nOther Schools and Colleges \nof the University \n\n\nLincoln College \n\nLincoln College offers part-time evening programs leading to associate and/or \nbachelor's degrees in Allied-Medical Technology, Civil Engineering Technology, \nCommercial Aviation Technology, Electrical Engineering Technology, Industrial \nTechnology, Mechanical Engineering Technology, and Science Technology. \nAdditional programs in industrial, science, and allied-medical technology, \nleading to the Bachelor of Science degree, are offered in collaboration with \nUniversity College. \n\nUniversity College \n\nUniversity College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the other \ncolleges of the University, offers part-time evening programs in Liberal Arts, \nBusiness Administration, Law Enforcement and Security, and Health Care \nAdministration, leading to the Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science \ndegrees. Special-program certificates may also be earned, and workshops and \nseminars are offered for degre credit. \n\nUniversity College does not duplicate the offerings of the day colleges, but pro- \nvides curricula which cut across traditional subject-matter areas to meet the \nparticular needs of adult students who may be employed full time or enrolled \nfull time in professional schools affiliated with Northeastern University. \n\nUniversity College and Lincoln College offer a joint program in Medical Tech- \nnology conducted in affiliation with a number of hospital schools of medical \ntechnology approved by the American Medical Association. Students receive a \nBachelor of Science degree from University College, and they may write the \nexamination for certification as a registered medical technologist (ASCP). \n\nStudents may enroll as degree candidates or elect single courses appropriate to \ntheir needs and interests. Courses are scheduled in the day and evening at the \nBoston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, and other off-campus loca- \ntions near Boston. \n\nDay programs for adults, under the direction of University College, were devel- \noped to meet the needs of adults with family or other obligations who wish to \nengage in part-time study during the day. Non-credit courses and undergraduate \n\n16 \n\n\nOTHER SCHOOLS / 17 \n\nand graduate degree programs are offered at the Boston and Burlington \nCampuses. Included are courses from the Graduate School of Education, the \nGraduate School of Arts and Sciences, University College, and the Center for \nContinuing Education. A Human Relations and Adult Counseling Program is \nalso offered. \n\n\nCenter for Continuing Education \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960 to relate the \nUniversity to various unmet educational needs of the community in this period \nof accelerated change. Its workshops, conferences, institutes, forums and \nspecial programs cater to the interdisciplinary educational needs of profes- \nsional people, who come to the learning experience with a body of knowledge \nto share. Each department of the Center develops special learning opportuni- \nties that focus on the forces which produce changes in society so that indi- \nviduals may relate constructively to their shifting environments and participate \neffectively as informed persons in helping to shape the future. Activities of the \nCenter have stimulated widespread interest so that several of its programs are \npartly supported on grants and serve as models for developing similar con- \ntinuing educational programs elsewhere. \n\nPrograms in continuing education are conducted at several campuses of the \nUniversity, in the private facilities of business and industrial organizations, at \ncommunity centers and government agencies, and at Henderson House, the \nUniversity's residential conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nPersons prominent in their professions and faculty of several nearby educa- \ntional institutions serve as part-time instructors and resource persons in the \nimplementation of the Center's programs. Activities of these experts are co- \nordinated by an innovative full-time faculty whose function it is to explore and \nidentify unmet community needs for continuing education, anticipate socio- \neconomic trends in society that contribute to educational needs, enlist the \nsupport of experts for structuring appropriate learning experiences, counsel stu- \ndents, and implement as well as evaluate the programs offered. Approximately \n6800 part-time students and about 300 part-time instructors participate in the \nCenter's programs annually. \n\n\nGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS \n\nThe Graduate Division of the University offers day and evening programs. It is \nmade up of the following Graduate Schools, which offer programs leading to the \ndegrees listed: \n\nActuarial Science \n\nMaster of Science in Actuarial Science. \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nThe Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English, history, polit- \nical science, psychology, sociology, and social anthropology. The Master of \n\n\n18 / OTHER SCHOOLS \n\nScience degree is available in biology, chemistry, mathematics, and physics. \nThe Master of Science in Health Science and the Master of Public Administra- \ntion degrees are also offered. In addition, there are programs leading to the \nDoctor of Philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, \npsychology, and sociology. \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nEducation \n\nMaster of Education and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nEngineering \n\nMaster of Science with course specification, including a special six-year pro- \ngram in Power Systems Engineering leading to both bachelor's and master's \ndegrees in Electrical Engineering; a similar six-year program in Mechanical \nEngineering leading to both bachelor's and master's degrees; and Ph.D. in the \nfields of Electrical, Chemical, and Mechanical Engineering. \n\nLaw \n\nThe School of Law offers a full-time program of professional instruction leading \nto the degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.). The curriculum covers four years, which \nincludes fifteen months of experience in law offices. There are no courses for \npart-time or evening students. \n\nThe program is directed toward preparing students for the practice of law in any \nstate of the nation. The curriculum has a highly contemporary orientation. Exten- \nsive use is made of the Boston metropolitan area to add realism to the academic \nprogram, especially concerning the legal problems of an urban society. \n\nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nMaster of Science with specialization in Hospital Pharmacy, Industrial Phar- \nmacy, Medicinal Chemistry, and Pharmacology. \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nA five-quarter curriculum leading to the degree of Master of Science in Ac- \ncounting. \n\n\nSome of these programs are offered on the Cooperative Plan; others \nprovide teaching and research fellowships for able candidates. \n\n\nOTHER SCHOOLS / 19 \n\n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\n\nThe faculties of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic research \nprojects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and engineering. These \nare coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose services are University-wide \nand available to the faculties of all the Colleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and graduate \ninstruction, the University believes that the most effective teaching and learn- \ning takes place in an environment characterized by research activities directed \ntoward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings \n\nand \n\nFacilities \n\n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located on Huntington Avenue \nin the Back Bay section of Boston, near the Fenway. \n\nMany of Boston's famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions \nare situated in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony \nHall, Horticultural Hall, The Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard \nTeaching Hospitals, and many schools and colleges both public and private. \n\nNortheastern University's 47-acre campus is divided by Huntington Avenue, \nwith the educational buildings on the south side and dormitories on the north. \n\nThe main educational buildings, all of which have been completed since \n1938, are of glazed-brick construction in the contemporary classic style. Most \nare interconnected by closed passageways so that students and faculty may \nmove from building to building under shelter during the winter months. \n\nRichards Hall, built in 1938, houses the main administrative offices of the \nUniversity, contains some of the Mechanical Engineering laboratories and pro- \nvides a number of classrooms and faculty offices. \n\nThe Mugar Life Sciences Building contains the College of Pharmacy and the \nDepartments of Psychology, Biology, and Chemical Engineering. \n\nCentrally located where it is readily accessible to students from all of the \nColleges and the Graduate Division is the Dodge Library, operated upon an open- \nstack plan and equipped to serve effectively the needs of the varied student \nbodies which comprise the Northeastern community. The Dodge Library is an \nofficial depository for government publications and documents. \n\n20 \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21 \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recreation and \nfor extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating capacity of \n1,300, is part of this building. Also included are special drama facilities, a ball- \nroom, a main lounge, fine arts areas, student offices, conference rooms, meeting \nareas, and a student dining area seating more than 1,000 persons. \n\nHayden Hall provides the principal facilities of the College of Business \nAdministration and the College of Liberal Arts. Its ground floor is occupied by \nthe Department of Electrical Engineering. Headquarters of University College \nand Lincoln College, and the office of the University Registrar, are also located \nin Hayden Hall. \n\nChurchill Hall contains the administrative headquarters of the Graduate \nDivision, houses the Departments of Earth Sciences and Philosophy, and also \nincludes the faculty and staff cafeteria. \n\nThe Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the best \nequipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an athletic cage, \nand a rifle range, as well as administrative offices for the Department of Ath- \nletics and for the Physical Education Department (Men) of Boston-Bouve \nCollege. \n\nMary Gass Robinson Hall contains the offices of the College of Nursing; nurs- \ning, biology, and physical therapy laboratories; radio and TV facilities; lecture \nrooms; and classrooms. \n\nThe United Realty Building is the location of the offices of the Departments \nof Mathematics, Economics, Journalism, Sociology, and Industrial Engineering \nand research facilities for Biology, Chemistry, Psychology, and Mechanical \nEngineering. \n\nThe Dana Research Center houses research facilities for Physics and Elec- \ntrical Engineering. \n\nThree other buildings on the campus have been completely remodeled and \nreconditioned for educational purposes. These are the Botolph Building, which \nhouses the Department of Civil Engineering; the Forsyth Building, in which are \nlocated the University Health Service, the planetarium and some of the Mechan- \nical Engineering laboratories, and the Greenleaf Building, now used for research \nand for offices of the Department of Military Science. \n\n\nNew Facilities \n\nTwo new physical education facilities have been constructed on the Boston \nCampus. Dockser Hall, a five-story structure, houses Boston-Bouve administra- \ntive offices, classrooms, laboratories, and faculty offices, as well as a library, \ndance studio, and gymnasium. \n\nThe Barletta Natatorium, an addition to the Cabot Center, contains a 105- \nfoot swimming pool for instruction and intercollegiate competition, a practice \ntank for the rowing team, a weight room, handball courts, and shower and \ndressing facilities. \n\n\n22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\nA $3,000,000 chemistry building contains classrooms and laboratories for \nundergraduates as well as special research facilities for graduate students and \n\nfaculty. It also houses the departmental library as well as lecture halls and \noffices. \n\nIn July of 1968 ground was broken for a building which will house the School \nof Law and provide headquarters for the College of Criminal Justice. This \nbuilding will be ready for occupancy in the winter of 1969. \n\n\nDORMITORIES \n\nDormitory facilities accommodate 2395 undergraduate students — 969 men \nand 1426 women. The facilities for men consist of five dormitories: White \nHall— the largest men's dormitory— houses 393 residents, Melvin Hall (143), \nLight Hall (50), 153 Hemenway Street (123), and 115-119 Hemenway Street \n(260). Women reside in the following dormitories: Speare Hall (404), Stetson \nWest (400), Stetson East (425), and Smith Hall (197). \n\nAll of the dormitories contain lounges for relaxation, study rooms, laundry \nfacilities and television rooms. Five large dining rooms are located in the \ndormitories. \n\nIn addition to the foregoing, there is an apartment house complex which is \ncapable of housing 279 students. The facility is used for upper-class male \nstudents on a first-come, first-served basis. \n\nNone of the facilities are more than a five-minute walk to the classroom. \n\n\nPARKING \n\nAdjacent to the campus are parking areas for 2,400 automobiles. \n\nOFF-CAMPUS FACILITIES \n\nNortheastern University operates one of the nation's finest off-campus centers \nfor continuing education at Henderson House in Weston, Massachusetts, which \nis 12 miles from the main campus on Huntington Avenue. \n\nThe University conducts some of its courses at a Suburban Campus near \nRoute 128 in Burlington, Massachusetts, and Northeastern's Center for Man- \nagement Development uses facilities on the campus of Phillips Academy in \nAndover, Massachusetts. \n\nAthletic facilities for football and baseball are located at Parsons Athletic \nField, Kent Street, Brookline. \n\nOne of the University's most beautiful off-campus properties is the Warren \nCenter for Physical Education and Recreation Education in Ashland, Massachu- \nsetts. Located on the 200-acre site is a large balconied lodge and six woodland \ncottages. At various times during their academic program, Boston-Bouve stu- \ndents will live at the Center to gain practical experience in camp leadership \nand outdoor education. \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23 \n\nNortheastern has recently established a Marine Science Institute as a re- \nsearch and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of Marine Biology \nand Oceanography. The Institute, operated year round, is located on East Point, \nNahant, which is situated about 20 miles northeast of Boston on a promontory \njutting out into Boston Harbor. \n\nSuburban Campus — Burlington, Mass. \n\n\n<40P\" \n\n\nGeneral \nInformation \n\n\nPolicy on Changes of Program \n\nThe University reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or add to the courses \noffered or to change the order or content of courses in any curriculum. \n\nThe University further reserves the right to change the requirements for \ngraduation, tuition, and fees charged, and other regulations. However, no \nchange in tuition and fees at any time shall become effective until the school \nyear following that in which it is announced. \n\nAny changes which may be made from time to time pursuant to the above \npolicy shall be applicable to all students in the school, college, or department \nconcerned, included former students who may re-enroll. \n\nTextbooks and Supplies \n\nThe Northeastern University Bookstore, located on the ground floor of the Ell \nStudent Center, is a department of the University and is operated for the con- \nvenience of the student body. All books and supplies which are required by the \nstudents for their work in the University may be purchased at the Bookstore. \n\nGeneral University Instructional Program in Physical Education \n\nMen \n\nThe basic requirement includes successful completion of two one-credit \ncourses in physical education. Each course carries one quarter hour of degree \ncredit. During the Fall quarter, basic fitness and aquatic tests to determine \nphysical fitness level and swimming proficiency are administered to all fresh- \nmen. Students demonstrating low ability are scheduled in appropriate courses \nbefore additional courses may be elected. \n\nThe required University uniform may be purchased in the Bookstore and \nmust be worn in physical education classes. \n\nExemption from this basic requirement is granted when: \n\n1. The University physician advises it. \n\n2. A student has completed the two-year course in ROTC or the equivalent \nin prior active military service. \n\n25 \n\n\n26 / GENERAL INFORMATION \n\n3. Transfer credit has been approved by the Dean of the College. \n\n4. A student has been a member of an intercollegiate sports squad for two \nfull seasons (men). \n\nWomen \n\nThe general University instructional program provides courses to meet the \nbasic physical education requirement of the University consisting of two one- \ncredit courses in physical education. A basic skills and fitness test required \nof all freshmen helps guide the student in the selection of her course work. \nStudents whose scores on this test indicate low motor fitness and skills must \ntake the Fundamentals of Movement course as one of the two courses required. \n\nRegulation University uniforms must be worn in physical education classes, \ndiffering with the activity and as advised by the Department. \n\nExemption from this basic requirement is granted when the University Physi- \ncian advises it or when equivalent transfer credit has been approved by the \nDean of the College. \n\nPart-Time Work \n\nStudents who find it necessary to accept part-time jobs while attending col- \nlege may obtain such work through the Office of Financial Aid. \n\nStudents are not justified in assuming that the University will take care of \ntheir expenses or guarantee to supply them with work sufficient to meet all \ntheir needs. \n\nA student should have funds adequate to meet the expenses of the freshman \nyear. They should amount to at least the first year's tuition plus books and \nsupplies, and room and board for 36 weeks. \n\nThe Academic Year \n\nThe academic year at Northeastern is divided into four quarters of thirteen \nweeks each. Classroom instruction is over a twelve-week period including a week \nof final examinations. The thirteenth week is a week of vacation for the students \ncompleting the preceding quarter of classes. There is a modification of this \nplan in the fall quarter to allow for a Christmas holiday. The period of coopera- \ntive work is the full thirteen-week quarter. \n\nQuarter Hour Credits \n\nAll courses are evaluated in terms of quarter hour credit. A quarter hour \ncredit is equal to three-fourths of a semester hour credit. \n\n\nGRADES AND EXAMINATIONS \n\nExaminations \n\nExaminations covering the work of the quarter are usually held at the close \nof each quarter. Exceptions may be made in certain courses where, in the \nopinion of the instructor, and with the approval of the Dean of the College \nconcerned, final examinations are not necessary. \n\n\nGENERAL INFORMATION / 27 \n\nSpecial Final Examinations \n\nStudents who have received permission to make up missed final examinations \nwill be charged a single fee of $5 covering all of the examinations missed with- \nin any one final examination period during a given period of illness. \n\nGrades \n\nA student's grade is officially recorded by letter. Following is a listing of \ngrades with their numerical equivalents: \n\nNumerical \nEquivalents \nA Outstanding Attainment 4.0 \n\nB Good Attainment 3.0 \n\nC Satisfactory Attainment 2.0 \n\nD Poor Attainment 1.0 \n\nF Failure 0.0 \n\nI Incomplete \n\nA general average of D is not acceptable and will not allow a student to con- \ntinue at Northeastern University. \n\nFreshman students who are taking a full academic program and who have a \nweighted average for the year below 1.4 will not be permitted to register for \nadvanced work. Upper-class students should consult the Student Handbook to \nascertain the level of continuing achievement required of them by the faculty of \ntheir college. \n\nAn I, or Incomplete, grade is used for a temporary grade to show that the \nstudent has not taken the final examination in the course. \n\n\nDean's List \n\nA Dean's List, issued at the end of each quarter, contains the names of upper- \nclass students who have a 3.0 weighted average in all subjects with no grade \nbelow C during the preceding period. Freshmen who meet the same standards \nin their work are included on a Freshman Honor List. No student subject to \ndisciplinary action is eligible for either list. \n\nReports on Scholastic Standing \n\nReports for all students are issued at the end of each grading period. Ques- \ntions relative to grades are to be discussed with the student's faculty adviser. \n\nAt the end of each academic year, the student will receive in addition to his \nterm report a complete cumulative copy of his permanent record. \n\nStudents are constantly encouraged to maintain an acceptable quality of col- \nlege work. Parents and students are always welcomed by the college officers \nand faculty advisers for conference upon such matters. \n\nParents or guardians will be notified whenever students are advised or re- \nquired to withdraw from the University. If parents so request, report cards will \nbe sent to them instead of the student. \n\n\n28 / GENERAL INFORMATION \n\nSelective Service Deferment \n\nStudents who wish to be deferred by Selective Service must make such re- \nquest personally to their draft boards by filing SSS Form 104 once each year. \nThe University will furnish local draft boards of verification of the student's \nattendance only at the written request of the student. All students are furnished \nthe necessary forms to file for deferment with their fall registration material. \nStudents who begin the academic year with their term of cooperative work will \nreceive these forms at the same time by mail. Because of the cooperative \nplan, the academic year at Northeastern University runs from September to \nSeptember. \n\n\nGENERAL CONDUCT \n\nIt is assumed that students come to the University for a serious purpose and \nthat they will conform to such regulations as may from time to time be made. \nThe University community expects each student to respect the rights and privi- \nleges of others and to adhere to acceptable standards of personal conduct. Stu- \ndents should exercise their freedom with maturity and responsibility. Students \nare expected to obey the regulations of the University; to follow the instructions \nof and pay due respect to University officials. Conduct inconsistent with the \ngeneral order of the University may result in disciplinary action. Damage to any \nbuilding or to any of the furniture, apparatus, or other property of the Univer- \nsity, will be charged to the student or students known to be immediately \ninvolved. \n\nIt is desired to administer the discipline of the University so as to maintain \na high standard of integrity and a scrupulous regard for truth. The attempt of \nany student to present any work which is not his or her own, or to pass any \nexamination by improper means, is regarded as a most serious offense and \nrenders the offender liable to disciplinary action. The aiding and abetting of a \nstudent in any dishonesty is also held to be a grave breach of discipline. \n\nAttendance \n\nStudents are expected to attend all scheduled meetings of their classes. \n\nAbsence from regularly scheduled classes in any subject may seriously affect \nthe standing of the student. It may cause the removal of the subject or subjects \nfrom the student's schedule. \n\nLaboratory work can be made up only when it is possible to do so during hours \nof regularly scheduled instruction. \n\nAttendance at all convocations of the student body is compulsory. Exceptions \nto this rule are made only when the student has received permission from the \nDirector of Student Activities previous to the meeting in question. \n\nAttendance at Commencement \n\nAll candidates for a first degree (bachelor or associate) are required to \nattend Commencement in the year of qualification. First degrees in absentia \nare awarded only to candidates excused for personal or immediate-family ill- \nness, military service, or employment obligations beyond the control of the \ncandidate. \n\n\nGENERAL INFORMATION / 29 \n\nA petition to receive a degree in absentia must be presented to the Dean of \nthe College in which the candidate qualifies. Each petition will be acted upon \nby the academic Dean involved, the candidate having the privilege of appeal \nto the Vice President for Academic Affairs. \n\nSTUDENT HOUSING \n\nThe University maintains residence halls on the Boston Campus for both \nmen and women. These facilities can accommodate a large portion of the men \nstudents and all of the women students who live away from home. \n\nWomen's Residence Regulations \n\nUnmarried women students under age 21 who do not live with their parents \nor a legal guardian are required to live in a University residence hall both \nwhile attending classes and while on cooperative work assignment. If a stu- \ndent's cooperative work assignment is not in her home town and if it is not \nwithin commuting distance of a University residence hall, special arrangements \nare made through the Department of Cooperative Education, with the written \napproval of her parents. Commuting students who wish to live elsewhere than \nhome are also subject to the University's residence requirements. Students in \nunauthorized housing are subject to disciplinary action. Questions regarding \nthese regulations must be directed to the Dean of Women. \n\nThe University dormitories for women are staffed by Residence Directors and \nupperclassmen who serve as Dormitory Counselors. Complete facilities are avail- \nable for living, study and dining. Subscription to the meal plan (3 meals a day, \n21 meais a week) is required unless a student is in her cooperative work period, \nat which time it is optional. Additional information regarding the women's \nresidences and applications for rooms may be obtained from the Dean of \nAdmissions. \n\nFreshman Men's Residences \n\nThe University provides living accommodations in its dormitories for all \nfreshmen under the age of 21 living away from home. The cost is $420 or $432 \nfor each 12-week quarter, payable at the beginning of the term, and includes \nthree meals each day. Applications for housing may be filed with the Depart- \nment of Admissions after a student has been accepted. A dormitory deposit of \n$100 must accompany the application for housing. The student's receipt of \nthis $100 deposit from the University is his guarantee of a room in the dormi- \ntory. (This deposit is non-refundable and will be applied against the first term's \nboard-and-room charges.) Definite notice of room reservations will be sent by \nthe Director of University Housing in the late summer. \n\nStudents should write to the Dean of Admissions for further information and \nfor the Application for Residence. \n\nApartments for Male Upper-class Students \n\nThe University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accommodates \n280 men. Two-, three-, and four-man apartments are available which vary in \nsize from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are fully furnished with \nbeds, chairs, desks, stoves, refrigerators, desk lamps, and kitchen table. The \n\n\n30 / GENERAL INFORMATION \n\ncost is $15 per week per student ($180 per 12-week term) payable at the \nbeginning of the term. The cost includes all utilities and bed linen, which is \nlaundered weekly by the University. \n\nA $50 deposit is required when making application for the upper-class apart- \nments. Applications are available in the Office of University Housing or by \nwriting the Director of University Housing. Students are expected to make \nsuch arrangements on a term-to-term basis but may live in the apartments \nboth while on cooperative work assignments and in school if they wish. All \nreservations are made on a first come, first served basis. \n\nFraternity Housing \n\nCertain fraternities provide opportunities for room and board for men at \nreasonable rates. Information regarding these housing facilities may be \nobtained from the Office of University Housing. \n\nRegulations Concerning Off-Campus Housing \n\nUpper-class male students and women students over age 21 are free to \nmake their own housing plans without receiving permission or approval from \nthe University. The local address of all students must be on file with the \nRegistrar's office. Home addresses should only be used by those students who \nare actually commuting from their home to the University on a daily basis. \nThe proper address must be recorded on the reverse side of the schedule \ncard at the time of registration. It is important for the University to know \nthe current address of all students in case of emergency situations. \n\nAll questions regarding the availability of housing should be directed to \nthe Office of University Housing. \n\nREADING IMPROVEMENT \n\nThe Center for Reading Improvement offers a special non-credit course for \nundergraduate students with average and above average reading ability. The \npurpose of this course is to teach and apply those reading and study tech- \nniques which will improve accuracy and recall of all normal college reading \nassignments. As a result of such gains, speed of reading increases and the \nstudent's versatility in handling all levels of reading material increases as well. \n\nClasses meet once a week for two hours and run for one quarter. Students \nmay register during the first week of the Fall or Winter or Spring quarter and \nwill be given a choice of several classes scheduled throughout the week. \n\nThere is no tuition charge to full-time undergraduate students and all \nmaterials are supplied at no expense. \n\nPrompt registration is recommended for the best possible choice of classes. \n\nLIBRARIES \n\nThe library system on the Boston Campus of Northeastern University con- \nsists of the main collection in the Dodge Library, with three divisional libraries \nfor Physics/ Electrical Engineering, Math/ Psychology and the Science Building \nlibrary, in addition to the School of Law library. The Suburban campus at \n\n\nGENERAL INFORMATION / 31 \n\nBurlington has its own library and there are iibraries at the Marine Science \nInstitute in Nahant, Mass., and the Center for Management Development in \nAndover, Mass. \n\nThe collections include physical volumes, microfilm, periodicals, govern- \nment documents, and recordings. There are duplicating facilities as well. \n\nA handbook and orientation lectures introduce new students to methods of \nutilizing the resources of the library. \n\nOFFICE OF EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES \n\nThe Office of Educational Resources exists to provide: (1) facilities and \nservices that enhance student learning; (2) instructional services and equip- \nment that assist faculty in providing efficient and effective instruction; and \n(3) research and development directed toward implementing tested instruc- \ntional systems and innovations. Three divisions carry out the objectives: \nProgrammed Learning, Instructional Media, and Instructional Communications. \nOf particular student interest is the Center for Programmed Study, located in \n211 Dodge, where students use programs to supplement lecture material, to \nprovide prerequisite, remedial or review skills and knowledge, to study com- \nplete course units, or just for fun. Each student's activity and progress are \nconstantly monitored; faculty assist when content problems arise. This service \nis free-of-charge to full-time students. \n\nCOUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER \n\nThe University through its Counseling and Testing Center is prepared to \nassist students with their educational and vocational planning and with per- \nsonal problems. The student is encouraged to explore his situation fully in the \ncounseling sessions. Psychological tests may be taken to increase the student's \nknowledge of himself. An extensive file of information about careers and \nschools is maintained. The services of the Center are available without charge \nto all students in the Basic Colleges. An appointment can be arranged by \nphoning 437-2142 or by stopping by the Center in Room 302 Ell. \n\nVocational counseling services are also available on a fee basis to high \nschool students and to adults. \n\nThe counseling services of the Counseling and Testing Center are approved \nby the American Board of Counseling Services. \n\nCAREER INFORMATION CENTER \n\nThe Career Information Center has the responsibility of preparing career \nmaterials for use in high schools and junior high schools. The Center main- \ntains a library of career filmstrips and career tape recordings which are avail- \nable to Northeastern students who may have a particular interest in the titles \nprepared by the Center. Arrangements for viewing filmstrips or listening to \ntapes may easily be made by visiting the Center in 155 Richards. \n\n\nThe Cooperative \nPlan \n\n\nWhat It Is \n\nThe Cooperative Plan of Education is based on the principle that well-educated \nindividuals can best be developed through an educational pattern which, at \nperiodic intervals, exposes them to the world beyond the boundaries of the \ncampus. Through these controlled and structured experiences the students \nbring an enrichment to the classroom which enhances their total development. \nIt is a means of combining theory with practice. The essential ingredients are \nthat the experiential phase is considered a degree requirement, and the insti- \ntution assumes the responsibility for integrating it into the educational process. \n\nIt is called \"Cooperative Education\" because it is dependent upon the co- \noperation of employers and educators in combining to form a superior total \neducational program for the students. It is not a system of part-time jobs; nor \nis it an institutionalized means of \"working your way through college.\" The \nprogram has an interrelated work and study content, planned and supervised \nto produce optimum educational results by providing experience that enhances \nknowledge associated with the students' professional objectives. \n\nCooperative education is particularly designed to serve the needs of the \nrecent high school graduate rather than the older, more mature student who \nalready may have had considerable work experience. \n\nIn 1960, the Study of Cooperative Education Committee, under the leader- \nship of Dr. Ralph W. Tyler of the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral \nSciences in California, completed a two-year, nationwide analysis of Co- \noperative Education programs. The Committee reported that under this unique \nsystem of education the students find greater meaning in their studies, their \nmotivation for academic pursuit is increased, they develop greater skills in \nhuman relations, their vocational guidance is improved, and through a reli- \nance on their own judgments they achieve a maturity beyond their years. \n\nMost Northeastern cooperative curricula are five years in length, leading to \nthe baccalaureate degree. In the Colleges of Engineering, Business Adminis- \ntration, Liberal Arts, Nursing, and Criminal Justice, the program consists of a \nfreshman year of three consecutive twelve-week quarters of academic study, \nfollowed by four upper-class years on the Cooperative Plan. \n\nIn the Colleges of Pharmacy and Education, and in Boston-Bouve College, \nonly three upper-class years are on the Cooperative Plan with the senior year \n\n32 \n\n\nTHE COOPERATIVE PLAN / 33 \n\nbeing one of full-time study. Students in Boston-Bouve College may elect a \nfour-year program in which they participate in the Cooperative Plan during the \nsophomore year only. The curriculum in Physical Therapy is offered only on \nthe four-year plan. \n\nThe Associate Degree program in the College of Nursing consists of a full- \ntime freshman year followed by two upper-class years on the Cooperative Plan. \n\nHow It Works \n\nUpper-class students are divided into two almost equal divisions, desig- \nnated \"A\" and \"B.\" Students in one division start the college year with a \nquarter of classroom work, while their alternates in the opposite division are \non cooperative work assignments. At the end of the quarter the students in \neach division change places. This alternation of cooperative work experience \nwith classroom work results in each student spending two quarters in school \nand two quarters on \"co-op\" each academic year of the program. \n\nEach student is assigned to a coordinator who is responsible for all phases \nof the cooperative education program for his group of students. He interviews \neach student during the freshman year and counsels him regarding the activi- \nties of business, industry, government, and the professions as they relate to \nthe student's career objectives. These interviews lead to referral to opportuni- \nties which would help the student realize these objectives. \n\nDuring each of the quarters at college immediately succeeding a quarter on \na cooperative assignment, the coordinator confers with the student about the \nwork experience and other matters relating to vocational adjustment or per- \nsonal problems while on the job. The student's reaction to his situation, \ncoupled with his employer's evaluation of his achievement, is used by the \ncoordinator to guide the student toward his career objectives and to help him \nobtain maximum value from his education at Northeastern. \n\nPlacement \n\nThe jobs on which Northeastern students are employed are not protected \nopportunities or purely observational assignments. They are regular jobs, per- \nformed under actual working conditions, offering advancement on the basis \nof merit. The only privilege accorded Northeastern students is that of \nattending college on the Cooperative Plan. \n\nThe range of opportunities is wide, encompassing all the occupational fields \nfor which the students are preparing at the University. In general the first \nyear of cooperative work can be expected to be of a routine nature, to be fol- \nlowed by increasingly responsible and challenging assignments consistent with \nthe particular student's increase in abilities and aptitudes. Definite training \nschedules have been established with many of the cooperating employers. The \nultimate objective of such schedules is the employment of well-trained grad- \nuates by the company, though such employment is based on merit rather than \nguarantee. \n\nBecause of the uncertainties of the employment market as well as other \nfactors beyond its control, the University cannot guarantee to place all stu- \ndents on cooperative assignments. The University also cannot guarantee to \nplace students in any specific geographic location. However, past experience \n\n\n34 / THE COOPERATIVE PLAN \n\nhas demonstrated that students who are willing and capable of adapting \nthemselves to existing conditions are almost never without employment except \nin periods of severe economic recession. \n\nValue of Program \n\nCooperative education has a special appeal for students who understand \nthe concept that working for an education is an important part of that edu- \ncation. These are students who appreciate the value of observing the applica- \ntion of what they are learning and applying what is being studied in the \nclassroom to actual work situations. Cooperative education also has a special \nappeal for those who need motivation, which is sometimes lacking when a \nstudent has a constant diet of classroom instruction. \n\nFor girls cooperative education has a special significance. They learn how \nto work under careful supervision, and even though they marry and discon- \ntinue their roles as members of the working community, they will always have \ntheir experience to rely upon if it becomes necessary in later life to return \nto the field for which they trained. \n\nStudents in cooperative education know that their education is unique and \nsuperior. They have the opportunity to test the knowledge and ideas generated \non the campus in the arena of realistic application. Their exposure to a working \nenvironment provides them with insights that enrich the total educational ex- \nperience. They know that employers in their chosen field will be eager to take \nadvantage of this experience. \n\nThe Division of Cooperative Education \n\nThe Division of Cooperative Education, under the direction of the Dean of \nCooperative Education, administers service programs through three departments \nas follows: \n\nThe Center for Cooperative Education \n\nProvides a consulting service for other colleges and universities that are \nadopting the Cooperative Plan of Education. Develops research projects and \npublications concerning this method of education. \n\nThe Department of Graduate Placement Services \n\nOffers a placement service for all seniors and alumni of University degree- \ngranting programs. Supervises the placement, guidance, and counseling of grad- \nuate students on the cooperative program. \n\nThe Department of Cooperative Education \n\nSupervises all undergraduate cooperative students on their regularly scheduled \nwork periods. This includes placement on job assignments as well as guidance \nand counseling designed to integrate the work experience into the student's \ntotal educational program. \n\n\nAlumni \nAssociation \n\n\nThe 43,000 alumni of Northeastern are united under an all-University Alumni \nAssociation which has as its prime purposes the promotion of the welfare of \nNortheastern University, the establishment of a mutually beneficial relationship \nbetween the University and its alumni, and the perpetuation of fellowship \namong members of the Association. \n\nThe Association headquarters and Alumni Lounge are located in Rooms 225 \nand 226 Richards Hall, respectively. The official records and addresses of \nalumni are maintained in Room 260 of the United Realty Building. \n\nThe official publication of the Alumni Association, The Northeastern Uni- \nversity ALUMNUS, is published quarterly and sent free of charge to all alumni \non record. \n\nActivities of the Association, including the Homecoming Day celebration \nand the annual presentation of Professional Promise awards to outstanding \nseniors in each of the eight Basic Colleges, are directed by the Association's \nVice President of Alumni Affairs. Alumni officers also attend meetings of the \nundergraduate classes to form a closer relationship between the Association \nand its future members. \n\nThe Alumni Relations Office assists the various class officers in planning \nclass reunions. Each class normally holds a reunion every five years during \nthe month of June. The Vice President for the Alumni Class Council is re- \nsponsible for co-ordinating class activities and organizing class functions. \n\nThe Vice President for Alumni Clubs works in close association with officers \nof the more than 50 Regional Alumni Clubs which have been established \nfrom coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to become members of these \norganizations. The Alumni Clubs meet periodically, often in conjunction with \nvisits from members of the faculty or with athletic events. \n\nFor Boston area alumni, monthly luncheon meetings are held in both the \ndowntown and uptown sections of the city. \n\nThe Association also sponsors and assists the Alumnae Association, Varsity \nClub, Law, Pharmacy, and Boston-Bouve Alumni Associations, all of which \nhave their own officers and conduct various programs throughout the year. \nIn cooperation with the Varsity Club, the Association presents trophies to the \noutstanding athlete of the year in each of the six major sports. \n\n35 \n\n\n36 / ALUMNI ASSOCIATION \n\n\nThe Alumni Association is providing a unique and valuable service both to \nthe University and to the community by sponsoring admissions conferences \nfor parents of high school students who are interested in attending college. \nLocal residents as well as alumni of the University have been invited to these \nconferences, which help to clarify many of the questions today's parents and \nyoung people have concerning application procedures of our colleges and \nuniversities. \n\n\nGeneral Admissions \nInformation \n\n\nThe New England Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits \nschools and colleges in the six New England states. Membership in one of \nthe six regional accrediting associations in the United States indicates that \nthe school or college has been carefully evaluated and found to meet stand- \nards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges support the efforts of public \nschool and community officials to have their secondary school meet the \nstandards of membership. Northeastern University has been fully accredited \nby this agency. \n\nApplication for Admission \n\nApplicants for admission to the freshman class must qualify by graduation \nfrom an accredited secondary school and must earn the recommendation of \ntheir principal or guidance counselor for the particular program to which they \nhave applied. The most important single factor among the credentials sub- \nmitted to the Committee on Admissions is the candidate's record of achieve- \nment in high school or preparatory school. \n\nA combined Application for Admission and School Record form may be \nobtained by writing to the Department of Admissions, or may be secured at \nthe time of the visit to the University. The Application for Admission should \nbe filled out in ink, properly signed, and forwarded with a non-returnable $15 \nfee to the Department of Admissions, Northeastern University, Boston, Massa- \nchusetts 02115. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University. \n\nAdmission Plan \n\nUnder Northeastern's admission plan, candidates may be notified of their \nacceptance as soon as the Committee on Admissions has received sufficient \nevidence to indicate the likelihood of success in study at the University. \nEach candidate is dealt with individually, and a decision is made as promptly \nas possible. Acceptances, therefore, may be issued early in the senior year, \nor after the College Board Aptitude Tests have been evaluated. Other can- \ndidates may necessarily wait until the results of Achievement Tests have been \nevaluated. The quality of the candidate's record through the junior year of \nhigh school and the schedule pattern of College Board testing dates have a \ndirect bearing upon the candidate's acceptance data. In all cases, applicants \nfor admission are required to complete successfully their senior year program \nof studies. \n\n37 \n\n\n38 / GENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION \n\n\nEntrance Examinations \n\nNortheastern requires both the Scholastic Aptitude Test and the Achieve- \nment Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. All candidates write \nthe English Composition Achievement Test. Two other Achievement Tests \nwhich must be written will be determined by the particular college or program \nof studies in which the candidate is interested. \n\nThe following may be referred to as a guide; consult each college section for \nmore details. \n\n\nFields of Study \n\n\nAchievement Tests \n\n\nEducation (Physics, Mathematics) \n\nEngineering \n\nLiberal Arts (Physics, Mathematics) \n\n\nEnglish Composition \nMathematics (Level I) \nPhysics or Chemistry \n\n\nEducation (Biology, Chemistry) \nLiberal Arts (Biology, Chemistry) \n\"Nursing \nPharmacy \n\n\nEnglish Composition \nA science \nMathematics (Level I) \n\n\nBoston-Bouve \n\nPhysical Education— Women \n\nPhysical Therapy \n\n\nPhysical Education— Men \nRecreation Education \n\n\nEnglish Composition \nScience \n\nMathematics (Level I) \nor \n\nSocial Studies \n(It is recommended that women stu- \ndents in Physical Therapy and Physi- \ncal Education write the test in \nMathematics Level I.) \n\n\nCriminal Justice \n\nEducation (Elementary, English, \nSocial Studies, Modern Languages, \nSpeech and Hearing Therapy) \n\nLiberal Arts (Social Science) \n\n\nEnglish Composition \n\nA choice of two other tests \n\n\nBusiness Administration \n\n\nEnglish Composition \nMathematics (Level I) \nSocial Studies \n\n\n*Achievement Tests optional for the 3-year program \n\nAs a general rule, Achievement Tests should be written only in those sub- \njects currently being studied. \n\nApplicants for admission should complete the Scholastic Aptitude Test in \nMay of the junior year, in July before the senior year, or in November, Decem- \nber or January of the senior year. The Achievement Tests may be completed in \nMarch of the senior year or earlier if so advised by an admissions counselor \nor by the school guidance department. \n\nFor full information about College Board Examinations the student should \nconsult his high school guidance office or write directly to: \nThe College Entrance Examination Board \nP.O. Box 592 \n\nPrinceton, New Jersey 08540 \nStudents on the West Coast should write directly to: \nThe College Entrance Examination Board \nBox 1025 \nBerkeley, California 94701 \n\n\nGENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION / 39 \n\nCandidates' Reply Date \n\nAn accepted student will be asked to submit a non-returnable tuition deposit \nof $100 by April 1. This deposit serves as an indication of intention to enroll \nand is applied to the student's first-term tuition account. Resident students \nmust make a non-returnable board-and-room deposit of $100 by April 1. The \ndeposit date may be extended upon special request in writing. \n\nSpecific Course Requirements \n\nApplicants for admission to the freshman class must qualify by graduation \nfrom an approved course of study in an accredited secondary school. The \nactual subjects which are prescribed for admission vary somewhat according \nto the college and program in which the applicant enrolls. These specific re- \nquirements are given in the section of this catalog describing the individual \ncolleges and their programs. \n\nOther Requirements \n\nFormal requirements are necessary and desirable in that they tend to pro- \nvide all entering students with a common ground upon which the first year of \ncollege curriculum can be based. But academic credits alone are not an ade- \nquate indication of a student's ability to profit by a college education. \nConsequently, the Department of Admissions takes into consideration a \nstudent's interests and aptitudes, insofar as they can be determined, capacity \nfor hard work, attitude toward classmates and teachers in high school, phys- \nical stamina and, most important of all, character. In this way the University \nseeks to select for its student body those who not only meet the academic \nadmission requirements but who also give promise of profiting from the \nCooperative Plan of Education. \n\nThe Interview \n\nStudents who are interested in attending Northeastern are cordially invited \nto visit the University. Arrangements have been made for a series of Admis- \nsions Conferences on Monday through Friday, except for legal holidays, at 10 \na.m. and at 2 p.m. Included is a sound filmstrip describing Northeastern and \nthe Cooperative Plan of Education. Candidates who have particular problems \nof a personal nature may talk with a counselor either before or after the \ngroup interview. \n\nGuided tours follow the Admissions Conferences on weekdays at 11 a.m. \nand 3 p.m. Both should be scheduled in advance. \n\nBecause Northeastern does not hold classes for students in the Basic Col- \nleges on Saturdays, applicants are urged to visit the University on a weekday. \n\nOrdinarily, conferences with admissions personnel will be more helpful if \ncandidates have studied the publications, \"Adventures in Education\" and \"Co- \nopportunities.\" These are mailed to those who express interest in Northeastern. \n\nRegistration \n\nFreshmen in the day programs will register at the Boston Campus on Tues- \nday, September 9, 1969; at the Burlington Campus, on Wednesday, September \n\n\n40 / GENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION \n\n10. Students are not considered to have met the requirements for admission \nuntil they have successfully passed the required physical examination. Regis- \ntration must be in person. \n\nADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS \n\nA student wishing to transfer into the Basic Colleges of Northeastern Uni- \nversity may request advanced standing as an upperclassman on the basis of \nacceptable credits earned in an accredited two- or four-year institution or a \ntechnical institute. \n\nBasic Requirements \n\nFull details of the University's transfer policy are available from the De- \npartment of Admissions upon request. Following are the basic requirements: \n\n1. Only a candidate who presents satisfactory college records may be \nconsidered for advanced credit (cumulative average of C+). No credit \nis given for the lowest passing mark. \n\n2. Credit is given for those courses which are the equivalent of required \nsubjects offered in the particular college at Northeastern. Credit may \nalso be given for elective courses. \n\n3. Candidates must be in good standing and eligible to continue in the \ninstitution they are currently attending. \n\n4. Evidence of honorable dismissal and satisfactory health are required. \n(Appropriate forms will be sent.) \n\n5. Special student status is not possible in any of the Basic Colleges of \nNortheastern. \n\nApplication Procedure \n\nAn applicant for advanced standing is required to: \n\n1. Complete an application for admission no later than May 1 of the \nyear of intended entrance. Transfer students are admitted only in \nSeptember. \n\n2. Submit a transcript of his high school record. \n\n3. Request that an official college transcript of his completed courses \nbe sent, as well as a list of courses which will be completed prior to \nthe end of the academic year. \n\nNOTE: Transfer students are not required to take College Board Tests. \n\nCandidates must apply no later than May 1. All records must be received \nby the Department of Admissions no later than June 15 of the year of in- \ntended entrance. Upon receipt of all items required, the candidate will be \nnotified of the action taken. \n\nFinancial Aid \n\nA number of scholarships, loans, and grants are available to qualified trans- \nfer students. \n\n\nGENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION / 41 \n\nCandidates must submit an application to the Office of Financial Aid and \nfile a Parents' Confidential Statement with the College Scholarship Service, \nBox 176, Princeton, New Jersey, no later than May 1. \n\nFurther information may be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid. \n\n\nOutline of Freshman Courses \n\nThe first year is a period of full-time study during which the student must \ndemonstrate fitness for the program which has been elected. The cooperative \nplan of training on the job normally begins with the second year. Students \nwho are unsuccessful in the basic courses of the freshman year will not be \npermitted to continue with their advanced program, but will be advised to \nchange their goal and type of training. In some instances this will mean \nchange to another curriculum at Northeastern; in others, withdrawal from the \ninstitution. The freshmen courses are so arranged as to permit change of \nobjective during or at the end of the first year with a minimum loss of time. \n\n\nCollege \nExpenses \n\n\nTuition \n\nTuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees at \nany time. \n\nFreshmen — The charge for tuition for all freshmen attending the Huntington \nAvenue and Burlington Campuses is $515 per quarter. \n\nEngineering Upper-Class Students — The charge for tuition is $725 per quarter. \n\nLiberal Arts, Education, Business Administration, Pharmacy, Boston-Bouve, \nCriminal Justice, and Nursing Upper-Class Students — The charge for tuition \nis $700 per quarter. \n\nStudent Teaching — The charge for student teaching in the College of Education \nis $350. \n\nBoston-Bouve College — The charge for full-term Supervised Student Teaching \nin Physical Education, Supervised Field Experiences in Recreation, and Super- \nvised Clinical Practice is $350. \n\nSchedule of Tuition Payments, 1969-1970 \n\nFor Freshmen \n\nDate of Payment Tuition \n\nSeptember 9, 1969 $515 \n\nDecember 8, 1969 $515 \n\nMarch 16, 1970 $515 \n\nStudents in Physical Education (Women) have two three-week camp leader- \nship and outdoor education resident sessions at the Warren Center. Charge per \nsession, including prorated tuition, living accommodations and food, approxi- \nmates $240. Recreation Education students have one such three-week term \ncourse with cost at approximately $240. \n\nA one-week session in skiing is required for the above groups. Full cost for \nSki Week at North Conway, New Hampshire, including lessons and resident \ncosts, approximates $90. \n\n42 \n\n\nCOLLEGE EXPENSES / 43 \nFor Upperclassmen (Cooperative Plan) \n\nTuition for \n\nAll Colleges Tuition for \n\nExcept Engineering Engineering \n\nDATE OF PAYMENT \n\nDIVISION A \n\nSeptember 15, 1969 $700 $725 \n\nMarch 16, 1970 $700 $725 \n\nDIVISION B \n\nDecember 8, 1969 $700 $725 \n\nJune 15, 1970 $700 $725 \n\nNon-Cooperative (Full Time) Plan \n\nCertain students in the College of Liberal Arts and in Boston-Bouve College \nmay elect a non-cooperative (full time) program. The tuition is $700 for each \nquarter and is due on the first day of the quarter. \n\nDormitory Expenses for Freshman Year \n\nFor freshmen who reside in University dormitories for the week of orientation \nand the thirty-six-week freshman year, the cost is $1295 or $1332 depending \non the dormitory. This is on a seven-day-a-week basis. Dormitory students must \npay, in addition, an infirmary fee of $15 each quarter. \n\nStudents should allow an additional amount for clothing, incidentals, and \npersonal expenses. This amount will vary with individual tastes and spending \nhabits. \n\nSchedule of Dormitory Payments \n\nSpeare and Other \n\nStetson Dormitories \n\nDUE SEPTEMBER 9, 1969 \n\nDormitory charge $468.00 $455.00 \n\nInfirmary fee 15.00 15.00 \n\nTotal $483.00 $470.00 \n\nDUE ON DECEMBER 8, 1969 \n\nDormitory charge $432.00 $420.00 \n\nInfirmary fee 15.00 15.00 \n\nTotal $447.00 $435.00 \n\nDUE ON MARCH 16, 1970 \n\nDormitory charge $432.00 $420.00 \n\nInfirmary fee 15.00 15.00 \n\nTotal $447.00 $435.00 \n\n\n44 / COLLEGE EXPENSES \nSummary of Freshman Expenses Due \n\n\nAPPLICATION FEE \n\n. . $ 15.00 \n\nDue September 9, 1969 \n\nTuition, 1st Quarter \n\n515.00 \n\nLaboratory Deposit (if taking) . \n\n15.00 \n\nHealth Service fee \n\n35.00 \n\nStudent Center charge \n\n12.50 \n\nBooks & Supplies (estimate) . . . \n\n75.00 \n\nROTC deposit (if taking) \n\n10.00 \n\nDormitory charge (1st Qtr.) .... \n\n468.00 \n\nInfirmary fee (1st Qtr.) \n\n15.00 \n\nTotal \n\n$1160.50 \n\nDormitory* Non-Dormitory \n\nStudent Student \n\n$ 15.00 \n\n\n515.00 \n15.00 \n35.00 \n12.50 \n75.00 \n10.00 \n\n\n1160.50 $ 677.50 \n\n(Engineering students should add approximately $50 for drawing instruments \nand equipment.) \n\nDue on December 8, 1969 and on March 16, 1970 \n\nTuition $ 515.00 $ 515.00 \n\nStudent Center fee 12.50 12.50 \n\nDormitory charges 432.00 .... \n\nInfirmary fee 15.00 .... \n\n\nTotal each quarter $ 974.50 $ 527.50 \n\n*This scale is for Speare and Stetson, other dormitories are slightly less. \n\nREQUIRED FEES FOR ALL STUDENTS \n\nApplication Fee \n\nA fee of $15 is required when the application for admission is filed. This \nfee is non-returnable. \n\nAccident and Sickness Insurance \n\nThe University provides an excellent hospital insurance and student health \nprogram. All students will pay a non-refundable University Health Service fee \nof $35 per year. This fee will cover the group Blue Cross-Blue Shield program \nand the medical services which are provided to students by the University \nHealth Service. \n\nStudent Center Fee \n\nAll students in the Basic Colleges on the Huntington Avenue campus are \ncharged a fee of $12.50 per quarter for the services available in the Student \nCenter building. \n\n\nCOLLEGE EXPENSES / 45 \n\n\nGraduation Fee \n\nA fee of $25 covering graduation is required by the University of all candi- \ndates for a degree. This fee must be paid before the end of the fifth week of \nthe last scholastic quarter in the senior year. Candidates in the College of \nNursing are required also to pay a charge of $9.50 for their graduation pin. \n\nCollege of Nursing Uniforms \n\nStudents in the Associate Degree Program purchase uniforms in the fall \nquarter of the freshman year. \n\nStudents in the Baccalaureate Degree Program purchase uniforms in the \nfall quarter of the sophomore year. \n\nThe cost is approximately $40. \n\nUniforms for Physical Therapy Students \n\nStudents in the Physical Therapy Program will be required to purchase \nuniforms prior to clinical practice. The cost of clinic uniforms is approxi- \nmately $55. \n\nWomen may wear the required gymnasium uniform for laboratory classes. \nMen are required to wear navy blue shorts and white T-shirts for these classes. \n\n\nDEPOSITS REQUIRED \n\nTuition Deposit \n\nApplicants accepted for admission must upon request pay a non-returnable \ntuition deposit of one hundred dollars ($100) as evidence of their intention to \nenroll, and this will be applied on their first tuition payment. \n\nDormitory Deposit \n\nStudents who have been accepted for admission to a University dormitory \nmust upon request pay a non-returnable dormitory deposit of one hundred dol- \nlars ($100). This deposit will be applied to the first quarter payment. \n\nLaboratory Deposits \n\nStudents taking laboratory courses, i.e. Chemistry, Biology, Pharmacy, etc., \nshould be prepared to purchase laboratory deposit cards from the Bursar as \ndirected by the department offering the course. These deposits will be \ncharged with deductions for breakage, chemicals, and destruction of apparatus \nin the laboratory. Deposit cards are available for $15 each, and unused portions \nare refundable. A charge of $5 each is made for extra cards. \n\nReserve Officers' Training Corps — Uniform Deposit \n\nFreshmen enrolling in ROTC make a deposit of $10 to cover loss of or \ndamage to ROTC uniform and equipment. Any loss or damage exceeding the \ndeposit will be charged to the student. \n\n\n46 / COLLEGE EXPENSES \n\nOTHER FEES \n\nPayment of Tuition \n\nAll payments should be made at the Bursar's Office. Checks should be \nmade payable to Northeastern University. Students are not eligible to attend \nclasses beginning with the second week of any quarter unless their tuition \nhas been paid or specific arrangements have been made with the Bursar for a \nplan of deferred payment. Deferred payment of tuition entails a fee of two \ndollars ($2). \n\nLate-Payment Fee \n\nA fee of ten dollars ($10) will be assessed for failure to make or arrange for \npayments in accordance with the prescribed regulations. \n\nLate Registration Fee \n\nA fee of $5 will be charged for failure to register in accordance with pre- \nscribed regulations on the dates specified in the college registration bulletins. \nRegistration must be made in person. \n\nREFUNDS \n\nThe general policy in all schools and colleges of the University with respect \nto refunds of tuition to students is as follows: \n\nThe University provides all instruction on an academic quarter basis for \nwhich students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds will be \ngranted through the first four weeks of a quarter only when specific conditions \nare met. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed with the Dean of \nStudents' Office. \n\nTuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing on \nthe official withdrawal application when filed with the Registrar. Non-attend- \nance does not constitute official withdrawal. \n\nRefunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule: \n\nAmount of Refund \n\nOfficial Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition \n\n1st week of Quarter 100% \n\n2nd week of Quarter 75% \n\n3rd week of Quarter 50% \n\n4th week of Quarter 25% \n\n\nFinancial \n\n\nFinancial Aid is granted on the basis of financial need. Within the limits \nimposed by the availability of funds, Northeastern will assist any student in \ngood standing whose personal and family resources are insufficient to meet \nthe cost of attendance. \n\nStudents granted financial aid receive, in most cases, a Financial Aid \nPackage which consists of scholarships, loans, and part-time employment. \n\nScholarships are made available by the state and federal governments and \nthrough the generosity of individuals and business organizations concerned \nwith student welfare. With the exception of those scholarships sponsored by \nthe state or federal government, these awards carry a moral obligation for \nrepayment at some future date. \n\nLoan assistance is largely federally guaranteed and requires repayment \nafter graduation at modest interest rates and over a long period of time. \n\nPart-time employment is provided either by Northeastern directly or jointly \nby Northeastern and off-campus agencies under the auspices of the College \nWork-Study Program. \n\nDetailed information as to the procedure to follow in applying for aid can \nbe found in the Freshman Catalog and in the Handbook for Students. \n\nSCHOLARSHIPS FOR FRESHMEN \n\nStudents interested in applying for freshman scholarships, loans, and em- \nployment may obtain detailed information from the Freshman Catalog. \n\nAlumni Scholarships All Colleges \n\nFour full-tuition scholarships for an entering freshman in each of the Basic \nColleges are awarded annually by the Northeastern University Alumni Asso- \nciation through the generosity of donors' gifts to the Alumni Fund. \n\nApplications are open to graduating high school seniors showing evidence \nof scholastic achievement and financial need. \n\nAn equal amount of scholarship assistance is granted by the Alumni Asso- \nciation to students enrolled in University College. \n\n47 \n\n\n48 / FINANCIAL AID \n\nHenry B. Alvord Memorial Scholarships in Civil Engineering Engineering \n\nEstablished in 1940 in memory of the late Henry B. Alvord, Professor of \nCivil Engineering and Chairman of the Department for eighteen years, the \naward is made annually to a student graduating from an accredited secondary \nschool who demonstrates superior academic ability and gives promise of suc- \nceeding in civil engineering. The grant of $250 is made only to an entering \nfreshman who is qualified for and plans to study civil engineering. \n\nArmstrong Rubber Company Scholarships All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1960, the Armstrong Rubber Company of West Haven, Con- \nnecticut, offers annually a scholarship in the amount of $1,800 to a quali- \nfied boy or girl admitted to the University for a full-time program of study. \nAlthough children of Armstrong Company employees are given preference, any \nstudent residing in New Haven County is eligible to apply. \n\nRecipients of the scholarship will participate in the University's cooperative \nprogram and will be expected to spend at least four periods of student em- \nployment with the firm. Scholarship applications are available from the Com- \npany upon request and should be returned to the Personnel Office no later \nthan April 30 of the year in which the student plans to enter the University. \n\nBadger Company, Inc., Grant Program Engineering \n\nThe Badger Company, Inc., has made available to Northeastern University \ntwo grants of $1,200 each to be given to first-year students. Recipients must \nbe from the secondary schools in the Greater Boston area who have been ac- \ncepted into the College of Engineering. Summer employment shall be avail- \nable to the recipient(s) of the grant during the summer before his matricula- \ntion at the University; and cooperative work will be offered as long as positions \nare available, during his undergraduate years. \n\nBoard of Higher Education Scholarships All Colleges \n\nThis program was established in 1957 by the Commonwealth of Massachu- \nsetts to provide scholarship aid to Massachusetts students pursuing full-time \nday schedules in accredited collegiate institutions. Awards are made in the \nfall of each year, and applications for freshmen are available through their \nhigh school guidance counselors. \n\nThe Godfrey L. Cabot Scholarship Fund All Colleges \n\nThis fund was established by Dr. Cabot in 1954 in order to help meet the \ncollege expenses of employees or children of employees of Godfrey L. Cabot, \nInc., and its subsidiary and associated companies. To be eligible, the em- \nployee must have completed at least five years of service to the company prior \nto the time the student enters the University. The University shall determine \nthe number and amount of these scholarships, which are not limited to out- \nstanding students and which are available to evening as well as day students. \nStudents interested in applying for scholarship aid from this fund should \ncommunicate with the Cabot personnel office or the Office of Financial Aid \nat Northeastern University. \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID / 49 \n\nThe Gardner A. Caverly Scholarship All Colleges \n\nThis scholarship was established in 1957 through the generosity of Mr. \nGardner A. Caverly, an alumnus of the College of Business Administration and \na member of the Class of 1934. Its purpose is to provide financial assistance \nand encourage qualified students from the New England area to attend North- \neastern University. In selecting worthy students for these scholarship awards, \npreference is given to graduates of the Rutland, Vermont, and Laconia, New \nHampshire high schools. \n\nCommunity Scholarships All Colleges \n\nThe Community Scholarships were established by President Asa S. Knowles \nin 1963. Northeastern will grant scholarships in the amount of $500 to quali- \nfied students from the following communities: Ashland, three scholarships; \nBoston, twelve scholarships; Burlington, three scholarships; and Weston, three \nscholarships. \n\nThe Cotrell Company Engineering Scholarship Engineering \n\nIn 1961, The Cotrell Company of Westerly, Rhode Island, established an \nannual scholarship of $1,000 to be awarded to a senior in the upper fourth of \nhis class attending a high school in the Westerly area or to a senior in any \nhigh school who is the son of an employee of The Cotrell Company. Selection \npreference will be given to sons of employees and to students who have a \nlong-range interest in the specialized fields of mechanical, electrical and in- \ndustrial engineering. \n\nThe William 0. DiPietro Scholarship Engineering \n\nThis scholarship was established in 1967 through the generosity of Mr. \nWilliam 0. DiPietro, a distinguished alumnus of the College of Engineering \nand a member of the Class of 1942. The scholarship is awarded annually to \none or more deserving freshmen who demonstrate a high caliber of achieve- \nment and a desire to fulfill the limits of their ability in both academic and \ncooperative periods of study. In considering recipients for this scholarship, \npreference is given to freshmen enrolled in the College of Engineering \ndesirous of majoring in Chemical Engineering. It is intended that those stu- \ndents receiving awards from this scholarship might someday contribute to this \nor other scholarships themselves, thereby perpetuating growing funds that \nwill help other deserving individuals. \n\nEducational Opportunity Grants All Colleges \n\nAs part of the federally supported programs administered by the University, \nEducational Opportunity Grants will be available to a limited number of under- \ngraduate students with exceptional financial need who require these grants to \nattend college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic or \ncreative promise. \n\nEligible students who are accepted for enrollment or who are currently en- \nrolled in good standing, may receive Educational Opportunity Grants for a \nmaximum of four years of their higher education. \n\nGrants will range from $200 to $800 a year, and can be no more than one \nhalf of the total assistance given the student. As an academic incentive to \nstudents, an additional award of $200 may be given to those students who were \nin the upper half of their college class during the preceding academic year. \n\n\n50 / FINANCIAL AID \n\nCarl Stephens Ell Alumni Scholarships All Colleges \n\nTo honor Dr. Carl Stephens Ell, the second president of Northeastern Uni- \nversity, the Alumni Association, in 1958, established these scholarships. Either \nfreshmen or upperclassmen enrolled at the University are eligible. Awards will \nbe made to worthy students on the basis of scholastic ability and need. The \nscholarships are to be distributed as equitably as possible among students in \nthe Basic Colleges and University College. Preference shall be given to sons \nand daughters of Northeastern Alumni. \n\nElmer H. and Daisy M. Everett Scholarship All Colleges \n\nThe purpose of this fund, established in 1961, by Mr. and Mrs. Elmer H. \nEverett, is to provide scholarship aid for a qualified entering freshman or \nupper-class student who will receive the greatest benefit from this assistance. \nThe scholarship, to be awarded annually, will be equal to one-half tuition for \na full academic year. \n\nPreference will be given to a worthy student who is a member of, or the \nson or daughter of a member of, the Carter Memorial Methodist Church of \nNeedham Heights, Massachusetts, or to another student suggested by the \nminister of this church. Should there be no qualified candidate available from \nthe above source, then the scholarship shall be awarded to any worthy boy \nor girl. \n\nThe George Raymond Fennell Memorial Scholarships Business Administration \n\nTwo full-tuition scholarships are awarded each year to first-year students \nenrolled in the College of Business Administration. The scholarships are \nawarded in memory of George Raymond Fennell, formerly Assistant Director of \nAdmissions and Director of the Northeastern Student Union. \n\nGeneral Motors Scholarship All Colleges \n\nGeneral Motors has a vital interest in higher education in America. Under \nits \"College Plan,\" one five-year scholarship is granted to a high school senior \nof high ability who has been admitted to one of Northeastern's Basic Col- \nleges. The selection is made from among all students accepted for admission. \nA special application is not required. \n\nCollege of Nursing Scholarships Nursing \n\nScholarships are made available to students in the College of Nursing \nthrough a fund established by contributions from Northeastern University, \nPermanent Charities Fund, Massachusetts General Hospital, Children's Hos- \npital Medical Center, Beth Israel Hospital, New England Deaconess Hospital, \nand Peter Bent Brigham Hospital. The application procedures and qualifica- \ntions for selection are the same as those for all other scholarships. \n\nCharles Hayden Memorial Scholarships All Colleges \n\nThe Charles Hayden Foundation, created by the will of the late Charles \nHayden, an alumnus of the Boston English High School, offers annually mem- \norial scholarships to freshmen at Northeastern University. The scholarships \nare awarded to \"deserving boys\" whose parents are unable to finance the \nentire cost of their education. \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID / 51 \n\nThe Edward L. Hurtig Scholarship All Colleges \n\nThis scholarship was established in 1968 through the generosity of the \nHurtig family in memory of Edward L. Hurtig, an alumnus of the College of \nEngineering, Class of 1946. The scholarship is awarded annually to an entering \nfreshman in the day colleges who has demonstrated the necessity for financial \naid. Preferences will be given to recipients of the Educational Opportunity \nGrants Scholarship Program of the United States Office of Education. \n\nThe Maurice A. and Nellie L. Idelson Award All Colleges \n\nThis award, established in 1968, is given annually to an entering freshman \nin the day colleges, who has demonstrated the need for financial aid. Prefer- \nence will be given to graduates of the Boston English High School. Should \nthere be no qualified candidate from this source, the award will then be given \nto any worthy student. \n\nRegional Scholarships All Colleges \n\nSecondary school students who do not reside within normal commuting \ndistance of Northeastern University, who have demonstrated superior achieve- \nment in their studies, and who are strongly endorsed by their principals and \nguidance officers, may qualify for a Regional Scholarship. Scholarships range \nin amount from $1,000 to $2,400. Recipients are required to live in \nUniversity-sponsored residence halls. \n\nClinton H. Scovell Scholarships Boston-Bouve \n\nScholarships are made available annually to women students in Boston- \nBouve College through a fund provided by the will of Clinton H. Scovell. \n\nThe Sidney L. Sholley Memorial Scholarships All Colleges \n\nThe Sidney L. Sholley Memorial Scholarships have been established by the \nTrustees of the Keystone Charitable Foundation in memory of Mr. Sidney L. \nSholley, founder and first president of the Keystone group of mutual funds. \nTwo scholarships of $600 each will be awarded annually to incoming fresh- \nmen. Recipients of the scholarships will be known as the Sidney L. Sholley \nScholars. \n\nThe Northeastern University Faculty Wives Scholarship All Colleges \n\nEach year the Northeastern University Faculty Wives Club offers a half- \ntuition scholarship to a young woman of limited financial resources who has \ndemonstrated a likelihood of succeeding in her chosen professional field. \n\nTrustee Scholarships All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1928 by the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University, \nthese full- and partial-tuition scholarships are granted in the eight basic col- \nleges each year to entering freshmen who have demonstrated superior scho- \nlastic attainment throughout their preparatory or high school courses. \n\nPower Systems Engineering Grants-in-Aid Electrical Engineering \n\nA number of public utilities and power equipment manufacturing companies \nin the northeastern part of the United States have made available grants-in- \n\n\n52 / FINANCIAL AID \n\naid ranging from $1,000 to $1,800 to assist able freshmen who are planning to \nundertake the six-year integrated cooperative program in power systems engi- \nneering leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Master of Science \nin Electrical Engineering. These awards are made on the basis of academic \nachievement in high school and aptitude for and interest in the field of power \nsystems engineering, without regard to financial need. \n\nCandidates for such grants-in-aid should apply to the Dean of Admissions \nat Northeastern University not later than March 1 of the year in which they \nwish to enter the College of Engineering. \n\nArmy ROTC Scholarship Program \n\nThe Army ROTC scholarship program is designed to offer financial assistance \nto outstanding young men in the five-year Army ROTC program who are inter- \nested in the Army as a career. Each scholarship provides for free tuition, \ntextbooks and laboratory fees in addition to a subsistence allowance of $50 \nper month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. The scholarships are \nprovided under provisions of Public Law 88-647, The ROTC Vitalization Act \nof 1964. \n\nFive-year scholarships are open to all students entering Army ROTC as fresh- \nmen. One thousand scholarships were awarded for each of the school years \n1965-1966, 1966-67 and 1967-1968. The Vitalization Act authorizes additional \nawards each year until a maximum of 5,500 are in effect during the school year \n1970-1971. \n\nCommanding General \nFirst United States Army \nATTN: AHAAG-CA \nFt. Meade, Maryland 20755 \n\nSCHOLARSHIPS FOR UPPERCLASSMEN \n\nDr. Martin E. Adamo Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThis scholarship of $100 is given annually by the Boston Association of \nRetail Druggists in memory of Dr. Martin E. Adamo, the second president of \nthe New England College of Pharmacy. \n\nThe Vivian B. Allen Scholarships Nursing \n\nThe Vivian B. Allen Foundation Endowment for nursing scholarships was \nestablished in 1968 through the generosity of the Vivian B. Allen Foundation, \nInc. The income from a $500,000 endowment fund is to be used to provide \nscholarship assistance for students entering or enrolled in the College of \nNursing of Northeastern University. The application procedures and qualifica- \ntions for selection are the same as those for all other scholarships. \n\nAmerican Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Scholarships Pharmacy \n\nThe Board of Grants of the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Educa- \ntion provides three scholarships of $200 each to be awarded to junior or \nsenior students on the basis of scholarship and financial need with the under- \nstanding that the University will match the awards to the students selected. \nThe use of the funds is restricted to the payment of tuition and laboratory fees. \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID / 53 \n\nThe Boston Section of the American Society for \n\nQuality Control Scholarship All Colleges \n\nThis annual award was established in 1961 by the Boston Section of the \nAmerican Society for Quality Control to provide assistance to a student en- \nrolled in a collegiate program which will prepare him for a constructive career \nin the broad field of quality control. The recipient must have completed his \nsecond year; and in his education or work experience, he must have demon- \nstrated an interest in the broad field of quality control. \n\nThe Boston Section has an extensive educational program for those whose \nwork requires an increasing knowledge of quality control, and it is active in \nenhancing the standards in this field. \n\nThe Henry Francis Barrows Scholarships All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1949, the four Henry Francis Barrows Scholarships pro- \nvided under the will of Fanny B. Reed, are offered to Protestant young men, \nborn and brought up in New England. Good scholastic standing, good char- \nacter, and need must be demonstrated by recipients of the scholarships. \n\nThe Mr. and Mrs. Emil Matthew Bauer Fund All Colleges \n\nThe interest from the Fund, established in 1954, is used for scholarships \nor other financial assistance to students of German birth or of German extrac- \ntion studying at Northeastern University. The scholarships are available to \neither men or women students enrolled in any year at the University. \n\nBoard of Higher Education Scholarships All Colleges \n\nThis program was established in 1957 by the Commonwealth of Massachu- \nsetts to provide scholarship aid to Massachusetts students pursuing full-time \nday schedules in accredited colleges. Awards are made in the fall of each \nyear, and applications for upper-class students are available during April in \nthe Office of the Director of Financial Aid for Students. \n\nThe Boston Paper Trades Association, Inc., \n\nScholarship Business Administration \n\nEstablished in 1966 by the Boston Paper Trades Association, Inc., this is \nan annual scholarship awarded to a junior or senior who has demonstrated by \nhis cooperative work achievement and his extracurricular activities an interest \nand potential in the field of sales. The recipient must be of high character, have \na good academic record, and be able to demonstrate financial need. \n\nThe Boston Rubber Group Scholarship Chemistry, Chemical Engineering \n\nThis scholarship, established in 1962, is to be awarded in whole or in part \nto one or more chemistry or chemical engineering cooperative students on \nthe basis of merit, need, scholarship, and personal qualifications. The Boston \nRubber Group is sponsored by the Division of Rubber Chemistry, American \nChemical Society. \n\nBoston Society of Civil Engineers Scholarship in Memory of \n\nDesmond FitzGerald Civil Engineering \n\nIn 1931 the Boston Society of Civil Engineers established a scholarship in \nmemory of Desmond FitzGerald, a former president of the Society and an \neminent hydraulic engineer with a distinguished record of service. \n\n\n54 / FINANCIAL AID \n\nIt has been awarded annually since 1931 to an outstanding Northeastern \nUniversity senior or junior student in the Department of Civil Engineering of \nthe College of Engineering. The presentation is made by the President of the \nBoston Society of Civil Engineers at the Society's annual meeting in the \nspring of the year. \n\nBrookline Hospital Women's Auxiliary Scholarships Nursing \n\nThese scholarships, two $1,000 awards, are available to upper-class nurs- \ning students, with preference being given to residents of Brookline. Selec- \ntion is on the basis of good academic standing and demonstrable financial need. \n\nMartin Brown Scholarship Fund Electrical Engineering \n\nThis scholarship was established in 1961 by Mr. Martin Brown, an engineer- \ning alumnus of the Class of 1921. The purpose of this scholarship is to assist \nqualified students enrolled in electrical engineering who have need and who \nhave demonstrated above-average scholastic ability. \n\nWellington Burnham Fund All Colleges \n\nThis fund provides financial assistance to worthy students of limited means \nwithout discrimination as to race, creed, color, or scholastic attainment. It \nwas established in 1961 under the provisions of the will of George A. Burnham. \n\nThe William M. Cavanaugh Memorial Scholarship All Colleges \n\nThis award, established by the members of the Publicity Club of Boston, \nis open to men and women of the Junior and Senior classes who demonstrate \ntalent in the field of communications. The scholarship of $100 bears the \nname of the second president of the Publicity Club (1950-1951) who fulfilled \nthe role of an able and successful newspaper man. \n\nChemical Club of New England Chemistry, Chemical Engineering \n\nTo promote interest in the chemistry or chemical engineering field in New \nEngland, the Chemical Club of New England has made generous scholarships \navailable to junior and senior students who are majoring in chemistry or \nchemical engineering and who show promise of success in either field. \n\nRecipients of these scholarships must be residents of New England and must \nhave financial need, above-average grades, and a good cooperative work record. \n\nCivil Engineering Department Award Civil Engineering \n\nThe Civil Engineering Department Award was established by members of \nthat department in order to recognize achievement and to give financial assist- \nance to a student who has elected a major in the field of civil engineering. \nThis award, in the amount of $100, is financed by gifts from members of the \nCivil Engineering Department and is awarded to the recipient at the beginning \nof his sophomore year. \n\nConnecticut Alumni Club Scholarships All Colleges \n\nEach year the Connecticut Alumni Club awards scholarships to students \nfrom the State of Connecticut who have achieved a high academic average in \ntheir freshman year and have demonstrated financial need. The scholarships \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID / 55 \n\nare to be used toward the tuition expense of the sophomore year. These \nscholarships were established in 1958 to promote Northeastern University \namong the preparatory schools of Connecticut. \n\nJohn W. Dargavel Foundation Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThis scholarship was established in 1964 by the John W. Dargavel Founda- \ntion, sponsored by the National Association of Retail Druggists. The award is \nlimited to students who have completed their sophomore year in the College \nof Pharmacy. \n\nLuis de Flores Endowment Fund All Colleges \n\nThis fund was established in 1964 to provide yearly awards to students in \nrecognition of superior ingenuity, irrespective of general academic standing. \n\nElectrical Manufacturers Representatives Club of New England, \n\nInc., Scholarship Electrical Engineering \n\nEstablished in 1958, this scholarship of $475 is granted to a student or \nstudents majoring in electrical engineering, without regard to race, creed, or \ncolor. To qualify, students must have real financial need and excellent \nscholastic standing. \n\nCarl Stephens Ell Alumni Scholarships \nElmer H. and Daisy M. Everett Scholarship \n\n(For description of these two scholarships, see page 50.) \n\nClara and Joseph F. Ford Scholarship All Colleges \n\nIn 1947 friends and employees of Clara and Joseph F. Ford united to pro- \nvide tuition scholarships for worthy, needy, and well-qualified students who \nhave demonstrated a democratic and tolerant spirit and who are well disposed \ntoward people of all creeds and races. \n\nGilman Brothers Inc. Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThis scholarship of $250 is given annually by Gilman Brothers Inc. to help \na student further his education in pharmacy. \n\nRabbi Myer 0. Grunberg Scholarship All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1953 by Mrs. Myer 0. and Miss Rose Grunberg, this annual \naward is available to a senior student in any college of the University. The \naward is made to that man or woman student who has evidenced in personal, \nbusiness and student relations those characteristics of leadership and human \nrelations which make for a better social order. There is no restriction as to \nrace, creed, color, or sex. \n\nHealth Professions Scholarship Program Pharmacy \n\nUnder a grant from the Public Health Service, annual scholarships not in \nexcess of $2,500 may be awarded to students from low-income families who, \nwithout such financial assistance, could not pursue a course of study in the \nhealth professions. The scholarships are available to middlers, juniors, and \nseniors in the College of Pharmacy. \n\n\n56 / FINANCIAL AID \n\nJoseph Anthony Johnson Scholarships Engineering \n\nEstablished in 1968 by the will of the late Joseph Anthony (Johansen) Johnson \nof the Class of 1928, the income provides scholarship aid for students enrolled \nin the Department of Mechanical Engineering, with preference given to students \nof Scandinavian origin. \n\nVena Morse Lamson Scholarships All Colleges \n\nThese scholarships are provided through the income of a fund established \nin 1963 by Horatio W. Lamson in memory of his beloved wife. The scholar- \nships are awarded annually to needy and worthy students who are enrolled in \nany of the Basic Colleges of the University. The scholarships are granted by \nthe Committee on Financial Aid of the University without regard to national \norigin, sex, race, or creed. \n\nAvrom Aaron Leve Memorial Scholarship Psychology \n\nThis scholarship fund was established in 1957 in memory of Dr. Avrom \nAaron Leve, former Assistant Professor of Psychology. The interest is used \nannually to provide scholarships for upper-class students majoring in psy- \nchology. The award is made on the basis of academic achievement, financial \nneed, and character. \n\nGeorge T. Marvin Scholarship Fund All Colleges \n\nThis fund was established in 1961 under the provisions of the will of \nGeorge T. Marvin, a graduate of the Northeastern University School of Law, \nClass of 1918. Mr. Marvin designated that the income of this fund should \nbe used to provide financial assistance to worthy and needy students to assist \nthem in furthering their education at Northeastern University. \n\nGeorge T. Marvin Scholarships may be awarded to new students seeking \nadmission to Northeastern and to students enrolled as freshmen and upper- \nclassmen. Applicants must have satisfactory records of scholarship as of the \ntime of making application and must demonstrate genuine need and good \ncitizenship. \n\nMassachusetts State Pharmaceutical Association Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThis scholarship of $200 established by the Massachusetts State Pharma- \nceutical Association, is awarded annually. The recipient must be a resident \nof Massachusetts. \n\nThe Massachusetts State Pharmaceutical Association also awards a number \nof scholarships of $100. Applications for these scholarships may be secured \nfrom the office of the Association at 11 Beacon Street, Boston. \n\nMcKesson & Robbins, Inc., Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThis scholarship of $200, given annually by McKesson & Robbins, Inc., is \nawarded to a worthy student in financial need. \n\nFrederick W. Muckenhoupt Scholarship All Colleges \n\nThis award was established in 1961 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl F. Muckenhoupt \nin memory of their son, Frederick W. Muckenhoupt, Class of 1959 of the \nCollege of Engineering. \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID / 57 \n\nThe award is to be made annually to a student in good standing on the \nbasis of need. Preference is given to a student enrolled in the Department of \nElectrical Engineering. \n\nThe New England Paper Merchants, Inc., Scholarship All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1959 by the New England Paper Merchants Association, Inc., \nthis is an annual scholarship awarded to a junior or senior who has demon- \nstrated by his cooperative work achievement and his extracurricular activi- \nties an interest and potential in the field of sales. The recipient must be of high \ncharacter, must be able to demonstrate financial need, and must have a good \nacademic record. \n\nNorfolk County Pharmaceutical Association Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThis scholarship of $50 is awarded annually to a student who meets the re- \nquirements both financially and scholastically and is a resident of one of the \nmember towns covered by the Norfolk County Pharmaceutical Association \n(Norwood, Dedham, Canton, Walpole, Mil lis, Needham, Westwood, and Islington). \n\nPhysical Therapy Traineeships Boston-Bouve \n\nUndergraduate traineeships in physical therapy are made available to the \nUniversity through the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Junior \nand senior physical therapy majors recommended by the faculty may receive \nsubstantial financial awards which can be applied toward their college \nexpenses. \n\nThe Mildred A. Reardon Scholarship Award All Colleges \n\nDelta Pi Alpha Sorority sponsors an annual award of $100 to a deserving \nunder-class woman in the Basic Colleges. Selection is made by the Dean of \nWomen on the basis of financial need and academic standing. The award \nis given in honor of an outstanding alumna of Northeastern and Delta Pi \nAlpha, whose academic excellence, strength of character, and qualities of \nleadership have typified the ideal for which the sorority strives. \n\nFrank B. Sanborn Scholarship Fund Engineering \n\nThe Frank B. Sanborn Scholarship Fund was established in 1958 to provide \na scholarship or scholarships of not more than $500 to worthy and needy \nstudents selected by the University, without restrictions as to race, creed, or \ngeographic origin, but with preference being given to students majoring in \nelectrical, mechanical, civil, or industrial engineering, in the order stated. \n\nEach recipient must be willing to assume a moral obligation to reimburse \nthe fund as he may be able, in order to make similar financial aid available \nfor other students in later years. There shall be no interest charged and no \ntime specified for reimbursement. \n\nClinton H. Scovell Scholarships Boston-Bouve \n\nScholarships are made available annually to women students in Boston- \nBouve College through a fund provided by the will of Clinton H. Scovell. \n\n\n58 / FINANCIAL AID \n\nWilliam Lincoln Smith Scholarship Fund Electrical Engineering \n\nThe fund was established in 1947 by Farnham Wheeler Smith, Class of \n1924, Benjamin Lincoln Smith, Class of 1923, Thomas Hollis, Jr., Class of \n1941, and other members of the family in honor of Dr. William Lincoln Smith, \nwho served long, faithfully, and with distinction as Chairman of the Depart- \nment of Electrical Engineering at Northeastern University. \n\nThe income from the fund is used for an annual scholarship award to a \nstudent enrolled in the Department of Electrical Engineering who has demon- \nstrated excellence in some aspect of electrical research, stands high in his \ncourses, or otherwise exhibits promise of future competence in the field. The \naward shall preferably be granted to a student who needs financial assistance \nto continue his college work. \n\nSouth Middlesex Pharmaceutical Association Pharmacy \n\nThis tuition scholarship of $100 established in 1960 is awarded annually \nto a pharmacy student enrolled in the third, fourth, or fifth year who is in \ngood scholastic standing and in financial need, and living in the area covered \nby the South Middlesex Pharmaceutical Association (Arlington, Belmont, Lex- \nington, and Watertown). The recipient will be selected by the Scholarship \nCommittee. \n\nSouth Shore Pharmaceutical Association Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nThe Scholarship Committee of the Association will select a freshman \nstudent in June of each year living in the area covered by the South Shore \nPharmaceutical Association (Quincy, Braintree, Weymouth, Hull, Randolph, \nHingham, Holbrook, and Cohasset) who will be awarded a $100 scholarship \nto be applied to the tuition of the first semester of the sophomore year. \n\nSpringfield Druggists' Association Scholarship Pharmacy \n\nA scholarship of $100 is offered by the Springfield Druggists' Association. \nThis is to be awarded to a sophomore or junior who maintains the highest \naverage in the Department of Pharmacy, and who is worthy and in need of \nfinancial assistance. The Springfield Druggists' Association Scholarship Fund \nwas established in 1956. \n\nRuth Page Sweet Scholarship Fund Boston-Bouve \n\nThis fund was established in 1959 by members of the Class of 1919 and \nalumnae of the Bouve-Boston School in honor of their classmate, Miss Ruth \nPage Sweet, dean of the school from 1929 to 1946, administrative director \nfrom 1946 to 1948, and director from 1948 to 1960. The scholarship is \npresented to a junior or senior who has demonstrated by her academic record \nand extracurricular activities a high level of professional promise. \n\nA. Gilbert Tenney Scholarship Fund Engineering \n\nThis fund is in memory of A. Gilbert Tenney, who served as a captain in \nthe Air Force during the Korean War and was killed while in active service. \n\nThe income from the fund will be awarded to a needy student or students \nin the field of electrical engineering, studying under the Cooperative Plan of \nEducation. \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID / 59 \n\nCharles Irwin Travelli Scholarships All Colleges \n\nNumerous scholarships have been given yearly since 1950 to students dem- \nonstrating financial need, high academic achievement, and an active interest \nin University life as shown by participation in one or more major activities. \nStudents are named as recipients of Travelli Scholarships at the completion \nof their sophomore year. Under normal circumstances these awards will con- \ntinue through the senior year. \n\nSamuel Ulman Scholarship Fund All Colleges \n\nThis fund was established in 1960 by Mrs. Samuel Ulman in memory of \nSamuel Ulman, a student at Northeastern University from 1912 to 1915. The \npurpose of the fund is to provide scholarship assistance to students in good \nacademic standing who have financial need. \n\nUnited States Rubber Company Foundation Scholarships Engineering, LA, BA \n\nThe United States Rubber Company Foundation has established scholarships \nto be awarded to students in the Colleges of Engineering, Business Adminis- \ntration, and Liberal Arts who qualify on the basis of leadership and character, \nacademic performance and potential, need for financial assistance, and \ndemonstration of interest in a career in industry. \n\nRecipients assume a moral obligation to repay at least 25 per cent of any \nscholarship received to the University Scholarship Fund after graduation. \nStudents must have completed at least two years of their undergraduate pro- \ngram to be eligible. \n\nUniversity Scholarships All Colleges \n\nNortheastern University has for many years maintained a scholarship fund \nfor deserving, qualified students. These scholarships are awarded on the basis \nof need, scholastic standing, and campus citizenship. The recipient of a \nNortheastern scholarship must be willing to assume a moral obligation to re- \npay the University at some future date. \n\nHenry E. Warren Scholarships All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1958 by the Warren Benevolent Fund, Inc. The purpose of \nthese scholarships is to encourage students to gain cooperative work experi- \nence reinforcing study in their major field. \n\nScholarship awards in the total amount of $1,000 are awarded annually \nwithout restrictions as to race, creed, or national origin, to upper-class stu- \ndents in fields in which related cooperative work positions are few or poorly \npaid. The recipients of the scholarship must have demonstrated good scholas- \ntic standing, fine character, and financial need. \n\nThe Jacob Wasserman Scholarship Fund Pharmacy \n\nEstablished in 1966 by his friends in memory of Jacob Wasserman, this \nfund is to provide scholarship aid to a senior student in the College of \nPharmacy. The award will be made annually on the basis of financial need, \nacademic performance, and personal qualities. \n\n\n60 / FINANCIAL AID \n\nWestern Electric Fund Scholarship Award Engineering \n\nThis scholarship, established in 1956, is awarded annually to an upper-class \nstudent in mechanical, electrical, or industrial engineering. The recipient must \nbe an outstanding student who also has financial need. The Western Electric \nCompany is the manufacturing company for the Bell Telephone System. \n\nArmy ROTC Scholarship Program \n\nThe Army ROTC scholarship program is designed to offer financial assistance \nto outstanding young men in the five-year Army ROTC program who are inter- \nested in the Army as a career. Each scholarship provides for free tuition, \ntextbooks and laboratory fees in addition to a subsistence allowance of $50 \nper month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. The scholarships are \nprovided under provisions of Public Law 88-647, The ROTC Vitalization Act \nof 1964. \n\nThe three-year scholarships are available only to students who have com- \npleted the first two years of ROTC and are selected for enrollment in the ROTC \nAdvanced Course. One thousand scholarships were awarded for each of the \nschool years 1965-1966, 1966-1967 and 1967-1968. The Vitalization Act \nauthorizes additional awards each year until a maximum of 5,500 are in effect \nduring school year 1970-1971. \n\n\nHonor Societies \n\nand \n\nAcademic Awards \n\n\nHONORS AND AWARDS \n\nThe University encourages the achievement of excellence in scholarship by \nmaking monetary awards and chartering honor societies in the various \nacademic disciplines. \n\n\nHonor Societies \nFifteen honorary societies are chartered in the Colleges: \n\nPhi Kappa Phi — national interdisciplinary honor society \n\nTau Beta Pi — in the College of Engineering (Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter) \n\nNu Chi Epsilon -in the College of Engineering, Department of Chemical \nEngineering \n\nEta Kappa Nu — in the College of Engineering, Department of Electrical En- \ngineering (Gamma Beta Chapter) \n\nPi Tau Sigma — in the College of Engineering, Department of Mechanical \nEngineering (Northeastern Tau Kappa Chapter) \n\nPhi Alpha Theta - in the College of Liberal Arts, History Department (North- \neastern Zeta Tau Chapter) \n\nPi Sigma Alpha - in the College of Liberal Arts, Political Science Department \n(Northeastern Delta Gamma Chapter) \n\nAlpha Pi Mu - in the College of Engineering, Department of Industrial \nEngineering \n\nChi Epsilon — in the College of Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering \n\nKappa Delta Pi - in the College of Education \n\nBeta Gamma Sigma — in the College of Business Administration (Massachu- \nsetts Delta Chapter) \n\nThe Academy- in the College of Liberal Arts \n\nAlpha Kappa Delta- in the College of Liberal Arts, Sociology Department \n\nRho Chi Society (Beta Tau Chapter) - in the College of Pharmacy \n\nDelta Phi Alpha — national German honor society \n\nBeta Alpha Psi - Accounting fraternity (B.A.) \n\nPhi Sigma — in the Department of Biology \n\n61 \n\n\n62 / HONOR SOCIETIES AND ACADEMIC AWARDS \n\nElection to the college honorary societies is based primarily upon scholar- \nship, but, before a man or woman is privileged to wear the honorary society \ninsignia, there must be evidence of an integrity of character and an interest \nin the extracurricular life of the University. The societies have memberships \nconsisting of the outstanding men and women in the Colleges. Election to an \nhonorary society is the highest honor that can be conferred upon an \nundergraduate. \n\nAwards For Upperclassmen \n\nUniversity awards are determined by scholastic and citizenship achieve- \nment. They are presented by appropriate committees headed by the Dean of \nStudents and do not require a demonstration of financial need or formal \napplication. \n\nThe Academy Award Liberal Arts \n\nThe Academy, the honor society of the College of Liberal Arts, offers an- \nnually an award of $100 to the sophomore in the College of Liberal Arts who, \nduring the previous year as a freshman, made the highest scholastic record. \n\nWilliam Jefferson Alcott, Jr., Award All Colleges \n\nThis award of $200 was established in 1934 by members of the faculty and \nother friends to perpetuate the memory of William Jefferson Alcott, Jr., a bril- \nliant member of the Northeastern Department of Mathematics from 1924 until \nhis death in 1933. The award to a senior is made annually from the income \nof the fund \"for outstanding performance, either in the way of unusual excel- \nlence in routine work, or in connection with some intellectual activity outside \nor beyond the requirements of the curriculum.\" \n\nAlumni Awards for Professional Promise All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1947 by the Alumni Association, these awards are presented \nannually at a final senior class meeting in the spring of the year. The awards \nare made to the outstanding seniors in each of the Basic Colleges who have \ndemonstrated unusual professional promise through their character traits, \nscholastic achievement, and cooperative work performance. \n\nThe Beta Gamma Sigma Society Award Business Administration \n\nThe Massachusetts Delta Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honor- \nary society of colleges of business administration, offers an annual scholar- \nship of $100 to the sophomore in the College of Business Administration who, \nduring the previous year as a freshman, made the highest scholastic record. \n\nBoston-Bouve Honor Society Award Boston-Bouve \n\nThe Society offers an annual award of $100 to the sophomore in Boston- \nBouve College who, during the previous year as a freshman in the College, \nmade the highest scholastic record. \n\nCooperative Education Awards All Colleges \n\nThese awards are presented to seniors in each of the Basic Colleges in \nrecognition of outstanding performance in the Cooperative Education Program, \n\n\nHONOR SOCIETIES AND ACADEMIC AWARDS / 63 \n\nthrough which they have personified the objectives and ideals of the Uni- \nversity. The awards are presented at the Annual Awards Luncheon. \n\nSears B. Condit Honor Awards All Colleges \n\nThese awards were established in 1940 through the generosity of Sears B. \nCondit. At Honors Day Convocation, Sears B. Condit Honor Awards, approxi- \nmately 40 in number, are awarded annually to outstanding students in the \nsenior class. Each award carries a stipend of not less than $150 as well as \na certificate of achievement. \n\nAlfred J. Ferretti Award Engineering \n\nTau Kappa Chapter of Pi Tau Sigma, the Mechanical Engineering National \nHonor Fraternity, sponsors an annual award to the sophomore mechanical \nengineering student at Northeastern having the highest scholastic standing. \nThe award is named in honor of Professor Ferretti, who retired June 30, 1961, \nafter 43 years of service to the University. \n\nThe Harold D. Hodgkinson Achievement Awards All Colleges \n\nEstablished in 1954, the Harold D. Hodgkinson Achievement Awards of \n$500 each are granted annually to a senior student in Division A and Division \nB. The winners of the awards are known as the Hodgkinson Scholars for the \nyear in which they are chosen. \n\nThe award is based primarily upon distinguished scholastic achievement \nwith due consideration of character, personality, qualities of leadership, co- \noperative work experience, military record, if any, and service in voluntary \norganizations and activities. Student leadership accomplishments and profes- \nsional potential are evaluated in connection with these criteria. \n\nThe Hodgkinson Scholar is chosen by a committee of administrative mem- \nbers of the faculty. An appropriate certificate is presented to each recipient \nas a permanent record of his selection. \n\nKappa Delta Pi Award Education \n\nKappa Delta Pi, the College of Education honor society, offers an annual \naward of $100 to the education sophomore who, during the freshman year, \nachieved the highest scholastic record. \n\nThe Lilly Achievement Award Pharmacy \n\nThe Lilly Achievement Award is given to a graduating senior for superior \nscholastic and professional achievement. Leadership qualities, professional \nattitudes, and academic performance will be considered in the selection of the \nindividual for this award. \n\nJulia and Merrill Robert Lovinger Award All Colleges \n\nThis annual $100 award was established in 1960 by William Lovinger for \nthe purpose of giving assistance to a student of acceptable scholastic standing \nwho can demonstrate financial need. \n\nRobert Lubets Award Business Administration \n\nThe award was established in 1953 by the Boston accounting firm of Robert \n\nLubets & Company to recognize outstanding professional development and \n\n\n64 / HONOR SOCIETIES AND ACADEMIC AWARDS \n\npersonal growth by students training for careers in accounting. One hundred \ndollars will be awarded to that degree candidate who at the completion of his \njunior year has demonstrated the greatest personal growth and professional \ndevelopment as evidenced by his improvement in scholastic achievement \naccompanied by professional aptitude indicative of future success as an \naccountant. \n\nHarold A. Mock Award Business Administration \n\nEstablished in 1959 by Harold A. Mock, a distinguished alumnus of the Uni- \nversity, this annual award of $200 is made to an outstanding member of the \njunior class in the College of Business Administration. The Committee on \nScholarship selects the recipient on the basis of high academic standing and \ncooperative work achievement, participation in University extracurricular ac- \ntivities, personality, and character. \n\nRuth E. Phalen Memorial Award Fund All Colleges \n\nThis fund was established in 1959 by Thomas E. Phalen, Jr., a member of \nthe faculty, in memory of his wife. The income from this fund is used yearly \nas a cash award to a senior, junior, or middler, preferably in the College of \nEngineering, who maintains at least a 2.0 academic average, shows outstand- \ning ability in one or more varsity sports, and demonstrates excellent campus \ncitizenship. \n\nThe Phi Sigma Society Award \n\nPhi Sigma, honor society in the Department of Biology, offers an annual \naward of $50 to the junior or senior majoring in biology or a related science \nwho demonstrates the greatest research potential. To qualify for the award, the \nstudent must be a member of Phi Sigma. \n\nRoland Guyer Porter Memorial Fund Electrical Engineering \n\nThis fund was established in 1953 by colleagues and friends of the late \nProfessor Roland G. Porter, for many years head of the Department of Elec- \ntrical Engineering. Interest from the fund provides an annual award to a \nstudent in the Department of Electrical Engineering who best exemplifies the \nqualities of mind and character which Professor Porter did so much to de- \nvelop in his lifetime. \n\nPresident's Awards All Colleges \n\nSince 1929, at the annual Honors Day Convocation, four awards of $100 each, \nknown as the President's Awards, have been presented to the students with the \noutstanding records in the sophomore, middler, junior and senior classes. \n\nThe William Rand Award Engineering \n\nThe Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter of Tau Beta Pi offers annually an award \nof $50 to the outstanding middler in the College of Engineering. The award is \nbased upon outstanding scholarship, breadth of interest, and contribution to \nthe University. All middlers with a 3.5 average or above are eligible; and the \nwinner is chosen after careful screening and interviews with members of \nthe chapter. \n\n\nHONOR SOCIETIES AND ACADEMIC AWARDS / 65 \n\nROTC Awards ROTC \n\nAwards totaling $1,000 are available to ROTC cadets each year. The Uni- \nversity offers nine $50 awards annually. They are: one to the outstanding \nfreshman cadet, four to sophomores (one in each division), two to middlers \n(one to each division), and two to juniors (one to each division). \n\nScabbard and Blade (the cadet officers' honorary society) offers four awards \nannually to middlers. The Pershing Rifles (the basic course honorary society) \noffers a $50 award to a sophomore Pershing Rifles cadet. \n\nAcademic Achievement Awards are won by each cadet in the top 10 per \ncent of ROTC classes. This award, a wreath, is worn above the right breast \npocket of the uniform during the year immediately following. Leadership \nAchievement Awards, consisting of letters of commendation, are awarded to \neach cadet in the top 10 per cent in leadership potential. \n\nMany medals and trophies are also awarded by other organizations to ROTC \ncadets for achievements in diverse fields. \n\nTau Beta Pi Award Engineering \n\nMassachusetts Epsilon Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national honorary \nsociety in engineering, offers annually a scholarship of $100 to the sophomore \nin the College of Engineering who, during the previous year as a freshman, \nmade the highest scholastic record. \n\nWoman of the Year Award All Colleges \n\nThe women's societies of the University sponsor an annual scholarship of \n$100 to the senior woman student who, by high scholastic attainment and by \ndemonstration of the quality of leadership, has proven herself the outstanding \nwoman student of the year. \n\n\nStudent \nActivities \n\n\nNortheastern University regards student activities as an integral part of its \nthreefold educational program along with academic and cooperative education. \nThe purpose of the Northeastern activities program is to provide all students \nwith a variety of opportunities for experience, training, recreation, and spare- \ntime interests. By participating in activities, students add to their education \nand personal development, build up an asset which may be as important upon \ngraduation as their academic record, and make a significant contribution to \nthe University. \n\nATHLETICS \n\nThe University recognizes as major sports baseball, basketball, crosscountry, \nfootball, track, hockey and crew. Minor sports teams are active in skiing, sail- \ning, and riflery. Intramural sports are organized for both men and women. \n\nARTS \n\nParticipation in the creative arts is encouraged through the Art Club; Band, \nChamber Orchestra, Chapel Choir, Chorus, and Jazz Society; Silver Masque \n(major dramatic productions) and Studio Theatre. \n\nPROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS \n\nThe College of Engineering sponsors student chapters of the following: \nAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers \nAmerican Society of Civil Engineers \nAmerican Institute of Chemical Engineers \nAmerican Institute of Industrial Engineers \nInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers \nSociety of Women Engineers \n\nThe College of Business Administration offers participation in the student \nchapters of national organizations in the following fields: Accounting, Adver- \ntising, Finance, Marketing, and Management. \n\nThe College of Liberal Arts sponsors the following clubs: Anthropology, Biology, \nChemistry, Debate, History, Mathematics, Physics and Sociology. \n\nThe College of Education sponsors the Student Chapter of National Education \nAssociation. \n\n66 \n\n\nSTUDENT ACTIVITIES / 67 \n\nThe College of Pharmacy recognizes the Student Chapter of the American \nPharmaceutical Association and five professional fraternities and sororities. \n\nBoston-Bouve College has student chapters of the American Association for \nHealth, Physical Education, and Recreation, and the American Physical \nTherapy Association. \n\nPUBLICATIONS \n\nCauldron: The Senior Class annual is prepared throughout the year and dis- \ntributed without charge to seniors preceding Commencement. Members of all \ncolleges and classes are eligible for the staff. The CAULDRON provides oppor- \ntunities for photographic and editorial experience. \n\nNortheastern News: The award-winning University weekly paper is pro- \nduced entirely by students. A large staff is selected from applicants of all \ncolleges and classes. Freshmen are encouraged to participate. An intern train- \ning program prepares students for advancement and election to the NEWS \nBoard. \n\nSpectrum: The University literary magazine publishes creative student writ- \ning selected by an Editorial Board. It is professionally printed and soid \nthroughout the University. \n\nRELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS \n\nAlthough the religious life at Northeastern emphasizes the interfaith and \necumenical spirit, denominational student organizations are given full support \non campus. Each group has its chaplain, its officially-appointed faculty ad- \nviser, and its student officers. The activities and special programs of these \nclubs, representing a wide diversity of creeds, are coordinated by the Inter- \nfaith Council. \n\nSOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS \n\nThe University has chartered some fourteen fraternities, four sororities and \na number of other Greek Letter social groups, both national and local. \n\nOther groups primarily social or for school spirit and service are the Student \nUnion and the Husky Key, WNEU Radio Station, the Hus-Skiers and Outing \nClub, and the Bridge Club. \n\nSTUDENT GOVERNMENT \n\nClass Boards: Each class has an elected class board which is the govern- \ning body of the class. From this Board the various class officers are chosen: \nPresident, Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer. A fifth member is an ex- \nofficio member of the Student Council and is assigned to represent his class. \n\nStudent Council: The Student Council is a group of 82 elected represent- \natives of all undergraduates enrolled in the several colleges of Northeastern \nUniversity, who serve as a legislative-advisory body for the consideration of \nproblems and policies affecting the entire student body. \n\nThe Council is the official liaison between the students and the University \nadministration. In certain areas of student affairs, the Council serves as a \nlegislative body. In areas involving academic policies, which are primarily \nthe concern of the faculty, the Council serves as an advisory body. \n\n\nReserve Officers' \nTraining Corps \n\n\nGeneral Objectives \n\nThe Department of Military Science is the instructional department of the \nUniversity which administers the Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) \nProgram. The Reserve Officers' Training Corps is regarded by Northeastern \nUniversity as an integral part of its educational program, and is made avail- \nable on a voluntary basis to all male students who are otherwise qualified. \nThe University encourages enrollment in the belief that the leadership, citizen- \nship, and military training available to students taking ROTC is beneficial in \ntheir over-all development as future leaders. \n\nThe Reserve Officers' Training Corps of the United States Army exists for \nthe purpose of developing officers— leaders of men. It offers courses of in- \nstruction leading to a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States \nArmy Reserve or the Regular Army. The mission of ROTC is to have ready in \ntime of national emergency a corps of educated, trained military leaders for \nour nation. Our Northeastern ROTC is an Army, Senior Division, Class CC \n(Civilian College) unit. \n\nThe staff and faculty of the Department of Military Service consist of \nDepartment of the Army assigned officers, noncommissioned officers, and \ncivilians assigned by the University. Officers are individually nominated for \nassignment to the University and are assigned only after records have been \nreviewed and each individual has been accepted by the University. \n\nCourses of Study \n\nThe program of instruction consists of a Basic Course and the Advanced \nCourse. The Basic Course (MS I and MS II), taken during the freshman and \nsophomore years, includes instruction common to all branches of the Army. \nThe Advanced Course (MS III and MS IV) is presented during the middler, \njunior, and senior years. Graduates of the Advanced Course receive commis- \nsions as second lieutenants in the U.S. Army Reserve or Regular Army. \n\nEnrollment in the ROTC Basic Course \n\nEnrollment in the ROTC Basic Course is voluntary and is open to all male \nstudents of the Basic Colleges who are physically qualified. Students may \nwithdraw from the Basic Course at the end of any quarter of their freshman or \n\n68 \n\n\nRESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS / 69 \n\nsophomore year. The Basic Course may be entered only at the beginning of the \nfreshman year except for veterans and certain students who have had Junior \nROTC, for whom a portion of the Basic Course may be waived. \n\nEligibility for the Advanced Course \n\nThe ROTC Advanced Course is available to male undergraduate students of \nthe Basic Colleges who complete the Basic Course, to honorably discharged \nveterans whose service may be substituted for the Basic Course, or to stu- \ndents who complete a summer camp of 6 weeks following their sophomore \nyear (since the cooperative program precludes regularly enrolled students' \nattending this camp, this method of qualifying for the ROTC Advanced Course \nwill in most cases apply only to transfer students) if: \n\n(1) they are citizens of the United States and will not have reached 28 \nyears of age at the time of commissioning; \n\n(2) they successfully complete such survey and general screening tests \nas may be prescribed; \n\n(3) they have three academic years to complete for graduation (two for \nfull-time students); \n\n(4) they are selected by the Professor of Military Science and the Uni- \nversity; \n\n(5) they successfully complete a U.S. Army physical examination; \n\n(6) they execute a written contract with the Government; and are sworn \ninto the Army Reserve. \n\nEligibility for ROTC Flight Training \n\nThis training is available during the senior year to specially selected cadets \nwho successfully complete U.S. Army Aviation aptitude and physical tests. \nFlying instruction is conducted on an extracurricular basis by a civilian flying \nschool under contract to the University and the U.S. Army. An Army faculty \nmember supervises the program. Cadets successfully completing the course \nreceive a Federal Aviation Agency Private Pilot's Certificate. \n\nVeterans \n\nHonorably discharged veterans (enlisted) may be enrolled in ROTC with one \nor both years of the Basic Course waived, depending on prior service. They \nmust be co-aligned in ROTC with other members of their class in the Uni- \nversity curricula. Veterans are a distinct benefit to the Corps of Cadets be- \ncause their actual experiences lend color to the program and help to orient \ncadets without service. They are especially desired and are normally ap- \npointed cadet officers upon enrollment. Certain credits are available to veterans \ndepending upon service. Former commissioned officer veterans are not eligible \nfor ROTC. \n\nTransfer Students \n\nA student transferring to Northeastern University from another institution \nwhere he has been enrolled in an ROTC program similar to that at Northeastern \nis allowed credit for his work. The student's records are obtained from his \nformer professor of military science. Such a transfer student must be co- \naligned in ROTC with other students in his class. \n\n\n70 / RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS \n\nStudents transferring to Northeastern University as middlers, without previ- \nous ROTC training, may enroll in the Advanced Course providing they attend \na six-week summer camp prior to the start of the middler year. \n\nStudents transferring to Northeastern University as sophomores may also \nenroll in ROTC as middlers providing they satisfactorily complete a six-week \nsummer camp prior to the start of the middler year. Application should be \nmade to Department of Military Science no later than February 15. \n\nTransfer students may obtain complete information and assistance from the \nDepartment of Military Science. \n\nUniforms and Equipment \n\nAn Army uniform is issued without cost to ROTC students in the Basic \nCourse. Advanced Course students are individually fitted with a uniform, which \nbecomes their personal property upon commissioning, and they continue to \nwear it as an officer after graduation. The Government furnishes up to $150.00 \ntoward this uniform. All other equipment, textbooks, etc., required for instruc- \ntion are provided without charge throughout the five-year program. These \nitems remain the property of the Government, and the students must safe- \nguard them and use them in accordance with University and ROTC \nregulations. A $10 deposit is required temporarily from all Basic Course \nstudents enrolling in ROTC until uniforms and property are returned in good \ncondition. Any loss or damage to ROTC uniforms and equipment, exceeding \nthe deposit, will be charged to the student. \n\nAcademic Credits \n\nThe Basic Course may be substituted for physical education as a prerequi- \nsite for graduation. Regulations of the individual Basic Colleges prescribe the \nnumber of hours of academic credit granted. All ROTC grades are included in \ncomputation of the student's QPA. \n\nPay and Scholarships \n\nAll Advanced Course cadets are paid $50 monthly during actual Advanced \nCourse instruction, a total of $1,000 during the three years. Camp pay is ap- \nproximately $240.00, over and above housing, messing, and medical care, \nwhich are free at camp. Transportation to and from camp is paid at the rate \nof $.06 per mile. \n\nThe Army offers full-tuition five-year scholarships to selected freshmen \nentering Northeastern University and enrolling in ROTC. For further informa- \ntion see chapter on Financial Aid. \n\nDraft Deferments \n\nPublic Law 51 (Universal Military Training and Selective Service Act of \n1951 as amended by the Reserve Forces Act of 1955) permits students en- \nrolled in ROTC, who are expected to attain appointments as commissioned \nofficers in the Army Reserve, to be deferred from service for as long as they \nremain in good standing. ROTC deferment remains in effect until graduation \nor withdrawal from the University. \n\n\nRESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS / 71 \n\nDistinguished Military Students \n\nThere are military honors for ROTC graduates similar to academic honors \nfor regular graduates. Honor graduates of ROTC are called Distinguished Mili- \ntary Graduates. If they are physically qualified and apply for it, they may be \ncommissioned in the Regular Army instead of the Army Reserve, and enter \ninto a Regular Army career on the same basis as graduates of the United \nStates Military Academy at West Point. This is a splendid opportunity for \nthose who are interested in the many advantages of a Regular Army career. \n\nCadets are eligible for designation as Distinguished Military Students in \ntheir junior year if they possess outstanding qualities of leadership, high \nmoral character, and definite aptitude for the military service; have attained \nan academic standing in the upper half of their college class and in the upper \nthird of their ROTC class; and further, have demonstrated leadership ability \nthrough participation in recognized campus activities. \n\nThe Army as a Career \n\nBy following any curriculum leading to a degree, and by completing the \nROTC Program, a student may qualify for a full-time career in the Regular \nArmy. Cadets who have been designated Distinguished Military Students may \napply for an appointment in the Regular Army. Notification of selection is \nmade by mid-December of their senior year. They then become Regular Army \nofficers with all conditions and opportunities for graduate education, on the \nsame basis as graduates of the U.S. Military Academy at West Point. \n\nAn Army career as a Reserve Officer on extended active duty also is \npossible. Many graduates do not request a Regular Army appointment orig- \ninally, but find the Army enjoyable and satisfying while serving their obligated \ntours of active duty. Those officers who request continuation and are accepted, \nserve in the Active Army as Reserve Officers, with the same pay, responsibilities, \nretirement benefits, and opportunities for promotion as Regular Army officers. \n\nMilitary Science Faculty \nProfessor \n\nRichard C. Moran, COL, USA, B.S., Chairman \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRichard S. Bentley, LTC, USA, A.B. \n\nDwight 0. Henderson, LTC, USA, B.S. \n\nRobert D. Sullivan, LTC, USA, B.S. \n\nJohn W. Watson, LTC, USA, B.S. \nAssistant Professors \n\nPatrick J. Gowaski, MAJ, USA, B.S. \n\nAlbert D. MacLeod, MAJ, USA, B.S. \n\nRichard J. Kelley, CPT, USA, B.A. \n\nPaul E. Metherall, CPT, USA, B.S. \n\nThomas J. Mushovic, CPT, USA, B.S. \nInstructors \n\nRobert F. Higgins, SGM, USA \n\nSam G. Cherone, SFC, USA \n\nStanley E. Madore, SFC, USA \n\nTheodore R. Pittman, SSG, USA, B.S. \n\nWilliam J. James, SSG, USA \n\n\n72 / RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Basic ROTC \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\n91.101 Mil.Sci. I \n\nOrg. Army <$. \n\nROTC \n\nIndiv. Wpns. & \n\nMksmanship \n\nU.S. Army & \n\nNat'l.Sec. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nQUARTER \n\n3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.h \n\n91.102 \n\nMil.Sci. 1 \nAmerican Mil. \n\n91.103 Mil.Sci.l \n\nAmerican Mil. \n\nHistory \n\nLeadership \n\nLab \n\n3 \n\nHistory \n\nLeadership \n\nLab \n\n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\n\n91.104 Mil.Sci. II \n\nMap & Aerial \nPhoto Reading \nIntro to \nTactics \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\n91.105 Small Unit \nTactics \nLeadership \nLab \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\n91.106 Mil.Sci. II \nSmall Unit \nTactics \nLeadership \nLab \n\n\nAdvanced ROTC \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n2.5 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\n\n91.107 Mil.Sci. Ill \nBranches of \nArmy \n\nLeadership \nLab \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n(2) 2.5 \n\n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\n\n91.108 Mil.Sci. Ill \n\nMil. Teaching \n\nPrinciples \n\nOperations \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n2.5 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\n\n91.109 \n\n\nMil.Sci. IV \n\nOperations \n\nCounterin- \n\nsurgency \n\nLeadership \n\nLab \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n1 \n\n\n(2) 2.5 \n\n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n91.110 Mil.Sci. IV \nLeadership \nand Management \nWorld Affairs \nA Strategic \nAnalysis 3 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n91.111 Mil.Sci. IV \nMil. Law \nServ. Orient. \nMap Reading \nLeadership \nLab \n\n\n(1) 2.5 \n\n\nBoston-Bouve College \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen, Dean \n\nIn July 1964, its fiftieth-anniversary year, Bouve-Boston School merged with \nNortheastern to become one of the eight basic Colleges of the University. This \nunion marked the culmination of a half century of excellence as a woman's \ninstitution, with curricula in physical education and physical therapy, and \nwith emphasis in health, recreation, and camping throughout its history. As a \nbasic College, Boston-Bouve became coeducational in all departments; and \nwith the initiation of a new Department of Recreation Education, extended \nopportunities into three major areas of study. \n\nProfessional preparation is based in the liberal arts and sciences, with \norientation to each profession beginning in the freshman year. There is a con- \ncentration on specific essential skills spaced throughout the programs and \non professional theory and practice in the last two years. In the senior year, \nall students synthesize knowledge and skills through supervised experiences \nin clinical practice in Physical Therapy, student teaching in Physical Educa- \ntion, or field experience in Recreation Education. \n\nLeadership training, camp counseling, outdoor education and skills, con- \nservation, recreation and park administration enrich learning in the Warren \nCenter for Physical and Recreation Education, with professional camping as \nan integral part of the education of young men and women. \n\nThe Warren Center serves as a practical laboratory for the College. Its \nsports and water areas, tennis courts, natural outdoor setting of woods, fields \nand streams, winterized cottages and Hayden Lodge provide year-round oppor- \ntunities for outdoor learning twenty miles from the Boston campus. Courses, \nconferences, seminars and workshops are conducted at the Center throughout \nthe year and thus serve University and community needs. \n\nProfessional libraries in the Boston-Bouve building and the Physical Therapy \ncomplex in Mary Gass Robinson Hall supplement the Northeastern University \nlibrary and maintain an up-to-date collection for use by all students and \nfaculty in the College. \n\nNortheastern's Cooperative Plan offers students varied opportunities for \nearning and learning through alternate terms of work-study experience in \nupper class years. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nTo be eligible for admission, a candidate must have completed a college \npreparatory course in secondary school. Rank in class and recommendations \n\n73 \n\n\n74 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nof the secondary school administration should be high. Each student's college \npreparation should include: \n\nSubjects Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nMathematics (Geometry and Algebra preferred) 3 or more \n\nPhysical Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) 2 or more \n\nOther college preparatory subjects _7 \n\n15 \n\nBiology, Chemistry, Physics are strongly recommended for all \nPhysical Therapy and Physical Education applicants. \n\nModern Language, Social Science, and Biology are important \nbackground subjects for Recreation careers. \n\nAdditional requirements basic to the admittance of all prospective majors \nin Physical Education, Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy are: good \nhealth, demonstrated ability to work with people, and the physical compe- \ntence and skills to undertake the prescribed degree program. Full health \nclearance is required prior to matriculation at the University and yearly \nexaminations thereafter. \n\n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nDegrees \n\nStudents graduating in Physical Education and Recreation Education earn \nthe degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and students in Physical \nTherapy are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. \nThese degrees are awarded to qualified candidates who have completed the \ncurricula as prescribed. Student teaching, field experience and/or clinical \npractice is an integral part of the curriculum and is required for graduation. \n\nQuantitative Requirements \n\nThe quarter hours required in each curriculum differ. Specifically: \n\nPhysical Education for Men (5-year cooperative plan) 181 quarter hours \n\nPhysical Education for Women (4 and 5-year options) 172 \" \n\nPhysical Therapy (4-year plan) 171 \" \" \n\nRecreation Education (4-year plan) 172 \" \" \n\n(5-year curriculum to be published in 1967-70; \nno 4-year option beginning 1968-69) \n\nStudents who undertake the Cooperative Education Program must meet the \nrequirements of the Department of Cooperative Education before they become \neligible for their degrees. \n\nSenior year course work and required experiences must be completed in \nfull-time residence at Northeastern University, or in an educational setting \napproved by the college. \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE / 75 \n\nQualitative Requirements \n\nThe overall cumulative quality point averages required to enter each class \nlevel are explicitly stated in the Student Handbook. Throughout the profes- \nsional sequence, students must maintain required averages and demonstrate \na high level of personal and professional maturity to continue field practice \nand to be approved for graduation. Because of accreditation recommenda- \ntions and differences in curricula, qualitative requirement variations occur: \n\nDepartment of Physical Education for Men, \nPhysical Education for Women, and Recreation Education \n\nStudents admitted as freshmen are enrolled in the lower division. After \ncompletion of 60 credits (inclusive of the term of petition) of acceptable \nscholarship and performance in the prescribed program, a student may peti- \ntion for upper division standing. The student must achieve upper division \nstatus by the end of Quarter 7 to be eligible to continue. \n\nTo achieve upper division standing, students must demonstrate acceptable \nscholarship by achieving and maintaining minimum overall QPA of 1.850 and \na major field QPA of 2.300. Courses included in computing the major field \naverage are determined by each department. Students must also demonstrate \nadequate health, verbal fluency, essential skills in a specific curriculum, emo- \ntional maturity; must complete all required courses; and have a favorable \nevaluation from related work and/or coop experience. \n\nTransfer students are required to delay petition for upper division standing \nfor one or more academic terms until competence to perform adequately in \nthe selected professional program has been demonstrated. \n\nTo qualify for field experience and/or student teaching, students must main- \ntain an overall QPA of 2.0 and a major field QPA minimum of 2.300. In the \nDepartment of Physical Education for Men there is an additional requirement \nof C or better in 61.263, Methods and Materials in Physical Education, for \nadmission to student teaching. \n\nDepartment of Physical Therapy \n\nStudents admitted in the Department of Physical Therapy must maintain \nacceptable standards of scholarship and performance in the prescribed pro- \ngram. Students must also demonstrate adequate health, verbal fluency, essen- \ntial skills, emotional maturity; must complete all required courses; and have \na favorable evaluation from clinical practice and/or coop experience. \n\nCumulative quality point averages of 2.0 overall, and of 2.5 in professional \ncourses are required to enter clinical practice. Students must maintain these \nrequired averages and demonstrate high level personal and professional ma- \nturity throughout the professional sequence to continue field practice and be \nrecommended for graduation and placement. \n\nTransfer Students \n\nTransfer students may be accepted in the College at upper class levels. \nEach transcript is individually assessed for qualification, placement and \ncourse design. \n\n\n76 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates of distinctively superior achievement in academic work will be \ngraduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty, a limited number of \nthis group may be graduated with high honor or highest honor. Students must \nhave been in attendance at the University at least six quarters before they \nmay become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nAccreditation \n\nAll programs in the College are unconditionally accredited as clarified in \ndepartmental sections of this catalog. \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE / 77 \n\nDepartment of Physical Education For Men \n\nJohn W. Fox, Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. \n\nFACULTY \n\nAssociate Professors Instructor \n\nCarl S. Christensen, B.S., M.S., William J. Gillespie, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nPh.D. \nHarold A. Walker, A.B. \nRichard C. Zobel, B.S., M.A., Ed.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nRobert S. Curtin, B.S., Ed.M. \nRoyal H. Goheen, B.S., Ed.M., \n\nEd.D. \nKerkor Kassabian, B.S., Ed.M. \nCharles E. Larson, B.S., M.S. \n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN \n\nThe Department of Physical Education for Men is committed to the profes- \nsional preparation of highly qualified teachers of physical education for all \neducational levels — elementary, secondary, college and university. Its gradu- \nates are qualified as athletic coaches, physical education teachers, directors \nof athletics, supervisors of physical education, and leaders in YMCA, boys' \nclubs, and other youth organization work. \n\nStudents majoring in this program receive a strong background in education \nand liberal arts, with particular emphasis on the behavioral and biological \nsciences. With this foundation, they then move ahead to the specialized \ncourses in physical education such as history and principles, curriculum de- \nvelopment and class procedures, measurement and evaluation, kinesiology \nand exercise physiology. Students are well grounded in the techniques of \ncoaching the various individual, dual, and team sports, and in adapting these \nactivities to the needs of the handicapped. Because of the close and over- \nlapping relationship among physical education, health, and recreation, physical \neducation majors are required to take courses and are afforded laboratory \nexperiences in these areas. \n\nThe development and demonstration of skill in performance and teaching \nare an integral part of the professional program. Leadership responsibilities \nand participation are required of all students in the intramural or intercol- \nlegiate athletic programs. Students are assigned supervised teaching responsi- \nbilities in elementary and secondary schools throughout the Greater Boston \narea. In addition, students increase their experience with children through \ncooperative work assignments and as counselors in a laboratory camp. \n\nModest expenditures are required for physical education uniforms. Fees \nmay be assessed in courses requiring highly specialized equipment, supplies, \nor off-campus facilities. \n\nThe professional program in Physical Education is accredited by the National \nCouncil for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). \n\n\n78 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\n\nSpecimen Program Physical Education — Men \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n18.128 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n50.102 \n61 .205 \n61.210 \n\nCourse \n\nBasic Biology \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \nGymnastics \nElem. Sch Act. \n\nCI. Q.H. No. Course \n\n2(3) 3 18.129 Basic Biology \n3 3 23.103 West. Civ. \n3 3 30.103 English \n3 3 50.103 Soc. Sci. \n1(2) 2 61.113 Sr. LifeSav.,or \n(3) 1 61 .201 Aquatics I \n61.285 First Aid \n\nCI. \n\n2(3) \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n(3) \n1(3* \n1(2) \n\nQ.H. \n\n18.127 Basic Biology \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n50.101 Soc. Sci. \n61 .200 Aquatics \n62.200 P.E. Orient. \n\n2(3) 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n1(3) 2 \n1 1 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n1 \n2 \n2 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n11.136 \n\nPhysics \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\n11.137 \n\nPhysics \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\n12.135 \n19.102 \n30.170 \n\n30.180 \n61 .240 \n61.250 \n\nChemistry \nBasic Psych. \nEng. Lit. \n\nor \nAmer. Lit. \nInt. Comb. \nAnat. & Physiol. \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n(3) \n3(2) \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n1 \n\n4 \n\n12.136 \n30.171 \n\n30.181 \n50.121 \n61.221 \n61 .251 \n\nChemistry \nEng. Lit. \n\nor \nAmer. Lit. \nH.D. & Learn. I \nV.B. ABadm. \nAnat. & Physiol. \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n(3) \n3(2) \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n1 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n29.100 \n61 .230 \n\nCourse \n\nPublic Speaking \nS.S. Dance \nElect. (Coach.) \nElect. (Comb.) \nElectives \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3 3 \n(3) 1 \n\n2(2) 3 \n1(2) 2 \n6 6 \n\n50.131 \n61.235 \n61.252 \n62.210 \n65.210 \n\nH.D.& Learn. II \nTeam Sports I \nAnat. <$, Physiol. \nPrin.of P.E. \nPers. Health \n\n4 \n\n1(2) \n\n3(2) \n\n4 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n2 \n4 \n4 \n3 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n61 .236 \n61.245 \n61 .263 \n62.253 \n62.260 \n\nTeam Sports 1 1 \nWinter Sports \nM.&M.of P.E. \nKinesiology \nMeas. & Eval. \n\n1(2) \n\n1(4) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n3 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n61 .220 \n\n61 .237 \n61 .280 \n\n61 .287 \n63.215 \n\n65.215 \n\nSurv. Rec. \n\nSports \nTeam Sports 1 1 1 \nCamp \n\nLeadership \nAth. Training \nTrends, Issues \n\nRec. \nSch. & Comm. \n\nHIth. \n\n(3) \n(3) \n\n1(3) \n2(2) \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n1 \n1 \n\n2 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n23.211 \n50.151 \n62.270 \n\nCourse \n\nU.S. after 1865 \nBkgrd. of Am. Ed. \nAdmin, of P.E. \nElective (P.E.) \nElective \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n1(3) 2 \n3 3 \n\n23.210 \n61.212 \n62.245 \n62.255 \n\nU.S. to 1865 \nHand. & Squash \nPhysiol of Exer. \nAdapted P.E. \nElective \n\n4 \n\n(3) \n3(2) \n3(2) \n4 \n\n4 \n1 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n'During an out of class quarter students are required to complete 61.290 student teaching, 12 QH. \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE / 79 \n\nDepartment of Physical Education For Women \n\nKathryn Luttgens, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nFACULTY \n\nAssociate Professors Instructors \n\nJeanne Rowlands, B.A., B.S., M.A. Marilyn Cairns, B.S., M.S. \n\nMary Nicholson, B.S., M.S. Jocelyn Leathern, B.S. \n\nJudith Roberts, B.A. \nAssistant Professor Louise Shaw, B.S. \n\nMartha Knight, B.S., M.A. \n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN \nProgram \n\nThe Department of Physical Education for Women conducts three programs \nin physical education: the undergraduate professional program for students \nmajoring in physical education, the general university instructional program \nrequired for all undergraduate women not majoring in physical education or \nin recreation education, and the Women's Athletic and Recreation Association \nprogram open to all undergraduate women students. These programs are con- \nducted to provide opportunities to accomplish specific objectives: \n\n1. The development of desirable attitudes toward physical activity, health, \nplay, and recreation. \n\n2. The development of neuromuscular skills which contribute to the stu- \ndent's over-all health and recreation needs and enjoyment. \n\n3. The development of organic efficiency. \n\n4. The acquisition of knowledges and appreciations relative to the various \naspects of physical education. \n\n5. The assessment of the student's own strengths and weaknesses so that \nshe is guided in the selection of activities to meet her needs. \n\nProfessional Program \n\nThe professional program in physical education is designed to prepare \nspecialists capable of developing the materials and methods appropriate to \nteaching physical education in public and private schools at all levels — ele- \nmentary, secondary, and college. Students who pursue this program which \ncombines courses in liberal arts with courses in education and physical edu- \ncation are prepared simultaneously to assume positions of leadership in \norganizations or agencies that conduct educationally oriented programs of \nphysical activity. Selected program experiences also prepare the student in \nskills and knowledges requisite to assuming leadership in summer camps. \n\nStudents may satisfy the necessary degree requirements through the five- \nyear cooperative program, or the modified four-year cooperative plan. In each, \nthe academic foundation is the same but the five-year program provides for \nadditional cooperative work periods. \n\nUnique course experiences in this program include the resident Camp \nLeadership and Counselor Education courses, the resident Winter Sports Week \nand the twelve-week session in Supervised Teaching. The requirement in \n\n\n80 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nWinter Sports is fulfilled at North Conway, New Hampshire during the winter \nterm of the junior year by all students on campus at that time and by all \nothers during the winter term of the senior year. The first course in Camp \nLeadership and Counselor Education is taken by all students during the three \nweeks immediately following the spring quarter of the freshman year. The \nsecond three-week course requirement follows the spring term in either the \nmiddler or the junior year. To meet the twelve-week supervised teaching re- \nquirement, students are assigned to selected elementary and secondary \nschools under the supervision of master teachers. \n\nIn addition to course work, leadership responsibilities are essential in pro- \nfessional preparation. Those expected of students include annual participation \nin the intramural-extramural program and volunteer of work experiences in \na leadership position with children in a camp or selected community programs. \n\nGeneral University Instructional Program \n\nThrough a basic skills and fitness test administered to all freshmen women \nand through instructional course offerings, the General University Instructional \nProgram is designed to help the student assess and to improve her present \nabilities in motor skill activities selected according to her individual ability \nand interests from the areas of sports, games, dance, gymnastics and aquatics. \nAn important objective of this program is to provide experiences that will re- \nsult in the student's self-motivation for continued regular participation in \nphysical education activities as part of her daily adult pattern. She will have \nthe needed skills to continue to be active for purposes of recreation and \nmaintenance of personal well being. \n\nWomen's Athletic and Recreation Association Program \n\nThe Women's Athletic and Recreational Association has as its prime purpose \nthe promotion of activity opportunities of an athletic and recreational nature \nfor all undergraduate courses. Throughout the year, intramural and club par- \nticipation is possible in badminton, basketball, fencing, field hockey, golf, \ngymnastics, lacrosse, modern dance, swimming, tennis and volleyball. Varsity \nathletic teams for women include basketball, coeducational volleyball, com- \npetitive swimming, synchronized swimming, skiing, and women's volleyball. \nOther activities may be offered when warranted by student interest and when \nfacilities are available. \n\nThe professional program in physical education is accredited by the National \nCouncil for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE / 81 \nSpecimen Program Physical Education — Women \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\n3.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n30 101 \n50.101 \n60.120 \n60 121 \n65.120 \n\nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\nFoundations P.E. \nP.E Skills \nHealth Ed. \n\nQUARTER 3* \n\n4 \n\n3 \n\n2(2) \n\n1(3) \n\n3 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n2 \n3 \n\n18.141 \n30.102 \n50.102 \n60.122 \n60.150 \n\nBasic Biology \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \nP.E. Skills \nHuman Anat. \n\nQUARTER 3A \n\n3(3) 4 \n4 4 \n3 3 \n2(4) 3 \n2(3) 3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\n3.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n18.142 \n50.103 \n60.123 \n60.151 \n\nBasic Biology \nSoc. Sci \nP.E. Skills \nHuman Anat. \n\n3(3) \n3 \n\n2(4) \n2(3) \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n60.125 \n\nCamp Leadership \nand Outdoor \nEducation I \n\n4 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\n3.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n11.136 \n\nPhysics \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n11.137 \n\nPhysics \n\n4 4 \n\n12.135 \n30.170 \n\nor \nChemistry \nEng. Lit. \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n12.136 \n30.171 \n\nor \nChemistry \nEng Lit. \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n30.180 \n50.121 \n\n60.131 \n\nor \nAmer Lit. \nHuman Dev. \n\n& Lrng. I \nP.E Skills \n\n4 \n\n4 \n2(4) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n30.181 \n50.131 \n\n60.132 \n\nor \nAmer. Lit. \nHuman Dev. \n\n& Lrng. II \nP.E. Skills \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n2(4) 3 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7A \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n18.125 \n60.140 \n60.160 \n62.210 \n\nHuman Physiol. \nAnalysis P.E. \nInstr. Aids \nHist., Prin. P.E. \nElective \n\nQUARTER 8A \n\n2(3) \n2(4) \n2 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n3 \n2 \n4 \n4 \n\n60.141 \n60.143 \n60.220 \n62.260 \n65.216 \n\nAnal, of P.E \nWinter Sports \nP.E. Elem. Sch. \nMeas. & Eval. \nM.&M. Health Ed. \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\n2(4) 3 \n1 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\n3.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n18.126 \n60.142 \n62.253 \n63.21 5 \n\nHuman Physiol. \nAnalysis P.E. \nKinesiology \nTrends, Iss. Rec. \n\n2(3) \n2(4) \n4 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n4 \n3 \n\nCamp Leadership \nand Outdoor Ed. \n\nII 4 \n\n63.135 \n\nSocial Rec. \nElective \n\n2 \n\n4 \n\n2 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 9A \n\nQUARTER \n\n10A \n\nQUARTER 11 A \n\n^o. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. Course CI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n60.280 Supervised \nTeaching \n\n\n60.230 Adv. Teh. & \n\nAnal. 2(4) 3 \nor \n\nElective 4 4 \n\n62.254 Physiol, of Exer. 3(2) 4 \n\n62.255 Adapted P.E. 3(2) 4 \n65.218 Public Health 3 3 \n\n\n50.151 \n60.230 \n\n\nBkgrnd. Am. Ed. \nAdv. Teh. & Anal. \n\n\nElective \n60.261 Curric. Bldg. \n\n& Trnd. \n62.270 Admin. P.E. \n\n\n4 \n2(4) \n\n\n♦Additional Requirement: Basic Programmed Mathematics Course to be started during freshmen year and \ncompleted prior to quarter 6. \n\n\n82 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nDepartment of Recreation Education \n\nAlbert H. McCay, Professor and Chairman, B.A., M.A., Ed.D. \n\nFACULTY \n\nAssociate Professor and Director Instructors \n\nof the Warren Center Roscoe BemiS( B s \n\nHoward Jeffrey A.B., MA, D.R. William Bush, B.S \n\n\nMaureen Glancy, B.S. \nLecturers \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nM. Joan Davis, B.S., M.S. \nFrank Robinson, B.A., M.S. Lydia Casavant, B.A., M.S. \n\nMary Alice Queiros, B.S. \n\nRECREATION EDUCATION \n\nRecreation is a vital profession for a rapidly changing world. Prospects for \nthe future clearly point toward increasing leisure time and more available in- \ncome. Public recognition of the need for trained administrators, teachers, and \ntrained leaders in recreation programs for people of all ages during all sea- \nsons of the year has created new demands for career personnel. \n\nGovernment agencies and educational institutions are expanding their \nprograms. Recreation opportunities exist in community organizations, schools \nand youth-serving agencies, churches, settlement houses, and hospitals; in \nbusiness and industry; in the Red Cross, Peace Corps and the Armed Forces; \nin camps, resorts and parks; in departments of recreation in schools and col- \nleges; in new recreation centers developed by youth groups; and in state, \nregional and national parks. \n\nThe five-year cooperative program of study is based in the liberal arts and \nsciences, with courses in professional education beginning in the fresh- \nman year. \n\nThe acquisition of knowledge and skills in arts and crafts, camping, \ndramatics, music, sports, dance, aquatics, hobbies and adapted recreation \nfor special groups is combined with training in leadership, organization and \nadministration. \n\nOutdoor education, camp counseling, school camping, recreation and park \nprogramming are essential aspects of curriculum and the Warren Center of \nNortheastern University offers an excellent and unique teaching-learning labo- \nratory within easy commuting distance of Boston. \n\nSupervised field experiences both indoors and outdoors provide exciting, \nand at the same time practical, opportunities with children, youth and adults. \nIn addition, the cooperative plan provides six quarters of practical experience \non-the-job in youth agencies, municipal recreation departments, hospitals and \ninstitutions, homes for the aging and other selected settings. \n\nUndergraduates in the Department of Recreation Education may elect any \none of three emphases: Community Recreation-Education, Adapted Recreation \nfor work with the retarded, the handicapped or the aging, or Outdoor \nRecreation-Education and Conservation. \n\nThe professional program in recreation education is accredited by the \nNational Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE / 83 \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Recreation Education \n\n\nIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \nNo. Course \n\n18.127 Basic Biology \n30.101 English \n50.101 Soc. Sci. \n\n63.120 Orient. Rec. \n\n63.121 Rec. Skills I \n63.150 Anatomy \n\nQUARTER 3* \nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\n2(3) \n3 \n3 \n1 \n\n(6) \n3 \n\nCI. \n\n2(3) \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n1(6) \n\n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n1 \n2 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nQUARTER 2 \nNo. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n18.128 Basic Biology 2(3) 3 \n30.102 English 3 3 \n50.102 Soc. Sci. 3 3 \n63.122 Rec. Skills II 1(6) 3 \n63.151 Anatomy 3 3 \n\nQUARTER 3A \nNo. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n18.129 Basic Biology \n30.103 English \n50.103 Soc. Sci. \n63.123 Rec. Skills III \n65.129 Health Educ. \n\n63.125 Outdoor Educ. & \n\nCamp Leadership 4 \n\nECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\n0.121 Psychology of Learning 1 \n0.180 American Literature I \n3.150 Anatomy and Physiology \n3.133 Recreation Skills IV \n6.11 1 Earth Science \n\n4 \n4 \n2 \n0 \n4 \n\n2 \n6 \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n2 \n_4 \n15 \n\n*63.151 \n30.181 \n50.131 \n\n*63.134 \n16.112 \n\nAnatomy and Physiology \nAmerican Literature \nPsychology of Learning II \nRecreation Skills V \nEarth Science \n\n2 2 \n4 — \n4 — \n0 6 \n4 — \n\n3 \n\n4 \n4 \n2 \n4 \n17 \n\nWIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\n7.171 Ancient Architecture \n\n3.270 Arts and Crafts \n\n3.132 Interagency \n\n9.163 Workshop Drama \n\n3.126 Conservation and Outdoor \n\nEducation \n3.131 Tech. of Recreation Leadership \n\n4 \n1 \n3 \n4 \n\n1 \n\n6 \n\n3 \n6 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n\n1 \n_3 \n18 \n\n27.172 \n63.160 \n\n*63.128 \n\n63.127 \n\nMed. and Ren. Architecture \nDev. and Util. of Rec. Ed. \n\nResources \nSurvey of Outdoor Recreation \n\nPark Facilities \nOutdoor Education \nElective \n\n4 — \n3 — \n\n3 — \n\n1 2 \n\n4 — \n\n4 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n2 \n\n_4 \n\n16 \n\n0URTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\n63.210 Philosophy of Recreation and \n\nLeisure \n63.240 Dance and the Cultures \n63.255 Adapted Recreation \n63.250 Group Dynamics \n63.220 Methods and Materials \n63.143 Winter Sports \n\n(Winter Quarter) \n\n3 \n1 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n6 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n1 \n16 \n\n63.280 Supervised Field Experience \nConservation and Outdoor \nEducation \nor \n\nAdapted and Hospital \nRecreation \nor \n\nCommunity Recreation \n**Also Winter, Senior Year \n\n12 \n\nIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\n63.260 Org. & Adm. of Recreation and \n\nParks \n63.290 Senior Recreation Seminar \n65.218 Public Health \n63.146 Camp Administration \n\nor \n63.257 Recreation Activities for \n\ntypical Individuals and \n\nGroups \nor \n63.267 Introduction to Youth Clubs \n\nElective \n63.143 Winter Sports (Winter only) \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\n— \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n17 \n\n63.285 \n\n21 .1 1 1 \n\n*63.1 — \n\nt63.129 \n\n*63.256 \n\n*63.266 \n\nResearch and Readings \n\nAmerican Society \n\nOutdoor Education for Handi- \ncapped \n\nSchool Camping \n\nor \n\nWorkshop in Adapted Hospital \nRec. \n\nor \n\nCommunity Ed. and Community \nSchools \n\n4 — \n4 — \n\n3 — \n3 — \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n17 \n\n^revised courses \n\n'new courses \n\n'offered winter quarters 8 and 10 \n\n\n84 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nDepartment of Physical Therapy \n\nKatharine Carlisle, Professor and Chairman, A.B. \n\nFACULTY \n\nProfessor, Associate Chairman and Visiting Associate Professor \nCo-ordinator of Physical Education Whitney R. Powers, B.S., M.S. \n\nKathryn J. Shaffer, B.S., M.S. |nstrUctors \nAssociate Professor Pauline A. Cerasoli, B.S., M.S. \n\nElizabeth W. Van Slyck, B.S., M.A. Kathi F. Torgerson, B.S., M.S. \n\nPHYSICAL THERAPY \n\nPhysical Therapy is one of the health professions concerned with and con- \ntributing to the present-day challenge of comprehensive medical care. This \nprofession is concerned not only with treatment procedures which are directed \ntoward helping the patient regain functional independence, but concerned \nalso with his emotional and socio-economic status and needs in terms of re- \ncovery. The physical therapist is highly skilled in evaluation procedures and in \nthe planning and execution of treatment programs appropriate to the condition \nor disabilities of a patient. The qualified therapist administers physical \ntherapy only upon referral by a physician. \n\nPhysical therapy treatment procedures include the use of therapeutic exer- \ncise, heat, cold, massage, hydrotherapy and electrotherapy for the specific \npurpose of restoring the disabled individual to the optimum of his capacity. \n\nThe program of study is an integration of liberal arts and sciences and pro- \nfessional courses, with major emphasis on liberal arts in the first half of the \nprogram and on professional preparation in the latter half of the program. \n\nThe professional courses include such subjects as anatomy, kinesiology, \nclinical medicine, pathology, physiology, physical therapy procedures and prac- \ntical experience in various hospitals and clinics. Professional ethics is stressed \nthroughout the program. \n\nLecturers from Tufts University School of Medicine and the New England \nMedical Center Hospitals, as well as from many medical and social agencies \nin the Boston area, augment the professional staff in the physical therapy \nprogram approved by the American Medical Association and by the American \nPhysical Therapy Association. Students completing the program are eligible to \ntake state examinations for registration. \n\nGeneral Objectives \n\nThe Department of Physical Therapy is cognizant of the increasing need \nand demand for modern comprehensive health care and is continually con- \ncerned with the educational preparation of those who will provide physical \ntherapy services of the highest quality. \n\nThe over-all objective of the Department is to provide a program which will \nprepare young men and women for full and useful lives and which will, at the \nsame time, prepare them to achieve in all aspects of the physical therapy \nprofession. \n\n\nBOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE / 85 \n\nTo fulfill this objective, the student is provided with opportunities to: \n\n1. develop breadth and depth of interest and a greater appreciation of the \nworld in which he lives through courses in the liberal arts and sciences. \n\n2. acquire knowledge and understanding of those liberal arts and sciences \nwhich are basic to professional courses. \n\n3. develop a specific body of knowledge, understanding, and appreciation \nof physical therapy. \n\n4. develop skills in physical therapy. \n\n5. develop knowledge, understanding and appreciation of the changing \npatterns of comprehensive health care. \n\n6. set high standards of achievement for himself. \n\n7. develop desirable personal and professional attitudes and relationships. \n\n8. develop an appreciation for continuing personal and professional growth. \n\n9. develop an appreciation of civic interest and responsibility to society \nin general and to the community of which he is a part. \n\nPhysical Therapy Clinical Education \n\nClinical practice is scheduled in the senior year and consists of four differ- \nent assignments in blocks of six weeks — two half-day blocks in the fall or \nwinter quarter and two blocks of full-time clinical practice in the spring \nquarter. In planning the total clinical program for each student an attempt is \nmade to include experience in a general hospital, a children's hospital and \na rehabilitation center. \n\nThe class is divided into Divisions A and B, with Division A scheduled for \nclinical practice in the Boston area during the fall quarter and Division B \nscheduled for clinical practice in the Boston area during the winter quarter. \nFull-time clinical practice assignments during the spring term may include \nphysical therapy departments throughout the New England, New York and \nNew Jersey areas in addition to the Boston area. Students should plan on \nadditional expenses for clinical practice. \n\n\n86 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE \n\nHealth Education \n\nFACULTY \nAssistant Professor of Health Education \n\nMaura M. Morton, B.A., M.S. \n\nAt the present time, this curriculum services all departments in Boston- \nBouve College, and electives may be taken by students in any department or \nany College. \n\nSpecimen Program in Physical Therapy \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n10.101 \n12.121 \n18.127 \n30.101 \n65.129 \n\nBasic Math. \nGen. Chemistry \nBasic Biology \nEnglish \nHealth Ed. \n\n3 \n\n3(3) \n\n2(3) \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n10.102 \n12.122 \n18.128 \n30.102 \n60.101 \n64.111 \n\nBasic Math. \nGen. Chemistry \nBasic Biology \nEnglish \nPhysical Ed. \nIntro. Phys. The \n\n3 3 \n3(3) 4 \n2(3) 3 \n3 3 \n(2) 1 \nr. 1(1) 1 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nQUARTER 3A \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n10.103 \n12.123 \n18.129 \n30.103 \n60.102 \n64.112 \n\nBasic Math. \nGen. Chemistry \nBasic Biology \nEnglish \nPhysical Ed. \nIntr. Phys. Ther. \n\n3 \n\n3(3) \n2(3) \n3 \n(2) \n1(1) \n\n3 \n4 \n3 \n3 \n1 \n1 \n\n60.125 \n\nSummer Camp \n(Elective) \n\n8 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER \n\n5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n11.136 \n19.102 \n\nPhysics \nBasic Psych. \nSoc. Sci. Elect. \n\n3(3) \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n11.137 \n50.121 \n\nPhysics \nHuman Dev. \nSoc. Sci. Elect. \n\n3(3) 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nHistory Elective \nHuman. Elective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nHistory Elective \nHuman. Elective \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nMod. Lang. Elect. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. Elect. 4 4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n2(3) 3 \n4 4 \n3(6) 5 \n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\n64.131 \n64.143 \n64.210 \n64.220 \n65.218 \n\nCourse \n\nApplied Anatomy \nPhys. Ther. I \nPathology \nClin. Medicine I \nPublic Health \n\nCI. Q \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n.H- No. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n18.125 Human Physiol \n50.121 Human Dev. \n64.121 Gross Anatomy \nElective \n\n4 18.126 \n\n5 64.154 \n3 64.155 \n3 64.221 \n3 64.235 \n\n64.250 \n\nHuman. Physiol. \nPhys. Ther. II \nPhys. Ther. Ill \nClin. Med. II \nPsychiatry \nNeuroanatomy \n\n2(3) \n\n1(4) \n\n2(2) \n\n2 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 9A \n\nQUARTER 10A \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n1(6) 4 \n\n1 2 \n\n1 1 \n\n5 \n\n1 1 \n\nNo. \n\n64.171 \n64.172 \n64.175 \n64.222 \n64.245 \n\nCourse \n\nPhys. Ther. V \nPhys. Ther. VI \nEthics & Admin. \nClin. Medicine III \nApplied Physiol. \nElective \n\nCI. Q \n\n1(2) \n\n2(2) \n\n2 \n\n3 \n\n2(3) \n\n4 \n\n.H. No. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n64.164 Phys. Ther. IV \n\n64.165 Prof. Lit. & \n\nResearch \n\n64.166 Rehabilitation \n64.185 Sup. Clin. Prac. \n64.190 Clinical Sem. \n\n2 64.195 \n\n3 \n\n2 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n\nSpvsd. Clin. Prac. \n\nCollege of Business \nAdministration \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean \n\nJohn A. Palmucci, Assistant Dean \n\nPrograms of Study \n\nThe College of Business Administration offers programs of study in the \nprinciple fields of business leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in \nBusiness Administration. The programs encompass the major fields of the \nprofessions of Management and Management Science. Majors are offered in \nthe following five areas: Accounting, Finance & Insurance, Industrial Relations, \nManagement, and Marketing. These programs are offered on the five-year Co- \noperative Plan, under which students gain substantial practical experience in \nthe fields for which they are preparing as an integral part of their under- \ngraduate course of study. \n\nThe Graduate School of Professional Accounting is also sponsored by the \nCollege of Business Administration. Designed specifically for Liberal Arts and \nother non-accounting majors, the School was established to help satisfy the \naccounting profession's need for persons with a broad liberal education in a \nhigh-quality professional program. The distinctive feature of the 15-month \nprogram— a 3-month internship with a public accounting firm— is in keeping \nwith the basic philosophy of Northeastern. \n\nThe Master of Business Administration program is primarily a professional \nschool in which the major objective is to develop practitioners of business \nadministration. Most men and women who are enrolled presently are at the \nsame time employed in various public and private organizations. These student- \npractitioners are working toward their degree on a part-time basis. \n\nIn addition, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers a Man- \nagement Intern Program. Following the philosophy that a balanced exposure \nto theory and practice is the most effective approach to Management educa- \ntion, the two-year program affords excellent opportunity in each area. Inter- \nwoven with the regular academic terms are two periods of guided experience \nin business and other organizations. One period is of three months duration, \nthe other, six months. The job experience places the Management intern in a \nsituation in which he must perform as he would in any organization. The \n\n87 \n\n\n88 / COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nnature of the job will assure him ample opportunity to observe, research, and \nreport upon some aspect, element, or problem of the organization. \n\nThe College also sponsors a Center for Management Development, which \nannually conducts an intensive program designed to provide professional growth \nfor middle management executives who will ultimately be called upon to carry \nbroader executive responsibilities. The program of instruction, based on modi- \nfication of the Northeastern Cooperative program, permits the participants \nto maintain their job responsibilities during the six-month period of the course. \n\nThe Bureau of Business and Economic Research is concerned particularly \nwith problems of the New England Region, and is an integral part of the \nCollege. The Bureau conducts research projects under faculty leadership and \nsupervision, with the assistance of undergraduate and graduate cooperative \nstudents as research assistants. \n\nPolicy \n\nThe College of Business Administration offers programs of study to prepare \nmen and women for positions of administrative responsibilities in business, \ngovernmental, and other organizations. Preparation for administrative positions \nrequires a subtlety of mind in the recognition and solution of problems. In \norder to accomplish this, the business student is given a broad understanding \nof business and organizational problems as well as first hand knowledge of \neffective methods of solving them. In addition, the broader scope of the busi- \nness firm must be understood— especially its role and responsibility to the \ncommunity and to the country. \n\nTo accomplish these objectives, the fundamental skills and tool subjects \nare dealt with in their relations to the broader context of the business firm. The \nupperclass programs of study assimilate the principles of modern business man- \nagement and administration and integrate these with courses in Liberal Arts. \n\nThe courses in each curriculum fall into four broad categories. (1) Required \nLiberal Arts Courses. (2) Business Administration core courses. (3) Business \nAdministration courses required in one or more curricula, and (4) electives \nwhich may be taken in either Business Administration or Liberal Arts subjects \nprovided that the proper over-all proportion between the two is maintained. \n\nAims \n\nIn keeping with the current trends in collegiate education, the educational \npolicy of the College has the following aims. First: to develop attitudes and \nideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable. Second: to develop an \nappreciation of the social, political, and economic developments to which the \nbusiness firm must adjust and adapt. Third: to develop those habits of accurate \nthinking that are essential to sound judgment. Fourth: to provide an opportu- \nnity to develop a specialization in business in accordance with the students' \ninterests and talents. The Cooperative Plan is particularly helpful in this \nrespect. \n\nAccreditation \n\nThe Undergraduate Program of the College of Business Administration is \nfully accredited by the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 89 \n\nMethods of Instruction \n\nIn the accomplishment of these aims, the College makes use of the lecture \nand recitation systems and the problem and case methods of instruction. \n\nIntroductory and basic tool courses are, for the most part, presented on a \nlecture-problem basis. A large proportion of the classwork of the upper-class \nyears consists of discussion, analysis, and reports on specific business prob- \nlems and cases. \n\nStudents are encouraged to analyze propositions, to challenge unsupported \nassertions, to think independently, and to support their thinking with logic and \nfacts. Frequent verbal and written reports are required. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nApplicants to the College of Business Administration must be graduates of \ncollege preparatory programs of study. The following subjects are prescribed \nas entrance requirements: \n\nSubject Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nMathematics 3 \n\nScience 1 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 6 \n\nElectives, not more than 2 \n\n15 \n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nStudents may qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Ad- \nministration in one of the following areas of concentration: accounting, finance \nand insurance, industrial relations, management, and marketing. \n\nCandidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete all of the pre- \nscribed work of the curriculum in which they seek to qualify. This usually \ntotals 178 quarter hours credit including two quarter hour credits in physical \neducation. Students who undertake the cooperative education program must \nalso meet the requirements of the Department of Cooperative Education before \nthey become eligible for their degrees. \n\nThe final three quarters immediately preceding graduation must be com- \npleted in residence at Northeastern. \n\nScholarship Requirements \n\nThe degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the sub- \njects in the selected course of study but also indicates professional compe- \ntence in the designated area of concentration. An over-all average grade of C \nis required for graduation. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their aca- \ndemic work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a \nlimited number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with high- \n\n\n90 / COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nest honor. Students must have been in attendance at the University at least \nsix quarters before they may become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nThe Programs of Study \n\nFirst Year \n\nThe 36 weeks of the freshman year are primarily devoted to a survey of \nthe political and social institutions that underlie the conduct of business. In \naddition, accounting, English, and mathematics are given important positions \nin the program of this first year because of their fundamental significance as \ntools of communication for the businessman. \n\nOther courses are provided to enrich the student's background in such fields \nas the physical sciences and the cultural foundations of our civilization. \n\nIn addition to regularly scheduled orientation meetings with the Dean of \nFreshmen, throughout the freshman year each student has the friendly counsel \nand guidance of a faculty adviser whose aim is to help bridge the gap between \nhigh school and college. \n\nUpper-Class Years \n\nUnder the Northeastern five-year Cooperative Plan, the alternation of work \nand classroom study starts with the second year. During this year all students \ncontinue with a common program, a major portion of which is devoted to \ncourses which are introductory to the functional areas of business operation. \n\nAt the end of the second year, at the close of Quarter 5, students formally \nelect their areas of concentration in accordance with their individual interests \nand aptitudes. To help make this choice a student may obtain professional \nadvice in Northeastern's Counseling and Testing Center. \n\nDuring the remaining three years, specific required courses are taken in the \narea of concentration elected by each student in addition to a common core \nof course work in the liberal arts and general business. \n\nA brief statement of the nature of the vocational opportunities in the \nvarious fields follows. It is well for the prospective student to observe that \nemployment after graduation and success in the business world are seldom \ndetermined solely by the student's chosen area of concentration. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 91 \n\n\nAccounting Department \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Professor and Chairman, S.B., M.A., C.P.A. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nRalph C. Jones, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nC.P.A. \nLawrence H. Malchman, B.S., \n\nEd.M., C.P.A. \nAlbert Slavin, B.S., M.S., C.P.A. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nHarley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A. \nVincent J. Giovinazzo, B.S., M.B.A. \nPeter A. Lans, B.S., M.B.A. \nPaul Richards, B.S., M.B.A. \n\n\nAssociate Professors Instructor \n\nAnker V. Andersen, B.S., M.B.A., Steven D. Grossman, B.S., M.A. \n\nPh.D. \nSeth A. Armen, B.S., C.P.A. \nRichard A. Burnham, B.S., M.B.A., \n\nC.P.A. \nJoseph R. Curran, B.S., M.B.A., \n\nPh.D. \nWilliam H. Gruber, B.S., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \nRichard Lindhe, B.S., B.A., B.S.Ed., \n\nM.Ed., Ph.D. \n\nAccounting \n\nAccounting is the second largest field of professional employment. Account- \nants may specialize in such areas as auditing, tax work, cost accounting, \nbudgeting and control, systems and procedures, agents, investigations, bank \nexaminers, and management services. \n\nLeaders of institutions— business, commerce and industry; state, local and \nnational governments; bureaus and agencies; schools, churches, hospitals and \nfoundations — all rely on data accumulated and prepared by accountants when \nmaking decisions which vitally affect the destinies of their institutions. New \ntechniques such as electronic data processing machines are being used for \nthe more effective collection and use of accounting data. \n\n\n92 / COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Accounting \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n4 3 \n4 4 \n\n3 3 \n\nNo. \n\n16.107 \n27.102 \n\n30.102 \n41.112 \n19.106 \n\n10.122 \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nEarth Science \nFound. West. \n\nCul. \nEnglish \nPrin. of Acctg. \nPsych. II \n\nor \nMath. \n\nCI. Q \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n.H. No. \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Science \n27.101 Found. West. \n\nCul. \n30.101 English \n41.111 Prin. of Acctg. \n19.105 Psych. I \n\nor \n10.121 Math. \n\n3 16.108 \n27.103 \n3 \n3 30.103 \n\n3 41.113 \n\n4 21.100 \n\n3 10.122 \n\nEarth Science \nFound. West. \n\nCul. \nEnglish \nPrin. of Acctg. \nSociology \n\nor \nMath. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n\n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n5 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n10.104 \n\n19.105 \n39.105 \n43.120 \n44.120 \n45.120 \n\nFund. Math. \n\nor \nFound. Psych. \nPrin. Econ. \nMktg. Fund. \nIntr. to Finance \nIntr. to Org. & \n\nMgt. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n10.105 \n\n19.106 \n39.106 \n43.121 \n44.121 \n45.121 \n\nFund. Math. 4 \n\nor \nFound. Psych. 4 \nPrin. Econ. 3 \nMktg. Dynamics 3 \nIntr. to Finance 3 \nIntr. toPers. & \n\nProd. 3 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n7 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n41.251 \n41 .253 \n44.150 \n49.250 \n\nInter. Acctg. \nCost Acctg. \nCorp. Fin. \nStatistics \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n4 \n\n41 .252 \n41 .254 \n49.251 \n\nInter. Acctg. \nCost. Acctg. \nStatistics \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n41 .256 \n\n41 .257 \n49.155 \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nAdv. Acctg. \nAuditing \nLegal Asp. Bus. \nElective \n\n9 \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n41 .255 \n49.258 \n\nAdv. Acctg. \nAcctg. Systems \nElective \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n1 1 \n\n4 4* \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n11 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n41 .259 \n41 .261 \n\n49.210 \n\n90.251 \n\nSeminar \n\nRole of Acctg. in \n\nDec. Making \nLaw of Bus. \n\nOrgan. \nPlace. Tech. \nElective \n\n41 .260 \n\nTaxes \n\nElective \nElective \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n'May be dropped by ROTC students. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 93 \n\nFinance and Insurance Department \n\nWesley W. Marple, Associate Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A. \nProfessors Assistant Professors \n\nAnghel N. Rugina, B.S., M.A., William A. Lovely, Jr., B.S., M.B.A. \n\n\nPh.D. \nEdward R. Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \n\n\nEdward L Walls, B.S., M.A., D.B.A. \n\n\nAssociate Professors Instructor \n\nSaverio Cerullo, B.S., M.B.A. Arthur E. Busi, B.A., M.B.A. \n\nRoger A. Cossaboom, B.S., M.B.A. \nRobert J. Hehre, B.S., M.S., M.B.A., \nC.P.A. \n\nFinance and Insurance \n\nStudents interested in careers in the areas of security analysis, estate plan- \nning, corporate finance and control, security or insurance brokerage, under- \nwriting, credit, banking, etc., select the finance and insurance area. There is \na wide variety of vocational opportunities in business, financial institutions, \nand government agencies. \n\n\n94 / COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Finance and Insurance \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n16.107 \n27.102 \n\n30.102 \n41.112 \n19.106 \n\n10.122 \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nEarth Science \nFound. West. \n\nCul. \nEnglish \nPrin. of Acctg. \nPsych. 1 1 \n\nor \nMath. \n\nCI. Q \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n.H. No. \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Science \n27.101 Found. West. \n\nCul. \n30.101 English \n41.111 Prin. of Acctg. \n19.105 Psych. I \n\nor \n10.121 Math. \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n4 3 \n\n4 4 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 16.108 \n27.103 \n3 \n3 30.103 \n\n3 41.113 \n\n4 21.100 \n\n3 10.123 \n\nEarth Science \nFound. West. \n\nCul. \nEnglish \nPrin. of Acctg. \nSociology \n\nor \nMath. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n4 \n\n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n\n10.105 \n\n19.106 \n39.106 \n43.121 \n44.121 \n45.121 \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. \n\nFund. Math. 4 \n\nor \nFound. Psych. 4 \nPrin. Econ. 3 \nMktg. Dynamics 3 \nIntr. to Finance 3 \nIntr. to Pers. & \n\nProd. 3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n10.104 \n\n19.105 \n39.105 \n43.120 \n44.120 \n45.120 \n\nFund. Math. \n\nor \nFound. Psych. \nPrin. Econ. \nMktg. Fund. \nIntr. to Finance \nIntr. to Org. <£. \n\nMgt. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nCorp. Finance \nInfo. System \nStatistics \nElectives \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n4 4 \n8 8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n7 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n44.150 \n49.206 \n49.250 \n\n44.152 \n44.250 \n49.251 \n\nCorp. Finance \nLife Insurance \nStatistics \nElective \n\n3 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n9 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n44.252 \n44.270 \n\nProp. Ins. \nInvestments \nElective \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n44.255 \n44.275 \n\n49.155 \n\nEstate Plan. \nMoney & Cap. \n\nMkts. \nLeg. Asp. Bus. \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n\n44.272 \n44.281 \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nSecurity Anal. \nSeminar F. & I. \nElective \nElective \n\n11 \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4* \n\n44.260 \n44.280 \n\nFin. Forecasting \nSeminar F. \n\n98 / COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nMarketing Department \n\nCharles H. Dufton, Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.A. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\n\nLeslie M. Dawson, B.B.A., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nRichard J. Morrison, B.A., M.B.A. \nDharmendra T. Verma, B.SC, \n\nM.B.A., Ph.D. \nLecturer \n\nAugustine M. Nwabuzor, B.S., M.B.A. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nCharles J. Collazzo, Jr., B.A., \n\nM.C.S., M.A., Ph.D. \nRobert J. Minichiello, A.B., M.B.A \n\nD.B.A. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins, B.A., M.A., \n\nM.B.A., D.B.A. \nPhilip R. McDonald, B.A., M.B.A., \n\nD.B.A. \nJehiel J. Zif, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D. \n\n\nMarketing \n\nIn addition to being a trained specialist in his own area of increasing op- \nportunity and responsibility, the marketing executive must of necessity take a \nbroad view of all aspects of business management. \n\nWith marketing, advertising, and sales success so vital to every company, \nopportunities for careers in marketing exist in every type of business and \nindustry — large or small — in manufacturing and wholesaling as well as \nretailing; in both consumer and industrial products; in advertising depart- \nments, agencies, and media; in sales, research, marketing management, mer- \nchandising, and promotion. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 99 \nSpecimen Program in Marketing \n\n\n•IRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nlo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n16.107 \n\nCourse \nEarth Science \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n3 3 16.108 \n\nCourse \nEarth Science \n\nCI. \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n5.106 Earth Science \n\n3 3 \n\n3 \n\nM01 Found. West. \n\n27.102 \n\nFound. West. \n\n27.103 \n\nFound. \n\nWest. \n\nCul. \n\n3 3 \n\nCul. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nCul. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nJ.101 English \n\n3 3 \n\n30.102 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 30.103 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n1.111 Prin. of Acctg. \n\n4 3 \n\n41.112 \n\nPrin. of Acctg. \n\n4 \n\n3 41.113 \n\nPrin. of Acctg. \n\n4 \n\n3 \n\n).105 Psych. I \n\n4 4 \n\n10.106 \n\nPsych. II \n\n4 \n\n4 21.100 \n\nSociology \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nor \n\nor \n\nJ.121 Math. 1 \n\n3 3 \n\n10.122 \n\nMath. II \n\n3 \n\n3 10.123 \n\nMath. \n\nII \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nJECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n10.105 \n\nCourse \nFund. Math. \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n\n10.104 \n\nFund. Math. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nor \n\n19.105 \n\nFound. Psych. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n19.106 \n\nFound. Psych. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n39.105 \n\nPrin. Econ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n39.106 \n\nPrin. Econ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n43.120 \n\nMktg. Fund. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n43.121 \n\nMktg. Dynamics \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n44.120 \n\nIntr. to Finance \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n44.121 \n\nIntr. to Finance \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n45.120 \n\nIntr. to Org. & \n\n45.121 \n\nIntr. to Pers. & \n\nMgt. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nProd. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER \n\n7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQH. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n43.230 \n\nMktg. Oper. I \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n41 .209 \n\nDistrib. Cost \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n43.234 \n\nMktg. Case Anal. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.231 \n\nMktg. Oper. II \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n49.250 \n\nStatistics \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n43.263 \n\n49.206 \n49.251 \n\nRetail Mgt. \n\nor \nElective \nInfo. Systems \nStatistics \n\n3 \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n\nOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER \n\n9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n43.240 \n\nMktg. Res. I \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.241 \n\nMktg. Res. II \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.242 \n\nSales Mgt. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.262 \n\nAdvt. Mgt. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n49.155 \n\nLegal Asp. Bus. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER \n\n11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n43.250 \n\nMktg. Mgt. I \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.251 \n\nMktg. Mgt. II \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.261 \n\nInternat. Mktg. \nor \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.260 \n\nIndust. Mktg. \nor \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.270 \n\nMkt. Pol. Sem. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n43.271 \n\nMktg. Theory \n\n90.251 \n\nPlacement Tech. \n\n1 \n\n1 \n\nSem. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nMay be dropped by ROTC students. \n\n\nCollege of Criminal Justice \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, Acting Dean \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRobert Sheehan, A.B., M.A. \nFrederick Cunliffe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nGeneral Objective \n\nThe College of Criminal Justice, established in 1966 under a grant from \nthe Ford Foundation, prepares young men and women for professional careers \nin law enforcement. The curriculum has been designed primarily for students \ninterested in municipal and state police service. However, federal investigative \nagencies and industrial security operations in private industry also offer many \nchallenging and rewarding opportunities. It is expected that a number of grad- \nuates will choose to pursue advanced study in academic fields ranging from \nsocial work to public administration. The program of study in the College of \nCriminal Justice is admirably suited to preparation for admission to the North- \neastern School of Law, which was reestablished in 1968 and which gives special \nemphasis to the education of trial lawyers. \n\nIt is evident that this new college is urgently needed to meet a growing \nsocial problem of our times. Methods of police administration and law en- \nforcement are changing drastically to cope with contemporary developments. \nThose engaged in this important service to society now need much more for- \nmal education than in the past. \n\nNortheastern's new College of Criminal Justice will make a substantial con- \ntribution to the education of professional personnel in law enforcement in the \nyears ahead. \n\nMethods and Purpose \n\nThe College of Criminal Justice offers a five-year academic program on the \nCooperative Plan of Education which allows a candidate for the baccalaureate \ndegree to undertake a highly specialized program of study. It is anticipated \nthat \"co-op\" assignments will include work in police departments, juvenile \nand adult correctional institutions, and probation, parole and social agencies. \nAt present, only the Bachelor of Science degree with concentration in the field \nof Law Enforcement is offered. Plans are under way to develop other curricula in \nCorrections, Delinquency Prevention, and Security. \n\n100 \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE / 101 \n\nThe student will receive a broad educational background for his future \nspecialized role in law enforcement. Course work in the social sciences and \nthe humanities will be integrated with studies in juridical theory and prac- \ntice, since the student will be preparing himself for a career involving the \nsocial problems of people from all walks of life. The liberal content of the \ncurriculum is not only highly desirable for its value as a foundation upon \nwhich his general intellectual development may be based, but also as an in- \ndispensable educational requirement for professional service in his field of \nspecial interest. \n\nThe graduate must be prepared to judge objectively the many socio- \neconomic problems inherent in the administration of justice in contemporary \nAmerican society. Obsolete and intellectually antiquated methods of admin- \nistering justice have no place in a highly developed urban-industrial civiliza- \ntion. The College of Criminal Justice of Northeastern University will help \nprepare the student for a career which will not only be personally productive \nand rewarding but intellectually stimulating as well. He will become a pioneer \nin one of America's most important newly emerging professions. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nAll applicants are expected to have completed the following subject-matter \nunits: \n\nSubject Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nModern Language (2 years) 2 \n\nMathematics (minimum) 1 \n\nScience (minimum) 1 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 4 \n\nElectives, not more than 4 \n\nTOTAL 15 \n\n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nQuantitative Requirements \n\nCandidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree must complete all of the pre- \nscribed work of the curriculum. This curriculum totals 176 quarter hours credit \nand must include two quarter hours of physical education or its equivalent. \n\nStudents who undertake the Cooperative Education Program must meet the \nrequirements of the Department of Cooperative Education before they become \neligible for their degrees. \n\nNo student transfering from another college or university is eligible to re- \nceive a degree until at least one year of academic work immediately preceding \ngraduation has been completed at Northeastern. \n\nQualitative Requirements \n\nThe degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the sub- \njects in the selected course of study but also indicates professional competence \nin the field of specialization. Students will be expected to maintain an over-all \n\n\n102 / COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE \n\naverage of C to be eligible for graduation. Those who are clearly unable to \nmeet the accepted standard of attainment will be required to withdraw from \nthe University. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their aca- \ndemic work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty, a \nlimited number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest \nhonor. Students must have been in attendance at the University for at least \nthree years before they become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE / 103 \nSpecimen Program in Criminal Justice \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.101 \n22.101 \n23.101 \n30.101 \n92.101 \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. I \nWestern Civ. I \nEnglish I \nIntr. Crim. Just. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n90.102 \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. II \nEnglish II \nIntr. Crim. Just. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\n16.108 Earth Science 3 \n\n22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. Ill 3 \n\n23.103 West. Civ. Ill 3 \n\n30.103 English III 3 \n\n92.103 Intr. Crim. Just. 4 \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n19.105 Found. Psych. I 4 4 \n\n22.131 Amer. Nat'l Govt. 4 4 \n\n92.110 Pol.Comm. Rel. 4 4 \n\n92.111 Police Patrol 4 4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\n\n19.106 Found. Psych. II \n22.141 Govt. & Pol. \nStates \n\n92.121 Invest. Rep. \n\nWriting \n\n92.122 Interviews & \n\nInterr \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n21.100 \n\nPrin. of Soc. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.131 \n\nLaw Enf. Adm. & \n\nMgmt. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.141 \n\nCriminal Law: \nProcedural Due \n\nProcess \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n19.201 \n\nPsych, of Abn. \n\nBeh. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n21.130 \n\nCriminology \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.132 \n\nPolice Supervision \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.1 34 \n\nCiv. Liberties \nSubstantive Due \n\nProcess \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ \n\nH. \n\nNo. \n21.141 \n\nCourse \nUrban Society \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n21.150 \n\nRace Relations \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.133 \n\nCrim. Inv. & \n\n92.142 \n\nEvidence & Court \n\nCase Prep. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nProcedure \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.143 \n\nIntr. Criminalistics \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.144 \n\nPolice Juvenile \n\nMethods \nElective \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ \n\nH. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n22.261 \n\nPublic Admin. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.152 \n\nRec. & Computer \n\n92.151 \n\nTraffic Law Enf. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nTech. in Law \n\n92.153 \n\nPolice Planning \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEnf. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n92.154 \n92.155 \n\nResearch Meth. \n\nin Law Enf. \nSeminar in Law \n\nEnf. \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nCollege of Education \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean \n\nThomas J. Cavanagh, Assistant Dean \n\nCharles F. Haley, Assistant Dean and Director of \nStudent Teaching \n\n\nGeneral Objectives \n\nThe College of Education is increasingly and continuously concerned with \nthe quality of those who teach. In the paragraphs that follow, quality is gen- \nerally described and the several ways of assessing it are outlined. \n\nObjective 1 : Every teacher should learn the value of work. \n\nAll students will be expected to take the five-year cooperative program \nbecause the staff of the College of Education believes in a regularly patterned \nprogram of work experience. Such opportunities are provided in social agen- \ncies, libraries, hospitals, and in schools. \n\nObjective 2: Every teacher should be broadly educated and should be an \nexcellent example of American culture. \n\nAll students are expected to develop breadth in their program in two ways. \nFirst, students will be required to complete certain common course work, \nSocial Science, United States History, American Literature, Public Speaking, \nHuman Development, and English. Second, all students must complete a mini- \nmum of 16 credits in each of the following areas: Science and Mathematics, \nHumanities, and Social Sciences. \n\nObjective 3: Every teacher should achieve an expertness in some field of \nknowledge. \n\nThose preparing to teach at the secondary level must choose an academic \nmajor from among the following fields: Social Studies, English, Foreign Lan- \nguages, Earth Science, General Science, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Mathe- \nmatics. Those preparing to teach at the elementary level must select an area \nmajor from among the following: Social Sciences, Humanities, Science and \nMathematics, or Language-Reading. It is recommended that students have a \nfield of concentration in mind before admission to the University since in most \ncases the choice will make a difference in their program for the freshman year. \n\n104 \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 105 \n\nObjective 4: Each teacher should be professionally prepared for the position \nof his choice. \n\nAn advisory system and a continuous process of evaluation by the Academic \nStanding Committee of the College of Education are designed to insure that \nstudents enrolled in the teacher education program have the ability to master \ncollege work, that they have chosen the correct major field, and that they have \na sincere commitment to teaching as a career goal. Evaluations are made on \nacademic aptitude, verbal fluency, interest in working with young people, and \nemotional maturity. These factors are assessed in their interrelationships rather \nthan as isolated phenomena. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nImportant to the future teacher is high ability in the communication skills \nand adequate strength in the field of special interest. As important as the pat- \ntern and quality of an applicant's preparation are the personal qualifications \nwhich contribute to success in teaching. \n\nAll applicants are expected to have completed the following subject-matter \nunits: \n\nSubject Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nMathematics (minimum) 1 \n\nScience (minimum) 1 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 6 \n\nElectives, not more than 4 \n\n~15 \n\nStudents who wish to major in the Teaching of Science and Mathematics \nmust be able to present these units: \n\n*Algebra, through quadratics; Plane \n\nGeometry and Trigonometry 3Vfe units \n\nPhysics and Chemistry 2 units \n\n*The full sequence of college preparatory Mathematics courses is strongly \nrecommended. \n\nIt is desirable for students who wish to major in the Teaching of General \nScience to be able to present one unit in biology. \n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nDegrees \n\nThe College of Education will award the degree of Bachelor of Science in \nEducation to those who successfully complete the program of preparation for \nteaching at elementary or secondary school level. \n\nQuantitative Requirements \n\nThe required courses in each of the undergraduate curricula in the College \nof Education are indicated on the following pages. Each curriculum requires \nnot less than 173 quarter hours of classwork, including one quarter of student \nteaching. At least 32 quarter hours will be required in Education, including \n\n\n106 / COLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\nstudent teaching. At least 16 quarter hours will be required in each of the \nfollowing areas: Science and Mathematics; Humanities; Social Sciences. \n\nElective Courses \n\nElective courses, approved by the Dean of the College of Education, will be \nselected by the student from among courses in the Colleges of Liberal Arts \nand Business Administration. \n\nQualitative Requirements \n\nStudents in the College of Education will be expected to maintain an over- \nall average of C while doing work of C+ or better in the field of special- \nization and in the professional sequence in order to be recommended for \nplacement. Students are warned that any failure seriously handicaps their \nrecords and must be made up at the earliest opportunity. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates of distinctly superior achievement in their academic work will \nbe graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited number \nof this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Stu- \ndents must have been in attendance at the University at least six quarters \nbefore they may become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nCooperative Plan \n\nUpon successfully completing thirty-six weeks of academic work, students \nin the College of Education are placed on the Cooperative Plan. In this \nprogram periods of classroom work alternate with a variety of work experiences \nin industry, social service agencies, community organizations, etc. This pro- \ngram, which has proved to be of inestimable value in offering students both \nthe theoretical and practical aspects of a broad education, is consistent with \nthe philosophy of the College of Education. \n\nOpportunities are increasing steadily for selected students to participate \nas employees of cooperating school departments. Assisting in administrative \nas well as instructional functions, the student enjoys unique opportunity to \nacquire broad viewpoints and rich experience which will greatly enhance his \nconfidence and effectiveness as a teacher. \n\nNational Teacher Examinations \n\nAll students who plan to make teaching their career will be expected to write \nthe general and special National Teacher Examinations in their senior year. \n\nStudents must meet the requirements of the Department of Cooperative \nEducation before they become eligible for their degrees. \n\nPrograms of Instruction \n\nStudents in the College of Education will find a variety of fields of special- \nization available. For secondary teaching, there are Biology, Chemistry, \nPhysics, Earth Sciences, General Science, Mathematics, Social Studies, \nEnglish, and Modern Languages. An undergraduate major is also offered in \nSpeech and Hearing Therapy. Those interested in elementary teaching must \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 107 \n\ncomplete a broader type of major, in Social Science, Humanities, Science \nand Mathematics or Reading-Language. Those wishing Science and Mathe- \nmatics will follow a program adapted from the General Science program. \nSpecimen programs are shown on the pages that follow. \n\nAccreditation \n\nThe programs offered by the College of Education are accredited by the \nNational Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The College is a \nmember of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. \n\n\n108 / COLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\nADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT \n\n(Education) \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Associate Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nRobert S. Butters, B.A., M.Ed. \nCarleton B. Lehmkuhl, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nPhilip J. Rusche, A.B., B.S., M.A., Ed.D. \n\nThis department offers graduate courses only. Consult Graduate Bulletin for \ncourse offerings. \n\nCOUNSELOR EDUCATION \n\n(Education) \nDavid R. Cook, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.S., Ed.D. \n\nAssociate Professors Assistant Professors \n\nThomas F. Harrington, B.A., Irvin Doress, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. \n\nM.Ed., Ph.D. William G. Quill, B.S.Ed., M.E., \n\nRobert W. Read, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. Ed.D. \n\nThis department offers graduate courses only. Consult Graduate Bulletin for \ncourse offerings. \n\nFOUNDATIONS DEPARTMENT \n\n(Education) \nWendell R. Brown, Associate Professor and Acting Chairman, B.A., LL.B., D.S.S. \n\nProfessors Assistant Professors \n\nE. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A. Ronald E. Baptiste, A.B., M.Ed. \n\nArnold E. Hanson, Ph.B., Ph.M., Iris E. Fodor, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nPh.D. Ruth E. Harmon, LL.B., Ed.M. \n\nAssociate Professors G'yn J- pruce, B.A., S.T.B. \n\nE. Vaughn Gulo, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. \nIrene A. Nichols, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. \nAlvin D. Zalinger, B.S.Ed., M.A. \nAgnes M. Niyekawa-Howard, B.A., \n\nM.A., Ph.D. \nMervin D. Lynch, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 109 \n\n\nINSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT \n\n(Education) \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean, College of Education, and \nActing Chairman, A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed. \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nMary J. Lee, B.A., Ed.M. \n\nRobert C. McLean, Jr., A.B., M.S., \n\nEd.D. \nHarold A. Miner, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nThomas H. Clark, A.B., M.A. \nSandra M. Parker, B.A., Ed.M. \nGuy A. Petralia, A.B., A.M., Ed.M. \nPaul H. Tedesco, A.B., A.M. \nF. Andre Favat, A.B., Ed.M. \n\n\nREADING DEPARTMENT \n\n(Education) \nMelvin E. Howards, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \nAssociate Professor Assistant Professors \n\n\nMaurice Kaufman, B.S., M.S., \nPh.D. \n\n\nNicholas J. Buffone, B.A., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nLeslie A. Burg, B.S., M.Ed. \nJohn F. Maguire, A.B., Ed.M. \nMichael E. Werle, B.S. in Ed., M.Ed. \n\n\nREHABILITATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT \n\n(Education) \nReuben J. Margolin, Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nRobert J. Ferullo, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D. \nGeorge J. Goldin, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nAlan B. Sostek, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professor \n\nGrace Kaczynski, B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nHerbert Sonthoff, M.A., Dn.D., \n\nrer pol. \nFrances J. Johnston, B.A., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nMayfield Peterson, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nInstructors \n\nGilbert G. Neil, A.B. \nSusanna D. Troutman, B.A., M.A. \nLeslie S. Walsh, B.S. in Ed., M.Ed. \nDiane R. Williams, B.A., M.A. \nPaul D. Merritt, B.S. in Ed., M.Ed. \n\n\n110 / COLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\nSpecimen Program in Teaching of Earth Sciences \n\nEach year an increasing number of secondary schools are introducing the rel- \natively new curriculum in earth science. The program is characterized by a \nsolid foundation in the basic sciences with depth in the geology area and \nbreadth in the other areas of the earth sciences. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\n10.101 Basic Math. \n\n12.121 Gen. Chem. \n\n18.111 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.101 English \n\n50.111 Soc. Science \n\n\nCI. OH. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\n10.102 Basic Math. \n\n12.122 Gen. Chem. \n\n18.112 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.102 English \n\n50.112 Soc. Science \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n10.103 \n12.123 \n18.113 \n30.103 \n50.113 \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nBasic Math. \nGen. Chem. \nGen. Biol. \nEnglish \nSoc. Science \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n3(3 \n\n\n8 \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\n\n11.136 Basic Physics \n16.141 Phys. Geology \n50.121 Human Dev. & \nLrng I \nElective \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n3(3) \n4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\n\n11.137 Basic Physics \n16.142 Hist. Geology \n29.100 Pub. Speaking \n50.131 Human Dev. \n& Lrng. II \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n3 3 \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\n16. — Sci. Elective \n23.210 U.S. to 1865 \n\nor \n30.180 Amer. Lit. \n\nElective \n51.135 Anal. Tchg. & \n\nEd. Proc. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.— \n23.21 1 \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\n\nSci. Elective \nU.S. from 1865 \n\n\n30.181 Amer. Lit. \n\nElective \n50.141 Meas. & Eval. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n16. — Sci. Elective 4 4 \n\n23.210 U.S. to 1865 4 4 \n\nor \n\n30.180 Amer. Lit. 4 4 \n\n51.147 M.&M.— Science 4 4 \n\nElective 4 4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\n\n16. — Sci. Elective \n23.211 U.S. from 1865 \n\n\n30.181 Amer. Lit. \nElectives \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\n16.— Sci. Elective 4 4 \n\n50.151 Bkgds. Am. Ed. 4 4 \n\n90.253 Prof. Devel. 1 1 \n\nElectives 8 8 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10A \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\n51.151 Student Teaching \n& Seminar \n\n\n16.175 Sem. Earth Sci. \n16. — Sci. Elective \n\n\nCourse descriptions are listed at the back of the catalog in numerical order. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 111 \n\nSpecimen Program in Teaching of English \n\nThis program prepares English teachers for the junior or senior high school. \nIt provides a basis for specialized graduate study in English as well as \nin education. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCo \n\njrse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\nCourse \n\nEarth Sci. \nIntr. Pol. Sci. \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\nCI. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n50.111 Soc. Sci. \n\n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n50.112 \n\nEarth Sci. \nIntr. Pol. Sci. \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 16.108 \n3 22.103 \n3 23.103 \n3 30.103 \n3 50.113 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER \n\n5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n30.110 \n30.170 \n50.121 \n\nLit. Analysis \nEngl. Lit. \nHum. Dev. & \n\nLrng. 1 \nArt or Music \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n29.100 \n30.111 \n\nor \n30.1 1 2 \n30.171 \n50.131 \n\nPub. Spkg. \n\nLit. Analysis \n\nEngl. Lit. \nHum. Dev. & \nLrng. II \n\n3 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER \n\n7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n26.150 \n30.184 \n51.135 \n\nIntro, to Logic \nAm. Lit. Figures \nAnal. Tchg. & \n\nEd. Prac. \nEnglish Elective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n30.121 \n30.185 \n50.141 \n\nFndns. of English 4 \nAm. Lit. Figures 4 \nMeas. & Eval. 4 \nEnglish Elective 4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER \n\n9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n30.250 \n51.143 \n\n54.126 \n\nShakespeare \nM.&M.-English \nEnglish Elective \nSec. Reading \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n30.251 \n26.130 \n\nShakespeare \n\nElective \nAesthetics \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nI FIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 QUARTER 10A QUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. No. Course CI. Q.H. No. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n- 39.115 \n\nEcon. 4 4 51.151 Student Teaching Elective 4 4 \n\n.50.151 \n\nBkgrnds. & Seminar 8 U.S. Hist. Elective 4 4 \n\nAmer. Ed. 4 4 \n\nEnglish Elective 4 4 \n\n90.253 \n\nProf. Dev. 1 1 \n\n26.133 \n\nPhil, of Sci. 4 4 \n\nCourse descriptions are listed at the back of the catalog in numerical order. \n\n112 / COLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\nSpecimen Program in Teaching of General Science \n\nThis program prepares students for the teaching of science at the junior high \nschool level or in some curricula of the senior high school. \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n10.101 \n12.121 \n18.111 \n30.101 \n50.111 \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nBasic Math. \nGen. Chem. \nGen. Biol. \nEnglish \nSoc. Science \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\n10.102 Basic Math. \n\n12.122 Gen. Chem. \n\n18.112 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.102 English \n\n50.112 Soc. Science \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\n10103 \n12.123 \n18.113 \n30.103 \n50.113 \n\n\nBasic Math. \nGen. Chem. \nGen. Biol. \nEnglish \nSoc. Science \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n3(3) \n3) \n\n\n2(3) 3 \n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n10.106 Calculus 4 4 \n\n11.136 Basic Physics 3(3) 4 \n\n12.141 Org. Chem. I 3(3) 4 \n50.121 Human Dev. & \n\nLrng. I 4 4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n10.107 Calculus 4 \n\n11.137 Basic Physics 3(3) \n12.142 Organic \n\nChem. II 3(3) \n50.131 Human Dev. & \n\nLrncj. II 4 \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.131 \n16.141 \n23.210 \n51.135 \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\nOceanography I \nPrin. of Geology \nU.S. to 1865 \nAnal. Tchg. & \nEd. Proc. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n16.132 Oceanography II 4 4 \n\n16.161 Astronomy 4 4 \n\n23.211 U.S. after 1865 4 4 \n\n50.141 Meas. & Eval. 4 4 \n\n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n18.158 Physiology I 4 4 \n\n30.180 Amer. Literature 4 4 \n\n51.147 M. \n\n23.210 U.S. to 1865 \n\n23.21 1 \n\nU.S. after 1865 \n\n4 \n\n» \n\n30.180 Amer. \n\n& Sem \n\nnar \n\n8 30.181 \n\nAmer. \n\nLiterature I \n\n4 4 \n\nLiterature II \n\n4 \n\n50.151 Bkgrnds. \n\nAmer. Ed. \n\n4 4 \n\n54.151 Children's Lit. \n\n4 4 \n\n90.253 Prof. Dev. \n\n1 1 \n\nCourse \n\ndescriptions are \n\nlisted \n\nat \n\nthe \n\nbacl< \n\nof the \n\n:atalog in numerical \n\norder. \n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 119 \n\nSpecimen Program in Teaching of Biology \n\nThis program prepares Biology teachers for the junior or senior high school. \nIt provides a basis for specialized graduate study in Biology as well as in \nEducation. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\n^Jo. \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\n0.101 \n2.121 \n8.111 \nS0.101 \n\n\nBasic Math. \nChemistry \nGen. Biol. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\n10.102 Basic Math. \n\n12.122 Chemistry \n\n18.112 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.102 English \n\n50.112 Soc. Sci. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\n10.103 Basic Math. \n\n12.123 Chemistry \n\n18.113 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.103 English \n\n50.113 Soc. Sci. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nn \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n12.142 \n18.155 \n23.211 \n50.131 \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\nOrganic Chem. \nDev. Anat. \nU.S. after 1865 \nHum. Dev. & \nLrng. II \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n12.141 \n18.150 \n\n23.210 \n50.121 \n\nOrganic Chem. \nComp. Vert. \n\nAnat. \nU.S. to 1865 \nHuman. Dev. I \n\n3(3) \n\n3(6) \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n5 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n3(3) 4 \n3(6) 5 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\n11.136 \n18,210 \n\n51.135 \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nBasic Physics \nInv. Zoology \nBiology Elective \nAnal. Tchg. & \nSeminar \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3(3) 4 \n3(6) 5 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\n11.137 \n18.200 \n\n50.141 \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nBasic Physics \nGenetics \nBiology Elective \nMeas. & Eval. \n\n7 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3(3) 4 \n3(3) 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n51.47 \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nM. & M. Science \nBiology Elective \nHuman. Elective \nElective \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\n26.133 \n29.100 \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nBiology Elective 4 4 \nPhilos. of Sci. 4 4 \nHuman. Elective 4 4 \nPublic Spkg. 3 3 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nMo. Course \n\n10 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n51.151 \n\nQUARTER \n\nCourse \n\nStudent Teach \n& Seminar \n\n10A \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\nng 18.259 \n8 30.181 \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\nCell Physiology \nAmer. Lit. II \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n1 8.258 Physiology \n50.180 Amer. Lit. I \n30.151 Bkgrnds. \n\nAmer. Ed. \nBiology Elective \nW.253 Prof. Dev. \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n1 1 \n\n3(3) 4 \n4 4 \n\nCourse descriptions are listed at the back of the catalog in numerical order. \n\n\n120 / COLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\nSpecimen Program in Teaching of Chemistry \n\nThis program prepares Chemistry teachers for the senior high school. It pro- \nvides a basis for specialized graduate study in Chemistry as well as in \nEducation. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H \n\n\n10.111 \n12.131 \n18.111 \n30.101 \n50.111 \n\n\nCalculus \nChemistry \nGen. Biol. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\n\n3 3 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\n10.112 Calculus \n\n12.132 Chemistry \n\n18.112 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.102 English \n\n50.112 Soc. Sci. \n\n\n3(3) 4 \n\n2(3) 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n\n10.113 Calculus \n\n12.133 Chemistry \n\n18.113 Gen. Biol. \n\n30.103 English \n\n50.113 Soc. Sci. \n\n\n3 \n\n3(6) \n\n2(3) \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n\nIRS' \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n10.144 Calculus 4 4 \n\n11.120 Physics 4(4) 5 \n12.153 Organic Chem. 3(3) 4 \n\n50.121 Human Dev. & \n\nLrng. I 4 4 \n\n\n10.145 Calculus \n11.121 Physics \n12.154 Organic Chem. \n50.131 Hum. Dev. & \nLrng. II \n\n\n4 \n\n4(4} \n\n3(3) \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n12.155 Organic Chem. 3(6) 5 \n\n12.161 Physical Chem. 4(3) 5 \n\n23.210 U.S. to 1865 4 4 \n51.135 Anal.Tchg. & \n\nEd. Proc. 4 4 \n\n\n12.162 Physical Chem. 4(3) 5 \n12.176 Analytical \n\nChem. 4 4 \n\n23.211 U.S. after 1865 4 4 \n\n50.141 Meas. & Eval. 4 4 \n\n\nFOl \n\n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\n12.163 Physical Chem. 3(3) 4 \n12.177 Analytical \n\nChem. 3(6) 5 \n\n51.147 M. & M. Science 4 4 \n\nHuman. Elective 4 4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n12.178 Analytical \n\nChem. 1(6) 3 \n\n29.100 Public Spkg. 3 3 \n\nHuman. Elective 4 4 \n\nElective 4 4 \n\n\nFIF \n\n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10A \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H \n\n\n50.151 Bkgrnds. \n\nAmer. Ed. \n\nChem. Elective \n\nElectives \n90.253 Prof. Dev. \n\n\n51.151 Student Teaching \n& Seminar \n\n\nChem. Elective \nElective \n\n\nCourse descriptions are listed at the back of the catalog in numerical order. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION \n\n/ \n\n121 \n\nSpecimen Program in \n\nTeaching of \n\nPhysics \n\nThis program prepares Physics \n\nteachers for the senior high school. It prov \n\ndes \n\na basis for \n\nspecialized g \n\n'aduate study \n\nin Physics as well as in Educat \n\nion. \n\n•IRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER \n\n3 \n\no. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n10.202 \n11.152 \n30.102 \n50.112 \n\nCourse \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\nCI. Q.H. No. Course \n\n5 5 10.203 Algebra \n3 3 11.153 Physics \n3 3 30.103 English \n3 3 50.113 Soc. Sci. \n\nCI \n\n5 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\nL \n\nD.201 Calculus \n1.151 Physics \n3.101 English \n3.1 1 1 Soc. Sci. \n\n5 5 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n5 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\niECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\n10.204 \n11.154 \n11.164 \n50.121 \n\nCourse \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nHuman Dev. & \n\nLrng. I \nElective \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n(3) 1 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse CI. Q.H \n\n10.205 \n11.155 \n11.165 \n29.100 \n50.131 \n\nCalculus 4 \nPhysics 4 \nPhysics Lab. (3) \nPublic Speaking 3 \nHum. Dev. <£, \nLrng. II 4 \n\n4 \n4 \n1 \n3 \n\n4 \n\nHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n10.251 \n11.200 \n11.260 \n51.135 \n\nAnalysis \nMechanics I \nWave Lab. \nAnal. Tchg. & \nEd. Proc. \n\n4 \n4 \n2(3) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n\n4 \n\n10.252 \n11.201 \n1 1 .261 \n50.141 \n\nAnalysis 4 \nMechanics II 4 \nExp. Lab. 1(3) \nMeas. & Eval. 4 \nElective 4 \n\n4 \n4 \n2 \n4 \n4 \n\nOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nci. q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n\n11.230 \n12.136 \n23.21 1 \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nMod. Physics 4 4 \nGen. Chemistry 3(3) 4 \nU.S. after 1865 4 4 \nElective 4 4 \n\n11.220 \n\n12.135 \n23.210 \n51.147 \n\nThermo. & Kin. \n\nTheory \nGen. Chemistry \nU.S. to 1865 \nM. & M. Science \n\n4 \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10A \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n).180 Amer. Literature 4 4 \n151 Bkgrnds. \n\nAmer. Ed. 4 4 \n\nPhysics Elective 4 4 \n\nHuman. Elective 4 4 \n\nD.253 Prof. Dev. 1 1 \n\n\n51.151 Student Teaching \n& Seminar \n\n\n30.181 Amer. Literature 4 4 \n\nPhysics Elective 4 4 \n\nHuman. Elective 4 4 \n\n\nCourse descriptions are listed at the back of the catalog in numerical order. \n\n\n122 / COLLEGE \n\nOF EDUCATION \n\nSpecimen \n\nProgram in Teach \n\ning of Social Studies \n\nThis program prepares Social \n\nStudies teachers for the junior or senior high \n\nschool. \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. Course \n\nCI. Q> \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. I \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n50.111 Soc. Science \n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n50.112 \n\nEarth Sci. II \nIntr. Pol. Sci. \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nSoc. Science \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 16.108 Earth Sci. Ill \n3 22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. \n3 23.103 West. Civ. \n3 30.103 English \n3 50.113 Soc. Science \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n\n23.211 \n29.100 \n39.116 \n\n50.131 \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nU.S. after 1865 4 4 \nPublic Speaking 3 3 \nEcon. Prin. & \n\nProb. 4 4 \nHum. Dev. <$. \n\nLrng. II 4 4 \n\n23.210 \n26.150 \n39.115 \n\n50.121 \n\nU.S. to 1865 \nIntro. Logic \nEcon. Prin. <$, \n\nProb. \nHuman Dev. & \n\nLrng. I \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n23.125 \n23.199 \n30.180 \n51.135 \n\nModern Europe \nHistorian's Craft \nAmer. Literature \nAnal. Tchg. & \nEd. Proc. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n22.131 \n30.181 \n39.280 \n\n50.141 \n\nAmer. Govt. 4 4 \nAmer. Literature 4 4 \nComp. Econ. \n\nSyst. 4 4 \nMeas. & Eval. 4 4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nInternat. \n\nRelations \nM.dL M. Social \n\nStud. \nHistory Elective \nSec. Reading \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n22.221 \n51.149 \n\n54.126 \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. 4 4 \nHuman. Elective 4 4 \nHistory Elective 4 4 \nElective 4 4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 10A \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n1 1 \n\nNo. \n15.151 \n\nCourse \n\nStudent Teachi \n& Seminar \n\nCI. Q \n\n.H. No. Course \n\nCI. Q.I \n\n22.271 Political Theory \n50.151 Bkgrnds. \n\nAmer. Ed. \nHistory Elective \nSci.-Math. \nElective \n90.253 Prof. Dev. \n\nHistory Elective \n8 Sci. /Math. \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 » \n\n5 \nS \n\nCourse descriptions are \n\nlisted \n\nat the back \n\nof the catalog in numerical order. \n\n9 \n\nCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 123 \nSpecimen Program in Speech and Hearing Therapy \n\nThis is a highly specialized program preparing students for employment in \npublic or private schools as speech and hearing therapists or for graduate \nstudy in the field of Speech Pathology and Audiology. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. I \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n50.111 Soc. Sci. \n\n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n50.112 \n\nEarth Sci. II \nIntr. Pol. Sci. \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 16.108 \n3 22.103 \n3 23.103 \n3 30.103 \n3 50.113 \n\nEarth Sci. Ill \nIntr. Pol. Sci. \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nSoc. Sci. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n5 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n23.210 \n50.121 \n\n55.121 \n55.126 \n\nU.S. to 1865 \nHuman Dev. & \n\nLrng. I \nIntr. Spec. Ed. \nCommunic. Skills \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n23.211 \n55.122 \n\n55.124 \n50.131 \n\nU.S. after 1865 \nIntr. Spch. & \n\nHrng. Ther. \nAnatSp.A Hrg \nHum. Dev. & \n\nLrng. II \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n7 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n51.135 \n\n54.135 \n55.131 \n\n55.133 \n\nAnal. Tchg. & \n\nEd. Proc. \nElem. Reading I \nDyn. of Spch. & \n\nLang. Dev. \nIntro. Ling. & \n\nPhonetics \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n19.135 \n\n50.141 \n55.134 \n\nPsych. \n\nPersonality 4 4 \nMeas. & Eval. 4 4 \nOrganic Sp. \n\nDisorders 4 4 \nHuman. Elective 4 4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n9 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n30.180 \n55.141 \n55.143 \n\n55.145 \n\nAmer. Literature \nM.&M. in Speech \nDiagnosis \n\nSp. & Hrg. \nFunc. Sp. \n\nDisorders \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n30.181 \n55.142 \n55.144 \n\nAmer. Literature 4 4 \nIntr. Audiology 4 4 \nClinical Prac. 1 2(6) 4 \nElective 4 4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n*Jo. Course \n\n0 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 10/1 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n50.151 Bkgrnds. \n\nAmer. Ed. 4 4 \n55.155 Clinical Prac. II 2(6) 4 \nHuman. Elective 4 4 \nSci. or Math. \n\nElective 4 4 \n90.253 Prof. Dev. 1 1 \n\n51.151 \n\nStudent Teaching \n& Seminar \n\n55.152 \n8 \n\n55.154 \n\nSpeech Reading \n\n& Audit \n\nTraining \nIntr. Stutt. \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nCourse descriptions are listed at the back of the catalog in numerical order. \n\n\nCollege of Engineering \n\nMelvin Mark, Dean \n\nDonald H. MacKenzie, Associate Dean \nOtis F. Cushman, Assistant Dean \nThomas E. Hulbert, Assistant Dean \n\n\nGeneral Objectives \n\nThe College of Engineering prepares students to participate constructively in \na technologically changing world, contributing to the accumulation and applica- \ntion of new knowledge as professional engineers. Fundamentals are emphasized \nto provide the future engineer with the basic technical knowledge that will \nenable him to practice in a variety of positions. At the same time study of the \nsocial sciences and humanities provides an opportunity to develop an awareness \nof the social, economic, political, aesthetic and philosophical influences that \nare part of the context in which he will practice his profession. \n\nThe concept of education as a continuing lifelong process necessary to work \neffectively in an environment of constantly changing ideas and newly-discovered \nscientific principles underlies the complete structure of the engineering cur- \nriculum. This curriculum is directed toward assisting the student to understand \nthe basic concepts of the particular branch of engineering he may choose, to \ncomprehend and develop competence in the engineering method and its appli- \ncation, to communicate effectively and succinctly the important results of any \ntechnical study, and to acquire the motivation for continuing professional \ngrowth. \n\nPrograms of Study \n\nThe College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative programs in civil, \nmechanical, electrical, chemical and industrial engineering leading to the degree \nof Bachelor of Science with specification according to the engineering depart- \nment in which the student qualifies. The curricula of the several departments \neffectively prepare students to seek employment in industry or to continue their \neducation in graduate schools. The College is operated on the Cooperative Plan. \n\nThe undergraduate academic program begins with three quarters of full-time \nstudy. Coursework during the first year builds the student's understanding of \nmathematics and the physical sciences, and improves his ability to communicate \nideas both by verbal and graphic means. \n\nSince the first year of study is identical for all engineering students, the \n\n124 \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF ENGINEERING / 125 \n\nchoice of engineering specialization may be changed at the end of the freshman \nyear without loss. About four-fifths of the upper-class program is devoted to sci- \nentific and technological study, and about one-fifth to humanistic-social courses, \nwith the aim of balancing the student's growing technical proficiency with a \nsimilar development of his appreciation of the non-technical aspects of society \nand culture. \n\nCooperative work in the branch of engineering which the student chooses will \nbegin upon completion of the freshman year and continue throughout the re- \nmaining upper-class years. Work assignments during this time will prove to be \nmost valuable in helping integrate the important elements of both an engineering \nand a liberal education. They will be instrumental in teaching the value of team- \nwork while, at the same time, giving insight into the problems of actual en- \ngineering practice. \n\nDay graduate programs are available in the Department of Chemical, Civil, \nMechanical, Industrial, and Electrical Engineering, leading to the master's de- \ngree. These are cooperative programs in engineering similar to the undergraduate \ncooperative programs. Doctoral programs are available in Electrical, Chemical \nand Mechanical Engineering. \n\nPart-Time Program Offered During Evening Hours \n\nThe College of Engineering also offers eight-year curricula leading to the \ndegree of Bachelor of Science in Electrical or Civil Engineering. Classes are \nheld in the evening and Saturday mornings. Admission and course require- \nments are the same as for the degree under the Cooperative Plan. For further \ninformation consult the evening bulletin of the College of Engineering. \n\nPower Systems Engineering \n\nIn order to meet the needs of the rapidly expanding electric-power industry, \nNortheastern has initiated a special program in power systems engineering. \nThis program is an accelerated cooperative program which results in a \nmaster's degree in six years. The subject matter is basically that of electrical \nengineering augmented by additional work in power systems, economics, com- \nputer control, atomic energy, and direct energy conversion. \n\nAccreditation \n\nAll undergraduate programs offered in the College of Engineering are fully \naccredited by the Engineers' Council for Professional Development. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nIt is important that applicants for admission to the College of Engineering \ncomplete successfully the full sequence of secondary school courses in \nEnglish, mathematics, and science. The following subjects are required: \nSubject Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nPhysics and Chemistry 2 \n\nAlgebra (through quadratics) 2 \n\nPlane Geometry and Trigonometry IV2 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 4Vfe \n\nElectives, not more than 2 \n\nl5~ \n\n\n126 / COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING \n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nCandidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete all of the pre- \nscribed work of the curriculum in which they seek to qualify. A total of 195 \nquarter hours (equivalent to 146 semester hours) is required for the degree. \nStudents who undertake the cooperative education program must meet the re- \nquirements of the Department of Cooperative Education before they become \neligible for their degrees. \n\nNo student transferring from another college or university is eligible to receive \nthe Bachelor of Science degree until he has completed at least one academic \nyear at Northeastern immediately preceding his graduation. \n\nScholarship Requirements \n\nThe degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the sub- \njects in the selected course of study but also indicates professional com- \npetence in the designated field of specialization. Those who are clearly unable \nto meet the accepted standard of attainment will be required to withdraw \nfrom the University. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates of distinctly superior achievement in their academic work will \nbe graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited number of \nthis group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Students \nmust have been in attendance at the University at least six quarters before \nthey may become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nEngineering Curricula \n\nA description of each of the engineering curricula and associated departments \ntogether with a short statement of the principal vocational opportunities avail- \nable to graduates, is given below to assist students in choosing their fields \nof specialization. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF ENGINEERING / 127 \n\nCivil Engineering Department \n\nErnest L. Spencer, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \nProfessor Saul Namyet, B.S., P.E. (Mass., \n\nAlvin S. Goodman, B.S., M.S., N-Y> \n\nPhD, P.E. (Mass., N.Y.) Associate Professors \n\nEdward R. Pershe, B.S., M.S., \n\nAssociate Professors Ph.D., P.E. (Ohio, Neb.) \n\nLeroy M. Cahoon, B.S., M.S., C. Andrew Pretzer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nP.E. (Mass.) P.E. (Mass.) \n\nJohn J. Cochrane, B.S., M.S., Robert C. Stiefel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., \n\nPh.D., P.E. (Mass., N.Y.) P.E. (Penn.) \n\nJoseph S. Firnkas, Ing., P.E. Assistant Professors \n\n(Mass. & N.Y.) Lyle E. Branagan, B.S., M.S., P.E. \n\nKenneth M. Leet, B.S., M.S., (Mass.) \n\nPh.D., P.E. (Mass., Penn.) William Domey, B.S., M.S., P.E. \n\nJoseph H. Lenney, B.S., M.S., (Mass.) \n\nP.E. (Mass.) Constantine J. Gregory, B.A., M.S., \n\nRobert L. Meserve, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nP.E. (Mass.) Walter E. Jaworski, A.S., B.S., M.S. \n\nCivil Engineering has to do with the planning and building of all kinds of \nstructures and public works. None of the structures of civil engineers lend \nthemselves to quantity production in a factory. Not only are civil engineering \nworks designed to fit a single location, but ordinarily their value is dependent \nupon their ability to resist forces tending to move them. \n\nCivil engineering is as old as civilization itself and, until recent times, it \nembraced all phases of engineering except those of a military character. Today \nits major branches include topographical, municipal, railroad, highway, struc- \ntural, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering. It covers land surveying, soil me- \nchanics, the building of railroads, harbors, docks, and similar structures; the \nconstruction of sewers, water works, waste water treatment works, air pol- \nlution control, radiological health, public health, streets, and highways; the \ndesign and construction of flood control projects, bridges, buildings, walls, \nfoundations, and of all fixed structures. \n\nSince the first step in every civil engineering project involves accurate \nmeasurement of the surface features of the land, of the nature of the soil, \nand of the character of the underlying rock, the study of surveying and related \nsubjects occupies a large place in the civil engineering curriculum. And since \nthe primary consideration in designing any structure is to make certain that it \nwill withstand safely any force to which it may be subjected, the mechanics of \nstatic bodies, strength of materials, and theory of structures are studied in de- \ntail. The curriculum is thus intended to prepare the young civil engineer to \ntake up the work of design and construction of structures, to solve the prob- \nlems of water supply and waste disposal in urban areas, and intelligently to \nundertake the supervision of work in allied fields of engineering and in general \ncontracting. \n\nUpon graduation, the young engineer may expect a period of apprenticeship \neither in the field, surveying and plotting, or in the office, over the drafting \nboard. As experience is gained, the graduate is entrusted with greater re- \nsponsibilities in actual design and supervision of construction. Those who \nprefer a roving existence should direct their ambitions toward private fields, \nwhile those who prefer a stable home and community life will seek opportun- \nities in the public service of the Federal Government and the various states \nand municipalities. \n\n\n128 / COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING \n\nSpec \n\niman \n\nProgram in Civil Engineering \n\nDegree: B.S. in \n\nC.E. Accredited by the E.C.P.D. \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n9.102 \n\nCourse \nGraphic Sci. \n\nCI. Q \n2(2) \n\n.H. No. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n9.101 Graphic Sci. \n\n3(2) 4 \n\n3 9.103 \n\nGraphic Sci. \n\n2(2) 3 \n\n10.141 Calculus \n\n4 4 \n\n10.142 \n\nCalculus \n\n4 \n\n4 10.143 \n\nCalculus \n\n4 4 \n\n11.101 Physics \n\n3 3 \n\n11.102 \n\nPhysics \n\n3 \n\n3 11.103 \n\nPhysics \n\n3 3 \n\n12.111 Gen. Chem. \n\n3 3 \n\n12.112 \n\nGen. Chem. \n\n3 \n\n3 12.113 \n\nGen. Chem. \n\n3 3 \n\n30.101 English \n\n3 3 \n\n30.102 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 30.103 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 3 \n\n90.100 Intr. Eng. \n\n1 0 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER \n\n5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n1.140 \n\nCourse \nStruct. Mech. I \n\nCI. Q.H. \n4 4 \n\n1.110 \n\nSurveying I \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\n3.181 \n\nElec. Eng. I \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3.182 \n\nElec. Eng. II \n\n3 3 \n\n10.144 \n\nCalculus \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n10.145 \n\nCalculus \n\n4 4 \n\n11.104 \n\nPhysics \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n11.105 \n\nPhysics \n\n3 3 \n\n11.110 \n\nPhysics Lab. \n\n(3) \n\n1 \n\n11.111 \n\nPhysics Lab. \n\n(3) 1 \n\n39.125 \n\nEconomics \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n39.126 \n\nEconomics \n\n4 4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER \n\n7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n1.130 \n\nHwy. & Const. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n1.120 \n\nFluid Mech. I \n\n4 4 \n\n1.141 \n\nStruct. Mech. II \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n1.180 \n\nMaterials \n\n4 4 \n\n2.120 \n\nThermodyn. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n2.116 \n\nMechanics B \n\n4 4 \n\n10.146 \n\nMath. Analysis \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n10.147 \n\nMath. Analysis \n\n3 3 \n\nLiberal Elective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nLiberal Elective \n\n4 4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n1.121 \n\nFluid Mech. II \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n1.143 \n\nStruct. Anal. I \n\n4 4 \n\n1.142 \n\nStruct. Mech. Ill \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n1.150 \n\nCone. Design I \n\n4 4 \n\n1.181 \n\nCone. Test. Lab. \n\n1(4) \n\n4 \n\n1.172 \n\nSoil Mech. \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n16.170 \n\nGeology \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n5.265 \n\nFund, of \n\nLiberal Elective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEng. Econ. \nLiberal Elective \n\n3 2 \n\n4 4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\n(Struct. Option \n\n1 \n\n(San. Eng. Option) \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n3 3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H \n\n1.144 Struct. Anal. II \n\n1.174 \n\nFund. Engr. \n\n4 \n\n4 1.174 \n\nFund. Engr. \n\n4 4 \n\n1.151 Cone. Design II \n\n3 3 \n\n1.145 \n\nStruct. Anal. Ill \n\n3 \n\n3 1.191 \n\nSan. Eng. II \n\n4 i \n\n1.160 Struct. Design I \n\n4 4 \n\n1.161 \n\nStruct. Design II \n\n3(3) \n\n3 1.192 \n\nSan. Eng. Ill \n\n3(3) A \n\n1.190 San Eng. 1 \n\n4 4 \n\n1.911 \n\nSan. Eng. II \n\n4 \n\n4 5.146 \n\nBasic Eng. Stat. \n\n3 3 \n\n29.102 Effec. Speaking \n\n3 3 \n\nLiberal Elective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nLiberal Elective \n\n4 4 \n\n90.251 Placement Ted \n\n1 0 \n\nCOLLEGE OF ENGINEERING / 129 \n\nMechanical Engineering Department \n\nArthur R. Foster, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.Eng. \nProfessors Alvin J. Yorra, B.S., M.S. \n\nJohn F. Dunn, S.B., S.M., Sc.D. John Zotos. BS-> M-s-> MetE- \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D. Assistant Professors \n\nWelville B. Nowak, S.B., Ph.D. h. Frederick Bowman, B.S., M.S., \n\nJoseph J. Zelinski, B.S., Ph.D. Nuc E., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors ™\"iamH °- j*™\"'- \"f „ „ \n\nBernard 0. Herman, B.S., M.S., \nRalph S. Blanchard, Jr., B.S., M.S. Ph.D. \n\nDon A. Lautman, B.S., Ph.D. \n\nBertram S. Long, B.S., M.S., M.E. Ins?r\"ct0™ \n\nErnest E. Mills, B.S., M.S. {oh\" K Cashman, I B.S M.S. \n\nRichard J. Murphy, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Andrew Lev.ne, B.S., M.S. \n\nWarren G. Nelson, S.B., S.M., Sc.D. ^\" S^a.nsonu' BS0' *?:% \n\nThomas E. Phalen, Jr., B.S., M.S. Ur,ah Ch,nwah' B'S\" M'S' \n\nJohn Rossettos, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nRalph Sexton, B.S., M.S. \n\nII. Mechanical Engineering is concerned with the design, development, manu- \nfacture, and supervision of the efficient operation of machinery to both pro- \nduce and consume power. The diversity of opportunities available to \nmechanical engineers makes it important for the curriculum to include a sound \nfoundation in areas such as mechanics of solids and fluids, strength of ma- \nterials, thermodynamics, heat transfer, and materials science. These engineering \nsciences are followed by applications such as vibrations and controls, machine \ndesign, laboratory projects, nuclear engineering, direct energy conversion, \nexperimental stress analysis, materials processing, physical metallurgy, etc. \nA limited amount of specialization is possible in the senior year. \n\nTo optimize the performance of machines or complex systems the mechan- \nical engineer makes increasing use of both analog and digital computers. \nComputers are essential for optimizing designs, computing system performance \nfrom test data, and using feedback techniques to attain control of a system. \n\nWith the explosion of knowledge mechanical engineers are involved in many \nnew technologies such as the development of fluidics, direct energy con- \nversion of heat to electricity (magnetohydrodynamics, thermoelectrics, therm- \nionics, fuel cells, etc.), the application of numerical control to machine tools, \ndesign of space craft and their rocket engines, nuclear power plants, and the \ndevelopment of composite structural materials. There are also a multitude of \nopportunities in the more traditional areas of internal combustion engines, jet \nengines, heating and air conditioning, conventional power plants, machine \ntools, and special processing machinery. Even in these established industries \nnew processes, new materials, and new design techniques provide a real chal- \nlenge to the mechanical engineer's ingenuity. \n\nFor mechanical engineers whose abilities lie in the administrative direc- \ntion, they may find themselves entrusted with increasing responsibility for the \nsuccessful management of an industrial enterprise. \n\nFor superior students a 6 year BS-MS Program may be elected. Graduate \nstudies are started in the junior and senior years, partly in place of some \nundergraduate work, and partly as an overload. Enough graduate credits have \nbeen earned by the end of the senior year so that the 40 quarter hours re- \nquired for the M.S. may be completed during a single additional year on the \ncooperative plan. \n\n\n130 / COLLEGE \n\nOF ENGINEERING \n\nSpeciman Program in Mechanical \n\nEngineering \n\nDegree: B.S. in \n\nM.E. Accredited by the E.C.P.D. \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n3(2) 4 \n4 4 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n1 0 \n\nNo. \n\n9.102 \n10.142 \n11.102 \n12.112 \n30.102 \n\nCourse \n\nGraphic Sci. \nCalculus \nPhysics \nGen. Chem. \nEnglish \n\nCI. Q \n\n2(2) \n\n4 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nH. No. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n9.101 Graphic Sci. \n10.141 Calculus \n11.101 Physics \n12.111 Gen. Chem. \n30.101 English \n90.100 Intr. Eng. \n\n3 9.103 Graphic Sci. \n\n4 10.143 Calculus \n3 11.103 Physics \n\n3 12.113 Gen. Chem. \n3 30.103 English \n\n2(2) • \n\n4 i \n\n3 i \n\n3 • \n3 ; \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n2.101 \n3.181 \n10.144 \n11.104 \n11.110 \n39.125 \n\nMechanics I \nElec. Eng. I \nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nEconomics \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n3 \n(3) \n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n1 \n4 \n\n2.102 \n3.182 \n10.145 \n11.105 \n11.111 \n39.126 \n\nMechanics II \nElec. Eng. II \nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nEconomics \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n3 \n(3) \n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n3 \n1 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n2.103 \n2.121 \n2.160 \n10.146 \n\nMechanics III \nThermodyn. I \nM.E. Lab. I \nMath. Analysis \nLiberal Elective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n2(3) \n3 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n3 \n4 \n\n2.104 \n\n2.122 \n\n2.141 \n\n10.147 \n\nMechanics IV \nThermodyn. II \nMaterial Sci. \nMath. Analysis \nLiberal Elective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3(3) \n3 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n3 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n2.106 \n2.124 \n2.161 \n5.245 \n\nCourse \n\nFluid Mech. II \nHeat Transfer \nM.E. Lab. II \nStat. \n\nProbability \nLiberal Elective \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n(4) \n\n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n1.148 \n2.105 \n2.123 \n2.142 \n\nStructures \nFluid Mech. 1 \nApplied Thermo. \nMaterials <£. Pro. \nLiberal Elective \n\n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n\n4(2) \n\n4 \n\n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n5 \n4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n2.107 \n\n2.108 \n\n2.125 \n\n2.162 \n\n29.102 \n\n90.251 \n\nVibration & \n\nCont. \nDesign Fund. \nNuclear Eng. \nM.E. Lab. Ill \nEff. Speaking \nPlacement Tech. \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3(2) \n(4) \n3 \n1 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n3 \n3 \n0 \n\n2.109 \n2.126 \n\n2.214 \n\n2.127 \n\n2.232 \n5.144 \n\n5.184 \n\n5.265 \n\nMachine Design \nThermodyn. Ill \n\nor \nExper. Stress \n\nAnal. \nDirect Eng. \n\nConv. \nor \n\nPhys. Metallurgy \nQualty Control \n\nor \nInd. & Labor Rel. \n\nor \nEng. Economy \nLiberal Elective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n\nSIX-YEAR OPTION (continued on following page) \n\nCOLLEGE OF ENGINEERING / 131 \nSpecimen Program in Mechanical Engineering \nX-YEAR OPTION (continued) \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \nNo. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n2.108 \n\nDesign. Fund. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n2.109 \n\nMachine Design \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n2.125 \n\nNuclear Eng. \n\n3(2) \n\n4 \n\n2.126 \n\nThermodyn. Ill \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n2.801 \n\nContinuum \n\nor \n\nMech. \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n2.214 \n\nExper. Stress \n\n2.862 \n\nSystems \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nAnal. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n10.803 \n\nGrad. Math. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n2.127 \n\nDirect Eng. \n\n29.102 \n\nEff. Speaking \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nConv. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n90.251 \n\nPlacement Tech. \n\n1 \n\n0 \n\nor \n\n2.232 \n\nPhys. Metallurgy \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n2.990 \n\nSeminar \n\n1 \n\n1 \n\n2.802 \n\nContinuum \nMech. \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n5.144 \n\nQuality Control \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n5.265 \n\nEng. Economy \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n5.184 \n\nInd.A Labor Rel. \nLiberal Elective \n\n3 \n\n4 \n\n3 \n4 \n\nQUARTER 12 \n\nQUARTER 13 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n3 Electives \n\n12 \n\n12 \n\n3 Electives \n\n12 \n\n12 \n\n2.991 \n\nThesis \n\n5 \n\n2.990 \n2.991 \n\nSeminar \nThesis \n\n1 \n\n1 \n5 \n\n0.803 Graduate Math may be taken as 10.801 and 10.802 in the evening program during the junior year. \n\n\n132 / COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING \n\n\nElectrical Engineering Department \n\nHarold R. Raemer, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nDenis Coffey, B.S., M.S. \nRobert M. Duff, B.S., M.A. \nRobert A. Gonsalves, B.S., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \nLawrence J. O'Connor, B.S., M.S. \nRobert E. Parkin, B.S., Ph.D. \nMeng Chi Tsen, B.S., M.S. \nLih-Jyh Weng, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nRichard A. Bean, B.S., M.S. \nJoseph K. DeRosa, B.S., M.S. \nJohn C. Field, B.S., M.S. \nHooshang Mahdi, M.E., M.S. \nPed Olendjenski, B.S., M.S. \nNathan D. Phillips, B.S., M.S. \nPeter A. Schnieper, B.S. \nChester Stanhope, B.S., M.S. \nElwood Streeter, B.S. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nSze-Hou Chang, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nLaurence F. Cleveland, B.S., M.S. \nBell A. Cogbill, B.S., M.S. \nLadislav Dolansky, Ing., S.M., E.E., \n\nPh.D. \nBenjamin M. Rabinovici, Ing. Dipl. \n\nE.E., M.S.E.E., Dr. Sc. \nWilfred J Remillard, B.S., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \nJ. Spencer Rochefort, B.S., M.S. \nMartin Schetzen, B.S., S.M., Sc.D. \nWalter S. Schwab, S.B., S.M., Ph.D. \nRobert D. Stuart, M.A., Ph.D., \n\nC.Eng. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRalph E. Bach, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nMarcello J. Carrabes, B.S., M.S. \nBasil L. Cochrun, B.S., M.S. \nJames M. Feldman, B.S., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \n\nArvin Grabel, B.S., M.S., Sc.D. \nWayne G. Kellner, B.S., S.M., Sc.D. \nWalter H. Lob, B.S., M.S. \nMorton Loewenthal, B.S., Ph.D. \nRobert N. Martin, B.S., M.S. \nLouis J. Nardone, B.S., M.S. \nSheldon S. Sandler, B.S., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nJacob Wiren, B.S., M.S. \n\nElectrical Engineering is a fast-moving field, obtaining much of its impetus \nfrom the contemporary pioneering developments in the pure sciences. For this \nreason, the program of study in electrical engineering includes more work in \nphysics and mathematics than do the other programs and provides a solid \ngrounding in engineering fundamentals as well. \n\nElectrical engineering today embraces a continually widening sphere of ac- \ntivity. It ranges in scope from laboratory and theoretical studies in applied \nphysics to the economic design of communications and energy systems, serving \nnot only the land-based requirements of entire continents but also the needs \nof space exploration. \n\nBecause electrical properties, concepts, instrumentation, and control are \nbasic to much of modern technology, the electrical engineer is often engaged \nin interdisciplinary activities. Examples are biomedical electronics, electro- \noptics, and machine translation of languages. \n\nThe profession of electrical engineering affords a wide diversification of \nemployment opportunities. If one is research-minded, opportunity to develop \none's talents may be found in one of the great university or industrial labora- \ntories; if one is interested in industrial applications or plant problems, oppor- \ntunity can be found in the manufacturing or operating organizations; and if \none is sales-minded, he may find a career as a sales engineer. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF ENGINEERING / 133 \nSpecimen Program in Electrical Engineering \n\nDegree: B.S. in E.E. Accredited by the E.C.P.D. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\n \n\n29.110 Voice & Artie. \n29.200 Hist, of Th. \n19.107 Gen. Psych. I \n\nor \n20.100 Pr. Soc. Anthr. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n29.201 \n19.108 \n\n21.100 \n\nHist, of Th. \nGen. Psych. II \n\nor \nPrin. Soc. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \nDrama Elective \n\n4 \n3(2) \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n7 \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n12 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.h \n\n29.170 Scenic Prod. \nElectives \n\n29.160 \n\nConcepts of Dir. \nDrama Elective \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nDrama Elective \nDrama Elective \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 1C \nCourse \n\nDrama Elective \nDrama Elective \nElectives \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n11 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n29.280 Senior Project \nDrama Elective \nElectives \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 155 \n\n\n) \n\n\nEconomics Department \n\nMorris A. Horowitz, Professor and Chairman, Ph.D. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nIrwin L. Hermstadt, Ph.D. \nWilfred S. Lake, Ph.D. \nGustav Schachter, Ph.D. \nG. Donald Shelby, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nConrad P. Caligaris, Ph.D. \nBruce Cohen, Ph.D. \nErnest M. DeCicco, Ph.D. \nHarold M. Goldstein, Ph.D. \nSidney Herman, M.A. \nIvory L. Lyons, Ph.D. \nPeggy Musgrave, Ph.D. \n\nEconomics is the study of the \nnative ends. \n\nThe economics curriculum has a threefold objective: to give the student \nan understanding of the functioning of the economy; to provide an appreci- \nation of current economic problems and policy; and to provide the student \nwith the basic tools necessary for economic analysis. \n\nStudents who satisfactorily complete this curriculum should be prepared to \nenter a graduate program in economics, government service, or private industry. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nDouglas Brown, Ph.D. \nDavid E. Kidder, Ph.D. \nJames W. Meehan, Jr., Ph.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nJames E. Doane, A.B. \nFred Dunbar, M.A. \nLarry M. Hersh, M.A. \nEmlyn Norman, M.A. \n\nLecturers \n\nGeorge Gostenhofer, M.A. \n\n\nallocation of scarce resources among alter- \n\n\n156 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\n16.106 \n22.101 \n23.101 \n30.101 \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. I \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nCI. QH. \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Economics \n\n(Five Year Cooperative) \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse CI. \n\n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\n16.108 Earth Science 3 \n\n22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. Ill 3 \n\n23.103 West. Civ. 3 \n\n30.103 English 3 \n\nMod. Lang. 3 \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nFund, of Math. \nPrin. Soc. \n\nAnthrop. \nPrin. & Probs. \n\nEcon. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n10.104 \n20.100 \n\n39.115 \n\n10.105 \n21.100 \n39.116 \n\nFund, of Math. \nPrinc. Sociology \nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n19.107 \n39.250 \n39.255 \n\nGen. Psych. 1 \nStatistics \nMicro. Eco. Th. \nElective \n\n3(2, \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n19.108 \n39.251 \n39.256 \n\nGen. Psych. II \nStatistics \nMacro. Eco. Th. \nElective \n\n3(2) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nEcon. Elective \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n12 \n\nEcon. Elective \nElectives \n\n4 4 \n12 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nEcon. Elective \nEcon. Elective \nElectives \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nEcon. Elective \nEcon. Elective \nElectives \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n8 \n\nIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \no. Course \n\n\ni.106 \n'.101 \n1.101 \n1.101 \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. I \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 157 \n\n\nSpecimen Four Year Program in Economics \n\n(Non Cooperative) \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse CI. \n\n\n16.108 \n22.103 \n23.103 \n30.103 \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. Ill \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nIEC0ND YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \n\n0. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n1104 \n\nFund, of Math. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n1.100 \n\nPrin. of Soc. \n\nAnthrop. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n>.115 \n\nPrin. of Econ. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. \n\n\n19.107 Gen. Psych. I \n39.250 Statistics \nElectives \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n3(2) \n4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\n10.105 Fund, of Math. \n21.100 Prin. Sociology \n39.116 Prin. of Econ. \n\nMod. Lang, \nor \n\nElective \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nHIRD YEAR \n\n\n1.255 Microec. Theory 4 4 \n\nEcon. Elective 4 4 \n\nElectives 8 \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\n\nEcon. Elective \nEcon. Elective \nElectives \n\n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n19.108 Gen. Psych. II 3(2) 4 \n\n39.251 Statistics 4 4 \n\n39.256 Macroec. Theory 4 4 \n\nElective 4 \n\n\nOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nEcon. Elective 4 4 \n\nElectives 12 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nEcon. Elective \nEcon. Elective \nElectives \n\n\n158 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nEnglish Department \n\nPaul C. Wermuth, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman \n\n\nAssistant Professors (continued) \nHassell B. Sledd, Ph.D. \nRuth E. Sullivan, M.A. \nHarvey Vetstein, M.A. \n\nInstructors \n\nLeonard G. Abram, M.A. \n\nDan D. Allen, M.A. \n\nRobert B. Bonah, M.A. \n\nFrederick Calatrello, M.F.A. \n\nJoseph B. DeRoche, M.F.A. \n\nRichard Elia, M.A. \n\nGary Goshgarian, M.A. \n\nWayne W. Hadlock, M.A. \n\nJames E. Hanley, M.A. \n\nMargaret R. Hinkle, M.A. \n\nJoseph J. Hurwitz, Ph.D. (Lecturer) \n\nDennis B. McCormick, M.A. \n\nMaureen McFeely, M.A. \n\nNorbert F. Nunes, M.A. \n\nPhyllis Roth, M.A. \n\nWilliam Sanders, M.A. \n\nDavid L. Vinopal, M.A. \n\nMary B. Wilk, M.A. \n\nThe English curriculum is diverse and multifold; it provides training in \nwriting, linguistics, and literature for the general university community; gives \nsubstantial preparation in the discipline for those going on to graduate \nschools in English; and offers intellectual and cultural background for those \nspecializing, or preparing for graduate school, in other fields. It also offers a \nmajor in English-Journalism, with the journalism department. \n\nThe standard curriculum consists of 13 four-hour courses beyond the fresh- \nman English requirement, distributed as follows: English Lit. I (174) and II \n(175), American Literature I (184) and II (185), Poetry Analysis (110), Funda- \nmentals of the English Language (121), Shakespeare (250 or 251), three Figure \nor Period courses (one each in medieval, 18th century, and nineteenth cen- \ntury), two free electives, and a senior seminar course. (This last may be \nSenior Honors, the Senior Seminar, or one of the \"Studies\" courses.) English- \nJournalism students substitute four journalism courses for two of the figure- \nperiod courses, and the two free electives. \n\nEnglish majors may elect two courses in the Drama Dept, which count \ntoward the major; but those chosen must be drama rather than theatre courses. \n\nThe specimen curriculum illustrates a reasonable distribution of these re- \nquirements, but each English major should see his advisor as early as possible \nfor help with his specific program. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nJames T. Barrs, Ph.D. \nVictor E. Howes, Ph.D. \nSamuel F. Morse, Ph.D. \nFranklin Norvish, M.A. \nReva Stump, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRobert J. Blanch, Ph.D. \nRaymond E. Blois, Ph.D. \nGeorge Khiralla, A.M. \nWilliam H. Reynolds, M.A. \nLloyd A. Skiffington, M.A. \nArthur Weitzman, Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nSamuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D. \nAndrew Dillon, Ph.D. \nEdith S. Gilmore, Ph.D. \nGerald R. Griffin, M.A. \nJohn Kazantzi, Ph.D. \nJames McArdle, Ph.D. \nRobert B. Parker, M.A. \nMartin L. Robbins, Ph.D. \nPeter L. Sandberg, M.A. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nlo. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 159 \nSpecimen Program in English \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. QH. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n6.106 \n2.101 \n3.101 \n0.101 \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. I \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\n16.108 Earth Science 3 \n\n22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. Ill 3 \n\n23.103 West. Civ. 3 \n\n30.103 English 3 \n\nMod. Lang. 3 \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n30.174 English Lit. I 4 \n\n23.130 English History 4 \n\n26.101 Intro, to Phil. I 4 \n\nor \n20.100 Prin. of Soc. Anthr. 4 \n\nMod. Lang. 4 \n\nor \n\nElective 4 \n\n\n30.175 \n23.131 \n26.102 \n\n\nEnglish Lit. II \nEnglish History \nIntro, to Phil. II \n\nor \nElem. of Cult. \n\nAnthr. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n30.184 Am. Lit. Figs. (184) 4 \n30.110 Lit. Anal. Poetry \n\n(110) 4 \n\nElectives \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n30.185 Am. Lit. Figs. (185) 4 4 \n30.121 Founda. of Eng. \n\nLang. (121) 4 4 \n\nElectives 8 \n\n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n30.222 Chaucer \n\n\nMedieval Lit. \nEnglish Elective \nElectives \n\n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n30.251 Shakespeare 4 4 \n\nEnglish Electives 4 4 \n\nElectives 8 \n\n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n*30.236 18 Cent. Lit. \n\nor \nOther 18th Cent. \n\nFig. or Period \nEnglish Seminar \nElectives \n\n\n*30.241 19 Cent. Lit. \n\nor \nOther 19th Cent. \n\nFig. or Period \nElectives \n\n\n*Any figure or period course in these areas is substitutable. \n\n\n160 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nJournalism Department \n\n\nAssociate Professor Instructors \n\nGeorge A. Speers, Chairman, Allen F. Azer, B.A., M.S. \n\nA.B., M.S., M.Ed. Edward F. Quarrington, A.B. \n\nLecturer \n\nBob Eddy, A.B., M.A. \n\nA total of eight courses is currently offered in the Department of Journalism. \nThey were selected primarily to meet two objectives. First, they were chosen \nto meet the requirements of the journalism graduate schools throughout the \ncountry. Secondly, the course selections were made to provide a broad under- \nstanding of the principles and practices of journalism yet provide applicability \nto various other disciplines. The currently accepted philosophy in journalism \neducation of a ratio of 80% liberal arts courses to 20% undergraduate special- \nized courses serves as a basic guideline in the structuring of the journalism \nacademic programs. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / \n\n161 \n\nSpec \n\nmen Program in English Journalism \n\n(FIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. Course \n\n16.107 Earth Science \n22.102 lntr.Pol.Sci.il \n23.102 West. Civ. \n30.102 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\n3 3 16.108 \n3 3 22.103 \n3 3 23.103 \n3 3 30.103 \n3 3 \n\nCourse CI. \n\nEarth Science 3 \nIntr. Pol.Sci. Ill 3 \nWest. Civ. 3 \nEnglish 3 \nMod. Lang. 3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n1 6.106 Earth Science \nl>2.101 Intr. Pol.Sci. I \n!3.101 West. Civ. \n10.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nISECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n23.130 \n\nEng. to 1688 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n23.131 \n\nEng. since 1688 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n30.110 \n\nLit. Analysis \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n30.111 \n\nLit. Anal. Novel \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n26.101 \n\nIntr. to Phil. I \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nor \n\n30.112 \n\nLit. Anal. Drama \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n20.100 \n\nPrin. of Soc. \nAnthr. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n26.102 \n\nIntr. to Phil. II \nor \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n20.103 \n\nElem. of Cult. \n\nor \n\nAnthr. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n30.175 \n\nCourse \nEng. Lit. II \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n30.174 \n\nEng. Lit. I \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n38.103 \n\nNews Writing \nor \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n38.104 \n\nNews Writing \nEng. Elect. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEng. Elect. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n:0URTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n30.176 \n\nEng. Lit. Ill \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n30.177 \n\nEng. Lit. IV \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEng. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEng. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nor \n\n38.105 \n\nTech. Journ. \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n38.106 \n\nTech. Journ. \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n:IFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \nEng. Elec. \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nEng. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEng. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n12 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\n162 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\nHistory Department \n\nRaymond H. Robinson, Professor and Chairman, Ph.D. \n\nProfessor Assistant Professors \n\nWallace P. Bishop, Ph.D. Ruth T. Anderson, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors John Post- PhD\" \n\nPhilip N. Backstrom, Jr., Ph.D. Instructors \nRobert A. Feer, Ph.D. Donald Allen, M.A. \n\nMartha E. Francois, Ph.D. Suzanne Hamner, M.A. \n\nNorbert L. Fullington, Ph.D. Gerald H. Herman, M.A. \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, Ph.D. Martin Ring, M.A. \n\nStanley R. Stembridge, Ph.D. Lecturers \n\nHelen S. Frothingham, M.A. \n\nThe Department of History requires all majors to take the Freshman survey \nof Western Civilization, the Sophomore survey of American History, and the \nMiddler Course, The Historian's Craft. The remaining 40 credits of history are \nto be divided among the following groups: 8 credits in Group A — Ancient, \nMedieval, and Early Modern Europe; 8 credits in Group B — Modern Europe; \n8 credits in Group C — British North American Colonies and the United \nStates; 8 credits in Group D — Other Areas or Regions; and 8 credits in any \nof the four groups. By encouraging courses in various times and places, the \nDepartment hopes to minimize overspecialization at the undergraduate level. \nFor the same reason the Department urges students to use their electives for \ncourses outside the discipline of history. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 163 \n\n\nSpecimen Program in History \n\n(Cooperative) \n\n\n=IRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nlo. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. No. \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. Ill \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\nCI. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H \n\n6.106 Earth Science \n2.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. I \n3.101 West. Civ. \n0.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n16.107 Earth Science \n22.102 lntr.Pol.Sci.il \n23.102 West. Civ. \n30.102 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 16.108 \n3 22.103 \n3 23.103 \n3 30.103 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n4 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\n21.100 \n23.211 \n39.116 \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI \n\nPrin. Sociol. 4 \nUS. since 1865 4 \nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. 4 \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective 4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n23.210 \n26.101 \n39.115 \n\nU.S. to 1865 \nIntr. Phil. I \nPrin. <$, Prob. \n\nEcon. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nmiRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n6 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n7 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n23.199 \n\nHist's Craft \nHistory Elec. \nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4* \n\n8 \n\nHistory Elec. \nHistory Elec. \nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4* \n\n4* \n\n8 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n8 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nHistory Elec. \nHistory Elec. \nElectives \n\n9 \n\nCI \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4* \n4* \n8 \n\nHistory Elec. \nHistory Elec. \nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4* \n4* \n8 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nHistory Elec. \nHistory Elei.. \nElectives \n\n10 \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4* \n4* \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n11 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nHistory Elec. \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4* \n12 \n\nFor information about distribution of History Electives, see Department of History. \n\n\n164 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\nSpecimen Program i \n\nn History \n\n'Non Cooperative) \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n16.107 \n\nCourse \nEarth Sci. \n\nCI. \n\n3 \n\nQ.H. \n3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n16.108 \n\nEarth Sci. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. I \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n22.102 \n\nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n22.103 \n\nIntr. Pol. Sci. Ill \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n23.101 West. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n23.102 \n\nWest. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n23.103 \n\nWest. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n30.101 English \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n30.102 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n30.103 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n\nNo. \n23.199 \n\nCourse \nHist's Craft \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n23.210 U.S. to 1865 \n\n21.100 \n\nPrin. Sociol. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n26.101 Intr. Phil. I \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\n23.211 \n\nU.S. since 1865 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n39.115 Prin. & Prob. \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\n39.116 \n\nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEcon. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nor \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n7 \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4< \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4< \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n10 \n\nQUARTER \n\n11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nHistory \n\nElec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nHistory Elec. \n\n4 4* \n\nHistory \n\nElec. \n\n4 \n\n4* \n\nElectives \n\n12 \n\nElectives 8 \n>ut distribution of History Electives, see \n\nDepartment of History. \n\n*For information abc \n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 165 \n\n\nMathematics Department \n\n\nHarold L. Stubbs, Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors (continued) \nRobert D. Klein, B.S., M.S. \nNorman S. McCa I lister, A.B., Ed.M. \nThomas 0. Sherman, B.S., Ph.D. \nVictor R. Staknis, B.S., A.M., Ph.D. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nRobert A. Bonic, M.S., Ph.D. \nEdward M. Cook, A.B., M.A. \nArshag B. Hajian, M.S., Ph.D. \nFlavio B. Reis, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nGiuliano Sorani, Laurea in \n\nMathematics \nGabriel Stolzenberg, A.B., Ph.D. \nJack Warga, B.A., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRoger M. Antoine, B.S., M.A. \nShirley A. Blackett, A.B., M.Ed. \nEdward J. Booth, A.B., Ed.M. \nBruce Claflin, A.B., M.S. \nWarren C. Dean, A.B., M.A. \nEllen H. Dunlap, B.A. \nDavid I. Epstein, A.B., M.S., Ph.D. \nHolland C. Filgo, Jr., B.S., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \n\nAlberto P. Galmarino, A.B., Ph.D. \nSamuel M. Giveen, A.B., M.A. \n\nThe Mathematics curriculum has a two-fold objective: to prepare its stu- \ndents for careers in applied mathematics or in pure mathematics. The De- \npartment has organized its program so that all of its applied mathematics \nstudents must choose certain electives in the College of Engineering while its \npure mathematics students emphasize the theoretical aspects of mathematics. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nJacob Barshay, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nSamuel J. Blank, B.A., Ph.D. \nMark Bridger, B.A., M.A. \nJohn Frampton, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nCharles J. Freifeld, B.A., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nStephen M. Gersten, B.B., Ph.D. \nMaurice E. Gilmore, A.B., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \nRichard A. Rosala, A.B., A.M. \n\n\nInstructor \n\nKeith B. \nPh.D. \n\n\nJosephson, A.B., A.M., \n\n\n166 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Applied Mathematics \n\n(Cooperative) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\n10.201 Calculus \n1 1 .1 51 Physics \n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n\n10.202 Calculus \n11.152 Physics \n30.102 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n\n10.203 Algebra \n11.153 Physics \n30.103 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n10.204 \n\nCalculus \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n10.206 \n\nAlgebra \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n11.104 \n\nPhysics \nand \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n11.110 \n\nPhysics Lab \nor \n\n(3) \n\n1 \n\n12.135 \n\nGen. Chem. \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n\n10.205 Calculus \n\nor \n10.207 Differ. Equat. \n11.105 Physics \n\nand \n11.111 Physics Lab \n\nor \n12.136 Gen. Chem. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n\n4 \n3 \n\n(3) \n\n4 \n4 \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nAnalysis \n\nProbability \n\nElectives \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n10.251 \n10.208 \n\n10.252 \n10.220 \n\nAnalysis \nMath. Stat. \nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nApplied Anal. \n\n♦Technical El. \n\nElectives \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n10.221 \n\n10.222 \n\nApplied Anal. \n\n♦Technical El. \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n8 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n10.223 \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\nNumerical Anal. \n♦Technical El. \nElectives \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n10.224 \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\nNumerical Anal. \n♦Technical El. \nElectives \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n8 \n\n\"For information about Technical Electives please consult your advisor. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 167 \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Pure Mathematics \n\n(Cooperative) \n\n\nIRST YEAR— as in Applied Program \n\n\niECOND YEAR— as in Applied Program \n\n\nHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\n10.251 Analysis \n10.254 Algebra \nElectives \n\n\n10.252 Analysis \n10.255 Algebra \nElectives \n\n\nOURTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n10.253 Analysis \nMath. El. \nElectives \n\n\nMath. El. \nElectives \n\n\nIFTH YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nMath. El. \nElectives \n\n\nMath. El. \nElectives \n\n\nThe program in Pure Mathematics requires successful completion of 16 quarter hours of credit in \nidvanced mathematics courses in addition to the specified courses above. The specimen program shown \nbove is based on the Co-Op plan; however, it is possible to major in pure mathematics on a full-time \n)asis. For details consult your advisor. \n\n\n168 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nModern Languages Department \n\nLouis Cooperstein, Professor and Chairman, B.A., M.A. \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nIsrael Aluf, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nNazzareno F. Cedrone, A.B., A.M., \n\nPh.D. \nBenedetto Fabrizi, B.S., M.A., \n\nD.M.L \nSamuel Jaramillo, Ph.D. \nPhilip H. Stephen, B.A., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nEdward B. Williams, B.A., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nRobert B. Modee, B.A., M.A. \nJohn Spiegel, B.A., M.A. \n\nInstructors \n\nBarbara Barrus, B.A., M.A. \nElizabeth Boehme, B.A., M.A. \nAnthony Ford, B.A., M.A. \nRaquel M. Halty, B.A., M.A. \nBerta Riesco, Ed.D. \nHarry C. Snyder, Jr., B.A., M.A. \n\n\nThe Department of Modern Languages offers a program leading to a degree \nin Modern Languages. Students are offered a choice of French, German, Rus- \nsian, or Spanish. One of these languages will be designated as the major \nlanguage, with a second as the minor language. In each of the four, the \ncourses offered range from the very basic elementary course to the advanced \nliterature courses for majors. Thus, a student may continue with a language \nalready studied, or he may begin an entirely new language. \n\nIn order to major, a student would normally be required to take a minimum \nof 32 quarter credits in the major language, and 8 quarter credits in the \nminor. In each case, these credits must be earned in courses beyond the in- \ntermediate level. (Students whose program permits would be encouraged to \nstudy a third language as well.) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\nSpecir \n\n1 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \nnen Program in Modern Languages \n\nQUARTER 2 QUARTER 3 \nNo. Course CI. Q.H. No. Course \n\n16.107 Earth Science 3 3 16.108 Earth Science \n22.102 lntr.Pol.Sci.il 3 3 22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. Ill \n23.102 West. Civ. 3 3 23.103 West. Civ. \n30.102 English 3 3 30.103 English \n\nMod. Lang. 3 3 Mod. Lang. \n\n/ \n\nCI. \n\n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n169 \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Science \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. I \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nQUARTER 5 \nNo. Course CI. Q.H. \n\n23.211 U.S. since 1865 4 4 \n30.171 Surv. Eng Lit. 4 4 \n39.116 Prin & Prob. \n\nEcon. 4 4 \nMod. Lang. 4 4 \n\nor \nElective 4 4 \n\n23.210 \n30.170 \n39.115 \n\nU.S. to 1865 \nSurv. Eng. Lit. \nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nAdv. Lang. Elec. \nElectives \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n12 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nAdv. Lang. Elec. 4 4 \nElectives 12 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nAdv. Lang. Elec. \nAdv. Lang. Elec. \nElectives \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nAdv. Lang. Elec. 4 4 \nAdv. Lang. Elec. 4 4 \nElectives 8 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\nAdv. Lang. Elec. \nAdv. Lang. Elec. \nElectives \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\nAdv. Lang. Elec. 4 4 \nAdv. Lang. Elec. 4 4 \nElectives 8 \n\n170 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\nPhilosophy and Religion Department \n\nWalter L. Fogg, Professor and Chairman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nProfessor Instructors \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., Ellen Gordon, B.A., M.A. \n\nS.T.B., Ph.D., D.D. Michael Marlies, B.A. \n\nAssociate Professors Lecturers \n\nEdward A. Hacker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. wj||jam j DeAnge|is? BA MA \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank, A.B., A.M., Spencer Lavani B^ M A \n\nJudith Lynsford, B.A., M.A. \nAssistant Professors Kenneth Lucey, B.A., M.A. \n\nSally J. Michael, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nGordon E. Pruett, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. \nJoan Ringelheim, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. \n\nThe Philosophy program provides a balanced curriculum for students who \nhave a general interest in philosophy as well as for those who plan to enter \ngraduate education leading to teaching or research in philosophy or related \nfields. The Program is designed to meet the needs of full-time students, as \nwell as those students participating in the Co-op program. \n\nThe curriculum includes courses which strengthen the curricula of other \ndepartments and provide all students with a knowledge of the methods and \ntraditions of philosophical and religious thought. Philosophy is of essential \nimportance to a liberal education, providing the student with the opportunity \nto see the significance and interrelations of human thought in all fields of \nhuman endeavor: the natural sciences; the social sciences; and the humani- \nties. It is especially useful as a background for those students who might \nwish to enter such fields as law, government, social science, and religion. \n\nSTUDENTS MAJORING IN PHILOSOPHY must take at least 52 quarter hours \nin the Department and must meet the following specific requirements: \n\n1. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENT (both of the following): \n\n26.110 — History of Ancient Philosophy and \n\n26.111 — History of Modern Philosophy \n\nTo be met preferably in the second or third year. \n\n2. LOGIC REQUIREMENT (at least one of the following): \n\n26.150 — Introduction to Logic or \n\n26.151 — Symbolic Logic \n\nTo be met preferably in the third or fourth year. \nThe Department emphatically recommends that students contem- \nplating graduate studies in philosophy take 26.151. \n\n3. FIELD REQUIREMENT (at least one of the following): \n\n26.152 — Epistemology or \n\n26.153 — Metaphysics or \n26.155- Ethics \n\nTo be met preferably in the third or fourth year. \n\n4. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (both of the following): \n\n26.118 — Twentieth Century Philosophy \n\nTo be met preferably in the fourth or fifth year. \nAt least one seminar (courses numbered 26.300's). \n\nTo be met preferably in the fourth or fifth year. \n\nThe remaining 28 quarter hours are philosophy electives, to be selected \nafter consultation with the student's Departmental advisor. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 171 \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Philosophy \n\n(Five Year Cooperative) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \nNo. Course \n\nC \n\n. Q.H. No. \n\n37 \nJ2 \n)2 \n)2 \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nEarth Sci. \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\nCI \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n. Q.H. No. \n\n3 16.108 \n3 22.103 \n3 23.103 \n3 30.103 \n3 \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nEarth Sci. \nInt. Pol. Sci. Ill \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\nCI. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. I \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 16.1 \n3 22.1 \n3 23.K \n3 30.1 \n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\n0 \n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse \n\nHist. Anc. PhM. \n\nElectives \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nor \n\nElective \n\nCI \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n8 \n\n4 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI \n\nQ.H. \n\n26.1 \n\n26.111 \n\nHist. Mod. Phil. 4 \n\nElectives \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nor \n\nElective 4 \n\n4 \n8 \n\n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n26. \n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse CI \n\nPhilos. Elective 4 \nElectives \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n12 \n\n26.1 50 \n26.151 \n\nIntr. Logic \n\nor \n\nSymbolic Logic \n\nPhilos. Elective \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\n26.155 \n26.118 \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nEthics \n\n20th Cent. Phil. \n\nElectives \n\nCI \n\n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n26. \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse CI \n\nPhilos. Elective 4 \nPhilos. Elective 4 \nElectives \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\n26.3 \n26. \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse \n\nSeminar \nPhilos. Elective \nElective \n\nCI \n\n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n26. \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI \n\nPhilos. Elective 4 \nPhilos. Elective 4 \nElectives \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\n172 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Philosophy \n\n(Four Year Non Cooperative) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ \n\nH. \n\nNo. \n\n16.108 \n22.103 \n23.103 \n30.103 \n\nCourse \n\nEarth Sci. \nInt. Pol. Sci. Ill \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\nCI. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. 1 \n\n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n\nEarth Sci. \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n26.110 Hist. Anc. Phil. \nElectives \nMod. Lang, \nor \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n8 \n\n4 \n\n26.111 \n\nHist. Mod. Phil. \n\nElectives \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nor \n\nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n8 \n\n4 \n\n26.150 \n26.151 \n\nIntr. Logic \n\nor \n\nSymbolic Logic \n\nPhilos. Elective \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n26. Philos. Elective \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n12 \n\n26.155 \n26.118 \n\nEthics \n\n20th Cent. Phil. \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\n26. \n\nPhilos. Elective \nPhilos. Elective \nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n8 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ \n\nH. \n\n26.26 Seminar \n26. Philos. Elective \nElective \n\n26. \n\nPhilos. Elective \nPhilos. Elective \nElectives \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n8 \n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 173 \n\n\nPhysics Department \n\nMichael J. Glaubman, Professor and Acting Chairman, M.S., Ph.D. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nPetros N. Argyres, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nRichard L. Arnowitt, B.S., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \nMarvin H. Friedman, B.S., Ph.D. \nWalter Hauser, B.S., Ph.D. \nReginald G. Lacount, S.B., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nGiovanni Lanza, Ph.D. \nBertram J. Malenka, A.B., A.M., \n\nPh.D. \nCarl A. Shiftman, B.S., Ph.D. \nThomas H. Wallace, B.S., M.A., \n\nPh.D. \nRoy Weinstein, S.B., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRonald Aaron, A.B., Ph.D. \nAlan H. Cromer, B.S., Ph.D. \nLowell Dworin, B.S., Ph.D. \nMarvin W. Gettner, B.S., Ph.D. \nHyman Goldberg, B.S., Ph.D. \nBernard Gottschalk, B.S., Ph.D. \nRichard E. Grojean, B.S., M.S. \nPram Nath, B.Sc, M.S., Ph.D. \nClive Perry, B.S., Ph.D. \nEugene J. Saletan, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \n\n\nAssociate Professors (continued) \nDavid A. Garelick, B.S., Ph.D. \nJohn F. Reading, B.A., Ph.D. \nYogi N. Srivastava, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nMichael T. Vaughn, A.B., Ph.D. \nEberhard Von Goeler, Ph.D. \nFa Yueh Wu, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nGerard J. Dreiss, Ph.D. \nGary Greenhut, B.S., Ph.D. \nRobert Lowndes, B.S., Ph.D. \nGerhard Lutz, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nJames E. Neighbor, B.S., S.M., \n\nPh.D. \nYitzhak Y. Sharon, A.B., Ph.D. \nJames L. Sigel, B.A., Ph.D. \nJeffrey Sokoloff, B.S., Ph.D. \nAllan Widom, B.S. \n\nVisiting Assistant Professors \n\nEvangelos M. Anastassakis, Ph.D. \nRobert I. Boughton, B.S., Ph.D. \n\n\nPhysics majors may follow either a regular four year course of study or the \nfive year cooperative course of study. Transfers between the four year and the \nfive year programs should go smoothly, and registration in either is not an \nirrevocable decision on the part of the student. \n\nIn either case, the available undergraduate physics program is the same \nand is intended to provide a thorough introduction to classical and modern \nphysics in order to prepare the student for graduate work in physics or en- \ngineering, or for entry into industry. \n\nConsiderable flexibility is allowed for electives. These enable those students \npreparing for graduate school in physics to study the subject in depth while \nothers may elect to devote some of their course work to other sciences, to \nengineering or to non-sciences. The range of courses covered is typical of \nwhat will be found in excellent physics curricula throughout the United \nStates. In addition, advanced study and research is available to some under- \ngraduates because of the presence of our graduate programs. \n\nThe minimum requirements in Physics for the B.A. degree are as follows: — \nabove the sophomore year \n\nPhysics 3 courses 12 quarter hours \n\n3 laboratory courses 6 quarter hours \n\nMathematics 1 course 4 quarter hours \n\n\n174 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Physics \n\n(Cooperative) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. OH. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n10.201 Calculus \n11.151 Physics \n11.161 Physics Lab. \n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n5 5 \n3 3 \n(3) 1 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n10.202 \n11.152 \n11.162 \n30.102 \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n5 \n3 \n\n(3) \n3 \n3 \n\n5 10.203 \n3 11.153 \n1 11.163 \n3 30.103 \n3 \n\nAlgebra \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n5 5 \n3 3 \n(3) 1 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER \n\n5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nSurv. Cont. \n\nPhysics \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n(3) 1 \n\n3 3 \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n10.204 \n11.154 \n11.164 \n11.170 \n\n10.205 \n11.155 \n11.165 \n26.150 \n\n26.153 \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhysics Lab. \nIntro. Logic \n\nor \nPhil.of Sci. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n(3) 1 \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n11.211 Elec. & Mag. II \n11.263 Mod. Phys. Lab \n11.240 Quantum I \nor \n\nElective \n\nElectives \n\n\n4 \n\n1(4) \n\n4 \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n10.251 \n11.200 \n1 1 .260 \n\nAnalysis \nMech. I \nWave Lab. \nSci. Elective \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n2(3) 4 \n4 4 \n\n10.252 \n1 1 .201 \n1 1 .220 \n\n11.262 \n\nAnalysis \nMech. II \nTherm. & Kin. \n\nTheo. \nElect. Lab. \nSci. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n1(4] \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n11.210 \n1 1 .230 \n1 1 .265 \n\nElec. & Mag. I \nMod. Phys. \nExper. Lab. \n\nElectives \n\n3 3 \n\n4 4 \n1(4) 3 \n\n4 \n\n10.207 \n\nDiff. Equations \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n12 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ \n\nH. \n\n11.212 \n11.241 \n\n\nElec.A Mag. Ill \nQuantum II \n\nor \nElective \nElectives \n\n\nConsult the department about variations in the program. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 175 \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Physics \n\n(Four Year Non Cooperative) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \nNo. Course \n\n10.201 Calculus \n11.151 Physics \n\n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nCI \n\n5 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n5 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\nNo. \n\n10.202 \n1 1 .1 52 \n11.162 \n30.102 \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhys. Lab. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n5 5 \n3 3 \n(3) 1 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\nNo. \n\n10.203 \n11.153 \n\n30.103 \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nAlgebra \nPhysics \n\nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\nCI. \n\n5 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n5 \n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \nNo. Course \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\n10.205 \n11.154 \n11.164 \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\nCalculus \nPhysics \nPhys. Lab. \nSci. Elect. \nElective \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n(3) 1 \n\n3 \n\n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\n10.207 \n1 1 .1 55 \n11.111 \n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\nDiff. Eq. \nPhysics \nPhys. Lab. \nSci. Elect. \nElective \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n(3) \n\n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n10.204 Calculus \n11.170 Survey of \n\nContem. Phys. \n\nSci. Elect. \n\nElective \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n3 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n1 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 7 \nNo. Course \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\n10.252 \n1 1 .201 \n1 1 .265 \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\nAnalysis \nMech. II \nExper. Lab. \n\nElective \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n\n1(4) \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n10.251 Analysis \n\n10.200 Mech. I \n\n11.262 Elect. Lab. \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n1(4) 3 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n1 1 .230 \n11.210 \n1 1 .260 \n\nMod. Phys. \nE. & M. I. \nWave Lab. \nElective \nElective \n\n4 4 \n\n3 3 \n2(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\n20 \n11 \n40 \n\nQUARTER 10 \nCourse C \n\nThermo. 4 \nE.& M. II 4 \nQuant. I 4 \n\nElective 4 \n\n. Q.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse C \n\n. Q.H. \n\n11.2 \n11.2 \n11.2 \n\n11.212 \n1 1 .241 \n1 1 .263 \n\nE. & M. Ill \nQuant. II \nMod. Phys. \nLab. \nElective \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n1(4) 3 \n4 4 \n\n176 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\nPolitical Science Department \n\nR. Gregg Wilfong, Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nProfessor Assistant Professors \n\nDavid W. Barkley, A.B., M.A., George E. Berkley, A.B., M.P.A., \n\nPh.D., M.P.A. PheD. \n\nAssociate Professors Robert L. Cord, B.B.A., M.A., \n\nL. Gerald Bursey, B.A., A.M., Ph.D. „ DS^ „ . A „ lt , \n\nMinton F. Goldman, B.A., M.A., J>ufne L. Grimes A.B M.A. \n\nM.A.L.D. Ph.D. Walter Jones, M.A.L.D. \n\nSteve Worth, B.S., Ph.D. James A- Medeiros, A.B., Ph.D. \n\nThe undergraduate political science curriculum is designed to prepare a stu- \ndent for graduate study in political science or law, or a career in the public \nservice. It is also a very appropriate major for the student interested in a broad \nliberal arts education. To accomplish these goals the political science major is \nrequired to take the following core course in the major sub-fields of political \nscience: comparative government, American government, international rela- \ntions, public administration and political theory. To complement these, elec- \ntives may be chosen from a variety of courses based on one's own special field \nof interest. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n/ \n\n177 \n\nSpec \n\nmen Program in Political \n\n(Cooperative) \n\nScience \n\n•IRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\no. Course \n\nCI. QH. \n\nNo. Course \n16.107 Earth Science \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n3 3 16.108 \n\nCourse \nEarth Science \n\nCI. \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n\n5.106 Earth Science \n\n3 3 \n\n3 \n\n2.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. 1 \n\n3 3 \n\n22.102 lntr.Pol.Sci.il \n\n3 \n\n3 22.103 \n\nIntr. Pol. Sci. Ill \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nJ.101 West. Civ. \n\n3 3 \n\n23.102 West. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 23.103 \n\nWest. \n\nCiv. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3.101 English \n\n3 3 \n\n30.102 English \n\n3 \n\n3 30.103 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. \n\n-ang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nIECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n22.151 \n\nComp. Govt. \n\n4 4 \n\n22.131 \n\nAmer. Nat. Govl \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n23.210 \n\nU.S. to 1865 \n\n4 4 \n\n23.21 1 \n\nU.S. since 1865 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n39.115 \n\nPrin. & Prob. \n\n39.116 \n\nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \n\n4 4 \n\nEcon. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nor \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER \n\n7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\n20.100 \n\nPrin. Soc. \n\n21.100 \n\nPrin. Soc. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nAnthr. \n\n4 4 \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n22.221 \n\nIntern. Relations \nElectives \n\n4 4 \n8 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER \n\n9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\n22.217 \n\nPol. Theory \n\n4 4 \n\n22.261 \n\nPublic Admin. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. \n\n4 4 \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. \n\n8 \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nPol. Sci. Elec. \nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n8 \n\n178 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\nSpec \n\nimen \n\nProgram in Political Sci \n\nence \n\n(Four Year Non Cooperat \n\nVe \n\nProgram) \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n3 \n\nNo. \n16.107 \n\nCourse \nEarth Science \n\nCI. \n3 \n\nQ.H. \n3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H \n\n16.106 Earth Science \n\n16.108 \n\nEarth Science \n\n3 \n\n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. 1 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n22.102 \n\nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n22.103 \n\nIntr. Pol. Sci. Ill \n\n3 \n\n23.101 West. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n23.102 \n\nWest. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n22.103 \n\nWest. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n30.101 English \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n30.102 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n30.103 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n\nNo. \n20.100 \n\nCourse \nPrinc. Soc. <£. \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.V \n\n22.151 Comp. Govt. \n\n22.131 \n\nAmer. Nat. Govt. \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nAnthro. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n23.211 \n\nU.S. Since 1865 \n\n4 \n\n22.221 Inter. Rels. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n22.151 \n\nComp. Govt. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n39.116 \n\nPrin. & Prod. Econ \n\n.4 \n\n23.210 U.S. to 1865 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n39.115 Prin. & Prob. \n\n22.121 \n\nInter. Rels. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nEcon. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nElect. \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n(Distribution \n\nor \n\nRequirements) \n\nElect. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ> \n\n21.100 Princ. Soc. \n\nPol. Sci. Electives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n22.261 \n\nPublic Admin. \n\n4 \n\n22.271 Pol. Theory \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nPol. Sci. Electives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nPol. Sci. Electives \n\n4 \n\nPol. Sci. Electives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nElectives \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n(Dist. \n\nRequirements) \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. Course \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nPol. Sci. Elective \n\nCI \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n\nPol. Sci. Electives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nPol. Sci. Electives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n12 \n\nElectives \n\n8 \n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 179 \n\n\nPsychology Department \n\nA. Bertram Warren, Professor and Chairman, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nEdward A. Arees, B.B.A., M.S., \nThomas R. Corwin, B.S., E.E., \n\nM.S.E.E. \nAmy Schick, B.A., M.S., Ph.D. \nDale R. Schissler, B.S., Ph.D. \n\n\nPh.D. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nJohn C. Armington, B.S., M.S., \n\nPh.D. \nBertram Scharf, B.A., Ph.D. \nHarold S. Zamansky, B.S., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRoger F. Brightbill, A.B., Ph.D. \nLane K. Conn, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nCharles Karis, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. \nHelen B. Mahut, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nPsychologists study the way people (and, sometimes, animals) behave and \nthe reasons for their behavior. They study the behavior in the lab under con- \ntrolled conditions and also in clinical and in natural settings. However, most \npsychologists either deal with the emotional problems of people in real life \nor are involved in the programs to evaluate aptitude and skills. They develop \ntests which evaluate aptitudes and skills and use test results as well as other \ntechniques to assist them in understanding people. \n\n\n180 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Psychology \n\n(Cooperative) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.106 \n22.101 \n23.101 \n30.101 \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. I \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nCI. OH. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n16.107 \n22.102 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\n\nEarth Science \nIntr. Pol. Sci. II \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nMod. Lang. \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\n16.108 Earth Science 3 \n\n22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. Ill 3 \n\n23.103 West Civ. 3 \n\n30.103 English 3 \n\nMod. Lang. 3 \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n10.104 \n19.107 \n20.100 \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nMath. \n\nGen. Psych. \nAnthropology \nLanguage \n\nor \nElective \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\n10.105 \n19.108 \n21.100 \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nMath. \n\nGen. Psych. \nSociology \nLanguage \n\nor \nElective \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse \n\n\n19.120 Stat, in Psych. \nBiology \nPsych. Elect. \nElective \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse CI. Q.H. \n\n\n19.121 Stat, in Psych. 4 4 \n\nBiology 4 4 \n\nPsych. Elect. 4 4 \n\nElective 4 4 \n\n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER \n\n8 \n\nQUARTER \n\n9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. QM. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n19.160 \n\nExp. Psych. I \nPsych. Elect. \nElectives \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\n19.161 \n\nExp. Psych. II \nPsych. Elect. \nElectives \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n10 \n\nQUARTER \n\n11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n19.162 \n19.210 \n\nExp. Psych. Ill \nHist, of Psych. \nElectives \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\n19.211 \n\nSystems of \n\nPsych. \nPsych. Elect. \nElectives \n\n4 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 \n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 181 \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Psychology \n\n(Non Cooperative) \n\n\nIRST YEAR \n\nStandard Social Science Program \n\n\nECOND YEAR \n\nFALL \n). Course \n\n\nCI. OH. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nWINTER \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nSPRING \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n104 Math. \nM07 Gen. Psych. \n1.100 Anthro. \n\nLang, or Elect. \n\n\n19.120 Stat. \n21.100 Socio. \nElect. \n\n\n10.105 Math. \n19.108 Gen. Psych. \n19.121 Stat. \n\nLang, or Elect. \n\n\nHIRD YEAR \n\nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n.160 Exp. Psych. \n\n.000 Psych. Elec. \n\n.000 Psych. Elec. \n\nElect. \n\n\n3(3) \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n\n18.000 Biology \n19.000 Psych. \nElect. \nElect. \n\n\n19.161 Exp. Psych. \n\n19.000 Psych. Elec. \n\nElect. \n\n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 \n\n8 8 \n\n\nOURTH YEAR \n\nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n.162 Exp. Psych. \n\n.210 Hist. Psych. \n\nElect. \n\n\n3(3) \n4 \n\n\n19.211 Systems \n19.000 Psych. Elec. \nElect. \n\n\n182 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSociology and Anthropology Department \n\n\nNorman Kaplan, Ph.D. \nProfessors \n\nBlanche Geer, Ph.D. \nFrank F. Lee, Ph.D. \nStephen Schafer, D. Jur., \nProf. Agrege \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nTheodore N. Ferdinand, Ph.D. \nMorris Freilich, Ph.D. \nMorton Rubin, Ph.D. \n\n\nProfessor and Chairman \nAssistant Professors \n\nWilliam J. Bowers, Ph.D. \nGerald Chasin, Ph.D. \nJohn Donelan, Ph.D. \nAlan Fanger, M.A. \nPatricia Golden, Ph.D. \nElliott Krause, Ph.D. \n\nVisiting Assistant Professors \n\nRuth H. Jacobs, Ph.D. \nDavid H. Kamens, Ph.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nLila Leibowitz, M.A. \nNathaniel Raymond, M.A. \n\nLecturer \n\nPhilip S. Sidel, M.A. \n\n\nThe undergraduate majors in the Department of Sociology and Anthro- \npology offer a broad spectrum of courses designed to prepare the student for \ngraduate work, and also to provide a general cultural major with opportunity \nfor electives for those who do not desire advanced degrees. The objectives of \nthis program are to discover the basic structure of human society, to identify \nthe main forces that hold groups together or weaken them, and to learn the \nconditions that transform social life. \n\nThe student may elect to concentrate his studies in one of three areas: \nsociology, anthropology, or sociology/social welfare, depending upon his goals. \nEach of these alternatives provides the student with a thorough background \nin the parent fields together with an intensive preparation in the more specific \narea of his choice. \n\nCooperative work assignments vary from placement in mental hospitals and \nsocial agencies to placement in university, government, and other research \nlaboratories. A full-time program of study is also available for those students \nwho desire it. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n/ 183 \n\nSpecimen \n\nProgram \n\nin Socio \n\nlogy and Anthropology \n\n(with a \n\nconcentration \n\nin Sociology) \n\nIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \n\n1 \n\nQUARTER \n\n2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\no. Course \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n16.107 \n\nCourse \nEarth Science \n\nCI. Q.H. No. Course \n\n3 3 16.108 Earth Science \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n>> 106 Earth Science \n\n3 3 \n\n3 3 \n\n>.101 Intr. Pol.Sci. I \n\n3 3 \n\n22.102 \n\nIntr \n\nPol.Sci. II \n\n3 \n\n3 22.103 Intr. Pol.Sci. Ill \n\n3 3 \n\n5.101 West. Civ. \n\n3 3 \n\n23.102 \n\nWest. Civ. \n\n3 \n\n3 23.103 West. Civ. \n\n3 3 \n\nJ.101 English \n\n3 3 \n\n30.102 \n\nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 30.103 English \n\n3 3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 3 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n\n3 Mod. Lang. \n\n3 3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\nNo. \n19.107 \n\nCourse \nGen. Psych. I \n\nCI. Q.H. \n4 4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n19.108 \n\nGen. Psych. II \n\n4 4 \n\n20.100 \n\nPrin. Soc. Ant. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n21.100 \n\nPrin. Soc. \n\n4 4 \n\n39.115 \n\nPrin. & Prob. \n\n39.116 \n\nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nEcon. \n\n4 4 \n\nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nMod. Lang \n\n4 4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nor \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. \n\nNo. \n21 .239 \n\nCourse \nStatistical An. \n\nCI. Q.H. \n2(2) 4 \n\n21.111 \n\nAmerican Society \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n21 .000 \n\nSoc. Elect.** \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n21 .000 \n\nSoc. Elect.** \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nOURTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 8 \n\nQUARTER 9 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. \n\nNo. \n21 .241 \n\nCourse \n\nSoc. Res. Meth. II \n\nCI. Q.H. \n3(2) 4 \n\n21.240 \n\nSoc. Res. Meth. I \n\n3(2) \n\n4 \n\n21 .280 \n\nSoc. Theory I \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n21 .281 \n\nSoc. Theory II \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\n:IFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER 10 \n\nQUARTER 11 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. \n\nNo. \n21.000 \n\nCourse \n\nSoc. Elective \n\nCI. Q.H. \n4 4 \n\n21.000 \n\nSoc. Elective** \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElective \n\n4 4 \n\n90.251 \n\nPlac. Tech. 1 \nmust take a minimurr \n\n1 \n\nof \n\n48 Q.H. i \n\nn depart \n\nmental courses, \n\nincluding at l< \n\nSociology Majors \n\n;ast one \n\nadvanced elective \n\nin Anthropology. \n\n**Students desiring concentration in Sociz \n\nI Welfare sho \n\nuld take \n\na minimum of 56 Q.H. in departmental \n\ncourses, including \n\n21.220 (Quarter \n\n6), 21.281 (Quarter 7, and 21.222 (Quarter 10) \n\n184 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Sociology and Anthropology \n\n(with a concentration in Anthropology) \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. No. Co \n\nQUARTER 3 \nurse \n\nCI. Q> \n\n16.106 Earth Sci. \n22.101 Intr. Pol. Sci. I \n23.101 West. Civ. \n30.101 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n3 3 \n\n16.107 Earth Sci. \n22.102 lntr.Pol.Sci.il \n23.102 West. Civ. \n30.102 English \n\nMod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n3 16.108 Earth Sci. \n\n3 22.103 Intr. Pol. Sci. Ill \n\n3 23.103 West. Civ. \n\n3 30.103 English \n\n3 Mod. Lang. \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \n\nCourse \n\n4 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n19.107 \n20.100 \n39.115 \n\nGen. Phsyc. 1 \nPrin. Soc. Ant. \nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n19.108 \n21.100 \n39.116 \n\nGen. Psych. II \nPrin. Sociol. \nPrin. & Prob. \n\nEcon. \nMod. Lang. \n\nor \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n6 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n20.260 \n20.000 \n21.110 \n\nLang, and Culture \nAnth. Elect. \nHuman Origins \nElective \n\nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n20.110 \n20.000 \n\n20.260 \n\nHuman Origins \n\nAnth. Elect. \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nLang, and Culture \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \n\nCourse \n\n8 \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. \n\n20.130 \n20.000 \n\nEthnol. Theory \nAnth. Elect. \nElective \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n20.240 \n20.000 \n\nIntro. Field Meth. \nAnth. Elect. \nElective \nElective \n\n3(2) \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nAnth. Elect. \nElective \nElective \nElective \nPlace. Tech. \n\n10 \n\nCI. \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n1 \n\nQ.H. \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n1 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\nH. \n\n20.000 \n90.251 \n\nElective \nElective \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n\nConcentration in Anthropology requires a minimum of 48 Q.H. in departmental courses, including a \nleast 40 Q.H. in Anthropology and 8 Q.H. in Sociology. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS / 185 \nForsyth Dental Program \n\n\nRST YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER 1 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n\n.101 Chemistry \n\n.101 Biology \n\n.101 English \n\nH-01 Dental Anatomy \n\nH-11 Clin. Dent. Hyg. \n\n\n2(3} \n\n2(3) \n\n3 \n\n2 \n\n2(3) \n\n\n12.102 Chemistry 2(3) 3 \n\n18.102 Biology 2(3) 3 \n\n30.102 English 3 3 \n\nDH-02 Dental Anatomy 2 2 \n\nDH-12 Clin. Dent. Hyg. 2(3) 3 \n\nDH-40 Nutrition 2 2 \n\n\n18.110 Microbiology 2(3) 3 \n\n30.103 English 3 3 \n\nDH-05 Histology 3 3 \n\nDH-13 Clin. Dent. Hyg. (6) 2 \n\nDH-20 Radiology 2 2 \n\nDH-28 Dental Materials 2(1) 2 \n\nDH-60 Public Health 2 2 \n\n\nECOND YEAR \n\n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nI. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n1 48 \n\nAnatomy \n\n3(3) 4 \n\nH-07 \n\nPathology \n\n2 2 \n\nH-14 \n\nClin. Dent. Hyg. \n\n*15 3 \n\nH-22 \n\nDental \n\nSpecialties \n\n2 2 \n\nH-61 \n\nPub. Health \n\n2 2 \n\nPhysical Ed. \n\n** \n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQUARTER 6 \nCourse CI. \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n18.103 Physiology 3(3) 4 \n\nDH-15 Clin. Dent. Hyg. *15 3 \nDH-23 Dental \n\nSpecialties 2 2 \n\nDH-30 Pharmacology 2 2 \n\nDH-70 Speech 2 2 \n\nPhysical Education ** \n\n\n19.102 Psychology 4 4 \n21.102 Prin. Soc. \n\nRelations 4 4 \n\nDH-03 Dental Anatomy 2 2 \n\nDH-16 Clin. Dent. Hyg. *15 3 \nDH-24 Dental \n\nSpecialties 2 2 \n\nDH-50 Office Procedures 2 2 \n\nPhysical Education ** \n\n\nH Courses given by the Forsyth Dental School. \n\n) Lab Hours \n* Clinic Hours \nPhysical Education is an elective. \n\n\n186 / COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nArt Department \n\n\nRobert L. Wells, Professor and Chairman, B.S., M.A. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nLeonard M. Havens, B.S., M.Ed. \nPeter Serenyi, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nInstructor \n\nSamuel S. Bishop, B.A., M.A., \nM.F.A. \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRonald C. Davis, A.B., M.Ed. \nWheaton A. Holden, A.B., M.A \nPh.D. \n\n\nThe Art Department offers courses covering the history of art. The evolution \nof architecture, sculpture, painting, graphic arts, minor arts, photography and \nfilm art is studied with emphasis on styles, techniques and cultural implica- \ntions. Applied art courses are offered for creative expression in various art \nforms. The objective is to give the student a working knowledge of the struc- \nture of art. \n\nEarth Sciences Department \n\nJ. Rosson Overcash, Associate Professor and Chairman, B.A., A.M.T. \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nBernard L Gordon, B.S., M.S. \nDavid L Wilmarth, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nA. William Kochanczyk, B.S., M.Ed. \nWilliam A. Newman, A.B., A.M. \nRichard D. Ruggles, A.B., A.M. \n\n\nInstructors \n\nJanet Y. Benjamins, B.A., M.A. \nConrad K. Casavjian, B.A., M.A. \nWilliam T. Harty, B.S., M.Ed. \nMary E. Johnstone, B.Sc, Cert. \nGary R. Jones, B.S., A.M. \nLillian Morgenstern, A.B., A.M. \nJohn T. Wilhelm, B.S., A.M. \nPhilip E. Zawasky, B.S., M.Ed. \n\n\nEd. \n\n\nThe department currently offers a broad spectrum of courses primarily for \ntwo groups of students: 1. Liberal Arts upperclass students desiring an elective \nin the area; 2. Education students majoring in the teaching of earth sciences. \n\n\nMusic Department \n\nRoland Nadeau, Professor and Chairman, B.M., M.M. \nPart Time Instructor \n\nRaymond Smith, B.M., M.M. \n\n\nLecturer \n\nCarl J. Atkins, B.M. \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nHerbert Silverman, M.M., M.Ed., \n\nEd.D. \nLeo Snyder, B.M., M.M. \nWilliam A. Tesson, B.M., M.M. \n\nAssistant Professor \n\nJoan C. Bicknell, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nThe Music Department provides students an opportunity to gain an initial \nexperience in music or to add to previous experience. To this end the depart- \nment offers a varied program made up of: \n\n1. Synoptic courses for students who might take only a single course. \n\n2. Course sequences for students who wish to study some particular aspect \nof music in depth. \n\n\nInstructors \n\nSusan Bentley, R.N., B.S. \nElaine Capozolli, R.N., B.S. \nDeane Corliss, R.N., B.S. \nVirginia Dondero, R.N., M.S.N. \nCarol Hogan, R.N., B.S. \nAnne Kane, R.N., M.S.N. \nBarbara Lagerbom, R.N., M.S.N. \nM. Marcia Lynch, R.N., M.S.N. \nSusan Marchessault, R.N., M.S.N. \nRose Seereiter, R.N., M.S.N. \nRita Waitkunas, R.N., M.S.N. \n\n\nCollege of Nursing \n\nJuanita A. Long, Dean \n\nProfessor and Dean \n\nJuanita A. Long, R.N., M.S.N. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nLydia Bosanko, R.N., M.A. \nJanet Carroll, R.N., M.S.N. \nGoldie Crocker, R.N., D.Ed. \nJeanne Dorie, R.N., M.A. \nElizabeth Gates, R.N., M.S.N. \nMary Gonyow, R.N., M.S.N. \nJane Lee, R.N., M.S.N. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nCarolyn Brokvist, R.N., M.S.N. \nFlora DeScenza, R.N., M.S.N. \nBarbara Goodfellow, R.N., M.S.N. \nMarjorie Johns, R.N., M.S.N. \nMary Patricia Kane, R.N., M.S. \nEunice Messier, R.N., M.A. \nMary Scahill, R.N., M.S.N. \nJoyce Tingle, R.N., M.S.N. \nMary Wilcox, R.N., M.S.N. \n\nPurpose and Plan of the College \n\nThe College of Nursing offers two distinct educational programs which \nprepare individuals to practice nursing. One is three years in length and \nleads to the degree of Associate in Science-, the other is five years in length \nand leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Both programs \naccept qualified male and female applicants. \n\nThe associate degree curriculum is designed for students who meet the \ngeneral requirements for admission to college and who are strongly motivated \ntoward giving direct patient care. All instruction is at the college level, but \nall courses are not identical in content with those given in the first three \nyears of the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. \n\nThe baccalaureate degree curriculum in nursing is designed for students \nwho meet the requirements for admission to the College and who desire to \npursue a professionally oriented educational program in nursing. Its purpose \nis to prepare students to practice professional nursing in a variety of settings. \nIt serves as a foundation for further professional development and graduate \nstudy. \n\nAt no point can there be direct transfer from one program to the other. \n\n\n187 \n\n\n188 / COLLEGE OF NURSING \n\nMethods \n\nIn common with the other Basic Colleges at Northeastern, the curricula of \nthe College of Nursing are distinctive in that they operate on the Cooperative \nPlan, which the University has long applied to technical and professional \ncurricula in many fields. Each student has practical experience as a paid \nemployee of one of the cooperating health agencies in addition to college \ninstruction. The cooperative work does not carry academic credit. During their \nperiods of employment, students have an opportunity to increase their nursing \nskills and to earn a major part of their expenses. \n\nThe College of Nursing programs combine general education courses with \nnursing courses concurrently to provide the learning foundation for the prac- \ntice of nursing. The nursing major is planned in sequential order and draws \non the content from the physical, biological and social sciences and from the \nhumanities. New teaching technologies (programmed learning, television, etc.) \nare used to assist in meaningful presentation of course content. \n\nThe Cooperative Plan in Nursing \n\nCooperative work placements are arranged by the Nursing Coordinator in \naccordance with agreements entered into by the University and the following \nBoston hospitals: \n\nBeth Israel Hospital \nChildren's Hospital Medical Center \nMassachusetts General Hospital \nNew England Deaconess Hospital \nPeter Bent Brigham Hospital \n\nEach of the hospitals has agreed to employ students from both Associate De- \ngree and Baccalaureate Degree programs and to provide a suitable sequence \nof work experiences. \n\nAssignment of students to cooperative work at specific hospitals is a function \nof the Nursing Coordinator in the Department of Cooperative Education. The \ncooperative work experience is a requirement for the degree and students are \nexpected to accept placement at any one of the collaborating hospitals. Stu- \ndent preferences as to assignment will be given consideration in conjunction \nwith other factors but final decision as to hospital assignment must rest with \nthe Nursing Coordinator. \n\nPlacement at cooperative work at a hospital other than those listed above \ncan be permitted only under special circumstances and then only upon a \npetition approved by the Nursing Coordinator. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nCandidates for admission to the College of Nursing must have been grad- \nuated from an accredited secondary school and have the recommendation of \nthe school principal or guidance officer. The following subject-matter credits \nare required as preparation for the nursing curriculum: \n\nAssociate Degee Program \n\nSubjects Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nMathematics 2 \n\nSciences 2 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 6 \n\nElectives, not more than 2 \n\n15 \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF NURSING / 189 \n\nBaccalaureate Degree Program \n\nSubjects Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nMathematics 3 \n\nBiology, Physics or Chemistry 2 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 7 \n\n15 \n\nOther factors considered by the Department of Admissions are the physical \nfitness of the candidate and the degree of interest and motivation for the field \nof nursing. Full health clearance is required prior to matriculation. \n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nDegrees \n\nThe College of Nursing offers two distinct programs: a three year program \nleading to the degree Associate in Science and a five year program leading to \nthe degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing. \n\nQuantitative Requirements \n\nCandidates for the degree of Associate in Science or Bachelor of Science \nin Nursing must successfully complete all of the prescribed courses in the \napplicable curriculum. For the A.S. degree this totals 121 quarter hours in- \ncluding two hours of physical education and for the B.S. in Nursing degree \nthis totals 178 quarter hours including two hours of physical education. They \nmust also carry out effectively the prescribed periods of cooperative work at \none or more of the health agencies associated with the University in the pro- \ngram of nursing education. \n\nQualitative Requirements \n\nThe degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the \ncurriculum, but also indicates competence for beginning service as a staff \nnurse. An over-all scholarship average of C is required for graduation. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates for the bachelor's degree whose academic achievement is ex- \ntraordinary will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty, a \nlimited number of this group may be graduated with high honor or highest \nhonor. Students must have been in attendance at the University for at least \nsix quarters before they become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nRegistration \n\nThe program of the College prepares students for the professional exam- \ninations established by the Board of Registration in Nursing of the Common- \nwealth of Massachusetts. Students normally take these examinations for \nlicensure as registered nurses shortly after graduation. \n\n\n190 / COLLEGE OF NURSING \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Nursing \n\nAssociate Degree \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n1 \nCI. L. Q.H. \n\nN \n\n0. \n\nCo \n\nQUARTER \nurse \n\n2 \nCI. L. Q.H. No. \n\nCo \n\nQUARTER 3 \nurse CI. \n\nL. Q \n\n18.107 Intgrtd.Sci. \n\n20.100 Soc.Anthrop. \n\n30.101 English \n\n80.100 Intro. Nsg. \n\n80.101 Fd. Nursing \n\n4 3 5 \n4 4 \n\n3 3 \n1 1 \n\n4 4 5 \n16 7 18 \n\n18.108 \n19.102 \n30.102 \n80.102 \n\nIntgrtd. Sci. \nBasic Psych. \nEnglish \nFd. Nursing \n\n4 3 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n4 4 \n15 7 \n\n5 18.109 \n\n4 21.100 \n3 30.103 \n\n5 80.103 \n17 \n\nIntgrtd. Sci. \nPrin. of Soc. \nEnglish \nFd. Nursing \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n4 \n14 \n\n3 \n\n4 \n\n7 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nPublic Spkg. \nMed-Surg. \nNsg. \n\n4 \nCI. \n\n3 \n\n6 \n9 \n\nL. Q.H. \n\n3 \n\n15 11 \n15 14 \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n5 \nCI \n\nL. Q.H. \n\n29.100 \n81.101 \n\n19.201 \n82.101 \n\nPsych. Ab. \n\nBeh. \nMat. Ch. \n\nHealth \n\n4 \n\n6 \n10 \n\n4 \n\n18 12 \n18 16 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n6 \n\nCI. \n\nL. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n7 \nCI \n\nL. Q.H. \n\n23.210 \n30.151 \n81.102 \n\n90.254 \n\nUS to 1865 \nMod. Nove. \nMed-Surg. \n\nNsg. \nProf. Dev. \nElective \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n3 \n1 \n4 \n\n9 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n6 \n1 \n\n4 \n\n23.211 \n30.152 \n83.101 \n\nUSfr. 1865 \nMod. Drama \nPsych. Nsg. \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n3 \n4 \n15 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n9 6 \n4 \n\n9 18 \n\nCOLLEGE OF NURSING \n\n/ 191 \n\nSpecimen Program \n\nin Nursing \n\nBaccalaureate Degree \n\nIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nd. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI. L. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n2 QUARTER \nCI. L. Q.H. No. Course \n\n3 \nCI \n\n2 \n4 \n3 \n3 \n2 \n\nL. Q.H. \n\n.121 Gen.Chem. \n.127 Biology \n.101 West. Civ. \n.101 English \n.201 Nursing \n\n3 (3) 4 \n\n2 (3$ 3 \n3 \n\n3 3 \n2 (3) 3 \n\n13 \n\n12.122 \n18.128 \n23.102 \n30.102 \n80.202 \n\nGen. Chem. \nBiology \nWest. Civ. \nEnglish \nNursing \n\n3 (3) \n\n2 (3) \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n2 (3) \n\n4 18.129 Biology \n3 20.100 Soc. Anthro. \n3 23.103 West. Civ. \n3 30.103 English \n3 80.203 Nursing \n16 \n\n(3) 3 \n4 \n3 \n3 \n\n(3) 3 \n16 \n\nECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n4 \nCI. L. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n18.120 \n18.126 \n19.106 \n\n80.205 \n\nQUARTER 5 \nCourse CI. L. Q.H. \n\nMicrobiol. 3 (4) 4 \nPhysiology 2 (3) 3 \nFound, of \n\nPsych. II 4 4 \n\nNursing 4 (3) 5 \n\n16 \n\n18.125 \n18.148 \n19.105 \n\n80.204 \n\nPhysiology \nAnatomy \nFound, of \nPsych. 1 \nNursing \n\n2 (3} \n\n3 (3) \n\n4 \n\n4 (3) \n\n4 \n4 \n\n4 \n_5 \n17 \n\nHIRD YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n6 \nCI. L. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n19.130 \n\n19.142 \n\n81 .201 \n\n81 .202 \n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse CI. L. Q.H. \n\nSocial \n\nPsychology 4 4 \nGrowth & \n\nDev. II 4 4 \nMed-Surg. Nsg. 3 18 9 \n\nor \nMat-Ch. Nsg. 3 18 9 \n\n19.141 \n21.100 \n80.206 \n\nGrowth <$. \n\nDev. 1 \nPrin. of \n\nSociology \nNursing \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n4 (6) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n6 \n14 \n\n81 .203 \n\nPsychiat. Nsg. 3 18 9 \n35 \n\nOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n8 \nCI. L. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n26.102 \n\n81 .201 \n\n81 .202 \n\n81 .203 \n\nQUARTER 9 \nCourse CI. L. Q.H. \n\nIntroPhil.ll 4 4 \nMed-Surg. Nsg. 3 18 9 \n\nor \nMat-Ch. Nsg. 3 18 9 \n\nor \nPsychiat. Nsg. 3 18 9 \nElective 4 \n35 \n\n26.101 \n\n81 .201 \n\n81 .202 \n\n81 .203 \n\nIntro Phil. 1 \nMed-Surg. Nsg \n\nor \nMat-Ch. Nsg. \n\nor \nPsychiat. Nsg. \nElective \n\n4 \n\n3 18 \n\n3 18 \n\n3 18 \n\n4 \n9 \n\n9 \n\n9 \n\n4 \n\n35 \n\nIFTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n10 \nCI. L. Q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n80.210 \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse CI. L. Q.H. \n\nNurs. Sem. 9 \n\nElective 4 4 \n\n13 \n\n84.201 \n\nPub. Health \n\nNursing \nElective \n\n6 9 \n8 \n\n9 \n_8 \n17 \n\ntotal of eighteen quarter hours of electives including \ni the Humanities must be taken to meet graduation req \n\ntwo hours of Physical Education and \nuirements of 178 quarter hours. \n\neight hours \n\nCollege of Pharmacy \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Dean \n\nRussell E. Brillhart, Assistant Dean \n\n\nAims \n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY recognizes the great need for well-educated \npharmacists. The College of Pharmacy is pledged to help meet this need \nthrough its program of academic and cooperative work and extracurricular \nactivities, all of which are designed to prepare students effectively to become \nprofessional practitioners, to enter graduate schools, and to accept employ- \nment in the several branches of the pharmaceutical field. \n\nIn order to fulfill these aims special emphasis is placed upon the three \npillars of a sound pharmacy education — teaching, research, and service. This \ngoal necessitates closely integrated instruction in all of the pharmacy disci- \nplines and its related areas, such as liberal arts, the humanities, and the basic \nsciences. \n\nA new physical plant has been developed to facilitate these objectives, and \nthe pharmacy faculty consists of scholars who combine research with teaching \nas part of their regular commitment to the University. \n\nIt is intended that the academic, scientific, and professional environment \ncreated by the faculty and facilities will promote an atmosphere of inquiry \nand a healthy dissatisfaction for mediocrity. \n\nThe College will prepare its graduates to assume most effectively the intel- \nlectual, legal, civil, and moral responsibilities associated with the profession \nof pharmacy. \n\nSince the professional standing of pharmacy depends upon those who are \nassociated with it, the College seeks to enroll only those whose aptitudes, \ncharacter, and attitudes are compatible with the profession and its goals. \n\nOnce a student has been accepted, the College endeavors to develop in the \nindividual well-balanced personal qualities to meet these requirements. \n\nThe curriculum is designed to meet the needs of modern pharmacy in both \ntheoretical and applied aspects. This will permit the graduate to enter all of \nthe various fields of pharmacy. There is continuous search and experimenta- \ntion for new and improved methods of teaching and new subject material to \nbe presented. \n\n192 \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF PHARMACY / 193 \n\nThe Future of Pharmacy \n\nPharmacy has grown far beyond the popular concept of the profession. To \nmany the term \"pharmacist\" suggests a white-clad, somewhat mysteriously \nefficient dispenser of medicine in a neighborhood drugstore. It is true that \namong the 120,000 pharmacists practicing in America today approximately \n100,000 work in retail pharmacies. \n\nHowever, many pharmacists are employed in other challenging branches of \nthe profession. Hospital and industrial pharmacy are both recently enlarging \nbranches of the profession. Pharmacists may find fruitful employment as repre- \nsentatives of drug firms, in research and in teaching. Many governmental \nagencies also have need of the professional pharmacist. \n\n***Pharmaceutical journalism should not be overlooked. \n\nPharmacy is not restricted to men. Women now make up 15 per cent of the \nenrollment in pharmacy colleges, with the number increasing yearly. They \ncomprise nearly 8 per cent of all practicing pharmacists and 33 per cent of \nthe hospital pharmacists. \n\nSeveral major trends in our national life assure further expansion of the \npharmaceutical profession in the years ahead. Within our growing population, \nthe average life span has increased to 67 years for men and 73 for women. \nMaintaining high standards of health for this enlarged population demands \nmore well-educated pharmacists. \n\nThese same medical and pharmaceutical advances which contribute to a \nlonger life span also expand the areas for research and the opportunity for \nimproving existing drugs. \n\nIt is unnecessary to dwell on the tremendous increase in college applicants \nexpected during the next decade. The need for trained men and women in the \nhealth professions indicates that colleges of pharmacy can expect to enroll a \nfair portion of the expanding student population. \n\nCertainly the present enrollment in the nation's 74 accredited colleges of \npharmacy is not adequate to meet the needs of the future. \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nIt is important that applicants for admission to the College of Pharmacy \nhave studied the college preparatory curriculum. In particular, such students \nshould be able to demonstrate strength in the sciences and in mathematics. \nThe following subjects are required: \n\nSubject Units \n\nEnglish (4 years) 3 \n\nForeign Language (2 years) 2 \n\nScience (Biology and Chemistry) 2 \n\nMathematics 3 \n\nOther college preparatory subjects 3 \n\nElectives, not more than 2_ \n\n15 \n\n\n194 / COLLEGE OF PHARMACY \n\nTransfer with Advanced Standing \n\nNortheastern University College of Pharmacy welcomes transfer students \nwho have successfully completed one or two years of preprofessional study in \nan accredited institution of college grade. A candidate for advanced standing \nshould: \n\n1. Have had courses which enable him to enter at the beginning of the \nsecond or third year and thereafter continue as a regular student. \n\n2. Have earned average grades or better in his previous college work. (No \ncredit is given for the lowest passing mark.) \n\nTransfer students are admitted only in September to the College of Pharmacy. \n\nGraduation Requirements \n\nDegree: Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy \nQuantitative Requirements \n\nCandidates for the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy degree must complete \nall of the prescribed work of the curriculum, including two Q.H.'s of Physical \nEducation. \n\nStudents who undertake the cooperative education program must meet the \nrequirements of the Department of Cooperative Education before they become \neligible for their degrees. \n\nNo student transferring from another college or university is eligible to \nreceive a degree until at least eight quarters of academic work immediately \npreceding graduation has been completed at Northeastern. \n\nNo student transferring from another college of pharmacy is eligible to \nreceive a degree until at least three quarters of academic work immediately \npreceding graduation has been completed at Northeastern. \n\nQualitative Requirements \n\nThe degree conferred not only represents the formal completion of the \nsubjects in the selected course of study but also indicates professional compe- \ntence in the field of specialization. Students will be expected to maintain an \nover-all average of C. Those who are clearly unable to meet the accepted \nstandard of attainment will be required to withdraw from the University. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their aca- \ndemic work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty, a \nlimited number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest \nhonor. Students must have been in attendance at the University for at least \nsix quarters before they become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nLicensure \n\nLicensure may be obtained after graduation by passing the examination \nrequirements established by the Massachusetts State Board of Pharmacy or \nthose of other states. \n\n\nCOLLEGE OF PHARMACY / 195 \n\n\nAccreditation \n\n\nThe College of Pharmacy is accredited by the American Council of Pharma- \nceutical Education and is a member of the American Association of Colleges \nof Pharmacy. \n\n\nPharmacy Faculty \n\nProfessor and Dean \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, \nPh.D. \n\nProfessors \n\n\nB.S. in Pharm., \n\n\nRussell E. Brillhart, A.B., B.S. in \n\nPharm., M.Sc, D.Sc. \nArnold R. Goldstein, B.S. in Pharm., \n\nLLB., M.S.B.A. \n0. James Inashima, B.S. in Pharm., \n\nM.S., Ph.D. \nGeorge M. Krause, B.S. in Pharm., \n\nM.S. \nJohn L. Neumeyer, B.S. in Pharm., \n\nPh.D. \nJohn F. Reinhard, Chairman, \n\nPharmacology, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nPierre F. Smith, Chairman, \n\nPharmacy and Pharmacy \n\nAdministration, B.S. in \n\nPharm., Ph.D. \nAlbert H. Soloway, Chairman, \n\nMedicinal Chemistry, B.S., \n\nPh.D. \nElliot Spector, B.S. in Pharm., Ph.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nHarry C. Clemson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nFrederick J. Pruyn, B.S., M.S., \nPh.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nWilliam C. Fisher, B.S. in Pharm. \nDonald L. MacKeen, B.S. in \nPharm., M.S. \n\nLecturer \n\nJohn W. Webb, B.S., M.S. in \nPharm. \n\n\n196 / COLLEGE OF PHARMACY \n\n\nSpecimen Program in Pharmacy \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n1 \n\nCI \n\nL. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n10.102 \n\n10.112 \n12.106 \n18.132 \n72.201 \n\nQUARTER 2 \nCourse C \n\nBas. Math. 3 \n\nor \nCalculus 3 \nGen. Chem. 4 \nBiol. 3 \nPharm. Orient. 2 \n\n• L. Q \n\n(3) \n(4) \n\n.H. No. \n\nQUARTER 3 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H, \n\n10.101 Bas. Math. \n\nor \n10.111 Calculus \n18.131 Biol. \n23.101 West Civ. \n\nor \nMod. Lang. \n30.113 English \n\n3 \n\n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n(4) 4 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 10.103 \n\n3 10.113 \n5 12.107 \n\n4 23.102 \n2 \n\n30.114 \n\nBas. Math. \n\nor \nCalculus \nGen. Chem. \nWest. Civ. \n\nor \nMod. Lang. \nEnglish \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n4(3) \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n5 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nCc \n\nQUARTER 4 \nurse \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n12.148 \n19.106 \n21.100 \n29.100 \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nOrg. Chem. \nPsychol. \nSocio I. \nPub. Spkg. \nMod. Lang, or \nElective \n\n5 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4(3) 5 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n3 3 \n\n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n12.147 \n18.133 \n19.105 \n\nOrg. Chem. \nPlant Biol. \nPsychol. \nMod. Lang, or \nElective \n\n4 \n4 \n4 \n\n5 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n4 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n6 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\nNo. \n\n71.212 \n71 .234 \n18.120 \n71 .201 \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\nPharm. Prep. \n\nPh. Juris. \n\nMicro. \n\nPh. Orient.* \n\nElective \n\n6A \n\nCI. Q \n\n3(3) \n\n4 \n\n3(4) \n\n2 \n\n4 \n\n.H. No. \n\nQUARTER 7 \nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nQ.H. \n\n71.210 Pharm. Calc. \n\n71.211 Pharm. Method \n11.133 Physics \n39.115 Econ. \n\nElective \n\n. \n\n2 2 \n3(3) 4 \n4(3) 5 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n\n4 12.171 \n4 11.134 \n4 18.148 \n2 \n4 \n\nAnal. Chem. \nPhysics \nAnatomy \nElective \n\n3(3) \n4(3) \n3(3) \n3-4 \n\n4 \n\nS \n\n4 \n\n3-4 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER 8 \nCourse \n\nCI. Q \n\n.H. \n\nNo. \n\nQUARTER \nCourse \n\n9 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n71 .221 \n73.221 \n18.158 \n72.222 \n\nPhys. Phar. \nP'cog. \nPhysiol. \nDrug Anal. \n\n3(3) \n4(3) \n3(3) \n4(4) \n\n4 \n5 \n4 \n5 \n\n71 .222 \n\n73.241 \n18.159 \n71 .245 \n\nPharm. Tech. or 3(3) 4 \nProf. Elect. 3-4 \nBiochem. 4(4) 5 \nPhysiol. 3(3) 4 \nPh. Adm. I or 4 4 \nProf. Elect. 4 4 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\nQUARTER \nNo. Course \n\n72.231 Med. Chem. \n73.231 P'cology \n71.246 Ph. Adm. II \n73.245 Pathol. \n\nProf. Elect. \n90.251 PI. Tech. \n\n10 \n\nCI. Q.H. \n\n4 4 \n3(3) 4 \n4 4 \n4 4 \n3-4 \n1 1 \n\nNo. \n\n71 .232 \n72.232 \n73.232 \n73.246 \n\nQUARTER 10A \nCourse \n\nPrescrip. Pharm. \nMed. Chem. \nP'cology \nBiol. Prod, or \nProf. Elect. \nProf. Elect. \n\nCI. Q.H. No. \n\n3(3) 4 71 .239 \n\n4 4 \n\n3(3) 4 \n\n4 4 71 .241 \n\n4 4 72.233 \n\n3-4 73.242 \n\n73.238 \n\n71 .247 \n\nQUARTER 11 \nCourse \n\nParapharma- \n\nceuticals \n\nor \nClin. Pharm. \nMed. Chem. \nP'cology \nPub. Health \nPh. Adm. Ill or \nProf. Elect. \n\nCI. \n\n2 \n\n2(3) \n3 \n\n4 \n3 \n4 \n4 \n\nQ.H. \n\n2 \n\n3 \n3 \n\n4 \n3 \n\n4 \n4 \n\nCourses of \nInstruction \n\n\nOn the pages which follow are given in numerical order the synopses of \ncourses offered in the several curricula of the Basic Colleges. All courses will \nbe offered each year unless otherwise stated. The term \"prerequisite\" indi- \ncates a course that must be taken before undertaking the advanced course \nto which it applies. \n\nCourses in the part-time evening programs in the College of Engineering \nare identical with those in the full-time day program. \n\nA \"quarter\" hour equals approximately three clock hours of work: ordinarily \none hour of class and two hours of preparation a week for a quarter of twelve \nweeks. Laboratory and drawing courses normally require fewer hours of out- \nside preparation and, therefore, carry less credit than lecture courses. \n\nThe University reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or add to the courses \noffered or to change the order of content of courses in any curriculum. \n\nABBREVIATIONS \n\n\nPrereq. \n\nPrerequisite \n\nCI. \n\nClass Hours \n\nLab. \n\nLaboratory Hours \n\nQ.H. \n\nQuarter Hours \n\n197 \n\n\n198 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\nCourse Numbering Program \n\nThe number to the left of the decimal point indicates the academic depart- \nment offering the course. The three digits after the decimal point merely dif- \nferentiate the courses within the department. \n\n\nAccounting \n\n41. \n\nHistory \n\n23. \n\nAnthropology \n\n20. \n\nIndustrial Engineering \n\n05. \n\nArt \n\n27. \n\nJournalism \n\n38. \n\nBiology \n\n18. \n\nManagement \n\n45. \n\nBusiness General \n\n49. \n\nMarketing \n\n43. \n\nChemical Engineering \n\n04. \n\nMathematics \n\n10. \n\nChemistry \n\n12. \n\nMechanical Engineering \n\n02. \n\nCivil Engineering \n\n01. \n\nMedicinal Chemistry \n\n72. \n\nCoop and Interdisciplinary \n\n90. \n\nMilitary Science \n\n91. \n\nCriminal Justice \n\n92. \n\nMusic \n\n28. \n\nDrama and Speech \n\n29. \n\nNursing \n\n80.-84 \n\nEarth Sciences \n\n16. \n\nPharmacy & Pharm. Adm. \n\n71. \n\nEconomics \n\n39. \n\nPharmacology & Cognosy \n\n73. \n\nEducation — Foundation \n\n50. \n\nPhilosophy & Religion \n\n26. \n\nEducation — Instruction \n\n51. \n\nPhys. Ed. — Men \n\n61. \n\nEducation — Reading \n\n54. \n\nPhys. Ed. — Women \n\n60. \n\nEducation — Rehabilitation & \n\nPhys. Ed. — Men & Women \n\n62. \n\nSpecial \n\n55. \n\nPhysical Therapy \n\n64. \n\nElectrical Engineering \n\n03. \n\nPhysics \n\n11. \n\nEnglish \n\n30. \n\nPoly. Sci. \n\n22. \n\nFinance and Insurance \n\n44. \n\nPsychology \n\n19. \n\nFrench \n\n31. \n\nRecreation \n\n63. \n\nGerman \n\n33. \n\nRussian \n\n34. \n\nGraphic Science \n\n09. \n\nSociology \n\n21. \n\nHealth Education \n\n65. \n\nSpanish \n\n32. \n\nCivil Engineering \n\n\n1.110 Surveying I (Prereq. 10.143) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nBasic surveying principles with field applications; theory of measurements \nand survey calculations for traverses; stadia, topography, horizontal and \nvertical curves, earthwork calculations, with electronic computer applications. \nProf. Domey Fall and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n1.111 Surveying II (Prereq. 1.110) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nSpiral easement curves; electronic measurement; basic photogrammetry and \ntheory and practice of astronomical surveying. Laboratory portion consists \nof complex problem solutions with emphasis on electronic computer appli- \ncations. \nProf. Domey Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 199 \n\n1.113 Computer Applications in Surveying \n\n(Prereq. Basic Surveying) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nPrimarily for transfer students who have had a recognized course in survey- \ning but no work with programming for high-speed electronic digital com- \nputers. Programming techniques and their applications to the solution of \nsurveying problems. \nProf. Lenney Spring Qtr. \n\n1.120 Fluid Mechanics I (Prereq. 1.140) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFluid properties; fluid statics; buoyancy; stability of dams, continuity; \nEuler and Bernoulli equations; momentum; general energy equation; viscos- \nity; dimensional analysis; dynamic similarity; lift and drag; model testing; \nflow measurements; fluid machinery. \n\nProf. Branagan Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n1.121 Fluid Mechanics II (Prereq. 1.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFlow of incompressible fluids in pipes; analyses of pipe networks and \nsystems involving reservoirs, pipes, pumps, and turbines; open channel flow \nincluding uniform flow and elementary problems involving local phenomena \nand varied flow. Compressible flow in pipes. \n\nProf. Goodman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.126 Fluid Mechanics (Prereq. 2.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nFluid properties; fluid statics; continuity; Euler and Bernoulli equations; \nmomentum; general energy equation; dimensional analysis; pipe friction; \nlift and drag; introduction to potential flow theory. \nProf. Pershe Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n1.130 Highway and Construction Engineering (Prereq. 1.111) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe engineering considerations in the planning and construction of modern \nhighway systems. Administration agencies, traffic studies, and highway \nfinancing; flexible and rigid pavement design; an introduction to the Critical \nPath Method for scheduling and analyzing construction costs. \nProf. Domey Spring Qtr. \n\n1.132 Highway & Construction Engineering (Prereq. 1.111) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nFor Part-Time Civil Engineering Program. The engineering considerations \nin the planning and construction of modern highway systems; administration \nagencies, traffic studies, and highway financing. \n\nProf. Domey Fall Qtr. \n\n1.133 Highway and Construction Engineering (Prereq. 1.132) 2 CI.-, 2 Q.H. \nFor Part-Time Civil Engineering Program. Flexible and rigid pavement \ndesign; introduction to the Critical Path Method for scheduling and analyz- \ning construction costs. \n\nProf. Domey Winter Qtr. \n\n1.140 Structural Mechanics 1 (Prereq. 11.102) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nFundamental concepts; force systems; resultant forces; equilibrium forces,- \nfriction; centroids; first and second moments of areas. \nProf. Namyet Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\n200 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\n1.141 Structural Mechanics II (Prereq. 1.140) 4CI.; 4 Q.H. \nStress and strain, mechanical properties of materials. Theories of failure, \naxial ly loaded members, buckling and torsion. \n\nProf. Namyet Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.142 Structural Mechanics III (Prereq. 1.141) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nShear and bending moment diagrams; flexural and shear stresses in beams, \nstraight, curved, symmetrical and unsymmetrical; analysis of two-dimensional \nand three-dimensional trusses; influence lines for determinate structures. \nProf. Namyet Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.143 Structural Analysis I (Prereq. 1.142) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMethods of computing deflections of trusses, beams, and frames by virtual \nwork, moment-area, Williot-Mohr, Bar Chain, Costigliano's method and Max- \nwell's Law. Effects of load, temperature, fabrication errors and support \nmotion are considered. \n\nProf. Namyet Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n1.144 Structural Analysis II (Prereq. 1.143) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMethods of stress analysis of statically indeterminate structures including \nsuperposition, slope deflection, moment distribution and least work. \n\nProf. Spencer Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.145 Structural Analysis III (Prereq. 1.144) 3 CI.; 3 Qtrs. \nMatrix methods of structural analysis for the treatment of beams, frames, \ngrids and trusses. \n\nProf. Leet Spring Qtr. \n\n1.146 Structural Mechanics IA (Prereq. 11.102) 2 CI., 2 Q.H. \nFor Part-Time Civil Engineering Program. Fundamental concepts; force \nsystems, resultant forces; equilibrium forces. \n\nProf. Lenney Fall Qtr. \n\n1.147 Structural Mechanics IB (Prereq. 1.146) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nFor Part-Time Civil Engineering Program. Centroids; first and second \nmoments of areas. \n\nProf. Lenney Winter Qtr. \n\n1.148 Structures (Prereq. 2.103) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe analysis and design of simple structures with emphasis on structures of \nspecial interest to Mechanical Engineers; correlation of the assumptions \nmade in Structural Design with the principles of strength of materials. \nProf. Leet Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.150 Concrete Design I (Prereq. 1.141) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nUse of reinforced concrete as structural material; analysis of behavior of \nreinforced concrete members and modes of failure; deduction of theory of \ndesign based on ultimate strength and on theory of elasticity; design flexural \nmembers, bond, anchorage, cut-off lengths, continuous members; evaluation \nof design versus field conditions and resulting conclusions with respect to \nsafety. \nProf. Firnkas Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 201 \n\n1.151 Concrete Design II (Prereq. 1.150) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nDiagonal tension; design of vertical and inclined shear reinforcing; analysis \nand design of columns; effects of shrinkage and creep on structures; special \nstructural systems; design of prestressed concrete standard sections; con- \nnection and erection details. \nProf. Firnkas Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.160 Structural Design I (Prereq. 1.141) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe design of individual members in structural frameworks using latest \nspecifications; the end connections for the members designed. \n\nProf. Cahoon Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.161 Structural Design II (Prereq. 1.160) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nThe design of built-up members; composite design; plastic design; simple \ndesign projects to be completed by the student. \n\nProf. Cahoon Spring Qtr. \n\n1.172 Soil Mechanics (Prereq. 1.170) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTypes and methods of soil classification; soil-water phase relationships; \nbasic introduction to soil stabilization, seepage and ground water flow, stress \ndistributions, consolidation theory, and shear strength of soils. Demonstra- \ntions of the basic laboratory tests. \nProf. Jaworski All Quarters \n\n1.174 Foundation Engineering (Prereq. 1.172) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nGeneral discussion of types of foundation and construction methods; piles; \npile driving formulae; dewatering, bracing and cofferdams. \nProf. Jaworski Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n1.180 Materials (Prereq. 12.113) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe structure, properties, production and usage of construction materials, \nincluding inorganic materials such as cement and concrete, ferrous and \nnonferrous metals and alloys, glass, stone and brick, and organic materials \nincluding wood and plastics; insulating materials and protective coatings. \nProf. Gregory Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n1.182 Experimental Methods in Engineering Mechanics \n\n(Prereq. 1.141) 1 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSurvey of experimental techniques and instrumentation, experimental \ndetermination of basic material properties for concrete, wood, metals, and \nother engineering materials, and introduction to model analysis. \nProf. Leet All Quarters \n\n1.190 Sanitary Engineering I (Prereq. 1.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to city planning, including methods of predicting population \nand economic growth; urban renewal, transportation, zoning, and financial \nplanning; unit operations of water and sewage treatment; flow sheets and \nhydraulic layout of water and sewage treatment; elements of stream \nsanitation. \nProf. Meserve Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n202 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n1.191 Sanitary Engineering II (Prereq. 1.190) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProblems in applied hydrology; design of water supply facilities, water dis- \ntribution systems, and sanitary and storm sewer systems; refuse disposal, \nair pollution, and other topics in environmental health engineering. \n\nProf. Stiefel Spring Qtr. \n\n1.192 Sanitary Engineering III (Prereq. 1.190) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nProcess design of water and water waste treatment; plants; biology and \nchemistry of water and waste water; plant design, including instrumentation \nand mechanical and electrical features; laboratory work and reports cover- \ning analysis of water and wastes, and process applications. \n\nProf. Meserve Spring Qtr. \n\n\nMechanical Engineering \n\n\n2.101 Mechanics I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nForces, moments and couples; resultants and equilibrium of force systems; \ninternal forces; statically indeterminate problems; stress, strain; relation- \nships between stress and strain; mechanical properties of materials. \nProf. Mills Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.102 Mechanics II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCentroids and centers' of gravity; moments of inertia of area; shear and \nmoment equations and diagrams; singularity functions; torsion of circular \nshafts; combined axial and torsional loading; symmetrical and unsymmetri- \ncal bending; combined stresses in bending; beam deflections. \n\nProf. Mills Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.103 Mechanics III 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nKinematics of particles, plane motion; kinematics of rigid body plane \nmotion, including rotating reference frames using analytical and graphical \ntechniques; friction; force, mass, acceleration analysis of rigid body plane \nmotion; mass moments of inertia. \n\nProf. Long Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.104 Mechanics IV 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSpace motion, particles and rigid bodies; work and energy; impulse and \nmomentum; Euler's equations; stability phenomena, including column \nbuckling. \n\nProf. Long All Quarters \n\n2.105 Fluid Mechanics I (Prereq. 2.104) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFundamental concepts, description of forces and motion in a fluid; con- \nservation of mass, momentum, and energy as applied to systems and control \nvolumes; dimensional analysis. \n\nProf. Nelson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.106 Fluid Mechanics II (Prereq. 2.105) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nTwo-dimensional potential flow; viscous effects; laminar and turbulent flow; \nboundary layer theory; pipe flow; elements of one-dimensional isentropic \ncompressible flow; shock waves. \n\nProf. Nelson Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 203 \n\n2.107 Vibration and Control (Prereq. 2.104) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalysis of single and multiple degree of freedom vibrating systems; simple \nfeedback control problems. \n\nProfs. Blanchard and Dunn Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.108 Design Fundamentals (Prereq. 2.104) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAdvanced Strength of Materials with emphasis on design applications, in- \ncluding stress analysis, deflection analysis, theories of failure and selection \nof materials, stress concentrations, creep and plasticity, fluctuating loads \nfor ductile and brittle materials; principles of design. \n\nProf. Mills Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.109 Machine Design (Prereq. 2.108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of design fundamentals to mechanical elements and complete \nmachines. Optimum and creative design are included in a project study. \nProf. Sexton Spring Qtr. \n\n2.115 Mechanics A 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nResultants and equilibrium of force systems; centroids; moments of areas; \ninternal forces; point stress; strains; statically indeterminate problems; \ntorsion. \n\nProf. Phalen Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.116 Mechanics B (Prereq. Civil Eng. Statics) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies; work \nand energy; inertia of masses. \n\nProf. Phalen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.117 Mechanics C (Prereq. 2.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies; \ninertia of masses. \n\nProf. Dunn Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.118 Mechanics D (Prereq. 2.115) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBending stresses and strains; inertia of masses, kinematics and dynamics \nof particles and rigid bodies; work and energy. \n\nProf. Phalen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.119 Mechanics E (Prereq. 2.115) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBending stresses and strains; kinematics of particles including rotating \nreference frames using analytical and graphical techniques. \n\nProf. Mills Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.120 Thermodynamics (Prereq. 10.145, 11.105) 3 CI. 3 Q.H. \nFundamental concepts of thermodynamics; properties of pure substances, \nwork and heat; the first law of thermodynamics; the second law and en- \ntropy; ideal gases; mixtures of ideal gases. \n\nProf. Mark All Quarters \n\n\n204 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n2.121 Thermodynamics I (Prereq. 10.145, 11.105) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFundamental concepts of thermodynamics; properties of pure substances, \nwork, and heat; the first law of thermodynamics; the second law and en- \ntropy; ideal gases; mixtures of ideal gases; availability, irreversibility and \nefficiency. \n\nProf. Mark Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.122 Thermodynamics II (Prereq. 2.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDetailed study of thermodynamic principles and their application in en- \ngineering; power plant cycles; refrigeration cycles; reciprocating machinery; \nair standard otto and diesel cycles; flow through nozzles and blade passage. \nProf. Foster Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.123 Thermodynamics III (Prereq. 2.122) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDiscussion of thermodynamic relations, equations of state and deviation \nequations for ideal gases are discussed followed by consideration of com- \nbustion phenomena and its application to heat engines. Detailed develop- \nment of thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium and chemical potential and \napplication of the resulting equations to combustion engines. \n\nProf. Zelinski Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.124 Heat Transfer (Prereq. 2.123) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nModes of heat transfer; steady state conduction, one and two dimensions; \ntransient conduction; mathematical and graphical techniques; electrical \nanalogy; forced convection; natural convection; radiation; condensation and \nboiling heat transfer; heat exchangers. \n\nProf. Mark Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.125 Nuclear Engineering (Prereq. 11.104, 2.124) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nStructure of the atom with emphasis on the nucleus; the characteristics and \ndetection of alpha, beta, and gamma radiation; isotope formation, radio- \nactive decay, nuclear reactions; cross sections for absorption, scattering, \nand fission; types of reactors, elementary reactor theory, reactor heat trans- \nfer, waste disposal, health physics, radiation detection, and uses of \nradioisotopes. \n\nProf. Foster Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.126 Thermodynamics IV 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelected subjects of current interest in thermodynamics, including ele- \nmentary kinetic theory, statistical mechanics and quantum mechanics; \ndiscussion of their relationship to classical thermodynamics. Specialized \nproblems in thermodynamics. \n\nProf. Nelson Spring Qtr. \n\n2.127 Direct Energy Conversion (Prereq. 2.123) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe principles of direct energy conversion by magnetohydrodynamic power \ngenerators, thermionic converters, fuel cells, and thermoelectric converters. \nThe unified theory of energy conversion. Irreversible thermodynamics. \nProf. Zelinski Spring Qtr. \n\n2.128 Thermodynamics (Prereq. 2.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThermodynamic principles and their application in engineering; availability, \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 205 \n\nirreversibility, and efficiency; reciprocating machinery; power and refrigera- \ntion cycles. \nMr. Swanson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.140 Materials and Metallurgy 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nStructures of solids; imperfections in crystals; phase diagrams; effect of \ntemperature on the structure and properties of materials (recrystallization, \nrecovery, precipitation, diffusion); strengthening mechanisms; mechanical \nproperties of materials; properties of the iron-carbon system and high \ntemperature alloys. \n\nProf. Bruehl Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.141 Materials Science (Prereq. 2.121) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nCrystallography; structure of solids; imperfections in crystals; phase equilib- \nn jm basic mechanisms of metal strengthening and mechanical behaviour; \nand the effect of temperature on the structure and properties of materials \n(recrystallization, recovery, precipitation, rate processes). \n\nProf. Nowak Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.142 Materials and Processes (Prereq. 2.141) 4 CI.; 2 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nFerrous metallurgy; plasticity theory; fracture and failure; metallurgical \nprinciples of casting, joining, forming, and cutting. \n\nProf. Murphy Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.143 Materials Science A (Prereq. 11.104, 10.145) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA basic background in the physical properties of solids. This should be \nsufficient for students interested in a broad scope as well as those who wish \nto continue in the area. Specific material includes crystallography; structure \nof solids; crystal growth; imperfections in solids; phase equilibria; phase \nchanges; effect of temperature on structure and properties of materials \n(rate processes, diffusion); and electric and optical properties of solids. \nProf. Nowak Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.160 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I \n\n(Prereq. 2.102, 9.103) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPrinciples of engineering experimentation and instrumentation, including \nthe proper design of experiments to minimize experimental error and un- \ncertainty; thorough introduction to the analog computer; stressed in lectures \nand in tests on machines particularly suited to illustrate above and com- \nmensurate with students' academic background. \nProf. Sexton Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.161 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II \n\n(Prereq. 2.160, 2.105, 2.123) 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nFurther application of principles learned in 2.160 by drawing on the stu- \ndents' increased theoretical preparation in performing experiments on \nequipment illustrating the principles of thermodynamics, strength of ma- \nterials, heat transfer and fluid mechanics. Effective use is made of the \ndigital as well as the analog computer. \nProf. Sexton Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n2.162 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III \n\n(Prereq. 2.161, 2.142, 2.124, 2.106) 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nProject type experiments. Students are required to utilize principles learned \nin 2.160 and 2.161 by choosing, researching, designing and managing \n\n\n206 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\nexperiments involving independent and, insofar as possible, original in- \nvestigations in any of the fields of mechanical engineering that are of \nparticular interest to them. \nProf. Sexton Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.191 Mechanical Engineering Senior Project \n\n(Prereq. 2.161, and consent of Dept. Head) 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nThis special project, if permitted, will be subtituted for 2.162. Projects may \nbe of an analytical, design, or experimental nature, and a formal report is \nsubmitted to the student's supervisor at the end of the quarter. \nProf. Sexton Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.214 Experimental Stress Analysis 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTheory and application of mechanical and electrical strain gauges; installa- \ntion, instrumentation and circuitry of gauge set-ups for transducer use and \nexperimental stress analysis; use of brittle coatings; theory and practice of \nphotoelastic methods as applied to models and coatings. \nProf. Mills Spring Qtr. \n\n2.232 Physical Metallurgy (Prereq. 2.142 or equivalent) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAtomic structure and bonding; atomic basis for elasticity; anistropic elastic \nbehaviour; anelastic behaviour; equilibrium and non-equilibrium studies of \none-, two-, and three-component systems; oxidation; corrosion; electrical \nand magnetic behaviour. \nProf. Zotos Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nElectrical Engineering \n\n\n3.111 Circuit Theory I 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroductory course in electric circuit theory covering Kirchhoffs laws, \nnetwork topology, loop and nodal analysis, Thevenin's theorem, dependent \nsources, two-part network analysis, power and energy. \n\nProf. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.112 Circuit Theory II (Prereq. 3.111, 10.144) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the properties of linear, time-invariant systems; expo- \nnential excitation, system function, complex-frequency plane, singularity \nfunction, impulse response. \n\nProf. Kellner Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.113 Circuit Theory III (Prereq. 3.112, 10.145) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nReview and extension of selected introductory circuit theory techniques; \nanalysis of nonlinear circuits; piecewise-linear analysis and synthesis tech- \nniques; phase-plane solution of simple nonlinear circuits; parametric circuits. \nProf. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.114 Distributed Circuits and Waves (Prereq. 3.113, 3.161) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nElectromagnetic waves on transmission lines and in space; acoustic waves \nin waveguides and in fluids; transmission and absorption phenomena; radia- \ntion efficiency and impedance of antenna and electromechanical transducers. \nProf. Remillard Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 207 \n\n3.121 Signals and Systems I (Prereq. 3.113, 10.146) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to system theory. Time domain analysis of linear, time-invariant \nsystems: the convolution integral and unit impulse response causality; \nstability; the transfer function. Fourier series and Fourier transforms. Cor- \nrelation functions and spectra. \n\nProf. Schefzen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.122 Signals and Systems II (Prereq. 3.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nLaplace transforms. Frequency domain analysis of linear, time-invariant sys- \ntems: the system function; poles and zeros; gain and phase-shift diagrams; \nnatural frequencies; root locus. Transients in linear, time-invariant systems. \nProf. Schefzen Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.123 Control Systems (Prereq. 3.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAnalysis and design of linear and nonlinear control systems; compensation \nmethods, statistical design techniques, and stability analysis; introduction \nto sampled data systems. \n\nProf. Bach Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.131 E. E. Laboratory I — Measurements (Prereq. 3.112) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nBasic electrical measurements and the development of measuring systems; \nmeasurement techniques with error analysis; waveform errors in averaging \ntype instruments; electric machinery and electronic circuits will be used \nas models for measurement. \n\nProf. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.132 E. E. Laboratory II — Measurements \n\n(Prereq. 3.131) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of measurements laboratory with more sophisticated meas- \nurements; student projects involving the synthesis of a measuring system. \nProf. Martin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.133 E.E. Laboratory III— Active Devices \n\n(Prereq. 3.131, 3.141) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nThe terminal behavior of active devices; bandwidth, power gain, power level, \ndynamic range and operating bias; introduction to Analog Computation. \nProf. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.134 E. E. Laboratory IV — Transducers \n\n(Prereq. 3.131, 3.122) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAnalog computation, electro-optics and active devices including analysis \nand design. \nProf. Martin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.135 E.E. Laboratory V (Prereq. 3.134, 3.143, 3.171) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAnalysis and design of multistage devices such as wave shaping circuits, \nbasic logic systems, communication systems, amplifiers, transfer character- \nistics of electric machines; or senior thesis project. \n\nProf. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n208 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.136 E. E. Laboratory VI (Prereq. 3.123, 3.135, 3,143) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nCont. of 3.135. \nProf. Martin Spring Qtr. \n\n3.141 Electronics I (Prereq. 3.113, 11.140) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to circuit models of transistors and other devices on a phe- \nnomenological basis rather than from the solid-state physics approach; \ndevelopment of models for high- and low-frequency representation and \npiece-wise models; bias considerations and regions of operation for tran- \nsistors and other devices. \n\nProf. Cochrun Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.142 Electronics II (Prereq. 3.121, 3.141) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe properties of simple amplifiers; development of gain, frequency re- \nsponse, and impedance relations in single-stage and cascaded RC and d-c \namplifiers. Analysis techniques used, such as signal flow graphs, matrix \nmethods, and log-modulus (Bode) plots, are related to the physical opera- \ntion and limitations of the devices employed. \n\nProf. Grabel Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.143 Electronics III (Prereq. 3.142) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe concepts of feedback developed and applied to amplifier circuits and \nwaveform generators; the problems of gain, frequency response, interstage \nloading, and stability quantitatively discussed; analysis and design ap- \nproaches for multivibrators, sweep circuits, and sinusoidal oscillators. \nProf. Grabel Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.151 Communications Theory and Practice \n\n(Prereq. 3.122, 3.143) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to classical modulation theory and to some of the more recent \ndevelopments in communication theory. AM and FM theory and models; \nsampling, pulse-modulation systems, multiplexing, and noise; signal space \nand correlation detection; entropy and channel capacity. \nProf. Lob Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.161 Field Theory I (Prereq. 10.147, 11.104) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe basic principles of electromagnetic fields; vector analysis review; an- \nalogies between field and circuit concepts; fundamental quantities and \nunits; electrostatic and magnetostatic fields; boundary conditions, Coulomb, \nBiot-Savart and Faraday's Laws; solutions of Laplace and Poisson equations \nfor simple electrostatic configurations; electric and magnetic dipoles; Max- \nwell equations. \n\nProf. Schwab Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.162 Field Theory II (Prereq. 3.161) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nResistance, capacitance and inductance from the field viewpoint; electric \nand magnetic polarization and susceptibility; complex fields; waves in di- \nelectrics; power flow; reflection and refraction; standing waves; dipole radi- \nation; introduction to waveguide and cavity concepts. \n\nProf. Schwab Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 209 \n\n3.163 Field Theory III (Prereq. 3.162) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to modern applications of electromagnetic field theory; motion \nof charges particles in fields; electrostatic and magnetic deflection and \nfocussing; diode, cyclotron, synchrotron, magneto-ionics, ferrites, electron \nbeam-wave interactions; waves on periodic structures, traveling-wave tubes; \nelementary plasma physics concepts; magneto-hydrodynamics. \nProf. Schwab Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.171 Energy Conversion I (Prereq. 3.113, 3.161) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMagnetic circuit theory and transformers. Fundamentals of electromechan- \nical energy conversion including the electric circuit model concept. \n\nProf. Cleveland Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.172 Energy Conversion II (Prereq. 3.171) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nTheory and steady-state operation of rotating electromechanical energy \nconverters. \n\nProf. Cleveland Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.173 Energy Conversion III (Prereq. 3.172) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nElectromechanical components of control systems. Dynamic operation of \nelectromechanical energy converters. \n\nProf. Cleveland Spring Qtr. \n\n3.181 Electrical Engineering I (Prereq. 10.143) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroductory course to electric circuit theory covering Kirchhoff's Laws, \nLoop and nodal analysis, Thevenin's Theorem, power, energy, exponential \nexcitation and system function. Not open to E. E. majors. \n\nProf. Grabel Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.182 Electrical Engineering II (Prereq. 3.181) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nProperties and analysis of electronic devices, circuits, systems; elements of \ncontrol systems; principles of energy conversion; emphasis on each topic \ndetermined according to major discipline. Not open to E.E. majors. \n\nProf. Grabel Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.183 Electrical Engineering I (Prereq. 10.143) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSimilar to 3.181. Offered only to I.E. majors. \n\nProf. Grabel Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.184 Electrical Engineering II (Prereq. 3.183) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSimilar to 3.183 but with more emphasis on ideas of system theory. Offered \nonly to I.E. majors. \n\nProf. Grabel Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.215 Modern Circuit Theory (Prereq. 3.122) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nA review and integration of previously acquired knowledge of circuit theory, \nparticularly with respect to circuit classification; the establishment of a \nphilosophy of formal synthesis as a useful and informative part of engineer- \ning design; the development of an appreciation for the utility and intrinsic \nvalue of certain mathematical methods of analysis for linear systems; for \nexample, matrices and other linear algebra concepts as applied to linear \ncircuit theory. \nProf. Kellner Spring Qtr. \n\n\n210 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.221 Electrical Energy Systems and Sources (Prereq. 3.171) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThis course with 3.222 is designed to give a broad view of the structure of \nthose electric systems whose primary function is energy transfer, and espe- \ncially those whose function is the transfer of large quantities of energy. \nThe functions of the various system elements are described and their sig- \nnificant characteristics are investigated briefly. The interrelation between \nelements is treated. \n\nProf. Cogbill Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.222 Electrical Energy Systems and Sources II (Prereq. 3.221) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of 3.221. Problems such as voltage control, protection, eco- \nnomics, and planning which relate to the system as a whole are investi- \ngated. Taken with 3.221, it provides a general background for more in- \ntensive studies in analysis, stability, protection, economics, and planning of \nelectric power systems. \n\nProf. Cogbill Spring Qtr. \n\n3.233 Basic Power Circuits (Prereq. 3.113) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nBalanced and unbalanced polyphase power circuits. Harmonics, symmetrical \ncomponents and applications to the solution of fault conditions in power \nsystems. \n\nProf. Cleveland Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.234 E. E. Laboratory (Prereq. 3.131, 3.122) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nSimilar to 3.134 except emphasizing power aspects where appropriate. \nProf. Cleveland Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n3.235 E. E. Laboratory (Prereq. 3.234, 3.143, 3.171) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nSimilar to 3.135 except emphasizing power aspects where appropriate. \nProf. Cleveland Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.236 E. E. Laboratory \n\n(Prereq. 3.235, 3.123, 3.172, 3.143) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nSimilar to 3.136 except emphasizing power aspects where appropriate. \nProf. Cleveland Spring Qtr. \n\n3.241 Design Problems in Electronics (Prereq. 3.143) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the art of practical design through the use of specific \ndesign examples, such as feedback regulators. The specification compro- \nmises necessary to maximize the total usefulness of the circuit will be \nevolved, as will the experimental techniques necessary to verify the analyti- \ncal design. An attempt will be made to interrelate many of the analytical \nconcepts presented in earlier courses. Student participation encouraged; \nlaboratory demonstrations provided. \n\nProf. Grabel Spring Qtr. \n\n3.242 Solid State Device Theory and Practice I (Pererq. 3.141) \n[Students taking 3.242 must also take the special section of 3.135 (senior \nproject) which is the laboratory for 3.242.] \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 211 \n\nThe course is a case method study of solid state devices. There is a labora- \ntory tightly integrated with the classroom work. The classroom portion of \nthe course for this quarter is devoted to junction diode and bipolar tran- \nsistor theory. Included are the physics of device operation and the chem- \nistry and physics of achieving a given design. In the laboratory, the student \ndesigns, builds and tests diodes and transistors to meet certain electrical \ncharacteristics. The devices achieved are seldom of \"commercial\" quality, \nbut sufficient equipment is available in the laboratory to make practical \ndevice processing possible even for untrained personnel. \nProf. Feldman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.243 Solid State Device Theory and Practice II (Prereq. 3.242) \n\n[Students taking 3.243 must also take the special section of 3.316 (senior \nproject) which is the laboratory for this course.] \n\nThis is a continuation of 3.242. The central topic is field effect transistors \n\nwith appropriate design problems for the laboratory. \n\nProf. Feldman Spring Qtr. \n\n3.291 Computer Applications in Science and Industry \n\n(Prereq. 10.147) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nDescription of the computing facilities available for solution of today's en- \ngineering problems and an introduction to some methods of problem-solving. \nThe advantages of hybrid computation are stressed. Representative prob- \nlems will be chosen for solution either by digital computer or by analog \ncomputer under control of digital logic. Some familiarity with basic analog \nmethods and the concepts of Boolean algebra is assumed. \nProf. Rabinovici Spring Qtr. \n\n3.292 Mathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering I \n\n(Prereq. 3.122, 3.162) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nDefinition and representation of a complex variable and of functions of a \ncomplex variable. Topics covered include conformal mapping, singularities, \nLaurent series, residues, and contour integration. Electrical engineering ap- \nplications of complex variable theory such as Fourier theory, Hilbert trans- \nforms, conformal transformations in the analysis of linear systems and \nin electrostatics. \nProf. Schwab Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n3.293 Mathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering II \n\n(Prereq. 3.113, 3.142) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMatrix notation and rules of matrix algebra are initially introduced from the \nhistorical point of view. The solubility of sets of linear equations, concepts \nof determinants, linear transformations, invariance, quadratic forms and \neigenvalues are then developed. Throughout, illustrative applications of \nmatrix techniques are made for the formulation and solution of certain \nproblems in Electrical Engineering drawn from the realms of circuit theory, \nprobability theory, and engineering physics. \nProf. Schwab Spring Qtr. \n\n\n212 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING \n\n\nChemical Engineering \n\n\n4.101 Chemical Engineering Calculations I \n\n(Prereq. 12.116) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of the fundamental laws of mass and energy conservation and \nequilibrium concepts to chemical and physical processes; economic con- \nsiderations leading to optimal solutions. A computational laboratory is \nincluded to improve the facility of the student in handling sophisticated \nproblems. Analog and numerical approaches are stressed where applicable. \nMr. Weisman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n4.102 Chemical Engineering Calculations II (Prereq. 4.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSimultaneous application of energy and mass conservation laws coupled \nwith equilibrium considerations to comprehensive problems selected from \nthe chemical processing industries; both steady and unsteady state \nprocesses. \n\nMr. Weisman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.104 Commercial Chemical Development (Prereq. 4.101, 12.116) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nDesigned to enable the student to make the transition from theoretical \nchemistry to the industrial process. Interrelationships between processes \nare studied from the standpoint of economics, raw materials, and apparatus. \nProblems requiring qualitative as well as quantitative reasoning. \nProf. Buonopane Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.111 Chemical Engineering! (Prereq. 4.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe important unit operations of Chemical Engineering. Fluid mechanics, \nheat transfer, and evaporation. \n\nProf. Stewart Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n4.112 Chemical Engineering II (Prereq. 4.111) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of 4.111. Drying, distillation, absorption, and extraction. \nProf. Stewart Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.121 Transport Phenomena I (Prereq. 4.112) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of Chemical Engineering from the transport phenomena standpoint. \nIntroduction to fluid properties, derivations of the conservation equation for \nmass, momentum, and energy; solutions of differential equations in con- \nduction; unsteady state heat transfer; and laminar fluid motion. \n\nProf. Williams Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n4.122 Transport Phenomena II (Prereq. 4.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 4.121. Convective heat transfer, turbulent fluid motion, \nmass transfer by molecular and eddy diffusion; mass transfer in laminar \nand turbulent motion; and simultaneous heat, mass, and momentum transfer. \nProf. Goodwin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.123 Experimental Methods I (Prereq. 4.112) 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to experimental engineering methods; basic measurements, \ndesign of experimental apparatus, laboratory report writing, design of experi- \nments, and data accuracy are stressed. Suitable experiments are performed. \nProf. Troupe Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nCHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 213 \n\n4.124 Experimental Methods II (Prereq. 4.123) 2 CI.; 4 Lab., 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 4.123 with emphasis on the development of an experi- \nmental program, reduction of data, and presentation of results; use of \ncomputers in simulating experimental conditions, and for constructing \nmathematical models are stressed. \n\nProf. Troupe Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.125 Material Science (Prereq. 12.162, 12.148) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe properties and applications of metals, plastics, and ceramics in general, \nwith particular emphasis given to those materials problems which are en- \ncountered in the chemical engineering profession; modern theories of solid- \nstate physics emphasizing the molecular and structural concepts upon \nwhich the physical properties of engineering materials depend; also, the \nclassical thermodynamic theories dealing with solids. \n\nTo Be Announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n4.126 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics \n\n(Prereq. 4.102, 12.162) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe first law and its application to batch and flow systems; heat effects in \nchemical and physical processes; thermodynamic properties; the second \nlaw; entropy; physical and chemical equilibria; emphasis on the fundamental \nprinciples and mathematical relationships and their application to the \nanalysis and solution of a variety of engineering problems. \nTo Be Announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.131 Process Design (Prereq. 4.122, 4.126) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 7 Q.H. \nThe class participates in the process design of a chemical plant capable \nof producing a specified annual tonnage of a chemical when specific raw \nmaterials are available. The fundamentals of chemical engineering science, \npractice, analysis and economics which have been studied in previous \ncourses are used to prepare a report containing flow sheets, material and \nenergy balances, designs of processing units, and cost estimates of the \ncapital requirements for procuring, erecting, and operating the plant. \n\nMr. Jackson Fall and Summer Qtrs. \n\n4.132 Process Design (Prereq. 4.131) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 7 Q.H. \nEach student or a small group of students designs a chemical plant to pro- \nduce a specified annual tonnage of one or more chemicals with a specific \nfeed stock. The techniques used in Process Design I are used by each \nstudent to prepare an individual process design report and cost estimate \nfor the particular plant assigned. \n\nMr. Jackson Spring Qtr. \n\n4.133 Projects \n\n(Prereq. Senior student and consent of Dept.) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 7 Q.H. \nIndividual research related to some phase of chemical engineering. Open \nonly to students selected by the department head on the basis of scholar- \nship and proved ability. Research topic selected by mutual agreement of \nthe student and his supervising professor. \nProf. Troupe and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n214 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING \n\n4.134 Projects (Prereq. 4.133) 1 CI.; 7 Lab.; 7 Q.H. \nA continuation of the research work undertaken in 4.133. \n\nProf. Troupe and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n4.135 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering \n\n(Prereq. 10.147; 11.104) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReview of nuclear physics; nuclear fission, the nuclear chain reaction; \nreactor theory, radiation shielding; materials of construction; reactor instru- \nmentation and control; separation of stable isotopes; chemical separation; \nprocessing and special techniques of nuclear engineering. \nProf. Buonopane Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n4.136 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (Prereq. 12.162, 4.126) 4 CI.; 4.Q.H. \nFundamental theories of a rate of chemical change including collision and \ntransition state theory in homogeneous reacting systems; integral and dif- \nferential analysis of kinetic data and a design of batch and continuous flow \nchemical reactors; catalysis theory and design of catalytic reactors. \n\nProf. Goodwin Spring Qtr. \n\n4.141 Junior Honors Program Prereq. Approval of Dept.; To be assigned. \n\nThose students undertaking a Junior Honors Program may petition for two \ncredits for the research problem undertaken. \nProf. Troupe All Quarters \n\n4.146 Nuclear Power Engineering (Prereq. 10.147, 11.104) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nCourse for Electrical Engineering Power Systems students. Introduction to \nNuclear Engineering; fundamental concepts of nuclear power; nuclear re- \nactors and power plants; radiation protection and safety. Supplementary \nlaboratory experiments. \nProf. Buonopane Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nIndustrial Engineering \n\n\n5.128 Work Design 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPhilosophy and Principles of Work Design, use of graphic models such as \nProcess Charts, Operation Charts, Man-machine Charts, etc. Work Measure- \nment techniques including stop watch, synthetic standard and work samp- \nling. Extensive use of projects. \n\nProf. Hulbert Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.129 Manufacturing Processes and Value Analysis 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPrinciples and techniques in processes for the manufacture of articles of \ncommerce, emphasis on process design and cost, consideration of process \ncontrol and automation; metal working, forming, machining, and bonding; \njob-shop tooling and techniques; plastics and rubber forming and extruding; \ntextiles, paper, electronics, food processing, and other manufacturing opera- \ntions. Principles and procedures to obtain optimum value in products, com- \nplete value analysis study; methods of revealing excessive costs; concepts \nof government contracts; relationship of value analysis to design, manu- \nfacturing, procurement and installation. Emphasis on values added resulting \nfrom choice of manufacturing process. \n\nProf. Hulbert Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING / 215 \n\n5.130 Systems I (Prereq. 10.146) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nLinear feedback systems and solutions for steady state in first order sys- \ntems. Integral and derivative control. LaPlace transforms for continuous \nsystems analysis and Z-transforms in discrete systems. Tranfer functions. \nProf. Freeman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n5.131 Systems II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of Systems I with emphasis on applications; Inventory sys- \ntems, distribution systems, information systems; introduction to simulation \nof large systems with analog and digital computers. \n\nProf. Freeman Spring Qtr. \n\n5.144 Quality Control (Prereq. 5.245) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nSampling inspection procedures involving both attributes and variables, \nsingle and double sampling plans, control charts for fraction defective, \nvariables control charts, operating characteristics curves, Military Standard \nSampling Plans. Not open to Industrial Engineers. \nProf. Hoover Spring Qtr. \n\n5.146 Engineering Statistics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nCivil Engineering applications of fundamental probability distributions, in- \ncluding the Binomial, Exponential, Poisson and Hypergeometric; conditional \nprobability; addition and multiplication laws; statistical inference with test- \ning of hypotheses on variability and central tendency; and curve fitting with \nleast squares. \n\nProf. Hoover Spring Qtr. \n\n5.147 Statistics I (Prereq. 10.208) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nWhat is a statistics, distributions of random variables including normal, t, \nChi-square, F, Poisson, Binomial; Estimation of parameters-point estimation \nby method of moments, maximum likelihood, Bayes estimates. \n\nProf. Hall Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.148 Statistics II (Prereq. 5.147) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nInterval estimation; stating and testing hypothesis; Linear Regression; An- \nalysis of Variance; Applied topics such as Reliability, Quality Control, \nDecision Theory from Bayes Rule. \n\nProf. Hall Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n5.149 Reliability and Quality Control (Prereq. 5.148) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplied probability and statistical inference techniques are utilized in reli- \nability analysis and quality control. Both theory and application are dis- \ncussed in relation to the total quality assurance program. \n\nProf. Hoover Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.161 Operations Research I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nDeterministic models including L.P. and Duality; Transportation and Alloca- \ntion; Sensitivity and post optimality analysis; Network Analysis including \nmaximal flow, shortest route, and PERT; Dynamic Programming and re- \ncursive functional expressions; Game Theory. \nProf. Freeman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n216 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING \n\n5.163 Operations Research II (Prereq. 10.208) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nStochastic models in O.R., their analytical development and solution. Topics \ncovered: Queuing models, deterministic and stochastic inventory models, \nMarkov Chains, sequencing. \nProf. Freeman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.165 Production and Inventory Control 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nStudy of both deterministic inventory models and models with stochastic \ndemand and/or lead time. Single period and multiple period models to be \ndeveloped. Emphasis on cost structure and determination of optimum \npolicies. Relationship to workload planning, scheduling and dispatching. \nProf. Freeman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n5.166 Facilities Planning and Design 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of quantitative techniques such as queuing theory and en- \ngineering economy to problems involving facilities planning and materials \nhandling; basic graphical tools; models for plant layout; laboratory projects. \nProf. Moore Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n5.169 Advanced Topics in Operations Research 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTopics to include duality Kuhn-Tucher conditions, Lagranzian Techniques, \nstatic and dynamic stochastic decision processes, model formulation and \nanalysis. \nProf. Freeman Spring Qtr. \n\n5.186 Personnel & Organizations 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe individual in the industrial environment; work theory, motivation, in- \nterpersonal relations; consideration of modern personnel practice based on \nthe concepts of the behavioral sciences; structure and dynamics of indus- \ntrial organizations; problems of innovation; case studies for situational \nanalysis. \n\nProf. Fisher Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n5.187 Industrial Relations 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalysis of industrial relations and organized labor with emphasis on the \nhistorical developments leading to their current status; union organization \nand philosophy; interaction of management, government and labor; collec- \ntive bargaining; the engineer's role in industrial relations. \n\nProf. Fisher Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.240 Digital Simulation Techniques 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDesign of simulation experiments, construction of the computer model, \npseudo-random number generation, simulation logic and flow charting, test- \ning and validation of models, applications drawn from physical sciences, en- \ngineering, business, industry, medicine, government and the social sciences. \nProf. Moore Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n5.241 Management Information Systems 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDetermination of what type of information management requires for reason- \nable decision-making and how it should be collected, stored, summarized, \nand reported for maximum utilization on the part of the industrial firm. \nMr. Clark Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nGRAPHIC SCIENCE / 217 \n\n5.245 Basic Engineering Statistics 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to basic probability distributions, including the Binomial and \nHypergeometric, Exponential, Poisson and normal; laboratory data analysis; \nstatistical test of hypotheses about central tendency and variability; curve \nfitting with least squares on Engineering data. \nProf. Hall Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.260 Engineering Economy 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nThe formulation of analytical techniques such as rate of return, present \nworth, annual cost. The application of these techniques to reach economical \nsolutions to business and engineering problems involving design, relection, \nreplacement, lease-buy-decisions, and decisions between multiple alterna- \ntives. Sensitivity analysis and basic probability are introduced in cases \nwhere uncertainty exists. Brief survey of sources and costs of capital, debt \nversus equity financing and leverage. \nProf. Hall Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n5.265 Fundamentals of Engineering Economy 3CI.;3Q.H. \n\nThe formulation of analytical techniques such as rate of return, present \nworth, annual cost. The application of these techniques to reach eco- \nnomical solutions to business and engineering problems involving design, \nrelection, replacement, lease-buy-decisions, and decisions between multiple \nalternatives. Sensitivity analysis and basic probability are introduced in \ncases where uncertainty exists. A brief review of accounting is used as \nbackground for extensive emphasis on income taxation and its effects on \ndecision making. \nMr. Clark All Quarters \n\n5.290 Independent Study in Industrial Engineering 1-4 CI.; 1-4 Q.H. \n\nFor students usually in the senior year with high scholastic standing on ad- \nvanced I.E. topics. Projects may be of an applied or theoretical nature; \nformal report submitted to student's project supervisor at the end of quarter. \nAdvisor All Quarters \n\n\nGraphic Science \n\n9.101 Basic Engineering 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to basic engineering and design concepts. Analysis and re- \nview of a variety of Case Studies noting how scientific principles are ap- \nplied to the solution of engineering problems. Engineering drawings; \nintroduction to computer programming. \n\nProf. Rule and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n9.102 Basic Engineering (Prereq. 9.101) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nInvolvement with several specific professional disciplines of Engineering \nthrough standard components and group design projects. Analysis and \nevaluation of existing design systems; communicating design concepts. Ap- \nplications of computer programming to Scientific and Engineering problems. \nProf. Rule and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n\n218 / MATHEMATICS \n\n9.103 Basic Engineering (Prereq. 9.102) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nCreative Design and conceptual solutions to engineering problems. Involve- \nment in original design problems; application of the design process. Com- \nputers as an aid to the Designer; computer graphics; numerical methods. \nProf. Rule and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n9.105 Computer Programming 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nA special course offered primarily for Engineering transfer students. This \ncourse covers basic programming methods using the FORTRAN language. \nEmphasis is on general programming, but example problems are chosen \nfrom the various branches of Engineering. \nProf. Rule Fall Qtr. \n\n9.111 Introduction to Digital Computation 1 CI.; 0 Q.H. \nThis course demonstrates the methods and techniques of programming \ndigital computers. Emphasis is on general programming principles which \nare applicable to the full spectrum of electronic digital computers. The \nstudent is taught a typical computer language called FORTRAN and is \nshown the capabilities of this language through the use of case studies. \nThese case studies show the application of digital methods in the solution \nof scientific and engineering-oriented problems. \n\nProf. Rule Fall Qtr. \n\n9.112 Advanced Programming Principles 1CI.;0Q.H. \nHigher-level capabilities of the computer are developed by introducing more \nsophisticated aspects of the FORTRAN language. Computer logic and itera- \ntive procedures are emphasized through case studies that introduce the \nstudent to numerical methods. \n\nProf. Rule Winter Qtr. \n\n9.113 Engineering Applications and Numerical Methods 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nThe more prominent numerical methods and mathematics associated with \ndigital computation are explored and applied to solve engineering problems. \nProfessionally written programs are reviewed as case studies to demonstrate \nadvanced techniques. Programs available as Library Subprograms (Scientific \nProgramming Package) are reviewed. \n\nProf. Rule Spring Qtr. \n\nMathematics \n\n10.101 Basic Mathematics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nDevelopment of real numbers and the algebraic operations with emphasis \nplaced on the field postulates. Study of polynomials, fractions, exponents, \nradical expressions, 1st and 2nd degree equations, solutions of inequalities, \nrelations and functions. \n\nProf. Claflin Fall Qtr. \n\n10.102 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of functions and relations, graphs, simple forms of conic sec- \ntions, variation, exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of equations \nand inequalities, complex numbers. \n\nProf. Claflin Winter Qtr. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 219 \n\n10.103 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nTheory of equations, sequences and series, probability, topics in trigonometry. \nProf. Claflin Spring Qtr. \n\n10.104 Fundamentals of Mathematics \n\n(Prereq. 1 unit high school algebra) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPrimarily for upper-class Business Administration and non-science Liberal \nArts students. \n\nNumerical systems; review of algebraic processes; solutions of linear and \nquadratic equations and inequalities; elementary matrix operations with \napplications; permutations, combinations, and probability. \nProf. McCallister Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.105 Fundamentals of Mathematics \n\n(Prereq. 10.104 or equivalent) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelected topics in analytic geometry; number sequences; limits and con- \ntinuity of functions; geometric interpretation of a derivative; derivatives by \nformula; applications of derivatives to curve sketching and problem solving. \nProf. McCallister Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.106 Calculus \n\n(Prereq. 3V2 units of coll. prep. math, or 10.103, 10.105, or 10.123) \n\n4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA first course for upper-class students. Differential calculus of one variable; \ntopics in analytic geometry. \nProf. Klein Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.107 Calculus (Prereq. 10.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntegral calculus of one variable with an introduction to differential equations. \nProf. Klein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.111 Calculus (Prereq. 3V2 units coll. prep, math.) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Chemistry, Biological \nSciences, and Pharmacy. Limits, particularly the derivative; topics in an- \nalytic geometry related to the application of the derivative. \n\nProf. Blackett Fall Qtr. \n\n10.112 Calculus (Prereq. 10.111) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nDifferentiation and integration of functions, with applications; topics in \nanalytic geometry, including calculations of areas of plane figures bounded \nby algebraic curves. Further techniques of evaluation of limits. \n\nProf. Blackett Winter Qtr. \n\n10.113 Calculus (Prereq. 10.112) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nTranscendental functions and their derivatives and integrals; parametric \nfunctions; applications of definite integrals and other limits. \n\nProf. Blackett Spring Qtr. \n\n10.121 Fundamentals of Mathematics \n\n(Prereq. 1 unit H.S. Algebra) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nPrimarily for freshman Business Administration students. Sets and set \noperations; number systems; operations with polynomials and rational ex- \n\n\n220 / MATHEMATICS \n\npressions; exponents and radicals; linear and quadratic equations; graphs \n\nof relations and functions. \n\nProf. McCallister Fall Qtr. \n\n10.122 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.121 or equiv.) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSystems containing at least one equation of second degree, variation, pro- \ngressions, logarithms and their applications, interpolation and curve fitting. \nProf. McCallister Winter Qtr. \n\n10.123 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.122 or equiv.) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMatrices and vectors, matrix operations, special matrices, determinants, \nelementary matrix transformations, systems of linear equations, vector \nspaces, linear transformations. \n\nProf. McCallister Spring Qtr. \n\n10.141 Calculus (Prereq. 3 units coll. prep, math.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA course in calculus for freshmen in the College of Engineering. Introduc- \ntion to analytic geometry, and to the differential and integral calculus of \nalgebraic functions; inequalities, functions, and graphs; limits and con- \ntinuity; the differential; applications. \n\nProf. Cook Fall Qtr. \n\n10.142 Calculus (Prereq. 10.141) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDifferential Calculus applied to maximum-minimum and rate problems; the \nmean-value theorem and applications; the indefinite integral; the definite \nintegral and applications to area, volume, length; calculus of sines and \ncosines. \n\nProf. Cook Winter Qtr. \n\n10.143 Calculus (Prereq. 10.142) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe differential and integral calculus of transcendental functions; methods \nof integration; improper integrals; analytic geometry of loci, circles, and \nconic sections; polar co-ordinates. \n\nProf. Cook Spring Qtr. \n\n10.144 Calculus (Prereq. 10.143) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSolid analytic geometry, vectors, infinite series, partial differentiation. \nProf. Dunlap Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.145 Calculus (Prereq. 10.144) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMultiple integration, linear algebra, vector spaces, matrix algebra, complex \nvariables. \n\nProf. Dunlap Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.146 Mathematical Analysis (Prereq. 10.145) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to numerical methods for engineering problems, employing the \ndigital computer in root-evaluation, interpolation, and integration. Ordi- \nnary differential equations, including solution of first order equations and \nlinear equations with constant coefficients. \n\nProf. Filgo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 221 \n\n10.147 Mathematical Analysis (Prereq. 10.146) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nOrdinary differential equations, including numerical and series solutions; \nFourier series; introduction to partial differential equations and boundary- \nvalue problems. \nProf. Filgo Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.170 Geometry (Prereq. A course in Calculus) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelected topics from advanced plane geometry in Euclidean style, such \nas collinear points, concurrent lines, duality, cross-ratio, harmonic division \nof segments, homogeneous coordinates, abridged notations, special \ntheorems concerning points, lines, triangles, and circles (Euler, Desargues, \nLemoine, Brocard, Brianchon, Feuerbach); the Nine Point Circle, inversion, \nreciprocation. \n\nProf. Dean Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.171 Geometry (Prereq. 10.170) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDiscussion of Euclid's definitions and postulates; examination in detail of \nthe Fifth Postulate and other items leading to Non-Euclidean Geometry. \nSome special topics in Non-Euclidean Geometry of the Hyperbolic and \nElliptic planes. \n\nProf. Dean Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.195 Honors Calculus (Prereq. Advanced Placement) 5 CI.; 5 Q.H. \n\nAn accelerated course in the calculus of functions of one variable. \nProf. Sorani Fall Qtr. \n\n10.201 Calculus (Prereq. 3V2 units coll. prep, math.) 5 CI.; 5 Q.H. \nA first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in mathematics or physics. \nReview of basic properties of sets and the real number system; inequalities, \nabsolute value, mathematical induction. Functions. Limits and continuity. \nDerivatives. \n\nProf. Reis Fall Qtr. \n\n10.202 Calculus (Prereq. 10.201) 5 CI.; 5 Q.H. \nFurther properties of the real number system; supremum and infimum. \nProperties of continuous functions; extreme values; mean-value theorem. \nRiemann integral; primitives; fundamental theorem of integral calculus. \nIntegration by substitution and by parts. Transcendental functions. Taylor's \nformula with remainder, indeterminate forms, I'Hopital's rule. \n\nProf. Reis Winter Qtr. \n\n10.203 Algebra 5 CI.; 5 Q.H. \nElementary linear algebra; vectors in 2 and 3 dimensions; linear transforma- \ntions and matrices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear \nequations; determinants; characteristic values and vectors. \n\nProf. Staknis and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n10.204 Calculus (Prereq. 10.202 or equivalent) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to differential equations; complex numbers; sequences, infinite \nseries, improper integrals; sequences and series of functions; calculus of \nvector-valued functions. \n\nProf. Giveen Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n222 / MATHEMATICS \n\n10.205 Calculus (Prereq. 10.204) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMultiple integration; differential calculus of scalar fields; line integrals; \nsurface integrals. \n\nProf. Giveen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.206 Algebra (Prereq. 10.203) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSet theory and logic; laws of composition; algebraic structures. Monoids, \ngroups, rings, fields; quotient groups. \n\nProf. Bridger Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.207 Differential Equations (Prereq. 10.204) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSolution of elementary ordinary differential equations; first order equations; \nhigher order linear equations; series solutions. \n\nProf. Epstein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.208 Probability (Prereq. 10.204) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProbability functions for finite and infinite sample spaces; conditional prob- \nability and independence; discrete and continuous probability distributions \nfor one or more random variables; expectation; moments; moment-generating \nfunctions; central limit theorem. \n\nProf. Stubbs Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.220 Mathematical Statistics (Prereq. 10.208) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEstimation of parameters; confidence intervals; hypothesis testing; regres- \nsion; sampling distributions; introduction to analysis of variance and statis- \ntical decision theory. \n\nProf. Stubbs Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.221 Applied Analysis (Prereq. 10.203, 10.207, 10.252) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReview of elementary linear algebra; functions of a matrix; bilinear and \nquadratic forms; spectral theory; applications include systems of first order \nlinear differential equations. \n\nProf. Epstein Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.222 Applied Analysis (Prereq. 10.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSeries expansions; function spaces; integral equations; study of the partial \ndifferential equations associated with wave propagation, heat, and diffusion. \nProf. Epstein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.223 Numerical Analysis (Prereq. 10.203, 10.252, 10.220) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSolution of nonlinear equations and systems of linear and nonlinear equa- \ntions; approximation; interpolation; smoothing; numerical integration and \ndifferentiation. \n\nProf. Klein Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.224 Numerical Analysis (Prereq. 10.223) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nNumerical solution of ordinary differential equations; accuracy and stability; \nnumerical solution of boundary value and initial value problems in partial \ndifferential equations and integral equations. \n\nProf. Klein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 223 \n\n10.225 Computers and Logic \n\n(Prereq. 10.205, 10.206 or equivalents) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to computer programming; machine, assembler, and compiler \nlanguages with practice on CDC 3300 on campus; selected topics from \nBoolean algebra with application to logical design and mathematical ma- \nchine theories. \nProf. Klein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.226 Functions of a Complex Variable (Prereq. 10.251) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nComplex analytic functions; elementary functions and mappings; contour \nintegrals; series representation. \n\nProf. Filgo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.230 Linear Programming and Game Theory \n\n(Prereq. 1 year college math.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to linear programming, game theory, and linear economic \nmodels. \nProf. Klein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.251 Analysis (Prereq. 10.203, 10.205) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReal numbers and Elementary Topology of Rn. Continuity, properties of \ncontinuous functions, uniform continuity. Sequences of functions, uniform \nconvergence. \n\nProf. Hajian Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.252 Analysis (Prereq. 10.251) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRiemann integration, differentiability. Contraction mapping principle, in- \nverse and implicit function theorems. \n\nProf. Hajian Spring Qtr. \n\n10.253 Analysis (Prereq. 10.252) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMultilinear algebra and forms. Poincare's lemma, generalized Stokes \nTheorem. \n\nProf. Frampton Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.254 Algebra (Prereq. 10.206 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nTheory of rings: unique factorization for integers, polynomials and other \nsystems. Theory of groups: action orbits, quotient spaces, index formulas, \nisomorphism theorem constructions such as direct and semi-direct products, \nSylow theorems. \n\nProf. Rasala Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n1 0.255 Algebra (Prereq. 10.254) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nVector spaces and linear transformations: bases; inner product spaces; \northogonal and normal matrices; quadratic forms, equivalence; similarity \nand canonical forms for matrices. \n\nProf. Rasala Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.256 Algebra (Prereq. 10.254) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nTheory of fields: field extensions; automorphisms; Galois theory; applications \nto theory of equations. \n\nProf. Bridger Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n224 / PHYSICS \n\n10.261 Projective Geometry (Prereq. 10.205, 10.206) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalytic and synthetic projective geometry. Coordinatization of the Desargu- \nian plane; collineation groups; \"-dimensional projective space. \n\nTo Be Announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.262 Differential Geometry (Prereq. 10.205, 10.206) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCurves in space; properties of surfaces; differentiable manifolds; tangent \nspaces; curvature. \n\nProf. Sherman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.263 Topology (Prereq. 10.251) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMetric spaces; topological spaces; continuity; separation axioms; compact- \nness; connectedness; complete metric spaces. \n\nProf. Staknis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.271 Foundations of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.252, 10.206) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nLogic; sets and relations; axiom of choice; cardinal and ordinal numbers. \nMr. Josephson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.272 Foundations of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.271) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProperties of axiomatic systems; the real number system and other abstract \nspaces. \n\nMr. Josephson Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n10.273 History of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.205, 10.206) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDevelopment of the various branches of mathematics; lives of outstanding \nmathematicians; growth of mathematical knowledge and its relation to cul- \nture. (This course may not be used as one of the mathematics electives \nrequired of the pure option.) \n\nProf. Dean Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n10.274 Number Theory (Prereq. 10.205, 10.206) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe properties of positive integers; divisibility; congruences; quadratic resi- \ndues; Diophantine equations. \n\nProf. Bridger \n\n10.295, 10.296, 10.297, 10.298 Honors Program (each) 1 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\nPhysics \n\n11.101 Physics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nVector algebra; stable equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies; kinematics \nof particle motion; Newton's laws; laws of gravitation; projectile motion; \ncircular motion. \nStaff Fall Qtr. \n\n11.102 Physics (Prereq. 11.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nWork; kinetic and potential energy; conservative forces; conservative laws \nfor energy and momentum; elastic and inelastic collisions; rotational \nmotion; moment of inertia; conservation of angular momentum; simple har- \nmonic motion. \n\nStaff Winter Qtr. \n\n\nPHYSICS / 225 \n\n11.103 Physics (Prereq. 11.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nTemperature; heat energy; heat capacity; mechanical equivalent of heat; \nwave motion; wave energy and momentum; wave velocity; Huygen's principle; \nreflection; boundary conditions; resonance; Doppler's effect; vibration of \nstrings; damped oscillations. \n\nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\n11.104 Physics (Prereq. 11.103, 10.143) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nElectric charge; electric field; Gauss' law; electric potential; capacitors and \ndielectrics; electric current; electric circuits; magnetic field; Ampere's law. \nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.105 Physics (Prereq. 11.104) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFaraday's law; inductance; a-c circuits; electromagnetic waves; light; re- \nflection; refraction; interference; diffraction; polarization. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n11.110 Physics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.103)3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nIntroduction to physical measurements; selected experiments from me- \nchanics, thermodynamics, electricity. \n\nProf. Glaubman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.111 Physics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.110) 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nSelected experiments from various fields of physics, including electromag- \nnetism, optics, modern physics. \n\nProf. Glaubman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n11.120 Physics (Prereq. 10.143) 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nVector algebra; statics of particles and rigid bodies; kinematics of particle \nmotion; Newton's laws; circular motion; conservation laws of energy and \nmomentum; moment of inertia; simple harmonic motion; temperature; heat \ncapacity; mechanical equivalent of heat; wave motion. \n\nProf. Wallace Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.121 Physics (Prereq. 11.120; 10.113) 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nElectrostatics; Gauss' law; electric currents and circuits; magnetic field; \nAmpere's and Faraday's laws; a-c circuits; electromagnetic waves; reflec- \ntion; refractions; interference; diffraction; polarization. \n\nProf. Wallace Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n11.131 General Physics (Prereq. 11.130) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nWave motion, sound, heat, electricity and magnetism. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.132 General Physics (Prereq. 11.131) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nOptics; elementary modern physics. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n11.133 General Physics (Prereq. 10.103) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nGeneral discussion of classical mechanics-kinetics, Newton's Laws, energy, \nmomentum and the conservation laws, statics, heat, change of state, heat \ntransfer, gas laws. Introduction to electrostatics and charges in motion. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n226 / PHYSICS \n\n11.134 General Physics (Prereq. 11.133) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nElectrostatics, currents, circuits and fields, magnetics, Ampere's and Fara- \nday's Laws, introd. to alternating currents, and series circuits, Wave motion- \nsound and electromagnetic. Electromagnetic spectrum. Optics, geometrical \nand physical. Instruments. Atom model interpretation of spectrum. Radio- \nactivity. Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n11.136 Basic Physics (Prereq. 10.101) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nMethods of measurement; rectilinear and curvilinear motion; Newton's \nLaws; wave motion and sound; some topics in heat and the mechanics \nof fluids. \n\nProf. Lacount Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.137 Basic Physics (Prereq. 11.136) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nElectricity and magnetism; introduction to direct and alternating current; \nintroductory electronics; and certain topics in optics; some discussion of X \nradiation and elementary modern physics. \n\nProf. Lacount Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n11.140 Solid State Electronics (Prereq. 11.104, 10.205) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the application of solid state to electronics; structure of \nthe solid state, and electron emission. \n\nProf. Gottschalk Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.151 Physics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nVector algebra; stabile equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies; kinematics \nof particle motion; Newton's laws; law of gravitation; projectile motion; cir- \ncular motion. \n\nProf. Aaron Fall Qtr. \n\n11.152 Physics (Prereq. 11.151) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nWork; kinetic and potential energy; conservation forces; conservation laws \nfor energy and momentum; elastic and inelastic collisions; rotational \nmotion; moment of inertia; conservation of angular momentum,- simple \nharmonic motion. \n\nProf. Aaron Winter Qtr. \n\n11.153 Physics (Prereq. 11.152) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nTemperature; heat energy; heat capacity; mechanical equivalent of heat; \nwave motion; wave energy and momentum; wave velocity; Huygen's prin- \nciple; reflection; boundary conditions; resonance; Doppler's effect; vibrations \nof strings; damped oscillations. \n\nProf. Aaron Spring Qtr. \n\n11.154 Physics (Prereq. 11.153, 10.203) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nElectric charge; electrified; Gauss' law; electric potential; capacitors and \ndielectrics; electric current; electric circuits; magnetic field; Ampere's law. \nProf. Lutz Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.155 Physics (Prereq. 11.154) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFaraday's law; inductance; a-c circuits; electromagnetic waves; light; reflec- \ntion; refraction; interference; diffraction; polarization. \n\nProf. Lutz Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nPHYSICS / 227 \n\n11.162 Physics Laboratory *1 CI.; *3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nlaboratory meets every other week for 3 hours with 1 hour recitation on \n\nalternate weeks. \n\nMechanics \n\nProf. Glaubman Winter Qtr. \n\n11.164 Physics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.162) *1 CI.; *3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nlaboratory meets every other week for 3 hours with 1 hour recitation on \nalternate weeks. \n\nEmphasis on electromagnetic theory. \nProf. Glaubman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.170 Survey of Contemporary Physics (Prereq. 11.152) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nA descriptive course in modern physics. Topics will include special rela- \ntivity, the wave nature of matter, and elementary particles. \nProf. Alster Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.200 Mechanics I (Prereq. 11.154, 10.205) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nVector analysis; kinematics and dynamics of a particle; generalized coordi- \nnates and Lagrange's equations of motion; conservative forces; electrody- \nnamics. \n\nProf. Widom Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.201 Mechanics II (Prereq. 11.200) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCentral force field motion; scattering; kinematics and dynamics of a system \nof particles; conservation theorems; rigid body motion; Hamilton's equations \nof motion. \n\nProfs. Nath and Widom All Quarters \n\n11.210 Electricity and Magnetism I (Prereq. 11.154, 10.205) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nElectrostatics using vector calculus; potential theory in two and three \ndimensions; dielectrics. \n\nProf. Von Goeler All Quarters \n\n11.211 Electricity and Magnetism II (Prereq. 11.210, 10.207) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMagnetostatics; magnetic materials; time-dependent circuits. \n\nProf. Vaughn Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.212 Electricity and Magnetism III (Prereq. 11.211) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMaxwell's equations; electromagnetic waves; interaction of charges and fields. \nProf. Vaughn Spring Qtr. \n\n11.220 Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory \n\n(Prereq. 11.154, 10.205) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSimple thermodynamic systems; basic concepts and postulates, entropy; \nequilibrium; reversibility and irreversibility; thermodynamic potentials; \nphase changes; application to various physical systems; elementary kinetic \ntheory of molecules; Maxwell's distribution; transport processes. \nProf. Gottschalk All Quarters \n\n\n228 / PHYSICS \n\n11.230 Modern Physics (Prereq. 10.205, 11.154) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA review of experiments demonstrating the atomic nature of matter, proper- \nties of the electron, the nuclear atom; the breakdown of classical laws; \nquantization of light energy and atomic excitation energy; the radiation \nparadox of atomic structure; the wave nature of matter; the Bohr-Sommer- \nfield atomic theory; the hydrogen spectrum; the periodic table; charac- \nteristic X-rays. \nTo be Announced All Quarters \n\n\n11.240 Quantum I (Prereq. 11.230, 10.207) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nObservations of macroscopic and microscopic bodies; the uncertainty prin- \nciple; wave-particle duality; probability and probability amplitudes; Schroe- \ndinger wave theory; one-dimensional problems. \n\nProfs. Wu and Von Goeler Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.241 Quantum II (Prereq. 11.240) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDiscrete and continuous states; Schroedinger equation in 3 dimensions; \nangular monetum; general theory of quantum mechanics; applications. \nProf. Wu Spring Qtr. \n\n11.260 Wave Laboratory (Prereq. 11.154) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nA general treatment of the problems of mechanical and electromagnetic \nradiation as wave phenomena; the differential wave equation and its applica- \ntion to selected topics; interference and diffraction theory from the stand- \npoint of the Huygen's-Fresnel and Kirchoff formulations; selected experi- \nments in acoustics, optics and microwaves to illustrate these problems. \nProf. Grojean Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n11.261 Experimental Laboratory (Prereq. 11.154, 11.170) 1 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAtomic nature of matter, properties of the electron; relativity; vacuum sys- \ntems; machine shop practice. \n\nProf. Neighbor All Quarters \n\n11.262 Electronics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.261) 1 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nElectronic circuits; pulse techniques; logic circuits; the photomultiplier; \natomic detectors. \n\nProf. Neighbor All Quarters \n\n\n11.263 Modern Physics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.262) 1 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nCompton effect; positron annihiliation; the nuclear atom; atomic excitation \nby electrons; magnetic properties of the proton and electron; Zeeman \neffect; interaction of radiations and matter; Fermi levels in metal. \nProf. Neighbor Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n11.290, 11.291, 11.292, 11.295, 11.296, 1 1.297, 1 1.298, Honors Program \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nCHEMISTRY / 229 \n\nChemistry \n\n12.101 General Chemistry 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to the principles of chemistry, with emphasis on stoichiometry, \nionic solutions and the inorganic chemistry of biological systems. \n\nProf. Boig Fall Qtr. \n\n12.102 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.101) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to organic chemistry with emphasis on compounds of biological \n\nsignificance. \n\nProf. Boig Winter Qtr. \n\n12.111 General Chemistry 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFor engineering students only. Atomic structure; chemical bonding; chemi- \ncal calculations; states of matter; kinetic theory; chemical equilibrium. \nProf. Jones and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n12.112 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.111) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFor engineering students only. Solutions; acids and bases; ionic equilibrium; \noxidation-reduction; the representative elements, especially the elements of \nthe 2nd period; organic chemistry; nuclear chemistry. \n\nProf. Jones and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n12.113 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.112) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFor engineering students only. Electrochemistry; equilibrium and spontaneous \nreactions; chemical kinetics; topics in inorganic chemistry. \n\nProf. Jones and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n12.121 General Chemistry 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nFor non-chemistry majors only. Atomic structure and periodicity; chemical \nbonding; stoichiometry; solutions; states of matter; chemical equilibrium; \nlaboratory experiments illustrating above principles. \n\nProf. Luder and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n12.122 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.121) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nFor non-chemistry majors only. Acids and bases; ionic equilibrium; oxidation- \nreduction; chemistry of the representative elements; organic compounds; \nnuclear chemistry. \n\nProf. Luder and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n12.123 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.122) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nFor non-chemistry majors only. Introduction to qualitative analysis; electro- \nchemistry; equilibrium and spontaneous reactions; chemical kinetics; topics \nin inorganic chemistry. Laboratory: the detection of metal ions in solution. \nProf. Luder and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n12.131 General Chemistry 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nFor chemistry majors and selected biology majors. Stoichiometry; atomic \nstructure; chemical bonding; solutions; states of matter; chemical equilib- \nrium; acids and bases. Laboratory: introduction to quantitative analysis. \nProf. Cass Fall Qtr. \n\n\n230 / CHEMISTRY \n\n12.132 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.131) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nFor chemistry majors and selected biology majors. Solutions of electrolytes; \nionic equilibrium; oxidation-reduction; electrochemistry; equilibrium and \nspontaneous reactions; chemistry of the representative elements. Labora- \ntory: quantitative analysis. \n\nProfs. Cass and Jankowski Winter Qtr. \n\n12.133 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.132) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nFor chemistry majors and selected biology majors. Principles of qualitative \nanalysis; hydroxylic acids and their derivatives; chemical kinetics; related \nmetals; coordination compounds; nuclear chemistry; introduction to organic \nchemistry. Laboratory: semimicro qualitative analysis. \n\nProfs. Cass and Jankowski Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.135 General Chemistry 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nMatter and energy, atomic structure, periodic properties of the representa- \ntive elements, chemical bonding, stoichiometry, states of matter, solutions \nof non-electrolytes. Laboratory experiments illustrating these principles. \nProf. Spinos Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.136 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.135) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nQualitative analysis schemes, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases, solu- \ntions of electrolytes, ionic equilibrium, oxidation-reduction reactions, nuclear \nchemistry. Laboratory experiments illustrating these principles. \n\nProf. Spinos Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.141 Organic Chemistry \n\n(Prereq. 12.123 or 12.133 or 12.136) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nMolecular structure; nomenclature; properties; reactions of aliphatic, ali- \ncyclic, and aromatic hydrocarbons. \nProf. Howell and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.142 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.141) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nMonofunctional compounds; nomenclature, preparation, properties; and re- \nactions of alcohols, halides, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, amines and carboxylic \nacids and their derivatives, with some attention to biological significance. \nProf. Howell and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.143 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.142) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPolyfunctional compounds; glycols, substituted acids, carbohydrates, amino \nacids, proteins, and heterocyclic compounds; with special emphasis on bio- \nlogical significance. \n\nProf. Howell and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.147 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.116) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nAliphatic compounds; preparation, properties, and reactions of the more \ncommon classes of open-chain compounds; electronic interpretation of \nstructures and reactions; petrochemicals; synthetic resins; carbohydrates; \nfats; proteins. \nProf. Zuffanti Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nCHEMISTRY / 231 \n\n12.148 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.147) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nAromatic compounds: preparation, properties, and reactions of the more \ncommon classes of aromatic compounds; electronic interpretation of struc- \ntures and reactions of aromatic compounds; dyes, commercial solvents, and \nimportant industrial products. A brief introduction to alicyclic and hetero- \ncyclic compounds. \nProf. Zuffanti Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.153 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.133) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSyntheses and properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and their \nfunctional derivatives; correlation between the structure of organic com- \npounds and their physical and chemical properties; electronic interpreta- \ntion of organic reactions. \n\nProf. Viola Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.154 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.153) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of 12.153. \n\nProf. Viola Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.155 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.154) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nContinuation of 12.154. \n\nProf. Clagett Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.161 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.148 or 12.154); 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nChemical thermodynamics. \n\nProfs. Luder and Roebber Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.162 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.161) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nPhase equilibria, solutions, kinetic theory of gases, chemical kinetics. \nProfs. Luder and Roebber Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.163 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.162) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nQuantum chemistry: particles and waves; Schroedinger wave mechanics; the \nchemical bond. \n\nProf. Roebber Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.171 Analytical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.143) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTheories, principles, and applications of volumetric, gravimetric, and in- \nstrumental methods of analysis. \n\nProf. Spinos Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.176 Chemical Analysis (Prereq. 12.161) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe principles of analytical chemistry. Solution chemistry, separations, and \nclassical methods of analysis. \n\nProf. Jankowski Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.177 Chemical Analysis (Prereq. 12.176) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nThe principles and practice of measurements of chemical systems. Instru- \nmental methods of analysis. \n\nProf. Jankowski Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n232 / CHEMISTRY \n\n12.178 Chemical Analysis (Prereq. 12.177) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nThe methods and tools of measurement. Instrumentation and experimental \ndesign. \n\nProf. Jankowski Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.184 Biochemistry (Prereq. 12.143 or 12.148 or 12.155) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe cell and its constituents; the properties of enzymes and the nature \nof the catalytic process; metabolism of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins. \nProf. Jones Spring Qtr. \n\n12.185 Inorganic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.133) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nA survey of properties and reactions of inorganic compounds. \n\nProf. DesMarteau Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n12.211 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.163) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nCharacteristics of atoms and molecules based on their electronic structure \nand the periodic classification of elements; structure of crystals; electro- \nstatic complexes; advanced chemistry of lighter elements. \n\nProf. DesMarteau Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.212 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.211) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nAdvanced treatment of the chemistry of transition metals; acid and base \nbehavior; the significance of nuclear properties; nuclear changes and tracer \nstudies in inorganic chemistry. \n\nProf. DesMarteau Spring Qtr. \n\n12.251 Advanced Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.155) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nNomenclature of organic compounds; synthetic resins; directional enoliza- \ntion; acidic and basic catalyzed reaction mechanisms; scope of the Diels- \nAlder diene synthesis; terpenes; heterocyclic chemistry. \nProf. Zuffanti Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.253 Identification of Organic Compounds \n\n(Prereq. 12.155) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nQualitative analysis of organic compounds having one or two functional \ngroups. Single liquids, single solids, liquid mixtures, solid mixtures, and \nsome industrial products are analyzed. \nProf. Zuffanti Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.261 Advanced Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.163) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nMolecular structure and spectra; introduction to statistical thermodynamics; \nstates of matter. \nProf. Wiener Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n12.271, 12.272, 12.273 Undergraduate Research (each) 3 Q.H. \n\n12.274, 12.275, 12.276 (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nOriginal experimental work under the direction of a staff member. Partici- \npation may begin in the middler year and will normally continue through \nthe senior year. Approval of the administrating committee is required. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n\nEARTH SCIENCES / 233 \n\n12.284 Advanced Chemical Synthesis (Prereq. 12.155) 9 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nSpecial projects in the synthesis of organic and/or inorganic compounds, \nusing advanced techniques. \nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\n12.286 Advanced Chemical Measurements \n\n(Prereq. 12.163 and 12.178) 9 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nLaboratory problems in analytical and/or physical chemistry. \nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\n12.288 Special Topics (Prereq. 12.163) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\n12.192, 12.292, 12.293, 12.294 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nEarth Sciences \n\n16.104 Introduction to Earth Science 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course, designed for Freshmen in the College of Business Administra- \ntion, considers both the solid and liquid environments of the earth. The \nforces and factors producing changes in these environments are examined \nin some detail and are applied to an understanding of the historical devel- \nopment of the earth. \n\nMr. Jones and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n16.105 Introduction to Earth Science 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 16.104. Consideration of the gaseous envelope surround- \ning the earth and the meteorological phenomena that occur within it is \nfollowed by a study of the earth as an astronomical body. Particular empha- \nsis is placed on the behaviour of the earth as a member of the solar system. \nMr. Jones and Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n16.106 Introduction to Earth Science I 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe geological characteristics of the immediate environment are elaborated \nupon, until an extensive classified list reveals the fundamental forces and \nfactors causing topographical change. Several of these factors are examined \nin detail. Two major interpretations of these changes result: 1) the probable \ninternal structure of the earth; 2) their significance for the age of the earth \nand its historical development. \n\nMr. Jones and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n16.107 Introduction to Earth Science II 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe characteristics of the ocean as a special topographical feature leads \nto a study of the physical and biological significance of this realm of our \ntotal environment. \n\nThe common factor of the atmosphere and its interrelationships to the \nsurface of the earth are established. Weather phenomena and climate pat- \nterns complete the study of our earth as a body in space. \nMr. Jones and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n\n234 / EARTH SCIENCES \n\n16.108 Introduction to Earth Science III 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nThe earth serves as a point from which observations can be made of the \nentire universe. The common illusionary behaviors are examined to deter- \nmine the heliocentric organization and resultant behaviors of our earth, \nthe accompanying solar system components, and their relationship to the \nstellar background. \n\nAn analysis of the Milky Way galaxy provides a basis for the introduction \nof theories of cosmology. The realistic probabilities of human space \nexploration are considered. \nMr. Jones and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n16.111 Earth Science I 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nNot open to students who have taken 16.106, 16.107 or 16.108. An intro- \nduction to geology examining the rocks and minerals of which the earth is \ncomposed and the constructive and destructive processes operating on the \ncrustal material to form a variety of topographic features. \n\nMr. Harty Fall Qtr. \n\n16.112 Earth Science II (Prereq. 16.111) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nThe features and forces of weather are studied with emphasis on their \nimmediate significance to an individual devoted to extensive out-of-door \nactivities. Atmospheric processes, weather signs, weather patterns and tech- \nniques in local short range forecasting are of primary concern. Exercises in \nweather map preparation, analysis and interpretation. \n\nA study of astronomical features both within and beyond the solar system. \n\nSpecial attention to observational aids and techniques. \n\nMr. Harty Spring Qtr. \n\n16.121 Introduction to Natural History I 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nThe identifying characteristics, life history, ecological relationships, and \neconomic importance of insects, land and aquatic plants, and animals and \nplants of the tidal zone. Special laboratory attention is focused on life that \nis found within the immediate environmental area. \n\nProf. Kochanczyk Fall and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.122 Introduction to Natural History II 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nThe identifying characteristics, life history, ecological relationships and \neconomic importance of common fish, amphibians and reptiles, birds, and \nmammals. The laboratory periods are devoted to geological and astronomical \ntopics. \n\nProf. Kochanczyk Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n16.125 Conservation of Natural Resources 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nProblems relating to the use and preservation of the resources of water, \nsoil, forests and wildlife; non-renewable mineral resources, particularly the \nmineral fuels. \nProf. Overcash and Mr. Hardy Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\nEARTH SCIENCES / 235 \n\n16.131 Oceanography I 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAn introduction to the geology of the ocean basins, and the physical and \nchemical properties of sea water; the development of ocean currents and \nthe important effects these currents have on the land masses of the world. \nProf. Gordon Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n16.132 Oceanography II 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nExamination of the productivity of animal and plant life in the various zones \nof the ocean; the growing economic importance of the oceans as a source of \nfood for the expanding world population. \n\nProf. Gordon Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n16.135 Geology of New England 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA systematic study of significant topographic features of New England and \nthe geological forces and processes involved in their formation. Included for \nstudy will be the Boston Basin, the Connecticut River Valley, New England \ncoastal features, the White and Green Mountains. \n\nProf. Ruggles Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.136 Geology of North America 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA survey of the North American continent with emphasis on the structure \nand geologic development of the various subdivisions such as coastal plain, \nAppalachians, Basin and Range System, Rocky Mountain System, etc. \nProf. Newman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n16.141 Principles of Geology 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the kinds of evidence on which our present understanding \nof geology is based. While some consideration will be given to rock classi- \nfication and landscape morphology, this will be subordinate to a considera- \ntion of the physical and chemical forces which interact to form and shape \nthe earth. \n\nProf. Newman and Miss Morgenstern All Qtrs. \n\n16.142 Historical Geology 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nThe factors that serve the geologist in determining the history of a land \nmass, and the extent to which these factors have been and can be applied \nin the field; Eras and Periods currently identified with specific reference \nto the environment that characterized the times, and the forces that pro- \nvoked the development, persistence, and termination of each time unit. \nProf. Newman and Miss Morgenstern Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.143 Geomorphology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe structural development and alteration of the earth's surface will be \ngeologically considered. Such topics as weathering phenomena, erosion, \nstream and drainage development, groundwater and glaciation will be \nstudied in some detail. \n\nA term project will be required of each student. Lectures will be supple- \nmented by laboratory exercises. \nMiss Morgenstern All Qtrs. \n\n\n236 / EARTH SCIENCES \n\n16.144 Economic Geology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe structure, composition, occurrence and distribution of some of the \nmore important minerals of economic value will be studied. Films and \nslides of particular mineral localities will supplement the lectures. Each \nstudent will select and investigate a classical mineral area to present in \na paper. \n\nProf. Newman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.145 Minerology 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nStudy of the development of minerology and its place in the broader dis- \ncipline of the earth sciences. Emphasis will be placed on atomic structure \nand mineral formation, classification, crystal growth, geometry of crystals, \nphysical properties and optical properties. \n\nMiss Morgenstem Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.151 History of Science and Technology Before 500 A.D. 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSome of the major developments in science and technology from the time \nof prehistoric man to the Fall of the Roman Empire. Particular emphasis \nwill be placed upon the interactions between science, technology, and \nsociety as a methodology developed by seminar discussion and personal \nresearch and reporting. \n\nProf. Wilmarth Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n16.152 History of Science and Technology After 500 A.D. 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe history of some of the major developments in science and technology \nfrom the Fall of the Roman Empire to the present. Emphasis will be placed \nupon the interactions between science, technology, and society as a method- \nology developed by seminar discussion and personal research and reporting. \nProf. Wilmarth Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n16.161 Observational Astronomy 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn introduction to the night sky as seen by the naked eye and with simple \noptical aids. The location and identification of constellations, major stars, \nplanets, comets and meteors. Three telescopic viewing sessions will be held. \nProfs. Overcash and Wilmarth Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.163 Celestial Astronomy 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe principles and practices of modern astronomy are introduced through \nconsideration of the \"Celestial Sphere,\" Milky Way galaxy, and the universe. \nThis is done by study of the observational devices and data and their sig- \nnificance to cosmology. \n\nProf. Wilmarth Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n16.164 Solar System Astronomy 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA detailed study of the earth as an astronomical body. Comparable and \nunique characteristics of the sun, moon, planets, asteroids, meteors, and \ncomets are established. Instrumentation and data gathering techniques \nprovide the basis for description and interpretation. \n\nProf. Wilmarth Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 237 \n\n16.170 Engineering Geology (Prereq. 10.142) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nOrigin and composition of earth's crust — soil, rocks, clay and rock min- \neralogy, weathering, stream and shoreline problems, glaciers, earth move- \nments, elements of hydrologic cycle, geological mapping and exploration. \nProf. Ruggles Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n16.174 Geology 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nFor Part-Time Civil Engineering Program. Origin and composition of earth's \ncrust — soil, rocks, clay and rock materials; weathering, stream and shore- \nline problems. \n\nProf. Ruggles Fall Qtr. \n\n16.175 Geology (Prereq. 1.174) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nFor Part-Time Civil Engineering Program. Glaciers, earth movements, ele- \nments of Hydrologic cycle, geological mapping and exploration. \n\nProf. Ruggles Winter Qtr. \n\n16.180 Physical Geography I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nConstructed to bring an understanding of man's physical environment with \nconcentration of study upon weather, climate, and vegetation on a world- \nwide scale. \nMr. Casarjian Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n16.182 Physical Geography II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn interpretative description and analysis of landforms and soils. Emphasis \nwill be placed on an examination of landform development and distribution. \nMr. Casarjian Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n16.185 Systematic Climatology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe systematic aspects of climatology emphasizing the analysis of meteoro- \nlogical elements and controls of weather. World distributions of individual \nweather processes are also studied. \n\nMr. Casarjian Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n16.186 Applied Climatology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe individual elements of climate are synthesized into climatic types and \nregions. Climatic classifications are employed as vehicles for describing the \ndistribution of climates. Microclimatology and applied climatology and \nhuman dimensions of weather modification are introduced. \n\nMr. Casarjian Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nBiology \n\n\n18.103 Introduction to Physiology 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nNcn-biochemical physiology stressing function of animal systems. \n\nProf. Werntz Winter Qtr. \n\n18.104 Physiology 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nPrinciples of physiology. \n\nProf. Shukri Winter Qtr. \n\n\n238 / BIOLOGY \n\n18.105 Physiology (Prereq. 18.104) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nPrinciples of physiology. \n\nProf. Shukri Spring Qtr. \n\n18.106 Med. Tech. Orientation 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nStaff Winter Qtr. \n\n18.107 Integrated Science 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPrinciples of chemistry; principles of biology. \n\nMr. Curtis Fall Qtr. \n\n18.108 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.107) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nHuman anatomy and physiology. \n\nMr. Curtis Winter Qtr. \n\n18.109 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.108) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nBiology of micro-organisms; medical bacteriology including epidemiology; \nhuman parasitology. \n\nMr. Curtis Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.116 Clinical Pathology (Prereq. 18.113) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the methods, principles, and theories in clinical pathology \nand clinical research. \n\nProf. Karlsson Not given 1969-70 \n\n18.118 Organic Evolution 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe major features of organic evolution with emphasis on vertebrate evolu- \ntion, genetics, and physical influences. \n\nProf. Moyer Fall Qtr. \n\n18.120 Basic Microbiology 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nMicrobial life, emphasizing morphological characteristics, physiological \nactivities and disease production. \n\nDr. Blanchard Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.125 Human Physiology (Prereq. 18.129 or equiv.) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nPhysical and biochemical activities of the cell; functions of blood and the \ncirculatory systems; osmoregulation. \n\nDr. Stuerckow Fall Qtr. \n\n18.126 Human Physiology (Prereq. 18.125) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nNerve and muscle function; digestion, respiration, internal secretion, and \nthe physiology of sex and reproduction. \n\nDr. Stuerckow Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.127 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.27) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nPrinciples of biology. Universal properties and processes of living or- \nganisms as exemplified by the cell and its activities. Inheritance, evolution, \nand environmental relationships. \n\nStaff Fall Qtr. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 239 \n\n18.128 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.127) 2 CI. 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of 18.127. \n\nStaff Winter Qtr. \n\n18.129 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.128) 2 CI. 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of 18.128. \n\nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\n18.131 General Biology 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nUniversal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composi- \ntion and cellular activities; inheritance and cellular control; the evolution- \nary process; environmental relationships. \n\nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.132 Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.131) 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSystematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Di- \nversity of animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation. \nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.133 Plant Biology (Prereq. 18.131) 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSystematic study of the structure and function of plants, principally vascu- \nlar plants. Survey of the plant-like protists and monorans. \n\nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.134 Environmental and Population Biology \n\n(Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 3 CI.; 4 Lab. \nDetailed consideration of the physico-chemical factors influencing and in- \nfluenced by organisms. Interactions among individual organisms and among \nspecies. Change of species by genetic natural selection. \nProf. Ruber Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.135 Genetics and Developmental Biology \n\n(Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nElaboration of the classic laws of heredity. Cytogenetics. Chemical basis \nof heredity. Selected examples of the development of form and function. \nProfs. Moyer and Dealy Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.136 Cell Biology (Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nBasic chemical and physical processes of cells related to their fine struc- \nture; oxidative and intermediary metabolism; photosynthesis, membrane \nphenomena; movement. \n\nProf. Goolsby Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.137 Introduction to Plant Physiology 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nPhysiological processes in plants at the cellular and organ levels including \nwater relations, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, respiration, protein and \nfat synthesis, growth, plant hormones, and development. \n\nProf. Khudairi Fall Qtr. \n\n18.140 Haematology (Prereq. 18.133) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe normal and pathologic morphology of blood and blood forming organs \nincluding the basics of immunohematology, coagulation, and some com- \nparative hematology. \nProf. Karlsson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n240 / BIOLOGY \n\n18.141 Basic Animal Biology 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPrinciples of biology. Universal properties and processes of living organisms \nas exemplified by the cell and its activities. Inheritance, evolution, and envi- \nronmental relationships. \n\nStaff Fall Qtr. \n\n18.142 Basic Animal Biology 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nStructure and function of organ systems and animals. Diversity of animals \nconsidered from the evolutionary standpoint. \n\nStaff Winter Qtr. \n\n18.148 Human Anatomy 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe structure and development of the human body. \nProf. Shukri All Qtrs. \n\n18.150 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (Prereq. 18.113) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nMorphology and phytogeny of the vertebrates; laboratory studies on tax- \nonomy of the group and specific morphology of the dogfish shark, the mud \npuppy, and the cat. \nProf. Ahlberg Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.155 Developmental Anatomy (Prereq. 18.150) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nGametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage, gastrulation, induction, organogene- \nsis, and metamorphosis in vertebrates. Emphasis on frog, chick, and pig \nin the laboratory. \nProf. Ahlberg Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.158 Vertebrate Physiology (Prereq. 18.158) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nProperties of living protoplasm; the general organization and function of \ncells; translocation of materials and the organization of animals; the physi- \nology of the skeletal systems of man and animals; the physiology of \namoeboid, ciliary and contractile movement with emphasis on muscle metab- \nolism; the structure and function of neurons, reflex arcs, the autonomic \nnervous system, and the sensory receptors. \n\nProf. Pearincott Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.159 Vertebrate Physiology (Prereq. 18.158) 3 CI.; 3, Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nFluid media of animals, emphasizing water and electrolyte balance and \nkidney function in many; the physiology of blood, including its formation, \nfunctions, clotting, antigens and tests for identifying blood; the physiology \nof the heart, nervous control of the vascular system, breathing and gas \ntransport, heat regulation, nutrition, digestion and assimilation; the endo- \ncrine secretions and the physiologic aspects of reproduction. \n\nProf. Pearincott Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n18.210 Invertebrate Zoology (Prereq. 18.113) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nThe invertebrate animals exclusive of the protozoans and insects. \n\nProf. Morse Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n18.211 Parasitology (Prereq. 18.132) 3 Lee.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSymbiotic relationships of protozoans, mesozoans, flatworms, nematodes, \nacanthocephalans, and arthropods. \n\nProf. Morse Winter Qtr. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 241 \n\n18.220 Advanced General Microbiology \n\n(Prereq. or Coreq. 18.135, 18.136 or permission of the instructor) \n\n3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nBasic detailed structure and function of micro-organisms and their inter- \nactions with their environments based on current knowledge and theory. \nStaff Winter Qtr. \n\n18.227 Animal Histology (Prereq. 18.132) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nMicroscopic study of fundamental types of animal tissues. \n\nProf. Pearincott Fall Qtr. \n\n18.228 Histological Technique (Prereq. 18.150) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nGeneral methods of tissue preparation for purposes of microscopic study; \npreparation of solutions and stains; the microtome and its operation to- \ngether with specific directions for fixation, clearing, hardening, embedding, \nsection-cutting, and staining of tissues. \n\nProfs. Riser and Morse Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n18.231 Lower Plants (Prereq. 18.133) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSystematic morphology and life cycles of monera and plant-like protista. \nProf. Bark ley Fall Qtr. \n\n18.232 Higher Plants (Prereq. 18.133) 3 Lee.; 3 hr. Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nSystematic morphology of the metaphyla. \n\nProf. Barkley Winter Qtr. \n\n18.233 Systematic Botany (Prereq. 18.133) 2 CI.; 6 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nClassification and nomenclature of seed plants. \n\nProf. Barkley \n\n18.234 Plant Anatomy (Prereq. 18.133) 2 Lee.; 6 hr. Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nComparative developmental anatomy of seed plants. \n\nProf. Joshi Spring Qtr. \n\n18.235 Economic Botany (Prereq. 18.133) 3 Lee.; 3 hr. Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nStructure, distribution, and cultivation of economic plants, food and medic- \ninal plants, including those producing fibers, sugars, starches, rubber, gums, \nspices and beverages. \n\nProf. Khudairi Summer Qtr. \n\n18.236 Horticulture (Prereq. 18.133 or equiv.) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nBasic cultivation methods for ornamental and food plants. Offered evenings \nat the University Greenhouse. \n\nProf. Khudairi Spring Qtr. \n\n18.240 Microbial Physiology (Prereq. 18.120) 3 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nThe biochemical changes brought about through microbial activities; meas- \nurement of metabolic biosynthesis and degradation, rates of reaction and \ndetermination of end products. \nProf. Rosenberg Winter and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n242 / PSYCHOLOGY \n\n18.242 Medical Microbiology \n\n(Prereq. 18.220 or equiv.) 3 CI.; 4 hr. Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nThe bacterial cell as a pathogen, stressing major genera of disease- \nproducing organisms and factors influencing virulence. \nProf. Gabliks Winter Qtr. \n\n18.251 Comparative Animal Physiology (Prereq. 18.136) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPhysiological adaptations and homeostatic organization in selected animals, \nwith emphasis on invertebrates. \nProf. Werntz Summer Qtr. \n\n18.290, 18.291 Directed Study \n\n(Prereq. completion of core biology program, 18.131-18.136) (each) 2 Q.H. \nIndependent work on a chosen topic under the direction of members of the \ndepartment. Limited to qualified juniors and seniors with approval of the \ndepartment and special arrangements with the supervising faculty member. \nThe two quarters of this course together are counted as 1 elective course \nin the Biology Department. \nStaff All Qtrs. \n\n18.295, 18.296, 18.297, 18.298 Honors Program 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Qtrs. \n\n\nPsychology \n\n\n19.101 Introductory Psychology 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nPsychological principles. \n\nProf. Warren and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n19.102 Basic Psychology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe basic principles of psychology. \n\nProf. Warren and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.103 Principles of Psychology I 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe major fields of psychology; topics include maturation and growth, \nstatistics, individual differences, and learning. \n\nProf. Warren and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.104 Principles of Psychology II (Prereq. 19.103) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSensory bases of response, perception, motivation, emotions, and personality. \nProf. Warren and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.105 Foundations of Psychology I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMajor concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experi- \nmental approach to the study of behavior including growth and development, \nindividual differences, learning and social psychology. \n\nProf. Warren and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.106 Foundations of Psychology II (Prereq. 19.105) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe sensory bases of response, perception, motivation, emotions, person- \nality, and behavioral disorders. \n\nProf. Warren and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY / 243 \n\n19.107 General Psychology I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to the study of behavior. Major concepts in the biological bases \nof psychology, with emphasis on brain-behavior relationships and a com- \nparative approach to the study of mental processes and motivation. \n\nProf. Mahut Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.108 General Psychology II (Prereq. 19.107) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEmphasis is placed on relationships underlying sensory, perceptual devel- \nopmental and learning phenomena. \n\nProf. Mahut Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.120 Statistics in Psychology I (Prereq. 19.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDescriptive statistics, including graphical presentation of data, measures of \ncentral tendency and variability; set theory and probability; binomial and \nnomial probability distributions. \n\nProfs. Arees, Schick Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.121 Statistics in Psychology II (Prereq. 19.120) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nStandard scores; estimation and hypothesis testing, including z-test, t-test, \nchi square, F-test; non-parametric tests; correlation and regression; introduc- \ntion to analysis of variance. \n\nProfs. Arees, Schick Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.122 Basic Statistics 5 CI.; 5 Q.H. \nDescriptive statistics including central tendency, variability, normal distribu- \ntion, linear regression and correlation. Also tests of significance, t test, chi \nsquare and simple analysis of variance. \n\nProf. Arees, Schick 1970-71 \n\n19.125 Quantitative Methods (Prereq. 19.120) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nBasic principles of computer design and operation of interest to psycholo- \ngists with emphasis on data processing, statistics, and on-line experi- \nmentation. Introduction to programming techniques and languages. \nProf. Armington Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.130 Social Psychology (Prereq. 19.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe analysis of the individual's behavior in social contexts; topics con- \nsidered include the historical development of social psychology, socializa- \ntion, national character, ethnic and class structure, prejudice, attitudes and \nattitude measurement, propaganda, crowd behavior, group membership and \nstructure, leadership, and social movements. \nProf. Lent Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.135 Personality (Prereq. 19.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA systematic study of the normal personality, its growth and development. \nTopics will include environmental and constitutional contributions, assess- \nment of personality, research, and a survey of the major theories of per- \nsonality. \n\nProf. Zamansky Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.136 Personality (Prereq. 19.135) 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of 19.135 Personality. \n\nProf. Zamansky Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n244 / PSYCHOLOGY \n\n19.140 Child and Adolescent Psychology \n\n(Prereq. 19.106 or 19.108 or 19.102) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nExploration of the processes of growth and development from infancy \nthrough adolescence; developmental theories of Piaget and Erikson; gen- \netics; maturation; intelligence; cognition; personality; language; social be- \nhavior; emotion; motivation learning. \nProfs. Lent, Zamansky Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.141 Growth and Development I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEmphasis on infancy and childhood. Fundamental processes of growth and \ndevelopment from conception to the beginning of adolescence; physical \ndevelopment and maturation; socialization; social and interpersonal rela- \ntions; personality cognition; intelligence, emotion and motivation. Emphasis \nupon family setting as well as on the broader social environment. \n\nProf. Zamansky Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.142 Growth and Development II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAdolescence and adulthood. Exploration of physical and social changes in \nthe years from adolescence to senescence. Consideration of special circum- \nstances and problems associated with adult life. \n\nProf. Zamansky Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.146 Motivation (Prereq. 19.106 or 19.108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe various aspects of motivation; primary and secondary drives; uncon- \nscious motivation; effectence motivation; the assessment of motives. \nProf. Zamansky Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.150 Perception (Prereq. 19.106 or 19.108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn introduction to the nature of the perceptual world; the nature of object \nrecognition and identification, spatial organization, contextual effects, learn- \ning and perception, and the influence of attitudinal, motivational, and per- \nsonality factors on perception. \nProf. Schissler Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.153 Sensation (Prereq. 19.162) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nPsychophysics and physiology of hearing, vision, touch, taste, smell. Prob- \nlem oriented introduction to sensory behavior. \nProfs. Armington, Scharf Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.155 Psychology of Language (Prereq. 19.106 or 108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nTopics will include the cnild's acquisition of language, verbal habits, the \nanalysis and measurement of meaning, cultural determinants of linguistic be- \nhavior, communication processes, and recent research in psycholinguistics. \nProf. Brightbill Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.156 Psychology of Thought (Prereq. 19.106 or 108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPsychological factors in problem solving, imagination intuition, informa- \ntion processing, and concept learning will be considered. \n\nProf. Brightbill Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY / 245 \n\n19.160 Experimental Psychology I (Prereq. 19.121) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nConcentration upon the experimental method in the design, execution, \nanalysis and reportings of psychological investigations. Laboratory experi- \nments in the area of general experimental psychology. \n\nProf. Karis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.161 Experimental Psychology II (Prereq. 19.160) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nA systematic analysis of methods in the investigation of basic animal and \nhuman learning processes; emphasis on experimental procedures, research \nfindings, and theoretical interpretations; experiments on animal and human \nsubjects. \n\nProf. Schissler Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.162 Experimental Psychology III (Prereq. 19.161) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nStructural and behavioral analysis of the sense organs; experimental meth- \nods, research findings and theoretical implications in the investigation of \nvision, audition, olfaction, gustation and the skin senses. \n\nProf. Karis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.170 Human Factors (Prereq. 19.106 or 108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalysis of man-machine-environment systems; concepts, data and models \nfor predicting human performance, and for the design of equipment and \nthe environment. \n\nProf. Teichner Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.171 Human Factors (Prereq. 19.170) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of 19.170, Human Factors. \n\nProf. Teichner Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.180 Physiological Psychology I (Prereq. 19.108 or 19.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEvolution of the nervous system; neural transmission; neurophysiology of \nthe reticular formation, cortex, motor systems, skin senses, vision and \naudition. \n\nProf. Samuels Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.181 Physiological Psychology II (Prereq. 19.180) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nNeural mechanisms of motivation and emotion, sleep, attention, perception, \nlearning and memory. \n\nProf. Samuels Fall Qtr. \n\n19.201 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior (Prereq. 19.140) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe symptomatology, etiology, dynamics, and therapy of the abnormal per- \nsonality; the basic varieties of neurosis and psychosis; somatic therapies \nand fundamental varieties of psychotherapy. \n\nProf. Zamansky All Quarters \n\n19.202 Abnormal Psychology I (Prereq. 2 yrs. psych.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe abnormal personality; historical background; criteria of abnormality. \nTheoretical framework of normal and abnormal development; anxiety and \ndefense; etiology, dynamics, and symptomatology of the neuroses. \n\nProf. Zamansky Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n246 / ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n19.203 Abnormal Psychology II (Prereq. 19.202) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nPsychotherapy; etiology, dynamics, and symptomatology of the psychoses; \npsychosomatic, sociopathic, and organic disorders; somatic therapies; socio- \ncultural aspects. \nProf. Zamansky Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.210 History of Psychology (Prereq. 2 yrs. psych.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEvaluation of modern psychology in the light of its historical origins. \nProf. Warren Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.211 Systems of Psychology (Prereq. 19.210) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMajor schools of psychology which have influenced the development of \nmodern psychology and contemporary systematic trends. \n\nProf. Karis Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n19.220 Psychological Testing (Prereq. 19.120) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nBasic principles of test theory, test administration, and test construction; \nfamiliarization with representative types of tests. \nProf. Lent Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n19.240 Industrial Psychology (Prereq. 19.106 or 19.108) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nMotivation of workers; employee attitudes and morale; industrial mental \nhealth; counseling; interviewing; personnel selection; psychological tests in \nindustry; leadership; group decision methods; the optimal working environ- \nment. \nProfs. Pendleton, Nickerson All Quarters \n\n19.295, 19.296, 19.297, 19.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nAnthropology \n\n\n20.100 Principles of Social Anthropology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn introduction to the general fields of anthropological investigations, its \nscope, and the nature of the integration of the subdisciplines in the concept \nof culture. Focus on concepts of social structure and organization, function, \nchange, and evolutionary concepts of emerging levels of societal integration. \nProf. Freilich and Staff All Quarters \n\n20.110 Human Origins (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe physical and cultural history of man from an evolutionary point of view, \npresenting primate background, physical and cultural development of the \ngenus Homo, and raciation. The time span is roughly a million years up to \nthe Neolithic period about 10,000 years ago. \n\nMr. Raymond Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n\nANTHROPOLOGY / 247 \n\n20.1 1 1 Comparative Civilizations (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nCultural development from the Neolithic period through the Early Bronze \nAge. Comparison will be made between the Near East and the distinctive \ncivilizations of the Far East, India, and Europe, and also with those of the \nNew World. The dynamics of the development as well as substantive culture \nhistory will be stressed. \n\nMr. Raymond Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n20.120 Primitive Social and Political Organization \n\n(Prereq. 20.100, 20.103, or 50.103) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe social structure and organization of the simpler band and tribal societies \nwill be presented in a comparative framework; the emphasis is on ecology \nand functional integration under aboriginal conditions. \nProf. Fanger Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n20.125 Peasant Society (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn introduction to the institutions and structure of peasant society. Em- \nphasis on ethnographic treatment of specific peasant societies as well as \nthe theoretical significance of \"the peasant.\" \nProf. Fanger Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n20.130 Ethnological Theory (Prereq. 4 courses in Anthropology) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the development and rise of theory in Anthropology. \nEvolutionary approaches, culture area, historical analysis, functionalism, \ncomparative analysis, structural analysis, and theories of cognitive structure \nwill be surveyed. \nProf. Freilich Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n20.133 Family in Evolutionary Perspective \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in Anthropology) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA discussion of evolutionary and cross-cultural perspectives on the family, \nincluding the biological basis of the family, primate patterns, and cross- \ncultural variations. \n\nMrs. Leibowitz Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n20.135 Kinship and Social Structure (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the analysis of social structure. A survey of kinship sys- \ntems will be made as an introduction to an analysis of models of kinship \nstructure. \n\nProf. Freilich Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n20.150 New World Indian Ethnology \n\n(Prereq. 20.100, 20.103, or 50.103) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe socio-political and ideological aspects of Amerindian societies before \nmajor acculturation, emphasizing the functional interrelations of cultural \nand social institutions. \nMr. Raymond Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n248 / ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n20.155 Latin American Ethnology (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA survey of selected cultures and groups in Latin America. Specific com- \nparative and historical considerations will be investigated. \nMr. Raymond Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n20.160 Middle Eastern Ethnology \n\n(Prereq. 20.100, 20.103, or 50.103) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn areal approach considering pastoral, village, town, and city societies and \ntheir interrelations; the blending of various historical traditions and the \nlocal community as alternative and supplementary approaches. \n\nNot offered 1968-69 \n\n20.165 Peoples and Cultures of India, Pakistan, and Ceylon \n\n(Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to peasant and tribal peoples of the Indian sub-continent. \nSpecial topics of concentration will include belief systems, caste, politico- \neconomic organization, racial and linguistic diversity, and social change. \nProf. Fanger Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n20.220 Primitive Religion (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe interrelations of religious behavior and belief and other institutions of \nprimitive societies; various sociological and anthropological theories on the \norigin of religious institutions and the significance of the religious experi- \nence in primitive society. \nProf. Fanger Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n20.240 Introduction to Field Methods (Prereq. 21.240) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nTheory and practice of methods of eld research, with emphasis upon \nparticipant observation techniques, and the analysis of data. Students will \ntake part in a field project. \nProf. Freilich Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n20.250 Culture and Personality (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTheories, methods, and the substantive results of anthropological thought \nand research on the interrelations of human psychology, especially per- \nsonality, society, and culture is presented with a view toward an integrated \napproach to the investigation of man. \nMrs. Leibowitz Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n20.260 Language and Culture (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nCommunication in non-human societies. The evolution of language. Struc- \ntural linguistics. Language and thought. Relationships between cultural \npatterns and language. Recent developments in linguistic theory. \nMr. Raymond Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n20.270 Culture Change (Prereq. 20.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAnalysis of changing patterns of social, economic, political, and religious \ninstitutions from an anthropological perspective. \n\nMr. Raymond Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY / 249 \n\n20.291 Directed Study (Prereq. dept. approval) 4 Q.H. \n\nIndependent work under the direction of members of the department upon \na chosen topic. Limited to qualified seniors preparing in anthropology with \napproval of department. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n\nSociology \n\n\n21.100 Principles of Sociology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe basis of human society, the process of individual adjustment to society \nand the matter of numbers, spatial distribution and organization of people. \nSocial organization, social institutions, personality development, and proc- \ninstitutional life. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n21.111 American Society (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAmerican society culture, and major social institutions: economic, religious, \ngovernmental, familial, educational, welfare, and recreational; social classes \nand stratification, mobility, and individualism. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n21.120 Sociology of the Family (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe family as a social institution in several selected cultures; interrelations \nof the family and political, economic, and educational institutions; social \nnature of personality, role-taking, and the effects of individualism, mobility, \nand industrialism. \nDr. Jacobs Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n21.130 Criminology (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nPatterns and evolution of criminal behavior, the social forces involved, and \ndevelopment of the individual criminal; administration of criminal justice: \nlaws, courts, police, prisons. \nProfs. Schafer, Ferdinand Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n21.135 Juvenile Delinquency (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe sociological and psychological approaches and their implications for a \ntypology of delinquency; problems of prevention, treatment, and rehabili- \ntation. \nProfs. Schafer, Ferdinand Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n21.137 Social Deviance (Prereq. 21.100) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAnalysis of various social problems, crime, juvenile delinquency, mental \ndisorders, drug addiction, suicide, sexual behavior, poverty, war, and others. \nProf. Schafer Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n21.140 Community Analysis (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nRelationship of man to his environment; development of the concept of \ncommunity in relation to physical environment, member population and \nsocial institutions; community action programs. \n\nProf. Rubin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n\n250 / SOCIOLOGY \n\n21.145 Urban Society (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe foundations of city life in historical perspective; relationship of city \nlife to environment, population, social organization, and cultural values; \ngrowth trends in American urban life. \nProf. Rubin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n21.150 Race and Cultural Relations (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRacial nationalities and religious groups, particularly with reference to the \nUnited States; special emphasis on historical development, specific prob- \nlems of adjustment and assimilation, and specific present-day problems and \ntrends. \nProfs. Lee, Golden Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n21.200 Seminar in Group Behavior I \n\n(Prereq. 21.111 or consent of instr.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSeminar focuses on: (1) small group theory; (2) the dynamics of group life; \n(3) individual behavior in the small group setting. Utilizes the seminar \nexperience as a laboratory for learning, planning and experimentation. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n21.201 Seminar in Group Behavior II \n\n(Prereq. 21.200 or consent of instr.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nUsually continues course 21.200. Places heavier emphasis on providing \nopportunities for planning and execution of teaching and change projects. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n21.210 Individual and Society (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe problem of adjustment confronting man in complex civilization; the \ntheories of Freud, Sullivan, Horney, Erikson, Cooley, Mead, and Thomas \nregarding this problem. \nProfs. Ferdinand, Krause Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n21.220 Introduction to Social Welfare (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn orientation course planned to acquaint the student with the nature and \nscope of social work. After a brief survey of the history and early leader- \nship of the movement, the course centers on the modern situation and \ncurrent trends in the field. The work of both public and private welfare \nagencies; field trips to various types of social agencies in the metropolitan \narea. \n\nProf. Donelan Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n21.221 Practicum in Social Welfare (Prereq. 21.220) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDiscussion of problems in social welfare observed in the term between \n\"Problems\" and \"Practicum.\" A research paper, based on directed field \nwork in the intervening term, will be the major course requirement. \nProf. Donelan Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY / 251 \n\n21.222 Seminar in Social Welfare (Prereq. 21.220, 21.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe seminar focuses on selective problems and research in social welfare. \nThe seminar utilizes a research project to integrate behavioral science with \ncurrent social welfare practice. \nProf. Donelan Spring Qtr. \n\n21.239 Introduction to Statistical Analysis 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication to social data of the principles of measurement, probability, \nmeasures of centrality, tests of significance, and techniques of association \nand correlation. \n\nProf. Chasin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n21.240 Research Methods I (Prereq. 21.239 or equiv.) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to social research including survey techniques, design of \nresearch, interviewing, questionnaire construction, use of existing data, and \ncontent analysis. Students will take part in a survey. \n\nProfs. Chasin, Golden Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n21.241 Research Methods II (Prereq. 21.240) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalysis of social data by means of coding, tabulating, and statistically \ninterpreting information from surveys and other sources. \n\nProfs. Chasin, Golden Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n21.250 Political Sociology (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn examination of formal political structures and informal quasi-political \ngroups. Sociological analysis of ideology, class politics, and mass move- \nments. Discussion of the basis for seizing political power as indicated in \ntheories of guerilla warfare, Marxist-Leninism, Maoism, etc. Overall per- \nspective will be the conflict of various social and economic groups as they \nvie for political power and influence. \n\nProfs. Lee, Chasin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n21.260 Social Stratification (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTheories of social inequality; concepts of social class; aspects of status \nand role differences; criteria for social mobility. \n\nProf. Krause Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n21.270. Social Change (Prereq. 21.111 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nSocial and cultural dynamics with particular reference to the current con- \ntact situation occurring between industrialized and non-industrialized \nsocieties. \n\nProfs. Lee, Krause Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nAlternate Years \n\n21.280 Social Theory I \n\n(Prereq. 5 soc. anthro. courses or consent of instr.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe development of sociology from the history of social thought. The emer- \ngence of several schools, beginning with Positivistic Organicism and Con- \nflict Theory. \nProfs. Krause, Ferdinand Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n252 / POLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n21.281 Social Theory II (Prereq. 21.280 and consent of instr.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA seminar-lecture in which Formalism, Social Behaviorism, Social Action \nTheory, and Functionalism are studied critically. \nProfs. Krause, Ferdinand Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n21.290, 21.291 Directed Study (Prereq. dept. approval) (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nIndependent work under the direction of members of the department upon \na chosen topic. Limited to qualified seniors preparing in sociology with ap- \nproval of Department Chairman. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n21.295, 21.296, 21.297, 21.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nPolitical Science \n\n\n22.101 Introduction to Political Science I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of basic political concepts and forces of organization from the \nclassical Greeks to the modern nation state. The Soviet Union and the \nUnited Kingdom are contrasted as contemporary illustrations of the insti- \ntutional distinction between a totalitarian and a constitutional system. \nProf. Worth, in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.102 Introduction to Political Science II (Prereq. 22.101) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe development of operational liberty in the United States and its consti- \ntutional underpinnings are considered together with an analysis of the \nnational American political process and the conduct of recent American \nforeign relations. \n\nProf. Worth, in charge Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n22.131 American National Government (Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn analysis of the structure and functions of American Government: The \ndevelopment of legislative policy and the nature of constitutional restraints \non public power. \nProf. Worth Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n22.133 Political Parties and Pressure Groups (Prereq. 22.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nOrigin, growth, organization, and functions of pressure groups and political \nparties in the United States. \n\nProf. Berkley Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n22.134 The American Presidency (Prereq. 22.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course attempts a multi-faceted examination of the nation's Chief \nExecutive. The presidential electoral process, the President's many constit- \nuencies, the differing styles of various 20th century presidents, the constitu- \ntional and extra-constitutional powers of the office are some areas that will \nbe considered. \n\nProf. Cord Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nPOLITICAL SCIENCE / 253 \n\n22.135 American Constitutional Law (Prereq. 22.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAnalysis of the changing attitudes of the Supreme Court in the areas of fed- \neralism, the national economy, foreign affairs, and judicial, congressional, \nand presidential power. \nProf. Cord Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.137 Civil Liberties (Prereq. 22.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEmploying U.S. Supreme Court decisions and other reading material, this \ncourse examines the substantive and procedural guarantees of the Bill \nof Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment and their relationship to a liberal \ndemocratic society. \nProf. Cord Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.141 Government and Politics in the States (Prereq. 22.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe structure, functions and politics of the states, analyzing their role in \nthe federal system and their relationships with the national government and \ntheir component local governments. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.143 Urban and Metropolitan Government (Prereq. 22.141) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe political, structural and functional problems of an urbanizing United \nStates, including analyses of urban, suburban and metropolitan govern- \nmental systems and their roles in the federal system. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n22.151 Comparative Government (Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEuropean democratic and totalitarian forms of government. The United \nKingdom, France, and West Germany. \nProf. Goldman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.171 Law and Society 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the theory and philosophy of law; the historical foundations \nof the common law; legal methods. Primarily for Non-Political Science \nmajors. \nProf. Grimes Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n22.175 Current Political Issues 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn analysis of the constitutional and political background of selected con- \ntemporary public issues. Primarily for Non-Political Science majors. \nProf. Worth Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.177 American Political Process 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThis course is a general analysis of the American political system, includ- \ning national, state and metropolitan governments and their interactions on \neach other. It is not open to political science majors or anyone who has \ntaken 22.131 (American National Government). \nTo be announced Spring Qtrs. \n\n22.179 World Politics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn analysis of the behavior of nations in international society, with em- \nphasis on major current developments. Not open to political science majors \nor anyone who has taken 22.221 (International Relations). \nProf. Bursey Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n254 / POLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n22.221 International Relations (Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nElements and limitations of national power; contemporary world politics; \nproblem of peace. \n\nProf. Worth Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.223 American Foreign Policy (Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFormulation and conduct of foreign policy; role of the United States in \npolitics since 1945. \n\nProf. Wilfong Spring Qtr. \n\n22.224 The United States and the Far East \n\n(Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRelations of the United States with Far Eastern governments with emphasis \nupon Japan and China since 1945. \nProf. Jones Spring Qtr. \n\n22.225 Soviet Government (Prereq. 22.151) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of Soviet political origins and behavior with emphasis on recent \nchanges in the party and state apparatus, the economy, and the administra- \ntion of justice. \n\nProf. Goldman Spring Qtr. \n\n22.226 Soviet Foreign Policy \n\n(Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106 and Middler Status) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe evolution of Soviet foreign policy since 1917 with emphasis on the \ndevelopment of the international Communist movement and the onset of \nthe East-West ideological conflict. \nProf. Goldman Fall Qtr. \n\n22.227 Communism in Eastern Europe \n\n(Prereq. 22.103 or 22.106 and Middler Status) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe communist governments of Eastern Europe with emphasis on their grow- \ning independence of Soviet Russia. Recent political change, economic lib- \neralization, and new orientation in foreign policy. \nProf. Goldman Spring Qtr. \n\n22.228 Government and Politics in Africa \n\n(Prereq. 22.151 and Middler Status) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe governmental systems, political parties, socio-economic problems and \nforeign policies of selected states north and south of the Sahara. \nProf. Goldman Fall Qtr. \n\n22.231 International Organization (Prereq. 22.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nDevelopment of international organization with special emphasis on the \nUnited Nations system. \n\nProf. Wilfong Spring Qtr. \n\n22.233 International Law (Prereq. 22.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nTerritory and jurisdiction of states; treaties; recognition; peaceful settle- \nment of disputes; resort to force. \n\nProf. Wilfong Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nPOLITICAL SCIENCE / 255 \n\n22.240 Totalitarianism and Dictatorship (Prereq. 22.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn analysis of totalitarianism, dictatorship, and autocracy, including study \nof historical background, characteristics, theories of origin, nature, and sig- \nnificance, evaluation of techniques, ideologies (like Marxism-Leninism), poli- \ncies, and institutions. Particular attention will be given to Soviet and \nGerman experience. \nProf. Borsey Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.242 The Politics of Revolution and Change \n\n(Prereq. 22.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn analysis of revolution and change, contemporary and historical, with \nattention to both theory and practice. Topics discussed include major trends \nin contemporary politics and society, and the relationship between political \nchange and technological, scientific, or social change. \nProf. Bursey Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n22.243 Government and Politics of Communist China \n\n(Prereq. 22.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of government and party organization, socio-economic problems \nand policies, and foreign relations of Communist China. Attention is given \nto the influence of history and ideology as determinants of attitudes and \nbehavior. \nProf. Goldman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.245 The Politics and Policies of Developing Nations \n\n(Prereq. 22.221) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis is a survey course of recent political and related change among third \nworld countries of Africa, Latin America and Asia. Topics included are: the \nheritage of colonialism and achievement of independence; the realities of \ncultural pluralism; revolution and political violence; institution building; \npolitical leadership and role of ideology; political parties; military in poli- \ntics; and international aspects of political modernization. \nProf. Goldman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n22.261 Public Administration (Prereq. 22.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the theory and practice of public administration with \nspecial emphasis on the generalities of institutions, processes, and behavior \nof bureaucratic organizations. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.271 Political Theory \n\n(Prereq. Senior status or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalysis of various approaches to the fundamental problems of government \nand politics. \nProf. Bursey Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.272 Selected Issues in Political Theory (Prereq. 22.271) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntensive examination of some dominant issues in modern political theory. \nProf. Bursey Spring Qtr. \n\n\n256 / HISTORY \n\n22.276 American Political Thought (Prereq. 23.211) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe contributions to political theory of the main social, economic, political, \nintellectual, and philosophic movements in America from the colonial period \nto the present. \nProf. Barkley Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.280 Research Methods in Political Science 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn analysis of the various approaches to the study of political science. The \nsystems of analysis to be evaluated include: institutional, behavioral, legal, \nand analytical. Open only to seniors majoring in political science. \nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n22.282 Seminar in American Government 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA study in depth of selected topics in American government (Prerequisite: \nSenior Political Science major and consent of the instructor). \nProf. Worth Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n2.283 Seminar in International Relations 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA study in depth of selected topics in international relations (Prerequisite: \nSenior Political Science major and consent of the instructor.) \nProf. Wilfong Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n22.284 Seminar in Comparative Politics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study in depth of selected topics in comparative politics. (Prerequisite: \nSenior Political Science major and consent of the instructor.) \n\nProf. Goldman Spring Qtr. \n\n22.285 Senior Seminar in Political Science 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study in depth of selected topics in political science. (Prerequisite: Stu- \ndent must be a major in political science and in his senior year.) \n\nProf. Barkley Spring Qtr. \n\n22.290, 22.291 Directed Study 4 Q.H. \n\nIndependent work under the direction of members of the department on a \nchosen topic. Limited to qualified seniors majoring in political science \nwith approval of department. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n22.295, 22.296, 22.297, 22.298 Honors Program (each) 4. Q.H. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\n\nHistory \n\n\n23.101 Western Civilization 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe beginnings of Western Civilization with emphasis on the political, eco- \nnomic, and social history of the ancient and medieval world. \n\nProf. Fullington and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n23.102 Western Civilization 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nModern Europe to 1850 with an examination of the two major intellectual \n\nmovements— the Renaissance and the Enlightenment— and their impact \n\nupon religious movements, economic developments, and the rise of national \n\nstates. \n\nProf. Fullington and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n\nHISTORY / 257 \n\n23.103 Western Civilization 3CI.;3Q.H. \n\nWestern Civilization since 1850, emphasizing the Scientific and Industrial \nRevolutions and their impact upon democracy and authoritarianism, nation- \nalism and internationalism, and war and peace. \nProf. Fullington and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n23.111 Ancient Greece (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe origins and development of Greek civilization; political evolution of \nHellenistic society from tribal to city-state organization; growth and appli- \ncation of Greek religious, political, and ethical ideas. \n\nProf. Fullington Fall Qtr. \n\n23.112 Ancient Rome (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRoman civilization in two sequences: the rise of Roman power under the \nRepublic, and the decline of Roman power under the Empire. \n\nProf. Fullington Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n23.115 Medieval Europe (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEurope from the decline of the Roman Empire to 1215; the development of \nChristianity and the expansion of the Church to Innocent III; the conflict \nbetween Pope and Holy Roman Emperor; manorialism and feudalism; the \nChristian philosophers and theologians; the growth of trade and towns. \nProf. Francois Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.117 The Rise of Nation States (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe political and economic life of Europe from the thirteenth to the end \nof the seventeenth century; monarchy and constitutional government; the \ngrowing conflict between church and state; the growth of capitalism and \ninternational trade. \n\nMrs. Hamner Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.118 The Renaissance and Reformation (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEuropean culture from the thirteenth to the seventeenth century; human- \nism; the rebirth of classicism in literature and the arts; the decline of the \nChurch and the rise of Protestant sects; the social and cultural conse- \nquences of the religious wars. \n\nMrs. Hamner Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n23.120 Eighteenth Century Europe (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEurope in the Age of Enlightenment, when concepts were advanced which \nproduced sweeping changes in government and society. \n\nProf. Frangois Summer Qtr. \n\n23.121 Nineteenth Century Europe (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEurope during a century of dramatic transformation: the Industrial Revolu- \ntion, the post-Napoleonic reaction, liberalism, socialism, nationalism, im- \nperialism, and the coming of World War I. \n\nProf. Anderson Fall and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.122 Europe, 1870-1921 (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEurope from the Franco-Prussian War to the post-World War I settlement: \nthe growing tensions and rivalries, and declining certainties of the end of \n\n\n258 / HISTORY \n\nthe nineteenth century, the origins of World War I, the War itself, the \nRussian Revolution, and the peace of Paris. (Not open to students who \nintend to receive credit for 23.125.) \nMr. Herman Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.123 Europe since 1921 (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEurope from the Versailles settlement: the rise of totalitarianism, the \ndepression, the crises of liberalism and of the European mind, the \nAppeasement Era, World War II, the Cold War, the end of colonialism, and \nEurope today. (Not open to students who intend to receive credit for \n23.125.) \nProf. Backstrom and Mr. Herman Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.125 Modern Europe (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe coming of World War I, the rise of Communism and Fascism, the \nstruggle for stability and social justice in the western democracies, World \nWar II, and the Cold War. (Not open to students who intend to receive \ncredit for 23.122 or 23.123.) \nProf. Backstrom and Mr. Herman All Quarters \n\n23.130 England to 1688 (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPrehistoric Britain, the Anglo-Saxons, the Normans, the Plantagenets, the \nTudors, and the Stuarts, with emphasis on the development of parliamentary \ninstitutions until the Glorious Revolution. \n\nProf. Francois and Mrs. Hamner Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.131 England since 1688 (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEngland from the Glorious Revolution to the present, with emphasis on the \ndevelopment of Parliament, the Industrial Revolution, nineteenth century \nreaction and reform, the world wars, and the rise of socialism. \n\nProf. Backstrom and Mrs. Hamner Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n23.133 Stuart England (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEngland from 1603 to 1688, with emphasis on social and economic change \nand the origins of modern liberalism. \nProf. Backstrom Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.135 Victorian England (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe economic, social, and political life of the English people during Vic- \ntoria's reign. \n\nProf. Backstrom Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.137 England since 1900 (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe economic, social, and political life of the English people in the \ntwentieth century. \n\nProf. Backstrom Spring Qtr. \n\n23.140 Imperial Russia (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe emergence of Russia as a recognized European power; westernization \nand expansion in the eighteenth century; the impact of Napoleon; reform \nand revolution. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n\nHISTORY / 259 \n\n23.141 Soviet Russia (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nForces molding the history of Russia since 1917; internal developments; \n\nforeign relations. \n\nProf. Fullington Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.143 Ancient Middle East (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFrom the origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia to the break-up \nof the ancient world in the fourth century with emphasis on religion and \nculture. \n\nMrs. Frothingham Fall Qtr. \n\n23.144 The Middle East, 315-1800 (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContacts and conflicts between East and West, emphasizing the rise and \nflowering of Islam. \n\nMrs. Frothingham Winter Qtr. \n\n23.145 The Modern Middle East (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe Middle East since 1800, with emphasis on the backgrounds of present \nproblems. \n\nMrs. Frothingham Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n23.147 Africa before 1850 (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAfrican pre-history; the formation of pre-modern societies; the dynamics \nof Afro-European contact before 1850. \n\nProf. Anderson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.1 50 The Commonwealth Countries (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe evolution of the British Empire into the Commonwealth of Nations and \nthe development of the principal Commonwealth countries (excluding Africa). \nSpecial emphasis on the history of Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and \nIndia. \n\nProf. Stembridge Fall Qtr. \n\n23.151 Modern Africa (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe European impact on Africa; the rise of African nationalism; the emer- \ngence of independent African states and the background of their present \nproblems. \n\nProf. Anderson Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.169 Far Eastern Civilization to 1850 (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPremodern histories and cultures of China, Japan, and Korea from antiquity \nto 1850. \n\nProf. Anderson and Mr. Ring Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.170 Modern Far East (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe Far East since 1850, with emphasis on China and Japan and their rela- \ntions with other nations. \n\nProf. Anderson and Mr. Ring All Quarters \n\n\n260 / HISTORY \n\n23.199 The Historian's Craft 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nThe ways in which the historian studies the past and the nature of historical \nstatements. Problems considered include research techniques, changing \nconceptions of historical knowledge, and the relationship between the his- \ntorian and the society in which he works. \nProf. Post Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.201 Colonial America (Group C) 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nThe discovery and exploration of the New World; the settlement of the \nEnglish colonies on the North American mainland; their development to \n1763; and the origins of their clash with England. \nProf. Feer Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.210 The United States to 1865 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe history of the American people from 1763 to 1865, with an analysis of \nthe American Revolution and of the major political, constitutional, diplo- \nmatic, economic, and social problems of the new nation. \n\nProf. Robinson and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.211 The United States since 1865 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of the survey of American history with discussion of the \nemergence of an industrial economy, an urban society, world responsibility, \nand expanded federal government. \n\nProf. Robinson and Staff Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs. \n\n23.213 American Urban History (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe development of urban society in the United States in the nineteenth \nand twentieth centuries, with emphasis on the effects of immigration and \nindustrialization upon the politics, thought, and society of American cities. \nTo be announced Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.215 The United States, 1781-1825 (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe political, economic, and psychological problems of adjustment to peace \nat the conclusion of the American Revolution; the development of an inde- \npendent nation to 1825. \nProf. Post Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.217 Topics in American History, 1825-1900 (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn intensive analysis of selected topics in nineteenth century American \nhistory. \n\nTo be announced Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.220 The United States, 1890-1920 (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProgressivism, World War I, and the reaction of the 1920's. \n\nProf. Bishop Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.221 The United States, 1920-1945 (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe Depression, the New Deal, World War II, and mid-century, emphasizing \nthe clash between liberalism and conservatism and the movement from \nisolationism to interventionism. \n\nProf. Bishop Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nHISTORY / 261 \n\n23.222 The United States since 1945 (Group C) 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nAmerica's diverse responses to the postwar challenges of urbanization, \neconomic change, civil rights, and communism. \n\nTo be announced Summer Qtr. \n\n23.230 The Westward Movement (Group C) 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nAmerica's westward movement in the nineteenth century and its impact on \nthe political, social, and economic life of the nation. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n23.235 American Diplomatic History (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe formation and administration of American foreign policy from the \nRevolution to the present. \n\nTo be announced Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.236 Topics in American Diplomatic History (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA detailed analysis of recurrent problems in American diplomacy. \n\nMr. Jones Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.241 American Negro History (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe history of Blacks in the English colonies and in the United States \nsince the seventeenth century. The history of relations between White and \nBlack Americans. The evolution of institutions and attitudes of Black \nAmericans. \nTo be announced Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.250 American Historians (Group C) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe literature of American history; major American writers of American \nhistory from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on changing \nform and substance. \nProf. Robinson Not offered 1969-70 \n\n23.276 Latin America to 1850 (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe fusing of the cultures of the Indian, the Iberian, and the Negro; the \nEuropean and American forces which gave rise to the Latin American wars \nfor independence; the early development of the new nations. \n\nProf. Bishop Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n23.277 Modern Latin America (Group D) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nLatin America from the mid-nineteenth century to the present; dictatorial \nrepublics and the continuation of poverty and injustice; the struggles \ntoward democracy, the rise of nationalism, and the threat of communism; \nthe relations between the United States and Latin America. \n\nProf. Bishop Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n23.288 Seminar in Medieval History (Group A) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n23.289 Seminar in European Intellectual History (Group B) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nNot open to students who received credit for 23.126. \n\nProf. Herman Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\n262 / PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION \n\n23.290 Seminar in Modern European History (Group B) 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nProf. Francois Spring Qtr. \n\n23.291 Seminar in American History (Group C) 4CI.;4Q.H. \nTo be announced Fall Qtr. \n\n23.295, 23.296, 23.297 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nStaff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n23.299 Directed Study 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nPhilosophy and Religion \n\n26.101 Introduction to Philosophy I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nWhat philosophy is, its methods, functions, and relations to other subjects; \nthe nature of philosophical analysis, especially in regard to man's basic \nbeliefs about knowledge and value; stress upon the justification of such \nbasic beliefs and the clarification of the language and concepts in terms \nof which such beliefs are expressed. \nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.102 Introduction to Philosophy II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA comparative analysis of some of the major types of philosophical systems \nin light of their differing views as to the nature of man, value, causality, \npurpose, and God; the important issues which have come out of the lasting \ndialogue among Naturalists, Materialists, Idealists, and Theists. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n26.110 History of Ancient Philosophy 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe beginnings of Greek philosophy before the time of Socrates; emphasis \nupon the thought and influence of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle; secondary \nattention given to the Epicureans, the Stoics, and the Neo-Platonists. \n\nProf. Fogg Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.111 History of Modern Philosophy \n\n(Prereq. 26.110 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEuropean philosophy from the Renaissance to the nineteenth century; em- \nphasis upon Francis Bacon, Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, \nand Kant. \nProf. Fogg Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n26.117 Nineteenth Century Philosophy \n\n(Prereq. 26.110 or 26.111 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nism, Romanticism, Evolutionism, Materialism, and Positivism. Hegel, Scho- \npenhauer, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, and Marx are representative. \nProf. Michael Not offered 1969-70 \n\n\nPHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION / 263 \n\n26.118 Twentieth Century Philosophy \n\n(Prereq. 26.110 and 26.111 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContemporary philosophic movements in Metaphysics and Methodology \nexemplified by process philosophy, Linguistic Analysis, Pragmatism, Phe- \nnomenology and Existentialism. \nProf. Michael Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.120 Existentialism \n\n(Prereq. 8 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe influence of Kierkegaard and Nietzsche upon twentieth century Existen- \ntialism; its critique of scientific and traditional philosophy; the influence \nof Existentialism upon literature and theology; emphasis upon Jaspers, \nHeidegger, Marcel and Sartre. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n26.121 Analytic Philosophy \n\n(Prereq. 26.151 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe development of analytic philosophy; its conception of philosophy; its \ntheories of meaning, knowledge, value, and its rejection of metaphysics; \nspecial emphasis given to the principles of verifiability. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n26.122 Rationalism \n\n(Prereq. 8 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nExamination of the Rationalist approach to philosophy and such key issues \nas necessary truth, innate capacities, existence, and deity. Specific atten- \ntion to Descartes, Leibniz and Spinoza, and the Rationalist influence in \ncontemporary philosophy. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n26.123 Empiricism \n\n(Prereq. 8 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nExamination of the Empiricist approach to philosophy and such key issues \nas necessary truth, innate capacities, and foundations of knowledge. Specific \nattention to Locke, Berkeley, and Hume, and the Empiricist influence in \ncontemporary philosophy. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n26.131 Social Philosophy 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA study of the major forms of political and social organization with par- \nticular emphasis on the analysis and explanation of social change. Some \nattention given to the more general topic of the nature of explanation in \nthe social sciences. \nMrs. Gordon Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.133 Philosophy of Science \n\n(Prereq. 26.151 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn examination of key concepts of science: scientific explanation, predic- \ntion, confirmation, laws, theories, and the criteria of scientific significance. \nMr. Marlies Spring Qtr. \n\n26.134 Philosophy of Religion \n\n(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nExamines and evaluates such problems as: arguments for and against the \nexistence of God derived from reason and experience; analytical and psy- \nchological approaches toward religious belief; the concept of immortality; \nthe nature of revelation and faith; and the relation between science and \nreligion. \nProf. Wellbank Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n264 / PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION \n\n26.136 Philosophy of Education 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nA critical analysis of the assumptions, functions, and procedures of educa- \ntional policies and practices; theories about the nature, aims, and values \nof education within the wider context of a philosophy of man and society. \nProf. Hacker Not offered 1969-70 \n\n26.150 Introduction to Logic 4CI.;4Q.H. \nFormal principles of correct and incorrect reasoning, meaning, and signifi- \ncance of language, practical exercises in effective argument; and recognition \nof common fallacies. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\n26.151 Symbolic Logic \n\n(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn extensive analysis of class calculus and propositional logic; the tech- \nniques of matrix analysis; the axiomatic method; and natural deduction. \nMr. Marlies Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.152 Epistemology \n\n(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of the theories of knowledge of major importance, from Plato \nto Austin. \nMr. Marlies Spring Qtr. \n\n26.153 Metaphysics \n\n(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of the central questions of metaphysics as well as a survey of the \nmetaphysical positions of major importance. \nProf. Michael Spring Qtr. \n\n26.155 Ethics \n\n(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nExamines and evaluates such problems as the nature and basis of goodness, \njustice, human rights, moral obligation, and freedom. Ethical Relativism, \nEthical Naturalism, and Non-Cognitivism will be major topics considered in \nthe historical context of some of the leading thinkers in Western ethics. \nProf. Wellbank Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.170 Western Religions 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEvolution of Western revelatory religions. Zoroastrianism, early Hebraic re- \nligious development, Judaism, the Roman World, Christianity and Islam. \nCourse also deals with contemporary religious thinkers and their continuing \nsocial impact. \n\nProf. Pruett Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.171 Oriental Religions 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPrimitive religion, early nationalistic religions, Confucianism, Taoism, Hin- \nduism, Buddhism and Shinto. The great philosophies of Hsun Tzu, Nagar- \njuna, Vedanta and Zen, treated in their social and historical context. \nProf. Pruett Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nART / 265 \n\n26.177 Problems in the Study of Religion 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nA study of the major methods and definitions of Religion, with emphasis on \nthe anthropological, sociological, theological, and phenomenological means \nof isolating religious experience. The issue of the nature and function of \nreligion will be discussed. \nProf. Pruett Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.190, 26.191, 26.192 Honors Program (each)4Q.H. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\n26.200 Area Course: Philosophy of History \n\n(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of Philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe nature and problem of historical explanation; the function of value \njudgments and myth in such explanations; discussion of the Christian, \nMarxist, and Idealistic interpretations of history. \nProf. Fogg Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.234 Advanced Course in Philosophy of Religion \n\n(Prereq. 26.134 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA consideration of such problems as the nature of religious language and \nsymbols, psychology and religion, existentialism and theology, modern \ntrends in theology; readings in the works of contemporary theologians and \nphilosophers whose writings deal with these topics. \nProf. Wellbank Spring Qtr. \n\n26.251 Advanced Course in Logic \n\n(Prereq. 26.151 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntermediate logic. Will include study of the Lowenheim-Skolem Theorem \nand Godel's proofs. \nMr. Marlies Spring Qtr. \n\n26.261 Seminar in Plato (Prereq. 26.110 and 26.111 or consent of instructor) \nProf. Michael Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n26.262 Seminar in Aristotle \n\n(Prereq. 26.110 and 26.111 or consent of instructor) \nProf. Fogg Spring Qtr. \n\n\nArt \n\n27.113 Creative Drawing \n\nCreative drawing problems in pen and ink, pencil and crayon with empha- \nsis on form and texture, problems in illustration. \nProf. Wells and Mr. Bishop Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.114 Theory of Color and Design \n\nTechniques and theories of design and color in painting. \n\nProf. Wells and Mr. Bishop Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n266 / ART \n\n27.116 History and Technique of Film Art I \n\nA history of the development of film art from the late 19th century to the \n\n1930's. Selected films will be viewed and studied. \n\nMr. Bishop Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.117 History and Technique of Film Art II \n\nA history of the development of film art from the 1930's to the present. \n\nSelected films will be viewed and studied. \n\nMr. Bishop Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n27.118 Western Art I \n\nA survey of western art from Prehistoric times to Renaissance. \n\nProfs. Davis, Havens Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.119 Western Art II \n\nA survey of western art from the Renaissance to the 20th century. \n\nProfs. Davis, Havens Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n27.131 Ancient Art \n\nA concentrated study of art from Prehistoric times to Greek civilization. \nThis course includes Egyptian art, Mesopotamian art and Aegaen art. \nProf. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.133 Italian Renaissance Art I \n\nA concentrated study of Italian architecture, painting and sculpture of the \n\n14th and 15th centuries. \n\nProf. Serenyi Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.134 Byzantine Art \n\nA study of Byzantine Art from the 4th century through the middle of the \n15th century. \n\nNot Offered 1969-70 \n\n27.135 African Art \n\nA study of the stylistic characteristics of the various arts of African nations. \nProf. Havens All Quarters \n\n27.136 Classical Art \n\nA concentrated study of Greek and Roman art. \n\nProf. Davis Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n27.137 Early Christian Art \n\nA study of Christian Art and Christian symbolism. \n\n\nNot Offered 1969-70 \n\n\n27.138 Romanesque Art \n\nA study of Romanesque sculpture, painting and architecture from the 10th \n\ncentury to the Gothic Age. \n\nProf. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nART / 267 \n\n27.139 Gothic Art \n\nA concentrated study of Gothic art in sculpture, architecture and painting \n\nfrom the 12th century to the 15th century. \n\nProf. Davis Spring and Summer 1971 \n\n27.141 European Art \n\nBaroque Period of Art and the European Renaissance Period. Architecture, \n\nsculpture, painting up to end of 19th century. \n\nProf. Wells Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.142 Spanish Art \n\nA study of Spanish art from the Renaissance to the 19th century. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n27.143 Latin American Art I \n\nA concentrated study of Pre-Columbian art of the Archaic and Classical \n\nperiods to the European conquest to the Latin American lands. \n\nProf. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.144 English Art \n\nA study of English art from the Middle Ages to the 20th century. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n27.145 French Art \n\nA study of French art from the Renaissance to the middle of the 19th century. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n27.146 Russian Art I \n\nA study of art in Russia from the period of Conversion through the period \nof Peter the Great. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n27.147 Russian Art II \n\nA study of art in Russia from the period of Catherine the Great to the \nModern concepts of Socialist Realism. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n27.148 European Graphic Arts \n\nA study of the history of graphic arts from the Medieval Period to the end \nof the 19th century. The development of engraving, woodcutting, etching, \naquatint, and lithography and the work of representative arts. \nProf. Wells To be offered 1971 \n\n27.149 American Graphic Arts \n\nA study of the development of the Graphic Arts in America from the Colonial \ntimes to the present as shown through the works of representative artists. \nProf. Holden Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n27.150 History of Photography \n\nA concentrated study of the development of Photography with special em- \nphasis on American photographic art to the present. \nProf. Holden Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n268 / ART \n\n27.151 Modern Painting \n\nPainting from late 19th century to the present. \n\nProf. Wells Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n27.153 Latin American Art II \n\nA concentrated study of the arts in Latin America from the 16th century to \n\nthe present. \n\nProf. Davis Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n27.154 Italian Renaissance Art II \n\nA study of Italian architecture, painting, and sculpture of the 16th and \n\n17th centuries. \n\nProf. Serenyi Spring Qtr. \n\n27.161 American Art I \n\nDevelopment of American architecture, sculpture and painting from Colonial \n\ntimes. \n\nProf. Holden Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.162 American Art II \n\nAmerican architecture, sculpture and painting from 1860 to the present. \nProf. Holden Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n27.171 Ancient Architecture \n\nPrehistoric art and architecture of Egypt, Mesopotamia, Crete, Greece, \n\nand Rome. \n\nProf. Serenyi Spring Qtr. \n\n27.172 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture \n\nEarly Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, and Gothic architecture. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n27.174 Modern Architecture \n\nA study of architecture from the work of Louis Sullivan to the present. \nProf. Holden Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n27.175 Late 19th Century American Architecture \n\nA survey of the work of the leading American architects from 1870-1900. \nProf. Holden Fall and Winter 1970 \n\n27.181 Oriental Art I \n\nThe prehistoric arts of India, China and Japan, the rise and spread of inter- \nnational Buddhist art; the national Indian styles of sculpture, architecture \nand painting. \nProf. Havens Spring Qtr. \n\n27.182 Oriental Art II \n\nNational styles of painting, sculpture, architecture, ceramics and print- \nmaking in China, Korea, and Japan. \nProf. Havens Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nMUSIC / 269 \n\n27.183 Art Seminar \n\nA concentrated study in specialized areas of art history including Museum \nresearch. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n\nMusic \n\n28.100 Music I 4CI.;4Q.H. \nA general, inclusive course which provides an overview of the world of \nmusic. This course emphasizes the listening experience. It introduces the \nstudent to a variety of vocal and instrumental forms and relates them to \nthe historical eras during which they were created. \n\nStaff Fall, Winter and Summer Qtrs. \n\n28.101 Music Theory 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe study of notation, intervals, major and minor scales, modes, tonality, \nelementary chord structures and relationships. The course stresses the \ndevelopment of music reading skills. \n\nProf. Tesson Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.102 Music Fundamentals 4CI.;4Q.H. \nStresses the development of primary melodic, rhythmic, harmonic and \ncontrapuntal concepts through sight singing, ear training, etc., and culmi- \nnates in the creative application of materials. \n\nDr. Silverman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n28.103 Music Form 4CI.;4Q.H. \nStudy of the major forms including Fugue, Rondo, Sonata form, Theme and \nVariations. Includes analysis of symphonic works, chamber works, and \nmusical works using texts. \n\nProf. Bicknell Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.105 Music Composition I (Prereq. 28.101 or 28.102) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\n(Limited to seminar size. Approval by the instructor) \nThe course begins with an analysis of Trouvere songs and continues with \nexperiments in writing modal melodies and songs. In addition students \nwriting practical rounds, part songs and other pieces with canonic struc- \nture. All creative essays in composition are encouraged. \nProf. Tesson Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.112 Music of the Baroque Era 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe evolution of opera, oratorio, cantata and concerto in the works of such \ncomposers as Monteverdi, Corel li, Handel, Vivaldi, and Bach. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n28.113 J. S. Bach 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe music of J. S. Bach and of the era which produced him. Both the \nChurch works and the secular works will be studied. \n\nProf. Bicknell Not offered 1969-70 \n\n\n270 / MUSIC \n\n28.114 The Fugue 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe great contrapuntal form of the Baroque era. The history of the Fugue \nfrom its origins in early vocal forms to the great works instrumental and \nvocal by Bach and Handel. Important study is made of the use of the fugue \nin the works of later composers such as Beethoven. Not offered 1968-69 \n\n28.115 Music of the Classical Era 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nThe period in music history between Bach and Beethoven during which the \nsymphony and the solo concerto ended. Aspects of \"classical\" style in \ninstrumental and vocal works are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the \nmusic of Mozart and Haydn. \nProf. Nadeau Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n28.116 Great Literature for Keyboard Instruments \n\nThe study of pianoforte music written in the nineteenth and early twentieth \ncenturies by masters such as Beethoven, Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, Debussy, \nand Ravel. The course will analyze the source of power and expressiveness \ngenerated in the sonatas and concerti of Beethoven; nocturnes and ballades \nof Chopin; and preludes of Debussy. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.120 Survey of Music History 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn inclusive study of the men, ideas and events that have shaped music \nhistory from ancient times through the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, \nand Romantic eras to our own time. Among the composers whose works are \nstudied are Josquin, Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Wagner, Mahler, and Stravinsky. \nProf. Bicknell Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n28.121 Analytical Studies in the History of Music \n\n(Prereq. 28.120 or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nLimited enrollment seminars which carry out in depth analyses of selected, \nsignificant topics in the history of music. \nProf. Bicknell Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.123 Music of the Romantic Era 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nRomantic realism and Romantic idealism after Beethoven. Composers to be \nstudied include: Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Chopin, Wagner, \nBrahms, Tschaikowsky, and Mahler. \nProf. Snyder Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n28.135 Music of the U.S.A. 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAmerican music from Colonial times to the present. Concert music as well \nas folk music, music of ethnic origin, and music of the theater are \ndiscussed. \nProf. Tesson Summer Qtr. \n\n28.138 Nationalism in Music 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThis course is concerned with the phenomenon of national schools of \nmusic. The cultural (political and folk) forces that produce national schools \nand the stylistic elements of such schools are considered. Among the \ncomposers studied are, Sibelius and Finland. The \"Five\" and Russia, Bartok \nand Hungary, Ives and the United States. \nProf. Snyder Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nMUSIC / 271 \n\n28.140 Mozart 4CI.;4Q.H. \nA musical development from child prodigy to mature artist is carefully \ntraced from his own letters and from biographies. Many of his major works, \nincluding operas, symphonies, concertos, and chamber works are analyzed \nin detail. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n28.141 Music of the Twentieth Century 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe many developments in music since 1900 include Debussy's Impression- \nism and Schonberg's Expressionism, 12 tone, Electronic and chance music \nare carefully considered. Among the composers studied are Stravinsky, \nBartok, and Hindemith, Berg, Webern, Ives, and Boulez. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n28.142 Stravinsky 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe life and work of this major composer. Many of his works, for example, \nLe Sacre, Petrouchka, Symphony of Psalms, and more recent works are \ngiven detailed attention. His contributions to twentieth century style neo- \nclassicism, pan diatonicism, additive style, are analyzed and his strong \ninfluence on other composers is noted. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n28.143 Music in France 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe works and styles of French composers from Lully to Boulez. Special \nattention is paid to several figures like Berlioz and Debussy. Orchestral and \noperatic music is included in the course. \n\nProf. Nadeau Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.145 Beethoven 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAn analysis of the complex personality and art of this major figure. His \nrelation to the turbulent times in which he lived, his role in classic and \nRomantic music. \n\nProf. Snyder Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.146 Music of Germany 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe works and styles of German composers from Schutz to Henze. Special \nattention is paid to several figures like Beethoven and Wagner. Orchestral \nand operatic music is included in this course. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n28.160 The Symphony 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nA study of the symphony as the major genre in the Classical, Romantic, \nand Contemporary periods. Works by Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Schumann, \nTschaikovsky, Brahms, Sibelius, and Prokofieff and others are studied. \nProf. Nadeau Spring Qtr. \n\n28.170 Chamber Music 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nEnsemble pieces for small groups. Examples for analysis are selected from \nall periods from the Baroque to the present. \nProf. Bicknell Not offered 1969-70 \n\n\n272 / DRAMA AND SPEECH \n\n28.180 Introduction to Opera 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAnalysis of opera as a dramatic form. Aria, Recitative, Ensemble and other \nbasic elements of opera are isolated and discussed. Opera buffa, members \nopera, music drama, sing piel are some of the types of opera considered. \nComposers whose works are analyzed include, Mozart, Wagner, Verdi, and \nPuccini. \n\nProf. Snyder Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n28.181 Contemporary Opera 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAlmost every major composer including Schonberg, Berg, Bartok, Stravin- \nsky, Hindemith, and Poulenc have contributed to the opera repertory thus \nillustrating about every major 20th century style. Among the works studied \nare Wozzeck, The Rake's Progress, Dialogue of Carmelites, and Bluebeard's \nCastle. \n\nProf. Snyder Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.182 Wagner's Ring Cycle \n\nAn in-depth study of Wagner's cycle of music dramas: Das Rheingold, Die \nWalkure, Siegfried, Gotterdamerung. Spring Qtr. \n\n28.190 The Concerto 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nThe concerto is studied from its origins in the Baroque era to its use in our \nown time. Concerti grosso as well as solo works for various instruments are \nstudied in detail. \nProf. Nadeau Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.200 Jazz 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nTraces the history of jazz from its origins in New Orleans to the avant garde \nexperiments of today. The rhythmic, harmonic, instrumental, and stylistic \ncharacteristics of jazz are analyzed. Attention is given to the work of creative \njazz artists like Louis Armstrong, Charles Parker, and Duke Ellington. \nProf. Tesson Not offered 1969-70 \n\n28.202 Black Artist in Music \n\nA study of the contribution of black composers and black performers to \nthe world of music. Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n28.220 Music Criticism and Aesthetics 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nExamines major critical and philosophical views regarding the art of music. \nTraditional concepts regarding the relationship of form to content and \ncommunication. \nProf. Snyder Not offered 1969-70 \n\n\nDrama and Speech \n\n\n29.100 Public Speaking 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nBasic principles and techniques of effective modern speaking; emphasis \non conversational delivery and clear, concise composition through group \nprocedures, impromptu speaking, and the handling of short expository forms. \nStaff All Quarters \n\n\nDRAMA AND SPEECH / 273 \n\n29.101 Public Speaking (Prereq. 29.100) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSpeech patterns which involve effective discussion; analysis, evidence, and \nreasoning as factors in convincing and persuading people. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\n29.102 Effective Speaking 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFundamentals of speaking, conferring, and reporting. The class is organized \nas a functional group with officers and agenda. \n\nStaff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n29.105 Argumentation and Debate 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nArgumentation and debate presented as techniques of a free society, bring- \ning reasoned discourse to bear on personal and social problems for purposes \nof decision and action, with attention being given to the various forms of \ndebating techniques. \n\nProf. Woodnick Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.106 Speech Fundamentals 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nBasic principles and techniques of effective modern speaking. Examining \nindividual voice and articulation problems. Studying and applying basic \ntechniques of oral interpretation. \n\nProf. Woodnick Not offered 1969-70 \n\n29.108 Business and Professional Speaking 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nDesigned for the individual business man and student seeking the business \nfield, Business and Professional Speaking offers practice in oral presenta- \ntions, group communication, conference and discussion techniques, inter- \nview methods and occasion speaking. The course combines performance \naspects as well as case study methods of communication on the profes- \nsional level. \nTo be announced Not offered 1969-70 \n\n29.110 Voice and Articulation 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnatomy and physiology of the vocal mechanism; properly controlled breath- \ning for phonation; resonance and articulation; correction of individual voice \nand articulation problems. \n\nProf. Woodnick, and Messrs. Eastman, Richardson All Quarters \n\n29.111 Oral Interpretation 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of basic vocal techniques to the dramatic interpretation of vari- \nous forms of literature, including the study of dialects and accents. \n\nMr. Eastman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.112 Advanced Voice and Articulation \n\n(Prereq. 29.110 or by permission of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDevelopment and application of vocal technique acquired in 29.110. Em- \nphasis on vocal analysis, flexibility, regional patterns of speech. \nProf. Woodnick Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n29.120 Introduction to Theatre Arts 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA brief view of the historical development of acting, directing, and produc- \ntion design; emphasis on appreciation of comtemporary theatrical forms. \nProf. Blackman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n274 / DRAMA AND SPEECH \n\n29.130 Makeup 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nExamining the principles of, the reasons for, and the materials used in \nmakeup for the theatre, television, and films. The practical application of \ntypes and styles of makeup. \nProf. Blumsack Not offered 1969-70 \n\n29.150 Acting I 4CI.;4Q.H. \nFundamental techniques of stage movement and decorum; use of body for \ninterpretation; improvisation for strengthening imagination and increasing \nfreedom; analysis of scripts for work on performed scenes. \n\nProf. Kaplan Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.151 Acting II (Prereq. 29.150) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntermediate techniques of the actor's work; detailed analysis of the script \nincluding action and vocal score; character interpretation; scenes and one- \nact plays. \n\nProf. Kaplan Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n29.152 Theories and Styles of Performance (Prereq. 29.151) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAdvanced acting techniques; study of acting styles in major theatrical \nperiods and participation in classroom exercises; scenes and one-act plays. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n29.160 Concepts of Direction 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFor drama majors only or by permission of instructor. The theories of \ndramatic presentation through analysis of selected historical directorial \ndevelopments; purposes and techniques of theatrical direction as they relate \nto script analysis, production style, pictorial composition, rhythmic evolu- \ntion, emphatic responses. \n\nProf. Blackman Winter Qtr. \n\n29.161 Problems in Direction (Prereq. 29.160) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nExperimentation of theory related to the staging of classical and modern \ndrama; analysis of plays for actual production; casting; rehearsals; character \ninterpretations. Each student is responsible for the production of a one- \nact play. \n\nProf. Blackman Winter Qtr. \n\n29.162 Elements of Play Production 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCoordinating the work of the production and business staffs; the functions \nof the stage manager, business manager, and subordinate departmental \nheads; their relationship with associates; the conduct of production prepa- \nrations, rehearsals and performance. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n29.163 Workshop in Play Production 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA course for the recreation teacher and leader in school, camp, settlement \nhouse, playground to train him in the selection, planning, and organiza- \ntion of both informal and formal dramatics activities. \n\nProf. Blumsack Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nDRAMA AND SPEECH / 275 \n\n29.166 Shakespearean Production \n\n(Prereq. a course in Shakespeare and 29.161) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA detailed analysis of three types of Shakespearean plays— the tragedy \n(the tragedy of blood), the comedy, the history— with the aims of discover- \ning the production values and of determining the production methods to \nmount the types successfully in the modern theatre. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n29.170 Scenic Production 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPrinciples which underlie scenic coordination and development; basic propo- \nsitions governing techniques of dramatic architecture; production materials; \ncolor and light. \n\nProf. Blumsack Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.171 Design and Lighting (Prereq. 29.170) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe basic principles of design and lighting for the stage; historical analysis \nof composition and design from classical to modern periods; execution of \ndesigns for productions. \n\nProf. Blumsack Spring Qtr. \n\n29.175 Costuming 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nInvestigation of the historical development of dramatic costuming as it \nrelates to the unified dramatic concept; execution of theories associated \nwith visual projection, line, color, dark and light. \nTo be announced Not offered 1969-70 \n\n29.180 Playwriting 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe principles and practices of modern dramatic composition: characteriza- \ntion, plot, plot structure, dialogue, and other dramaturgical elements as seen \nin the one-act play; the writing of brief scenes; the dramatic, and the one- \nact play. \n\nProf. Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.181 Playwriting (Prereq. 29.180 or permission) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 29.180. The writing of the longer plays. Each student will \nbe required to submit the equivalent of a full-length play. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n29.185 Children's Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nTheories and methods of relating creative techniques to work with children's \nprograms in schools, churches, and recreational facilities; analysis of litera- \nture in preparation for production of plays for children. \n\nProf. Blackman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n29.186 Educational Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDrama and drama activities in community, social, health, and educational \nagencies. Organizing and directing young people's theatre programs. \n\nProf. Blackman Not offered 1969-70 \n\n\n276 / DRAMA AND SPEECH \n\n29.200 History of the Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDevelopment of the theatre and the drama of Greece and Rome, medieval \nEurope, Elizabethan and Restoration England, and 17th century France; an \nexamination of playwriting, acting styles, scene design, theatre architecture, \nand the relationship among these elements. \n\nProf. Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.201 History of the Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDevelopment of the European theatre of the 18th, 19th, and early 20th \ncenturies; growth and development of the proscenium theatre; the emphasis \nupon naturalistic and realistic presentation; the theatre innovations. \n\nProf. Phillips Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n29.202 The Classic Theatre of Greece and Rome 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe beginnings of theatre and its growth as a potent institution and as an \nart form. A detailed study of the interrelation of the dramatic form and \nthe theatre structure and the works of the major playwrights. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n29.205 The Restoration Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe philosophical, social, historical, critical influences upon the Restoration \nTheatre and its dramatists. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n29.210 The American Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe American Theatre from the Revolutionary War to the present. \n\nProf. Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n29.21 1 The Theatre of Williams, Miller, and Albee 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe American playwright reflecting the current social, philosophical, psy- \nchological dilemma. \n\nProf. Phillips Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n29.230 Contemporary Theatre 4 CI.; 4 Cr. \n\nThe traditional and contemporary forces that shape the trends in present \nday theatre. Emphasis upon the works and contributions of Wilder, Piran- \ndello, Brecht, Bolt, Ghelderode, lonesco, Osborne, Pinter, the major absurd- \nists, and the present experimentalists. \nProf. Kaplan Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n29.231 The Theatre of the Absurd 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe Theatre of the Absurd as a mirror of present Existentialist thinking and \nits effects upon the history of Western Drama. \nProf. Kaplan Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n29.240 Drama Criticism 4 CI.; 4 Cr. \n\nAn examination of both the major historical statements of a theory of the \ndrama and contemporary drama critcism as evidenced in journalistic play \nreviews. Students will prepare reviews of local productions. \nProf. Phillips Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nENGLISH / 277 \n\n29.280 Senior Project 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nA final project required of each senior student within the major to demon- \nstrate his proficiency and creativeness in one area of the theatre arts: play- \nwriting, design, directing. \nProf. Blackman Spring Qtr. \n\n\nEnglish \n\n\n30.104 Advanced Expository Writing. \n\n(Prereq. 30.101 or permission) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA practical course in writing direct prose with clarity and precision. In- \ncludes various methods of development; diction, style, tone; the article, \nreview, and other forms. \nTo be announced All Quarters \n\n30.108 Creative Writing: Poetry (Prereq. 30.101 or permission) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPractice in various forms and strategies of verse, with specific assignments \nin different modes; discussion and criticism of student work and selected \ntexts. \n\nMr. DeRoche, Mr. Robbins All Quarters \n\n30.109 Creative Writing: Fiction (Prereq. 30.101 or permission) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPractice in the writing of fiction, including some longer forms; discussion \nand criticism of student work and selected texts. \n\nMr. Sandberg All Quarters \n\n30.110 Literary Analysis, Poetry 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nClose reading of selected poems, mastery of critical terms, practice in \nvaried critical approaches to poetry. A number of critical papers will be \nwritten. Required of English majors. \n\nProf. Kazantzi Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.111 Literary Analysis, Fiction 4-CI.;4Q.H. \nA formal study of selected novels and short stories, mastery of critical \nterms, practice in varied critical approaches. A number of critical papers \nwill be written. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.112 Literary Analysis, Drama 4 CI; 4 Q.H. \nA formal study of selected plays, mastery of critical terms, practice in \nvaried critical approaches. A number of critical papers will be written. \nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.113 English 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nImportant principles of logic and rhetoric applied to exposition and argu- \nmentation writing; review of sentence structure, punctuation, and para- \ngraphing; extensive reading and analysis of the essay form; theme assign- \nments. \n\nStaff Fall Qtr. \n\n\n278 / ENGLISH \n\n30.114 English (Prereq. 30.113) 3 CI.; 3 Q. H. \nPreparation, organization, and documentation of student reports and critical \nessays; practice in library research; study of scholarship in, and interpreta- \ntion of, classical novels. \n\nStaff Winter Qtr. \n\n30.115 English (Prereq. 30.114) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntroduction to literature; aims and techniques of the short story, drama and \npoetry; the writing of short literary critiques. \n\nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\n30.120 Introduction to Linguistics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nNature and origin of language; both distinctive and shared features of the \nIndo-European languages; general phonetics; Grimm's and Verner's laws; \neffects of stress; economy of effort; analogy; borrowings; etymology, etc. \nProf. Barrs Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.121 Foundations of the English Language 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDevelopment of Modern English from pre-Anglo-Saxon beginnings; effects \nof the Scandinavian invasions and of the Norman Conquest; changes in \nphonology, morphology, syntax, and meanings; sources of the vocabulary; \nthe making of words; dialectology; English as an international language; the \nproblem of spelling. \n\nProf. Barrs Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.124 Traditional Grammar 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA reappraisal of traditional grammar in the light of recent advances in \ngrammatical theory; the practical application of such grammar in both \nstudying and teaching English as a medium of expression; supplementary \nreadings by way of transition to the newer grammars. \n\nProf. Barrs Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.125 Grammatical Analysis 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn attempt to understand and apply the newer grammar, especially the \nstructural. \n\nProf. Barrs Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.130 Introduction to Semantics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe relation between language and behavior; levels of abstraction in com- \nmunication; habits of evaluation of linquistic phenomena, and the modifica- \ntion of such habits in the direction of human understanding and survival. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.151 The Modern Novel 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nOutstanding novels of the 20th century, with emphasis on literary trends \nand implied social outlook. \n\nProf. Reynolds Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.152 Modern Drama 4 CI; 4 Q.H. \nNative and European drama since 1880, with emphasis on the relationship \nbetween drama and society in the 20th century. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nENGLISH / 279 \n\n30.154 The Modern Short Story 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA study of selected British and American writers of the short story, with \nclose attention to contemporary practitioners (Salinger, Malamud, Roth) as \nwell as major figures (Joyce, Lawrence, Faulkner). \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.170 Survey of English Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEnglish literature to 1800. (Not open to students taking 30.174.) \n\nProf. Griffin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.171 Survey of English Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEnglish literature from 1800 to the present. (Not open to students taking \n30.175.) \n\nProf. Griffin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.174 English Literature I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEnglish literature from Beowulf to the Romantics. Required of English \nmajors. \n\nProf. Sledd and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.175 English Literature II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEnglish literature from the Romantics to the Moderns. Required of English \nmajors. \n\nProf. Sledd and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.180 Survey of American Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAmerican literature to 1860. (Not open to students taking 30.184.) \n\nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.181 Survey of American Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAmerican literature from 1860 to the present. (Not open to students taking \n30.185.) \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.182 Major American Novels 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn intensive analysis of the themes, forms, and techniques of American \nnovelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Critical papers \nwill be required. \n\nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.183 Major American Novels \n\n(Prereq. 30.182 or the Instructor's consent) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn intensive analysis of the themes, forms, and techniques of modern \nAmerican novelists. Critical papers will be required. \nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.184 American Literary Figures (Prereq. 30.174) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA detailed study of selected American authors from Colonial times to the \nmid-nineteenth century. \n\nProf. Morse and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n280 / ENGLISH \n\n30.185 American Literary Figures (Prereq. sameas30.184) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA detailed study of selected American authors from the mid-nineteenth \ncentury to the present. \n\nProf. Morse and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.186 Early American Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of the development of early American culture of the colonial and \nFederal periods. Letters, narratives, verse, polemics, the Federalist Papers, \netc. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.187 New England Renaissance 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn intensive survey of Transcendentalism, and relevant works of Melville \nand Hawthorne. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.188 American Romanticism 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn intensive survey of Poe, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, and others. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.189 American Realism 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAmerican literature from the Civil War to Norris, Crane, Twain, and James. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.190 Modern American Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFiction, drama, and poetry from the turn of the century to the mid-forties. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.200 Western World Literature I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA close study of the major literary forms of classical Greece, with special \nattention to the epic, drama, and dialogue. In-depth study of selected \nworks of Homer, Plato, Aristotle and the dramatists. \n\nProf. Khiralla Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.201 Western World Literature II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA close study of the major literary forms of the Roman Empire, with special \nattention to the epic, drama, and oration. Emphasis on the works of Virgil, \nHorace, Ovid, and Cicero. \n\nProf. Khiralla Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.202 Western World Literature III 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA close study of the major literary forms in the European tradition from the \nmedieval period to the nineteenth century. Selected readings from such \nfigures as Dante, Calderon, Milton, Racine, Corneille, Johnson, and Goethe. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.203 Western World Literature IV 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA close study and analysis of the major literary forms of the twentieth \ncentury. Readings from major American and European figures are surveyed, \nwith special emphasis on Kafka, Camus, Sartre, lonesco, Beckett, and Albee. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nENGLISH / 281 \n\n30.210 Major British Novelists 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe eighteenth century English novel, with special attention to Defoe, Field- \ning, Smollett, Sterne, the Gothic novelists, and Austen; the development of \nthe English novel and the characteristic quality of eighteenth century fiction. \nProf. Kazantzi Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.211 Major British Novelists 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe nineteenth century English novel, with special attention to the Brontes, \nThackeray, Trollope, Eliot, Meredith, Gissing, and Hardy; the Victorian frame \nof mind, as seen in the novels. \n\nProf. Kazantzi Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.218 Medieval English Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of major works in Middle English, including Sir Gawain, Piers Plow- \nman, and Pearl. \n\nProf. Blanch Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.219 Major British Dramatists: Restoration & 18th Cent. 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of major dramatists from 1660-1800. Among those studies will be \nEtherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Dryden, Addison, Goldsmith and Sheridan. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.220 Major British Dramatists: Elizabethan and Jacobean \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe origins, themes, form, techniques, and poetry of such dramatists as \nKyd, Webster, Tourneur, Fletcher and Beaumont, with particular emphasis \non the works of Marlowe, Jonson and Ford. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.221 Major British Dramatists: 19th Century and Modern \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBritish drama with particular emphasis on the poetic and experimental in \nthe works of Shaw, Synge, Yeats, O'Casey, Eliot, Behan, Pinter and Beckett. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.222 Chaucer (Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nChaucer's early poems and selected Canterbury Tales. \n\nProf. Blanch Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.223 Chaucer 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nSelected Canterbury Tales and portions of Troilus. \n\nProf. Blanch Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.224 Spenser (Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelected early poems and portions of the Faerie Queene. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.225 Milton (Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nConcentration on Milton's Paradise Lost with supplementary readings in his \nminor poems and prose. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n282 / ENGLISH \n\n30.230 Seventeenth Century English Literature \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMajor writers of the first half of the century with special emphasis on Bacon, \nJonson and the metaphysical poets, Donne and Herbert; the effect of \nscience on the literature and the thinking of the times. \nProf. Sledd Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.231 Seventeenth Century English Literature \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMajor writers of the second half of the century with emphasis upon Dryden \nand Milton. Satire as a literary genre, and its relationship to the times. \nProf. Sledd Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.236 Eighteenth Century English Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSignificant dramatic works of the period and the writings of Pope and Swift \nare treated. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.237 Eighteenth Century English Literature 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nWritings of Dr. Johnson, Boswell, and Blake. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.260 The Bible 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA close study and textual analysis of selected books of the Bible. The \nassigned texts are especially considered in their historical and literary \naspects. \n\nProf. Blois Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.261 Mythology 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of the mythological patterning of human experience, the philological \nand anthropological approaches to specific myths, especially those of the \nGreeks, and the themes of sacrifice and change. \n\nProf. Blois Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.270, 30.271 Junior Seminar (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nFall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n30.280, 30.281 Senior Seminar (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nAn intensive study of the works of one modern literary figure, such as \nO'Neill, Faulkner, lonesco, Williams, Gide. The emphasis of this course is to \nallow the student to develop independent, original and scholarly research. \nStaff Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n30.295, 30.296 Junior Honors (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n30.297, 30.298 Senior Honors (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nENGLISH / 283 \n\n30.240 Nineteenth Century English Literature: The Romantics I \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe poetry of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, and related critical material; \nthe relationship between the poetry and the time. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.241 Nineteenth Century English Literature: Victorian Poetry \n\n(Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe poetry of Victorian England with special emphasis upon that of Tenny- \nson and Browning; reading of related critical material; the relationship \nbetween the poetry and the time. \nProf. Stump Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.242 Nineteenth Century English Lit.: The Romantics II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats, and related critical material; essayists \nlike Lamb, Hazlitt, and DeQuincey will also be included. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.243 Nineteenth Century English Lit.: Victorian Prose 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of significant books by such authors as Carlyle, Newman, Mill, Rus- \nkin, Arnold, Pater. \n\nProfessor Stump Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.246 Twentieth Century Literature (Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe modern movement in English and American literature from 1890 to \n1920, against its background and its context of symbolism, naturalism, ex- \npressionism, and other related movements. Writers to be studied include \nH. G. Wells, Arnold Bennett, the early Yeats, the early Frost and the \nGeorgian and Imagist Poets. \n\nProf. Skiffington Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.247 Twentieth Century Literature (Prereq. 2 courses in lit.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe modern movement in English and American literature from 1920 to \nthe present. Writers to be studied include Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, \nYeats, Virginia Woolf, Frank O'Connor, Stevens, W. C. Williams, Auden, \nThomas, the \"angry generation,\" the \"new\" poets, and fiction writers since \nWorld War II. \n\nProf. Skiffington Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.250 Shakespeare 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA chronological approach to Shakespeare's plays, beginning with Romeo \nand Juliet and ending with Julius Caesar. Emphasis on diction, dramatic \nstructure and psychology. \n\nProfs. Kazantzi, Howes Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.251 Shakespeare 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nShakespeare's middle and last phases; Hamlet to The Tempest; selected \nplays. \n\nProfs. Kazantzi, Howes Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n284 / FRENCH \n\n30.262 Literary Criticism: Classical and Romantic 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nClose reading of major critical statements, including Plato, Aristotle, Sid- \nney, Dryden, the Neoclassical school, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, and \nothers. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.263 Modern Poetry I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of the origin and development of modern poetry. Poets studied \nwill include Hardy, Yeats, Robinson, Frost, Stevens, Moore, Eliot and Pound. \nRecommended for students who have already had an introductory course \nin poetry. \n\nProf. Morse Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n30.264 Modern Poetry II 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 30.263, with emphasis on the later work of Eliot and \nPound, Wm. Carlos Williams, the Objectivists, the Fugitives (Ransom, Tate, \nWarren), Auden, Lowell, Roethke, Dylan Thomas, and the \"new poets\" from \n1945 to 1960. \n\nProfessor Morse Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.266 Modern Literary Criticism 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nMajor 19th and 20th century literary critics, from Poe and Baudelaire to \nPater, Pound, Eliot and others. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n30.267, 30.268 Afro-American Literature 4 CI.; (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nA survey of the development and range of black American writers, empha- \nsizing poetry and prose from the post-Civil War period to the present. \nTo be announced All Quarters \n\n30.272, 30.273 Studies in English Literature 4 CI.; (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nA seminar course on a special topic which will be announced in advance. \nExamples: The Pre-Raphaelites; Literature and Psychology; John Donne, etc. \nTo be announced All Quarters \n\n30.274, 30.275 Studies in American Literature I, II 4 CI.; (each) 4 Q.H. \nA seminar course on a special topic to be announced in advance. Examples: \nPuritanism, Early Drama; The Genteel Tradition; etc. \nTo be announced All Quarters \n\nFrench \n\n31.101 Elementary French 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nEssentials of grammar; practice in speaking and reading; progressive \nacquisition of basic vocabulary. \n\nProf. Williams and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n31.102 Elementary French (Prereq. 31.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar study and basic language skills. \n\nProf. Williams and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n31.103 Elementary French (Prereq. 31.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFurther development of basic language skills. Reading of French prose of \nincreasing difficulty. Practice in conversation. \n\nProf. Williams and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n\nFRENCH / 285 \n\n31.111 Intermediate French 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nCourse for freshmen. Systematic review of grammar, conversational practice \nand prose readings of average difficulty. \n\nProf. Stephan and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n31.112 Intermediate French (Prereq. 31.111) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar review and conversational practice. \n\nProf. Stephan and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n31.113 Intermediate French (Prereq. 31.112) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFurther continuation of grammar review and conversational practice; read- \ning of French prose. \n\nProf. Stephan and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n31.115 Intermediate French (Prereq. 31.103 or 31.152) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCourse for upperclassmen. Brief review of grammar and thorough oral work \nand the reading of selected texts. \n\nProf. Fabrizi and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n31.116 Intermediate French \n\nAccurate as per catalog. \n\nProf. Fabrizi and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.117 French Composition and Conversation \n\n(Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA course to perfect speaking and writing ability. The basis of work will be \nanalysis of the language, oral and written reports and general discussions. \nConducted in French. \nProf. Fabrizi Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n31.118 French Composition and Conversation \n\n(Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of 31.117, with stress on individual work, fresh discussions \nand compositions. Conducted in French. \nProf. Fabrizi Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.119 French Literature of the Twentieth Century \n\n(Prereq. 31.132, 31.118, 31.129) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nNarrative and dramatic prose writers prior to World War II, including Proust, \nClaudel, Gide, and Mauriac. \nProf. Fabrizi Offered in 1969-70, Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n31.120 French Literature of the Twentieth Century \n\n(Prereq. 31.129, 31.132, 31.118) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe prose literature of present day France as illustrated by the works of \nSartre, Camus, lonesco and others. \nProf. Fabrizi Offered in 1969-70, Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.121 French Literature of the Nineteenth Century \n\n(Prereq. 31.129 or 31.132 or 31.118) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRomantic poetry and drama, the Realist novel. \nProf. Stephan Offered in 1970-71, Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n286 / FRENCH \n\n31.122 French Literature of the Nineteenth Century \n\n(Prereq. 31.129, 31.132, 31.118) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFlaubert; Parnassian and Symbolist poetry. \nProf. Stephan Offered in 1969-70, Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.123 French Classicism (Prereq. 31.129, 31.132, 31.118) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntellectual currents and other non-dramatic literature of the seventeenth \ncentury. \n\nProf. Williams Offered in 1969-70, Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n31.124 French Classicism (Prereq. 31.129, 31.132, 31.118) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDramatic literature of the seventeenth century. Plays of Corneille, Moliere \nand Racine. \n\nProf. Williams Offered in 1969-70, Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.127 Masterpieces of French Literature 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSelected masterpieces of Modern French Literature for freshmen. Introduction \nto literature and literary criticism; use of French in discussion and analysis. \nProf. Stephan and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n31.128 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.127) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSelections from French authors of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. \nProf. Stephan and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n31.129 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.128) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSelections from French authors of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. \nProf. Stephan and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n31.130 Applied French Linguistics \n\nAccurate as per catalog. \n\n31.131 Masterpieces of French Literature \n\n(Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroductory course in French Literature. Selected works from the Middle \nAges to the eighteenth century. \nProf. Williams Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n31.132 Masterpieces of French Literature \n\n(Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroductory course in French Literature. Selected works from the nineteenth \nand twentieth centuries. \nProf. Williams Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.140 Eighteenth Century French Literature \n\n(Prereq. 31.132, 31.118, 31.129) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe progress of the philosophical spirit and rationalistic thinking as re- \nflected in the works of Fontenelle, Bayle, Montesquieu, Voltaire and others. \nProf. Fabrizi Offered in 1970-71, Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nSPANISH / 287 \n\n31.141 Eighteenth Century French Literature \n\n(Prereq. 31.132, 31.118, 31.129) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe achievements of the spirit of enlightenment and the awakening of the \nRomantic sensibility, as seen in such authors as Diderot, Rousseau, St. \nPierre and Beaumarchais. \n\nOffered in 1970-71, Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.151 Elementary French 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nCourse for upperclassmen. Essentials of grammar; practice in speaking and \n\nreading; progressive acquisition of basic language skills. \n\nProf. Williams and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n31.152 Elementary French (Prereq. 31.151) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar study and basic language skills; reading of French \nof increasing difficulty; practice in conversation. \n\nProf. Williams and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n31.185 Directed Study 4 Q.H. \n\nStaff \n\n31.295, 31.296, 31.297, 31.298; Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nStaff \n\n\nSpanish \n\n\n32.101 Elementary Spanish 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of \na basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \n\nDr. Riesco and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n32.102 Elementary Spanish (Prereq. 32.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of \nSpanish prose of moderate difficulty. \n\nDr. Riesco and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n32.103 Elementary Spanish (Prereq. 32.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Span- \nish prose of moderate difficulty. \n\nDr. Riesco and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n32.111 Intermediate Spanish 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntermediate course for freshmen who have had two or three years of high \nschool Spanish. Review of grammar, with practice in composition and \nconversation. \n\nProf. Jaramillo and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n32.112 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.111) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSpanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of \nmodern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation prac- \ntice based on assigned readings. \n\nProf. Jaramillo and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n\n288 / SPANISH \n\n32.113 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.112) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nSpanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive \nreading of modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; con- \nversation practice based on assigned readings. \nProf. Jaramillo and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n32.115 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.103 or 32.152) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSpanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading \nof modern prose, with occasional oral and written translation; conversation \npractice based on assigned readings. \n\nMr. Modee and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n32.116 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.115) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSpanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive \nreading of modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conver- \nsation practice based on assigned readings. \n\nMr. Modee and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n32.117 Spanish Composition and Conversation \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPractice in writing and speaking Spanish, including written and oral \nresumes, prepared speeches and themes, impromptu speaking and writing; \na review of the more subtle problems of grammar. \nProf. Jaramillo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n32.118 Spanish Composition and Conversation (Prereq. 32.117) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFurther practice in oral and written Spanish; continued study of problems \nof advanced Spanish grammar. \n\nProf. Jaramillo Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n32.119 Spanish American Literature (Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEarly Latin American literature; the literature of the colonial period and \nthe early nineteenth century based primarily on selections from an \nanthology. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n32.120 Spanish American Literature (Prereq. 32.119) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nModern Latin American literature; readings from nineteenth and twentieth \ncentury prose and poetry. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n32.121 A Survey of Medieval Spanish Literature \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelections from the major works of the Middle Ages, from the Poema del \nCid up to the Libro de buen amor. \nMr. Modee Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n32.122 Fifteenth and Sixteenth Century Spanish Literature \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelections from the major works of the fifteenth and sixteenth century, from \nLa Celestina to the period of the mystics. \nMr. Modee Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nGERMAN / 289 \n\n32.123 Literature of the Golden Age (Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCervantes; selections from the Entremeses, the Novelas Ejemplares, and \nDon Quijote, with emphasis on the latter as Spain's greatest literary \nmasterpiece. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n32.124 Literature of the Golden Age (Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReadings from the comedias of Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Calderon, \nand Ruiz de Alarcon; also prose and poetry selections of Gongora and \nQuevedo. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n32.125 Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReadings in prose, poetry, and drama of the romantic period, including \nselections from El Duque de Rivas, Larra, Espronceda, Zorrilla, and Becquer. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n32.126 Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReadings of the major novels of the regional and realistic periods. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n32.127 Twentieth Century Spanish Literature \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSelections from the writings of the Generation of '98: Unamuno, Valle- \nInclan, Pio Baroja, Benavente, Azorin, and the Machado brothers. \nProf. Jaramillo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n32.128 Twentieth Century Spanish Literature \n\n(Prereq. 32.113 or 32.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProse and poetry of modern writers, such as Ortega y Gasset, Perez de \nAyala, Garcia Lorca, Juan Ramon Jimenez, Gironella, and Jose Cela. \nProf. Jaramillo Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n32.151 Elementary Spanish 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCourse for upperclassmen. Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; \nprogressive acquisition of a basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \nProf. Jaramillo and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n32.152 Elementary Spanish (Prereq. 32.151) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of \nSpanish prose of moderate difficulty. \n\nProf. Jaramillo and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\nGerman \n\n33.101 Elementary German 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of \na basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \nProf. Aluf and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n\n290 / GERMAN \n\n33.102 Elementary German (Prereq. 33.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMore difficult points of grammar, particularly uses of subjunctive mood. \nProf. Aluf and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n33.103 Elementary German (Prereq. 33.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nReading of simple German prose, with oral and written exercises based on \nmaterial read; German conversation encouraged. \n\nProf. Aluf and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n33.111 Intermediate German 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntermediate course for freshmen who have had two or three years of high \nschool German. A review of grammar; practice in composition and con- \nversation. \n\nProf. Aluf and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n33.112 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.111) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nHistory of German civilization, with discussions and conversation. \n\nProf. Aluf and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n33.113 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.112) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntensive reading of modern German prose, with conversational practice. \nProf. Aluf and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n33.115 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.103) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nGerman civilization through texts of average difficulty; review of grammar; \nwritten and oral exercises. \n\nMiss Boehme Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n33.116 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.115) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReadings from modern German prose; conversational practice. \n\nMiss Boehme Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n33.117 German Composition and Conversation \n\n(Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nGrammar review; written work; German conversation. \nMiss Boehme Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n33.118 German Composition and Conversation (Prereq. 33.117) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFree composition; oral reports; class discussions. \n\nMiss Boehme Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n33.119 Scientific German (Prereq. 33. 113 or 33. 116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReview of grammar; readings in scientific German: articles dealing with \nchemistry, physics, mathematics and biology. \n\nProf. Aluf Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n33.120 The German Lyric (Prereq. 33.113or 33.116)4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nGerman lyric poetry from the twelfth century to the present; analysis of \nselected poems; reports; discussions. \n\nProf. Aluf Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nRUSSIAN / 291 \n\n33.121 The Works of Goethe (Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDramas, prose writings, and lyric poetry of Goethe; lectures, collateral read- \nings; reports. \n\nProf. Cooperstein Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n33.122 Classical Period of German Literature \n\n(Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBackground and general survey of the period from 1750 to 1800, with \nparticular emphasis on the works of Lessing and Schiller. \nProf. Cooperstein Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n33.123 German Drama of the Nineteenth Century \n\n(Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPlays by Kleist, Hebbel, Grillparzer, and Ludwig; lectures, collateral read- \nings; reports. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n33.124 Nineteenth Century German Literature \n\n(Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBackground and general survey of German literature in the nineteenth \ncentury, with particular attention to prose and lyric poetry. \n\nOffered in 1969-70 \n\n33.125 German Drama of the Twentieth Century \n\n(Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPlays by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Wedekind, Kaiser, Toller, Unruh, and \nWiechert. \n\nOffered in 1970-71 \n\n33.126 German Literature of the Twentieth Century \n\n(Prereq. 33.113 or 33.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRecent German literature, particularly prose and lyric poetry. \n\nOffered in 1970-71 \n\n33.151 Elementary German 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCourse for upperclassmen. Essentials of grammar; practice in pronuncia- \ntion; acquisition of a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions. \n\nProf. Aluf and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n33.152 Elementary German (Prereq. 33.151) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMore difficult points of grammar; reading of simple German prose, with oral \nand written exercises. \n\nProf. Aluf and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nRussian \n\n34.101 Elementary Russian 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition \nof a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions. \n\nProf. Spiegel and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n\n292 / RUSSIAN \n\n34.102 Elementary Russian (Prereq. 34.101) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. \n\nProf. Spiegel and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n34.103 Elementary Russian (Prereq. 34.102) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nReading of Russian prose of moderate difficulty. \n\nProf. Spiegel and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n34.115 Intermediate Russian (Prereq. 34.103 or 34.152) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nOral and written study of grammar. \n\nMr. Snyder Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n34.116 Intermediate Russian (Prereq. 34.115) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of 34.115. \n\nMr. Snyder Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n34.117 Russian Composition and Conversation (Prereq. 34.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course, for upperclassmen, is designed to develop skills in speaking \nand writing colloquial soviet usage of the Russian language. Classroom \nwork is supplemented by tapes. \n\n34.118 Russian Composition and Conversation (Prereq. 34.117) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of 34.117. For upperclassmen. \n\n34.119 Scientific Russian (Prereq. 34.116)4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course includes scientific readings in the areas of mathematics, chem- \nistry, physics and biology. It is designed to acquaint the student with a \nspecialized vocabulary and grammatical understanding of the texts. \n\n34.120 Russian Expository Prose (Prereq. 34.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course includes selected readings of lectures, speeches, essays and \ncritical studies by outstanding Russian scholars. \n\n34.121 Russian Short Story of the Nineteenth Century \n\n(Prereq. 34.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course includes the detailed analysis of selected short stories of the \nnineteenth century; read in Russian, and the study of the development of \nthis genre. \n\n34.122 Russian Drama of the Nineteenth Century \n\n(Prereq. 34.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDetailed analysis of selected representative plays read in Russian, and the \nstudy of the development of this genre. \n\n34.123 Russian Folklore (Prereq. 34.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nVarious genres of Russian folk literature are read in Russian, and the \nreadings are supplemented by lectures and tape recordings. \n\n34.124 Russian Poetry (Prereq. 34.116) 4 CI.; 4 H.Q. \nThe major works of important classical and modern poets are read in \nRussian and analyzed. \n\n\nJOURNALISM / 293 \n\n34.125 Pushkin's Artistic Prose 4CI.;4Q.H. \nReading of Pushkin's major prose fiction in the original, accompanied by \nstylistic and structural analyses. Background materials and articles of \ncriticism to be consulted. Individual oral presentations by students (in \nEnglish) and research papers (in English) by arrangement with instructor. \n\n34.126 Pushkin's Narrative Poetry 4CI.;4Q.H. \nReading of Pushkin's narrative poems in the original, accompanied by the \nstudy of the author's poetic techniques and devices. The evolution of this \ngenre will be examined in the light of literary trends, influences and con- \ntroversies. Research papers on selected topics in English. \n\n\nJournalism \n\n38.101 History and Principles of Journalism 4CI.;4Q.H. \nDevelopment of American journalism from European and English begin- \nnings; the problems and contributions of the \"Colonial Press,\" the Revolu- \ntionary War period, the \"Party Press,\" the \"Penny Press,\" and the leading \ncontributions to early American journalism; the evolution of freedom of the \npress and the concurrent responsibility of the press media to this freedom; \nsome writing. \n\nProf. Speers Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n38.102 History and Principles of Journalism 4CI.;4Q.H. \nA continuation of 38.101 from mid-nineteenth century; America's great per- \nsonal journalists and mass circulation \"giants\" and their contributions: \nGreeley, Bennett, Raymond, Dana, Grady, Nelson, Ochs, White, Medill, \nPulitzer, Hearst, Scripps, Howard, McCormick and others; the relationships \nto journalism to such events as the Civil War, the Spanish American War; \nthe unfolding principles; some writing. \n\nProf. Speers Spring Qtr. \n\n38.103 Fundamentals of Newswriting 4CI.;4Q.H. \nFunctions of the editorial department and procedures in obtaining and \nwriting news stories; extensive practice in writing news stories. \n\nMr. Azer and Mr. Quarrington Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n38.104 Fundamentals of Newswriting \n\n(Prereq. 38.103 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProblems of reporting and news writing with written assignments in various \ntypes of spot news reporting. \nMr. Azer and Mr. Quarrington Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n38.105 Techniques of Journalism \n\n(Prereq. 38.104 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAdvanced practice in writing news stories along with editorials, feature \nstories, criticisms, etc. \nMr. Azer and Mr. Quarrington Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n294 / ECONOMICS \n\n38.106 Techniques of Journalism \n\n(Prereq. 38.105 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEditing the news with practice in copy editing, headline writing, and news- \npaper makeup. \nMr. Azer and Mr. Quarrington Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n38.107 The Press and Society 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nThe relationships of the press media to American society; the various roles \nof the press; the unfolding legislative pattern before and after the First \nAmendment; some outstanding court cases concerning the press such as \ncontempt of court, licensing, taxing the press; relationships between the \npress and the U.S. Post Office. A study project, working with professional \nnewspapers, is required. \n\nProf. Speers Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nEconomics \n\n39.105 Principles of Economics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDevelopment of macroeconomic analysis; review of national income con- \ncepts; national income determination, fluctuation, and growth; role of the \nbanking system and the Federal Reserve System; government expenditures \nand taxation; international trade; balance of international payments. \n\nProf. DeCicco Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.106 Principles of Economics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nComprehensive analysis of the economics of the firm with illustrative cases. \nDemand, cost and output relationships examined. Market structures and the \npublic interest includes examination of anti-trust policy, economic effi- \nciency, research and innovation, advertising and economic concentration. \nSome emphasis placed on theory versus practice. \n\nProf. DeCicco Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.115 Principles and Problems of Economics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the conceptual aspects of economics. The flow of na- \ntional income; economic growth and fluctuation; the role of money and \nbanking; monetary and fiscal policies; emphasis on developing conceptual \ntools for use in the analysis of economic problems facing modern society. \nProf. Caligaris Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.116 Principles and Problems of Economics 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of the approach developed in 39.115 but oriented to the \nparticular roles of consumer, labor, business firms, government, agriculture \nand other segments of modern economy; the international economy and \ndifferences between economic systems; emphasis on the understanding of \nhow the pricing system determines resource allocation, production effi- \nciency and the distribution of income. \n\nProf. Caligaris Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nECONOMICS / 295 \n\n39.125 Economics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMacro-economic problems, theory and policy; basic economic concepts and \nthe institutional setting of the American economic system, its goals and \nproblems; national income and product definition and measurement; the \ntheory of income determination; the relation between prices and money; \nthe mechanics of commercial banking operations, central banking and \nmonetary policy; government and fiscal policy; appraisal of stabilization \npolicies; economic growth theory and problems. \n\nProf. Herman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.126 Economics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nMicro-economics: the pricing of national output and distribution of national \nincome; the theory of demand and utility; the economics of the firm; cost \nand supply; partial equilibrium analysis; price determination under various \nmarket structures; the theory of production; the pricing of productive fac- \ntors in various market structures; international economic problems and \npolicies; the theory of international trade; the balance of payments; cur- \nrent international economic problems. \n\nProf. Herman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.190, 39.191 Directed Study 4 Q.H. \n\nIndependent work under the direction of member of the Department on a \nchosen topic. Limited to qualified seniors majoring in Economics with \napproval of Department. \n\n39.250 Statistics (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFrom the broad field of general statistics, this course extracts those \ntheorems and methods necessary to the study of econometrics. Topics: \ndata presentation, descriptive statistics, probability and inference, choice \nand properties of estimators, hypothesis testing, bivariate regression and \ncorrelation (and analysis of variance), transformation of economic theory \ninto testable form. \n\nMr. Doane Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.251 Statistics (Prereq. 39.250) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course extends the mathematics of 39.250 and applies it to regres- \nsion, analysis of economic data. Problems inherent in this application in- \nclude multicollinearity, simultaneous equasion bias, autocorrelation, and \nheteroscedasticity. \n\nMr. Doane Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.255 Micro-economic Theory (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA detailed study of supply and demand analysis; various elasticity concepts \nand applications; theory of consumer demand; theory of production; deriva- \ntion of cost curves; detailed analysis of pricing; and output behavior in the \nseveral market structures with their welfare implication; the pricing of \nresources. \nProf. Meehan Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n296 / ECONOMICS \n\n39.256 Macro-economic Theory (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nInvestigation of the conceptual and empirical problems of creating and \nusing national accounts; price index problems; conceptual and empirical \nevaluation of several consumption and investment functions, and their \npolicy implications; multiplier and accelerator models; a brief history of \nrecent cyclical fluctuations. Theories of inflation and growth are analyzed \nin the light of recent economic history. \nProf. Cohen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.259 European Economic History 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nShort Greco-Roman and Middle Ages background. Economic inheritance of \nthe nineteenth century development of capitalism and laissez faire; the \naftermath of the industrial revolution; European overseas expansion. The \ntwentieth century; the world wars; the dissolution of empires; American \nEconomic conquest and European integration; the future of less developed \nareas in southern Europe. \n\nProf. Schachter Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.260 American Economic History \n\n(Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEconomic development of U.S. from colonial period to the present; his- \ntorical changes in available factors, economic institutions and technologies; \nspecial attention to preconditions of industrialism; U.S. industrial revo- \nlution, its spread and socio-economic consequences; great depression, \nsubsequent rise of mixed economy and welfare state; U.S. adjustments to \npostwar economic changes. \nProf. Shelby Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.265 Money and Banking (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe nature and function of money, credit, and monetary standards and the \nrole of our monetary and banking system in the economy. Topics include \ncommercial banking, monetary theory and policy, the role and instruments \nof the Federal Reserve System, and international monetary problems. \nProf. Caligaris Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.266 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy \n\n(Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nGovernmental expenditure, revenue, and debt systems, with emphasis upon \ntheir economic effects and their relationships to principles of economic \nwelfare; topics such as principles of taxation; income taxation; consump- \ntion basis of taxation; taxation of wealth; the commercial principle; and \ngovernmental borrowing and fiscal policy. \nProf. Goldstein Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.268 Urban Economics (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProf. Brown \n\n39.269 Urban Economic Problems and Policies \n\nProf. Brown Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nECONOMICS / 297 \n\n39.271 Social Control of Economic Activities \n\n(Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nHistorical development of the government's role in economic affairs. The \nrelationships between the government and industry, labor, agriculture, public \nutilities, consumers; economy in general; anti-trust laws and their effects on \nmarket structure and performance; theoretical analysis of interaction of \nvarious sectors of the economy. \nProf. Horowitz Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.273 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (Prereq. 39.255) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe theoretical framework for analysis and evaluation of the static and \ndynamic performance of real markets. An examination of the empirical \nstudies testing the usefulness of applying theory to real markets. And an \nexamination of anti-trust as a public policy designed to promote better \nmarket performances. \nProf. Meehan Spring Qtr. \n\n39.275 Labor Economics (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nExamination of the economics of the labor market and the labor force and \nof the institutions and policies dealing with them; employment, unemploy- \nment, wage determination, income distribution, and the development and \nefficient use of labor resources; development of trade unions; collective \nbargaining issues and their economic consequences. \nProf. Herrnstadt All Quarters \n\n39.280 Comparative Economics (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCompeting types of theoretical economic systems; empirical analysis of \nadministration and operations of currently existing types of communist, \nsocialist, and capitalist economies; comparisons in terms of economic \nfunctions and diagrams in Economic Theory: demand, revenue and cost \nProf. Shelby Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.281 Mathematical Economics \n\n(Prereq. 39.1 16, 39.106 or 39.126 or consent of instructor) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFunctions and diagrams in Economic Theory; demand, revenue and cost \nfunctions; economic applications of derivatives with reference to monopoly \nand duopoly problems; exponential and logarithmic functions with reference \nto compound interest problems; functions of two variables with reference \nto production and utility functions; Euler's Theorem and other properties \nof homogeneous functions. \nMr. Gostenhofer Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.282 Mathematical Economics (Prereq. 39.281) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nLinear models and matrix algebra; properties of determinants; Cramer's \nrule, etc. Leontief input-output analysis; applications to market and national \nincome. Dynamic analysis including difference equations applied to various \nmodels. Some applications from linear programming, game theory and \neconometrics. \n\nMr. Gostenhofer Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n298 / ECONOMICS \n\n39.285 Economic Development (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProspects for economic growth in poor nations as indicated by economic \nanalysis and historical experience; social, cultural, and institutional de- \nterminants of growth; implications for the international position and policies \nof the U.S. \n\nProf. Schachter Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.286 International Economics (Prereq. 39.116, 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIntroduction to the theory of International Trade and its role in resource \nallocation; implications for economic welfare; foreign exchange, the balance \nof payments mechanism and problems of disequilibrium and adjustment. \nProf. Graubard Spring Qtr. \n\n39.288 Economic Growth and Business Cycles \n\n(Prereq. 39.116 or 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nReview of macro-economic theory and national product accounts; U.S. eco- \nnomic performance; nature and meaning of U.S. growth; general causes \nand recent empirical studies; prognosis, and growth policies; meaning and \ntypes of business cycles; details of business cycle theories; recent cyclical \nexperience; current situation; brief survey of forecasting techniques; critical \nexamination of current and proposed anti-cyclical programs. \nProf. Shelby Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.289 Advanced Economic Theory (Prereq. 39.255 and 39.256) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAdvanced theoretical treatment of selected topics in microeconomics and \nmacroeconomics. Recommended for students planning to take graduate \neconomics. \n\nMr. Hersh Spring Qtr. \n\n39.291 Senior Economic Seminar (Prereq. 39.255 and 39.256) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCourse for senior economics majors, coordinating and apply economic \nconcepts, methodology, and data to contemporary issues and problems of \nbroad social, economic, and philosophical importance. \n\nProf. DeCicco Spring Qtr. \n\n39.292 History of Economic Thought \n\n(Prereq. 39.116 or 39.106 or 39.126) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nComprehensive course of study in the development of economic thought. \nCoverage includes mercantilism as the first economic doctrine; analysis of \nolder classical school, its later refinements (modern marginalism), and its \nimportant critics (socialists, marxists); Keynesian and modern developments. \nProf. Lake Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n39.293 Statistical Methods (Prereq. 39.251) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPrinciples of probability and statistical inference. Topics include estima- \ntion and tests of significance, analysis of variance, comparison of Baysian \nand classical inference, and combinatorial analysis; application of methods \nof statistical inference to business and economic research. Computer pro- \ngramming introduced. Offered to qualified seniors. \n\nProf. Lyons Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nACCOUNTING / 299 \n\n39.294 Quantitative Methods (Prereq. 39.293) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to principles of management science. Covers matrix algebra; \nmultiple regression models; linear programming models including the sim- \nplex and transportation problems; simulation, queuing theory, and statistical \ndecision theory; general development of mathematical models in the solu- \ntion of business problems; technique of the logarithms; solution of problems \nwith the computer. \nProf. Lyons Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n39.295, 39.296, 39.297, 39.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H. \n\nProf. DeCicco All Quarters \n\n\nAccounting \n\n\n41.111 Principles of Accounting 4 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe accounting cycle procedure; the analysis of financial transactions; prep- \naration of financial statements; and special journals. \n\nProf. Burnham and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n41.112 Principles of Accounting (Prereq. 41.111) 4 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe matching of revenue and expense; the control of cash and receivables; \ninventory valuation; plant and equipment; control of cash disbursement; \ncorporation accounting. \n\nProf. Burnham and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n41.113 Principles of Accounting (Prereq. 41.112) 4 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nManagerial financial decisions; corporate financial reporting; consolidated \nfinancial statements; source and uses of funds; cash flow; price level \nchanges. \n\nProf. Burnham and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.115 Principles of Accounting 10 CI.; 9 Q.H. \n\nCovers the content of courses 41.111, 41.112, 41.113. Intended for Transfer \nStudents. \nProf. Burnham Fall Qtr. \n\n41.203 Introduction to Accounting— I.E. 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe accounting cycle; analysis tools defined; statement preparation; control \nof cash, receivables, inventory, and equipment; introduction to manufactur- \ning accounting. \nProf. Armen Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n41.205 Cost Accounting (Prereq. 41.113) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nBasic cost theory and practice; cost data as management tool, cost volume- \nprofit analysis; introduction to capital budgeting. \nTo be announced All Quarters \n\n41.207 Analysis of Financial State (Prereq. 41.113) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nPreparation of accounting statements; uses of ratios and analytical state- \nments; composition of statements and statement classification; fund and \ncash flow analysis. \nProf. Richards Winter Qtr. \n\n\n300 / ACCOUNTING \n\n41.208 Introduction to Accounting— Pharmacy 4CI.;4Q.H. \nUses of accounting; recording processes; trading enterprises; alternative \nrecording systems; analytical uses of accounting; payroll accounting; plan- \nning and forecasting from accounting data. \n\nProf. Burnham, in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.209 Distribution Cost Analysis (Prereq. 41.113) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCost accounting with a major emphasis toward applications for marketing \npurposes; cost accumulation and analysis; uses of costs and cost techniques \nfor control. Pricing will be stressed. \n\nProf. Slavin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.210 Accounting Principles (Prereq. 39.116) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFor Liberal Arts undergraduates. Accounting as an analytical tool of man- \nagement; financial statement analysis; corporate financial reporting; in- \nvestments; financial planning. \n\nProf. Armen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.212 Accounting Analysis for Decision Making \n\n(Prereq. Cost for Management or equiv.) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course builds up the students basic knowledge of accounting, pro- \nviding him with the opportunity to analyze accounting data for use in \nmanagement decisions. The course stresses use of the information as \nopposed to its compilation, and relates the work through case problems \ninvolving decision making at middle and upper management levels. Areas \ncovered include cost control, capital investment, product mix, transfer \npricing and evaluation of division managers. \nTo be announced Fall Qtr. \n\n41.213 Federal Income Taxes (Prereq. 41.113) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA basis survey course of the federal tax structure; an appreciation and \nunderstanding of the impact of taxation on business decision. Application of \ntax principles will be illustrated by specific problems. Estate and trust plan- \nning. \n\nProf. Malchman Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n41.251 Intermediate Accounting (Prereq. 41.113) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe emphasis is on accounting theory and concepts together with an \nanalysis of the special problems that arise in applying these concepts to \nfinancial accounting. Areas discussed include the basic accounting process, \ncash receivables, liabilities, and inventory valuation. \n\nProf. Curran Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n41.252 Intermediate Accounting (Prereq. 41.251) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThis is a continuation of the discussion of the traditional structure of ac- \ncounting theory and its underlying issues together with an evaluation of the \nconflicts and shortcomings in accounting concepts. Areas discussed include \ninvestment in productive resources and accounting for corporations. \n\nProf. Curran Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.253 Cost Accounting (Prereq. 41.113) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe accumulation of cost data for managerial analysis and control; process \ncost accounting and the costing of by-products and joint products. \n\nProf. Malchman Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nMARKETING / 301 \n\n41.254 Cost Accounting (Prereq. 41.253) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nEstimated cost systems; budgetary control with standard costs; the cost and \nprofit analyses for decision-making purposes. \n\nProf. Malchman Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.255 Advanced Accounting (Prereq. 41.252) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nVaried accounting systems including partnerships, home and branch, parent \nand subsidiary; foreign exchange. \n\nMr. DuBois Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n41.256 Advanced Accounting (Prereq. 41.255) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nSpecialized accounting areas including consignment and installment sales, \nreceivership, municipal and institutional accounting; estate and trust ac- \ncounting; taxation and planning. \n\nMr. DuBois Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.257 Auditing (Prereq. 41.252) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nDesigned to give the Accounting major a thorough knowledge of auditing \nthrough the application of auditing principles and adherence to auditing \nstandards; the ethics of the profession together with the impact of new \nand advanced audit techniques. \n\nProf. Richards Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n41.259 Seminar 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe seminar consists of discussion and reports on selected topics in \naccounting literature. \n\nProf. Slavin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n41.260 Taxes 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBasic federal taxation as it applies to individuals, partnerships, and corpora- \ntions. \n\nProf. Burnham Spring Qtr. \n\n41.261 Role of Accounting in Decision Making (Prereq. 41.256) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of business problems and the role accounting can and should play \nin their solution. \n\nProf. Lindhe Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nMarketing \n\n43.120 Marketing Fundamentals 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe planning and operating of marketing programs, with emphasis upon \neffective use of available methods and facilities. \n\nProf. Dufton and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.121 Marketing Dynamics (Prereq. 43.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe dynamics of product innovation and adaptation of marketing strategy \nto changes in consumer tastes, buying habits, and competitive forces— \nfor both consumer and industrial goods. \n\nProf. Dufton and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n302 / MARKETING \n\n43.220 Marketing Policies and Problems 4CI.;4Q.H. \nFor non-Marketing majors. Management's analytical approach in a variety \nof firms to product planning, channels of distribution, advertising, personal \nselling, sales promotion, pricing, and marketing research. \n\nProf. Minichiello Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.221 Current Issues in Marketing 4CI.;4Q.H. \nFor non-Marketing majors. Reading, discussion, and analysis of current and \ncontroversial topics in domestic and international marketing. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n43.230 Marketing Operations I (Prereq. 43.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSuch diverse disciplines as managerial economics, quantitative analysis, \nand the behavioral sciences are examined as sources of analytical and \nresearch tools for effective marketing operations. \n\nProf. Collazzo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.231 Marketing Operations II (Prereq. 43.230) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of 43.230, with emphasis upon the application of such \nanalytical and research tools to achievement of effective and efficient mar- \nketing operations. \n\nProf. Collazzo Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n43.232 Advertising Techniques (Prereq. 43.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe methods and mechanical processes used to produce advertisements, in- \ncluding television and radio commercials. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.233 Retail Management (Prereq. 43.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFrom a marketing management point of view, the activities and contribu- \ntions of major retailing institutions, including department and specialty \nstores, supermarkets, and discount outlets. \n\nProf. Minichiello Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n43.234 Marketing Case Analysis (Prereq. 43.121) 3 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nOral and written analysis of marketing case studies selected to develop \nskills in both qualitative and quantitative techniques of decision making. \nProf. Dufton Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.240 Marketing Research I (Prereq. 43.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe application of theoretical knowledge and research methodology to \nmarketing, with emphasis upon quantitative methods and behavioral science \nconcepts. \n\nProf. Zif Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.241 Marketing Research II (Prereq. 43.240) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nOperation and interpretation of marketing research studies with applica- \ntions to problems in advertising product policy, sales, pricing, and motiva- \ntional research. \n\nProf. Zif Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nMARKETING / 303 \n\n43.242 Sales Management (Prereq. 43.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCreation, management, and appraisal of the sales force. Case studies and \ndiscussions, plus selected readings. \n\nProf. Finger Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.243 Advertising Management (Prereq. 43.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of advertising management through class discussions of case studies \nselected to illustrate means of achieving proper balance and coordination \nof advertising with other elements in the marketing mix. \n\nProf. Jenkins Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n43.250 Marketing Management I (Prereq. 43.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe decision-making and managerial aspects of selected marketing pro- \ngrams analyzed through use of case studies that relate to both consumer \nand industrial goods. \n\nProfs. Jenkins and Minichiello Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.251 Marketing Management II (Prereq. 43.250) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 43.250, with increased opportunity for student participa- \ntion in verbal and written analyses of the selected case studies. \n\nProf. Minichiello Spring Qtr. \n\n43.260 Industrial Marketing 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe marketing of products where business firms are the potential customers. \nFor Marketing and non-Marketing majors. \n\nProf. Morrison Spring Qtr. \n\n43.261 International Marketing 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe opportunities, methods, and policies in management of international \nmarketing programs. For Marketing and non-Marketing majors. \n\nProf. Dufton Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n43.262 Advertising Management (Prereq. 43.231) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA study of advertising management through class discussions of case \nstudies selected to illustrate means of achieving proper balance and \ncoordination of advertising with other elements in the marketing mix. \nProf. Jenkins Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n43.263 Retail Management 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nFrom a marketing management point of view, the activities and contribu- \ntions of major retailing institutions, including department and specialty \nstores, supermarkets and discount outlets. \n\nProf. Minichiello; Mr. Lasser Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n43.270 Marketing Policy Seminar 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nOne half of the course is concerned with a limited number of case studies \nin the broad areas of marketing policy and management. The other half \ncombines with the other college departments to give all students the benefit \nof applying the various functional approaches to specific cases in business \nadministration and policy. \nProf. Morrison Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n304 / FINANCE AND INSURANCE \n\n43.271 Marketing Theory Seminar 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nIn seminar-type discussions, an attempt is made toward a synthesis and \nanalysis of marketing theory and practice. Course is based upon a list of \nreading selected from various sources and disciplines. \nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n\nFinance and Insurance \n\n44.120 Introduction to Finance 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAn introduction to the role of finance and insurance in the economic world; \na survey of financial institutions and their functions; an analysis of the \nbasic institutions and principles in risk and insurance. \n\nProf. Lovely and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.121 (Prereq. 44.120) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn extension of the institutional information developed in 44.120 to the \nbusiness firm. \n\nProf. Lovely and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n44.150 Corporate Finance (Prereq. 44.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nAn analytical approach to the financial management of the business firm; \nstress on the importance of cash flow in analysis. The theory of the optimum \nreturn on optimum assets is developed under the goal of maximizing the \nowners' position. Theories of capital budgeting and cost of capital are fur- \nther developed and applied against considerations of acquisition of both \nshort term and long term assets. Internal sources of funds. \nProf. Cossaboom Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.152 Corporate Finance (Prereq. 44.150) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nA continuation of the analysis of the financing of the firm with emphasis on \ncapital structure and external sources of funds. Various means of financing \nare discussed both as to inherent advantage and disadvantage and also from \nthe point of view of the effect of these means on the capital structure and \ncost of capital. Some time is devoted to the process of marketing and \nsecurities and the buyers of those securities. \nProf. Cossaboom Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n44.155 Corporate Finance (Prereq. 44.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nA survey of the financial management of the business firm. Various means \nof financing and sources of funds are discussed. Capital budgeting and \ncash flow analysis are introduced. \nTo be announced All Quarters \n\n\n44.240 Personal Finance 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe concept of the total personal estate; budgeting, savings, insurance; \ninvestments and estate planning. \n\nProf. Cossaboom Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\nFINANCE AND INSURANCE / 305 \n\n44.245 Credit Management (Prereq. 44.152) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA managerial approach to the matter of extension of credit and collection of \nreceivables within the business firm; emphasis on the measurement of the \nrisk involved, both individual and general; types of credit; evidences of \ndebt; collateral and collateral documents; sources of credit information; \nevaluation of risk; collection procedures; rights of creditors. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.250 Life Insurance (Prereq. 44.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nModern approaches to personal and business uses, including investment \naspects of life insurance; types of contracts are analyzed from both the \nbuyer's and the company's point of view. Legal concepts, the beneficiary \nclause and settlement options, including analysis of the life insurance con- \ntract, are discussed, supplemented by recent court cases. Types and organi- \nzation of companies: investment policy; underwriting and marketing; risk \nmanagement; and rate-making principles and techniques, including reserves \nand surrender values. \nProf. Smith Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n44.252 Property and Casualty Insurance (Prereq. 44.250) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nInitial emphasis on a thorough analysis of the fire insurance, automobile \nand general liability policies; case discussion; inland marine and selected \ncasualty coverages; underwriting practices and problems; loss prevention \nand adjustment in property and casualty lines; a brief introduction to rate \nmaking; analysis of reserves and reinsurance, the homeowners contract, \nworkmen's compensation, fidelity and surety bonds, and government regu- \nlation. \nProf. Smith Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.255 Estate Planning (Prereq. 44.250) 3 CI.; 3Q.H. \n\nThe nature and process of estate planning, using illustrated cases, is de- \nscribed by evaluating impairments, forming the estate plan, and finally test- \ning the designated plan. Wills, taxation, the marital deduction and life in- \nsurance explained in detail; forms of trusts, gifts, and joint ownership as \ntools available in estate plan. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n44.260 Financial Forecasting (Prereq. 44.152) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe relation of forecasting techniques to the long-run goals of the firm. \nThe interrelationship of the future of the company, the industry, and the \neconomy. \nProf. Marple Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.270 Investments (Prereq. 44.152) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nInvestment goals and objectives; various types of investment compared; \nthe role of the securities market. \n\nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.272 Security Analysis (Prereq. 44.270) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe topic is broadly covered with attention given to the relationship between \nthe economy and stock price averages. Methods of analyzing and appraising \n\n\n306 / MANAGEMENT \n\ndevelopments within the firm; the relation of earnings, dividends, and cash \nflow to the market valuation of a company's securities; portfolio analysis \nand planning. \nProf. Walle Spring Qtr. \n\n44.275 Money and Capital Markets (Prereq. 44.272) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe fundamentals of the nature, development and functioning of our finan- \ncial system as crystalized in the money and capital markets; theory and \napplied theory. \nProf. Rugina Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n44.280 Seminar in Finance and Insurance (Prereq. 44.270) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nOne half of the course concerns case studies in the area of finance and \ninsurance. The other half is integrated with the other college departments \nto give students the benefit of various approaches to specific cases in busi- \nness administration. \n\nProfs. Smith and Hehre Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n44.281 Continuation of Departmental Seminar (Prereq. 44.280) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nProfs. Marple and Smith Spring Qtr. \n\n\nManagement \n\n\n45.120 Introduction to Management and Organization 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAmerican business with emphasis on the fundamental concepts of manage- \nment and the problems inherent in building and maintaining an effective \norganization. \n\nProfs. Keith, Gubellini and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n45.121 Introduction to Personnel and Production \n\n(Prereq. 45.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the personnel and production functions of business with \nemphasis on the fundamental problem areas and the development of tech- \nniques that may be employed by management to their solution. \nProfs. Keith, Gubellini and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n45.209 Organizational Behavior (Prereq. 45.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nA study of the behavior of people within the framework of the formal \norganization structure of business and other institutions. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n45.113 Organizational Behavior 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nContinuation of 45.209. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n45.255 Personnel Management (Prereq. 45.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe problems of management's relations with employees. Topics include: \nessentials of personnel policy, organizing and manning of work teams, \nadministration of performance standards, and wage and salary administration. \nProfs. Higgins and Otlewski Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nBUSINESS GENERAL / 307 \n\n45.256 Industrial Relations (Prereq. 45.255) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe broader aspects of work relationships. Topics covered include: the \nsocial impact of wages, the impact of automation, manpower utilization, \nand unemployment. \nProfs. Higgins and Otlewski Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n45.265 Production Management (Prereq. 45.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe management of manufacturing activities. Topics include: product de- \nsign; methods study; layout, inventory and production control; production \nstandards; control of quality. Statistical techniques are emphasized. \nProfs. Mullins and Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n45.266 Production Management (Prereq. 45.265) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation of 45.265. \n\nProfs. Mullins and Phillips Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n45.270 Senior Seminar 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nIn seminar type discussions, one half of the course emphasizes the develop- \nment of management and organization theory. The other half is integrated \nwith other departments of the college to give students the benefits of vari- \nous analytical approaches to specific cases in business administration. \nProfs. MacDonald, Samaras, Rochwarg Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n45.271 Seminar in Management (Prereq. 45.270) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe changing nature of the manager's job. Through cases and readings the \nstudent develops a picture of the environment within which tomorrow's \nmanagers will operate and the nature of the new tasks involved. \n\nProfs. MacDonald, Samaras, Rochwarg Spring Qtr. \n\n45.275 Labor Law (Prereq. 45.256) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe changing judicial principles and statutory standards of employment and \nmanagement-union relations since 1800. \n\nProf. Myers Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n45.276 Seminar in Collective Bargaining (Prereq. 45.275) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nCases or reports on problems faced by industrial relations departments \ndealing with employees through collective bargaining; individual research. \nProf. Myers Spring Qtr. \n\n\nBusiness General \n\n49.155 Legal Aspects of Business 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe legal aspects of business transactions and business relationships in- \nvolving contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, suretyship and guaranty. \nProfs. Fiumara, Scioletti All Quarters \n\n49.205 Introduction to Data Processing (Prereq. 45.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nManual, mechanical, and electronic methods of data processing; emphasis \non computerized systems, flow charting techniques, and equipment capa- \nbilities and limitations. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n308 / EDUCATION FOUNDATIONS \n\n49.206 Management Information Systems 3CI.;3Q.H. \n\nDesign, development, and implementation of integrated business systems. \nThe topics of determining management requirements, value and cost of in- \nformation, and computer feasibility are explored through cases and readings. \nProfs. Gubellini, Rochwarg Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n49.210 Legal Aspects of Business Organization (Prereq. 45.155) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe legal aspects of the typical forms of business ownership; the law of \nsales transactions in business. \nProf. Fiumara Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n49.240 Law in Society 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThis course will acquaint the student, as a member of society, with his \nlegal rights, obligations and responsibilities, applicable in his relationship \nwith others and with the state. \nProf. Fiumara Spring Qtr. \n\n49.250 Statistics (Prereq. 39.106) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThis course builds from a base of descriptive statistics (control tendency, \ndispersion, grouped and ungrouped data, etc.) toward an introductory level \nof statistical inference (sampling, probability, expected value, probability \ndistributions and statistical estimation); emphasis on business decision- \nmaking under uncertainty and on the key role of probability theory which \nenables us to use sampling data to estimate unknown parameters with \nmeasurable risk of error. \n\nProf. Keith Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n49.251 Statistics (Prereq. 39.250) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of investigation of decision-making under uncertainty; con- \ntinuation in field of statistical inference with hypothesis testing, quality \ncontrol charts, regression-correlation analysis, and time series analysis. \nProf. Keith Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n49.258 Accounting Systems and Data Processing (Prereq. 41.252) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nBusiness information systems and problems; automated data processing \nsystems and applications; digital computer concepts; program languages; \nthe use of flow-charting techniques. These concepts will be applied to \nassist the student to analyze and improve accounting systems. \nProf. Nielson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nEducation Foundations \n\n50.111 Social Science I 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nCultural Anthropology and Education. Theories and concepts in cultural an- \nthropology will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to in- \nformal and formal aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention \nwill be devoted to the study of cross cultural materials in order to under- \nstand the educational process in different cultural milieus. \nProf. Durham in charge Fall Qtr. \n\n\nEDUCATION-INSTRUCTION / 309 \n\n50.112 Social Science II 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSociology and Education. The course involves sociological analysis of the \neducational enterprise in the United States and other technologically ad- \nvanced societies, including consideration of the socialization process, the \nformation of youth cultures, and the function of the schools in these con- \ntexts. Attention will be given to the study of the effects of stratification, \nethnic, and racial factors on educational institutions, education and social \nchange, and the school as a social system. \n\nProf. Durham in charge Winter Qtr. \n\n50.113 Social Science III 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nIntergroup Relations and Education. Examination of theoretical and empiri- \ncal materials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. \nParticular attention will be paid to the role of education in the reduction \nof intergroup conflict. \n\nProf. Durham in charge Spring Qtr. \n\n50.121 Human Development and Learning I 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nDevelopmental processes from prenatal life up to adolescence; theories of \nlearning and personality, with research and case material covering major \naspects of psychological development. \nProf. Nichols in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n50.131 Human Development and Learning II (Prereq. 50.121) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of Human Development and Learning I. Significant aspects of \nadolescence; physical, social, and psychological factors as they influence \nadolescent behavior. \nProf. Gulo in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n50.141 Measurement and Evaluation (Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nThe fundamentals of measurement; basic statistical concepts and tech- \nniques used; evaluation of standardized and teacher-made tests. \nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n50.151 Backgrounds of American Education 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nHistorical and philosophical foundations of American education beginning \nwith old-world origins; development of American schools and educational \nthought from the colonial period to the present with emphasis on major \ncurrent issues in education. \nProf. Harmon in charge Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\nEducation — Instruction \n\n51.124 Modern Mathematics Curricula 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMathematics curricula in junior and senior high schools, including experi- \nmental programs, presented in their historical setting. \nProf. Clark Spring Qtr. \n\n\n310 / EDUCATION-INSTRUCTION \n\n51.131 Fundamentals of Arithmetic I 4CI.;4Q.H. \nTechniques of teaching arithmetic so that underlying principles are \nstressed. Topics are selected to serve as a foundation in mathematics ap- \npropriate for any elementary program. Topics considered are: deductive and \ninductive reasoning, numeration systems, elementary concepts of set theory, \nwhole numbers and rational numbers and their properties, decimal \nnumerals, linear equations and inequalities. \n\nProf. Clark Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.132 Fundamentals of Arithmetic II (Prereq. 51.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of Fundamentals of Arithmetic I. Topics considered are: rate, \nratio and percent, informal geometry, elementary theorems and proofs, \nsimilarity and trigonometry, area of volume, elements of spherical geometry. \nProf. Clark Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n51.135 Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process \n\n(Prereq. 50.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe relationships that exist between instructional objectives and teaching \nbehavior; applications of human development and learning concepts as they \nrelate to subsequent specialized teaching methods and materials. Research \nresults and promising theory are used to extend the prospective teacher's \nconcepts of the teaching function. \nProf. Rochfort in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.140 Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages I \n\n(Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe most effective types of classroom activities, subject unit organization, \nassignments, examinations, and teaching aids used in modern language; \nthe role of the language laboratory with its problems of selecting equip- \nment, scheduling pupils, planning tapes and content of drill exercises, \nevaluating results and coordinating its functions with conventional class- \nroom instruction. \nProf. Petralia Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.141 Elementary Education Compendium I (Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe curriculum is analyzed on the basis of the overall objectives of the \nAmerican elementary school. Students evaluate and organize units of work \nwhich are appropriate to the level at which they plan to teach. The inte- \ngrated approach to learning is emphasized, but the integrated approach to \nscience, social studies and language arts subjects are given special \nattention. \n\nProf. Lee in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.142 Elementary Education Compendium II (Prereq. 51.141) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe objectives, activities, and methods of evaluation in the elementary \nschool are continued with special attention to the areas of music, art and \nphysical education. \n\nProf. Lee in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n51.143 Methods and Materials of Teaching English \n\n(Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the structure and functions of language as they apply \nto the teaching of English; curriculum and planning in English; the unit \n\n\nEDUCATION-READING / 311 \n\napproach; specific techniques of teaching reading and literature, grammar \nand usage, written and oral composition, listening, spelling, vocabulary, and \nthe use of mass media. \nProf. Favat Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.144 Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages II \n\n(Prereq. 51.140) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nContinuation of Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages I. \nProf. Petralia Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n51.145 Methods and Materials of Teaching Mathematics \n\n(Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nTheory and practice of teaching secondary mathematics, including a dis- \ncussion and evaluation of instructional problems. Lesson planning and \npresentations by individual students will afford appropriate practice and \nserve as the medium of instruction. \nProf. McLean Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.147 Methods and Materials of Teaching the Sciences \n\n(Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe prospective science teacher is introduced to the following: the philos- \nophies of science and their applicability in society and the secondary \nschool; science curriculum development and application; and pertinent \nmethods and materials in science education. \nProf. Miner Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.149 Methods and Materials of Teaching Social Studies \n\n(Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA consideration of: the philosophical and utilitarian justifications for the \nteaching of social studies in the public schools; various research tools, \nindices, and bibliographies available in the social science disciplines; \nvarious teaching techniques as they relate to social studies education; \ncurrent trends in social studies education; the critical evaluation of social \nissues; the techniques of planning; the relation of significant teaching \nobjectives. \nProf. Tedesco Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n51.151 Student Teaching and Seminar \n\n(Prereq. Meth. and Mat. course in major field) 8 Q.H. \nOpportunity for observation and teaching under regular supervision; carried \non daily for full quarter with seminar running concurrently. \nProf. Haley in charge Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\nEducation — Reading \n\n54.126 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nFor English and Social Studies majors in the College of Education who are \npreparing for teaching in the junior or senior high schools. Basically the \nsame approach and organization applies to this course as to the elementary \nlevel course, (one quarter) \nProf. Leeds Offered 1970-71 \n\n\n312 / EDUCATION-REHABILITATION AND SPECIAL \n\n54.135 Fundamentals of Reading I 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe basic, introductory course in developmental reading for prospective \nelementary teachers. In the first term the emphasis will be on language and \nsymbolic process as it relates to beginning reading. The word recognition \nand meanings growth areas will be studied in detail, as will some methods \nand techniques of testing and grouping. An introduction to some reading \nbooks and materials, methods of teaching and the psychology of learning \nto read. Tutorial work will begin with students. \n\nProf. Werle in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n54.136 Fundamentals of Reading II (Prereq. 54.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA continuation and extension of the first term. Study skills; speed and \nfluency growth areas. The tutorial work will be extended. Greater familiarity \nwith books, materials and methods will be achieved. \n\nProf. Werle in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n54.141 Remedial Reading (Prereq. 54.136) \nFor prospective teachers in the primary unit. This introductory course \nfamiliarizes the student with some of the most commonly known and \nmet reading problems in the typical classroom as well as in the reading \nclinic; analysis and evaluation of the typical diagnoses of such problems; \ncorrective programs; tutorial work with a retarded reader, with each student \nkeeping a log or journal of his work with a particular reading problem. \nProf. Howards in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n54.142 Linguistics and Reading (Prereq. 54.136) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFor elementary level teachers (primary unit). The major objective is to \ntranslate the knowledge gathered from structural and descriptive linguistics \ninto useful classroom instruction, which includes not only reading instruc- \ntion, but basic instruction in the related language skills. The contributions, \nparticularly of writers like Fries, Barnhart, Bloomfield and LeFevre, will be \nanalyzed and experimented with in a tutorial situation in order to derive \nfrom this approach its practical values for teaching. \n\nProf. Howards in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n54.151 Children's Literature (Prereq. 54.136) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nFor prospective teachers in the primary unit. A comprehensive survey and \ncritical analysis of the books and materials available for basic reading \ninstruction and for supplementary reading activities. After a massive review \nof the available literature for the children, especially in grades K-3, each \nstudent will be responsible for developing some material of his own for \ntrial with subjects. The ultimate goal is to make the student aware of what \nis available and how to use it most effectively in a reading program. \nProf. Buffone Spring Qtr. \n\n\nEducation — Rehabilitation and Special \n\n55.121 Introduction to Special Education 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nAn introductory survey course which emphasizes the characteristics and \nneeds of exceptional children and youth; recognition of exceptional children \nin the classroom, including: the trainable and educable retarded; emotion- \n\n\nEDUCATION-REHABILITATION AND SPECIAL / 313 \n\nally disturbed; social offender; brain-injured; speech-, hearing-, and \n\nlanguage-impaired; the physically handicapped; the visually handicapped; \nand the gifted. \n\nProf. Ferullo in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n55.122 Introduction to Speech and Hearing Therapy 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nNormal language and speech development in children. Analysis of the most \nprevalent organic and functional communication disorders, with emphasis \non identification techniques. Lectures, demonstrations, and 15 clock hours \nof observation in University clinic. \nProf. Johnston Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n55.124 Anatomy, Physiology, and Neurology of the Speech and \n\nHearing Mechanism 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nPhysiological and mechanical components of speech and hearing. The skeletal, \nmuscular, and nervous systems. Lectures and laboratory demonstrations. \nMiss Walsh Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n55.126 Communication Skills for the Teacher 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nThe importance of effective communication in the teaching profession. \nUtilization of the knowledge of the scientific principles of voice production \nwith practice of effective vocal usage. Integration of communication skills \nwith regular classroom curriculum. Lectures, exercises, demonstration, and \nobservations. \nProf. Ferullo in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n55.1 31 Development of Language and Speech (Prereq. 55.122) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAnalysis of theories related to concept formation, development and utiliza- \ntion of symbols from birth to maturation. Foundations and developmental \nphases of language and speech. The significance of physiological, neuro- \nlogical, psychological, and intellectual factors affecting language and speech \ndevelopment. Case studies, lectures, demonstration, and observations. \nMr. Neil Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n55.133 Introduction to Linguistics and Phonetics \n\n(Prereq. 55.122) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nLearning and applying the International Phonetic Alphabet. A considera- \ntion of articulated phonemes and allophones, sound change, structural and \ndescriptive linguistics applied to problems in communication. The nature \nof language. Lectures, demonstrations, and observations. \nProf. Ferullo in Charge Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n55.134 Organic Speech Disorders (Prereq. 55.124) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nEtiology, diagnosis, and prognosis of non-neurological communication dis- \norders; consideration of therapeutic procedures in cleft-palate and cleft- \nlip, and related maxillo-facial abnormalities; laryngectomy; and tongue- \nthrusting. Lectures, observations, and demonstrations. \nMr. Neil Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n314 / EDUCATION-REHABILITATION AND SPECIAL \n\n55.141 Methods and Materials in Speech and Hearing \n\n(Prereq. 51.135) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nVarious materials and methods used in the correction of speech problems. \nThe rationale of the corrective process; selection, preparation, and presenta- \ntion of materials. Speech correction and improvement through an inte- \ngrated approach. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n55.142 Introduction to Audiology (Prereq. 55.124) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe physics of sound, anatomy, physiology, and neurology of the ear. \nBasic techniques in audiometric testing. Lectures, demonstrations, and \nobservations. \n\nTo be announced Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n55.143 Diagnostic Techniques in Speech and Hearing \n\n(Prereq. 55.134) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nDiagnosis and therapy in communication disorders in children and adults; \ntests utilized in evaluation of individuals with language, speech, and hearing \ndisorders. Demonstrations, case histories, and experience in University clinic. \nMiss Walsh Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n55.144 Clinical Practice in Speech and Hearing I \n\n(Prereq. 55.131, 55.133) 2 CI.; 6 (clinic) Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPracticum in language, speech, and hearing diagnosis and therapy in Uni- \nversity clinic. Students should reserve a block of hours for clinic practicum. \nA minimum of 100 clock hours. \nProf. Ferullo Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n55.145 Functional Speech Disorders (Prereq. 55.124) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nEtiology, diagnosis, and prognosis of communication disorders of non-organic \norigins. Language and speech disorders and the psychodynamics of person- \nality development. Lectures and demonstrations, case histories, and ex- \nperience in the University clinic. \n\nProf. Ferullo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n55.152 Speechreading and Auditory Training \n\nVarious speechreading methods; an integrated approach to the treatment \nof hard-of-hearing individuals; auditory training techniques and materials. \nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n55.154 Introduction to Stuttering (Prereq. 55.145) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA consideration of some of the major theories of stuttering. Diagnosis and \ntherapy procedures. Lectures, demonstrations, and observations. \n\nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n55.155 Clinical Practice in Speech and Hearing II \n\n(Prereq. 55.144 and 100 in University clinic) 2 CI.; 6 (clinic) Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nPracticum in language, speech, and hearing diagnosis in a medical and/or \nrehabilitation center; a multidisciplinary approach in the treatment of \nchildren and adults. \nProf. Ferullo Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION-WOMEN / 315 \n\nPhysical Education— Women \n\nGeneral University Instructional Program \nOpen to all Women \n\nAll University women students must complete two terms of physical educa- \ntion activities selected from the courses listed in this section. Selection will \nbe made in terms of student's interest and ability. \n\nMiss Nicholson and Staff \n\n60.100 Fundamentals of Movement 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nUnderstanding and performance of basic motor skills and sports skills; \nefficient and effective movement for sports activities and daily living. Re- \nquired for students who fail the basic motor skills test. \n\nWinter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n60.101 Modified Physical Education Activity 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nDesigned for students whose physical activity program must be modified for \nmedical reasons. Instruction and participation planned to meet the indi- \nvidual needs of the student. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n60.102 Beginning Swimming 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in basic swimming and water safety skills. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n60.103 Badminton 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in elementary and intermediate badminton, skills, rules, strategy \nand care of equipment. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n60.104 Indoor Tennis 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nIntroduction to tennis at the elementary level through the use of paddles \nand racquets in modified game situations; development of skill, rules, \nstrategy and etiquette. \n\nFall, Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n60.105 Indoor Golf 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in fundamental golf skills, knowledge of clubs and their use, \nrules and etiquette. \n\nFall, Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n60.106 Fencing 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in basic fencing skills including techniques of competition. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n60.107 Archery 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction at the elementary and intermediate levels with emphasis on \nskill, safety and care of equipment. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n60.108 Exercise and Figure Control 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction and guidance in contouring, fitness and poise. \n\nFall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\n316 / PHYSICAL EDUCATION-WOMEN \n\n60.109 Gymnastics 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction at the elementary and intermediate levels of skill in free exer- \ncise, stunts and apparatus, including trampoline. \n\nFall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n60.110 Ski Conditioning 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in skills and techniques for development of strength, endurance, \nflexibility and efficient use of the body for skiing. \n\nFall Qtr. \n\n60.111 Beginning Skiing 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in fundamental techniques of skiing. \n\nWinter Qtr. \n\n60.112 Basketball 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction at the elementary and intermediate levels of skills in ball \nhandling, offensive and defensive play, and rules. \n\nWinter Qtr. \n\n60.113 Volleyball/Bowling 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in fundamental skills and rules of volleyball and bowling. One \nhalf quarter in each activity. \n\nFall and Summer Qtr. \n\n60.114 Squash Racquets 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nIntroduction to squash racquets at the elementary level; development of \nskills, rules, strategy and etiquette. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n60.115 Canoeing 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in basic canoeing skills including tandem and solo paddling. \n\nFall Qtr. \n\n60.118 Beginning Modern Dance 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction at the elementary and intermediate level of skill with emphasis \non the mastery of elementary dance technique. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n60.119 Folk and Square Dance 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in folk and square dances of elementary to intermediate diffi- \nculty, representative of selected countries. \n\nSpring Qtr. \n\n60.120 Foundations of Physical Education 2(2)3 \nAn introduction to the nature and role of human movement and the analysis \nof skillful movement performance. Assessment and improvement of the stu- \ndent's performance in basic motor skills. Introduction to the history, objec- \ntives, literature, and organizations of the profession of physical education. \nMiss Leathern and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n60.122 Physical Education Skills II 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nDevelopment of knowledges and skills necessary for competent performance \nin areas of basketball, volleyball and elementary school games. \nProf. Nicholson and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION-WOMEN / 317 \n\n60.123 Physical Education Skills III 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nDevelopment of knowledges and skills necessary for competent performance \nin areas of modern dance, swimming and diving, and lacrosse. \nMiss Shaw and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n60.125 Camp Leadership and Outdoor Education I 4 Q.H. \nA three-week resident session at the Warren Center. Emphasizes knowledge \nand personal skill development in several phases of camping, conservation, \nand outdoor education, including introduction to counselor education. \nProf. Rowlands and Staff Summer Qtr. \n\n60.126 Physical Education Skills A 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nDevelopment of knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance \nin selected activities. Open only to transfer students. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\n60.127 Physical Education Skills B 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nContinuation of 60.126. \n\nStaff All Quarters \n\n60.131 Physical Education Skills IV 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nDevelopment of knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance \nin areas of badminton, folk, square and social dance, and gymnastics. \nMiss Knight and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n60.132 Physical Education Skills V 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nDevelopment of knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance \nin areas of tennis, track and field, and life saving skills. \n\nProf. Nicholson and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n60.135 Camp Leadership and Outdoor Education II 4 Q.H. \n\nA three-week resident session at the Warren Center. Development of teach- \ning proficiency in several phases of camping and outdoor education. Con- \ntinued study of camp leadership, counselor education, conservation, and \nschool camping. \nProf. Rowlands and Staff Summer Qtr. \n\n60.140 Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities I \n\n(Prereq. 60.122, 60.123, 60.131) 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAnalysis of performance and methods of teaching in the areas of gymnastics \nand racquet sports. \nMiss Knight and Miss Leathern Fall Qtr. \n\n60.141 Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities II \n\n(Prereq. 60.121, 60.122, 60.131) 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAnalysis of performance and methods of teaching in the areas of team \nsports (indoor) and aquatics. \nProf. Rowlands and Miss Leathern Winter Qtr. \n\n60.142 Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activity III \n\n(Prereq. 60.121, 60.123, 60.132) 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAnalysis of performance and methods of teaching in the areas of field \nsports and dance. \nMiss Shaw and Miss Roberts Spring Qtr. \n\n\n318 / PHYSICAL EDUCATION-WOMEN \n\n60.143 Winter Sports 1 Q.H. \n\nFive-day resident session at North Conway, N.H. Participation according to \nability in classes of Hannes Schneider Ski School. Evening seminars in \nskiing theory and teaching methods. \nMiss Leathern Winter Qtr. \n\n60.150 Human Anatomy I 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nGross anatomy of the bones, joints and muscles of the human body, em- \nphasis on practical application in relation to student's work in physical \neducation. \n\nMiss Cairns Winter Qtr. \n\n60.151 Human Anatomy II (Prereq. 60.150) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe gross anatomy of the human body exclusive of the bone, joint and \nmuscle systems. \n\nMiss Cairns Spring Qtr. \n\n60.160 Instructional Technology 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \n\nSurvey of selection, evaluation, preparation, and production of audio-visual \nmedia, instructional television and programmed learning. Some opportu- \nnity to work with related equipment. \nProf. Donnelly and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n60.200 Intermediate Swimming 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in swimming skills with emphasis on form, endurance, survival \nand safety skills. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n60.202 Synchronized Swimming (Prereq. 60.200 or equiv.) 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nDesigned for advanced swimmers with emphasis on stunts, rhythmic swim- \nming, and choreography. \n\nWinter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n60.204 Springboard Diving 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction at the elementary and intermediate levels in springboard diving. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n60.206 Senior Life Saving (Prereq. 60.200 or equiv.) 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in life saving skills, techniques and theory. Red Cross Certi- \nfication. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n60.207 Water Safety Instructor (Prereq. 60.206 or equiv.) 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in techniques, theory and teaching methods in swimming and \nlife saving courses. Red Cross Certification. \n\nSpring Qtr. \n\n60.210 Advanced Modern Dance and Composition \n\n(Prereq. 60.118 or permission) 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in Graham technique and an exploration of the elements in- \nvolved in dance composition. \n\nWinter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION-MEN / 319 \n\n60.220 Program and Methods in Elementary School Physical Education \n\nActivities (Prereq. 19.102, 50.121, 50.131) 4 CI.; 4 Q. H. \n\nPhilosophy, program planning, and methods for teaching children; guided \nobservation experiences with children in schools; individual teaching pres- \nentations and evaluations in basic motor skills, dance activities, games, \ngymnastics, and sports. \nProf. Nicholson and Miss Leathern Winter Qtr. \n\n60.230 Advanced Teaching and Analysis \n\n(Prereq. 60.140, 60.141, 60.142) 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nAdvanced study of teaching methods and analysis in one of areas studied \nin Physical Education 60.140-142 and one individual sport. \nProf. Rowlands and Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n60.261 Curriculum Building and Trends 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nBasic foundations of curriculum development stressing fundamental prin- \nciples and guides to curriculum organization, format, and evaluation. Sur- \nvey of existing curricula and the development of an understanding of \ncurrent curriculum trends. \nMiss Leathern Spring Qtr. \n\n60.280 Supervised Teaching (Prereq. P.E. Curr. in sequence) 12 Q.H. \n\nObservation and teaching at the elementary and secondary school levels; \ndevelopment of understandings of school and community; conduct of classes \nand extraclass activities. Emphasis on continuity of units, lessons, and \ndaily evaluations; supervision by cooperating school and Boston-Bouve Col- \nlege faculty; individual conferences and group seminars. \nMiss Leathern and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n60.290 Special Problems (Prereq. by permission) 3 Q.H. \n\nIndependent study in physical education for qualified seniors in area of \nstudent's special interest. \n\nProf. Luttgens and Staff Winter and Spring Qtr. \n\n*Unless otherwise indicated, all courses listed are required for women students \nmajoring in Physical Education. \n\n\nPhysical Education-Men \n\n61.100 Basic Physical Education 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nThe role of physical activity in daily living as based on the physiological, \npsychological and sociological needs of man; instruction and participation \nof an individualized nature. All Quarters \n\n61.110 Beginning Swimming 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in the elementary techniques of swimming; emphasis on funda- \nmental skills and safety procedures. All Quarters \n\n61.111 Intermediate Swimming (Prereq. 61.110 or permission) 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in the basic swimming strokes; emphasis on form, techniques, \nendurance. All Quarters \n\n\n320 / PHYSICAL EDUCATION-MEN \n\n61.113 Senior Life Saving (Prereq. 61.112 or permission) 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nDevelopment of advanced skill in life saving theory and techniques; Red \nCross senior life saving certification possible. All Quarters \n\n61.125 Introduction to Gymnastics 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in the elementary techniques of tumbling, free exercise, appar- \natus, and trampoline. All Quarters \n\n61.126 Tumbling (Prereq. 61.125 or permission) 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nIntermediate and advanced instruction in tumbling and free exercise. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n61.127 Apparatus (Prereq. 61.125 or permission) 2 Lab; 1 Q.H. \nIntermediate and advanced instruction on apparatus and trampoline. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n61.133 Badminton 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in badminton at the elementary and intermediate levels. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n61.141 Track and Field 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in track, field, and cross country at the elementary and inter- \nmediate levels. All Quarters \n\n61.143 Weight Training 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the principles and use of resistive exercises; isotomic exer- \ncise (weights), isometric, and the appropriateness of each. All Quarters \n\n61.147 Bowling 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nBeginning and intermediate instruction in bowling. Scoring, calculating \nhandicaps, etiquette, terminology, selecting equipment, rules. All Quarters \n\n61.165 Ballroom Dancing 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in the foxtrot, waltz, and polka; emphasis on elementary tech- \nnique and procedure. All Quarters \n\n61.175 Basketball 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in basketball at the intermediate level; emphasis on offensive \nand defensive individual and team play. All Quarters \n\n61.176 Flag Football 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in flag football at the elementary and intermediate levels; em- \nphasis on offensive and defensive individual and team play. All Quarters \n\n61.177 Soccer 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in soccer at the elementary and intermediate levels; emphasis \non offensive and defensive individual and team play. All Quarters \n\n61.178 Softball 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInstruction in softball at the intermediate level; emphasis on offensive and \ndefensive skills, rules, modification, value as a recreational activity. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION-MEN / 321 \n\n61.179 Volleyball 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in volleyball at the elementary and intermediate levels; emphasis \non its value as a recreational activity; individual and team play, variations \nof play, scoring. All Quarters \n\n61.185 Personal Defense 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in techniques of self-defense against armed or unarmed assail- \nant; legal involvement. All Quarters \n\n61.188 Boxing 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nInstruction in boxing at the elementary and intermediate levels; emphasis \non offensive and defensive techniques, training, scoring, officiating. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n61.187 Wrestling 2 Lab., 1 Q.H. \n\nInstructions in wrestling at the elementary and intermediate levels; em- \nphasis on offensive and defensive techniques, scoring, training, officiating. \n\nAll Quarters \n\n61.200 Aquatics I (Prereq. 61.100 or permission) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nInstruction in beginning, intermediate, and advanced swimming skills with \nemphasis on the development of teaching methods and techniques. \n\nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.201 Aquatics II (Prereq. 61.200 or permission) 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nThe theory and techniques of coaching swimming competitive and compatetive \nskills. Special emphasis on officiating and meet organization. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.205 Gymnastics I (Prereq. 61.125 or permission) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \n\nIntermediate and advanced skills in stunts and tumbling, apparatus, and \nfree exercise; special emphasis on instructional techniques, safety, and the \nconducting of exhibitions and meets. \n\nStaff Spring Qtr. \n\nMr. Gillespie Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.210 Elementary School Activities 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nActivities appropriate to the elementary school level; special emphasis on \nmovement, games of low organization, dance, self-testing activities. \nProf. Curtin Winter Qtr. \n\n61.212 Handball and Squash 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nThe skills and techniques involved in the teaching of handball and squash; \nspecial emphasis on skills involved, rules, courtesies and strategies in \neach sport. \nProf. Walker Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.220 Survey of Recreational Sports 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to such recreational activities as archery, deck tennis, table \ntennis, horseshoes; emphasis on rules, teaching techniques, place in the \nprogram. \nProf. Curtin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n322 / PHYSICAL EDUCATION-MEN \n\n61.221 Volleyball and Badminton 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nThe theory and teaching of volleyball and badminton; special emphasis on \nrules, court and game courtesies, and strategies. \nProf. Goheen Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.230 Secondary School Dance 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nThe techniques of dance instruction at the junior and senior high school \nlevels. \n\nProfs. Curtin and Larson Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.235 Team Sports I 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nThe coaching of basketball and baseball to beginners; emphasis on role \nof head coach and assistant coach; organizing practice; the basic funda- \nmentals of individual and team play. \n\nProfs. Goheen and Curtin Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.236 Team Sports II 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nThe coaching of football and track to beginners; role of head coach and \nassistant coach; organizing practice; the basic fundamentals of individual \nand team play. \n\nProfs. Walker and Christensen Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.237 Team Sports III 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nTechniques of teaching soccer, speedball and softball; special emphasis \nplaced on rules, courtesies and strategies. \n\nProf. Walker Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.240 Introduction to Combatives 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nThe basic fundamentals, techniques, rules, and strategy in such combative \nactivities as boxing, wrestling, judo and combative games. \n\nProf. Walker and Mr. Gillespie Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.241 Advanced Wrestling (Prereq. 61.240 or permission) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nAdvanced techniques in coaching wrestling at the senior high school and \ncollege levels; emphasis on fundamentals of a more advanced nature: care \nof athletes, officiating, conduct of meets. \n\nMr. Gillespie Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.242 Advanced Boxing (Prereq. 61.240 or permission) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nAdvanced techniques in coaching, boxing; emphasis on offensive and de- \nfensive techniques, rules, and officiating. \n\nProf. Walker Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.245 Survey of Winter Sports 1 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to such activities as skiing, tobogganing, skating; emphasis on \nskills; teaching techniques, safety procedures. \nStaff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.250 Anatomy and Physiology 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nGross anatomy and physiology of the human skeletal and muscular systems. \nProf. Larson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nPHYSICAL EDUCATION-MEN / 323 \n\n61.251 Anatomy and Physiology \n\n(Prereq. 61.250 or permission) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nGross anatomy and physiology of the human nervous and circulatory \nsystems. \nProf. Larson Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.252 Anatomy and Physiology \n\n(Prereq. 61.251 or permission) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nGross anatomy and physiology of the human respiratory, digestive and uri- \nnary systems. \nProf. Larson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61.263 Methods and Materials in Physical Education \n\n(Prereq. 62.210 or permission) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMethods and materials to be used in curriculum development, class manage- \nment and teaching preparation for student teaching. \nProf. Zobel Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n61 .265 Advanced Football (Prereq. 61.236 or permission) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nBasic techniques in coaching football at the senior high school and college \nlevels; emphasis on individual and team play; offensive and defensive sys- \ntems; role of head and assistant coaches; scouting; use of teaching aids; \nteam management. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.266 Advanced Basketball \n\n(Prereq. 61.235 or permission) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nBasic techniques at the senior high school and college levels; emphasis on \nsystems of offensive and defensive team play; scouting; use of teaching \naids; team management. \nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.267 Advanced Baseball (Prereq. 61.235 or permission) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nBasic techniques in coaching baseball at the senior high school and col- \nlege levels; emphasis on individual and team play; role of head and assist- \nant coaches; team management. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.268 Advanced Track (Prereq. 61.236 or permission) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nBasic techniques of coaching track and field at the senior high school and \ncollege levels; emphasis on care and training of athletes; practice sched- \nules; coaching techniques; conduct of meets. \n\nStaff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.280 Camp Leadership 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the procedures of organized camping and outdoor activities; \nemphasis placed on camp skills; equipment; counseling; trip leadership; \nlaboratory experiences. \nProfs. Goheen and Curtin Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.285 First Aid 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \n\nFirst aid procedures recommended for the home, school and community; \nemphasis on practices endorsed by the American Red Cross. \nProf. Kassabian Spring Qtr. \n\n\n324 / PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION \n\n61.287 Athletic Training (Prereq. 61.285 or permission) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nThe training procedures in athletic programs; special emphasis on the pre- \nvention of athletic injuries; role of the trainer, athletic coach, and health \nservices. \nProf. Kassabian Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n61.290 Student Teaching 12 Q.H. \n\nAssignment to public school(s) for observation and practice teaching under \nthe guidance of a cooperating teacher and a college superior. Association \nwith the many duties assumed by physical education teachers including \ncoaching and/or intramural organization and supervision. \nProf. Zobel and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nProfessional Program in Physical Education \nMen and Women \n\n62.200 Professional Orientation to Physical Education 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the history, objectives, literature, and organizations of the \nprofession of physical education; discussion of responsibilities and oppor- \ntunities of professional personnel. \nProf. Curt in Fall Qtr. \n\n62.210 History and Principles of Physical Education \n\n(Prereq. 62.200) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nPreview of history of physical education; the place and function of physical \neducation in education and society; identification of principles for develop- \nment of sound programs. \nProfs. Fox, Goheen, Luttgens, and Miss Knight Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n62.253 Kinesiology (Prereq. 60.150, 60.151 and Physiology) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nScience of human motion; anatomic, mechanical, and physiological prin- \nciples as they relate to an understanding of skillful, efficient and purposeful \nhuman motion. \n\nProfs. Christensen and Luttgens Fall and Spring Qtr. \n\n62.254 Physiology of Exercise (Prereq. 62.253) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nStudy of the immediate and long-range effects of exercise upon the human \nbody. Emphasis on the circulatory and respiratory systems, training, the \nscientific foundations of physical fitness; survey of related research. \nProf. Christensen and Miss Cairns Fall, Winter and Summer Qtrs. \n\n62.255 Adapted Physical Education (Prereq. 62.254) 3 CI.; 2 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nExamination techniques for recognition of atypical conditions; characteristics \nand problems of the atypical; selection and adaptation of physical activities \nto meet individual needs. \n\nProfs. Goheen and Luttgens Fall, Winter and Summer Qtrs. \n\n62.260 Measurement and Evaluation (Prereq. 62.210) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nConstruction, use, selection, and interpretation of evaluative tools appli- \ncable to physical education; elementary statistical methods. \nProf. Goheen and Miss Knight Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nRECREATION EDUCATION / 325 \n\n62.270 Administration of Physical Education (Prereq. 62.210) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe organization and administration of programs in physical education with \nemphasis on the elementary and secondary school program. \nProfs. Fox and Rowlands Spring Qtr. \n\n\nRecreation Education \n\n63.120 Professional Orientation to Recreation 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nPhilosophy and scope of modern recreation and its role in society. Discus- \nsion of opportunities at home and abroad in school and community settings, \nin agencies, hospitals, institutions and industries. Focus on goals for Amer- \nican recreation. \n\nProf. Robinson Fall Qtr. \n\n63.121 Recreation Skills I 6 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nSkill development and participation in the recreational activities: tumbling, \nvolleyball, badminton and Red Cross swimming skills. \n\nMiss Glancy and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n63.122 Recreation Skills II 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nSkill development and participation in gymnastics, folk dance, music an- \nalysis, song leading and instrumental accompaniment. \n\nMiss Glancy and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n63.123 Recreation Skills III 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nDevelopment of leadership skill in social recreation activities: singing, folk \ndance, games and party program planning including leadership experiences \nwith groups. Counselor education — philosophy and leadership methods in \ncamping. Red Cross lifesaving course. \n\nMiss Glancy and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n63.125 Outdoor Education and Camp Leadership 4 Q.H. \nA three-week resident summer session in June at Warren Center: includes \nNatural Science, Aquatics, Overnight Camping, Indian lore, ACA Campcraft \ncertification, leadership in special camp programs, outdoor sports, small- \ncraft training, and arts and crafts. \n\nMiss Glancy and Staff Summer Qtr. \n\n63.126 Outdoor Education I 3 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nInterpretation of natural science and ecology. Emphasis on the develop- \nment of personal skills through laboratory, field trips, lectures, learning \nexperiences in the out-of-doors. \n\nMr. Bemis and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.127 Outdoor Education II 1 CI.; 3 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nEmphasis in developing understanding, interest and field biology skills for \neconomy, conservation and recreation. Includes wildlife management, for- \nestry, horticulture and animal husbandry. \n\nMr. Bemis and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n326 / RECREATION EDUCATION \n\n63.128 Survey of Outdoor Recreation and Park Facilities 3CI.;3Q.H. \nFundamental management and administration concepts for a wide variety \nof outdoor areas and facilities such as parks, beaches, ice rinks, Marinas \nand camps. \n\nProf. Jeffrey and Staff Spring and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.129 School Camping— Organization and Administration 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAdministration and leadership in school outdoor education and conservation \nprograms in the natural environment. Field trips and laboratory includes \nexperience with school-age groups. \n\nProf. Jeffrey and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n63.131 Techniques of Recreation Leadership 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nStudy and practical experience in a diversity of group programs and \nprocesses; i.e., workshops, committees, clubs, informal gatherings, recrea- \ntional programs for school, camp and community; field trips. \n\nProf. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.132 Interagency Planning for Community Action 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA study of agencies and how they function (program and personnel); how \nagencies cooperate for interagency programming. Legal and financial aspects \nand their effect on program. \n\nProf. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.133 Recreation Skills IV 6 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nDevelopment of skills and teaching techniques in basketball, both men's \nand women's. Techniques of teaching volleyball and badminton. Survey of \nrecreational swimming skills including participation. Techniques of leader- \nship in aquatic games, competitive swimming and synchronized swimming. \nMiss Glancy Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.134 Recreation Skills V 6 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nTechniques of teaching tennis and gymnastics. Red Cross Standard and \nAdvanced First Aid. \n\nMiss Glancy Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n63.135 Social Recreation 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nTechniques of leadership, participation, planning for recreation in social \nsettings for all ages — parties, programs and special events. Repertoire — \nmixers, dances, games, songs and skits. Creativity stressed. For non- \nrecreation majors. \n\nProf. Davis Spring Qtr. \n\n63.143 Winter Sports 1 Q.H. \n\nFive-day resident session at North Conway, New Hampshire. Participation \naccording to ability in classes of Hannes Schneider Ski School. Evening \nseminars in skiing theory and teaching methods. \nMiss Glancy Winter Qtr. \n\n63.146 Camp Administration 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nMajor problems involved in the establishment and operation of organized \ncamps, including school camps, summer camps and day camps. Selection \nof camp sites: sanitation, program, schedule, training personnel, finances, \nfood management and promotion. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nRECREATION EDUCATION / 327 \n\n63.147 Outdoor Education for Handicapped 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nTechnical training and experiences with adapted recreation and education \nfor exceptional and handicapped age groups. \n\nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n63.150 Human Anatomy I - Functional 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nGross anatomy of the bones, joints and muscles of the human body; em- \nphasis on practical application in relation to students work in physical \nrecreation. \n\nProf. Larson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.151 Human Anatomy II - Functional 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nGross anatomy of the human body exclusive of the bone, joint and muscle \nsystems; emphasis on practical application in relation to student's work \nin recreation. \n\nProf. Larson Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n63.160 Development and Utilization of Recreation Education Resources \n\n3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSurvey of field and audio-visual education and resources; instruction and \npractice in use of equipment and materials; collection and processing of \nRecreation Development Center Resources. \nProf. Robinson and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n63.210 Philosophy of Recreation and Leisure (Prereq. 63.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nGoals for American Recreation studied in modern context; implications for \nthe profession; historical background, concepts of work, leisure, recreation; \ntrends, issues and future directions. \nProf. McCay Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.215 Trends and Issues in Recreation 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nFor non-majors in Recreation. National and international issues and trends \nin the professional field; trends in participation with professional implica- \ntions; emerging programs; legislation; the leader and the future. \nProf. McCay Spring Qtr. \n\n63.220 Methods and Materials in Recreation 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nPhilosophy, program planning, motivational techniques, methods of teach- \ning and organizing materials and groups, utilization of equipment. \nProf. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.240 Dance and the Cultures 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nFolk dance and the related arts; emphasis on cultural understanding and \nappreciation through dance, music, arts, crafts, customs, foods, dress, his- \ntory and traditions. \nMiss Glancy Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.250 Group Dynamics 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nThe group process; how groups arrive at group identity; factors influencing \nsize, purpose, behavior patterns, selection of individual members; training \nand experience in leadership techniques. \nMiss Casavant Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\n328 / RECREATION EDUCATION \n\n63.255 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Service 3CI.;3Q.H. \n\nConcentrated study of recreation service for those who are ill or disabled. \nInquiry into the elements of therapeutic recreation service; current treat- \nment and care patterns; the nature of disability; how recreation service is \nrelated to disability. \nProf. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.256 Workshop in Adapted and Hospital Recreation 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nInvestigation in depth of basic and recent developments in adaptive and \nhospital recreation. Reports, discussions, observations and visitations. \n\nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n63.257 Recreation Activities of Atypical Individuals and Groups 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nAdaptation of recreational activities to meet the needs of handicapped in- \ndividuals in hospitals and other organizations offering recreational programs \nfor handicapped. Emphasis on the basic principles of recreational therapy. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.260 Organization and Administration of Recreation and Parks 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nFinancial support and management; promotion; budgeting; personnel poli- \ncies; arrangements and facilities; underlying principles and contemporary \npatterns. \nProf. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.265 Techniques of Supervision and Evaluation \n\n(Prereq. Basic Progr. Math, and 63.250) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nCurrent methods and materials; observation of recreation programs, supervi- \nsion and evaluation; in service education; appraisal, measurement, evaluation. \nProf. Robinson Spring Qtr. \n\n63.266 Community Education and Better Schools 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nThe place of the school in community recreation. Special emphasis on the \nschools' twelve month program to meet the needs of all ages. Field pro- \ngrams dealing with the community school concept. \n\nTo be announced Spring Qtr. \n\n63.267 Introduction to Youth Groups 3CI.; 3 Q.H. \nPhilosophy, history, and programs of various youth clubs. Boys Clubs, \nYMCA's, YWCA's and other organizations offering programs for the youth. \nTo be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.270 Arts and Crafts 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nOpportunities to learn and to teach in various media — clay, paper, crayon, \npaint, print, leather, wood, metal, yarn, natural and scrap materials; empha- \nsis on creativity, skill and enjoyment for all ages. \nMrs. Queiros Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n63.280 Supervised Field Experience and Teaching 12 Q.H. \n\nEquivalent to student teaching in education, professional assignment in \nrecreation setting; i.e., industry, center, school, hospital, agency, organiza- \ntion, housing, settlement, park, playground, camp. Supervision and con- \nferences. Seminar. \nProf. McCay and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\nPHYSICAL THERAPY / 329 \n\n63.285 Research and Readings in Recreation 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nSurvey of research; elementary techniques of research; review of current \nliterature in the field. \n\nProf. Davis Spring Qtr. \n\n63.290 Guided Independent Study in Recreation Service 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nDevelopment and implementation of a project in recreation service under \nfaculty supervision. Each student will design, carry out, and prepare a writ- \nten report of his project. \nProf. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n\nPhysical Therapy \n\n\n64.111 Introduction to Physical Therapy V2 CI.; IV2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nA general orientation to the field of physical therapy, its role in the health \nprofessions, basic nursing procedures, and the variety of professional op- \nportunities offered. \n\nMrs. Torgerson Winter Qtr. \n\n64.112 Introduction to Physical Therapy \n\n(Prereq. 64.111) y2 CI.; IV2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nTheory and practice in body mechanics, postural examinations, and patient \nmanagement. \nMrs. Torgerson Spring Qtr. \n\n64.121 Gross Anatomy (Prereq. 18.142, 18.148) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nThe structure and functions of the human body with particular emphasis \non the skeletal, muscular and nervous systems. Lecture and laboratory \nwith dissection. \nProf. Powers and Mrs. Torgerson Fall Qtr. \n\n64.131 Applied Anatomy (Prereq. 64.121, 11.137) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA further study of neuromuscular function with emphasis on the mechanical \nand physiological factors involved; application to normal and pathological \nmovement. Physiology of exercise included. \nProf. Shaffer and Mrs. Torgerson Winter Qtr. \n\n64.143 Physical Therapy I (Prereq. 64.121) 2 CI.; 6 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nTheory, demonstration and practice in massage, manual muscle testing and \nindividual muscle re-education. \n\nProf. Van Slyck Winter Qtr. \n\n64.154 Physical Therapy II (Prereq. 64.131, 64.143) 1 CI.; 4 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nTheory, demonstration and practice in basic therapeutic exercise, func- \ntional activities and goniometry. \n\nProf. Van Slyck and Miss Cerasoli Spring Qtr. \n\n64.155 Physical Therapy III (Prereq. 64.131, 64.143) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nTheory, demonstration and practice of amputee training and prosthetic de- \nvices. Theory, demonstration and practice in heat, light and hydrotherapy. \nProf. Van Slyck and Miss Cerasoli Spring Qtr. \n\n\n330 / PHYSICAL THERAPY \n\n64.164 Physical Therapy IV (Prereq. 64.154, 64.155) 1 CI.; 6 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nTheory, demonstration and practice in advanced therapeutic exercise. \nProf. Van Slyck Fall Qtr. \n\n64.165 Professional Literature and Research \n\n(Prereq. 64.154, 64.155) 1 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nProfessional literature through Journal Club; introduction to scientific meth- \nodology and preparation of an independent research proposal. \nMiss Cerasoli Fall Qtr. \n\n64.166 Rehabilitation (Prereq. 64.154, 64.155) 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nSeminar on the concepts of rehabilitation presented by allied health per- \nsonnel throughout the community. Student discussion relating the physical \ntherapist's role to the health team. \n\nMrs. Torgerson Fall Qtr. \n\n64.171 Physical Therapy V (Prereq. 64.154, 64.155) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nTheory, demonstration and practice in the physical therapy management of \nmedical and surgical chest disorders. \n\nMiss Cerasoli Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n64.172 Physical Therapy VI (Prereq. 64.154, 64.155) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nTheory, demonstration and practice in electrical muscle stimulation and \ntesting procedures. \n\nProf. Shaffer Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n64.175 Ethics and Administration (Prereq. 64.164) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \n\nPrinciples and methods in administrative and supervisory responsibilities; \nemphasis on development of desirable personal and professional attitudes \nand relationships. \nProf. Carlisle Winter Qtr. \n\n64.185 Supervised Clinical Practice I (Prereq. 64.154, 64.155) 5 Q.H. \n\nSupervised clinical experience in various physical therapy departments in \nthe Boston area. \n\nProf. Shaffer and Clinical Faculty Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n64.190 Clinical Seminar (Prereq. concurrent with 64.185) 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nSelected topics related to clinical practice and presentation of case reports. \nProf. Shaffer Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n64.195 Supervised Clinical Practice II (Prereq. 64.185) 12 Q.H. \n\nAdvanced supervised clinical experience on a full-time basis; assignments \nin Massachusetts and other states. \nProf. Shaffer and Clinical Faculty \n\n64.210 Pathology (Prereq. 64.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nLectures and demonstrations of pathological gross specimens; inflammation; \nrepair; infection; immunity and hypersensitivity; degenerative processes; \ndisturbances of metabolism and circulation; disorders of growth, including \ntumors. \nGherardo J. Gherardi, M.D. Winter Qtr. \n\n\nHEALTH EDUCATION / 331 \n\n64.220 Clinical Medicine I (Prereq. 64.121) 3 CI.; 3Q.H. \nLectures covering the various areas of medicine and surgery related to \nconditions commonly encountered in patients treated by the physical thera- \npist; pediatrics, general medicine, general surgery. \n\nSidney Koretsky, M.D. Winter Qtr. \n\n64.221 Clinical Medicine II (Prereq. 64.220) 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nA continuation of Clinical Medicine 64.220. Orthopedic conditions; thoracic \nsurgery; Role of the Laboratory. \n\nArthur A. Thibodeau, M.D. Spring Qtr. \n\n64.222 Clinical Medicine III (Prereq. 64.220, 64.221) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of Clinical Medicine 64.220. Clinical Neurology and Neuro- \nsurgery; plastic surgery; burns; dermatology; gynecology; urology. \n\nLeo R. Sullivan, M.D. Winter Qtr. \n\n64.235 Psychiatry (Prereq. 19.102, 50.121) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nModern psychiatric methods of diagnosis and treatment with special em- \nphasis on those conditions with which the physical therapist is concerned. \nArthur W. McMahon, Jr., M.D. Spring Qtr. \n\n64.245 Applied Physiology \n\n(Prereq. Physiol. I and II, 64.164) 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nEffect on the physiological processes of the body produced by basic treat- \nment and testing procedures of physical therapy; modifications due to \npathological changes. Patient presentation included. \nJames I. Porter, M.D. and Miss Cerasoli Winter Qtr. \n\n64.250 Neuroanatomy (Prereq. 64.131) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nMorphological and functional management of the nervous system; derange- \nment of normal structure and function of the nervous system in various \ndiseases. Lecture and laboratory with dissection. \nJoseph M. Segarra, M.D. Spring Qtr. \n\n\nHealth Education \n\n65.129 Health Education 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nPrinciples of personal health; emphasis upon information pertinent to \n\nmental and physical well-being, current social behavior, and effective ap- \nproaches to college living. \n\nProf. Morton Fall and Spring Qtr. \n\n65.210 Personal Health 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nPrinciples of healthful living; their application to interpersonal relations \nand physical education. \n\nProf. Kassabian Fall Qtr. \n\n65.215 School and Community Health (Prereq. 65.129) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nFocus on the teacher's important role in developing and relating the prin- \nciples, patterns and programs of school and community health education. \nProf. Kassabian Spring Qtr. \n\n\n332 / PHARMACY \n\n65.216 Methods and Materials in Health Education \n\n(Prereq. 65.215) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nMaterials appropriate to the teaching of health and safety in the elementary \nand secondary school; emphasis on direct unit instruction. \nProf. Rowlands Winter Qtr. \n\n65.218 Public Health 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nPrinciples of public health with particular emphasis on the emerging pat- \nterns of community organizations and activities in the public health field. \nProf. Morton Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n\nPharmacy and Pharmacy Administration \n\n71.201 Pharmacy Orientation 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \n\nThe curriculum, the organizations in pharmacy and their objectives, the \n\nethical standards of the profession, the opportunities in its various \n\nbranches, and the responsibilities of the pharmacist as a member of the \nhealth team. \n\nProf. Brillhart Winter Qtr. \n\n71 .21 1 Pharmaceutical Methodology (Prereq. 12.142) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of fundamental principles and methods involved in the formu- \nlation of pharmaceuticals, including official preparations; pharmaceutical \ncalculations. \n\nProf. Schermerhorn Fall Qtr. \n\n71.212 Pharmaceutical Preparations (Prereq. 71.211) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nClasses of official preparations and individual dosage forms, based on \nphysical-chemical principles on an introductory level; pharmaceutical \ncalculations. \n\nProf. Smith Spring Qtr. \n\n71.221 Physical Pharmacy (Prereq. 71.212) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of physical-chemical principles and laws to pharmaceutical sys- \ntems; solution kinetics and stability, colloidal dispersions, buffer systems, \ncolligative properties, aerosols, compression characteristics of solid dosage \nforms. \n\nProf. Pruyn Fall Qtr. \n\n71.222 Pharmaceutical Technology (Prereq. 71.221) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nApplication of all principles studied in previous courses in pharmacy to \nselected preparations; compound dosage forms; sustained action prepara- \ntions, tablet coating, parenterals, coloring and flavoring agents. \n\nProf. Pruyn Spring Qtr. \n\n71.223 Business Law 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA comprehensive study of the legal aspects relative to the operation of \nretail pharmacies; the problems of contracts, agency, negotiable instru- \nments, business organizations and leases. \n\nProf. Goldstein Fall Qtr. \n\n\nPHARMACY / 333 \n\n71.232 Prescription Pharmacy (Prereq. 71.222) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nA correlation and integration of the previous instruction in the development \nof the pharmacist as a professional person. The compounding and dispens- \ning of solid and semi-solid dosage forms of medication; the objectives of the \ncourse are to develop in the student: the ability to understand and interpret \nprescriptions, skill in compounding prescriptions, ability to evaluate and \ncorrect prescriptions from a pharmaceutical point of view, appreciation of \nthe legal aspects of prescription practice, and an increased understanding \nof the use of drugs. Prescription clinic. \nProf. Schermerhorn Winter Qtr. \n\n71.234 Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nFederal and state laws that regulate the practice of pharmacy; emphasis \non the Food and Drug Act; narcotic laws; the rules and regulations of the \nBoard of Pharmacy. \nProf. Goldstein Fall Qtr. \n\n71.237 Drug Marketing (Prereq. 71.234) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAn analysis and study of the basic marketing concepts and their application \nto the promotion and distribution of goods as they relate to pharmacy. \nEmphasis is placed on packaging, advertising, channels of commerce, and \nthe laws affecting distribution. Case studies and seminars supplement the \nlecture series. \n\nProf. Goldstein Winter Qtr. \n\n71.238 Retail Pharmacy Management \n\n(Prereq. 41.208, 71.223, 71.237) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nA comprehensive study of the operation of a retail pharmacy. Topics cov- \nered will include the planning, organizing, financing, control, personnel, and \npolicy determination of a modern pharmacy. Due emphasis is placed on \nbuying, merchandising, and the promotion of goods. The lectures will be \nsupplemented with case studies and practice in our Professional (Gillette) \nPharmacy. \nProf. Goldstein Spring Qtr. \n\n71.239 Parapharmaceuticals 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nA lecture-demonstration course designed to provide the student with a \npractical knowledge of the nature and applications of the various surgical \ndevices, appliances, bandages, and hospital and sickroom supplies used in \nmodern patient care. \n\nProf. Schermerhorn Spring Qtr. \n\n71.240 Introduction to Institutional Pharmacy 2 CI.; 2 Q.H. \nA survey course designed to acquaint the student with the operation of the \nmodern hospital and nursing home from the point-of-view of the hospital \npharmacist. The position of pharmacy services in relationship to over-all \noperation of the hospital will be considered. \n\nProf. Schermerhorn Spring Qtr. \n\n71.241 Clinical Pharmacy 2 CI.; 3 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \n\nThis course is designed to introduce the student to the patient-oriented as- \npects of the practice of pharmacy. The laboratory portion of the course will \nconsist of weekly hospital rounds with the medical staff. The didactic por- \ntion will consist of a discussion of the cases observed and the medications \nprescribed. Limited enrollment. \nProf. Schermerhorn and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n\n334 / MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY \n\nMedicinal Chemistry \n\n72.221 Inorganic Medicinals (Prereq. 12.126) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nSource, methods of manufacture, properties, uses, and compounding of \ninorganic medicinals; relationship between electronic structure and physio- \nlogical activity of ions; radioisotopes in pharmacy; the role of inorganic ions \nin preservation and stabilization of pharmaceuticals. Spring Qtr. \n\n72.222 Drug Analysis (Prereq. 12.174) 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nPrinciples of quantitative analysis applied to natural or synthetic chemicals \nand drugs used in pharmacy and medicine; emphasis on the instrumental \nand chromatographic methods used in the official compendia. \n\nProf. Clemson Fall Qtr. \n\n72.231 Organic Medicinals (Prereq. 12.143) 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nModern synthetic drugs and natural products of medicinal importance; uses, \nsyntheses, incompatibilities, correlation of physical properties, structures \nand biological activity. Fall Qtr. \n\n72.232 Organic Medicinals (Prereq. 72.231) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of 72.231. Winter Qtr. \n\n72.233 Organic Medicinals (Prereq. 72.232) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nContinuation of 72.232. Spring Qtr. \n\n\nPharmacology and Pharmacognosy \n\n73.221 Pharmacognosy (Prereq. 18.113, 12.143) 4 CI.; 3 Lab.,- 4 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the natural products of biological origin which are of phar- \nmaceutical and medicinal significance; their gross characteristics and active \nconstituents; macroscopic and microscopic identification including selected \nphysical and chemical methods; a biochemical approach based upon the \ngeneral chemical groups of the major constituents. \nProf. Brillhart Fall Qtr. \n\n73.231 Pharmacology (Prereq. 18.159, 73.221) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nFundamental relationships and principles associated with the pharmacologi- \ncal characteristics of drugs; basic toxicology and essential emergency pro- \ncedures; agents used topically or affecting the skin or the mucous \nmembranes; gastro-intestinal, nutritional and dietary agents. \n\nProf. Inashima Fall Qtr. \n\n73.232 Pharmacology (Prereq. 73.231) 3 CI. ; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nBasis of chemotherapy and systemic anti-infective agents; drugs affecting \nthe central nervous system; diagnostics. \n\nProf. Inashima Winter Qtr. \n\n73.233 Pharmacology (Prereq. 73.232) 3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nAgents acting on the peripheral nervous system; cardiovascular, renal and \nhematopoietic system drugs; agents affecting the endocrine and reproductive \nfunctions. \n\nProf. Inashima Spring Qtr. \n\n\nNURSING / 335 \n\n73.237 Pharmacognosy (Prereq. 73.221, 18.120) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of 73.221 with special emphasis upon products obtained \nfrom animals and microorganisms to be used for immunological and anti- \nbiotic purposes. A discussion of allergenic plants and substances along \nwith the different types of pesticides. \n\nProf. Brillhart Fall Qtr. \n\n73.238 Public Health (Prereq. 18.120, 73.237) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nEmphasis is placed upon the Pharmacist's responsibility as to knowledge \nand dissemination of correct information concerning health and disease. \nIncluded for consideration are the following: Voluntary and official health \nagencies, potable and polluted waters, waste disposal, food control and \npoisoning, air pollution and radiation, control of disease, housing, nutrition, \nmental health, accidents and poisoning, socio-economic health related prob- \nlems of national and world wide interest. \n\nProf. Brillhart Winter Qtr. \n\n73.239 Public Health (Prereq. 73.238) 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nA continuation of 73.238. \n\nProf. Brillhart Spring Qtr. \n\n73.241 Biochemistry (Prereq. 12.143) 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \n\nA study of the composition of living matter and the physio-chemical changes \nthat occur in normal physiological as well as in altered conditions. The \nchemistry of the basic substances of the protoplasm along with the influ- \nence of food factors, hormones, and other substances regulating body \nprocesses are discussed in relation to the metabolic pathways of bio- \nchemical agents. Laboratory experiments are designed for both qualitative and \nquantitative study of the chemistry of cellular components. \nProf. Inashima Spring Qtr. \n\n\nNursing \n\n\n80.101 Fundamentals of Nursing 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nBasic to all other courses in nursing. Focus is on the patient as an in- \ndividual. Underlying this is the concept of homeostasis and the role of \nthe nurse in meeting human needs. Nursing action is based upon principles \ndrawn from the behavioral, social and biological sciences. Assignments in \npatient care are designed to provide the student with opportunities to in- \nterpret these principles in the promotion of health and prevention of illness. \nProf. Wilcox and Staff Fall Qtr. \n\n80.102 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.101) 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nContinuation of 80.101. \n\nProf. Wilcox and Staff Winter Qtr. \n\n80.103 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.102) 4 CI.; 4 Lab.; 5 Q.H. \nContinuation of 80.102. \n\nProf. Wilcox and Staff Spring Qtr. \n\n\n336 / NURSING \n\n80.201 Nursing 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nIntroduction to the sociological perspective that is continued throughout \nthe curriculum. Student also begins to look at the historical development \nof nursing and to develop her own concept of nursing. Orientation to social \nsystems and their influence on the student and the individuals for whom \nshe will care in her role as a nurse. Laboratory experiences include group \ndiscussions and field trips. \n\nProfs. Dorie, Tingle, et. al. Fall Qtr. \n\n80.202 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 Q.H. \nMajor emphasis is placed on services which are concerned with health. \nField trips to selected agencies and group assignments investigating par- \nticular health problems provide opportunities for students to develop \nawareness of health problems affecting groups. \n\nProfs. Dorie, Tingle, et. al. Winter Qtr. \n\n80.203 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201, 80.202) 2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 Q.H. \nParticular attention is focused on the individual, his life cycle, and his \nbasic needs. Consideration is given to the nurse as a team member and as \nan individual affected by and implementing change. Laboratory experiences \ninclude group discussions and field trips. \n\nProfs. Dorie, Tingle, et. al. Spring Qtr. \n\n80.204 Nursing — Universal Needs \n\nIntroduces principles and basic skills of nursing and their application in \ncaring for people in hospital settings. Emphasis is placed on the assess- \nment of the patient in relation to universal needs and an understanding of \nhim as a individual and as a member of a family and community, as these \ncontribute to the attainment of his health and life goals. \nProfs. Gates, Brokvist, et. al. Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n80.205 Nursing— Common Problems I \n\nFocuses on exploring problems common to individuals who are unable to \nmeet their own health needs. Clinical practice will introduce skills and \nactivities to meet the needs of patients with these common problems in \ngeneral hospital settings. \nProfs. Gates, Brokvist, et. al. Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n80.206 Nursing — Common Problems II (Prereq. 80.205) 5 CI.; 9 Lab.; 8 Q.H. \nA continuation of 80.205. \n\nProfs. Goodfellow, Seereiter, et. al. Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n80.210 Seminar (to be arranged) 9 Q.H. \n\nAn independent research project in an area of health care. The study will \nbe related to a selected clinical experience under faculty guidance. \n\n1970-71 \n\n81.101 Medical-Surgical Nursing (Prereq. 80.103) 6 CI.; 15 Lab.; 11 Q.H. \n\nUtilizing the concept that all illnesses produce alterations in body function, \nthe student is introduced to selected conditions requiring medical and/or \nsurgical intervention. Major emphasis in classroom and clinical instruction \nis upon the nurse's role in meeting patients' physical and psychosocial \nneeds, further developing nursing techniques, and learning specific skills \nneeded to care for assigned patients. \nProf. Bosanko All Quarters \n\n\nNURSING / 337 \n\n81.102 Medical-Surgical Nursing (Prereq. 81.101) 3 CI.; 9 Lab.; 6 Q.H. \n\nThis course is sequential to 81.101. It is designed to broaden the student's \nunderstanding of adults with more serious forms of physical illness. The \ncontent has been developed to present the nurse's responsibilities in caring \nfor patients with illnesses that may result in major loss of body function \nor in death itself. Classroom and clinical experiences focus on the under- \nstandings and skills involved in providing complex nursing care for selected \npatients. \nProfs. Carroll and DeScenza Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n81.201 Medical-Surgical Nursing (Prereq. 80.206) 3 CI.; 6 Lab.; 9 Q.H. \n\nStudy of the physiologic changes that underlie selected medical-surgical \nhealth problems. Guided clinical experiences are planned with special \nemphasis on the effects of illness on the individual's pattern of living, \nplanning continuity of care and health teaching. Classroom and clinical \nexperiences focus on the knowledge and skills necessary to planning com- \nprehensive health care. \nProfs. Johns and Dondero, et. al. \n\n82.101 Maternal and Child Health (Prereq. 80.103) 6 CI.; 18 Lab.; 12 Q.H. \nFocuses on the family and the individual and their developmental task with \nemphasis on positive health practices within the family unit. The nursing \napproach centers upon the health needs of mothers and children of all \nages. The needs of the hospitalized child are identified by studying the \neffect of illness upon his normal growth and development. The common \nillnesses of childhood are discussed. \nProf. Scahill All Quarters \n\n82.201 Maternal and Child Nursing (Prereq. 80.206) 3 CI.; 18 Lab.; 9 Q.H. \n\nInvolves various aspects and stresses within the family structure, particu- \nlarly as they relate to family health and illness. Included will be preparation \nfor marriage, beginnings of a family, parent-child relationships, childhood \nillnesses and diseases. The family will be considered as a part of the com- \nmunity and the effects of one on the other as they relate particularly to \nmaternal and child health. \nProfs. Messier and Lynch All Quarters \n\n83.101 Psychiatric Nursing (Prereq. 81.101, 82.101) 3 CI.; 9 Lab.; 6 Q.H. \n\nAssists the student to acquire additional knowledge of human behavior; to \nprovide the opportunity to achieve understanding of selected human motiva- \ntions and defenses and to learn additional interpersonal skills which may \nbe used in the nursing care of patients. The opportunity to apply this knowl- \nedge; to observe and analyze behavior and to practice the skills is offered \nin supervised laboratory sessions. \nProfs. Gonyow and Lagerbom Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs. \n\n83.201 Psychiatric Nursing (Prereq. 80.206) 5 CI.; 12 Lab.; 9 Q.H. \n\nDesigned to increase and develop knowledge of mental illness, understand- \ning of the dynamics of human behavior, and the interrelationship of theory \nand practice as it applies to clinical and community aspects of mental \nhealth and psychiatric nursing. \nProfs. Lee, Mouid, et. al. All Quarters \n\n\n338 / COOPERATIVE AND INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSES \n\n84.201 Public Health Nursing 6 CI.; 12 Lab.; 9 Q.H. \n\nIncreases understanding of the variety of ways communities organize to \nmeet the health and welfare needs of their members. Principles of public \nhealth and public health nursing are examined in depth. Attention is given \nto current health and welfare legislation, environmental factors affecting \nhealth, and the role of the nurse in prevention of disease and maintenance \nof health. Laboratory experiences will provide opportunities to work with \nindividuals, families and community agencies. \nProf. Tingle, et. al. 1970-71 \n\n\nCooperative and Interdisciplinary Courses \n\n90.100 Introduction to Engineering (Freshman Orientation) 1 CI. \n\nInstructs the student in the traditions, activities and procedures at the Uni- \nversity; proper methods of study; attitudes needed for success; techniques \nand procedures of work under the Cooperative Plan. \n\n90.101 Introduction to Engineering (Freshman Orientation) 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nA history of engineering, to provide a better understanding of the various \nfields of engineering; to add perspective and motivation toward engineer- \ning careers, and to assist the students in selecting a particular branch of \nengineering. \n\n90.201 Great Issues in Social Science 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \n\nAn interdisciplinary course in which the data and methods of the social \nsciences will be employed in the analysis of specific issues. Specialists \nfrom the Departments of Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, \nand Sociology and Anthropology will participate. \n\n90.251 Placement Techniques 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nCareer selection and development are discussed concurrently with methods \nof achieving career goals. Techniques of resume preparation, personal pres- \nentation, and effective written communication are treated to facilitate the \nplanning and implementation of a professional career program. \n\n90.253 Professional Development for Teachers 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nTeaching as a profession is discussed concurrently with methods of achieve- \ning career goals by developing the techniques of resume preparation, effec- \ntive oral and written communication, and the interviewing process. Topics \naffecting professional growth, such as teacher certification, professional \nethics and professional development, will be examined. College of Educa- \ntion faculty will discuss the various aspects of professionalism. \n\n90.254 Professional Development for Nurses 1 CI.; 1 Q.H. \nNursing as a profession is discussed concurrently with methods of assisting \nthe senior to assume her role as a graduate nurse. Topics relative to per- \nsonal, legal, and professional responsibilities are examined as well as \ntechniques of resume preparation, effective oral and written communication \nand personal presentation. \n\n\nMILITARY SCIENCE / 339 \n\n90.257 Professional Development for Engineers 1 CI.; OQ.H. \n\nCareer development in the respective engineering fields is examined with a \nview to current practice and demands, and developing trends of the profes- \nsion. Effective techniques of resume preparation, oral and written communi- \ncation, and personal presentation are discussed to facilitate the planning \nand implementation of a professional career program. \n\n\nMilitary Science \n\n\nMilitary Science I \n\n91.101 U.S. Defense Establishment 3 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nEmphasis is given to the history, organization and mission of the Depart- \nment of Defense. Further, the mission and organization of the U.S. Army \nwith emphasis given to the integration of small units into larger units and \nthe general design of military organization is taught. \n\nFall Qtr. \n\n\n91.102 American Military History (Prereq. 91.101) 3 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nSelected battles and campaigns, coupled with major periods of interna- \ntional crises are studied with a view towards giving the student an appre- \nciation of the development of the U.S. Army. \n\nWinter Qtr. \n\n\n91.103 Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.102) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \nProgressive training in leadership, drill and command. Exercise in command \nis stressed wherein students perform duties and functions as officers inci- \ndent to conduct of training. \n\nSpring Qtr. \n\nMilitary Science II \n\n91.104 Map and Aerial Photo Reading— Introduction to Tactics \n\nand Operations (Prereq. 91.103) 3 CI.; 1 Q.H. \n\nIntroduction to the use of maps and aerial photographs in order to develop \nan understanding and an appreciation of these instruments of command. \nThe principles and fundamentals of small unit tactics are emphasized in \norder to develop an understanding of the duties, responsibilities and meth- \nods of employing basic military units. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n91.105 Fundamentals and Dynamics of the Military Team — \n\nLeadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.104) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 1 Q.H. \n\nEmployment of the rifle platoons and rifle company with emphasis on the \nresponsibility of command, span of control, planning, coordination and de- \ncision making. Leadership Laboratory as described in 91.103. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n\n340 / CRIMINAL JUSTICE \n\nMilitary Science III \n\n91.106 Fundamentals and Dynamics of the Military Team I \n\n(Prereq. 91.105) 3 CI.; 2.5 Q.H. \nThe role of the Branches of the Army, to include history, development, mis- \nsion, organization, and employment within the overall mission of the Army. \n(Continued emphasis on tactics and operations as described in 91.104.) \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n91.107 Leadership and Management I — Leadership Laboratory \n\n(Prereq. 91.106) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2.5 Q.H. \nDiscussion of the basic problems in small unit leadership with emphasis \non group dynamics and functional role of a platoon leader in setting platoon \ngoals and standards, motivating performance, use and support of the non- \ncommissioned officer. Leadership Laboratory as described in 91.103. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n91.108 Leadership and Management I (Prereq. 91.107) 3 CI.; 2.5 Q.H. \nStudy of principles to be followed in presenting effective military instruc- \ntion. Staff organization and responsibilities; troop leading procedures; de- \ncision making; composition and development of military intelligence; com- \nbined arms operations from patrol to company level. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\nMilitary Science IV \n\n91.109 Fundamentals and Dynamics of Military Team I — \n\nLeadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.108) 1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2.5 Q.H. \n\nComposition and mission of combined arms forces, company size through \nbattalion size, in offensive, defensive, and special operations. Leadership \nLaboratory as described in 91.103. \n\nSpring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n91.110 Leadership and Management II (Prereq. 91.109) 3 CI.; 2.5 Q.H. \nAn introduction to the organizational, environmental, personnel and opera- \ntional problems encountered by the manager of the modern military team. \nIncluded is an analysis of the strategic factors of power as an environmental \nbackground in which the military team is employed. \n\nFall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n91.111 Leadership and Management II — Leadership Laboratory \n\n(Prereq. 91.110) 2 CI.; 1 Lab.; 2.5 Q.H. \nAn introduction to military law and the system of military justice in the \nArmed Forces. A comparative analysis of the constitutional safeguards and \nfunctional processes of the Uniform Code of Military Justice with those of \ncivilian court. Leadership Laboratory as described in 91.103. \n\nSpring Qtr. \n\nCriminal Justice \n\n92.1 01 Introduction to Criminal Justice 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \n\nA survey of the evolution of justice from earliest times, developed histor- \nically, with particular emphasis on Western justice and American justice, \nincluding the roles played by the judiciary; state police and state investi- \ngative organizations; and county and municipal police departments. \nProfessor Cunliffe Fall Qtr. \n\n\nCRIMINAL JUSTICE / 341 \n\n92.102 Introduction to Criminal Justice 4CI.;4Q.H. \nContinuation of 92.101. \n\nProf. Cunliffe Winter Qtr. \n\n92.103 Introduction to Criminal Justice 4CI.;4Q.H. \nContinuation of 92.102. \n\nProf. Cunliffe Spring Qtr. \n\n92.110 Police-Community Relations 4CI.;4Q.H. \nPolice-public contact; uses of the communications media in projecting the \npolice image; responsibilities of police in dealing effectively with minority \ngroups, civil rights, civil disorder, and public protection. An exploration of \nthe role and function of the police in intergroup relations. \n\nProf. Sheehan Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n92.111 Police Patrol 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe fundamentals of foot, vehicular, water, and air patrol by uniformed \npolice; deployment of personnel; beat layouts; mechanics of arrest; riot \ncontrol; raids; stopping methods; and the transportation of prisoners. \nProf. Cunliffe Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n92.121 Investigative Report Writing 4CI.;4Q.H. \nDetermining report content through interpretation and evaluation of informa- \ntion. Emphasis is placed on collection of information, accurate description, \nanalysis of information, and concise writing. The student is required to \nparticipate in numerous report-writing projects. \n\nProfessor Cunliffe Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n92.122 Interviews and Interrogation 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe questioning of suspects, witnesses, victims, informants, and complain- \nants; laws governing interrogation practices; techniques for legally and \nmorally acceptable interrogation procedures. Mock cases are used so that \nall class members have an opportunity to interrogate or interview under \nsimulated conditions. \n\nProf. Sheehan Spring and Summer Qtrs. \n\n92.131 Law Enforcement Administration and Management 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe principles of police organization, administration and management, in- \ncluding staff and line functions, chain of command, span of control, selec- \ntion of personnel and promotional systems. Consideration is also given to \nspecial problems such as strikes, natural and atomic disasters, narcotic \ntraffic and vice control. Fall and Winter 1969-70 \n\n92.132 Police Supervision 4CI.;4Q.H. \nThe police supervisor's role in discipline; intradepartmental relations, \nproblem-handling and personnel policies. Problems relating to supervisory \nrelationships, wages, grievances, morale, and safety. \n\nSpring and Summer 1969-1970 \n\n92.133 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation 4CI.;4Q.H. \nCrime scene procedure; collection and preservation of evidence; recording \nthe crime scene; surveillance; identification; investigative techniques; and \nmethods of preparing a case for court. Fall and Winter 1970-71 \n\n\n342 / CRIMINAL JUSTICE \n\n92.134 Civil Liberties: Substantive Rights 4CI.;4Q.H. \n\nUtilizing Supreme Court decisions and other sources, this course will en- \ncompass a study of the constitutional rights of speech, press, religion, asso- \nciation, equal protection of the laws, and their relevance to a democratic \nsociety. Spring and Summer 1969-1970 \n\n92.141 Criminal Law: Procedural Due Process 3 CI.; 3 Q.H. \nUtilizing current Supreme Court decisions and other sources, this course \nwill examine the relationship between the Bill of Rights and the States, \nwith primary emphasis on the guarantees of fair trial, counsel, privacy, im- \nmunity from self-incrimination, and other constitutional safeguards in state \nand federal criminal proceedings. Fall and Winter Qtrs. \n\n92.142 Evidence and Court Procedure 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRules of evidence; principles of exclusion; evaluation and examination of \nevidence and proof; competency; consideration of witnesses. Fundamentals \nof court room procedure; testifying in court; the principles of prosecuting \na case; the introduction of evidence. Role-playing is used as a learning \ndevice in mock trials. Class members are required to attend and report on \ncriminal trials. Spring and Summer 1970-1971 \n\n92.143 Introduction to Criminalistics 2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 Q.H. \nA survey of the elements of microscopy, spectroscopy, and basic chemistry \nas they apply to the study of firearms, hair, fibers, blood, paint, tools, glass, \ndocuments, laundry marks, poisons, and other materials which comprise \nphysical evidence. Fall and Winter 1970-1971 \n\n92.144 Police Juvenile Methods 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe role of the police in crime prevention, with emphasis on theory, ad- \nministration, control, treatment, confinement, community resources, rela- \ntions with the public, and the juvenile court. \n\nSpring and Summer 1970-1971 \n\n92.151 Traffic Law Enforcement 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nAccident prevention and investigation; traffic surveys; selective enforce- \nment; traffic engineering; administration of traffic divisions; and traffic \nsafety education. Fall and Winter 1971-1972 \n\n92.152 Records and Computer Technology in Law Enforcement 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nRecords systems and utilization; concentration on theoretical and practical \napplications; acquainting the future police executive with automatic elec- \ntronic equipment and its potential applications, including a comprehensive \noverview of machine components, their characteristics and assembly; com- \nparison of speed, capacity, flexibility, reliability, and cost; discussion of \ninput and output devices, memory, arithmetic and control elements; ele- \nmentary programming; and number systems. Spring 1971-1972 \n\n92.153 Police Planning 4 CI.; 4 Q.H. \nThe purpose, need, and scope of planning in the police operation; estab- \nlishing and staffing a planning bureau; collection and evaluation of statisti- \ncal data; and the use of data processing in planning procedures. \n\nFall and Winter 1971-1972 \n\n\nCRIMINAL JUSTICE / 343 \n\n92.154 Research Methods in Law Enforcement 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAn opportunity for each student to conduct a research project with the \nsupervision and guidance of his class instructor. The project must be speci- \nfically related to a police interest or operation. Various research methods \nare analyzed and discussed. Progress reports are due periodically, and a \npaper is required. Spring 1971-1972 \n\n92.155 Seminar in Law Enforcement 4CI.;4Q.H. \nAn opportunity for free discussion about the numerous problems facing the \nlaw enforcement officer. Periodic oral and written reports are required. Guest \nlecturers are invited to participate in and lead discussion sessions. An \neffort is made to have each student formulate his own philosophy of law \nenforcement immediately prior to his graduation. \n\nSpring 1971-1972 \n\n\nAdministrative Officers \n\nand \n\nStaff \n\n\n344 \n\n\nADMINISTRATION / 345 \n\n\nWilliam D. Abbott, B.S., M.S. \nAssistant Director, \nUniversity Housing \n\n\nBarbara A. Bowman, B.S. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\n\nMichael Allen \n\nProgrammer, \nAdministrative \nComputer Services \n\nSalvatore A. Amico, A.S. \nAssistant to the Bursar \n\nAda Ruth Anderson \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nAdmissions \n\nRalou Athas \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nJournalism \n\nHoi lis S. Baird \n\nAssistant to the Dean, \nLincoln College \n\nAnthony J. Bajdek, B.A., M.A. \n\nAssistant to the Dean of Freshmen \n\nMargaret L. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed. \nAssistant Dean of Women \n\nRichard W. Bishop, B.S., Ed.M. \nAssistant to \nThe President \n\nRobert Bloom, B.A. \nSystems Programmer, \nComputation Center \n\nArthur Bonani, B.S. \n\nAssistant to Comptroller \n\nAlvah K. Borman, B.S. \nDirector, \n\nGraduate Placement Services, \nand Professor of \nCooperative Education \n\nHoward Bowden \n\nStaff Assistant, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\n\nPhilip C. Boyd, A.B., LLB. \nAssistant to the President \nfor Legal Matters \n\nIsabelle E. Brodsky \nSupervisor, Bookstore \n\nGerard M. Brown, B.S. \nAssistant Professor, \nGraduate Cooperative Education \n\nJames R. Bryant, B.A.E., B.D., S.T.M. \nEd.M, Director of Counseling and \nSpecial Programs, \nUniversity College \n\nRobert Budds, B.S. \nStaff Assistant, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\nArthur M. Budlong \n\nSupervisor, \nAccounts Payable \n\nBarbara F. Burke \n\nRegistrar, School of Law \n\nRichard F. Burtt, Jr. \n\nDirector, Alumni Annual Giving \n\nJoseph D. Busichella \n\nSupervisor of Carpentry, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\nBette J. Cairns, A.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nPhysics \n\nRichard W. Call, B.S., Ed.M. \nAssistant Dean of Freshmen \nand Assistant Director, \nSuburban Campus \n\nEdward J. Carlino, A.S. \n\nAssistant Bursar \n\n\n346 / ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nAnn E. Carlson, B.A. \n\nAssistant University Editor, \nUniversity Publications \n\nRichard I. Carter, B.S., M.S. \nDirector, \nComputation Center \n\nGail Cassidy, A.A., B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nRobert L. Caswell, B.S., M.Ed. \nDirector, \nFinancial Aid \n\nThomas J. Cavanagh, A.B., Ed.M. \nAssistant Dean, \nEducation \n\nElizabeth A. Chilvers, B.A. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nPeter Churchy \n\nSupervisor, Bookstore \n\nJudith P. Clauson, A.B. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nMichael Clifford, B.S. \nAssistant Director, \nAdmissions \n\nRonald W. Clifford, A.B., M.A. \nDirector, \nPurchasing \n\nRichard J. Commings, A.B., M.A. \nAssistant to Dean, \nLiberal Arts \n\nRobert D. Croatti, A.B. \nAssistant Director, \nFinancial Aid \n\nRobert D. Crofts, B.S. in B.A., M.A. \nAssistant to Registrar of \nBasic Colleges \n\n\nJohn A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M. \nAssociate Dean and Director, \nAdmissions \n\nOtis F. Cushman, S.B., M.S. \nAssistant Dean, \nEngineering \n\nHelena Delory \n\nOffice Manager, \nOffice of the Registrar \n\nEdmund L. Deltano, B.S. \nAssistant Comptroller \n\nRobert P. Deltano, B.S. \nAssistant Director, \nAdmissions \n\nCharles M. Devlin, A.B., Ed.M. \nDirector, \n\nStudent Center and Associate \nDirector, Alumni Relations \n\nJacqueline C. Downs, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nFrancis S. Duane, Jr. \n\nNews Editor, \nPress Bureau \n\nWilliam J. Dutczak, B.S. \nAssistant Professor and \nEducational Placement Officer, \nCooperative Education \n\nWilliam T. Edgett, A.B., M.A. \nAssistant Dean, \nUniversity College \n\nKurt Eisemann, B.A., M.S., Ph.D. \nDirector, Academic \nComputer Services and \nProfessor of Computer Science \n\nEdward G. Elliott, B.S. \n\nAssistant Dean of \nResearch Administration \n\nEdith E. Emery, A.B., M.A. \n\nDean of Women \n\n\nADMINISTRATION / 347 \n\n\nWalter H. Floyd \n\nManager, \nBookstore \n\nKathleen T. Foley, A.S. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nPharmacy \n\nJob Fuchs, A.B., M.D. \nAssociate Director, \nHealth Services \n\nRaymond F. Gallagher, B.S., B.D. \nAssistant Director, \nAdmissions \n\nJohn P. Grinold, A.B. \nDirector, \nSports Information \n\nMary E. Hale, B.A. \nAssociate Director, \nPublications and Editor, \nNortheastern University Alumnus \n\nCharles F. Haley, B.S., M.Ed. \nAssociate Director, \nGraduate School of Education \n\nCharles Hallenborg, B.S. \n\nAssistant to University Registrar \nfor Scheduling \n\nE. Forest Hallet, BS., M.B.A. \nAdmissions Officer \nUniversity College \n\nPaul J. Hart \n\nInternal Auditor \n\nNelson R. Hill, B.B.A. \nDirector of Budgets \n\nHenry R. Hilliard, Jr., A.B. \nDirector of Personnel \n\nMarcellus Holmes III \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nOffice of Academic Affairs \n\nShelton Howard \n\nAssistant Military Property \nCustodian \n\n\nEdward J. Hurley \n\nSupervisor, Office Services \n\nNeil E. Jacques, B.S. \n\nTreasurer, Student Activities \n\nAlice Jeghelian, B.S., M.Ed. \nAssistant Dean of Women \n\nRaymond E. John, Jr., B.A. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nOffice of Academic Affairs \n\nSusan M. Johnson, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nJohn W. Jordon, B.S., M.Ed. \nAssistant Director, \nGraduate Business Administration \n\nEllen M. Kaplan, B.S. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nRuth N. Karp, A.A., A.B., M.A. \nAssistant to Dean, \nLiberal Arts \n\nWalter E. Kearney, Jr., B.S., M.B.A. \nAssistant University Registrar for \nData Processing \n\nMildred F. Keith \n\nDirector, Office of Alumni Directory \nand Records \n\nChristopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M. \nAssociate Dean of Students and \nDean of Freshmen \n\nDolores R. Kent, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nMargaret Kentley \n\nAssistant to Comptroller \n\nCharles E. Kitchin, A.B., M.A. \nDirector, \nStudent Activities \n\n\n348 / ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nEleanor Lambert, B.S., M.B.A. \nAssistant Director, \nAdmissions \n\nGeorge M. Lane, M.D. \n\nUniversity Physician and Director, \nHealth Services \n\nCarolyn R. Larson, B.A. \nAssistant Director, \nFinancial Aid \n\nRoland E. Latham, A.B., A.M., C.A.G.S. \nAssistant to Dean of Students \n\nGeorge B. Le Beau \n\nSuperintendent, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\nPaul LeMaitre, A.B. \nAssistant Registrar, \nUniversity and Lincoln Colleges \n\nCarole A. Lilley, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nW. James Love, Jr., B.S. \nDirector, Business and \nIndustrial Council, \nOffice of Development \n\nDonald W. Lovejoy, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nAssistant Dean of University \nCollege of Liberal Arts Program \n\nWilliam Lovely, B.S., M.B.A. \nAssistant to the Vice President, \nPlanning \n\n\nRichard A. Maloney, B.S. \nAdministrative Supervisor, \nBookstore \n\nGeorge J. Marr \n\nSupervisor of Housekeeping \n\nJohn A. Martin, B.S. in B.A. \nAssistant Manager, \nBookstore \n\nPhilip R. McCabe, B.A., M.Ed. \nAssistant Director, Admissions \n\nJohn P. McCarron, B.S. \n\nAssistant University Registrar \nfor Scheduling \n\nThomas J. McEneaney, B.S., M.Ed. \nSenior Placement Officer, and \nAssistant Professor, Cooperative \nEducation \n\nJohn J. McKenna, Jr., B.S. \nAssistant to the Dean, \nGraduate School of Actuarial \nScience \n\nNina G. McLatchy, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nJohn J. McLaughlin \n\nSupervisor of Electrical \nMaintenance, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\nHugh B. McLean, B.S. \nOffice Manager, \nUniversity College \n\n\nRoy W. Lynch \n\nSupervisor, Campus Police \n\n\nRobert W. McLean, B.S., B.A. \nDirector, Food Services \n\n\nDonald H. MacKenzie, B.Ch.E., B.S., \nEd.M., Associate Dean, \nEngineering \n\nJoseph Maienza \n\nPainting Supervisor, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\n\nPaul F. McNeese, \n\nDirector, Press Bureau \n\nRichard J. McNeil, Jr., B.S. in B.A., \n\nM.B.A. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, Office of \n\nResearch Administration \n\n\nADMINISTRATION / 349 \n\n\nEdmund J. McTernan, B.S., M.S., \nM.P.H. \nDean of the \nDivision of Allied Health Sciences \n\nRobert E. Moffat, B.S., M.S. \nManager, Physical Plant \n\nDavid D. Montague \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nBookstore \n\nTimothy F. Moran, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nAssistant Dean of University College \nfor Law Enforcement \nand Security Programs \n\nRichard L. Morin, A.S. \nProject Assistant, \nMechanical Engineering \n\nReid B. Morrison, A.B. \n\nAssistant to Program Directors, \nUniversity College \n\nEdmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M. \n\nRegistrar, \n\nUniversity and Lincoln Colleges \n\nGerald R. Murphy, B.S. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nResearch Administration \n\nRobert P. Najjar, B.S., M.B.A. \nAssistant Director, \nFinancial Aid \n\n\nRudolf 0. Oberg, B.S., Ed.M. \nDirector, \nAlumni Relations \n\nRobert M. O'Brien, B.S. \nDirector, Administrative \nComputer Services \n\nAlan C. O'Hare, B.A., M.Ed. \nCounselor, Counseling and \nTesting Center \n\nJohn L. O'Leary, Jr., B.S. \n\nDirector of Administrative Services, \nLincoln College \n\nVincent T. O'Neil \n\nDirector Area Program, \nOffice of Development \n\nElaine Ostergren, A.S. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nFinancial Aid \n\nJohn A. Palmucci, B.S., M.B.A. \nAssistant Dean of Business \nAdministration \n\nMarcia I. Paullin, A.B. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nLeif K. Pedersen \n\nSupervisor of Data Processing, \nComptroller's Office \n\n\nErnest D. Newton \n\nSupervisor, Book Warehouse \n\nBruce E. Nickerson, A.S., B.A., M.A. \nAssistant Program Director, \nUniversity College \n\nVirginia P. Nolan, A.B. \nSupervisor, Gift Records \nOffice of Development \n\nDennis E. Noonan, A.B. \n\nAssistant to the University Registrar \nfor Data Processing \n\n\nWayne Penney, B.S., M.B.A. \nAssistant to the Comptroller \n\nJoan M. Peshin, B.S. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nJacqueline C. Piatt \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nUniversity College \n\nJames N. Pollock \n\nSupervisor, \n\nGrounds and Services \n\n\n350 / ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nJane E. Pond, A.B., C.P.S. \nAssistant to the Dean, \nUniversity College \n\nBarbara S. Powers, A.A., A.B. \nAssistant Director, \nAdmissions \n\n\nMargaret A. Rowe, A.A., B.S. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nRichard J. Santos, B.S., M.A. \nDirector, Center for \nManagement Development \n\n\nAlbert L. Quinan \n\nAssistant to Bursar \n\nEugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed. \nAssociate Director of Development \nand Assistant to the President \n\nJoanne E. Richmond, B.A. \nFeature Writer, \nOffice of Public Information \n\nNathan W. Riser, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. \nDirector, \nMarine Science Institute \n\nDavid C. Robbins, \n\nAssistant to the Director, \nUniversity Housing \n\nElmer M. Rosenbaum, B.S., M.Ed. \nAssistant to the Dean of \nUniversity Relations \n\nWilliam E. Roberts, B.S. \nBursar \n\nEdward W. Robinson, B.S., Ed.M. \nDean of Men \n\nN. Buck Robinson, A.B., LL.B., M.B.A. \nAssistant Dean of University \nCollege and Director of Business \nAdministration Programs \n\nDonald Ross \n\nMaintenance Supervisor, \nSuburban Campus \n\nRobert J. Roth, B.B.A. \nAssistant to Director, \nLaw Enforcement Programs, and \nAssistant Professor of Law \nEnforcement, University College \n\n\nJoseph Scott \n\nHead Receiving Clerk \n\nCharles F. Seaverns, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., \nC.A.G.S. \n\nDirector of Training, \nCooperative Education \n\nBonnie Silverstein, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nKenneth C. Solano, A.B. \nAssistant to Registrar of \nUniversity and Lincoln College \n\nEdward L. Sousa \n\nOperations Manager, \nComputation Center \n\nMarsha Spiewak, B.A. \n\nProgrammer, Administrative \nComputer Services \n\nRichard Sprague, B.S., B.B.A., \nM.B.A., Ed.M. \n\nAssistant Director, Graduate \nSchool of Engineering \n\nThomas S. Sprague, A.B., \n\nDirector of Public Information \n\nCarl E. Staab \n\nOffice Manager, \nCooperative Education \n\nDon Stewart, A.B. \n\nUniversity Editor, and \nDirector of Publications \n\nWilliam M. Stewart, B.S. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\n\nADMINISTRATION / 351 \n\n\nChester W. Storey, A.B. \nAssistant to the President \n\n\nKevin Uniacke, 8.S. \nAssistant to the Comptroller \n\n\nGeorge A. Strait, LL.B. \nAssociate Professor of Law \nLaw Librarian \n\n\nRalph T. Vernile, B.S. \n\nDirector of Administrative Services, \nUniversity College \n\n\nDonald Taylor, A.B., Ed.M. \nDirector, \nUniversity Housing \n\nAngeline Tchinnis, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nJohn P. Thomson, B.A., M.S. \nNews Editor, \nOffice of Public Information \n\nRoyal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A. \nExecutive Director, \nThe National Council \n\nJohn J. Toto \n\nManager, \nOffice Services \n\n\nHarvey Vetstein, B.A., M.A. \n\nAdvisor to Student Publications \n\nJoy D. Viola, B.A., M.A. \n\nEditorial Assistant to the President \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D. \nDean of Instruction and Director, \nSuburban Campus \n\nJames J. Wade, B.S. \n\nAlumni Placement Officer, and \nAssistant Professor, \nCooperative Education \n\nJanice Walker, A.B. \nRegistrar, \nGraduate Division \n\n\nRuth M. Townsend \n\nAssistant Director, \nCareer Information Center \n\nFrank E. Truesdale, B.S., A.M. \nAssistant Dean, \nLincoln College \n\nJohn J. Truskowski \n\nProgrammer, Administrative \nComputer Services \n\nDonald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed. \nDirector, \nCareer Information Center \n\nJackson Turner \n\nDirector of Deferred Giving, \nOffice of Development \n\nRobert E. Turner, B.S. \n\nSupervisor of Data Processinj \nOffice of the Comptroller \n\n\nWilliam Wallace, S.B. \n\nRegistrar, \nBasic Colleges \n\n\nA.M. \n\n\nSarah E. Ward, B.A. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nCooperative Education \n\nMary B. Weidler, B.A. \nAdministrative Assistant \nCenter for Educational \nDevelopment \n\nCarol A. Weiss, A.B. \n\nAdministrative Assistant, \nGraduate Education \n\nFrederick L. Wells, B.A. \n\nAssociate Editor, Publications \n\nHelen M. White, A.B. \n\nAssistant University Editor \n\n\n352 / ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nWilliam H. Wilkinson \n\nSupervisor, Mechanical and \nElectrical Maintenance, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\nKenneth C. Williams, B.S., M.Ed. \nAssistant to the President \nFor Black Community Affairs \n\nRosalie A. Williams, B.S. \nPersonnel Assistant, \nOffice of Personnel \n\nJames W. Wilson, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \nResearch Professor, \nCooperative Education \n\nG. Edward Windrow \n\nAssociate Bursar \n\n\nWalter Q. Wolfrum, B.S. \nUniversity Engineer \n\nNorma V. Woods, B.A., M.Ed. \nAssistant Director, Admissions \n\nAlbert W. Yakavonis \n\nStaff Assistant, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\nSumiko Yatsuhashi, B.S. \nStaff Specialist, \nChemistry \n\nMary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M. \nAssistant Dean of Admissions \n\nElmer H. Ziegler, B.S. \nSupervisor of Construction, \nBuildings and Grounds \n\n\nGIFTS AND BEQUESTS / 353 \n\n\nGIFTS AND BEQUESTS \n\nNortheastern University will welcome gifts and \nbequests for the following purposes: \n\n(a) For its building program. \n\n(b) For general endowment. \n\n(c) For specific purposes which may espe- \ncially appeal to the donor. \n\nIt is suggested that, when possible, those con- \ntemplating gifts or bequests confer with the Presi- \ndent of the University regarding the University's \nneeds before legal papers are drawn. \n\nThe legal name of the University is \"North- \neastern University.\" However, in the making of \ngifts and bequests to Northeastern the following \nwording is suggested: \"Northeastern University, \nan educational institution incorporated under the \nlaws of Massachusetts and located in Boston, \nMassachusetts.\" \n\n\nINDEX \n\n\nAbsences, 28 \nAcademic Calendar, 4 \n\nAccident and Sickness Insurance, 44 \nAccounting: \n\nCourses, 299 \n\nDepartment, 91 \n\nFaculty, 91 \n\nSpecimen Program, 92 \nActivities, 66 \n\nAdministrative Officers and Staff, 344 \nAdministrative Organization, 10 \nAdmission Plan, 37 \nAdmissions Information, 37 \nAdmissions Requirements \n\nBoston-Bouve, 73 \n\nBusiness Administration, 89 \n\nCriminal Justice, 101 \n\nEducation, 105 \n\nEngineering, 125 \n\nLiberal Arts, 144 \n\nNursing, 188 \n\nPharmacy, 193 \n\nTransfer Students, 40 \nAdvanced Standing, 40 \nAffiliated Programs, 146 \nAlumni Association, 35 \nAnthropology and Sociology: \n\nCourses, 246, 249 \n\nDepartment, 182 \n\nFaculty, 182 \n\nSpecimen Program, 183 \nApartments for Upperclassmen, 29 \nApplication for Admission, 37 \nApplication Fee, 44 \nArmy, ROTC, 68 \nArt \n\nCourses, 265 \n\nDepartment, 186 \n\nFaculty, 186 \nAthletics, 66 \nAttendance, 28 \n\nAttendance at Commencement, 28 \nAwards and Honors, 61 \nAwards for Upperclassmen, 62 \n\nB \n\nBiology: \n\nCourses, 237 \n\nDepartment, 147 \n\nFaculty, 147 \n\nSpecimen Program, 148 \nBiology Curriculum, Teaching of, 119 \n\n\nBiophysics and Biomedical \n\nEngineering \n\nDepartment, 140 \nBooks and Supplies, 25 \nBoston-Bouve College, 73 \nBuildings and Facilities, 20 \nBusiness Administration, \n\nCollege of, 87 \n\n\nCalendar, Academic, 4 \nCandidates' Reply Date, 39 \nCareer Information Center, 31 \nChanges of Program, Policy on, 25 \nChemical Engineering: \n\nCourses, 212 \n\nDepartment, 135 \n\nFaculty, 135 \n\nSpecimen Program, 137 \nChemistry: \n\nCourses, 229 \n\nDepartment, 150 \n\nFaculty, 150 \n\nSpecimen Program, 151 \nChemistry Curriculum, \n\nTeaching of, 120 \nCivil Engineering: \n\nCourses, 198 \n\nDepartment, 127 \n\nFaculty, 127 \n\nSpecimen Program, 128 \nCollege Expenses, 42 \nConduct, 28 \n\nContinuing Education, Center for, 17 \nCooperative Education \n\nCenter, 34 \n\nCourses, 338 \n\nDepartment \n\nDivision, 34 \n\nGraduate Placement Services, 34 \nCooperative Plan, 32 \nCorporation, 7 \n\nCounseling and Testing Center, 31 \nCourses of Instruction \n\nAccounting, 299 \n\nAnthropology, 246 \n\nArt, 265 \n\nBiology, 237 \n\nBusiness General, 307 \n\nChemical Engineering, 212 \n\nChemistry, 229 \n\nCivil Engineering, 198 \n\nCooperative Education, 338 \n\n\n354 \n\n\nINDEX / 355 \n\n\nCriminal Justice, 340 \nDrama, 272 \nEarth Sciences, 233 \nEconomics, 294 \nEducation, 308 \nElectrical Engineering, 206 \nEnglish, 277 \n\nFinance and Insurance, 304 \nFoundations (Education), 308 \nFrench, 284 \nGerman, 289 \nGraphic Science, 217 \nHealth Education, 331 \nHistory, 256 \n\nIndustrial Engineering, 214 \nInstruction (Education), 309 \nInterdisciplinary Courses, 338 \nJournalism, 293 \nManagement, 306 \nMarketing, 301 \nMathematics, 218 \nMechanical Engineering, 202 \nMedicinal Chemistry, 334 \nMilitary Science, 339 \nModern Languages, 284 \nMusic, 269 \nNursing, 335 \nPharmacology and \n\nPharmacognosy, 334 \nPharmacy and Pharmacy \n\nAdministration, 332 \nPhilosophy, 262 \nPhysical Education \nMen, 319 \nWomen, 315 \nPhysical Therapy, 325 \nPhysics, 224 \nPolitical Science, 252 \nPsychology, 242 \nReading (Education), 311 \nRecreation Education, 325 \nRehabilitation and \n\nSpecial Education, 312 \nReligion, 262 \nRussian, 291 \nSociology, 249 \nSpanish, 287 \nSpeech, 272 \nCriminal Justice, College of, 100 \nCourses, 340 \nFaculty, 100 \nSpecimen Program, 103 \n\n\nDay Programs for Adults, 16 \n\nDean's List, 27 \n\nDegrees \n\nBoston-Bouve, 74 \n\nBusiness Administration, 87, 89 \n\nCriminal Justice, 101 \n\nEducation, 105 \n\nEngineering, 124 \n\nLiberal Arts, 144 \n\n\nNursing, 189 \n\nPharmacy, 194 \nDeposits, 45 \nDiscipline, 28 \nDormitories, 22 \nDraft Deferments, ROTC, 70 \nDrama: \n\nCourses, 272 \n\nDepartment, 152 \n\nFaculty, 152 \n\nSpecimen Program, 153 \n\n\nEarth Sciences: \n\nCourses, 233 \n\nDepartment, 186 \n\nFaculty, 186 \nEarth Sciences Curriculum, \n\nTeaching of, 110 \nEconomics: \n\nCourses, 294 \n\nDepartment, 155 \n\nFaculty, 155 \n\nSpecimen Program, 156 \nEducation, College of, 104 \nEducational Resources, Office of, 31 \nElectrical Engineering: \n\nCourses, 206 \n\nDepartment, 132 \n\nFaculty, 132 \n\nSpecimen Program, 133 \nElementary Teaching Curricula \n\nHumanities, 115 \n\nLanguage-Reading, 118 \n\nScience-Mathematics, 116 \n\nSocial Science, 117 \nEngineering, College of, 124 \nEnglish and English-Journalism: \n\nCourses, 277, 293 \n\nDepartments, 158, 160 \n\nFaculties, 158, 160 \n\nSpecimen Programs, 159, 161 \nEnglish Curriculum, Teaching of, 111 \nEntrance Examinations, 38 \nExaminations, 26 \n\nExamination, National Teacher, 106 \nExpenses, 42 \n\n\nFees, 44 \n\nFinance and Insurance: \n\nCourses, 304 \n\nDepartment, 93 \n\nFaculty, 93 \n\nSpecimen Program, 94 \nFinancial Aid, 47 \nForsyth Dental Program, 185 \nFour-Year Plan, 43, 146 \nFraternities, 67 \nFraternity Housing, 30 \nFull-Time Plan, Expenses, 43 \n\n\n356 / INDEX \n\n\nGeneral Information, 25 \n\nGeneral Science Curriculum, \n\nTeaching of, 112 \nGifts and Bequests, 353 \nGoverning Boards and Officers, 7 \nGrades and Examinations, 26 \nGraduate Division, 17 \nGraduate Placement Services, 34 \nGraduation Fee, 45 \nGraduation Requirement \n\nBoston-Bouve, 74 \n\nBusiness Administration, 89 \n\nCriminal Justice, 101 \n\nEducation, 105 \n\nEngineering, 126 \n\nLiberal Arts, 144 \n\nNursing, 189 \n\nPharmacy, 194 \nGraphic Science: \n\nCourses, 217 \n\nDepartment, 142 \n\nFaculty, 142 \n\nH \n\nHealth Education, 86, 331 \nHistorical Statement, 15 \nHistory: \n\nCourses, 256 \n\nDepartment, 162 \n\nFaculty, 162 \n\nSpecimen Program, 163 \nHonor Societies, 61 \nHonors and Awards, 61 \nHonors Program \n\n(see Courses of Instruction) \nHousing, Student, 29 \nHumanities, Elementary Teaching \n\nCurriculum, 115 \n\nI \n\nIndustrial Engineering: \n\nCourses, 214 \n\nDepartment, 138 \n\nFaculty, 138 \n\nSpecimen Program, 139 \nIndustrial Relations: \n\nDepartment, 95 \n\nFaculty (see Management) \n\nSpecimen Program, 95 \nInsurance, Accident and \n\nSickness, 44 \nInterdisciplinary Courses, 338 \nInterview, 39 \n\n\nJournalism: \nCourses, 293 \nDepartment, 160 \nFaculty, 160 \nSpecimen Program, 161 \n\n\nLaboratory Deposits, 45 \nLanguage-Reading, Elementary \n\nTeaching Curriculum, 118 \nLate-Payment Fee, 46 \nLate Registration Fee, 46 \nLaw, School of, 18 \nLiberal Arts, College of, 143 \nLibrary, Description of, 30 \nLincoln College, 16 \nLoan Programs, 47 \nLocation of University, 20 \n\nM \n\nManagement: \n\nCourses, 306 \n\nDepartment, 96 \n\nFaculty, 96 \n\nSpecimen Program, 97 \nMap of University, 6 \nMarketing: \n\nCourses, 301 \n\nDepartment, 98 \n\nFaculty, 98 \n\nSpecimen Program, 99 \nMarks, 26 \nMathematics: \n\nCourses, 218 \n\nDepartment, 165 \n\nFaculty, 165 \n\nSpecimen Program, 166 \nMathematics Curriculum \n\nTeaching of, 113 \nMechanical Engineering: \n\nCourses, 202 \n\nDepartment, 129 \n\nFaculty, 129 \n\nSpecimen Program, 130 \nMedical Technology, \n\nSpecimen Program, 149 \nMilitary Science \n(see ROTO \nModern Languages: \n\nCourses, 284-293 \n\nDepartment, 169 \n\nFaculty, 169 \n\nSpecimen Program, 169 \nModern Languages Curriculum, \n\nTeaching of, 114 \nMusic: \n\nCourses, 269 \n\nDepartment, 186 \n\nFaculty, 186 \n\nN \n\nNational Teacher Examinations, 106 \nNursing, College of, 187 \n\nNursing: \n\nCourses, 335 \nFaculty, 187 \n\n\nINDEX / 357 \n\n\nSpecimen Programs \nAssociate Degree, 190 \nBaccalaureate Degree, 191 \n\n\nOccupational Information, 31 \nOffice Hours, 5 \nOrganizations, 66 \n\n\nSpecimen Program, 134 \nProfessional Organizations, 66 \nProfessional Schools, Combined \n\nProgram with, 145 \nProgrammed Learning, Division of, 31 \nPsychology: \n\nCourses, 242 \n\nDepartment, 179 \n\nFaculty, 179 \n\nSpecimen Program, 180 \nPublications, Student, 67 \n\n\nPart-Time Evening Program, \n\nEngineering, 125 \nPart-Time Work, 26 \nPayment of Tuition, 42 \nPersonal Interview, 39 \nPharmacy, College of, 192 \nPharmacy: \n\nCourses, 332 \n\nFaculty, 195 \n\nSpecimen Program, 196 \nPhilosophy: \n\nCourses, 262 \n\nDepartment, 170 \n\nFaculty, 170 \n\nSpecimen Program, 171 \nPhysical Education \n\nMen: \n\nCourses, 319 \nDepartment, 77 \nFaculty, 77 \nSpecimen Program, 78 \n\nWomen: \n\nCourses, 315 \nDepartment, 79 \nFaculty, 79 \n\nSpecimen Program, 81 \nPhysical Education \n\nRequirements, 25, 26 \nPhysical Examination, \n\nFreshmen, 25, 26 \nPhysical Therapy: \n\nCourses, 329 \n\nDepartment, 84 \n\nFaculty, 84 \n\nSpecimen Program, 86 \nPhysics: \n\nCourses, 224 \n\nDepartment, 173 \n\nFaculty, 173 \n\nSpecimen Program, 174 \nPhysics Curriculum, Teaching of, 121 \nPlacement, Cooperative \n\nGraduate, 34 \n\nUndergraduate, 33 \nPolitical Science: \n\nCourses, 252 \n\nDepartment, 176 \n\nFaculty, 176 \n\nSpecimen Program, 177 \nPower Systems Engineering: \n\nDescription, 125 \n\n\nQuarter Hours Defined, 26 \n\n\nReading Improvement, 30 \nRecreation Education: \n\nCourses, 325 \n\nDepartment, 82 \n\nFaculty, 82 \n\nSpecimen Program, 83 \nRefunds, 46 \nRegistration, 39 \nReligious Organizations, 67 \nResearch Activities, 19 \nReserve Officer's Training Corps, 68 \n\nAcademic Credit, 70 \n\nAdvanced Course Curriculum, 72 \n\nArmy as a Career, 71 \n\nBasic Course Curriculum, 72 \n\nDistinguished Military Students, 71 \n\nDraft Deferments, 70 \n\nFaculty, 71 \n\nFlight Training, 69 \n\nHonorary Societies, 65 \n\nPay and Scholarships, 70 \n\nTransfer Students, 69 \n\nUniform and Equipment \nDeposit, 45, 70 \n\nVeterans, 69 \nResidences, 22 \n\n\nScholarships for Freshmen, 47 \nScholarships for Upperclassmen, 52 \nScholastic Standing, \n\nReports on, 27 \nSchool of Law, 18 \nScience-Mathematics, Elementary \n\nTeaching Curriculum, 116 \nSelective Service, Deferment, 28 \nSocial Science, Elementary \n\nEducation Curriculum, 117 \nSocial Studies Curriculum, \n\nTeaching of, 122 \nSociology and Anthropology: \n\nCourses, 246, 249 \n\nDepartment, 182 \n\nFaculty, 182 \n\nSpecimen Program, 183 \n\n\n358 / INDEX \n\n\nSororities, 67 \nSpeech and Hearing Therapy \n\nCurriculum, 123 \nStudent Activities, 66 \nStudent Center Fee, 44 \nStudent Council, 67 \n\n\nTeaching of Biology Curriculum, 119 \nTeaching of Chemistry \n\nCurriculum, 120 \nTeaching of Earth Sciences \n\nCurriculum, 110 \nTeaching of Elementary Education \nCurricula \n\nHumanities, 115 \nLanguage-Reading, 118 \nScience-Mathematics, 116 \nSocial Science, 117 \nTeaching of English Curriculum, 111 \nTeaching of General Science \n\nCurriculum, 112 \nTeaching of Mathematics \nCurriculum, 113 \n\n\nTeaching of Modern Languages \n\nCurriculum, 114 \nTeaching of Physics Curriculum, 121 \nTeaching of Social Studies \n\nCurriculum, 122 \nTesting, 31 \n\nTextbooks and Supplies, 25 \nTours, Guided, 39 \nTranscripts, 37 \nTransfer Students, 40 \nTransfer Students, ROTC, 69 \nTrustees, Board of, 9 \nTuition, 42 \n\n\nU \n\n\nUniforms, College of Nursing, 45 \nUniforms, Physical Therapy, 45 \nUniversity College, 16 \n\n\nVeterans, ROTC, 69 \nVocational Guidance, 31 \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nUNIVERSITY COLLEGE \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nUNIVERSITY COLLEGE \n\n\nPart-Time Undergraduate Programs \n\n■ business administration \n\n■ health-related programs \n\n■ law enforcement \n\n■ liberal arts \n\n■ education \n\n\nyfEAc&ss \n\n\nThe New England Associaion of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits schools and \ncolleges in the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting \nassociations in the United States indicates that the school or college has been carefully \nevaluated and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges sup- \nport the efforts of public school and community officials to have their secondary schools \nmeet the standards of membership. \n\n\nnortheastern university/360 huntington avenue, boston, massachusetts 02115 \ntelephone: (617) 437-2400 \n\n\nf \n\n\n^9t \n\n\n~ I \n\n\nContents \n\n\nGeneral Information \n\n4 Map \n\n5 Office Hours \n\n6 Calendar \n\n8 Governing Boards and Officers \n\n17 The University \n\n23 Buildings and Facilities \n\nUniversity College \n\n26 Introduction \n\n28 Academic Policies \n\n35 Tuition and Fees \n\n38 Scholarships, Awards, and Loan Funds \n\n42 Student Activities \n\n47 Programs of Study \n49 Business Administration \n\n71 Liberal Arts \n\n91 Law Enforcement \n\n111 Health-Related Programs \n\n111 Forsyth /Northeastern Program \n\n112 Health Science Programs \n\n125 Lincoln College/University College Affiliated Programs \n\n129 Education \n\n134 Course Descriptions \n\n223 Faculty \n\n249 Index \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n\n1 School of Law (104 The Fenway) \n\n1 A School of Education (102 The Fenway) \n\n1 B 1 53 Hemen way Street \n\n2 Melvin Hall \n\n3 Smith Hall \n\n4 115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n5 White Hall \n\n6 Stetson Hall \n\n7 Speare Hall \n\n8 106-122 St. Stephen Street \n\n9 Light Hall \n\n10 Parker Building \n\n11 Greenleaf Building \n\n12 Cabot Physical Education Center \n\n13 Richards Hall \n\n14 Dodge Library \n\n15 United Realty Building \n\n\n15A Center for Continuing Education \n( 1 1 Leon Street) \n\n16 Forsyth Building \n\n17 Forsyth Annex \n\n18 Charles A. Dana Research Center \n\n19 Churchill Hall \n\n20 Hayden Hall \n\n21 Ell Student Center (new) \n21A Ell Student Center (original) \n\n22 Mugar Life Sciences Building \n\n23 Robinson Hall \n\n24 Botolph Building \n\n25 Chemistry Building \n\n26 Dockser Hall (Boston-Bouve) \n\n27 Barletta Natatorium (swimming poc \n\nand handball courts) \n\n28 School of Law and Criminal Justice \n\n(under construction) \n\n\nUNIVERSITY COLLEGE OFFICES \n\n\nOffice for General Information 219 Hayden Hall \nOffice of the Registrar 120 Hayden Hall \n\nRegular Office Hours \n\nBoston \n\n\nBurlington \n\nFramingham North \n\nHigh School \nLynn English High School \nWeymouth High Schools \n\nSummer Office Hours \n\nBoston 219 Hayden Hall \n\n\n120 Hayden Hall \nBurlington \n\n\nMonday-Friday \nSaturday \nMonday-Friday \nSaturday \n\nMonday-Thursday \nMonday-Thursday \nMonday-Thu rsday \n\n\nMonday-Thursday \n\nFriday \n\nSaturday \n\nMonday-Friday \n\nSaturday \n\nMonday-Friday \n\nSaturday \n\n\n437-2400 \n437-2300 \n\n8:30a.m.-8:30p.m. \n8:30 a.m.-12 noon \n8:00a.m.-10:00p.m. \n8:00a.m.-l:00 p.m. \n\n5:30-10:00 p.m. \n5:30-10:00 p.m. \n5:30-10:00 p.m. \n\n\n8:30a.m.-8:30p.m. \n\n8:30a.m.-4:30p.m. \n\nClosed \n\n8:30a.m.-8:30p.m. \n\n8:30a.m.-12 noon \n\n8:00a.m.-10:00p.m. \n\n8:00a.m.-l:00p.m. \n\n\nProgram Advisers \n\nProgram advisers are available each evening by appointment in the \nUniversity College Office. These faculty members are competent to assist \nthe student in planning a program suitable to his general educational and \ncareer objectives. They can also answer questions relating to degree re- \nquirements, course sequence, and proper scheduling of courses. Appoint- \nments may be arranged by calling the University College Office (437-2400) \nor by coming in person to 219 Hayden Hall. There is no charge for this \nservice. \n\n\nProgram advisers are also available during registration at al \nsites. No appointment is necessary. \n\n\nregistration \n\n\nCounseling and Testing Center \n\nCounseling and testing to aid a student or prospective student with career, \neducational, or personal concerns are available days and certain weekday \nevenings until 8:30 p.m. Information regarding fees and appointments may \nbe obtained by calling 437-2142, or by going to the Counseling and Testing \nCenter, 302 Ell Student Center. \n\n\n1969-1970 ACADEMIC CALENDAR \n\n\nFall Quarter 1969 \n\nFALL REGISTRATION \n\nBoston— Former Students \nAll Students \n\nBurlington— All Students \n\nLynn English High- \nAll Students \n\nWeymouth— All Students \n\nFramingham— All Students \nClasses begin \nColumbus Day Observed \nVeterans' Day \nThanksgiving Recess \nFinal Examination Period \n\nFor Fall Quarter \n\n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n9:00 am.-12 noon \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n12 noon-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nNo Classes \nNo Classes \nNo Classes \n\n\nClasses begin September 15 \n\nSeptember 2 and 3 \nSeptember 4 and 5 \nSeptember 6 \nSeptember 8—12 \nAugust 28 \nSeptember 3 and 5 \n\nSeptember 2 and 4 \nSeptember 8 and 10 \nSeptember 9 and 11 \nSeptember 15 \nOctober 13 \nNovember 11 \nNovember 27-29 \n\nDecember 1—6 \n\n\nWinter Quarter 1969-1970 \n\nWINTER REGISTRATION \nBoston— All Students \nBurlington— All Students \nLynn English High- \nAll Students \nWeymouth— All Students \nFramingham— All Students \n\nClasses begin \n\nChristmas Vacation \n\nWashington's Birthday \nObserved \n\nFinal Examination Period \nFor Winter Quarter \n\n\nClasses begin December 8, 1969 \n\n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\n\nNo Classes \n\n\nDecember 1-5 \nDecember 2 \n\nDecember 1 \nDecember 4 \nDecember 3 \nDecember 8 \nDecember 22-January 4 \n\nFebruary 16 \n\nMarch 3-9 \n\n\nSpring Quarter 1970 \n\nSPRING REGISTRATION \nBoston— All Students \nBurlington— All Students \nLynn English High- \nAll Students \nWeymouth— All Students \n\n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\n\nFramingham— All Students 5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\n\nClasses begin March 16 \n\nMarch 2-6 \nMarch 3 \n\nMarch 2 \nMarch 5 \nMarch 4 \n\n\nACADEMIC CALENDAR / 7 \n\n\nSpring Recess \nSpring Quarter begins \nPatriot's Day Observed \nMemorial Day Observed \nFinal Examination Period \n\nFor Spring Quarter \nCommencement \nRecess \n\n\nNo Classes \nNo Classes \n\n\nNo Classes \n\n\nMarch 10-14 \nMarch 16 \nApril 20 \nMay 25 \n\nJune 2-8 \n\nJune 14 \nJune 9-13 \n\n\nSummer Quarter 1970 \n\nREGISTRATION FOR ENTIRE SUMMER QUARTER \nBoston— All Students 5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nBurlington— All Students 12 noon-8:30 p.m. \n\nFinal Exam Period \nFor Summer Quarter \n\n\nClasses begin June 15 \n\nJune 8-12 \nJune 9 \n\nAugust 31-September 5 \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n'Charles F. Avila \nFrederick Ayer \n\nAllen G. Barry \n* Lincoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beal \n*F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n*S. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n*George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n*John L. Burns \n\n*Louis W. Cabot \n*Norman L. Cahners \n\nHenry F. Callahan \n\nErwin D. Canham \n•Richard P. Chapman \n\nTheodore Chase \n\nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christiansen \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n*Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n*William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n*Carl S. Ell \n\n*Byron K. Elliott \n\n'William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n\n*Robert Erickson \n\n* Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \nNoble Foss \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr. \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \n\nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \n\nDon S. Greer \n'Samuel A. Groves \n'Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n'George Hansen \n\nWilliam Hellman \n'Ernest Henderson III \n\nWalter F. Henneberry \n\nVincent R. Herterick \n\nCharles E. Hodges \n'Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n'Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \n\nRay E. Johns \n\nHoward B. Johnson \n'Robert L. Johnson \n\"Henry C. Jones \n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \n\"E. Douglas Kenna \n\nEdward M. Kennedy \n\nFenton G. Keyes \n\nCalvin A. King \n\"Asa S. Knowles \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \n\nEdward R. Mitton \n'Harold A. Mock \n\nIrwin L. Moore \n\nJames A. Morris \n'James A. Morton \n\nWilliam B. Moses, Jr. \n'Stephen P. Mugar \n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n'Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n'Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n*Frank L. Richardson \n\"Joseph G. Riesman \n\"Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \n\"John Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\n\"Lawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n'Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n'Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n*Russell B. Stearns \n*Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n*Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n\n*Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n\n*Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S. Wilkins \nRoy F. Williams \n\n(deceased Dec. 29, 1968) \n'Robert H. Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n*Alvin C. Zises \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Vice Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Vice Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellf \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n10 \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Wee Chairman \n\n\nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellt \nLawrence H. Martin \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \nByron K. Elliott, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President and Director of Finance \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Wee President for Development \n\n\n'President of the University \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n11 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of University College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \n\nActuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Education and Director of \n\nthe Graduate School of Education \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita Long, B.S., M.S., Acting Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n12 \n\n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. OToole, A.B., LL.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Comptroller and Assistant Director of \n\nFinance \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty and \n\nActing Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nArthur A. Vernon, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nThe University Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Wee Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nKenneth W. Ballou \nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nPhilip C. Boyd \nMartin W. Essigmann \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRobert E. Moffat \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nKenneth G. Ryder \nArthur A. Vernon \n\n\n13 \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nJohn S. Bailey \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \nGilbert G. MacDonald \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. OToole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nRobert A. Shepard \nArthur A. Vernon \nLouis Vrettos \nRoy L. Wooldridge \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\n*Catherine L. Allen \n\nJames T. Barrs \n\nEugene J. Blackman \n\nRobert L. Cord \n\nGoldie Crocker \n\nJames M. Feldman \n\nRobert J. Ferullo \n*Arthur E. Fitzgerald \n\nWalter L. Fogg \n\nNorbert L. Fullington \n\nArvin Grabel \n*James S. Hekimian \n\nRichard B. Higgins \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins \n\nRobert D. Klein \n\nFrank F. Lee \n•Gilbert G. MacDonald \n*Melvin Mark \n\nWesley W. Marple \n\nErnest E. Mills \n\n\n*Rudolph M. Morris \n\nHarold Naidus \n\nSaul Namyet \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n*Kenneth G. Ryder \n\nJohn W. Schermerhorn \n*Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nGiuliano Sorani \n\nRichard R. Stewart \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n\nHarold A. Walker \n\nRoy Weinstein \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n*Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n•Appointed by the President \n\n\n14 \n\n\nUNIVERSITY COLLEGE ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean and Acting Director of \n\nBusiness Administration Programs \n\nFranklin R. Berkey, B.A., B.D., M.Ed., Assistant Director of Student Activities \n\nJames R. Bryant, B.S., B.D., S.T.M., Ed.D., Director of Counseling and \n\nSpecial Programs \n\nStephen G. Burke, LL.B., Director of Placement \n\nWilliam T. Edgett, A.B., M.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Admissions \n\nE. Forest Hallet, B.S., M.B.A., Admissions Officer \n\nPaul A. LeMaitre, B.A., Assistant Registrar \n\nDonald W. Lovejoy, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean and Director of \n\nLiberal Arts Programs \n\nHugh B. McLean, B.S., Office Manager \n\nEdmund J. McTernan, M.S., M.P.H., F.A.P.H.A., F.A.C.H.A., Chairman, \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \n\nTimothy F. Moran, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean and Director of \n\nLaw Enforcement, Correction and Security Programs \n\nReid B. Morrison, A.B., Assistant to the Program Directors \n\nEdmund J. Mullen, A.B., M.Ed., Registrar \n\nBruce Nickerson, A.S., B.A., M.A., Assistant Program Director \n\nJane E. Pond, A.B., C.P.S., Assistant to the Dean \n\nN. Buck Robinson, B.A., LL.B., M.B.A., Assistant Dean and Director of \n\nBusiness Administration Programs \n\nRobert J. Roth, B.B.A., Assistant Director of Law Enforcement Programs \n\nKenneth C. Solano, A.B., Assistant to the Registrar \n\nDonald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Director of Career Information Center \n\nRalph T. Vernile, Jr., B.S., Director of Administrative Services \n\n\nAcademic Advisory Committee \n\nJohn S. Bailey, Chairman \nWilliam T. Edgett, Vice Chairman \n\n\nEugene J. Blackman \nRoger F. Brightbill \nJames R. Bryant \nConrad P. Caligaris \nEdward M. Cook \nLouis Cooperstein \nRoger A. Cossaboom \nCharles H. Dufton \nWalter L. Fogg \nJoseph M. Golemme \nJoseph J. Hansen \nSidney Herman \nLyman A. Keith \n\n\nFrank F. Lee \nDonald W. Lovejoy \nThomas J. McNamara \nEdmund J. McTernan \nTimothy F. Moran \nEdmund J. Mullen \nA. Howard Myers \nRoland L. Nadeau \nFranklin Norvish \nEdward T. O'Donnell \nHarry Olins \nJohn A. Palmucci \nN. Buck Robinson \n\n\nRaymond H. Robinson \nGustav S. Rook \nRichard D. Ruggles \nLloyd A. Skiffington \nEarle B. Sukeforth \nDonald K. Tucker \nHarvey Vetstein \nRowell L. Waller \nRobert L. Wells \nEdward R. Willett \nSteve Worth \n\n\n15 \n\n\nI \n\n\nJ \n\n\nThe University \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately \nendowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General Laws \nof Massachusetts. By special enactment, the State Legislature has given \nthe University general degree-granting powers. The University is governed \nby a Board of Trustees elected by and from the Northeastern University \nCorporation, which comprises more than 150 distinguished business and \nprofessional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University's dominant purpose has \nbeen to identify community educational needs and to meet these in dis- \ntinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not duplicated the pro- \ngrams of other institutions, but has pioneered new areas of educational \nservice. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \nunder which students alternate periods of work and study. The Plan was \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted \nby the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), \nEducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), Boston-Bouve College \n(1964), and the College of Criminal Justice (1967). \n\nThis time-tested method of education offers students the opportunity \nto gain valuable practical experience as an integral part of their college \nprograms and also enables them to contribute substantially to the financing \nof their education. The \"Co-op\" Plan has been extended to the graduate \nlevel in engineering, mathematics, actuarial science, the pharmaceutical \nsciences, and professional accounting, and law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, Northeastern University offers graduate \nand undergraduate degree programs and non-credit programs which are \nspecifically designed to meet the needs and interests of adults who wish \nto further their education on a part-time basis. \n\nAll formal courses of study leading to degrees in the Graduate Division, \nLincoln College, and University College are approved by the undergraduate \nfaculties concerned, and are governed by the same qualitative and quanti- \ntative standards as the regular day curricula. Courses are scheduled in the \nday and evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, \nand at other off-campus locations near Boston. \n\n\n17 \n\n\n18 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\nUNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES \n\nBoston-Bouve College \n\nBoston-Bouve College offers three major programs of study: physical educa- \ntion and recreation education, both leading to the degree of Bachelor of \nScience in Education; and physical therapy, leading to the degree of \nBachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. \n\nThe combined programs of liberal arts, science, and professional prepara- \ntion include field experience and student teaching as well as leadership \ntraining in camping and outdoor education at the Warren Center for Physical \nEducation and Recreation in Ashland. In accordance with Northeastern's \nCooperative Plan of Education, students are offered varied opportunities for \nalternate terms of work-study experience during upper-class years. \n\nCollege of Business Administration \n\nThe College of Business Administration offers programs of study in the \nprincipal fields of business leading to the Bachelor of Science degree \nin Business Administration. These programs are offered on the five-year \nCooperative Plan, under which students gain substantial practical ex- \nperience as an integral part of their undergraduate course of study. \n\nThe College also sponsors a Center for Management Development, which \nannually conducts an intensive program designed to provide professional \ngrowth for middle management executives. The plan of instruction, based \non a modification of the Northeastern Cooperative Program, permits the \nparticipants to maintain their job responsibilities during the six-month \nperiod of the course. The Management Development Program is conducted \nat Andover, Massachusetts, on the campus of Andover Academy. \n\nThe Bureau of Business and Economic Research, concerned particularly \nwith problems of the New England region, is an integral part of the College. \nThe Bureau conducts research projects under faculty leadership using \nundergraduate and graduate cooperative students as research assistants. \n\nCollege of Criminal Justice \n\nThe College of Criminal Justice offers a full-time day curricula on the \nCooperative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal \nJustice. \n\n\nCollege of Education \n\nThe College of Education offers programs leading to the degree of Bachelor \nof Science in Education. These are designed to prepare students for teach- \ning or administrative positions in elementary and secondary schools. Cur- \nricula are offered on the five-year Cooperative Plan, which provides \nemployment in libraries, social service agencies, and school systems. \n\n\nTHE UNIVERSITY / 19 \n\nCollege of Engineering \n\nThe College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative curricula in civil, \nmechanical, electrical, chemical, industrial, and biomedical engineering \nleading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according \nto the engineering department in which the student qualifies. A six-year \nprogram in power systems engineering in collaboration with public utilities \nleads to both the bachelor's and master's degree in electrical engineering. \nThe College also offers during evening hours part-time programs leading \nto Bachelor of Science degrees in Civil and Electrical Engineering. These \nprograms extend over eight years, cover the identical courses given in the \nday cooperative curricula, and meet the same qualitative and quantitative \nstandards of scholarship. \n\nCollege of Liberal Arts \n\nThe College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the arts and sciences leading \nto the Bachelor of Arts degree. With the exception of preprofessional \nprograms, curricula are normally five years in length and operate on the \nCooperative Plan. \n\nLincoln College \n\nLincoln College offers associate and bachelor degree programs in the \nevening on a part-time basis. Programs of study include Allied-Medical \nTechnology, Civil Engineering Technology, Electrical Engineering Tech- \nnology, Industrial Technology, Mechanical Engineering Technology, and \nScience Technology. Lincoln College and University College offer joint \nprograms leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Tech- \nnology, Medical Technology, Chemical-Biological Technology, and Cyto- \ntechnology. \n\nIn addition to its traditional curricula, Lincoln College offers interdisciplinary \nand certificate programs providing technological and professional develop- \nment opportunities to meet the special needs of part-time students. \n\nCollege of Nursing \n\nThe College of Nursing offers two separate and distinct programs of study, \nboth organized on the Cooperative Plan: \n\n(a) A three-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations, \nand leading to the Associate in Science degree. \n\n(b) A five-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations, and \nleading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing. \n\nFive of Boston's leading hospitals— Beth Israel, Children's Hospital Medical \nCenter, New England Deaconess, Peter Bent Brigham, and Massachusetts \nGeneral— collaborate with Northeastern by providing suitable cooperative \nwork opportunities during the students' upper-class years in these \nprograms. \n\n\n20 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\nCollege of Pharmacy \n\nThe College of Pharmacy offers five-year cooperative curricula leading to \nthe degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. Cooperative placement \nbegins with the sophomore year and continues for three years, with the \nsenior year devoted to full-time study at the University. \n\nUniversity College \n\nUniversity College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the \nother colleges of the University, offers part-time programs in Liberal Arts, \nBusiness Administration, Law Enforcement and Security, and Health- \nRelated Programs, leading to the Associate in Science and Bachelor of \nScience degrees. Workshops and seminars are offered for degree credit. \nUniversity College does not duplicate the offerings of the day colleges, but \nprovides curricula which cut across traditional subject-matter areas to \nmeet the particular needs of adult students. \n\nIn collaboration with Lincoln College, University College offers programs in \nAllied-Medical Technology and Science Technology leading to the Bachelor \nof Science degree. In cooperation with the Forsyth School for Dental \nHygienists, University College offers a two-year day curriculum leading to \nthe Associate in Science degree. \n\nStudents may enroll as degree candidates or elect single courses appro- \npriate to their needs and interests. Courses are scheduled in the day and \nevening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, and other \noff-campus locations near Boston. \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOLS \nActuarial Science \n\nMaster of Science in Actuarial Science. \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nMaster of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science; Ph.D. \nin Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, and Psychology. \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nEducation \n\nMaster of Education, and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nEngineering \n\nMaster of Science with course specification, including a special six-year \nprogram in Power Systems Engineering leading to both bachelor's and \n\n\nTHE UNIVERSITY / 21 \n\nmaster's degrees in Electrical Engineering; a similar six-year program in \nMechanical Engineering leading to both bachelor's and master's degrees; \nand Ph.D. in the fields of Electrical, Chemical, and Mechanical Engineering. \n\nLaw \n\nJuris Doctor. \n\nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nMaster of Science with specialization in Hospital Pharmacy, Industrial \nPharmacy, Medicinal Chemistry, and Pharmacology. \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nA five-quarter curriculum leading to the degree of Master of Science in \nAccounting. \n\nDAY PROGRAMS FOR ADULTS \n\nThese programs were developed to meet the needs of adults with family \nor other obligations who wish to engage in part-time study during the day. \nNon-credit courses and undergraduate and graduate degree programs are \noffered at the Boston and Burlington campuses. Included are courses from \nthe Graduate School of Education, the Graduate Schools of Arts and Sci- \nences, University College, and the Center for Continuing Education. A \nHuman Relations and Adult Counseling Program is also offered. \n\nCENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni- \nversity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. Its \nprograms are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and \na wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. The \nDivision of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade associations \nand professional societies, offers several programs dealing with current \nneeds and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working \nwith governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center is \nbecoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local and \nnational level. \n\nMany of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, Northeastern \nUniversity's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nAFFILIATED PROGRAMS \n\nFor Dental Hygienists \n\nThe Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists conducts a two-year program of \ndental hygiene education and general education in cooperation with North- \n\n\n22 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\neastern University. Graduates of the program receive the Certificate in \nDental Hygiene from Forsyth and the degree of Associate in Science from \nNortheastern University. After receiving the Associate degree, students may \npursue the Bachelor of Science degree from University College on a part- \ntime basis. \n\nFor Medical Technologists and Cytotechnologists \n\nIn cooperation with the New England Baptist and the New England Dea- \nconess Hospitals, Northeastern University offers a full-time day program \non the Cooperative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. \n\nBachelor of Science degree programs in Medical Technology and Cyto- \ntechnology are offered jointly on a part-time basis by Lincoln College and \nUniversity College in cooperation with several approved hospital schools. \n\nFor Nurses \n\nNortheastern University offers instruction in the sciences, humanities, and \nsocial studies for student nurses from the New England Deaconess and \nChildren's Hospital Medical Center Schools of Nursing. \n\n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\nThe faculties of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic \nresearch projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and engi- \nneering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose services \nare University-wide and available to the faculties of all the Colleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and \ngraduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective teach- \ning and learning takes place in an environment characterized by research \nactivities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Huntington \nAvenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's famous cul- \ntural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated in the Back \nBay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, Horticultural Hall, \nthe Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard teaching hospitals, and \nmany schools and colleges. Most are within walking distance of North- \neastern University. \n\nMajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan Interna- \ntional Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and intrastate \nlines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-suburban \narea. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motorists, the \nbest routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit 22) and \nRoute 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section. \n\nThe campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the main \neducational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. The princi- \npal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, are of glazed \nbrick in contemporary classic style. Most are interconnected by under- \nground passageways. \n\nCarl S. Ell Student Center \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recreation \nand for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating \ncapacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special drama \nfacilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, student \noffices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than 1,000. \n\nThe University Library \n\nThe Dodge Library is the main library on the Boston campus and main- \ntains an open-stack system. Bound volumes in the library system exceed \n210,000, and microfilm titles, 250,000. Collections are located in these \nareas: \n\n1. The General Collection in the book stacks as indicated by the classifica- \ntion number given in the upper left corner of the catalog card. \n\n\n23 \n\n\n24 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\n2. The Reference Collection in the Cabot Reading Room to the left of the \nCirculation Desk, which includes bibliographies, government docu- \nments, maps, company publications, the information file, association \npublications, and theses. \n\n3. The Periodical Collection on the basement level occupying the lower \nReading Room and the first two back-stack levels. \n\n4. The Reserve Book Collection on the second floor. \n\n5. The Foreign Literature Collections in the Webster Reading Room to the \nright of the Circulation Desk. \n\n6. The Audio-Facility Division consisting of sound recordings and magnetic \ntapes for instructional and individual use in the Richardson Room on \nthe second floor. \n\n7. The American and English Literature Collections in the new Literature \nReading Room. \n\n8. The Humanities Collection (Philosophy, Psychology, Religion) in the \nRichardson Reading Room. \n\n9. The Microtext Collection housed on the basement level adjacent to the \nPeriodical Room. This collection includes 250,000 titles in microprint, \nmicrofilm, and microfiche forms. \n\nThe Card Catalog is a union list of materials in the University Library and \nis located in the Webster Reading Room. \n\nThe Circulation Department has an IBM card file of all students attending \nthe University. To borrow materials, students should present university \nidentification at the Circulation Desk. For extensive research, where it is \nnot possible for the University Library to acquire materials, the inter-library \nloan system allows the acquisition of items from other collections through- \nout the country. \n\nLibrary Hours — Boston Campus \n\nMonday — Thursday 7:45 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. \nFriday 7:45 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. \n\nSaturday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. \n\nThe reading rooms on the second floor are open until 1 a.m., Monday- \nFriday. The library is open Sundays and holidays from 1:00 to 10:00 p.m. \nThe University Library System includes three graduate libraries in the Divi- \nsion of Research. Physics-Electrical Engineering is housed in 325 Dana \nResearch Center. Mathematics-Psychology is housed on the fifth floor of the \nUnited Realty Building and Chemistry is located on the first floor of the \nChemistry Building. \n\nLibrary Hours — Suburban Campus, Burlington \n\nMonday — Friday 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. \n\nSaturday 8:30 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 25 \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nThe Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and 3 \nin Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of indi- \nviduals and of industry in the area. \n\nIn addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, busi- \nness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of under- \ngraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's degrees, special \nprograms for adults, and non-credit state-of-the-art programs are offered. \n\nHenderson House \n\nThe University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in Weston, \nMassachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts short-term \ncourses, seminars, and special institutes for business, professional, and \nresearch groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the main campus. \n\nWarren Center \n\nThe Warren Center for Physical Education and Recreation in Ashland, \nMassachusetts, serves as a year-round outdoor laboratory for students in \nBoston-Bouve College. There are facilities for conferences, special edu- \ncation in arts and crafts, and sports, including aquatics. Buildings include \na lodge, cottages, and an infirmary. \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\nThe Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, about 20 miles \nnortheast of Boston, is a research and instructional facility primarily en- \ngaged in studies of marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is \noperated the year around. \n\n\nUniversity College \n\n\nThe Programs \n\nUniversity College is committed to the education of mature, adult students \nwho wish to live effectively in today's complex society. The programs in \nUniversity College are specifically designed to satisfy the changing pro- \nfessional, cultural, and social needs and interests of adults. \nDegree programs have been developed in 30 major fields of study in the \nareas of business administration, liberal arts, law enforcement, and health- \nrelated programs. Flexible curricula are offered on a part-time basis \nMonday through Saturday during day and evening hours convenient to \nadult students. Students may elect single courses or may enroll in full de- \ngree programs leading to the Associate in Science or the Bachelor of \nScience degree. Short-term seminars are also offered for credit. Classes \nare scheduled in locations which are accessible to the urban and the sub- \nurban community. Students may attend classes at the Huntington Avenue \nCampus, Boston, or the Suburban Campus, Burlington, Massachusetts, as \nwell as other off-campus locations north and west of Boston. \nUniversity College programs are constantly evaluated and redesigned when \nnecessary in order to keep pace with the changing needs and interests of \nits students and the community. \n\nThe Faculty \n\nApproximately 600 men and women comprise the part-time teaching staff \nof University College. Included are members of the full-time faculty of the \nBasic Colleges of Northeastern University and other educational institu- \ntions in New England, as well as outstanding New England business and \nprofessional leaders with backgrounds of training and experience in \nspecialized areas. The faculty are selected because they are highly suc- \ncessful in their fields and are well qualified to provide sound methods of \nteaching for adults in an interesting, inspiring, and effective manner. \n\nThe Student Body \n\nThe student body of University College represents diversified interests \nwhich properly recognized and utilized become one of the basic strengths \nin adult education. There are approximately 13,000 students in University \nCollege who range in age from 18 years to beyond retirement. While some \n\n\n26 \n\n\nUNIVERSITY COLLEGE / 27 \n\nstudents enroll in University College immediately after high school gradu- \nation, others may have graduated 25 years prior to enrollment in college- \nlevel courses. \n\nUniversity College students are men and women who have full-time com- \nmitments to their jobs, families, or other responsibilities. They may enroll \nin a single course or in a full degree curriculum, depending on whether their \ngoal is job advancement, a new career, or personal enrichment. \n\n\nAcademic Policies \n\n\nAdmission \n\nAll applicants who satisfy the requirements for regular or special students \nas listed below are admitted as part-time students in University College. \nIt is advisable for students to have an interview with an Admissions Coun- \nselor to help plan their academic program in University College. Because \nof the diversity of the student body in terms of background, age, interests, \nneeds, etc., there are no entrance examinations and college board exam- \nination scores are not required. In lieu of entrance examinations, students \nmust maintain a C average in order to be admitted to degree candidacy. \n\nRegular Students \n\nTo be enrolled as a regular student, that is, to become a degree candidate, \nthe applicant must have completed an approved secondary school course, \nor the equivalent 15 units* of a high school diploma. Equivalency certifi- \ncates are accepted. Regular students are those students who expect to \nfollow a degree program. \n\nSpecial Students \n\nSpecial students are those students who do not wish to enroll in a full \ndegree program, but are interested in taking only one or more courses \nappropriate to their needs or interests. Credits for these courses may be \ntransferred to a degree program if the student decides to pursue a degree \nat a later time. \n\nProcedure for Admission as a Degree Candidate \n\n1. Upon completion of 40 earned quarter hours of credit, the student \nshould officially petition for admission to the status of a degree candi- \ndate. Forms for this purpose are available in the University College \nOffice, 219 Hayden Hall. \n\n\n*A unit represents a year's work in any subject in any approved secondary school consti- \ntuting approximately a quarter of a full year's work, or the equivalent. A four-year day high \nschool course is regarded as representing at least 15 units of work, or 3 units in junior high \nschool and 12 units in a three-year high school. \n\n\n28 \n\n\nACADEMIC POLICIES / 29 \n\n2. If a student has completed 40 quarter hours of credit in University \nCollege, he cannot register for any more courses unless he has been \nofficially accepted as a degree candidate. \n\n3. In order to be matriculated as a degree candidate, the student must \nhave a high school diploma or its equivalent and must achieve a \ncumulative quality point average of 2.00 (an average grade of C) for \nall courses completed before filing the petition. \n\n4. The Committee on Education may require a student to take one or \nmore aptitude or interest tests if his credentials or academic record \nfail to give evidence of probable academic success. In this case the \nstudent will be notified in writing that arrangements for testing should \nbe made by him with the University Counseling and Testing Center. A \nfee is charged for administering these tests. \n\nAdvanced Standing Credit \n\nAdvanced standing credit in University College may be obtained in two \nways: \n\nBy Transfer of Credit from Another Institution \n\nSubject to approval by the Director of Admissions, credit may be granted \nfor work completed in other approved schools, colleges, or universities. An \napplicant who wishes to receive credit by transfer should indicate his \ndesire when he applies for admission. He should write to the Registrar \nof the institution previously attended and request that an official transcript \nbe sent to the Director of Admissions in University College. The transcript \nindicates honorable dismissal, courses completed, credits and grades re- \nceived. The transcript should be sent well in advance of the registration \nperiod. The applicant should inform the Director of Admissions of his \nmajor field of interest so that the transcript will be evaluated appropriately. \n\nStudents who have been dismissed from another institution for academic \nreasons must accompany their application with a statement from the dean \nor other appropriate official of their previous institution setting forth the \nreasons for dismissal or probationary status with recommendation for con- \ntinued study. All applicants will be considered on their own merits. \n\nBy Examination \n\n1. For Credit: No advanced standing credit is awarded except for work \npreviously completed in courses comparable to those offered in University \nCollege or compatible with the objective of the student's curriculum. \nCredit may be disallowed for work previously completed due to the re- \nmoteness of the time of study; however, these applicants will be granted the \nprivilege of taking an examination for credit. \n\n2. For Placement: Applicants who, as a result of previous training and \nexperience, may be considered to possess sufficient knowledge of a subject \n\n\n30 / ACADEMIC POLICIES \n\nwill be allowed the privilege of taking a special examination in particular \ncourses. \n\nThe grade of B or better must be obtained in any examination taken for \nplacement. \n\nIn all cases students admitted by transfer or advanced standing credit \nfrom any other institution must meet the requirements for matriculated \nstatus as set forth under the regulations applicable to regular students. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nEvery candidate for the baccalaureate or associate degree must fulfill the \nresidence requirement. The residence requirement is defined as the satis- \nfactory completion in University College immediately preceding graduation \nof 46 consecutive quarter hours of work in course, with the further pro- \nvision that at least 12 of the 46 quarter hours must be in the candidate's \nmajor field. All programs to meet the residency requirement must have \nthe approval of the Dean. Students whose attendance in degree programs \nis interrupted for a period of one year or more will be reinstated into the \nprogram in effect at the time of their re-entry into University College. \n\nIn the case of students who for causes beyond their control move outside \nof the reasonable commuting area of the College, and who have completed \n134 or more quarter hours of credit in course, the Committee on Education \nwill entertain a petition to allow them the privilege of completing their \ndegree requirements at some other approved college. Under no circum- \nstances will a degree be awarded to any student who has completed less \nthan 46 quarter hours of credit in courses in University College. \n\nQuality Requirement for Graduation \n\nA cumulative quality point average of 2.00 (an average grade of C) is \nrequired for graduation. Advanced standing credits are not averaged in the \ncumulative score. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their \nacademic work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the \nfaculty a limited number of this group may be graduated with high honor \nor with highest honor. To be considered for graduation with honor, a \nstudent must have completed a minimum of 72 quarter hours of work at \nUniversity College. Courses credited by advanced standing will be elimi- \nnated in determining honor graduates. \n\nAttendance at Commencement \n\nAll candidates for University College degrees are required to attend Com- \nmencement in the year of qualification. Degrees in absentia are awarded \n\n\nACADEMIC POLICIES / 31 \n\nonly to candidates excused for personal or immediate-family illness, mil- \nitary service, or employment obligations which are beyond the control of \nthe candidate. \n\nA petition to receive a degree in absentia must be presented to the Dean. \nEach petition will be acted upon by the Dean. \n\nQuality Points \n\nThe requirement for graduation from University College is 174 quarter \nhours with attainment of a quality point average of 2.00. Although the \ncredits allowed for acceptable work completed elsewhere by transfer \nstudents count toward fulfillment of quantitative graduation requirements, \nneither the credits nor the grades earned in such courses are included in \nquality point computations for graduation. \n\nThe method of figuring quality points is as follows: Each quarter hour credit \nof A grade is multiplied by 4, B grade by 3, C grade by 2, D grade by 1, \nand F grade by 0. The total number of quality points, divided by the total \nnumber of quarter hour credits completed, shall be the quality point average. \n\nStudents receiving an F grade in a required course must repeat the course \nin its entirety including term work, examinations, and attendance. \n\nQuality Point Averages \n\nThe Registrar's Office will not be able to recalculate or confirm the calcula- \ntions of quality point averages for individual students. Each student's \nrecord will be brought up to date before his graduation. In the meantime, \nborderline cases will be checked by the Director of Admissions of Uni- \nversity College. \n\nCanceled Classes \n\nUniversity College reserves the right to cancel, postpone, or combine \nclasses when necessary. \n\nRegistration \n\nBefore attending classes, students must report to the registration area to \nregister. All students must complete their registration properly before \nattending class. \n\nNo academic credit will be recorded for students not properly registered. \n\nIn order to insure academic success, students are strongly advised to ad- \nhere to course prerequisites. \n\nClass Attendance and Preparation \n\nStudents are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they are \nstudying unless excused in advance. \n\n\n32 / ACADEMIC POLICIES \n\nAbsence from regularly scheduled exercises in any subject will seriously \naffect the standing of the student. Consecutive absences may cause the \nremoval of the subject or subjects from the student's schedule. \n\nTwo hours of preparation are normally required for each hour spent in the \nclassroom. \n\nWithdrawals \n\nSimply ceasing to attend classes or notifying the instructor does not con- \nstitute official withdrawal. To withdraw from a course, the Registrar's \nOffice must be notified by the student and the appropriate withdrawal form \nfilled out. \n\nChange of Address \n\nChange of address and /or name should be reported immediately to the \nRegistrar's Office. \n\nAbsence Because of Illness \n\nAll students who are absent from school because of extended illness should \ninform the Registrar's Office by letter, message, or phone call. \n\nExaminations \n\nTerm tests are scheduled in each quarter at the option of the instructor \nand are regarded as part of the term's course work. A final examination \nwill be held at the end of each quarter in each course unless an announce- \nment to the contrary is made. \n\nHomework Assignments \n\nStudents are responsible for obtaining their homework assignments by \ncontacting their instructor or another student in their class. Homework \nassignments are not available in the University College Office. \n\nMissed Final Examinations \n\nA student does not automatically have the right to make up a missed \nfinal examination. Students must petition for this privilege. If the petition \nis granted, the student must pay a fee of $5.00 for taking the special final \nexamination. Petitions may be obtained from the Registrar's Office or in \neach off-campus Administration Office. Petitions for missed finals must be \nfiled in accordance with the schedule listed below: \n\nfinal examination file petition make-up final examination \n\nmissed during: no later than: during week of: \n\nFall Quarter Dec. 20, 1969 Jan. 19, 1970 \n\nWinter Quarter Mar. 28, 1970 April 20, 1970 \n\nSpring Quarter June 27, 1970 July 20, 1970 \n\nSummer Quarter Sept. 30, 1970 Oct. 19, 1970 \n\n\nACADEMIC POLICIES / 33 \n\nStudents will be notified by mail when and where to take the missed final \nexamination. All examinations will be administered on the Boston Campus. \n\nStudents who do not take make-up final examinations as scheduled forfeit \nthe make-up privilege. \n\nGrading System \n\nThe following system of grading is used. The numerical equivalent for each \ngrade is in parentheses. \n\nA (4.0) — Outstanding D (1.0) — Poor \n\nB (3.0) — Good F (0.0) — Failure \n\nC (2.0) — Satisfactory I ( — ) — Incomplete \n\nA general average of \"D\" is unacceptable and will not allow a student to \ncontinue in University College or to receive a degree from Northeastern \nUniversity. The \"F\" grade is a definite failure and requires repetition of \ncourse in its entirety. The \"I\" grade is given only when the student fails \nto take the final examination. \n\nGrade Reports \n\nAn official University College grade report will be mailed to each student \n\nlegitimately enrolled in courses approximately three weeks after the \n\nquarter is completed. Grades will not be given over the telephone or at the \nRegistrar's Office. \n\nCalculation of Quality Point Average \n\n1. When the student has more than one grade in the same course, the \nmost recent grade will be used in the calculation of the quality point \naverage. \n\n2. A grade of \"I\" will not be considered in the calculation of the quality \npoint average. \n\n3. Although advanced standing credits (ASC) allowed for acceptable work \ncompleted at other institutions by transfer students count toward com- \npletion of the quantitative credit requirements, neither the credits nor \nthe grades earned in such courses are included in quality point aver- \nage computations. \n\nFor example, a student who has registered for seven courses, cleared a \nfailure in one of them and received advanced standing credit (ASC) in an- \nother, may calculate his quality point average as follows: \n\n\nGrade \n\nNumerical \n\nCredit \n\nQuality \n\nAchieved \n\nEquivalent \n\nHours \n\nPoints \n\nA \n\n4.0 \n\nX \n\n4 \n\n16.0 \n\nB \n\n3.0 \n\nX \n\n4 \n\n= 12.0 \n\nC \n\n2.0 \n\nX \n\n3 \n\n= 6.0 \n\nD \n\n1.0 \n\nX \n\n3 \n\n3.0 \n\n34 / ACADEMIC POLICIES \n\nF 0.0 \n\nFB 3.0 \n\nI — \n\nASC — \n\n\nQuality Point Average = \n\n\nX 2 \n\nX 2 \n\nX — \n\nX \n\nTotals 18 \n\n\n0.0 \n6.0 \n\n\n43.0 \n\n\nTotal Quality Points (43.0) \nTotal Credit Hours (18) \n\n\n= 2.389 \n\n\nAcademic Probation \n\nStudents whose scholarship in any given period is unsatisfactory may be \ndropped from the College or may be placed on probation. \n\nDisciplinary Probation \n\nThe Committee on Education has the authority to dismiss from the College \nor place on probation at any time or to strike from the list of candidates \nfor the degree, any student deemed unworthy because of conduct or \ncharacter. \n\n\nTuition and Fees \n\n\nTuition and fees are refundable only as stated under \"Refund of Tuition.\" \nChecks and drafts for all charges are to be drawn to the order of North- \neastern University. \n\nInitial Registration Fee \n\nThe University initial registration fee of $10.00 is to be paid at the time \nof first billing. This fee is nonrefundable. \n\nTuition \n\nTuition for all credit courses is $23.00 per quarter hour of credit. Charges \nfor registration and tuition for special courses are at the rate and on the basis \nof payment specified for each course. \n\nTuition for all credit courses is charged on the quarter basis and is pay- \nable at the beginning of each quarter. \n\nStudents are not permitted to attend class sessions or take any examin- \nation or test until they have paid their tuition fees or have made satis- \nfactory arrangements for payment. \n\nStudents will not be advanced in class standing, or permitted to re-enroll \nin the University, nor will degrees be conferred until all financial obliga- \ntions to the University have been met. \n\nNo certificate of honorable dismissal will be issued to any student who \nhas not fully met his financial obligations to the University. \n\nTuition Budget Payment Plans \n\nOccasionally situations develop— usually beyond the control of the student \n— which make it difficult to meet the payments in the manner outlined \nabove. Under such circumstances the student is advised to discuss his \nproblem personally at the Bursar's Office, where one of the budget \nplans or a deferred payment agreement may be worked out. Such arrange- \nments should be made before the end of the first week of the quarter or \nwithin one week of the date of registration if the student enters late. A \ncharge of $2.00 will be made. Failure to take immediate action will result \nin a late payment fee of $10.00. \n\n\n35 \n\n\n36 / TUITION AND FEES \n\nTuition Underwritten by Employers \n\nAn increasing number of companies are underwriting part or all of the \ncost of tuition of students in their employ. In cases where payment is to \nbe made directly by the employer to the University, the student should \nfurnish to the Bursar's Office a purchase order covering his registration or \na statement from an officer of his company certifying that the company is \nunderwriting the tuition. \n\nVeterans' Benefits \n\nAny veteran covered by Public Law 89-358 should report to Room 245 \nRichards Hall to fill out the proper enrollment forms. \n\nLate Payment Fee \n\nBills for tuition and fees are payable on or before Saturday of the week of \nissuance. A late payment fee of $10.00 is charged for all students failing to \ncomply unless special payment arrangements are approved by the \nBursar's Office. \n\nRefund of Tuition \n\nThe general policy in all schools and colleges of the University with respect \nto refunds of tuition to students is as follows: \n\nThe University provides all instruction on an academic quarter basis for \nwhich students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds will be \ngranted through the first four weeks of a quarter only when specific condi- \ntions are met. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed with the \nBursar. \n\nTuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing on \nthe official withdrawal application when filed with the Registrar in Room \n120 Hayden Hall. Non-attendance does not constitute official withdrawal. \n\nRefunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule: \nofficial withdrawal filed within: percentage of tuition \n\n1st week of quarter 100% \n\n2nd week of quarter 75% \n\n3rd week of quarter 50% \n\n4th week of quarter 25% \n\nCourses in Other Departments of the University \n\nUniversity College students assigned to courses in other departments of \nthe University are charged the tuition rates and other fees effective in the \ndepartments in which they are enrolled. \n\nStudent Center Fee \n\nAll students in University College on the Huntington Avenue Campus are \ncharged $.75 each quarter for the services available in the Student Center. \n\n\nTUITION AND FEES / 37 \n\n\nGraduation Fee \n\n\nThe University graduation fee, charged to those who are candidates for \nthe baccalaureate or associate degree, is $25.00 payable on or before \nMay 1 of the year in which the student expects to graduate. \n\nTranscripts \n\nStudents may request transcripts of their grades at the Registrar's \nOffice. There is no charge for the first transcript. After the initial tran- \nscript, there is a charge of $1.00 per copy, payable in advance. If more than \none transcript is requested at one time, the charge is $1.00 for the first \ncopy and $.50 for each additional copy. \n\n\nScholarships, Awards and \nLoan Funds \n\n\nThe following scholarships and awards are available to students enrolled \nin University College. \n\n\nProfessor Joseph A. Mullen Scholarships \n\nThe Massachusetts Chapter of the American Society of Training and De- \nvelopment has established a fund to provide annual scholarship awards \nto deserving part-time students upon the recommendation of the Dean of \nUniversity College. \n\nDean Russell Whitney Memorial Scholarship \n\nAlpha Chapter of the Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity sponsors an annual tuition \nscholarship in memory of former Dean Russell Whitney. The award is \nmade available to the man in University College whose qualities of leader- \nship and influence on his fellow students, strength of character, and \nrecord of scholarship and broad achievement mark him as outstanding. \nThe award is made available to the student who has completed a minimum \nof 80 quarter hours. To be eligible for this scholarship, the student must \npursue a normal schedule during the year in which the award is made. \n\nKappa Tau Phi Scholarships \n\nKappa Tau Phi Sorority annually makes available scholarship awards. They \nare granted to women students in the liberal arts, business, and engineering \nprograms, respectively, who rank highest in their class at the end of the \nupper-middle year. In the event the student is eligible for an award of \ngreater monetary value, the award will be made to the next highest- \nranking woman student. To be eligible for this scholarship, the student \nmust be enrolled in a program of at least two evenings per week and must \nbe a candidate for the Bachelor's degree. In determining this award, \ngrades of all courses completed in prior years shall be considered. \n\n\n38 \n\n\nSCHOLARSHIPS, AWARDS AND LOAN FUNDS / 39 \n\nHarry Olins Scholarship \n\nThe Harry Olins Scholarship Fund was established as an expression of \nfirm belief in University College students and \"what they stand for.\" The \nfund, presented by Mrs. Harry Olins in recognition of her husband's long \nservice on the faculty, makes available an annual tuition award to two \nstudents who in terms of scholastic achievement, character, and personal \nneed best typify the spirit of Northeastern University. \n\nTo be eligible for this award, the student must be a degree candidate and \ncarry a full academic load during the school year. \n\nPilot Freight Carriers Scholarships \n\nPilot Freight Carriers, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, awards $500 annually \nto advanced transportation students who have achieved high academic stand- \ning and who have paid their tuition expenses without prior aid. The award \nmay be shared by more than one student. Potential recipients are desig- \nnated by the Director of the Transportation Institute, and a final \ndetermination is made by the Dean of University College. \n\nUniversity College Faculty Club Memorial Scholarship Awards \n\nThe Faculty Club of University College, Northeastern University, offers \ntwo awards annually, primarily for excellence in studies, to Bachelor of \nScience degree candidates in University College who have carried, and are \ncurrently carrying, a minimum of 24 quarter hours (the equivalent of 16 \nsemester hours) for the academic year. \n\nThese awards shall be known as University College Faculty Club Memorial \nScholarship Awards in commemoration of the Club's deceased members. \n\nTraffic Club of New England Scholarship \n\nThe Traffic Club of New England provides 12 basic and four advanced \nscholarships annually for persons employed in transportation and industry \ntraffic departments. The scholarships are divided equally between industry \nand carrier applicants, and each award is applicable toward tuition, books, \nand incidental expenses involved in Transportation Management courses. \nThe purpose of the plan is to afford a limited number of young men an \nopportunity to expand and improve their education by systematized study \nin courses in the field of transportation and traffic management. The \nscholarships are administered cooperatively with the Scholarship Com- \nmittee of the Traffic Club of New England. Applications may be secured \nfrom and filed with the Secretary, The Traffic Club of New England, \n294 Washington Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108. \n\nSigma Epsilon Rho Scholarships \n\nUniversity College's scholastic honor fraternity, Sigma Epsilon Rho, an- \nnually awards plaques and scholarships for outstanding scholastic achieve- \nment to the highest-ranking male students in University and Lincoln \nColleges at the end of their junior year. \n\n\n40 / SCHOLARSHIPS, AWARDS AND LOAN FUNDS \n\nThe Northeastern University Faculty Wives Scholarship \n\nEach year the Faculty Wives Club of Northeastern University offers a scholar- \nship to a young woman of limited financial resources who has demon- \nstrated a likelihood of succeeding in her chosen professional field. \n\nUniversity Scholarships \n\nNortheastern University has for many years maintained a scholarship fund \nfor deserving, qualified students. These scholarships are awarded on the \nbasis of need, scholastic standing, and campus citizenship. Applicants \nmust complete the same form used for the National Defense Student Loan \nProgram and file it with the Office of Financial Aid one month prior to the \nstart of the quarter. All applications will be considered for all scholarship \nand loan programs administered by the University unless an applicant \nspecifies otherwise. \n\nNational Defense Student Loan Program \n\nUnder the National Defense Education Act of 1958, a long-term loan pro- \ngram was established to provide financial assistance to students in need \nof such aid to continue their education. In 1964, this act was amended to \npermit participation by students carrying at least one-half of the normal \nfull-time academic workload as determined by the University. \n\nThe maximum amount which may be borrowed in one academic year is \n$1,000. The total of loans made to a student for all years, including any \nmade to him as a graduate student, may not exceed $10,000. The actual \namount of any award will be determined by the financial position of the stu- \ndent and his family (if applicable) and the availability of funds. Preference is \ngiven to outstanding students. \n\nRepayment of these loans begins nine months after the date on which the \nborrower ceases to carry, at an institution of higher education, at least \none-half the normal full-time academic work load as determined by that \ninstitution. The repayment period extends ten years from that point and \nmay be further extended by periods for which he is legally entitled to \ndeferment. \n\nUp to 50 per cent of any such loan (plus interest) shall be canceled for \nservices as a full-time teacher in a public or private nonprofit elementary \nor secondary school and in institutions of higher education at a rate of 10 \nper cent (plus interest) for each complete academic year of service, or its \nequivalent. For services in a school district determined to have a high \nconcentration of students from low-income families, the cancellation rate \nis 15 per cent for each complete year of service; and an additional 50 per \ncent of any loan (plus interest) may be canceled. \n\nAdditional information and application forms are available through the \nUniversity College Office or from the Office of Financial Aid. For full-time \nstudents, the deadline for application is August 1, and for half-time stu- \n\n\nSCHOLARSHIPS, AWARDS AND LOAN FUNDS / 41 \n\ndents, one month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is \nrequested. \n\nGuaranteed Loan Program \n\nThe major objective of this program is to make loan insurance available to \nany college student who wants to borrow. Under this program a student \nenrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load may borrow \nfrom a bank or other financial institution. A graduate student may borrow as \nmuch as $1,500 a year; an undergraduate, as much as $1,000. \n\nA student from a family with an adjusted income of less than $15,000 a year \npays no interest while he is in the University. Repayment of principal and \ninterest begins when the student has ceased his course of study. At that time \nthe Federal Government pays approximately one-half the interest and the \nstudent the remainder. A student from a family with an adjusted income \nhigher than $15,000 a year pays the entire interest on the loan, but he may \nborrow under the Guaranteed Loan Program at 6 per cent simple interest. \n\nStudents may obtain additional information and the necessary application \nforms from their local bank or other financial institution. \n\nVeterans' Benefits \n\nAny veteran covered by the Veterans Readjustment Act of 1966, Public \nLaw 89-358, should report to Room 245 Richards Hall to fill out the proper \nenrollment forms. These forms will be made available during registration \nperiods for all students in the Law Enforcement Programs at special \noff-campus locations. \n\nStudents needing additional information as to eligibility, allowances, or other \ndetails are urged to contact their local office of the Veterans Administration \nas early as possible. \n\nLaw Enforcement Assistance Administration \n\nThe Law Enforcement Assistance Administration, U. S. Department of Justice \nhas set up an Office of Academic Assistance under authority of the Omnibus \nCrime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, Public Law 90-351. Through \nthe University loans up to $1800 per year for tuition and grants up to $200 \nper academic quarter for tuition and fees are available to law enforcement \npersonnel in undergraduate or graduate programs leading to degrees or \ncertificates in areas directly related to law enforcement. \n\nThe loans, limited to full-time students in or preparing for law enforcement \nor corrections careers, are cancelled at the rate of 25 percent for each year \nthe recipient subsequently serves in law enforcement at federal, state or \nlocal level. \n\nThe grants are available to full-time or part-time students in a publicly- \nfunded law enforcement agency, and involve a signed agreement to remain \nin the service of the government agency employing such applicant for two \ni years following completion of the course for which aid was given. \n\njApplications for loans or grants should be obtained from the Office of \nFinancial Aid, Room 106 Ell Center. \n\n\nStudent Activities \n\n\nStudent activities for part-time students are planned, organized and oper- \nated by the student body with the assistance of the Assistant Director of \nStudent Activities. The programs are designed to keep pace with the \nchanging needs of adult students and to provide maximum opportunity for \nstudent participation. All part-time students in University College, Lincoln \nCollege, and the Graduate Schools are welcome to participate. \n\nThe program is flexible in nature and pioneering in spirit to meet the \nneeds of adult students. The Office of Student Actvities is particularly \ninterested in developing new clubs which will benefit students profes- \nsionally and educationally. If students wish to start clubs related to their \nprofessions, this office will help them plan and organize clubs on the local \nand national level. The program is dedicated to assisting the adult student \nin the development of his fullest potential. The Student Activities Office is \nlocated in 156 Ell Student Center. \n\nPurpose \n\nThe purposes of evening student activities are: \n\nTo provide opportunities for the development and pursuit of cultural in- \nterests and professional objectives. \n\nTo encourage the development of leadership activities and skills. \n\nTo enable the student to identify more closely with the University. \n\nTo include the family, as an important and vital motivating force, in the \nevening student's educational career. \n\nSociety for the Advancement of Management \n\nThe Society for the Advancement of Management is the recognized \nnational professional organization of managers in industry, commerce, \ngovernment, and education. It has been dedicated to the advancement of \nmanagement and managers since 1912, when the original Taylor Society \nwas established. University chapters operate in 190 leading colleges and \nuniversities in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii. \n\n\n42 \n\n\nSTUDENT ACTIVITIES / 43 \n\nThe Northeastern University chapter is open to all adult students inter- \nested in furthering their growth and insight into the practice of the manage- \nment profession. \n\nThe Northeastern University evening student chapter brings together \nbusiness executives and students who are interested in the art and science \nof management. Meetings, conferences, and seminars provide an effective \nmedium for the exchange and distribution of information on the problems, \npolicies, and methods of management and industry. \n\nSigma Epsilon Rho Honor Fraternity \n\nSigma Epsilon Rho is the honor fraternity of University College. Its pur- \nposes are: \n\nTo promote acquaintance and good fellowship among those men who have \nattained highest scholastic standing in the College. \n\nTo stimulate the student body to higher scholastic accomplishment \nthrough the bearing, influence, and work of these selected men. \n\nTo develop methods of mutual improvement and advancement among the \nmembers of this fraternity. \n\nTo support high moral, professional, and scholastic ideals. \n\nOnly honor graduates or seniors with honor standing at the end of the \njunior year are eligible for admission to the fraternity. Admission is by \ninvitation after nomination by the fraternity. \n\nAn outstanding book is awarded each year by Sigma Epsilon Rho Fraternity \nto the highest-ranking student at the conclusion of the junior year. \nStudents will receive the award only in the event that they enroll for the \nsubsequent year. \n\nPi Tau Kappa Fraternity \n\nPi Tau Kappa is a social fraternity open to all evening students. It is or- \nganized to further the interests of students in their education, to promote \ncloser affiliation between the student and the University, and to promote \nthe social welfare of the adult student. \n\nKappa Tau Phi Sorority \n\nKappa Tau Phi Sorority is a social organization open to all evening women \nstudents. Its purpose is to promote fellowship among the women students \nso that they may become better acquainted and form a closer tie with the \nUniversity. Monthly dinner meetings are held. Two scholarships are \nawarded annually to scholastically superior women students. \n\nLambda Alpha Epsilon \n\nLambda Alpha Epsilon is a national law enforcement fraternity founded in \n1957. The Northeastern Chapter Kappa Phi Beta is open to evening and \n\n\n44 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES \n\nday students enrolled in Law Enforcement and Security Programs, and also \nto professional men in the fields of law enforcement and security. The \nfraternity is dedicated to the furtherance of professional standards in law \nenforcement. \n\n\nLamplighter \n\nLamplighter is a monthly news publication serving evening students. Any \nstudent who is interested in working on this publication should communi- \ncate with Room 156, Ell Student Center. \n\nAdult Student Council \n\nThe Adult Student Council was formed to provide a representative body \nto promote the welfare of the student body in non-academic areas and to \nfoster extracurricular activities which will enrich University life. It affords \nparticipants opportunities to meet and develop close personal realtionships \nwith fellow students and administrative staff. \n\nThe Adult Student Council provides students with opportunities to develop \nleadership skills and gives them a chance to discuss matters of professional \ninterest with experts in their chosen field. \n\nThe Council is made up of students appointed by the administration, \nrepresentatives of part-time interest groups, and those specially certified by \nthe Council because of their demonstrated interest in the overall adult \nprograms of the University. \n\nThe A.S.C., a member of the International Association of Evening Student \nCouncils, meets on the first Monday of each month at 8:30 p.m. Students \nare welcome to visit, observe, and express opinions concerning evening \nstudent life. \n\nInterest Groups and Clubs \n\nInterest Groups and Clubs meeting on a weekly or biweekly basis are: Elec- \ntrical, Mechanical, and Civil Engineering, Skiing, and Psychology. Anyone \nwishing to participate should contact the Activities Office in 156EC. \n\nPlacement Service \n\nWhenever students or graduates request the College to assist them in \nsecuring new opportunities for development or advancement, the College \nwill endeavor to put them in touch with employers who may have asked \nthe College to assist them in finding employees with the qualities and \npotential required. While the College cannot guarantee positions to either its \nundergraduates or graduates, it will do what it can to bring applicants and \nemployers together to their possible mutual satisfaction. In the final \nanalysis, placement depends largely on the applicant's ability to sell his \nservices. Many manufacturing and commercial firms throughout New \n\n\nSTUDENT ACTIVITIES / 45 \n\nEngland call upon the College to assist them in filling positions at all \nlevels. \n\nNo charge is made for placement service. \n\nAlumni Association \n\nMore than 40,000 alumni are members of the all-University Alumni \nAssociation which has as its prime purposes the promotion of the welfare \nof Northeastern University, the establishment of a mutually beneficial re- \nlationship between the University and its alumni, and the perpetuation of \nfellowship among members of the Association. \n\nThe Association headquarters and Alumni Lounge are located in Rooms \n225 and 226 Richards Hall, respectively. The official records and addresses \nof alumni are maintained in Room 20 of the Forsyth Annex. \n\nThe official publication of the Alumni Association, The Northeastern \nUniversity ALUMNUS, is published quarterly and sent free of charge to all \nalumni on record. \n\nThrough its Vice President for the Alumni Fund, the Association co- \noperates with the Office of University Development in raising funds from \nalumni for the Diamond Anniversary Development Program. \n\nActivities of the Association, including the Homecoming Day celebration \nand the annual presentation of Professional Promise Awards to out- \nstanding seniors in Lincoln and University Colleges, are directed by the \nVice President for Alumni Affairs. Alumni officers also attend meetings of \nthe undergraduate classes to form a closer relationship between the \nAssociation and its future members. \n\nThe Alumni Relations Office assists the various class officers in planning \nclass reunions. Each class normally holds a reunion every five years \nduring the month of June. The Vice President for the Alumni Class \nCouncil is responsible for coordinating class activities and organizing class \nfunctions. \n\nThe Vice President for Alumni Clubs works in close association with \nofficers of the more than 50 Regional Alumni Clubs which have been \nestablished from coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to become mem- \nbers of these organizations. The alumni clubs meet periodically, often in \nconjunction with visits from members of the faculty or with athletic \nevents. \n\nFor Boston area alumni, monthly luncheon meetings are held in both the \ndowntown and uptown sections of the city. \n\nThe Association also sponsors and assists the alumnae organization, and \nthe Varsity Club, both of which have their own officers and conduct \nvarious programs throughout the year. Through the Varsity Club, the \nAssociation presents trophies to the outstanding athlete of the year in each \nof the five major sports. \n\n\n46 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES \n\nOne of the most recent developments in alumni activities is the organiza- \ntion of seminars which are conducted by the Association in cooperation \nwith the University's Center for Continuing Education. The seminars are \ndesigned particularly for alumni who have a special interest in current \nevents and the field of adult education. \n\n\nPrograms of Study \n\n\nUniversity College conducts part-time educational programs at the \nundergraduate level during day and evening hours. The programs are \ndesigned to meet the varying needs and interests of adult students \nwho may enroll as (1) Regular students following degree programs or \nas (2) Special students taking single courses or special programs. \n\nUniversity College programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree pro- \nvide opportunities for cultural and professional development equivalent in \nquality and scope to those offered in the conventional four-year college en- \nrolling full-time students. The Bachelor of Science degree requires 174 \nquarter hours of credit. \n\nPrograms leading to the Associate in Science degree provide students a \nbackground in fundamental areas in business administration, liberal arts, \nhealth-related programs, and law enforcement. The Associate degree re- \nquires 96 quarter hours of credit and is equivalent to the conventional \ntwo-year, or junior, college in scope and quality. \n\nDegree curricula are offered in the following areas: \n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nMajor Degree Page \n\nBusiness Administration Associate in Science 52 \n\nElectronic Data Processing Associate in Science 54 \n\nPurchasing Associate in Science 56 \n\nReal Estate Associate in Science 58 \n\nAccounting Bachelor of Science 60 \n\nFinance Bachelor of Science 61 \n\nIndustrial Management Bachelor of Science 62 \n\nIndustrial Technology Bachelor of Science 63 \n\nInsurance Bachelor of Science 64 \n\nManagement Bachelor of Science 65 \n\nManagement Information Systems Bachelor of Science 66 \n\nMarketing Bachelor of Science 67 \n\nPersonnel and Industrial Relations Bachelor of Science 68 \n\n\n47 \n\n\n48 / PROGRAMS OF STUDY \nTransportation and Physical Distribution \n\n\nManagement \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n69 \n\nCombined Program in Liberal Arts \n\nand Management \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n70 \n\nLIBERAL \n\nARTS \n\nMajor \n\nDegree \n\nPage \n\nEconomics \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n75 \n\nEnglish \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n77 \n\nFine Arts \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n78 \n\nHistory \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n80 \n\nLiberal Arts \n\nAssociate in Science \n\n83 \n\nPolitical Science \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n84 \n\nPsychology \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n86 \n\nSociology-Anthropology \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n88 \n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT \n\nMajor \n\nDegree \n\nPage \n\nCorrectional Practices \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n92 \n\nAssociate in Science \n\n96 \n\nLaw Enforcement \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n98 \n\nAssociate in Science \n\n102 \n\nSecurity \n\nBachelor of Science \n\n106 \n\nAssociate in Science \n\n108 \n\nHEALTH RELATED PROGRAMS \n\nMajor Degree Page \n\nForsyth School — Northeastern University Affiliated Program \n\nProgram for Dental Hygienists Bachelor of Science 111 \n\nHealth Care Administration \n\nRespiratory Therapy 122 \nManagement in Health Agencies and \n\nInstitutions Bachelor of Science 113 \n\nMedical Records Science Bachelor of Science 117 \n\nCertificate 120 \nNursing Home Administration Selected courses — no degree 116 \n\nLincoln College — University College Affiliated Programs \n\nChemical-Biological Technology Bachelor of Science 126 \n\nCytotechnology Bachelor of Science 127 \n\nMedical Technology Bachelor of Science 128 \n\nEDUCATION \nMajor Degree \n\nTeaching of English Bachelor of Science \n\nCourse descriptions are listed in numerical order by department beginning on \npage 134. \n\n\nBusiness Administration \n\n\nAims \n\nBusiness Administration programs of study are offered to meet the needs \nof adult men and women who wish to acquire professional competence in \ntheir chosen field of business. Our degree programs are designed to build \nfor the student both a breadth of perspective and a degree of specialization. \nThe former is obtained through a strong and well-balanced sequence of \nLiberal Arts courses which emphasize our fundamental economic laws and \nthe social and cultural foundations of American Society. The latter is \nobtained by a study of the basic business courses in addition to a concen- \ntrated study in the major business area selected by the student. \n\nRequirements \n\nAssociate in Science Degree \n\nThe Associate in Science Degree is offered in the following fields of study: \nBusiness Administration, Electronic Data Processing, Purchasing, and Real \nEstate. To qualify for the Associate Degree 96 quarter hours must be suc- \ncessfully completed in one of the four Associate programs. Detailed infor- \nmation on these programs together with a recommended sequence for \ncompleting them appears on the following pages. \n\nNew Students— Please Note: \n\nIn an effort to achieve a certain level of analytic and academic sophistication \namong students taking upper level Business Administration courses (des- \nignated by an asterisk wherever they appear in the catalog), University \nCollege is instituting a new procedure in the Fall Quarter of 1969. At that \ntime, all new students will be required to successfully complete an appro- \npriate Associate Degree program before they become eligible to take upper \nlevel Business Administration courses. Special students (students not pur- \nsuing a degree program) may take upper level courses if they can demon- \nstrate to a program adviser (always present during Registration) or to one \nof the Deans in University College that they have an adequate background \nto cope with upper level course content. In determining whether a student \nhas \"an adequate background,\" the program advisers and the Deans will \n\n\n49 \n\n\n50 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nevaluate, but not be limited to, such factors as work experience, former \ncollege work, independent study, etc. \n\nThe \"appropriate\" program for all Bachelor degree students, except the \nManagement Information Systems (MIS) degree student, is the Associate \nDegree program in Business Administration. The \"appropriate\" program for \nthe MIS degree student is the Associate Degree program in Electronic Data \nProcessing (EDP). Students pursuing one of the other Associate programs \nor students pursuing an \"inappropriate\" Associate program (e.g., student \nfollowing EDP Associate program who wants to major in Finance in his \nBachelor's program) may make special arrangements with the Dean of \nAdmissions or the Director of Business Programs for a Bachelor's program. \n\nA student with a 2.0 average or better in an Associate Degree program will \nbe considered by University College as having \"successfully completed\" \nthe program. It should be noted that students do not have to formally \nreceive Associate Degrees; successful completion of the Associate Degree \nprogram (or demonstration of an \"adequate background\" in the case of \nspecial students) is all that is necessary for entry into upper level Business \nAdministration courses. \n\nThe Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nThe Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration is offered in the \nfollowing fields of study: Accounting, Finance, Industrial Management, \nIndustrial Technology, Insurance, Management, Management Information \nSystems, Marketing, Personnel and Industrial Relations, Transportation and \nPhysical Distribution Management, and in the Combined Program in Liberal \nArts and Management. \n\nIn general, the Bachelor of Science degree requires successful completion \nof the following areas of study: \n\nLiberal Arts quarter hours \n\nBasic Courses and Electives 70 \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nBasic courses 66 \n\nMajor Field of Study 30 \n\nElectives (Business Administration or Liberal Arts) 8 \n\nTotal 174 \n\nDetailed information on these programs appears on the following pages. \n\n\n?SS \n\n\n■25£a?i»»~ \n\n\ntaus \n\n\nf \n\n\n52 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nBasic Courses— Liberal Arts \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n16.501, 16.502, 16.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\n39.511, 39.512, 39.513 \n\nBasic Courses — Business Ad \n\n41.501, 41.502, 41.503 \n\n43.501, 43.502, 43.503 \n\n44.501, 44.502, 44.503 \n\n\nAssociate in Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III \nNatural Science I, II, III \nPsychology I, II, III \nWestern Civilization I, II, III \nEnglish I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \nEconomic Principles & Problems I, II, \nStatistics I, II, Ml \n\n\nIII \n\n\n45.506, \n\n45.507, \n\n45.508 \n\n45.501, \n\n45.502, \n\n45.503 \n\n45.510, \n\n45.611 \n\n45.511, \n\n45.512 \n\n45.570, \n\n45.571, \n\n45.572 \n45.573 \n\nElectives \n\nTotal Credits \n\nIII \n\n6 \n\nII, III \n\n6 \n\n, II \n\n4 \n\n1, II \n\n4 \n\n1, III \n\n6 \n\n2 \n\nministration \n\nAccounting Principles I, II, III \nIntroduction to Marketing I, II, \nCapital Institutions & Risk \n\nManagement I, II, III \nProduction Management and \n\nManufacturing Systems I, II, \nManagement & Organization I, \nLabor Management Relations I \nHuman Relations in Personnel \nElectronic Data Processing I, I \nBasic Computer Programming \n\n\nStudents following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence \non the opposite page. \n\n\n46 \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 53 \nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter II \n\nQuarter III \n\n1st \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\nYear \n\nAccounting 1 \n\nAccounting II \n\nAccounting III \n\nMgmt. & Org. 1 \n\nMgmt. & Org. II \n\nMgmt. & Org. Ill \n\nNat. Science 1 \n\nNat. Science II \n\nNat. Science III \n\n2nd \n\nEconomics 1 \n\nEconomics II \n\nEconomics III \n\nYear \n\nMath. 1 \n\nMath. II \n\nMath. Ill \n\nMarketing 1 \n\nMarketing II \n\nMarketing III \n\nCapt. Inst. 1 \n\nCap. Inst. II \n\nCap. Inst. Ill \n\n3rd \n\nWest. Civ. 1 \n\nWest. Civ. II \n\nWest. Civ. Ill \n\nYear \n\nPsych. 1 \n\nPsych. II \n\nPsych. Ill \n\nE.D.P. 1 \n\nE.D.P. II \n\nE.D.P. Ill \n\nLabor Mgmt. 1 \n\nLabor Mgmt. II \n\nElective \n\n4th \n\nIntro. Lit. 1 \n\nIntro. Lit. II \n\nIntro. Lit. Ill \n\nYear \n\nStat. 1 \n\nStat. II \n\nStat. Ill \n\nProd.'n Mgmt. 1 \n\nProd.'n Mgmt. II \n\nProd.'n Mgmt. Ill \n\nHum. Rel. 1 \n\nHum. Rel. II \n\nBasic Computer \nProgramming \n\n54 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING Associate in Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nBasic Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 Mathematics I, II, III 6 \n\n16.501, 16.502, 16.503 Natural Science I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 48 \n\nBasic Courses — Business Administration \n\n41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6 \n44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Capital Institutions and Risk \n\nManagement I, II, III 6 \n\n45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6 \n\n45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 24 \n\nMajor Field of Study \n\n10.504, 10.505, 10.506 Mathematics for Business \n\nManagement I, II, III 6 \n\n45.573 Basic Computer Programming 2 \n\n45.574, 45.575 Computer Programming for Business I, II 4 \n\n45.577 Data Systems Administration 2 \n\n45.578, 45.579 Business Data Processing \n\nApplications I, II 4 \n\n45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, II, III 6 24 \n\nTotal Credits 96 \n\nStudents following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence \non the opposite page. \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 55 \nELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING \n\n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Prograr \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter II \n\nQuarter III \n\n1st \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\nYear \n\nE.D.P. 1 \n\nE.D.P. II \n\nE.D.P. Ill \n\nMgmt. & Org. 1 \n\nMgmt. & Org. II \n\nMgmt. & Org. Ill \n\nMath. 1 \n\nMath. II \n\nMath. Ill \n\n2nd \n\nEconomics 1 \n\nEconomics II \n\nEconomics III \n\nYear \n\nAccounting 1 \n\nAccounting II \n\nAccounting III \n\nMath, for Bus. \n\nMath, for Bus. \n\nMath, for Bus. \n\nMgmt. 1 \n\nMgmt. II \n\nMgmt. Ill \n\nBasic Comp. Prog. \n\nComp. Prog. Bus. 1 \n\nComp. Prog. Bus. Ill \n\n3rd \n\nCap. Inst. 1 \n\nCap. Inst. II \n\nCap. Inst. Ill \n\nYear \n\nPsych. 1 \n\nPsych. II \n\nPsych. Ill \n\nSys. Des. Tech. 1 \n\nSys. Des. Tech. II \n\nSys. Des. Tech. Ill \n\nStat. 1 \n\nStat. II \n\nStat. Ill \n\n4th \n\nLit. 1 \n\nLit. II \n\nLit. Ill \n\nYear \n\nWest. Civ. 1 \n\nWest. Civ. II \n\nWest. Civ. Ill \n\nBus. Data. Proc. \n\nBus. Data Proc. \n\nData Sys. Adm. \n\nAppl. 1 \n\nAppl. II \n\nNat. Science 1 \n\nNat. Science II \n\nNat. Science III \n\n56 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nPURCHASING Associate in Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nBasic Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 Mathematics I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 36 \n\nBasic Courses — Business Administration \n\n41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6 \n\n44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Capital Institutions and Risk \n\nManagement I, II, III 6 \n\n45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6 \n\n45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 24 \n\nMajor Field of Study \n\n43.520 Industrial Marketing 2 \n\n45.510, 45.611 Labor Management Relations 4 \n\n45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Personnel I, II 4 \n45.536 Principles of Material Inspection 2 \n\n45.537, 45.538, 45.539 Purchasing I, II, III 6 \n\n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 \n\n45.623, 45.624, 45.625 Manufacturing Processes I, II, III 6 \n\n45.627 Value Engineering 2 \n\n45.626 Professional Purchasing Techniques* 2 \n\nElectives 2 36 \n\nTotal Credits 96 \n\nStudents following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence \non the opposite page. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course; may be taken in the Purchasing Associate \nDegree Program. \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 57 \nPURCHASING \n\n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter II \n\nQuarter III \n\n1st \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\nYear \n\nAccounting 1 \n\nAccounting II \n\nAccounting III \n\nMgmt. & Org. 1 \n\nMgmt. & Org. II \n\nMgmt. & Org. Ill \n\nMath. 1 \n\nMath. II \n\nMath. Ill \n\n2nd \n\nEconomics 1 \n\nEconomics II \n\nEconomics III \n\nYear \n\nPsych. 1 \n\nPsych. II \n\nPsych. Ill \n\nCap. Inst. 1 \n\nCap. Inst. II \n\nCap. Inst. Ill \n\nE.D.P. 1 \n\nE.D.P. II \n\nE.D.P. Ill \n\n3rd \n\nIntro. Lit. 1 \n\nIntro. Lit. II \n\nIntro. Lit. Ill \n\nYear \n\nStat. 1 \n\nStat. II \n\nStat. Ill \n\nPurchasing 1 \n\nPurchasing II \n\nPurchasing III \n\nManuf. Proc. 1 \n\nManuf. Proc. II \n\nManuf. Proc. Ill \n\n4th \n\nLaw 1 \n\nLaw II \n\nLaw III \n\nYear \n\nLabor Mgt. Rel. 1 \n\nLabor Mgt. Rel. II \n\nIndustrial Mktg. \n\nHum. Rel. 1 \n\nHum. Rel. II \n\nPrin. Mat. Inspec \n\nProf. Purchasing \n\nValue Engin. \n\nElective \n\n58 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nREAL ESTATE \n\n\nBasic Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n\nAssociate in Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\n10.501, \n19.501, \n23.501, \n30.504, \n30.507, \n39.501, \n39.511, \n\n\n10.502, \n19.502, \n23.502, \n30.505, \n30.508, \n39.502, \n39.512, \n\n\n10.503 \n19.503 \n23.503 \n30.506 \n30.509 \n39.503 \n39.513 \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III \n\nPsychology I, II, III \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III \n\nEnglish I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III \n\nStatistics I, II, III \n\n\nBasic Courses — Business Administration \n\n\n41.501, \n44.501, \n\n45.501, \n45.541, \n\n\n41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III \n44.502, 44.503 Capital Institutions and Risk \n\nManagement I, II, III \n45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III \n45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* \n\n\nMajor Field of Study \n\n\n47.501, \n\n\nElectives \n\n\n47.502, 47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals I, II, III \n47.508, 47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis I, II \n\n47.511 Residential Real Estate Appraisal \n47.512, 47.513 Commercial and Industrial Real Estate \nAppraisal I, II \n\n47.521 Urban Development \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n42 \n\n\n24 \n\n\n18 \n12 \n96 \n\n\nStudents following a degree program should refer to the suggested course se- \nquence on the opposite page. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course; may be taken in the Real Estate Associate \nDegree program. \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 59 \nREAL ESTATE \n\n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter II \n\nQuarter III \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\nAccounting 1 \n\nAccounting II \n\nAccounting III \n\nMgmt. & Org. 1 \n\nMgmt. & Org. II \n\nMgmt. & Org. Ill \n\nMath. 1 \n\nMath. II \n\nMath. Ill \n\nEconomics 1 \n\nEconomics II \n\nEconomics III \n\nLaw 1 \n\nLaw II \n\nLaw III \n\nCap. Inst. 1 \n\nCap. Inst. II \n\nCap. Inst. Ill \n\nR.E. Fund. 1 \n\nR.E. Fund. II \n\nR.E. Fund. Ill \n\nPsych. 1 \n\nPsych. II \n\nPsych. Ill \n\nStat. 1 \n\nStat. II \n\nStat. Ill \n\nR.E. Fin. Anal. 1 \n\nR.E. Fin. Anal. II \n\nUrban Development \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nIntro. Lit. 1 \n\nIntro. Lit. II \n\nIntro. Lit. Ill \n\nRes. R.E. App. \n\nCom. & Ind. R.E. \n\nCom. & Ind. R. E. \n\nApp. 1 \n\nApp. II \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n60 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nACCOUNTING Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nAssociate Degree Program \nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n41.504, 41.505, 41.506 Accounting — Intermediate I, II, III \n41.507, 41.508, 41.509 Accounting — Cost I, II, III \n44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III \n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n41.510, 41.511, 41.512 Accounting — Advanced I, II, III* 6 \n\n41.513, 41.514, 41.515 Accounting — Specialized \n\nProblems I ,11, III* 6 \n\n41.516, 41.517, 41.518 Auditing I, II, III* 6 \n\n41.519, 41.520, 41.521 Federal Income Taxes I, II, III* 6 \n\n41.522, 41.523, 41.524 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting \n\nProblems I, II, III* 6 30 \n\n\nquarter hours \n96 \n\n6 \n6 \n\n12 \n\n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n\n24 \n\nElectives \n\n\nLiberal Arts 10 \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 2 12 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nFINANCE \n\nAssociate Degree Program \nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 \n\n39.517, 39.518 \n\n39.519 \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 61 \n\nBachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \n96 \n\n\nSociology I, II, III \nIntroduction to Philosophy \nMoney and Banking I, II \nPublic Finance \n\n\nII, III \n\n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n\n41.504, \n\n41.505, \n\n41.506 \n\nAccounting — Intermediate 1, II, III \n\n44.507, \n\n44.508, \n\n44.509 \n\nCorporate Finance 1, II, III \n\n44.521, \n\n44.522, \n\n44.523 \n\nCredit Management 1, II, III* \n\n45.541, \n\n45.542, \n\n45.543 \n\nLaw 1, II, III* \n\n47.501, \n\n47.502, \n\n47.503 \n\nReal Estate Fundamentals 1, II, III \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n44.513 \n\nEstate Planning* \n\n44.517, \n\n44.518, \n\n44.519 \n\nInvestments 1, II, III* \n\n44.531, \n\n44.532 \n\nSeminar in Finance 1, II* \n\n45.547 \n\nLaw of Finance* \n\n47.508, \n\n47.509 \n\nReal Estate Financial Analysis 1, 1 \n\nElectives \n\n\nLiberal Arts 4 \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 8 \n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n18 \n\n\n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 30 \n\n\n2 \n6 \n4 \n2 \n4 18 \n\n\n12 \n174 \n\n\nUpper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n11.304, \n\n11.305, \n\n11.306 \n\n21.501, \n\n21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\n26.501, \n\n26.502, \n\n26.503 \n\n62 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nINDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nAssociate Degree Program 96 \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n10.504, 10.505, 10.506 Mathematics for Business \n\nManagement I, II, III 6 \n\nGeneral Physics I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 24 \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n45.533, 45.534, 45.535 Management Decisions and \n\nPolicies I, II, III 6 \n\n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 \n\n45.574, 45.575 Computer Programming for Business I, II 4 16 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n45.519 Work Methods 2 \n\n45.520 Work Measurement 2 \n45.561, 45.562 Statistical Quality Control I, II 4 \n\n45.563 Management of Quality Control 2 \n\n45.595, 45.596, 45.597 Manufacturing Seminar I, II, III* 6 \n\n45.623, 45.624, 45.625 Manufacturing Processes I, II, III 6 \n\n45.636, 45.637 Production and Inventory Control I, II, III* 4 \n\n45.638, 45.639, 45.640 Industrial Decision Making I, II, III* 6 32 \n\nElectives (Liberal Arts or Business Administration) 6 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n♦Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 63 \n\nINDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nEngineering or Science Technology Courses 96 \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\nL9.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 \n\n>3.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I ,11, III 6 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n*ore Courses — Business Administration \n\n11.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6 \n\n43.501, 43.502 Introduction to Marketing I, II 4 \n\n15.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6 \n\n45.510, 45.611 Labor-Management Relations I, II 4 \n\n15.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 \n\n45.561, 45.562 Statistical Quality Control I, II 4 \n\n45.563 Management of Quality Control 2 \n\n15.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 \n\n45.623, 45.624 Manufacturing I, II 4 42 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\nJpper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n64 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nINSURANCE Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \n\nAssociate Degree Program 96 \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology i, II, III 6 \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\n39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4 \n\n39.519 Public Finance 2 18 \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n44.511, 44.512 Life Insurance I, II 4 \n\n44.514, 44.515, 44.516 Property and Casualty Insurance I, II, III 6 \n\n44.521, 44.522, 44.523 Credit Management I, II, III* 6 \n\n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 22 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n44.513 Estate Planning* 2 \n\n44.525, 44.526 Health and Social Insurance I, II* 4 \n44.527 Business and Group Insurance and \n\nPensions 2 \n44.540, 44.541 Advanced Risk Analysis and \n\nTreatment I, II* 4 \n\n45.550 Law of Insurance* 2 14 \n\n\nElectives \n\n\nLiberal Arts 4 \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 20 \n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nMANAGEMENT \n\nAssociate Degree Program \nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 \n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 \n30.511, 30.512, 30.513 \n39.531, 39.532, 39.533 \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 65 \nBachelor of Science Degree \n\n\nSociology I, II, III \nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III \nBusiness Writing and Reports I, II, III \nBusiness Cycles I, II, III \n\n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III \n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n\nquarter hours \n\n96 \n\n6 \n\n6 \n\n1 6 \n\n4 \n\n22 \n\n6 \n\n6 \n\n12 \n\n19.532, \n41.533, \n\n43.507, \n45.523, \n45.533, \n\n\nElectives \n\n\n19.533, 19.534 Industrial Psychology I, II, III \n\n41.534, 41.535 Accounting for Management \n\nDecisions I, II, III \n43.508, 43.509 Sales Management I, II, III \n45.524, 45.525 Management Seminar I, II, III \n45.534, 45.535 Management Decisions and \n\nPolicies I, II, III* \n\n\n30 \n\n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 12 \n\nTotal Credits 172 \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course-see p. 49. \n\n\n66 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nMANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Bachelor of Science Degree \n\n\nAssociate Degree Program \nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\nquarter hours \n96 \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 \n\n26.534 \n\nSociology 1, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy 1, II, III \n\nLogic 1 \n\n6 \n6 \n2 \n\n14 \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n43.501, 43.502, 43.503 \n44.507, 44.508, 44.509 \n\n45.510, 45.611 \n\n45.511, 45.512 \n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 \n\nIntroduction to Marketing 1, II, III \nCorporate Finance 1, II, III \nLabor Management Relations 1, II \nHuman Relations in Personnel 1, II \nLaw 1, II, III* \n\n6 \n6 \n4 \n4 \n6 \n\n26 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n45.589, 45.590, 45.591 \n\n45.592, 45.593, 45.594 \n\n45.630 \n\n45.631, 45.632 \n\nAdvanced Systems Design 1, II, III* \nAdvanced Systems Techniques 1, II, III* \nIntroduction to Operations Research \nOperations Research Applications 1, II* \n\n6 \n6 \n2 \n4 \n\n18 \n\nElectives \n\nLiberal Arts \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts \n\n2 \n18 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 67 \n\nMARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nAssociate Degree Program 96 \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12 \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n43.518, 43.519 Retailing I, II 4 \n\n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 10 \n\n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n\n43.507, \n\n43.508, \n\n43.509 \n\n43.511, \n\n43.512, \n\n43.513 \n43.520 \n\n43.525, \n\n43.526 \n43.529 \n\n43.532, \n\n43.533, \n\n43.534 \n43.537 \n\nElectives \n\n\nSales Management I, II, III 6 \nCreative Marketing Communications \n\nI, II, III 6 \n\nIndustrial Marketing 2 \n\nMarket Research I, II* 4 \n\nInternational Marketing 2 \n\nMarketing Management I, II, III* 6 \n\nMarketing and Sales Seminar* 2 28 \n\nLiberal Arts 10 \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 18 28 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n68 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nPERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nAssociate Degree Program 96 \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12 \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 6 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n45.513, 45.514, 45.515 Personnel Management I, II, III 6 \n\n45.517 Techniques of Employee Selection 2 \n\n45.518 Wage and Salary Administration* 2 \n\n45.521 Employee Benefits and Social Security 2 \n\n45.522 Job Evaluation 2 \n\n45.545 Law of Employment Standards* 2 \n\n45.546 Law of Employment Conditions* 2 \n45.548 Law of Labor Management Relations* 2 \n45.553 The Labor Agreement* 2 \n45.556 Negotiation, Mediation, Arbitration* 2 \n45.560 Seminar on Labor Issues* 2 26 \n\n\nElectives \n\n\nLiberal Arts 10 \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 24 34 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 69 \n\nTRANSPORTATION AND PHYSICAL \n\nDISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nAssociate Degree Program 95 \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 \n\n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12 \n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 \n\n48.501, 48.502, 48.503 Transportation Management I, II, III 6 \n48.511, 48.512, 48.513 Railroad and Ocean Transportation \n\nI, II, HI 6 \n\n48.517, 48.518, 48.519 Motor Carrier Management I, II, III 6 24 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n48.504, 48.505, 48.506 Transportation Regulation and \n\nPromotion I, II, III 6 \n\n48.521, 48.522, 48.523 Physical Distribution Management \n\nI, II, Ml* 6 \n\n48.524, 48.525, 48.526 Transportation Economics and \n\nRate Making I, II, III* 6 \n\n48.541, 48.542, 48.543 Air Transportation I, II, III 6 \n\n48.544, 48.545, 48.546 Urban Transportation I, II, III 6 30 \n\n\nElectives \n\n\nLiberal Arts 10 \n\nBusiness Administration or Liberal Arts 2 12 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n* Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n70 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nCOMBINED PROGRAM IN LIBERAL ARTS \nAND MANAGEMENT \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS COURSES \n\n\nBasic Courses \n\n10.501, 10.502, \n\n\n19.501, \n23.501, \n30.504, \n30.507, \n39.501, \n\n\n19.502, \n23.502, \n30.505, \n30.508, \n39.502, \n\n\nCore Courses \n\n16.501, 16.502, \n\n\n21.501, \n\n22.501, \n\n23.504, \n\n26.501, \n\n39.511, \n\nFine Arts: \n\nLiterature \n\n\n21.502, \n22.502, \n23.505, \n26.502, \n39.512, \n\n\n10.503 \n19.503 \n23.503 \n30.506 \n30.509 \n39.503 \n\n\n16.503 \n21.503 \n22.503 \n23.506 \n26.503 \n39.513 \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III \n\nPsychology I, II, III \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III \n\nEnglish I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \n\n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III \nSociology I, II, III \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III \nU.S. History I, II, III \nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III \nStatistics I, II, III \nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts \nEnglish, American, or other in \nTranslation \n\n\nElectives — Liberal Arts \n\n\nCore Courses \n\n41.501, 41.502, \n43.501, 43.502, \n44.501, 44.502, \n\n\n44.507, \n45.501, \n\n\n45.541, \n45.570, \n\n\n44.508, \n45.502, \n45.510, \n45.511, \n45.542, \n45.571, \n\n\nMANAGEMENT COURSES \n\n41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III \n\n43.503 Introduction to Marketing I, II, II \n\n44.503 Capital Inst, and Risk \n\nManagement I, II, III \n\n44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III \n\n45.503 Management and Organization I, \n\n45.611 Labor Management Relations I, \n\n45.512 Human Relations in Personnel I, \n\n45.543 Law I, II, III* \n\n45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, \n\n\nII, III \nII \nII \n\n\nElectives — Business Administration \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nLiberal Arts \n\n\nAims \n\nIn providing the means to a modern liberal education, University College has \nthe main objective of stimulating and guiding the self-development of the \nstudent in three main areas: first, his intellectual growth; second, the de- \nvelopment of his character and sense of values; and, third, his preparation \nfor, or advancement in, a career. \n\nIntellectual growth — the development of the ability to think independently \nand creatively — rests upon the foundation of a sound general education. \nThrough the Liberal Arts curricula, students are guided toward an apprecia- \ntive understanding of the active discovery of ideas and methods in the areas \nof humanities, natural science, and social science. With this training, the \nstudent can more fully realize the basic values upon which civilization rests \nand can more fully participate in the intellectual, moral, and material achieve- \nment of that civilization. \n\nThrough its many programs, University College endeavors to provide experi- \nences conducive to the development of strength of character and a sense of \npersonal responsibility, including such personal qualities as self-reliance, \nintegrity, perseverance, and the ability to work with others. \n\nUniversity College holds that there is no inconsistency between a truly liberal \neducation and preparation for a vocation. As an adventure in intellectual dis- \ncovery, a liberal education leads to the broadening and intensification of \ninterests as the student becomes aware of his own mental strengths and \nweaknesses. This discovery is essential for making more intelligent and \nrealistic appraisals of himself and his career. His career brings meaning \nand focus to his educational experience. His education presents both a \nchallenge to accept responsibility and an opportunity to seek knowledge and \nskills for himself. \n\nMethods \n\nTo enable each student to plan a college program in keeping with his own \ninterests and aptitudes, a wide range of electives is offered. This does not \nmean that students are free to elect courses indiscriminately, for if they are \nto obtain a liberal education they must have training in several basic fields. \n\n\n71 \n\n\n72 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\nTherefore, the Curriculum Committee of University College has established \nbasic minimum requirements in each of several fields. These distribution \nrequirements are outlined with each of the program offerings. \n\nPrograms of Study \n\nTo achieve the aims established for the programs in Liberal Arts, of serving \nmen and women who are engaged in full-time employment during the day, \nthe College offers curricula leading to the baccalaureate and associate de- \ngrees. The various individual courses of study are outlined on the following \npages. Course descriptions are listed in numerical order by departments \nbeginning on page 137. \n\nThe Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nMajor fields of study are offered in Economics, English, Art, Political Sci- \nence, History, Psychology, and Sociology-Anthropology. Students should \nchoose their major field of study and their electives in consultation with a \nprogram adviser. \n\nThe distribution requirements, including specific required courses, are \nshown with each curriculum. Upon petition, students may be permitted \nunder certain circumstances to substitute other courses which will more \nadequately serve their specific career objectives. \n\nEach curriculum normally provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of \nwork, including at least 40 quarter hours of advanced work in a major field, \nand at least 30 quarter hours of elective liberal arts courses. \n\nAll candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must have satisfactorily \ncompleted in college one full year of a modern language beyond the elemen- \ntary level. \n\nNo student transferring from another college or university is eligible to re- \nceive a degree until at least 40 quarter hours of academic work have been \ncompleted at Northeastern University immediately preceding graduation. \n\nThe Associate in Science Degree \n\nThe program leading to the associate degree is offered for those desiring a \ngeneral cultural background in the liberal arts and humanities, but who do \nnot wish to pursue a major field of concentration for the baccalaureate \ndegree. \n\nCandidates for the Associate in Science degree in Liberal Arts must complete \na minimum of 96 quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of \nthe requirements (174 quarter hours) for the Bachelor of Science degree. \n\nTo provide a balanced program which will achieve the established objectives, \nthe faculty has set a minimum credit requirement in the several areas of \nstudy as listed on page 98. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 73 \n\nHonors Program \n\nAn upperclass honors program is provided in University College to enable \nsuperior students to develop their potential to the highest degree by making \nit possible for them to pursue studies in their major fields to greater depth \nthan is possible in the regular courses. \n\nThe nature of the program is determined by the academic department con- \ncerned. Programs may involve any of the following elements: special re- \nsearch projects culminating in honor theses, seminars, reading projects, \ndirected independent study, or creative work. Flexibility is the keynote, with \nevery consideration given to the individual needs and requirements of \nthe student. \n\nThe program is open to students who have earned 96 quarter hours of \ncredit toward their Bachelor of Science degree and who have a grade-point \naverage of 3.0. Students must obtain written permission to enter the pro- \ngram from the Director of Liberal Arts in University College. \n\nAcceptance of Credits by the College of Liberal Arts* \n\nThe College of Liberal Arts permits its students to enroll for credit in all \ncourses in University College offered on a quarterly basis when they are \npertinent to the student's program and have been approved by the Dean of \nthe College of Liberal Arts. The credits for such courses may be applied: \n\n1. To the total number of credits needed for graduation \n\n2. To satisfy distribution requirements \n\n3. To fulfill language and Major deficiencies \n\nCredits from University College, as well as those from other accredited in- \nstitutions, may not, however, be applied to the Quality Point Average of \nstudents in the College of Liberal Arts except when such credits are from \ncourses taken as substitutes for those College of Liberal Arts courses failed \nby students. In such instances students must receive a grade of C or better \nin the University College courses and then only 2.0 quality points are applied \nto the student's record for each course. \n\nTransfer of Students to the College of Liberal Arts* \n\nThose students enrolled in University College who wish to transfer to the \nCollege of Liberal Arts must apply through the Department of Admissions of \nthe Basic Colleges. \n\n\n*One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University. \n\n\n74 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\nSuggested Course Sequence for Students Following \nLiberal Arts Degree Programs \n\nAll new students should discuss their program with a program adviser \nbefore attempting to undertake the following sequence of courses: \n\n\nNo. \n\n\nQuarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 \n\nCourse q.h. No. Course q.h. No. Course q.h. \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\n10.501 Math. I 2 \n\n23.501 West. Civ. I 2 \n\n30.504 English I 2 \n\nCore Course 2 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n19.501 Psych. I 2 \n\n\n30.507 \n\n\nIntro. \n\nto Lit. I 2 \nCore Course 2 \nMaj. Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n39.501 Econ \n\n\n2 \n\nLanguage 3 \nCore Course \n\norMaj.Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\nLanguage 3 \nCore Course 2 \nCore Course \n\norMaj.Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\n10.502 Math. II 2 \n\n23.502 West. Civ. II 2 \n\n30.505 English II 2 \n\nCore Course 2 \n\n\n19.502 \n30.508 \n\n\n39.502 \n\n\nPsych. II 2 \nIntro. \n\nto Lit. II 2 \nCore Course 2 \nMaj. Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\nEcon. II 2 \n\nLanguage 3 \nCore Course \n\norMaj.Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\nLanguage 3 \nCore Course 2 \nCore Course \n\norMaj.Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\n10.503 \n23.503 \n30.506 \n\n\n19.503 \n30.509 \n\n\n39.503 \n\n\nMath. Ill 2 \nWest. Civ. Ill 2 \nEnglish III 2 \nCore Course 2 \n\n\nPsych. Ill 2 \nIntro. \n\nto Lit. Ill 2 \nCore Course 2 \nMaj. Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\nEcon. Ill 2 \nLanguage 3 \nCore Course \n\norMaj.Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\nLanguage 3 \nCore Course 2 \nCore Course \n\norMaj.Con. \n\nCourse 2 \n\n\nFifth and succeeding years: Program should include at least one Core \nCourse and one Major Concentration Course each year. \n\nNote: See p. 76 for course sequence for B.S. in Economics. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 75 \n\n\nECONOMICS \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n16.501, 16.502, 16.503 \n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 \n22.501, 22.502, 22.503 \n23.504, 23.505, 23.506 \n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 \nFine Arts: \nLiterature: \nModern Language:* \n\nMathematics \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III \n\nU. S. History I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts \n\nEnglish, American, or other in translation \n\nElementary \n\nIntermediate \n\n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n\n39.507, \n39.511, \n\n\n39.508, \n39.512, \n39.517, \n\n\n39.528, \n39.531, \n\n\n39.524, \n\n\n39.509 \n39.513 \n39.518 \n39.519 \n39.521 \n39.523 \n39.527 \n39.529 \n39.530 \n39.532 \n39.581 \n\n\nIntermediate Economic Theory I, II, III \nStatistics I, II, III \nMoney and Banking \nPublic Finance \n\nEconomic Growth and Development I \nGovernment and Business I \nLabor Economics \nInternational Economics I, II \nComparative Economic Systems \nBusiness Cycles I, II \nEconomic Policy Seminar \nThe remaining twelve hours must be taken from the following courses: \n39.522 Economic Growth and Development II \nGovernment and Business II, III \nAmerican Economic History \nBusiness Cycles III \nAdvanced Statistics I, II, III \nManagerial Economics \nHistory of Economic Thought \nIndustrial Organization \nUrban Economics \nEuropean Economic History \n\n\n39.536, 39.537, \n\n\n39.526 \n39.525 \n39.533 \n39.538 \n39.539 \n39.540 \n39.551 \n39.561 \n39.571 \n\n\nElective Courses** \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n66 \n\n\n48 \n\n24 \n\n174 \n\n\n•One full year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n'•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\n76 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\nECONOMICS \n\nSuggested Course Sequence for the 8-Year Program \nleading to the Bachelor of Science Degree* \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter 2 \n\nQuarter 3 \n\nFirst Year \n\n10.501 (2) \n\n10.502 (2) \n\n10.503 (2) \n\n24 q.h. \n\n30.504 (2) \n\n30.505 (2) \n\n30.506 (2) \n\n23.501 (2) \n\n23.502 (2) \n\n23.503 (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\nSecond Year \n\nMath (2) \n\nMath (2) \n\nMath (2) \n\n21 q.h. \n\nLanguage (3) \n\nLanguage (3) \n\nLanguage (3) \n\n39.501 (2) \n\n39.502 (2) \n\n39.503 (2) \n\nThird Year \n\nLanguage (3) \n\nLanguage (3) \n\nLanguage (3) \n\n21 q.h. \n\n39.507 (2) \n\n39.508 (2) \n\n39.509 (2) \n\n39.511 (2) \n\n39.512 (2) \n\n39.513 (2) \n\nFourth Year \n\n30.507 (2) \n\n30.508 (2) \n\n30.509 (2) \n\n24 q.h. \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\n39.531 (2) \n\n39.532 (2) \n\nEcon. elective (2) \n\n19.501 (2) \n\n19.502 (2) \n\n19.503 (2) \n\nFifth Year \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\n24 q.h. \n\n39.521 (2) \n\nEcon. elective (2) \n\nEcon. elective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\nSixth Year \n\n39.523 (2) \n\nEcon. elective (2) \n\n39.527 (2) \n\n24 q.h. \n\n39.517 (2) \n\n39.518 (2) \n\n39.519 (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nSeventh Year \n\nEcon. elective (2) \n\nEcon. elective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\n18 q.h. \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nEighth Year \n\n39.528 (2) \n\n39.529 (2) \n\n39.530 (2) \n\n18 q.h. \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\ncore course (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\nelective (2) \n\n39.581 (2) \n\n•This course sequence is recommended but not mandatory. It is a guideline which all new \nstudents may want to discuss with their program adviser. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 77 \n\n\nENGLISH \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\nC 10.501, \n\n10.502, \n\n10.503 \n\n1 19.501, \n\n19.502, \n\n19.503 \n\nI 23.501, \n\n23.502, \n\n23.503 \n\n30.504, \n\n30.505, \n\n30.506 \n\n( 30.507, \n\n30.508, \n\n30.509 \n\nC 39.501, \n\n39.502, \n\n39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n16.501, \n\n16.502, \n\n16.503 \n\n21.501, \n\n21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\n1 22.501, \n\n22.502, \n\n22.503 \n\nt 23.504, \n\n23.505, \n\n23.506 \n\n{ 26.501, \n\n26.502, \n\n26.503 \n\n30.531, \n\n30.532, \n\n30.533 \n\nFine Arts: \n\nModern \n\nLanguage: \n\n* \n\nScience \n\nor Mathematics \n\ni Major Concentration Courses- \n\n29.525 \n\n29.526 \n\n30.517 \n\n30.525 \n\n30.522 \n\n30.534, \n\n30.535, \n\n30.536 \n\nJ30.541, \n\n30.542, \n\n30.543 \n\n1 30.544, \n\n30.545, \n\n30.546 \n\n.1 30.551, \n\n30.552, \n\n30.553 \n\nBachelor of Science Degree \n\n\nquarter hours \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III \n\nPsychology I, II, III \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III \n\nEnglish I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, \n\n\nIII \n\n\nIII \n\n\nI, III \n\n\n30.554, 30.555, 30.556 \n30.557, 30.558, 30.559 \n\n\n30.571, 30.572, 30.573 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, \n\nU. S. History I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III \n\nWestern World Literature I, II, III \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts \n\nElementary \n\nIntermediate \n\n\ni — required \nModern British Drama \n\nor \nModern American Drama \nIntermediate Writing \nThe English Language \nIntroduction to Semantics I \nWestern World Literature IV, V, VI \nEnglish Literature I, II, III \nAmerican Literature I, II, III \nChaucer I, II, III \n\nor \nShakespeare I, II, III \nRestoration Literature, The Age of \nPope and Swift, The Age of Johnso \nor \nRomantic Poets of the \n19th Century I, II, II \n\n\nThe remaining eight hours must be taken from the following courses: \n\n30.574 The 18th-century English Novel 2 \n\n30.575 The 19th-century English Novel 2 \n\n30.576 The 20th-century English Novel 2 \n\n30.581 The American Short Story 2 \n\n30.582 The 19th-century American Novel 2 \n\n30.583 The 20th-century American Novel 2 \n\n30.584 Contemporary American Poetry 2 \n30.593 Honors Program I, II, III 12 \n\n\n30.591, 30.592, \n\n\nElective Courses** \n\n\n36 \n\n\n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n9 \n9 \n6 66 \n\n\n46 \n26 \nTotal Credits 174 \n\n*One full year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n**While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\n78 / LIBERAL ARTS \nFINE ARTS \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n\n16.502, \n21.502, \n22.502, \n23.505, \n26.502, \n\n\n16.503 \n21.503 \n22.503 \n23.506 \n26.503 \n\n\n16.501, \n\n21.501, \n\n22.501, \n\n23.504, \n\n26.501, \n\nFine Arts: \n\nLiterature: \n\nModern Language:* \n\n\nScience or Mathematics \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III 6 \n\nU. S. History I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts 6 \n\nEnglish, American, or other in translation 6 \n\nElementary 9 \n\nIntermediate 9 \n\n6 66 \n\n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n27.504, 27.505, 27.506 Western Art I ,11, III 6 \n\n27.591 Art Seminar (senior level) 2 \n\nIn addition to the two courses above, required of all Fine Arts majors, each stu- \ndent will select a minimum of 36 quarter hours from either Area I or Area II. \n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\n'One full year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 79 \n\nArea I — Art History Major \n\n27.507 Ancient Architecture 2 \n\n27.508 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture 2 \n\n27.509 European Architecture 2 \n\n27.511 Ancient Art 2 \n\n27.512 Medieval Art 2 \n\n27.513 Italian Renaissance Art 2 \n\n27.514 European Art 2 \n\n27.515 Modern Painting 2 \n\n27.521 Spanish Art 2 \n\n27.522 French Art 2 \n\n27.523 English Art 2 \n27.524, 27.525, 27.526 American Art I, II, III 6 \n27.531, 27.532, 27.533 Oriental Art I, II, III 6 \n\n27.534 Russian Art 2 \n\n27.535 African Art 2 \n\n27.536 Latin American Art 2 \n27.587, 27.588, 27.589 History of Photography I, II, III 6 \n27.594, 27.595, 27.596 History and Technique of Film \n\nArt I, II, III 6 \n\n27.592 New York Art Seminar 2 \n\n27.595 European Art Seminar 4 \n\n27.596 European Art Seminar 1 \n\nArea II — Applied Art Major \n\nRequired: \n\n27.541, 27.542, 27.543 Drawing I, II, III 9 \n\n27.561, 27.562, 27.563 Basic Color and Design 9 \n\nEighteen hours must be taken from the following courses: \n\n27.544 Graphic Arts — Woodcutting 3 \n\n27.545 Graphic Arts — Etching 3 \n\n27.546 Graphic Arts — Lithography 3 \n27.551, 27.552, 27.553 Painting — Basic Level I, II, III 9 \n\n27.554 Painting — Advanced Level 3 \n\n27.564 Advanced Color and Design 3 \n\n27.571, 27.572, 27.573 Business Commercial Design I, II, III 9 \n\n27.574 Advanced Commercial Design 3 \n\n27.577, 27.578, 27.579 Stained Glass Design I, II, III 9 \n\n27.581 Basic Sculpture 3 \n\n27.584, 27.585 Ceramics I, II 6 44 \n\nElective Courses* 28 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nI required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\n80 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\nHISTORY \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\n\nCore Courses — required \n\n16.501, 16.502, 16.503 \n\n21.502, \n\n22.502, \n\n23.505, \n\n26.502, \n\n\n21.503 \n22.503 \n23.506 \n26.503 \n\n\n21.501, \n\n22.501, \n\n23.504, \n\n26.501, \n\nFine Arts: \n\nLiterature: \n\nModern Language: \n\n\nScience or Mathematics \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III 6 \n\nU. S. History I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts 6 \n\nEnglish, American, or other in translation 6 \n\nElementary 9 \n\nIntermediate 9 \n\n6 66 \n\n\nUnder Major Concentration Courses — required \n\nEach student will select a minimum of 40 hours from the following areas, with \nthe provision that at least four courses must be completed from each area. The \nremaining eight hours may be taken in any area. Students in the Honors Pro- \ngram may take these eight hours in 23.597, 23.598, 23.599 Honors Program \nI, II, III. \n\n\nArea I \n\n23.521 Ancient Middle East \n\n23.522 Ancient Greece \n\n23.523 Ancient Rome \n\n23.524 Early Middle Ages \n\n23.525 Late Middle Ages \n\n23.526 Early Modern Europe \n\n23.527 England, 500-1603 \n23.537 European Intellectual History \n\n\n1350-1688 \n\n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\n•One full year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 81 \n\nArea II \n\n23.538 European Intellectual History \n\n1688-1815 2 \n\n23.539 European Intellectual History \n\nSince 1815 2 \n\n23.541 Europe, 1688-1789 2 \n\n23.542 Europe, 1789-1870 2 \n\n23.543 Europe, 1870-1914 2 \n\n23.544 Europe, 1914-1939 2 \n\n23.545 Europe since 1939 2 \n\n23.548 England, 1603-1815 2 \n\n23.549 England since 1815 2 \n\n23.552 English Constitutional History to 1485 2 \n\n23.553 English Constitutional History since 1485 2 \n\n23.554 France since 1815 2 \n\n23.555 Germany since 1815 2 \n\n23.556 Italy since 1815 2 \n\n23.557 Ireland since 1800 2 \n\n\nArea III \n\n23.561 Colonial America to 1689 2 \n\n23.562 Colonial America, 1689-1763 2 \n\n23.563 American Revolution and Constitution 2 \n\n23.564 Topics in American Constitutional \n\nHistory to 1900 2 \n\n23.565 Topics in 20th-century American \n\nConstitutional History 2 \n\n23.566 United States since 1933 2 \n\n23.567 Topics in American Diplomatic History 2 \n\n23.568 Topics in American Social History 2 \n\n23.569 Topics in American Economic History 2 \n23.571 American Urban History 2 \n23.574 American Negro History 2 \n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\n82 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\n23.581 \n23.582 \n23.583 \n23.584 \n23.585 \n23.586 \n23.588 \n23.589 \n23.591 \n23.592 \n23.593 \n23.594 \n23.595 \n23.596 \n\n\nElective Courses* \n\n\nArea IV \n\nLatin America to 1826 \nLatin America, 1826-1920 \nContemporary Latin America \nThe Far East before 1850 \nChina since 1850 \nJapan since 1850 \nAfrica North of Sahara \nAfrica South of Sahara \nModern Middle East \nIndia and Pakistan \nSoutheast Asia \nRussia, 1450-1801 \nRussia, 1801-1917 \nRussia since 1917 \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n40 \n\n32 \n\n174 \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 83 \n\n\nLIBERAL \n\nARTS \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, \n\n10.502, \n\n10.503 \n\n19.501, \n\n19.502, \n\n19.503 \n\n23.501, \n\n23.502, \n\n23.503 \n\n30.504, \n\n30.505, \n\n30.506 \n\n30.507, \n\n30.508, \n\n30.509 \n\n39.501, \n\n39.502, \n\n39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n21.501, \n\n21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\n22.501, \n\n22.502, \n\n22.503 \n\n23.504, \n\n23.505, \n\n23.506 \n\n26.501, \n\n26.502, \n\n26.503 \n\nFine Arts: \n\nLiterature \n\nf \n\nElectives \n\n\nAssociate in Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III 6 \n\nU. S. History I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts 6 \n\nEnglish, American, or other in translation 6 \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n36 \n\n\n36 \n24 \n96 \n\n\n84 / LIBERAL ARTS \nPOLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n\n10.501, \n19.501, \n23.501, \n30.504, \n30.507, \n39.501, \n\n\n10.502, \n19.502, \n23.502, \n30.505, \n30.508, \n39.502, \n\n\n10.503 \n19.503 \n23.503 \n30.506 \n30.509 \n39.503 \n\n\nCore Courses — required \n\n16.501, 16.502, 16.503 \n21.501, 21.502, 21.503 \n22.501, 22.502, 22.503 \n23.504, 23.505, 23.506 \n26.501, 26.502, 26.503 \nFine Arts: \nLiterature: \nModern Language:* \n\nScience or Mathematics \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III 6 \n\nU. S. History I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts 6 \n\nEnglish, American, or other in translation 6 \n\nElementary 9 \n\nIntermediate 9 \n\n6 \n\n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\n•One fult year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 85 \n\n\nMajor Concentration Course \n\n22.504 \n\n\nEach student wil \n\n\nElective Courses* \n\n\n—required \n\nIntroduction to Political Theory 2 \n\n22.505 Contemporary Political Theory 2 \n\n22.506 American Political Thought 2 \n\nselect a minimum of 34 hours from the following areas: \n\nArea I \n\n22.511 American National Government 2 \n\n22.512 Urban and Metropolitan Government 2 \n\n22.513 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 2 \n\n22.514 American Constitutional Law 2 \n\n22.515 Civil Rights 2 \n\n22.516 Public Administration I 2 \n\n22.517 Public Administration II 2 \n\n22.518 Government and Politics of the States 2 \n\n22.519 The Legislative Process 2 \n\nArea II \n\n22.521 Comparative Government I 2 \n\n22.522 Comparative Government II 2 \n\n22.523 Government and Politics of Latin America 2 \n\n22.524 Government and Politics of the \n\nMiddle East 2 \n\n22.525 Government and Politics of the Far East 2 \n\n22.526 Government and Politics of Africa 2 \n\n22.527 Communism in Eastern Europe 2 \n\nArea III \n\n22.531 International Relations 2 \n\n22.532 International Organization 2 \n22.534 Soviet Foreign Policy 2 \n\n22.541 International Law 2 \n\n22.542 American Foreign Policy I 2 \n\n22.543 American Foreign Policy II 2 \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n40 \n\n32 \n\n174 \n\n\n'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\n86 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n16.501, 16.502, 16.503 \n\n21.502, \n\n22.502, \n\n23.505, \n\n26.502, \n\n\n21.503 \n22.503 \n23.506 \n26.503 \n\n\n21.501, \n\n22.501, \n\n23.504, \n\n26.501, \n\nFine Arts: \n\nLiterature: \n\nModern Language:* \n\n\nScience or Mathematics \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III 6 \n\nU. S. History I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts 6 \n\nEnglish, American, or other in translation 6 \n\nElementary 9 \n\nIntermediate 9 \n\n6 \n\n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\n•One full year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 87 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n19.504, 19.505, 19.506 Statistics in Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n19.551, 19.552, 19.553 Experimental Psychology I, II, III 9 \n19.561, 19.562, 19.563 Historical Development of \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nIn addition to the courses listed above, required of all Psychology majors, each \nstudent will select a minimum of 22 hours from the following courses: \n\n19.511, 19.512 Child Psychology I, II 4 \n\n19.513 Adolescent Psychology 2 \n\n19.521, 19.522 Personality I, II 4 \n\n19.523 Motivation 2 \n\n19.524, 19.525 Social Psychology I, II 4 \n\n19.526 Psychology of Aggression 2 \n\n19.527 Psychology of Conformity and Rebellion 2 \n\n19.528 Psychological Factors in National \n\nand International Conflict 2 \n\n19.529 Interpersonal Behavior in the \n\nSmall Group 2 \n\n19.531 Psychological Testing 2 \n\n19.535 Psychological Factors in the \n\nCreative Process 2 \n\n19.536 Psychology of Thought 2 \n\n19.537 Psychology of Language 2 \n19.541, 19.542, 19.543 Abnormal Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n19.571 Seminar in Psychology 2 43 \n\n19.591, 19.592, 19.593 Honors Program I, II, III 6 only \n\nElective Courses* 29 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\n88 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\n16.502, \n21.502, \n22.502, \n23.505, \n26.502, \n\n\n16.503 \n21.503 \n22.503 \n23.506 \n26.503 \n\n\n16.501, \n\n21.501, \n\n22.501, \n\n23.504, \n\n26.501, \n\nFine Arts: \n\nLiterature: \n\nModern Language:* \n\n\nScience or Mathematics \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III 6 \n\nPsychology I, II, III 6 \n\nWestern Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nEnglish I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 36 \n\n\nNatural Science I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science I, II, III 6 \n\nU. S. History I, II, III 6 \n\nIntroduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 \n\nArt, Music, or Theatre Arts 6 \nEnglish, American, or other in translation 6 \n\nElementary 9 \n\nIntermediate 9 \n\n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n20.501 Introduction to Physical Anthropology \nCultural Anthropology I, II \nSocial Research Methods I, II, III \nFoundations of Sociological Theory \nContemporary Sociological Theory I \nContemporary Sociological Theory II \n\n\n21.512, \n\n\n20.502, \n21.513, \n\n\n66 \n\n\n20.503 \n21.514 \n21.517 \n21.518 \n21.519 \nFour hours must be taken from the following courses: \n\n21.528 Social Stratification 2 \n\n21.531 Social Change 2 \n\n21.534 Social Control 2 \n\n21.535 Political Sociology 2 \n\nIn addition to the courses listed above, required of all Sociology majors, each \nstudent will select a minimum of 22 hours from either Area I or Area II. (See \nfollowing page.) \n\n\n•One full year of a modern language beyond the elementary level is a requirement for \ngraduation. \n\n\nLIBERAL ARTS / 89 \n\nArea I — Sociological-Social Work Major \nRequired: \n\n21.538, 21.539, 21.540 Introduction to Social Welfare I, II, III 6 \n21.543, 21.544, 21.545 Introduction to Social Work \n\nPractice I, II, III 6 \n(may be waived in special circumstances) \n\nThe remaining ten hours must be taken from the following courses: \n\n21.546 Sociology of Deviant Behavior 2 \n\n21.547 Social Problems 2 \n21.548, 21.549 Criminology I, II 4 \n\n21.550 Juvenile Delinquency 2 \n\n21.551, 21.552 Family and Marriage I, II 4 \n21.553, 21.554, 21.555 Racial and Cultural Relations I, II, III 6 \n\n21.557 Urban Sociology 2 \n\n21.558 Community Analysis 2 \n21.560 Medical Sociology 2 \n21.563 Social Gerontology 2 \n21.567 Population 2 \n21.570 Sociology of Occupations and \n\nProfessions 2 \n\n21.573 Sociology of Industry 2 \n\n21.575 Sociology of Formal Organizations 2 \n21.591, 21.592, 21.593 Honors Program I, II, III 12 \n\n\n90 / LIBERAL ARTS \n\nArea II — Sociology-Anthropology Major \nRequired: \n\n20.531 Primitive Social Organization 2 \n21.567 Population 2 \n\nTwelve hours must be taken from the following courses: \n\n21.546 Sociology of Deviant Behavior 2 \n\n21.547 Social Problems 2 \n21.548, 21.549 Criminology I, II 4 \n\n21.550 Juvenile Delinquency 2 \n\n21.551, 21.552 Family and Marriage I, II 4 \n\n21.553, 21.554, 21.555 Racial and Cultural Relations I, II, III 6 \n\n21.557 Urban Sociology 2 \n\n21.558 Community Analysis 2 \n21.560 Medical Sociology 2 \n21.563 Social Gerontology 2 \n21.570 Sociology of Occupations and \n\nProfessions 2 \n\n21.573 Sociology of Industry 2 \n\n21.575 Sociology of Formal Organizations 2 \n\n21.591, 21.592, 21.593 Honors Program I, II, III 12 \n\nSix hours must be taken from the following courses: \n\n20.521 Culture and Personality 2 \n\n20.532 Primitive Religion 2 \n\n20.533 Acculturation 2 \n20.537 Anthropological Theory 2 \n20.541 North American Indian 2 \n20.544 African Peoples and Culture 2 \n20.547 Latin American Peoples and Culture 2 \n\n\nElective Courses* \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum numbe \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major. \n\n\nLaw Enforcement \n\n\nAims \n\nLaw Enforcement programs of study are offered to meet the needs of present \nand potential practitioners in the fields of Corrections, Law Enforcement \nand Security who wish to acquire a liberal education as well as a profes- \nsional competence, or to gain recognition for development and attainment \nwhile pursuing a career in that profession. \n\nBachelor of Science Degree \n\nMajor fields of study are offered in Correctional Practices, Law Enforcement, \nand Security. Students should choose their major field of study and their \nelectives in consultation with a program adviser. \n\nThe distribution requirements, including certain required courses, are shown \nwith each curriculum. Upon petition, students may be permitted under cer- \ntain circumstances to substitute other courses which will more adequately \nserve their specific career objectives. \n\nEach curriculum provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of work, in- \ncluding at least 60 quarter hours of advanced work in a major field. \nNo student transferring from another college or university is eligible to re- \nIceive a degree until at least 46 quarter hours of academic work have been \ncompleted at Northeastern University immediately preceding graduation. \n\nAssociate in Science Program \n\nThe program leading to the associate degree is offered for those who wish \nto obtain a general background in Correctional Practices, Law Enforcement, \nor Security but do not wish to pursue a major field of concentration for the \n'baccalaureate degree. \n\nCandidates for the Associate in Science degree must complete a minimum \nSof 96 quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of the require- \nments for the Bachelor of Science degree, and includes at least 40 quarter \nhours of work in a major field. \n\njTo provide a balanced program which will achieve the established objectives, \n(the faculty has set a minimum requirement in the areas of study outlined \nbn the following pages, with a recommended sequence of courses for each \nprogram. \n\n\n91 \n\n\n92 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nCORRECTIONAL PRACTICES \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, \n\n10.502, \n\n10.503 \n\nMathematics 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n19.501, \n\n19.502, \n\n19.503 \n\nPsychology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n23.501, \n\n23.502, \n\n23.503 \n\nWestern Civilization 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n30.504, \n\n30.505, \n\n30.506 \n\nEnglish 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n30.507, \n\n30.508, \n\n30.509 \n\nIntroduction to Literature 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n39.501, \n\n39.502, \n\n39.503 \n\nEconomic Principles and \nProblems 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nCore Courses — rec \n\nuired \n\n19.524, \n\n19.525 \n\nSocial Psychology 1, II \n\n4 \n\n19.541, \n\n19.542, \n\n19.543 \n\nAbnormal Psychology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n21.501, \n\n21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\nSociology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n21.534 \n\nSocial Control \n\n2 \n\n21.547 \n\nSocial Problems \n\n2 \n\n21.548, \n\n21.549 \n\nCriminology 1, II \n\n4 \n\n21.550 \n\nJuvenile Delinquency \n\n2 \n\n21.553, \n\n21.554 \n\nRacial and Cultural Relations 1, II \n\n4 \n\n21.557 \n\nUrban Sociology \n\n2 \n\n22.501, \n\n22.502, \n\n22.503 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n22.514 \n\nAmerican Constitutional Law \n\n2 \n\n22.515 \n\nCivil Rights \n\n2 \n\n22.516, \n\n22.517 \n\nPublic Administration 1, II \n\n4 \n\n23.504, \n\n23.505, \n\n23.506 \n\nU.S. History 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n45.511, \n\n45.512 \n\nHuman Relations in Personnel 1, II \n\n4 \n\n36 \n\n\n56 \n\n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 93 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n94.501 Administration of Justice 2 \n\n94.502 Criminal Law 2 \n94.503, 94.504 Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 \n\n94.505 Human Rights in Corrections 2 \n\n94.506 Basic Statistics in Corrections 2 \n\n94.507 Correctional Counseling 2 \n94.517, 94.518, 94.519 Advanced Correctional Practices I, II, III 6 \n\n94.523 The Law and Institutional Treatment 2 \n\n94.524 Comparative Correctional Systems 2 \n94.525, 94.526, 94.527 Law Enforcement Identification \n\nand Records I, II, III 6 \n\n94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2 \n\n94.544 The American Correctional System 2 \n\n94.546, 94.547 Social Deviance I, II 4 \n\n94.549, 94.550 Treatment of Offenders I, II 4 \n\n94.551, 94.552, 94.553 Correctional Administration I, II, III 6 \n\n94.567, 94.568, 94.569 Probation and Parole Practices I, II, III 6 \n\n94.574, 94.575 Juvenile Corrections I, II 4 \n\n94.593 Seminar in Correctional Program \n\nManagement 2 60 \n\nElective Courses* 22 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\nWhile students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University \nCollege Catalog. \n\n\n94 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\nCORRECTIONAL PRACTICES \n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 8-Year Program \nLeading to the Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nAll new students should discuss their program with a program adviser \nbefore attempting to undertake the following sequence of courses: \n\n\n1st \nYear \n\n\n2nd \nYear \n\n\n3rd \nYear \n\n\n4th \nYear \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\n23.501 \n\nWestern Civ. I \n30.504 \n\nEnglish I \n94.501 \n\nAdmin, of Justice \n94.502 \n\nCriminal Law \n\n\nQuarter 2 \n\n23.502 \n\nWest. Civ. II \n30.505 \n\nEnglish II \n94.546 \n\nSocial Deviance I \n94.503 \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. I \n\n\nQuarter 3 \n\n23.503 \n\nWestern Civ. Ill \n30.506 \n\nEnglish III \n94.547 \n\nSocial Deviance II \n94.504 \n\nEvid. &Ct. Proc. II \n\n\n21.501 21.502 \n\nSociology I Sociology II \n\n30.507 30.508 \n\nIntro, to Lit. I Intro, to Lit. II \n\n94.544 94.505 \n\nAmer. Corr. System Human Rts. in Corr. Law and Inst. Treat. \n\n94.574 94.575 94.507 \n\nJuvenile Corr.l JuvenileCorr.il \n\n\n21.503 \n\nSociology III \n30.509 \n\nIntro, to Lit. Ill \n94.523 \n\n\n19.501 \n\nPsychology 1 \n21.553 \n\nRac. &Cul.Rel. I \n94.506 \n\n\n19.502 \n\nPsychology II \n21.554 \n\nRac. & Cul. Rel. II \n94.549 \n\n\nBasic Stats, in Corr. Treat. Offenders I \n94.551 94.552 \n\nCorr. Admin. I Corr. Admin. II \n\n\n21.548 \n\nCriminology I \n22.514 \n\nAmer. Const. Law \n\n\n21.549 \n\nCriminology II \n22.515 \n\nCivil Rights \n\n\nCorr. Counseling \n\n19.503 \n\nPsychology III \n21.557 \n\nUrban Sociology \n94.550 \n\nTreat. Offenders II \n94.553 \n\nCorr. Admin. Ill \n\n21.550 \n\nJuvenile Delinq. \n94.532 \n\nRes. Meth. Crim. \nJust. \n94.569 \n\n\n94.567 94.568 \n\nProb. & Par. Prac. I Prob. & Par. Prac. II Prob. & Par. Prac. Ill \nElective Elective Elective \n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 95 \n\n\nith \n\n10.501 \n\n10.502 \n\n10.503 \n\nfear \n\nMathematics 1 \n\nMathematics II \n\nMathematics III \n\n19.541 \n\n19.542 \n\n19.543 \n\nAbnorm. Psych. 1 \n\nAbnorm. Psych. II \n\nAbnorm. Psych. Ill \n\n22.501 \n\n22.502 \n\n22.503 \n\nPrin. Pol it. Sc. 1 \n\nPrin. Polit. Sc. II \n\nPrin. Polit. Sc. Ill \n\n94.525 \n\n94.526 \n\n94.527 \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \n\nRec. 1 \n\nRec. II \n\nRec. Ill \n\nith \n\n23.504 \n\n23.505 \n\n23.506 \n\nfear \n\nHistory 1 \n\nHistory II \n\nHistory III \n\n39.501 \n\n39.502 \n\n39.503 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. 1 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. II \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. Ill \n\n94.517 \n\n94.518 \n\n94.519 \n\nAdv. Corr. Prac. 1 \n\nAdv. Corr. Prac. II \n\nAdv. Corr. Prac. Ill \n\nth \n\n19.524 \n\n19.525 \n\n19.534 \n\near \n\nSoc. Psych. 1 \n\nSoc. Psych. II \n\nSocial Control \n\n45.511 \n\n45.512 \n\nElective \n\nHum. Rel. in \n\nHum. Rel. in \n\nPers. 1 \n\nPers. II \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nth \n\n22.516 \n\n22.517 \n\n22.547 \n\near \n\nPublic Admin. 1 \n\nPublic Admin. II \n\nSocial Problems \n\n94.593 \n\n94.524 \n\nElective \n\nSem. Corr. Prog. \n\nComp. Corr. \n\nMgt. \n\nSystems \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n96 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \nCORRECTIONAL PRACTICES \nBasic Courses — required \n\n\nAssociate in Science Degrc \nquarter hours \n\n\n19.501, 19.502, \n\n19.503 \n\nPsychology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, \n\n30.506 \n\nEnglish 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nCore Courses — rec \n\nuired \n\n19.541, 19.542, \n\n19.543 \n\nAbnormal Psychology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n21.501, 21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\nSociology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n21.548, \n\n21.549 \n\nCriminology 1, II \n\n4 \n\n21.550 \n\nJuvenile Delinquency \n\n2 \n\n21.553, \n\n21.554 \n\nRacial and Cultural Relations 1, II \n\n4 \n\n21.557 \n\nUrban Sociology \n\n2 \n\n22.514 \n\nAmerican Constitutional Law \n\n2 \n\n22.515 \n\nCivil Rights \n\n2 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n94.501 \n\n94.502 \n\n94.503, 94.504 \n\n94.505 \n\n94.506 \n\n94.507 \n\n94.523 \n\n94.532 \n\n94.544 \n\n94.546, 94.547 \n\n94.549, 94.550 \n\n94.551, 94.552, 94.553 \n\n94.567, 94.568, 94.569 \n\n94.574, 94.575 \n\nElective Courses* \n\n\n— required \n\nAdministration of Justice 2 \n\nCriminal Law 2 \n\nEvidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 \n\nHuman Rights in Corrections 2 \n\nBasic Statistics in Corrections 2 \n\nCorrectional Counseling 2 \n\nThe Law and Institutional Treatment 2 \n\nResearch Methods in Criminal Justice 2 \n\nThe American Correctional System 2 \n\nSocial Deviance I, II 4 \n\nTreatment of Offenders I, II 4 \n\nCorrectional Administration I, II, III 6 \n\nProbation and Parole Practices I, II, III 6 \n\nJuvenile Corrections I, II 4 \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum numbe \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the Universit \nCollege Catalog. \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 97 \n\nCORRECTIONAL PRACTICES \nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\nAll new students should discuss their programs with advisers before undertaking \nthe following sequence of courses: \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter 2 \n\nQuarter 3 \n\n1st \n\n30.504 \n\n30.505 \n\n30.506 \n\nYear \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\n94.501 \n\n94.546 \n\n94.547 \n\nAdmin, of Justice \n\nSocial Deviance 1 \n\nSocial Deviance II \n\n94.502 \n\n94.503 \n\n94.504 \n\nCriminal Law \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. 1 \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. 1 \n\n94.544 \n\n94.505 \n\n94.523 \n\nAmer. Corr. Syst. \n\nHuman Rts. in Corr \n\nLaw and Inst. Trea \n\n2nd \n\n21.501 \n\n21.502 \n\n21.503 \n\nYear \n\nSociology 1 \n\nSociology II \n\nSociology III \n\n94.506 \n\n94.549 \n\n94.550 \n\nBasic Stats, in Corr \n\nTreat. Offenders 1 \n\nTreat. Offenders II \n\n94.551 \n\n94.552 \n\n94.553 \n\nCorr. Admin. 1 \n\nCorr. Admin. II \n\nCorr. Admin. Ill \n\n94.574 \n\n94.575 \n\n94.507 \n\nJuvenile Corr. 1 \n\nJuvenile Corr. II \n\nCorr. Counseling \n\n3rd \n\n19.501 \n\n19.502 \n\n19.503 \n\nYear \n\nPsychology 1 \n\nPsychology II \n\nPsychology III \n\n21.553 \n\n21.554 \n\n21.557 \n\nRac. & Cul. Rel. 1 \n\nRac. &Cul. Rel. II \n\nUrban Sociology \n\n94.567 \n\n94.568 \n\n94.569 \n\nProb. & Par. Prac. I Prob. & Par. Prac. II Prob. & Par. Prac. I \n\nElective Elective Elective \n\n1th 19.541 19.542 19.543 \n\nYear Abnorm. Psych. I Abnorm. Psych. II Abnorm. Psych. Ill \n\n21-548 21.549 21.550 \n\nCriminology I Criminology II Juvenile Delinq. \n\n22.514 22.515 94.532 \n\nAmer. Const. Law Civil Rights Res. Meth. Crim. \n\nJust. \n\nElective Elective Elective \n\n\n98 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, \n\n10.502, \n\n10.503 \n\nMathematics 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n19.501, \n\n19.502, \n\n19.503 \n\nPsychology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n23.501, \n\n23.502, \n\n23.503 \n\nWestern Civilization 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n30.504, \n\n30.505, \n\n30.506 \n\nEnglish 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n30.507, \n\n30.508, \n\n30.509 \n\nIntroduction to Literature 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n39.501, \n\n39.502, \n\n39.503 \n\nEconomic Principles and \nProblems 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n19.524, \n\n19.525 \n\nSocial Psychology 1, II \n\n4 \n\n19.541, \n\n19.542, \n\n19.543 \n\nAbnormal Psychology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n21.501, \n\n21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\nSociology 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n21.534 \n\nSocial Control \n\n2 \n\n21.547 \n\nSocial Problems \n\n2 \n\n21.548, \n\n21.549 \n\nCriminology 1, II \n\n4 \n\n21.550 \n\nJuvenile Delinquency \n\n2 \n\n22.501, \n\n22.502, \n\n22.503 \n\nPrinciples of Political Science 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n22.514 \n\nAmerican Constitutional Law \n\n2 \n\n22.515 \n\nCivil Rights \n\n2 \n\n22.516, \n\n22.517 \n\nPublic Administration 1, II \n\n4 \n\n23.504, \n\n23.505, \n\n23.506 \n\nU.S. History 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\n46 \n\n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 99 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n94.501 Administration of Justice 2 \n\n94.502 Criminal Law 2 \n94.503, 94.504 Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 \n\n94.508, 94.509, 94.510 Criminal Investigation and Case \n\nPreparation I, II, III 6 \n\n94.511 Civil Law in Criminal Justice 2 \n\n94.512 Comparative Police Systems 2 \n94.514, 94.515 Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4 \n\n94.520, 94.521, 94.522 Traffic Law Enforcement I, II, III 6 \n94.525, 94.526, 94.527 Law Enforcement Identification \n\nand Records I, II, III 6 \n\n94.530 Police Public Relations 2 \n\n94.531 Police Community Relations 2 \n\n94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2 \n94.536, 94.537 The Patrol Function I, II 4 \n94.541, 94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4 \n94.546, 94.547 Social Deviance I, II 4 \n\n94.557 Investigative Report Writing 2 \n\n94.560 Police Supervision 2 \n\n94.561 Police Work with Juveniles 2 \n94.565 Seminar in Delinquency Prevention 2 \n\n34.571, 94.572, 94.573 Law Enforcement Management and \n\nPlanning I, II, III 6 \n\n94.590 Seminar in Law Enforcement 2 68 \n\n\nElective Courses* \n\n\n24 \nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\nSufreSdU?hevSa^nr!fMra^HrfeS ,'\" ♦their maj°/ fie,d in excess of the minimum number \nfoUegt Catllol encouraeed to elect courses from any other curricula in the University \n\n\n100 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMEN1 \n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 8-Year Program \nLeading to the Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nAll new students should discuss their program with advisers before undertaking \nthe following sequence of courses: \n\n\n1st \nYear \n\n\n2nd \nYear \n\n\n3rd \nYear \n\n\n4th \nYear \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\n23.501 \n\nWestern Civ. I \n30.504 \n\nEnglish I \n94.501 \n\nAdmin, of Justice \n94.502 \n\nCriminal Law \n\n21.501 \n\nSociology I \n30.507 \n\nIntro, to Lit. I \n94.514 \n\nInterv. & Interr. I \n94.536 \n\nPatrol Funct. I \n\n\nQuarter 2 \n\n23.502 \n\nWestern Civ. II \n30.505 \n\nEnglish II \n94.546 \n\nSocial Deviance I \n94.503 \n\nEvid. &Ct. Proc. I \n\n21.502 \n\nSociology II \n30.508 \n\nIntro, to Lit. II \n94.515 \n\nInterv. & Interr. II \n94.537 \n\nPatrol Funct. II \n\n\n19.502 \n\nPsychology II \n94.521 \n\nTraf. Law Enf. II \n94.509 \nCr Inv. Case Prep. I Cr. Inv. Case Prep II Cr. Inv. Case \n\nPrep. Ill \n\n94.542 \n\nInt. Criminalist. II \n\n\n19.501 \n\nPsychology I \n94.520 \n\nTraf. Law Enf. I \n94.508 \n\n\nQuarter 3 \n\n23.503 \n\nWestern Civ. Ill \n30.506 \n\nEnglish III \n94.547 \n\nSocial Deviance II \n94.504 \n\nEvid. &Ct. Proc. II \n\n21.503 \n\nSociology III \n30.509 \n\nIntro, to Lit. Ill \n94.557 \n\nInv. Report Writing \n94.560 \n\nPolice Supervision \n\n19.503 \n\nPsychology III \n94.522 \n\nTraf. Law Enf. Ill \n94.510 \n\n\n94.541 \n\nInt. Criminalist. I \n\n\n94.561 \n\nPol. Work with Juv. \n\n\n21.548 \n\nCriminology I \n22.514 \n\nAmer. Const. Law \n94.530 \n\nPolice Public Rel. \n\nElective \n\n\n21.549 \n\nCriminology II \n22.515 \n\nCivil Rights \n94.531 \n\nPolice Comm. Rel. \n\nElective \n\n\n21.550 \n\nJuvenile Delinq. \n94.511 \n\nCiv. Law Crim. Just. \n94.532 \n\nRes. Meth. Crim. \nJust. \nElective \n\n(continued on following page] \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 101 \n\n\n10.501 \n\nMathematics I \n19.541 \n\nAbnorm. Psych. I \n22.501 \n\nPrin. Polit. Sc. I \n94.525 \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \nRec. I \n\n23.504 \n\nHistory I \n39.501 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. I \n94.571 \n\nLaw Enf. Mgt. & \nPI. I \n\n19.524 \n\nSoc. Psych. I \n94.565 \n\nSem. Delinq. Prev. \nElective \n\n22.516 \n\nPublic Admin. I \n94.590 \n\nSem. in Law Enf. \nElective \n\n\n10.502 \n\nMathematics II \n19.542 \n\nAbnorm. Psych. II \n22.502 \n\nPrin. Polit. Sc. II \n94.526 \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \nRec. II \n\n23.505 \n\nHistory II \n39.502 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. II \n94.572 \n\nLaw Enf. Mgt. & \nPI. II \n\n19.525 \n\nSoc. Psych. II \n94.512 \n\nComp. Pol. Systems \nElective \n\n22.517 \n\nPublic Admin. II \nElective \n\nElective \n\n\n10.503 \n\nMathematics III \n19.543 \n\nAbnormal Psych. Ill \n22.503 \n\nPrin. Polit. Sc. Ill \n94.527 \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \nRec. Ill \n\n23.506 \n\nHistory III \n39.503 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. Ill \n94.573 \n\nLaw Enf. Mgt. & \nPI. Ill \n\n21.534 \n\nSocial Control \nElective \n\nElective \n\n22.547 \n\nSocial Problems \nElective \n\nElective \n\n\n19.541, \n\n19.542, \n\n19.543 \n\n21.501, \n\n21.502, \n\n21.503 \n\n21.548, \n\n21.549 \n21.550 \n22.514 \n22.515 \n\n102 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT Associate in Science Degree \n\nquarter hours \nBasic Courses — required \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\nAbnormal Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\nSociology I, II, III 6 \n\nCriminology I, II 4 \n\nJuvenile Delinquency 2 \n\nAmerican Constitutional Law 2 \n\nCivil Rights 2 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n94.501 Administration of Justice 2 \n\n94.502 Criminal Law 2 \n94.503, 94.504 Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 \n\n94.508, 94.509, 94.510 Criminal Investigation and Case \n\nPreparation I, II, III 6 \n\n94.511 Civil Law in Criminal Justice 2 \n\n94.514, 94.515 Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4 \n\n94.520, 94.521, 94.522 Traffic Law Enforcement I, II, III 6 \n\n94.530 Police Public Relations 2 \n\n94.531 Police Community Relations 2 \n\n94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2 \n94.536, 94.537 The Patrol Function I, II 4 \n94.541, 94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4 \n94.546, 94.547 Social Deviance I, II 4 \n\n94.557 Investigative Report Writing 2 \n\n94.560 Police Supervision 2 \n\n94.561 Police Work with Juveniles 2 \n\n\nElective Courses* \n\n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University \nCollege Catalog. \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 103 \n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT \n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\nAll new students should discuss their program with their program advisers \nbefore undertaking the following sequence of courses: \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter 2 \n\nQuarter 3 \n\n1st \n\n30.504 \n\n30.505 \n\n30.506 \n\nYear \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\n94.501 \n\n94.546 \n\n94.547 \n\nAdmin, of Justice \n\nSocial Deviance 1 \n\nSocial Deviance II \n\n94.502 \n\n94.503 \n\n94.504 \n\nCriminal Law \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. 1 \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. II \n\n94.514 \n\n94.515 \n\n94.557 \n\nInterv. & Interr. 1 \n\nInterv. & Interr. II \n\nInv. Report Writing \n\n2nd \n\n21.501 \n\n21.502 \n\n21.503 \n\nYear \n\nSociology 1 \n\nSociology II \n\nSociology III \n\n94.520 \n\n94.521 \n\n94.522 \n\nTraf. Law Enf. 1 \n\nTraf. Law Enf. II \n\nTraf. Law Enf. Ill \n\n94.508 \n\n94.509 \n\n94.510 \n\nCr. Inv. Case \n\nCr. Inv. Case \n\nCr. Inv. Case \n\nPrep. 1 \n\nPrep. II \n\nPrep. Ill \n\n94.536 \n\n94.537 \n\n94.560 \n\nPatrol Funct. 1 \n\nPatrol Funct. II \n\nPolice Supervision \n\n3rd \n\n19.501 \n\n19.502 \n\n19.503 \n\nYear \n\nPsychology 1 \n\nPsychology II \n\nPsychology III \n\n94.530 \n\n94.531 \n\n94.532 \n\nPolice Public Rel. \n\nPolice Comm. Rel. \n\nRes. Meth. Crim. \nJust. \n\n94.541 \n\n94.542 \n\n94.561 \n\nInt. Criminalist. 1 \n\nInt. Criminalist. II \n\nPol. Work With Juv. \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n4th \n\n19.541 \n\n19.542 \n\n19.543 \n\nYear \n\nAbnorm. Psych. 1 \n\nAbnorm. Psych. II \n\nAbnorm. Psych. Ill \n\n21.548 \n\n21.549 \n\n21.550 \n\nCriminology 1 \n\nCriminology II \n\nJuvenile Delinq. \n\n22.514 \n\n22.515 \n\n94.511 \n\nAmer. Const. Law \n\nCivil Rights \n\nCiv. Law Crim. Just. \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n104 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nSECURITY \n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 8-Year Program \nLeading to the Bachelor of Science Degree \n\nAll new students should discuss their program with their program advisers \nbefore undertaking the following sequence of courses: \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter 2 \n\nQuarter 3 \n\n1st \n\n23.501 \n\n23.502 \n\n23.503 \n\nYear \n\nWestern Civ. 1 \n\nWestern Civ. II \n\nWestern Civ. Ill \n\n30.504 \n\n30.505 \n\n30.506 \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\n94.501 \n\n94.513 \n\n94.586 \n\nAdmin, of Justice \n\nInt. Indust. Sec. \n\nRetail Security \n\n94.502 \n\n94.503 \n\n94.504 \n\nCriminal Law \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. 1 \n\nEvid. &Ct. Proc. II \n\n2nd \n\n21.501 \n\n21.502 \n\n21.503 \n\nYear \n\nSociology 1 \n\nSociology II \n\nSociology III \n\n30.507 \n\n30.508 \n\n30.509 \n\nIntro, to Lit. 1 \n\nIntro, to Lit. II \n\nIntro, to Lit. Ill \n\n94.514 \n\n94.515 \n\n94.557 \n\nInterv & Interr. 1 \n\nInterv. & Interr. II \n\nInterv. & Interr. Ill \n\n94.536 \n\n94.537 \n\n94.583 \n\nPatrol Funct. 1 \n\nPatrol Funct. II \n\nIndust. Fire Prev. \n\n3rd \n\n19.501 \n\n19.502 \n\n19.503 \n\nYear \n\nPsychology 1 \n\nPsychology II \n\nPsychology III \n\n45.570 \n\n45.571 \n\n45.572 \n\nElect. Data Proc. 1 \n\nElect. Data Proc. II \n\nElect. Data Proc. II \n\n94.508 \n\n94.509 \n\n94.510 \n\nCr. Inv. Case Prep. \n\n1 Cr. Inv. Case \n\nCr. Inv. Case \n\nPrep. II \n\nPrep. Ill \n\n94.584 \n\n94.585 \n\n94.516 \n\nPhys. Security 1 \n\nPhys. Security II \n\nSecurity Admin. \n\n4th \n\n21.548 \n\n21.549 \n\n21.550 \n\nYear \n\nCriminology 1 \n\nCriminology II \n\nJuvenile Delinq. \n\n22.514 \n\n22.515 \n\n94.511 \n\nAmer. Const. Law \n\nCivil Rights \n\nCiv. Law Crim. Just \n\n94.577 \n\n94.578 \n\n94.579 \n\nGov. Sec. Prog. 1 \n\nGov. Sec. Prog. II \n\nGov. Sec. Prog. Ill \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 105 \n\n\n5th \n\n10.501 \n\n10.502 \n\n10.503 \n\nYear \n\nMathematics 1 \n\nMathematics II \n\nMathematics III \n\n19.532 \n\n19.533 \n\n19.534 \n\nInt. Indust. Psy. 1 \n\nInt. Indust. Psy. II \n\nInt. Indust. Psy. Ill \n\n41.501 \n\n41.502 \n\n41.503 \n\nAcctg. Prin. 1 \n\nAcctg. Princ. II \n\nAcctg. Princ. Ill \n\n94.525 \n\n94.526 \n\n94.527 \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \n\nLaw Enf. Id. & \n\nRec. 1 \n\nRec. II \n\nRec. Ill \n\n6th \n\n39.501 \n\n39.502 \n\n39.503 \n\nYear \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. 1 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. II \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. Ill \n\n44.501 \n\n44.502 \n\n44.503 \n\nCap. Inst. & Risk 1 \n\nCap. Inst. & Risk II \n\nCapt. Inst. & \nRisk III \n\n94.571 \n\n94.572 \n\n94.573 \n\nLaw Enf. Mgt. & \n\nLaw Enf. Mgt. & \n\nLaw Enf. Mgt. & \n\nPlan. 1 \n\nPI. II \n\nPI. Ill \n\n7th \n\n45.620 \n\n94.587 \n\n45.510 \n\nYear \n\nIndust. Safety 1 \n\nSec. Meas. Fin. \nInst. \n\nLabor Mgt. Rel. \n\n94.541 \n\n94.542 \n\n94.582 \n\nInt. Criminalist. 1 \n\nInt. Criminalist. II \n\nDocument Control \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n8th \n\n44.514 \n\n44.515 \n\n44.516 \n\nYear \n\nProp. & Cas. Ins. 1 \n\nProp. &Cas. Ins. II \n\nProp. & Cas. Ins. Ill \n\n94.591 \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nSem. Indust. Sec. \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n106 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nSECURITY \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19,503 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 \n\nCore Courses — required \n\n19.532, 19.533, 19.534 \n\n21.501, 21,502, 21.503 \n\n21.548, 21.549 \n\n21.550 \n\n22.514 \n\n22.515 \n\n41.503 \n\n44.503 \n\n\n41.501, \n44.501, \n\n\n41.502, \n44.502, \n\n\n44.514, 44.515, 44.516 \n45.510 \n\n45.570, 45.571, 45.572 \n45.620 \n\n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nMathematics I, II, III \nPsychology I, II, III \nWestern Civilization I, II, III \nEnglish I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \nEconomic Principles and \nProblems I, II, III \n\n\nIndustrial Psychology I, II, III \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nCriminology I, II \n\nJuvenile Delinquency \n\nAmerican Constitutional Law \n\nCivil Rights \n\nAccounting Principles I, II, III \n\nCapital Institutions and Risk Management \n\nI, II, III \nProperty and Casualty Insurance I, II, III \nLabor Relations Management \nElectronic Data Processing I, II, III \nIndustrial Safety \n\n\n36 \n\n\n50 \n\n\n(continued on following page) \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 107 \n\nMajor Concentration Courses — required \n\n94.501 Administration of Justice 2 \n\n94.502 Criminal Law 2 \n94.503, 94.504 Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 \n\n94.508, 94.509, 94.510 Criminal Investigation and Case \n\nPreparation I, II, III 6 \n\n94.511 Civil Law in Criminal Justice 2 \n\n94.513 Introduction to Industrial Security 2 \n\n94.514, 94.515 Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4 \n\n94.516 Security Administration 2 \n\n94.525, 94.526, 94.527 Law Enforcement Identification and \n\nRecords I, II, III 6 \n\n94.536, 94.537 The Patrol Function I, II 4 \n\n94.541, 94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4 \n\n94.557 Investigative Report Writing 2 \n\n94.571, 94.572, 94.573 Law Enforcement Management and \n\nPlanning I, II, III 6 \n94.577, 94.578, 94.579 Government Security Programs I, II, III 6 \n\n94.582 Document Control 2 \n\n94.583 Industrial Fire Prevention 2 \n94.584, 94.585 Physical Security I, II 4 \n\n94.586 Retail Security 2 \n\n94.587 Security Measures for Financial \n\nInstitutions 2 \n\n94.591 Seminar in Industrial Security 2 66 \nElective Courses* 22 \n\nTotal Credits 174 \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University \nCollege Catalog. \n\n\n108 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n\nSECURITY \n\nBasic Courses — required \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III \n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III \n\n\nAssociate in Science Degree \nquarter hours \n\n\nCore Courses — required \n\n\n19.532, 19.533, \n\n21.501, 21.502, \n\n21.548, \n\n\n45.570, 45.571, \n\n\n19.534 \n21.503 \n21.549 \n21.550 \n22.514 \n22.515 \n45.572 \n\n\nMajor Concentration Courses \n\n94.501 \n\n94.502 \n\n94.503, 94.504 \n\n94.508, 94.509, 94.510 \n\n\n94.514, \n\n\n94.536, \n\n\n94.577, 94.578, \n\n\n94.584, \n\n\nElective Courses* \n\n\n94.511 \n94.513 \n94.515 \n94.516 \n94.537 \n94.557 \n94.579 \n94.583 \n94.585 \n94.586 \n\n\nIndustrial Psychology I, II, III \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nCriminology I, II \n\nJuvenile Delinquency \n\nAmerican Constitutional Law \n\nCivil Rights \n\nElectronic Data Processing I, II, III \n\n— required \n\nAdministration of Justice \nCriminal Law \n\nEvidence and Court Procedure I, II \nCriminal Investigation and Case \n\nPreparation I, II, III \nCivil Law in Criminal Justice \nIntroduction to Industrial Security \nInterviews and Interrogations I, II \nSecurity Administration \nThe Patrol Function I, II \nInvestigative Report Writing \nGovernment Security Programs I, II, III \nIndustrial Fire Prevention \nPhysical Security I, II \nRetail Security \n\nTotal Credits \n\n\n12 \n\n\n28 \n\n\n44 \n\n12 \n96 \n\n\n•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number \nrequired, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University \nCollege Catalog. \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 109 \n\nSECURITY \n\nRecommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program \nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\nAll new students should discuss their programs with advisers before under- \ntaking the following sequence of courses: \n\n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter 2 \n\nQuarter 3 \n\n1st \n\n30.504 \n\n30.505 \n\n30.506 \n\nYear \n\nEnglish 1 \n\nEnglish II \n\nEnglish III \n\n94.501 \n\n94.513 \n\n94.586 \n\nAdmin, of Justice \n\nInt. Indust. Sec. \n\nRetail Security \n\n94.502 \n\n94.503 \n\n94.504 \n\nCriminal Law \n\nEvid. & Ct. Proc. 1 \n\nEvid. &Ct. Proc. II \n\n94.514 \n\n94.515 \n\n94.557 \n\nInterv. & Interr. 1 \n\nInterv. & Interr. II \n\nInv. Report Writing \n\n2nd \n\n21.501 \n\n21.502 \n\n21.503 \n\nYear \n\nSociology 1 \n\nSociology II \n\nSociology III \n\n94.536 \n\n94.537 \n\n94.583 \n\nPatrol Funct. 1 \n\nPatrol Funct. II \n\nIndust. Fire Prev. \n\n94.584 \n\n94.585 \n\n94.516 \n\nPhys. Security 1 \n\nPhys. Security II \n\nSecurity Admin. \n\n94.508 \n\n94.509 \n\n94.510 \n\nCr. Inv. & Case \n\nCr. Inv. Case \n\nCr. Inv. Case \n\nPrep. 1 \n\nPrep II. \n\nPrep. Ill \n\n3rd \n\n19.501 \n\n19.502 \n\n19.503 \n\nYear \n\nPsychology 1 \n\nPsychology II \n\nPsychology III \n\n45.570 \n\n45.571 \n\n45.572 \n\nElect. Data Proc. 1 \n\nElect. Data. Proc. II \n\nElect. Data Proc. Ill \n\n94.577 \n\n94.578 \n\n94.579 \n\nGov. Sec. Prog. 1 \n\nGov. Sec. Prog. II \n\nGov. Sec. Prog. Ill \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n4th \n\n19.532 \n\n19.533 \n\n19.534 \n\nYear \n\nInt. Indust. Psy. 1 \n\nInt. Indust. Psy. II \n\nInt. Indust. Psy. Ill \n\n21.548 \n\n21.549 \n\n21.550 \n\nCriminology 1 \n\nCriminology II \n\nJuvenile Delinq. \n\n22.514 \n\n22.515 \n\n94.511 \n\nAmer. Const. Law \n\nCivil Rights \n\nCiv. Law Crim. Just. \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n officially granted.) 15 \n\nSIXTH YEAR \n\n8.321, 18.322, 18.323 Microbiology and Laboratory !, II, III 12 \n\n8.341, 18.342, 18.343 Hematology I, II, III 6 \n\nElective (Non-Science) 6 \n\nSEVENTH YEAR \n\n7.311, 17.312, 17.313 Clinical Biochemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nD.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nElective (Non-Science) 6 \n\nElective 6 \n\n\n1 \n\n\n128 / LINCOLN COLLEGE / UNIVERSITY COLLEGE \n\nMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Bachelor of Science Degre \n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nIntroductory Mathematics I and II (10.301, 10.302). \n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H \n\n10.311, 10.312 Algebra I, II 4 \n\n10.313, 10.314 Trigonometry I, II 4 \n\n10.315 Introduction to Calculus 4 \n\n12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Laboratory I, II, III 9 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nSECOND YEAR \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus I, II, III \n\nor \n39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III \n12.321, 12.322, 12.323 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\nTHIRD YEAR \n\n12.331, 12.332, 12.333 Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.334, 12.335, 12.336 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III 6 \n\n18.311, 18.312, 18.313 General Biology and Laboratory I, II, III 12 \n\nFOURTH YEAR \n\n11.304, 11.305, 11.306 General Physics I, II, III 6 \n\n18.321, 18.322, 18.323 Microbiology and Laboratory I, II, III 12 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nFIFTH YEAR \n\n12.351, 12.352, 12.353 Instrumental and Radiochemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n73.311, 73.312, 73.313 Clinical Biochemistry 6 \n\n* Elective 6 \n\nSIXTH YEAR \n\n12 Months' Internship at an A.M.A.-approved Hospital School of \nMedical Technology \n\nSEVENTH YEAR \n\n18.341, 18.342, 18.343 Hematology I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n*Elective (Non-Science) 6 \n\n* Elective (Science) 6 \n\n\n* Before registering for any electives, students should submit a proposed program of electiV' \ncourses— preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his pel \nsonal career objectives— for approval by the Committee on Education. \n\n\nEducation \n\n\nGENERAL OBJECTIVES \n\nThe teacher education program in University College is deeply concerned \nwith the quality of those who teach. In the paragraphs that follow, quality is \ngenerally described and the several ways of assessing it are outlined. \n\nObjective I: Every teacher should be broadly educated and should be an \nexcellent example of American culture. \n\nAll students are expected to develop breadth in their program in two ways. \niFirst, students will be required to complete certain common course work, \nSocial Science, United States History, American Literature, Effective Speak- \ning, Human Development, and English. Second, all students must complete \na minimum of 16 credits in each of the following areas: Science and Mathe- \nmatics, Humanities, and Social Sciences. \n\nObjective II: Every teacher should achieve an expertness in some field of \nknowledge. \n\nThe teacher education program in University College offers an academic \nimajor in the field of English. The major is designed to prepare English \nteachers for the junior or senior high school. It will also provide a basis for \nspecialized graduate study in English as well as in education. \n\n(Objective III: Each teacher should be professionally prepared for the posi- \ntion of his choice. \n\nIn addition to their general education and specialized concentration, all \nstudents will share some common professional course work with related out- \n;Df-class experience and, in addition, will take course work appropriate to \ni:heir level or field of teaching. Student teaching during the senior year will \n(serve as an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the previous years. \nJ3eginning students will have about two years to estimate their abilities to \nsnaster college work, to discover the wisdom of their choice of a major field, \nhnd to evaluate the strength of their commitment to, and qualifications \nlor, teaching. \n\n\n129 \n\n\n130 / EDUCATION \n\nUpon completion of 40 earned quarter hours of credit, students desiring \ncertification will make application to enter the professional sequence of the \nCollege of Education*. They will be expected to present such evidence as the \nCollege of Education shall require. Evaluations will be made on academic \naptitude, verbal fluency, interest in working with young people, and emo- \ntional maturity. A serious attempt will be made to assess these factors it \ntheir interrelationships rather than as isolated phenomena. Students ac \ncepted into the professional sequence of the College of Education will be ex \npected to commit themselves to the remaining requirements of the program \n\nAdmission Requirements \n\nImportant to the future teacher is high ability in the communication skills \nand adequate strength in the field of special interest. As important as the \npattern and quality of an applicant's preparation are the personal qualifica \ntions which contribute to success in teaching. \n\nUpon completion of 40 earned quarter hours of credit, students desiring \ncertification must apply to the College of Education for admission to the \nprofessional sequence of the teacher education program. \n\nTransfers \n\nStudents desiring advanced standing from other institutions will not be \naccepted unless they have, in general, completed the requirements for ad- \nmission to the teacher education program in University College, including \nappropriate course work and the screening program. \n\nGRADUATION REQUIREMENTS \n\nDegrees \n\nUniversity College will award the degree of Bachelor of Science to those \nwho successfully complete the program of preparation for teaching English \nat the secondary school level. \n\nQuantitative Requirements \n\nThe required courses in the curriculum for the teaching of English are listed \non a following page. The curriculum requires not less than 173 quarter \nhours of class work, including one quarter of student teaching. At least 45 \nquarter hours will be required in Education, including student teaching. \n\nElective Courses \n\nElective courses, approved by the College of Education adviser, will be se- \nlected by the student from among courses in University College. \n\nQualitative Requirements \n\nStudents in the teacher education program in University College will be \nexpected to maintain an over-all average of C while doing work of C+ or \n\n\n•One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University \n\n\nEDUCATION / 131 \n\nbetter in the field of specialization and in the professional sequence in order \nto be recommended for placement. Students are warned that any failure \nseriously handicaps their records and must be made up at the earliest \nopportunity. \n\nGraduation with Honor \n\nCandidates of distinctly superior achievement in their academic work will be \ngraduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited number of \nthis group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Students \nmust have been in attendance at the University at least six quarters before \nthey may become eligible for honors at graduation. \n\nNational Teacher Examinations \n\nRj students who plan to make teaching their career will be expected to take \nthe general and special National Teacher Examinations in their senior year. \n\nPrograms of Instruction \n\nThe teacher education program in University College offers an academic \nmajor in the field of English. A specimen program is shown on the fol- \nowing page. \n\nAccreditation \n\nNortheastern University's College of Education is accredited by the National \nCouncil for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The College is a member \nDf the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. \n\n\n132 / EDUCATION \n\n\nSPECIMEN PROGRAM IN TEACHING OF ENGLISH \n\n\nThis program is designed with the assumption that the student is attending \ncollege on approximately a half-time basis. \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nQUARTER 1 \n\nNo. Course CI. q.h. \n\n16.501 Nat. Sci. I 2 2 \n\n23.501 West. Civ. I 2 2 \n\n29.501 Eff. Spkg. I 2 2 \n\n30.504 English I 2 2 \n\nQUARTER 2 \n\nNo. Course CI. q.h. \n\n16.502 Nat. Sci. II 2 2 \n23.502 West. Civ. II 2 2 \n\n29.502 Eff. Spkg. II 2 2 \n\n30.505 English II 2 2 \n\nQUARTER 3 \n\nNo. Course CI. q.h. \n\n16.503 Nat. Sci. Ill 2 2 \n23.503 West. Civ. Ill 2 2 \n29.503 Eff. Spkg. Ill 2 2 \n\n30.506 English III 2 2 \n\n\nSecond Year \n\nQUARTER 4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h \n\n22.501 \n\nPrin. Pol. Sci. 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.507 \n\nIntro. Lit. 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n50.111 \n\nSoc. Sci. 1 \n\nQUARTER 5 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h \n\n22.502 \n\nPrin. Pol. Sci. II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.508 \n\nIntro. Lit. II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n50.112 \n\nSoc. Sci. II \n\nQUARTER 6 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h \n\n22.503 \n\nPrin. Pol. Sci. Ill \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.509 \n\nIntro. Lit. Ill \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n50.113 \n\nSoc. Sci. Ill \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n21 \n\n\n24 \n\n\nStudents desiring certification must now apply to the College of Education* \nfor admission to the teacher education program. \n\n\nThird Year \n\nFourth Year \n\nQUARTER 7 \n\nQUARTER \n\n10 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h \n\n23.527 \n\nEngland 500-1603 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n23.504 \n\nU.S. History 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n26.501 \n\nIntro. Phil. 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.541 \n\nEnglish Lit. 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.525 \n\nEnglish Language 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n50.121 \n\nHum. Dev. & \n\n39.501 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. 1 \nQUARTER 8 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nLearn. 1 \nQUARTER \n\n11 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h \n\n23.548 \n\nEngland 1603-1815 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n23.505 \n\nU.S. History II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n26.502 \n\nIntro. Phil. II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n26.534 \n\nLogic \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.526 \n\nEnglish Language II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.542 \n\nEnglish Lit. II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n39.502 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. II \nQUARTER 9 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nElectives \n\nQUARTER \n\n12 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h \n\n23.549 \n\nEngland Since 1815 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n23.506 \n\nU.S. History III \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n26.503 \n\nIntro. Phil. Ill \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.543 \n\nEnglish Lit. Ill \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.527 \n\nEnglish Language III \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n50.131 \n\nHum. Dev. & \n\n39.503 \n\nEc. Prin. & Prob. Ill \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nLearn. II \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n24 \n\n'One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University \n\n\n. \n\n\n24 \n\n\nEDUCATION / 133 \n\n\nFifth Year \n\nQUARTER 13 \nNo. Course CI. \n\n30.522 Intro. Semantics I 2 \n30.544 Amer. Lit. I 2 \n\n51.135 Anal. Tchng & \n\nEd. Proc. 4 4 \n\nQUARTER 14 \n\n\nq.h. \n\n2 \n2 \n\n\nSixth Year \n\nQUARTER 16 \nNo. Course \n\n30.517 Intermed. Wrtg. \n30.554 Shakespeare I \n50.141 Meas. & Eval. \n\nQUARTER 17 \n\n\nCI. \n\n2 \n2 \n\n4 \n\n\nq.h. \n\n2 \n2 \n4 \n\n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\n30.523 \n\nIntro. Semantics II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.518 \n\nCreative Wrtg. 1 \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.545 \n\nAmer. Lit. II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.555 \n\nShakespeare II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nQUARTER 15 \n\nQUARTER 18 \n\nto. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nElective \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.519 \n\nCreative Wrtg. II \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n50.546 \n\nAmer. Lit. Ill \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n30.556 \n\nShakespeare III \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n54.126 \n\nSec. Reading \n\n4 \n\n4 \n24 \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n4 \n24 \n\nseventh Year \n\nEighth \n\nYear \n\nQUARTER 19 \n\nQUARTER 22 \n\nto. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nNo. \n\nCourse \n\nCI. \n\nq.h. \n\nSci. or Math. Elec. \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n51.151 \n\nStudent Teaching \n\n8 \n\nArt Music or Thea. \n\n8 \n\nArt \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nTotal Credits \n\n173 \n\n•0.151 \n\nBckgrnds. Amer. Ed. \nQUARTER 20 \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\nto. \nto. \n\nCourse \n\nSci. or Math. Elec. \nArt Music or Thea. \n\nArt \nElectives \n\nQUARTER 21 \nCourse \n\nSci. or Math. Elec. \nArt Music or Thea. \nArt \n\nCI. \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n4 \n\nCI. \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\nq.h. \n\n2 \n\n2 \n\n4 \n\nq.h. \n2 \n\n2 \n\n5.143 \n\nM & M — English \n\n4 \n\n4 \n\n24 \n\n\nCourse Descriptions \n\n\nAbbreviations \n\nQ. H. = Quarter Hours (credit earned) \nCI. = Hours required in class per week \nPrereq. = Prerequisite \n\n10-MATHEMATICS \n\nStudents intending to enroll in Mathematic 10.501 or 10.507 will be given a \nMathematics Placement Test during the registration period. A satisfactory score \nin this test will entitle the student to enroll in course 10.501 or 10.507, while \nan unsatisfactory score will require that he enroll in the non-credit course \n10.330 for additional preparation. \n\n10.330 Basic Mathematics I (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nA review of elementary algebra; algebraic expressions and operations, equations, \nword problems. Prereq. None. \n\n10.331 Basic Mathematics II (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nFurther review; operations with polynomials, factoring, fractional expressions, \nword problems. Prereq. None. \n\n10.501 Mathematics I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nMethods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Prereq. Math \nPlacement test or 10.302. \n\n10.502 Mathematics II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nLinear and quadratic equations; exponents and radicals; variation. Prereq. \n10.501. \n\n\n10.503 Mathematics III. (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nReview of geometry; topics of trigonometry; introduction to statistics and prob- \nability; logarithms. Prereq. 10.502. \n\n10.504 Mathematics for Business Management I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \nIntroduction to mathematics underlying operations research, with emphasis on \napplications to business management; logic, set theory. Prereq. 10.503. \n\n10.505 Mathematics for Business Management II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \nProbability and its uses in decision-making under uncertainty; introduction to \nvector and matrix algebra. Prereq. 10.504. \n\n134 \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 135 \n\n10.506 Mathematics for Business Management III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \nMathematics of finance, linear programming and optimization techniques, game \ntheory. Prereq. 10.505. \n\n10.507 Mathematics (Intensive) (6 CI.; 6 q.h.) \n\nMethods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Linear and quadratic \nequations; exponents and radicals; variation. Review of geometry; topics of \ntrigonometry; introduction to statistics and probability; logarithms. Not open to \nstudents who have taken 10.501, 10.502, 10.503. Prereq. Math Placement \ntest or 10.302. \n\n10.316 Probability and Statistics I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic tools, e.g., sets, permutations and combinations; probability and \napplications. Prereq. 10.503. \n\n10.317 Probability and Statistics II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nDescriptive statistics; frequency distributions and probability density functions; \nnormal and other distributions. Prereq. 10.316. \n\n10.318 Probability and Statistics III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nBivariate distributions; correlation; statistical inference and estimation; regres- \nsion. Prereq. 10.317. \n\n10.320 Calculus I (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \n\nFunctions, graphs and limits; differentiation and integration of algebraic func- \ntions, with applications; study of circles and analysis of the straight line and \nconic sections. Prereq. 10.503. \n\n10.321 Calculus II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nCalculus of non-algebraic functions, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric, \nlogarithmic, exponential, hyperbolic. Prereq. 10.320. \n\n10.322 Calculus III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nDifferentials; the Law of the Mean, and interminate forms; techniques of inte- \ngration; the definite integral and the fundamental theorem, and application \nto volume and surface area of revolution and to length of arc of a curve. \nPrereq. 10.321. \n\n10.323 Calculus IV (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nInfinite series; partial differentiation; multiple integrals. Prereq. 10.322. \n\n10.324 Differential Equations I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nVector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq. 10.323. \n\n. 10.325 Differential Equations II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nOrdinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear \ndifferential equations, especially with constant coefficients. Laplace transforms. \n•Prereq. 10.324. \n\n\n136 / PHYSICS \n\n10.326 Differential Equations III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nSeries solutions of differential equations; Fourier series and orthogonal \n\nfunctions. Prereq. 10.325. \n\n10.351 Advanced Mathematics I (Numerical Analysis) (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic methods of numerical analysis — roots by iteration; approximating poly- \nnomials and interpolation; least squares fitting; numerical integration; approxi- \nmate solution of ordinary differential equations — problems employing the \nelectronic computer. Prereq. 45.575 and 10.326. \n\n10.352 Advanced Mathematics II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to partial differential equations; boundary-value problems; Sturm- \nLiouville systems. Prereq. 10.351. \n\n10.353 Advanced Mathematics III (CI.; 2 q.h.) \nSpecial topics in analysis. Prereq. 10.352. \n\n10.361 Modern Algebra I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nThe integers; rational and real numbers; mathematical induction; polynomials. \nPrereq. 10.503. \n\n10.362 Modern Algebra II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nThe complex field; equivalence relations; groups; subgroups. Prereq. 10.361. \n\n10.363 Modern Algebra III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nVector spaces; linear independence; linear algebra and transformations. Pre- \nreq. 10.362. \n\n11-PHYSICS \n\n11.301 Introductory Physics I (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nA survey of physical principles and theories related to field of mechanics. A \nrelatively non-mathematical approach is used. Prereq. none. \n\n11.302 Introductory Physics II (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nExtension of principles in mechanics and introduction of concepts in elec- \ntricity and magnetism. Prereq. none. \n\n11.303 Introductory Physics III (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nAtomic structure and the principles of electricity and magnetism. Prereq. \n11.302. \n\n*11.304 General Physics I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; \nprojectile and circular motion; rotational motion; conservatism laws of energy \nand momentum. Prereq. 10.501, 10.502 and 10.503 or concurrently. \n\n11.305 General Physics II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nTemperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat; wave motion; sound; \n\nDoppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical systems. Prereq. 11.304. \n\n\nCHEMISTRY 137 \n\n11.306 General Physics III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric current; \ninductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits. \nPrereq. 11.305. \n\n\n12-CHEMISTRY \n\n12.301 Introductory Chemistry I (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nA non-mathematical approach to the concepts of chemistry including matter, \nelements and compounds, chemical bonding, chemical equations. Prereq. \nnone. \n\n12.302 Introductory Chemistry II (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nIncludes Periodic System, forms of energy, oxidation-reduction, solutions, \nchemical and ionic equilibrium, nuclear reactions, and a brief introduction to \norganic chemistry. Prereq. 12.301. \n\n12.303 Introductory Chemistry III (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nProperties and reactions of hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon derivatives, and various \nclasses of organic compounds. Introduction to Bio-Chemistry. Prereq. 12.302. \n\n12.307 Modern Chemistry (Intro, to Inorganic Chemistry) (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \nFundamental ideas of matter and energy, chemical bonding, chemical energy, \nwater and solutions, colloids, ionic reactions, oxidation and reduction, acidity, \nradio activity, all discussed from the view point of recent developments. Prereq. \n10.501 or concurrently. \n\n12.308 Modern Chemistry (Intro, to Organic Chemistry) (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \nClasses of organic compounds, including hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, alde- \nhydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amines and amides, carbohydrates, \n\nncluding the relationship with modern biology. Prereq. 12.307. \n\n12.309 Modern Chemistry (Intro, to the Chemistry of Living Bodies) \n12 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nncludes fats, proteins, enzymes, chemistry of digestion and the chemical re- \nictions characteristic of body fluids. Prereq. 12.308. \n\n12.311 General Chemistry I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nrundamental ideas and energy; properties of gases, liquids and solids; atomic \nstructure; chemical bonding and valence; classification of the elements; acids \nUnd bases; solutions of non-electrolytes; solutions of electrolytes; chemical \nquilibrium. Prereq. none. \n\n2.312 General Chemistry II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\npnic reactions and ionic equilibrium; oxidation-reduction reactions; electro- \nhemistry; chemical kinetics; colloidal dispersions; nuclear chemistry; chem- \nstry of metals and non-metals; study of families of elements in the Periodic \nystem. Prereq. 12.311. \n\n\n138 / NATURAL SCIENCE \n\n12.313 General Chemistry III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nChemistry of related and similar metals; coordination compounds; chemistry \nof organic compounds, both open and closed-chain compounds; organic chem- \nistry of natural and synthetic products, including petroleum, rubber, synthetic \nresins, plastics, etc. Prereq. 12.312. \n\n\n16-NATURAL SCIENCE \n\n16.501 Natural Science I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe universe and the solar system; the earth from an astronomical, geological \nand meteorological viewpoint; the nature of matter and energy. \n\n16.502 Natural Science II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe elements of physics and chemistry and their applications to everyday life; \nthe basic theory of atomic energy; the more recent developments in atomic \nresearch. Prereq. 16.501. \n\n16.503 Natural Science III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe study of the cell and the essential life processes; the various human sys- \ntems, with emphasis on physiology rather than anatomy; contributions of \nmedicine; genetics and evolution. Prereq. 16.502. \n\n16.504 Natural Science (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nThe universe and the solar system; the earth from astronomical, geological \nand meteorological viewpoint; the nature of matter and energy. The elements \nof physics and chemistry and their applications to everyday life; the basic \ntheory of atomic energy; the more recent developments in atomic research. The \nstudy of the cell and the essential life processes; the various human systems, \nwith emphasis on physiology rather than anatomy; contributions of medicine; \ngenetics and evolution. Not open to students who have taken 16.501, 16.502, \n16.503. \n\n16.511 History of Science and Technology I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of the varieties of cultures and civilizations from primitive man to \nthe Roman Empire, emphasizing the interrelationships of science, technology, \nand society. Prereq. 16.503 orequiv. \n\n\n16.512 History of Science and Technology II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of History of Science and Technology I covering the period from \n\nthe Roman Empire to Sir Isaac Newton. Prereq. 16.511. \n\n\nn \n\n\n16.513 History of Science and Technology III (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of History of Science and Technology II covering the period from \n\nSir Isaac Newton to the present. Prereq. 16.512. \n\n16.521 Introduction to Geology (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to fundamental concepts of the earth and its crust. Consideration \nof the nature and properties of the materials composing the earth; the areal \ndistribution of these materials, and the processes by which they are formed, \naltered, transported, and deposited; and the nature and development of the \nlandscape. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n\nNATURAL SCIENCE / 139 \n\n16.522 Economic Mineralogy (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the geological occurrence, mineralogy, use, and economics of \nthe more important metallic and non-metallic minerals in the world today. \nInternational mineral problems will be discussed. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.523 Gemology (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the precious and semiprecious minerals of the earth's crust. \nTechniques of gem cutting, polishing, and faceting will be discussed in detail. \nOpportunity will be available to view and handle actual gem stones. Prereq. \n16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.531 Oceanography I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to the geology of the ocean basins and the physical and \nchemical properties of sea water. The development of ocean currents and their \neffect on the land masses of the world. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.532 Oceanography II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe habitat zones and organisms of the sea. Phytoplankton, zooplankton, and \nnekton are discussed. The growing economic importance of marine resources \nfor the expanding world population. Prereq. 16.531. \n\n16.533 Marine Geology (2 q.h.) \n\nPhysiography and structure of ocean basins. Marine geological processes and \nfeatures including sedimentation, erosion, shorelines, and bottom topography. \nMethods and techniques of marine geological exploration. Prereq. 16.503 \nor equiv. \n\n16.534 Fisheries Oceanography I (2 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of commercially important marine organisms. An introduction to life \nhistories and distribution of commercially important seaweed, shellfish, and \nfishes. Population dynamics and fishery potential of the world's oceans. An \nanalysis of fishery stocks and sea farming. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.535 Fisheries Oceanography II (2 q.h.) \n\nCommercial fishing methods, techniques, and equipment. Methods of harvesting \nthe seas from past to present. An analysis of the various fisheries of the Atlantic \nOcean with their equipment. Latest techniques of electric and photic fish \ncapture. Prereq. 16.534. \n\n16.536 Fisheries Oceanography III (2 q.h.) \n\nCommercial fishery products and their exploitation. A study of the commercial \nproducts and applications of marine organisms such as sea weed, fish, and \nshellfish. Particular emphasis on the marine products of commerce from the \nNew England area. Chemical, industrial, and dietary applications of marine \nproducts. Prereq. 16.535. \n\n16.541 Meteorology I (2 q.h.) \n\nintroduction to the structure, composition and phenomena of the atmosphere. \n\nConsideration of solar radiation, aurora, airglow, meteors and radio propaga- \n\n\n140 / NATURAL SCIENCE \n\ntion in the upper atmosphere, followed by a detailed examination of the major \nweather elements, related measuring instruments and global wind circulation \nof the troposphere. Laboratory exercises include plotting horizontal and vertical \nvariations in temperature, pressure and moisture, with analysis of the dynamic \ninter-relationships involved. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.542 Meteorology II (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of secondary wind circulation, air masses, frontal systems, thunder- \nstorms, hurricanes and tornadoes. Techniques in local short-range and regional \nlong-range forecasting, with special attention to New England conditions. Labora- \ntory exercises in synoptic weather maps preparation, analysis and interpretation. \nPrereq. 16.541. \n\n16.543 Climatology (2 q.h.) \n\nClassification, analysis and geographic distribution of climatic types. Considera- \ntion of microclimates and relationship of weather and climatic elements to other \nfactors in the natural environment and human activities. Opportunity provided \nto apply effects of these elements to a chosen area of personal interest. Prereq. \n16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.551 Astronomy I (2 q.h.) \n\nDirection, orientation, and division of space and time. The six main types of \nbodies of the Solar System in terms of their observed properties and motions. \nPrereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.552 Astronomy II (2 q.h.) \n\nLight as part of the electromagnetic spectrum and as a fundamental basis of \nman's observations. A survey of light and radio telescopes, spectroscopes, and \nother tools of astronomy. The sun as a typical star. Prereq. 16.551. \n\n16.553 Astronomy III (2 q.h.) \n\nStellar classification, variety, and evolution as fundamentals in the under- \nstanding of clusters, galaxies, and cosmology. Prereq. 16.552. \n\n16.561 Physical Geography I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe physical assessment of the earth as a globe; relations with the sun, geo- \ngraphic grid, map projections, illumination of the globe, geographic time studies, \nand moon-tide relationships. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.562 Physical Geography II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe physical weather elements of air temperature, pressure, moisture, and \ncyclonic storms; role of these elements in world climate. Prereq. 16.561. \n\n16.563 Physical Geography III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe earth's landforms; their formation and description. Landforms to be \nstudied will include those formed by streams, glaciers, waves, and volcanoes. \nPrereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 141 \n\n16.564 Economic Geography (2 q.h.) \n\nPhysical geography; resource distribution; and the development of agriculture \nand industry with emphasis upon basic economic institutions. \nNote: May not be taken in addition to 39.500 Economic Geography. \n\n16.565 World Regional Geography (2 q.h.) \n\nA brief examination of world nation states in terms of their population, resources, \neconomic development, and physical environment. National problems will be \nstressed. \n\n16.566 Urban Geography (2 q.h.) \n\nA detailed examination of cities; their location, evolution, morphology, principal \nfunctions, Internal land use structure, and supporting urban fringe areas. Minor \nemphasis on the theoretical and practical application of urban planning. \n\n16.571 Conservation of Natural Resources I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe philosophy of conservation. Historical development of the Conservation \nMovement in the U.S. since 1900. Interactions of economics and conservation. \nPrereq. 16.503 or equiv. \n\n16.572 Conservation of Natural Resources II (2 q.h.) \n\nProblems relating to the supply, use, and management of major renewable \nnatural resources such as forests, soil, wildlife, and water. Prereq. 16.571. \n\n16.573 Conservation of Natural Resources III (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of the theories and techniques of conservation to problems of urban \nresources, air and water pollution, recreational resources, and the availability \nof funds. Prereq. 16.572. \n\n\n18 — BIOLOGY \n\n18.304 Integrated Science I (2 CI; 4 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \nPrinciples of chemistry; principles of biology. \n\n18.305 Integrated Science II (2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to essential concepts in the major areas of biology; physico- \nchemical background of biology. Prereq. 18.304. \n\n18.306 Integrated Science III (CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \nHuman anatomy and physiology. Prereq. 18.305. \n\n18.311 General Biology (3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \n\nUniversal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition \nand cellular activities; inheritance and cellular control; the evolutionary process; \nenvironmental relationships. Prereq. none. \n\n18.312 Animal Biology (3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \n\nSystematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Diver- \nsity of animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation. \nPrereq. 18.311. \n\n\n142 / PSYCHOLOGY \n\n18.313 Plant Biology (3 CI.; 3 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \n\nSystematic study of the structure and function of plants, principally vascular \nplants. Survey of the plant-like protists, and monerans. Prereq. 18.311. \n\n18.314 Botany I (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nThe plant cell, tissues, and parts of flowering plants. Prereq. 18.313. \n\n18.315 Botany II (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nClassification of the plant kingdom, plantal life histories. Prereq. 18.314. \n\n18.316 Botany III (2 CI.; 2 q.h.) \n\nPhysiology and life activities of plants. Prereq. 18.315. \n\n18.321 Microbiology I (2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \nBiology of bacteria and other microorganisms, preparation of media, steriliza- \ntion, staining, isolation, and identification of pure cultures. Prereq. 18.313. \n\n18.322 Microbiology II (2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \nBacteriology of water, sewage, air, and milk. Standards, plate counts, and \nphysiological tests. Prereq. 18.321. \n\n18.323 Microbiology III (2 CI.; 4 Lab.; 4 q.h.) \nSurvey of pathogenic microorganisms; metabolic activities. Prereq. 18.322. \n\n18.324 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 q.h.) \nThe structure and function of vertebrate organ systems. Prereq. 18.306 or \n18.313. \n\n18.325 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (2 CI.; 2 lab.; 3 q.h.) \nIntroduction to cellular metabolism. Prereq. 18.324. \n\n18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology III (2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 q.h.) \nContinuation of the study of cellular metabolism. Prereq. 18.325. \n\n18.357 Genetics I (1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 q.h.) \nMitosis, meiosis, and mendelian genetics. Prereq. 18.313. \n\n18.358 Genetics II (1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 q.h.) \n\nChromosome mapping, mutations, translocation, chromosomal aberrations. \nPrereq. 18.357. \n\n18.359 Genetics III (1 CI.; 2 Lab.; 2 q.h.) \nPopulation genetics, aspects of biochemical genetics. Prereq. 18.358. \n\n\n19-PSYCHOLOGY \n\n19.501 Psychology I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psycholog- \nical measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning. \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY / 143 \n\n19.502 Psychology II (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so- \ncial influences on behavior. Prereq. 19.501. \n\n19.503 Psychology III (2 q.h.) \n\nPersonality theory and measurement, behavior disorders, mental health and \npsychotherapy. Prereq. 19.502. \n\n19.504 Statistics in Psychology I (2 q.h.) \n\nScales of measurement in psychological research; measures of central tendency, \nand variability. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.505 Statistics in Psychology II (2 q.h.) \n\nMeasures of correlation; introduction to probability and statistical distributions. \nPrereq. 19.504. \n\n19.506 Statistics in Psychology III (2 q.h.) \n\nParametric and non parametric tests of significance, including chi square, \nt-test, F test and simple analysis of variance. Prereq. 19.505. \n\nNote: 19.504, 19.505, and 19.506 may not be taken in addition to Statistics \n(39.511, 39.512, 39.513). Psychology majors may substitute 39.511, 39.512, \n.and 39.513 with permission of the Dean. \n\n19.507 Psychology (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\n<\\n introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psycholog- \nical measurements and testing, and principles of animal and human learning. \nPrincipals of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and social \ninfluences on behavior. Personality theory ad measurement, behavior disorders, \nmental health and psychotherapy. Not open to students who have taken 19.501, \n19.502, 19.503. \n\n119.511 Child Psychology I (2 q.h.) \n\nSenetic factors in development; biological, social, intellectual, and personality \n\ndevelopment during preschool years. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.512 Child Psychology II (2 q.h.) \n\nFactors in psychological development during the middle-childhood years. Pre- \n\n\\eq. 19.511. \n\nIL9.513 Adolescent Psychology (2 q.h.) \n\nPsychological and physical changes during adolescence, attitudes toward peer \ngroups and parental figures, vocational choice, and the determination of moral \nstandards and values. Prereq. 19512. \n\n.9.521 Personality I (2 q.h.) \n\nSystematic study of the normal personality. A number of prominent theoretical \nipproaches to personality will be considered including the psychoanalytic, \n:onstitutional, field and stimulus-response. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n\n144 / PSYCHOLOGY \n\n19.522 Personality II (2 q.h.) \n\nProblems of adjustment, frustration, conflict, and stress. Adjustive behavior, \nmechanisms of defense, and minor personality maladjustments will be con- \nsidered. Prereq. 19.521. \n\n19.523 Motivation (2 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of the various aspects of motivation. Such areas as primary and second- \nary reinforcement, unconscious motivation, effectance motivation, and the \nassessment of motive will be considered. Prereq. 19.522. \n\n19.524 Social Psychology I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe socialization process, social motives, interpersonal perception, group mem- \nbership and structure. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.525 Social Psychology II (2 q.h.) \n\nAttitudes, prejudice and ethnic relations, leadership, mass behavior and social \nmovements, and the effects of mass media of communication. Prereq. 19.524. \n\n19.526 Psychology of Aggression (2 q.h.) \n\nThe role of aggressive and violent behavior in man and lower organisms. The \ncontribution of both learned responses and genetic constitution. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.527 Psychology of Conformity and Rebellion (2 q.h.) \n\nPsychological factors in conforming or rebellious behavior. Specific attention \nto psychological motives and attitudes of the individual with respect to deci- \nsions on political participation, drugs, sexual behavior, educational policy, and \nother current social problems. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.528 Psychological Factors in National and International Conflict (2 q.h.) \nA review of the psychological images, dynamics, and decisions in national and \ninternational loyalty and hostility. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.529 Interpersonal Behavior in the Small Group (2 h.q.) \n\nParticipation and observation of personalities and role behaviors in small group \ninteraction. Each student will observe and analyze the behavior of both the \nself and other group members. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.531 Psychological Testing (2 q.h.) \n\nBasic principles of test theory, test administration, and test construction. \nFamiliarization with representative types of tests. Prereq. 19.506. \n\n19.532 Industrial Psychology (2 q.h.) \n\nPsychology as applied to industry, including such topics as history causation \nof behavior, attitudes, morale, and supervision. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.533 Industrial Psychology (2 q.h.) \n\nThe place of Psychological tests in industry, individual differences, leadership, \ntraining, design of jobs and practical application of these topics for the student \nin industry. Prereq. 19.532. \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY / 145 \n\n19.534 Industrial Psychology (2 q.h.) \n\nTopics studied this quarter include motivation, fatigue, safety, and job turnover \nas related to industry. Special emphasis given to industrial mental health, \ncounseling, interviewing, and personnel selection. Prereq. 19.533. \n\n19.535 Psychological Factors in the Creative Process (2 q.h.) \n\nTopics to be analyzed will include definitions of creativity, role of intelligence in \ncreativity, motives for problem solving, creative personalities, the encourage- \nment of creativity in the individual and groups, and computer duplication of \ncreative behaviors. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.536 Psychology of Thought (2 q.h.) \n\nPsychological factors in intuition, imagination, problem solving, information \nprocessing, and concept learning. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.537 Psychology of Language (2 q.h.) \n\nThe child's acquisition of language, verbal habits, the analysis and measurement \nof meaning, cultural determinants of linguistic behavior, communication pro- \ncesses, and recent research in psycholinguistics. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.541 Abnormal Psychology I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction of the study of the etiology and dynamics of the abnormal \npersonality. Prereq. 19.503. \n\n19.542 Abnormal Psychology II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe symptomatology and treatment of the neuroses and psychoses. Prereq. \n19.541. \n\n\n19.543 Abnormal Psychology III (2 q.h.) \n\nPsychosomatic, psychopathic, and organic disorders; varieties of psychotherapy. \n\nPrereq. 19.542. \n\n19.551 Experimental Psychology I (2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 q.h.) \n\n•The methods and techniques for the design, execution, and interpretation of \npsychological experiments. Prereq. 19.506. \n\n19.552 Experimental Psychology II (2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 q.h.) \n\nLaboratory instrumentation and research methodology in the investigation of \nsensory and perceptual processes. Prereq. 19.551. \n\n19.553 Experimental Psychology III (2 CI.; 2 Lab.; 3 q.h.) \n\nLaboratory instrumentation and research methodology in the investigation of \nanimal and human learning, motivation, and thought. Prereq. 19.552. \n\n19.561 Historical Development of Psychology I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe historical development of psychology from its philosopical beginnings. \n\nPrereq. two full-year courses in Psychology. \n\n\n146 / ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n19.562 Historical Development of Psychology II (2 q.h.) \n\nMajor schools of psychology which have influenced modern psychological \nresearch including functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalt Psychology, and psycho- \nanalysis. Prereq. 19.561. \n\n19.563 Historical Development of Psychology III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe role of theory in current psychological research. Prereq. 19.562. \n\n19.571 Seminar in Psychology (2 q.h.) \n\nDiscussion of current problems in psychology. Prereq. 19.553. \n\n19.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) Prereq. Approval of the Dean. \n\n19.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. 19.591. \n\n19.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. 19.592. \n\n20-ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n20.501 Introduction to Physical Anthropology (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to elements of physical anthropology, covering such subjects \nas the primates, fossil man and evolution, problems of heredity and genetics, \nand problems of race and racial classification. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n20.502 Cultural Anthropology I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn intensive introduction to cultural anthropology covering the nature of culture; \nmethods and theories. Prereq. 20.501. \n\n20.503 Cultural Anthropology II (2 q.h.) \nCharacteristic features of the language, family life, rituals, and values of tribal \npeoples in different parts of the world. Prereq. 20.502. \n\n20.521 Culture and Personality (2 q.h.) \n\nA cultural approach integrating concepts of social role, values, personality and \n\nsocialization, and linguistic considerations. Prereq. 20.503. \n\n20.531 Primitive Social Organization (2 q.h.) \nThe institutions of primitive societies; comparative approaches and functional \nexplanations of a limited number of societies; the dynamics of continuity and \nchange of culture and social organization. Prereq. 20.503. \n\n20.532 Primitive Religion (2 q.h.) \nA study of religious beliefs and rituals of tribal peoples in many parts of the \nworld, including the origin of religious behavior, the relationship of religious \nbehavior to other aspects of culture, and the psychological factors involved. \nPrereq. 20.503. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY / 147 \n\n20.533 Acculturation (2 q.h.) \n\n\\n examination of the processes of acculturation in culture contact situations \nDf tribal and non-tribal peoples. Focus is on the role of the individual, and the \nconcepts of personality and values in relation to this process. Prereq. 20.503. \n\n20.537 Anthropological Theory (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ history of major orientations, emphasizing the principal contemporary orien- \ntations in the field. Evolutionary approaches, culture area and historical analysis, \n'unctionalism, role structure, comparative methods, social relations approaches, \nLind the theory of cognitive structure. Prereq. 20.503. \n\n!0.541 North American Indian (2 q.h.) \n\nPrehistory of the North American Indian, including the study of aboriginal \nCulture areas, utilizing a comparative analysis of representative Indian tribes \nhnd their cultures as the method of study. Family life, religion, warefare pat- \nterns, and political organization are described. Prereq. 20.503. \n\n!0.544 African Peoples and Cultures (2 q.h.) \n\nAfrican geography, prehistory and cultures; the spectrum of cultures ranging \n\nfrom the Pygmy to Ashanti Federation; the family, lineage, clan and tribe as \n\nhese relate to problems of political and economic change in contemporary \nnfrica. Prereq. 20.503. \n\nE0.547 Latin American Peoples and Cultures (2 q.h.) \n\n(Tribal social systems, traditional values, and institutions of Latin America with \n\nparticular emphasis on Hispanic America. Prereq. 20.503. \n\n21-S0CI0L0GY \n\nfl.501 Sociology I (2 q.h.) \n\n5asic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in \nkroup life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the \nfamily. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n1.502 Sociology II (2 q.h.) \n\nI, continuation of Sociology I with major emphasis on primary groups, associa- \njons, social stratification, collective behavior, and population. Prereq. 21.501. \n\n1.503 Sociology III (2 q.h.) \n\nI, continuation of Sociology II focusing on the major institutional areas, with \njiarticular attention to problems of social, political, urban, and industrial change. \ntrereq. 21.502. \n\ni 1.504 Sociology (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\ntasic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in \niroup life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the \nlamily. Primary groups, associations, social stratification, collective behavior \nInd population, The major institutional areas, with particular attention to prob- \nlims of social, political, urban, and industrial change. Not open to students who \ntave taken 21.501, 21.502, 21.503. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n\n148 / SOCIOLOGY \n\n\n21.512 Social Research Methods I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to social research methods with particular attention to problems \nof theory and method. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.513 Social Research Methods II (2 q.h.) \nA continuation of Social Research Methods I with emphasis on data collectior \nmeasurement, and scaling. Prereq. 21.512. \n\n21.514 Social Research Methods III (2 q.h.) \nA continuation of Social Research Methods II stressing the analysis of date \nPrereq. 21.513. \n\n21.517 Foundations of Sociological Theory (2 q.h.) \n\nAn historical survey of sociological theorists including the work of de Tocque- \nville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, Cooley and others. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.518 Contemporary Sociological Theory I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of major theoretical issues in sociology. Discussion concentrates on \nsystematic quesions and topics, as opposed to particular theorists, but material \nis drawn from theorists such as Weber, Simmel, Thomas, Mannheim, Merton, \nand Parsons. Prereq. 21.517. \n\n21.519 Contemporary Sociological Theory II (2 q.h.) \n\nA seminar in which the principal focus will be upon questions of theoretica! \ninterest, e.g., the problem of order, the problem of change, the role of the \nindividual in change. Students will present their papers in class. Prereq. 21.518. \n\n21.528 Social Stratification (2 q.h.) \n\nA comparative study of the nature of class structure with emphasis on the \nUnited States and with reference to India and England. Discussion of such \ntopics as theories of class structure, factors determining class membership, \ndifferential class behavior, and social mobility. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.531 Social Change (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of the changing patterns in social and economic institutions, a \ndiscussion of modern social trends, and a review of current literature in a \nfield. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.534 Social Control (2 q.h.) \n\nThe study of group membership as a determinant of behavior, analysis o1 \nstatus and role, patterns of authority, and group ideology as factors in the \nevalution of conduct. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n\n21.535 Political Sociology (2 q.h.) \n\nThe social structure of political life emphasizing relationships in the structure of \nsociety with its classes, occupations, races, and levels of opportunity as they \naffect political activity. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY / 149 \n\n21.538 Introduction to Social Welfare I (2 q.h.) \n\n<\\n introduction to the history, philosophy, and theory of social welfare. Prereq. \n21.503, 20.503. \n\n21.539 Introduction to Social Welfare II (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ continuation of Introduction to Social Welfare I with particular attention to \namily and child welfare, aging, and mental health. Prereq. 21.538. \n\n21.540 Introduction to Social Welfare III (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ continuation of Introduction to Social Welfare II stressing such fields as cor- \nrections, public assistance, social insurances, and school and military social \nvork. Prereq. 21.539. \n\n11.543 Introduction to Social Work Practice I (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ description of the profession of social work in a field situation. Prereq. \n\n'.1.540. \n\n'.1.544 Introduction to Social Work Practice II (2 q.h.) \n\n^ continuation of Introduction to Social Work Practice I consisting of a practicum \n)f 4 hours per week in a social agency with concurrent classwork devoted to a \nliscussion of practicum experiences. Prereq. 21.543. \n\n51.545 Introduction to Social Work Practice III (2 q.h.) \n\n^ continuation of Introduction to Social Work Practice II consisting of a praev- \nium of 4 hours per week in a social agency with concurrent classwork devoted to \ni discussion of practicum experiences. Prereq. 21.544. \n\n11.546 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (2 q.h.) \n\nKnalysis of the variety of social problems and their relationship to the organiza- \ntion of society. Particular attention will be given to alcoholism, sex offenses, drug \njibuse, mental health, and other problems relating to an urban industrial society. \nI'rereq. 21.503. \n\n11.547 Social Problems (2 q.h.) \n\nIin overview of contemporary American social problems and the application of \niociological concepts, methods, and principles to these problems. Prereq. \n<1.503. \n\n'.1.548 Criminology I (2 q.h.) \n\n\\r\\ introduction to the study of crime with particular attention to criminological \n\nneory. Prereq. 21.503. \n\nil.549 Criminology II (2 q.h.) \n\ncontinuation of Criminology I with emphasis on the causes of crime and \n=lationship between law and crime. Prereq. 21.548. \n\n1.550 Juvenile Deliquency (2 q.h.) \n\ni study of factors in delinquency and an examination of the implications for \n\nrevention, rehabilitation, and treatment. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n\n150 / SOCIOLOGY \n\n21.551 Family and Marriage I (2 q.h.) \nA comparative and historical treatment stressing the past history and develof \nment of the family. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.552 Family and Marriage II (2 q.h.) \nA continuation of Family and Marriage I emphasing the backgrounds of cor \ntemporary problems in the context of functions, forms, and processes of this \ninstitution. Prereq. 21.551. \n\n21.553 Racial and Cultural Relations I (2 q.h.) \nA study of the relationships between various racial, nationality, cultural, and \nreligious groups with emphasis on the historical development of black-white \nrelationships in American society. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.554 Racial and Cultural Relations II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of Racial and Cultural Relations I stressing the problems of \ncontemporary black-white relationships in both American and other societies. \nPrereq. 21.553. \n\n21.555 Racial and Cultural Relations III (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of Racial and Cultural Relations II with specific attention to \nreligious nationality, and non-African racial groups in American and other \nmulti-racial societies. Prereq. 21.554. \n\n21.557 Urban Sociology (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of the various causes, characteristics, and effects of urbanization in \nseveral different cultures of the world. Specific attention is given to the prob- \nlems of urban and suburban living and the changing structure of the city. \nPrereq. 21.503. \n\n21.558 Community Analysis (2 q.h.) \n\nEcological theories of man's relation to his physical einvironment. Development \nof the concept, and discussion of community study methods. Contrasts between \nrural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evaluation of com \nmunity action programs. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.560 Medical Sociology (2 q.h.) \nSociological concepts and research relating to the study of patterns of behavioi \nin the areas of health and disease. Emphasis on the family, community, medica \norganizations, class and status, as social subsystems related to the field ol \nhealth. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n\n21.563 Social Gerontology 2 q.h.) \n\nAn examination of social factors involved in aging, with specific reference tc \nhow biological and psychological age change influence behavior, social roles \nand cultural patterns. The relation of aging to social change, and special pro- \nvisions for the aged. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n\nPOLITICAL SCIENCE / 151 \n\n21.567 Population (2 q.h.) \n\nThe use of demographic methods in the analysis of social structures. Introduc- \ntion to the use of population size and composition, birth rates, and other demo- \ngraphic data in the comparative analysis of societies. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.570 Sociology of Occupations and Professions (2 q.h.) \nAnalysis of the social relations within occupational groups, of occupational \nstructure, and of institutional aspects of an occupation. Relationships of super- \nvisors, peers, colleagues, subordinates, and clientele; their significance for work \nrole behavior. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.573 Sociology of Industry (2 q.h.) \n\nComparison of pre-industrial and industrial society, stressing the impact of \nindustry on society and the relationship between industry, culture, and values. \nDiversification and specialization. Human relations in industry; analysis of \nsubordinate-super ordinate behavior, line and staff relationships, and of formal \nand informal groups. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.575 Sociology of Formal Organizations (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of formal organizations and the principles that govern organizational \nlife. Weber's theory of bureaucracy and the concept of authority; communica- \ntion systems and other conceptions of formal organizations. The structure of \nwork groups and their effect on the larger organization. Prereq. 21.503. \n\n21.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. Approval of Dean. \n\n21.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. 21.591. \n\n21.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. 21.592. \n\n22-POLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n22.501 Principles of Political Science I (2 q.h.) \n\nEvolution of the nation-state. Analysis of basic political concepts. Study of \n\n3asic forms of the contemporary political system. \n\ni'2.502 Principles of Political Science II (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of constitutional and totalitarian models. Study of contemporary \n\nBritish and Soviet political systems. Prereq. 22.501. \n\n'2.503 Principles of Political Science III (2 q.h.) \n\njl\"he American political system including study of Civil Rights. International \njolitics and American foreign policy since 1945. Prereq. 22.502. \n\n!2.504 Introduction to Political Theory (2 q.h.) \n\nDevelopment of the political ideas of the Western world. The major philoso- \n\n)hers of Greece, Rome, the Christian Era, and the Renaissance. Prereq. 22.503. \n\n\n152 / POLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n22.505 Contemporary Political Theory (2 q.h.) \nPolitical ideas and systems of political thought from Machiavelli to the present \nPrereq. 22.504. \n\n22.506 American Political Thought (2 q.h.) \n\nPolitical thought from the colonial period to the present including a study of \nthe impact of religious, economic, and judicial theory on the structure of \nAmerican ideas. Prereq. 22.503. \n\n22.507 Principles of Political Science (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nEvolution of the nation-state. Analysis of basic political concepts. Study of basic \nforms of the contemporary political system. Analysis of constitutional and \ntotalitarian models. Study of contemporary British and Soviet political systems. \nThe American political system including study of Civil Rights. International \npolitics and American foreign policy since 1945. Not open to students who have \ntaken 22.501, 22.502, and 22.503. \n\n22.511 American National Government (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the form and structure of the federal constitution and an analysis \nof the legislative process at the national level. Prereq. 22.503. \n\n22.512 Urban and Metropolitan Government (2 q.h.) \n\nThe political, structural, and functional problems of an urbanizing United States, \nincluding an analysis of urban, suburban, and metropolitan governments. \nPrereq. 22.503. \n\n22.513 Political Parties and Pressure Groups (2 q.h.) \n\nParty government in the United States and Great Britain. A contrasting stud> \nfocusing on the interaction of party and Government. Prereq. 22.503. \n\n22.514 American Constitutional Law (2 q.h.) \n\nA case analysis of the development of federalism, the separation of powers \nand the role of the federal and state courts in constitutional development \n\n22.515 Civil Rights (2 q.h.) \n\nAn evaluation of the quality and content of civil liberties in the United States \nEmphasis will be placed on the first, fifth, sixth, fourteenth, and fifteenth amend \nments to the Constitution. \n\n22.516 Public Administration I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to the theory, forms and processes of administration at thdi \nnational and state level. \n\n22.517 Public Administration II (2 q.h.) \n\nSelected problems. Case-study approach to examination of relation betweer \nthe theory and practice of public administration. Prereq. 22.516. \n\n22.518 Government and Politics of the States (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of state and local government and problems and the function anci \noperational responses to them. \n\n\nPOLITICAL SCIENCE / 153 \n\n22.519 The Legislative Process (2 q.h.) \n\n\\n institutional, functional analysis of the roles of Congress, the executive, and \n\nDolitical parties in the legislative process. \n\n22.521 Comparative Government I (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ comparative analysis of the structure and functions of the governments of \n\n3reat Britain and the USSR. Prereq. 22.503. \n\n»2.522 Comparative Government II (2 q.h.) \n\n^ comparative analysis of the structure and functions of the governments of \n\n'ranee and Western Germany. Prereq. 22.521. \n\n12.523 Government and Politics of Latin America (2 q.h.) \n'olitical behavior, economic institutions, and social environment of selected \natin American states are examined against the background of the continuing \nlfluence of the United States in this region. \n\n2.524 Government and Politics of the Middle East (2 q.h.) \n\n. study of political change, economic growth, and social adaptation in selected \nountries of the Middle East. The role of the Middle East in world affairs, \nspecially its ties with Northern Africa. \n\n2.525 Government and Politics of the Far East (2 q.h.) \n\niovernmental systems, economic institutions, and social environment of the \ntates of East Asia (China, Japan, Korea, Taiwan) are studied with reference \n5 the special influence of Communist China in this region. \n\n2.526 Government and Politics of Africa (2 q.h.) \n\ntovernment systems, political parties, socio-economic problems, and for- \nign policies are studied with reference to Africa's role in the international \nimmunity. \n\n2.527 Communism in Eastern Europe (2 q.h.) \n\nIhe communist political systems of eastern Europe and their socio-economic \n:iviornments are studied in respect to their relationship with USSR. \n\n2.531 International Relations (2 q.h.) \n\nlements and limitations on national power. Contemporary world politics. Prob- \n\nJms of cold and hot war. Prereq. 22.503. \n\nL2.532 International Organization (2 q.h.) \n\nl-evelopment of International organizations with special emphasis on the \n:nited Nations, Specialized agencies, and regional organizations. Prereq. \n11503. \n\n2.533 American Foreign Policy (2 q.h.) \n\ni emulation and conduct of American foreign policy. Role of the United States \nworld affairs since 1945. Prereq. 22.503. \n\n\n154 / HISTORY \n\n22.534 Soviet Foreign Policy (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the evolution of Soviet foreign policy since 1917 with emphasis or \n\nthe development of the international communist movement. \n\n22.541 International Law (2 q.h.) \nA procedural and substantive study of legal relations among nation states. \n\n22.542 American Foreign Policy I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe constitutional and political instruments for the formulation of American \nforeign policy. \n\n22.543 American Foreign Policy II (2 q.h.) \n\nRecent and current American foreign affairs. A regional and topical approach. \n\n22.551 Current Political Issues (2 q.h.) \n\nA topical analysis of the constitutional and political basis of selected problems \n\nin American political life. \n\n\n23-HISTORY \n\n23.501 Western Civilization I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe beginnings of Western civilization with emphasis on the political, economic \n\nand social history of the ancient and medieval world. \n\n\n23.502 Western Civilization II (2 q.h.) \n\nModern Europe to 1815 with an examination of the two major intellectu \nmovements — the Renaissance and the Enlightenment — and their impact upo \nreligious movements, economic developments, and the rise of national states \n\n\n: \n\n\n23.503 Western Civilization III (2 q.h.) \n\nWestern civilization since 1815, emphasizing the Scientific and Industrial Revo \nlutions and their impact upon democracy and authoritarianism, nationalism anc \ninternationalism, and war and peace. \n\n23.507 Western Civilization (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nThe beginnings of Western civilization with emphasis on the political, economit \nand social history of the ancient and medieval world. Modern Europe to 1815 \nwith an examination of the two major intellectual movements — the Renaissanc* \nand the Enlightenment — and their impact upon religious movements, economit \ndevelopments, and the rise of national states, Western civilization since 1815 \nemphasizing the Scientific and Industrial Revolutions and their impact upor i \ndemocracy and authoritarianism, nationalism and internationalism, and wa \nand peace. Not open to students who have taken 23.501, 23.502, 23.503. \n\n23.508 United States (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nThe United States from the close of the Revolution to the annexation of Texas ) \nwith primary attention to the political institutions and policies of the nev \nRepublic. The rise of sectional controversy in America, the Civil War, and th< ! \n\n\nHISTORY / 155 \n\neconomic development of the nation after the war. The United States in an age \nof urbanized industrialism and international crisis. Not open to students who \nhave taken 23.504, 23.505, 23.506. \n\n23.504 United States, 1783-1845 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe United States from the close of the Revolution to the annexation of Texas, \nwith primary attention to the political institutions and policies of the new \nRepublic. \n\n23.505 United States, 1845-1900 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe rise of sectional controversy in America, the Civil War, and the economic \ndevelopment of the nation after the war. \n\n23.506 United States since 1900 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe United States in an age of urbanized industrialism and international crisis. \n\n>3.521 Ancient Middle East (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of ancient cultures including Sumer, Babylonia, Egypt and Israel. \n\nJ3.522 Ancient Greece (2 q.h.) \n\n(The origins and development of Greek civilization, with special emphasis on \nhe political evolution of Hellenistic society. \n\n13.523 Ancient Rome (2 q.h.) \n\nRoman civilization in ancient times, with special emphasis on the rise of the \n\nRepublic and the decline of the Empire. \n\n!3.524 Early Middle Ages (2 q.h.) \n\nlurope from the decline of the Roman Empire to 1215, with emphasis on the \nole of religion in medieval society and the fashioning of political and eco- \nnomic institutions of feudalism and manorialism. \n\n3.525 Late Middle Ages (2 q.h.) \n\nhe medieval period from 1215 to 1500, with emphasis on the rebirth of \nlassicism in literature and the arts. \n\n3.526 Early Modern Europe (2 q.h.) \n\nhe political, economic, and social history of Europe from the dawn of the \nlodern age to the Glorious Revolution. \n\n3.527 England, 500-1603 (2 q.h.) \n\nngland to the coming of the Stuarts, with an account of political, religious, \n1 nd social developments. \n\n3.537 European Intellectual History, 1350-1688 \n\nhe major ideas of the Renaissance and Reformation. \n\n3.538 European Intellectual History, 1688-1815 \n\nie broad spectrum of eighteenth century thought, with emphasis on scientific, \niligious, and political ideas. \n\n\n156 / HISTORY \n\n\n23.539 European Intellectual History since 1815 \n\nThe main currents of European thought since Waterloo, considered in their \nsocial and political context. \n\n\n23.541 Europe, 1688-1789 (2 q.h.) \nEurope from the Glorious Revolution to the French Revolution, with emphasis \non the impact of the Enlightenment. \n\n23.542 Europe, 1789-1870 (2 q.h.) \n\nEurope from the French Revolution to the Franco-Prussian War, with a stress \non the struggles for liberalism and nationalism. \n\n23.543 Europe, 1870-1914 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe background of World War I with an emphasis on the roles of nationalism, \nmilitarism, imperialism, and the European alliance system. \n\n23.544 Europe, 1914-1939 (2 q.h.) \n\nEurope from World War I to World War II, emphasizing the failures of peace- \nmakers at Versailles and the subsequent rise of aggressive autocracies in ltal> \nand Germany. \n\n23.545 Europe since 1939 (2 q.h.) \n\nWorld War II and its aftermath, with emphasis on the Cold War and attempts \nby European nations to unify the continent. \n\n23.548 England, 1603-1815 (2 q.h.) \n\nEngland in the Stuart and Hanover age, with emphasis on the victory of par \nliamentary institutions over the monarchy. \n\n23.549 England since 1815 (2 q.h.) ! \n\nThe democratization of English life in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries \nwith emphasis on changing imperial and international relations. \n\n/ \n\n23.552 English Constitutional History to 1485 (2 q.h.) 2 \nThe development of the English constitution from Anglo-Saxon roots to th \ncoming of the Tudors, with emphasis on local as well as central governmen .« \n\n23.553 English Constitutional History since 1485 (2 q.h.) F: \nThe victory of Parliament over the King and the subsequent democratizatio | \nof England's governmental institutions and processes. • >- \n\n23.554 France since 1815 (2 q.h.) \nFrance after Napoleon, emphasizing the continuing attempt by the FrenC|», \npeople to find satisfactory political institutions. \n\n23.555 Germany since 1815 (2 q.h.) \nAn analysis of the role of nationalism in German life after 1815, with emphasij \non unification, militarism, and imperialism. \n\n\nHISTORY / 157 \n\n23.556 Italy since 1815 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe unification of Italy, the attempt to establish constitutional monarchy, the \nrise of Fascism after World War I, and the movement toward democratic re- \npublicanism after World War II. \n\n23.557 Ireland since 1800 (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the Irish Question in British politics from the Act of Union to the \nsstablishment of the Free State, with special emphasis on Ireland as an under- \ndeveloped country. \n\n23.561 Colonial America to 1689 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe exploration and settlement of North America, with emphasis on the estab- \n\nishment of political, social, and economic institutions. \n\n»3.562 Colonial America, 1689-1763 (2 q.h.) \n\ntorth America in an age of international rivalry for the continent. \n\n!3.563 American Revolution and Constitution (2 q.h.) \n\nAmerica's quest for independence from England and the efforts to establish \n\n;overnments in the new republic. \n\n3.564 Topics in American Constitutional History to 1900 (2 q.h.) \n\nielected topics in the development of the American Constitution during the \nineteenth century, with primary emphasis on federalism and the relations of \novernments and the economy. \n\n3.565 Topics in Twentieh-Century American Constitutional History (2 q.h.) \n|opics include the conflict between the liberal and conservative attitudes toward \nhe role of government in the economy and the role of the Supreme Court in \nne struggle for civil liberties and rights. \n\n13.566 United States since 1933 (2 q.h.) \n\nimerican society in a period of depression, war, and postwar crisis at home \nhd abroad. \n\n13.567 Topics in American Diplomatic History (2 q.h.) \n\nelected topics in the history of American foreign policy from 1789 to the \nI'esent. \n\ntJ.568 Topics in American Social History (2 q.h.) \n\nElected topics in the history of the American people since 1789. \n\nM.569 Topics in American Economic History (2 q.h.) \n\n'Hected topics in the development of the capitalist economy in America since \n\n'89, with emphasis on the role of government. \n\n:t.571 American Urban History (2 q.h.) \nle development of urban society in the United States since 1800. \n\n\n158 / HISTORY \n\n23.574 American Negro History (2 q.h.) \n\nThe history of the Afro-American from colonial times to the present. \n\n23.581 Latin America to 1826 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe fusing of Indian, Iberian, and Negro cultures in Latin America, and th \nquest for political independence. \n\n23.582 Latin America, 1826-1920 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe attempts by Latin Americans to establish democratic, stable societies, and \nthe foreign relations of Latin American nations, especially with the United States. \n\n23.583 Contemporary Latin America (2 q.h.) \n\nThe struggles of Latin Americans for political, economic, and social develop- \nment since 1920. \n\n23.584 The Far East before 1850 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe history of China, Japan and other Asiatic places prior to their opening by \nthe West in the mid-nineteenth century. \n\n23.585 China since 1850 (2 q.h.) \n\nA century of China's history with emphasis on the Western impact on Chinese \ncivilization, China's struggle to maintain independence, and the victory of \ncommunism in the twentieth century. \n\n23.586 Japan since 1850 (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of Japanese domestic developments and foreign relations since \nthe mid-nineteenth century, with emphasis on the Japanese quest for territory \nand power, World War II, and the post-war epoch. \n\n23.588 Africa North of Sahara (2 q.h.) \n\nNorth Africa to the present, with primary emphasis on the European impact or \nthe area, and the subsequent movement for political independence and eco- \nnomic development. \n\n23.589 Africa South of Sahara (2 q.h.) \n\nA companion to course 23.588, with primary emphasis on the rise and decline \nof imperialism in the area. \n\n23.591 Modern Middle East (2 q.h.) \n\nThe Middle East since 1914, emphasizing Zionism, Pan Arabism, the effects oi \ntwo world wars, and the post-war settlements. \n\n23.592 India and Pakistan (2 q.h.) \n\nThe political and religious history of the people who formed India and Pakistan \nwith an account of internal developments and foreign relations since inde \npendence. \n\n23.593 Southeast Asia (2 q.h.) \n\nThe cultures of the peoples of Southeast Asia, with an examination of the impac \nof European nations upon them and an account of their quest for nationa \nidentity and economic development. \n\n\nPHILOSOPHY / 159 \n\n23.594 Russia, 1450-1801 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe emergence of Russia as a recognized European power, with an account of \nwesternization and expansion in the eighteenth century. \n\n23.595 Russia, 1801-1917 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe history of the Russian people and their government from the days of Czar \nAlexander I to the revolutions of 1917. \n\n23.596 Russia since 1917 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe revolutions of 1917 and the subsequent history of the Russian people and \ntheir government, with special emphasis on foreign relations. \n\n23.597 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. Approval of Dean. \n\n23.598 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) \nPrereq. 23.597. \n\n23.599 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) \nDrereq. 23.598. \n\n\n26-PHILOSOPHY \n\n26.501 Introduction to Philosophy I (2 q.h.) \n\nm examination of the aims, functions, and methods of philosophy in comparison \n\nvith other areas of human knowledge and valuation. \n\n'6.502 Introduction to Philosophy II (2 q.h.) \n\nnquiry into the nature of morality, kinds of moral judgments, and types of \nJthical theories with particular attention to their application to moral issues of \niur day. Prereq. 26.501. \n\n!6.503 Introduction to Philosophy III (2 q.h.) \n\n)omparison of major conceptions of the ultimate meaning of human existence, \n\nhe nature of mind, freedom, and God. Prereq. 26.502. \n\n6.510 Introduction to Philosophy (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\n,n examination of the aims, functions, and methods of philosophy in com- \narison with other areas of human knowledge and valuation. Inquiry into the \nature of morality, kinds of moral judgments, and types of ethical theories \n'ith particular attention to their application to moral issues of our day. Com- \narison of major conceptions of the ultimate meaning of human existence, the \nature of mind, freedom, and God. Not open to students who have taken 26 501 \n6.502, 26.503. \n\n6.504 The Greek and Roman Philosophers (2 q.h.) \n\n:evelopment of western thought from the seventh century B.C. until the time \n\nf Christ with emphasis upon Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics. \n\n\n160 / PHILOSOPHY \n\n26.505 The Ages of Belief and Adventure (2 q.h.) \n\nThe leading philosophers of the early Christian, Medieval, And Renaissance \nperiods with particular attention to St. Augustine, St. Thomas, Francis Bacon, \nand Thomas Hobbes. Prereq. 26.504. \n\n26.506 The Ages of Reason and Enlightenment (2 q.h.) \n\nPhilosophy in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries with emphasis upon \nDescartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, and Kant. Prereq. 26.505. \n\n26.507 Philosophy of the Nineteenth Century (2 q.h.) \n\nPhilosophic trends in the nineteenth century considered as background for the \nunderstanding of ideas influential in the twentieth century. Prereq. 26.503 or \n26.506. \n\n26.508 Twentieth Century Philosophy (2 q.h.) \n\nDiscussion of the major contemporary philosophic trends as represented by \nlogical positivism, analytic philosophy, and existentialism. Prereq. 26.507. \n\n26.509 Major Thinkers of our Time (2 q.h.) \n\nAn in-depth study of two or three philosophers, representative of which would \nbe Austin, Ayer, Carnap, Dewey, Lewis, Maritain, Moore, Sartre, or Whitehead. \nPrereq. 26.508. \n\n26.511 Philosophy of Art I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe nature of art and the experience of beauty. \n\n26.512 Philosophy of Art II (2 q.h.) \n\nTheories concerning art and aesthetic experience such as those of Plato, Aris- \ntotle, Tolstoy, Santayana, Dewey, and Cassirar. Prereq. 26.511. \n\n26.513 Philosophy of Art III (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the problems of artistic taste, standards of criticism, and the ob- \njectivity of artistic judgments. Concludes with a discussion of the arts, the \nartist, and society. Prereq. 26.512. \n\n26.521 Philosophy of Religion I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the nature of religious experience and beliefs about the nature of God. \n\n26.522 Philosophy of Religion II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe origins, nature, and functions of religion. Prereq. 26.521. \n\n26.523 Philosophy of Religion III (2 q.h.) \n\nIntensive study of some of the major problems such as natural and moral evil, \nthe soul, immortality, miracles, and religious knowledge. Prereq. 26.522. \n\n2&.52.A The Great Eastern Religions I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of eastern primitive religions and their subsequent evolution \n\ninto the sophisticated forms of the contemporary eastern religions. \n\n\nPHILOSOPHY / 161 \n\n26.525 The Great Eastern Religions II (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of Egyptian and Babylonian religions, Confucianism, and Taoism. Prereq. \n26.524. \n\n26.526 The Great Eastern Religions III (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Shintoism. Prereq. 26.525. \n\n26.527 The Great Western Religions I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of western primitive religions and their subsequent evolution \ninto the sophisticated forms of the contemporary western religions. \n\n26.528 The Great Western Religions II (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of Zoroastrianism, Judaism, and Christianity. Prereq. 26.527. \n\n26.529 The Great Western Religions III (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of the religion of Islam, contemporary religious sects and religious \nphenomena. Prereq. 26.528. \n\n26.531 Ethics I (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to moral problems such as egoism and altruism, good and evil, \nconscience, obligation, and human freedom. \n\n26.532 Ethics II (2 q.h.) \n\nCritical discussion of some of the major ethical theories and the implications \nof modern psychological and sociological theories about man and society. \nPrereq. 26.531. \n\n26.533 Ethics III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe relations of ethical theory and morality to religion, social philosophy, art, \nand science. Prereq. 26.532. \n\n26.534 Logic (2 q.h.) \n\nEmphasis upon logic as a practical discipline which enables the student to \nanalyze types of argument and to detect fallacies in argument. \n\n26.541 Social Philosophy I (2 q.h.) \n\nCritical examination of the leading socio-political ideologies in regard to their \nconceptions of the character, structure, and function of society. Plato and \nAristotle emphasized. \n\n26.542 Social Philosophy II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of 26.541 with emphasis upon Hobbes, Locke, Hegel, and Mill. \nPrereq. 26.541. \n\n26.543 Social Philosophy III (2 q.h.) \n\nEmphasis upon Marxism, contemporary Communism, Fascism, Capitalism, and \ncontemporary social ideologies. Prereq. 26.542. \n\n\n162 /FINE ARTS \n\n26.551 The Existentialist Revolt (2 q.h.) \n\nSources of existentialism in the Western tradition with emphasis upon Kierke- \ngaard and Nietzsche. \n\n26.552 The Existentialist Challenge (2 q.h.) \n\nThe existential view of man and his world with emphasis upon Heidegger, Sartre, \nand the religious existentialists — Marcel, Tillich, and Buber. Prereq. 26.544. \n\n26.553 Existentialism Appraised (2 q.h.) \n\nContemporary assessments of the existentialism movement, its meaning, \nsignificance, and truth. Prereq. 26.545. \n\n\n27-FINE ARTS \n\n27.501 Introduction to the Arts (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the techniques and meanings of various artistic expressions in \n\npainting, sculpture, drawing, architecture and graphic arts. \n\n27.504 Western Art I (2 q.h.) \n\nHistory of Western art from prehistoric times to the end of the Roman Empire. \n\n27.505 Western Art II (2 q.h.) \n\nHistory of Western art from the end of the Roman Empire to the late 16th \ncentury. Prereq. 27.504. \n\n27.506 Western Art III (2 q.h.) \n\nHistory of Western art from the late 16th century to the 20th century. Prereq. \n27.505. \n\n27.507 Ancient Architecture (2 q.h.) \n\nDevelopments in the builder's art from prehistoric times to the end of the \nClassical Era. \n\n27.508 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of architecture from the Early Christian Period through the Renaissance. \n\n27.509 European Architecture (2 q.h.) \n\nSeventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth century architecture. \n\n27.511 Ancient Art (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of prehistoric art and the arts of ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Crete, \nand Greece. \n\n27.512 Medieval Art (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of ancient Rome and its people, including a study of Roman art and \narchitecture, Early Christian art, Christian symbolism, Byzantine art, Roman- \nesque, and Gothic. \n\n\nFINE ARTS / 163 \n\n27.513 Italian Renaissance Art (2 q.h.) \n\nThe course traces the development of Italian art from the time of Brunelleschi, \nGhiberti, and Giotto to the work of Michelangelo and the Venetians. \n\n27.514 European Art (2 q.h.) \n\nThe stylistic, social, technical, and historical development of painting, sculpture, \nand architecture from the late sixteenth century up to the end of the nineteenth \ncentury Romantic Period in Northern and Western Europe. \n\n27.515 Modern Painting (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of painting from nineteenth century Romanticism to the \npresent day. \n\n27.521 Spanish Art (2 q.h.) \n\nThe study of Spanish art and painting from the Gothic to the nineteenth century. \n\n27.522 French Art (2 q.h.) \n\nA detailed study of French painting and sculpture from the Renaissance period \nto the nineteenth century. \n\n27.523 English Art (2 q.h.) \n\nEnglish painting and sculpture from the Gothic to the nineteenth century. \n\n27.524 American Art I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of American architecture, sculpture, and painting from Colonial \ntimes to the War of Independence. \n\n27.525 American Art II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from the \nRevolution to the Civil War. Prereq. 27.524. \n\n27.526 American Art III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from the \nCivil War to the present. Prereq. 27.525. \n\n27.530 Byzantine Art (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of architecture, painting, mosaics, and the minor arts of the Byzantine \nworld from the fourth century through the middle of the fifteenth century. \n\n27.531 Oriental Art I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe prehistoric arts of Asia; the Chinese ritual bronzes; and international \nBuddhist painting, sculpture and architecture. \n\n27.532 Oriental Art II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe National Indian styles of sculpture and architecture; and traditional Chinese \npainting. Prereq. 27.531. \n\n27.533 Oriental Art III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe Chinese art of pottery and the painting, sculpture and architecture of Japan \nand Korea. Prereq. 27.532. \n\n\n164 / FINE ARTS \n\n27.534 Russian Art (2 q.h.) \nA survey of Russian art from ancient Russia to the present. \n\n27.535 African Art (2 q.h.) \nVarious stylistic characteristics of sculpture and other artistic expressions of \nthe major cultures of Africa from the thirteenth to the twentieth century. \n\n27.536 Latin American Art (2 q.h.) \n\nPre-Columbian and post-Columbian art forms of Latin America, including \narchitecture, sculpture, painting, and the decorative arts. \n\n27.541 Drawing I (3 q.h.) \n\nPractice in the techniques and development of drawing in pencil and pen and \nink, with concentration on basic drawing problems. \n\n27.542 Drawing II (3 q.h.) \n\nPractice in the techniques of wash drawing, scratch board drawing and mixed \nmedias. Prereq. 27.541. \n\n27.543 Drawing III (3 q.h.) \n\nStudy of human anatomy and the practice of figure drawing and composition. \nPrereq. 27.542. \n\n27.544 Graphic Arts — Woodcutting (3 q.h.) \n\nCreative expression in the techniques of woodcuts and printing, including a \nstudy of western and oriental woodcut prints. \n\n27.545 Graphic Arts — Etching (3 q.h.) \n\nPractice and creative expression in process of etching and printing techniques, \nwith a technical study of etching in the history of art. \n\n27.546 Graphic Arts — Lithography (3 q.h.) \n\nCreative expression in the techniques of lithography and printing. \n\n27.551 Painting — Basic Level I (3 q.h.) \n\nPractice and creative expression in the technical fundamentals of figure and \nlandscape painting. \n\n27.552 Painting — Basic Level II (3 q.h.) \n\nCreative expression in advance painting problems of figure study. Prereq. \n27.551. \n\n27.553 Painting — Basic Level III (3 q.h.) \n\nCreative expression in advanced painting problems in composition. Prereq. \n27.552. \n\n27.554 Painting — Advanced Level (3 q.h.) \n\nPainting with concentration upon the development of personal expression \nand style. \n\n\nFINE ARTS / 165 \n\n\n27.561 Basic Color and Design I (3 q.h.) \n\nStudy and practice of the principles of design and science of color. \n\n27.562 Basic Color and Design II (3 q.h.) \nAdvanced study in science of color. Prereq. 27.561. \n\n27.563 Basic Color and Design III (3 q.h.) \nAdvanced problems in design. Prereq. 27.562. \n\n27.564 Advanced Color and Design (3 q.h.) \n\nCreative expression in various color and design problems. \n\n27.571 Basic Commercial Design I (3 q.h.) \n\nStudy and creative work in layout, illustration, advertising and typography. \n\n27.572 Basic Commercial Design II (3 q.h.) \nAdvanced commercial design problems. Prereq. 27.571. \n\n27.573 Basic Commercial Design III (3 q.h.) \nAdvanced commercial design problems. Prereq. 27.572. \n\n27.574 Advanced Commercial Design (3 q.h.) \nCreative problems in illustration design. \n\n27.577 Stained Glass Design I (3 q.h.) \nHistory of the art and craft of stained glass. \n\n27.578 Stained Glass Design II (3 q.h.) \n\nStained glass execution with creative problems. Prereq. 27.577. \n\n27.579 Stained Glass Design III (3 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced stained glass execution with creative problems. Prereq. 27.578. \n\n27.581 Basic Sculpture (3 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of techniques in sculpture and the casting process. \n\n27.584 Ceramics I (3 q.h.) \n\nBasic course in the techniques and practice of ceramics. \n\n27.585 Ceramics II (3 q.h.) \n\nBasic course in the techniques and practice of ceramics. Prereq. 27.584. \n\n27.587 History of Photography I (2 q.h.) \n\nEarly developments in photography from ancient times to the daguerreotype. \n\n27.588 History of Photography II (2 q.h.) \n\nDevelopments of modern photography from the work of Stieglitz to the present. \nPrereq. 27.587. \n\n\n166 / MUSIC \n\n27.589 History of Photography III (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of styles in contemporary photography with emphasis on major modern \n\nphotographs. Prereq. 27.588. \n\n27.591 Art Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nSpecific techniques, problems, and theories in art. Students will be responsible \n\nfor research projects and papers. \n\n27.542 New York Art Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy and inspection of the painting collections in the Metropolitan Museum of \n\nArt, Frick Collection, Museum of Modern Art, and the Guggenheim Museum. \n\n27.595 European Art Seminar (4 q.h.) \n\nA four-week study and travel seminar through major European art centers, with \nemphasis on the major arts in each art center. \n\n27.596 European Art Seminar (1 q.h.) \n\nA four-week study and travel seminar through major European art centers, \nwith emphasis on the major arts in each art center. \n\n27.597 History and Technique of Film Art I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the development of film art in Europe and America from its origins \nto 1945. \n\n27.598 History and Technique of Film Art II (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the development of film art in the United States and Europe from \n1945 to the present. Prereq. 27.597. \n\n27.599 History and Techniques of Film Art III (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of films by major contemporary directors. Prereq. 27.598. \n\n\n28-MUSIC \n\n28.501 Introduction to Music (2 q.h.) \n\nThe principal concern is to teach the student a technique for listening actively \nto music. The course surveys and analyzes works by J. S. Bach, Mozart, \nBeethoven, Wagner, Stravinsky, and others. \n\n28.507 Fundamentals of Music I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of music reading and hearing skills through audio-visual, \nprogrammed instruction. Notation, dictation, sight-singing in G clef. Intervals, \nmajor scale construction and solmization. Part-singing. \n\n28.508 Fundamentals of Music II (2 q.h.) \n\nDictation, sight-singing, and part-singing in G and F clefs. Conductor's beat \npatterns in simple and compound meters. Chromatic alterations. Minor scale \nconstruction, modal scales and modulation. Prereq. 28.507. \n\n\nMUSIC / 167 \n\n28.509 Fundamentals of Music III (2 q.h.) \n\nDictation, sight-singing, part-singing. Major, minor, and modal melodies. Primary \nand secondary triads, seventh chords. Voice leading, cadences, and figured bass. \nC clef studies. Modern chord symbols and chorale analysis. Prereq. 28.508. \n\n28.511 History of Music (2 q.h.) \n\nThe men, ideas, and events that have dominated music history from ancient \ntimes through the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical and Romantic eras to our \nown day. \n\n28.512 Music before 1750 (2 q.h.) \n\nThe evolution of music from the Gregorian chant to Bach. Discussion of \norganum, the church modes, the music of the troubadours, the motets and \nmadrigals of des Prez, Lassus, and Palestrina, as well as the English madrigal- \nists, concluding with Handel, Scarlatti, and Bach. Prereq. 28. 501. \n\n28.513 Music of the Classical Era (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the period in music history extending from Bach to Beethoven \ncharacterized by the perfection of great forms such as the symphony and the \nconcerto. Prereq. 28.501. \n\n28.514 Aspects of Romantic Music (2 q.h.) \n\nMusical styles of the nineteenth century. Classicism and Romanticism. A \ndetailed study of romantic realism (program music) and romantic idealism \n(personal expression) that followed Beethoven. Prereq. 28.501. \n\n28.515 Contemporary Music (2 q.h.) \n\nContemporary music and its techniques seen as a mirror of our time. Major \ncomposers studied include Stravinsky, Debussy, Ravel, Bartok, Prokofiev, Hinde- \nmith, Milhaud, and Schoenberg. Prereq. 28.501. \n\n28.520 Musical Forms (2 q.h.) \n\nThe fugue; the sonata; theme and variations; rondo; the lied; analysis of the \nsymphony, the string quartet, the opera, and the tone poem. \n\n28.521 The Symphony (2 q.h.) \n\nA thorough study of the symphonies of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Berlioz, \nBrahms, Dvorak, and Tchaikovsky. \n\n28.522 The Concerto (2 q.h.) \n\nThe evolution of the concerto from its origins in the Baroque Period to its use \nin our time. Concertos for every instrument are studied, including piano, cello, \nviolin, horn, organ, and bassoon. \n\n28.523 Great Literature for the Piano (2 q.h.) \n\nThe study of pianoforte music written in the nineteenth and early twentieth \ncenturies by masters such as Beethoven, Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, Debussy, \nand Ravel. \n\n\n168 / MUSIC \n\n28.524 The World of Opera (2 q.h.) \n\nDistinctions will be made between music drama and the number opera. Students \nwill be required to acquire librettos. Aria, recitative, ensemble and other basic \nelements of opera will be isolated and discussed. \n\n28.526 Jazz: Evolution and Essence (2 q.h.) \n\nThe many roots of jazz and its development from the worksong and the vocal \nblues to the avant-garde experiments of today. Contributions of the major \nperformers: soloists, arrangers, composers. The problems of \"on-the-spot\" \ncreativity and personal expression; the \"beat\"; multiplicity of accent. \n\n28.531 Life and Works of J. S. Bach (2 q.h.) \n\nA comprehensive survey of the music and background of J. S. Bach with four \nareas of concentration: Bach and the figured bass; the young Bach (Baroque \nRomanticism); Bach, the churchman; Bach, the secular composer. \n\n28.532 Life and Works of Mozart (2 q.h.) \n\nMozart's mastery in all fields of music with particular emphasis on his develop- \nment of the symphony and his achievements in opera. The man, as seen \nthrough his letters, as performer and composer. \n\n28.533 Life and Works of Beethoven (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of the complex personality and art of this supreme musical genius. \nHis relation to the turbulent times in which he lived; his role as the great transi- \ntion figure in the passage from Classicism to Romanticism. His phychological \nand aesthetic growth will be observed by studying similar forms written in \ndifferent periods of his life. \n\n28.541 Nationalism in Music (2 q.h.) \n\nThe relationship of folk song, dance, and art to symphonic literature; nationalistic \nelements in the music of Dvorak, Tchaikovsky, Grieg, Copland, Shostakovich, \nSibelius; the effect of ideology on composers; the Soviet composers. \n\n28.542 Music of the U. S. A. (2 q.h.) \n\nAmerican music from the colonial times to the present; influence of Stravinsky \nand Schoenberg on American composers; music for the theatre; jazz, electronic \nmusic, and contemporary musical trends. \n\n28.571 Piano Class I (2 q.h.) \n\nClef and keyboard note identification. Scales and arpeggios with the hands \nseparate. Fundamental music theory. \n\n28.572 Piano Class II (2 q.h.) \n\nClef reading at the keyboard. Primary triads in all keys. Simple pieces from \nthe piano literature. Theory of chord progressions, types of cadences and the \ncircle of 5ths. Prereq. 28.571. \n\n\nMUSIC / 169 \n\n28.573 Piano Class III (2 q.h.) \n\nDuet playing, accompaniments, and scales and arpeggios with the hands \n\ntogether. Intermediate pieces from the piano literature. Prereq. 28.572. \n\n28.576 Orchestral Instruument Class III (2 q.h.) \n\nBasic problems involved in the performance of chamber music literature; in- \ntonation, rhythm, balance, and style. \n\n28.575 Orchestral Instrument Class II (2 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced study of chamber music literature; emphasis on historical investigation \nand stylistic analysis. Prereq. 28.574. \n\n28.576 Orchestral Instrument Class III (2 q.h.) \n\nPerformance and critical discussion of chamber music literature from all periods, \nIculminating in an informal concert for invited guests and friends. Prereq. \n28.575. \n\n28.577 The Culture of the Voice (2 q.h.) \n\n3lending with other voices. Elementary music reading. Singing at choral litera- \nure. Activity and performance with N.U. Chorus. \n\n28.578 Voice Culture I (2 q.h.) \n\nntermediate reading skills. Conducting. Smaller choral ensemble literature. \n!\\ctivity and performance with N.U. Chorus. Prereq. 28.577. \n\nJ8.579 Voice Culture II (2 q.h.) \n\nsurvey of Choral Literature. Activity and performance with N.U. Chamber Group \n\n>nd Chorus. Prereq. 28.578. \n\n!8.595 Opera Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\n|\\n historical survey of opera. Students will attend performances of several \ntperas and write critical reviews. \n\n!8.596 Tanglewood Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\ni study of Tanglewood as a performing and educational center. Students will \nittend and discuss performances by the Boston Symphony Orchestra at \nanglewood and write critical reviews. \n\n8.597 Symphony Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nJin historical survey and analytic study of the symphony orchestra. Students \n/ill attend performances of several different symphony orchestras and write \nritical reviews. \n\n8.598 Musical Comedy Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nI in historical survey and analytic study of musical shows. Students will attend \nerformances and write critical reviews. \n\n\n170 / SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS \n\n\n29-SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS \n\n29.501 Effective Speaking I (2 q.h.) \n\nSelection and organization of speech materials, essentials of good platform \ndelivery, individual and class criticism of both prepared and impromptu speeches. \nA practical course devoted to developing an ability to speak easily, naturally \nand forcefully. \n\n\n29.502 Effective Speaking II (2 q.h.) \n\nThis course builds upon the techniques and principles developed in Effective \nSpeaking I by stressing increased student proficiency. Speech organization and \ndelivery of more complex materials with which the student is likely to be con- \nfronted in business, industry, or the professions will be studied. Prereq. \n29.501. \n\n\n29.503 Effective Speaking III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe individual speaker as part of a group. The role of discussion in problem \nanalysis, problem solving, and policy making. The principles and methods o1 \norganizing and participating in group discussions. Parliamentary procedure. \nPrereq. 29.502. \n\n29.504 Voice and Articulation I. (2 q.h.) \n\nA practical course aimed at developing the speaking voice; special emphasis \non articulation, pitch control, vocal variety, and flexibility; basic theory of th( \nvocal mechanism. \n\n29.505 Voice and Articulation II. (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of the science of speech sounds; investigation of regionalisms; individua \nvoice development. Prereq. 29.504. \n\n29.506 Oral Interpretation (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of basic vocal techniques to the dramatic interpretation of variou: \nforms of literature. \n\n\n29.507 Business and Professional Speaking (2 q.h.) \n\nPractice in the organization and presentation of material to fit varying audiences \nEmphasis on techniques of delivery and effective presentation of ideas. \n\n29.508 Argumentation and Discussion (2 q.h.) \n\nDesigned to acquaint the student with the basic concepts of argumentatior \n(evidence, research, refutation). Emphasis is placed on the psychology of ar \naudience and various types of group discussion. \n\n29.509 Parliamentary Procedure (2 q.h.) \n\nMethods of conducting and organizing meetings. Development of effective leader \nship techniques. Experience in chairing a meeting and applying rules of order \n\n\nSPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS / 171 \n\n29.511 Introduction to Theatre Arts (2 q.h.) \n\nA course aimed at developing in theatregoers an appreciation of the total \ntheatre experience, by studying the roles played by the artists and crafts- \nmen of the theatre in bringing the playwright's, script to life. The role of the \ndirector, actors, and designers. The role of the audience as critics. \n\n29.521 Introduction to Dramatic Literature (2 q.h.) \n\nThe relationship between drama as literature and as theatre. Types of drama; \ncomedy, tragedy, melodrama, farce and drawing-room comedy. The dramatist's \nattitude and his style: Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, and \nTheatricalism. \n\n29.522 Masters of the Theatre I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe plays in relationship to their times, the theatres in which they were per- \nformed, and the dramatic theory of the age. An examination of selected plays \nfrom the Classical Greek and Roman, Medieval Religious and Secular, and \nElizabethan theatre. \n\n29.523 Masters of the Theatre II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe art of the Italian commedia deH'arte, the Neoclassic theatre of Racine, \nMoliere, and Dryden, the Restoration theatre, and the plays of Goldsmith \nand Sheridan. \n\n29.524 Modern European Drama (2 q.h.) \n\nAn examination of European drama of the late nineteenth century and of the \ntwentieth century reflecting the changing views toward the nature of man and \nthe techniques of theatre. \n\n29.525 Modern British Drama (2 q.h.) \n\nThe drama of England and Ireland of the twentieth century, reflecting the \nimpact of modern life upon modern theatre. \n\n29.526 Modern American Drama (2 q.h.) \n\nA view of American drama from 1900 to the present time. The American play- \nwright reflecting the social, philosophical, and psychological temper. \n\n29.531 Contemporary Film (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of world film from the days of Edison's experiments to the present. \n\nEvaluation and critical review of representative films. Viewing of outstanding \n\nfilms. \n\n29.541 Workshop for the Actor I (2 q.h.) \n\nPhysical preparation. Basic stage movement and deportment; the control of \nthe stage voice; the analysis and establishment of characterization through \nobservation and awareness of the body; improvisations and short scenes. \n\n29.542 Workshop for the Actor II (2 q.h.) \n\nPsychological preparation. The analysis and establishment of characterization \n\n\n172 / SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS \n\nthrough memory, emotion, imagination, and recall. Analysis of specific roles; \nthe creation of a character analysis book; improvisations and short scenes. \nPrereq. 29.541. \n\n29.543 Workshop for the Actor III (2 q.h.) \nPreparing and performing the role. The physical and psychological prepara- \ntion of specific roles. Short classroom scenes; the presentation of a one-act play. \nPrereq. 29.542. \n\n29.561 Announcing I (2 q.h.) \nA course dealing with the delivery of all types of radio commercials. \n\n29.562 Announcing II (2 q.h.) \n\nA course dealing with the delivery of prepared as well as ad lib materials so \nthat the announcer may strengthen his spontaneous broadcast speech abilities. \nPrereq. 29.561. \n\n29.563 Announcing III (2 q.h.) \n\nA course dealing with a variety of ad lib program types in both radio and televi- \nsion to aid the announcer in developing his ability to think quickly and speak \nfluidly and dynamically. Prereq. 562. \n\n29.595 Charles Playhouse Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nA seminar designed to teach students how to appreciate the experience of \ntheatre going through pre-show preparation and post show critique, under the \nguidance of a faculty member as well as Charles Theatre artistic personnel. \n\n29.596 New York Theatre Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nA seminar aimed at introducing the theatre arts to students by varied theatre \ngoing experiences as well as formal class discussions and studying the role of \nthe New York stage in shaping contemporary American theatre. \n\n29.597 London Theatre Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nExamination of the contemporary London theatre scene by viewing and evalu- \nating representative productions. \n\n29.598 Stratford Shakespeare Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nSeminar designed to give students an opportunity to attend four performances \nat the Stratford Festival Theatre: to meet with Festival actors, directors, de- \nsigners; to tour the theatre plant; and to evaluate contemporary Shakespearian \nproductions. \n\nStudents enrolling in English (30.504 or 30.520) will be given a diagnostic test \nduring the first meeting of class. The purpose of this test is to determine \nwhether the student's level of preparation in English is sufficient to enable him \nto do the work required in the course. If his score indicates that he falls below \nthe minimum level required, he will be given information about obtaining ad- \nditional preparation from the Center for Programmed Study which is located \nin the Dodge Library. \n\n\nENGLISH / 173 \n\n30.500 Introduction to English (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nA course designed to prepare students for 30.504 English I. Basic skills in read- \ning and writing; review of grammar and punctuation; writing of themes: con- \ntempory readings for understanding and discussion; developing good study \nhabits. Prereq. none. \n\n30.501 English for International Students I (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nIntroduction to English grammar for foreign-speaking students with an emphasis \non listening, speaking, and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen \nvocabulary and pronunciation. Prereq. none. \n\n30.502 English for International Students II (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nA continuation of 30.501 emphasizing the preparation of written and oral \nreports, and business and social correspondence. Prereq. 30.501. \n\n30.503 English for International Students III (2 CI.; non-credit) \n\nAdvanced work in written and spoken English preparatory to entering 30.504, \nEnglish I. Prereq. 30.502. \n\n30.504 English I (2 q.h.) \n\nAims and methods of exposition, description and narration; investigation of \nphrasing and syntax; analysis of essays for content, structure, and effectiveness; \ntheme assignments to develop skill in writing. \n\n30.505 English II (2 q.h.) \n\nAims and methods of argumentation; study of documentation techniques, form, \nand style of critical essays; practice in library research; analysis and discussion \nof short stories; theme assignments. Prereq. 30.504. \n\n30.506 English III (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of study of documentation techniques and form and style of \ncritical essays; continuation of analysis and discussion of short stories; writing \nbusiness and social correspondence; theme assignments. Prereq. 30.505. \n\n30.520 English (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nReview of grammar and punctuation through drill. A study of the techniques \nof exposition, description, argumentation, narration, and documentation; fre- \nquent theme assignments to develop skill in writing; related readings. Not open \nto students who have taken 30.504, 30.505, 30.506. \n\n30.507 Introduction to Literature I (2 q.h.) \n\nProse fiction. Writing of short critical papers. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n30.508 Introduction to Literature II (2 q.h.) \n\n3oetry. Writing of short critical papers. Prereq. 30.507. \n\nJ0.509 Introduction to Literature III (2 q.h.) \n\nDrama. Writing of short critical papers. Prereq. 30.508. \n\n\n174 / ENGLISH \n\n30.510 Introduction to Literature (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nProse fiction, poetry, and drama. Writing of short critical papers. Students should \nobtain their prose fiction texts from the bookstore and start the reading before \nthe course begins. Not open to students who have taken 30.507, 30.508, 30.509. \nPrereq. 30.506. \n\n30.511 Business Writing and Reports I (2 q.h.) \n\nDeveloping an appropriate vocabulary and a business letter-writing philosophy. \n\n30.512 Business Writing and Reports II (2 q.h.) \n\nPlanning, writing, and analyzing effective business letters. Prereq. 30.511. \n\n30.513 Business Writing and Reports III (2 q.h.) \n\nResearching, organizing, documenting, and writing semi-technical and business \nreports. Prereq. 30.512. \n\n30.514 Technical Writing I (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to types of technical documentation, memoranda, and technical \nreports. Writing of reports. Prereq. 30.506 or equiv. \n\n30.515 Technical Writing II (2 q.h.) \n\nProposals, technical manuals, and graphic aids for printed documents and \npresentations. Prereq. 30.514. \n\n30.516 Technical Writing III (2 q.h.) \n\nTechnical writing, editing, and documentation, including information retrieval, \nprogrammed instruction, and reproduction processes. Prereq. 30.515. \n\n30.517 Intermediate Writing (2 q.h.) \n\nPractice in expository and imaginative writing in a variety of forms, designed to \nhelp the student discover his own style. Individual attention to the student's \nwork. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n30.518 Creative Writing I (2 q.h.) \n\nA workshop in writing short fiction. Prereq. 30.517. \n\n30.519 Creative Writing II (2 q.h.) \n\nA workshop in analyzing and editing the participants' short fiction. Prereq. \n30.518. \n\n30.525 The English Language I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to the scientific study of the backgrounds and historical develop- \nment of the English language. Prereq. 30.506, 30.509 or equiv. \n\n30.526 The English Language II (2 q.h.) \n\nAn examination of sounds, grammar, and usage. Prereq. 30.525. \n\n30.527 The English Language III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe problem of meaning and the symbolic nature of language. Prereq. 30.526. \n\n\nENGLISH / 175 \n\n30.522 Introduction to Semantics I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe effect of language habits on thinking processes and on social relationships. \nPrereq. 30.506, 30.509, or equiv. \n\n30.523 Introduction to Semantics II (2 q.h.) \n\nA formulaic examination of language. Prereq. 30.522. \n\n130.531 Western World Literature I (2 q.h.) \n\njMajor works of Greek literature, including Homer, the Greek tragedians, and \n\niPlato. \n\n30.532 Western World Literature II (2 q.h.) \n\nBiblical and early Medieval literatures, and their influence on present-day \nthought and writing. \n\n30.533 Western World Literature III (2 q.h.) \n\niEuropean Renaissance literature, including Dante, Montaigne, and Cervantes. \n\n30.534 Western World Literature IV (2 q.h.) \n\nThe Neoclassic period in France and England, from Corneille to \"The Fables\" \na La Fontaine. \n\nSJ0.535 Western World Literature V (2 q.h.) \n\nK study of the influence of such eighteenth-century writers as Voltaire and \n\nRousseau on comparatively modern literature. \n\n\nB0.536 Western World Literature VI (2 q.h.) \n\n{Celebrated poets and novelists of the nineteenth century in Europe, emphasiz- \n\nI ng their influence on the writers of England and America. \n\n50.541 English Literature I (2 q.h.) \n\n|\\ survey of major figures of early English literature, from the Anglo-Saxon \niberiod through the seventeenth century. \n\nJ0.542 English Literature II (2 q.h.) \n\n[English literature from the eighteenth-century satirists (Swift and Pope) to the \nt^arly nineteenth-century romantics (Keats and Lamb). \n\n.0.543 English Literature III (2 q.h.) \n\nEnglish literature from the mid-nineteenth-century essayists through the lead- \n: ng English writers of the twentieth century. \n\n110.544 American Literature I (2 q.h.) \n\n|merican literature from Colonial times to the beginnings of the short story. \n\n|he works of Bryant, Cooper, Irving, and Hawthorne will be emphasized. \n\n1(0.545 American Literature II (2 q.h.) \n\nILmerican literature from the triumph of the transcendentalist movement in \n\nMew England to the period immediately preceding the Civil War. The works of \n\ntmerson, Thoreau, Poe, Longfellow, Holmes, Melville, and Whitman will be \n\nmphasized. \n\n\n176 / ENGLISH \n\n30.546 American Literature III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe rise of Realism after the Civil War, the development of American humor, \n\nthe appearance of local color writers, and modern trends since 1900. \n\nNote: All English majors enrolling in Course 30.551 to 30.599 should have \ncompleted 30.509 and one full-year survey course (taken from those listed as \n30.531 to 30.546) or secured the approval of the Dean. \n\n30.551 Chaucer I (2 q.h.) \n\"The Canterbury Tales,\" with attention to Middle English vocabulary, his- \ntorical setting, and the rhythms and devices of Chaucer's poetry. \n\n30.552 Chaucer II (2 q.h.) \n\nMore of \"The Canterbury Tales,\" and a beginning in the text of \"Troilus and \nCriseyde.\" Prereq. 30.551. \n\n30.553 Chaucer III (2 q.h.) \n\nAn emphasis on \"Troilus and Criseyde,\" and on certain shorter works of \nChaucer. Prereq. 30.552. \n\n30.554 Shakespeare I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe Elizabethan theatre, Shakespeare's England, and the pre-1600 plays. \n\n30.555 Shakespeare II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe \"problematical\" comedies and the histories. Prereq. 30.554. \n\n30.556 Shakespeare III (2 q.h.) \n\nEmphasis on the major tragedies of Shakespeare. Prereq. 30.555. \n\n30.557 Restoration Literature (2 q.h.) \n\nPrincipal authors of the Restoration Period in England, including Wycherley, \nLocke, Dryden, Bunyan, Defoe, Congreve, and Pepys. \n\n30.558 The Age of Pope and Swift (2 q.h.) \n\nThe age of Pope and Swift, with selections from Addison and Steele, Thomson \nGray, and Fielding. \n\n30.559 The Age of Johnson (2 q.h.) \nThe age of Johnson, with selections also from Boswell, Gibbon, Burke, Paine \nBurns, Blake, Goldsmith, and Sterne. \n\n30.561 Spenser (2 q.h.) \n\"The Faerie Queene,\" studied as the English culmination of Medieval and \nRenaissance romantic narrative. \n\n30.562 Milton (2 q.h.) \n\nClose reading of \"Paradise Lost,\" and of such political and theological back- \nground as needed. \"Samson Agonistes\" will also be read. \n\n\nENGLISH / 177 \n\n30.564, 30.565 The Old Testament I, II (4 q.h.) \n\nSelected books from the Old Testament, examined for their literary and his- \ntorical importance. \n\n30.566 The New Testament (2 q.h.) \n\nSelected books from the New Testament, considered in their literary and his- \ntorical aspects. \n\n30.571 Romantic Poets of the Nineteenth Century I (2 q.h.) \nWordsworth and Coleridge, founders of the so-called Romantic Movement \nin poetry. \n\n30.572 Romantic Poets of the Nineteenth Century II (2 q.h.) \nConcentration on the work of Shelley, Keats, and Byron. \n\n30.573 Romantic Poets of the Nineteenth Century III (2 q.h.) \n\nAppraising the Victorian poets, especially Tennyson and Browning, and sub- \nsequently the pre-Rafaelites, Rossetti, Morris, and Swinburne. \n\n30.574 The Eighteenth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.) \n\nBackground to and early decades of the novel, with readings from such repre- \nsentative novelists as Defoe, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. \n\n30.575 The Nineteenth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of such representative novelists as Emily Bronte, Thackeray, Dickens, \nEliot, Meredith, and Hardy. \n\n30.576 The Twentieth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of such twentieth-century novelists as Conrad, Woolf, Joyce, and E.M. \nForster. \n\n30.577 Conrad (2 q.h.) \n\nConrad's art related to his Polish heritage, nautical career, theory of life and \ncomposition, and literary legacy. \n\n30.578 Afro-American Literature (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of representative black authors of the United States, emphasizing the \nperiod from the Civil War to the present. \n\n30.581 The American Short Story (2 q.h.) \n\nThe development of the American short story from its nineteenth-century \norigins to the present. Authors include Poe, Hawthorne, James, Hemingway, \nand Faulkner. \n\n30.582 The Nineteenth-Century American Novel (2 q.h.) \n\nAmerican fiction to the end of the nineteenth century, including Cooper, Haw- \nthorne, Melville, Twain, James, and Howells. \n\n\n178 / MODERN LANGUAGES \n\n30.583 The Twentieth-Century American Novel (2 q.h.) \n\nSome of the outstanding American novelists of the twentieth century, with em- \nphasis on the social outlook they imply. Dreiser, Lewis, Dos Passos, Hemingway, \nFaulkner, Steinbeck, and others. \n\n30.584 Contemporary American Poetry (2 q.h.) \n\nTo give the student a perspective on the poetry of his own time, and to help \nhim understand and enjoy poetry generally. The course deals with American \npoetry of the last fifty years and concentrates on contemporary works. \n\n30.585 The Modern Novel (2 q.h.) \n\nImportant twentieth-century Western writers will be considered from a social, \npsychological, philosophical, literary, and historical viewpoint. Kafka, Joyce, \nProust, Camus, Mann, Gide, and others. \n\n30.586 Literary Criticism (2 q.h.) \n\nMajor schools of criticism through a study of Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, \nJohnson, and a representative group of moderns. \n\n30.590 Writers' Conference (2 q.h.) \n\nA workshop in which professional writers will analyze participants' manuscripts. \n\n30.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) Prereq. Approval of Dean. \n\n30.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) Prereq. 30.591. \n\n30.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) Prereq. 30.592. \n\n31-FRENCH \n\n31.501 Elementary French I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; and progressive acquisition of \na basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \n\n31.502 Elementary French II (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises. Prereq. 31.501. \n\n31.503 Elementary French III (3 q.h.) \n\nReading of French prose of increasing difficulty, with written and oral exercises \nbased on the materials read; practice in conversation. Prereq. 31.502. \n\n31.504 Intermediate French I (3 q.h.) \n\nA review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq. \n31.503. \n\n31.505 Intermediate French II (3 q.h.) \n\nHistory of French civilization, with discussions and conversation. Prereq. \n31.504. \n\n\nMODERN LANGUAGES / 179 \n\n31.506 Intermediate French III (3 q.h.) \n\nIntensive reading of modern French prose, with conversational practice. \nPrereq. 31.505. \n\n31.507 Elementary French (Intensive) (9 q.h.) \n\nStresses the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive \nacquisition of a basic vocabulary with idiomatic expressions. Written ond oral \nexercises are based upon simple French prose. Develops into the reading of \nmore difficult work accompanied by practice in conversation. Not open to stu- \ndents who have taken 31.501, 31.502, 31.503. \n\n31.521 French Literature I (2 q.h.) \n\nOrigins of French Literature with readings from major works of the Middle \nAges. Prereq. 31.506. \n\n31.522 French Literature II (2 q.h.) \n\nSelections from the Classical period in the 17th and 18th centuries. Prereq. \n31.521. \n\n31.523 French Literature III (2 q.h.) \n\nReadings from major works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Prereq. 31.522. \n\n32-SPANISH \n\n32.501 Elementary Spanish I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a \nbasic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \n\n32.502 Elementary Spanish II (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Spanish \nprose of moderate difficulty. Prereq 32.501. \n\n32.503 Elementary Spanish III (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Spanish \nprose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 32.502. \n\n32.507 Elementary Spanish (Intensive) (9 q.h.) \n\nStresses the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive \nacquisition of a basic vocabulary with idiomatic expressions. Written and oral \nexercises are based upon simple Spanish prose. Develops into the reading of \nmore difficult work accompanied by practice in conversation. Not open to stu- \ndents who have taken 32.501, 32.502, 32.503. \n\n32.504 Intermediate Spanish ■ (3 q.h.) \n\nReview of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq. \n32.503. \n\n\n180 / MODERN LANGUAGES \n\n32.505 Intermediate Spanish II (3 q.h.) \nSpanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of \nmodern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation practice \nbased on assigned readings. Prereq. 32.504. \n\n32.506 Intermediate Spanish III (3 q.h.) \n\nSpanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive read \ning of modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation \npractice based on assigned readings. Prereq. 32.505. \n\n32.521 Spanish Literature I (2 q.h.) \nOrigins of Spanish literature with readings from major works of the Middle \nAges, the Romancero, and Mysticism. Prereq. 32.506. \n\n32.522 Spanish Literature II (2 q.h.) \n\nSelections from Cervantes and other major figures of the Siglo de Oro. Prereq. \n32.521. \n\n\n32.523 Spanish Literature III (2 q.h.) \n\nReadings from major works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Prereq. 32.522. \n\n\n33-GERMAN \n\n33.501 Elementary German I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a \nbasic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \n\n33.502 Elementary German II (3 q.h.) \n\nMore difficult points of grammar, particularly uses of subjunctive mood. \nPrereq. 33.501. \n\n33.503 Elementary German III (3 q.h.) \n\nReading of simple German prose, with oral and written exercises based on \nmaterial read; German conversation encouraged. Prereq. 33.502. \n\n33.504 Intermediate German I (3 q.h.) \n\nA review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq. \n33.503. \n\n\n33.505 Intermediate German II (3 q.h.) \n\nHistory of German civilization, with discussions and conversation. Prereq. \n\n33.504. \n\n\n33.506 Intermediate German III (3 q.h.) \n\nIntensive reading of modern German prose, with conversational practice. \n\nPrereq. 33.505. \n\n\nMODERN LANGUAGES / 181 \n34-RUSSIAN \n\n34.501 Elementary Russian I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition \nof a base vocabulary; idiomatic expressions. \n\n34.502 Elementary Russian II (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.501. \n\n34.503 Elementary Russian III (3 q.h.) \n\nReading of Russian prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.502. \n\n34.504 Intermediate Russian I (3 q.h.) \n\nGraded reading from the works of Pushkin, Lermontov, and Turgenev; oral and \nwritten practice based on the covered material. Prereq. 34.503. \n\n34.505 Intermediate Russian II (3 q.h.) \n\nRussian history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac- \ntice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.504. \n\n34.506 Intermediate Russian III (3 q.h.) \n\nRussian history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice \nand composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.505. \n\n34-JAPANESE \n\n34.521 Elementary Japanese I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition \nof a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions. \n\n34.522 Elementary Japanese II (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.521. \n\n34.523 Elementary Japanese III (3 q.h.) \n\nReading of Japanese prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.522. \n\n34.524 Intermediate Japanese I (3 q.h.) \n\nReview of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq. \n34.523. \n\n34.525 Intermediate Japanese II (3 q.h.) \n\nJapanese history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac- \ntice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.524. \n\n34.526 Intermediate Japanese III (3 q.h.) \n\nJapanese history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac- \ntice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.525. \n\n\n182 / MODERN LANGUAGES \n\n34-ITALIAN \n\n34.531 Elementary Italian I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; and progressive acquisition \nof a basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions. \n\n34.532 Elementary Italian II (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.531. \n\n34.533 Elementary Italian III (3 q.h.) \n\nReading of Italian prose of increasing difficulty; with written and oral exercises \nbased on the material read; practice in conversation. Prereq. 34.532. \n\n34.534 Intermediate Italian I (3 q.h.) \n\nA review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq. \n34.533. \n\n34.535 Intermediate Italian II (3 q.h.) \n\nHistory of Italian civilization with discussions and conversation. Prereq. \n34.534. \n\n34.536 Intermediate Italian III (3 q.h.) \n\nIntensive reading of modern Italian prose, with conversational practice. \nPrereq. 34.535. \n\n34-SWAHILI \n\n34.541 Elementary Swahili I (3 q.h.) \n\nEssentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition \nof a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions. \n\n34.542 Elementary Swahili II (3 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.541. \n\n34.543 Elementary Swahili III (3 q.h.) \nReading of Swahili prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.542. \n\n34.544 Intermediate Swahili I (3 q.h.) \nReview of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq. \n34.543. \n\n34.545 Intermediate Swahili II (3 q.h.) \nSwahili history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice \nand composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.544. \n\n34.546 Intermediate Swahili III (3 q.h.) \nSwahili history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice \nand composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.545. \n\n\nJOURNALISM / ECONOMICS / 183 \n\n38-JOURNALISM \n\n(Changes only) \n\n38.501 History and Principles of Journalism I (2 q.h.) \n\nJournalism from its European origins into the Colonial Period. The evolution \nof press freedoms and principles now and in the Colonial Press and the Party \nPress. \n\n38.502 History and Principles of Journalism II (2 q.h.) \n\nJournalism from 1800. The \"Dark Period,\" the \"Penny Press,\" and the great \nPersonal Journalists: Bryant, Bennett, Greeley, Raymond, and others. Prereq. \n38.501. \n\n38.503 History and Principles of Journalism III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe \"giants\" of American journalism in the closing decades of the 19th Cen- \ntury: Dana, Greeley, Ochs, White, Medill, Pulitzer, Hearst and others. Prereq. \n38.502. \n\n38.504 Newswriting I (2 q.h.) \n\nObtaining and organizing facts; the writing of basic news stories. Subjects \ncovered include the five \"W's\" and the \"H\" of news, inverted pyramid form, \nnews values, and leads. \n\n38.505 Newswriting II (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of different types of news stories through assignments and class dis- \ncussions; building news stories; news interview stories, and other types. \nPrereq. 38.504. \n\n38.506 Newswriting III (2 q.h.) \n\nInvestigative reporting, feature stories, editorials. Copy editing exercises and \nassignments. Discussion and assignments in specialized writing. Libel, slander, \nand other legal matters affecting journalism. Prereq. 38.506. \n\n\n39-ECONOMICS \n\n39.501 Economic Principles and Problems I (2 q.h.) \n\nMacro analysis — National income concepts and determination; macro economic \ngoals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. \n\n39.502 Economic Principles and Problems II (2 q.h.) \n\nMicro analysis — Theory of the firm and market structure; supply, demand, \nmarket price; international economics. Prereq. 39.501. \n\n39.503 Economic Principles and Problems III (2 q.h.) \n\nApplications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, com- \npetition, labor, agriculture, urban. Prereq. 39.502. \n\n\n184 / ECONOMICS \n\n39.504 Economics (Intensive) (6 q.h.) \n\nMacro analysis-National income concepts and determination; macro economic \ngoals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. Micro analysis-Theory of the \nfirm and market structure; supply, demand, market price; international eco- \nnomics. Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, \ncompetition, labor, agriculture, urban. Not open to students who have taken \n39.501, 39.502, 39.503. \n\n39.507 Intermediate Economic Theory I (2 q.h.) \n\nClassical equilibrium theory. Theory of demand, supply and market price. \nMarginal analysis. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n39.508 Intermediate Economic Theory II (2 q.h.) \n\nDetermination of price and output in the context of the theory of the firm. \nPrereq. 39.507. \n\n39.509 Intermediate Economic Theory III (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to mathematical analysis and a comprehensive analysis of the \ntheory of distribution. Prereq. 39.508. \n\n39.511 Statistics I (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the \nnature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability. \nPrereq. 39.503. \n\n39.512 Statistics II (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of significance, \n\"t\" distribution and chi square. Prereq. 39.511. \n\n39.513 Statistics III (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the analysis of variance, trend fitting, linear regression, seasonal \nadjustment and index numbers. Prereq. 39.512. \n\n39.514 Statistics (Intensive) ( 6 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the \nnature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability. \nIntroduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of significance, \n\"t\" distribution and chi square. Introduction to the analysis of variance, trend \nfitting, linear regression, seasonal adjustment and index numbers. Not open to \nstudents who have taken 39.511, 39.512, 39.513. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n39.517 Money and Banking I (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to money and credit, commercial banking structure and money \ncreation; problems and policy of central banking in the United States. Prereq. \n39.503. \n\n39.518 Money and Banking II (2 q.h.) \n\nTheory of money and prices and monetary policy; interest theory, debt manage- \nment and international monetary problems and analysis. Prereq. 39.517. \n\n\nECONOMICS / 185 \n\n(9.519 Public Finance (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of the growth and development of the public sector of the economy. \n\n'ublic finance policies, intergovernment fiscal relations. Prereq. 39.518. \n\n(9.521 Economic Growth and Development I (2 q.h.) \n\n\\nalysis of the development of the western market system. Introduction to \n>conomic growth and alternative approaches to economic development. \n*rereq. 39.503. \n\n(9.522 Economic Growth and Development II (2 q.h.) \n\n\\n introductory analysis of the role of economic factors and institutions as \nveil as an examination of the effect of psychological social and political influ- \nences upon economic development. Prereq. 39.521. \n\n19.523 Government and Business I (2 q.h.) \n\ntole of government in national economic affairs-theory and practice. \n\nYereq. 39.503. \n\n9.524 Government and Business II (2 q.h.) \n\n[he relationship between government and business and anti-trust laws. \nYereq. 39.523. \n\n9.526 Government and Business III (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of anti-trust laws to business; emphasis upon cases, principles and \niiurrent anti-trust problems. Prereq. 39.524. \n\n19.525 American Economic History (2 q.h.) \n\nconomic development of the United States with emphasis upon the post Civil \nlar period and selected European developments. Prereq. 39.503. \n\nJI9.527 Labor Economics (2 q.h.) \n\nSevelopment of labor organizations, their aims and methods. Issues in collec- \n\nI've bargaining and public policy toward labor. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n0.528 International Economics I (2 q.h.) \n\nIconomics of international trade, tariffs and resource use and balance of \n\nayments mechanisms. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n3.529 International Economics II (2 q.h.) \n\nternational commercial policy, financial organizations and recent problems. \n\nereq. 39.528. \n\n).530 Comparative Economic Systems (2 q.h.) \n\nlalysis and evaluation of different economic systems; capitalism, socialism, \n\nlimmunism and fascism. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n>.531 Business Cycles I (2 q.h.) \n\ntermediate macro economic theory. Theory of cyclical fluctuations in the \n\n•ntext of multiplier and accelerator models. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n\n186 / LIBRARY SCIENCE \n\n39.532 Business Cycles II ( 2 q.h.) \nBusiness cycle analysis, measurement and public policy. Prereq. 39.531. \n\n39.533 Business Cycles III (2 q.h.) \n\nBusiness cycle forecasting methods and services. Prereq. 39.532. \n\n39.536 Advanced Statistics I (2 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced topics in sampling and statistical inference as a management aid. \nPrereq. 39.503, 39.513. \n\n39.537 Advanced Statistics II (2 q.h.) \n\nElements in probability theory and the decomposition of economic change intc \nsecular, seasonal and cyclical variation. Prereq. 39.536. \n\n39.538 Advanced Statistics III (2 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced topics in statistical inference, regression, and correlation and inde; \nnumbers. Prereq. 39.537. \n\n39.539 Managerial Economics (2 q.h.) \nAn application of the theory of demand, price and output to the business firn \nand capital budgeting. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n39.540 History of Economic Thought (2 q.h.) \nDevelopment of economic theory through Keynesian and post-Keynesia \nanalysis. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n39.551 Industrial Organization (2 q.h.) \n\nAn extension and application of micro-theory to the structure and performanc \n\nof American industry. Anti-trust policy and analysis. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n\n39.561 Urban Economics (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of urban affairs in the context of economic principles. Prereq. 39.50. \n\n39.571 European Economic History (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of European economic affairs after the industrial revolution. Tr \n\ntwentieth century and recent integration policies and their analysis. Prere \n\n39.503. \n\n39.581 Economic Policy Seminar (2 q.h.) \n\nCapstone course for senior majors with stress upon independent study ar \n\ncontemporary issues. Prereq. 39.509, 39.531. \n\n\n40-LIBRARY SCIENCE \n\n\n40.501 Introduction to Library Science (2 q.h.) \n\nBrief survey of the history of books and librarianship. The development \n\nlibraries in the United States with some emphasis on recent federal and sta I \n\nlibrary legislation. The library profession, its philosophy, publications, arl | \n\norganizations. \n\n\nLIBRARY SCIENCE / 187 \n\n\n10.502 Selection of Library Materials (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples and practices in the selection of printed materials and audio-visual \n\niiids for the modern library; practice in preparation of book notes and book \n\neviews. \n\nW.511 Organization of the Library (2 q.h.) \n\n|he organization, administration and services of municipal libraries, with \nParticular emphasis on the larger unit systems; the role of public libraries \n\nis educational institutions. \n\nK).512 Building and Administering the School Library (2 q.h.) \nOrganization and management of elementary and secondary school libraries; \niroblems in the selection and evaluation of books, periodicals, and audio-visual \nids necessary to the school curriculum. \n\n•0.513 School Library Administration (2 q.h.) \n\nhe library as a media center for instructional materials; problems in personnel \nnd budgeting; the library's role in the school curriculum and its services to \ntudents and faculty. Problems in urban school libraries. \n\n0.521 Reference Materials and Information Services (2 q.h.) \nhe basic tools and methods for locating information. Evaluation of dictionaries, \n^cyclopedias, gazetteers and atlases, handbooks, directories and indexes. \n\n0.522 Advanced Reference and Bibliography I (2 q.h.) \n\njhe landmark reference books in the social sciences. Other areas considered \nIre government documents and national and trade bibliographies Prerea \nt.521. ' \n\n10.523 Advanced Reference and Bibliography II (2 q.h.) \n\njhe significant reference books in the sciences and humanities; case studies in \n\nTerence work. Prereq. 40.522. \n\n0.531 Introduction to Cataloging and Classification (2 q.h.) \njheory and practice in descriptive cataloging, using the Anglo-American Catalog- \nIg Rules; emphasis on Dewey Decimal Classification and Sears subject headings. \n\nD.532 Advanced Cataloging and Classification (2 q.h.) \n\nJrther study of descriptive cataloging and classification; introduction to corpo- \n|te entries, shelflists, authority files, and serial publications. Prereq. 40.531. \n\nD.541 Introduction to Children's Literature (2 q.h.) \n\nlie history and development of children's literature; current trends in its \nJiblication and the social forces that influence its production; standard practices \nI selection and evaluation of the various types of children's books. \n\nf>.542 Library Service to Young People (2 q.h.) \n\nJudy of adolescent interest and academic needs in the field of literature with \niplication to both public and school libraries; special attention to the problems \n< book selection, book talks, and discussion groups. \n\n\n188 / ACCOUNTING \n\n\n40.551 Special Libraries (2 q.h.) \n\nThe purpose, development, and administration of the special library — industria \nscientific, business, and other types; techniques for making unique materials \nand services available. \n\n\n. \n\n\n41-ACCOUNTING \n\n41.501 Accounting Principles I (2 q.h.) \nThe basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandis- \ning businesses. \n\n41.502 Accounting Principles II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe problems of income measurement and valuation related to sources anc \nuses of invested capital. Prereq. 41.501. \n\n41.503 Accounting Principles III (2 q.h.) \nThe use of debt and investments in managerial financial decisions, followed b> \na brief introduction into cost decision analysis. Prereq. 41.502. \n\n41.504 Intermediate Accounting I (2 q.h.) \nThe study of generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to thi \npreparation of financial statements. Accounting for cash, securities, and re \nceivables. Prereq. 41.503. \n\n41.505 Intermediate Accounting II (2 q.h.) \nThe use of various systems for accounting for the flow of inventory in a mei \nchandising or manufacturing operation. Long term investments as a means c \nproviding stability to the concern. Prereq. 41.504. \n\n41.506 Intermediate Accounting III (2 q.h.) \nThe problems of long term asset acquisition and write-off through depreciatior \namortization, and depletion methods. Prereq. 41.505. \n\n41.507 Cost Accounting I (2 q.h.) \nThe foundations of cost accounting, including terminology, purposes, an \nrelationship to financial accounting. Prereq. 41.503. \n\n41.508 Cost Accounting II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe planning and control of current operations through the use of standar \ncosts and budgets. Prereq. 41.507. \n\n41.509 Cost Accounting III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe use of cost accounting in special decisions and in long range plannini \nPrereq. 41.508. \n\n41.510 Advanced Accounting I* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe accounting problems encountered through the issuance of capital stoc \nboth at issue date and at subsequent dates. Prereq. 41.506. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nACCOUNTING / 189 \n\n1.511 Advanced Accounting II* (2 q.h.) \n\nhe techniques of statement analysis, using both internal and external informa- \n[ ion. A complete examination of cash and fund flow as it is used by the \nccountant and the analyst. Prereq. 41.510. \n\n1.512 Advanced Accounting III* (2 q.h.) \n\nhe introduction of special problems posed by partnerships, and estates and \n•usts. Prereq. 41.511. \n\n1.513 Specialized Problems I* (2 q.h.) \n\nhe problems of accounting for special sales. Introduction of the concepts of \nresent value and its use in accounting. Prereq. 41.512. \n\n1.514 Specialized Problems II* (2 q.h.) \n\ni he use of consolidated statements in conjunction with newly developing trends \nward multi-purpose companies, combinations, mergers, and pools. Prereq. \nj.1.513. \n\n1.515 Specialized Problems III* (2 q.h.) \n\nline use of specialized systems and financial statements by companies. \nprereq. 41.514. \n\n1.516 Auditing I* (2 q.h.) \n\nijhe examination of modern auditing requirements relative to the professional \nfthics and legal responsibility of the Certified Public Accountant and the Public \naccountant. Prereq. 41.512. \n\njl.517 Auditing II* (2 q.h.) \n\n\\be methods and approach used in auditing assets of the firm. Prereq. 41.516. \n\n11.518 Auditing III* (2 q.h.) \n\nlie methods and approach used in auditing liabilities, owner equity, and \n\nbminal accounts of the firm. Prereq. 41.517. \n\n■L.519 Federal Income Taxes I* (2 q.h.) \n\nbe application of Federal Tax Law to the individual's income and personal \n\nKpenses. Prereq. 41.515. \n\nijl.520 Federal Income Taxes II* (2 q.h.) \n\nhe application of Federal Tax Law to the individual's special deductions, and to \n\n|e taxation of partnerships, estates, and trusts. Prereq. 41.519. \n\nf .521. Federal Income Taxes III* (2 q.h.) \n\npe application of Federal Tax Law to corporations. Prereq. 41.520. \n\nL.522 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems* (2 q.h.) \ne careful examination of the underlying concepts and conventions of account- \ng, and their application to financial statements. Prereq. 41.515 and 41.509. \n\n\nIpper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n190 / ACCOUNTING \n\n\n41.523 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems* (2 q.h.) \nThe careful examination of the areas of revenue and income recognition, cos \ndetermination and allocation, and depreciation. Prereq. 41.522. \n\n41.524 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems* (2 q.h.) \nThe careful examination of newly developing accounting areas such as pensions \nleases, stock options, and business combinations. Prereq. 41.523. \n\n41.525 Estate and Gift Taxes* (2 q.h.) \n\nAn examination of the relevant Internal Revenue Code provisions, property in \neluded in gross estate, including lifetime transfers which remain subject t< \nsome control by donor; marital and charitable deductions; administrative e> \npenses; estate planning. Prereq. 41.521. \n\n41.526 Capital Gains and Losses* (2 q.h.) \n\nReal estate transactions; stock market options; transfers of appreciated asset \nto donees; patents; sale of franchise rights; redemptions of stock in closel \nheld corporations. Prereq. 41.525. \n\n41.527 Transactions between Shareholders and Corporations* (2 q.h.) \nContribution of assets; Section 301 distributions; preferred stock; partial liqu \ndations; spin-offs; collapsible corporations; unreasonable accumulations; pe \nsonal holding companies; elements of reorganizations. Prereq. 41.526. \n\n41.530 Controllership Accounting* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe organization and function of a modern controllership office with the bas \ntechniques employed. Prereq. 41.509 or 41.535. \n\n41.531 Controllership Accounting* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe techniques employed by the controller with regards to costs, expenses, ar \ninventory control. Prereq. 41.530. \n\n41.532 Controllership Accounting* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe role of the controller in the forward planning of the company. Prere \n41.531. \n\n41.533 Accounting for Management Decisions (non accounting major \n(2 q.h.) \n\nThe preparation and interpretation of financial statements, including ca« \nand fund flow, for internal use by the company. Prereq. 41.503. \n\n41.534 Accounting for Management Decisions (non accounting major \n(2 q.h.) \n\nThe preparation and interpretation of cost accounting information. Prere \n41.533. \n\n\n41.535 Accounting for Management Decisions (non accounting major \n\n(2 q.h.) \n\nThe utilization of accounting information for management decisions. Prere \n\n41.534. \n\n\n*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nft \n\n\n*:: \n\n\nACCOUNTING / 191 \n\nJ.501 Introduction to Marketing I (2 q.h.) \n\ndescription and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to \n\ne decision-making process. \n\n$.502 Introduction to Marketing II (2 q.h.) \n\n.continuation of Marketing I with emphasis upon specific marketing functions \n\nid their application through the use of case studies and analysis Prerea \n■1501. w* \n\n-1.503 Introduction to Marketing III (2 q.h.) \n\niContinuation of the case method plus discussion and analysis of current mar- \n\nIting issues and problems. Prereq. 43.502. \n\n<;.507 Sales Management I (2 q.h.) \n\nI? basic principles of personal selling and salesmanship. Prereq. 43.503. \n\n/.508 Sales Management II (2 q.h.) \n\nfrsonal selling through wholesalers, distributors, retailers and direct to the \n\nier, in both consumer and industrial channels. Prereq. 43.507. \n\n*.509 Sales Management III (2 q.h.) \n\nfeanization of the sales department, planning and directing sales force activi- \nts, operation and supervision of the sales force, and evaluation of results \nfereq. 43.508. \n\n^.511 Creative Marketing Communications I (2 q.h.) \n\nBe tools, techniques and principles of advertising communication and motiva- \nIn and their ujo in creative marketing effort. Prereq. 43.503. \n\n1.512 Creative Marketing Communications II (2 q.h.) \n\niitinued emphasis upon the creative aspects of marketing communications \nP the use of media and the specific techniques of advertising and sales pro- \nItion, and their coordination with personal selling, in the effective stimulation \nkales. Prereq. 43.511. \n\n513 Creative Marketing Communications III (2 q.h.) \n\ni case method is used to develop analytical and decision-making ability in \nmanagement of all the tools of the \"communications mix\". Prereq. 43.512. \n\n518 Retailing I (2 q.h.) \n\nail store operation, management and merchandising, including store location, \nting, pricing, advertising, display and sales promotion. Prereq. 43.503. \n\n519 Retailing II (2 q.h.) \n\nontinuation of Retailing I with emphasis upon management responsibilities \ncerning store organization, personnel management, merchandise handling, \n\nIff supervision, customer services, and retail accounting and control. Prereq. \n\n>518. \n\n\n192 / ACCOUNTING \n\n\n43.520 Industrial Marketing (2 q.h.) \nThe marketing of products where other business firms and organizations are \nthe customers, including a study of physical distribution, marketing concepts, \nand the decision-making process relevant to the marketing of business goods. \nPrereq, 43.503. \n\n43.525 Marketing Research I* (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroductory presentation and evaluation of procedures and techniques cur- \nrently available to improve the chances of marketing success and effectiveness \nPrereq. 43.503, 39.513, 45.572. \n\n43.526 Marketing Research II* (2 q.h.) \n\nModern techniques of data collection and analysis, both quantitative and quali \ntative, in marketing research, forecasting, product planning, test marketing \nmarketing evaluation, and the application of modern data-processing tech \nniques. Prereq. 43.525. \n\n43.529 International Marketing (2 q.h.) \n\nOpportunities, methods, and policies required for the successful developmen \n\nand management of international business and marketing operations. Prerec \n\n43.503. \n\n43.532 Marketing Management I* (2 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced management and decision-making covering the complete marketin \n\nspectrum are analyzed in a variety of case studies and problems. Prerei \n\n43.503. \n\n\n43.533 Marketing Management II* (2 q.h.) \n\nUsing a seminar-type approach, emphasis is placed upon problem-solving \nsuch areas as sales, logistics and physical distribution, advertising, pricing, ne \ndevelopment, public and governmental policy. Prereq. 43.532. \n\n43.534 Marketing Management III* (2 q.h.) \nA continuation of Marketing Management II, with increased emphasis upon ca \nanalysis and study. Prereq. 43.533 \n\n43.536 Advertising Techniques (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the verbal and visual means of motivation, with emphasis upon t \ntechniques and process used to produce advertising in newspapers, radio, te \nvision, and other media. Prereq. 43.503 \n\n\n43.537 Marketing and Sales Seminar* (2 q.h.) \n\nA one-quarter, cap-stone course to round out the student's study of marketii \nthrough investigation and analysis of the most recent trends in marketing ma \nagement, finance, logistics, sales, advertising and promotion. Prereq. 43.53 \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nFINANCE AND INSURANCE / 193 \n\n43.538 Sales Engineering (2 q.h.) \n\nThe problems and techniques required to sell successfully engineered products \n\nsuch as capital goods, systems installations, and original equipment. Prereq. \n\n43.503. \n\n43.541 Public Relations I (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the basic principles, purposes and methods of public relations. \nPrereq. 43.503. \n\n43.542 Public Relations II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of Public Relations I providing in-depth coverage of the planning, \nmanagement, operation, and evaluation of public relations programs, including \ncase analysis. Prereq. 43.541. \n\n\n44-FINANCE AND INSURANCE \nFinance \n\n44.501 Capital Institutions and Risk Management I (2 q.h.) \n\n*\\n introduction to various financial institutions and their functions, e.g., com- \nmercial banks, the Federal Reserve System. \n\n44.502 Capital Institutions and Risk Management II (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of the security markets with special emphasis on common stocks, \nibonds, and mutual funds. \n\n44.503 Capital Institutions and Risk Management III (2 q.h.) \n\n<\\n analysis of the basic institutions and principles in risk and insurance. \n\n44.507 Corporate Finance I (2 q.h.) \n\nkn introduction to the role of financial management of the business firm. \nReview of financial statements, promotion, and forms of organization. Planning \n:he use of assets and cost of capital concepts are introduced as management \nevaluation techniques. Prereq. 44.501. \n\n14.508 Corporate Finance II (2 q.h.) \n\n;\\n analytical approach to capital budgeting and optimum asset returns. Cost \nnf capital is further developed and applied against consideration of capital \njnixture. Prereq. 44.507. \n\n,I4.509 Corporate Finance III (2 q.h.) \n\n''he analysis of various financial tools are considered. An intensive examination \nj)f short and intermediate term credit; as well as the distribution of stocks and \nii)onds to the public and special buyers. A survey of reorganization and liquida- \ntion techniques are analyzed. Prereq. 44.508. \n\n114.510 Personal Finance (2 q.h.) \n\n)\\ detailed analysis of how one accumulates, conserves, and disposes of his \nlersonal capital. \n\n\n194 / FINANCE AND INSURANCE \n\n44.517 Investments I* (2 q.h.) \nInvestment goals and objectives are considered. Various types of investment \nare compared and the role of the securities markets examined. Prereq. 44.509. \n\n44.518 Investments II* (2 q.h.) \nBroad coverage of the relationship between the economy and stock price aver- \nages. Methods of analyzing and appraising developments within the corporation \nas they apply to the investment analyst's techniques. Prereq. 44.517. \n\n44.519 Investments III* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe relation of earnings, dividends, and cash flow to market valuation of a \ncompany's securities. Portfolio analysis and planning are examined, as well \nas methods of security selection. Technical and fundamental factors are also \nconsidered. Prereq. 44.518. \n\n44.521 Credit Management I* (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to Credit and its functions; including the role of the Credit \nExecutive; credit investigation; documentary credit; trade credit. Prereq. \n44.509. \n\n44.522 Credit Management II* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe organization and function of Credit Departments; various forms of credit \nand collection services. Prereq. 44.521. \n\n44.523 Credit Management III* (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of Financial statements to determine credit worthiness; creditor's \nrights; adjustment bureau; credit insurance; guarantees. Prereq. 44.522. \n\n44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance I, II* (4 q.h.) \n\nStudent participation in the study and analysis of case histories. Individual \n\npapers presented. Prereq. All Finance Courses. \n\n44.544 Law of Finance* (2 q.h.) \n\nA consideration of the legal problems immediately affecting finance. Special \n\nattention is given to the field of corporate law. Prereq. 44.509, 45.543. \n\n\nInsurance \n\n44.511 Life Insurance I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the economic basis for Life Insurance and a detailed analysis of \nthe various contracts, including legal concepts, and settlement options. Prereq. \n44.503. \n\n44.512 Life Insurance II (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the Mathematics of Life Insurance including rate-making, reserves, \nsurrender values, as well as the operations of the Companies, their Financial \nInvestments and their regulation. Prereq. 44.511. \n\n\n'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nFINANCE AND INSURANCE / 195 \n\n44.513 Estate Planning* (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the various \"tools\" used in creating, conserving and ultimate distri- \nbution of Estates, including wills, trusts, settlement options, and proper tax \nplanning. Prereq. 44.512; 45.543. \n\n44.514 Property & Casualty Insurance I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the economic basis for Insurance and of the various Fire, Marine \nand Casualty Insurance contracts. Prereq. 44.503. \n\n44.515 Property & Casualty Insurance II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinued analysis of the various contracts, as well as underwriting, rate- \nnaking, and loss prevention and loss adjustment. Prereq. 44.514. \n\n44.516 Property & Casualty Insurance III (2 q.h.) \n\n<\\ study of the mechanics of the Insurance Industry, including types of com- \nDanies, reserves, reinsurance, financial analysis and Government regulation. \nDrereq. 44.515. \n\n14.525 Health and Social Insurance I* (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ study of the economic basis served by Health and Social programs of Insur- \nance, including a detailed analysis and comparison of the plans offered. \n^rereq. 44.503. \n\n44.526 Health and Social Insurance 11* (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ continuing study of contracts, including benefit structure, rate-making, re- \nserves and the proper use and coordination of the plans available from private \nndustry and from the government. Prereq. 44.525. \n\n14.527 Business and Group Insurance and Pensions* (2 q.h.) \n\n\\ study of the proper use of Life and Health Insurance contracts in meeting \nmd solving Business situations, designing Employee Benefit plans, and in estab- \nishing Retirement plans. Prereq. 44.526. \n\n14.540 Advanced Risk Analysis and Treatment I* (2 q.h.) \n\nk study of the risks to which all individuals and businesses are exposed, their \n\nidentification, and evaluation of loss potential. Prereq. 44.516. \n\n4.541 Advanced Risk Analysis and Treatment 11* (2 q.h.) \n\nV study of the proper use of Insurance, Self-Insurance, programs of loss pre- \n! ention and reduction and the use of Case Studies to test the designated plans. \nI 'rereq. 44.540. \n\n4.543 Law of Insurance* (2 q.h.) \n\n, study of the legal problems affecting Insurance, including regulation design \n\" nd interpretation of contracts and the relationship between the Insurance Com- \n; any, its Agent, and the public. Prereq. 45.543. \n\n\nUpper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n196 / MANAGEMENT \n\nGeneral Management \n\n45.501 Management and Organization I (2 q.h.) \n\nCourse describes the environment within which business operates and from \nthis develops the theory and practice of organization. \n\n45.502 Management and Organization II (2 q.h.) \n\nBuilding on 45.501, this course develops the \"what\" and \"how\" of the man- \nagement process. Prereq. 45.501. \n\n45.503 Management and Organization III (2 q.h.) \n\nThis course applies the concepts of organization and management to the func- \ntional areas of business — marketing, production, personnel and finance. \nPrereq. 45.502. \n\n45.504 Office Organization & Management I (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples and techniques of modern administrative services including organi- \nzation, planning, control, staffing, supervision, policy problems, training, ex- \npense control, fringe benefits, manuals, equipment, records management, job \nevaluation and compensation. \n\n45.604 Office Organization & Management II (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of systems & methods, work simplification, costs standards, forms \n\ndesign, purchasing techniques, office layout, maintenance services and working \n\nconditions. \n\n45.523, 524, 525 Management Seminar I, II, III* (6 q.h.) \nThe development of an integrated analysis of business problems from the \nupper-management point of view. This course provides an opportunity to bring \ntheory into practice through case study analysis. \n\n45.533, 534, 535 Management Decisions and Policies I, II, III* (6 q.h.) \nBroad-spectrum decision-making to set rather than follow policy. Students wil \nengage in all aspects of the decision-making process: fact finding, analysis o \nfindings, and effective communication. \n\nCase studies, outside readings and business games. In the first term, shor \nwritten analysis of each case will be required from each student, and classroon \nemphasis will be placed on analysis and effective communication. In the seconc \nterm, students will submit a report based on their own original research. In thi \nfinal term, emphasis will be placed on team and group activities in business \nenvironment. \n\nIndustrial Management Courses \n\n45.506 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems I (2 q.h.) \nAnalysis of the basic areas of production management, characteristic activities \ntypical decisions, and the fundamental qualitative and quantitative approaches \nused in the inherent decision making process, including production and facili \nties planning and investment analysis; selected case studies. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nMANAGEMENT / 197 \n\n45.507 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems II (2 q.h.) \nFurther analysis of production systems, including Inventory Control, Production \nControl and Data Processing as applied to the problems and environment of \nmanufacturing; selected case studies. Prereq. 45.506. \n\n45.508 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems III (2 q.h.) \nContinuing and additional area of manufacturing are analyzed, including Quality \nControl, Statistical Quality Control, Methods Analysis and Improvement, Work \nMeasurement, and Wage Incentives; selected case studies. Prereq. 45.507. \n\n45.519 Work Methods (2 q.h.) \n\nThe principles of Motion Economy and Work Simplification in analysis and \nimprovement of methods, utilizing flow charts, diagrams, work station activity \ncharts, and laboratory techniques. \n\n45.522 Job Evaluation, (2 q.h.) \n\nWage-payment systems; theory of wage determination, job elements, rating \nscales, writing job descriptions and specifications; selection of plans; develop- \nment of wage structures and integration with the principles of merit rating. \n\n45.526 Facilities Planning & Design I* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe planning and designing of industrial plants, in terms of equipment and \nmachinery requirements, plant layout and material flow, utilizing flow charting, \nscheduling and laboratory scale models. Prereq. 45.508. \n\n45.531 Facilities Planning & Design II* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe fundamentals of material handling and related equipments, vehicles, and \nmachinery, including cranes, conveyors, freight elevators, and monorails, with \nemphasis on analysis of problems, typical cases, and costs, and including engi- \nneering economy. Prereq. 45.526. \n\n*5.528 Work Measurement (2 q.h.) \n\nMeasurement techniques as applied to development of production and wage \nstandard data, including appropriate incentive plans and directed towards quan- \ntity manufacturing, with laboratory use. \n\n15.530 Standard Data Development (2 q.h.) \n\nDevelopment of production standards for job shop operations, applying Curve, \nTable, Equation, Nomograph, Family and Multivariates techniques, and utiliz- \nng Work Sampling methods and Laboratory practice. \n\n15.537 Purchasing I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe fundamental mission and span of responsibility of Industrial Purchasing \n\nn business: the procurement cycle, it principles, methods, and vocabulary. \n\n: 15.538 Purchasing II (2 q.h.) \n\n► Techniques of organization of the purchasing function: its systems, source selec- \n\nion and evaluation; the legal environment; quantity and quality determination. \n\n3rereq. 45.537. \n\n\n'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n198 / MANAGEMENT \n\n\n45.539 Purchasing III (2 q.h.) \n\nTechniques of creative buying; types of contracts; negotiating and Price/Cost \nAnalysis; Purchasing Ethics; supplier monitoring and expediting; contract modi- \nfication and termination. Prereq. 45.538. \n\n45.595 Manufacturing Seminar I* (2 q.h.) \n\nProblems of manufacturing operation at the plant Manager level, including pro- \nduction economics of specialization, simplification, standardization, diversifica- \ntion, expansion, contraction, or integration, all with pertinent, selected case \nstudies. Prereq. 45.625 & 45.637. \n\n45.596 Manufacturing Seminar II* (2 q.h.) \n\nContinued analysis of manufacturing problems, including plant location, layout, \nmaterials handling, power maintenance, labor market status, organization and \nwage policy, all with pertinent, selected case studies. Prereq. 45.595. \n\n45.597 Manufacturing Seminar III* (2 q.h.) \n\nContinued analysis of manufacturing problems, including controls of the manu- \nfacturing process; product design and development, scheduling, inventory, \nquality, cost and budgetary controls with applicable cases. Prereq. 45.596. \n\n45.620 Industrial Safety (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the organization and administration of a comprehensive accident \nprevention program, including analysis of industrial hazards and accidents, cor \nrective actions, and the responsibilities of all management echelons, from th( \nsafety engineer to top management. \n\n45.623 Manufacturing Processes I — Material (2 q.h.) \n\nDerivation, characteristics, and applications of materials used in industry, sue! \nas ferrous, non-ferrous metals, plastics, their mechanical, thermal, electrical \nchemical and other properties with an analysis of applications to manufacturing \non basis of value engineering criteria. \n\n45.624 Manufacturing Processes II — Production (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of product design, production processes and material selection in th» \nproduction and manufacturing of hard goods, including selection of best meth \nods by study of casting, machining, forming, joining, hot and cold working \nextrusion, finishing, assembly and related case studies. Prereq. 45.623. \n\n45.625 Manufacturing Processes III — Automation (2 q.h.) \n\nThe analysis of advanced manufacturing processes, including mass production \nnumeric control, central vs line layout systems, automated systems and relatec \nproblems, computer controlled equipments and systems, equipment and ma \nchinery selection and replacement policies and related case studies. Prereq \n45.624. \n\n45.626 Professional Purchasing Techniques* (2 q.h.) \n\nA seminar-type examination of methods of negotiation, use of contract type; \nand incentives which yield improved Buyer performance. Price Analysis anc \nthe development of supplier monitoring and control techniques. Prereq \n45.539. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nMANAGEMENT / 199 \n\n45.627 Value Engineering (2 q.h.) \n\nAn organized technique for challenging costs by analysing a product or method \n\nin terms of value; function; and costs, without sacrificing essential quality. \n\n45.636 Production & Inventory Control I* (2 q.h.) \n\nBasic analysis and system-design techniques for controlling production and \ninventory levels, emphasizing cost reduction, and including inventory invest- \nment, economic order quantity, make or buy decisions, and warehousing. \nPrereq. 45.640. \n\n45.637 Production & Inventory Control II* (2 q.h.) \n\nAspects of intermittent and continuous production, variable demand, machine \nbreak point, simulated scheduling, and relationships of planning, scheduling, \nand dispatching; with mathematical models. Prereq. 45.636. \n\n45.638 Industrial Decision Making I* (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of mathematical methods, of management science and quantitative \ndecision making procedures to practical industrial problems, including deter- \nministic systems, optimization and models applied to production functions such \nas inventory process, plant location, layout and maintenance and equipment \nselection, replacement and maintenance. Prereq. 10.506. \n\n45.639 Industrial Decision Making 11* (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of mathematical methods of management science and quantitative \ndecision making procedures to practical industrial problems, including stochastic \nsystems applied to probability problems, and including application to pro- \nduction scheduling and control, production planning overtime at minimum cost, \nwarehousing, inventory depletion, economic lot size, etc. Prereq. 45.638. \n\n45.640 Industrial Decision Making III* (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of mathematical methods of management science and quantitative \ndecision making procedures to practical industrial problems, including linear \nsystems utilizations, and functional production applications such as: optimal \nmachine loading; production and employment scheduling; seasonal inventory \ndistribution; transportation and transhipment models; maximizing profit mar- \ngin; methods improvements; and determining highest gross-manufacturing \nprogram, etc. Prereq. 45.639. \n\nPersonnel & Industrial Relations \n\n45.510 Labor Management Relations I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe American labor movement and labor relations development; collective bar- \ngaining issues, policy and practice; public control of industrial relations. \nPrereq. 39.503. \n\n45.611 Labor Management Relations II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of I. The economic and political impact of bargaining power on \n\nlabor markets, employment, wages and income. Prereq. 45.510. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n200 / MANAGEMENT \n\n45.511 Human Relations in Personnel I (2 q.h.) \nAn introduction to human problems of the work environment; motivation, em \nployee participation; formal and informal organizations; and leadership patterns \nPrereq. 19.503. \n\n45.512 Human Relations in Personnel II (2 q.h.) \nA continuation of Human Relations I; the processes of communication, inter \nviewing, counseling, appraisal of performance, and the accomplishment \nchange; special employment groups and overview of the individual in his \norganization. Prereq. 45.511. \n\n45.513 Personnel Management I ( 2 q.h.) \n\nOrganization, function, and procedures of the personnel department in reU \ntionship to the management organization; manpower selection; training; rating \npersonnel policies, benefits, and reports. \n\n45.514 Personnel Management II (2 q.h.) \nPrinciples and techniques of training; the psychology of learning; meeting train- \ning needs; principles and practices of organizing training activities. Prereq. \n45.513. \n\n45.515 Personnel Management III (2 q.h.) \n\nControlling and coordinating the managerial responsibility of supervision; plan- \nning the work; employee assignments; employees' attitudes; employee griev- \nances; administering company policies, developing work interest. Prereq. \n45.514. \n\n45.517 Techniques of Employee Selection* (2 q.h.) \n\nRecruitment, selection, and placement techniques including interviewing, em- \nployment testing and examining. Prereq. 45.515. Offered in Spring Quarter \n\n45.518 Wage and Salary Administration* (2 q.h.) \n\nWage and salary determination; merit and incentive plans; wage and salary \nstructure; compensation methods; impact on employer-employee relations in the \neconomy. Prereq. 39.503, 45.503. Offered in Fall Quarter \n\n45.521 Employee Benefits* (2 q.h.) \n\nPrivate and public programs directed to job and worker income security; unem- \nployment compensation, training and employment services; private guaranteed \nincome; retirement pension plans and disability; group insurance. Prereq. \n39.503. Offered in Winter Quarter \n\n45.545 Law of Employment Standards* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe minimum-wage laws, state and federal, and laws on employment practices; \nadministrative and enforcement procedures; employment provisions of the \n1964 Civil Rights Act and of state anti-discrimination laws. Prereq. 45.611. \n\nOffered in Fall Quarter \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nMANAGEMENT / 201 \n\n45.546 Law of Employment Conditions* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act; the Social Security Act; \nthe Massachusetts Employment Security Act; The Massachusetts Workmen's \nCompensation Act; veterans' reemployment rights. Prereq. 45.611. \n\nOffered in Winter Quarter \n\n45.548 Law of Labor Management Relations* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe legal framework for collective bargaining, the impact of the anti-trust laws \non labor unions; injunctions in labor disputes; the Railway Labor Act; the Na- \ntional Labor Relations Act; the Labor-Management Relations Act. Prereq. \n45.611. Offered in Spring Quarter \n\n*5.553 The Labor Agreement* (2 q.h.) \n\nLabor contracts; component clauses, grievance analysis and arbitration pro- \ncures. Case studies in labor-management relations affected by such clauses. \n°rereq. 45.611 Offered in even-numbered years; Winter Quarter \n\n15.556 Negotiations, Mediation, Arbitration* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe bargaining process; preparation and negotiation of agreements; mediation, \nact-finding, arbitration, other alternatives to the strike. Prereq. 45.611. \n\nOffered in odd-numbered years; Spring Quarter \n\n\n15.557 International Labor Movements* (2 q.h.) \n\nHistorical treatment of American labor union development and theories of \nabor organization; relation of labor and government, American, European, and \n.atin-American labor organization and institutions; international labor organi- \nsations. Prereq. 45.611. Offered in even-numbered years; Fall Quarter \n\n15.558 Industrial Relations Systems* (2 q.h.) \n\nCollective-bargaining institutions of different industries; comparisons of the \nnternational differences in management practices, government programs, and \n:ollective bargaining. Prereq. 45.557. \n\nOffered in even-numbered years; Winter Quarter \n\n1-5.560 Seminar on Labor Issues* (2 q.h.) For Seniors Only \n\\n advanced discussion of current labor-management issues; policy as to dis- \ntutes, wage guidelines, public employees' unions, professionals, etc. Prereq. \n■5.546, 45.548, 45.553. Offered in odd numbered years; Fall Quarter \n\n\nQuality Control \n\n•5.536 Principles of Material Inspection (2 q.h.) \n\nin operating and technical-level course involving mensuration, need and func- \n\nion of inspection and specifications; basic principles and techniques of meas- \n\nirement; various methods and equipment used for gauging and measuring; \n\npecial measuring and inspection problems; quality control and process in- \n\npections. \n\n\nUpper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n202 / MANAGEMENT \n\n45.561 Statistical Quality Control I (2 q.h.) \n\nDescription and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control \nmethods for quality assurance, quality control, and quality improvement of \nproducts and services; the tools for reducing and controlling the costs of scrap, \nrework, repair, customer complaints and warranty. The determination of pro- \ncess capability; use of histograms to identify abnormal variability; the use of \nquality-control charts for measurable and nonmeasurable quality characteristics, \nincluding Shewhart, Multi-Vari, median, per cent defective and defects per \nunit; corrective-action techniques; complying with government quality-control- \nsystem requirements; psychological factors in controlling quality. Prereq. \n45.635 or 39.513. \n\n45.562 Statistical Quality Control II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of Statistical Quality Control I, covering the application of statis- \ntical and probability considerations in acceptance sampling of purchased ma- \nterial, work-in-process and outgoing products. Methods of predicting sampling \nresults using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the Poisson distributions; \ndevelopment of the Operating Characteristic Curve for any sampling plan; risks \ninvolved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL. Use of standard \nsampling tables to select appropriate sampling plans, including Mil-Std-105 \nand 414; practical administration of sampling programs, material review boards, \nand quality audit. Prereq. 45.561. \n\n45.563 Management of Quality Control (2 q.h.) \n\nModern concepts of managing the quality function of a company to maximize \ncustomer satisfaction at minimum quality cost. The idea of Total Quality Con- \ntrol; measurement of the costs of quality; use of Pareto's Rule to identify the \nmajor unsolved quality problems, development of a coordinated program of \nimprovement, organizing for diagnosing the defect causes. The Quality Control \nsystem; improvement and control of vendor quality; in process control; out- \ngoing product control; customer quality relations. Organizing of the quality \nfunction. \n\n\n45.565 — Industrial Experimentation I* (2 q.h.) \n\nModern small-sample techniques are applied to industrial problems. Use of \nstatistical inference to make estimates and set confidence intervals of key \ncharacteristics of production lots and processes; design of single- and multiple- \nfactor experiments; tests of significance; analysis of variance; use of the normal, \nbinomial, Poisson and Chi-Square distributions, as well as non-parametric \nmethods; shortcuts and \"rough-but-quick\" tests. Emphasis is on avoiding ex- \nperimental blind alleys, with the associated vital savings in dollars and days. \nPrereq. 39.513 or 45.564. \n\n45.566 Industrial Experimentation II* (2 q.h.) \n\nTests of significance, analysis of variance, correlation techniques, and experi- \nment design. Balancing and randomizing techniques; factorial designs; nested \ndesigns, Latin Square, Random-Balance, Multiple-Balance. Prereq. 45.565. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nMANAGEMENT / 203 \n\n45.584, 45.585 Concepts of Reliability Engineering I, II* (4 q.h.) \nThe application of reliability engineering techniques to practical problems. \nStatistical tools used for estimating and measuring the probability of early, \nrandom and wear-out failures. Component and simple-system reliability pre- \ndictions. Reliability mathematical models and predictions are developed for \ncomplex series, and active and standby parallel systems. Reliability demonstra- \ntion tests and assessments, confidence limits and preventive-maintenance poli- \ncies are covered. Prereq. Calculus Fund or equiv. \n\n\n45.598 Maintainability Engineering* (2 q.h.) \n\nMathematical concepts associated with maintainability technology and their \napplication to the solution of practical, problems. Maintainability as a major \nelement of the \"system effectiveness\" concept. These mathematical methods \nand tools are extended to the solution of problems having one or more con- \nstraints involving spares provisioning, repair-level, built-in-test, module size, \npreventive maintenance, and repair technical training. Prereq. Calculus Fund \nor equiv. \n\n\n45.633 Advanced Quality Control I* (2 q.h.) \n\nDetailed study of specialized techniques used in defect-cause diagnosis and \nproblem analysis. Complete analysis of process capability; the Multi-Vari chart; \npictograms; the Span Plan method. Dissection of variability into time, stream, \npositional components; diagnosis for non-measurable quality characteristics. \nUse of special graph papers for computational simplification. Prereq. 45.562. \n\n\n45.634 Advanced Quality Control II* ( 2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of Advanced Quality Control I, with special emphasis on design \nof control plans for process quality control and special cases of product ac- \nceptance. Special-purpose quality-control charts; narrow-limit gaging; Pre Con- \ntrol; Lot Plot inspection method; construction of special variables acceptance \nplans. Control plans for Setup-dominant and time-dominant operations; train- \ning, qualification and motivation of operators for control of operator-dominant \noperations. Job-Shop Quality Control. Prereq. 45.624. \n\n\nLaw \n\n45.541 Law I* (2 q.h.) \n\nCONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements; \ninterpretation of contracts. \n\n45.542 Law II* (2 q.h.) \n\nAGENCY: Nature, formation and termination of agency relationships; rights and \nduties of principal and agent, scope of agent's authority. \n\nSALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights and reme- \ndies of seller and buyer. Prereq. 45.541. \n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n204 / MANAGEMENT \n\n45.543 Law III* (2 q.h.) \n\nNEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes and checks; liabilities and defenses \n\nof parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge. \n\nBUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships. Prereq. \n45.542. \n\n\nManagement Information Systems \n\n45.570 Electronic Data Processing I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding \nsystems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program- \nming concepts. \n\n45.571 Electronic Data Processing II (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of available computer systems; price and performance comparison of \navailable input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing and sorting \ntechniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and terminals. \nPrereq. 45.570. \n\n45.572 Electronic Data Processing III (2 q.h.) \n\nA presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN and other programming languages; discus- \nsion of business data processing and operations research applications; and a \nsummary of trends in EDP. Prereq. 45.571. \n\n45.573 Basic Computer Programming (2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of business application programming: Introduction to COBOL, \nCommon Business Oriented Language, adopted as standard business program- \nming language of EDP industry. Principles of flowcharting. Programs prepared \nby student are run and checked out using University's Computation Center \ncomputer. Prereq. 45.572. \n\n45.574 Computer Programming for Business I (2 q.h.) \n\nProgramming in COBOL presented in more detail. Business data processing \nfunctions of editing, file updating, report writing are illustrated and implemented \nin programs prepared by students and run on University's computer. Program- \nming involving punched card input, output, line printer, and magnetic tape \nperipherals. Prereq. 45.573. \n\n45.575 Computer Programming for Business II (2 q.h.) \n\nMore sophisticated programming techniques as applied to the solution of more \ncomplex business application problems. Random access disk file organization \nand processing is illustrated. Additional features of COBOL compiler language \npresented and applied in student programs. Computation Center computer \nemployed in running student programs and in developing program checkout \nand debugging techniques. Prereq. 45.574. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nMANAGEMENT / 205 \n\n45.577 Data Systems Administration (2 q.h.) \n\nThe major phases involved in the study and detailed planning for the effective \nuse of data processing equipment and management sciences in meeting the \ninformation needs of business are presented, including the analysis of company \nobjectives, the feasibility study, the system specifications, equipment selection, \nand the implementation of the new system. Prereq. 45.572. \n\nOffered Fall Quarters only \n\n45.578 Business Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe systems considerations of a variety of applications are presented including \ninput/output techniques using returnable media, communications; alternative \napproaches to updating of files; techniques for control and checking; time shar- \ning through the technique of multiprogramming and multi-processing. Prereq. \n45.577. Offered Winter Quarters only \n\n45.579 Business Data Processing Application II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of 45.578 using additional applications and including a class case \nstudy project. Prereq. 45.578. Offered Spring Quarters only \n\n45.583 Computer Programming for Scientific Applications* (2 q.h.) \nThis course presents FORTRAN programming, using problems of concern to \npeople whose professional background and current occupation, in either physical \nor social sciences, require a working knowledge of modern, problem-oriented, \ncomputer programming. Prereq. 10.506. \n\n45.586 System Design and Techniques I (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to system concepts, system department organization, forms de- \nsign, systems controls and manuals. Prereq. 41.503; 45.503. \n\n45.587 System Design and Techniques II (2 q.h.) \n\nDevelopment of system techniques through lectures and case studies including; \nwork simplification, work measurement, flow charting, system cost estimating \nand system development. Prereq. 45.586. \n\n45.588 System Design and Techniques III (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of system techniques through extensive use of case studies cover- \ning the full spectrum of system development and design. Prereq. 45.587. \n\n45.589 Advanced Business System Design I* (2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to total computer based system concepts, resource management, \nfunctional data flows, information feedback process and major design criteria. \nPrereq. 45.572, 45.588. \n\n45.590 Advanced Business System Design II* (2 q.h.) \n\nDetailed analysis of a manufacturing company's business system design focus- \ning on data base design and subsystem relationships between order entry, \nproduction control and inventory control. Prereq. 45.589. \n\n\n•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n206 / MANAGEMENT \n\n45.591 Advanced Business System Design III* (2 q.h.) \nManagement Information System design including the impact of advancec \ncapabilities such as data communication, on-line file storage, and simulatior \non the design and system approach. Prereq. 45.590. \n\n45.592 Advanced Computer System Techniques I* (2 q.h.) \nOn-line data communication systems covering the range of services available, \nremote input and output devices, techniques of control and application e> \namples. Prereq. 45.591. \n\n45.593 Advanced Computer System Techniques II* (2 q.h.) \n\nOn-line mass storage devices, data base design and file retrieval techniques. \nReal-time input-output techniques including visual and graphic displays. Pre- \nreq. 45.592. \n\n45.594 Advanced Computer System Techniques III* (2 q.h.) \n\nTime sharing system concepts, design and languages. Application of on-line \nand time sharing system techniques through case studies and field trips. \nPrereq. 45.593. \n\n45.616 Government Data Processing Applications (2 q.h.) \n\nDescribes federal, state and local government data processing applications and \ntheir requirements in areas such as internal administration, citizen relations, \nwelfare, law, communications and also scientific areas. Prereq. 45.572. \n\n45.617 Advanced Computer Programming I* (2 q.h.) \n\nOrganization, representation and processing of data internally within the \ncomputer. Fundamentals of assembly language programming as applied to \nbusiness application problems. Looping, instruction modification, indexed, \nindirect addressing, and other programming techniques. Student program \npreparation and checkout utilizing University's computer stystem. Prereq. \n45.575. \n\n45.618 Advanced Computer Programming II* (2 q.h.) \n\nAssembly language programming of more complex business problems. Sub- \nroutines and macros. Input/output routines, report generators and other utility \nroutines. Operating systems, monitors and multi-program processing are intro- \nduced. Business problems analyzed, flowcharted, programmed and debugged \non University's computer by students. Prereq. 45.617. \n\n45.619 Advanced Computer Programming III* (2 q.h.) \n\nProgramming of sophisticated computer system applications. File organization, \nindexing and randomizing techniques for mass memory. Introduction to data \ncommunications. On-line and real-time processing. Applications of inquiry- \nresponse data collection and distribution are illustrated and applied. Prereq. \n45.618. \n\n45.630 Introduction to Operation Research (2 q.h.) \n\nOperation Research as a management tool including a study of inventory \n\nmodels, allocation models, competitive models and queuing theory. Prereq. \n\n45.572. \n\n\n*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\nREAL ESTATE / 207 \n\n45.631 Operations Research Applications I* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe inventory models and allocation models are set up in more complex forms \nand solved on the University's computer using FORTRAN. Prereq. 46.630. \n\n45.632 Operations Research Applications II* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe in depth development and solution of model is continued including com- \npetitive models. Prereq. 45.631. \n\n45.649, 45.650, 45.651 Law of Real Estate I, II, III (6 q.h.) \nSpecific examination of the legal problems involved in instruments of con- \nveyance, recording, and registration; the legal relationship of brokers and \nmanagers, landlords and tenants; and the legal complexities involved in \nmarriage and death. Prereq. 45.543, 47.502. \n\n\n47- REAL ESTATE \n\n47.501 Real Estate Fundamentals I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn examination of title and the legal process involved in acquiring real estate \nand a general examination of real estate financing, leases and licensing, valua- \ntion, taxes, etc. \n\n47.502 Real Estate Fundamentals II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe operation of a real estate firm with specific attention to appraising, residen- \ntial and commercial sales, home building, urban renewal, and industrial and \nshopping center development. Prereq. 47.501. \n\n47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe problems involved in managing a real estate firm and real property manage- \nment are carefully considered with emphasis on the special characteristics of \ndifferent types of property. Prereq. 47.502. \n\n47.508 Real Estate Financial Analysis I (2 q.h.) \n\nStructure and analysis of real estate income and expense statements. Sources \nof funds, borrowing methods, effects of taxation, rates on return, etc. Prereq. \n47.502 or equiv. \n\n47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis II (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of risks and problems involved in financing real property with emphasis \non use of case studies and problems. Class participation stressed. Prereq. \n47.508. \n\n47.511 Residential Real Estate Appraisal (2 q.h.) \n\nA fundamental course in real estate appraisal with emphasis on single- and two- \nand three-family properties. Analysis of city and neighborhood influences; site \nvaluation; building diagnosis, depreciation; study of the applicable approaches to \nvalue; appraisal report preparation. Prereq. 47.502 or equiv. \n\n\n*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n208 / TRANSPORTATION \n\n\n47.512, 47.513 Commercial and Industrial Real Estate Appraisal (4 q.h.) \nAn advanced course in the evaluation of income properties. Application of the \ncost, market and income approaches to apartment buildings, and commercial \nand industrial developments. Particular emphasis on the various methods of \ncapitalization and residual techniques. Class participation in case studies and \nproblems. Prereq. 47.511 or equiv. \n\n47.521 Urban Development (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of the growth of urban areas, with emphasis on the various federal \nand local programs currently affecting this growth. Subjects such as urban \nrenewal, housing legislation and new communities will be covered. Prereq. \n47.502 or equiv. \n\n\n48-TRANSPORTATION & PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT \n\n48.501 Transportation Management I (2 q.h.) \n\nBasic principles of management and organization, evaluation of all transporta- \ntion modes, and primary concepts of freight classification and rates. \n\n48.502 Transportation Management II (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of primary management functions — use of tariffs, routing, document \nprocessing, analysis of special carrier services and liabilities, and control of \nprivate carrier operations. Prereq. 48.501. \n\n48.503 Transportation Management III (2 q.h.) \n\nAppraisal of Federal transport policy and introduction to factors of physical \ndistribution — inventory control, warehousing, material handling, packaging, and \ninternational distribution. Prereq. 48.502. \n\n48.504 Transportation Regulation and Promotion I (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of the history and content of the Interstate Commerce Act. Prereq. \n48.503. \n\n48.505 Transportation Regulation and Promotion II (2 q.h.) \n\nExamination of Administrative Law and Procedure, the Code of Ethics and the \nGeneral Rules of Practice. Prereq. 48.504. \n\n48.506 Transportation Regulation and Promotion III (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of cases pertinent to the Commerce Clause and comprehensive prepa- \nration for the Interstate Commerce Commission Practitioners Examination. \nPrereq. 48.505. \n\n48.511 Railroad and Ocean Transportation I (2 q.h.) \n\nConsideration of railroad industry's contribution (past, present and future) \ntoward the development and economy of the nation, based on analysis of rail- \nroad statistics depicting growth, changes, technological improvements and \neffects of competing modes of transport and existing government regulations. \n\n\nTRANSPORTATION / 209 \n\n48.512 Railroad and Ocean Transportation II (2 q.h.) \n\nConcentration on day to day developments in the industry resulting from pend- \ning and accomplished mergers and various programs for the growth of the \nrailroad industry. Prereq. 48.511. \n\n48.513 Railroad and Ocean Transportation III (2 q.h.) \n\nRole of Ocean Transportation in facilitating exports and imports with emphasis \non containerization, land bridges, and port facilities, promotion, management \nand labor. Prereq. 48.512. \n\n48.517 Motor Carrier Management I (2 q.h.) \n\nPhysical handling and organization of freight with regard to driver training, \ndispatch and administrative procedures involved in movement of freight and \ndriver control. \n\n48.518 Motor Carrier Management II (2 q.h.) \n\nManagement organization for insurance, financing, traffic and accounting pro- \ncedures. Prereq. 48.517. \n\n48.519 Motor Carrier Management III (2 q.h.) \n\nLeasing and management of private industrial fleets — legality of operations, \ndevelopment of service efficiency and cost reduction. Prereq. 48.518. \n\n48.521 Physical Distribution Management I* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe what and why of physical distribution management — how much should you \nknow? Prereq. 48.506; 48.526. \n\n48.522 Physical Distribution Management 11* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe what and why of systems approach, total cost concepts and tradeoffs. \nPrereq. 48.521. \n\n48.523 Physical Distribution Management III* (2 q.h.) \n\nHow do computers, inventory control, warehouses, measurement, plant location, \nand the organization chart fit in? Prereq. 48.523. \n\n48.524 Transportation Economics and Rate Making I* (2 q.h.) \n\nThe macro-economic and micro-economic aspects of the transportation industry \nwith particular emphasis on the aggregate transportation plant: the role of \ntransportation as an economic function and the production of, demand for and \npricing of the transportation service. Prereq. 48.506. \n\n48.525 Transportation Economics and Rate Making II* (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of the purpose and status of transportation tariffs and the influence \nand effect of government rules and statutes thereon. Prereq. 48.524. \n\n48.526 Transportation Economics and Rate Making III* (2 q.h.) \n\nAn examination of the leading cases decided by I.C.C. and the Federal Courts \nleaning on interpretation of tariff matters accomplished by practical problems. \nPrereq. 48.525. \n\n\n*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 49. \n\n\n210 / EDUCATION FOUNDATIONS \n\n48.541 Air Transportation Management I (2 q.h.) \nEconomics and regulation of Civil Aeronautics Board certificated commercial \npassenger aviation — including routes, schedules, operations, pricing, cost analy- \nsis and financing. \n\n48.542 Air Transportation Management II (2 q.h.) \nSimilar analysis as 48.541 for cargo operations. Prereq. 48.541. \n\n48.543 Air Transportation Management III (2 q.h.) \n\nEconomics and regulation of general aviation including analysis of corporate, \nair taxi and third level operations. Prereq. 48.542. \n\n48.544 Urban Transportation I (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of highways and public transportation systems in moving large num- \nbers of people in congested areas at peak periods. \n\n48.545 Urban Transportation II (2 q.h.) \n\nAppraisal of existing transit services, fares, labor relations and operating poli- \ncies in Eastern Massachusetts. Prereq. 48.544. \n\n48.546 Urban Transportation III (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of comprehensive planning and more effective transit marketing for an \nenlarged and more useful transit system. Prereq. 48.545. \n\n\n50-EDUCATION FOUNDATIONS \n\n50.111 Social Science I (3 CI.; 3 q.h.) \n\nCultural Anthropology and Education. Theories and concepts in cultural anthro- \npology will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to informal \nand formal aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention will be \ndevoted to the study of cross cultural materials in order to understand the \neducational process in different cultural milieus. \n\n50.112 Social Science II (3 CI.; 3 q.h.) \n\nSociology and Education. The course involves sociological analysis of the edu- \ncational enterprise in the United States and other technologically advanced \nsocieties, including consideration of the socialization process, the formation \nof youth cultures, and the function of the schools in these contexts. Attention \nwill be given to the study of the effects of stratification, ethnic, and racial \nfactors on educational institutions, education and social change, and the \nschool as a social system. \n\n50.113 Social Science III (3 CI.; 3 q.h.) \n\nIntergroup Relations and Education. Examination of theoretical and empirical \nmaterials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. Par- \nticular attention will be paid to the role of education in the reduction of \nintergroup conflict. \n\n\nEDUCATION— INSTRUCTION / 211 \n\n50.121 Human Development and Learning I (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \nDevelopmental processes from prenatal life up to adolescence; theories of \nlearning and personality, with research and case material covering major \naspects of psychological development. \n\n50.131 Human Development and Learning II (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \nContinuation of Human Development and Learning I. Significant aspects of \nadolescence; physical, social, and psychological factors as they influence \nadolescent behavior. Prereq. 50.121. \n\n50.141 Measurement and Evaluation (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \n\nThe fundamentals of measurement; basic statistical concepts and techniques \nused; evaluation of standardized and teacher-made tests. Prereq. Meth and \nMiat. course in maj. field. \n\n50.151 Backgrounds of American Education (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \nHistorical and philosophical foundations of American education beginning \nwith old-world origins; development of American schools and educational \nthought from the colonial period to the present with emphasis on major cur- \n'ent issues in education. Prereq. 50.141. \n\n\n51-EDUCATION - INSTRUCTION \n\n51.135 Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \nThe relationships that exist between instructional objectives and teaching \njehavior; applications of human development and learning concepts as they \nelate to subsequent specialized teaching methods and materials. Research \nresults and promising theory are used to extend the prospective teacher's \n:oncepts of the teaching function. Prereq. 50. 131. \n\n51.143 Methods and Materials of Teaching English (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \n\\n introduction to the structure and functions of language as they apply to \nhe teaching of English; curriculum and planning in English; the unit approach; \nspecific techniques of teaching reading and literature, grammar and usage, \nvritten and oral composition, listening, spelling, vocabulary, and the use of \nnass media. Prereq. 51.135. \n\n51.151 Student Teaching with Related Seminar (8 q.h.) \n\n^ University-arranged practicum of observation and teaching in schools within \neasonable commuting distance of Northeastern. Participating on a full-time \n>asis, the student is expected to develop planning and communication abilities \nwithin his major field. Biweekly seminars at the University provide additional \n>pportunity to analyze theory-practice relationships and to examine generic \n>roblems of teaching. Prereq. Permission of Adviser. \n\n\n54-EDUCATION - READING \n\ni4.126 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (4 CI.; 4 q.h.) \n\n'or English and Social Studies majors in the College of Education who are \n\nireparing for teaching in the junior or senior high schools. Basically the same \n\npproach and organization applies to this course as to the elementary level \n\nourse. \n\n\n212 / HEALTH CARE SERVICES \n\n86-HEALTH CARE SERVICES \n\nCourses open to all students \n\n86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics (2 q.h.) \nA study of important legal principles and rulings of importance to medical \nadministrative personnel and others. Brief introduction to interpersonal ethics \nin patient care. \n\n86.503 Emergency Procedures and Accident Prevention (2 q.h.) \n\nFirst aid and the emergency care of injuries and medical emergencies pending \nthe arrival of professional assistance. Emphasis on safety and accident pre- \nvention throughout the course. \n\n86.504 Foundations of Medical Science I (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy, primarily through physicians' lectures, of major disease problems in \nour society and modes of treatment. Intended for the non-medical student \nwho wishes an understanding of the problems faced by the physician in daily \npractice, to facilitate communication between medical and non-medical mem- \nbers of the health team. Discusses organized care; diagnosis, treatment. \n\n86.505 Foundations of Medical Science II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.504, emphasizing reproduction, birth, pediatrics. Dental \nHealth and Dermatology also discussed. \n\n86.506 Foundations of Medical Science III (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.505. Heart Disease, Cancer, Stroke; Blood & Lymphatic \ndiseases; Accidents; Musculoskeletal, Respiratory, and Gastro-intestinal \ndiseases. \n\n86.512 Foundations of Medical Science (3 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of 86.504 and the first half of 86.505. Offered in day \nprogram only. \n\n86.513 Foundations of Medical Science (3 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of the second half of 86.505 and 86.506. Offered in \nday program only. \n\n86.574 Health, Disease & Disability I (3 q.h.) \n\nA study of the major disease or disability states and their impact on human \nphysiology and psychology. Social and individual response to these states. \nLectures, demonstrations, field visits. Part I emphasizes medical areas. \nPrereq. 86.506 or 86.513, and 18.306, 18.309 or 18.326. \n\n86.575 Health, Disease & Disability II (3 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.574. Part II emphasizes surgical areas. Prereq. 86.574. \n\n86.576 Health, Disease & Disability III (3 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.575. Part III emphasizes specialty areas not covered in \nParts I and II. Prereq. 86.575. \n\n\nHEALTH CARE SERVICES / 213 \n\n86.507 Medical Terminology I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn intensive introduction to medical terminology: stems, prefixes, suffixes. \nPractice in usage. \n\n86.508 Medical Terminology II (2 q.h.) \n\nA more extensive and in-depth consideration of medical terminology; intended \nfor the Medical Record specialist. Prereq. 86.507. \n\n86.509 Medical Terminology (4 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of 86.507 and 86.508. Offered in the day program only. \n\n86.511 Personal & Community Health (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of personal health and healthful living; their application to inter- \npersonal relationships and community life. Discusses important contemporary \nhealth problems. \n\n86.521 Public Health I (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of Public Health. Organization of health agencies and services. \n\n86.522 Public Health II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of 86.521, emphasizing community organization for health \nservices. Prereq. 86.521. \n\n86.524 Methods & Materials in Public Health Education (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to health education in the public health context. Prereq. \n\n86.511 or 86.522. \n\n86.541 Medical Care & Current Social Problems I (2 q.h.) \n\nSeminar course discussing society's organization to deliver medical care \nservices. Prereq. Permission. \n\n86.542 Medical Care & Current Social Problems II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.541 discussing topics identified in the first part of the \ncourse as matters of great concern in the field of medical care. Prereq. \n36.541. \n\n86.543 Medical Care & Current Social Problems III (2 q.h.) \n\nIK continuation of 86.542, examining current professional literature of medical \ncare. Prereq. 86.542. \n\nB6.571 Long-Term Care Administration I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe organization of care for the long-term acute and chronically ill patient. \n3oals and purposes of nursing homes; types. Budgeting, financing. Adminis- \ntration and services. \n\nB6.572 Long-Term Care Administration II (2 q.h.) \n\nNursing units; role of the physician. Nursing home-hospital relationships. \n\nTherapies. Social work. Prereq. 86.571 or Permission. \n\n56.573 Long-Term Care Administration III (2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of long-term care facilities; Capital funding; Staffing; Budgeting; Public \n\nRelations. Prereq. 86.572 or Permission. \n\n\n214 / HEALTH CARE SERVICES \n\n86.577 Geriatric Care I (2 q.h.) \nThe nature and problems of aging — individual and social considerations. \nPrereq. 86.573. \n\n86.578 Geriatric Care II (2 q.h.) \nThe care of elderly patients in home, community and institutions. Prereq. \n86.577. \n\n86.579 Geriatric Care III (2 q.h.) \n\nSeminar course on the provision and improvement of services to the elderly. \nPrereq. 86.578. \n\n86.581 Hospital Organization & Management I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe history and development of hospitals — the contemporary hospital sys- \ntem. Different types of hospital organizations. For middle-management per- \nsonnel. \n\n86.582 Hospital Organization & Management II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.581; Hospital departments, their organization, functions, \nand interrelationships. For middle-management personnel. Prereq. 86.581. \n\n86.583 Hospital Organization & Management III (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.582. New methods of patient care. For middle-manage- \nment personnel. Prereq. 86.582. \n\nCourses open to Medical Record students only. \n\n86.554 Medical Records Science I (4 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to medical records; history of the record; organization and con- \ntent. Directed laboratory practice for proficiency. Prereq. 80 q.h. credit incl. \n18.326, 86.504 and 86.508 or 86.509. \n\n86.555 Medical Records Science II (4 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.554, also discussing abstracting records and preparing \nreports. Directed laboratory practice for proficiency. Prereq. 86.554. \n\n86.556 Medical Records Science III (4 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of 86.555, also discussing storage and preservation of records. \nDirected laboratory practice for proficiency. Prereq. 86.555. \n\n86.562 Medical Records Science (6 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of 86.554 and the first half of 86.555. For full-time \nday students. Prereq. full-time student, \"Middler\" status Prereq. 86.509 and \n86.513 or equivalent plus human anatomy. \n\n86.563 Medical Records Science (6 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of the second part of 86.555 and 86.556. For full-time \nday students. Prereq. 86.562 or 86.555, Full-time Status. \n\n86.557 Medical Records Science IV (4 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis and coding of medical records. Procedures in special areas. Lab \npractice. Prereq. 86.556 or 86.563. \n\n\nHEALTH CARE SERVICES / 215 \n\n86.558 Medical Records V (4 q.h.) \n\nNew theories and procedures in medical record practice. Lab practice. Pre- \nreq. 86.557. \n\n86.551 Organization of the Medical Record Department I (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples and practices essential to the effective organization of a medical \nrecords service. Prereq. 86.556 or 86.563. \n\n86.552 Organization of the Medical Record Department II (2 q.h.) \nContinuation of 86.551. Professional relationships; standard procedures. \nPrereq. 86.551. \n\n86.553 Organization of the Medical Record Department III (2 q.h.) \nContinuation of 86.552. Personnel and management of the department. \nPrereq. 86.552. \n\n86.560 Organization of the Medical Record Department (3 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of 86.551 and first half of 86.552 for full-time medical \nrecords students. Prereq. 86.556 or 86.563, Full-time status. \n\n86.561 Organization of the Medical Record Department (3 q.h.) \n\nCombines the content of second half of 86.552 and 86.553 for full-time medi- \ncal records students. Prereq. 86.560 or 86.562. \n\n86.559 Current Issues in Medical Records Administration (2 q.h.) \n\nSeminar course discussing new problems presented by changing patterns of \nmedical care. Review of the current literature. Prereq. permission. \n\n86.564 Seminar in Medical Records Science (Open only to full-time Medical \nRecords majors during senior year) (3 q.h.) \n\nClass discussion of experiences in the clinical setting. Assigned outside proj- \nects. Supervised practice. \n\n86.544 Medical Records Field Practice & Research Seminar (3 q.h.) \nFull-time field assignment in affiliated hospital medical record departments \nwith research assignments and regularly scheduled seminar and conference \nsessions. Prereq. 86.558 & Permission. \n\nCourses open to Respiratory Therapy Students only. \n\n86.591 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy I (3 q.h.) \n\nThe development and understanding of the respiratory therapist's role as a \nmember of the health care profession. Functions, legal and ethical rights \nand responsibilities. A concise survey of the normal structures and functions \nof the human body with particular emphasis on the organs of respiration and \ncirculation and the principle of oxygen transport and tissue metabolism. \nPrereq. Permission. \n\n86.592 Introduction to Respiration Therapy II (3 q.h.) \n\nThe basic outline includes microbiological principles and techniques. Spread \nof disease and theory of sterilization as it relates to humidification, nebuliza- \n\n\n216 / HEALTH CARE SERVICES \n\n\ntion, vaporization, intermittent positive and expiratory positive pressure \nbreathing techniques. Theory and classification of nebulizers. Humidifiers \nand ventilation. Prereq. 86.591. \n\n86.593 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy III (3 q.h.) \n\nTherapy and procedures in chest physiotherapy. Resuscitation, artificial ven- \ntilation. Mechanics of breathing. Pulmonary function and pharmacology for \nrespiratory therapists. Prereq. 86.592. \n\n86.565 Procedures in Respiratory Therapy (5 q.h.) \n\nProcedures pertinent to respiratory therapy. Advanced respiratory physiology. \nDisease manifestations in the medical, surgical, obstetrical, thoracic, neuro- \nsurgical, and pediatric patient. Extensive clinical practice required as part \nof this course. Prereq. 86.593. \n\n86.566 Procedures in Respiratory Therapy (5 q.h.) \n\nApplication and procedures in emergencies, obstetrics, pediatrics and general \nthoracic and neuro-surgery. Prereq. 86.595. \n\n86.567 Procedures in Respiratory Therapy (4 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples and practices involved in the supervision and administration of a \nRespiratory Therapy Department. Prereq. 86.566. \n\n86.568 Procedures in Respiratory Therapy (4 q.h.) \n\nPreparation for professional qualification, oral and written examinations. \nPrereq. 86.567. \n\n\n94-LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n94.501 Administration of Justice (2 q.h.) \n\nThe roles in society of the judiciary and the legislature, surveying their inter- \nrelationship with law enforcement agencies as arms of the executive at all \nlevels of government. \n\n94.502. Criminal Law (2 q.h.) \n\nConstitutional and statutory considerations; elements of a crime; law of arrest; \n\ncriminal responsibility; entrapment; defenses. \n\n94.503 Evidence and Court Procedure I (2 q.h.) \n\nRules of evidence; principles of exclusion; evaluation and examination of \nevidence and proof. \n\n94.504 Evidence and Court Procedure II (2 q.h.) \n\nCompetency; consideration of witnesses; laws of search and seizure; court \nprocedures; moot court exercises. Prereq. 94.503. \n\n94.505 Human Rights in Corrections (2 q.h.) \n\nConsideration of the special practices and problems in the protection of \nhuman rights in the institutional environment; legal and practical aspects. \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 217 \n\n)4.506 Basic Statistics in Corrections (2 q.h.) \n\nntroduction to basic statistical information, procedures and operations relat- \nng to correctional areas; interpretation of records and research; data on spe- \n:ialized services; fiscal, budgetary and operational statistics. \n\n)4.507 Correctional Counseling (2 q.h.) \n\nBasic concepts and principles of counseling; individual and group therapy \n\n:arried on in the correctional field and institutional services; case study and \n\n>rojects. \n\n14.508 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation I (2 q.h.) \n\nCrime scene procedures; collection and preservation of evidence; general in- \nvestigative techniques; methods of gathering evidence and information. \n\n14.509 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation II (2 q.h.) \nConsideration of particular crimes, including arson, sexual offenses, larceny, \nlurglary, robbery, forgery and homicide; conduct of raids, surveillance and \nindercover operations. Prereq. 94.508. \n\n14.510 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation III (2 q.h.) \n\n/lethods of preparing a case for court; the investigator in court; specialized \ncientific methods; practical exercises, involving techniques of prosecution \nnd cross examination. Prereq. 94.509. \n\n4.511 Civil Law in Criminal Justice (2 q.h.) \n\n:ivil matters, such as conversion, bailment, master-servant relations, domestic \nelations and contracts, which should be known to and distinguished by law \nnforcement personnel. \n\n4.512 Comparative Police Systems (2 q.h.) \n\ni study of existing police systems in other jurisdictions; examination of the \nrganization, administration and practices in police agencies in the United \n•tates, Europe and the United Kingdom. \n\n4.513 Introduction to Industrial Security (2 q.h.) \n\nhe historical, philosophical and legal basis of security; a survey of administra- \nve, personnel and physical aspects of the security field. \n\n4.514 Interviews and Interrogations I (Formerly titled Police Interrogation I) \n2 q.h.) \n\niterviewing of victims, witnesses, informants and complainants; demonstra- \non, study, discussion and practice of techniques and procedures. \n\n4.515 Interviews and Interrogations II (Formerly titled Police Interrogation \n) (2 q.h.) \n\nechniques for legally acceptable questioning of suspects and persons in \njstody; laws governing interrogation practices; demonstrations, class exer- \nises and assigned projects. Prereq. 94.514. \n\n4.516 Security Administration (2 q.h.) \n\ndministration, organization and operations of security and protection units; \nersonnel selection; relationships of business and industry with governmental \nnits. \n\n\n218 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n94.517 Advanced Correctional Practices I (2 q.h.) \n\nDiagnosis and treatment of the drug addict and the alcoholic offender at \nboth juvenile and adult levels; a study of these and related kinds of personal \nself-abuse as to causation and treatment. \n\n94.518 Advanced Correctional Practices II (2 q.h.) \n\nCase studies of persons confined as to their past and present environment \nand relationships; consideration of purposeful resolves or regressions. Prereq. \n94.517. \n\n94.519 Advanced Correctional Practices III (2 q.h.) \n\nEvaluation of correction-psychiatric facilities for the disordered offender, in- \ncluding the aggressive, the assaultive and the violent subject. Prereq. 94.518. \n\n94.520 Traffic Law Enforcement I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of traffic accident prevention, investigation, and procedures; laws, \nrules and regulations relative to traffic enforcement. \n\n94.521 Traffic Law Enforcement II (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of traffic law enforcement techniques, including such technical as- \npects as the formulas governing the estimation of speed and the use of \nequipment. Prereq. 94.520. \n\n94.522 Traffic Law Enforcement III (2 q.h.) \n\nSelective assignment and enforcement; traffic surveys and engineering as- \npects; safety education; evaluation of current programs and discussion of \nprojected goals. Prereq. 94.521. \n\n94.523 The Law and Institutional Treatment (2 q.h.) \n\nThe process of law from arrest of offender through release in its relation to \ncorrectional principles and practices; functions of police, defense, prosecution, \nand courts; legal documents related to commitment. \n\n94.524 Comparative Correctional Systems (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of correctional systems and methods in selected jurisdictions; exami- \nnation of the organization, administration and practices in United States and \nforeign countries. \n\n94.525 Law Enforcement Identification and Records I (2 q.h.) \n\nRecords systems and utilization; survey of forms, files, procedures, standards \nand uniformity; concentration of theoretical and practical applications. \n\n94.526 Law Enforcement Identification and Records II (2 q.h.) \n\nTheories and practices in personal identification; general application of iden- \ntification principles to and by enforcement personnel; survey and evaluation \nof new techniques. Prereq. 94.525. \n\n94.527 Law Enforcement Identification and Records III (2 q.h.) \n\nHistorical and current legal considerations of identification and record data; \npresent and future developments in storage and retrieval technology and \nfield applications; practical exercises. Prereq. 94.526. \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 219 \n\n94.530 Police Public Relations (2 q.h.) \n\nThe principles of sound public relations for the entire police operation; writ- \ning, public speaking, conferences, and all news media; consideration of police \nimage and public opinion. \n\n94.531 Police Community Relations (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of the role and function of police in intergroup relations; human \nrelations and minority groups; responsibilities of police with civil rights, civil \ndisorders and public protection. \n\n94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice (2 q.h.) \n\nA research project related to some specific police or correctional interest or \noperation, in consultation with the faculty adviser; course meets at discretion \nof the instructor; project paper required for grade. \n\n94.536 The Patrol Function I (Formerly titled Police Patrol I) (2 q.h.) \n\nThe fundamentals of foot and vehicular patrol; determination of routes and \nresource allocation; development of qualified personnel for patrol operations. \n\n94.537 The Patrol Function II (Formerly titled Police Patrol II) (2 q.h.) \nStopping methods; transportation of prisoners; survey of equipment; evalua- \ntion; procedures for disorders and natural disasters. Prereq. 94.536. \n\n94.541 Introduction to Criminalistics I (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of the elements of microscopy, spectroscopy and chemistry as ap- \nplied to trace evidence in criminal investigations; responsibilities of techni- \ncian, investigator, and others. \n\n94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics II (2 q.h.) \n\nToxicology and serology; procedures related to other physical evidence; labora- \ntory demonstrations and practical exercises. Prereq. 94.541. \n\n94.544 The American Correctional System (2 q.h.) \n\nA critical survey of the correctional field covering probation, institutions and \nparole as to historical development, program content, and current problems \nand needs. \n\n94.546 Social Deviance I (2 q.h.) \n\nA consideration of the social problems of social disorganization, mental dis- \norders, drug addiction, alcoholism, suicide and sexual behavior. \n\n94.547 Social Deviance II (2 q.h.) \n\nContinuing consideration of world's population crisis, race and ethnic rela- \ntions, family disorganization, work and automation, poverty and disrepute, war \nand disarmament. Prereq. 94.546. \n\n94.549 Treatment of Offenders I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe concept of treatment and corrections; history; classification; training, edu- \ncation and guidance; treatment methods; inmate society; health and social \nservices. \n\n\n220 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n94.550 Treatment of Offenders II (2 q.h.) \n\nTherapy; psychiatric and psychological considerations; case studies; evalua- \ntion of comparable methods. Prereq. 94.549. \n\n94.551 Correctional Administration I (2 q.h.) \n\nCorrectional processes and services; standards; personnel and principles of \nmanagement; allocation of resources; training of staff. \n\n94.552 Correctional Administration II (2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of regular and special programs; volunteers; outside contacts; sentence \nreduction; discharge planning; work release administration. Prereq. 94.551. \n\n94.553 Correctional Administration III (2 q.h.) \n\nTypes of institutions; compacts; regional concepts; planning, organizing, con- \ntrolling and directing corrections; budgeting. Prereq. 94.552. \n\n94.557 Investigative Report Writing (2 q.h.) \n\nReport content and writing; exercises in accurate terminology and concise \n\nreporting; interpretation and evaluation of information; practical report-writing \n\nprojects. \n\n94.560 Police Supervision (2 q.h.) \n\nThe police supervisor's role in discipline; interdepartmental relations; problem \nhandling and personnel policies; problems in supervisory relationships, wages, \ngrievances, morale and safety. \n\n94.561 Police Work With Juveniles (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Police Juvenile \nMethods) \n\nThe role of the police in delinquency prevention with emphasis on theory, ad- \nministration, control, treatment, confinement, community resources, relation- \nships with the public and the juvenile court. \n\n94.565 Seminar in Delinquency Prevention (2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of delinquent behavior, causation and delinquency prevention pro- \ngrams; seminar projects for discussion of specific problems and general prin- \nciples in establishing delinquency prevention services. \n\n94.567 Probation and Parole Practices I (2 q.h.) \n\nThe probation officer; presentence investigation; conditions of probation; ef- \nfectiveness; administrative aspects and prediction methods; relationship to \ncommunity. \n\n94.568 Probation and Parole Practices II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe parole officer; conditions of parole; supervision; effectiveness, adminis- \ntrative relationships; relationship to community, court and law enforcement \nagencies. Prereq. 94.567. \n\n94.569 Probation and Parole Practices III (2 q.h.) \n\nRelationships of probationer and parolee to rehabilitive, social and family serv- \nices; consideration of recidivism; aftercare; guest lecturers and special proj- \nects. Prereq. 94.568. \n\n\nLAW ENFORCEMENT / 221 \n\n94.571 Law Enforcement Management and Planning I (2 q.h.) \n\nPhilosophy and theories of management in law enforcement; studies of organi- \nzations from the administrator's viewpoint, including control, efficiency, effec- \ntiveness and discipline. \n\n94.572 Law Enforcement Management and Planning II (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the administration of enforcement and civilian personnel, including \nselection, recruitment, evaluation and training; interpersonal communication \nwithin and among departments; special activities and responsibilities of the \nadministrator. Prereq. 94.571. \n\n94.573 Law Enforcement Management and Planning III (2 q.h.) \nAdministrative planning; budgets; management records; relationships with \nthe community and other public officials; evaluation of present and future \nmanagement systems. Prereq. 94.572. \n\n94.574 Juvenile Corrections I (2 q.h.) \n\nA study of police, detention, petition, and hearings related to juveniles; juvenile \ncourt procedures, philosophy and terminology; adjudication. \n\n94.575 Juvenile Corrections II (2 q.h.) \n\nSocial workers, probation officers, judges, psychologists and psychiatrists with \nrelation to juveniles; institutions; aftercare; prevention. Prereq. 94.574. \n\n94.577 Government Security Programs I (2 q.h.) \n\nDepartment of Defense security programs; applicable federal statutes and ex- \necutive orders; visitor control. \n\n94.578 Government Security Programs II (2 q.h.) \n\nSecurity clearances under appropriate federal directives; handling classified \ninformation; automatic time-phased downgrading and declassification. Prereq. \n94.577. \n\n94.579 Government Security Programs III (2 q.h.) \n\nRelations with subcontractors, vendors and suppliers; the protection of pro- \nprietary information; legal and practical protection of sensitive data. Prereq. \n94.578. \n\n94.582 Document Control (2 q.h.) \n\nA detailed study of procedures for handling and control of classified and other \nsensitive information; a survey of control systems from manual to semi- \nautomated systems using data processing equipment. \n\n94.583 Industrial Fire Prevention (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples and practices of fire safety, including organization and manage- \nment responsibility, property conservation, safeguards for construction, fire \ncontrol apparatus and functions, engineering and scientific data on fires and \nrelated perils. \n\n94.584 Physical Security I (Formerly titled Plant Protection I) (2 q.h.) \n\nThe basic foundations for security in industry, banking, transportation, utilities \nand other nongovernmental operations; physical requirements and standards. \n\n\n222 / LAW ENFORCEMENT \n\n94.585 Physical Security II (Formerly titled Plant Protection II) (2 q.h.) \nImplementation of security; study of inanimate aspects, including alarm and \nsurveillance devices; study of animate aspects of protection. Prereq. 94.584. \n\n94.586 Retail Security (2 q.h.) \n\nThe operation of security departments including functions of mercantile estab- \nlishments; dishonest employees; shoplifters; management and public rela- \ntions; receiving, shipping and warehousing; special laws and procedures. \n\n94.587 Security Measures for Financial Institutions (2 q.h.) \n\nAn in-depth study of the principles and practices of security measures for \nbanks and other financial institutions and the preparation of rules establishing \nminimum standards under current federal and state legislation. \n\n94.590 Seminar in Law Enforcement (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of current problems facing law enforcement in such areas as \nmental health, organized crime, drugs and narcotics, Supreme Court decisions, \nand topics providing free inquiry and discussion, seeking insights; required \noral and written reports. \n\n94.591 Seminar in Industrial Security (2 q.h.) \n\nAn analysis of current problems in security such as growth patterns, salary \nstructures, training and education, existing weaknesses; field trips, individual \nstudy assignments, with required oral and written reports. \n\n94.593 Seminar in Correctional Program Management (2 q.h.) \nAn analysis of current problems in corrections designed to meet the needs \nand interests of specific groups of students, practitioners, supervisors and ad- \nministrators of correctional programs. \n\n94.595 The National Police Seminar (3 q.h.) \n\nAn annual, concentrated exploration of current viewpoints, varied solutions, \ninnovative procedures and critical analyses in the issues facing law enforce- \nment, correctional practices and security, drawing on exceptionally qualified \nlocal and national figures; a research paper under the direction of a faculty \nadviser is required for credit. \n\n\nuniversity college faculty \n\n\nRichard 0. Abbott, B. Arch. \nFine Arts \nArchitect \n\nHerbert Abrams, J.D., M.L. \nCriminal Law, Evidence \nHerbert Abrams, Attorney \n\nHenry Adleman, B.S. \n\nManagement Information \n\nSystems \nCambridge Computer Associates \n\nJohn P. Agnew, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPolitical Science, History \nPine Manor Junior College \n\nDonald J. Aharonian, A.B., A.M. \nElectronic Data Processing \nHarbridge House \n\nFrancis W. A'Hearn, B.S.C.E., M.B.A. \nManagement \nPeat, Marwick & Livingston Co. \n\nThomas J. Ahern, Jr., B.A., LL.B. \nLaw \nSilver and Ahern \n\nrrederick Andelman \nSociology \nSuffolk University \n\nrederick Anderson, A.B., M.B.A. \nFinance \nChelsea Industries \n\nterley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., LL.B. \nAccounting and Management \nNortheastern University \n\n\nRobert E. Anderson, B.S. \nAdvanced Systems \nCodon, Corporation \n\nLeon J. Apt, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nHistory \n\nDion J. Archon, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. \nEconomics \nSuffolk University \n\nStephen F. Armstrong, B.S. B.A., \nM.B.A. \nPurchasing \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nArnot Atherton \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nNew England Electric System \n\nRichard C. Babineau, B.S. \nAccounting \nNortheastern University \n\nDavid L. Bachrach, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. \nPsychology \nV.A. Hospital \n\nHilda Bachrach, A.B. \nNatural Science \n\nAnthony J. Bajdek, B.A., M.A. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\nNorman F. Barbeau \n\nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Electric Company \n\n\n223 \n\n\n224 / FACULTY \n\nDavid L. Barbero, B.F.A., M.F.A. \nFine Arts \nLassell Junior College \n\nRaymond S. Barnstone, B.S., M.B.A. \nCorporate Finance \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nIvan Barofsky, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \n\nThe Worcester Foundation for \nExperimental Biology \n\nN. Bernard Basch, B.S.B.A., M.S. \nElectronic Data Processing \nCredit Bureau of Greater Boston \n\nHenry E. Bates, Jr., A.B., M.S. \nLibrary Science \nNewton Free Library \n\nStanley A. Beecoff, A.E.E., B.B.A., \nM.B.A. \n\nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Connector Corporation \n\nRichard E. Belanger, A.E.E., B.S. \nManagement and Organization \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nSeymourS. Bellin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nSociology \n\nTufts University, School of \nMedicine \n\nSamual Berman \n\nMotor Carrier Management \nBerman's Motor Express Inc. \n\nJohn F. Best, A.B., Ed.M. \nNatural Science \nBoston Public Schools \n\nGerald J. Betro, B.S.B.A., M.B.A., \nC.P.A. \n\nAccounting and Management \nGerald J. Betro & Company \n\nPerry Bialor \nSociology \nHellenic University \n\nAaron K. Bikofsky, B.A., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nBikofsky and Walker \n\n\nSamuel S. Bishop \nFine Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nCarl Blackman, B.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nConsultant \n\nEugene J. Blackman, B.S., M.A. \nSpeech, Theatre Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nGerald Blayne \n\nRisk Management \nRaytheon Co. \n\nC. Raymond Block, B.C.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nAcoustic Research, Inc. \n\nBernard S. Bloom, B.A. \nEconomics \nWalmont Nursing Home \n\nSidney D. Bloom, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nRadio Corporation of America \n\nHarry Bloomberg, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nAttorney at Law \n\nRichard B. Bobbitt, B.S., B.M., M.M., \nPh.D. \nMusic \nBerklee School of Music \n\nJoseph Boise, B.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nU.S. Treasury Department \n\nJohn J. Bonner, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nBoston Police Department \n\nElaine Borish, A.S., M.A.T., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nVincent C. Borman, Jr., B.B.A., M.B.A \nTransportation \nRaytheon, Co. \n\nTheodore R. Bousquet, B.S.B.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\n\nFACULTY / 225 \n\n\nAllynn W. Bowen, B.B.A. \n\nIndustrial Management \nConsulting Management Engineer \n\nLester F. Boyce, Jr., A.B., M.C.S., \nC.P.A. \nAccounting \nL. F. Boyce, Jr. \n\nMilton E. Boyd, Jr., A.B., M.S. \nElectronic Data Processing \nControl Data Corporation \n\nAlan Bradshaw, B.S., M.S. \nMathematics \nChelmsford High School \n\nRobert Brandwein, B.A., M.A. \nEconomics \nHarbridge House, Inc. \n\nFrancie Breen, B.S., M.A. \nEconomics \nBoston College \n\nRaymond W. Brennan, B.A., M.A., \nM.S. in S.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nMassachusetts Correctional \nInstitute \n\nWilliam J. Brennan, B.A., M.S. \nPublic Relations \nChildren's Hospital Medical \nCenter \n\nHarold Brierly, S.B., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nHarvard Business School \n\nRoger F. Brightbill, A.B., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nNortheastern University \n\nCharles M. Brockunier, A.B., M.A. \nHistory \n\nGeorge M. Brooker, B.S., M.B.A. \nEconomics \nDean Junior College \n\nArthur L. Brown, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nPrivate Consultant \n\nJames Brown, B.A., M.B.A. \nIndustrial Management \nSylvania Electronic Systems \n\n\nJohn J. Brule, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nRaytheon Company \n\nGordon L. Brumm, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nPhilosophy \n\nSuffolk University \nJames R. Bryant \n\nDirector of Special Programs \n\nNortheastern University \nElsa N. Buchanan \n\nMathematics \nCharles Buell, Jr., B.A., M.A. \n\nHistory \n\nCharles S. Bunker, B.S. B.A., M.B.A., \nD.B.A. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nQuinsigamond Community \nCollege \n\nBruce Bunten, B.S. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nSylvania Electric Products, Inc. \n\nRichard Burnham, B.S., M.B.A. \n\nAccounting \n\nNortheastern University \nGrafton E. Burke, M.D. \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \n\nTufts University, School of \nMedicine \nStephen G. Burke \n\nManagement \n\nPeter E. Burns, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nTabor Academy \n\nCharles F. Burt, B.S., M.B.A. \n\nAccounting, Finance \n\nITEK Corporation \nArthur E. Busi, B.A., M.B.A. \n\nFinance \n\nNortheastern University \nNelson M. Butters, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nPsychology \n\nBoston V.A. Hospital \nRichard L. Cahoon, A.B., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nPsychology \n\nU.S. Army Research Institute of \nEnvironmental Medicine \n\n\n226 / FACULTY \n\n\nWilliam Cain \nFinance \nThe Pillsbury Company \n\nConrad P. Caligaris, B.B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nCourse Coordinator— Economics \nNortheastern University \n\nJohn J. Callahan, Jr., B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nMass. Department of Education \n\nGeorge A. Callahan, A.B., D.J. \nLaw Enforcement \nNew Haven Railroad \n\nRichard A. Callahan, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nU.S. Department of Justice \n\nDavid S. Calverley, B.A., M.Ed. \nPsychology \n\nRutland Heights Mental Center \nRehabilitation Center \n\nGeorge K. Campbell, A.S., B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nCommonwealth of Massachusetts \n\nMalcolm Campbell \nSociology \n\nJames E. Canavan, B.S., M.E., M.B.A. \nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Dynamics Corporation \n\nEdgar T. Canty, Jr., B.S., M.S. \nMathematics \nBabson Institute \n\nA. Arthur Capone, B.S., M.A., LL.B., \nM.Ed. \nSociology \n\nCommunity Action Program of \nRevere \n\nConrad K. Casarjian \nNatural Science \nNortheastern University \n\nChristopher Cassidy, B.S.I.E., M.S. \nManagement Information \n\nSystems \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\n\nJohn J. Cattanach, B.S.M.E., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nPaul R. Sturgeon Company, Inc. \n\nJohn D. Chapman, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nBarnstable District Court \n\nJoel N. Chase, B.S., M.B.A. \n\nManagement & Organization \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\nJack Chilnick, B.S., M.Ed. \n(Group-Work) \nAllied Medical Science \nJewish Rehabilitation Center for \nthe Aged-A.S.C.W. \n\nElisha B. Chrakian, A.B., M.A., A.M., \nEd.D. \nPhilosophy \n\nFranklin Cleckley, A.B., J.D. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nWilliam M. Cloran, B.S., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nMassachusetts Supreme Judicial \nCourt \n\nNelson N. Cochrane, A.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nMassachusetts Dept. of \nCorrection \n\nWilliam G. Coggan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nSociology, Psychology \nMassasoit Community College \n\nRoger D. Cohen, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nSociology \n\nTufts University, School of \nMedicine \n\nEliot Cohen \n\nFrederick W. Cole, B.S. \nEnglish \nAdvertising Consultant \n\nRobert Collini, B.S., M.B.A. \nFinance \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\n\nFACULTY / 227 \n\n\nJ. Stephen Collins, B.A., M.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nBoston College \n\nJohn Concannon, B.S. \nWork Measurement \nBoston Naval Shipyard \n\nNicholas C. Condos, B.B.A., Ed.M. \nElectronic Data Processing \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nJoseph P. Conlin, A.B. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nRaytheon Company \n\nDonald Connors, A.B. \n\nManagement Information \n\nSystems \nBurdett Business College \n\nWilliam E. Connors, A.B., M.A. \nStatistics \nU.S. Department of Labor \n\nTerrence Conroy \nSales Force \nStructural Clay Products Institute \n\nThomas Conway, A.B., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nPolaroid Corporation \n\nEdward M. Cook, A.B., M.A. \nMathematics — Consultant \nNortheastern University \n\nLouis Cooperstein, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish, Modern Languages \nNortheastern University \n\nRobert M. Copeland, B.S., A.M., Ph.D. \nEnglish, Modern Languages \nWinchester High School \n\nRichard Corrente, B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement & Organization \nRaytheon Company \n\nRoger Cossaboom, B.S., M.A., D.B.A. \nFinance Consultant \nNortheastern University \n\nRichard M. Coveney, A.B., M.B.A. \nEconomics \nChandler Leasing Corporation \n\n\nLester S. Cramer, A.B., LL.B. \nEconomics, Law \nLester S. Cramer, Attorney \n\nSalvatore A. Crisafulli, B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement Information \n\nSystems \nKeystone Computer Associates \n\nDean Crocker, M.D. \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \nChildren's Hospital \n\nJohn F. Cronin, Jr., A.B., M.B.A., \nC.P.A. \nAccounting \nRaytheon Company \n\nTanner C. Cronin, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nData Architects, Inc. \n\nBrian C. Crowley, B.S., B.A. \nAccounting \nITEK Corporation \n\nDavid M. Culver, A..B, M.A. \nHistory \n\nJohn A. Curry, B.A., M.Ed. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nNorman Cutler, B.S., B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nCertified Public Accountant \n\nJames Dalton, A.B. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nAmelia E. Cutts, B.A., M.A. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\nAlbert C. D'Amato, B.A. \nEnglish \nGrahm Junior College \n\nJohn T. Dargin, Jr., B.S. B.A., M.B.A. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nM.I.T. — Lincoln Laboratory \n\nCharles Daum, LL.B. \nMarketing \n\nArt-Craft Optical Company of \nNew England, Inc. \n\n\n228 / FACULTY \n\nAlbert S. Davis, LL.B., M.Ed., C.A.G.S. \nSecurity \nMitre Corporation \n\nRonald C. Davis, A.B., Ed.M. \nFine Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nLaurence S. Day, Ph.B. \nFinance \nPrivate Consultant \n\nErnest M. DeCicco, B.S., A.M., Ph.D. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nSheila Decter, B.A., M.A. \nPolitical Science \nLasell Junior College \n\nHerbert Deitcher, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nRaytheon Company \n\nJohn R. Deitrick, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish \nBecker Junior College \n\nRonald Demer, B.M.E., M.B.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nBankers Leasing Corporation \n\nPaul J. Derby, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\nDonald P. Deveau, B.S., M.A. \nFine Arts \n\nVincent P. Devlin, A.B., M.B.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nJohn J. Dias, B.S., B.A., M.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nPrice Waterhouse & Company \n\nS. Anthony Di Ciero, B.A., LL.B. \nManagement \nNational Labor Relations Board \n\nEugene P. DiCostanzo, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\nEdward J. Dillon \nManagement \n\n\nAlan J. Dimond, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nCatherine Ditmore \nPsychology \n\nJames Doane, A.B. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nFrank C. Doda, B.B.A., M.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nMorningston Corporation \n\nPaul L. Doherty, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nCapitol Police Force, Comm. of \nMass. \n\nMarie Dolansky, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D. \nMathematics \n\nJohn R. Donelan, Jr., A.B., M.S.W. \nSociology \nMedfield State Hospital \n\nCharles D. Donley, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nTransportation \n\nNew England Motor Rate Bureau, \nInc. \n\nJohn S. Donohue, B.S. B.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nU.S. Treasury Department \n\nEugene J. Doody, B.S.B.A. M.B.A. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nIon Physics Corporation \n\nJohn G. Downes, Jr., B.S. \nTransportation \nCarter's Ink Company \n\nGerald F. Downey, B.S.M.A., M.B.A. \nEconomics, Statistics \nNortheastern University \n\nLeo F. Droppleman, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \n\nBoston University School of \nMedicine \n\nLauritz Duhrberg, A.B., M.A. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\n\nFACULTY / 229 \n\n\nEdward Dube, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nIndustrial Management \nBoston Gear Works \n\nArdyn Dubnow, B.B.A. \nAccounting \nRaytheon Company \n\nCharles H. Dufton, A.B., M.A. \n\nMarketing and Sales Consultant \nNortheastern University \n\nJames W. Earley, A.B., B.S.Ed., M.B.A. \nHuman Relations \nRaytheon Company \n\nCarl W. Eastman, B.A., M.A. \nSpeech \nNortheastern University \n\nJoseph F. Eastman, B.S., M.B.A. \nPersonnel Management \nRCA \n\nWilliam T. Edgett, A.B., M.A. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\nMaureen S. Edison, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \n\nNorman L. Edwards, LL.B. \nSales Engineering \nBoston Lamp Company \n\nWilliam T. Edy, A.B., Ed.M. \nPhilosophy \nStonehill College \n\nTruman Egleston, B.F.A., M.F.A. \nFine Arts \nBoston State College \n\nJames H. Elgin, B.S., M.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\nEdward Elliot, B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement \nNortheastern University \n\nDavid B. Ellis, A.B., LL.B., LL.M. \nLaw of Labor Management \n\nRelations \nFoky, Hoag, & Eliot \n\n\nRoland F. Emero, B.A., M.S. \nMathematics \nRaytheon Company \n\nCharlotte Engelbourg, B.A. \nHistory \n\nJ. Clive Enos, B.S. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nRaytheon Company \n\nBernard L. Faber, A.B., A.M. \nSociology \n\nPh.D. Candidate— Brown \nUniversity \n\nEugene F. Fallon, B.S., M.B.A. \nEconomics \nGeneral Radio Company \n\nIrwin Feigelman, B.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nU.S. Treasury Department \n\nRalph E. Fenton, B.B.A. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nFactory Mutual Engineering \nDivision \n\nRichard A. Ferreira, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nEast Providence Police Dept. \n\nLarry S. Field, B.S.I.E. \n\nIndustrial Management \nColumbia Packaging Company \n\nFrancis X. Finigan, A.B., Ed.M. \nNatural Science \nWinchester Public Schools \n\nArnold Finley, A.B. \nPurchasing \nSanders Associates \n\nAlbert Finney, Jr., B.S.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nRaytheon Company \n\nEllen C. Fitzgerald, R.N., R.R.L., B.S. \nHealth Care Administration \nBoston Hospital for Women \n\n\n230 / FACULTY \n\nJohn F. Fitzgerald, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., \nC.P.C.U. \n\nInsurance, Finance \nNortheastern University \n\nWilliam Fitzgerald \nTransportation \n\nLawrence Fitzmaurice, B.S. \nSystems Design \nEG & G Incorporated \n\nKevin T. Fitzpatrick, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nFinance \nBoston Public Library \n\nWalter L. Fogg, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPhilosophy \nNortheastern University \n\nFlorence B. Forman, B.S., M.A. \nPhilosophy \n\nDouglas G. Foster, A.B., Ed.M., M.S. \nScience \nEast Boston High School \n\nGale P. Foster, B.S. \nMarketing \nReynolds & Foster, Incorporated \n\nJames A. Foster, B.S., C.P.C.U. \nFinance \n\nLiberty Mutual Insurance \nCompany \n\nPaul Fox \n\nRisk Management \n\nPaul Fox Associates, Ltd. \n\nJames L. Fozard, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nV.A. Out-Patient Clinic \n\nSusan H. Francis, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \n\nDavid R. Freeman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nConsultant Industrial Relations \nNortheastern University \n\nHoward H. Freedman, A.B., M.S., \nC.P.A. \nAccounting \nRaytheon Company \n\n\nMelvin W. Friedman, S.B. \nIndustrial Management \nM. W. Friedman Associates \n\nWalter A. Gagne, Jr., B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement \nHarvard University \n\nDorothy H. Gampel, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nBoston V.A. Hospital \n\nJames Gately, A.B., M.B.A. \nManagement \nPrudential Insurance Company \n\nJohn J. Gaudet, A.B. \n\nIndustrial Management \nSanders Associates, Inc. \n\nPaul C. Gay, B.A., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nJohn A. Geary, B.S. \n\nIndustrial Management \nEmployers' Group of Insurance \nCompanies \n\nJohn J. Geary, B.A., M.A. \nHistory \nBoston University \n\nRobert E. Gentry, B.S., M.S. \nAccounting \nHarvard University \n\nRaymon Gerard, B.S., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nChase Shawmut Company \n\nMartin J. Gerben, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nPsychology \n\nU.S. Army Research Institute of \nEnvironmental Medicine \n\nPeter F. Gibbs, M.B.A. \nFinance \nNortheastern University \n\nCleveland Gilcreast, B.S., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nH. P. Hood & Sons \n\nEdwin S. Giles, Jr., B.M.E. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\n\nFACULTY / 231 \n\n\nSamuel J. Gilfix, A.B., M.C.P. \n\nReal Estate and Management \nHarvard University Planning \nOffice \n\nHarvey Gilman, B.S., B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nL. James Glinos, B.B.A., Ed.M. \n\nManagement and Organization \nThe Mitre Corporation \n\nDaniel B. Goggin, A.B., M.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nBoston Mutual Life Insurance Co. \n\nErnest A. Golia, B.S., M.D. \nAllied Medical Sciences \nGeneral Surgeon \n\nRobert L. Goldberg, A.B., M.B.A., \nC.LU. \n\nManagement \n\nJohn Hancock Mutual Life \nInsurance Company \n\nDaniel M. Goldfarb, A.B., M.A.T., M.A. \nModern Languages \nQuincy Junior College \n\nMilton L. Goldman, B.A., M.A. \nM.A.L.D., Ph.D. \nPolitical Science \nNortheastern University \n\nHarold M. Goldstein, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nM. Alvin Goldstein, A.B. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nComputer Application, \nIncorporated \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nNortheastern University \n\nLeon M. Goodman, A.E., B.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement and Organization \nNew England Telephone & \nTelegraph Company \n\nRobert Goodman, A.B. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\n\nStephen Goodyear, A.B., M.A. \nModern Languages \nHull High School \n\nBernard L. Gordon, B.S., M.S. \nNatural Science \nNortheastern University \n\nDaniel D. Gordon, B.A., M.A. \nStatistics \nNorthern Textile Corporation \n\nRobert Gordon, A.B., M.P.A., LL.B., \nPh.D. \n\nPolitical Science \nMassachusetts State House \n\nDavid F. Grace, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nLasell Junior College \n\nWalter E. Grace, R.N. \n\nHealth Care Administration \nNew England Medical Center \nHospital \n\nDaniel Grady, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nIntermediate Accounting \nWilliam Underwood Company \n\nWilliam E. Grady, B.B.A. \nQuality Control \nCourier-Uniform Printing \nCompany \n\nGerald W. Grams, B.S., Ph.D. \nMathematics \nM.I.T. \n\nGerald R. Griffen \nEnglish \n\nJohn L. Griffith, B.S. \nManagement \nMBTA \n\nDuane L. Grimes, A.B., A.M. \nPolitical Science \nNortheastern University \n\nThomas G. Grogan \n\nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nGary Grossman, B.A. \nPsychology \nNortheastern University \n\n\n232 / FACULTY \n\n\nMarvin C. Grossman, B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement \nGrossman Sales, Incorporated \n\nSteven D. Grossman, B.S., M.A. \nAccounting \n\nTufts University, Economics \nDepartment \n\nA. Nicholas Groth, A.B., A.M. \nPsychology \n\nComm. of Mass. Department of \nMental Health \n\nEric N. Grubinger, B.S.E.E., M.B.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nForest W. Grumney, B.A., M.B.A. \nMathematics \nN.E.G.E.A. Service Corporation \n\nRene Guilmet \nFinance \n\nReinald W. Hachey, B.M., M.M., A.D. \nMusic \n\nNew England Conservatory of \nMusic \n\nEdward A. Hacker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPhilosophy \nNortheastern University \n\nSterling B. Hager \n\nIndustrial Management \n\nUnion Associates, Incorporated \n\nMartin H. Halabian, LL.B., Adj.A., A.M. \nHistory \n\nE. Forest Hallet, B.S.Ed., M.B.A. \nHealth Care Administration \nNortheastern University \n\nDonald J. Halpin, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nFinance \nGoodbody & Company \n\nIsadore Halzel, B.A., M.B.A. \nIndustrial Management \nM.I.T. — Instrumentation \nLaboratory \n\nLawrence Halzel, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D. \nCounselor \nV.A. Hospital \n\n\nWilliam F. Handley, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nTransitron, Incorporated \n\nJames Hanley, B.S., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nJoseph J. Hansen, Jr., A.B., M.B.A. \nMathematics \nRaytheon Company \n\nNorman E. Hansen, A.B., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nConrad & Chandler \n\nThomas C. Harford, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nBoston V.A. Out-Patient Clinic \n\nDavid J. Harrigan, B.S. \nStatistics \nL. A. Seder & Associates \n\nR. A. Harriman \n\nStatistics for Quality Control \nL. A. Seder & Associates \n\nMary R. Harsch \n\nHealth Care Administration \nNew England Baptist Hospital \n\nPamela H. Hart, B.A., M.A. \nFrench \n\nWilliam T. Harty, B.S., Ed.M. \nNatural Science \nNortheastern University \n\nHarold Harutunian, A.B., M.A.T. \nMathematics \nSalem State College \n\nDorothy J. Havens, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \n\nLeonard Havens, B.S., M.Ed. \nFine Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nFrancis J. Hawthorne \n\nManagement Information \nSystems \n\nGerard J. Hayes, A.B., M.A. \nEconomics \nTown of Brookline \n\n\nFACULTY / 233 \n\n\nRichard E. Hayes, B.S., M.S. \nLibrary Science \nCohasset Public Library \n\nJared E. Hazelton \n\nHugh Healey, S.B. \n\nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nJoseph Hearns \nPsychology \nU.S. Army Natick Laboratories \n\nWarren K. Heckman, B.B.A., M.A. \nManagement \nHealth Survey Consultants \n\nThomas C. Heffernan, A.B., A.M., \nEd.D., LLB. \nEnglish \nBoston School Department \n\nGeorge Hennessey, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nBoston Gas Company \n\nGerald H. Herman, A.B., M.A. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\nSidney Herman, B.S., M.A. \nConsultant Economics \nNortheastern University \n\nWilliam S. Hertzmark \nRaytheon Company \n\nChester W. Higgins, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nMBTA \n\nPeter D. Higgins, B.S., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nITEK Corporation \n\nThomas C. Higgins, B.A., M.Ed., \nM.S. in LS. \nLibrary Science \nWeston High School \n\nArthur P. Hill, B.S., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nITEK Corporation \n\nElizabeth J. Hodges, A.B., B.S. \nLibrary Science \nRobbins Library, Arlington \n\n\nBrian Justin Hoel, B.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nGov. Comm. on L. E. & the Adm. \nof Crim. Justice \n\nEmily P. Hoffman, B.A., M.A. \nStatistics \n\nSumner Hoisington, B.S., Ph.D. \nEconomics \n\nExec. Office for Admin. & Finance \n— Comm. of Mass. \n\nWheaton A. Holden, A.B., M.A. \nFine Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nFrederick V. Holloran, B.S. \nTransportation \nPolaroid Corporation \n\nJames A. Hope \nManagement \n\nDaniel J. Horgan, Jr., A.B., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nAttorney at Law \n\nGeorge R. Horner, B.S., M.A., Dr. U.L. \nAnthropology \nEastern Nazarene College \n\nThomas Hourihan \n\nJulia M. Huang \nMathematics \n\nDavid C. Hughes, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nRaymond F. Humphrey, B.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nMilitary Police, U.S. Army \n\nRobert A. Hunter \nEnglish \nChauncy Hall School \n\nDaniel F. Hurley, LL.B. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nU.S. Federal Mediation & \nConciliation Service \n\nJoseph Hurwitz, B.S., Ph.D. \nLiterature \n\n\n234 / FACULTY \n\n\nLarry D. Hybertson, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nHistory \nEastern Nazarene College \n\nMelvin C. Jack, B.S., M.S. \nAccounting Consultant \n\nPhillip S. Jackson, S.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nFrances H. Jacobs, B.A., M.A. \nSociology \nCurry College \n\nPerry G. Jameson, B.S., M.Ed. \nMathematics \nBoston Latin School \n\nJohn J. Jamison, B.S.M.E. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nJohn J. Jennings, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nAttorney at Law \n\nCarson C. Johnson, A.B., M.S., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nEmmanuel College \n\nEdward A. Johnson, Jr., B.A. \n\nTransportation Management \nGillette Safety Razor Company \n\nHerbert M. Jones, A.B. \nFinance \nW. G. Leavitt & Son Ins. Agency \n\nThomas O. Jones \n\nBasic Computer Programming \nHarvard Graduate School \n\nJohn Joyce, B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement \nStar Market Company \n\nLawrence Juergens \n\nNegotiation, Mediation, \nArbitration \n\nGerard Kaelin, B.A., LL.B. \nIndustrial Relations \nAttorney at Law \n\nEugenia O. Kaledin, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish \n\n\nMartin A. Kalustian, A.B., M.B.A. \nManagement \nRaytheon Company \n\nEdward L. Kandib, A.B., Ed.M. \nAccounting \nU.S. Treasury Department \n\nIrving G. Kane \nLaw \nIrving E. Kane, Esquire \n\nMartin J. Kane, B.A., M.B.A. \nPurchasing \nRaytheon Company \n\nMort S. Kaplan, B.A., M.A. \nTheatre Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nGeorge Karam, A.B., A.M. \nPhilosophy \n\nCharles Karis \nPsychology \nNortheastern University \n\nAlthea Karr \n\nHarold D. Kastle, B.S., B.J. P., M.A. \nPersonnel and Industrial \nRaytheon Company \n\nHyman Mendel Kaufman, S.B., M.A. \nLL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nRichard A. Kaye, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nHelen Keaney, B.M. \nMusic \n\nNew England Conservatory of \nMusic \n\nWalter E. Kearney, B.S., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nNortheastern University \n\nWilliam G. Kearns \nManagement \n\n\nFACULTY / 235 \n\n\nLyman A. Keith, S.B., M.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nNortheastern University \n\nWilliam E. Kelley, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nAccounting \n\nMassachusetts Institute of \nTechnology \n\nJames N. Kelly, B.A., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nManagement Analysis Center \n\nThomas W. Kelly, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nGeneral Electric \n\nCharles Kenney, B.A., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nGillette Safety Razor Company \n\nFrank J. Keohane, A.B., LL.B. \nManagement Information \n\nSystems \nITEK Corporation \n\nFrancis G. Keough, Jr., A.B., Ed.M. \nLaw Enforcement \nSpringfield District Court \n\nFrank W. Kerwin, B.B.A., M.C.C., \nC.A.G.S. \nAccounting \nQuincy School Department \n\nWilliam F. Kidney, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nLaw Enforcement Consultant \n\nPaul G. Kinsella, B.S., B.A. \nReal Estate \nHunneman and Company, Inc. \n\nVirginia K. Kirshner, A.B. \nTheatre Arts \n\nJerome Klein, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nBoston V.A. Out-patient Clinic \n\nJohn L. Kobrick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nPsychology \n\nU.S. Army Research Institute of \nEnvironmental Medicine \n\nMarjory A. Kolovson, R.R.L. \n\nHealth Care Administration \n\n\nAdele M. Koss \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHarvard Computing Center \n\nDonald J. Kramer, B.S., M.B.A. \nFinance \nKLH RD & Corporation \n\nElliot Krause \nSociology \nNortheastern University \n\nDavid H. Kravetz, B.B.A., LL.B. \nLaw \nWide H. & Kruger \n\nDonald F. Krier, B.S., M.A. \nEconomics \n\nNewton College of the Sacred \nHeart \n\nWilfred S. Lake, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nJoseph T. Lamb, A.B., M.B.A. \nManagement \nParks Cramer Company \n\nPaul K. Lambert, B.A., M.B.A. \nTransportation \nTransportation Consultant \n\nKenneth W. Lamprey, B.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting, Finance \nKenneth W. Lamprey \n\nMiriam F. Lander, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nGrahm Junior College \n\nRobert H. Landry, B.S., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nMassasoit Community College \n\nHarold V. Langlois, B.S., M.S.S.W. \nLaw Enforcement \nAdult Correctional Institution \n\nJoseph V. Lanzetta, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nMassachusetts Department of \nPublic Safety \n\nFrancis Larkin, B.S., M.B.A. \nPurchasing \nThe Colton Company \n\n\n236 / FACULTY \n\n\nNorman L. Lavers, Th.B., B.D., M.A., \nD.D. \nEnglish \n\nMassachusetts Bay Community \nCollege \n\nDiane M. Lawson, B.A., M.A. \nEconomics \n\nFrank F. Lee, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nSociology \nNortheastern University \n\nNancy V. Lee, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \n\nHarold Lefcount \n\nRichard H. Lent, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nNortheastern University \n\nCarl Leone, Jr., A.B., M.S. \nMathematics \nNorth Quincy High School \n\nThomas S. Lester, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish \n\nJoseph Levangie, S.B., M.B.A. \nIntroduction to Marketing \nHarvard Business School \n\nAlbert M. Levenson, B.S., M.B.A. \nStatistics \n\nM.I.T. — Instrumentation \nLaboratory \n\nAbraham H. Levine, B.S. \nIndustrial Management \n\nIrwin Levy \n\nIndustrial Management \n\nLorriane Liggins, B.S., M.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nI.B.M., F.S.D. \n\nJames Linsley, M.A., M.A.T., B.A. \nHistory \nFramingham State College \n\nHarold List, B.A., M.A. \nCounselor \nMass. Bay Community College \n\nBenjamin A. Little, A.B., Ed.M. \nEnglish \n\n\nJohn A. Lloyd, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nDASA Corporation \n\nEdward J. Lonczak, B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \n\nEmployees Group Insurance \nCompany \n\nJohn Looney \n\nRussell H. Lord, Jr. \nEnglish \n\nDonald W. Lovejoy, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nNatural Science \nNortheastern University \n\nWilliam A. Lovely, Jr., B.S., M.B.A. \nCoordinator in Finance \nNortheastern University \n\nEdwin H. Lovequist, Jr., B.S. \nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nJudith Lunsford \nPhilosophy \n\nPaul E. Lyons \n\nQuality Control \n\nGillette Safety Razor Company \n\nThomas G. Macbeth, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nEconomics \nLowell Technological Institute \n\nEdmund M. MacCloskey, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish, French, Speech \nBoston Conservatory of Music \n\nSamuel E. MacDonald, B.S., M.A. \nPurchasing \nMillipore Corporation \n\nVictor MacDonald \n\nSales Management \n\nWilliam J. Madden, A.B. \nAccounting \nDefense Supply Agency \n\nArthur T. Maginnis, B.S., Ed.M. \nMathematics \nThe Education Cooperative \n\n\nFACULTY / 237 \n\n\nThomas Magliozzi, B.S., M.S. \nFinance \nThe Foxboro Company \n\nGerard E. Maguire, B.A., M.A. \nPurchasing \nRCA \n\nThomas J. Maguire, LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nCity of Woburn Police Department \n\nWilliam G. Maguire, A.B., Ed.M. \nModern Languages \nSouth Boston High School \n\nAudrey J. Mahler, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \n\nJoseph P. Malizia, B.S., M.S. \n\nReliability and Maintainability \nLaboratory for Electronics \n\nErnest Manchin, B.B.A. \nInsurance \n\nTown Assessor and Insurance \nBroker \n\nFrancis S. Mancini, B.A., M.A. \nPolitical Science \n\nRichard E. Manelis, B.S.E.E., M.S., \nLL.B. \n\nManagement \nRaytheon Company \n\nAlbert R. Manson, B.B.A. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\nJulius Mariasis, B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nJulius Mariasis \n\nJoseph Markowitz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nBolt, Beranek, Newman \n\nJoseph V. Marrocco, B.A., B.S., M.B.A. \nFinance \n\nUnited Shoe Machinery \nCorporation \n\nRichard P. Marrs \n\nJohn E. Marshall, B.S. \n\nIndustrial Management \nBoston University \n\n\nJohn F. Martin, B.B.A., M.S. \n\nValue Analysis and Planning \nAvco Missile Systems Division \n\nThomas J. Martin, B.S.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nThomas J. Martin, C.P.A. \n\nZareh Martin, B.S. \n\nValue Analysis and Planning \nLouis C. Kingscott & Assoc— \nValue Engineering Div. \n\nFrederick Mason \nAccounting \nInternal Revenue Service \n\nRussell B. Mason, B.S., M.B.A. \nMarketing \nRaytheon Company \n\nGeorge D. Matson, A.B., A.M. \nSpeech \n\nMacLeish, Walker Employment \nService \n\nPaul D. Maxwell, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nKennedy's of New England \n\nMaurice I. May, B.A., M.S.H.A. \nHealth Care Administration \nHebrew Home for the Aged \n\nRobert P. McAuliffe, B.S., M.B.A. \nMarketing and Management \nGeneral Radio Company \n\nFrancis McAvoy, A.B. \nMarketing \nRadio Shack Corporation \n\nThomas F. McCarron \n\nWilliam McClelland \n\nDan R. McConnell, S.B., M.E.A. \n\nManagement and Organization \nRaytheon Company \n\nJoseph F. McCormack, A.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nMassachusetts Parole Board \n\nVictor McDonald \n\nSales Management \nW.I.L.D. Radio \n\n\n238 / FACULTY \n\n\nWilliam L. McDonald, A.B., Ed.M. \nLaw Enforcement \nHouse of Correction \n(Middlesex County) \n\nAndrew McDonough, B.S., C.P.C.U. \nInsurance \n\nAppleby & Wyman Insurance \nAgency, Inc. \n\nDavid A. McGaughy, A.B., M.S. \nQuality Control \nPolaroid Corporation \n\nJames R. McGovern, B.S., A.M., Ph.D. \nHistory \n\nNewton College of the Sacred \nHeart \n\nSuzanne M. McGowan, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish \nQuincy High School \n\nJohn B. McGrath, B.S. \nFinance \nNew England Telephone Company \n\nJames L. McGuiness, Jr., B.S., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nEG & G, Incorporated \n\nJames McGuinness, B.A., M.A. \nElectronic Data Processing \nJohn Hancock Insurance \nCompany \n\nThomas J. McHugh, B.S., M.B.A. \nFinance \nFranchised Agent \n\nJohn F. McLaughlin, B.L.I., M.Ed. \nEnglish \n\nMassachusetts Bay Community \nCollege \n\nPeter J. McLaughlin, A.B., A.S.A., \nM.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \n\nJames H. McManus, Ice Cream, \nCorp. \n\nThomas J. McNamara, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\n\nGeorge C. McQuilken, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nI.B.M. Corporation \n\nGerald Meiselman, B.S. \nAccounting \nGerald Meiselman \n\nNancy L. Meymand, A.B., A.M. \nSociology \nBoston State College \n\nElmer B. Michelson, M.A. \nEnglish \nBoston Conservatory of Music \n\nLarry C. Miller, A.B., A.M. \nHistory \n\nSetrak B. Minas, LLB., LL.M., O.S.J. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nStephen Mindich \nSpeech \n\nT. Kent Mitchell, Jr., B.A., M.B.A. \nStatistics \nUSAF \n\nJames F. Molloy, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nTransportation \n\nSystems Analysis & Research \nCorp. \n\nRobert A. Mongeau, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nLaboratory for Electronics \n\nC. Robert Montgomery, B.A., P.E. \nManagement \n\nParke Mathematical Laboratories, \nInc. \n\nWilliam F. Mooney, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nIndustrial Management \nWestern Electric Company \n\nJames Moore, B.M.E., M.S. \nIndustrial Management \nNortheastern University \n\nLeslie B. Morash, B.S., M.B.A. \nTransportation \nService Warehouse Company \n\n\nFACULTY / 239 \n\n\nNorman R. Moray, Jr., B.A., LL.B. \nInsurance \nHartford Fire Group \n\nTimothy F. Moran, B.S., Ed.M. \nLaw Enforcement \nNortheastern University \n\nMichael Morello, A.B., Ed.M., D.Ed. \nLaw Enforcement \nN. H. State Industrial School \n\nJerry A. Morris, B.S., M.B.A. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nRaytheon Company \n\nJ. Lawton Morrison, Jr., B.A., B.S.E.E., \nM.P.A., M.S.E.E. \nStatistics \nUSAF \n\nRichard Morrison, B.S.Ed. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nNew England Merchants National \nBank \n\nArthur C. Morrow, B.S., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nDavis & Furber Machine Company \n\nThomas A. Morse, B.S., M.S. \nEnglish, Speech \nWinchester High School \n\nJohn J. Mulkerin, Jr., A.B. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nManagement Consultant \n\nPaul V. Mulkern, A.B., M.S. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nU.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics \n\nJoseph A. Mullen, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nBoston Naval Shipyard \n\nRobert W. Mullins, M.B.A., D.B.A. \nIndustrial Technology and \n\nPurchasing \nNortheastern University \n\n\nWilliam R. Mulvey, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nInstrumental Development Labs. \n\nJohn D. Murgo, B.S., M.S. \nManagement \nMassasoit Community College \n\nDavid E. Murphy, B.S., M.B.A., C.P.A. \nIntermediate Accounting \nDavid E. Murphy C.P.A. \n\nHenry L. Murphy, Jr., B.A., LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nBarnstable District Court \n\nPaul J. Murphy, B.S., M.B.A. \nMarketing, Management \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nElizabeth Murphy \nEnglish \nChelmsford Public Schools \n\nKendall B. Murray, B.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nTufts University \n\nA. Howard Myers, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nNortheastern University \n\nRoland L. Nadeau, B.M., M.M. \nMusic \nNortheastern University \n\nRobert P. Najjar, B.A., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nNortheastern University \n\nLyn R. Narins, B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nC. L. Berger & Sons, Incorporated \n\nJohn P. Neal, B.S., M.Ed. \nEconomics \nGinn & Company \n\nTheodore H. Needle, B.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nPenn & Needle \n\nEdward Neidorf, B.E.E., M.E.E. \nElectronic Data Processing \nHarvard University \n\n\n240 / FACULTY \n\n\nAlan A. Nelson, A.B., M.B.A. \nManagement and Finance \nJohn Hancock Mutual Life \nInsurance Co. \n\nPeter K. New, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nSociology \n\nTufts University, School of \nMedicine \n\nBruce E. Nickerson, A.S., B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nEileen T. Nickerson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nNordli, Wilson Associates \n\nLeonidas Nickole \nMusic \nEmerson College \n\nRichard W. Norton, B.B.A. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nFoxboro Corporation \n\nFranklin Norvish, B.S., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nEdward G. Novello, B.S. \nTransportation \nRaytheon Company \n\nRobert M. O'Brien, B.S. \n\nEtectronic Data Processing \nNortheastern University \n\nFrancis P. O'Connell, Jr., A.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nHolyoke Police Department \n\nEdward T. O'Donnell, B.S.C., M.B.A. \nStatistics \nU.S. Bureau of Statistics \n\nThomas B. O'Heir, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nThomas O'Keeffe, A.B., A.M., Ed.M. \nEnglish, History \nEast Boston High School \n\nJames O'Leary \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \nState House \n\n\nHarry Olins, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nDavid S. Omar, B.S., M.Ed., M.B.A. \nStatistics, Accounting \nDean Junior College \n\nJoseph N. Onay \n\nAlbert J. Ottariano, B.B.A., M.S.B.A. \nStatistics, Management \nBureau of Labor Statistics \n\nHoward R. Palmer, LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nHanover Insurance Company \n\nJohn A. Palmucci, Jr., B.S., M.B.A. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nLeo Panas, B.S., M.Ed. \nFine Arts \nLowell State College \n\nTheodore Pappas, A.E., B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nDonald E. Parent, B.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nDonald E. Parent, C.P.A. \n\nSteven A. Parks, B.S. \n\nIndustrial Management \nMonsanto Chemical Company \n\nRobert A. Parsons, B.A.B.S., M.B.A., \nM.A. \n\nOperations Research \nNortheastern University \n\nTheodore C. Patrikas, B.B.A. \nManagement \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nDaniel Pershonok, Ph.D. \nPsychology \nMassachusetts Mental Health \n\nMartin L. Pendleton, Jr., B.S. \nElectronic Data Processing \nKeystone Computer Association \n\nMorris Perlow, A.B., M.S., C.P.A. \nAdvanced Accounting \nRoger Williams College \n\n\nPhilip P. Perry, A.B., M.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nWm. Filene's Sons \n\nGwynette Peterson, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nRonald M. Pickett, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nHarvard School of Public Health \n\nGeorge G. Pierce, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nBenjamin E. Pike, B.S., M.B.A. \nManagement \nMassasoit Community College \n\nPhilip Pilibosian \n\nStephen Pinkham \n\nPersonal Finance \nHarvard Business School \n\nThomas Piper \nFinance \n\nFrancis A. Pirone, A.B., M.A., M.D. \nAllied Medical Sciences \nLynn Public Health Department \n\nRuth B. Pitt, B.S., M.A. \nScience \nEducational Services, Inc. \n\nCarmen S. Pizzuto, B.A., M.A., M S W \nPh.D. \n\nLaw Enforcement \nMassachusetts Division of Youth \nService \n\nLewis G. Pollock, B.A., LL.B. \nFinance \nRudman, Pollock \n\nWilliam J. Poorvu \nReal Estate \n\nEdward Porter, B.S. \nManagement \nLam, Incorporated \n\nJohn D. Post, A.B., M.A. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\n\nFACULTY / 241 \n\nEdward J. Powers, B.B.A., MBA \nM.Ed. \n\nIndustrial Management \nGeneral Services Administration \n\nG. Daniel Prigmore, B.A., M.B.A. \nReal Estate Finance \nRice, Mank & Company \n\nJohn J. Prybyla, B.S.M.E., M.B.A. \nFinance and Insurance \nBrockton Taunton Gas Company \n\nEdward V. Puopolo, B.S., LL.B. \nLaw \nSloane, Gay & Puopolo \n\nJohn J. Quinlan \n\nDenis G. Regan, B.S., LL.B. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nValerie T. Reigart \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \nPeter Bent Brigham Hospital \n\nCharles W. Reilly, B.S., M.A. \nEnglish \nNorthern Essex College \n\nRobert E. Reordan, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPolitical Science \nStonehill College \n\nThomas A. Reppetto, B.A., M.P.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nHarvard University \n\nPaul C. Richards, B.S., M.B.A. \nAccounting \nNortheastern University \n\nE. Leslie Robart, B.S., M.Ed., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nRaymond H. Robinson, B.A., M.A., \nPh.D. \nHistory \nNortheastern University \n\nStanley O. Robinson, B.S. \nIndustrial Management \nGeilich Tanning Company \n\nLeo F. Roche, Jr. \n\nInsurance for Management \n\n\n242 / FACULTY \n\nCephas B. Rogers, B.S., M.S. \nQuality Control \nGillette Safety Razor Company \n\nGerald A. Rogovin, A.B., B.S. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nGerald A. Rogovin, Public \n\nRelations \n\nGeorge H. Rolt, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., \nM.B.A. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nRaytheon Company \n\nLawrence J. Romano, B.S., M.A. \nLaw Enforcement, Modern \n\nLanguages \nM.I.T.— Instrumentation \n\nLaboratory \n\nRobert D. Ronsheim, A.B., A.M. \nHistory \nMinute Man National Historical \n\nPark \n\nMorris Rosenberg, B.S.B.A. \nAccounting \nU.S. Treasury Department \n\nJoel M. Rosenfeld, B.S., M.S. \nManagement \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nAnne L. Rosenthal, B.A., M.Ed. \nModern Languages \nRadcliffe College \n\nAlbert H. Ross, B.S., LL.B. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nAttorney, U.S. Department of \nLabor \n\nDavid Ross, B.M.E., M.S.E.E. \nQuality Control \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nRobert J. Roth, B.B.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nNortheastern University \n\nCharles H. Rubin \nStatistics \nSanders Associates \n\n\nGerald R. Rubin, B.B.A., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nGerald R. Rubin, C.P.A. \n\nMorton Rubin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nSociology \nNortheastern University \n\nMorton S. Rubin, B.S. \nMarketing \nWm. Filene's & Sons Company \n\nRichard D. Ruggles, A.B., A.M. \nNatural Science \nNortheastern University \n\nRobert B. Russell, B.S., B.A., LL.B., \nLL.M. \n\nLaw Enforcement \nAttorney at Law \n\nErnest J. Ryan, A.B., M.S. \nMathematics \nSouth Boston High School \n\nFrank L. Ryan, A.B., M.A. \nEnglish \nStonehill College \n\nCharles L. Saccardo, B.S.B.A., M.A. \nEconomics \nLowell Technological Institute \n\nThaddeus Sadowski, S.B., Ed.M. \nMathematics \nNorth Quincy High School \n\nAlbert P. Sagansky, B.A. \nTransportation \nBoston & Taunton Transportation \n\nMabel L. Sahakian, A.B., D.Sc, S.T.B. \nPhilosophy \n\nCharles L. Sakey, A.B., M.A. \n\nEnglish, Modern Languages \nBoston Latin School \n\nJames S. Salmon, A.B., M.A. \nEnglish, Economics \nThe First National Bank of Boston \n\nPeter Saltzman \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \nChelsea Naval Hospital \n\n\nFACULTY / 243 \n\n\nCharles Samson, B.B.A. \nQuality Control \nPolaroid Corporation \n\nMark Santer, B.S. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nMassachusetts Board of \nConciliation and Arbitration \n\nWillis L. Saulnier, A.B., M.S.W. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nRaytheon Company \n\nHenry Scagnoli, B.A. \nPolitical Science \nCity of Boston \n\nStephen Schafer \nSociology \nNortheastern University \n\nGustav Schachter, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nDavid M. Scheffer, A.B., J.D. \nAccounting \nWidett & Kruger \n\nDale R. Schissler, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nNortheastern University \n\nMary L. Schroeder, B.S., M.C.S. \nEnglish \n\nHerbert J. Schwartz, B.S. \nMarketing \n\nLiberty Mutual Insurance \nCompany \n\nCharles R. Scoggins, B.A., M.A. \nPsychology \nU.S. Army, Hanscom Field \n\n.eonard A. Seder, S.B. \nQuality Control \nL. A. Seder, & Associates \n\nrank J. Seegraber, A.B., B.S. \nLibrary Science \nUniversity of Massachusetts \n\n\nAlexander J. Seidler, B.A. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nM. I. T.— Instrumentation \nLaboratory \n\nPeter Selig, M.B.A., M.A. \n\nStatistics \n\nHarbridge House, Incorporated \nJohn C. Shannon, B.S., M.A. \n\nEconomics \n\nSuffolk University \n\nSamuel Shapiro, A.B., M.B.A., C.P.A. \nCorporate Finance \nShapiro & Levinson, C.P.A. \n\nDavid Sheehan \n\nLibrary Science \nWestwood Public Library \n\nEzra H. Sheffres, B.S.E.E., M.B.A. \nManagement \nRaytheon Company \n\nArthur Sherman, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \n\nRavech & Sherman, Attorneys \nat Law \n\nRobert P. Shilansky, A.B., M.A. \nEnglish \nLeicester Junior College \n\nSusan R. Shnidman, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nHarvard Medical School \n\nRuth E. Shore, B.S., M.A. \nLiterature \nFisher Junior College \n\nRobert N. Siegal \nAccounting \nUSAF \n\nVincent Silluzio, B.S., Ed.M. \nNatural Science \nNewton South High School \n\nDavid Simmons, B.S. \nQuality Control \nQuality Control Associates \n\nS. Murray Simons, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nAccounting \n\nEducation Development Center, \nInc. \n\n\n244 / FACULTY \n\nLloyd A. Skiffington, B.A., A.M. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nHarriet Skillern, B.A., M.A. \nSociology \nFramingham State College \n\nJohn Slipkowsky, B.S.B.A., M.B.A., \nC.P.A. \n\nCost Analysis \nSterling Institute, Inc. \n\nWilliam I. Sloane, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nSloane, Gay & Puopolo \n\nRobert W. Small, B.A., M.A. \nHistory \nMassasoit Community College \n\nGeorge Smith, A.B. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nGeneral Dynamics Corporation \n\nGeorge Smith, Jr. \n\nIntroduction to Marketing \nNational Equity, Incorporated \n\nMalcolm V. Smith, B.S. \nMathematics \n\nNew England Mutual Life \nInsurance Co. \n\nRichard Smith \nFinance \n\nPaul Snoonian \nEconomics \nLowell Technological Institute \n\nLeo Snyder, B.A., M.M. \nMusic \nNortheastern University \n\nChristos Socarides, A.B., M.A. \nEnglish \nNew England Educ. Data Systems \n\nDaniel R. Soucy \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \nSalem Hospital \n\nAllan Spack, LL.B., M.B.A. \n\nLaw and Corporate Finance \nAttorney at Law \n\n\nJohannes Spanjaard \nEconomics \nErnst & Ernst \n\nRobert M. Spector, LL.B., M.A., M.Ed., \nPh.D. \nHistory \nWorcester State College \n\nGeorge Speers, A.B., M.S., Ed.M. \nJournalism \nNortheastern University \n\nFrancis C. Stacey, A.B., M.B.A. \nIndustrial Management \nAmerican Mutual Liability Ins. Co. \n\nGeorge Stacey, A.B., M.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nAvco Corporation \n\nJoseph Stanford, LL.B. \nFinance \n\nEmployers' Group of Ins. \nCompanies \n\nGerald Starkey \n\nRailroad and Ocean \nTransportation \n\nPaul Stein \n\nMarketing \n\nWalden Research Corp. \n\nRichard M. Steinert, A.B., M.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nConnecticut State Prison \n\n\nStanley Stembridge \n\nCharles C. Stephanos \n\nHealth Care Administration \n\nRoy C. Stephenson, B.S., M.S. \nHealth Care Administration \nLowell General Hospital \n\nRobert Sternschein \nManufacturing \nGeneral Electric Company \n\nLawrence Stifler, A.B., M.A. \nPsychology \nBoston University \n\n\nFACULTY / 245 \n\n\nEdmund L. Stoddard, B.A. \nEnglish \nRaytheon Company \n\nRobert C. Story \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nRaytheon Company \n\nRichard Stoughton, Jr., B.S., C.P.A. \nAccounting \nInternal Revenue Service \n\nJohn W. Stout, A.B., M.A. \nPolitical Science \nRoger Williams College \n\nJames L. Stratford, Jr., LLB. \nLaw Enforcement \nGovernor's Staff \n\nMelvin R. Stuart, A.B., A.M. \nEnglish \nChauncy Hall School \n\nEarle B. Sukeforth, B.S. \n\nSupervisor of Instruction \nH. P. Hood & Sons \n\nFrank Sullivan, A.B., Ed.M. \nEnglish \nBoston Trade School \n\nJeremiah G. Sullivan, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nGerald Sussman, B.S., A.M. \nMarketing \nHal's Domestics, Incorporated \n\nFrancis T. Sweeney, B.S. \nMarketing \nFormica Corporation \n\nCarlton B. Sweet, B.S. \n\nBusiness Information Systems \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nMien Swenson, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. \nEconomics \nRaytheon Company \n\nSeorge J. Swidler, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nD. C. Sullivan, Incorporated \n\n\nAlvin Tangney, B.S. \n\nMoney and Banking \n\nFirst National Bank of Boston \n\nEugene M. Tangney, B.S. \nManagement \nFirst National Bank of Boston \n\nSumner B. Tapper, A.B., M.Ed., A.M. \nEnglish \nStoughton High School \n\nAlan M. Tattle, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nEnglish High School \n\nWilliam F. Taylor, B.S., M.S., A. Sci. \nPublic Relations and Management \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nJohn E. Teagan \n\nElliott Tenofsky, A.B., M.A. \nPolitical Science \nElliott Tenofsky \n\nFrancis A. Tenore, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nITEK Corporation \n\nAlan P. Thayer, B.S., M.B.A. \nEconomics \nBoston College \n\nAlan D. Tobin, B.S., LLB., LL M \nC.P.A. \n\nFederal Income Taxes \nFanger, Sundell, Gan & Tobin \n\nWilliam J. Tobin, B.S. \nLaw Enforcement \nM.D.C. Police Department \n\nJoseph J. Trifero \n\nRailroad Transportation \nPenn Central Co. \n\nDr. Frank Turgeon \n\nCapital Institutions and Risk \nManagement \n\nJames D. Turley, B.Ph., B.A., M Ed \nM.A. \nEnglish \nRhode Island College \n\n\n246 / FACULTY \n\nMay E. Turyn, B.S., M.S. \nNatural Science \n\nAndrew C. Twaddle, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nSociology \n\nHarvard Medical School \nMassachusetts General Hospital \n\nTheresa H. Twombly, B.S., A.M. \nSociology \n\nJohn A. Tyrell, Jr., B.S., M.S.Ed., Ed.D. \nScience \nBoston Public Schools \n\nThurai S. Venkatasawami, B.A., M.A. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nHarvey Vetstein, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \nNortheastern University \n\nPauline S. Vexler, B.A., M.A. \nEnglish \n\nAlphonse J. Vitale \nManagement \n\nRobert F. Vitale, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Incorporated \n\nTaggio P. Vul \n\nMark Wainer, LL.B., LL.M. \nLaw \nAttorney at Law \n\nJames H. Wait, B.S., A.M., M.B.A. \nMarketing \n\nSterling Institute, Executive Dev. \nCtr. \n\nRowell L. Waller, Jr., B.A., M.S. \nLibrary Science \nAttleboro Public Library \n\nRobert B. Ware \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nRaytheon Company \n\nHarold P. Watts, B.S., B.A., M.Ed. \nFinance, Insurance \nNortheastern University \n\n\nStanley Wayne, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nPsychology \nV.A. Hospital Out-Patient Clinic \n\nCharmarie Webb, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. \nHistory \nTufts University \n\nRobert C. Webb, A.B., M.A. \nPsychology \nSuffolk University \n\nCharles E. Wehner, B.B.A., M.Ed., \nM.B.A. \n\nSales Force Management \nBristol Community College \n\nFrank J. Weiner, B.S., M.B.A., LL.B. \nTransportation \n\nBarrett & Weiner, Attorneys at \nLaw \n\nGary Welch, B.B.A., M.A. \nReal Estate \nHarvard Business School \n\nRobert L. Wells, B.S., M.A. \nFine Arts \nNortheastern University \n\nClifford H. Wenzel, A.B. \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nRaytheon Company \n\nJerome Westerman, B.S. \n\nElectronic Data Processing \nHoneywell, Inc. \n\nJohn Wetzel \n\nBasic Computer Programming \n\nDonald Wheaton, M.B.A. \nEconomics \nNortheastern University \n\nAlbert Whitaker \n\nCharles W. White, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. \nEnglish \n\nSoutheastern Massachusetts \nTechnological Institute \n\nDonald W. Whitehead, A.B., LL.B. \nLaw \nHahn & Whitehead, Attorneys at \n\nLaw \n\n\nHoward Whitmore III, B.A., M.B.A., \nC.P.A. \nAccounting \nManagement Analysis Center \n\nJames L. Wiles, A.B., A.M. \nEconomics \nStonehill College \n\nEdward Willett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \nFinance \nNortheastern University \n\nCalvin Williams, A.B., M.A. \nManagement \nRaytheon Company \n\nElizabeth S. Williams, A.B., Ed.M., \nC.A.S. \nPsychology \nSuffolk University \n\nLeslie W. Williams, B.A. \nLaw Enforcement \nConnecticut State Police \nDepartment \n\nGeorge R. Wilson, Jr., B.A., M.A. \nHistory \n\nMassachusetts Bay Community \nCollege \n\nRobert E. Withstandley, B.B.A., M.B.A. \nManagement \nU.S. Steel Corporation \n\nMichael L. Woodnick, B.S., M.S. \nSpeech \nNortheastern University \n\n\nFACULTY / 247 \n\nLeslie Woods \n\nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nConsultant and Arbitrator \n\nSteve Worth, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nPolitical Science \nNortheastern University \n\nStephen S. Wu, B.A., M.A., A.M., \n\nM.B.A., C.F.A. \n\nFinance \n\nFirst National Bank of Boston \nIvan A. Yeaton, A.B., M.B.A. \n\nManagement \n\nRaytheon Company \n\nWilliam F. Yetman, LL.B. \nLaw Enforcement \nNational Automobile Theft \nBureau \n\nAlbert J. Zahka, A.B., LL.B. \n\nLaw \n\nOld Colony Trust Company \nRina L. Zamczyk, R.R.L. \n\nAllied Medical Sciences \n\nBeth Israel Hospital \n\nNorman Zankel, A.B., LL.B. \nPersonnel and Industrial \n\nRelations \nNational Labor Relations Board \n\nMary Zavada, A.B., M.A. \nEnglish \nSylvania Electric Products, Inc. \n\nJohn L. Zimka, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \nAccounting \nBoston College \n\n\nmr \n\n\n/< \n\n\n.****\"• \n\n\n\\lndex \n\n\nAbsences, 32 \n\nAcademic Advisory Committee, 15 \nAcademic Council, 14 \nAcademic Policies, 28-34 \nAcademic Probation, 34 \nAccounting, Curricula in, 46-49 \nActivities, Student, 42-46 \nAdministrative Organization, 11 \n\"dmission Requirements, 28-29 \nAdvanced Standing Credit, 29-30 \nAdvisers, Program, 5 \n\nims and Scope of the \n\nUniversity, 17-22 \n\\lumni Association, 45 \n\nnthropology-Sociology, \n\nCurriculum in, 88-90 \n\npplication Fee, 10 \n\\ttendance, 31 \n\nwards, Scholarships, Loans, 38-41 \n\n\n1 \n\n\nB \n\nenefits, Veterans', 36 \noard of Trustees, 10 \nudget Payment Plan, 35 \nuildings and Facilities, 23-25 \nusiness Administration — Aims, \nPrograms of Study, 49-70 \n\n\nCorporation, 8-10 \nCorrectional Practices, \n\nCurricula in, 92-97 \nCounseling and Testing, 5 \nCourse Descriptions, 134-222 \nCourses in Other Departments, 36 \nCourse Sequence, Liberal Arts 74 \nCredit, Grades, 30-34 \nCytotechnology, Curriculum in, 127 \n\n\nDegree Candidates, 28-30 \nDegree Programs, Programs of \n\nStudy, 47-133 \nDental Hygienists, Program for 111 \nDescriptions of Courses, 134-222 \nDisciplinary Probation, 34 \n\n\nEconomics, Curriculum in, 75-76 \nEducation, Curriculum in, 129-133 \nElectronic Data Processing, \nCurriculum in, 54-55 \nEnglish, Curriculum in, 77-78 \nExaminations, 32 \n\nMissed Final, 32 \nExecutive Council, 11 \nExpenses, 35-37 \n\n\nalendar, 6-7 \nampus Buildings and \n\nFacilities, 23-25 \nanceled Classes, 31 \nhange of Address, 32 \nhemical-Biological Technology, \n\nCurriculum in, 126 \nlass Attendance and \n\nPreparation, 31 \nDmmencement, 30 \nDmmittees, University, 13 \n\n\nFacilities, Buildings and, 23-25 \n\nFaculty, 223-247 \n\nFaculty Senate, 14 \n\nFees and Tuition, 35-37 \n\nFinal Examinations, 32 \n\nFinance, Curricula in, 61 \n\nFine Arts, Curriculum in, 78-79 \n\nFinancial Information, 35-37 \n\nForsyth/Northeastem Program, 111 \n\nFraternities, Sorority, Clubs, 42-46 \n\n\n249 \n\n\n250 / INDEX \n\n\nGrades, 33-34 \nGraduation, Fee, 37 \n\nRequirements, 30 \n\nWith Honor, 30 \n\nH \n\nHealth Sciences, Aims \n\nPrograms of Study, ]\\\\-]%°. \nHealth-Related Programs, 11 1-1 28 \nHistory, Curriculum in, 80-8^ \nHomework Assignments, 32 \n\nI \n\nIndustrial Management, \n\nCurricula in, 62 \nIndustrial Technology, \n\nCurriculum in, 63 \nInstructional Staff, 223-247 \nInsurance, Curricula in, 64 \n\nK \n\nKappa Tau Phi Sorority, 43 \n\n\nLate Payment Fee, 36 \n\nLate Registration Fee, 36 \n\nLaw Enforcement — Programs of \n\nStudy, 91-109 \nLiberal Arts— Aims, Programs of \n\nStudy, 71-90 \nLiberal Arts, Curriculum in, 35 \nLiberal Arts and Management, \n\nCurriculum in, 70 \nLibrary, 23-24 . \n\nLincoln Col lege/ University College \n\nAffiliated Programs, 125-128 \nLoan Funds, Scholarships, \n\nAwards, 38-41 \nLocation of Northeastern \n\nUniversity, 23 \n\nM \n\nMake-up Examinations, 32 \nManagement Information Systems, \n\nCurriculum in, 66 \nManagement in Health Agencies \n\nand Institutions, \n\nCurriculum in, 115 \nMap of Huntington Avenue \n\nCampus, 4 \nMarketing, Curricula in, 67 \nMatriculation, 28 \nMedical Records, Science, \n\nCertification in, 120-121 \n\nCurriculum in, 120-121 \nMedical Technology, \n\nCurriculum in, 128 \nMissed Final Examinations, 32 \n\n\nNursing Home Administration, \nCourses in, 116 \n\n\nOffice Hours, 5 \n\n\nPayments, 35-37 \n\nPi Tau Kappa Fraternity, 43 \n\nPersonnel and Industrial Relations, \n\nCurricula in, 68 \nPlacement Service, 44 \nPolicies, Academic, 28-34 \nPolitical Science, \n\nCurriculum in, 84— 8b \nProbation, Academic and \n\nDisciplinary, 34 \nProgram Advisers, 5 \nPrograms of Study, 47-13.3 \nPurchasing, Curriculum in, 56-5/ \nPsychology, Curriculum in, 86-8/ \n\n\nQuality Points, 30 \n\nQuality Point Requirements, 30 \n\n\nReal Estate, Curriculum in, 58-59 \nRefund of Tuition, 36 \nRegistration, 31 \n\nDates for, 6-7 \nRegular Students, 28 \nResidence Requirement, 30 \nRespiratory Therapy, \n\nCurriculum in, 122-1^4 \nMedical Advisory \nCommittee, 122 \n\n\nScholarships, Awards, Loans 38-41 \nSecurity, Curricula in, 104-109 \nSenate, Faculty, 14 \nSigma Epsilon Rho \n\nFraternity, 43 \nSociety for the Advancement of \n\nManagement (SAM), 42 \nSociology-Anthropology, \n\nCurriculum in, 88-90 \nSorority, Kappa Tau Phi, 43 \nSpecial Students, 28 \nStudent Activities, 42-46 \nStudent Center Fee, 37 \n\n\nTeaching Staff, 223-24/ \n\nTests, 32 \n\nTesting, Counseling, 5 \n\n\nTranscripts, 37 \nTransfer of Credit, 29 \nTransfer Students, 29 \nTransportation Management, \n\nCurriculum in, 69 \nTrustees, Board of, 10 \nTuition and Fees, 35-37 \n\nBudget Payment Plan, 35 \n\nRefund Policy, 36 \n\nUnderwritten by Employers, 36 \n\n\nINDEX / 251 \n\n\nUndergraduate Colleges, 18-20 \nUniversity Council, 13 \n\n\nVeterans' Benefits, 36 \n\nW \n\nWithdrawals, 32 \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nLINCOLN COLLEGE \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nLINCOLN COLLEGE \n\n\nPrograms In: \n\nAviation Technology \nAllied-Medical Technology \nEngineering Technology \nIndustrial Technology \nScience Technology \n\n\nyt&H&ss \n\n\nThe New England Associaion of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits schools and \ncolleges in the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting \nassociations in the United States indicates that the school or college has been carefully \nevaluated and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges sup- \nport the efforts of public school and community officials to have their secondary schools \nmeet the standards of membership. \n\nNortheastern University/360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\n\nContents \n\n\n4 Campus Map \n\n6 Calendar 1969-70 \n\n8 Northeastern University Corporation \n\n10 The Board of Trustees \n\n11 Administrative Organization \n\n13 General University Committees \n\n17 Aims and Scope of the University \n\n24 Buildings and Facilities \n\n28 Lincoln College Administration \n\n30 The Role and Scope of Lincoln College \n\n32 Programs of Study \n\n34 General Admissions Information \n\n37 General Registration Information \n\n39 General Academic Information \n\n47 General Financial Information \n\n52 Student Activities and Alumni Information \n\n56 Academic Programs of Instruction \n60 Allied-Medical Technology \n\n68 Aviation Technology \n\n72 Science Technology \n\n78 Civil Engineering Technology \n\n86 Electrical Engineering Technology \n\n93 Mechanical Engineering Technology \n\n100 Industrial Technology \n\n102 Description of Courses \n\n103 Index to Courses \n\n142 The Lincoln College Faculty \n\n162 Application Form for Further Information \n\n164 Suburban Maps \n\n167 Index \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n\n1 \n\nSchool of Law (104 The Fenway) \n\n15A \n\n1A \n\nSchool of Education (102 The Fenway) \n\n1B \n\n153 Hemenway Street \n\n16 \n\n2 \n\nMelvin Hall \n\n17 \n\n3 \n\nSmith Hall \n\n18 \n\n4 \n\n115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n19 \n\n5 \n\nWhite Hall \n\n20 \n\n6 \n\nStetson Hall \n\n21 \n\n7 \n\nSpeare Hall \n\n21A \n\n8 \n\n106-122 St. Stephen Street \n\n22 \n\n9 \n\nLight Hall \n\n23 \n\n10 \n\nParker Building \n\n24 \n\n11 \n\nGreenleaf Building \n\n25 \n\n12 \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\n26 \n\n13 \n\nRichards Hall \n\n27 \n\n14 \n\nDodge Library \n\n28 \n\n15 \n\nUnited Realty Building \n\nCenter for Continuing Education \n( 1 1 Leon Street) \n\nForsyth Building \n\nForsyth Annex \n\nCharles A. Dana Research Center \n\nChurchill Hall \n\nHayden Hall \n\nEll Student Center (new) \n\nEll Student Center (original) \n\nMugar Life Sciences Building \n\nRobinson Hall \n\nBotolph Building \n\nChemistry Building \n\nDockser Hall (Boston-Bouve) \n\nBarletta Natatorium (swimming pool \nand handball courts) \n\nSchool of Law and Criminal Justice \n(under construction) \n\n\nOffice Hours at Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston \n\nJune 16,1 969 — August 31 , 1 969 \n\nMonday-Thursday 8:30 A.M. -8:30 P.M. \n\nFriday 8:30 A.M.-4:30 P.M. \n\nSeptember 2, 1969 — June 17, 1970 \n\nMonday-Friday 8:30 A.M.-8:30 P.M. \n\nSaturdays 8:30 A.M.-12:00 Noon \n\nOffice Hours at Suburban Campus, Burlington \n\nSpecial representatives from the Huntington Avenue Campus will be in \nattendance during specified dates at registration periods for guidance \nand counseling. Regular office hours at the campus in Burlington are \n8:30 a.m. -10:00 p.m., Monday-Friday, and 8:00 a.m. -1:00 p.m., Saturday. \nTelephone 272-5500. \n\nProgram Counseling at Extensions \n\nProgram counsellors are available on a regular weekly schedule at \nLincoln College extensions at; the Burlington High School, Burlington; the \nNorth High School, Framingham; the High School and Annex, Weymouth; \nthe English High School, Lynn; and the Norwood Airport, Norwood. Ap- \npointments may be arranged by telephoning the Lincoln College office at \n437-2500. \n\nInterviews \n\nProspective students, or those desiring advice or guidance regarding \nany part of the school work or curricula, are encouraged to arrange for \npersonal interviews. Career planning through competent guidance pro- \nvides an understanding of professional requirements and develops that \ndefiniteness of purpose so vital to success. \n\nAddress communications to: \n\nDean Gustav S. Rook \nLincoln College \nNortheastern University \n360 Huntington Avenue \nBoston, Massachusetts 02115 \nTelephone 437-2500 \n\n\n1969-70 ACADEMIC CALENDAR \n\n\nFALL QUARTER \n\n(September 15, 1969 through December 6, 1969) \n\n\nFall Registration \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) \nFormer students \nAll students \n\n\nBurlington (Suburban Campus) \n\nLynn (English High School) \nWeymouth (High School Annex) \nFramingham (North High School) \n\nClasses Begin (All Campuses and Extensions) \n\nColumbus Day Observed \n\nVeteran's Day Observed \n\nThanksgiving Recess \n\nFinal Examination Period \n\n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nTues. &Wed. \n\nSept. 2 & 3 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nThur. & Fri. \n\nSept. 4 & 5 \n\n9:00 a.m.-12 noon \n\nSat. \n\nSept. 6 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nMon.-Fri. \n\nSept. 8-12 \n\n12 noon-8:30 p.m. \n\nThurs. \n\nAugust 28 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nWed. & Fri. \n\nSept. 3 & 5 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nTues. & Thur. \n\nSept. 2 & 4 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nMon. & Wed. \n\nSept. 8 & 10 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nTues. & Thurs \n\n. Sept. 9 & 11 \n\nMon. \n\nSept. 15 \n\nNo Classes \n\nMon. \n\nOct. 13 \n\nNo Classes \n\nTues. \n\nNov. 11 \n\nNo Classes \n\nThur.-Sat. \n\nNov. 27-29 \n\nMon.-Sat. \n\nDec. 1-6 \n\nWINTER QUARTER \n\n(December 8, 1969 through March 9, 1970) \n\n\nWinter Registration \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) \n\nLynn (English High School) \n\nBurlington (Suburban Campus) \n\nFramingham (North High School) \n\nWeymouth (High School Annex) \nClasses Begin (All Campuses and Extensions) \nChristmas Recess \nWashington's Birthday Observed \nFinal Examination Period \n\n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nMon.-Fri. \n\nDec. 1-5 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nMon. \n\nDec. 1 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nTues. \n\nDec. 2 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nWed. \n\nDec. 3 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nThur. \n\nDec. 4 \n\nMon. \n\nDec. 8 \n\nNo Classes \n\nMon.-Sat. \n\nDec. 22-Jan \n\nNo Classes \n\nMon. \n\nFeb. 16 \n\nTues.-Sat. \n\nMarch 3-7 \n\n& Monday \n\nMarch 9 \n\nSPRING QUARTER \n\n(March 16, 1970 through June 8, 1970) \n\n\nSpring Registration \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) \n\nLynn (English High School) \n\nBurlington (Suburban Campus) \n\nFramingham (North High School) \n\nWeymouth (High School Annex) \n\nSpring Recess \nClasses Begin (All Campuses and Extensions) \nPatriot's Day Observed \nMemorial Day Observed \nFinal Examination Period \n\n\nSummer Recess \nJune Commencement \n\n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nMon.-Fri. \n\nMarch 2-6 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nMon. \n\nMarch 2 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nTues. \n\nMarch 3 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nWed. \n\nMarch 4 \n\n5:30-8:30 p.m. \n\nThur. \n\nMarch 5 \n\nTues.-Sat. \n\nMarch 10-14 \n\nMon. \n\nMarch 16 \n\nNo Classes \n\nMon. \n\nApril 20 \n\nNo Classes \n\nMon. \n\nMay 25 \n\nTues.-Sat. \n\nJune 2-6 \n\n& Monday \n\nJune 8 \n\nNo Classes \n\nTues.-Sat. \n\nJune 9-13 \n\nSunday \n\nJune 14 \n\nSUMMER SESSION \n\nSummer Term I (4 weeks) Monday, June 15 — Friday, July 10, 1970 \n\nSummer Term A (6 weeks) Monday, June 15 — Friday, July 24, 1970 \n\nSummer Term II (4 weeks) Monday, July 13 — Friday, August 7, 1970 \n\nSummer Term B (6 weeks) Monday, July 27 — Friday, September 4, 1970 \n\nSummer Term III (4 weeks) Monday, August 10 — Friday, September 4, 1970 \n\nRegistration for Summer Term I and A \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) 5:30-8:30 p.m. Mon.-Fri. June 8-12 \n\nBurlington (Suburban Campus) 12 noon-8:30 p.m. Tues. June 9 \n\nClasses Begin (Boston and Burlington) Mon. June 15 \n\nFinal Examination Period (Summer Term I) Wed. & Thur. July 8 & 9 \n\nRegistration for Summer Term II and B \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) 5:30-8:30 p.m. Mon. & Tues. July 13 & 14 \n\nBurlington (Suburban Campus) 5:30-8:30 p.m. Mon. July 13 \n\nClasses Begin (Boston and Burlington) Mon. July 13 \n\nFinal Examination Period (Summer Term A) Wed. & Thur. July 22 & 23 \n\nRegistration of Summer Term B \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) 12 noon-8:30 p.m. Mon. July 27 \n\nClasses Begin (Boston and Burlington) Mon. July 27 \n\nFinal Examination Period (Summer Term II) Wed. & Thur. August 5 & 6 \n\nRegistration for Summer Term III \n\nBoston (Huntington Avenue Campus) 5:30-8:30 p.m. Mon. & Tues. August 10 & 11 \n\nBurlington (Suburban Campus) 5:30-8:30 p.m. Mon. August 10 \n\nClasses Begin (Boston and Burlington) Mon. August 10 \n\nFinal Examination Period for Summer Term III Wed. & Thur. Sept. 2 & 3 \n\nand Summer Term B \n\nSeptember Commencement (To be Announced) \n\n\n+m\\ \n\n\nParti \n\nThe University \n\nGoverning Boards and Officers \nAims and Scope of the University \nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n'Charles F. Avila \nFrederick Ayer \n\nAllen G. Barry \n'Lincoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beat \n*F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n*S. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n*George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n*John L. Burns \n\n* Louis W. Cabot \n*Norman L. Cahners \n\nHenry F. Callahan \n\nErwin D. Canham \n'Richard P. Chapman \n\nTheodore Chase \n\nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christiansen \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n'Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n'William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n'Carl S. Ell \n'Byron K. Elliott \n'William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n'Robert Erickson \n\n'Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \nNoble Foss \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr. \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\n10 \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \n\nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \n\nDon S. Greer \n'Samuel A. Groves \n*Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n*George Hansen \n\nWilliam Hellman \n*Ernest Henderson III \n\nWalter F. Henneberry \n\nVincent R. Herterick \n\nCharles E. Hodges \n*Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n'Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \n\nRay E. Johns \n\nHoward B. Johnson \n'Robert L. Johnson \n'Henry C. Jones \n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \nE. Douglas Kenna \nEdward M. Kennedy \nFenton G. Keyes \nCalvin A. King \nAsa S. Knowles \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \n\nEdward R. Mitton \n*Harold A. Mock \n\nIrwin L. Moore \n\nJames A. Morris \n*James A. Morton \n\nWilliam B. Moses, Jr. \n'Stephen P. Mugar \n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n'Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n'Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n'Frank L. Richardson \n'Joseph G. Riesman \n'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \nJohn Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\nLawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n\n'Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n\n'Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\n11 \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n*Russell B. Stearns \n*Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n'Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n\n*Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n\n*Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S. Wilkins \nRoy F. Williams \n\n(deceased Dec. 29, 1968) \n'Robert H.Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n'Alvin C. Zises \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Vice Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Vice Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellt \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n12 \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWiliiam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Vice Chairman \n\n\nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellt \nLawrence H. Martin \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \nByron K. Elliott, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President and Director of Finance \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Vice President for Development \n\n\n'President of the University \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n13 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Wee President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of University College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \n\nActuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Education and Director of \n\nthe Graduate School of Education \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita Long, B.S., M.S., Acting Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n14 \n\n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. O'Toole, A.B., LL.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Comptroller and Assistant Director of \n\nFinance \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty and \n\nActing Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nArthur A. Vernon, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nThe University Council \n\nAsa S Knowles, Chairman \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nKenneth W. Ballou \nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nPhilip C. Boyd \nMartin W. Essigmann \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRobert E. Moffat \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nKenneth G. Ryder \nArthur A. Vernon \n\n\n15 \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nJohn S. Bailey \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \nGilbert G. MacDonald \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. O'Toole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nRobert A. Shepard \nArthur A. Vernon \nLouis Vrettos \nRoy L. Wooldridge \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\n'Catherine L. Allen \n\nJames T. Barrs \n\nEugene J. Blackman \n\nRobert L. Cord \n\nGoldie Crocker \n\nJames M. Feldman \n\nRobert J. Ferullo \n*Arthur E. Fitzgerald \n\nWalter L. Fogg \n\nNorbert L. Fullington \n\nArvin Grabel \n'James S. Hekimian \n\nRichard B. Higgins \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins \n\nRobert D. Klein \n\nFrank F. Lee \n'Gilbert G. MacDonald \n'Melvin Mark \n\nWesley W. Marple \n\nErnest E. Mills \n\n\n'Rudolph M. Morris \n\nHarold Naidus \n\nSaul Namyet \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n'Kenneth G. Ryder \n\nJohn W. Schermerhorn \n'Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nGiuliano Sorani \n\nRichard R. Stewart \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n\nHarold A. Walker \n\nRoy Weinstein \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n'Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n'Appointed by the President \n\n\n16 \n\n\nAims and Scope \nof the University \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately \nendowed, nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General \nLaws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enactment has \ngiven the University general degree-granting powers. The University is \ngoverned by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the Northeastern \nUniversity Corporation, which is composed of more than 150 distinguished \nbusiness and professional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant \npurpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting \nof these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not dupli- \ncated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new \nareas of educational service. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted \nby the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), \nEducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), and Boston-Bouve \nCollege (1964). This educational method enables students to gain valu- \nable practical experience as an integral part of their college programs \nand also provides the means by which they may contribute substantially \nto the financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the \ngraduate level in engineering, mathematics, sociology, actuarial science, \nthe pharmaceutical sciences, and professional accounting, and Law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed \nto meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been offered \nleading to the bachelor's degree. Programs in the arts and sciences, \nengineering, various fields of business, law enforcement and security, and \nother areas have been carefully planned to serve mature students who are \nemployed full time during the day and want to broaden their educational \nbackground by part-time study. All formal courses of study leading to \ndegrees through evening programs are approved by the Basic College \nfaculties concerned and are subject to the same quantitative and qualita- \ntive standards as the regular day curricula. \n\n\n17 \n\n\n18 / AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY \n\nThe following is a brief outline of the aims and scope of the University's \nprograms. \n\nUNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES \n\nBoston-Bouve College \n\nBoston-Bouve College offers three major programs of study: physical \neducation and recreation education, both leading to the degree of Bache- \nlor of Science in Education; and physical therapy, leading to the degree of \nBachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. \n\nThe combined programs of liberal arts, science, and professional prep- \naration include field experience and student teaching, and leadership \ntraining in camping and outdoor education at the Warren Center for \nPhysical Education and Recreation in Ashland. In accordance with North- \neastern's Cooperative Plan of Education, students are offered varied op- \nportunities for alternate terms of work-study experience during upper- \nclass years. \n\nThe College of Business Administration \n\nThe College of Business Administration offers programs of study in the \nprincipal fields of business leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science \nin Business Administration. These programs are offered on the five-year \nCooperative Plan, under which students gain substantial practical ex- \nperience in the fields for which they are preparing as an integral part of \ntheir undergraduate course of study. \n\nThe College also sponsors a Management Institute which offers various \nspecial courses for business and industrial executives. One phase of the \nInstitute's work is carried on by the Center for Management Develop- \nment, which annually conducts an intensive program designed to provide \nprofessional growth for middle-management executives who will ultimately \nbe called upon to carry broader executive responsibilities. The plan of \ninstruction, based on a modification of the Northeastern Cooperative \nProgram, permits the participants to maintain their job responsibilities \nduring the six-month period of the course. The Management Development \nProgram is conducted at Andover, Massachusetts, on the campus of \nAndover Academy. \n\nA Bureau of Business and Economic Research, concerned particularly \nwith problems of the New England region, is an integral part of the \nCollege. The Bureau conducts research projects under faculty leadership \nusing undergraduate and graduate cooperative students as research \nassistants. \n\nCollege of Criminal Justice \n\nThe College of Criminal Justice offers full-time day curricula on the \nCooperative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal \nJustice. \n\n\nAIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY / 19 \n\nThe College of Education \n\nThe College of Education offers programs leading to the degree of Bach- \nelor of Science in Education. These are designed particularly to meet the \nneeds of high school graduates who desire to prepare themselves for \nteaching or administrative positions in elementary and secondary schools. \nCurricula are offered on the five-year Cooperative Plan, which provides for \nemployment in libraries, social service agencies, and school systems. \n\nThe College of Engineering \n\nThe College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative curricula in civil, \nmechanical, electrical, chemical, industrial, and biomedical engineering \nleading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according \nto the engineering department in which the student qualifies. A six-year \nprogram in power systems engineering in collaboration with public utilities \nleads to both the bachelor's and master's degree in electrical engineering. \nThe College also offers during evening hours a part-time program leading \nto the Bachelor of Science degrees in Electrical Engineering and Civil \nEngineering. This program extends over eight years, covers the identical \ncourses given in the day cooperative curriculum, and meets the same \nqualitative and quantitative standards of scholarship. \n\nThe College of Liberal Arts \n\nThe College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the usual fields of the arts \nand sciences leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. With the exception \nof preprofessional programs, curricula are normally five years in length \nand class years. \n\nLincoln College \n\nLincoln College offers Engineering Technology programs leading to the \nAssociate in Engineering or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees. \nIt also conducts Science Technology, Allied-Medical Technology, Industrial \nTechnology and Aviation Technology programs leading to the Associate in \nScience or Bachelor of Science degrees. \n\nIn addition to its traditional curricula, Lincoln College offers inter- \ndisciplinary and certificate programs providing technological and profes- \nsional development opportunities to meet the special needs of part-time \nstudents. \n\nThe College of Nursing \n\nThe College of Nursing offers two separate and distinct programs of \nstudy, both organized on the Cooperative Plan: \n\n(a) A three-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations \nand leading to the Associate in Science degree. \n\n(b) A five-year curriculum also preparing students for the R.N. Exami- \nnations, and leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in \nNursing. \n\n\n20 / AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY \n\nFive of Boston's leading hospitals — Beth Israel, Children's Hospital \nMedical Center, New England Deaconess, Peter Bent Brigham, and Massa- \nchusetts General — collaborate with Northeastern by providing suitable \ncooperative work opportunities during the upper-class years of these \nprograms. \n\nThe College of Pharmacy \n\nThe College of Pharmacy offers five-year cooperative curricula leading to \nthe degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. Cooperative placement \nbegins with the sophomore year and continues for three years, the senior \nyear being devoted to full-time study at the University. \n\nUniversity College \n\nUniversity College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the \nother colleges of the University, offers courses of study leading to certifi- \ncates, Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science degrees. University \nCollege offers both day and evening programs designed specifically to meet \nthe needs of adult students who wish to undertake part-time curricula dur- \ning late afternoon or evening hours and on Saturdays. In cooperation with \nthe Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists, University College offers a two- \nyear day curriculum leading to the Associate in Science degree. \n\nQuality standards of instruction and requirements for the degrees of- \nfered by the University College are wholly consistent with those of the \nother colleges of the University. University College does not duplicate the \nofferings of the eight Basic Colleges but provides curricula which cut \nacross traditional subject-matter areas to meet the particular needs of \nadults desiring formal programs of professional development on a part- \ntime basis, or of young people enrolled in professional schools affiliated \nwith Northeastern University. \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOLS \n\nActuarial Science \n\nMaster of Science in Actuarial Science. \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nMaster of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Sciences, \nMaster of Public Administration, Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nEducation \n\nMaster of Education, and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nEngineering \n\nMaster of Science with course specification, including a special six-year \nprogram in power systems engineering leading to both bachelor's and \n\n\nAIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY / 21 \n\nmaster's degrees in electrical engineering; a similar six-year program in \nmechanical engineering leading to both bachelor's and master's degrees- \nand Doctor of Philosophy degree in the fields of electrical, chemical, and \nmechanical engineering. \n\nLaw \n\nJuris Doctor. \n\nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nMaster of Science with specialization in hospital pharmacy, industrial \npharmacy, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacology. \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nMaster of Science in Accounting. \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nA five-quarter curriculum leading to the degree of Master of Science in \nAccounting. \n\nSome of these programs are offered on the Cooperative Plan; \nothers provide teaching and research fellowships for able candi- \ndates. Administrative headquarters for all graduate programs \nare located in the Churchill Hall. \n\n\nCENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni- \nversity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. Its \nprograms are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a \nwide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. The Divi- \nsion of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade associations \nand professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with \ncurrent needs and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, \nworking with governmental agencies and community organizations, the \nCenter is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the \nlocal and national level. \n\nMany of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North- \neastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nOFFICE OF EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES \n\n\"The Office of Educational Resources exists to provide (1) facilities and \nservices that enhance student learning, (2) instructional services and \nequipment that assist faculty in providing efficient and effective instruc- \ntion, and (3) research and development directed toward the ultimate im- \nplementation of empirically tested instructional systems and innovations. \nThe Instructional Systems Analysis Group, a Special Projects Group, 'and \nthree divisions— Programmed Learning, Instructional Media, Instructional \n\n\n22 / AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY \n\nCommunications — carry out the objectives. Of particular student interest \nis the Center for Programmed Study located in 211 Dodge. There, students \nstudy courses taught via self-instructional programs, use programs to \nsupplement course work, fulfill course prerequisite requirements, persue \nremedial or review knowledge, or study just for fun. Each student's activity \nand progress is constantly monitored; faculty assist when content prob- \nlems arise. Also of note is the Instructional Materials Information Center \nwhich provides a central facility and clearinghouse concerning state-of-the- \nart information on educational technology and innovations and houses in- \nstructional materials from preschool through graduate levels such as texts, \nprograms, activity boxes, slides, filmstrips, illustrations, motion pictures, \nlaboratory kits, simulations, models, video and audio tapes, teacher's \nmanuals, curriculum guides, research reports, standardized tests and \nother instructional support materials.\" \n\n\nDAY PROGRAMS FOR ADULTS \n\nThese programs were developed to meet the needs of adults who wish \nto engage in part-time study during the day only. Non-credit courses and \nundergraduate and graduate degree programs are offered at the Boston \nand Burlington campuses. Included are courses from the Graduate School \nof Education, the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, University Col- \nlege, and the Center for Continuing Education. A Human Relations and \nAdult Counseling Program is also offered. \n\nAFFILIATED PROGRAMS \n\nFor Dental Hygienists \n\nThe Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists conducts a two-year program \nof dental hygiene education and general education in cooperation with \nNortheastern University. Graduates of the program receive the Certificate \nin Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and the degree of Associate in Science \nfrom Northeastern. \n\nFor Commercial Pilots \n\nLincoln College in collaboration with Wiggins Airways, Inc. conducts \nfull-time day and part-time evening programs in Commercial Aviation \nTechnology in which the student earns the Associate in Science degree \nand may become licensed by the Federal Aviation Administration with \ncommercial, instrument, and instructors pilot ratings. \n\nFor Medical Technologists \n\nIn cooperation with the New England Baptist and the New England \nDeaconess Hospitals, Northeastern University offers a full-time day pro- \ngram on the Cooperative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. \n\nThe Lincoln College also offers a part-time evening program leading \nto the Bachelor of Science degree. \n\n\nAIMS AND SCOPE OF THE UNIVERSITY / 23 \n\nFor Nurses \n\nNortheastern University offers instruction in the sciences, humanities, \nand social studies for student nurses from the New England Deaconess \nand Children's Hospital Medical Center Schools of Nursing. \n\nFor Radiologic Technologists \n\nLincoln College in collaboration with over 50 A.M. A. accredited Hospital \nSchools of Radiologic Technology located in the New England area con- \nducts a program leading to certification as a registered Radiologic Tech- \nnologist (R.T.) and the Associate in Science degree. \n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\nThe faculties of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic \nresearch projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and en- \ngineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose services \nare University-wide and available to the faculties of all the Colleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and \ngraduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective teach- \ning and learning takes place in an environment characterized by research \nactivities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nLocation of Main Campus \n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hunting- \nton Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's famous \ncultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated in the \nBack Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, Horticul- \ntural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard teaching \nhospitals, and many schools and colleges. Most are within walking dis- \ntance of Northeastern University. \n\nMajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan Inter- \nnational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and intra- \nstate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-subur- \nban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motorists, the \nbest routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit 22) and \nRoute 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section. \n\nThe campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the main \neducational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. The prin- \ncipal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, are of \nglazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are interconnected by \nunderground passageways. \n\nCarl S. Ell Student Center \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recreation \nand for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating \ncapacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special drama \nfacilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, student \noffices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than 1,000. \n\nThe University Library \n\nThe Dodge Library is the main library on the Boston campus and \nmaintains an open-stack system. Bound volumes in the library system ex- \nceed 225,000, and microfilm titles, 250,000. Collections are located in \nthese areas: \n\n1. The General Collection in the book stacks as indicated by the classi- \nfication number given in the upper left corner of the catalog card. \n\n\n24 \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 25 \n\n2. The Reference Collection in the Cabot Reading Room to the left of \nthe Circulation Desk, which includes bibliographies, government \ndocuments, maps, company publications, the information file, asso- \nciation publications, and theses. \n\n3. The Periodical Collection on the basement level occupying the lower \nReading Room and the first two back-stack levels. \n\n4. The Reserve Book Collection on the second floor. \n\n5. The Foreign Literature Collections in the Webster Reading Room to \nthe right of the Circulation Desk. \n\n6. The Audio Facility consisting of sound recordings and magnetic tapes \nfor instructional and individual use in the Richardson Room on the \nsecond floor. The Fine Arts and Education Collections are also \nlocated here. \n\n7. The American and English Literature Collections in the new Litera- \nture Reading Room. \n\n8. The Humanities Collection (Philosophy, Psychology, Religion) in \nthe Richardson Reading Room. \n\n9. The Microtext Collection housed on the basement level adjacent to \nthe periodical room. This collection includes 300,000 titles in micro- \nprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. \n\n10. Directly behind the Circulation Area, the subject areas of Pure and \nApplied Science and the History Collection are located on the third- \nand fourth-stack levels. \n\nThe Card Catalog is a union list of materials in the University Library \nand is located in the Webster Reading Room. \n\nThe Circulation Department has an IBM card file of all students attend- \nng the University. To borrow materials, students should present University \nidentification at the Circulation Desk. For extensive research, where it is \nhot possible for the University Library to acquire materials, the inter- \nlibrary loan system allows the acquisition of items from other collections \n:hroughout the country. \n\n-ibrary Hours — Boston Campus \n\nMonday — Thursday 7:45 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.* \n\nFriday 7:45 a.m. to 7:30 p.m.*, \n\nSaturday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. \n\nSunday 1:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.* \n\nThe only days in the year that the Library is closed are Thanksgiving \nmd Christmas. \n\nibrary Hours — Suburban Campus, Burlington \n\nMonday — Friday 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. \nSaturday 8:30 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. \n\n?r .^ese days the following reading rooms are open until 1 a.m., and during examination \nperiods they are open 24 hours a day: Reference, Richardson, Literature, Humanities. \n\n\n26 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\nThe University Library System includes three libraries in the Division \nof Research. Physics-Electrical Engineering is housed in 325 Dana Re- \nsearch Center. Mathematics-Psychology is housed on the fifth floor of the \nUnited Realty Building, and Chemistry is located on the first floor of the \nChemistry Building. \n\n\nSuburban Campus \n\nThe Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and 3 \nin Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of \nindividuals and of industry in the area. \n\nIn addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, \nbusiness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of \nundergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's degrees, \nspecial programs for adults, and non-credit state-of-the-art programs are \noffered. \n\nHenderson House \n\nThe University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in \nWeston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts \nshort-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro- \nfessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the \nmain campus. \n\nWarren Center \n\nThe Warren Center for Physical Education and Recreation in Ashland, \nMassachusetts, serves as a year-round outdoor laboratory for students in \nBoston-Bouve College. There are facilities for conferences, special educa- \ntion in arts and crafts, and sports, including aquatics. Buildings include \na lodge, cottages, and an infirmary. \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\nThe Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, about 20 miles \nnortheast of Boston, is a research and instruction facility primarily en- \ngaged in studies of marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is \noperated the year around. \n\n\nPart II \nLincoln College \n\n\nLincoln College Administration \n\nRole and Scope of Lincoln College \n\nGeneral Admission and Registration Information \n\nGeneral Academic Information \n\nGeneral Financial Information \n\nStudent Activities and Alumni Information \n\nAcademic Programs of Instruction \n\nDescription of Courses \n\nThe Faculty \n\n\nLincoln College Administration \n\n\nAdministrative Officers \n\nGustavS. Rook, B.S. in E.E., Ed.M. \nDean \n\n\nFrank E. Truesdale, B.S., Ed.M. \n\n\nHollis S. Baird \n\n\nAssistant Dean and \nDirector of Applied \nScience Programs \n\n\nAssistant to the Dean and \nDirector of Engineering \nTechnology Programs \nJohn L. O'Leary, Jr., B.S. \nDirector of Administrative Services \n\nAcademic Advisory Council \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S. in E.E., Ed.M. \n(Academic Administration) \n\n\nFrank E. Truesdale, B.S., Ed.M. \n\n(Applied Science) \nFletchers. Boig, B.S., M.S. \n\n(Chemistry) \nLeroy M. Cahoon, B.S., M.S. \n\n(Civil Engineering) \nLaurence F. Cleveland, B.S., M.S. \n\n(Electrical Engineering) \nEdward M. Cook, A.B., A.M. \n\n(Mathematics) \nRoberts. Lang, B.S., Ed.M. \n\n(Graphics and Computation) \n\n\nHollis S. Baird \n\n(Engineering Technology) \nErnest E. Mills, B.S., M.S. \n\n(Mechanical Engineering) \nGeorge B. Rochfort, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed. \n\n(Aviation) \nFred A. Rosenberg, B.A., Ph.D. \n\n(Biology) \nMatthew Stevens, B.S. \n\n(Radiologic Technology) \nThomas H. Wallace, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \n\n(Physics) \nJohn L. O'Leary, Jr., B.S. \n(Administrative Services) \n\n\nProgram Counselling Staff \n\nHollis S. Baird \nAdministrative Coordinator \nPeter H. Akin, B.S. Charles F. Field, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nRobert J. Averill, B.S., M.S. Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nPhilip W. Dunphy, B.S., M.Ed. Richard E. Sprague, B.S., B.B.A. \n\nKenneth S. Woodard, B.S. M.B.A., Ed.M. \n\n\n28 \n\n\nLINCOLN COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION / 29 \n\n\nCurriculum Advisory Committee \n\nDean Gustav S. Rook, B.S. in E.E., Ed.M. \n(Academic Administration) \n\n\nChairman \nit Dean Frank E. Truesdale, B.S., Ed.M. \nlied Science Programs) \nChairman \n\nJ. Averill, B.S., M.S. \nnit Theory) \n\n1 Bateman, B.S., M.A. \nbra and Trigonometry) \nBobroff, B.M.E., P.E. (Mass) \nulus) \n\nS. Boig, B.S., M.S. \nnistry) \n\n1 K. Brown, B.S., Ed.M. \nuction Drawing and Design) \n0. Bruehl, B.S. \n| [rials) \n\nCahoon, B.S. in C.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass) \nEngineering Technology) \n. Claflin, A.B., M.S. \nUlus) \n\ne F. Cleveland, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass) \nrical Engineering Technology) \nW.Cook, A.B., A.M. \nematics) \n\nDean, A.B., M.A. \nrential Equations) \n\nFinan, A.B., M.A. \nductory Mathematics) \n\nreedman, B.S., P.E. (Mass) \nTonics) \n\nGustus, B.S., Ed.M. \ncs) \n\nR. Hankard, B.S., M.A. \ncs) \n\ni. Hamilton \nt School) \nD. Kruger, B.S. \n'ical and Electronic Graphics) \n\n\nProfessor Hollis S. Baird \n\n(Engineering Technology Programs) \nSecretary \n\nBritta Karlsson, B.S., M.S., M.T. (A.S.C.P.) \n\n(Medical Technology) \nRoberts. Lang, B.S., Ed.M. \n\n(Graphics and Computation) \nDemetre P. Ligor, B.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass) \n\n(Particles and Waves) \nWalter Messcher, B.M.E., M.S. \n\n(Computer Programming) \nCarl Miller, A.B., LLB., Ed.M. \n\n(Introductory Mathematics) \nErnest E. Mills, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass) \n\n(Mechanical Engineering Technology) \nJohn L. O'Leary, Jr., B.S. \n\n(Administrative Services) \nBernard C. Reddy, B.S., Ed.M. \n\n(Introductory Physics) \nGeorge B. Rochfort, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed. \n\n(Aviation Technology) \nFred A. Rosenberg, A.B., Ph.D. \n\n(Biology) \nRalph W. Sexton, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass) \n\n(Mechanical Engineering Laboratory) \nHarold M. Sharaf, B.S., M.S. \n\n(Communications Engineering) \nMatthew Stevens, B.S. \n\n(Radiologic Technology) \nThomas H. Wallace, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. \n\n(Physics) \nWillard B. Whittemore, B.S. in C.E., Ed. M., C.A.G.S. \n\n(Algebra and Trigonometry) \nAlbert G. Wilson, Jr., B.S. in C.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass) \n\nS.E. (Illinois) \n\n(Mechanics and Dynamics) \n\n\nOffice Staff \n\nRasma Kleinbergs, Administrative Secretary \n\nPatricia MacFarland, Secretary for Faculty \n\nCarole J. Seifrick, Secretary for Operations \n\nJudith Laudati, Admissions Secretary \n\nMaryellen Cummings, Clerk-Typist \n\nRuth Emerson, Clerk-Typist \n\nMargaret Stephens, Clerk-Typist \n\n\nThe Role and Scope of Lincoln College \n\n\nPurpose \n\nLincoln College is charged with the responsibility for developing and \noffering college-level courses and curricula of an applied-science or tech- \nnological nature to meet community needs for professional personnel \nqualified to deal with the applications and uses of the biological, natural, \nand physical sciences. The programs of study conducted by the College \nhave in common the following purposes and characteristics: \n\n1. The programs of instruction prepare the graduate for activities \nallied to the fields of engineering, science or medicine, but are \nmore specialized than those required to. prepare a person for full \nprofessional responsibilities. \n\n2. The programs of instruction are more concise and more completely \ntechnological in content than professional curricula, though they \nare concerned with the same general fields of scientific, engineer- \ning, industrial, or clinical specialization. \n\n3. The programs of instruction are essentially technological in nature, \nbased upon principles of science, and include post-secondary- \nschool mathematics to provide the tools to achieve the techno- \nlogical objectives of the curricula. \n\n4. Emphasis is placed upon the use of rational processes in con- \nverting theories and ideas into practical techniques, procedures, \nand products. \n\n5. Extensive training for artisanship or craftsmanship is not included \nwithin the scope of the technological education programs. \n\n6. Graduates from the associate degree programs do have opportuni- \nties for educational work leading to the Bachelor of Engineering \nTechnology programs. \n\nTechnology and the Technologist \n\nScientific and technological complexity ranges over a very broad spec- \ntrum extending all the way from extremely simple craftsmanlike activity \n\n\n30 \n\n\nTHE ROLE AND SCOPE OF LINCOLN COLLEGE / 31 \n\nto highly complex and abstract activity. At one end is the professional \nwhose work is mostly mental in character. He studies, reasons and \nvisualizes how new knowledge may be used in the development of solu- \ntions to technical problems. Usually he is not completely knowledgeable \nof the detailed procedures used by the skilled craftsman who executes the \nideas, procedures and designs. \n\nThe technologist is the pivot-man on the professional-technologist- \ncraftsman team. He works with the professional engineer, scientist, doc- \ntor, supervisor and craftsman in converting knowledge of scientific \ntheories and practical craftsmanship into products, procedures and tech- \nniques. His responsibilities are technologically important — professional \nopportunities are limited only by ambition, ability, and education. \n\nWhen employed in research, design or development, the technologist \nusually acts as direct supporting personnel to the professionals. If he \nfunctions in a capacity related to production, operation, testing or control, \nhe usually follows a course prescribed by a professional but may not work \nclosely under his direction. If installation, maintenance or sales are his \nareas of responsibility, he is frequently performing a task that would \notherwise have to be performed by the professional. He thereby assumes \nthe more routine professional functions demanded by our increasingly \nscientific and technical society. \n\nIn executing his functions the technologist is required to use a high \ndegree of rational thinking, to employ post-secondary school mathematics \nand the principles of the biological, natural and physical sciences. The \nskilled technologist works with his mind as well as his hands. He con- \nsiders why things work as well as how things work. To perform his func- \ntions efficiently, the technologist must effectively communicate technical \nand scientific information mathematically, graphically and linguistically. \n\nThe Need for Technologists \n\nOur present technological age, with its exploding accumulation of new \ninformation and discoveries in the physical, natural and life sciences, has \nincreased the need for people with specialized training in science and \ntechnology. Experts have recently estimated that in order to meet expand- \ning needs, the number of students graduating from the nation's profes- \nsional schools must double — a goal which is improbable in the near \nfuture. \n\nThe most reasonable alternative is to make our professional manpower \n'most efficient by providing assistance in the form of specially trained tech- \nnologists. Manpower experts believe that the present ratio of less than \none technologist to each professional should ideally be nearer five to one. \n\nOpportunities for technologists are increasing at a faster rate than for \nany other occupational group — a 50 per cent increase is expected in the \nnext five years. More than 100,000 technologists will be needed each \nyear, whereas schools now graduate only 25,000 per year. The tech- \n\n\n32 / THE ROLE AND SCOPE OF LINCOLN COLLEGE \n\nnologist's employment opportunities are varied and much demanded in \nhealth and public service organizations; atomic energy and electric power \nindustries; metal fabricating industries; local, state and federal govern- \nment agencies; the armed forces; aerospace industries; chemical, petro \nleum, plastics and metal industries, as well as transportation and com \nmunication industries. \n\n\nPROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nRecognizing the growing need for technicians and technologists and \ntheir expanding role in modern society, Lincoln College offers Pre-Tech- \nnology Preparatory Courses and degree programs leading to the Associate \nin Engineering (A.E.); Associate in Science (A.S.); Bachelor of Engineer- \ning Technology (B.E.T.); and Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degrees as \nfollows: \n\nPre-Technology \n\nIntroductory Mathematics, Basic Mathematics, Physics, \n\nChemistry, and English (non-credit) page 58 \n\nReading-Improvement Program (non-credit) page 59 \n\nProgrammed Instruction Review Courses (non-credit) page 59 \n\nAllied-Medical Technology \n\nBioelectronic Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 61 \n\nRadiologic Technology (A.S. degree) page 62 \n\nCytotechnology (B.S. degree) pages 64-65 \n\nMedical Technology (B.S. degree) pages 66-67 \n\nAviation Technology \n\nCommercial Aviation Technology (A.S. degree) \n\n— 4 years evenings page 70 \n\nCommercial Aviation Technology (A.S. degree) \n\n— 2 years days page 71 \n\nScience Technology \n\nChemical-Biological Technology (A.S. degree) page 73 \n\nChemical-Physical Technology (A.S. degree) page 74 \n\nMathematical-Physical Technology (A.S. degree) page 75 \n\nChemical-Biological Technology (B.S. degree) pages 76-77 \n\nCivil Engineering Technology \n\nMunicipal and Sanitary Engineering (A.E. degree) page 79 \n\nStructural Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 80 \n\nSurveying and Transportation Engineering Technology \n\n(A.E. degree) page 81 \n\nCivil Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 82-83 \n\nMechanical-Structural Engineering Technology \n\n(B.E.T. degree) pages 84-85 \n\n\nTHE ROLE AND SCOPE OF LINCOLN COLLEGE / 33 \n\nElectrical Engineering Technology \n\nBioelectronic Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 87 \n\nElectrical Power Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 88 \n\nElectronics Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 89 \n\nControl Systems Engineering Technology (Certificate) page 92 \n\nElectrical Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 90-91 \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 94 \n\nHeat Engineering Technology (A.E. degree) page 95 \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology (B.E.T. degree) pages 96-97 \n\nMechanical-Structural Engineering Technology \n\n(B.E.T. degree) pages 98.99 \n\nIndustrial Technology \n\nIndustrial Technology (B.S. degree) page 101 \n\n\nGeneral Admissions Information \n\n\nADMISSION \n\nThe Student Body \n\nThe student body of Lincoln College is composed of recent high school \ngraduates and mature men or women pursuing academic programs with \nan earnestness of purpose which gives promise of success in their edu- \ncational and professional careers. Most students are employed in indus- \ntry with vocational experience ranging from very little for the recent \nsecondary school graduate to as much as 20 or 30 years for individuals \nseeking increased professional responsibility and status. Many technical \ncareer categories are represented — industrial, engineering, scientific, \nand allied-medical — demonstrating that, in our increasingly complex \nsociety, the key to personal advancement is education. \n\nAcademic Background \n\nA firm knowledge of the fundamentals of mathematics and science is \nthe foundation upon which successful achievements in the more advanced \ntechnological courses are built. \n\nApplicants to Lincoln College are, in many cases, mature adults who, \nalthough they have firm backgrounds in industry or previous education, \nhave been away from formal study for some time and, therefore, have \ndoubts concerning their study habits and their algebra, geometry and \nscience proficiency. Those who anticipate some difficulty in adjusting to \nthe first-year course requirements are advised to give very serious con- \nsideration to enrolling in non-credit courses in Introductory Mathematics, \nIntroductory Physics, and/ or Introductory Chemistry. These courses are \ndesigned to develop appropriate background for the basic courses in the \ndegree programs. \n\nProgram Counseling \n\nCareer planning through self-analysis and competent counseling pro- \nvides an understanding of professional requirements and assists students \nin planning educational programs appropriate to their objectives. Pro- \nspective students are encouraged to arrange for personal interviews with \nthe Lincoln College staff of program counselors for assistance in planning \ntheir academic programs. Counselors are available by appointment at the \n\n\n34 \n\n\nGENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION / 35 \n\nHuntington Avenue Compus, Boston; the Suburban Campus, Burlington; \nthe North High School, Framingham; the Weymouth High School or \nAnnex, Weymouth; and the Lynn English High School, Lynn. When records \nof prior education and training are available, the effectiveness of the \ncounseling review is greatly enhanced. The University, through its Coun- \nseling and Testing Center and its Career Information Center, is also pre- \npared to assist applicants whose educational and vocational goals are \nmore complex or less firmly defined. \n\nApplication for Admission \n\nApplications for the programs of study offered in the Lincoln College are \naccepted for admission to the Fall (September), Winter (December), \nSpring (March) and Summer (June) quarters. Applications should be \nfiled as early as possible in advance of the opening of each quarter in \norder that eligibility and status may be established. \n\nInformation concerning admission may be obtained either by writing to \nLincoln College or by requesting it at the time of visiting the College. The \napplication for admission should be filled out in ink, properly signed \nand submitted to Lincoln College, Northeastern University, Boston, \nMassachusetts 02115. \n\nMathematics Placement Test \n\nApplicants requesting admission to regular first-year mathematics are \nrequired to demonstrate satisfactory proficiency in Introductory or Basic \nMathematics through the Lincoln College Mathematics Placement Test. \nStudents who request enrollment in the non-credit Introductory Mathe- \nmatics course are not required to take the test. The Mathematics Place- \nment Test will be administered during the registration period for each \nterm of instruction at the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston; the Subur- \nban Campus, Burlington; the North High School, Framingham; the Wey- \nmouth High School or Annex, Weymouth; and the Lynn English High \nSchool, Lynn. \n\nStudents who demonstrate satisfactory proficiency in the test will be as- \nsigned to the prescribed first-year mathematics sequence. The student \nmay complete his schedule of courses by enrolling in Physics, General \nChemistry or Engineering Graphics as his degree program requires. \n\nIf need for a strengthening of mathematical background is indicated, \n\nthe applicant will be assigned to the Introductory Mathematics course. \n\nStudents enrolling in Introductory Mathematics may fill out their schedule \n\nl by enrolling in Introductory Physics, Introductory Chemistry, Engineering \n\nGraphics or General Chemistry. \n\nIn every case the student should carefully consider his combined work \nand study load and register only for those courses which contribute to the \ndevelopment of a firm knowledge of fundamentals and which enable him \nto adjust to academic study requirements. \n\n\n36 / GENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION \n\nCLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS \n\nApplicants who have filed an Application for Admission and who are \napproved by the Lincoln College Committee on Admissions are admitted \nas: (1) Regular Students or (2) Degree Candidates. \n\nRegular Student \n\nA student is enrolled as a \"regular student\" until he has been formally \naccepted as a \"degree candidate\" by the Lincoln College Committee on \nAdmissions. This classification encompasses students who are enrolled in: \n\n1. Courses in communications, mathematics, science, technology, \netc., which provide basic or remedial background for degree \nprograms, \n\n2. Courses in special or individualized programs which provide rapid \nand immediate knowledge of specific disciplines to supplement \nprevious training or to provide preparation permitting entrance \ninto a new line of endeavor. \n\nDegree Candidate \n\nA student may matriculate as a \"degree candidate\" when he has satis- \nfied the following criteria: \n\n1. Filed a Petition for Degree Candidacy in the Lincoln College office. \n\n2. Satisfactorily completed a minimum of 36 quarter-hours of colle- \ngiate level credits. \n\n3. Presented evidence of completion of an accredited secondary \nschool program by submission of a transcript of record or a high \nschool equivalency certificate. \n\n4. Demonstrated acceptable levels of ability and achievement in 15 \nunits* of secondary school and/ or collegiate work as follows: \n\nVerbal Communication 4 units \n\nMathematics and Computation 3 units \n\nScience and Technology 3 units \n\nOther 5 units \n\n5. The Committee on Admissions may require a student to take one \nor more aptitude or interest tests if his credentials or academic \nrecord fail to completely satisfy the criteria for probable academic \nsuccess. These tests will be administered by the University Coun- \nselling and Testing Center. A fee is charged for these tests. \n\nTRANSFER STUDENTS AND ADVANCED STANDING CREDITS \n\nStudents transferring from community colleges, junior colleges, tech- \nnical institutes, or other colleges and universities may transfer applicable1 \ncredits toward the degree requirements of Lincoln College. \n\n\n*A units represents a year's work in a subject at an approved secondary school, community \ncollege, junior college, technical institute or university. \n\n\nGENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION / 37 \n\nStudents admitted with transfer or advanced standing credits from an- \nother institution must meet the requirements for admission as set forth \nunder the regulations applicable to regular students. Advanced standing \nin the Lincoln College may be obtained by (1) Transfer of Credits or \n(2) Proficiency Examination. \n\nTransfer of Credits \n\nSubject to the approval of the Committee on Admissions, credits may \nbe awarded for academic work completed in other approved schools, col- \nleges or universities if the following criteria are met: (a) the content of \nthe course being submitted is equivalent to that of the corresponding \ncourse in the Lincoln College; (b) the average grade achieved in the \ncourse submitted is \"C\" or higher, and (c) the remoteness of the time of \nstudy does not negate its use as a prerequisite for an advanced course. \n\nApplicants desiring advanced standing credit by transfer should indi- \ncate this desire at the time of filing the application for admission. The \napplicant should request the Registrar of the institutions of previous \nattendance to mail an official transcript to the Lincoln College. \n\nProficiency Examinations \n\nApplicants who do not meet all the criteria for the normal transfer of \ncredits but who are able to supply evidence of sufficient knowledge of a \nsubject as a result of previous training or experience may petition the \nCommittee on Admissions for the privilege of taking a Proficiency Exam- \nination. If satisfactory proficiency is indicated by the examination, ad- \nvanced standing credits may be awarded or a substitute course may be \nrecommended. \n\nReadmission \n\nFormer students, who seek readmission to continue a program of \nstudy after having withdrawn from the College for a period of time, may \nbe required to repeat courses which are prerequisites to advanced work. \n\nREGISTRATION \n\nRegistration for Courses \n\nCompletion of admission requirements does not constitute official \nregistration for courses. All students must be properly registered before \nattending classes. Registrations are processed by the Registrar's Office \nduring the official registration periods. Former students should ascertain \ncompletion of prerequisite courses before registration. Students may \nregister for full-year sequences of courses during the official registration \nperiods. They are urged to register as early as possible in order to obtain \nthe desired class schedule. \n\nChanges in Registration \n\nChanges in program should be initiated before the opening day of \nclasses during the official registration periods. \n\n\n38 / GENERAL ADMISSIONS INFORMATION \n\nOfficial Registration Periods \n\nOfficial registration periods are scheduled before the Fall, Winter, \nSpring and Summer quarters during the academic year. Students are \nurged to register as early as possible during these periods. Dates of \nregistration periods for each quarter are listed in the official 1969-70 \nAcademic Calendar (See page 6). \n\nWithdrawal \n\nSimply ceasing to attend classes or notifying the instructor does not \nconstitute official withdrawal from a course. To withdraw officially from \na course, the student must notify the Registrar's Office and complete the \nappropriate withdrawal form. Properly registered students who do not \nattend the first or second session in any course may be automatically \nwithdrawn from the class roll. (See page 48 for Refund of Tuition state- \nment.) \n\n\nGeneral Academic Information \n\n\nACADEMIC OPERATIONS \n\nCampuses and Extensions \n\nAll courses are offered at the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston, with \nsome courses available at the Suburban Campus or Burlington High \nSchool, Burlington; and at North High School, Framingham; English High \nSchool, Lynn; Weymouth High School or Annex, Weymouth and, for \nAviation Technology students only, at the Norwood Airport, Norwood. \n\nThe Quarter Calendar \n\nThe regular school year, from September to June, is divided into three \nquarters of 13 weeks each. Twelve weeks are scheduled for instruction \nand final examinations with one week available for make-up classes or \nvacation time. A limited program of courses is offered during the summer \nquarter. \n\nClass Sessions \n\nAt the Huntington Avenue Campus, lecture periods consist of one hour \nand forty-minute sessions beginning at about 6:30 p.m. or 8:20 p.m. each \nweekday and at 9:00 a.m. or 10:50 a.m. on Saturdays. At the Suburban \nCampus, and Wyman Junior High School, Burlington; North High School, \nFramingham; Weymouth High School and Annex, Weymouth; Lynn Eng- \nlish High School, Lynn; and Norwood Airport, Norwood; lecture periods \nbegin at 6 or 8 o'clock each evening. Design and laboratory courses are \nof longer duration and may occupy a full evening. \n\nCourse Work \n\nAll of the usual methods of instruction are employed — lectures, home \nassignments, class projects, laboratory work, irregularly scheduled \nquizzes, and formal examinations. In addition, mid-course examinations \nare scheduled in most courses and a final examination is required at the \ncompletion of all courses. Students are responsible for fulfilling all the \nrequirements of a course. In the event of absence, students must make \nappropriate arrangements for makeup with the instructor. Students must \nfollow the procedures outlined below for makeup of missed mid-term or \nfinal examinations. \n\n\n39 \n\n\n40 / GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION \n\nStudent Study Areas \n\nThe UNIVERSITY LIBRARY is well equipped with technical literature. \nA detailed statement about its facilities and hours appears on pages 24 \nand 25. \n\nThe privilege of obtaining books from the Boston Public Library is ex- \ntended to students of Lincoln College. Application for this privilege, \nwhich involves a fee, should be made directly to the Boston Public Library. \n\nAdditional study areas are available in the Ell Student Center Building. \n\nAttendance \n\nStudents absent from regularly scheduled sessions in any subject, for \nwhatever reason, may seriously jeopardize their academic progress and \nstatus. Students are expected to be in attendance at all the sessions \nscheduled in their courses. Excessive absence may be sufficient cause \nfor the Registrar to remove the subject(s) from the student's schedule. \n\nWithdrawal \n\nSimply ceasing to attend classes or notifying the instructor does not \nconstitute official withdrawal from a course. To withdraw officially from \na course, the student must notify the Registrar's Office and complete the \nappropriate withdrawal form. \n\nThe Registrar will withdraw the student from a course who: \n\n1. Does not attend one of the first three classes at the beginning of \na 12 week quarter. \n\n2. After attending one class, accrues four consecutive absences dur- \ning the 12 week quarter. \n\n3. Does not attend one of the first two classes at the beginning of a \nsummer term. \n\n4. After attending one class, accrues four consecutive absences dur- \ning a summer term. \n\nMAKEUP EXAMINATIONS \nMid-course Examinations \n\nA student absent from a regularly scheduled mid-course examination \nmay petition for a makeup examination. This is a privilege which may be \ndenied if abused by an excessive number of petitions or for other reasons. \n\nStudents applying for makeup examinations must observe the following \nprocedure: \n\n1. Obtain a petition from the Lincoln College Office. \n\n2. Complete it in detail and pay the required Makeup Examination \nFee of $3 at the Bursar's Office. \n\n3. File the original petition in the Lincoln College Office and retain \ncountersigned student's copy. \n\nMakeup mid-term examinations will be given on a Saturday at 1:00 p.m. \nin a designated room. \n\n\nGENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 41 \n\nPetitions must be filed in accordance with the schedule listed below: \n\nMid-course \n\nExamination File Petition Date \n\nMissed During No Later Than Scheduled \n\nFall Quarter Nov. 8, 1969 Nov. 22, 1969 \n\nWinter Quarter Feb. 14, 1970 Feb. 28, 1970 \n\nSpring Quarter May 9, 1970 May 23, 1970 \n\nSummer Terms In course \n\nIn the event that an absence from a mid-term examination is known in \nadvance, a petition may be filed beforehand. No petition will be accepted \nfor any reason after the dates specified. \n\nAny student who does not take the makeup examination as scheduled \nwill forfeit the makeup privilege. \n\nFinal Examinations \n\nIf a student is absent from a final examination, he will receive a grade \nof \"I\" (Incomplete) in the course. He may petition for a makeup final \nexamination at the Registrar's Office, 120 Hayden Hall. \n\nThe student must pay a fee of $5 at the time the petition is filed with \nthe Registrar for taking the special final examination. Petitions for make- \nup final examinations must be filed in accordance with the schedule \n\nlisted below: ... . \n\nMakeup Final \n\nFinal Examination File Petition Examination \n\nMissed During No Later Than During Week of \n\nFall Quarter Dec. 20, 1969 Jan. 19, 1970 \n\nWinter Quarter Mar. 28, 1970 April 20, 1970 \n\nSpring Quarter June 27, 1970 July 20, 1970 \n\nSummer Quarter Sept. 30, 1970 Oct. 19, 1970 \n\nStudents will be notified by mail when and where to take the missed \nfinal examination. All makeup examinations will be given on the Boston \nCampus. Students who do not take makeup final examinations as sched- \nuled forfeit the makeup privilege. \n\nACADEMIC STANDARDS \n\nThe student is required to maintain appropriate levels of academic \nachievement in terms of grades, quality-point average, and the quantita- \ntive credit requirements of his program of study to satisfy academic \nprogress criteria and achieve graduation from Lincoln College. \n\nGrading System \n\nThe following system of grading is used. The numerical equivalent for \neach grade is in parentheses. \n\n\nA (4.0) \n\n— Outstanding \n\nD (1.0)- \n\n- Poor \n\nB (3.0) - \n\n— Good \n\nF (0.0)- \n\n- Failure \n\nC (2.0) \n\n— Satisfactory \n\n1 ( — )- \n\n- Incomplete \n\n42 / GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION \n\nA general average of \"D\" is unacceptable and will not allow a student \nto continue in Lincoln College or to receive a degree from Northeastern \nUniversity. The \"F\" grade is definite failure and requires repetition of \ncourse in its entirety. The \"I\" grade is given only when the student fails \nto take the final examination. \n\nGrade Reports \n\nA report of the student's standing is issued following the end of each \nquarter. Grades are mailed to the student by the Registrar and will not \nbe given out at the office of either the Registrar or Lincoln College. Under \nno circumstances will grades be given over the telephone. \n\nQuality-Point Average \n\nThe quality points earned by the student in a given course are deter- \nmined on the basis of the letter-grade achieved and the number of credit \nhours carried by the course. The total quality points earned divided by \nthe total number of credit hours constitute the quality-point average. \n\n1. When the student has more than one grade in the same course, the \nmost recent grade will be used in the calculation of the quality- \npoint average. \n\n2. A grade of \"I\" will not be considered in the calculation of the final \nquality-point average. \n\n3. Although advanced standing credits (ASC) allowed for acceptable \nwork completed at other institutions by transfer students count \ntoward completion of the quantitative credit requirements, neither \nthe credits nor the grades earned in such courses are included in \nquality-point average computations. \n\nFor example, a student who has registered for seven courses, cleared a \nfailure in one of them and received advanced standing credit (ASC) in \nanother, may calculate his quality-point average as follows-. \n\nGrade Numerical \n\nAchieved Equivalent \n\nA 4.0 \n\nB 3.0 \n\nC 2.0 \n\nD 1.0 \n\nF 0.0 \n\n/B 3.0 \n\nI — \n\n/C 2.0 \n\nASC — \n\n\nCredit \n\nQuality \n\nHours \n\nPoints \n\nx 4 \n\n= 16.0 \n\nX 4 \n\n= 12.0 \n\nx 3 \n\n= 6.0 \n\nx 3 \n\n= 3.0 \n\nx 2 \n\n= 0.0 \n\nx 2 \n\n= 6.0 \n\nx — \n\n= — \n\nX 2 \n\n= 4.0 \n\nX — \n\n= — \n\nTotals 20 47.0 \n\n~ ,.* r, ■ * * Total Quality Points (47.0) 0 Qcn \n\nQuality-Point Average = - = 2.350 \n\nTotal Credit Hours (20) \n\n\nGENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 43 \n\nThe Registrar's Office will not be able to recalculate or confirm the \ncalculations of quality point averages for individual students. Each stu- \ndent's record will be brought up to date before his graduation. In the \nmeantime, borderline cases will be checked by the Lincoln College Com- \nmittee on Education. \n\nAcademic Progress Criteria \n\nIt is expected that the student will at all times endeavor to achieve a \nhigh record of achievement. The Committee on Education reserves the \nright to review all students' records and deny readmission to those who \nfall below a minimum quality level of achievement. This requirement has \nbeen established as follows: \n\nIn order to be allowed to remain in the College, a student must have \nachieved a quality-point average of 1.2 at the completion of 24 quarter \nhours; 1.4 at the end of 48 quarter hours; and 1.6 at the end of 72 quarter \nhours. \n\nIt should be further noted that a student who accumulates the equiva- \nlent of six uncleared failures may be considered ineligible to continue \nhis program of study. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nThe student who intends to pursue a program of study to either an \nAssociate or Bachelor's degree must formally declare his intentions to \nbecome a \"degree candidate\" by filing a Petition for Degree Candidacy \nin the Lincoln College Office. Eligibility criteria for degree candidate \nstatus are detailed on page 44. \n\nScholastic Probation \n\nThe Committee on Education has the authority to dismiss from the \nCollege or place on scholastic probation any student whose scholarship \nis deficient for the following reasons: low quality-point average, excessive \noutstanding failures regardless of quality-point average. \n\nA student on Scholastic Probation should be particularly diligent in \nhis current courses and make every effort to clear his academic deficien- \ncies as soon as possible. Students whose academic record does not im- \nprove or whose failures are not properly cleared may not be allowed to \nregister for further courses. \n\nWhen a student on Scholastic Probation has cleared all or a substantial \npart of his outstanding failures he may petition the Committee on Educa- \ntion for removal from the probation list. \n\nDisciplinary Probation: \n\nThe Committee on Education has the authority to dismiss from the \nCollege or place on Disciplinary Probation any student whom it may deem \nunworthy because of conduct or character. The Committee may ask any \nstudent to withdraw from the College who is obviously out of sympathy \nwith its aims and ideals. \n\n\n44 / GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION \n\nGRADUATION REQUIREMENTS \n\nTo receive the degree of Associate in Engineering, Associate in Science, \nBachelor of Engineering Technology or Bachelor of Science the student \nmust fulfill the following requirements: \n\n1. Must have been formally accepted into \"degree candidate\" status \nby the Committee on Admissions. \n\n2. Complete all the courses of his particular curriculum, either by \nattendance at the Lincoln College or by receiving Advanced Stand- \ning Credit. \n\n3. Complete associate-degree programs in eight years and bachelor's \nprograms in 12 years from the date of entrance into Lincoln Col- \nlege. Extensions of time may be granted by the Committee on \nEducation. \n\n4. Be in attendance for at least a year preceding the date on which he \nexpects to graduate; that is, he must complete at least one full \nyear's work in Lincoln College. \n\n5. Achieve a quality-point average of at least 1.75 in courses taken in \nthe College to be awarded the Associate in Engineering or Associate \nin Science degrees and 1.80 for the Bachelor of Engineering Tech- \nnology degree, and 2.00 for the Bachelor of Science degree. \n\n6. Pay the Graduation Fee of $25. \n\nIn addition students: \n\n7. May not earn two Associate degrees or two Bachelor degrees in the \nsame field of academic specialization. \n\n8. Must complete a minimum of 30 quarter hours of additional credits \nto be awarded more than one Associate or Bachelor degrees. \n\n9. May not be awarded the Associate and Bachelor degree at the \nsame commencement. \n\n10. Must petition for transfer of credits completed at other institutions \nprior to January 1 of the year in which the degree is to be awarded. \n\nAttendance At Commencement \n\nAll candidates for a first degree (bachelor or associate) are required to \nattend Commencement in the year of qualification. First degrees in \nabsentia are awarded only to candidates excused for personal or imme- \ndiate family illness, military service, or obligations beyond the control of \nthe candidate. A petition to receive a degree in absentia must be pre- \nsented to the Dean of the College. \n\nACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL AWARDS \n\nThe academic programs offered by the Lincoln College and the teach- \ning couselling and professional efforts of the faculty and staff are aimed \n\n\nGENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION / 45 \n\nat motivating the student toward the highest possible levels of academic \nachievement. To encourage scholarly and professional excellence and to \nrecognize quality achievements the following awards are made at appro- \npriate times during the academic year: \n\nHonor List and Dean's List Scholars \n\nStudents maintaining honor grade averages — minimum quality aver- \nage of 3.000 and no \"D\" grades — during a quarter while carrying a \nminimum of 6 quarter hours credit are recognized as Honor List Scholars. \nStudents designated Honor List Scholars for three consecutive quarters \nduring an academic year are designated Dean's List Scholars. Appro- \npriate certificates are awarded for each category. \n\nScholastic Achievement Certificates \n\nUpon graduation with an Associate Degree, Scholastic Achievement \nCertificates will be awarded to those students who have achieved dis- \ntinctly superior attainment in the academic work as follows: \n\nScholastic Achievement 3.000-3.499 Q.P.A. \n\nHigh Scholastic Achievement 3.500-3.749 Q.P.A. \n\nHighest Scholastic Achievement 3.750-4.000 Q.P.A. \n\nIn order to be eligible for a Scholastic Achievement Certificate the student \nmust earn a minimum of 48 quarter hours of credit in Lincoln College. \n\nGraduation With Honor \n\nUpon graduation, honors will be conferred upon students who have \nachieved distinctly superior academic achievement in a program leading \nto the Baccalaureate Degree as follows: \n\nHonor 3.000-3.499 Q.P.A. \n\nHigh Honor 3.500-3.749 Q.P.A. \n\nHighest Honor 3.750-4.000 Q.P.A. \n\nIn order to be eligible for Honors the student must earn a minimum of 72 \nquarter hours credit in Lincoln College and receive a vote of approval \nfrom the faculty with responsibility for his program. \n\nUniversity Awards \n\nThe University Awards are presented annually to seniors, pursuing \nassociate degree programs, who have achieved high ranking cumulative \nacademic records. The tuition scholarship awards are accompanied by \nan appropriate certificate. \n\nTechnology Awards \n\nThe Technology Awards are presented annually to seniors, pursuing \nassociate degree programs, who have demonstrated superior academic \nand professional capabilities in their special career fields. The scholar- \nship awards and appropriate certificates are distributed to outstanding \nstudents enrolled in the following program categories: \n\n\n46 / GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION \n\nAllied-Medical Technology \nCivil Engineering Technology \nElectrical Engineering Technology \nMechanical Engineering Technology \nScience Technology \n\nClass Marshal Award \n\nThe Class Marshal Award is presented annually at the Class Day Ban- \nquet for Graduates to the top ranking senior in a baccalaureate program. \nThe award consists of an appropriate certificate, a selection of books, and \nthe President's Letter of Commendation. \n\nSigma Epsilon Rho Awards \n\nSigma Epsilon Rho, the evening colleges scholastic honor fraternity, \nannually awards plaques and scholarships for outstanding scholastic \nachievement to the highest ranking male students in University and \nLincoln Colleges. \n\nAlumni Award for Professional Promise \n\nEstablished in 1947 by the Northeastern University Alumni Associa- \ntion, the Alumni Award for Professional Promise is presented annually at \na final senior class meeting in the spring of the year. The award is made \nto the senior who has demonstrated unusual professional promise \nthrough character traits, scholastic achievement and work performance. \n\nE. W. Wiggins Aviation Awards \n\nThe E. W. Wiggins Aviation Awards provide scholarship aid to students, \nenrolled in the Commercial Aviation Technology program, who, in the \njudgement of the Northeastern University-Wiggins Airways Advisory Com- \nmittee, have demonstrated the highest degree of proficiency in flying and \nrelated courses during the academic year. \n\nLeslie B. Cutler Aviation Awards \n\nThe Leslie B. Cutler Aviation Awards were established by the members \nof the Aero Club of New England to honor and give recognition to Senator \nCutler's service and devotion to the interests of aviation in the Massachu- \nsetts General Court, national legislative bodies, and her private life. \nThese scholarship awards are made to students in the Commercial Avia- \ntion Technology program who most typify the same interest, devotion and \nleadership demonstrated by Senator Cutler during her long and distin- \nguished public career. \n\n\nGeneral Financial Information \n\n\nTUITION \n\nStudents are expected to meet their financial obligations to the Univer- \nsity or to make satisfactory arrangements with the Bursar's Office in order \nto be permitted to attend class sessions, to advance in class standing, to \nre-enroll after withdrawal, or to be conferred a degree. A certificate of \nhonorable dismissal will be issued only to students who have a satisfac- \ntory financial standing. Checks should be drawn payable to Northeastern \nUniversity. \n\nTuition, payable each quarter, is dependent upon the number of \ncourses in which a student is enrolled. The following schedule indicates \nthe tuition for courses and programs offered by the Lincoln College: \n\nRegular Course Tuition Per Quarter \n\nCourse Credits $23.00 per Q.H. \n2Q.H. $ 46.00 \n\n3 Q.H. $ 69.00 \n\n4 Q.H. $ 92.00 \n6 Q.H. $138.00 \n\nNon-credit courses are charged at quarter hour rates comparable to \nthose of credit courses meeting on an equivalent contact-hour schedule. \n\nCommercial Aviation Technology Programs \n\nRegular Academic Courses $23.00 per Q.H. \n\nFlight Courses \n\nPrimary Flight $450.00 per course \n\nCommercial Flight $410.00 per course \n\nInstructional Flight $430.00 per course \n\nInstrument Flight $430.00 per course \nRadiologic Technology Program \n\nFirst Two Years of Program $675.00 Total \nThird and Fourth Year Courses $ 23.00 per Q.H. \n\nTuition for all courses is charged on a quarter basis and is payable in \nfull at the beginning of each quarter. As a convenience without addi- \n\n\n47 \n\n\n48 / GENERAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\ntional charge, and at the student's request, the Bursar's Office will allow \npayment in two installments. \n\nDeferred-Payment Privilege \n\nOccasionally situations develop, usually beyond the control of the stu- \ndent, which make it difficult to meet payments in the regular manner. \nUnder such circumstances the student is advised to discuss his problem \npersonally with the Bursar's Office where a convenient deferred payment \nagreement can be worked out. A service fee of $2 is charged for this \nprivilege. \n\nLate Payment Fee \n\nPayments of tuition are due by Saturday of the week in which the bill \nis dated. If payment, or a deferred payment agreement is not ar- \nranged by that date, a late fee of $10 is charged by the Bursar. \n\nRefund of Tuition \n\nThe Registrar's Office, 120 Hayden Hall, must be notified on an official \nform of a student's withdrawal. All refund adjustments are computed as \nof the date on which the official withdrawal slip is filed in the Registrar's \nOffice. \n\nTuition Underwritten by Employers \n\nAn increasing number of companies are underwriting part or all of the \ncost of tuition of students in their employ. In cases in which payment is \nmade directly by the employer to the University, the student should fur- \nnish the Bursar's Office a purchase order covering his registration or a \nstatement from an officer of his company certifying that the company is \nunderwriting the tuition. \n\n\nSPECIAL FEES \n\nStudent Center Fee \n\nStudents attending the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston, in the \nevening in a part-time program of study will be assessed a Student Center \nFee of 750 per quarter. Students attending this campus full-time during \nthe first year of the Radiologic Technology Program are assessed a Stu- \ndent Center Fee of $18.75. \n\nHealth Service Fee \n\nStudents attending the Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston, full-time \nin the first year of the Radiologic Technology Program are required to \npay a Health Service Fee of $35.00. \n\nLaboratory Fee \n\nAll students enrolled in chemistry or biology courses which include \nlaboratory must purchase from the Bursar's Office a Laboratory Fee and \n\n\nGENERAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 49 \n\nDeposit Card for $15.00 ($5 for extra cards). Upon completion of the \ncourse or withdrawal during the quarter, the student much check out \nhis status with the laboratory attendant. The Bursar's Office will then re- \nfund any unused balance shown on the Laboratory Fee and Deposit Card. \n\nMakeup Mid-Term Examination Fee \n\nStudents absent from a regularly scheduled mid-term examination \nduring a course may petition for a makeup. The fee for each test re- \nquested by the student is $3. The fee must be paid when the petition is \nfiled in the Lincoln College Office. \n\nSpecial Final Examination Fee \n\nStudents absent from the regularly scheduled final examination at the \nend of a course may petition for a \"special final examination.\" The fee \nfor each examination requested by the student is $5. The fee must be \npaid when the petition is filed in the University Registrar's Office. \n\nProficiency Examination Fee \n\nApplicants for admission may petition to be awarded advanced stand- \ning on the basis of achievement demonstrated by a \"proficiency examina- \ntion.\" The fee for each examination requested by the applicant is $10. \nThe fee must be paid when the petition is filed in the Lincoln College \nOffice. \n\nGraduation Fee \n\nThe University graduation fee, charged to those who are candidates for \nthe associate or bachelor's degree, is $25, payable on or before May 1 of \nthe year in which the student expects to graduate. \n\nTranscript of Record Fee \n\nStudents may request transcripts of their records at the University \nRegistrar's Office. There is no charge for the first transcript. After the \ninitial transcript there is a charge of $1 per copy, payable in advance. \nIf more than one transcript is requested at one time the charge is $1 for \nthe first copy and 50C for each additional copy. \n\n\nTEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES \n\nStudents purchase their own textbooks and work materials. The cost \nvaries according to the subject for which the student is enrolled. The \naverage cost for a normal program of four subjects generally ranges from \n$25 to $50. Textbooks for single courses range from $4 to $15. \n\nStudents enrolled in Engineering Graphics should be prepared to spend \n$10 to $15 for drawing supplies and $10 to $20 for a set of drawing \ninstruments in addition to the textbooks. \n\n\n50 / GENERAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\nLOAN PROGRAMS \n\nNational Defense Student Loan Program \n\nAny student in good standing who can demonstrate financial need is \neligible to apply to the Director of Financial Aid for Students at North- \neastern for assistance under the National Defense Student Loan Program. \nRecipients of the loans are selected by the University. The law requires \nthat each borrower be at least a half-time student, in need of the amount \nof the loan, and capable of maintaining a good standing in his chosen \ncourse of study. \n\nA student may borrow up to $1,000 in one year, and a maximum of \n$5,000 during his entire college career. Special consideration is given \nto superior students. \n\nLoans to students who plan to teach in elementary and secondary \nschools or in institutions of higher education after graduation will be can- \nceled up to a maximum of 50 per cent at the rate of 10 per cent for each \nyear of such teaching. No interest is charged on loans until one year \nafter graduation. Thereafter, interest is paid at the rate of 3 per cent per \nyear. Borrowers may have up to 10 years to repay. \n\nHigher Education Loan Plan (HELP) \n\nThe Massachusetts Higher Education Assistance Corporation was char- \ntered in 1956 by the Massachusetts legislature to aid young men and \nwomen of the state to complete their programs of higher education. Stu- \ndents who are residents of Massachusetts and who have satisfactorily \ncompleted the freshman year are eligible for HELP loans. Loans are gen- \nerally limited to $1,000 in any one academic year, with an over-all limita- \ntion of $3,000. \n\nFull information and the required application forms may be obtained \nfrom any of the national banks and trust companies in Massachusetts \nparticipating in the program. \n\nThis plan is also used by most other states and Canada to provide \nassistance for undergraduate or graduate students. In New York, New \nJersey, and Rhode Island, freshmen are eligible to borrow under this \nprogram. Students should check with their state Higher Education \nAssistance Corporation for further details. \n\nUniversity Long-Term Loan Fund \n\nNortheastern maintains a loan fund for the purpose of aiding students \nin meeting their tuition expenses from quarter to quarter. \n\nThis fund is in many ways similar to the National Defense Loan Fund. \nMoney borrowed need not be repaid until after graduation; and interest, \nat the rate of 3 per cent, does not become effective until one year after \nthat time. \n\nStudents who qualify for this assistance may borrow as much as full \ntuition for any given quarter. \n\n\nGENERAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 51 \n\nThe New England Society Student Loaning Fund \n\nThe purpose of this revolving Student Loaning Fund, established by the \nNew England Society, is to make available to deserving students, espe- \ncially those of New England birth or ancestry, small amounts of money as \ntemporary loans to meet emergencies. \n\nIt is not intended to be used for large loans to cover scholarship, board, \nor room rent, or for loans which will be outstanding more than three \nmonths. \n\nMartin Luther King, Jr. Scholarship Fund \n\nA number of scholarship awards have been established by the Univer- \nsity in the memory of Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. to enable young \nadults of the black community to upgrade their education through part \ntime study. Interested students should contact the office of Financial \nAid in Room 106 of the Carl S. Ell Student Center. \n\n\nStudent Activities \nand Alumni Information \n\n\nAdult Student Council \n\nThe Adult Student Council was formed to provide a representative body \nto promote the welfare of the student body in non-academic areas and to \nfoster extracurricular activities which will enrich University life. It affords \nparticipants opportunities to meet and develop close personal relation- \nships with fellow students and administrative staff. \n\nThe Adult Student Council provides students with opportunities to de- \nvelop leadership skills and gives them a chance to discuss matters of \nprofessional interest with experts in their chosen field. \n\nThe Council is made up of students appointed by the administration, \nrepresentatives of part-time interest groups, and those specially certified \nby the Council because of their demonstrated interest in the overall adult \nprograms of the University. \n\nThe A.S.C., a member of the International Association of Evening Stu- \ndent Councils, meets on the first Monday of each month at 8:30 p.m. \nStudents are welcome to visit, observe, and express opinions concerning \nevening student life. \n\nSocial and Professional Clubs \n\nStudents in the several professional programs of the Lincoln College \ncombine to operate clubs which hold regular meetings. Practicing pro- \nfessionals address the groups, appropriate motion pictures are shown, \ngroup visits to current engineering science and clinical projects and \nfacilities are conducted. Chief among these at present are the following: \n\nCivil Engineering Technology Club \nElectrical Engineering Technology Club \nMechanical Engineering Technology Club \nMedical Technology Club \nN.U. Computer Club \nPsychology Club \n\n\n52 \n\n\nSTUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION / 53 \n\nThe Lincoln College encourages these technical interest groups in the \nbelief that they provide wholesome socialization, worthwhile personal \ndevelopment opportunities and valuable introductions to professional life. \n\nStudents interested in forming other professional clubs may obtain \ninformation by contacting members of (1) The Student Activities Office, \n(2) Adult Student Council, or (3) the Lincoln College Office. \n\nSociety for the Advancement of Management \n\nThe Society for the Advancement of Management is the recognized \nnational professional organization of managers in industry, commerce, \ngovernment, and education. It has been dedicated to the advancement of \nmanagement and managers since 1912, when the original Taylor Society \nwas established. University chapters operate in 190 leading colleges and \nuniversities in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii. \n\nThe Northeastern University chapter is open to ail adult students inter- \nested in furthering their growth and insight into the practice of the man- \nagement professional. Meetings, conferences, and seminars are held. \n\nPi Tau Kappa Fraternity \n\nPi Tau Kappa is a social fraternity open to all evening students. It is \norganized to enhance their social welfare and promote closer affiliation \nwith the University. \n\nKappa Tau Phi Sorority \n\nKappa Tau Phi Sorority is a social organization open to all evening \nwomen students. Its purpose is to promote fellowship among the women \nstudents and to form a closer tie with the University. Monthly dinner \nmeetings are held. Two scholarships are awarded annually to scholasti- \ncally superior women students. \n\nLamplighter \n\nLamplighter is a monthly news publication serving evening students. \nAny student who is interested in working on this publication should com- \nmunicate with Room 254, Ell Student Center. \n\nAlumni Association \n\nMore than 37,000 alumni are members of the all-University Alumni \nAssociation, which has as its prime purposes the promotion of the welfare \nof Northeastern University, the establishment of a mutually beneficial re- \nlationship between the University and its alumni, and the perpetuation of \nfellowship among members of the Association. \n\nThe Association headquarters and Alumni Lounge are located in Rooms \n225 and 226 Richards Hall, respectively. The official records and ad- \ndresses of alumni are maintained in Room 20 of the Forsyth Annex. \n\nThe official publication of the Alumni Association, The Northeastern \n\n\n54 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION \n\nUniversity ALUMNUS, is published quarterly and sent free of charge to all \nalumni on record. \n\nActivities of the Association, including the Homecoming Day celebration \nand the annual presentation of Professional Promise Awards to outstand- \ning seniors in each of the Colleges, are directed by the Vice President for \nAlumni Affairs. Alumni officers also attend meetings of undergraduate \nclasses to form a closer relationship between the Association and its \nfuture members. \n\nThe Alumni Relations Office assists the various class officers in planning \nclass reunions. Each class normally holds a reunion every five years during \nthe month of June. The Vice President for the Alumni Class Council is \nresponsible for coordinating class activities and organizing class func- \ntions. \n\nThe Vice President for Alumni Clubs works in close association with \nofficers of the more than 40 Regional Alumni Clubs which have been es- \ntablished from coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to become members \nof these organizations. The alurrni clubs meet periodically, often in con- \njunction with visits from members of the faculty or with athletic events. \n\nFor Boston area alumni, monthly luncheon meetings are held in both \nthe downtown and uptown sections of the city. \n\nThe Association also sponsors and assists the alumnae organization, \nand the Varsity Club, both of which have their own officers and conduct \nvarious programs throughout the year. Through the Varsity Club, the \nAssociation presents trophies to the outstanding athlete of the year in \neach of the six major sports. \n\nThe Northeastern University Alumni Association is a member of the \nAmerican Alumni Council, a professional organization composed of repre- \nsentatives of all major colleges and universities in the United States and \nCanada. \n\nAlumni Relations \n\nThe Alumni Association is providing a uniquely valuable service to both \nthe University and the community by sponsoring admissions conferences \nfor parents of high school students who are interested in attending college. \nThese meetings, held in cooperation with the Northeastern Department of \nAdmissions, have been extremely well attended. Local residents as well as \nalumni of the University have been invited to these conferences, which \nhelp to clarify many of the questions today's parents and young people \nhave concerning application procedures of colleges and universities. \n\nPlacement Service \n\nMany requests from employers are received by the College, for men \nand women of potential ability to fill important positions of responsibility. \nIt is the policy of the College to serve the students whenever possible by \nplacing them in those positions which promise attractive opportunities for \n\n\nSTUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ALUMNI INFORMATION / 55 \n\ndevelopment and advancement. The College, however, cannot guarantee \nto place its students, but it does endeavor to keep in close touch with \nthose who desire placement service and to assist them in obtaining satis- \nfactory advancements in positions and income. No charge is made for \nplacement service. Those needing this assistance should arrange an \nappointment with the Director of Placement. \n\nWhile the College cannot guarantee positions to its graduates, the \nnumber of requests usually exceeds the number available in the graduat- \ning class of any given year. The policy of the College is to find the best \nequipped and qualified men and women among its graduates for the \npositions which the College is called upon to fill. \n\nThe College, in recommending a graduate for a position, furnishes the \nprospective employer with the facts as to the graduate's ability, character, \nattitudes, habits, and other qualifications for the position as revealed by \nthe College records. In the last analysis, however, placement in a position \ndepends largely upon the graduate's ability to sell his services to the \nprospective employer. Most employers prefer to consider two or more \ncandidates for a position and generally request the College to suggest \nmore than one person. Many manufacturing and commercial firms \nthroughout New England call upon the College to assist them in filling \nimportant executive and managerial positions. \n\n\nAcademic Programs of Instruction \n\n\nScope of Programming Page 57 \n\nDegrees and Certificates \n\nOpportunities for Associate Degree Graduates \n\nPre-Technology Preparation Page 58 \n\nAllied-Medical Technology page 60 \n\nAviation Technology Page 68 \n\nCivil Engineering Technology Page 78 \n\nElectrical Engineering Technology Page 86 \n\nIndustrial Technology Page 100 \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology Page 93 \n\nScience Technology Page 72 \n\n\n56 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 57 \n\nSCOPE OF PROGRAMMING \n\nThe Lincoln College and Lincoln College in collaboration with Univer- \nsity College, the Center for Continuing Education, the Wiggins Airways, \nInc., and Hospitals in New England conducts educational programs at the \nundergraduate level in the following areas of technology: \n\nPre-Technology Preparation \nAllied-Medical Technology \nAviation Technology \nScience Technology \nCivil Engineering Technology \nElectrical Engineering Technology \nMechanical Engineering Technology \nIndustrial Technology \n\nDegrees and Certificates \n\nLincoln College conducts education programs on the undergraduate \nlevel in various technological areas leading to the following degrees and \ncertificates: \n\n1. Associate in Science degree (A.S.) requiring 96 to 99 quarter hours \nof credit. \n\n2. Associate in Engineering degree (A.E.) requiring 96 quarter hours \nof credit. \n\n3. Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree (B.E.T.) requiring 180 \nquarter hours of credit. \n\n4. Certificates may be earned with a minimum of 24 quarter hours \nof credit. \n\n5. Special programs or single courses are available for special \nstudents. \n\nLincoln College collaborates with University College in programs lead- \ning tO: \n\n6. Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) requiring 174 to 180 quarter \nhours of credit. \n\nOpportunities for Associate Degree Graduates \n\nGraduates of the Engineering or Science Technology programs in \nLincoln College, or other similar colleges and institutions, who have earned \nthe Associate in Engineering or the Associate in Science degrees, may \ntransfer applicable credits toward the degree requirements in the bac- \ncalaureate programs in Engineering Technology, Medical Technology or \nIndustrial Technology. \n\nThose who have maintained a quality-point average of 2.500 or higher \nin the associate degree programs may transfer to either of the following \nCollege of Engineering curricula: (1) day-college Cooperative Education \n\n\n58 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nprograms in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Industrial or Chemical Engineer- \ning with credit for up to two years of the five-year program, or (2) the \npart-time evening programs in Civil or Electrical Engineering with credit \nfor the first two years of the eight-year programs. \n\n\nPRE-TECHNOLOGY PREPARATION \n\n(Non-Credit) \n\nBeginning students, who have been away from formal study for some \ntime, frequently are concerned about their study habits and their verbal, \nmathematical and scientific backgrounds. Applicants who anticipate \nsome problems should give serious consideration to enrolling in the non- \ncredit introductory courses, the reading improvement program or doing \nreview work through programmed instruction. \n\nIntroductory Courses \n\nThese courses are designed to develop background for basic courses in the \ndegree programs and thus increase the probability of successful achievement in \nadvanced technology courses. \n\nIntroductory Mathematics I and II \n\nA two-quarter review of high school Algebra and some Plane Geometry \ndesigned to prepare students for the credit course in 10.307 College \nAlgebra and Trigonometry I. These courses are required of students who \ndo not demonstrate sufficient algebra proficiency on the Mathematics \nPlacement Test. (See course description for 10.301 and 10.302 page \n117.) \n\nIntroductory Physics I and II \n\nA two-quarter relatively non-mathematical introduction to the concepts \nof physics designed to prepare students for the credit courses in 11.317 \nPhysics I or 11.304 General Physics I. (See course description for 11.301 \nand 11.302, page 120.) \n\nBasic Mathematics I and II \n\nA two-quarter review of basic algebra designed to prepare students \nfor the credit course in 10.501 Mathematics I. These courses are required \nof students who do not demonstrate sufficient algebra proficiency on the \nMathematics Placement Test. (See course descriptions for 10.330 and \n10.331, page 118.) \n\nIntroductory Chemistry I and II \n\nA two-quarter relatively non-mathematical introduction to the concepts \nof chemistry designed to prepare students for the credit sequence in \n12.314 General Chemistry and Laboratory I or 12.307 Modern Chem- \nistry I. (See course description for 12.301 and 12.302, page 122.) \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 59 \n\nIntroduction to English \n\nA one quarter non-credit course, designed to prepare students for the \ncourse 30.504 English I. Basic skills in reading and writing; review of \ngrammar and punctuation; writing of themes; contemporary readings for \nunderstanding and discussion; developing good study habits. (See course \ndescription for 30.500, page 130.) \n\nEnglish for International Students I, II, III \n\nA three quarter, non-credit sequence for foreign speaking students \ncovering introduction to English grammar with emphasis on listening, \nspeaking and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen \nvocabulary and pronunciation; preparation of written and oral reports, \nbusiness and social correspondence; and advanced work in written and \nspoken English preparatory to entering 30.504, English I. (See course \ndescription for 30.501, page 130.) \n\nReading Improvement \nThe ability to read well is one of the most important basic tools for the \nsuccessful completion of a college program. The University's Center for \nReading Improvement gives the student an opportunity to develop good \nreading habits in preparation for the intensive reading assignments of \ncollege level courses. The following core skills are covered: previewing, \nlocating main ideas and related details, using guide words and phrases,' \nidentifying structural patterns, outlining and summarizing, note-taking,' \nvocabulary building, skimming and scanning, speed-reading and critical \nreading. Further information may be obtained at the Center for Reading \nImprovement. \n\nProgrammed Study \nStudents may enroll in non-credit, self-study courses to better prepare \nthemselves for college academic work and strengthen their high school \nbackground at the University's Center for Programmed Study. \n\nCourses which may be useful to students in the Lincoln College pro- \ngrams in technology are: \n\nSlide Rule Trigonometry Effective Listening Spelling \n\nAlgebra Study Skills Calculus English \n\nThe Center is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m.; \nFriday from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.; Saturday-from 8:30 a.m. to 12:30 p.m.; and \nSunday from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Descriptions and full information may be \nobtained at the Center for Programmed Study. \n\n\n60 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nALLIED-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS \n\nThe Allied-Medical Technologies encompass the newly emerging cate- \ngory of occupations concerned with the applications of the biological, \nengineering, natural, and physical sciences in the technological service \nfields which support the health, medical, and pharmaceutical professions. \n\nThe need for competent technological specialists has been created by \ngreater knowledge resulting from biological, chemical, medical, and \npharmaceutical research; technological developments in the fields of \nlaboratory analysis, nuclear and radiological technology; and the in- \ncreased use of sophisticated equipment and electronic instrumentation. \nThe demand for these new technologists exists in hospitals, clinics and \npublic health organizations; biological and pharmaceutical research \nfoundations; the chemical and drug industries; and organizations which \ndesign, develop and manufacture equipment for these fields. \n\nIn response to this need, Lincoln College has expanded its offerings to \ninclude the biology, chemistry and other special clinical technology \ncourses which provide the technological core for the Allied-Medical \nTechnologies. \n\nThe Allied-Medical Technology related programs offered by Lincoln \nCollege are: \n\nAssociate in Engineering Degree \nBioelectronic Engineering Technology page 61 \n\nAssociate Science Degree \nRadiologic Technology pages 62-63 \n\nBachelor of Science Degree \n\nCytotechnology pages 64-65 \n\nMedical Technology pages 66-67 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 61 \n\nBioelectronic Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Bioelectronics Engineering Technology prepares the graduate \nto assume responsibilities related to the design, installation, and operation of \nmodern medical electronic devices used in the measurement, recording and \nanalysis of anatomical, physiological, and biochemical functions in humans and \nanimals. The curriculum builds heavily on electronics theory, chemistry and \nhuman physiology with emphasis on typical bioelectronic devices and their \nlaboratory applications. Employment opportunities are in biological, chemical, \nphysiological and pharmaceutical research laboratories; in clinics and hospital in \nrelation to medical diagnosis and patient care; as well as in industrial organiza- \ntions concerned with the design, development and production of the equipment. \n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n09.307,09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics, I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus, II, III, IV 6 \n\n12.307, 12.308, 12.309 * Modern Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n03.304, 03.306, 03.323 Circuit Theory IV, Electrical Measurements and \n\nElectronic Lab. 6 \n\n11.320 Semiconductor Physics and Devices 4 \n\n03.311,03.312 Electronics I, II 8 \n\n12.341, 12.342, 12.343 Physical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n03.351,03.352,03.353 Bioelectronic Devices I, II, III 6 \n\n03.357,03.358,03.359 Bioelectronic Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n18.324, 18.325, 18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9 \n\n\nTotal A.S. degree 99 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\n♦Student may elect 12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Laboratory I, II, III. \n\n\n62 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nRadiologic Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Science \n\nThe program in Radiologic Technology is a joint Lincoln College-Center for \nContinuing Education offering with radiologic laboratory practicum conducted \nat approved Hospital Schools of Radiologic Technology accredited by the Coun- \ncil on Education of the American Medical Association. The Committee on \nRadiologic Technology of the New England Roentgen Ray Society and repre- \nsentatives from the Massachusetts Society of Radiologic Technologists serve \nin advisory capacities concerning curriculum content. \n\nThe Radiologic Technologist is a respected member of the paramedical \nteam in the diagnostic and therapeutic environment of the clinic or hospital \nand an important functionary in the production, quality control and inspection \nlaboratories of the industrial community. Medically related responsibilities de- \nmand effective rapport with doctors, surgeons, pathologists or nurses while \nindustrial competency requires close associations with metallurgists, production \nand manufacturing specialists, and engineers or scientists. \n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test \nor the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331) and acceptance \nby an A. M. A. accredited School of Radiologic Technology which is affiliated \nwith Northeastern University. \n\nHave an interview with the Radiological Technology Program counsellor of \nthe Lincoln College. \n\nBe acceptable to the affiliated hospital through an interview with the \nRadiologist. \n\nFirst Year \n\nEight alternating 2-week terms of full-time didactic study at Northeastern \nUniversity and 4-week terms of full time radiologic practicum and seminars at \nthe affiliated Hospital Schools. \n\nDidactics — 16 weeks (at Northeastern University) Q.H. \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 Mathematics I, II, III 6 \n\n18.307, 18,308, 18.309 Gross Anatomy and Gen'l Physiology I, II, III 6 \n\n86.301,86.302,86.303 Radiologic Technology Orientation I, II, III 3 \n\n86.304,86.305,86.306 Radiologic Science I, II, III 9 \n\n86.311, 86.312, 86.313 Principles of Radiology I, II, III 9 \n\n86.331,86.332,86.333 Radiologic Photography & Exposure I, II, III 6 \n\nPracticum — 34 weeks (at Hospital Schools of Radiologic Technology) \n86.344, 86.345, 86.346 Applied Radiology & Practicum I, II, III 6 \n\nSecond Year \n\nFull-time attendance at the affiliated Hospital Schools of Radiologic Tech- \nnology (52 wks @ 40 hrs/wk = 2080 hrs) \n86,344, 86.345, 86.346 Advanced Radiology & Practicum 6 \n\nStudents who satisfactorily complete the first and second year of didactics and \npracticum are eligible to: Take the American Radiologic Technology examina- \ntion for certification as a Radiologic, Technician (R.T.). \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 63 \n\nThird Year \n\nThree Quarters (36 weeks) part-time evening study at Lincoln College. \n\n18.304, 18,305, 18.306 Integrated Science I, II, III 12 \n\n30.504,30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\n86.314,86.315,86.316 Adv. Radiologic Technology I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III or \n\n21.501,21.502,21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 \n\n45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management & Organization I, II, III 6 \n\n86.317, 86.318, 86.319 Radioactive Isotopes & Therapy I, II, III 6 \n\nHumanities Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.S. degree 99 \n\n\nQualified students may accelerate completion of the program by enrolling in third or \nfourth year evening courses during the second, internship year upon petition for approval \nby the Director of Radiologic Technology in Lincoln College and the Radiologist in charge \nof the Hospital School of Radiologic Technology involved. \n\n\n64 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nCytotechnology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science \n\nA program offered through the cooperating efforts of Lincoln College and \nUniversity College and conducted in affiliation with the several hospitals which \ncomprise the Boston School of Cytotechnology. The program leads to the \nBachelor of Science Degree, which is awarded by University College, and \ncertification of registration by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. \n\nCytotechnology is a specialty in the boarder field of medical technology. \nCytotechnologists are employed in pathology laboratories, where they expertly \nexamine slides of cells looking for minute abnormalities which are the early \nwarning signs of cancer and related disease. Cytotechnology occupies a highly \nimportant place in clinical medicine requiring a technician with not only highly \nspecialized laboratory training but also sound academic background. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \n\nthe Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 Mathematics I, II, III 6 \n\n11.304,11.305,11.306 General Physics I, II, III 6 \n\n12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Lab. I, II, III 9 \n\n30.504,30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nSecond Year \n\n10.316,10.317,10.318 Probability and Statistics I, II, III ) 8 \n\nor V or \n\n10.320.10.321.10.322 Calculus I, II, III ) 6 \n18.311, 18.312, 18.313 Biology and Lab. I, II, III 12 \n23.502,23,503,23.504 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n12.321.12.322.12.323 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6 \n18.324, 18.325, 18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9 \n19.501, 19.502, 19,503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n12.331, 12.332, 12.333 Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.334, 12.335, 12.336 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n18.321, 18.322, 18.323 Microbiology and Lab. I, II, III 12 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 65 \n\nFifth Year \n\n18.351,18.352,18.353 Histology-Organology I, II, III 6 \n\n86.504, 18.505, 18.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III ) \n\nor I 6 \n\n86.502, 18.502 * Medical Terminology, Hospital Law and Ethics ) \n\n18.391 *Photomicroscopy 6 \n6 months AMA-Approved Hospital School of Cytotechnology ) , ^ \nand 6 months Internship \n\nSixth Year \n\n39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n73.311,73.312,73.313 Clinical Biochemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nElective 6 \n\nElective 6 \n\nSeventh Year \n\n18.341, 18.342, 18.343 Hematology I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507,30.508,30.509 Introduction in Literature I, II, III 6 \n\nElective 6 \n\n\nTotal B.S. degree 177-179 \n\n\n*May be replaced by 86.504, 86,505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III. \ntStudent will take Registry Examination at the end of hospital training period before aca- \ndemic credit for hospital school phase is officially granted. \n\n\n66 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nMedical Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science \n\nThe program in Medical Technology is a joint Lincoln College-University \nCollege program which is conducted in affiliation with several Hospital Schools \nof Medical Technology approved by the American Medical Association. The \nprogram leads to the Bachelor of Science Degree, which is awarded by Uni- \nversity College, and entitles the student to take the registration examination of \nthe American Society of Clinical Pathologists. \n\nThe medical technologist is a most respected and important member of the \nparamedical team. He works as a professional in close association with path- \nologists, doctors and hospital and medical laboratory personnel. Performing in \na variety of specialized fields such as bacteriology, histology, biochemistry, and \nnuclear and radiochemistry, the medical technologist performs chemical tests, \nand morphologically and biochemically identifies bacteria. He makes important \nobservations necessary for critical diagnosis by the doctor for early detection \nand treatment of diseases. \n\nThe Registered Medical Technologist is in constant demand in hospital labora- \ntories, clinics, public health agencies, pharmaceutical firms, research founda- \ntions and in the Armed Forces. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 Mathematics I, II, III 6 \n\n11.304,11.305,11.306 General Physics I, II, III 6 \n\n12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Lab. I, II, III 9 \n\n30.504,30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nSecond Year \n\n10.316,10.317,10.318 Probability and Statistics I, II, III ) 6 \n\nor V \n\n10.320.10.321.10.322 Calculus I, II, III ( 8 \n18.311, 18.312, 18.313 Biology and Lab. I, II, III 12 \n23.501,23.502,23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n12.321.12.322.12.323 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6 \n18.324, 18.325, 18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9 \n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n12.331, 12.332, 12.333 Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.334, 12.335, 12.336 Organic Chemistry Lab. I ,11, III 6 \n\n18.321, 18.322, 18.323 Microbiology and Lab. I, II, III 12 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 67 \n\nFifth Year \n\n73.311,37.312,37.313 Clinical Biochemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n86.504,86.505,86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective 6 \n\nSixth Year \n\n12 months Internship at a A.M. A. -Approved Hospital School of Medical \n\nTechnology 30 \n\nSeventh Year \n\n18.341, 18.342, 18.343 Hematology I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507,30.508,30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n18.357, 18.358, 18.359 Genetics I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective 6 \n\n\nTotal B.S. degree 180-182 \n\n\n*Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n\n\n68 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nAVIATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS \n\nThe Aviation Technology programs offered by Lincoln College in co- \noperation with the Wiggins Airways, Inc. are designed to provide the \nscientific, technological, and business backgrounds required by the \nmodern commercial pilot or entrepreneur in today's aviation as it \noperates in the framework of the total ship-rail-motor-aircraft transporta- \ntion industry. \n\nThe tremendous expansion of aviation as an increasingly important \nsector of the nations industrial economy has accelerated the demand \nfor appropriately trained and educated personnel for careers related to \nthe flight, instructional, regulatory, and management aspects of air \ntransportation. \n\nFlight opportunities range from pilot or co-pilot in the single- or dual- \nengine air-taxi and cargo services of the local, fixed-base feeder airlines \nor private company to flight engineer, first officer or captain in the high- \nspeed, multi-jet-engined services of the national and international sys- \ntems of the major airlines when appropriate additional flight experience \nand training are acquired. \n\nThe education-training-regulation sector of the aviation industry pro- \nvides additional career opportunities as flight, ground or simulator instruc- \ntors or as flight examiners, training or safety directors and supervisors in \nthe licensing and regulatory agencies of local, state or federal govern- \nment. \n\nPersons knowledgeable of the technology and regulation of aviation, \nwho are also skillful in dealing with people may furthermore, pursue \nchallenging and rewarding careers in aviation sales, airport operations, \nairline management, etc. \n\nThe Aviation Technology related programs presently offered by Lincoln \nCollege are: \n\nAssociate in Science Degree \nCommercial Aviation Technology \n\nEvening program (4 years) page 70 \n\nDay program (2 years) page 71 \n\nWiggins Airways, Inc. \n\nThe Wiggins Airways, Inc., located at the Norwood Airport facilities \n15 miles from the main Northeastern University campus, provides the \nflight training courses for the Aviation Technology programs offered by \nLincoln College. They provide charter, air taxi, and commercial heli- \ncopter service, and operate a scheduled airline from Logan Airport to \nCape Cod and Nantucket Island. \n\nThe airport facilities comprise two 4,000' runways, one with high \nintensity lights; \"H\" facility (navigational aid for radio location); two \nUnicom frequencies for radio communication; and weather teletype \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 69 \n\nservice. Modern, air-conditioned classroom facilities, with visual aids, \nlibrary and other study aids are available for academic and ground related \ncourses. \n\nThe training fleet consists of 16 Piper Cherokee 140's; 2 Piper Chero- \nkee 180's; 1 Piper Cherokee 6; 1 Piper Arrow; 1 Piper Twin Comanche, \n2 Piper Aztec C's; 2 Flightmatic Simulators; 1 General Aviation Training \nSimulator, and 1 Jet Training Simulator. All aircraft are maintained on \nthe premises in a federally certified aircraft repair station which is also \nPiper Factory Certified. \n\nThe Flight dispatch and instructional staff consists of 19 persons all \nthoroughly qualified by education; training and licensing to perform their \nfunctions with flight students. \n\n\n70 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\n\nCommercial Aviation Technology \n\nLeading to the Associate in Science Degree \n\n(Evening Program — 4 years) \n\nThe Evening Curriculum Option of the Commercial Aviation Technology pro- \ngram is designed for students who need to be employed while pursuing aca- \ndemic work on a part-time basis. \n\nThe academic instruction and flight time accumulated in the program thor- \noughly prepares the student for certification with the Commercial, Instrument \nand Instructors ratings by the Federal Aviation Administration. This 12 quarter \n— 4 year evening program includes the same scientific, technological and busi- \nness content provided by the 7 Quarter — 2 year day program. Graduates will \nbe eligible for employment in a variety of positions including: Flight Crew \nOfficers, Flight Instructors, Airport Management, Fixed Base Operations, Air \nTransportation, Aviation Sales, F.A.A. positions, etc. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nBasic Mathematics I & II (10.330 & 10.331). Medical Certificate — F.A.A. \nClass I or II. Interview with Director of Flight Instruction and Aviation Pro- \ngram Counsellor. \n\n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n11.304, 11.305, 11.306 \n96.301,96.302,96.303 \n96.331,96.332,96.333 \n\n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n48.541, 48.542, 48.543 \n96.311,96.312,96.313 \n96.304, 96.305, 96.306 \n96.341,96.342,96.343 \n\n\n20.501, 20.502,20.503 \n\nor \n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n48.501,48.502,58.503 \n03.307, 03.308, 03.309 \n96,344, 96.345 \n\n96.351 \n\n\n48.504, 48.505, 48.506 \n96.321, 96.322, 96.323 \n96.352 \n\n96.354 \n96.361,96.362 \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nMathematics I, II, III \nGeneral Physics I, II, III \nAir Science & Navigation \nPrimary Flight I, II, III \n\n\nTotal Yearly Q.H. \n6 \n6 \n6 \n4% \n\n\nSecond Year \n\nEnglish I, II, III \n\nAir Transportation I, II, III \n\nAviation Meteorology I & II, Climatology \n\nAdv. Air Science & Navigation I, II, III \n\nCommercial Flight I, II, III \n\nThird Year \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nPsychology, I, II, III \n\n\n6 \n6 \n6 \n6 \n\n4y2 \n\n\nTransportation Management 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nElectrical & Electronic Ckt. 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nCommercial Flight IV, V \n\n3 \n\nInstructional Flight 1 \n\nP/2 \n\nFourth Year \n\nHumanities Elective 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nTransp. Regul. & Promotion 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nAvionics 1, II, III \n\n6 \n\nInstructional Flight II \n\nV/2 \n\nPrinciples of Flight Instruction \n\n2 \n\nInstrument Flight 1, II \n\n3 \n\nTotal A.S. degree 98 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 71 \n\nCommercial Aviation Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Science \n(Day Program — 2 years) \n\nThe Day Curriculum Option of Commercial Aviation Technology program is de- \nsigned to provide, in the shortest reasonable time, the required amount of related \nacademic instruction and accumulated flight time to thoroughly prepare the stu- \ndent for certification with the Commercial, Instrument and Instructor's Ratings \nby the Federal Aviation Administration. In the two year program the student \nwill acquire the scientific, technological and business background for employ- \nment in a variety of positions including: Flight Crew Officers, Flight Instructors, \nAirport Management, Fixed Base Operations, Air Transportation, Aviation Sales, \nF.A.A. positions, etc. \n\nPrerequisites: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nBasic Matheratics I & II (10.330 & 10.331) Medical Certificate — F.A.A. \nClass I or II. Interview with Director of Flight Instruction, and Aviation Program \nCounsellor. \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nQuarter 1 \n\nQuarter 2 \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\n10.591 \n11.391 \n30.594 \n96.391 \n96.331 \n96.332 \n\nMathematics A \nGen. Physics A \nEnglish A \nAir Sci. & Nav. A \nPrimary Flight 1 \nPrimary Flight II \n\nQuarter 3 \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\n1V2 \nIV2 \n\n10.592 \n11.392 \n30.595 \n96.392 \n96.333 \n96.341 \n\nMathematics B \nGen. Physics B \nEnglish B \nAir Sci. & Nav. B \nPrimary Flight III \nComm'l. Flight 1 \n\nQuarter 4 (Summer) \n\n3 \n3 \n3 \n3 \n\nIV2 \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\n03.394 \n48.591 \n96.393 \n96.395 \n96.342 \n96.343 \n\nElec. & Elec. Ckts. A \nTransp. Mgmt. A \nAdv. Air Sci. & Nav. A \nMeteor. & Climatology \nComm'l. Flight II \nComm'l. Flight III \n\nA \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\nIV2 \n1% \n\n19.507 \n96.394 \n96.344 \n\nPsychology (Intensive) \nAdv. Air Sci. & Nav. B \nCommercial Flight IV \n\n6 \n3 \n\nSecond Year \n\nQuarter 5 \n\nQuarter 6 \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\n03.395 \n48.592 \n23.501 \n96.396 \n96.345 \n96.361 \n\nElec. & Elec. Ckt. B \nTransp. Mgmt. B \nWest. Civ. 1 \nMeteor. & dim. B \nComm'l. Fit. V \nInstrument Fit. 1 \n\n3 \n3 \n2 \n3 \n\niy2 \n\n48.593 \n48.595 \n23.502 \n96.397 \n96.362 \n96.351 \n\nAir Transp. A \nTransp. Reg. A \nWest. Civ. II \nAvionics A \nInstrument Fit. II \nInstructional Fit. 1 \n\n3 \n\n3 \n\n2 \n\n3 \n\nIV2 \nIY2 \n\nQuarter 7 \n\nNumber \n\nCourse \n\nCr. \n\n48.594 \n48.596 \n23.503 \n96.398 \n\nAir Transp. \nTransp. Reg \nWest. Civ. II \nAvionics B \n\nB \nB \n\n3 \n3 \n2 \n3 \n\n96.352 \n96.354 \n\nInstructional \nPrinc. of Fit \n\nFit. II \nInstr. \n\niy2 \n2 \n\nTOTAL: \n\nA.S. \n\nDegree \n\n98 Quarter \n\nHours \n\n72 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nSCIENCE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS \n\nThe Science Technology programs offered by Lincoln College present a \nvariety of interdisciplinary combinations of the theoretical and basic sci- \nences (biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics) rather than the applied \nand engineering sciences, emphasized in the Engineering Technology pro- \ngrams. In contrast to the Engineering Technology programs which con- \ncentrate heavily on application, design, efficiency and cost, the Science \nTechnology curricula devote more courses to theoretical concepts, analyti- \ncal methods and laboratory investigating techniques. Where employment \nopportunities for the engineering technologist lie in organizations and in- \ndustries concerned with present-day engineering, design, and production \nmethods, the science technologist will find his opportunities concerned \nwith the frontiers of knowledge and the newly emerging sciences. \n\nOrganizations dealing with nuclear, environmental, meteorological, \noceanographic, chemical and physical research as well as the pharmaceu- \ntical, hospital clinical laboratories or agencies concerned with health and \nmedicine are likely places of employment. \n\nGeneral Science Teaching Option \n\nGraduates of the baccalaureate program in Chemical-Biological Tech- \nnology, who have maintained a quality-point average of 2.300 or higher \nand have included courses in Adolescent Psychology and Principles of \nTeaching among their electives may apply for admission to the North- \neastern University Graduate School of Education in which requirements \nfor teacher certification and the Master of Education degree may be \ncompleted. \n\nThe Science Technology related programs offered by Lincoln College \nare: \n\nAssociate in Science Degree \n\nChemical-Biological Technology page 73 \n\nChemical-Physical Technology page 74 \n\nMathematical-Physical Technology page 75 \n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nChemical-Biological Technology pages 76-77 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 73 \n\nChemical-Biological Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Science \n\nThe program in Chemical-Biological Technology provides the chemistry and \nbiology foundation required by medical and industrial laboratory assistants and \ntechnicians in clinically, chemically or biologically oriented organizations, and \nfor persons having various paramedically related responsibilities. Employment \nopportunities are in general hospitals, health clinics, research foundations, \nchemical and drug industries, public health organizations, water and sanitation \ndepartments; and in the emerging fields of the oceanographic technologies. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.332). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course \n\n\nQ.H. \n\n\n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 Mathematics I, II, III 6 \n\n11.304,11.305,11.306 General Physics I, II, III 6 \n\n12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Lab. I, II, III 9 \n\n30.504, 30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nSecond Year \n\n10.316, 10.317, 10.318 Probability and Statistics I, II, III ) 6 \n\nor ( \n\n10.320,10.321,10.322 Calculus I, II, III I 8 \n18.311, 18.312, 18.313 Biology & Lab. I, II, III 12 \n\n* Social Science Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n12.331,12.332,12.333 Organic Chemistry I, II, III » \n\n12.334, 12.335, 12.336 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III I 6 \n\nor 6 \n\n12.321, 12.322, 12.323 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III \n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III \n18.324, 18.325, 18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9 \n\n* Humanities Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n18.321, 18.322, 18.323 Microbiology and Lab. I, II, III 12 \n\nor \n\n* Biology or Chemistry Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.S. degree 96-98 \n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En- \ngineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees. \n\n\nrn, r^. g nrlVrrlM any elect/ves' student should submit a proposed program of elective \n^?es~pre^ra?-ly rePresentmg a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education \n\n\n74 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nChemical-Physical Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Science \n\nThe program in Chemical-Physical Technology prepares the graduate to \nassume responsibilities related to the analysis, synthesis and production of \nproducts involving chemical as well as physical changes. The curriculum pro- \nvides both theoretical and laboratory training in the traditional branches of \nchemistry but also includes modern instrumental, radiochemistry and nuclear \ntechnology. It provides broad rather than specialized training so as to have \napplicability in many chemistry-related fields. Employment opportunities are in \nmanufacturing and pharmaceutical plants producing drugs, oils, synthetics and \nplastics; as well as in private and industrial research laboratories concerned \nwith the development of processes, by-products and new knowledge. \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number \n\nCourse \n\n10.307, 10.308 \n\nCollege Algebra & Trigonometry 1, \n\n10.320 \n\nCalculus 1 \n\n11.304, 11.305, \n\n11.306 \n\nGeneral Physics 1, II, III \n\n12.314, 12.315, \n\n12.316 \n\nGeneral Chemistry and Lab. 1, II, II \n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\n\nQ.H. \n8 \n\n4 \n6 \n9 \n\nSecond Year \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n12.321, 12.322, 12.323 Analytical Chemistry, I, II, III 6 \n\n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n30.504,30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n12.331,12.332,12.333 Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.334, 12.335, 12.336 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n11.331, 11.332, 11.333 Advanced Physics, I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351,09.352,09.353 Physical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n12.341,12.342,12.343 Instrumental and Radiochemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.351, 12.352, 12.353 Nuclear Technology I, II, III 6 \n\n12.381, 12.382, 12.383 Elective 6 \n\n\nTotal A.S. degree 99 \n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En- \ngineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 75 \n\nMathematical-Physical Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Science \n\nThe program in Mathematical-Physical Technology is designed to establish a \nfirm background in the concepts of physics and mathematics with sufficient \nchemistry to allow effective communication between technologist and profes- \nsional. The intensity of courses introduces theoretical depth for concept de- \nvelopment but places emphasis at the level of application and performance. \n\nGraduates may serve as high-level technicians and laboratory assistants in \nsuch fields as environmental and space science. Working with the professional \nengineer or scientist, he may assist in performing intricate and detailed experi- \nments; collect, organize and reduce technical data to manageable form for \nanalysis; or perform investigations requiring mathematical and scientific back- \ngrounds. Opportunities exist in the wide spectrum of research and develop- \nment organizations which deal in the physical, mathematical and engineering \nsciences. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n11.321, 11.322, 11.323 Wave Phenomena, Semiconductor Physics, \n\nSemiconductor Devices 6 \n\n12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Lab. I, II, III 9 \n\nThird Year \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III 6 \n\n12.321,12.322,12.323 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n10.351, 10.352, 10.353 Advanced Mathematics I, II, 'III 6 \n\n11.331, 11.332, 11.333 Advanced Physics I, II, III 6 \n\n11.341, 11.342, 11.343 Physics Laboratory I, II, III 6 \n\nElective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.S. degree 99 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En- \ngineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees. \n\n\n76 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\n\nChemical-Biological Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science \n\nThe Chemical-Biological Technology program is an interdisciplinary program \nintegrating theoretical and laboratory course sequences from the fields of \nChemistry and Biology which prepare the student to assume responsibilities \nin laboratory careers which emphasize laboratory applications and teaching \ncareers in general science. Employment opportunities are in a wide variety of \nindustrial, pharmaceutical, clinical and hospital laboratories dealing with ana- \nlytical, production and research functions and in secondary school education in \nthe teaching of general science, chemistry, biology and other related courses. \n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\n\nCourse Number \n10.501, 10.502, 10.503 \n11.304, 11.305, 11.306 \n12.314, 12.315, 12.316 \n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n\n\n10.316, 10.317, 10.318 \n\n10.320, 10.321, 10.322 \n18.311, 18.312, 18.313 \n23.501,23.502,23.503 \n\n\n12.331, 12.322, 12.323 \n12.324, 12.325, 12.326 \n18.324, 18.325, 18.326 \n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n\n12.331, 12.332, 12.333 \n12.334, 12.335, 12.336 \n18.321, 18.322, 18.323 \n\n\n18.351, 18.352, 18.353 \n39.501,39.502,39.503 \n12.351, 12.352, 12.353 \n16.351, 16.532, 16.533 \n\n18.361, 18.362, 18.363 \n73.311,73.312,73.313 \n21.501,21.502,21.503 \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse \n\nMathematics I, II, III \n\nGeneral Physics, I, II, III \n\nGeneral Chemistry and Lab. I, II, III \n\nEnglish I, II, III \n\nSecond Year \n\nProbability and Statistics I, II, III \n\nor \nCalculus I, II, III \nBiology and Lab. I, II, III \nWestern Civilization I, II, III \n\nThird Year \n\nAnalytical Chemistry I, II, III \nAnalytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III \nHuman Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III \nPsychology I, II, III \n\nFourth Year \n\nOrganic Chemistry I, II, III \nOrganic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III \nMicrobiology and Lab. I, II, III \n\nFifth Year \n\nHistology-Organology I, II, III \nEconomic Principles and Problems I, II, II \nInstrumental and Radiochemistry I, II, III \nOceanography I, II and Marine Geology \n\nSixth Year \n\nEcology I, II, III \n\nClinical Biochemistry I, II, III \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nElective \n\n\nQ.H. \n6 \n6 \n9 \n6 \n\n\n8 \n\n12 \n6 \n\n\n6 \n\n6 \n\n12 \n\n\n'General Science Teacher Option — Students planning to apply to the Northeastern Uni- \nversity Graduate School of Education must include courses in Adolescent Psychology and \nPrinciples of Teaching among the electives. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 77 \n\n\n18.357, 18.358, 18.359 \n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n\nSeventh Year \n\nGenetics I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \n\nElective \n\nElective \n\n\nTotal B.S. degree 174-176 \n\n\n\"General Science Teacher Option — Students planning to apply to the Northeastern Uni- \nversity Graduate School of Education must include courses in Adolescent Psychology and \nPrinciples of Teaching among the electives. \n\n\n78 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS \n\nCivil Engineering deals with the planning and construction of all kinds \nof relatively permanent structures and public works. Its major functions \nare: the preparation of surveys (topographical, geological, traffic, utility, \netc.); the design of structures (buildings, bridges, dams, harbor facilities, \netc.); the planning of municipal systems (water, sanitary, gas, flood con- \ntrol, etc.); and the development of transportation facilities (highway, rail- \nway, waterway, airway, etc.). \n\nIn performing these functions, the civil engineer will work in close as- \nsociation with professionals in the field, and he may develop technologi- \ncally to function independently and in positions of managerial responsi- \nbility. \n\nEmployment opportunities for Civil Engineering Technology program \ngraduates are with town, city, state or federal public works departments \nand agencies; private consulting, engineering, architectural and construc- \ntion organizations; and with railroads and the military. \n\nThe Civil Engineering Technology related programs offered to the \nLincoln College students are: \n\nAssociate in Engineering Degree \n\nMunicipal and Sanitary Engineering Technology page 79 \n\nStructural Engineering Technology page 80 \n\nSurveying and Transportation Engineering Technology page 81 \n\nBachelor of Engineering Technology Degree \n\nCivil Engineering Technology pages 82-83 \n\nMechanical-Structural Engineering Technology pages 84-85 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 79 \n\nMunicipal and Sanitary Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Technology prepares the \ngraduate to assume responsibilities related to the design, construction, opera- \ntion and supervision of municipal plants and systems concerned with the \nstorage and distribution of water and also the disposal of sewage and waste in \nurban areas with due consideration for contamination and pollution. Employ- \nment opportunities are with town, city and state public works departments, \nprivate engineering consultants, architects, contractors and many other en- \ngineering organizations. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n01.301, 01.302, 01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.311,09.312,09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n12.307, 12.308, 12.309 * Modern Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n01.351, 01.352, 01.353 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering I, II, III 6 \n\n01.361,01.362,01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n01.371,01.372,01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. degree 96 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\n♦Students may elect to take 12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Laboratory I, \nII, III. \n\n\n80 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nStructural Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Structural Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to \nassume responsibilities related to the planning, design and supervision of the \nconstruction of buildings, bridges, foundations; flood-control projects and all \nfixed structures. Employment opportunities are with consulting engineering \nfirms, architectural groups, contractors, railroads, government agencies, the \nmilitary, and other design-related companies. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well is advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.311, 09.312, 09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n01.321, 01.322, 01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.324, 01.325, 01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n01.331, 01.332, 01.333 Design of Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n01.361, 01.362, 01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n01.371, 01.372, 01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. degree 96 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 81 \n\nSurveying and Transportation Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Surveying and Transportation Engineering Technology pre- \npares the graduate to assume responsibilities related to the preparation and \ncalculation of preliminary and legal surveys required for both small projects \nsuch as subdivision work, individual lot layouts, and highway layouts as well \nas more complex projects relating to sewer systems, pipelines, power trans- \nmission lines, dams, reservoirs and aqueducts. Employment opportunities are \nwith independent surveying companies; civil engineering companies; highway, \ntransit and railroad planning groups as well as cartographers, construction \ncompanies and contractors. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.311, 09.312, 09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n01.304, 01.305, 01.306 Advanced Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechancis I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.307, 01.308, 01.309 Legal Aspects of Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n01.311,01.312,01.313 Transportation Engineering I, II, III 6 \n\n01.361,01.362,01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n01.371,01.372,01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. degree 96 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\n82 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nCivil Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology \n\nThe program in Civil Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to as- \nsume broad responsibilities related to surveys required to develop initial design \ncriteria and specifications, and to become involved in the planning, design and \nconstruction of all kinds of relatively permanent structures; municipal plants \nand systems or transportation systems and facilities. Employment opportunities \nare in private consulting firms, construction companies, and public works agen- \ncies. Work involving surveying, design and supervision is open to graduates. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n09.311, 09.312, 09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n30.504,30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n01.304,01.305,01.306 Advanced Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.307, 01.308, 01.309 Legal Aspects of Survey I, II, III 6 \n\n01.321,01.322,01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n23.501,23.502,23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nFifth Year \n\n01.324, 01.325, 01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n12.307, 12.308, 12.309 t Modern Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\nSixth Year \n\n01.331,01.332,01.333 Design of Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n01.361,01.362,01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\n* Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\ntStudents may elect to take 12.314, 12.315, 12.316 Gen. Chem. and Laboratory I, II, III. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 83 \n\n\nSeventh Year \n\n01.311,01.312,01.313 Transportation Engineering I, II, III \n01.371,01.372,01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III \n* Elective I, II, III \n\n\nEighth Year \n\n01.351, 01.352, 01.353 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nTotal B.E.T. degree 180 \n\n\n*Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n\n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\n84 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nMechanical-Structural Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology \n\nThe program in Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology is inter- \ndisciplinary in that it prepares the graduate to assume responsibilities related \nto both the planning and construction of relatively static structures such as \nbuildings, bridges, docks, etc. and also the design and production of dynamic \nmachine tools, machinery, and other mechanical devices. The mechanical and \nstructural content are integrated so as to be complementary and to provide a \nbroad base for design problems of great variety. Employment opportunities lie \nin the architectural, construction, civil and mechanical professions and com- \npanies. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n09.311, 09.312, 09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n30.504,30.505,30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n01.301,01.302,01.303 Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.314, 09.315, 09.316 Production Drawing and Design I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.321,01.322,01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n02.304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nFifth Year \n\n01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n01.361, 01.362, 01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n\n* Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 85 \n\nSixth Year \n\n01.331,01.332,01.333 Design of Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n02.324, 02.325, 02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nSeventh Year \n\n01.371, 01.372, 01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6 \n\n02.327, 02.328, 02.329 Mechanical Design I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nEighth Year \n\n02.331, 02.332, 02.333 Mechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507,30.508,30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal B.E.T. degree 180 \n\n\n*Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n\n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\n86 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS \n\nElectrical Engineering deals with the design and operation of equipment \nand systems related to power, communications, data-processing and \nelectrical control. Its major functions are: 1) the generation, transmission \nand distribution of electrical energy for light and power purposes; 2) the \ndevelopment and production of equipment for telephone, radio, television, \nradar and communication; 3) the design and construction of data-process- \ning systems and analog or digital computers; and 4) the application of \nelectrical and electronic devices in the control of processes and manu- \nfacture. \n\nEmployment opportunities for the Electrical Engineering Technology \ngraduate are in public and private research laboratories, in engineering \nconsulting groups dealing with industrial and plant applications, design \norganizations dealing with operation and manufacture, in sales engineer- \ning, and in the electric utility industry. \n\nThe Electrical Engineering Technology program and related programs \noffered by Lincoln College are: \n\nAssociate in Engineering Degree \n\nBioelectric Engineering Technology page 87 \n\nElectrical Power Engineering Technology page 88 \n\nElectronics Engineering Technology page 89 \n\nPost-Associate Degree Certificate \nControl Systems Engineering Technology page 92 \n\nBachelor of Engineering Technology Degree \nElectrical Engineering Technology pages 90-91 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 87 \n\nBioelectronic Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \nThe program in Bioelectronic Engineering Technology prepares the graduate \nto assume responsibilities related to the design, installation, and operation of \nmodern medical electronic devices used in the measurement, recording and \nanalysis of anatomical, physiological, and biochemical functions in humans and \nanimals. The curriculum builds heavily on electronics theory, chemistry and \nhuman physiology with emphasis on typical bioelectronic devices and their \nlaboratory applications. Employment opportunities are in biological, chemical, \nphysiological and pharmaceutical research laboratories; in clinics and hospitals in \nrelation to medical diagnoses and patient care; as well as in industrial organiza- \ntions concerned with the design, development and production of the equipment. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n03.301,03.302,03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n12.307, 12.308, 12.309 * Modern Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n03.304, 03.306, 03.323 Circuit Theory IV, Electrical Measurements and \n\nElectronic Lab. 6 \n\n11-320 Semiconductor Physics and Devices 4 \n\n03.311,03.312 Electronics I, II 8 \n\n12.341, 12.342, 12.343 Physical Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n03.351,03.352,03.353 Bioelectronic Devices I, II, III 6 \n\n03.357, 03.358, 03.359 Bioelectronic Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n18.324, 18.325, 18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. degree 96 \n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\n*Student may elect 12.314, 12.315, 12.316 General Chemistry and Laboratory I, II, III \n\n\n88 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nElectrical Power Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Electronic Power Engineering Technology prepares the grad- \nuate to assume responsibilities related to the design, installation, operation and \nmaintenance of electrical machinery, power and control apparatus, and larger \nequipment employing heavy currents. The curriculum includes the generation, \ntransmission and distribution of electrical energy for light and power, and the \napplication and operation of electrical machinery in industry. \n\nEmployment opportunities are in power companies, public utilities, electrical \nmanufacturing companies, consulting engineering firms, control equipment de- \nsign organizations, and communications companies. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n03.304, 03.305, 03.306 Circuit Theory IV, V, Electrical Measurements 6 \n\n11.320 Semiconductor Physics and Devices 4 \n\n03.311,03.312 Electronics I, II 8 \n\n03.331,03.332,03.333 Energy Conversion I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n03.334,03.335,03.336 Control Circuits I, II, III 6 \n\n03.337,03.338,03.339 Basic Power Systems I, II, III 12 \n\n03.341,03.342,03.343 Power and Control Labs. I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. degree 96 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 89 \n\nElectronics Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Electronic Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to \nassume responsibilities related to the design, development, and operation of \ncommunications, data-processing and electronic control equipment for applica- \ntions in computers, military and space explorations and in automated industrial \nproduction equipment. Employment opportunities are in communications equip- \nment, electrical manufacturing, data-processing and control equipment organi- \nzations, as well as other engineering oriented companies. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n09.307, 09.308, 09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n11.321,11.322, 11.323 Wave Phenomena, Semiconductor Physics, \n\nSemiconductor Devices 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n03.304, 03.306, 03.323 Circuit Theory IV, Electrical Measurements, \n\nElectronic Lab. 6 \n\n03.311,03.312,03.313 Electronics I, II, III 12 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n03.314,03.315,03.316 Pulse Circuits I, II, III 6 \n\n03.317, 03.318, 03.319 Communications Engineering I, II, III 12 \n\n03.327,03.328,03.329 Advanced Electronic Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. degree 96 \n\n\ntNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in \nEngineering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or \nBachelor of Science degree. \n\n\n90 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nElectrical Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology \n\nThe program in Electrical Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to \nassume broad responsibilities related to the design, development, operation, \ninstallation and production of a wide variety of electrical and electronic equip- \nment concerned with the generation and utilization of electric energy, com- \nmunications, data-processing, and industrial control. Employment opportunities \nare in public and private research laboratories, engineering consulting firms \ndealing with industrial and plant applications, electrical and electronic organiza- \ntions concerned with operation and manufacture as well as installation and sales. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\n\nSecond Year \n\n03.301, 03.302, 03.303 Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n09.307,09.308,09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321,10.322,10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\n\nThird Year \n\n03.304, 03.305, 03.306 Circuit Theory IV, V, and Electrical Measurements 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III 6 \n11.321, 11.322, 11.323 Wave Phenomena, Semiconductor Physics, \n\nSemiconductor Devices 6 \n\n\nFourth Year \n\n03.311,03.312,03.313 Electronics I, II, III 12 \n\n03.324,03.325,03.323 Circuits Laboratory I, II and Electronic Lab. 6 \n\n03.331, 03.332, 03.333 Energy Conversion I, II, III 6 \n\n\nFifth Year \n\n03.317, 03.318, 03.319 Communication Engineering I, II, III 12 \n\n03.361, 03.362, 03.363 Transients in Linear Systems I, II, III 6 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 91 \n\n\nSixth Year \n\n\n03.327, 03.328, 03.329 Advanced Electronic Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n03.371, 03.372,03.373 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nSeventh Year \n\n03.377, 03.378, 03.379 Control Systems I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nEighth Year \n\n30.507,30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\n*Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\n92 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nControl Systems Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to a Certificate \n\nThe program in Control Systems Engineering Technology is designed to pro- \nvide electrical and electronic background required in the development of control \nequipment and systems related to the age of automation. Practicing engineers \nwho wish to avoid technological obsolescence may keep abreast of current con- \ntrol practices. The program presumes graduation from either Associate in En- \ngineering degree programs in Electrical or Electronic Engineering Technology or \nBachelor degree programs in a branch of engineering. A certificate will be \nawarded upon completion of 24 quarter hours of credit in Lincoln College. \n\nRequired Courses \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n03.361, 03.362, 03.363 Transients in Linear Systems I, II, III 6 \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III 6 \n\nFull Year Elective Sequences \n(Require completion of Transients in Linear Systems) \n\n03.364,03.365,03.366 Advanced Circuit Theory I, II, III 6 \n\n03.367, 03.368, 03.369 Pulse and Digital Circuits I, II, III 6 \n\n03.371, 03.372, 03.373 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers I, II, III 6 \n\n03.374, 03.375,03.376 Digital Systems I, II, III 6 \n\n03.377, 03.378, 03.379 Control Systems I, II, III 6 \n\n03.381, 03.382,03.383 Transistor Circuit Engineering I, II, III 6 \n\n03.384, 03.385, 03.386 Transmission Lines and Microwave Circuits I, II, III 6 \n\n03.387, 03.388, 03.389 Active Integrated Circuits I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal Certificate 24 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 93 \n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS \n\nMechanical Engineering deals with the harnessing of power resources \nby means of machinery to perform useful work. In contrast to civil engi- \nneering which deals primarily with static forces and structures, mechani- \ncal engineering is more concerned with the motion and kinetics of devices \nwhich are activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, or thermo- \ndynamic forces. Major functions of the mechanical engineer are: 1) de- \nsign and installation of all kinds of machinery from pocket watches to \nthe largest of steel boring mills; 2) development and production of en- \ngines and transportation equipment (automobile, aircraft, ship, railway, \netc.); 3) construction and operation of furnaces, boilers as well as heating \nand air-conditioning equipment for the control of atmospheric and en- \nvironmental conditions. \n\nEmployment opportunities for Mechanical Engineering Technology \ngraduates are in the areas of 1) research, design or development; 2) pro- \nduction, operation, testing or control and 3) installation, maintenance and \nsales. In performing these functions, graduates will work in close associa- \ntion with professionals in the field and may develop technologically to \nfunction independently and in positions of managerial responsibility. \n\nThe Mechanical Engineering Technology program and related programs \noffered by Lincoln College are: \n\nAssociate in Engineering Degree \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology page 94 \n\nHeat Engineering Technology page 95 \n\nBachelor of Engineering Technology Degree \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology pages 96-97 \n\nMechanical-Structural Engineering Technology pages 98-99 \n\n\n94 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Mechanical Engineering Technology prepares the graduate \nto assume responsibilities related to the design, production and installation of \nmechanical tools, machinery, engines and transportation equipment in which \nthere is an intermingling of mechanical and hydraulic forces. Because of the \nincreased mechanization of all industry, varied employment opportunities are \navailable in private engineering consultant groups, and in light and heavy in- \ndustries, as well as almost all engineering design organizations. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.311,09.312,09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n02.304,02.305,02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n02.341, 02.342, 02.343 Materials I, II, III 6 \n\n09.314,09.315,09.316 Production Drawing and Design I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.341, 01.342, 01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, II 6 \n\n02.324, 02.325, 02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n02.327,02.328, 02.329 Mechanical Design I, II, III 6 \n\n02.331, 02.332, 02.333 Mechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. Degree 96 \n\n\nNote: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in Engi- \nneering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or Bachelor \nof Science degree. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 95 \n\nHeat Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Associate in Engineering \n\nThe program in Heat Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to as- \nsume responsibilities related to the design, operation, and construction of \nengines and equipment in which there are thermodynamic, hydraulic and \nmechanical forces. Typical examples are automobile, aircraft, and ship engines; \nboilers and furnaces; as well as heating, air conditioning and ventilating devices. \nEmployment opportunities are with architectural firms, engineering consultants, \nlight and heavy mechanical industries, as well as other engineering oriented \norganizations. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n02.301,02.302,02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.311,09.312,09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n|02. 304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n02.351,02.352,02.353 Thermodynamics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.314, 09.315, 09.316 Production Drawing and Design I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n'01.341, 01.342, 01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n02.354, 02.355, 02.356 Heat Transfer I, II, III 6 \n\n02.357, 02.358, 02.359 Heat Engineering I, II, III 6 \n\nD2.361, 02.362, 02.363 Heat Technology Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal A.E. Degree 96 \n\n\n[Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits toward the \nrequirements in other Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in Engi- \nneering, Associate in Science, Bachelor of Engineering Technology, or Bachelor \nDf Science degree. \n\n\n96 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\n\nMechanical Engineering Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology \n\nThe program in Mechanical Engineering Technology prepares the graduate to \nassume broad responsibilities related to the design, development, production, \noperation and installation of all kinds of machinery, engines, transportation \nequipment as well as boilers, furnaces, and heating or air conditioning equip- \nment, which involve interactions of mechanical, hydraulic and thermodynamic \nforces. Employment opportunities are in industrial producing mechanized and \nautomated equipment, design and engineering organizations and in companies \ndealing primarily with manufacture and production. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry 1,11 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317, 11.318, 11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n09.311, 09.312, 09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351, 09.352, 09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n02.301, 02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n02.341, 02.342, 02.343 Materials I, II, III 6 \n\n09.314, 09.315,09.316 Production Drawing and Design I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.341,01.342,01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n02.304, 02.305, 02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321, 02.322, 02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nFifth Year \n\n02.324, 02.325, 02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n02.351, 02.352, 02.353 Thermodynamics I, II, III 6 \n\n12.381, 12.382, 12.383 Nuclear Technology I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501,39.502,39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 \n\n\n'Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 97 \n\n\n02.327, 02.328, 02.329 \n02.354, 02.355, 02.356 \n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n\n\n02.331,02.332,02.333 \n02.357, 02.358, 02.359 \n\n\nSixth Year \n\nMechanical Design I, II, III \nHeat Transfer I, 11,111 \nPsychology I, II, III \n\n* Elective I, II, III \n\nSeventh Year \n\nMechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III \nHeat Engineering I, II, III \n\n* Elective I, II, III \n\n\n02.361,02.362,02.363 \n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n\n\nEighth Year \n\nHeat Technology Lab. I, II, \nIntroduction to Literature \nElective I, II, III \n\n\nIII \n\n\nTotal B.E.T. degree 180 \n\n\nBefore registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\n98 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nMechanical-Structural Engineering Technology Program \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology \n\nThe program in Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology is interdisci- \nplinary in that it prepares the graduate to assume responsibilities related to botr \nthe planning and construction of relatively static structures such as buildings, \nbridges, docks, etc., and also the design and production of dynamic machine \ntools, machinery, and other mechanical devices. The mechanical and structural \ncontent are integrated so as to be complementary and to provide a broad base \nfor design problems of great variety. Employment opportunities lie in the archi- \ntectural, construction, civil, and mechanical professions and companies. \n\n\nPrerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test or \n\nthe Introductory Mathematics I and II courses (10.301 and 10.302). The Mathe- \nmatics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registration date. \n\nFirst Year \n\nCourse Number Course Q.H. \n\n10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8 \n\n10.320 Calculus I 4 \n\n11.317,11.318,11.319 Physics I, II, III 12 \n\nSecond Year \n\n09.311, 09.312, 09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I, II, III 6 \n\n09.351,09.352,09.353 Principles of Computer Programming I, II, III 6 \n\n10.321, 10.322, 10.323 Calculus II, III, IV 6 \n\n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 English I, II, III 6 \n\nThird Year \n\n02.301,02.302,02.303 Surveying I, II, III 6 \n\n02.301,02.302, 02.303 Mechanics (Statics) I, II, III 6 \n\n09.314, 09.315, 09.316 Production Drawing and Design I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nFourth Year \n\n01.321,01.322,01.323 Introduction to Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n02.304,02.305,02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) I, II, III 6 \n\n02.321,02.322,02.323 Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n23.501,23.502,23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6 \n\nFifth Year \n\n01.324,01.325,01.326 Structural Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n01.341, 01.342, 01.343 Fluid Mechanics I, II, III 6 \n\n02.341,02.342,02.343 Materials I, II, III 6 \n\n39.501,39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II III 6 \n\n\n*Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 99 \n\nSixth Year \n\n01.331,01.332, 01.333 Design of Structures I, II, III 6 \n\n02.324, 02.325, 02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis I, II, III 6 \n\n19.501,19.502,19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nSeventh Year \n\n01.371, 01.372, 01.373 Reinforced Concrete Design I, II, III 6 \n\n02.327,02.328,02.329 Mechanical Design I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\nEighth Year \n\n02.331, 02.332, 02.333 Mechanical Technology Lab. I, II, III 6 \n\n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 Introduction to Literature I, II, III 6 \n\n* Elective I, II, III 6 \n\n\nTotal B.E.T. degree 180 \n\n\n^Before registering for any electives, student should submit a proposed program of elective \ncourses — preferably representing a minor field of concentration consistent with his per- \nsonal career objectives — for approval by the Committee on Education. \n10.324, 10.325, 10.326 Differential Equations I, II, III is recommended for all students \nplanning advanced engineering technology subjects. \n\n\n100 / ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION \n\nINDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM \n\nIndustrial Technology is concerned with the application of scientific \nmethods to problems in the field of production management involving the \neffective use of men, materials, machinery, and money. \n\nIndustrial Technology programs are intended to meet the demand for \nmen and women trained to assume administrative responsibility in a tech- \nnical industry. Although based upon engineering or science technology \nthe curriculum contains business, social science, and liberal conten \ncourses and is designed to prepare for positions of administrative or su \npervisory, rather than highly specialized technological responsibility. \n\nUpon graduation, the industrial technologist may find his way into such \nfactory staff department as methods engineering, production planning \nand control, wage administration, quality control, and time study. Addi \ntional opportunities are in cost accounting, statistical analysis, sales \nengineering, and safety engineering. \n\nStudents interested in pursuing a program closely related to the mort \ntraditional Industrial Engineering Technology should complete the Assc \nciate in Engineering degree program in Mechanical Engineering Tech \nnology, after which they should continue in the Industrial Technology \nprogram. \n\nIn conjunction with University College, Lincoln College offers the follow- \ning program: \n\nBachelor of Science Degree \nIndustrial Technology page 101 \n\n\nACADEMIC PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION / 101 \n\n\nIndustrial Technology \n\nLeading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science \n\nThe Industrial Technology curriculum combines fundamental courses in one \nof several areas of engineering or science technology with an integrated program \nin management, the humanities, and the social sciences to provide background \nfor those who aspire to positions of managerial responsibility where technical \nknowledge in required. \n\nThe curriculum is offered by University College in conjunction with Lincoln \nCollege. Graduates of Lincoln College or other technical schools who have been \nawarded the Associate degree may be granted up to 96 hours of credit toward \nthe Bachelor of Science degree. The technology requirements may also be \nearned by satisfactory completion of equivalent technology courses in an \naccredited engineering college or technical institute. \n\nThe total requirements for the degree are 174 quarter hours distributed as \nfollows: \n\n\nEngineering or Science Technology Courses \n\nCore Courses — Liberal Arts \n\n\nQ.H. \n96 \n\n\n19.501, 19.502, 19.503 \n21.501,21.502, 21.503 \n23.501,23.502,23.503 \n30.504, 30.505, 30.506 \n30.507, 30.508, 30.509 \n39.501,39.502, 39.503 \n\n\nIII \n\n\nPsychology I, II, III \n\nSociology I, II, III \n\nWestern Civilization \n\nEnglish I, II, III \n\nIntroduction to Literature I, II, III \n\nEconomic Principles & Problems I, II \n\n\n36 \n\n\nCore Courses — Business Administration \n\n\n41.501,41.502,41.503 \n\n43.501,43.502 \n45.501,45.502, 45.503 \n\n45.510, 45.611 \n45.541,45.542,45.543 \n\n45.561,45.562 \n45.563 \n45.570,45.571,45.572 \n\n45.623, 45.624 \n\n\nIII \n\n\nII, III \n\n\nAccounting Principles I, \nIntroduction to Marketing I, II \nManagement & Organization I, \nLabor-Management Relations I, II \nLaw I, II, III \n\nStatistical Quality Control I, II \nManagement of Quality Control \nElectronic Data Processing I, II, III \nManufacturing I, II \n\n\n6 \n4 \n6 \n4 \n6 \n4 \n2 \n6 \n4 42 \n\n\nTotal B.S. degree 174 \n\n\nDescription of Courses \n\n\nOn the pages which follow is a numerical and descriptive listing o \ncourses offered in the several curricula of Lincoln College. Although no \nall courses are offered every year, all will be offered during the norma \nperiod of each student's curriculum. The term \"prerequisite\" indicates \na course that must be taken before undertaking the advanced course \nto which it applies. \n\nA \"quarter hour\" equals approximately three clock hours of work (ordi- \nnarily, one hour of class and two hours of preparation a week for \nquarter of 12 weeks' duration). Laboratory and drawing courses normally \nrequire fewer hours of outside preparation and therefore carry less credit \nthan lecture courses. \n\nAbbreviations \n\nPrereq. — Prerequisite Lab. — Laboratory hours \n\nCI. — Class hours Q.H. — Quarter hours \n\nPolicy on Changes of Program \n\nLincoln College reserves the right to withdraw, modify, or add to the \ncourses offered or to change the order or content of courses in any \ncurriculum. \n\nThe University further reserves the right to change the requirements for \ngraduation, tuition, and fees charged, and other regulations. However, no \nchange in tuition and fees at any time shall become effective until the \nschool year following that in which it is announced. \n\nAny changes which may be made from time to time relative to the \nabove policy shall be applicable to all students in the school, college, or \ndepartment concerned, including former students who may re-enroll. \n\n\n102 \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 103 \nINDEX TO COURSES \n\nDept. No. Pages \n\n104-106 \n\n107-109 \n\n110-116 \n\n116-117 \n\n117-120 \n\n120-122 \n\n122-125 \n\n125-126 \n\n126-128 \n\n129 \n\n129 \n\n129-130 \n\n130-131 \n\n132 \n\n133 \n\n133-134 \n\n134-135 \n\n128 \n\n136-138 \n\n138-141 \n\n\n01 \n\nCivil Engineering Technology \n\n02 \n\nMechanical Engineering Technology \n\n03 \n\nElectrical Engineering Technology \n\n09 \n\nEngineering Graphics and Computation \n\n10 \n\nMathematics \n\n11 \n\nPhysics \n\n12 \n\nChemistry \n\n16 \n\nNatural Science \n\n18 \n\nBiology \n\n19 \n\nPsychology \n\n21 \n\nSociology \n\n23 \n\nHistory \n\n30 \n\nEnglish \n\n39 \n\nEconomics \n\n41 \n\nAccounting \n\n45 \n\nManagement \n\n48 \n\nTransportation \n\n73 \n\nPharmacology \n\n86 \n\nRadiologic Technology &. Health Care \n\n96 \n\nAviation Technology \n\n104 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY \n\n\n01.301 Surveying I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSurveying principles; theory of measurements; basic traverse computation. \nPrereq. 10.314. \n\n01.302 Surveying II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStadia principles and topography; simple, compound and vertical surves. Pre- \nreq. 01.301. \n\n01.303 Surveying III (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nSpiral easement curves, earthwork computations; solution of the Mass Diagram. \nPrereq. 01.303. \n\n01.304 Advanced Surveying I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to observations for latitude, time azimuth including basic spherical \ntrigonometry. Prereq. 01.303. \n\n01.305 Advanced Surveying II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nPrecise leveling, triangulation and base line measurements. Use of the Geodi- \nmeter and Telurometer. Prereq. 01.304. \n\n01.306 Advanced Surveying III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic principles of photogrammetry and map making from aerial photographs. \nMap projections. Prereq. 01.305. \n\n01.307 Legal Aspects of Surveying I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSurveyor as an expert witness with emphasis on his knowledge of measure- \nments; easements. Registry of Deeds procedure and how land is sold. Prereq. \n01.303. \n\n01.308 Legal Aspects of Surveying II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDeeds and their essential elements, descriptions and water rights. Prereq. \n01.307. \n\n01.309 Legal Aspects of Surveying III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLand court procedure and the subdivision control law. Prereq. 01.308. \n\n01.311 Transportation Engineering I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nEngineering considerations in the planning and construction of modern high- \nways and highway routing. Prereq. 01.300. \n\n01.312 Transportation Engineering II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nRates of grade, superelevation, flexible and rigid pavements and other features \nof highway design. Prereq. 01.311. \n\n01.313 Transportation Engineering III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTraffic flow and traffic control. Computer applications to transportation prob- \nlems. Prereq. 01.312. \n\n01.321 Introduction to Structures I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nFraming plans and details for steel structures. Prereq. 09.313 and 02.303. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 105 \n\n01.322 Introduction to Structures II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nStructural shop drafting and the evaluation of load capacities of rivets, welds \nand bolts for structural connections using the AISC code. Prereq. 01.321. \n\n01.323 Introduction to Structures III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign and detailing of joints including standard connections, seats and \nbrackets. Prereq. 01.322. \n\n01.324 Structural Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nReactions, shears, bending moments and forces developed by loads on beams \nand trusses. Analytical and graphical methods. Prereq. 02.323. \n\n01.325 Structural Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nInfluence lines for beams, girders and trusses. Solutions for forces from moving \nload systems on statically determinate structures. Prereq. 01.324. \n\n01.326 Structural Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to classical methods of deflection solutions of beams and trusses. \nMethods of solving statically indeterminate structures. Prereq. 01.325. \n\n01.327 Advanced Structural Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of Indeterminacy and Instability. Analysis of statically indeterminate \nstructures using Castigliano, Virtual Work, method of deflections and the neu- \n1 tral point methods. Prereq. 01.326. \n\n01.328 Adanced Structural Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of statically indeterminate structures using the column analogy, mo- \nment area, elastic weights and conjugate structures. Prereq. 01.327. \n\n01.329 Advanced Structural Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of statically indeterminate structures using Williot-Mohr, slope deflec- \ntion and moment distribution. Prereq. 01.328. \n\n01.331 Design of Structures I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of steel members in structural frames. Tension, compression, bending \nand eccentrically loaded members. Prereq. 01.323 and 02.323. \n\n01.332 Design of Structures II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of plate girders, highway bridge decks, and roof framing systems. Pre- \nreq. 01.331. \n\n01.333 Design of Structures III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nComposite design in bridges and buildings. Introduction to plastic design meth- \nods in steel. Prereq. 01.332. \n\n01.334 Advanced Structural Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of continuous frames in structural steel, moment resistant connections \nand column bases. Prereq. 01.326, 01.333, 01.373. \n\n01.335 Advanced Structural Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of continuous frames in reinforced concrete. Introduction to pre- \nstressed concrete member design. Prereq. 01.334. \n\n\n106 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n01.336 Advanced Structural Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of foundations for structures. Spread footings, combined footings, mats \n\nand pile foundations. Prereq. 01.335. \n\n01.341 Fluid Mechanics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nHydrostatics; principles governing fluids at rest; pressure measurement; hydro- \nstatic forces on submerged areas and objects; simple dams; fluids in moving \nvessels; hoop tension. Prereq. 02.303. \n\n01.342 Fluid Mechanics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFluid flow in pipes under pressure; fluid energy, power and friction loss; Ber- \nnoulli's Theorem; flow measurement. Prereq. 01.341. \n\n01.343 Fluid Mechanics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPipe networks and reservoir systems; flow in open channels ;uniform flow; \nenergy, friction loss, minor losses, velocity distribution, alternate stages of \nflow, critical flow; non-uniform flow; accelerated and retarded flow; hydraulic \njump and waves. Prereq. 01.342. \n\n01.351 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of water supply engineering; population forecasting, quality and \nquantity of water for various uses. Water-treatment processes. Prereq. 01.343 \nand 12.313. \n\n01.352 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCollection and disposal of sewage and storm water. Modern methods of treat- \nment and sewage-plant operation. Prereq. 01.351. \n\n01.353 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nLayout and design of water-treatment and sewage treatment plants. Instrumen- \ntation; mechanical and electrical equipment. Prereq. 01.352. \n\n01.361 Materials and Soil Mechanics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPhysical properties of bituminous and Portland cement materials of construc- \ntion. Lectures supplemented with some laboratory exposure. Prereq. 02.303. \n\n01.362 Materials and Soil Mechanics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSoil classification, identification, properties, and the phase relationships. Pre- \nreq. 01.361. \n\n01.363 Materials and Soil Mechanics III (2 cl. 2 q.h.) \n\nShear strength and consolidation theory. Applications of soil properties in \ndetermining lateral and bearing pressures. Prereq. 01.362. \n\n01.371 Reinforced-Concrete Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of bending members in reinforced concrete, using elastic and ultimate- \nstrength theories. Prereq. 02.323. \n\n01.372 Reinforced-Concrete Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of axially and eccentrically loaded columns by elastic and ultimate \nstrength principles. Prereq. 01.371. \n\n01.373 Reinforced-Concrete Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nReinforced-concrete design of basic structures including consideration of con- \ntinuity. Prereq. 01.372. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 107 \nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY \n\n02.301 Mechanics (Statics) I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nForces, moments, couples, statics of particles and rigid bodies in two and three \ndimensions. Prereq. 10.320. \n\n02.302 Mechanics (Statics) II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDistributed forces — external and internal. First moments and centroids. Analy- \nsis of structures — trusses, frames and machines. Prereq. 02.301. \n\n02.303 Mechanics (Statics) III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFriction, second moments and virtual work. Prereq. 02.302. \n\n02.304 Mechanics (Dynamics) I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nKinematics of particles — rectilinear and curvilinear motion of dynamic par- \nticles — force, mass and acceleration, work and energy. Prereq. 02.303. \n\n02.305 Mechanics (Dynamics) II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nKinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies — force mass and acceleration. Pre- \nreq. 02.304. \n\n02.306 Mechanics (Dynamics) III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDynamics of rigid bodies — work and energy, impulse and momentum. Intro- \nduction to mechanical vibration. Prereq. 02.305. \n\n02.321 Stress Analysis I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStress and deformation; mechanical properties of materials; allowable stresses \nand factor of safety; axially loaded indeterminate members; effects of tempera- \nture on stresses and strains; thin cylinders and spheres. Riveted and welded \njoints. Prereq. 02.303. \n\n02.322 Stress Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nShear and bending moment in beams; stresses in beams; design of beams; \ncurvature of beams. Prereq. 02.321. \n\n02.323 Stress Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDeterminate and indeterminate beam deflections and reactions by numerical \nand graphical integration and area moment methods; theorem of three mo- \nments. Prereq. 02.322. \n\n02.324 Advanced Stress Analysis (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTorsional stresses and strains; power transmission; eccentric loads on struts, \nbeams, riveted and welded joints; Combined stresses, Principal stresses, Mohr's \ncircle; Theories of failure. Prereq. 02.323. \n\n02.325 Advanced Stress Analysis II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCurved beams; non-symmetrical bending of beams; shear-center and shear \nstresses on thin sections; composite beams. Prereq. 02.324. \n\n02.326 Advanced Stress Analysis III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nColumns; Energy absorption and resilience; Inertial stresses; impact loading; \ndeflection of beams by energy methods. Prereq. 02.325. \n\n02.327 Mechanical Design I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFailure criteria; properties and selection of materials; manufacturing considera- \ntions; stress concentrations; strength under combined stresses; theories of \nfailure; impact and repeated loads. Prereq. 02.306, 02.323. \n\n\n108 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n02.328 Mechanical Design II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFatigue strength and fluctuating stresses; stresses and deformation of springs; \nscrews, keys, pins and interference fits; preloading of bolted joints; shafts and \nflywheels. Prereq. 02.327. \n\n02.329 Mechanical Design III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLubrication and journal bearings; anti-friction bearings; stresses and power \ntransmission of spur, bevel and worm gear; friction brakes and clutches. Pre- \nreq. 02.328. \n\n02.331 Mechanical Technology Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments concerning the physical properties of materials. Instrumentation \nand measurement. Prereq. 02.343, 02.324 or concurrently. \n\n02.332 Mechanical Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments concerning compressible and incompressible fluids. Experimental \ntechniques. Prereq. 02.331, 01.341. \n\n02.333 Mechanical Technology Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments of a more advanced nature. Introduction to the analog computer \nand experimental stress analysis. Prereq. 02.332, 02.325. \n\n02.337 Mechanical Vibrations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nElements of vibrating systems, one degree of freedom (undamped free and \nforced vibration from Newton's law of motion and energy methods.) . Natural \nfrequencies. Damped free and forced vibration. Impedance and mobility. Pre- \nreq. 02.306. \n\n02.338 Mechanical Vibrations II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSystems with more than one degree of freedom. Influence coefficients, La- \ngrange's equations, generalized coordinates, vibration absorber. Prereq. 02.337. \n\n02.339 Mechanical Vibrations III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nNatural frequencies by Rayleigh methods and Holzer methods for multi-degree \nof freedom. Application problems with combined rotation and translation. \nLaplace transforms and electro-mechanical analogs. Prereq. 02.338. \n\n02.341 Materials I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLectures on: testing and failure of metals, alloying and hardening metals, re- \nfinement of metals; organic and inorganic materials, concrete, plastics, rubber, \nwood. \n\n02.342 Materials II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nGeneral metallurgical information covering theoretical aspects of properties, of \nmetals are well as processing of the metals. Structure, mechanical properties, \nequilibrium diagrams, hardening and heat treatment. Prereq. 02.341. \n\n02.343 Materials III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTheoretical and practical applications of secondary metal fabrication; including \nwelding, powder metallurgy. Cutting-tool principles, gauging and measurements. \nPrereq. 02.342. \n\n02.351 Thermodynamics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nGeneral theory of heat and matter; laws of thermodynamics; energy-transforma- \ntion principles and availability of energy; properties and processes for pure \nsubstances and ideal gases. Prereq. 11.318. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 109 \n\n02.352 Thermodynamics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThermodynamic properties and processes of liquids and vapors; tables and \ncharts; mixtures of fluids; theory of gas and vapor flow through orifices and \nnozzles. Prereq. 02.351. \n\n02.353 Thermodynamics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nVapor and gas cycle analysis; fuels and combustion in steam boilers; theory of \nvapor engines and analysis of types of actual engines used compression of \ngases and vapors; internal combustion engines. Prereq. 02.352. \n\n02.354 Heat Transfer I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe primary modes of heat transfer; thermal conductance/ resistance concept; \nthermal-electrical analogy; combined heat transfer mechanisms; basic equations \nof conduction; thermal conductivity; analytical solutions of various steady state \nconduction problems. Prereq. 02.353. \n\n02.355 Heat Transfer II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDimensional analysis and similarity considerations; natural and forced convec- \ntion; hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers; log-mean temperature dif- \nferences; overall heat transfer coefficients; applications to heat exchangers; \nblack body radiation; Kirchoff's Law; emissivity and absorbtivity; radiation be- \ntween simple bodies. Prereq. 02.354. \n\n02.356 Heat Transfer III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nGraphical and numerical methods applied to steady state, conduction problems; \nradiation and convection effects; transient heat transfer; numerical methods \napplied to transient problems; heat transfer engineering problems. Prereq. \n02.355. \n\n02.357 Heat Engineering I (Refrigeration) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of gas compression, analysis of vapor compression, refrigeration \nsystems, low temperature refrigeration cycles and absorption refrigeration \nsystems. Prereq. 02.353. \n\n02.358 Heat Engineering II (Air Conditioning) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAir conditioning principles including psychometrics and heat pumps. Calculation \nof heating and cooling loads in accordance with A.S.H.R.A.E. practices. Pre- \nreq. 02.353. \n\n02.359 Heat Engineering III (Turbines) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign and performance of steam and gas turbines; spark-ignition and com- \npression-ignition engine design and performance; Fan performance. Prereq. \n02.353. \n\n02.361 Heat Technology Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments illustrating principles themodynamics and heat transfer. Instru- \nmentation and measurement. Prereq. 02.353. \n\n02.362 Heat Technology Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments on various types of heat engines. Experimental techniques. Pre- \nreq. 02.361, 02.354 and 02.357. \n\n02.363 Heat Technology Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments of a more advanced nature further illustrating the principles of \nthermodynamics and making use of the student's increased theoretical back- \nground. Simulation of heat problems on analog computer. Prereq. 02.362. \n\n\n110 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY \n\n03.301 Circuit Theory I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nOhm's law, Kirchoff's current and voltage laws, equivalent resistances and \nsources, Mesh and Nodal analysis, network theorems, two-port networks and \npower relations all with respect to direct currents. Prereq. 10.320 and 11.319. \n\n03.302 Circuit Theory II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nEnergy storage, singularity functions, > response of R, L and C elements to \nsingularities, response of R-l and R-C circuits to singularities. Prereq. 03.301. \n\n03.303 Circuit Theory III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nComplex algebra, phasors, frequency domain, mutual inductance, transformers, \nsteady-state a-c theory, driving point and transfer impedances, power and energy \nin a-c circuits. Prereq. 03.302. \n\n03.304 Circuit Theory IV (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nRLC networks and their responses to excitations. Fourier series, numerical \nmethods, frequency response, amplitude and phase versus frequency. Prereq. \n03.303. \n\n03.305 Circuit Theory V (2cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nConsideration of balanced and unbalanced polyphase power circuits; symmetri- \ncal components, harmonic analysis. Prereq. 03.304. \n\n03.306 Electrical Measurements (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nMeasurement of voltage, current, power, resistance, capacitance, inductance, \nimpedance, frequency, etc. Direct and substitution measurements. Evaluation \nof measured data — standard deviation and tolerance limits, instruments cali- \nbrations — effect of residual impedance. Prereq. 03.304. \n\n03.307 Electrical — Electronic Principles I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLaws of voltage, current and power. Series and parallel circuits. Principles of \nmagnetism, and electro-magnetic induction. Prereq. 10.503, 11.306. \n\n03.308 Electrical — Electronic Principles II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAlternating current, voltage and power relationships. Principles of capacitive \nand inductive reactance. Series parallel ac circuits including resonance. Pre- \nreq. 03.307. \n\n03.309 Electrical — Electronic Principles III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTransformer, motor and generator principles. DC-AC meters, vacuum tubes, \nsemi-conductor diodes, and transistors. Principles of filters. Prereq. 03.308. \n\n03.311 Electronics I (4 cl, 4 q.h.) \n\nVacuum, semiconductor diodes, vacuum tubes and transistors as amplifying \ndevices. Graphical analysis of basic amplifiers DC and AC loadlines. Transistor \nbiasing techniques. Small signal low frequency transistor models. Prereq. \n03.303. \n\n03.312 Electronics II (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nAC equivalent circuits, low frequency amplifier circuits. Frequency effects in \naudio amplifiers. High frequency transistor model. Power supplies and filters, \nvoltage regulation. Prereq. 03.311. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 111 \n\n03.313 Electronics III (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of transistor circuits. Untuned voltage amplifiers, feedback am- \nplifiers and oscillators, low frequency large signal amplifiers. Field effect tran- \nsistor circuits. Prereq. 03.312. \n\n03.314 Pulse Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of wideband amplifiers including compensation, rise time and sag. Review \nof semiconductor diodes. Study of wave shaping circuitry including clippers, \nclampers, slicers. Review of d-c charging circuits. Prereq. 03.313. \n\n03.315 Pulse Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFamiliarization with binary notation and Boolean Algebra. Examine operation of \nOR, AND, NOT, NAND, and NOR circuits. Study of details of shift register and \ndiode matrix. Fundamentals of Multivibrators. Prereq. 03.314. \n\n03.316 Pulse Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDesign of multivibrator ckts; bistable, astable and monostable. Study of block- \ning oscillators, counting and timing ckts. Synchronization, voltage time-base \ngenerators, Miller integrator, bootstrap ckt, etc. Prereq. 03.315. \n\n03.317 Communication Engineering I (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nReview of linear circuits. Analysis of transistor 'Black Box' equivalent circuits. \nStudy of class B & C power amplifiers. Discussion of Fourier analysis. Study of \nsingle-tuned amplifiers. Analysis of stagger and double-tuned circuits. Pre- \nreq. 03.313. \n\n03.318 Communication Engineering II (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nTheory of oscillators including RLC, RC and crystal. Noise in electrical circuits. \nIntroduction of block diagrams for AM and FM systems. Prereq. 03.317. \n\n03.319 Communication Engineering III (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nTheory of amplitude and frequency modulation. Study of various signal detec- \ntion systems. Familiarization with basic modulation systems. Noise suscepti- \nbility of system. Review of general AM and FM systems. Prereq. 03.318. \n\n03.323 Electronic Laboratory (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments dealing with laboratory equipment techniques, transistor and \ncrystal-diode characteristics, the impedance bridge, the Q-Meter, coils with iron \ncores, filter circuits, vacuum and semi-conductor diodes, power supplies includ- \ning the regulated type, triode and pentode vacuum tubes, silicon controlled \nrectifiers, resisance-coupled amplifiers using transistors. Prereq. 03.312. \n\n03.324 Circuits Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperimentation in electronic circuit theory. Instrumentation; verification of \ncircuit theorems; linear and non-linear devices. Prereq. 03.306. \n\n03.325 Circuits Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nFurther experimentation in electric circuits. Response to impulses; network \nparameters and synthesis; terminal characteristics of active devices. Prereq. \n03.324. \n\n\n112 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n03.327 Advanced Electronic Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments dealing with oscilloscopes, transistor amplifiers with negative \nfeedback, directly coupled and difference amplifiers, Class B audio amplifier \nwith transistors, push-pull amplifiers, drivers and distortion measurements. \nVideo amplifiers. Class C RF amplifiers and frequency doublers, audio and \nradio frequency oscillators. Class B linear RF amplifiers and grid-modulated \namplifiers, clipping and clamping circuits, transients and square-wave testing \nof audio amplifiers. Prereq. 03.323 and 03.313. \n\n03.328 Advanced Electronic Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments dealing with operational amplifiers, plate modulation of a class C \namplifier, the diode detector, basic timing circuits, RF and crystal oscillators, \nnetworks in FM and television equipment, pulse and counter circuits and fre- \nquency dividers, sawtooth generators, astable (free-running) multivibrators, the \ndouble-tuned transformer coupling circuit, logic gates, frequency modulation \ndetectors, analog computers. Prereq. 03.327. \n\n03.329 Advanced Electronic Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nSpectral studies of FM and PM waves, amplitude limiters. The balanced modu- \nlators and single sideband generators. Binary adders, registers and counters, \ntesting of a radio receiver, television receiver demonstrator. Pulse forming and \ndelay lines, slotted lines and a series of five microwave experiments. Prereq. \n03.328. \n\n03.331 Energy Conversion I (2 cl., 2q.h.) \n\nGeneralized theory of rotating energy conversion devices. Consideration of the \nmultiply excited direct-current machine. Control of speed; special machines. \nPrereq. 03.303 and 10.323. \n\n03.332 Energy Conversion II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSteady-state considerations of transformers, induction and synchronous ma- \nchines. Prereq. 03.331. \n\n03.333 Energy Conversion III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nGeneralized machine and circuit model; transfer functions and flow chart analy- \nsis. Analysis of dynamic operating modes of rotating machines. Prereq. 03.332. \n\n03.334 Control Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic control design considerations; circuit transfer functions, time and fre- \nquency response relationships, bode diagrams. General feedback applications; \nstability and compensating techniques as related to more complex control \nsystems. Prereq. 03.313, 03.333. \n\n03.335 Control Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCharacteristics and construction of common control circuit devices; synchros, \nchoppers, magnetic amplifiers, SCR's, control motors, gear trains, tachometers. \nPrereq. 03.334. \n\n03.336 Control Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSystem open and closed loop transfer functions; stability, speed of response, \nand accuracy trade-offs. Industrial uses including speed and voltage regulation, \nphoto-lectric, timing, sorting, and temperature control applications. Prereq. \n03.335. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 113 \n\n03.337 Basic Power Systems I (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nConsideration of power transmission lines; line constants; current, voltage and \npower relations; introduction to electric-power distribution loads, feeders and \nsubstations; voltage regulation theory and applications. Prereq. 03.333. \n\n03.338 Basic Power Systems II (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nConsideration of symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults; protective devices — \napplication and coordination; power flow in electric circuits; steady-state power \nlimitations of systems; stability criteria. Prereq. 03.337. \n\n03.339 Basic Power Systems III (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nComputer applications to power systems with emphasis on load-flow studies \nand basic ideas of system planning. Prereq. 03.338. \n\n03.341 Power and Controls Laboratory I (4 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperimentation on measurement techniques, basic devices and circuits (includ- \ning power circuits), transformers. Prereq. 03.333 and 03.334 or concurrently. \n\n03.342 Power and Controls Laboratory II (4 lab., 2 q.h.) \nExperimentation on the steady-state and dynamic characteristics of rotating \nmachines. Prereq. 03.341. \n\n03.343 Power and Controls Laboratory III (4 lab., 2 q.h.) \nExperimentation on control devices, systems including servomechanisms, volt- \nage and speed control systems, power rectifiers. Prereq. 03.342. \n\n03.351 Bioelectronic Devices I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTransducers, relating body functions and biomedical reactions to electronic \nsignals. Optics and optical components including mirror lenses, prisms and \ngratings. Detraction and refraction of light into spectral components and spec- \ntra. Prereq. 03.313. (offered alternate years) \n\n03.352 Bioelectronic Devices II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nOperational amplifier design and utilization, special power supply design. \nChromatography and design of chromatography systems. Spectrophotometry \nradiation counting equipment and Ph measurement equipment related to \nchromatography. The electrocardiograph, electroencephalograph and related \nphysiological equipment will be discussed. Prereq. 03.351. \n\n(offered alternate years) \n\n03.353 Bioelectronic Devices III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBlood pressure and flow measurement including ultrasonic devices, centrifuga- \ntion and ultracentrifugation equipment as well as amino acid analyzers. Nerve- \nconduction apparatus and techniques. Professional specialists in the field will \nlecture on special topics. Prereq. 03.352. (offered alternate years) \n\n03.357 Bioelectronic Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments in electronic circuitry including audio amplifiers, differential ampli- \nfiers, power amplifiers, oscillators and related circuits. Experiments in optics \ncovering lenses, mirrors, prisms, gratings, and spectra. Radiation experiments. \nPrereq. 03.313 (offered alterate years) \n\n03.358 Bioelectronic Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nSpecial design experiments on the optical bench related to spectrophotometry, \nexperiments with optical and electroptical system. Design of detection and \namplification, monitoring systems. Prereq. 03.357. (offered alternate years) \n\n\n114 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n03.359 Bioelectronic Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments and open discussion centered around bioelectronic systems includ- \ning electrocardiogram, electroencephalograph, amino and acid analyzers, Ph \nmeasurement and titration apparatus, centrifuges and ultracentrifuges as well \nas radioactive sample changers. Prereq. 03.358. (offered alternate years) \n\n03.361 Transients in Linear Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of Differential Equations to the solutions of linear, time-invarient \nelectrical networks. Introduction to singularity functions, convolution, and time \ndomain transient analysis. Prereq. 10.324 or concurrently, 03.304 or Equivalent. \n\n03.362 Transients in Linear Systems II (2 cl. 2 q.h.) \n\nNetwork topology and duality, introduction to the methods of transformation \ncalculus and complex frequency concepts. Signal analysis in the frequency \ndomain. Fourier series, Fourier and Laplace transform methods. Prereq. 10.325 \nor concurrently, 03.361. \n\n03.363 Transients in Linear Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA varied selection of circuit problems are solved using Laplace transforms, and \nrelated theorems. Prereq. 03.362. \n\n03.364 Advanced Circuit Theory I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDefinition and tests for lumped, linear, time-invarient systems. General analysis \nof networks by loop current and node voltage variables. Prereq. 03.363. \n\n03.365 Advanced Circuit Theory II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA study of two terminal pair networks using various parameter systems. S-plane \nanalysis of system response. Prereq. 03.364. \n\n03.366 Advanced Circuit Theory III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDiscussion of the necessary and sufficient conditions for the physical realizing \nof impedance functions; Foster and Cauer forms. Prereq. 03.365. \n\n03.367 Pulse and Digital Circuits I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLinear and non-linear pulse forming and processing techniques. Design of gate \nand binary circuits for operation under severe environmental conditions. Prereq. \n03.363. \n\n03.368 Pulse and Digital Circuits II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of applications of existing integrated circuits. Prereq. 03.367. \n\n03.369 Pulse and Digital Circuits III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nNegative-impedance devices and their applications. Linear voltage and current \nsweep circuits. Prereq. 03.368. \n\n03.371 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers I (2 cl. 2 q.h.) \n\nTheory and operation of analog computers. Amplitude scaling and time scaling \non the analog computer and application of the analog computer to the solution \nof linear and non-linear differential equations. Prereq. 10.325. \n\n03.372 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nIntroduction to the field of digital computer design. Topics include general \ncomputer organization, number systems and number representations, design \ncharacteristics of major computer units, Boolean Algebra applications to com- \nputer design. Prereq. 03.371. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 115 \n\n03.373 Analog, Digital and Hybrid Computers III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of the present state-of-the-art hybrid computers. Problem areas unique \nto hybrid computers such as interface, analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog \nconversion will also be discussed. Hybrid computer programming techniques. \nDirect digital process control computers. Prereq. 03.372. \n\n03.374 Digital Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic concepts of Boolean Algebra. Switching components. Analysis and syn- \nthesis of combinational circuits. Analysis and synthesis of sequential circuits. \nExamples of application. Prereq. 03.316. \n\n03.375 Digital Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nData acquisition techniques. Data decommutation techniques relative to com- \nmunications systems. Aerospace telemetry systems. Analog and digital data \nreduction. Real time data processing. Prereq. 03.374, 03.319. \n\n03.376 Digital Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nResidue number systems. Threshold logic concepts. Advanced digital system \ntechniques with applications to complex systems. Prereq. 03.375. \n\n03.377 Control Systems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of linear servomechanisms under both transient and steady-state con- \nditions. Signal flow graphs. Prereq. 03.363. \n\n03.378 Control Systems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLaplace transforms used in the formulation of block diagrams and transfer \nfunction. System stability. Root locus techniques. Prereq. 03.377. \n\n03.379 Control Systems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTreatment of Nyquist criteria, and Bode diagram methods for systems evalua- \ntion. Prereq. 03.363. \n\n03.381 Transistor-Circuit Engineering I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to semiconductor physics. Field effect transistors included. Large \nand small signal analysis. Biasing. Prereq. 03.363. \n\n03.382 Transistor-Circuit Engineering II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLow-frequency amplifier design including R-C and transformer coupling; video \namplifiers; tuned and feedback amplifiers. Prereq. 03.381. \n\n03.383 Transistor-Circuit Engineering III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFeedback amplifiers; power amplifiers; low-noise amplifiers and integrated cir- \ncuits. Prereq. 03.382. \n\n03.384 Transmission Line and Microwave Theory I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nDistributed constants and traveling waves on transmission lines with emphasis \non space-time diagrams. Differential equations of the uniform line. The steady \nstate a-c solution for the uniform line with no reflections are derived together \nwith the solution of characteristic impedance, propagation constant, phase and \ngroup velocities. Solution of the line with reflections is developed in exponential \nform in terms of the driving and receiving conditions. Standing wave and inter- \nference patterns are explored. Introduction to the Crank diagram. Prereq. \n03.304, 10.326. \n\n\n116 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n03.385 Transmission Line and Microwave Theory II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nDevelopment of the Smith Chart and the circle diagram for the graphical solu- \ntion of the steady state transmission line. Both lossless and lossy lines will be \nconsidered. Reflection coefficient, calculation of current and voltage distribu- \ntion, characteristic impedance, standing-wave ratio and measurement and \nimpedance matching with single and double stubs will be developed in detail. \nPrereq. 03.384. \n\n03.386 Transmission Line and Microwave Theory III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nReview of electrostatics. Introduction to Maxwell's equations. The relation be- \ntween field and circuit theory. Plane waves in dielectric and conducting media \nis introduced. The rectangular waveguide equations are derived and some \nmicrowave circuits such as magic tee's, hybrids, couplers, and filters are in- \nvestigated. Prereq. 03.385. \n\n03.387 Active Integrated Circuits I — Solid State Devices (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nReview of semiconductor physics and important transistor parameters. In- \ntegrated circuit technology. Exotic devices consisting of zener diode, SCR, \nunijunction transistor, triac, FET. Prereq. 03.313. \n\n03.388 Active Integrated Circuits II — Linear Integrated Circuits (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nThe operational amplifier, feedback theory and stability criteria. Operational am- \nplifier parameters: loop gain,. impedance, common mode rejection, offset voltage \nand current, temp, coefficient, slewing rate, input noise voltage. Inverting, \nnoninverting, and differential configurations. Circuit applications: oscillator, \nintergrator, phase detector, etc. Prereq. 03.387. \n\n03.389 Active integrated Circuits III — Digital Integrated Circuits (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nReview of Boolean algebra, logic circuits and truth tables. Types of integrated \nlogic: RTL, DTL, and TTL. Integrated logic specifications Registers, counters, \nand frequency dividers. Adders and subtracters. D/A, A/D converters, BCD \nconversion. Prereq. 03.388. \n\n03.394 Electrical — Electronic Principles A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nLaws of voltage, current and power. Series and parallel circuits. Principles of \nmagnetism, and electro-magnetic induction. Alternating current, voltage and \npower relationships. Principles of capacitive and inductive reactance. Prereq. \n10.503, 11.306. \n\n03.395 Electrical — Electronic Principles B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nSeries parallel ac circuits including resonance. Transformer, motor and genera- \ntor principles. DC-AC meters, vacuum tubes, semi-conductor diodes, and tran- \nsistors. Principles of filters. Prereq. 03.307. \n\nENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND COMPUTATION \n\n09.307 Electrical and Electronic Graphics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nInstrument techniques; principles of projection, drawing, reading and interpre- \ntation of multiview drawings; pictorial, representations. Prereq. None. \n\n09.308 Electrical and Electronic Graphics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nElectrical symbols; interconnection diagram; design of block diagrams; charac- \nteristics of active and passive electrical components. Prereq. 09.307. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 117 \n\n09.309 Electrical and Electronic Graphics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nAnalysis of simple circuits; printed circuit layouts; packaging of integrated cir- \ncuits and discrete components; charts and graphs in electrical design. Prereq. \n09.308. \n\n09.311 Mechanical and Structural Graphics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to engineering drawing, geometric constructions, charts and graphs, \northographic projection through auxiliary views. Prereq. None. \n\n09.312 Mechanical and Structural Graphics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDetail drawing, including intersections and development, reading of multiview \ndrawings, pictorial representation. Prereq. 09.311. \n\n09.313 Mechanical and Structural Graphics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCommercial hardware; dimensioning; analysis of assemblies; elements of struc- \ntural, electrical and piping drawing; design project. Prereq. 09.312. \n\n09.314 Production Drawings and Design I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \nTranslatory and rotary motion involving basic mechanisms through graphical \nand mathematical analysis of displacement, velocity, and acceleration. Simple, \ncompound, reverted and epicyclic gear trains. Prereq. 09.313. \n\n09.315 Production Drawings and Design II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nDrawings and specifications for the production and precision machining of \ncastings, forging, weldments and sheet-metal stampings. Discussion of some \ncommon machine components. Prereq. 09.314. \n\n09.316 Production Drawings and Design III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \nIntroduction to design through graphical analysis of cams and follower motions. \nCreativity and design processes through case studies and original projects re- \nquiring oral presentation of student's involvement in both synthesis and inno- \nvative activities. Prereq. 09.315. \n\n09.351 Principles of Computer Programming I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nElementary methods and techniques of digital computer programming in the \nFortran language applied to simple scientific problems. Prereq. 10.308 or \n10.312, 10.314. \n\n09.352 Principles of Computer Programming II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nExploration of extended capabilities of the Fortran language and development \nof the logic and general principles of programming. Prereq. 09.351. \n\n09.353 Principles of Computer Programming III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCase studies involving professionally written programs with introductions to as- \nsociated techniques and mathematics. Prereq. 09.352. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS \n\n10.301 Introduction to Mathematics I (4 cl., non-credit) \nA comprehensive review of high school algebra including: first-degree equations, \nfactoring, fractional equations, word problems, and concepts of plane geometry. \nPrereq. None. \n\n\n118 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n10.302 Introduction to Mathematics II (4 cl., non-credit) \nAlgebraic operations with fractions and mixed expressions, proportions, square \nroots, radicals, quadratics; simultaneous equations, graphs and fractional ex- \nponents. The geometry of the right triangle, areas of polygons, circles, and loci \nproblems. Basic slide rule operation. Prereq. 10.301. \n\n10.330 Basic Mathematics I (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nA review of elementary algebra; algebraic expressions and operations, equations, \nword problems. Prereq. None. \n\n10.331 Basic Mathematics II (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nFurther review; operations with polynomials, factoring, fractional expressions, \nword problems. Prereq. 10.330. \n\n10.501 Mathematics I (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nMethods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Prereq. Math. \nPlacement Test or 10.331. \n\n10.502 Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLinear and quadratic equations; exponents and radicals; variation. Prereq. \n10.501. \n\n10.503 Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nReview of geometry; topics of trigonometry; introduction to statistics and prob- \nability; logarithms. Prereq. 10.502. \n\n10.507 Mathematics (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nMethods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Linear and quadra- \ntic equations; exponents and radicals; variation. Review of geometry; topics of \ntrigonometry; introduction to statistics and probability; logarithms. Not open to \nstudents who have taken 10.501, 10.502, 10.503. Prereq. Math. Placement Test \nor 10:302. \n\n10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry I (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nFundamental operations of algebra; algebraic fractions; exponents and radicals; \nfunctions. Trigonometric functions of angles both in degree and in radian mea- \nsure; right triangles; identities and equations. Prereq. Math. Placement Test \nor 10.302. \n\n10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nQuadratic equations and applications; radical equations; complex numbers; \nbinomial expansion; variation; roots of polynomial equations. Trigonometric \ngraphs; other transcendental functions, logarithms, inverse trigonometric func- \ntions. Prereq. 10.307. \n\n10.312 College Algebra II (offered 1969-70 only) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nQuadratic equations and applications; radical equations; complex numbers; \n\nbinomial expansion; variation; roots of polynomial equations. Prereq. 10.311. \n\n10.314 College Trigonometry II (offered 1969-70 only) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nGraphs involving trigonometric functions and other transcendental functions; \nlogarithms and computation; inverse trigonometric functions; applied problems. \nPrereq. 10.313. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 119 \n\n10.316 Probability and Statistics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic tools, e.g., sets, permutations and combinations; probability and appli- \ncations. Prereq. 10.503 or 10.308. \n\n10.317 Probability and Statistics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDescriptive statistics; frequency distributions and probability density functions; \nnormal and other distributions. Prereq. 10.316. \n\n10.318 Probability and Statistics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBivariate distributions; correlation; statistical inference and estimation; regres- \nsion. Prereq. 10.317. \n\n10.320 Calculus I (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nFunctions, graphs and limits; differentiation and integration of algebraic func- \ntions, with applications; study of circles and analysis of the straight line and \nconic sections. Prereq. 10.308 or 10.503. \n\n10.321 Calculus II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCalculus of non-algebraic functions, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric, \nlogarithmic, exponential, hyperbolic. Prereq. 10.320. \n\n10.322 Calculus III (2cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDifferentials; the law of the Mean, and indeterminate forms; techniques of \nintegration; the definite integral and the fundamental theorem, and applications \nto volume and surface area of revolution and to length of arc of a curve. Prereq. \n10.321. \n\n10.323 Calculus IV (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nInfinite series; partial differentiation; multiple integrals. Prereq. 10.322. \n\n10.324 Differential Equations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nVector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq. 10.323. \n\n10.325 Differential Equations II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nOrdinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear differ- \nential equations, especially with constant coefficients. Laplace transforms. Pre- \nreq. 10.324. \n\n10.326 Differential Equations III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSeries solutions of differential equations; Fourier series and orthogonal func- \ntions. Prereq. 10.325. \n\n10.351 Advanced Mathematics I (Numerical Analysis) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic methods of numerical analysis — roots by iteration; approximating poly- \nnomials and interpolation; least squares fitting; numerical integration; approxi- \nmate solution of ordinary differential equations — problems employing the \nelectronic computer. Prereq. 09.353 and 10.326. \n\n10.352 Advanced Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to partial differential equations, boundary-value problems, Sturm- \nLiouville systems. Prereq. 10.351. \n\n10.353 Advanced Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nSpecial topics in analysis. Prereq. 10.352. \n\n\n120 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n10.361 Modern Algebra I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe integers; rational and real numbers; mathematical induction; polynomials. \nPrereq. 10.503 or 10.308. \n\n10.362 Modern Algebra II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe complex field; equivalence relations; groups; subgroups. Prereq. 10.361. \n\n10.363 Modern Algebra III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nVector spaces; linear independence; linear algebra and transformations. Pre- \nreq. 10.362. \n\n10.591 Mathematics — A (3 cl, 3 q.h.) \n\nMethods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Linear and quadratic \nequations; exponents and radicals. Prereq. Placement Test or 10.302. \n\n10.592 Mathematics — B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nVariation review of geometry; topics of trigonometry; introduction to statistics \nand probability; logarithms. Prereq. 10.591. \n\nPHYSICS \n\nCourses marked * not available in every curriculum. See curricula in \nPrograms of Instruction section, for applicable sequence, pp. 56-101. \n\n11.301 Introductory Physics I (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nA survey of physical principles and theories related to field of mechanics. A \nrelatively non-mathematical approach is used. Prereq. None. \n\n11.302 Introductory Physics II (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nExtension of principles in mechanics and introduction of concepts in electricity \nand magnetism. Prereq. 11.301. \n\n*11.304 General Physics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; \nprojectile and circular motion; rotational motion, conservation laws of energy \nand momentum. Prereq. 10.501 or concurrently. \n\n*11.305 General Physics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTemperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat; wave motion; sound; \n\nDoppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical systems. Prereq. 10.304. \n\n*11.306 General Physics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric current; \ninductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits. Pre- \nreq. 11.305. \n\n11.317 Physics I (Mechanics) (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nKinematics and dynamics of particle motion; Newton's laws; projectile and cir- \ncular motion; conservation laws for momentum and energy; rotational motion; \nsimple harmonic motion. Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently. \n\n11.318 Physics II (Wave Motion, Sound, Heat) (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nWave motion; intensity; interference phenomena; Doppler effect; vibrating sys- \ntems; temperature; heat; change of state; heat transfer; kinetic theory of gases; \ngeneral gas laws; thermodynamics. Prereq. 11.317. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 121 \n\n11.319 Physics III (Electricity, Magnetism, Light) (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \nElectrostatics; magnetism; magnetic induction; induced currents; direct and \nalternating current circuits; properties of light; reflection; refraction; dispersion; \noptical systems; diffraction; polarization. Prereq. 11.318. \n\n11.320 Semiconductor Physics & Devices (4 cl., 4 q.h.) \n\nElectron Ballistics and applications. Properties of atoms and electrons as re- \nlated to conduction of electricity in solids. Fundamentals of semiconductors, \ncrystal diodes, and transistors. Theory of field-effect transistors, integrated \ncircuits, and photoelectric devices. (This is a combination of 11.321 and \n1 1 .322) Prereq. 11.313, 11.316 or 11.319. \n\n11.321 Wave Phenomena (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of fundamental principles of waves to electromagnetic radiation. \nWaves on transmission lines. Selected topics in antennas and wave guides. \nPrereq. 11.319 or 11.316. \n\n11.322 Semiconductor Physics (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nElectron Ballistics and applications. Properties of atoms and electrons as re- \nlated to conduction of electricity in solids. Prereq. 11.319. \n\n11.323 Semiconductor Devices (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of semiconductors, crystal diodes, and transistors. Theory of \nfield-effect transistors, integrated circuits and photoelectric devices. Prereq. \n11.322. \n\n11.331 Advanced Physics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAtomic structure of matter; quantization; Bohr theory of atomic spectra; X-ray; \nradiation. Prereq. 11.323 and 10.323. \n\n11.332 Advanced Physics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to quantum mechanics; de Broglie hypothesis; waves and par- \nticles; Pauli excusion principles and quantum number; spectra. Prereq. 11.331. \n\n11.333 Advanced Physics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to theory of relativity; Lorenz transformations; mass and energy; \nelementary particles; nuclear reactions and transformation of matter and energy. \nPrereq. 11.322. \n\n11.341 Physics Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments covering the fundamental concepts of physics in the fields of \nmechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Prereq. 11.319. \n\n11.342 Physics Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments covering electromagnetic phenomena, heat, and sound. Prereq. \n11.341. \n\n11.343 Physics Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nExperiments covering optics and related topics in the area of modern physics. \n^rereq. 11.342. \n\n11.391 General Physics — A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; \nProjectile and circular motion; rotational motion, conservation laws of energy \nind momentum. Temperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat. \n'rereq. 10.591 or concurrently. \n\n\n122 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n11.392 General Physics — B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nWave motion; sound; Doppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical sys- \ntems. Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric \ncurrent; inductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits. \nPrereq. 11.391. \n\n\nCHEMISTRY \n\n12.301 Introductory Chemistry I (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nA non-mathematical approach to the concepts of chemistry including matter; \nelements and compounds, chemical bonding, chemical equations. Prereq. None. \n\n12.302 Introductory Chemistry II (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nA continuation of 12.301, including Periodic System, forms of energy, oxidation- \nreduction, solutions, chemical and ionic equilibrium, nuclear reactions, and a \nbrief introduction to organic chemistry. Prereq. 12.301. \n\n12.307 Modern Chemistry I (Intro, to Inorganic Chemistry) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nFundamental ideas of matter and energy, chemical bonding, chemical energy, \nwater and solutions, colloids, ionic reactions, oxidation and reduction, acidity, \nradio activity, all discussed from the viewpoint of recent developments. Prereq. \n10.501 or concurrently. \n\n12.308 Modern Chemistry II (Intro, to Organic Chemistry) (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nClasses of organic compounds, including hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, alde- \nhydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amines and amides, carbohydrates, in- \ncluding the relationship with modern biology. Prereq. 12.307. \n\n12.309 Modern Chemistry III (Intro, to the Chemistry of Living Bodies) \n\n(2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIncludes fats, proteins, enzymes, chemistry of digestion and the chemical re- \nactions characteristic of body fluids. Prereq. 12.308. \n\n12.314 General Chemistry and Laboratory I (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.) \nFundamental ideas of matter and energy. Properties of gases, liquids and solids; \natomic structure, chemical bonding and valence; classification of the elements; \nacids and bases; solutions of non-electrolytes; solutions of electrolytes; chemi- \ncal equilibrium. Correlated laboratory experiments. Prereq. 10.307 or 10.501 \nor concurrently. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.315 General Chemistry and Laboratory II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.) \n\nIonic reactions and ionic equilibrium; oxidation-reduction reactions; electro- \nchemistry; chemical kinetics; colloidal dispersions; nuclear chemistry; chemis- \ntry of non-metals and metals; study of families of elements in the Periodic \nSystem. Correlated laboratory experiments. Prereq. 12.314. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.316 General Chemistry and Laboratory III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.) \nChemistry of related and similar metals; coordination compounds; chemistry of \nopen and closed chain organic compounds; organic chemistry of natural and \nsynthetic products including petroleum, rubber, synthetic resins, plastics, etc. \nCorrelated laboratory experiments. Prereq. 12.315. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 123 \n\n12.321 Analytical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalytical procedure and technique; application of fundamental concepts of \nsolutions to laboratory work; formulation of numerical terms essential to under- \nstanding mass action law, ionic equilibria; solubility product, hydrolysis, and \nredox constants. Prereq. Former 12.313 or 12.316. \n\n12.322 Analytical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nWeighing, measurement of volumes, titration, filtration, ignition, and combus- \ntion are considered from standpoint of theoretical principles involved and \nmanipulative technique necessary. Combination of these operations and their \napplication to actual analysis; comprehensive study of volumetric methods and \nmore elementary parts of gravimetric analysis. Problems are introduced to \nemphasize correct calculation of analytical results as well as procedures. Pre- \nreq. 12.321. \n\n12.323 Analytical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nElements of instrumental analysis. Theoretical principles involved in the use of \ncolorimeter, absorption instruments, Ph measurements, chromatography, etc. \nPrereq. 12.322. \n\n12.324 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of qualitative chemistry applied to actual problems. Separations and \nidentification of known and unknown solutions. Finally these are combined into \na comprehensive system of analysis which is applied to artificially prepared \nmixtures and industrial materials. Prereq. 12.316 or equivalent and 12.321 or \nconcurrently. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.325 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nAnalytical methods used in quantitative chemistry. Volumetric analysis includ- \ning acidmetry and alkalimetry, oxidation, reduction, and precipitation methods \nfollowed by simple gravimetric analysis. Prereq. 12.324. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.326 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nPractical applications of instrumental analysis with experience in the use of \ncolorimeter, absorption instruments, pH measurements, chromatography, etc. \nPrereq. 12.325. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.331 Organic Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nNature of carbon in organic compounds. General principles of structure, nomen- \nclature, preparation, uses, and reactions, of aliphatic hydrocarbons: alkanes, \nalkenes, alkynes, dienes, cycloalkanes. Position and geometric isomerism. In- \ntroduction to free radical and ionic mechanisms of reactions. Prereq. 12.313 \nor 12.316. \n\n12.332 Organic Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStructure of benzene, electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions. General \nprinciples of structure, nomenclature, preparation, uses and reactions of the \nvarious types of organic compounds, including: alcohols, alkyl and aryl halides, \nethers and epoxides, and carboxylic acids. Optical isomerism and introductory \nchemical kinetics will be discussed. Prereq. 12.331. \n\n12.333 Organic Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of Chemistry 12.332 with emphasis on the application of chemical \ninterconversions to synthetic problems. Functional derivatives of carboxylic \nacids, sulfonic acids and their derivatives, amines, diazonium compounds, \nphenols, aldehydes and ketones. Prereq. 12.332. \n\n\n124 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n12.334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nCo-ordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry I, and deals with the \npreparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.316 or equiva- \nlent and 12.331 or concurrently. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.335 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nCo-ordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry II, and deals with the \npreparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.334. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.336 Organic Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nCo-ordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry III, and deals with the \npreparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.335. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n12.341 Physical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe three states of matter, atomic and molecular forces, physical properties \nand molecular structure; heat, work and heat capacity; thermochemistry. Pre- \nreq. 12.313 or 12.316. \n\n12.342 Physical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThermodynamics, solutions, chemical equilibria, phasediagrams, and chemical \nkinetics. Prereq. 12.341. \n\n12.343 Physical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nElectrical conductance, electromotive force, ionic equilibria, colloids, quantum \ntheory, and photochemistry. Prereq. 12.342. \n\n12.351 Instrumental and Radiochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDefinitions, physical principles, scope and application; principles of measure- \nment; endpoint-detection systems for volumetric analysis, data treatment and \ninterpretation. Optical methods of analysis including spectrophotomery, excita- \ntion methods, measurements of other optical properties, and mass spectrome- \ntry. Prereq. 12.323. \n\n12.352 Instrumental and Radiochemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nMethods of separation, vapor phase chromatography, ion exchangers; electrical \nmethods of analysis including potentiometry, voltammetry, coulometry, and \nconductimetry; miscellaneous instrumental measurements. Prereq. 12.351. \n\n12.353 Instrumental and Radiochemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nRadioactivity and nuclear reactions, production and study of nuclear, reactions, \nequations of radioactive decay, nuclear states and radioactive processes, inter- \naction of radiations with matter, radiation detection and measurement, statistics \nor radioactivity measurements, techniques for the study of radionuclides, tracers \nin chemical applications and nuclear energy. Prereq. 12.352. \n\n12.381 Nuclear Technology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAtomic and nuclear structure, discovery and nature of radio activity. Nuclear \nreactions and energy; induced nuclear transformations; neutron properties; ap- \nplications of radionuclides. Supplementary laboratory experiments. Prereq. \n10.323 and 11.316. \n\n12.382 Nuclear Technology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nRadiological safety — the hazards, problems, and protection. Nuclear instru- \nmentation for particle detection, monitoring and experimentation. Supplemen \ntary laboratory experiments. Prereq. 12.381. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 125 \n\n12.383 Nuclear Technology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe fission process and its applications; nuclear reactors — their classification, \ndesign and application; nuclear fuel processing; radioactive waste disposal. \nSupplementary laboratory experiments. Prereq. 12.382. \n\n\nNATURAL SCIENCE \n\n16.531 Oceanography I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to the geology of the ocean basins and the physicial and chemi- \ncal properties of sea water. The development of ocean currents and their effect \non the land masses of the world. Prereq. Nat. Sci. Equivalency. \n\n16.532 Oceanography II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe habitat zones and organisms of the sea. Phytoplankton, zooplankton, and \nnekton are discussed. The growing economic importance of marine resources \nfor the expanding world population. Prereq. 16.531. \n\n16.533 Marine Geology (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPhysiography and structure of ocean basins. Marine geological processes and \nfeatures, including sedimentation, erosion, shorelines, and bottom topography. \nMethods and techniques of marine geological exploration. Prereq. Nat. Sci. \nEquivalency. \n\n16.541 Meteorology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the structure, composition and phenomena of the atmosphere. \nConsideration of solar radiation, aurora, airglow, meteors, and radio propaga- \ntion in the upper atmosphere, followed by a detailed examination of the major \nweather elements, related measuring instruments and global wind circulation \nof the troposphere. Laboratory exercises include plotting horizontal and vertical \nvariations in temperature, pressure, and moisture, with analysis of the dynamic \ninterrelationships involved. Prereq. Nat. Sci. Equivalency. \n\n16.542 Meteorology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of secondary wind circulation, air masses, frontal systems, thunder- \nstorms, hurricanes, and tornadoes. Techniques in local short-range and regional \nlong-range forecasting, with special attention to New England conditions. \nLaboratory exercises in synoptic weather maps preparation, analysis, and in- \nterpretation. Prereq. 16.541. \n\n16.543 Climatology (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nClassification, analysis, and geographic distribution of climatic types. Consid- \neration of microclimates and relationship of weather and climatic elements to \nother factors in the natural environment and human activities. Opportunity \nprovided to apply effects of these elements to a chosen area of personal interest. \nPrereq. Nat. Sci. Equivalency. \n\n16.551 Astronomy I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDirection, orientation, and division of space and time. The six main types of \nbodies of the Solar Systems in terms of their observed properties and motions. \nPrereq. Nat. Sci. Equivalency. \n\n\n126 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n16.552 Astronomy II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nLight as part of the electromagnetic spectrum and as a fundamental basis of \nman's observations. A survey of light and radio telescopes, spectroscopes, and \nother tools of astronomy. The sun as a typical star. Prereq. 1 6.551 . \n\n16.553 Astronomy III (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nStellar classification, variety, and evolution as fundamentals in the understand- \ning of clusters, galaxies, and cosmology. Prereq. 16.522. \n\n\nBIOLOGY \n\n18.304 Integrated Science I (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of chemistry; principles of biology. Prereq. None. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.305 Integrated Science II (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nHuman anatomy and physiology. Prereq. 18.304. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.306 Integrated Science III (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to essential topics in the major areas of biology; physico-chemical \nbackground of biology. Prereq. 18.305. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.307 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nFundamental concepts of living organisms, chemical and biological characteris- \ntics of cellular metabolism. The skeletal system and its appendages. General \nnomenclature, anatomical names and terms. Prereq. None. \n\n18.308 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe systems of the body and the relationships between them. The structure \nand function of each. Prereq. 18.307. \n\n18.309 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nContinuation of the systems of the body and the relationship between them. \nPrereq. 18.308. \n\n18.311 Biology I (General) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nUniversity properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition \nand cellular activities; inheritance and cellular control; the evolutionary process; \nenvironmental relationships. Prereq. None. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.312 Biology II (Animal) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nSystematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Di- \nversity of animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation. \nPrereq. 18.311. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.313 Biology III (Plant) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nSystematic study of the structure and function of plants, principally vascular \nplants. Survey of the plant-like protists, and monerans. Prereq. 18.311. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.314 Botany I (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nThe plant cell, tissue, and parts of flowering plants. Prereq. 18.313. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 127 \n\n18.315 Botany II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nClassification of the plant kingdom, plantal life histories. Prereq. 18.314. \n\n18.316 Botany III (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nPhysiology and life activities of plants. Prereq. 18.315. \n\n18.321 Microbiology I (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nBiology of bacteria and other microorganisms, preparation of media, steriliza- \ntion, staining, isolation, and identification of purse cultures. Prereq. 18.313. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.322 Microbiology II (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nBacteriology of water, sewage, air, and milk. Standards, plate counts, and \nphysiological tests. Prereq. 18.321. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.323 Microbiology III (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.) \n\nSurvey of pathogenic microorganisms; metabolic activities. Prereq. 18.322. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.324 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.) \n\nThe structure and function of vertebrate organ systems. Prereq. 18.306 or \n18.313. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.325 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.) \nIntroduction to cellular metabolism. Prereq. 18.324. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.326 Human Anatomy and Physiology III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.) \nContinuation of the study of cellular metabolism. Prereq. 18.325. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.329 Seminar In Medical Technology (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCurrent topics in Medical Technology. Required readings and presentations by \n\nstudents. Guest lecturers. Prereq. Instructor Permission. \n\n18.341 Hematology I (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic hematological techniques including discussion of the differential smear \nand observation of the normal morphology of human red cells, while cells and \nplatelets. Prereq. 18.313. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.342 Hematology II (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nMorphologic and etiologic classification of the anemias. Related diagnostic \ntests will be discussed. Prereq. 18.341. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.343 Hematology III (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nStudies of pathologic and physiologic deviations of the white cell series as \n.observed in leukemias and infections. Some animal hematology will be included. \nPrereq. 18.342 (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.351 Histology-Organology I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nI The morphology of cells and tissues. Prereq. 18.313. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.352 Histology-Organology II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nMhe issue components of the integumentary, digestive, and respiratory systems. \n[Prereq. 18.351. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n\n128 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n18.353 Histology-Organology III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe tissue components of the cardiovascular, excretory, reproductive, and en- \ndocrine systems. Prereq. 18.352. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.357 Genetics I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nMitosis, meiosis, and mendelian genetics. Prereq. 18.313. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.358 Genetics II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nChromosome mapping, mutations, translocation, chromosomal abberations. \nPrereq. 18.357. (Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.359 Genetics III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nPopulation genetics, aspects of biochemical genetics. Prereq. 18.358. \n\n(Laboratory Fee) \n\n18.391 Photomicroscopy (1 ch., 2 lab., 2 q.h.) \n(not offered 1969-70). \n\n18.361 Ecology I (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nEnvironmental factors. The soil system. Water. The atmosphere. Tempera- \nture, light, wind, pressure. The physico-chemical factors — C02, N and mineral \nnutrients. Habitat. Distribution of plants and animals in the world according \nto temperature and precipitation. Prereq. 18.313. \n\n18.362 Ecology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe ecosystem. Ecological niche. The producers, consumers and dicomposers. \nThe pond ecosystem, desert ecosystem, forest ecosystem and sea shore eco- \nsystem. Energy cycle and efficiency of energy utilization. Mass, weight and \nenergy pyramids. Prereq. 18.361. \n\n18.363 Ecology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPopulation ecology. Biotic community. Population growth. Relations between \nthe species. Symbiosis. Competition. Predation. Succession. Prereq. 18.362. \n\n\nPHARMACOLOGY \n\n73.311 Clinical Biochemistry I (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nEnzymes and hormones of clinical and pathologic interest with experiments to \n\ninterpret disordered biochemistry. Prereq. 12.323, 12.333, 18.323. \n\n(Not offered 1969-70.) (Laboratory Fee) \n\n73.312 Clinical Biochemistry II (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nPathogenesis of renal tubular dysjunction, intestinal malabsorption syndromes, \nhormone assay and significance, and endorcrine functions. Prereq. 73.311. \n(Not offered 1969-70.) (Laboratory Fee) \n\n73.313 Clinical Biochemistry III (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) \n\nAbnormality of electrolyte metabolism, lipid transport and mobilization histo- \nchemical technics, vitamin abnormalities, clinical aspects of biochemical ge- \nnetics and radioisotopic applications. Prereq. 73.312 (Laboratory Fee) \n(Not offered 1969-70.) \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 129 \n\nLIBERAL ARTS \n\nStudents wishing to elect other Humanities, Social Science, and Natural \nScience courses should refer to the University College Catalog and petition for \napproval by the Committee on Education of Lincoln College. \n\n19.501 Psychology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAn introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psychologi- \ncal measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning. \nPrereq. None. \n\n19.502 Psychology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so- \ncial influences on behavior. Prereq. 19.501. \n\n19.503 Psychology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nPersonality theory and measurement, behavior disorders, mental health and \npsychotherapy. Prereq. 19.502. \n\n19.507 Psychology (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nAn introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psychologi- \ncal measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning. \nPrinciples of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so- \ncial influences on behavior. Personality theory and measurement, behavior dis- \norders, mental health and psychotherapy. (Not open to students who have taken \n19.501, 19.502, 19.503). Prereq. None. \n\n21.501 Sociology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in \ngroup life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the \nfamily. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n21.502 Sociology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of Sociology I with major emphasis on primary groups, associa- \ntions, social stratification, collective behavior, and population. Prereq. 21.501. \n\n21.503 Sociology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of Sociology II focusing on the major institutional areas, with \nparticular attention to problems of social, political, urban, and industrial change. \nPrereq. 21.502. \n\n21.504 Sociology (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nBasic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in \ngroup life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the \nfamily. Primary groups, associations, social stratification, collective behavior, \nand population. The major institutional areas, with particular attention to prob- \nlems of social, political, urban, and industrial change. (Not open to students \nwho have taken 21.501, 21.502, 21.503.) Prereq. 30.506. \n\n23.501 Western Civilization I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe beginnings of Western civilization with emphasis on the political, economic \n\nand social history of the ancient and medieval world. Prereq. None. \n\n\n130 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n23.502 Western Civilization II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nModern Europe to 1815 with an examination of the two major intellectual move- \nments— the Renaissance and the Enlightenment — and their impact upon \nreligious movements, economic developments, and the rise of national states. \nPrereq. None. \n\n23.503 Western Civilization III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nWestern civilization since 1815, emphasizing the Scientific and Industrial Revo- \nlutions and their impact upon democracy and authoritarianism, nationalism and \ninternationalism, and war and peace. Prereq. None. \n\n23.507 Western Civilization (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nThe beginnings of Western civilization with emphasis on the political, economic \nand social history of the ancient and medieval world. Modern Europe to 1815 \nwith an examination of the two major intellectual movements ■ — the Renaissance \nand the Enlightenment — and their impact upon religious movements, economic \ndevelopments, and the rise of national states. Western civilization since 1815, \nemphasizing the Scientific and Industrial Revolutions and their impact upon \ndemocracy and authoritarianism, nationalism and internationalism, and war \nand peace. (Not open to students who have taken 23.501, 23.502, 23.503.) \nPrereq. None. \n\n30.500 Introduction to English (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nA course designed to prepare students for 30.504 English I. Basic skills in \nreading and writing; review of grammar and punctuation; writing of themes; \ncontemporary readings for understanding and discussion; developing good study \nhabits. Prereq. None. \n\n30.501 English for International Students I (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nIntroduction to English grammar for foreign-speaking students with an emphasis \non listening, speaking, and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen \nvocabulary and pronunciation. Prereq. None. \n\n30.502 English for International Students II (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nA continuation for 30.501 emphasizing the preparation of written and oral re- \nports and business and social correspondence. Prereq. 30.501. \n\n30.503 English for International Students III (2 cl., non-credit) \n\nAdvanced work in written and spoken English preparatory to entering 30.504 \nEnglish I. Prereq. 30.502. \n\n*30.504 English I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAims and methods of exposition, description and narration; investigation of \nphrasing and syntax; analysis of essays for content, structure, and effective- \nness; theme assignments to develop skill in writing. Prereq. None. \n\n30.505 English II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAims and methods of argumentation; study of documentation techniques, form, \nand style of critical essays; practice in library research; analysis and discussion \nof short stories; theme assignments. Prereq. 30.504. \n\n30.506 English III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of study of documentation techniques and form and style of critical \nessays; continuation of analysis and discussion of short stories; writing business \nand social correspondence; theme assignments. Prereq. 30.505. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 131 \n\n*30.520 English (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nReview of grammar and punctuation through drill. A study of the techniques of \nexposition, description, argumentation, narration, and documentation; frequent \ntheme assignments to develop skill in writing; related readings. (Not open to \nstudents who have taken 30.501, 30.502, 30.503.) Prereq. None. \n\n30.507 Introduction to Literature I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nProse fiction. Writing of short critical papers. Prereq. 30.506. \n\n30.508 Introduction to Literature II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nPoetry. Writing of short critical papers. Prereq. 30.507. \n\n30.509 Introduction to Literature III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nDrama. Writing of short critical papers. Prereq. 30.508. \n\n30.510 Introduction to Literature (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nProse fiction, poetry, and drama. Writing of short critical papers. Students \nshould obtain their prose fiction texts from the bookstore and start the reading \nbefore the course begins. (Not open to students who have taken 30.507, 30.508, \n30.509.) Prereq. 30.506. \n\n*30.594 English — A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nAims and methods of exposition, description and narration; investigation of \nphrasing and syntax; analysis of essays for content, structure, and effective- \nness; theme assignments to develop skill in writing. Aims and methods of \nargumentation; study of documentation techniques, form, and style of critical \nessays. Prereq. None. \n\n30.595 English — B (3d. ,3 q.h.) \n\nPractice in library research; analysis and discussion of short stories; theme \nassignments. Continuation of study of documentation techniques and form and \nstyle of critical essays; continuation of analysis and discussion of short stories; \nwriting business and social correpondence; theme assignments. Prereq. 30.594. \n\n\n'Students enrolling in English (30.504, 30.520, or 30.594) will be given a \ndiagnostic test during the first meeting of class. The purpose of this test is to \ndetermine whether the student's level of preparation in English is sufficient to \nenable him to do the work required in the course. If his score indicates that \nhe falls below the minimum level required, he will be given information about \nobtaining additional preparation from the Center for Programmed Study which \nis located in the Dodge Library, or may enroll in the non-credit course 30.500 \nIntroduction to English. \n\n\nBUSINESS MANAGEMENT \n\nStudents wishing to elect other business courses should refer to the Univer- \nsity College catalogue and petition for approval by the Committee on Education \nof Lincoln College. \n\n\n132 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n39.501 Economic Principles and Problems I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nMacro analysis-National income concepts and determination; macro economic \ngoals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. Prereq. None. \n\n39.502 Economic Principles and Problems II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nMicro analysis-Theory of the firm and market structure; supply, demand, \nmarket price; international economics. Prereq. 39.501. \n\n39.503 Economic Principles and Problems III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nApplications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, com- \npetition, labor, agriculture, urban. Prereq. 39.502. \n\n39.504 Economics (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nMacro analysis-National income concepts and determination; macro economic \ngoals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. Micro analysis-Theory of the \nfirm and market structure; supply, demand, market price; international eco- \nnomics. Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, \ncompetition, labor, agriculture, urban. (Not open to students who have taken \n39.501, 39.502, 39.503.) Prereq. None. \n\n39.510 Statistics for Quality Control (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of statistical concepts and computations necessary to the un- \nderstanding of statistical quality control. Frequency distributions, measures of \ncentering and dispersion; computation of average and standard deviation for \nungrouped and grouped data; determination of areas under the normal distribu- \ntion curve; standard deviation of the mean. Combinations and permutations and \ntheir use of compute probabilities computations associated with the hyper- \ngeometric, binomial and Poisson distributions. Prereq. 10.503 or equiv. \n\n39.511 Statistics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the \nnature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability. \nPrereq. 39.503. \n\n39.512 Statistics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of significance, \n\"t\" distribution and chi square. Prereq. 39.511. \n\n39.513 Statistics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the analysis of variance, trend fitting, linear regression, seasonal \nadjustment and index numbers. Prereq. 39.512. \n\n39.514 Statistics (Intensive) (6 cl., 6 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the \nnature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability. \nIntroduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of signifi- \ncance, \"t\" distribution and chi square. Introduction to the analysis of variance, \ntrend fitting, linear regression, seasonal adjustment and index numbers. Not \nopen to students who have taken 39.511, 39.512, 39.513. Prereq. 39.503. \n\n41.501 Accounting Principles I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandis- \ning businesses. Prereq. None. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 133 \n\n41.502 Accounting Principles II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe problems of income measurement and valuation related to sources and \nuses of invested capital. Prereq. 41.501. \n\n41.503 Accounting Principles III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe use of debt and investments in managerial financial decisions, followed by \na brief introduction into cost decision analysis. Prereq. 41.502. \n\n45.501 Management and Organization I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCourse describes the environment within which business operates and from \nthis develops the theory and practice of organization. Prereq. None. \n\n45.502 Management and Organization II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBuilding on 45.501, this course develops the \"what\" and \"how\" of the manage- \nment process. Prereq. 45.501. \n\n45.503 Management and Organization III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThis course applies the concepts of organization and management to the func- \ntional areas of business — marketing, production, personnel and finance. Pre- \nreq. 45.502. \n\n45.541 Law I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements; \ninterpretation of contracts. Prereq. None? \n\n45.542 Law II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAGENCY: Nature, formation and termination of agency relationships; rights and \nduties of principal and agent, scope of agent's authority. Prereq. 45.541. \nSALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights and reme- \ndies of seller and buyer. Prereq. 45.541. \n\n45.543 Law III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nNEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes and checks; liabilities and defenses \n\nof parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge. Prereq. 45.542. \n\nBUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships. Prereq. \n\n45.542. \n\n\n45.561 Statistical Quality Control (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nDescription and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control \nmethods for quality assurance, quality control, and quality improvement of \nproducts and services; the tools for reducing and controlling the costs of scrap, \nrework, repair, customer complaints and warranty. The determination of process \ncapability; use of histograms to identify abnormal variability; the use of quality- \ncontrol charts for measurable and nonmeasurable quality characteristics, in- \ncluding Shewhart, Multi-Vari, median, per cent defective and defects per unit; \ncorrective-action techniques; complying with government quality-control-system \nrequirements; psychological factors in controlling quality. Prereq. 45.635 or \n39.513. \n\n\n134 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n45.562 Statistical Quality Control II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of Statistical Quality Control I, covering the application of statisti- \ncal and probability considerations in acceptance sampling of purchased mate- \nrial, work-in-process and outgoing products. Methods of predicting sampling \nresults using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the Poisson distributions; \ndevelopment of the Operating Characteristic Curve for any sampling plan; risks \ninvolved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL. Use of standard \nsampling tables to select appropriate sampling plans, including Mil-Std-105 and \n414; practical administration of sampling programs, material review boards, \nand quality audit. Prereq. 45.561. \n\n45.563 Management of Quality Control (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nModern concepts of managing the quality function of a company to maximize \ncustomer satisfaction at minimum quality cost. The idea of Total Quality Con- \ntrol; measurement of the costs of quality; use of Pareto's Rule to identify the \nmajor unsolved quality problems, development of a coordinated program of \nimprovement, organizing for diagnosing the direct causes. The Quality Control \nsystem; improvement and control of vendor quality in process control; outgoing \nproduct control; customer quality relations. Organizing of the quality function. \nPrereq. 45.605 & 45.6—. \n\n45.570 Electronic Data Processing I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding \nsystems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program- \nming concepts. Prereq. None. \n\n45.571 Electronic Data Processing II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of available computer systems; price and performance comparison of \navailable input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing and sorting tech- \nniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and terminals. \nPrereq. 45.570. \n\n45.572 Electronic Data Processing III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA presentation of COBOL, FORTRAN and other programming languages; discus- \nsion of business data processing and operations research applications; and a \nsummary of trends in EDP. Prereq. 45.571. \n\n48.501 Transportation Management I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic principles of management and organization, evaluation of all transporta- \ntion modes, and primary concepts of freight classification and rates. Prereq. \nNone. \n\n48.502 Transportation Management II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of primary management functions — use of tariffs, routing, document \nprocessing, analysis of special carrier services and liabilities, and control of \nprivate carrier operations. Prereq. 48.501. \n\n48.503 Transportation Management III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAppraisal of Federal transport policy and introduction to factors of physical dis- \ntribution — inventory control, warehousing, material handling, packaging, and \ninternational distribution. Prereq. 48.502. \n\n48.504 Transportation Regulation and Promotion I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nStudy of the history and content of the Interstate Commerce Act. Prereq. 48.503. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 135 \n\n48.505 Transportation Regulation and Promotion II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nExamination of Administrative Law and Procedure, the Code of Ethics and the \nGeneral Rules of Practice. Prereq. 48.504. \n\n48.506 Transportation Regulation and Promotion III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nAnalysis of cases pertinent to the Commerce Clause and comprehensive prepa- \nration for the Interstate Commerce Commission Practitioners Examination. \nPrereq. 48.505. \n\n48.541 Air Transportation Management I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nEconomics and regulation of Civil Aeronautics Board certificated commercial \npassenger aviation — including routes, schedules, operations, pricing, cost \nanalysis and financing. Prereq. None. \n\n48.542 Air Transportation Management II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \nSimilar analysis as 48.541 for cargo operations. Prereq. 48.541. \n\n48.543 Air Transportation Management III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nEconomics and regulation of general aviation including analysis of corporate, \nair taxi and third level operations. Prereq. 48.542. \n\n48.591 Transportation Management A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nEvaluation of all transportation modes, singly and in combination with one \nanother. Analysis of the bill of lading and other transportation documents. \nStudy of primary concepts in transportation pricing; freight classification, classi- \nfication rule and freight rates. Study of primary freight-management functions; \nuse of tariffs and rate procedure with carrier bureaus and the Interstate Com- \nmerce Commission; routing and consolidation of freight. Prereq. None. \n\n48.592 Transportation Management B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nSpecial services performed by carriers — diversion and reconsignment, transit, \nprotective services, storage, tracing, switching, pickup and delivery, weighing, \nloading and unloading; freight — claim procedure and prevention. Management \nof a private transportation system; exporting and importing; inventory manage- \nment; materials handling and packaging; warehousing; and factors of industrial \nlocation. Prereq. 48.591. \n\n48.593 Air Transportation Management A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nThe economics and regulation of scheduled passenger service and scheduled- \ncargo service. Corporate and general aviation policy-making and procedures. \nPrereq. None. \n\n48.594 Air Transportation Management B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nAreas of specific study include route structures, equipment, scheduling, opera- \ntions, pricing, cost analysis and financing. Prereq. 48.593. \n\n48.595 Transportation Regulations and Promotion A (3 cl. 3 q.h.) \n\nStudy of transportation regulation as it is practiced by both Federal and State \ngovernments. History and content of the Interstate Commerce Act — its impact \nupon carriers and upon industrial activity. Study of cases pertinent to the \nCommerce Clause. Prereq. 48.591 \n\n48.596 Transportation Regulations and Promotion B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \nExamination of Administrative Law and Procedure, the Code of Ethics and the \nGeneral Rule of Practice. Complete review and preparation for the Inter- \nstate Commerce Commission Practitioners Examination. Prereq. 48.595. \n\n\n136 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nRADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY \n\n86.301 Radiologic Technology Orientation I (2 cl., 1 q.h.) \nA study of the history of x-rays; ethics; terminology used in radiologic tech- \nnology. Prereq. None. \n\n86.302 Radiologic Technology Orientation II (2 cl., 1 q.h.) \n\nNursing and dental procedures pertinent to Radiologic Technology. Prereq. \n86.301. \n\n86.303 Radiologic Technology Orientation III (2 cl., 1 q.h.) \n\nA study of pediatrics relating to proper methods of irradiating. The study of \nmedical and surgical diseases and the effects they have on anatomy and physi- \nology and the resultant radiography. Prereq. 86.302. \n\n86.304 Radiologic Science I (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nA survey of the basic concepts of physics; units of measurement; Newton's Law \nof Motion; work; energy; Conservation of energy; Heat transfer and wave motion. \nPrereq. None. \n\n86.305 Radiologic Science II (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nProperties of lightwaves; optics; currents; magnetism; electric currents; motors; \ngenerators; inductance; atomic theory and x-rays. Prereq. 86.304. \n\n86.306 Radiologic Science III (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nAtomic structure of matter; radio activity; production and control of high voltage; \nrectification; nature and production of x-rays; interaction of x-rays and matter; \ndosimetry; x-ray circuits and tubes. Prereq. 86.305. \n\n86.311 Radiologic Technology I (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nA study of the planes of the body; basic positioning of the skeletal system to \nbest demonstrate the desired area. Prereq. None. \n\n86.312 Radiologic Technology II (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nOrganizational factors of the hospital; department of radiology; financial con- \nsideration; legal considerations and the necessity for correct records and filing \nsystems; advanced positioning. Prereq. 86.311. \n\n86.313 Radiologic Technology III (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nProper care and maintenance of x-ray equipment; mechanical and electrical \nbreakdowns; test equipment necessary; special procedures used in radiology \nand indications for doing them. Prereq. 86.312. \n\n86.314 Advanced Radiologic Technology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nReview of basic principles; new equipment (operation); special procedures; \nthermography; ultrasound and video; anatomy and physiology. Prereq. R. T. or \nSpecial Permission. \n\n86.315 Advanced Radiologic Technology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nThe study of specialized procedures which utilize advanced and sophisticated \nequipment in the field of: neurology; cardio-vascular, pediatrics, tomography, \nintraoral, operative procedures. Prereq. 86.314. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 137 \n\n86.316 Advanced Radiologic Technology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAccounting principles; budgeting, preparing schedules; personal practices. \nPrereq. 86.315. \n\n86.317 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nReview of physics, mathematics, anatomy, treatment planning, radiation units of \nmeasurement, and introduction to radioisotopes. Prereq. 86.316. \n\n86.318 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nRadiobiology, nursing procedures, protection and shielding, and supervoltage \nequipment. Prereq. 86.317. \n\n86.319 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nSpecific procedures, records and administrative procedures, clinical application, \nand radiobiology. Prereq. 86.318. \n\n86.331 Radiologic Photography and Exposure I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA study of the basic principles of image formation; factors controlling and affect- \ning exposure; contrast materials used to outline organs, vessels, tissues. Prereq. \nNone. \n\n86.332 Radiologic Photography and Exposure II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nCritiquing film for contrast, density, detail, artifacts and information content; \nexposure mathematics and a review of basic principles. Prereq. 86.331. \n\n86.333 Radiologic Photography and Exposure III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nMethods of protection for patients and personnel; effects of radiation on tissue; \ntherapy; therapy planning and treatment; uses of radioactive isotopes. Prereq. \n86.332. \n\n86.341, 342, 343 Applied Radiology and Practicum (6 q.h.) \nApplication of theoretical principles presented at the University by actually per- \nforming radiographic examinations under supervision until qualified to proceed \nalone. Assigned homework to be incorporated into the lesson plans while at the \nhospital; and lectures to be presented by personnel in hospital contingent with \nlectures at the University. As required by A.M. A. (2 hours week) \n\n86.344, 345, 346 Advanced Radiology and Practicum (6 q.h.) \nA continuation of lectures as required by A.M. A. (2 hours week), radiological \nprinciples, exposure, film critique, special procedures, therapy and isotopes. \nApplication of theoretical principles learned. Students assuming responsibility \nfor examinations of all types (call, weekends, etc.) Prereq. 86.341, 342, 343. \n\n\nHEALTH CARE \n\n86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA study of important legal principles and rulings of importance to medical \nadministrative personnel and others. Brief introduction to interpersonal ethics \nin patient care. Prereq. None. \n\n\n138 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III (6 q.h.) \nStudy, primarily through physicians lectures, of major disease problems in our \nsociety and modes of treatment. Intended for the non-medical student who \nwishes an understanding of the problems faced by the physician in daily prac- \ntice, to facilitate communication between medical and non-medical members of \nthe health team. Discusses organized care; diagnosis; treatment. Prereq. None. \n\n86.507, 86.508 Medical Terminology I, II (4 q.h.) \n\nAn intensive introduction to medical terminology: stems, prefixes, suffixes. \n\nPractice in usage. Prereq. None. \n\n\nAVIATION TECHNOLOGY \n\n96.301 Air Science & Navigation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic flight concepts, map projections, preflight planning, course plotting. Basic \nradio navigational systems and application. Prereq. None. \n\n96.302 Air Science & Navigation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nTopographic information, navigational instruments, mechanical aids, plotters to \ncomputers. Civil aviation route level structure, F.A.A. regulations as they effect \nairway navigation. Prereq. 96.301. \n\n96.303 Air Science & Navigation III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nBasic and advanced concepts of aeronautical systems. Structural airframe \nrequirements and operating limitations, substructures. Principles of propulsion. \nPrereq. 96.302. \n\n96.304 Advanced Air Science & Navigation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAircraft power plants, flight instruments, Turbojet operating characteristics. \nAdvanced wing and airfoil forces. Planform effects and airplane drag. Prereq. \n96.303 & 11.306. \n\n96.305 Advanced Air Science Navigation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nAircraft performance. Stability and Control. High speed aerodynamics. Appli- \ncation of aerodynamics to specific problems of flight. Prereq. 96.304. \n\n96.306 Advanced Air Science & Navigation III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of application of aerodynamics to specific flight problems and \nmodern aircraft design. Prereq. 96.305. \n\n96.311 Aviation Meteorology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA survey of the principles of meteorology and structure of the atmosphere. \nMeteorological instruments and observations. Prereq. 11.306 or Equiv. \n\n96.312 Aviation Meteorology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nWeather map interpretation and common aviation weather teletype codes. \nPhysical approach to pressure, temperature, basic thermodynamics, stability, \nand cloud formations. Prereq. 96.311. \n\n96.313 Climatology (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nClimate causes and effects. Climatology of several regions of the world. Appli- \ncation of climatology to problems of airport location and construction, airline \noperation, and private flying. Prereq. 96.312. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 139 \n\n96.321 Avionics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nRadio wave propogation. Doppler effect. Basic antenna types and special an- \ntennas in navigational aids. Electronic power supplies. Prereq. 03.309. \n\n96.322 Avionics II (2 cl, 2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of amplitude and frequency modulation and demodulation. Prin- \nciples of servo-mechanisms. Principles of radar. Prereq. 03.321. \n\n96.323 Avionics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nA study of characteristics and operation of typical aircraft navigation systems \ncurrently being used in modern aircraft. The course covers remote compass \nsystems, ADF, Omni and ILS equipment. \n\n*96.331 Primary Flight I (2 lab., lVz q.h.) \n\nElements of flight principles (pre-flight operations), operation of aircraft systems. \nTaxi operations and ground performance. Basic flight maneuvers. Take-offs and \nlandings. Prereq. Class I or II Medical Certificate. \n\n*96.332 Primary Flight II (2 lab., lVfe q.h.) \n\nReview of basic flight maneuvers. Advanced maneuvers and stall procedures. \nShort field take-offs and landings. Power approaches and landing under varying \nconditions. Emergency operation of aircraft equipment. Prereq. 96.331. \n\n*96.333 Primary Flight III (2 lab., IV2 q.h.) \n\nCross country flight planning and flight. Lost procedures and related emer- \ngencies. Use of radio and navigation equipment under V.F.R. (visual flight rules). \nControl of aircraft by reference to flight instruments only. Private license quali- \nfications completed. Prereq. 96.332. \n\n*96.341 Commercial Flight I (2 lab., 1V2 q.h.) \n\nReview of all primary flight maneuvers. Advanced maneuvers. Precision take- \noffs and landings, cross wind techniques. Prereq. 96.333. \n\n*96.342 Commercial Flight II (2 lab., 1V2 q.h.) \n\nPrecision flight maneuvers — spirals about a point. Shallow and steep onpylon \n\neights, 720° steep power turns. Solo practice. Prereq. 96.341. \n\n*96.343 Commercial Flight III (2 lab., \\V2 q.h.) \n\nContinuation of precision maneuvers: lazy eights, chandelles, maneuvers at \nminimal controllable airspeed. Continued related simulator practice. Night \nflying. Basic instrument flying. Prereq. 96.342. \n\n*96.344 Commercial Flight IV (2 lab., 1V2 q.h.) \n\nStalls from all normally anticipated flight altitudes with and without power. \nSimulated emergency procedures and forced landings. Basic instrument flying. \nPrereq. 96.343. \n\n*96.345 Commercial Flight V (2 lab., 1V2 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced cross country flight planning and navigation. Advanced radio com- \nimunications and traffic procedures. Review of all maneuvers and procedures. \nCommercial licenses qualifications completed. Prereq. 96.344. \n\n\n'See Flight Tuition Schedule, Page 47. \n\n\n140 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n*96.351 Instructional Flight I (2 lab., IY2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of flight instruction. Development of student-instructor relation \nship and rapport. Teaching procedures in flight training. Instructor responsi \nbilities and record maintenance. Instructor flight demonstrations. Qualification \nand certification by F.A.A. Prereq. 96.345. \n\n*96.352 Instructional Flight II (2 lab., V/z q.h.) \n\nContinuation of fundamentals of instruction, flight training procedures, student \ninstructor relationship, review of all maneuvers and flight demonstrations. \nPrereq. 96.351. \n\n96.354 Principles of Flight Instruction (2 cl., 2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals and Principles of Instructing, Learning Concepts of Teacher \nStudent Communications, Use of special flight teaching aids, and training \nprocedures. Prereq. None. \n\n*96.361 Instrument Flight I (2 lab., P/2 q.h.) \n\nInstrument flight planning, preparing and filing. Aircraft performance (range \nand fuel requirements). Required instruments and their proper use. Basic in- \nstrument flying, needle ball and airspeed only. Instrument use in turns, climbs, \ndescents, stalls and approach speeds. Recovery from unusual altitudes. Airwork \nusing all altitudes instruments. Prereq. 96.345. \n\n*96.362 Instrument Flight II (2 lab., IV2 q.h.) \n\nRadio navigation while flying on instruments. Use of L.F. (low frequency), omni- \nrange, or A.D.F. (automatic direction finder). Advanced radio communications. \nInstrument approaches, holding procedures, missed approach procedures, em- \nergencies (radio and instrument malfunctions). Air traffic control instructions \nand procedure. Certification by F.A.A. Prereq. 96.361. \n\n* 96.390 Pilot Refresher (2 lab, 1V2 q.h.) \n\nThis course consists of 24 hours of concentrated instruction and evaluation of \npilot proficiency in advanced instrument flying and instructional flight pro- \ncedures. It involves simulator flight, aircraft flight, ground instruction and the \nupdating of current procedures in flight instruction and flight planning pro- \ncedures. Prereq. Special Permission of Flight Director. \n\n96.391 Air Science & Navigation A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nAircraft Structures and Components Aerodynamic Forces, Airfoil Terminology — \nLift, and Drag Coefficient, Boundary Layer Problems and Control, Reynolds Num- \nber and Scale Effect. Earth in Space, Latitude, Longitude, Properties and Com- \nponents of the Atmosphere, Map Projections, Dead Reckoning, Reciprocating \nEngine Theory, Gas Turbine Engine Theory, Planform Effects, Aircraft Weight \nand Balance. Prereq. None. \n\n96.392 Air Science & Navigation B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nRadio Navigation, VOR, ADF, DME and TACAN, Federal Air Regulations, Airplane \nPerformance (Climb, Range, Altitude, Takeoff and Landing), Aircraft Propeller \nTheory and Operation, Specific Aircraft Substructures (Landing Gear et. al.), \nAdvanced DR Navigation Problems (Radius of Action, Unknown wind), General \nReview. Prereq. 96.391. \n\n\n'See Flight Tuition Schedule, Page 47. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 141 \n\n96.393 Advanced Air Science & Navigation A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nSupersonic Aerodynamics, Phisiologic Factors of Flight, Instrument Flight Charts, \nIFR Planning, Instrument Flight Rules, Static and Dynamic Axial Stability of \nAircraft, Control Movements and Forces, Stability problems. Prereq. 96.392. \n\n96.394 Advanced Air Science and Navigation B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nSpins and Spin Recoveries, Flying High Performance Aircraft, Area Charts, \nArrival and Departure, SID Charts, Clearance Notation, Aircraft Performance, \nApplications of Aerodynamics to Specific Problems of Flight, Helicopter Stability, \nStructural Strength Limitations, Doppler Radar, Precision Approach Radar & \nAirport Surveillance Radar, Loran, Consolan, Pressure Pattern Flight. Prereq. \n96.393. \n\n96.395 Meteorology & Climatology A (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nA survey of the principles of meteorology and structure of the atmosphere. \nMeteorological instruments and observations. Weather map interpretation and \ncommon aviation weather teletype codes. Prereq. 11.392. \n\n96.396 Meteorology & Climatology B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nPhysical approach to pressure, temperature, basic thermodynamics, stability, \nand cloud formations. Climate causes and effects. Climatology of several \nregions of the world. Application of climatology to problems of airport location \nand construction, airline operation, and private flying. Prereq. 96.396. \n\n96.397 Avionics A (3d., 3 q.h.) \n\nRadio wave propogation. Doppler effect. Basic antenna types and special an- \ntennas in navigational aids. Electronic power supplies. Principles of amplitude \nand frequency modulation and demodulation. Prereq. 03.395. \n\n96.398 Avionics B (3 cl., 3 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of servo-mechanisms. Principles of radar. A study of characteristics \nand operation of typical aircraft navigation systems currently being used in \nmodern aircraft. The course covers remote compass systems, ADF, Omni and \nILS equipment. Prereq. 96.397. \n\n\nThe Lincoln \n\nCollege \n\nFaculty \n\n\nTHE STRENGTH of an educational institution lies in the quality of its \nfaculty. This is especially true in a college devoted to the training of \nmature men and women, many of whom are already employed in their \nchosen professions. \n\nThe instructional staff of Lincoln College is composed of professional \nacademicians from Northeastern University and neighboring educational \ninstitutions and practicing professionals from the scientific and industrial \ncommunity of Greater Boston. The theoretical training and practical ex- \nperience represented by this combination of specialists is ideally suited to \nthe technology programs they teach and the adult students they serve. \n\nThe faculty are selected for their ability and active interest in the wel- \nfare of ambitious part-time students. They are men and women of culture \nand high ideals and are qualified by educational training and professional \nexperience to teach effectively in their respective fields. \n\nA staff of experienced professional educators who serve as program and \ncourse consultants, constitutes the Academic Advisory Council and Cur- \nriculum Advisory Committee of the College. They guide, supervise and \nassist with the administration of courses and programs. \n\n\n142 \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 143 \n\nTHE FACULTY \n\nThe following is an alphabetical list of the faculty of Lincoln College, degrees \nearned, (year of appointment), professional affiliation and titles and Lincoln \nCollege department are listed. \n\nPeter H. Akin, B.S.Ed., M.Ed. \n\nAssistant Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University. \nAcademic Counsellor (1967) \n\nFrank P. Alberti, Jr., B.S., M.S. \n\nCivil Estimator, Badger Co., Inc. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nArnold W. Almquist, Jr., B.S., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor, Needham High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nGeorge H. Anderson, Commercial Art Diploma \n\nProfessional Artist; Free Lance Technical Illustrator. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1956) \n\nWill C. Anderson, B.S., M.S. \n\nProgram Engineer, Raytheon Corporation. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1968) \n\nPaul A. Andrews, B.A., M.S. \n\nScientist, Polaroid Corporation. \nChemistry (1959) \n\nRobert B. Angus, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSenior Engineering Specialist, Communications Systems Lab., Sylvania Electric Products. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1948) \n\nRoger M. Antoine, Baccalaureate, Licence es Science \n\nDiplomas of Meteorology, and Engineering, Marseille University; Associate Professor of \nMathematics, Northeastern University. \nMathematics (1955) \n\nLouis E. Ashley, A.B., M.Ed. \n\nProgram Manager, Avco Corp. Space Systems Division. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nRobert J. Averill, B.S., M.S. \n\nCambridge Electron Accelerator, Harvard University. \n\nCourse Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nWarren F. Averill, B.S., M.S. \n\nResearch Chemist, Ionics, Inc.; Master, Noble & Greenough School. \nChemistry (1967) \n\nRussell H. Babcock, S.B., S.M., P.E. (Mass., Maine, N.H., R.I., Vt.) \n\nDiplomate, American Academy of Environmental Engineers; Manager, Environmental \nResources Division, The Foxboro Company. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1954) \n\nJohn C. Balsavich \n\nLaboratory Supervisor, Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nJoseph E. Barbeau, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nAssociate Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University. \nChemistry (1966) \n\n\n144 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\nEugene R. Bartlett, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.) \nResearch Associate, Northeastern University. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1958) \n\nE. Karl Bastress, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSenior Project Engineer; Head, Aero-Thermodynamics Group; Northeastern Research & \n\nEngineering Corp. \n\nCivil Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nRobert T. Bateman, B.S., M.A. \n\nHead of Mathematics Dept., Wellesley Senior High School. \nCourse Consultant tor Mathematics (1957) \n\nG. Warren Bates, B.S., M.A. \n\nInstructor, Medford High School. \nMathematics (1949) \n\nAdolph Baumann, B.S. \n\nTechnical Staff, Radio Corporation of America. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1955) \n\nFred E. Bellows, Jr., B.S., M.Ed. \n\nPrincipal, Heights Elementary School, Sharon \nAviation Technology (1968) \n\nMatteo P. Berardi, B.S., M.S. \n\nManager, Industrial Magnetics, Inc. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1960) \n\nPaul J. Berger, S.B., A.M. \n\nResearch Associate, Harvard University. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nAlfred L. Birch, B.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nDept. Head, Development Engineering, Western Electric Co. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1965) \n\nRalph S. Blanchard, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nAssociate Professor Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nEmmanuel E. Bliamptis, B.S., S.M., M.A., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nResearch Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Labs. \nPhysics (1965) \n\nJoseph I. Bluhm, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass., Ohio) \n\nChief, Applied Mechanics Research Laboratory, U.S. Army Materials Research Agency \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nSidney Bluhm, A.B., Ed.M., A.M. \n\nHead, Science Department, Boston Technical High School. \nPhysics (1965) \n\nEdward Bobroff, B.M.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nChief Engineer, Combat Systems, Boston Naval Shipyard. \nCourse Consultant for Mathematics (1946) \n\nFletcher S. Boig, B.S., M.S., Ed.M. \n\nAssociate Professor of Chemistry, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Chemistry (1945) \n\nEdward J. Booth, A.B., Ed.M. \n\nAssociate Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University. \nMathematics (1946) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 145 \n\nHorst Borbereky, B.S. \n\nSenior Soil & Foundation Engineer, Howard, Needles, Tammen & Bergendoff, Consulting \n\nEngineers. \n\nCivil Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nRoland J. Boucher, B.A., M.S. \n\nResearch Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Lab. \nAviation Technology (1968) \n\nKenneth E. Bourque, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Electronics Engineer, Sanders Associates, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1959) \n\nEugene G. Branca, S.B., S.M. \n\nAssistant Headmaster, Hyde Park High School. \nMathematics (1946) \n\nDonald H. Breslow, S.B., M.S. \n\nStaff Electrical Engineer, Itek Corporation. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1959) \n\nAlfred E. Bresnahan, B.S. \n\nChairman, Mathematics Dept., Lynn English High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nKarl L. Briggs, B.S., M.A. \n\nFormer Head of Mathematics Dept., Quincy High School. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nDonald C. Brock, B.S., M.S. \n\nMathematics Instructor, Needham High School. \nMathematics (1965) \n\nBruno Brodfeld, B.S.C.E., P.E. (Mass., La.) \n\nSenior Hydraulic Engineer, Stone & Webster Eng'g. Corp. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1965) \n\nSuzanne C. Brooks, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nMathematics Teacher, Brookline High School. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nFranklyn K. Brown, B.S.Ed., M.Ed. \n\nAssociate Professor, Graphics Science, Northeastern University. \nCourse Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1955) \n\nWilliam 0. Bruehl, B.S. \n\nAssistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nCourse Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1956) \n\nElsa N. Buchanan, Bach. & M. Pol. Sc. (Sweden) \n\nTutor and Group Therapist, Veterans Administration Hospital \nMathematics (1968) \n\nRalph A. Buonopane, B.S.Ch.E., M.S.Ch.E., Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professor, Chemical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nChemistry (1964) \n\nMorris H. Burakoff, B.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nDepartment Chief, Western Electric Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nDonald Burgess, A.B., M.Ed. \n\nMaster, Boston Technical High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\n\n146 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\nFrederick J. Bush, M.E., M.S. \n\nSenior Project Engineer, Polaroid Corporation. \nMathematics (1966) \n\nSteven Butcher, Jr., S.B., M.S. \n\nTechnical Staff, The Mitre Corporation. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nPaul F. Butler, B.S., M.S. \n\nMathematics Teacher, Needham Public Schools. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nWilliam D. Byard, B.S., M.S. \n\nExperimental Biologist, Commonwealth of Massachusetts. \nBiology (1966) \n\nJames A. Caffrey, Ph.B., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor in Mathematics, Newman Preparatory School. \nMathematics (1952) \n\nGregory J. Cahill, B.S.M.E. \n\nGraduate Teaching Assistant, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nLeroy M. Cahoon, B.S.C.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nAssociate Professor of Civil Engineering, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Civil Engineering Technology (1962) \n\nRobert E. Cameron, B.S., P.E. (Mass., N.H.), R.L.S. (Mass.) \nOwner and Manager, R. E. Cameron, Civil Engineer. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1956) \n\nFrank R. Cangiano, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nInstructor in Science and Mathematics, Medford High School. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nMichael A. Cangiano, S.B., Ed.M. \n\nSenior Sub-master, Medford High School. \nMathematics (1946) \n\nAlfred F. Carpenito, B.S., A.M., Ed.M. \n\nHead of Dept. — Drafting, Boston Technical High School. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1965) \n\nRichard I. Carter, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nAssociate Professor, Electrical Engineering and Director of Computation Center, \n\nNortheastern University. \n\nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1955) \n\nWalter J. Casey, A.B., M.Ed., M.A.T. \n\nHead of Department, Brighton High School. \nMathematics (1955) \n\nWalter J. Charow, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nBranch Chief, Avionics, Electronics System Div., U.S.A.F. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1955) \n\nBruce B. Claflin, A.B., M.S. \n\nAssociate Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University. \nCourse Consultant for Mathematics (1964) \n\nPhilip J. Clang, B.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nPrincipal Engineer, Jackson & Moreland, Div. of United Engineers & Constructors, Inc. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 147 \n\n\nFrederick H. Cleveland, B.S., B.A., M.S. \n\nMajor, U.S.A. F., AFCRL, L.G. Hanscom Field. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nLaurence F. Cleveland, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nProfessor, Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1931) \n\nThomas C. Coleman, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E. \n\nAssistant Professor in Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1960) \n\nLeonard M. Conlin, A.B., Ed.M. \n\nMathematics Teacher, Framingham North High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nJoseph V. Connolly, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nMaster in Charge, Roosevelt Annex, Boston English High. \nPhysics (1965) \n\nJerome J. Connor, Jr., S.B., S.M., Sc.D. \n\nAssociate Professor, Civil Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nRoger T. Connor, A.B., M.Ed. \n\nHead of Mathematics Dept, Boston Technical High School. \nMathematics (1953) \n\nRobert J. Connors, B.S. \n\nManager of Technology, Electronic Systems, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1947) \n\nEdward M. Cook, A.B., A.M. \n\nProfessor of Mathematics, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Mathematics (1941) \n\nMaureen P. Cooney, S.B. \n\nInstructor of Mathematics, Quincy High School. \nMathematics (1965) \n\nJoseph Z. Cooper, B.S.E. \n\nPrincipal Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1967) \n\nRobert C. Copeland, B.S.E.E., S.M. \nStaff Meteorologist, WHDH-TV. \nAviation Technology (1968) \n\nJames B. Corscadden, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., A.M.T. \nInstructor, Boston English High School. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nRichard E. Cox, B.S.M.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSenior Engineer, Dynamics Research Corporation. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nThomas J. Crowley, S.B., M.S. \n\nResearch Associate, Harvard University School of Public Health. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nDominic J. Cucinotti, B.S., M.S. \n\nStructural Engineer, Computer Applications, Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nHerbert R. Davenport, B.S. \n\nQuality Control Engineer, General Radio Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1948) \n\n\n148 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\n\nWarren C. Dean, A.B., M.A. \n\nAssociate Professor of Mathematics, Northeastern University. \nCourse Consultant for Mathematics (1941) \n\nDean DeMarre, A.E., B.S. \n\nBioelectronic Engineer, Brandeis University. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nThomas R. Deveney, B.S. \n\nInstructor in Mathematics, Boston Latin School. \nMathematics (1965) \n\nDouglas H. Diamond, B.E.E. \n\nSystems Engineer, TRW, Inc. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nGiles C. Dilg, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. \n\nSenior Project Engineer, Raytheon Corporation. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nFrancis J. DiSabatino, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nCoordinator of Science, Norwell School Department. \nChemistry (1965) \n\nGeorge T. Dowd, Jr., B.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nStaff Engineer, Yankee Atomic Electric Company. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nRoland E. DuBois, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Engineer, Western Electric Company. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1967) \n\nJohn M. Duffy, A.B., M.A. \n\nTeacher, Lynn English High School. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nPaul A. Dunkerley, B.S., S.M., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nAssociate Professor of Civil Enginetring, Tufts University. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nPhilip W. Dunphy, B.Sc, M.Ed. \n\nAssociate Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University. \nAcademic Counsellor (1967) \n\nWilliam V. Durante, B.S., M.Ed., M.A. \n\nHead of Mathematics Dept., Boston Latin School. \nMathematics (1964) \n\nJon A. Ebacher, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E. \n\nDevelopment Engineer, General Electric Company. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nDonald H. Eckhardt, B.S., Ph.D. \n\nResearch Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Labs. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nHenry B. Eden, Diploma-Museum of Fine Arts \n\nArt Director, Vice-President, Anco Technical Services, Inc. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1957) \n\nArline V. Ekman, B.S., ASCP \n\nChief Bacteriologist, University Hospital. \nBiology (1968) \n\nHerbert E. Engel, B.S., M.S. \n\nProject Engineer, Dynamics Research Corporation. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1958) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 149 \n\nCharles P. Engelhardt, B.S., M.Arch. \n\nArchitect, U.S. Post Office Department Regional Engineers. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1942) \n\nAdolf J. Erikson, B.B.A., M.B.A., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nLeader, Engineering, R.C.A. Memory Prod. Oper. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nRobert D. Evans, B.M.E., M.S. \n\nGroup Leader, Avco Space Systems Division. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nGeorge A. Fargo, B.S., M.S. \n\nMathematics Teacher, Framingham North High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nJohn T. Farrington, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nAsst. Supt. of Schools, Easton, Mass. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nMartin J. Feeney, S.B., Ed.M. \n\nPrincipal, Henry Grew District, Boston Public Schools. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nWarren G. Ferzoco, A.E., B.B.A., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor, Rindge Technical High School. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nCharles Field, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nProfessor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University. \nAcademic Counsellor (1967) \n\nWilliam D. Finan, A.B., M.A. \n\nReading Consultant, Division of Pupil Personnel Services, Newton Public Schools. \nCourse Consultant for Mathematics (1946) \n\nLouis A. Fiore, A.E., B.B.A. \n\nMech. Engineer, Design Checker, American Science and Engineering, Inc. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1956) \n\nThomas M. Fitzgerald, Sc.B., Sc.M., Ph.D. \n\nStaff Member, NASA Electronic Research Center. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nRobert F. Ford, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. \n\nProject Engineer, Sylvania Electric. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1962) \n\nWilliam T. Foreman, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Scientist, E.G. & G., Inc. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nEugene G. Fortin, B.A. \n\nSenior Member, Technical Staff, Radio Corporation of America. \nChemistry (1958) \n\nEarlwood T. Fortini, A.B., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nChief Mechanical Engineer, Compugraphic Corporation. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nThaddeus W. Fowler, B.A., M.A.T. \n\nPhysics Teacher, Burlington High School. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nJohn L. Freedman, S.B., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSenior Project Engineer, American Science & Engineering. \nCourse Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1949) \n\n\n150 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\nJordan H. Freedman, B.S., M.S. \n\nMember Technical Staff, Radio Corporation of America. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nJohn Gaffney, B.S. \n\nPhysicist, Raytheon Corporation. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nJerry M. Galatis, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nNuclear Research, Controls for Radiation. \nPhysics (1965) \n\nDonald V. Gearan, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nTeacher of Engineering Drawing, Weston High School. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1965) \n\nJames H. Geisman, B.S., M.S. \n\nPhysicist, National Aeronautics and Space Administration. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nJoseph P. Gentile, B.S., M.S., R.Ph. \n\nDoctoral Candidate Dept. of Biology, Boston College. \nBiology (1967) \n\nPeter D. Gianino, B.S., M.S. \n\nResearch Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Labs. \nPhysics (1965) \n\nCharles J. Glassbrenner, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professor, Worcester State College. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nWilliam B. Goggins, Jr., B.S., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Ohio) \n\nResearch Engineer, Air Force Cambridge Research Labs. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1965) \n\nNorman Gordon, B.A., M.Ed., C.A.G.S. \n\nPhysics Teacher, Boston Latin School. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nSanto J. Gozzo, S.B., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSanitary Engineer, Federal Water Pollution Control Administration; Private Practice. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nDomenic N. Gualtieri, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nMathematics Writer, Wang Laboratories, Inc. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nArthur F. Gustus, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nSupervisor of Science, Boston Public Schools. \nCourse Consultant for Physics (1 963) \n\nJoseph L. Hallett, S.B. \n\nSection Head, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1958) \n\nCharles E. Hamilton \n\nFlight School Director, Wiggins Airways, Inc. \nCourse Consultant for Aviation Technology (1969) \n\nFrank A. Hamilton, A.E. \n\nStructural Engineer, Jackson & Moreland Div. of United Engineers & Constructors, Inc. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1947) \n\nAlden G. Handy, B.S., M.A. \nConsultant — Optics \nPhysics (1957) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 151 \n\nFrancis R. Hankard, S.B., M.A. \n\nChemist, State Police Laboratories. \nCourse Consultant for Physics (1946) \n\nGeorge C. Harrison, B.S., M.S. \n\nElectronic Circuits Senior Member of Technical Staff, RCA. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1962) \n\nPatricia C. Hertel, A.B., M.A. \n\nFormerly Staff Biochemist, Mass. Institute of Technology. \nChemistry (1968) \n\nJoseph I. Herzlinger, B.S., M.S., P. E. (New Jersey) \n\nLeader Technical Staff, Aerospace Systems Division, RCA. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nHarry E. Hewes, B.S.B.A., M.Ed. \nTeacher, Boston Latin School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nDonald W. Hinkkanen, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Mathematician, Raytheon Company. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nLewis H. Holzman, B.S.C.E., S.M.C.E., P.E. (Mass.) \nVice President, Computer Dynamics, Inc. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nJanet M. Hoopes, B.S. \n\nMedical Technologist, New England Baptist Hospital. \nMedical Technology (1967) \n\nArthur F. Howe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nImmunochemist, Retina Foundation. \nChemistry (1965) \n\nRichard A. Hultin, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass., New York) \nGroup Supervisor, Raytheon Company. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nEverett L. Hume, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nStaff, Instrumentation Laboratory, M.I.T. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1950) \n\nMervyn Israel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nResearch Associate, Children's Cancer Research Foundation, the Children's Hospital \nMedical Center and Department of Biological Chemistry, Harvard Medical School. \nChemistry (1964) \n\nCharles E. Jacob, B.S.E.E., M.S.Ed. \nMaster, Boston Latin School. \nPhysics (1957) \n\nReza Jameh-Naini, B.S. \n\nTeaching Assistant, Mechanical Engineering Dept., Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nPerry G. Jameson, B.S., M.Ed. \nBoston Latin School. \nMathematics (1965) \n\nArthur W. John, B.S.E.E., M.S. \nEngineer, Baird Atomic, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\n\n152 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\nA. Thomas Johnnykutty, B.S., M.S. \n\nTeaching Fellow, Biology Dept., Northeastern University. \nBiology (1968) \n\nEugene F. Joyce \n\nTechnician, Electrical Engineering Dept., Northeastern University, U.S. Army Retired. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1963) \n\nEdward Kaplan, B.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSupervisor, Data Processing Records Development, New England Electric System. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nBritta L. Karlsson, M.T. (A.S.C.P.), B.S., M.S. \n\nAssistant Professor in Medical Technology, Biology Dept., Northeastern University. \nCourse Consultant for Medical Technology (1965) \n\nLeon Katler, Certificate P.E. (Mass.) \n\nEngineer, Structural Division, Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1963) \n\nLouis Katona, B.C.E., M.C.E., P.E. (Mass. & N.Y.) \n\nHydraulic and Sanitary Engineer, The Badger Co. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1959) \n\nCharles W. Kaufman, B.S.Ed., Ed.M., M.N.S. \nGuidance Counselor, Boston Latin School. \nPhysics (1958) \n\nSidney W. Kaye, B.Sc. \n\nMember of Technical Staff, T.R.W., Inc. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nJohn T. Keiran, A.B., A.M. \n\nMaster, Boston Latin School. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nGeorge F. Kent, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Stress Engineer, Babcock & Wilcox Co. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nNicholas P. Kernweis, B.E.E., M.S. \n\nResearch Physicist, Air Force Cambridge Research Lab. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nA. Karim Khudairi, B.S., Ph.D. \n\nProfessor of Biology, Northeastern University \nActing Program Consultant for Biology (1968) \n\nBernard J. Kiley, B.E., M.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nEngineer, Jackson & Moreland Division United Engineers & Constructors, Inc. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1958) \n\nMark M. Kiley, B.E., M.E., P.E. (Mass., R.I., La.) \nPresident, Mark M. Kiley Associates, Inc. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1955) \n\nPhilip D. Kingman, B.S.C.E., LL.B. P.E. (Mass.), R.L.S. (Mass.) \nSupervising Engineer, Boston Edison Company. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1964) \n\nJohn J. Klein, B.S., M.S. \n\nLeader (Television and Displays), Electro-optics Section, Aerospace Systems Division, \nRadio Corporation of America. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1 950) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 153 \n\n\nJohn P. Kopecki, A.E., B.S., M.Ed. \nGroup Leader, Badger Co. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nRichard W. Kopka, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. \n\nCaptain, U.S. Air Force; Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nPaul A. Kossey, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., Ph.D. \n\nCaptain, U.S. Air Force, Research Engineer, Air Force Cambridge Research Center. \nElectrical Engineering Technology, Physics (1967) \n\nBorah L. Kreimer, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nAssociate Professor Graphic Science, Northeastern University. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1954) \n\nMalcolm D. Kruger, B.S., M.S. \n\nResearch Engineer, Sylvania Electronic Systems, Inc. \n\nCourse Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1967) \n\nJuris Krumins, B.S., M.S. \n\nInstructor, Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nHoratio W. Lamson, B.S., M.A., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nResearch Engineer, Emeritus, General Radio Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1945) \n\nHerbert C. Lang, B.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nManager of Employment and Training, Masoneilan International, Inc. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1936) \n\nRobert S. Lang, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nAssociate Professor, Graphic Science, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1955) \n\nAristotle T. Laskaris, A.B., M.S. \n\nGroup Leader, Avco Corporation. \nChemistry (1960) \n\nClarence E. LeBell, P.E. (Mass.) \n\nMechanical and Electrical Engineering Senior Designer, Aircraft Gas Turbine Division, \n\nGeneral Electric Company. \n\nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1955) \n\nA. Richard LeSchack, A.B., A.M. \n\nStaff Mathematician, IBM (Federal Systems Division). \nMathematics (1968) \n\nAlvin J. Lesieur, B.S., M.S. \nEugene Engineering Co. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1965) \n\nHoward Lessoff, B.S., M.S. \n\nStaff Member, National Aeronautics and Space Administration. \nChemistry (1957) \n\nAndrew S. Levine, A.B., M.S. \n\nInstructor, Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nEdward T. Lewis, B.S., M.E.E. \n\nStaff Member, Sperry Rand Research Center. \nPhysics (1967) \n\n\n154 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\nSandra M. Licter, B.S.Ed., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor, Lynn English High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nDemetre P. Ligor, B.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nVice President, Applied Measurements, Inc. \nCourse Consultant for Physics (1959) \n\nWarren J. Little, B.S., M.S. \n\nStaff Physicist, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Instrumentation Laboratory. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nAndrew G. Lofgren, A.A., Ed.M., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nStaff Appointment, Instrumentation Laboratory, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1946) \n\nRoger G. Long, A.E., B.B.A., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nEngineering Manager Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1952) \n\nSpencer P. Lookner, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., M.S. I.E. \n\nInstructor, Industrial Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nKenneth A. Lucas, B.S., M.Ed., P.E. (Mass), R.L.S. (Mass.) \nChief of Survey, Whitman & Howard, Inc. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1950) \n\nWalter W. Luikey, A.S., B.S., M.B.A. \n\nProject Engineer, Tech Weld Corporation. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nJohn F. Lutkevich, A.E., B.B.A. \n\nSenior Engineering, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1956) \n\nAndrew C. MacAulay, Jr., B.S., M.S. \n\nDirector Core Laboratory, New England Medical Center. \nChemistry (1960) \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M. \n\nAssociate Dean of University Administration, Northeastern University. \nMathematics (1953) \n\nGeorge H. MacMaster, B.S., M.S. \n\nResearch Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nRichard J. Madore, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. \n\nSenior Engineer, Microwave Associates. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nAlbert C. Mahegan, B.S. \n\nFlight and Ground School Instructor, Wiggins Airways, Inc. \nAviation Technology (1968) \n\nAlvin Mandell, B.E.E., M.S.E.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nProgram Manager, Raytheon Space & Information Systems Division. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1 950) \n\nJack I. Mann, B.S.C.E., M.S., P.E. (Mass., Vt.) \n\nSenior Engineer, Jackson & Moreland Division of United Engineers & Constructors, Inc. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1960) \n\nRichard F. McBrien, B.S.Ed., N.S.F. \nTeacher, Lynn Public Schools. \nPhysics (1967) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 155 \n\nFrancis T. McCabe, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nHeadmaster, Rindge Technical School (Retired) \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1952) \n\nEdward F. McCarren, Jr., A.E. \n\nEngineer, Baldwin-Lima-Hamilton, Corporation. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1951) \n\nRobert B. McDermott, B.S., M.Ed., M.S. \n\nInstructor, Framingham North High School. \nPhysics. (1967) \n\nVernon S. McFarlin, B.E.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSupervising Engineer, Boston Edison Company. \nMathematics (1953) \n\nRobert L. McGaughey, B.A., M.S. \n\nAutomatic Data Processing Officer, U.S. Army Natick Laboratories. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1968) \n\nCharles R. McGeoch, Jr., B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Development Engineer, Microwave Associates, Inc. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nEugene L. McLaughlin, A.B., M.A. \n\nHead of Mathematics Department, Hyde Park High School. \nMathematics (1956) \n\nWiliiam H. McNeill, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Physicist, Ion Physics Corporation. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nCarl J. Mellea, S.B., M.S., P.E. (Mass., R.I., Maine, Vt., N.H.) \n\nProject Engineer, Howard, Needles, Tammen & Bergendorff. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1960) \n\nWalter Messcher, B.M.E., M.S. \n\nEngineer, NASA Electronics Research Center. \n\nCourse Consultant for Engineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nCarl Miller, A. B., LL.B., Ed.M. \n\nAssistant Principal, Boston School Department. \nCourse Consultant for Mathematics (1945) \n\nRichard W. Miller, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSupervisor, Flow Engineering Dept., The Foxboro Company. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1959) \n\nErnest E. Mills, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nAssociate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1947) \n\nEdmund J. Mitchell, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. \nChief Engineer, Teckton, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nGeorge Moy, B.S., M.S. \n\nSenior Stress Engineer, Babcock & Wilcox Company. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1965) \n\nSamuel E. Moyer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professor of Biology, Northeastern University. \nBiology (1968) \n\nRichard C. Murphy, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nPhysics Teacher, Boston English High School. \nPhysics (1965) \n\n\n156 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\n\nJulian S. Natanson, Certificate, P.E. (Mass.) \n\nManager of Engineering, Bellofram Corporation. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1957) \n\nHarbhajan S. Nayar, B.M.E., M.S., Ph.D. \n\nProject Director, Contemporary Research, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nRoy A. Nelson, B.S.E.E. \n\nApplied Measurements, Inc. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nJohn R. O'Brien, A.B., A.M. \n\nAssistant Head Master, Brighton High School. \nMathematics (1946) \n\nJohn C. O'Callahan, B.S., M.S. \n\nInstructor in Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1961) \n\nRay 0. Oglesby, B.S.Ed., M.S.Ed. \n\nTeacher, Weeks Junior High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nCar] A. Olson, Jr., B.S., Ed.M. \n\nDepartment Head, Wellesley High School. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1964) \n\nThomas J. Owens, A.B., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor in Mathematics, Quincy High School. \nMathematics (1952) \n\nCharles A. Packard, B.S., M.E., Ed.M. \n\nGuidance Counselor, Roslindale High School. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1965) \n\nPhilip Palermo, B.S. \n\nTeaching Assistant, Chemistry Northeastern University. \nChemistry (1967) \n\nJames A. Palmer \n\nElectronic Technician, Northeastern University. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1961) \n\nBurton S. Parker, B.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nMechanical Engineer, Army Materials and Mechanics Research Center. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1963) \n\nWilliam M. Parker, LL.B., A.E. \n\nProject Engineer, Northrop Corporation, Electronics Div. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nWilliam H. Parmenter, A.E., B.B.A. \n\nInstructor, Newton Technical High School. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1952) \n\nJoseph V. Pearincott, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professor of Biology, Northeastern University. \nBiology (1967) \n\nRichard W. Peterson, B.S. \n\nRadiochemist, New England Nuclear Corporation. \nPhysics (1968) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 157 \n\n\nPeter J. Philliou, B.S., M.S. (Bus. Mgmt.), M.S. (Math) \n\nStaff Member, Massachusetts Institute of Technology \nMathematics (1968) \n\nDominic A. Piccione, B.S., M.S. \n\nManager, Product Assurance Dept., Avco Corporation Space Systems Division. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nNorman C. Poirier, B.S., M.S. \n\nResearch Associate, Northeastern University. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nDaniel W. Pratt, B.S. \n\nInstructor, Boston Technical High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nPaul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nAssociate Professor of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University. \nAcademic Counsellor (1967) \n\nCharles H. Price, Jr., B.S., M.S. \n\nPrincipal Engineer, Honeywell, EDP. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1960) \n\nSidney F. Quint, S.B., S.M., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSystems Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1954) \n\nGerard H. Ratcliffe, A.B. \n\nResearch Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1955) \n\nBernard C. Reddy, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nTeacher of Science, Brighton High School. \nCourse Consultant for Physics (1965) \n\nEdward L. Rich, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nPrincipal Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1956) \n\nWilliam Richmond, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nPhysics Instructor, Everett High School. \nMathematics (1964) \n\nRoslyn Gail Robinson, A.A., B.S., M.T. (A.S.C.P.) \nTeacher, Cambridge High & Latin School. \nBiology (1967) \n\nGeorge B. Rochfort, Jr., B.S., Ph.D. \n\nActing Chairman and Associate Professor of Instruction, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Aviation Technology (1968) \n\nBertram Rockower, B.S.M.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nGroup Leader, M.I.T. Instrumentation Laboratory. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nThomas V. Roli, B.A., M.S. \n\nDoctoral Program — Biochemistry — Boston College. \nBiology (1966) \n\nFred A. Rosenberg, A.B., Ph.D. \n\nProfessor of Biology, Dept. of Biology, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Biology (1967) \n\n\n158 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\n\nWalter H. Rowell, Jr., B.S., P.E. (Mass., Vt.) \n\nSenior Electrical Engineer, Jackson & Moreland Division of United Engineers & \n\nConstructors, Inc. \n\nElectrical Engineering Technology (1964) \n\nEric A. Roy, B.A., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor, Boston English High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nThomas E. Ruden, B.S., M.S. \n\nPresident, Microwave Power Technology Company. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nDonald L. St. Andre, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nHead Mathematics Department, Framingham North High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nCosta Samar, B.S., M.S.T. \n\nMathematics Teacher, Needham High School. \nMathematics (1965) \n\nDonald S. Scheufele, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. \nInstructor, Melrose High School. \nChemistry (1962) \n\nHenry Schwartz, A.B., M.Ed., P.E. (Mass.) \nField Engineer, CA-PRA Inc. \nPhysics (1958) \n\nRobert T. Schwartz, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \nProject Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nRobert I. Serody, S.B.E.E., M.S.E.E. \n\nTask Manager, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nRalph W. Sexton, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass., N.H.) \n\nAssistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering Northeastern University. \nCourse Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nIrwin S. Shair, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. \n\nAdvanced Development Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nHarold M. Sharaf, B.S., M.S. \n\nPresident, Tenco Electronics Division, Anderson Power Products, Inc. \nCourse Consultant for Electrical Engineering Technology (1955) \n\nCharles W. Sharkey, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nHead of Mathematics Department, Boston English High School. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nIrwin Shear, A.B., M.S. \n\nManager, Computer Analysis & Programming Dept., Raytheon Company. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1967) \n\nWalter S. Shields, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nInstructor, Needham Public Schools. \nMathematics (1966) \n\nShafiq S. Shukri, B.S. \n\nLecturer, Biology Department, Northeastern University. \nBiology (1968) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 159 \n\n\nBernard Sidman, B.A., M.Ed., M.A. \n\nSenior Engineer, Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. \nMathematics (1968) \n\nCharles Siegel, A.B., M.A. \n\nInstructor, Needham Senior High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nGeorge B. Smith, B.S.E.E. \n\nDesign Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nFrank E. South, B.S.E.E. \n\nAdministrative Manager, Worthington Controls Company, (Retired). \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1965) \n\nS. Leonard Spitz, B.S., M.S., P.E., (Mass.) \nStaff Engineer, Itek Corporation. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1955) \n\nRichard E. Sprague, B.S.C.E., M.B.A., Ed.M. \n\nAssistant Director, Graduate School of Engineering, Northeastern University. \nAcademic Counsellor (1967) \n\nBenjamin R. Stahl, A.B. \n\nSenior Engineer — Research, Raytheon Company. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nJoseph E. Steffano, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass., Maine); R.L.S. (Mass., Maine) \nVice President, Yunits Engineering Company, Inc. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1965) \n\nMatthew Stevens, B.S. \n\nDirector, Radiologic Technology, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Radiologic Technology. (1968) \n\nElwood M. Stoddard, B.S., Ed.M. \n\nHead of Mathematics Department, Hingham Public School, (Retired). \nMathematics (1964) \n\nM. Carlton Storms, B.A., M.Ed. \nTeacher, Thayer Academy. \nPhysics (1967) \n\nRaimundas Sukys, B.S., M.S. \n\nResearch Associate in Electrical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1962) \n\nLaurence R. Swain, Jr., B.S., M.S. \n\nProject Leader, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nJohn L. Swanson, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E. \n\nInstructor, Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1966) \n\nDexter E. Swift, B.S., M.Ed. \nTeacher, City of Lynn. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nRalph V. Tangney, B.B.A. \n\nQuality Control Engineer, General Electric Company. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nJason R. Taylor, B.S., M.S. \n\nStaff Scientist, Avco Corporation. \nMathematics (1966) \n\n\n160 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\nMaurice Temple, B.S., M.Ed., M.S. \n\nAssociate Professor of Physical Science, Boston State College. \nMathematics (1956) \n\nRobert L. Thing, B.S., M.S. \n\nDevelopment Engineer, Astronautical Research Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1957) \n\nJoseph Tierney, S.B., S.M. \n\nStaff, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nPhineas Tobe, A.B., Ed.M. \n\nHead of Science Department, Girls' Latin School. \nPhysics (1960) \n\nRichard W. Torian, B.S.Ed., M.Ed. \n\nMathematics Department Chairman, Ashland Senior High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\nK. Endre Toth, B.S., M.Ed. \n\nInstructor in Graphic Science, Northeastern University. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1967) \n\nMelvin W. Tracey, B.S., S.M. \n\nStaff Aeronautical Engineer, Itek Corporation. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nJohn S. Travia, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSenior Engineer, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1965) \n\nShih-Yi Tsai, B.S. \n\nGraduate Teaching Assistant, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nJohn F. Videler, B.S., M.S. \n\nChief, Instrument Control, Avco Corporation. \nPhysics (1968) \n\nArthur M. Vuilleumier \n\nHead of Electronics Department, Blue Hills Regional Vocation Technical High School. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1953) \n\nRichard Wadler, A.E., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nSenior Mechanical Engineer, Raytheon Company, Missile and Space Division. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1953) \n\nRonald A. Wagner, B.S., M.S. \n\nEngineer, Raytheon Company. \nElectrical Engineering Technology (1967) \n\nThomas H. Wallace, S.B., M.A., Ph.D. \n\nProfessor of Physics, Northeastern University. \nProgram Consultant for Physics (1941) \n\nJohn E. Walsh, A.B., A.M. \n\nStaff Consultant, Bedford Laboratory, Raytheon Company. \nMathematics (1947) \n\nRobert M. Walters, B.S. \n\nLt. Cdr., U.S.N.; Graduate Student, M.I.T. \nPhysics (1968) \n\n\nTHE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY / 161 \n\nFrank S. Weinert, A.B., B.S., M.S. \n\nOptometrist; Chairman of Mathematics Department, Dana Hall School. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nMorton D. Weinert, A.B., Ed.M., M.Ed. \n\nHead of the Mathematics Department, Boston Latin School. \nMathematics (1955) \n\nRalph A. Wellings, A.B., A.M., Ed.M. \n\nMathematics Instructor, Boston Latin School. \nMathematics (1955) \n\nRalph E. Wellings, A.B., A.M., Ed.M. \n\nHead of Science Department, Brighton High School. \nPhysics (1944) \n\nCharles S. Whalen, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E. \n\nResearch & Development Engineer, Inertial Guidance, Raytheon Company. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nThomas F. White, B.S., B.S.M.E.E., M.Ed., M.A. \n\nHead Mathematics Department, Quincy High and Vocational Technical School. \nMathematics (1957) \n\nWillard B. Whittemore, B.S., in C.E., Ed.M., C.A.G.S. \n\nHead Mathematics Department, Everett High School. \nCourse Consultant for Mathematics (1957) \n\nRudolph P. Widman, A.B., M.S. \n\nPh.D. Candidate, Northeastern University. \nChemistry (1963) \n\nJoseph F. Willard, B.S., P.E. (Mass.), R.L.S. (Mass.) \n\nPrincipal Civil Engineer, Electronic Computer Section, Massachusetts Department of \n\nPublic Works. \nCivil Engineering Technology (1949) \n\nDonald K. Willim, B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.) \n\nStaff, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Lincoln Laboratory. \nPhysics (1961) \n\nAlbert G. Wilson, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass.), S.E. (III.) \n\nMember Gilbert Small & Company, Consulting Engineers. \nCourse Consultant for Mechanical Engineering Technology (1948) \n\nKenneth S. Woodard, B.S. \n\nAssociate Professor, Graphic Science, Northeastern University. \nAcademic Counsellor (1967) \n\nGerald L. Woodland, Jr., B.S., M.S., P.E. (Mass., N.Y.) \n\nStructural Engineer — Computer Applications, Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation. \nEngineering Graphics and Computation (1966) \n\nAkira Yamamura, B.S. \n\nTeaching Assistant of Mechanical Engineering, Northeastern University. \nMechanical Engineering Technology (1968) \n\nWalter P. Zanor, B.S.B.A. \n\nInstructor, Everett High School. \nMathematics (1967) \n\n\n162 / THE LINCOLN COLLEGE FACULTY \n\n\nNortheastern University \n\nLincoln College \n\n360 Huntington Avenue Boston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\nTelephone 437-2500 \n\n\n.19. \n\n\n□ I should like further information about Lincoln College. \n\n□ Will you please arrange for me to have an interview to discuss \nyour program in \n\n□ I shall arrange to submit transcripts of my records at all schools \nattended since high school. \n\n\nSignature \n\n\nStreet Address \n\n\nCity State Zip Code \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\nUNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES \n\nOffering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to \nbaccalaureate degrees \n\nBoston-Bouve College \n\nCollege of Business Administration \n\nCollege of Criminal Justice \n\nCollege of Education \n\nCollege of Engineering \n\nCollege of Liberal Arts \n\n*College of Nursing \n\nCollege of Pharmacy \n\nOffering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours \nleading to associate and baccalaureate degrees \n\nLincoln College \n\nUniversity College \n\nGRADUATE DIVISION \n\nOffering graduate curricula leading to master's degrees \n\nGraduate School of Actuarial Science \n**Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n\nGraduate School of Business Administration \n\nGraduate School of Education \n**Graduate School of Engineering \n\nGraduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences \n\nGraduate School of Professional Accounting \n\n\n\"Also offers a three-year Cooperative Program leading to the associate degree. \n'Also offers doctoral programs in certain fields. \n\n\n163 \n\n\nSuburban Maps \n\nWyman Jr. High School \n\n\n164 \n\n\nFramingham North High School \n\n\nWeymouth High School and Annex \n\n\n165 \n\n\nLynn English High School \n\n\n' Sr- SALEM-BEVERLY \n\nLYNN SHORE DR. SWAMPSCOTT, MARBLEHEAD -*► \n\n\n166 \n\n\nIndex \n\n\nAcademic and Professional Awards, \n\n43-46 \nAcademic Council \nAddress of Lincoln College, 5 \nAdministration \n\nUniversity, 11 \n\nLincoln College, 28-29 \nAdmissions, 34 \n\nAdvanced Standing Credits, 36 \nAllied-Medical Technology \n\nPrograms, 60 \nAlumni Information, 53 \nAttendance \n\nClass, 40 \n\nCommencement, 44 \nAviation Technology, 68 \n\nCourses, 138-141 \n\nB \n\nBioelectronic Engineering \nTechnology Program, 61, 87 \n\nBiology Courses, 126-128 \n\nBoard of Trustees, 10 \n\nBuildings and Facilities, 24-26 \n\nBusiness Management \nCourses 131-135 \n\n\nCalendar, 6-7 \n\nCampus Locations, 39 \n\nCertificates, 57 \n\nChanges in Registration, 37 \n\nChemical-Biological \n\nTechnology Programs, 73, 76-77 \nChemical-Physical Technology \n\nProgram, 74 \nChemistry \n\nCourses, 122-125 \nCivil Engineering Technology \n\nCourses, 104-106 \n\nPrograms, 78, 82-83 \nClassification of Students, 36 \nCommercial Aviation Technology, \n\n70-71 \nContinuing Education \nControl Systems Engineering \n\nTechnology Program, 92 \nCooperative Education, 17 \nCorporation Members, 8 \nCounseling, 34 \nCourse Descriptions, 103-141 \n\nBiology, 126-128 \n\nBusiness Management, 131-135 \n\n\nChemistry, 122-125 \nCivil Engineering \n\nTechnology, 104-106 \nElectrical Engineering \n\nTechnology, 110-116 \nEngineering Graphics \n\nand Computation, 116-117 \nHealth Care \n\nAdministration, 137-138 \nLiberal Arts, 129-131 \nMathematics, 117-120 \nMechanical Engineering \n\nTechnology, 107-109 \nNatural Science, 125-126 \nPharmacology, 128 \nPhysics, 120-122 \nCytotechnology Program, 64-65 \n\n\nDates for Registration, 6-7 \n\nDegrees, 57 \n\nDegree Candidacy, 43 \n\n\nElectrical Engineering \n\nTechnology \n\nCourses, 110-116 \nPrograms, 86, 90-91 \nElectrical Power Engineering \n\nTechnology Program, 88 \nElectronics Engineering \n\nTechnology Program, 89 \nEngineering Graphics and \n\nComputation Courses, 116-117 \nExaminations, Makeup, 40-41 \nExecutive Council, 13 \n\n\nFaculty, 142-161 \nFaculty Senate, 14 \nFinancial Information, 47-51 \n\n\nGrading System, 41-42 \nGraduation \n\nRequirements, 44 \n\nWith Honor, 45 \nGraduate Schools, 20 \n\nH \n\nHealth Care Course, 103 \nHeat Engineering Technology \nProgram, 95 \n\n\n167 \n\n\nI \n\nIndex to Courses, 103 \nIndustrial Technology \nProgram, 100-101 \nInterviews, 5 \n\n\nLiberal Arts Courses, 129-131 \nLibrary, 24-25 \nLoans, 50-51 \n\nM \n\nMap of Campus, 4 \nMathematics, 117-120 \nMathematical-Physical \n\nTechnology Program, 75 \nMechanical Engineering \nTechnology \n\nCourses, 107-109 \nPrograms, 93-94, 96-97 \nMechanical-Structural \nEngineering Technology \nProgram, 84-85 \nMedical Technology Program, 66-67 \nMunicipal and Sanitary \nEngineering Technology \nProgram, 79 \n\nN \n\nNatural Science Courses, 125-126 \n\n\nINDEX / 168 \n\nCivil Engineering \n\nTechnology, 78, 82-83 \nElectrical Engineering \n\nTechnology, 86, 91-92 \nPre-Technology, 58 \nIndustrial Technology, 100-101 \nMechanical Engineering \n\nTechnology, 93-94 \nScience Technology, 72 \n\n\nQuality-Point Average, 42 \nQuarter Calendar, 6-7, 39 \n\n\nRadiologic Technology, 62-63 \nReading-Improvement Programs, 59 \nRegistration, 37 \nResearch Activities \n\nRegistration Dates, 6-7 \n\n\nScience Technology Programs, 72 \nStudent Activities, 52-53 \nStructural Engineering \n\nTechnology Program, 80 \nSurveying and Transportation \n\nEngineering Technology \nProgram, 81 \n\n\nOffice Hours, 5 \n\n\nPharmacology Courses, 128 \nPhysics Courses, 120-122 \nPlacement Service, 54, 55 \nPlacement Test (Mathematics), 35 \nProbation, 43 \nProgrammed Study, 59 \nPrograms of Instruction, 32, 58-101 \nAllied-Medical Technology, 60 \n\n\nTextbooks and Supplies, 49 \nTransfer Students, 36 \nTrustees, Board of, 10 \nTuition, 47 \n\nU \n\nUndergraduate Colleges, 18 \nUniversity Council, 13 \n\nW \n\nWitndrawal, 38, 40 \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF \nARTS AND SCIENCES \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF \nARTS AND SCIENCES \n\n\nNortheastern University \n\n360 Huntington Avenue \n\nBoston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\nTelephone (617) 437-2705 \n\n\nyfeN&s \n\n\nContents \n\n\n4 Campus Map \n\n5 Academic Calendar \n\n6 University Holidays \n\n6 Tentative Academic Calendar 1970-1971 \n\n7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University \n7 The Northeastern University Corporation \n\n9 Board of Trustees \n\n10 Administrative Organization \n\n12 General University Committees \n\n14 Graduate Division Organization \n\n17 The University \n\n19 Buildings and Facilities \n\n23 The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n\n23 General Regulations \n\n27 The Master's Degree \n\n28 The Doctor of Philosophy Degree \n31 Interdisciplinary Programs \n\n33 Financial Information \n\n33 Financial Obligations \n\n34 Financial Aid \n37 Fields of Study \n37 Biology \n\n45 Chemistry \n\n52 Economics \n\n59 English \n\n67 French \n\n68 History \n\n76 Mathematics \n\n88 Philosophy \n\n89 Physics \n\n96 Political Science \n\n101 Psychology \n\n106 Sociology and Anthropology \n\n118 Index \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n\n1 School of Law (104 The Fenway) \n\n1 A School of Education (1 02 The Fenway) \n\n1B 153 Hemenway Street \n\n2 Melvin Hall \n\n3 Smith Hall \n\n4 115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n5 White Hall \n\n6 Stetson Hall \n\n7 Speare Hall \n\n8 106-122 St. Stephen Street \n\n9 Light Hall \n\n10 Parker Building \n\n11 Greenleaf Building \n\n12 Cabot Physical Education Center \n\n13 Richards Hall \n\n14 Dodge Library \n\n15 United Realty Building \n\n\n1 5A Center for Continuing Educatic \n(11 Leon Street) \n\n16 Forsyth Building \n\n17 Forsyth Annex \n\n18 Charles A. Dana Research Cer \n\n19 Churchill Hall \n\n20 Hayden Hall \n\n21 Ell Student Center (new) \n21A Ell Student Center (original) \n\n22 Mugar Life Sciences Building \n\n23 Robinson Hall \n\n24 Botolph Building \n\n25 Chemistry Building \n\n26 Dockser Hall (Boston-Bouve) \n\n27 Barletta Natatorium (swimming \n\nand handball courts) \n\n28 School of Law and CriminalJu \n\n(under construction) \n\n\nACADEMIC CALENDAR 1969-1970 \n\n\nSummer Quarter 1969 \n\n\nRegistration period \n\nClasses begin \n\nLast day to add a course \n\nLast day to file commencement \n\ncard for fall commencement \nLast day to drop a course \nExamination period \nLast day to pay commencement \n\nfee for fall commencement \n\n\nTuesday-Friday \n\nMonday \n\nTuesday \n\nTuesday \nSaturday \nWednesday-Saturday \n\nFriday \n\n\nMay 27-June 6 \nJune 16 \nJune 17 \n\nJuly 1 \n\nJuly 15 \n\nJuly 23-July 26 \n\nAugust 1 \n\n\nFall Quarter 1969 \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nLast day to add a course \nLanguage examination \nLast day to drop a course \nExamination period* \n\n\nTuesday-Friday \n\nMonday \n\nSaturday \n\nSaturday \n\nSaturday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\n\nSept. 2-Sept. 12 \nSeptember 15 \nSeptember 20 \nOctober 11 \nNovember 15 \nDec. 1-Dec. 6 \n\n\nWinter Quarter 1969-1970 \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nLast day to add a course \nLast day to drop a course \nExamination period* \n\n\nSpring \n\n\nRegistration period \n\nClasses begin \n\nLast day to add a course \n\nLast day to file commencement \n\ncard for spring commencement \nLanguage examination \nLast day to pay commencement \n\nfee for spring commencement \nLast day to drop a course \nFinal grades due in Registrar's Office \n\nfor June graduates taking third \n\nquarter courses \nExamination period \nSpring commencement \n\n\nMonday-Friday \n\nNov. 17-Nov. 21 \n\nMonday \n\nDecember 8 \n\nSaturday \n\nDecember 13 \n\nSaturday \n\nFebruary 14 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMarch 2-March 7 \n\nQuarter 1970 \n\nMonday-Friday \n\nFeb. 23-Feb. 27 \n\nMonday \n\nMarch 16 \n\nSaturday \n\nMarch 21 \n\nWednesday \n\nApril 1 \n\nSaturday \n\nApril 11 \n\nFriday \n\nMay 1 \n\nSaturday \n\nMay 16 \n\nFriday \n\nMay 29 \n\nTuesday-Monday \n\nJune 2-June 8 \n\nSunday \n\nJune 14 \n\n'Examination for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate exami- \nnation schedule. \n\n\nUNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1969-1970 \n\n\nIndependence Day \nColumbus Day \nVeterans' Day \nThanksgiving Recess \nChristmas Vacation \nWashington's Birthday \nPatriots' Day \nMemorial Day \n\n\nFriday \n\nMonday \n\nTuesday \n\nThursday-Saturday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\n\nJuly 4 \nOctober 13 \nNovember 11 \nNov. 27-Nov. 29 \nDec. 22-Jan. 3 \nFebruary 16 \nApril 20 \nMay 25 \n\n\nTENTATIVE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1970-1971 \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration peiiod \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \nSpring commencement \n\n\nSummer Quarter 1970 \n\nTuesday-Friday \nMonday \n\n\nMay 26-June 5 \nJune 15 \n\n\nWednesday-Saturday July 22-July 25 \n\n\nFall Quarter 1970 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nWinter Quarter 1970-1971 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nSpring Quarter 1971 \n\nMonday-Saturday \nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \nSunday \n\n\nAug. 24-Sept. 12 \nSeptember 21 \nDec. 7-Dec. 12 \n\n\nNov. 23-Nov. 28 \nDecember 14 \nMar. 8-Mar. 13 \n\n\nFeb. 29-Mar. 6 \nMarch 22 \nJune 7-June 12 \nJune 20 \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n'Charles F. Avila \nFrederick Ayer \n\nAllen G. Barry \n'Lincoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beal \n'F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n'S. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n'George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n'John L. Burns \n\n'Louis W. Cabot \n'Norman L. Cahners \n\nHenry F. Callahan \n\nErwin D. Canham \n'Richard P. Chapman \n\nTheodore Chase \n\nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christiansen \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n'Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n'William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n'Carl S. Ell \n\n'Byron K. Elliott \n\n'William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n\n'Robert Erickson \n\n'Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \nNoble Foss \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \n\nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \n\nDon S. Greer \n*Samuel A. Groves \n*Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n*George Hansen \n\nWilliam Hellman \n*Ernest Henderson III \n\nWalter F. Henneberry \n\nVincent R. Herterick \n\nCharles E. Hodges \n*Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n*Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \n\nRay E. Johns \n\nHoward B. Johnson \n*Robert L. Johnson \n*Henry C. Jones \n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \n*E. Douglas Kenna \n\nEdward M. Kennedy \n\nFenton G. Keyes \n\nCalvin A. King \n*Asa S. Knowles \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \n\nEdward R. Mitton \n*Harold A. Mock \n\nIrwin L. Moore \n\nJames A. Morris \n*James A. Morton \n\nWilliam B. Moses, Jr. \n'Stephen P. Mugar \n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n'Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n*Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n\"Frank L. Richardson \n'Joseph G. Riesman \n'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \n'John Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\n'Lawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n'Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n'Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n'Russell B. Stearns \n'Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n'Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n\n'Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n\n'Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S. Wilkins \nRoy F. Williams \n\n(deceased Dec. 29, 1968) \n'Robert H. Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n'Alvin C. Zises \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Vice Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Vice Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellt \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Vice Chairman \n\n\nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellf \nLawrence H. Martin \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Asa S \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \nKnowles, ex officio \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President and Director of Finance \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Vice President for Development \n\n\n\"President of the University \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n10 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of University College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \n\nActuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Education and Director of \n\nthe Graduate School of Education \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita Long, B.S., M.S., Acting Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n11 \n\n\nEdmund J. McTernan, B.S., M.S., M.P.H., Dean of the Division of Health Sciences \n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. O'Toole, A.B., L.L.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Comptroller and Assistant Director of \n\nFinance \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nCharles W. Tenney, Jr., LL.B., LL.M., Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nArthur A. Vernon, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nThe University Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Wee Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nKenneth W. Ballou \nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nPhilip C. Boyd \nMartin W. Essigmann \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRobert E. Moffat \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nKenneth G. Ryder \nArthur A. Vernon \n\n\n12 \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nJohn S. Bailey \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \nGilbert G. MacDonald \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. OToole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nRobert A. Shepard \nCharles W. Tenney, Jr. \nArthur A. Vernon \nLouis Vrettos \nRoy L. Wooldridge \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\n'Catherine L. Allen \nJames T. Barrs \nEugene J. Blackman \nRobert L. Cord \nGoldie Crocker \nJames M. Feldman \nRobert J. Ferullo \n'Arthur E. Fitzgerald \nWalter L. Fogg \nNorbert L. Fullington \nArvin Grabel \n'James S. Hekimian \nRichard B. Higgins \nJohn R. G. Jenkins \nRobert D. Klein \nFrank F. Lee \n'Gilbert G. MacDonald \n'Melvin Mark \nWesley W. Marple \nErnest \"\". Mills \n\n\n'Rudolph M. Morris \n\nHarold Naidus \n\nSaul Namyet \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n'Kenneth G. Ryder \n\nJohn W. Schermerhorn \n'Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nGuiliano Sorani \n\nRichard R. Stewart \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n'Charles W. Tenney, Jr. \n\nHarold A. Walker \n\nRoy Weinstein \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n'Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n'Appointed by the President \n\n\n13 \n\n\nGRADUATE DIVISION ORGANIZATION \n\nAdministration \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional \nAccounting \n\nCharles F. Haley, M.Ed., Associate Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJohn W. Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \nBusiness Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.D., M.B.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nAndre P. Priem, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nJoseph A. Ross, B.S.Ed., Administrative Assistant in the Graduate Division \n\nRichard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \n\nEngineering \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nJanice Walker, A.B., Registrar of the Graduate Division \n\nCarol A. Weiss, A.B., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education \n\nUniversity Graduate Council \n1968-1969 \n\nThe Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con- \nduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the \nCouncil. \n\nAdministrative Members \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Chairman, Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nJanice Walker, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Division \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, Dean of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, Associate Dean of Education and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Education \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty \n\n14 \n\n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, Assistant Dean of Engineering and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n\nMelvin Mark, Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Dean of Education \n\nAndre P. Priem, Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Dean of University Administration \n\nRobert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Dean of Cooperative Education \n\n\nElected Faculty Members \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1969) \n\nJames T. Barrs, Professor of English \n\nFrancis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department \n\nRobert J. Ferullo, Associate Professor of Special Education \n\nAustin W. Fisher, Professor of Engineering Management \n\nBernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nMelvin Howards, Director of Center for Educational Development \n\nA. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations \n\nJohn F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology and Chairman of the Department \n\nJohn N. Samaras, Associate Professor of Management \n\nAlbert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and \nChairman of the Department \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1970) \n\nRonald Aaron, Associate Professor of Physics \nBernard J. Brent, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry \nCharles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marketing \nJohn F. Dunn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\n15 \n\n\nCarlo E. Gubellini, Professor of Management \n\nGeorge M. Krause, Professor of Pharmacy \n\nHarold R. Raemer, Professor of Electrical Engineering and \nChairman of the Department \n\nAlan B. Sostek, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education \n\nA. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Associate Professor of Educational Administration and \nChairman of the Department \n\nCommittee of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n1968-1969 \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, Chairman, Director of the Graduate School of \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nDavid W. Barkley, Professor of Political Science \n\nJames T. Barrs, Professor of English \n\nWilliam E. Cass, Associate Professor of Chemistry and \nActing Chairman of the Department \n\nFrancis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department \n\nArshag B. Hajian, Professor of Mathematics \n\nMorris A. Horowitz, Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department \n\nRaymond H. Robinson, Professor of History and Chairman of the Department \n\nMorton Rubin, Associate Professor of Sociology and \nActing Chairman of the Department \n\nRobert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nA. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department \n\nRoy Weinstein, Professor of Physics \n\n\n16 \n\n\nThe University \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri- \nvately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the \nGeneral Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact- \nment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The \nUniversity is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the \nNortheastern University Corporation, which is composed of more than \n150 distinguished business and professional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant \npurpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting \nof these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not dupli- \ncated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new \nareas of educational service. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted \nby the Colleges of Busine?'. Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), \nEducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), and Boston-Bouve \nCollege (1964). This educational method enables students to gain valu- \nable practical experience as an integral part of their college program \nand also provides the means by which they may contribute substantially \nto the financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the \ngraduate level in engineering, sociology, actuarial science, the pharma- \nceutical sciences, professional accounting, and law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed \nto meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been \noffered leading to the bachelor's degree. Programs in the arts and sci- \nences, engineering, various fields of business, law enforcement and se- \ncurity, and other areas have been carefully planned to serve mature \nstudents who are employed full time during the day and want to broaden \ntheir educational background by part-time study. All formal courses of \nstudy leading to degrees through evening programs are approved by the \nBasic College faculties concerned and are subject to the same quantita- \ntive and qualitative standards as the regular day curricula. \n\n17 \n\n\n18 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\nGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS \n\nThe Graduate Division of the University offers day and evening programs. \nIt is made up of the following graduate and professional schools, which offer \nprograms leading to the degrees listed: \n\nThe Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of \nScience in Actuarial Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of \nArts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of \nPublic Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of \nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nThe Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education \nand the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nThe Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science \nand Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor. \n\nThe Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers the degree of \nMaster of Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master \nof Science in Accounting. \n\nCENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni- \nversity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. \nIts programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, \nand a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. \nThe Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade asso- \nciations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs \ndealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of Com- \nmunity Services, working with governmental agencies and community \norganizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in social \nproblems on both the local and national level. \n\nMany of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North- \neastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\nThe facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic \nresearch projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and \nengineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose \nservices are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the \nColleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and \ngraduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective \nteaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by \nresearch activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nMAIN CAMPUS \n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun- \ntington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's \nfamous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated \nin the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, \nHorticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard \nteaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library and many schools and \ncolleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University. \n\nMajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan \nInternational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and \nintrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan- \nsuburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor- \nists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike \n(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section. \n\nThe campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the \nmain educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. \nThe principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, \nare of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon- \nnected by underground passageways. \n\nEll Student Center \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea- \ntion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a \nseating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special \ndrama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu- \ndent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than \n1,000. \n\nLibraries \n\nThe University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is \nthe main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School \nof Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical \nEngineering, Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology. \nThere are additional subject collections for the Center for Management \nDevelopment at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science In- \nstitute in Nahant. \n\n19 \n\n\n20 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\nThe library collections number 210,000 volumes supplemented by \nsome 250,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The \ncollection includes, in addition, some 2,500 periodical titles, 90,000 \ndocuments, and 2,300 sound recordings. \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\nThe Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the \nbest equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an \nathletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as \nadministrative offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical \nEducation Department of Boston-Bouve College. \n\nA recent addition to the Center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a \n105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, \nand shower and dressing facilities. \n\nApartments for Male Graduate Students \n\nThe University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom- \nmodates 279 men. Two-, three-, and four-man apartments are available \nwhich vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are \nfurnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table. \nThe cost includes all utilities. \n\nA $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments. \nApplications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students \nare expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but \nmay live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments \nand in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come, \nfirst served basis. \n\nSUBURBAN FACILITIES \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nThe Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and \n3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of \nindividuals and of industry in the area. \n\nIn addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, \nbusiness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of \nundergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de- \ngrees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro- \ngrams are offered. \n\nHenderson House \n\nThe University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in \nWeston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts \nshort-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro- \nfessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the \nmain campus. \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21 \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\nThe Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research \nand instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology \nand oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20 \nmiles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are \napplicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science. \n\n\nThe Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\n\nThirty years ago the Department of Chemistry inaugurated the first \ngraduate program at Northeastern. In the succeeding years the creation \nof degree programs in other departments of the College of Liberal Arts \nled to the formation of the graduate program of arts and sciences in \n1958 and finally the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences in 1963. \nTwelve departments now offer work at the graduate level. \n\nThe Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English, \nhistory, political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthro- \npology. The Master of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry, \nmathematics, and physics. The Master of Science in Health Science and \nthe Master of Public Administration degrees are also offered. In addi- \ntion, there are programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree \nin biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology, and sociology. \n\n\nGENERAL REGULATIONS \n\nThe general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate \nprograms are established by the Northeastern University Graduate \nCouncil. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is \nallowed discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the \ncouncil. The regulations and academic requirements which follow have \nbeen formulated in accordance with this general policy. \n\nApplication \n\nAll applicants should address inquiries to the Director of the Graduate \nSchool of Arts and Sciences. Application forms and reference blanks \nwill be mailed to the applicant. This material, together with transcripts, \nthe Graduate Record Examination scores when required, and the results \nof the Test of English as a Foreign Language, required of all applicants \nwhose native language is not English, should be returned by April 1 for \nthe fall quarter unless otherwise indicated in the departmental section. \nApplications for those desiring assistantships should be submitted no \n\n23 \n\n\n24 / ARTS AND SCIENCES \n\nlater than March 15. Applications received after these dates may be \naccepted but cannot be given equal consideration. \n\nAll applicants to the Graduate School are strongly urged to take \nboth the aptitude and advanced portions of the Graduate Record Exami- \nnation. These tests are presently required in biology, English, history, \nmathematics, psychology, and sociology and anthropology. At least two \nletters of recommendation are required of all candidates. In biology, \nphysics, psychology, and sociology and anthropology, three letters are \nnecessary. Candidates for financial awards should so indicate to those \nsupplying references. \n\n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate work, an applicant must have obtained a \nbachelor's degree from a recognized institution with a high level of \nprevious work. Admission to the Graduate School is for a specific aca- \ndemic quarter. Students who fail to attend must reapply if they wish \nto do course work in a subsequent quarter. Acceptance to the School \nis granted upon recommendation of the departmental graduate commit- \ntee after a review of the completed application. This recommendation \nis based upon promise of academic success and compliance with mini- \nmum criteria established by each department. Foreign students who do \nnot receive a graduate award must certify that they are able to meet \nall their expenses while at Northeastern. A visa may not be granted \nwithout such certification. \n\n\nRegistration \n\nStudents must register in the Graduate School Office, 102 Churchill \nHall, within the period listed on the school calendar. Exact dates of \nregistration will be specified by letter for students in certain classifi- \ncations. If a student is not able to register on the dates prescribed, he \nshould petition the Director of the Graduate School by letter at least \ntwo weeks before the stipulated period for permission to register late. \nWritten consent from the director constitutes the only valid basis for \nlate registration. \n\n\nResidence \n\nAll work for advanced degrees must be completed at the University \nunless approval has been obtained from the Director of the Graduate \nSchool or the Dean of the Graduate Division for work taken elsewhere. \nStudents who are in residence and are using the facilities of the Uni- \nversity must register for such work. \n\n\nARTS AND SCIENCES / 25 \n\nPrograms of Study \n\nEach student is expected to complete the required courses outlined \nby his graduate major department as early as possible. All individual \nprojects and courses other than those offered by his department must \nhave the approval of the departmental chairman or his designate prior \nto registration. \n\nThe study load for full-time students is usually four courses per quar- \nter. Part-time students are limited to two courses per quarter unless \npermission to carry a heavier load is given by the Director of the \nGraduate School or his designate. Courses in most fields are offered \nboth in the afternoon and evening. \n\nGrading System \n\nThe performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by \nthe instructor by use of the following grades: \n\nA Excellent \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse has been of very high graduate caliber. \n\nB Satisfactory \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse has been at a satisfactory level. \n\nC Fair \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse is not at the level expected in graduate work. \n\nF Failure \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse is unsatisfactory. \n\nIn addition, the following letter designations are used: \n\nI Incomplete without quality designation. \n\nThis grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work \nof the course. \n\nS Satisfactory without quality designation. \n\nU Unsatisfactory without quality designation. \n\nThese two grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter \nsequence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to \nboth the first and second quarters of the sequence. \n\nThe designation I will be changed to a grade upon removal of the \ndeficiencies which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies \nmust be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of \nI is received unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor. \nHowever, such extension of time may not exceed two additional con- \nsecutive calendar quarters. \n\n\n26 / ARTS AND SCIENCES \n\nA make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate \nDivision during the sixth week of each quarter. Any student who wishes \nto take a make-up examination must obtain permission of the director of \nthe appropriate graduate school by the second week of the quarter suc- \nceeding that in which the examination was missed. The make-up exam- \nination must be taken in that succeeding quarter unless circumstances \nwarrant permission of the director to defer it to one of the next two \nquarters. \n\nClass Hours and Credits \n\nAll credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is \nequivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit. All classes meet on \na quarter basis. The academic calendar at the front of this bulletin \nshould be consulted in order to determine the opening and closing dates \nof each quarter. \n\nContinuity of Program \n\nStudents are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a \ndegree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of \none year must apply for readmission. \n\nWithdrawals \n\nIn order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official \nwithdrawal form obtained at the Graduate School Office or at the Burling- \nton campus office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class \nmeeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on \nwhich they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the \ninstructor does not constitute an official withdrawal. \n\nStudents who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from \nthe class unless they notify the graduate school of their intention not to \nwithdraw. \n\nChanges in Requirements \n\nThe continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent \nrevision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi- \ncated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, \nand when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to \nmeet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im- \npossible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which \nhe entered becomes the binding one. \n\nApplication for the Diploma \n\nIf a commencement card is not filed with the graduate office on or \nbefore the applicable date listed in the calendar, there is no assurance \nthat the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all \nother requirements have been fulfilled. This is necessary also to assure \nthat the name will appear correctly on the diploma. \n\n\nARTS AND SCIENCES / 27 \nTHE MASTERS DEGREE \n\n\nAdmission \n\n\nSpecific requirements for each degree program will be found on page \n23 and in the appropriate paragraphs for each department. \n\nAcademic Classifications \n\nThose students who have a bachelor's degree from an accredited \nprogram with a high quality of previous work are classified as regular \nstudents. \n\nStudents whose records do not qualify them for enrollment as regular \nstudents may be accepted as provisional students. Provisional students \nmust obtain a B average in the first 12 quarter hours of credit in order \nto continue in the graduate program. \n\nThose students who are not pursuing a specific degree program are \nclassified as special students. No more than 12 quarter hours of credit \nearned as a special student may be counted toward the degree. \n\nAcademic Requirements \n\nA candidate for the master's degree must complete an approved \nprogram conforming to the requirements of the department in which \nhe is registered. Any student whose record is not satisfactory may be \ndropped from the program. A minimum of 40 quarter hours of correlated \nwork of graduate caliber and such other study as may be required by \nthe department must be completed. \n\nAn average grade of B must be obtained in the quarter hours of credit \nrequired for the degree, excluding any transfer credits. Not more than \nsix quarter hours of extra courses or repeated courses may be allowed \nin order to satisfy the grade requirements for the degree. \n\nWithin the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of \nF is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may \nbe repeated only once. If a grade of F is received in an elective course, \nthat course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or \nanother elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C is \nreceived in a required course, that course may be repeated once to \nobtain a grade of B or better. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nAt the discretion of the department, a final written or oral compre- \nhensive examination may be required. This examination will be given \nat least two weeks before the commencement at which the degree is \nexpected. \n\n\n28 / ARTS AND SCIENCES \n\nThesis \n\nIf a thesis is required in partial fulfillment of degree requirements, it \nmust show independent work based in part upon original material, and \nmust meet the approval of the departmental graduate committee. \n\nThe thesis must receive a grade of B or better to be accepted. In- \nstructions for the preparation of the thesis may be obtained from the \ndepartment. \n\nLanguage Requirement \n\nAn examination to show evidence of ability in one or more foreign \nlanguages may be required in some graduate programs. This knowledge \nis established by an examination arranged by the departmental graduate \ncommittee. This examination will be administered at least twice yearly. \n\nTransfer Credit \n\nA maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another in- \nstitution may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that \nthe credits transferred are in the candidate's field, consist of work \ntaken at the graduate level for graduate credit, carry grades of A or B, \nhave been earned at a recognized institution, and have not been used \ntoward any other degree. Students should petition the Director of the \nGraduate School in writing for all transfer credit. Grades on transfer \ncredit may not be used for the purpose of obtaining the academic \naverage necessary for completion of the degree requirements. \n\nTime Limitation \n\nCourse credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted \nby transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extension \nis granted by the Graduate School. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \n\nThe Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded to candidates who give \nevidence of high attainment and research ability in their major field. \nThe degree requirements are administered by committees in charge of \neach degree program. These committees may be departmental graduate \ncommittees or committees of the respective graduate schools depending \nupon the nature of the program. It is the responsibility of the chairman \nof the committee to certify to the Graduate Division Office the comple- \ntion of each requirement for each candidate. \n\nAdmission \n\nEach degree program has an established admission procedure for \nstudents starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University. \n\n\nARTS AND SCIENCES / 29 \n\nClassification and Degree Candidacy \n\nStudents taking advanced graduate work are classified as follows: \n\n1. Doctoral Student \n\nStudents in this classification have been admitted to a doctoral \nprogram. \n\n2. Doctoral Degree Candidate \n\nStudents in this classification are doctoral students who have \ncompleted 40 quarter hours of acceptable graduate work beyond \nthe bachelor's degree and have passed the qualifying examina- \ntion. \n\n3. Special Students \n\nThis classification is given to students taking advanced grad- \nuate work who are not enrolled for a master's degree, and who \nhave not been admitted to a doctoral program. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nCandidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must spend the equiv- \nalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University taking \ngraduate work. The committee of each degree program specifies the \nmethod by which the residence requirement is satisfied. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nStudents must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set by \nthe committee of the degree program. The material covered in the \nqualifying examination and the level of course work necessary to prepare \nfor the examination are established by the committee for each program. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nDegree programs may require a comprehensive examination during \nthe time in which a student is a degree candidate. The purpose of this \nexamination is to test the knowledge and skills of the student in a \nparticular area and his knowledge of recent research developments in \nhis field. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nThe minimum course requirements of 40 quarter hours constitutes \nthe work normally required for a master's degree. The course require- \nments beyond this are the doctoral course requirements and the amount \nof such work necessary in each doctoral program is specified by the \ncommittee in charge of the doctoral program. \n\n\n30 / ARTS AND SCIENCES \n\n\nDissertation \n\n\nEach doctoral student must complete a dissertation which embodies \nthe results of extended research and makes an original contribution \nto the field. This work should give evidence of the candidate's ability \nto carry out independent investigation and interpret in a logical manner \nthe results of the research. The method of approval of the dissertation \nis established by the committee in charge of the degree program. The \noriginal bound copy of the dissertation must be deposited in the library. \n\nLanguage Requirement \n\nThe nature of the foreign language requirement and how this require- \nment is satisfied is established by the committee in charge of each \ndegree program. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThe final oral examination will be taken after completion of all other \nrequirements for the degree. This examination must be held at least \ntwo weeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be \nawarded. \n\nThe committee for the final oral examination for the doctoral degree \nis appointed by the committee in charge of the degree program, and \nthe Dean of the Graduate Division is notified of the time of the \nexamination. \n\nThe final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the \ndoctoral dissertation and significant developments in the field of the \ndissertation. Other fields may be included if recommended by the exam- \nining committee. \n\nTransfer Credit \n\nIf transfer credit for doctoral course work is desired, approval for \nsuch transfer credit must be given by the committee in charge of the \ndegree program. \n\nTime Limitation \n\nAfter the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five years \nwill be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements. If a stu- \ndent wishes to obtain a time extension, he may, with the approval of the \ncommittee of his degree program, petition the Committee on Doctoral \nDegree Programs of the University Graduate Council for such extension. \n\nRegistration \n\nAll students must register in the Graduate Division Office for course \nwork or dissertation as approved by their advisers or the departmental \n\n\nARTS AND SCIENCES / 31 \n\nregistration officer. After the first registration for doctoral work, regis- \ntration must be continuous unless withdrawal is allowed by the com- \nmittee in charge of the degree program. Students must be registered \nfor dissertation during the quarter in which they take the final oral \nexamination. \n\n\nINTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS \n\nSome graduate students may wish to pursue doctoral programs whose \nboundaries overlap substantially into two or more departments. In such \nGases, an interdisciplinary program may be established which corre- \nsponds in scope and depth to doctoral standards, but does not agree \nexactly with the individual departmental regulations. For such possi- \nbilities, the following plan is in operation: \n\nAdmission \n\nApplication for admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study consists \nof the submission of a carefully thought-out written proposal describing \nthe areas of proposed study and research. The proposal may be a part \nof the initial application for admission to graduate study at Northeastern \nUniversity, or it may be submitted by a student already enrolled. It may \nbe directed to a doctoral degree-granting department or to the Dean of \nthe Graduate Division, who directs it to the appropriate department. In \neither case, admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study requires favor- \nable recommendation by the sponsoring doctoral degree-granting de- \npartment and approval by authorized representatives of the graduate \nstudy committees of the departments appropriate to the disciplines cov- \nered by the applicant's proposal. The sponsoring department becomes \nthe registration base of the student. \n\nFormation of Interdisciplinary Committee \n\nA student who has been accepted for interdisciplinary study must \nobtain the consent of an adviser who will direct his doctoral dissertation. \nThis adviser, who may or may not be a member of the registration de- \npartment, will be chairman of the interdisciplinary committee for this \nstudent. A second member will be appointed from the registration de- \npartment by its chairman. These two members will obtain one or more \nadditional members or request the Dean of the Graduate Division to do \nso. At least two departments must be represented on the committee and a \nmajority of the committee must come from doctoral degree-granting de- \npartments. The chairman of the registration department will notify the \nDean of the Graduate Division of the membership of the committee as \nsoon as arrangements are complete. \n\n\n32 / ARTS AND SCIENCES \n\nDuties of Interdisciplinary Committee \n\nA member of the interdisciplinary committee who is also a member \nof the registration department will serve as the registration officer to \napprove the course registration for the student. A copy of the approved \ncourse registration must also be filed with the other committee members \nand with the graduate study committee of the registration department. \n\nThe interdisciplinary committee will be responsible for the adminis- \ntration of the qualifying examination, language examination, approval of \nthe dissertation, and comprehensive examination. This committee must \nalso certify to the registration department the completion of the require- \nments for the award of the doctoral degree. \n\nThe interdisciplinary committee must assure that the program of the \nstudent represents standards comparable to those of the registration \ndepartment and that the program is not so broad that it has inadequate \ndepth in any area. \n\nThe program of the student may be reviewed at any time by the Dean \nof the Graduate Division to determine whether objectives of the program \nare being met. \n\n\nFinancial Information \n\n\nFINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS \n\nTuition \n\nMaster's Degree Candidates \n\nThe tuition rate for 1969-70 is $44 per quarter hour of credit. \n\nDoctoral Candidates \n\nTuition for full-time doctoral candidates in 1969-70 is $600 per academic \nquarter of registration. For doctoral degree candidates registered for \nwork performed off campus on a Ph.D. dissertation the charge per quar- \nter is $200. For doctoral degree candidates who are no longer actively \nutilizing the resources of the University there is a continuation charge of \n$50 per quarter, with the exception of the summer quarter. \n\nTuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and \nare payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date \nspecified. \n\nFees \n\nA Registration Fee is charged all students when they register for the \nfirst time in the Graduate School at Northeastern. Prior to September 1, \n1969 the fee is $10. After that date the fee will increase to $15. \n\nOther fees include a charge of $5 for late payment of tuition; a final \nexamination make-up fee of $5; a fee of $25 for all degree candidates, \npayable before commencement by the applicable date listed on the \nacademic calendar. \n\nFor full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the \nservices available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistants \nand research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on \nthe Huntington Avenue campus are charged 75 cents a quarter. \n\nAll full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University health serv- \nices fee of $35 each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield \ncoverage and entitle the student to the medical care furnished by the \nUniversity health services. \n\n33 \n\n\n34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\nAll financial obligations to the University must be discharged by \ngraduation. \n\nRefunds \n\nTuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing \non the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does \nnot constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be \ndiscussed with the Bursar's Office. \n\nRefunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule: \n\nAmount of Refund \n\nOfficial Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition \nFirst week of quarter 100 \n\nSecond week of quarter 75 \n\nThird week of quarter 50 \n\nFourth week of quarter 25 \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID \n\nNortheastern University has available fellowships and assistantships \nfor students who are working toward the master's or doctor's degree. \nCandidacy for these awards may be established by completing the \nrelevant section of the application for admission. Those students already \nenrolled should consult their departmental adviser. \n\nTeaching Assistantships \n\nTeaching assistantships allowing remission of tuition and a stipend \nare available in all departments. Holders of such awards devote half time \nto academic assistance and the balance to course work. \n\nGraduate Assistantships \n\nMany departments award graduate assistantships remitting tuition for \na full-time load of graduate work each quarter. Graduate assistants are \nrequired to share in the academic work of the department. These awards \nare normally given to students in the first year of graduate work. \n\nResearch Fellowships \n\nA number of departments offer research fellowships including N.A.S.A., \nN.I.H., N.S.F., and N.D.E.A. carrying a stipend and remitting tuition. \nHolders of these grants work half time on research in the departments, \ndevoting the remaining time to course work. \n\n\nFINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35 \n\nMartin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships \n\nThese scholarships provide for remission of tuition and all fees and \nare awarded to qualified full- and part-time black students on the basis \nof financial need. \n\nDoctoral Research Fellowships \n\nIn the departments which give work leading to the Ph.D. degree, \nresearch fellowships are available for students who have established \ncandidacy for the Ph.D. degree. These fellowships carry remission of \ntuition, and the stipend is higher than that for the research fellowships. \n\nAppointments \n\nAppointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an- \nnounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or \nsummer. Appointments are for a maximum of one year and are not \nautomatically renewed. Students who hold teaching assistantships and \nresearch fellowships are expected to devote full time to their studies \nand the duties of the award. They may not accept outside employment \nwithout the consent of their faculty adviser and the Dean of the Graduate \nDivision. \n\nDormitory Proctorships \n\nA number of Proctorships in dormitories on or near the Huntington \nAvenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a minimum \ncompensation of room and board. Further information and application \nforms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing. \n\nNational Defense Student Loan Program \n\nUnder the provisions of an act of the federal government, students \ncarrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up \nto $2500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for under- \ngraduate and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be \ndetermined on the basis of need and academic promise. \n\nThe repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases \nto carry a half-time load and extends ten years from that point. Can- \ncellation of up to 50 per cent of national defense loans including interest \nis allowed for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 per \ncent may be cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional informa- \ntion and application forms are available from the Office of Financial \nAid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time students and \none month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is requested for \nother students. \n\n\n36 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\nHigher Education Loan Plan \n\nEducational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in \nthe student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies, \ncarry an interest charge of seven per cent, three per cent of which is \npaid by the federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to \n$1500 for each year of study up to a maximum of $7500 for both under- \ngraduate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to twelve \nmonths after completion of study and extends up to five years. \n\n\nBiology \n\n\nProfessors \n\nFrancis D. Crisley, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nFred A. Barkley, Ph.D. \nCharles Gainor, Ph.D. \nCharles M. Goolsby, Ph.D. \nAbdul-Karim Khudairi, Ph.D. \nNathan W. Riser, Ph.D., Director, \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nDoris J. Dealy, Ph.D. \n\nJanis Z. Gabliks, D.D.S., Ph.D. \n\nJoseph V. Pearincott, Ph.D. \n\nFred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D. \n\nErnest Ruber, Ph.D. \n\nBrunhild I. E. Stuerckow, Dr. rer. nat. \n\nHenry O. Werntz, Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nH. David Ahlberg, A.B. \nM. Patricia Morse, Ph.D. \nSamuel E. Moyer, Ph.D. \n\n\nTHE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE \nFull-Time Program \n\nTHE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SCIENCE DEGREE \nPart-Time Program \n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the requirements listed on page 23 applicants should \nhave a background which includes one year of organic chemistry, \nphysics, and mathematics and six quarter courses of the biology under- \ngraduate core curriculum or its equivalent. Students admitted with de- \nficiencies should remove them during the first 20 quarter hours of gradu- \nate work. \n\nProgram \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required, including one \nlaboratory course in microbiology. With approval of the departmen- \ntal graduate committee certain designated advanced undergraduate \ncourses offered at Northeastern University or their equivalents may be \ncompleted as part of the student's graduate program to partially satisfy \ncourse requirements up to a maximum of 20 quarter hours. \n\n\n37 \n\n\n38 / BIOLOGY \n\nFour quarter hours of seminar are required for both master's degree \nprograms. Work may be taken from other departments as approved \nby the student's adviser. \n\nDuring his tenure, in addition to the above course requirements, each \nstudent must enroll for six to twelve credits of work in 18.990, Special \nTopics in Biology, or 18.991, Research for the Master of Science degree. \nAfter initial election of either 18.990 or 18.991 the student must register \nfor either of these courses for each quarter until the work is completed. \nWork in 18.990, Special Topics in Biology, is pursued under the super- \nvision of an individual faculty member, by mutual agreement. It may \ntake the form of a comprehensive, critical review of the literature in a \nspecialized area and/or a specific program of experimental work on a \nsingle topic. If experimental work has been elected under 18.990 it may \nlater be expanded, with permission of the departmental graduate com- \nmittee, into a master's thesis with a topic and adviser and a committee \nof three members approved by the departmental graduate committee. \nGrades in 18.990 or 18.991 are recorded as \"Satisfactory\" until all \nwork is completed, culminating in either a comprehensive, well-written \nreport which must be reviewed by the departmental graduate committee \nor a thesis. A comprehensive examination in the last six months of the \nmaster's program is required of all students, except those presenting a \nthesis. For the latter a final oral examination on the thesis is required. \nThe department encourages the pursuit of a thesis wherever feasible. \n\nThe program leading to the degree Master of Science in Health Sci- \nence is designed for part-time students who may progress according to \ntheir abilities, the time available, and the need or desire to extend their \neducation into interdisciplinary work involving biology or allied areas \nsuch as the health sciences. With the permission of the departmental \ngraduate committee the two master's degree programs are inter- \nchangeable. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY PROGRAM \nAdmission \n\nApplicants who will have a master's degree or its equivalent at entry \nmay be considered for direct admission to the doctoral program. Those \nwho will not may be considered only for admission to the master's \nprogram, and, after satisfactory completion of 30 quarter hours of grad- \nuate study, may then be considered for admission to the doctoral \nprogram. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nThe residence requirement after being admitted to doctoral candidacy \nmay be satisfied by one year of full-time graduate work or by two years \nof half-time graduate work. However, a student should expect to spend \nat least two years or the equivalent in full-time study. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 39 \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nStudents entering the doctoral program will be expected to have had \nthe equivalent of an M.S. degree at Northeastern before taking their \nqualifying examination. Students who have been accepted into the \ndoctoral program will normally be expected to complete the qualifying \nexamination by the end of four quarters at Northeastern University at \na time specified by the departmental graduate committee. The candi- \ndate will be expected to demonstrate an advanced knowledge of bio- \nlogical concepts. The examination will be oral and approximately two \nhours in duration. Eligibility to continue in the program toward the \nDoctor of Philosophy degree is contingent upon satisfactory perform- \nance on the qualifying examination. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThe comprehensive examination requirement will be fulfilled by two \nwritten examinations, one in the major area of specialization and the \nother in closely related areas. The candidate may apply through his \nadviser after completing one of the foreign language requirements and \nat least one quarter prior to the oral examination. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nAfter the establishment of candidacy, any further course requirements \nwill be established by the dissertation adviser and approved by the \ndepartmental graduate committee. \n\nDissertation \n\nIn most cases, arrangements for the dissertation director' will have \nbeen made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not, \nsuch arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree \ncandidacy has been established. The dissertation director advises the \ncandidate on the research for the dissertation, which is to be performed \nin accordance with general Graduate School regulations. He serves as \nchairman of the dissertation committee, which must approve the dis- \nsertation before the degree may be conferred. The doctoral committee \nshall consist of at least five members. \n\nLanguage Requirement \n\nAbility to read and translate biological literature in one foreign \nlanguage must be established by the candidate. In order to maximize \nthe usefulness of this language as a tool of research the student should \ntake the language examination as early as possible. The examination \n\n\n40 / BIOLOGY \n\nwill be administered by the Department of Biology, or in certain cases, \nby the Modern Language Department. French, German, and Russian are \nthe three most important foreign languages for the biologist. Students \nwill be expected to choose one of these languages for their examination, \nbut another language may be substituted where there is significant \nliterature in the area of interest. \n\nTool of Research \n\nA tool of research is required in addition to the above language. This \nrequirement may be fulfilled either through passing a second foreign \nlanguage examination in a language in which there is significant \nliterature or completion of a program in the general principles of \nstatistics, biometry, and/or computer programming. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThis examination will be held in accordance with the general regula- \ntions of the Graduate Division. \n\nINTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS \n\nAdmission \n\nApplication and credentials for admission to interdisciplinary pro- \ngrams involving the Biology Department, where this department is \nclearly the department of registry, as described under \"General Regu- \nlations,\" should be submitted as described under the heading of \n\"Admission\" in the section \"The Doctor of Philosophy Program\" for \nbiology. The interdisciplinary committee will consist of at least five \nmembers. The composition of this committee will be determined by \nmutual consent between the departments involved, but will have at \nleast three members from the Biology Department if the dissertation \nadviser is from this department. Upon admission, suitable interdisciplin- \nary course requirements will be determined by the interdisciplinary \ncommittee. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nStudents accepted into the program will normally be expected to com- \nplete the qualifying examination by the end of four quarters at North- \neastern University. At least five areas of study will be covered by the \nqualifying examination, at least three of which will be oral examinations \nchosen by the candidate from the following areas: biochemistry, botany, \necology, genetics, microbiology, physiology, and zoology. The remaining \ncomponents of the examination will be specified and evaluated by the \nother participating department. With the exceptions of the procedures \nfor admission and examinations for qualification, the remaining require- \nments and procedures are as specified under \"The Doctor of Philosophy \nProgram\" for biology. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 41 \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. \n\n18.801 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology \n\nChemical, physical, and biotic factors influencing coastal and lake communities. \n\n18.802 Physiological Chemistry \n\nIntermediary metabolism and nutrition. \n\n18.803 Biometrics \n\nStatistical methods applied to biological samples and analysis of biological \nresearch data. Prep. Algebra \n\n18.804 Lower Invertebrates \n\nTaxonomy, morphology, embryology, and life histories of acoelomate phyla \n(Marine Science Institute). \n\n18.805 Coelomate Invertebrates \n\nBiology of annelida, arthropoda, mollusca and echinodermata (Marine Science \nInstitute). \n\n18.806 Malacology \n\nFunctional morphology, embryology, systematics, and ecology of the major \ngroups of mollusks. Prep. Invertebrate Zoology. \n\n18.807 Parasitology \n\nSymbiotic relationships of protozoans, mesozoans, flatworms, nematodes, acan- \nthocephalans, and arthropods. \n\n18.808 Vertebrate Zoology (5 q.h.) \n\nEvolution, phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, population dynamics, re- \nproduction, etc., of the vertebrates. Field collection, preparation and study of \nlocal vertebrates will be carried out in the laboratory. Prep. Comparative Anat- \nomy; or Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy and Embryology. \n\n18.809 Mammalogy (5 q.h.) \n\nPhylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, reproduction, population dynamics, \nand natural history of the mammals. The course will include student presentation \nof the recent advances in mammalogy. Field collection and laboratory prepara- \ntion and study of specimens will be included. Prep. 18.808. \n\n18.810 Ichthyology \n\nNatural history and systematics of fishes, with emphasis on marine species \n(Marine Science Institute). \n\n18.811 Human Ecology (3 q.h.) \n\nParameters of the human ecological niche, man's effect on them, and their con- \nsequences for him. Prep. Basic Ecology. \n\n18.816 Horticultural Theory \n\nAn advanced study of methods used in the cultivation of plants. \n\n18.819 Principles of Systematics (3 q.h.) \n\nCodes of nomenclature. Biological principles basic to methodology of the prep- \naration of monographs and of faunas and floras. \n\n\n42 / BIOLOGY \n\n18.820 Lower Plants \n\nSystematic morphology and life cycles of monera and plant-like protista. \n\n18.821 Higher Plants \n\nSystematic morphology of the metaphyta. \n\n18.822 Systematic Botany \n\nClassification and nomenclature of seed plants. \n\n18.824 Plant Anatomy \n\nComparative developmental anatomy of seed plants. \n\n18.825 Plant Nutrition and Metabolism \n\nMineral nutrition, photosynthesis, metabolic pathways, and translocation in \nhigher plants. \n\n18.826, 18.827 Plant Growth and Reproduction I, II \n\nPlant hormones, growth, development, and physiology of reproduction in plants. \nPrep. 18.825. \n\n18.829 Fossil Plants (3 q.h.) \nPlant forms from past times. \n\n18.830 Marine Algae \n\nSystematics, life histories and ecology of marine algae, with emphasis on the \nflora of the Gulf of Maine (Marine Science Institute). \n\n18.835 Mammalian Physiology \n\nStructural and biochemical aspects of mammaiian cells. Bioelectric phenomena. \nMuscle and nerve function. Physiology of digestive, cardiovascular, and respira- \ntory systems. Kidney and its functions. Reproductive physiology and endocrine \nsystem. \n\n18.840 Comparative Physiology of Regulatory Mechanisms (2 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples and selected examples of physiological response to environmental \n\nvariation. Prep. Basic Physiology. \n\n18.842 Vertebrate Endocrinology (2 q.h.) \n\nRegulation of physiologic processes in vertebrates by hormones and related \nsubstances. \n\n18.843 Procedures in Endocrinology (3 q.h.) \n\n18.850 Population Genetics \n\nMendel's laws and principles of genotype dynamics in populations of organisms. \nMechanisms of evolution. Prep. Basic Genetics. \n\n18.851 Cytogenetics (2 q.h.) \n\nClassical and contemporary topics of cytogenetics in plant and animal material \nwith emphasis on medical applications. Prep. Basic Genetics. \n\n18.855 Insect Metabolism (2 q.h.) \n\nFood consumption and intermediary metabolism in insects. \n\n\nBIOLOGY / 43 \n\n18.860, 18.861 Cell Biophysics and Biochemistry I, II (5 q.h.) \nBiogenesis and ultrastructure of the cell considered together with the bio- \nphysical procedures and biochemical patterns used in the study of cellular and \ntissue components. Prep. Organic Chemistry and General Biology. \n\n18.863 Neurophysiology (2 q.h.) \n\nFunction of neurons (receptor cells and end plates included). \n\n18.864 Neurophysiology Laboratory (2 q.h.) \nPrep. 18.863 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n18.870 Tropical Field Studies (1 q.h. per week) \n\nField work under direct supervision of faculty (Marine Science Institute). \n\n18.901 Serology — Immunology (5 q.h.) \n\nCurrent concepts concerning specific and nonspecific factors of resistance to \nmicrobial disease. Chemical and biological considerations of antigens and anti- \nbodies. Laboratory work includes agglutination, precipitin and agardiffusion \ntests. Quantitative approaches stressed. Prep. Basic Microbiology. \n\n18.903 Environmental Microbiology \n\nThe microbial environment and ecology of the cell. Interactions between micro- \nbial populations, stressing soil and fresh-water associations. Prep. Basic \nMicrobiology. \n\n18.904 Medical Microbiology \n\nThe bacterial cell as a pathogen, stressing major genera of disease-producing \norganisms and factors influencing virulence. Prep. Basic Microbiology. \n\n18.905 Marine Microbiology \n\nMorphological, physiological, and ecological factors concerning marine micro- \norganisms. Taxonomic problems, microbial association, and general methodolog- \nical approaches to the study of marine microorganisms. \n\n18.907 Food Microbiology (2 q.h.) \n\nMicrobiology of food with emphasis on the pathogenic types and their inter- \nactions with other groups indigenous to food. Prep. Organic Chemistry. \n\n18.908 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2 q.h.) \n\nDetection, quantification, and isolation of microorganisms and their products of \nsignificance in food with emphasis on the pathogenic types. Prep. 18.907 (may \nbe taken concurrently). \n\n18.909 Animal Virology \n\nPhysical and chemical properties of viruses. Viruses as intracellular parasites. \nViral replication and genetics, host-virus interaction, pathogenesis, diseases, \ntumor viruses, and serological reactions. Laboratory sessions will consist of \ndemonstrations emphasizing use of animals, eggs and animal cell cultures for \ncultivation, isolation, and identification of viruses. Prep. Biochemistry. \n\n18.910 Microbial Genetics (3 q.h.) \n\nPrinciples of bacterial and bacteriophage genetics. Nature of variation and in- \nheritance and the mechanisms of exchange of genetic material. Prep. Advanced \nGeneral Microbiology. \n\n\n44 / BIOLOGY \n\n18.911 Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2 q.h.) \n\nOrigin, isolation, and characterization of mutants. Mechanisms of genetic ex- \nchange in bacteria and bacteriophage. Prep. 18.910 (may be taken concur- \nrently). \n\n18.940 Microbial Biochemistry \n\nStudy of the enzymatic reactions, intermediate products, and metabolic pathways \ninvolved in carbohydrate, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism by micro- \norganisms. Prep. Advanced General Microbiology, Microbial Physiology, and \nBiochemistry. \n\n18.980 Seminar (1 q.h.) \n\nVarious topics and newer developments in botany, microbiology, physiology, and \n\nzoology covered in depth. Student presentations are emphasized. \n\n18.990 Special Topics in Biology (credit variable) \n\nSpecial study of a selected topic under direction of a faculty member. Topic \nand direction of study to be arranged with the faculty member supervising the \nstudy. \n\n18.991 M.S. Thesis \n\nResearch methods of some special field and their application to a specific prob- \nlem, under direction of a faculty member. \n\n18.992 Special Investigations in Biology (credit variable) \n\nLaboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research being pursued for a \nthesis or dissertation. \n\n18.995 Ph.D. Dissertation \n\nOriginal research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new bio- \nlogical knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a \nfaculty member. \n\n\nUndergraduate Courses Available for Graduate Credit \nup to a Maximum of 20 Quarter Hours \n\n18.137 Introduction to Plant Physiology \n18.150 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy \n18.155 Vertebrate Embryology \n18.158, 18.159 Vertebrate Physiology I, II \n18.210 Invertebrate Zoology \n18.220 Advanced General Microbiology \n18.225, 18.226 Animal Histology, I, II \n18.228 Histological Technique \n18.240 Microbial Physiology \n\n\n3 cl. \n\n6 lab. \n\n5 q.h \n\n3 cl. \n\n6 lab. \n\n5 q.h \n\n3 cl. \n\n6 lab. \n\n5 q.h \n\n3 cl. \n\n3 lab. \n\n4 q.h \n\n3 cl. \n\n6 lab. \n\n5 q.h \n\n3 cl. \n\n4 lab. \n\n4 q.h \n\n2 cl. \n\n3 lab. \n\n3 q.h \n\n1 cl. \n\n6 lab. \n\n3 q.h \n\n3 cl. \n\n4 lab. \n\n5 q.h \n\nChemistry \n\n\nProfessors Harold Naidus, Ph.D. \n\nAlfred Viola, Ph.D. John L. Roebber, Ph.D. \n\nKarl H. Weiss, Ph.D. Robert N. Wiener, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors Assistant Professors \n\nWilliam E. Cass, Ph.D., Donald C. Clagett, Ph.D. \n\nActing Chairman Robert B. Davis, Ph.D. \n\nBill C. Giessen, Dr. Sc. Nat. Darryl D. DesMarteau, Ph.D. \n\nDavid M. Howell, Ph.D. J. Robert Huber, Ph.D. \n\nConrad M. Jankowski, Ph.D. \n\nElmer E. Jones, Ph.D. Lecturer \nBarry L. Karger, Ph.D. Albert H. Soloway, Ph.D. \n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23 an appli- \ncant must have completed not less than four full-year chemistry courses \nof the level required of an undergraduate major in chemistry. These must \ninclude organic, physical, and analytical chemistry. Admission policy \nfavors those who have taken more chemistry than these minima. In \naddition, one year each of college physics and calculus are required, \nand further work in these subjects is desirable. \n\nFor the full-time program, these admission requirements may be modi- \nfied to accommodate applicants who have taken fewer courses than \nindicated above, but who have outstanding records and a strong interest \nin chemical or interdisciplinary research. See also the description of \nInterdisciplinary Programs. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nFull-Time Program \n\nThe normal full-time program consists of courses, seminars, research, \nand a thesis based upon this research. Each student is required to take \nat least two courses, four quarter hours of credit, in each of the four \nmajor fields of analytical, inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. No \nmore than 12 quarter hours may be assigned to 12.991, Research and \nThesis for the Master of Science degree, and no more than four quarter \nhours to 12.990, Seminar. Each student is required to attend 12.990, \nSeminar, in each term. One credit is assigned to a student for each term \nin which he conducts a seminar, up to the maximum of four credits. \n\n45 \n\n\n46 / CHEMISTRY \n\nPart-Time Program \n\nThe admission requirements for this program are the same as for the \nfull-time program, but course requirements differ, and students may \nprogress according to their abilities and the time available. \n\nThe following are required courses in the part-time program: \n\nTotal Credits \n\n12.821 Analytical Separations 2 \n\n12.822 Electroanalytical Chemistry 2 \n\n12.823 Optical Methods of Analysis 2 \n\n12.841, 12.842, 12.843 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.861, 12.862, 12.863 Advanced Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6 \n\n12.881, 12.882 Thermodynamics I, II 4 \n\n12.885, 12.886 Atomic and Molecular Structure I, II 4 \n\n26 \n\nSix additional credits must be taken in graduate chemistry courses. \nThe remaining eight credits may be taken in any graduate courses in \nmathematics, engineering, or science for which the student has the \nnecessary preparation. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \n\nThe doctoral program in chemistry is a logical extension of the mas- \nter's program, but it may be pursued only in residence. The additional \nrequirements beyond those of the master's degree are designed to dem- \nonstrate superior proficiency in original research, including technical \nreading ability in two foreign languages and familiarity with current ad- \nvances in one of the main divisions of chemistry. Any student who wishes \nto pursue the doctorate must petition the department for acceptance into \nthis program. If accepted, a student is considered to be in the doctoral \nprogram as soon as he begins taking the qualifying examination and \ntakes up full-time residence. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nThe residence requirement is satisfied after one year of full-time grad- \nuate work or two years of half-time work; however, it should be expected \nthat at least two years of full-time work after establishment of degree \ncandidacy will be necessary to complete the doctoral degree require- \nments. If a student holds a teaching assistantship which occupies one \nhalf of his time, his residence requirement is being discharged at half \nrate. No other part-time arrangements are permitted. If a candidate has \na research fellowship which supports his research for the doctoral \ndissertation, his residence requirement is discharged at full rate. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations. \n\n\nCHEMISTRY / 47 \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nThe qualifying examination consists of four parts, offered separately, \ncovering the fields of analytical, inorganic, organic, and physical chem- \nistry. These examinations are scheduled in early September, in mid- \nwinter, and in late June. Passing the series requires: (a) a passing grade, \nC or better, in each field; (b) a B average or better for all four fields; \n(c) a B or better in the student's field of specialization; and (d) comple- \ntion of the series within 18 months of beginning full-time graduate study \n(i.e. within the first four consecutive offerings of the examinations). The \nexamination in any one field may be repeated only once. \n\nA person not in the full-time graduate program may petition the de- \npartment for permission to take the qualifying examinations, if permis- \nsion is granted, such a person must complete the examinations within \na period of 13 months (i.e. within four consecutive offerings of the exami- \nnations). If he does so successfully, he must apply immediately for \nadmission to full-time doctoral study within the next 12 months. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThe comprehensive examination is composed of a series of short \nwritten examinations in the candidate's field of specialization. These are \noffered monthly and are designed to test the candidate's familiarity with \nthe current research frontiers of his specialty. \n\nWithin two years after degree candidacy has been established, a stu- \ndent must have passed seven of these examinations before he fails seven. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nA candidate is normally required by his faculty adviser to do some \ncourse work beyond the 40 quarter hour minimum. The number and \nnature of these courses are individually determined for each candidate. \n\nDissertation \n\nIn most cases, arrangements for a dissertation adviser will have been \nmade before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not, such \narrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree candidacy \nhas been established. The dissertation adviser directs the research for \nthe dissertation and serves as chairman of the dissertation committee, \nwhich must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred. \n\nLanguage Requirements \n\nProficiency must be demonstrated in two foreign languages as speci- \nfied by the departmental graduate committee in accordance with the \ngeneral Graduate Division regulations. French, German, and Russian are \nthe acceptable foreign languages. Normally, proficiency is demonstrated \nby taking examinations administered by the Chemistry Department. \n\n\n48 / CHEMISTRY \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThis examination will be held in accordance with the Graduate \nDivision regulations. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry two quarter hours of credit except seminar and research. \n\n12.803, 12.804, 12.805 Physical Chemistry I, II, III \n\nA survey of the major areas of physical chemistry. Prep. Consent of instructor. \nThe complete three quarter sequence must be taken to meet the physical chem- \nistry requirement, but students intending to do research in physical chemistry \nmay not use this course to meet the physical chemistry requirement. \n\n12.821 Analytical Separations \n\nTheory and practice of analytical separation techniques. Topics will include \ndistillation, liquid-liquid extraction, various types of chromatography, and other \ntechniques. Emphasis will be placed on fundamentals as they relate to practice. \n\n12.822 Electroanalytical Chemistry \n\nThe principles and practice of electrometric methods of analysis. Topics of \ndiscussion will include: electrogravimetry, coulometry, polarography, chrono- \npotentiometry, and pH measurements. An extensive discussion of titration \nend-point detection systems will include: potentiometric, conductometric, am- \nperometric, and high frequency methods. \n\n12.823 Optical Methods of Analysis \n\nThe principles and practice of optical methods of analysis. Topics will include in- \nfrared, ultraviolet, and visible analytical spectroscopy as well as such techniques \nas flame emission and atomic absorption spectroscopy. Nuclear magnetic reso- \nnance, electron spin resonance, and mass spectrometry will also be discussed. \n\n12.824, 12.825, 12.826 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry I, II, III \n\nSelected topics of current importance in analytical chemistry. \n\n12.841 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I \n\nCharacteristics of atoms and molecules based on their electronic structure and \nthe periodic classification of elements. Structure of crystals. Electrostatic com- \nplexes. Advanced chemistry of lighter elements. Acid and base behavior. Prep. \nOne year of physical chemistry. \n\n12.842 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II \n\nAdvanced treatment of the chemistry of transition metals; oxidation-reduction \nbehavior; nuclear properties. Prep. 12.841. \n\n12.843 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry III \n\nEquilibrium properties of complex ions. Elementary inorganic reaction stereo- \nchemistry. Crystal symmetry properties. The solid state from a chemical point \nof view. Semiconductors, metals, alloys, nonstoichiometric compounds. Chem- \nistry of the heavier nontransition elements. Lanthanides and actinides. Prep. \n12.842. \n\n\nCHEMISTRY / 49 \n\n12.846 Coordination Chemistry \n\nCoordination compounds: their experimental detection, calculation of stability \nconstants, factors affecting solubility and stability constants. Ligand field theory. \nAcidity, color, and lability of complexes. Kinetic and stereochemical studies of \ninorganic reaction mechanisms. Prep. 12.843. \n\n12.847, 12.848, 12.849, 12.850 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry I, II, III, IV \n\nSelected topics of current importance in inorganic chemistry. Prep. 12.842 and \nconsent of instructor. \n\n12.851 Structure Determination in Solids \n\nX-ray, electron, and neutron diffraction; elements of crystallography; computer- \naided calculations. Analytical techniques; important inorganic and organic struc- \nture types. Prep. 12.843. \n\n12.861, 12.862 Advanced Organic Chemistry I, II \n\nAn intensive survey of organic reactions. Modern concepts of structure and \nmechanism are used to correlate factual material. Prep. One year of organic \nchemistry. \n\n12.863 Advanced Organic Chemistry III \n\nAn introduction to the concepts of physical organic chemistry. Prep. 12.862. \n\n12.864, 12.865 Stereochemistry I, II \n\nGeometrical and optical isomerism in organic compounds. Conformational analy- \nsis. Prep. 12.863. \n\n12.866 Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds \n\nCorrelation of structures of organic compounds with their ultraviolet, infrared, \nnuclear magnetic resonance, and mass spectra. Prep. 12.862 (not open to stu- \ndents who have taken 12.878, 12.879). \n\n12.867, 12.868, 12.869 Natural Products I, II, III \n\nIsolation, structure determination, synthesis, and transformations of selected \nclasses of organic compounds of biological interest. Prep. 12.862 (need not be \ntaken in sequence). \n\n12.871, 12.872, 12.873 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry I, II, III \n\nSelected topics of current importance in organic chemistry. Prep. 12.862 and \nconsent of instructor. \n\n12.876, 12.877 Mechanisms of Organic Reactions I, II \n\nConsideration of the fundamental factors influencing the course of a chemical \nreaction. Study of the effects of structural and environmental changes on the \nmechanisms of organic reactions. Prep. 12.865. \n\n12.881 Thermodynamics I \n\nFirst Law of Thermodynamics, Thermochemistry, Second and Third Laws, Equi- \nlibrium. Prep. One year of physical chemistry. \n\n12.882 Thermodynamics II \n\nPartial Molar Properties, Mixtures, E.M.F. Prep. 12.881. \n\n\n50 / CHEMISTRY \n\n12.885 Atomic and Molecular Structure I \n\nIntroduction to wave mechanics, atomic structure, spectroscopy. Prep. One \nyear of physical chemistry. \n\n12.886 Atomic and Molecular Structure II \n\nThe chemical bond, diatomic molecules, polyatomic molecules. Prep. 12.885. \n\n12.891 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry \n\nSelected topics of current importance in physical chemistry. Prep. Consent of \ninstructor. \n\n12.892 Selected Topics in Solid State Chemistry \n\nBonding in metallic, ionic, and covalent solids; electronic properties; alloy \nphases. Thermodynamics of phase transformations and crystal defects; surface \neffects. Prep. 12.885. \n\n12.893 Kinetics and Statistical Thermodynamics I \n\nMaxwell-Boltzmann statistics, quantum statistics, partition functions, and thermo- \ndynamic properties. Experimental aspects of reaction kinetics. Prep. 12.882 \nand 12.885. \n\n12.894 Kinetics and Statistical Thermodynamics II \n\nCollision and transition state theories of reaction rates. Application of statistical \nthermodynamics. Reaction velocity in solution. Catalysis, chain reaction, isotope \neffects, and photochemistry. Prep. 12.893. \n\n12.895 Statistical Mechanics I \n\nDistribution functions. Ensembles. Entropy. Quantum generalization. Perfect \ngases with internal degrees of freedom. Prep. 12.894. \n\n12.896 Statistical Mechanics II \n\nQuantum perfect gases. Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics. Some simple \nsolids. Application to liquids and solutions. Prep. 12.895. \n\n12.897 Quantum Chemistry I \n\nClassical mechanics. Formulation of quantum mechanics. The quantum mechan- \nics of some simple systems. The hydrogen atom. Approximate methods. Prep. \n12.886. \n\n12.898 Quantum Chemistry II \n\nAtomic structure. Group theory. Electronic states of diatomic molecules. Prep. \n12.897. \n\n12.899 Quantum Chemistry III \n\nPolyatomic molecules. Full rotation group and angular momentum. Atoms and \nmolecules treated by group theory. Prep. 12.898. \n\n12.901 Polymer Chemistry I \n\nIntroduction to polymers. Major emphasis on synthesis. Step-reaction, chain- \nreaction, and ring-opening polymerizations. Copolymerization. Three-dimensional \npolymers and crosslinking. Prep. One year of organic chemistry and one year \nof physical chemistry. \n\n\nCHEMISTRY / 51 \n\n12.902 Polymer Chemistry II \n\nPhysical chemistry of polymers in solution and bulk. Molecular characterization. \nMechanical and physical properties in the glassy, rubbery, viscous, and semi- \ncrystalline states. Prep. 12.901. \n\n12.903 Polymer Chemistry III \n\nIndustrial practice. Polymer processing. Fibers. Elastomers. Coatings. Adhesives. \nReinforced plastics. Relationship of polymer structure to usage. Prep. 12.902. \n\n12.921 Biochemistry I \n\nDescription of the components of biochemistry, including the chemistry of carbo- \nhydrates, lipids, prostaglandins, steroid hormones, amino acids, polypeptides, \nproteins, purines, pyrimidines, nucleosides, nucleotides, and nucleic acids. Con- \nsideration of Henderson-Hasselbalch expression, buffers, and importance of pKa. \nPrep. One year of organic chemistry and one year of physical chemistry. \n\n12.922 Biochemistry II \n\nDiscussion of enzymes, enzyme kinetics, and mechanisms of enzymatic reactions. \nAn introduction of the methods used for intermediary metabolism, bioenergetics, \nbiological oxidation-reduction reactions, and the electron transport chain are \npresented. A consideration is made of carbohydrate metabolism, including the \ncitric acid cycle, the Embden-Meyerhof pathway, and the pentose phosphate \npathway. Use of isotopes in biochemistry and the role of high-energy phosphate \ncompounds are outlined. Prep. 12.921 or equivalent. \n\n12.923 Biochemistry III \n\nLipid metabolism is presented, including: the fatty acid cycle; the biosynthesis \nof fatty acids; and the biological formation of the prostaglandins, cholesterol \nand the steroid hormones. The metabolism of the various amino acids is consid- \nered including the urea cycle, one-carbon fragments, transamination reactions, \nand aromatic hydroxylations. Metabolism of nucleic acids and their building \nblocks are discussed as well as the genetic basis of protein synthesis, the genetic \ncode, and mechanisms of control. Prep. 12.922. \n\n12.990 Seminar (1 q.h.) \n\nOral reports by the participants on current or recent investigations in chemistry. \n\n12.991 Research and Thesis for M.S. (maximum: 12 q.h.) \n\nOriginal research and a written thesis thereon, under supervision of a faculty \nmember. \n\n12.995 Research and Dissertation for Ph.D. \n\nOriginal research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new chemi- \ncal knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a \nfaculty member. \n\n\nEconomics \n\n\nProfessors \n\nMorris A. Horowitz, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nIrwin L. Herrnstadt, Ph.D. \nWilfred S. Lake, Ph.D. \nDonald Shelby, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nConrad P. Caligaris, Ph.D. \nBruce Cohen, Ph.D. \nErnest M. DeCicco, Ph.D. \nHarold M. Goldstein, Ph.D. \n\n\nIvory L. Lyons, Ph.D. \nPeggy Musgrave, Ph.D. \nGustav Schachter, Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nLeon S. Graubard, M.A. \nJames W. Meehan, Ph.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nJames Dean, M.A. \nLarry M. Hersh, M.A. \n\n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23 applicants \nshould have had a minimum of 12 semester hours of economics, or the \nequivalent, of which three semester hours, or the equivalent, should be \nstatistics. Applications for admission to the fall quarter will be given \nequal consideration if received by August 30. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program \ncomprises 16 quarter hours of required core course work and 24 quarter \nhours of electives of which a minimum of nine quarter hours must be \nselected from one of the economic fields listed below. The required core \ncourses must be completed as soon as possible. With the approval of \nthe graduate adviser, a maximum of six quarter hours may be elected \nfrom graduate courses offered by other departments. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nA comprehensive examination held in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations must be taken by all students who do not \noffer a master's thesis. \n\nMaster's Thesis \n\nA master's thesis for nine quarter hours of credit is optional with the \napproval of the graduate adviser. \n\n\n52 \n\n\nECONOMICS / 53 \n\nRequired Core Courses \n\nThe required core courses are: \n\nCredits \n\n39.900 Microeconomic Theory* 4 \n\n39.901 Macroeconomic Theory* 4 \n\n39.907 Mathematics for Economists** 4 \n\n39.908 Statistical Inference 4 \n\nEconomic Fields \n\nAvailable economic fields are listed below. Under each field are stated \nthe required field courses and the elective field courses. Students must \ntake at least nine quarter hours in one field of concentration. In all fields \nthe first listed required course in the field ordinarily should be taken first \nby the student majoring in that field. For students not majoring in the \nfield, courses in the field may be taken in any sequence. \n\nManpower Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.928 Economics of the Labor Market \n\n39.931 Seminar in Human Resources Development \n\nElective field courses: \n\n39.929 Labor and Industrial Relations \n\n39.930 Economics of Manpower Planning \n\nDevelopment Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.934 Economics of Underdeveloped Areas \n\n39.935 Public Policies in Underdeveloped Areas \n\nElective field courses: \n\n39.915 Economics of Growth \n\n39.930 Economics of Manpower Planning \n\n39.936 Comparative Economic Systems \n39.940 International Trade \n\nMonetary Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.924 Monetary Theory \n\n39.925 Theory of Monetary Policy \n\n\n•Candidates deficient in intermediate theory may not be admitted into these core \ncourses until they have completed 39.904 and/or 39.905. \n**New candidates must take a mathematics examination given by the department during \nregistration period. Those who fail may not enroll in 39.907 until they have completed \n39.906. \n\n\n54 / ECONOMICS \n\nElective field courses: \n\n39.903 Dynamic Macroeconomic Theory \n\n39.921 Fiscal Policy \n\n39.926 Problems in Money and Banking \n\nQuantitative Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.910 Mathematical Economics \n\n39.911 Research Methods \n\n39.912 Introduction to Econometrics \n\nInternational Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.940 International Trade Theory \n\n39.941 International Economics \n\nElective field courses: \n\n39.924 Monetary Theory \n\n39.934 Economics of Underdeveloped Areas \n\nDynamic Aggregate Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n39.903 Dynamic Macroeconomic Theory \n39.915 Economics of Growth \n\nElective field courses: \n39.921 Fiscal Policy \n\n39.924 Monetary Theory \n\n39.925 Theory of Monetary Policy \n\nPublic Finance \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.919 Public Finance \n39.921 Fiscal Policy \n\nElective field courses: \n\n39.920 State and Local Finance \n39.925 The Theory of Monetary Policy \n39.957 Economics of Health and Welfare \n\nIndustrial Organization \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.950 Industrial Organization \n\n39.951 Industrial Organization and Public Policy \n\n\nECONOMICS / 55 \n\n\nElective field courses: \n\n39.902 Advanced Theory \n\n39.912 Introduction to Econometrics \n\n39.928 Economics of Labor Market \n\nUrban Economics \n\nRequired field courses: \n\n39.956 Economics of Urban Affairs \n\n39.958 Urban Economic Problems and Policies \n\nElective field courses: \n39.920 State and Local Finance \n39.928 Economics of the Labor Market \n\n39.957 Economics of Health and Welfare \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. \n\n39.900 Microeconomic Theory (4 q.h.) \n\nMeaning of economic theory and models. Costs and production functions. Utility \nfunctions and demand. Market structures and equilibrium of firm. Factor Pricing. \n\n39.901 Macroeconomic Theory (4 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of aggregate economic relationships in the context of classical and \nKeynesian theories. Fiscal and monetary policy implications are studied. \n\n39.902 Advanced Theory \n\nSelected topics such as distribution theory, general equilibrium, welfare \neconomics. \n\n39.903 Dynamic Macroeconomic Theory \n\nIntroduction to post-Keynesian literature in cyclical and growth aspects. Survey \nof simple models and empirical studies. Prep. 39.901. \n\n39.904 Introduction to Intermediate Microeconomic Theory \n\nIntensive coverage of microeconomic theory. This course offers no credit toward \na degree in economics. \n\n39.905 Introduction to Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory \n\nIntensive coverage of macroeconomic theory. This course offers no credit toward \na degree in economics. \n\n39.906 Introduction to Mathematics for Economists (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course acquaints the student with the algebra and elementary calculus \nnecessary for quantitative economics: simultaneous linear systems; polynomial, \nlogarithmic, and exponential functions; and elementary differential and integral \ncalculus (meets four hours a week). This course offers no credit toward a degree \nin economics. \n\n\n56 / ECONOMICS \n\n39.907 Mathematics for Economists (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course assumes a working knowledge of simple algebra and elementary \ncalculus. It begins with an introduction to matrix algebra and difference equa- \ntions. Major emphasis is upon application of mathematics to selected topics \nin economic theory. Prep. 39.906 or mathematics examination. \n\n39.908 Statistical Inference (4 q.h.) \n\nEstimation of population values and testing hypotheses. Classical estimation and \ntesting compared to Bayesian Probability. Topics covered include the normal, \nt, binomial, Poisson, hypergeometric, exponential, X*, F, and other probability \ndistributions and the design of sample surveys. \n\n39.910 Mathematical Economics \n\nThe cobweb and other simple dynamic models. The multiplier, the acceleration \nprinciple. Mathematical analysis: complex numbers, linear difference, and dif- \nferential equations. Trade cycle theory, general economic equilibrium, inter- \nindustry relations, programming, activity analysis, and elementary theory of \ngames. \n\n39.911 Research Methods \n\nMathematical programming with emphasis on linear programming, including \nthe transportation and simplex problems, and simulation and queueing theory \nwith applications to the 1620 computer. \n\n39.912 Introduction to Econometrics \n\nEstimation of demand, supply, cost and production functions; applications of \nmultivariate analysis to economic data; identification; determination of trend, \noscillation and periodic movements; autocorrelation and correlogram analysis; \ntrends in multiple regression. Prep. 39.908. \n\n39.915 Economics of Growth \n\nA study of economic growth of developed capitalist economies with special \nreference to United States. Inquiry into the growth record, causes of growth, \ngrowth models, and growth policies. \n\n39.919 Public Finance \n\nA survey of governmental expenditure, revenue, and debt systems, with emphasis \nupon their economic effects and their relationships to principles of economic \nwelfare. It will include discussions on taxation, tax incidence, tax theory, debt \nmanagement, and employment levels. \n\n39.920 State and Local Finance \n\nPrinciples and problems of public taxation, grants-in-aid, expenditures, etc., \napplied tostate and local governments. \n\n39.921 Fiscal Policy \n\nA study of deliberate adjustments in revenues and expenditures for the purpose \nof obtaining greater economic stability, economic growth, and full employment. \nIt will include discussion on neutral fiscal policy, built-in stabilizers, budget \nmanagement, attainment of full employment, inflation, and deflation. \n\n39.924 Monetary Theory \n\nA study of money and money flows; an analysis of the quantity theory of money, \nvelocity, and the role of financial intermediaries. \n\n\nECONOMICS / 57 \n\n39.925 The Theory of Monetary Policy \n\nA study of the role and function of central banking and an analysis of the \nincidence and effectiveness of monetary policy. \n\n39.926 Problems in Money and Banking \n\nA study of banking and financial markets in the contexts of monetary policy and \ndebt management objectives and instruments. Prep. Consent of instructor. \n\n39.928 Economics of the Labor Market \n\nAnalysis of the labor market and effects on occupational and industrial structure. \nTopics include labor supply and allocation, wage and employment determination, \nlevel and composition of employment and unemployment, income distribution. \n\n39.929 Labor and Industrial Relations \n\nAnalysis of institutional factors such as trade unions and collective bargaining, \nand their impact upon the labor market and the use of the labor force. \n\n39.930 Economics of Manpower Planning \n\nVarious methods of manpower planning. Analysis of experiences in different \ncountries. Role of education and training. \n\n39.931 Seminar in Human Resources Development \n\nSelected problems in the development of human resources. \n\n39.934 Economics of Underdeveloped Areas \n\nA study of the prospects of economic growth in less developed areas. Measure- \nment and theories of economic development. Role of human and natural re- \nsources, education, technology, capital formation, etc., in national, regional and \nsectoral development. Changes in institutions. \n\n39.935 Public Policies in Underdeveloped Areas \n\nRole of public sector in economic development. Public and private sectors. \nPlanning at the national, regional, project and plant level, cost-benefit and \ninput-output analysis. \n\n39.936 Comparative Economic Systems \n\nComparative economic organization and performance of differing social systems, \nas exemplified by the U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia, Western Europe, and China. \n\n39.937 The Soviet Economy \n\nA historical and analytical investigation of the principles, structure, and per- \nformance of the Soviet economy, with special emphasis upon theory and practice \nof planning. \n\n39.940 International Trade Theory \n\nClassical, neo-classical, and modern theories of international trade; gains from \ntrade; disturbances and adjustments of balance of payments. \n\n39.941 International Economics \n\nInternational payment systems and equilibrating mechanisms; capital movements \nand transfers; international financial and commercial policies and institutions; \nregional trade arrangements. \n\n\n58 / ECONOMICS \n\n39.950 Industrial Organization \n\nThe theoretical framework for analyses and evaluation of the static performance \nof real markets. An examination of empirical studies testing the usefulness of \napplying theory to real markets. \n\n39.951 Industrial Organization and Public Policy \n\nAn analysis of some of the dynamic aspects of performance with reference to \nan appropriate theoretical framework. An examination of antitrust as a public \npolicy designed to promote better market performance. \n\n39.955 Regional Economics \n\nThe processes, problems, and policies involved in regional economics. Topics \ninclude analytical methods, regional models, location theory, trends, evaluation \nof alternative criteria for regional development. \n\n39.956 Economics of Urban Affairs \n\nTheories of urban development, hierarchies and typologies, land-use, commut- \ning and trade patterns, metropolitan structures. \n\n39.957 Economics of Health and Welfare \n\nTheoretical basis, historical development, and institutional framework of prob- \nlems involved in medical economics, income supplements and security, and \npoverty; and a study of corrective policies. \n\n39.958 Urban Economic Problems and Policies \n\nDetailed study of selected urban economic problems and policies. \n\n39.960 History of Economic Thought \n\nThe evolution of economic observation, inquiry, analysis, and policy. The emer- \ngence and refinement of Mercantilism and its antithesis, economic liberalism, \nthe Physiocratic and Classical schools. Contributions of the Historical and \nMarginalist schools. The Neo-Classical synthesis. Criticism of economic ortho- \ndoxy, Socialist and Marxian thought. The Keynesian Revolution. \n\n39.990 Readings in Economics (1 q.h.) \n\nSupervised readings in selected topics in economics. Prep. Consent of the \ndepartment. \n\n39.991 Thesis Seminar (9 q.h.) \n\nThesis supervision by members of department. \n\n\nEnglish \n\n\nProfessors \n\nPaul C. Wermuth, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nJames T. Barrs, Ph.D. \nEugene J. Blackman, M.A. \nVictor E. Howes, Ph.D. \nSamuel French Morse, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRobert J. Blanch, Ph.D. \nRaymond E. Blois, Ph.D. \n\n\nGeorge Khiralla, A.M. \nReva Stump, Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nSamuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D. \nEdith Gilmore, Ph.D. \nGerald R. Griffin, M.A. \nJohn Kazantzi, Ph.D. \nMartin L. Robbins, Ph.D. \nHassell B. Sledd, Ph.D. \nGerald M. Weisenberg, M.A. \n\n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants \nmust have had a program which includes at least 18 semester hours of \nEnglish beyond the freshman level. A quality point average of 3.0 on a \n4 point scale in English courses is also required, in addition to an overall \naverage of 2.5. In some instances an applicant who is slightly deficient \nin grade point requirements for admission as a regular student may be \nadmitted to the graduate school as a provisional student. The letters of \nrecommendation should be submitted by English department faculty. \n\n\nProgram \n\nForty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. The course \nwork must include Group I, 30.800, Introduction to Research Methods \n(three quarter hours); six hours from courses in Group II; one nine-hour \nunit from courses in Group III; and nine hours from courses in Group IV, \nwhich are designated seminars, and which are limited in enrollment to \n12 students. The remaining 15 hours may be elected from courses in \nany group (II, III, IV, or V), but it should be noted that some of these \ncourses are to be considered as indivisible six- or nine-hour units. \nFurther, of these 15 hours, up to nine may be elected from courses \noffered in other departments, in related disciplines, with the approval of \n\n\n59 \n\n\n60 / ENGLISH \n\nthe English Department Committee on Graduate Studies. \n\nA thesis is optional, with the approval of the English Department Com- \nmittee on Graduate Studies. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter \nhours of credit. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nA three-hour comprehensive examination will be required of all degree- \ncandidates toward or at the end of their course work. \n\nLanguage Requirement \n\nDegree candidates must pass a reading examination in one modern \nforeign language, to be approved by the department. This examination \nshould be passed as early as possible. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. \n\nGROUP I: RESEARCH \n(three quarter hours required) \n\n30.800 Introduction to Research Methods \n\nMaterials and techniques of research in English and American literature; \nbibliography, form, and content of papers and theses. \n\nGROUP II: ENGLISH LANGUAGE \n(six quarter hours required) \n\n30.810 Introductory Anglo-Saxon \n\nThe reading and translating of selections of prose from the outset, with pro- \ngression from the simpler types. Phonology, morphology, and syntax will be \ntreated as needed. Pertinent matters of linguistics will be considered. \n\n30.811 Beowulf \n\nThe reading and translating of part of the Anglo-Saxon epic, Beowulf. Prep. \n30.810. \n\n30.820 Chaucer I \n\nTroilus and Criseyde; Fragments 1, 2, and 7 of the Canterbury Tales, with par- \nticular attention to the tales of the Knight, the Shipman, the Prioress, and \nthe Priest. \n\n30.821 Chaucer II \n\nFragments 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, and 10 of the Canterbury Tales, with particular \nattention to the tales of the Wife of Bath, the Clerk, the Merchant, the Pardoner, \nand the Manciple. Prep. 30.820. \n\n30.830 Historical Linguistics I \n\nWritten records; the classification of languages; phonetics and phonetic change; \nthe comparative method; dialect geography. \n\n\nENGLISH / 61 \n\n30.831 Historical Linguistics II \n\nContinuation of 30.830. Fluctuation; analogic and semantic change; cultural, \nintimate, and dialect borrowing. Prep. 30.830. \n\nGROUP III: LITERARY PERIODS AND MOVEMENTS \n(nine quarter hours required) \n\n30.860 Major British Writers I* \n\nA close study of selected major British writers from Chaucer through Pope. Work \nin criticism supplements the primary reading material. \n\n30.861 Major British Writers II* \n\nA comprehensive survey of the major poetry and prose of the Romantic Age, \nwith emphasis on Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Prep. \n30.860. \n\n30.862 Major British Writers III* \n\nA study of main trends in British literature in the last one hundred years, as \nillustrated in the works of Browning, Tennyson, Arnold, Yeats, Joyce, and Eliot. \nPrep. 30.861. \n\n30.870 Medieval English Literature I \n\nA study of Chaucer, in context and perspective, with particular emphasis on \nparts of the Canterbury Tales not covered in 30.820 and 30.821. \n\n30.871 Medieval English Literature II \n\nA study of major works in Middle English, including the Parlement of the Thre \nAges, Wynnere and Wastoure, Chaucer's Parlement of Fowles, and Tristan and \nYsolt. Prep. 30.870. \n\n30.872 Medieval English Literature III \n\nA continuing study of major works in Middle English, including Sir Gawaine and \nthe Green Knight, The Pearl, and Piers Plowman. Prep. 30.871. \n\n30.873 Nondramatic Literature of the Sixteenth Century I \n\nPoetry (and some prose) of Skelton, Hawes, Wyatt, Surrey, More, Elyot, and \nothers, making appropriate use of Northeastern's microfilms of English books. \nClass reports, a brief critical paper, and a long paper are required. \n\n30.874 Nondramatic Literature of the Sixteenth Century II \n\nA continuation of 30.873, with particular attention to Spenser (except for The \nFaerie Queene), Sidney, Shakespeare, Daniel, Drayton, and others. Prep. \n30.873. \n\n30.875 Nondramatic Literature of the Early Seventeenth Century \n\nA continuation of 30.874, with particular attention to Jonson, Donne, Herrick, \nHerbert, Vaughan, Marvell, Bacon, Browne, and others. Prep. 30.874. \n\n30.880 Nondramatic Literature of the Restoration and the Eighteenth Century \n\nPoetry and prose from 1660 to 1725, with particular attention to the origins \nand development of verse satire, especially Dryden, Samuel Butler, and Pope. \n\n\n*30.860, 30.861, and 30.862 are offered only for students who have had no undergraduate \nsurvey or full-year period course. \n\n\n62 / ENGLISH \n\n30.881 Nondramatic Literature of the Eighteenth Century I \n\nA continuation of 30.880, with special attention to the prose satirists, particularly \nSwift, Addison, and Goldsmith. Prep. 30.880. \n\n30.882 Nondramatic Literature of the Eighteenth Century II \n\nA continuation of 30.881, with special attention to the beginnings of English \nbiography, leading up to and including Johnson and Boswell. Prep. 30.881. \n\n30.890 Studies in Romanticism I \n\nThe origins and development of the early romantic movement. Close reading and \ndiscussion of works by Wordsworth and Coleridge. \n\n30.891 Studies in Romanticism II \n\nA further study of poetry and aesthetic theory in the nineteenth century, with \nemphasis on the works of Keats and Shelley. Prep. 30.890. \n\n30.892 Studies in Romanticism III \n\nSpecial consideration of works by Blake, Byron, and some of the prose writers of \nthe Romantic Age. Prep. 30.891. \n\n30.893 Victorian Studies I \n\nChiefly a close study of the work of Matthew Arnold, in context, and discussion \nof selected criticism. \n\n30.894 Victorian Studies II \n\nA study chiefly of the work of George Eliot; her relationship to the context of \nher age and her contemporaries. Discussion of selected criticism. Prep. 30.893. \n\n30.895 Victorian Studies III \n\nA comparative study of two or three significant Victorian figures, to be specified. \nPrep. 30.894. \n\n30.897 Literary Criticism I \n\nLiterature and critical principles, classical and medieval. Special attention to \nPlato, Aristotle, Horace, Longinus, and Dante. \n\n30.898 Literary Criticism II \n\nEnglish and Continental critical principles and relevant literary works from the \nRenaissance (Sidney, Jonson, and others), through Tolstoy. Prep. 30.897. \n\n30.899 Literary Criticism III \n\nEnglish, Continental, and American critical principles in theory and as embodied \nin the modern novel, drama, poem, and short story. Prep. 30.898. \n\nGROUP IV: SEMINARS \n(nine quarter hours required) \n\n30.901 Seminar in Linguistics I (History of the English Language) \n\nThe nature and origin of language; ancestry and early growth of English; English \nphonetics, sound-change, and history of English sounds; history of English in- \nflections; sources of the vocabulary; the making of words. \n\n30.902 Seminar in Linguistics II \n\nSemantic change; syntax and usage; dictionaries, spelling, pronunciation, varia- \ntions, and usage. Prep. 30.901. \n\n\nENGLISH / 63 \n\n30.903 Seminar in Anglo-Saxon \n\nThe reading and translating of parts of Beowulf, in greater depth than in 30.811, \nand of other Anglo-Saxon literature, both poetry and prose. Prep. 30.811. \n\n30.904, 30.905, 30.906 Problems in Literary Criticism I, II, III \n\nStudies in depth of various critical disciplines, as derived from literary and \naesthetic theories and from various traditions. The particular critical problems \nwill vary from quarter to quarter. Prep. Permission of instructor. \n\n30.907 Seminar in Comedy \n\nThe Comic Spirit and its manifestations in dramatic literature and performance. \nThe nature and forms of comic playwriting from Aristophanes to the present. An \nexamination of the theatre's comic forms — farce, comedy, satire, parody. \n\n30.908 Seminar in Tragedy \n\nThe nature of tragic drama based on the study of plays and theories. An exam- \nination of the various ancient and modern attitudes toward the problems of \ntragedy. \n\n30.909 Seminar in Theatrical Styles \n\nAn examination of the realistic-naturalistic, expressionistic, and experimental \ntheatrical styles. \n\n30.912 Shakespeare: The History Plays \n\nThe English history plays, concentrating on two tetralogies, Henry VI to Richard \nIII, and Richard II to Henry V. \n\n30.913 Shakespeare: The Comedies \n\nThe major comedies from The Taming of the Shrew to The Tempest. \n\n30.914 Shakespeare: The Tragedies \n\nThe principal tragedies, including Hamlet, Othello, King Lear, Macbeth, Coriola- \nnus, and Anthony and Cleopatra. \n\n30.915 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama \n\nStudies in Elizabethan drama, exclusive of Shakespeare, and of its origins. \nCollateral readings in criticism, in addition to selected plays. The later develop- \nments of drama, both comedy and tragedy, to 1642. \n\n30.916 Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama \n\nStudies in Restoration drama, especially the heroic tragedy and comedy, from \nDryden to Congreve; also later plays, with particular emphasis on the develop- \nment of the \"sentimental comedy\" of the eighteenth century. \n\n30.917 Modern English and Irish Drama \n\nEnglish drama from 1890 to the present, with emphasis on the social drama and \nthe \"well-made\" play, and later experimental forms. Irish dramatists to be studied \nwill include Synge and O'Casey. \n\n30.920 The Romance in America \n\nA critical study of the romance as a literary form, with special emphasis on the \nwork of Poe, Hawthorne, and Melville. \n\n\n64 / ENGLISH \n\n30.921 American Transcendentalism \n\nA critical study of the American Transcendental Movement, with special em- \nphasis on the works of Emerson, Thoreau, and Whitman. \n\n30.922 The Rise of Realism \n\nAn examination of Local Colorism, Realism, and Naturalism in the works of \nTwain, Howells, James, Dreiser, and Norris. \n\n30.933 Spenser \n\nThe Faerie Queene, with attention to the minor poems as an aid to understand- \ning the major work. \n\n30.934 Milton I \n\nMinor poems and prose of Milton, with particular attention to Lycidas, Samson \nAgonistes, Areopagitica, L'Allegro, II Penseroso, Comus, and the sonnets. \n\n30.935 Milton II \n\nParadise Lost, with particular attention to the theological and scientific back- \nground. Prep. 30.934. \n\n30.950 Thomas Hardy \n\nA study in depth of Hardy's novels, poetry, and The Dynasts. \n\n30.951 Joseph Conrad \n\nA study in depth of the novels. \n\n30.952 Henry James \n\nA study in depth of the major works, the short stories, and the aesthetic of \nJames. \n\n30.954 Wallace Stevens \n\nA study in depth of the accomplishments of Wallace Stevens, with particular \nattention to his place in the Romantic tradition and to modernism. \n\n30.955 Frost and Robinson \n\nThe accomplishments of Robert Frost with special emphasis on his relation to \nthe native tradition. The accomplishments of Robinson, and his attempt to estab- \nlish a literary tradition. \n\n30.956 Auden \n\nW. H. Auden as a representative poet of his age. A study in depth of his accom- \nplishments in poetry, drama, and criticism. \n\n30.957 Eugene O'Neill \n\nA study in depth of the major plays, and of O'Neill's development. \n\n30.958 lonesco, Beckett, Genet \n\nA study of the plays of three contemporary masters, and of their impact on the \ncontemporary theatre. \n\n30.959 Shaw \n\nA study of the major plays, in historical and social context, with emphasis on \nShaw's concept of drama. \n\n\nENGLISH / 65 \n\nGROUP V: TYPES AND SPECIAL TOPICS \n\n30.960 Literary Composition: Fiction \n\nThe writing of fiction, with emphasis on the short story. Assignments in various \nmodes and techniques, with particular attention to contemporary forms. Col- \nlateral readings in the short story from Hawthorne to Frank O'Connor. Critiques. \n\n30.961 Literary Composition: Poetry \n\nThe writing of poetry, with emphasis on the elements of prosody. Assignments \nin various forms. Collateral readings and critiques. \n\n30.962 Literary Composition: Essay \n\nThe essay, the sketch, and criticism as literary forms. Assignments in various \nforms. Collateral readings and critiques, and an examination of prose style. \n\n30.966 Dante and His Times: Minor Works \n\nDante's life and minor works as seen through the literary, political, and religious \nbackground of his times. \n\n30.967 Dante: Divina Commedia — Inferno \n\nGeneral study of the Divina Commedia with particular analysis of the \"Inferno.\" \nPrep. 30.966. \n\n30.968 Dante: Divina Commedia — Purgatorio and Paradiso \n\nClose examination of the two \"cantiche\" of Dante's major work. Prep. 30.967. \n\n30.970 English Novelists I \n\nThe eighteenth-century novel, its origins and development, with special atten- \ntion to Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. \n\n30.971 English Novelists II \n\nThe nineteenth-century novel, with special attention to the Brontes, Dickens, \nThackeray, Trollope, Eliot, and Hardy. Prep. 30.970. \n\n30.972 English Novelists III \n\nFrom the late nineteenth century to the present, with special attention to James. \nConrad, Forster, Bennett, Joyce, and Lawrence. Prep. 30.971. \n\n30.980 The Modern Tradition I \n\nThe late Victorian and Edwardian periods. Writers to be studied include, or \nwill be chosen from, Hopkins, Hardy, the early Yeats, Shaw, Wells, Bennett, \nthe American naturalists, Cather, Robinson, Frost. Crosscurrents in continental \nmovements in art and literature. \n\n30.981 The Modern Tradition II \n\nWriters between the wars, including D. H. Lawrence, Woolf, Aldous Huxley, \nthe later Yeats, Auden, T. S. Eliot, Wallace Stevens, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, \nWilliam Carlos Williams, Stein, Faulkner. Dadaism, surrealism, and the ferment \nof experimentalism. Prep. 30.980. \n\n30.982 The Modern Tradition III \n\nWriters and movements since World War II, including Thomas, Amis, Wain, C. P. \nSnow, Updike, Cheever, Lowell, Dickey, and \"the new poets.\" Prep. 30.981. \n\n\n66 / ENGLISH \n\n30.987 The American Novel I (1900-1929) \n\nA study of the changing technical, thematic, and influential elements in the works \nof Cather, Wharton, Cabell, Anderson, Hemingway, Faulkner, and Lewis. \n\n30.988 The American Novel II (1930-1949) \n\nA critical study of the themes, techniques, and influences of this period as \nexpressed in the works of Faulkner, Farrell, Wolfe, Warren, Dos Passos, and \nSteinbeck. \n\n30.989 The American Novel III (1950-1965) \n\nAn examination of recent trends in the novel as expressed in the works of \nSalinger, Mailer, Bellow, Barth, Roth, Rand, and Baldwin. \n\n30.991 Semantics \n\nThe relation between language and behavior; the concept of change, variety, \nand uniqueness; symbols; levels of abstraction; habits of evaluation of linguistic \nphenomena; and modification of such habits in the direction of human adjust- \nment, understanding, and survival. \n\n30.992 Descriptive Linguistics \n\nPhonetics and phonetic transcribing; phonemes and phonemic transcribing; \ndialects. \n\nGROUP VI: DIRECTED STUDY AND THESIS \n\n30.996 Directed Study (maximum: 6 q.h.) \n\nIndividual work on special topics, for students who have completed required \ncourses. Prep. Permission of instructor. \n\n30.997 Thesis (6 q.h.) \n\n\nFrench \n\n\nProfessor \n\nLouis Cooperstein, M.A., Chairman \n\nAssociate Professor \n\nBenedetto Fabrizi, D.M.L. \n\nA limited number of courses are now available to full-time and part- \ntime students. At present there is no graduate degree program in French \nand all courses are offered as electives. All courses are conducted in \nFrench and a working knowledge of the language is assumed. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours ol credit. \n\n31.800 Twentieth Century French Theater I \n\nThe return to \"tragedy\" in the modern theater. Among the playwrights studied \nwill be Giraudoux, Cocteau, Montherlant, and Anouilh. \n\n31.801 Twentieth Century French Theater II \n\nThe religious theater and the theater of ideas. Special emphasis will be given \nto the plays of Claudel, Sartre, and Camus. \n\n31.802 Twentieth Century French Theater III \n\nA study of the theater of the absurd and contemporary developments. The \nmajor authors to be considered are Beckett, lonesco, Genet, Adamov, and \nSchehade. \n\n\n67 \n\n\nHistory \n\n\nProfessors \n\nRaymond H. Robinson, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nWallace P. Bishop, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nPhilip N. Backstrom, Jr., Ph.D. \nRobert A. Feer, Ph.D. \nMartha E. Frangois, Ph.D. \nNorbert L. Fullington, Ph.D. \nStanley R. Stembridge, Ph.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nRuth Anderson, Ph.D. \nMay Sobel, Ph.D. \n\nLecturer \n\nWalter S. Jones, Jr., M.A.L.D. \n\nInstructor \n\nSuzanne Hamner, M.A. \nGerald Herman, M.A. \n\n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\n\nAdmission \n\n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants \nmust have had a program which includes at least 15 semester hours of \nhistory. Applicants for the fall quarter who submit their application and \nall supporting documents by March 15 will be notified on or about April \n1. Students who are interested in financial assistance must file all ma- \nterial by March 15. \n\nProgram \n\nForty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. The course \nwork must include 23.800, Methodology and Early Historiography; \n23.801, Modern European Historiography; 23.900, American Historians; \nand two courses specifically labeled seminar, except that students \nwho write a thesis will be required to take only one seminar. Students \nenrolling in seminars must have time available for research in libraries. \n\nFull-fime students take four courses each quarter, thereby completing \n36 quarter hours during the fall, winter, and spring quarters. The re- \nmaining credits may be taken during the summer session preceding or \nfollowing the normal academic year. \n\nFor all students the distribution of courses must be such that not \nmore than 24 quarter hours are taken in either Group I or Group II. \n\n\n68 \n\n\nHISTORY / 69 \n\nGROUP I — EASTERN HEMISPHERE \n\n23.800 Methodology and Early Historiography \n\n23.801 Modern European Historiography \n\n23.802 Ancient Greece \n\n23.803 Ancient Rome \n\n23.806 Intellectual History of Europe, 1688-1789 \n\n23.807 Intellectual History of Europe, 1789-1870 \n\n23.808 Intellectual History of Europe, 1870-1950 \n\n23.810 Social and Economic History of Europe, 400-1450 \n\n23.811 Social and Economic History of Europe, 1450-1650 \n\n23.812 Seminar in Social and Economic History of Europe, 1650-1850 \n\n23.817 Medieval Institutions \n\n23.818 Seminar in the Renaissance \n\n23.820 The Renaissance \n\n23.821 The Reformation \n\n23.826 English Medieval Constitutional History \n\n23.827 Seminar in England, 1558-1660 \n\n23.830 British History, 1688-1815 \n\n23.831 British History, 1815-1914 \n\n23.832 Seminar in Twentieth Century Britain \n\n23.833 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Britain \n\n23.835 France, 1180-1661 \n\n23.836 France, 1661-1830 \n\n23.840 France and Germany, 1870-1918 \n\n23.841 France and Germany since 1918 \n23.845 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Europe \n23.850 Seminar in Russian History \n\n23.855 European Socialist Thought \n\n23.860 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914 \n\n23.862 Twentieth Century Europe \n\n23.863 Seminar in Twentieth Century Europe \n\n23.870 China to 1800 \n\n23.871 Modern China \n\n23.873 Japan to 1600 \n\n23.874 Japan, 1600-1868 \n\n23.875 Modern Japan \n\nGROUP II — WESTERN HEMISPHERE \n\n23.900 American Historians \n\n23.901 Recent Interpretations of American History \n\n23.905 Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century \n\n23.906 Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century \n\n23.908 Seminar in Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century \n\n23.909 Seminar in Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century \n\n23.910 American Social History, 1607-1815 \n\n23.911 American Social History, 1815-1900 \n\n23.912 American Social History, 1900-1950 \n\n23.913 American Intellectual History, 1750-1865 \n\n23.914 American Intellectual History since the Civil War \n\n23.915 Seminar in American Intellectual History \n\n\n70 / HISTORY \n\n23.917 American Cultural History \n\n23.918 Seminar in American Cultural History \n23.920 Seminar in American Urban History \n23.925 Seminar in American Economic History \n\n23.930 The Westward Movement in the United States in the Nineteenth Century \n\n23.931 Man and Land in the United States in the Twentieth Century \n23.935 Seminar in Recent American History \n\n23.941 American Diplomatic History, 1775-1889 \n\n23.942 American Diplomatic History since 1889 \n\n23.943 Seminar in American Diplomatic History \n\n23.970 The United States and the Caribbean Region \n\n23.971 Mexican History \n\n23.973 South America to 1900 \n\n23.974 South America since 1900 \n\n23.975 Seminar in South American History \n\nWith the approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter \nhours may be elected from graduate courses in other departments and \na maximum of 12 quarter hours may be elected from advanced under- \ngraduate courses in history. \n\nA thesis is optional with the approval of the chairman of the depart- \nment. If approved, a thesis carries nine quarter hours of credit. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nAll degree candidates must pass a comprehensive examination. \n\nLanguage Requirement \n\nProficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language to be ap- \nproved by the department. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. \n\n23.800 Methodology and Early Historiography \n\nThe objectives, methods, and resources of the historian; an analysis of the \nhistorical writings of ancient and medieval times. \n\n23.801 Modern European Historiography \n\nThe development of historical writing from the Renaissance to the present. \nRepresentative historians will be studied and there will be some consideration \nof the philosophy of history. \n\n23.802 Ancient Greece \n\nSelected topics in the history of ancient Greece. \n\n23.803 Ancient Rome \n\nSelected topics in the history of Rome in the period of the Republic or the \nEmpire. \n\n23.806 Intellectual History of Europe, 1688-1789 \n\nThe broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought, with emphasis on scientific, \nreligious, and political ideas. \n\n\nHISTORY / 71 \n\n23.807 Intellectual History of Europe, 1789-1870 \n\nThe great age of liberal and nationalistic thought. Social problems created by \nindustrialism and various proposals to solve these problems will be examined. \n\n23.808 Intellectual History of Europe, 1870-1950 \n\nThe intellectual developments which have brought Europe to its present position \nin world affairs. Topics considered include theories of evolution, scientism, \nradical socialism, and fascism. \n\n23.810 Social and Economic History of Europe, 400-1450 \n\nEmergence of localism and manorialism in the early Middle Ages; commercial \nrevival and town development in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries; eco- \nnomic decline and plague in the later Middle Ages. \n\n23.811 Social and Economic History of Europe, 1450-1650 \n\nSocial structure, standards of living, and economic development in an age of \nexploration, renaissance, and reformation. \n\n23.812 Seminar in Social and Economic History of Europe, 1650-1850 \n\nExploration of social and economic developments in the light of the \"revolu- \ntions\" (intellectual, political, agricultural, and industrial) which took place during \nthis period. \n\n23.817 Medieval Institutions \n\nPolitical, economic, and religious institutions in England and France from the \nfourth to the thirteenth centuries. \n\n23.818 Seminar in the Renaissance \n\nResearch and writing in topics concerning the Renaissance. \n\n23.820 The Renaissance \n\nEuropean political and cultural life from the thirteenth to the seventeenth cen- \nturies, with attention to Humanism and to the rebirth of classicism in literature \nand the arts. \n\n23.821 The Reformation \n\nThe development of the Christian Church from the thirteenth to the seventeenth \ncenturies, with attention to the conflict between church and state, the impact \nof the Renaissance, the rise of the Protestant sects, and the wars of religion. \n\n23.826 English Medieval Constitutional History \n\nA study of the traditions and institutions which contributed to the development \nof common law and parliamentary government from the time of Alfred through \nthe reign of Henry VIII. \n\n23.827 Seminar in England, 1558-1660 \n\nA study of political, religious, social, and economic problems from Elizabeth I \nto the Restoration. \n\n23.830 British History, 1688-1815 \n\nThe great constitutional and parliamentary developments in Britain from the \nGlorious Revolution to Waterloo, with attention to social and economic aspects \nof the same period. \n\n\n72 / HISTORY \n\n23.831 British History, 1815-1914 \n\nThe age of Pax Britannica, with emphasis on the growth of democracy, social \nreform and socialism, and Victorian society and culture. \n\n23.832 Seminar in Twentieth Century Britain \n\nThe seminar will focus on British political parties in the 1930's, with special \nemphasis on the development of their foreign policies. \n\n23.833 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Britain \n\nLiberalism, conservatism, and the progress of the English people will be the \ntheme of the seminar. \n\n23.835 France, 1180-1661 \n\nThe history of France from the time of Philip II to the majority of Louis XIV with \nspecial emphasis on the problems of cultural, political, and economic unity and \nthe effects of the Renaissance and the Reformation. \n\n23.836 France, 1661-1830 \n\nA study of the \"Old Regime,\" including an examination of the reign of Louis \nXIV, the decline of the French monarchy in the eighteenth century, and the \ngeneral effects of the Enlightenment; an analysis of the revolutionary period, \n1789 to 1830. \n\n23.840 France and Germany, 1870-1918 \n\nThe rise of Germany as the dominant power in Europe in 1870-71, with atten- \ntion to French attempts to regain power and to German attempts to maintain \nand extend its influence. \n\n23.841 France and Germany since 1918 \n\nThe continuing struggle of France and Germany for European hegemony in the \nlight of new theories and new international factors. \n\n23.845 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Europe \n\nResearch and writing in European history from 1850 to 1900. \n\n23.850 Seminar in Russian History \n\nA narrow period or special topic in Russian history. The course presupposes a \nbasic knowledge of Russian history and will require extensive work on a research \npaper. \n\n23.855 European Socialist Thought \n\nStudies in the history of socialism from the early nineteenth-century Utopias to \nthe New Left. \n\n23.860 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914 \n\nThe foreign policies of the chief European powers, with emphasis on changing \nalliances and alignments, imperialistic rivalries, and efforts at international \ncooperation. \n\n23.862 Twentieth Century Europe \n\nThe political history of Europe since 1900, with attention to World War I, the \nrise of Communism and Fascism, the struggle for security in the western democ- \nracies. World War II, and the Cold War. \n\n\nHISTORY / 73 \n\n23.863 Seminar in Twentieth Century Europe \n\nA study of selected political controversies in Europe since 1900. \n\n23.870 China to 1800 \n\nHistory of Chinese civilization from antiquity through Confucianism to the \nperiod of Western impact. \n\n23.871 Modern China \n\nRevolution and institutional change in China from the nineteenth century to the \npresent, including a study of the Communist period. \n\n23.873 Japan to 1600 \n\nA survey of early Japanese history with special emphasis on the social, politi- \ncal, intellectual, and literary history of the medieval period. \n\n23.874 Japan, 1600-1868 \n\nA study of the Tokugawa period, emphasizing the problems of late feudal con- \ntrol, urban and rural developments, social, intellectual, and literary history. \n\n23.875 Modern Japan \n\nThe history of Japan since the fall of the Tokugawa, emphasizing political and \neconomic developments, especially after World War II. \n\n23.900 American Historians \n\nThe writing of American history by Americans from colonial times to the present \nwith emphasis on changes in both form and substance. \n\n23.901 Recent Interpretations of American History \n\nThe literature of American history since 1945. \n\n23.905 Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century \n\nExploration of the New World, settlement of the English North American main- \nland colonies, and the adaptation of European institutions and ideas to New \nWorld conditions. \n\n23.906 Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century \n\nThe expansion of the English colonies in the New World, the development of \npolitical and social institutions, and the sources of friction with England. \n\n23.908 Seminar in Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century \n\nResearch and writing on some topic in the history of the English colonies during \nthe seventeenth century. \n\n23.909 Seminar in Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century \n\nResearch and writing on some topic in eighteenth century American history \nprior to 1789. \n\n23.910 American Social History, 1607-1815 \n\nThe ethnic foundation of American society; the ways Americans made their \nliving, and the ways in which they lived during the colonial and early national \nperiods. \n\n23.911 American Social History, 1815-1900 \n\nThe King Cotton society of the South, the ferment of reform and industrialism \nin the North, the Civil War, and the materialistic civilization of the late nine- \nteenth century. \n\n\n74 / HISTORY \n\n23.912 American Social History, 1900-1950 \n\nThe transformation of the naive and idealistic America of the early twentieth \ncentury to life in a world in which technology has far outstripped man's mental \nand moral capacity to cope with it. \n\n23.913 American Intellectual History, 1750-1865 \n\nAmerican attitudes toward the individual and toward government during the \nEnlightenment, the romantic movement, and the slavery controversy. \n\n23.914 American Intellectual History since the Civil War \n\nThe adaptation of the ideas of an agricultural society to the conditions of an \nurban and industrial society. \n\n23.915 Seminar in American Intellectual History \n\nThe seminar will focus upon a single figure in American intellectual history. \nHis writings and writings about him will be analyzed. \n\n23.917 American Cultural History \n\nThe transplanting of European culture and the development of an American \nculture as reflected in American architecture. \n\n23.918 Seminar in American Cultural History \n\nResearch and writing on some aspect of American culture. \n\n23.920 Seminar in American Urban History \n\nThe political, economic, and social history of America's major cities, with \nspecial emphasis on Boston's last century. \n\n23.925 Seminar in American Economic History \n\nThe development of the American economy from 1800 to the present, with \nspecial attention to the history of transportation. Topics include the develop- \nment of highways, canals, railroads, and airlines, with an examination of the \nroles of private enterprise and government. \n\n23.930 The Westward Movement in the United States in the Nineteenth \nCentury \n\nWestward migration into the various geographic provinces will be traced, with \nemphasis upon its causes, processes, and its economic and political influences. \nEconomic aspects stressed will be those relating to the land: agriculture, \nmining, lumbering, and grazing. \n\n23.931 Man and Land in the United States in the Twentieth Century \n\nAspects of land use in America since the closing of the frontier, with attention \nto agriculture and mining and to conservation programs. \n\n23.935 Seminar in Recent American History \n\nSpecial topics from the period 1896 to 1960 will be studied in detail, and \nstudents will present a research paper on a major person, action, or movement. \n\n23.941 American Diplomatic History, 1775-1889 \n\nThe history of American foreign policy and foreign relations from the American \nRevolution to 1889. \n\n\nHISTORY / 75 \n\n23.942 American Diplomatic History since 1889 \n\nThe United States in the age of world involvement and responsibility; the im- \nperialistic episode; the world wars; international organizations and alliances. \n\n23.943 Seminar in American Diplomatic History \n\nResearch and writing on selected topics in the history of American foreign \nrelations. \n\n23.970 The United States and the Caribbean Region \n\nThe Caribbean policy of the United States from the Monroe Doctrine, Manifest \nDestiny, Imperialism, the Big Stick, Dollar Diplomacy to the Good Neighbor \nand Alliance for Progress. \n\n23.971 Mexican History \n\nThe making of modern Mexico from its Indian and Spanish beginnings to the \npresent. \n\n23.973 South America to 1900 \n\nThe European impact on South America, the movements for independence, and \nthe nineteenth-century history of the new republics. \n\n23.974 South America since 1900 \n\nThe internal developments of the South American republics and their relations \nwith one another and with other nations in the twentieth century. \n\n23.975 Seminar in South American History \n\nResearch and writing on special topics in the history of the South American \nrepublics. \n\n23.990 Assigned Reading in History (1 q.h.) \n\nAssigned reading under supervision of a faculty member. \n\n23.991 Thesis (9 q.h.) \n\nThesis supervision by members of the department. \n\n\nMathematics \n\n\nProfessors \n\nHarold L. Stubbs, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nRobert A. Bonic, Ph.D. \nFlavio B. Reis, Ph.D. \nGiuliano Sorani, Laurea \nJack Warga, Ph.D. \nPierre E. Dolbeault, Dr. Sci. \n\n(Visiting, 1968-1969) \nLucien Waelbroeck, Dr. Sci. \n\n(Visiting, 1968-1969) \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nDavid I. Epstein, Ph.D. \nHolland C. Filgo, Jr., Ph.D. \nAlberto R. Galmarino, Ph.D. \nRobert D. Klein, M.S. \nThomas O. Sherman, Ph.D. \nVictor R. Staknis, Ph.D. \nGabriel Stolzenberg, Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nJacob Barshay, Ph.D. \nJohn Frampton, Ph.D. \nStephen M. Gersten, Ph. D. \nMaurice E. Gilmore, Ph.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nSamuel J. Blank, Ph.D. \nMark Bridger, Ph.D. \nCharles J. Freifeld, Ph.D. \nKeith B. Josephson, Ph.D. \n\n\nRichard Rasala, A.M. \n\nLecturers \n\nKurt Arbenz, Ph.D. \nAlbert Arcese, M.A. \nMichael E. Ash, Ph.D. \nDonald R. Childs, Ph.D. \nPhilip Davis, M.A. \nDavid Gootkind, M.S. \nDonald W. Hinkkanen, M.A. \nIrving Kanter, Ph.D. \nWalter E. Knabe, Ph.D. \nIra Kohlberg, Ph.D. \nTheodore R. Kornreich, Ph.D. \nCarlton G. Lehr, M.S. \nLeonard Lesensky, Ph.D. \nWard C. Low, Ph.D. \nJack Mettauer, M.A. \nJames Misho, A.M. \nI. Larry Morris, Ph.D. \nPeter P. Philliou, M.S. \nLawrence Rosenfeld, Ph.D. \nJohn N. Rossettos, Ph.D. \nHarry A. Rothmann, M.S. \nGeorge C. Sethares, Ph.D. \nRocco Urbano, M.A. \nAlbert C. Vosburg, Ph.D. \nNeal T. Watson, M.A. \nDavid M. Waxman, M.S. \nIsrael J. Weinberg, Ph.D. \nLee A. Young, Ph.D. \n\n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants \nshould have a background which includes courses in linear and modern \nalgebra and mathematical analysis. \n\n\n76 \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 77 \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \nFull-Time Program \n\nThe following courses are required. \n\nCredits \n\n10.903 Topology A 4 \n\n10.924 Algebra A 4 \n\n10.913 Analysis A 4 \n\n10.917 Analysis B \n\nor \n\n10.905 Complex Analysis A 4 \n\n16\" \n\nThe remaining 24 credits required for the master's degree may be \nselected from any graduate mathematics courses with the approval of \nthe student's faculty adviser. (In some cases, courses in other depart- \nments may be approved.) However, a student who wishes to prepare for \nthe doctoral qualifying examinations will normally take the following \ncourses in his first year of graduate study: \n\nFall Quarter Credits Winter Quarter Credits \n\n10.903 Topology A 4 10.913 Analysis A 4 \n\n10.924 Algebra A 4 10.925 Algebra B 4 \n\nSpring Quarter Credits \n\n10.907 Topology B 4 \n\n10.917 Analysis B 4 \n\nPart-Time Program \n\nStudents in this program may progress according to their abilities and \nthe time available. If students are deficient in any of the mathematics \ncourses required for admission to the degree program, they will be re- \nquired to satisfy their deficiencies by taking courses given for this pur- \npose. Such courses will carry graduate credit, but the credit will be in \naddition to the regular degree requirements. The following courses are \nrequired: \n\nTotal Credits \n\n10.901 General Topology I 2 \n\n10.911, 10.912 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, II 4 \n\n10.915, 10.916, 10.918 Theory of Functions of a Complex \n\nVariable I, II, III 6 \n\n10.927, 10.928 Algebra I, II 4 \n\n16 \n\nThe remaining 24 quarter hours may be selected from graduate mathe- \nmatics courses. With the approval of the department, a maximum of 10 \nof these elective credits may be selected from courses in other depart- \nments in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences or the Graduate \nSchool of Engineering. \n\n\n78 / MATHEMATICS \n\nOther Requirements \n\nThere is no comprehensive examination and no language requirement \nfor the master's degree. A thesis is not required but may in some cases \nbe substituted for an elective course with the approval of the department. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \nAdmission \n\nStudents who have completed the first year of the full-time master's \ndegree program are eligible to take the qualifying examination for ad- \nmission to doctoral candidacy. A student admitted to full-time study who \nhas completed the requirements for the master's degree at another insti- \ntution will take the qualifying examination at a date to be set by the \ndepartmental graduate committee. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nThe residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad- \nuate work or two consecutive years of half-time graduate work. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nThis examination for admission to doctoral candidacy will test the \nstudent's understanding of the basic material of algebra, analysis, and \ntopology covered in the first-year courses of the full-time master's \ndegree program. A detailed syllabus for the examination may be ob- \ntained from the chairman of the department. If a student fails any part \nof this examination, the departmental graduate committee will determine \nwhen it may be repeated. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nThe course requirements, in addition to the minimum master's degree \nrequirements of 40 quarter hours of credit, are established by the de- \npartmental graduate committee for each candidate. In most cases, 40 \nquarter hours of additional work will be required. \n\nMinor Specialty \n\nEach doctoral candidate will select some specific mathematical sub- \nject of an advanced nature and by means of reading, lecture courses, \nand/or seminars shall master the equivalent of one full year's course \nwork in this area. Approval of the area in which the student intends to \nwork should be obtained in advance from the Ph.D. committee. The topic \nmust be reasonably far from that area in which the student plans to write \na dissertation. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 79 \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThis oral examination, normally taken in the student's third year of \ngraduate study, will cover the major area in which the student plans to \nwrite his dissertation as well as the area of his minor specialty. Passing \nof this examination signifies that the student has completed all course \nrequirements, and can now devote all his time to the dissertation. \n\nLanguage Requirements \n\nAbility to read and translate mathematical texts and journals in two \nforeign languages must be established by each candidate. The lan- \nguages may be chosen from French, German, and Russian; any other \nchoice requires special approval. The student should notify the chair- \nman of the departmental graduate committee when he is prepared to be \nexamined on each language. At least one language examination must be \npassed before beginning work on the dissertation. \n\nDissertation \n\nAfter the successful completion of his comprehensive examination, \neach student shall select a dissertation adviser under whose guidance \nhe will write his doctoral dissertation. If the student wishes it, the de- \npartmental graduate committee will assist him in the selection of a \ndissertation adviser. The dissertation itself must represent an original \nsolution of a problem in the chosen area of mathematics which makes \nsome contribution to mathematical knowledge. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThis examination on the dissertation will be held in accordance with \nthe Graduate Division regulations. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nThe following courses are primarily for students in the engineering programs. \nThese courses may not be used for credit toward the program in mathematics \nbut may be taken in addition to the required course work in this field. \n\n10.801 Advanced Mathematics I (2 q.h.) \n\nSeries solution of differential equations; Legendre and Bessel functions; Laplace \ntransforms; scalar and vector fields; gradient, divergence, and curl. Prep. \nDifferential Equations. \n\n10.802 Advanced Mathematics II (2 q.h.) \n\nFourier series and integrals, orthogonal functions, boundary-value problems in- \nvolving partial differential equations: wave equation, heat flow, Laplace equation. \nPrep. 10.801 or equivalent. \n\n10.803 Advanced Mathematics A (4 q.h.) \n\nLegendre and Bessel functions, Laplace transforms, Fourier integrals, boundary- \nvalue problems, introduction to matrix algebra. Prep. Differential Equations. \n\n\n80 / MATHEMATICS \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics III (2 q.h.) \n\nMatrix algebra, determinants, inversion of matrices, rank and equivalence, linear \nequations and linear dependence, vector spaces, and linear transformations. \nPrep. 10.802. \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics IV (2 q.h.) \n\nFurther topics in matrices and vector spaces. Prep. 10.804. \n\n10.806 Advanced Mathematics B (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course embodies the material in 10.804 and 10.805. Prep. 10.803. \n\n10.807, 10.808, 10.809 Advanced Mathematics 1, 2, 3 (4 q.h.) \nThe content of these courses is the same as 10.803 and 10.806 with additional \nmaterial on engineering applications. Prep. Differential Equations and consent \nof the department. \n\n\nThe following courses are offered for those who wish to enter the master's \ndegree program in mathematics, but who fail to satisfy the admission require- \nments in algebra and/or analysis. These courses will be taken in addition to the \nrequired course work in mathematics. \n\n10.811, 10.812, 10.813 Abstract Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.) \n\nGroups, subgroups, normal subgroups, rings, ideals, integral domains, fields, \nlinear spaces, linear transformations, inner product spaces, systems of linear \nequations, and algebra of matrices. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. \n\n10.821 Advanced Calculus I (2 q.h.) \n\nFunctions of one independent variable; limits, continuity, differentiability. \nProperties of continuous functions on a closed bounded interval. Rolle's theo- \nrem and the mean-value theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. \n\n10.822 Advanced Calculus II (2 q.h.) \n\nFunctions of several independent variables. Distance and open sets; limits, \ncontinuity. Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded set. Differ- \nentiability and differentials, mean-value theorem, implicit function theorems, \nJacobians and transformations. Prep. 10.821. \n\n10.823 Advanced Calculus III (2 q.h.) \n\nSequences, sequences of functions, uniform convergence, series. Integration, \nline and surface integrals. Prep. 10.822. \n\nThe following courses may be used toward the degree requirements in \nmathematics. ■ \n\n10.831 Probability I (2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of probability theory; discrete and continuous probability distri- \nbutions, including binominal, Poisson, and normal; law of large numbers and \ncentral limit theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. \n\n10.832 Probability II (2 q.h.) \n\nFurther study of probability distributions for one or more random variables. \nSpecial topics such as occupancy problems and Markov chains. Prep. 10.831. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 81 \n\n10.834 Mathematical Statistics I (2 q.h.) \n\nFundamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and estimation based on \nlarge or small samples; simple correlation and linear regression. Prep. 10.831 \nor equivalent. \n\n10.835 Mathematics Statistics II (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of variance; further topics in statistical inference. Prep. 10.834. \n\n10.836 Mathematical Statistics (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course embodies the material in 10.834 and 10.835. Prep. 10.831 or \nequivalent. \n\n10.838 Stochastic Processes I (2 q.h.) \n\nProbability spaces for an infinite family of random variables. Gaussian processes. \nProcesses with independent increments. Strict and wide sense stationary proc- \nesses. Ergodicity. Random harmonic analysis. Prep. 10.832. \n\n10.839 Stochastic Processes II (2 q.h.) \n\nMarkov chains with discrete and continuous time parameter. Markov processes. \nCounting processes. Renewal processes. Queuing problems. Prep. 10.838. \n\n10.840 Nonlinear Programming (4 q.h.) \n\nConvex sets in Euclidean spaces. Minimax problems and problems of restricted \nminima. Applications to physics and engineering. Zero-sum mathematical games. \nNumerical methods for nonlinear programming. Prep. Linear Algebra and \nElementary Probability. \n\n10.841, 10.842 Advanced Differential Equations I, II (2 q.h.) \nPrep. 10.804 or 10.823. \n\n10.843 Advanced Differential Equations (4 q.h.) \n\nThe following material is covered in 10.841 and 10.842. It is also covered as a \nunit in 10.843. \n\nTheory of the first-order differential equation and of systems of such equations; \nthe linear second-order equation (initial-value and two-point boundary-value \nproblems) with emphasis on the representation of solutions by means of Eigen- \nfunctions. Applications to problems in physics. Prep. 10.913. \n\n10.844 Advanced Differential Equations III (2 q.h.) \n\nDifferential equations in the complex plane; topology of integral curves; non- \nlinear differential equations; stability theory; applications. Prep. 10.842 or \n10.843. \n\n10.845, 10.846, 10.847 Partial Differential Equations I, II, III (2 q.h.) \nStudy of first-order partial differential equations, then second-order equations. \nTransformation theory in the plane and space; methods of solution and properties \nof solutions of equations with initial and boundary conditions; existence and \nuniqueness problems. Prep. 10.912 and 10.918. \n\n10.848, 10.849 Partial Differential Equations A, B (4 q.h.) \n\nThe content of courses 10.848, 10.849, is the same as that of courses 10.845, \n\n10.946, 10.847. Prep. 10.913. \n\n\n82 / MATHEMATICS \n\n10.850 Nonlinear Differential Equations (2 q.h.) \n\nNonlinear differential equations of the first order; systems of differential equa- \ntions; singular points and stability; second-order nonlinear equations; results of \nPoincare and Lyapunov; problems in nonlinear mechanics. Prep. 10.844. \n\n10.851, 10.852 Integral Equations I, II (2 q.h.) \nPrep. 10.804 or 10.823 or equivalent. \n\n10.853 Integral Equations (4 q.h.) \n\nThe following material is covered in 10.851 and 10.852. It is also covered as a \nunit in 10.853. \n\nIntegral equations of the first, second, and third kind; systems of orthogonal \nfunctions; infinite matrices, infinite linear and bi-linear forms, applications to \nboundary-value problems. Prep. 10.823. \n\n10.854 Difference Equations (2 q.h.) \n\nFormulation and solution of difference equations; approximate solution of engi- \nneering problems by finite-difference methods; relaxation techniques; stability \nand convergence of approximate methods; applications. Prep. 10.804 or 10.823. \n\n10.857, 10.858 Calculus of Variations I, II (2 q.h.) \n\nThe concept of the first variation of a functional; the simplest variational \nproblem; Euler's equation. Generalization to several variables. Hamilton-Jacobi \ntheory. Sufficient conditions for extrema. Fields of extremals. Direct methods in \nvariational problems. Prep. 10.804 or 10.823. \n\n10.861 Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.) \n\nSolutions of systems of linear algebraic equations by reduction and iterative \nmethods. Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations. Prep. 10.804 \nor 10.813; and 10.823. \n\n10.862 Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.) \n\nApproximation and interpolation. Use of difference techniques in interpolation \nand quadrature. Approximation by series of orthogonal functions; rational ap- \nproximation. Prep. 10.861. \n\n10.863 Numerical Analysis III (2 q.h.) \n\nNumerical solution of ordinary and partial difference equations with emphasis \non stability and accuracy of solutions. Prep. 10.862. \n\n10.865, 10.866 Approximation Theory I, II (2 q.h.) \n\nVarious techniques for the approximation of given functions, including inter- \npolation, rational approximation, and orthogonal functions. Applications to such \nproblems as numerical integration and solution of differential equations. Prep. \n10.823, 10.831, 10.813. \n\n10.871 Matrix Analysis I (2 q.h.) \n\nSolutions of systems of linear equations by direct and iterative methods; matrix \ninversion, characteristic values, canonical forms. Prep. 10.804 or 10.813; and \n10.823. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 83 \n\n10.872 Matrix Analysis II (2 q.h.) \n\nDiscussion of Hermitian, orthogonal, and unitary matrices and their physical \nsignificance. Functions of matrices and matrix calculus. Prep. 10.871. \n\n10.873 Matrix Analysis (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course embodies the material in 10.871 and 10.872. Prep. 10.823 and \n10.813. \n\n10.876 Tensor Analysis I (2 q.h.) \n\nTensor algebra; review of three-dimensional point and vector spaces in the \nsetting of tensor analysis. Linear algebra and n-dimensional affine space. The \ncoordinate tensor, tensor products, invariants, physical components. Prep. \n10.804 or 10.823 or equivalent. \n\n10.877 Tensor Analysis II (2 q.h.) \n\nSymmetric and alternating tensors, rank and support, duality. The metric tensor. \nTensor Calculus: curvilinear coordinates, tangent spaces. Prep. 10.876. \n\n10.878 Tensor Analysis III (2 q.h.) \n\nTensor fields, covariant derivative. Riemannian geometry, geodesies, curvature \ntensor. Parallel displacement, linear connections, exterior forms. Prep. 10.877. \n\n10.880 Celestial Mechanics I (2 q.h.) \n\nElliptic motion, equations of motion, equations for oscillating orbital elements. \nPrep. 10.823 and Mechanics. \n\n10.881 Celestial Mechanics II (2 q.h.) \n\nMean orbits, integration of orbits, partial derivatives of position and velocity. \nPrep. 10.880. \n\n10.882 Celestial Mechanics III (2 q.h.) \n\nMotion of the earth about its center of mass, observational data, iterative method \nof least squares. Prep. 10.881. \n\n10.901, 10.902 General Topology I, II (2 q.h.) \n\nSets and maps, metric spaces, topological spaces, separation axioms, compact- \nness, connectedness. Prep. 10.823 or equivalent. \n\n10.903 Topology A (4 q.h.) \n\nSet theory and metric spaces, topologies, compactness, connectedness, separa- \ntion, filters, and convergence. \n\n10.905 Complex Analysis A (4 q.h.) \n\nAnalytic functions, conformal mapping, applications to fluid flow and electro- \nstatic potential problems. Prep. 10.823. \n\n10.906 Complex Analysis B (4 q.h.) \n\nIntegration; further topics in theory, including singularities and residues; and \nfurther applications. Prep. 10.905. \n\n10.907 Topology B (4 q.h.) \n\nQuotient spaces, function spaces, homotopy, covering spaces. Prep. 10.903. \n\n10.908 Algebraic Topology A (4 q.h.) \n\nHomology groups, homology sequences, fiber spaces, sheaves. Prep. 10.907. \n\n\n84 / MATHEMATICS \n\n10.909 Algebraic Topology B (4 q.h.) \n\nProducts in homology and cohomology, Kiinneth theorems, cohomology algebra, \nSteenrod operations, Poincare duality, characteristic classes, higher homotopy \ngroups and the Hurewicz theorem. Prep. 10.908. \n\n10.910 Topics in Topology (4 q.h.) \n\nSelected advanced topics in algebraic and differentia! topology. Prep. 10.909. \n\n10.911 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I (2 q.h.) \n\nLebesgue measure on real line, measurable functions, Lebesgue integral, con- \nvergence theorems, bounded variation, absolute continuity. Prep. 10.901. \n\n10.912 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II (2 q.h.) \n\nClassical Banach spaces, integration theory on abstract measure spaces, signed \nmeasures, Radon-Nikodym theorem, Product measure, Fubini theorem. Prep. \n10.911. \n\n10.913 Analysis A (4 q.h.) \n\nAbstract integration, positive Borel measures, complex measures, product meas- \nures, differential transformations and the inverse function theorem. \n\n10.914 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (4 q.h.) \n\nIntegrable and measurable functions. Product integral and Fubini theorem. \nSigned integrals; absolute continuity and the Radon-Nikodym theorem; Lp \nspaces. Prep. 10.912 or 10.913. \n\n10.915 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable I (2 q.h.) \n\nGeometry of the complex plane, analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem. Prep. \n10.901 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n10.916 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable II (2 q.h.) \n\nInfinite sequences and series, singularities, residues, applications. Prep. 10.915. \n\n10.917 Analysis B (4 q.h.) \n\nElementary properties of holomorphic functions, harmonic functions, maximum \nmodulus principle, approximation theorems, conformal maps, zeros of holo- \nmorphic functions, analytic continuation. Prep. 10.913. \n\n10.918 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable III (2 q.h.) \n\nMeromorphic functions, Mittag-Leffler theorem, conformal mapping. Prep. \n10.916. \n\n10.919 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable IV (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalytic continuation, Riemann surfaces, doubly periodic functions. Prep. \n10.918. \n\n10.920 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable A (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course embodies the material in 10.918 and 10.919. Prep. 10.917. \n\n10.921 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable B (4 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced topics in the theory of functions of a complex variable. Prep. 10.920. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 85 \n\n10.924 Algebra A (4 q.h.) \n\nFinite groups: G-sets, actions, orbits, permutation groups. Free groups, genera- \ntors and relations. Finitely generated Abelian groups, structure theorem. Elemen- \ntary ring theory. Elementary module theory. Homological notions. \n\n10.925 Algebra B (4 q.h.) \n\nFinitely generated modules over principal ideal domains. Algebraic field exten- \nsions. Applications of Galois' theory. Prep. 10.924. \n\n10.927, 10.928, 10.929 Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe content of these courses is the same as 10.924 and the first part of 10.925. \n\nPrep. 10.813 or equivalent. \n\n10.930 Topics in Analysis (4 q.h.) \n\nSelected advanced topics in analysis. Prep. 10.914, and consent of the in- \nstructor. \n\n10.931, 10.932 Functional Analysis A, B (4 q.h.) \n\nTopological vector spaces, Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces, Banach algebras, \n\nalgebras of operations; representations. Prep. 10.914. \n\n10.933, 10.934 Ergodic Theory A, B (4 q.h.) \n\nMeasurable transformations. Ergodic theorems and their generalizations, classi- \nfication of measure-preserving transformations, entropy and other isomorphism \ninvariants. Prep. 10.914. \n\n10.935 Advanced Probability Theory (4 q.h.) \n\nProbability spaces, random variables, distribution functions and characteristic \nfunctions. Convergence and stability of sums of independent random variables. \nCentral limit problem. Conditional expectation. Martingales. Prep. 10.914. \n\n10.936 Advanced Stochastic Processes (4 q.h.) \n\nRandom walk: classification and limit properties. Hitting probabilities, Markov \nprocesses, strong Markov processes, Markov semigroups, sample continuity and \ndiffusion operators. Prep. 10.935. \n\n10.937 Advanced Mathematical Statistics (4 q.h.) \n\nParametric and nonparametric methods in statistics, with some emphasis on \nstatistical analysis of linear models. Prep. 10.914. \n\n10.938 Random Walks (3 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of random walks, using methods from harmonic analysis and potential \ntheory as well as probability theory. Prep. 10.914. \n\n10.940 Analysis in Banach Spaces (3 q.h.) \n\nDifferential of mappings, primitives, series, implicit function theorem. Prep. \n\n10.931. \n\n10.941, 10.942 Functions of Several Complex Variables A, B (4 q.h.) \nHolomorphic functions, topology of the space of holomorphic functions, holo- \nmorphy domains, Levi convexity theory. Prep. 10.920 and 10.908. \n\n10.943 Theory of Residues (4 q.h.) \n\nResidue theory in several complex variables. Prep. 10.942. \n\n\n86 / MATHEMATICS \n\n10.946 Mathematical Control Theory A (4 q.h.) \n\nOrdinary and relaxed variational problems. Existence of relaxed minima. Approxi- \nmation of relaxed controls with ordinary controls. Necessary conditions for \nminimum. Functions of controls. Prep. 10.931. \n\n10.947 Mathematical Control Theory B (4 q.h.) \nUnilateral and minimax problems. Prep. 10.946. \n\n10.950 Topics in Algebra (4 q.h.) \n\nSelected advanced topics in algebra. Prep. 10.925 and consent of the instructor. \n\n10.951, 10.952 Finite Groups A, B (4 q.h.) \n\nTheory of solvable and nilpotent groups, permutation groups, transfer, p groups, \n\nrepresentations of groups, group characters. Prep. 10.925. \n\n10.953 Lie Algebras (4 q.h.) \n\nThe structure of semi-simple complex Lie algebras. Prep. 10.952. \n\n10.954 Theory of Rings (4 q.h.) \n\nRings with minimal condition, simple rings, Wedderburn theorem, representation \nof rings. Prep. 10.925. \n\n10.960 Homological Algebra (4 q.h.) \n\nTopics in homology such as modules, diagrams, functors, complexes, exten- \nsions, Ext, Tor, Horn, and the cohomology theory of groups. Prep. 10.925. \n\n10.961, 10.962 Module Theory A, B (4 q.h.) \n\nK-theory of algebras, including exact sequences, computation of the projective \n\nclass group, and stability theorems. Prep. 10.960. \n\n10.963 Algebraic Number Theory (4 q.h.) \n\n(Global) Algebraic number theory: Dirichlet unit theorem, finiteness of the ideal \nclass group, geometry of numbers. Prep. 10.925 and 10.917. \n\n10.964 Analytic Number Theory (4 q.h.) \n\nAnalytic formulas, functional equations, Dirichlet, Hecke and Artin L-series. \nPrep. 10.963. \n\n10.966, 10.967, 10.968 Algebraic Geometry A, B, C (4 q.h.) \nThe Riemann-Roch theorem for algebraic functions. Fields of one variable and \nrelated results including the existence of the canonical class and the canonical \nisomorphism of the spaces of differentials and differential forms. Prep. 10.925. \n\n10.970, 10.971 Lie Groups A, B (4 q.h.) \n\nElementary theory emphasizing the connection between Lie algebras and Lie \n\ngroups via the exponential map. Prep. 10.813 and differential geometry. \n\n10.973 Topological Vector Spaces (4 q.h.) \n\nComplete metrizable topological vector spaces; Banach-Steinhaus theorem; open \nmapping theorem. Locally convex topological vector spaces; Hahn-Banach \ntheorem. Duality, weakened topologies. Spaces of continuous linear mappings. \nCriteria of compactness. Prep. 10.914. \n\n\nMATHEMATICS / 87 \n\n10.976 Differentiable and Analytic Manifolds (4 q.h.) \n\nReal and complex manifolds, tangent spaces, differential forms, integration. \nPrep. 10.920 and 10.908. \n\n10.977 Real and Complex Manifolds A (4 q.h.) \n\nMultilinear algebra, elementary differential geometry, vector bundles, pre- \nsheaves, sheaves. Prep. 10.976. \n\n10.978 Real and Complex Manifolds B (4 q.h.) \n\nCech cohomology; De Rahm theorem; Riemannian, Hermitian, and Kahlerian \nmetrics; differential operators. Prep. 10.977. \n\n10.990 Seminar \n\nInvestigation of selected topics through the study of journal articles. Prep. \nConsent of the department. \n\n10.991 Master's Thesis (6 q.h.) \n\n10.992 Readings in Analysis (4 q.h.) \n\nSupervised reading in selected topics in analysis. Prep. Consent of the depart- \nment. \n\n10.993 Readings in Algebra (4 q.h.) \n\nSupervised reading in selected topics in algebra. Prep. Consent of the depart- \nment. \n\n10.994 Readings in Topology (4 q.h.) \n\nSupervised reading in selected topics in topology. Prep. Consent of the de- \npartment. \n\n10.995 Doctoral Dissertation \n\n\nPhilosophy \n\n\nAssociate Professors \n\nWalter L. Fogg, Ph.D., Chairman \nEdward A. Hacker, Ph.D. \n\nProgram \n\nA limited number of graduate course offerings is now available in \nphilosophy. At present there is no graduate degree program in this field \nand courses are offered as electives for students in all fields. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours of credit. \n\n26.800 Philosophy of Science I \n\nProblems in the formal methodology of science with special attention to the \nclarification of such basic concepts as theory, causality, law, and induction. \n\n26.801 Philosophy of Science II \n\nSpecial philosophical problems in the physical and social sciences. Prep. \n26.800. \n\n\n88 \n\n\nPhysics \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nLowell Dworin, Ph.D. \nHyman Goldberg, Ph.D. \nGerhard LutzT Ph.D. \nPran Nath, Ph.D. \nJames Neighbor, Ph.D. \nYitzhak Sharon, Ph.D. \nHans von Briesen, Jr., Ph.D. \nAllan Widom, Ph.D. \nFa Yueh Wu, Ph.D. \n\nLecturers \n\nBeverly C. Dunn, Jr., Ph.D. \nWilliam S. Hellman, Ph.D. \nJohn Jasperse, Ph.D. \nIrving Lessin, Ph.D. \nMichael A. Martinelli, Ph.D. \nErnest E. Pittelli, Ph.D. \nJohn J. Stachel, Ph.D. \n\n\nProfessors \n\nReginald G. Lacount, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nPetros N. Argyres, Ph.D. \nMarvin Friedman, Ph.D. \nWalter Hauser, Ph.D. \nGiovanni Lanza, Ph.D. \nBertram J. Malenka, Ph.D. \nCarl Shiftman, Ph.D. \nRoy Weinstein, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRonald Aaron, Ph.D. \nAlan Cromer, Ph.D. \nMarvin Gettner, Ph.D. \nMichael Glaubman, Ph.D. \nBernard Gottschalk, Ph.D. \nClive Perry, Ph.D. \nEugene Saletan, Ph.D. \nYogi Srivastava, Ph.D. \nMichael Vaughan, Ph.D. \nEberhard von Goeler, Ph.D. \n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants \nmust have had a program which includes 12 semester hours of physics \nbeyond general physics, and mathematics through differential equations. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \nProgram \n\nForty-two quarter hours of academic credit are required. The regis- \ntration of full-time students will be approved by a faculty adviser. If \ndeficiencies in the student's background exist, registration in advanced \nundergraduate courses may be required. \n\nA thesis option is available for a full-time student with the approval of \nthe department. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit. \n\nThe program may be completed on a part-time basis, and the student \nmay progress according to his ability and time available. \n\n\n89 \n\n\n90 / PHYSICS \n\nAll students will be required to complete the required courses listed \nbelow. \n\nTotal Credits \n\nMathematical Physics \n\n11.811, 11.812, 11.813; or 11.814, 11.815 6 \n\nClassical Mechanics \n\n11.821, 11.822, 11.823; or 11.824, 11.826 6 \n\nElectromagnetic Theory \n\n1 1 .831 , 1 1 .832, 1 1 .833; or 1 1 .834, 1 1 .835 6 \n\nQuantum Theory \n\n1 1 .841 , 1 1 .842, 1 1 .843 12 \n\n30 \n\nIn addition to these 30 quarter hours of required courses, 12 more \nquarter hours must be taken. These may be elected from any course in \nphysics, mathematics, engineering, or biology, for which the student has \nthe necessary preparation. \n\n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \n\nAdmission \n\nStudents admitted to full-time study in physics are eligible to take the \nqualifying examination. Students enrolled in the part-time master's de- \ngree program who wish to qualify for Ph.D. candidacy may so indicate \nby petition to the graduate committee of the department. The petition \nshould include a timetable for the taking of the qualifying examination \nand a course plan for completing 42 quarter hours of graduate study. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nAfter a student has completed 42 quarter hours of course work and \nhas passed his qualifying examination, he becomes a doctoral degree \ncandidate and must satisfy the residence requirement by one year of \nfull-time graduate work. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general Grad- \nuate Division regulations. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nThe qualifying examination consists of a written and an oral part. The \nwritten part covers the fields of mechanics, electricity and magnetism, \nmodern physics, optics, and thermodynamics. This examination is given \n\n\nPHYSICS / 91 \n\ntwice a year, once in October and once in February. Each student must \ntake the qualifying examination by the fourth quarter of his registration \nfor graduate work. If the student fails, he is allowed to repeat the exami- \nnation the next time it is given, no later than the sixth quarter. A student \nentering with 15 semester hours or more of graduate work taken in some \nother institution must take the qualifying examination when it is next \noffered. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThe comprehensive examination consists of a written and an oral part. \nThe written part covers the fields of classical mechanics, quantum me- \nchanics, and electromagnetic theory and students select questions \nfrom the fields of thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, plasma \nphysics, nuclear physics, elementary particles, solid state, and special \nrelativity. This examination is given twice a year, once in October and \nonce in February. A student must take this examination during the next \nfall quarter following the quarter in which he passed the qualifying \nexamination. If the examination is failed, it may be repeated the next \ntime it is given. Only students with an adequate score on the written \npart will be permitted to take the oral. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nThe course requirements, in addition to the minimum requirement of \n42 quarter hours, are established by the departmental graduate com- \nmittee for each candidate. \n\nDissertation \n\nThe student should have made arrangements for a dissertation adviser \nby the time he wishes to take the oral part of the comprehensive exami- \nnation. An outline of the dissertation must be approved by the depart- \nmental graduate committee at least eight months before the examina- \ntion, following completion of the dissertation. \n\nLanguage Requirements \n\nCompetence must be demonstrated in two foreign languages, at least \none of which is chosen from among French, German, and Russian. Com- \npetence in one language will be assumed if that language was studied \nfor a year or more and passed in college or if it is the candidate's native \nlanguage, but competence in one other language from among French, \nGerman, and Russian must be demonstrated by passing an examination \nas specified by the departmental language committee. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThis examination will be held in accordance with the Graduate Divi- \nsion regulations. \n\n\n92 / PHYSICS \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n\n11.801, 11.802, 11.803 Introductory Modern Physics I, II, III (2 q.h.) \n\nThe courses in Introductory Modern Physics carry graduate credit, but may not \nbe used in satisfying requirements for the master's degree in physics. \nA study of the breakdowns of the classical laws of physics, review of important \ntwentieth-century experiments showing the quantum aspects of radiation and \nmatter, introduction to special relativity, the discovery of the electron, the nuclear \natom, the radiation paradox, the Bohr theory of hydrogen and the inner shells of \nheavy atoms, wave aspects of matter, and Schroedinger's wave mechanics. \n\n11.811, 11.812, 11.813 Mathematical Physics I, II, III (2 q.h.) \nAn introduction to mathematical methods of theoretical physics. Topics to be \ncovered include vector spaces, eigenfunction expansions, special functions of \nmathematical physics, theory of functions of a complex variable, differential and \nintegral equations, generalized functions, Green's functions, partial differential \nequations, perturbation theory, and selected applications. \n\n11.814 Mathematical Physics A (4 q.h.) \n\n11.815 Mathematical Physics B (3 q.h.) \n\nThese two courses cover essentially the same material as 11.811, 11.812, 11.813. \nPrep. 11.814. \n\n11.821, 11.822, 11.823 Classical Mechanics I, II, III (2 q.h.) \nNewton's laws of motion, constraints and D'Alembert's principles, Lagrange's \nequations, Hamilton's variational principle, central force motion, Hamilton's \ncanonical equations, coupled oscillations, rigid body motion, Hamiltonian formu- \nlation of mechanics, canonical transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, action- \nangle variables, classical perturbation theory. \n\n11.824, 11.826 Classical Mechanics A, B (3 q.h.) \n\nThe content of these two courses is essentially the same as 11.821, 11.822, \n\n11.823. \n\n11.827, 11.828, 11.829 Statistical Mechanics I, II, III (3 q.h.) \nA study of the basics of thermodynamics, density matrix and partition function \nfor the canonical and grand canonical ensembles and their connection with \nthermodynamic functions, application to specific examples, fluctuations, and \nirreversible processes. Prep. 11 .843 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n11.831, 11.832, 11.833 Electromagnetic Theory I, II, III (2 q.h.) \nElectrostatics, boundary value problems, Green's functions and orthogonal func- \ntion expansion, electrostatics of dielectric media, magnetostatics, time varying \nfields, Maxwell's equations, energy and momentum of the electromagnetic field, \nboundary conditions, plane waves, Fourier analysis, radiation of electromagnetic \nwaves. \n\n11.834, 11.835 Electromagnetic Theory A, B (3 q.h.) \n\nThe content of these two courses is the same as 11.831, 11.832, 11.833. \n\n11.836 Electromagnetic Theory C (3 q.h.) \n\nIrreducible multipole expansion of the electromagnetic field; introduction to \n\nspecial relativity, radiation from high-speed particles. Prep. 11.835. \n\n\nPHYSICS / 93 \n\n11.837 Electromagnetic Theory D (3 q.h.) \n\nAdvanced topics in electromagnetic theory such as problems involving radiation \nreaction, energy, momentum, and the equations of motion of a high-speed par- \nticle, Cerenkov radiation, the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulation of electro- \nmagnetism. Prep. 11.836. \n\n11.838, 11.839 General Relativity I, II (3 q.h.) \n\nA brief survey of differential geometry, physical basis of the Einstein equations, \nsimple solutions and experimental tests, cosmology, asymptotic properties of the \nEinstein equations (radiation, energy, momentum), quantization of the theory. \nPrep. 11.837; and 11.823 or 11.826. \n\n11.841 Quantum Theory I (4 q.h.) \n\nExperimental basis of quantum theory, Schroedinger equations, and probability \ninterpretation. Uncertainty principle, one-dimensional problems, operator \nmethods for harmonic oscillator, orbital angular momentum, central force \nproblem. Prep. 11.821 or 11.824; and 11.813 or 11.815. \n\n11.842 Quantum Theory II (4 q.h.) \n\nScattering problems, Born approximation, plane shift analysis, introduction to \nS-matrix theory, general vector space formulation of quantum mechanics. Prep. \n11.841; and 11.823 or 11.826 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n11.843 Quantum Theory III (4 q.h.) \n\nTime-independent perturbation theory (nondegenerate and degenerate), time- \ndependent perturbation theory, semiclassical theory of radiation, Pauli wave \nequation. Prep. 11.842. \n\n11.844, 11.845 Quantum Theory IV, V (3 q.h.) \n\nA study of the special topics in nonrelativistic and relativistic quantum me- \nchanics, Dirac wave equations, addition of angular momentum problems. Prep. \n11.843. \n\n11.851 Plasma Physics I (2 q.h.) \n\nMotion of charged particles in electromagnetic fields, propagation of electro- \nmagnetic waves in ionized gases, elementary theory of plasma, Boltzmann equa- \ntion for plasma, fundamentals of magnetohydrodynamics. Prep. 11.832. \n\n11.852 Plasma Physics II (2 q.h.) \n\nApplication of MHD to plasma confinement, motions of plasma across and along \nmagnetic lines of force, plasma oscillations, waves in magnetoplasma, dispersion \nrelations, nonlinearities in plasma. Prep. 11.851. \n\n11.853 Plasma Physics III (2 q.h.) \n\nFodder-Planck equations for plasma, plasma conductivity, run-away electrons, \nrelaxation times, radiation from plasma, stability theories, relativistic plasma. \nPrep. 11.852. \n\n11.861 Introductory Nuclear Physics I (2 q.h.) \n\nBasic description of nuclei, radioactivity, nuclear detectors. Prep. A one-year \ncourse in atomic and nuclear physics. \n\n11.862 Introductory Nuclear Physics II (2 q.h.) \n\nStatic properties of nuclei, nuclear models, nuclear transitions. Prep. 11.861. \n\n\n94 / PHYSICS \n\n11.863 Introductory Nuclear Physics III (2 q.h.) \n\nNuclear reactions, high-energy physics, elementary particles. Prep. 11.862. \n\n11.864 Theoretical Nuclear Physics I (3 q.h.) \n\nTheoretical interpretation of the experimental data concerning the nucleon- \nnucleon interaction. Topics such as the variety of nucleon-nucleon scattering \nexperiments, phase shift analysis, potential and other phenomenological models, \nand meson theory will be discussed. Prep. 11.843 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n11.865 Theoretical Nuclear Physics II (3 q.h.) \n\nNuclear models. The shell model, the collective model and the optical model \nwill be considered. Prep. 11.864. \n\n11.866 Theoretical Nuclear Physics III (3 q.h.) \nSpecial topics which may vary from year to year, such as beta-decay, nuclear \nreactions, electromagnetic interactions with nuclei and high energy scattering \nphenomena. Prep. 11.865. \n\n11.871 Introductory Solid-State Physics I (2 q.h.) \n\nAn introduction to the electrical and magnetic properties of matter. Prep. A one- \nyear course in atomic and nuclear physics. \n\n11.872 Introductory Solid-State Physics II (2 q.h.) \n\nA continuation of the electrical and magnetic properties plus the optical prop- \nerties of matter. Prep. 11.871. \n\n11.873 Introductory Solid-State Physics III (2 q.h.) \nThe thermal properties of matter. Prep. 11.872. \n\n11.874, 11.875, 11.876 The Physics of Solids I, II, III (3 q.h.) \nCrystal structure and macroscopic properties of solids; lattice dynamics; band \ntheory of solids; transport theory and the Boltzmann equation; the Fermi surface; \nmagnetism; dielectric properties. Prep. 11.842 and 11.827 (may be taken con- \ncurrently). \n\n11.877, 11.878, 11.879 Advanced Theory of Solids I, II, III (3 q.h.) \nAdiabatic approximation and theory of lattice vibrations of perfect crystals; \nOptical phonons and polaritons; Phonons in imperfect crystals. Neutron scatter- \ning; Photon absorption and scattering; Recoilless emission; Phonon-phonon in- \nteraction; Second sound. One-electron approximation and theory of Bloch elec- \ntrons; Bloch electrons in external fields. Screening and plasmons; Excitons; \nElectron-phonon interaction; Polarons; Quantum theory of transport; Electronic \nand lattice conduction; Ultrasonic attenuation. Ferromagnetism and Antiferro- \nmagnetism; Magnons; Magnetic resonance; Alloys; Amorphous semiconductors; \nLiquid solutions. Prep. 11.828 and 11.876. \n\n11.880 Introductory Particle Physics (3 q.h.) \n\nIntroduction to principles and techniques of elementary particle physics. Dis- \ncussion includes scattering phenomena; baryon, meson, lepton phenomenology; \nstrange particles; symmetry properties; experimental techniques. Prep. Consent \nof instructor. \n\n11.881 Quantum Theory of Fields I (3 q.h.) \n\nPrep. 11.836 and 11.844 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n\nPHYSICS / 95 \n\n11.882 Quantum Theory of Fields II (3 q.h.) \n\nPrep. 11.881 and 11.845 (may be taken concurrently). \n\n11.883 Quantum Theory of Fields III (3 q.h.) \n\nThe content of the above three courses provides a study of the quantum mechan- \nical, one-particle wave equations for electrons, nucleons, neutrinos, and mesons, \nsymmetric and antisymmetric multiparticle systems, second quantization, free \nrelativistic boson fields, fermion fields and electromagnetic fields, relation to \nthe description of various elementary particles, theory of interacting fields and \nparticles, formal scattering theory, Feynman diagrams, renormalization proce- \ndures, application to scattering, production and decay phenomena, quantum \nelectrodynamic effects, recent formal developments. Prep. 11.882. \n\n11.884, 11.885, 11.886 Particle Physics I, II, III (3 q.h.) \n\nA discussion of the properties of baryons, mesons, leptons, and resonant states. \nThe general phenomenological framework of the fundamental interaction be- \ntween elementary particles. The implication of relativistic covariance, unitarity, \nanalyticity, invariance, and conservation laws. Some knowledge of elementary \nquantum field theory is desirable but not required. Prep. 11.845 (may be taken \nconcurrently). \n\n11.887, 11.888, 11.889 Many-Body Problems I, II, II (3 q.h.) \nAn introduction to some many-body problems and the mathematical techniques \nused in dealing with them. The following topics are discussed: Theory of linear \nresponse and correlation functions. Hartree-Fock and Random Phase approxi- \nmations. Many-body perturbation theory. Landau-Fermi liquid theory. Applica- \ntions to solid-state problems. Superconductivity. Superfluidity. Introduction to the \nmethod of Green's functions. Prep. 11.843 and 11.827 (may be taken con- \ncurrently). \n\n11.990 Special Topics in Physics (maximum: 4 q.h.) \n\nA discussion of special topics in physics to be chosen by the instructor. Prep. \nConsent of the instructor. \n\n11.991 Master's Thesis (6 q.h.) \n\nExperimental and theoretical work for master's degree. \n\n11.992 Special Problems in Physics (maximum: 4 q.h.) \n\nTheoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep. \nConsent of faculty member. \n\n11.995 Doctoral Dissertation \n\nExperimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates. \n\n\nPolitical Science \n\n\nProfessors Assistant Professor \n\nR. Gregg Wilfong, Ph.D., Minton F. Goldman, Ph.D. \n\nChairman \n\nDavid W. Barkley, Ph.D. Lecturers \n\nJoseph F. Courtney, LL.B. \n\nAssociate Professors Robert E. Curtis, M.G.A. \n\nL. Gerald Bursey, Ph.D. Robert H. McClain, Jr., M.P.A. \nSteve Worth, Ph.D. \n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants \nshould have had a background which includes at least 15 semester \nhours of political science or government. Applicants for the Master of \nPublic Administration degree should demonstrate a clear and strong \ninterest in public administration. Although it is anticipated that most \ncandidates for this program will come with a major concentration in the \nsocial sciences, this is not mandatory, and applicants from other fields \nsuch as engineering, law, the sciences, and business administration will \nbe considered for candidacy. The Master of Public Administration \ndegree is available only to part-time students. \n\nTHE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE \nTHE MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEGREE \n\nProgram \n\nForty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. With the \napproval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter hours may \nbe elected from graduate courses in other departments and a maxi- \nmum of eight quarter hours may be elected from advanced undergrad- \nuate courses. \n\nA thesis is optional with the approval of the chairman of the depart- \nment. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThis examination will be held in accordance with the general Graduate \nDivision regulations. Two major fields of political science will be covered \nas directed by the departmental committee on graduate studies. For \n\n96 \n\n\nPOLITICAL SCIENCE / 97 \n\nthe public administration program, the examination will consist of a \ngeneral part covering the field of public administration as a whole, and \na specialized part covering a major topic within the field to be chosen \nwith the approval of the faculty adviser. \n\nLanguage or Statistics Requirement \n\nProficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language to be ap- \nproved by the department, or in statistics. The examination will be held in \naccordance with the general Graduate Division regulations. There is no \nlanguage or statistics requirement in the public administration program. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. \n\n22.800 Seminar in American Government \n\nAnalysis in depth of selected problems in American government. Examples of \nproblems are: transition of American political parties, legislative reapportion- \nments, and the decline of Congress as a law-making body. \n\n22.820 Legislative Process \n\nStudy of Congress and of the influence of the President, administrative bureauc- \nracy, parties, interest groups, and public opinion on the development of legis- \nlative policy. Comparisons will be made with legislative process in the states. \n\n22.824 The Presidency \n\nExamination of the place and function of the chief executive in the formulation \nand execution of public policy. \n\n22.828 The Judiciary \n\nAnalysis of the role of the judiciary in the American governmental process. \nSpecial attention is given to those areas of constitutional law where the Court's \ndecisions have a profound impact on the basic structure of American politics \n(apportionment, economic regulation, federalism, etc.). \n\n22.830 Civil Rights \n\nExamination of the doctrine of constitutionalism illustrated and amplified by \na study of the substance and process of the Bill of Rights as developed in \ndecisions of Federal courts, and Congressional enactments. \n\n22.832 Intergovernmental Relations \n\nAn institutional-behavioral analysis of the changing relationship between the \nvarious levels of American government — national, state and local — relating the \npattern of change to the social and economic forces which underlie it. \n\n22.840 Problems in State Government \n\nAppraisal of the problems of contemporary state government in the U.S. \nParticular emphasis is given to the state government of Massachusetts. Indi- \nvidual research is stressed. \n\n\n98 / POLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n22.844 Urban Government \n\nThe contemporary crisis in urban government — problems of political inde- \npendence, government finance and administration, rapid growth of suburban and \nmetropolitan areas, and decline and decay of the core city are stressed. Par- \nticular emphasis is given to the Boston metropolitan area. Individual research \nis stressed. \n\n22.845 Seminar in Problems of Municipal Administration \n\nSelected case problems and topics in municipal administration including \norganization, financial management, personnel and labor relations, municipal \nservices, and public and political relations. Individual research is stressed. \n\n22.846 Seminar in Problems of Regional and Urban Development \n\nAn examination of the role of government and politics in the planning, pro- \ngramming, and administration of regional and urban development in the United \nStates. Consideration is given to urban renewal; interurban and interregional \ncompetition; interstate compacts; public authorities; T.V.A., Appalachia, and \nNew England regional development; anti-poverty programs; and conflicts be- \ntween public and private interests. Individual research is stressed. \n\n22.850 Seminar: Comparative Politics I \n\nComparative analysis of politics and political systems with special attention to \nfundamental problems of theory and practice. The chief focus is on contem- \nporary political systems and contemporary theories in the field of comparative \npolitics. Traditional models are also treated, but more briefly. Particular atten- \ntion will be paid to British and American political experience. \n\n22.851 Seminar: Comparative Politics II \n\nExtends and intensifies the comparative analysis of politics undertaken in Com- \nparative Politics I by examining a broader range of institutional experience. \nSpecial attention will be given to European political experience, particularly that \nof France and Germany. Prep. 22.850. \n\n22.854 Seminar: Totalitarianism \n\nAn analysis of totalitarianism and dictatorship including study of historical \nbackground; fundamental characteristics; theories of origin, nature, and sig- \nnificance; and evaluation of techniques, ideologies, policies, and instruments \nof power. Special attention will be given to the government and politics of the \nSoviet Union. \n\n22.856 Government and Politics of France \n\nA study of governmental organization and political behavior in France today. \nSpecial attention is given to the role of the presidency, executive-legislative \nrelations, and the political party system. \n\n22.870 Budget Process \n\nA systematic examination of budgetary decisions, of decisions to spend, and of \nlegislative and executive controls over spending. \n\n22.872 Public Fiscal Management \n\nA study of the interrelationships in public administration between systems of \nfinance and the achievement of program objectives. Emphasis is placed upon \nthose aspects of the budgetary process that bear on fiscal policy and appro- \npriations. \n\n\nPOLITICAL SCIENCE / 99 \n\n22.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management \n\nAn introduction to problems in public management and techniques for dealing \nwith them. This will include functions of middle management, supervision, ad- \nministration of staff activities (e.g. planning, personnel, budget), organization \nand methods, public relations, managerial use of computer-based techniques, \nand tactics and strategies of management. \n\n22.880 Survey of Public Administration \n\nIntroduction to the literature and the major topics in public administration with \nspecial attention given to the interrelationships of politics and administration. \n\n22.882 Public Personnel Administration \n\nTechnique, practice, and organization of personnel functions in public adminis- \ntration, including recruitment, compensation, training, discipline, and relations \nwith employee organizations. \n\n22.884 Comparative Metropolitan Government and Politics \n\nAn examination of structure, administration, and politics of selected major \nEuropean cities in the context of the metropolitan problem in the United States \nwith special emphasis on problem solution and comparative administration. \n\n22.888 Seminar in Administrative Law \n\nStudy of rule-making, adjudication (formal and informal), administrative finality \nand judicial review, administrative procedure, scope of administrative powers, \nand enforcement techniques. \n\n22.900 Ancient and Medieval Political Thought \n\nThe development of political thought from Greek antiquity to the end of the \nMiddle Ages. Both historical and analytical approaches will be utilized. Atten- \ntion is also paid to the cultural, social, and intellectual context within which \npolitical theories develop. \n\n22.910 Modern Political Thought \n\nExamination of political thought from Machiavelli to Marx. \n\n22.920 Contemporary Political Theory \n\nThe main currents of political thought in the latter half of the nineteenth and \nthe twentieth centuries with special emphasis on the relations between political \ntheory, philosophy, and political science. \n\n22.926 Trends in American Political Thought \n\nExamination of intellectual concepts and movements that have informed and \ninfluenced American political life with emphasis upon those relating to the \nmaking and execution of public policy. \n\n22.944 Seminar in Nationalism \n\nThe evolution and role of nationalism in both theory and practice. Representa- \ntive nationalistic movements and theories are analyzed. \n\n22.946 Seminar: The Politics of Revolution and Change \n\nAnalysis of the nature of political change with attention to both theory and \npractice. Topics discussed are revolution, major trends in contemporary politics, \nand the relationship between political change and technological, scientific, or \nsocial change. \n\n\n100 / POLITICAL SCIENCE \n\n\n22.948 Government and Politics of North Africa and the Middle East \n\nComparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of African \nstates north of the Sahara. Also stressed is the relationship of this area with \nthe Middle East. \n\n22.950 United States-Soviet Relations \n\nThe relations between the United States and the Soviet Union from 1917 to \nthe present. Topics stressed are: the \"nonrecognition\" period, the breakdown \nof the World War II \"Grand Alliance,\" and the nature of the present power \nconflict. \n\n22.952 Communist China's Foreign Policy \n\nA study of the Peking government's relations with Afro-Asia, the Soviet orbit, \nand the West. Attention is given to policy objectives, strategy, tactics, and the \nmethod of decision making in both the party and state apparatus. \n\n22.954 Soviet Relations with Eastern Europe \n\nAn analysis of Soviet policy in Eastern Europe, especially Russian efforts after \nWorld War II to develop communism and maintain a position of pre-eminence \nin this region. \n\n22.956 Government and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa \n\nComparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of selected \nAfrican states south of the Sahara. Special attention is given to the Republic \nof South Africa and its policy of apartheid. \n\n22.958 The Formulation and Conduct of American Foreign Policy \n\nThe governmental mechanism for foreign policy formulation and its conduct. \nProblems in decision making and execution are emphasized. \n\n22.959 Seminar in American Foreign Policy \n\nExamination in depth of selected issues concerning the role of the United \nStates in world affairs since 1945. \n\n22.960 Problems of World Order I \n\nEmphasizes such topics as appraisal of diverse systems of public order, ap- \nproaches of international law and international organization to the problem of \nworld order, and the problem of world peace enforcement. \n\n22.961 Problems of World Order II \n\nContinuation of 22.960: political problems of world order are stressed. Repre- \nsentative topics considered are arms control, disarmament, strengthening the \nUnited Nations, and evaluation of world government proposals. Prep. 22.960. \n\n22.966 Seminar in International Law \n\nExamination of selected topics in International Law not covered in 22.960 and \n22.961. \n\n22.990 Assigned Reading (maximum: 6 q.h.) \nAssigned reading under supervision of a faculty member. \n\n22.991 Thesis (6 q.h.) \n\nThesis supervision by individual members of the department. \n\n\nPsychology \n\n\nProfessors \n\nA. Bertrand Warren, Ph.D., \n\nChairman \nJohn C. Armington, Ph.D. \nWarren H. Teichner, Ph.D. \nHarold S. Zamansky, Ph.D. \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nRoger F. Brightbill, Ph.D. \nCharles Karis, Ph.D. \nHelen S. Mahut, Ph.D. \nBertram Scharf, Ph.D. \n\n\nAssistant Professors \n\nEdward A. Arees, Ph.D. \nRichard H. Lent, Ph.D. \nIna Samuels, Ph.D. \nAmy M. L. Schick, Ph.D. \nDale R. Schissler, Ph.D. \n\nLecturers \n\nR. Ernest Clark, Ph.D. \nJames B. Fraser, Ph.D. \n\n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, appli- \ncants are expected to have had at least 15 semester hours of psychol- \nogy, including experimental psychology and statistics. This require- \nment may be waived in some cases. The Miller Analogies Test is \ndesirable but not required. All applicants must take the Graduate Record \nExamination. Three letters of recommendation are required. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nThe master's degree is usually taken en route to the Ph.D. Require- \nments for this degree are 42 quarter hours of academic work including \nresearch for six quarter hours of credit, and the passing of a written \nqualifying examination. The academic work, planned as an integral part \nof the doctoral program, is outlined on the following pages. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \nResidence Requirement \n\nThe residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time gradu- \nate work after admission to doctoral candidacy. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations. \n\n\n101 \n\n\n102 / PSYCHOLOGY \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nStudents must take a qualifying examination no later than two years \nafter admission to the graduate program. This exam is generally given \nin April and covers major areas of study. The examination in any area \nmay be repeated with the approval of the departmental graduate com- \nmittee. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nDuring the period of doctoral degree candidacy, each student must \npass a comprehensive examination in the area of his specialty. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nA minimum of 27 quarter hours of academic work beyond those re- \nquired for the master's degree is required. The particular nature and \nnumber of courses must be approved by the adviser and the depart- \nmental graduate committee. Approved courses may be taken in other \ndepartments. \n\nDissertation Requirement \n\nA student may start his dissertation during his first year of doctoral \nwork. A dissertation committee will be appointed by the chairman of the \ndepartment upon the recommendation of the departmental graduate \ncommittee. The dissertation committee will be responsible for initial \napproval of the dissertation in its final form. \n\nLanguage Requirement \n\nA reading knowledge of one foreign language is required. Normally \nthe language selected will be French, German, or Russian. Other lan- \nguages may be selected by petition to the departmental graduate com- \nmittee. Proficiency in a language will be determined in a manner \nprescribed by the departmental graduate committee. The student must \ntake the language examination during his first two years of study. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThe final oral examination is taken after completion of all other re- \nquirements for the degree. This examination will not be held until at \nleast two weeks after the dissertation has been accepted by the \ndepartmental graduate committee and must be passed at least two \nweeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be awarded. \n\nThe final oral examination will deal with the subject matter of the \ndoctoral dissertation, significant developments in the field of the disser- \ntation, and subject matter as required by the examining committee. \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY / 103 \n\nProgram \n\nThe program will normally be taken in accordance with the following \npattern: \n\n\nFall \n\n19.801 \n19.817 \n\n19.980 \n\n\nStatistics I* \n\nGeneral Experimen- \ntal Psychology I . . \nResearch Methods . \n\n\nFIRST YEAR \n\nCredits Winter \n\n2 19.802 \n\n19.818 \n\n\n19.981 \n\n\nStatistics II \n\nGeneral Experimen- \ntal Psychology II . . \nResearch Methods . \n\n\nCredits \n\n3 \n\n4 \n2 \n\n\nSpring \n\n19.803 \n19.819 \n\n19.982 \n\n\nStatistics III \n\nGeneral Experimen- \ntal Psychology III . \nResearch Methods . \n\n\nCredits \n\n3 \n\n4 \n2 \n\n\nSECOND YEAR \n\nSix quarter hours of research and 12 quarter hours of electives must \nbe taken during the second year. \n\nAll course work beyond the first year is elective and is determined by \nthe student and his adviser with the approval of the graduate committee \nexcept that before receiving the Ph.D. each student must have com- \npleted a two-term sequence in the social-personality area of psychology \nand a two-term sequence in the neurophysiological area of psychology. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. \n\n19.801 Statistics I* (2 q.h.) \n\nA thorough review of basic descriptive and predictive statistics, emphasizing \nthe choice of appropriate statistical models for various scales of measurement. \nStudents may be exempted from this course by passing an examination which \nis administered during the first week of classes. \n\n19.802,19.803 Statistics II, III \n\nProbability, correlation, analysis of variance, covariance, and nonparametric \ntechniques. Prep. 19.801 or equivalent. \n\n19.806 Psychological Scaling \n\nMeasurement theory, psychophysical methods, examples of various scales used \nin psychology. \n\n\n*This course gives no credit toward a degree in psychology. \n\n\n104 / PSYCHOLOGY \n\n19.807 Mathematical Models \n\nSeveral theories which generate quantitative predictions of behavior are pre- \nsented. \n\n19.817, 19.818, 19.819 General Experimental Psychology I, II, III (4 q.h.) \n\nThe fundamentals of sensory processes, perception, learning, and cognition. \n\n19.828, 19,829 Psychoacoustics I, II \n\nSeminars in such topics as theories of pitch perception, models of loudness, \ncritical bands, interaural integration, and detection theory. Physiological and \npsychological data will be correlated. Opportunities for seminar reports based \npartly upon experimental work will be available. \n\n19.830 Learning I \n\nInvestigation of contemporary issues in classical and instrumental conditioning. \nEmphasis will be placed upon a critical analysis of specialized research areas \nsuch as secondary reinforcement, discrimination, and generalization. \n\n19.831 Learning II \n\nAnalysis of current research trends in human learning. Areas of concern and \nissues include serial learning, paired associate learning, and verbal behavior. \nPrep. 19.830. \n\n19.833 Perception \n\nA detailed consideration of research in such areas as form, space and pattern \nperception, recognition, and the effects of set and motivation on perception. \nPhysiological concomitants of perceptual phenomena will be considered. \n\n19.840, 19.841 Physiological Psychology I, II \n\nFundamental concepts and techniques in physiological psychology. \n\n19.844, 19.845, 19.846 Physiological and Comparative Psychology I, II, III \n\nSeminars: a shared background, key concepts, and central issues of the field of \nphysiological and comparative psychology. \n\n19.849 Historical and Philosophical Backgrounds of Psychology I \n\nA detailed review of the history of experimental psychology from its beginnings \nin the nineteenth century to the present. Antecedent and concomitant develop- \nments in philosophy and the natural sciences will be considered. \n\n19.850 Historical and Philosophical Backgrounds of Psychology II \n\nAdvanced seminar in selected topics in the historical and philosophical founda- \ntions of experimental psychology. \n\n19.860, 19.861 Vision I, II \n\nSeminars: classical and modern problems in vision. Recent journal articles will \nprovide primary source materials for discussion. Consideration will be given to \nproblems of stimulus specification, retinal structure, photochemistry, and psycho- \nphysical measures of sensitivity, color vision, and electrophysiology. \n\n19.870, 19.871, 19.872 Research in Cognition and Psycholinguistics I, II, III \n\nSeminars: current research and theory in such areas as concept attainment, \nproblem solving, long and short term memory, language acquisition, perception \nof language, transformational grammars, and linguistic competence. \n\n\nPSYCHOLOGY / 105 \n\n19.880, 19.881 Sensory Psychophysiology I, II \n\nConcentration on the anatomy and physiology of the various sensory systems, \nand correlation of these data with psychophysical and perceptual concepts. \nLaboratory work will be included. \n\n19.883, 19.884 Psychophysiology I, II \n\nSelected topics on the interdependencies among behavioral and physiological \nregulatory systems; thermoregulation, respiration, cardiovascular functions, etc.; \ntheir relations to central and autonomic control and to behavioral mechanisms; \nreactions to stressors, physiological conditioning, orienting behavior. \n\n19.901 Personality I \n\nFollowing a survey of the Freudian conceptualization of the normal personality \nand its development, the course will examine critically the experimental evi- \ndence bearing upon a number of concepts (e.g., anxiety, repression, aggression) \nbasic to psychoanalytic theory. \n\n19.902 Personality II \n\nA survey of recent developments in personality theory, and an examination of the \nexperimental evidence bearing upon the relevant assumptions and concepts \n(e.g., cognitive styles, need for achievement). Prep. 19.901. \n\n19.905, 19.906 Personality Theory and Research I, II \n\nSeminars: A critical examination of the fundamental concepts and assumptions \nof several major personality theories, based on a survey of recent research in \npersonality. Characteristic problems in personality research will also be con- \nsidered. \n\n19.920, 19.921 Social Psychology I, II \n\nGroup phenomena and the influences of the group upon the thought and be- \nhavior of the individual. Such topics as social interaction, perception, opinions, \nattitudes, leadership, and social conflict will be discussed. \n\n19.980, 19.981, 19.982 Research Methods I, II, III \n\nInstrumentation and laboratory techniques through instruction and participation \nin ongoing laboratory projects. \n\n19.990 Special Topics in Psychology (maximum: 9 q.h.) \n\n19.991 Thesis (6 q.h.) \n\nExperimental work for the master's degree requirement. \n\n19.992 Research Problems (6 q.h.) \n\nExperimental or theoretical work for master's degree candidates. \n\n19.995 Dissertation \n\nExperimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates. \n\n\nSociology and Anthropology \n\n\nProfessors \n\nBlanche Geer, Ph.D. \n\nFrank F. Lee, Ph.D. \n\nStephen Schafer, J.D., Prof. Agrege \n\nAssociate Professors \n\nMorton Rubin, Ph.D., \n\nActing Chairman \nTheodore N. Ferdinand, Ph.D. \nMorris Freilich, Ph.D. \n\nAssistant Professors \n\nWilliam J. Bowers, Ph.D. \nGerald Chasin, Ph.D. \n\n\nJohn Donelan, M.A. \nAlan Fanger, B.A. \nPatricia Golden, M.A. \nElliott A. Krause, Ph.D. \n\nVisiting Assistant Professor \n\nDavid H. Kamens, Ph.D. \n\nInstructors \n\nLeila Leibowitz, M.A. \nNathaniel Raymond, M.A. \n\nLecturer \n\nPhilip S. Sidel, M.A. \n\n\nAdmission \n\nIn addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, appli- \ncants should have had a program including at least 15 semester hours \nof sociology or anthropology, but qualified applicants with less than this \namount of course work will be considered on an individual basis. \nStudents whose background in sociology or anthropology is deficient \nmay be asked to take basic courses in addition to the regular require- \nments. The Miller Analogies Test may be submitted as further evidence \nof academic promise.' \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nForty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. Graduate \ncourses in other departments and advanced undergraduate courses \nmay be taken for credit with approval in advance from the graduate \ncommittee of the department. \n\nThe department offers graduate programs that lead to a Master of \nArts degree in sociology, social anthropology, or sociology with a \nspecialization in criminology. In addition, a student may pursue the \nfollowing fields of concentration: theory, research methodology, and \nsocial change. \n\n\n106 \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 107 \n\nA master's paper is required for three quarter hours of credit. This \npaper must be based on empirical or library research, and must meet \ncriteria for publication in a professional journal, as determined by the \nexamination committee. \n\nTwo years of full-time study are ordinarily required to complete the \nmaster's degree. In the first year, the full-time student will be expected \nto complete at least 27 quarter hours of course work including the core \nprogram in his field. In the second year, he is expected to complete \nthe remaining course work and finish his master's paper. All students \nmust have a B average in the required courses. \n\n\nThe following courses are required for an M.A. in sociology: \n\nCredits \n\n21.805 Foundations of Social Theory* 3 \n\n21.806 Contemporary Sociological Theories 3 \n\n21.810 Introduction to Research Methodology* 4 \n\n21.811 Survey Methods in Social Research 4 \n\n21.814 Bivariate Statistics* 4 \n\n18 \n\nElectives including at least 6 hours from the anthro- \npology core and 3 hours for 21.991 Master's Paper \nin Sociology 24 \n\n42 \n\n\nThe following courses are required for an M.A. in social anthropology: \n\nCredits \n\n20.801 Theories of Social Anthropology I 3 \n\n20.802 Theories of Social Anthropology II 3 \n\n20.805 Research Methods in Anthropology* 3 \n\n20.806 Field Work 4 \n\n20.810 Primitive Social Organization 3 \n\n20.825 Language and Culture I 3 \n\n19 \n\nElectives including at least 6 hours from the soci- \nology core and 3 hours for 20.991 Master's Paper \nin Social Anthrolopoly 23 \n\n42 \n\n\n*Upon the recommendation of the instructor, students who are proficient in these fields \nmay substitute other courses. \n\n\n108 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY \n\nThe following courses are required for an M.A. in sociology with spe- \ncialization in criminology: \n\nCredits \n\n21.810 Introduction to Research Methodology 4 \n\n21.811 Survey Methods in Social Research 4 \n\n21.814 Bivariate Statistics 4 \n\n21.830 Penology and Corrections 3 \n\n21 .831 Criminal Law 3 \n\n21.835 Theories in Criminology 3 \n\n21.837 Sociology of Law 3 \n\nTheory: 2 courses from 20.801, 21.805, 21.806 6 \n\n30 \n\nElectives including 3 hours for 21.991, Master's \n\nPaper in Sociology, and Internship 12 \n\n42 \n\nIn many cases, the cooperative plan of study is available. Under this \nplan, the student is employed full-time in work related to his academic \nprogram during alternate quarters of his graduate career. In his first \nyear, the student ordinarily will take a full course load in the fall and \nwinter quarters, and be employed full time in the spring and summer. \nThe second-year program of study and work will be adapted to the \nindividual student. \n\nStudents who are admitted to the masters degree program under the \nCooperative Plan must complete through satisfactory performance each \nscheduled cooperative period in order to be eligible for their degrees. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \n\nThe department offers programs leading to the Ph.D. in sociology \nwith two areas of specialization, social anthropology and socialization. \nA limited number of students will be enrolled in the Ph.D. program so \nas to provide highly personalized study and research training with \nindividual supervision. \n\nAdmission \n\nApplicants to the doctoral program should apply for admission not \nlater than February of the year in which they expect to complete the \nrequirements for the master's degree. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nThe University's residence requirement can be satisfied by one year \nof full-time graduate work or its equivalent beyond the M.A. degree. \nMost students should expect to spend approximately two years or the \nequivalent in full-time graduate study beyond the requirements of the \nmaster's degree. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 109 \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nregulations of the Graduate Division. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nStudents will be examined on their basic knowledge of theories and \nresearch methods and one field of their choice during the first year after \nfulfillment of course requirements for their M.A. degree. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nForty-two quarter hours of academic work is required beyond the \nmaster's degree. All courses will be approved by the student's adviser \nand the departmental graduate committee. Students entering from \nanother university may be required to take certain basic courses before \nproceeding with the doctoral program. \n\nLanguage Requirements \n\nA reading knowledge of French and German is required. Another \nlanguage or mathematics may be substituted for either French or \nGerman if needed for the student's future career. Petition for such \nsubstitutions must be submitted for approval to the department grad- \nuate committee. The language requirements must be satisfied before \nadmission to the comprehensive examination. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nDuring the period of doctoral degree candidacy, each student must \npass a comprehensive examination. This will be given in four parts, and \nwill cover sociological theories, social research methods, social anthro- \npology, and one field to be chosen by the student with the approval of \nthe departmental graduate committee. The comprehensive examina- \ntion must be passed at least nine months before the commencement at \nwhich the Ph.D. degree is to be awarded. \n\nDoctoral Dissertation \n\nThe student must submit a prospectus describing the topic of his \ndoctoral dissertation, his methods of research, and the theoretical rele- \nvance of his problem. This prospectus must be approved by the depart- \nmental graduate committee. A dissertation committee, consisting of the \ndissertation adviser, two readers within the department, and one reader \nfrom outside the department, will be appointed. The dissertation com- \nmittee will be responsible for approval of the dissertation before the \nfinal defense. A finished draft of the dissertation must be available to \nthe department in three copies at least six weeks before the com- \nmencement at which the degree is to be awarded. The adviser will make \narrangements for the date of the final oral examination. \n\n\n110 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThe dissertation will be defended after completion of al other _ re- \n\nmencement at which the degree is to be awarded. \n\nThis examination will deal with the subject matter of the doctoral \ndissertation and other subject matter deemed appropriate by the ex- \n\namining body. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nA„ courses carry three quarter hours of credit un,ess otherwise specified. \nSOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n2hX S— Tn: in the fieid. Evo,U,ionary approaches, \n\nculture area, and historical analysis. \n\n20.802 Theories of Mri ' *\"*^^eyoHevo,utionism, struc«uralism, functional- \n\nrrr^rXaSrmXds, socia, reia.ions approaches. Prep. \n\n20.801. \n\nS^SST^^SM* — and Of more comp.e* \n\nsystems. Prep. 20.802. \n\n^JS^K^KSL, use o, persona, documents, and \n\nvarious analytic methods in ethnology. \n\n20.806 Field Work : (4 q h.) from the general Boston \nSS. rnTrm;iPwirbmeS;nade0to05deVe,op these pilot projects into carefully \ndesigned projects. Prep. 20.805. \n\n20.807 The Analysis of Field Data (4 q.h.) hvDOthesis testing, and the \n\n20.806. Prep. 20.806. \n\n20.810 Primitive Social Organization continuity and change of \n\ninstitutions of primitive societies. The dynamics of cont.nu.ty \n\nculture and social organization. \n\n20.815 Tribal Societies and Culture and chiefdoms: comparative and \n\nI£S^jr=»«S£ o, Chan, under contact \n\nsituations. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 111 \n\n20.820 Peasant Society and Culture \n\nInstitutions of peasant society. The structure of traditional civilizations and the \ninterrelations between urban and local communities: comparative and functional \nanalysis of the peasant community and the dynamics of change from peasant to \npost-peasant and industrialized societies. \n\n20.825 Language and Culture I \n\nDescriptive linguistics. Giotto-chronology, fundamentals of linguistic analysis. \n\n20.826 Language and Culture II \n\nCommunication in nonhuman societies. Theories of the evolution of language. \nLanguage and thought. Prep. 20.825. \n\n20.830 Culture and Personality \n\nExamination of current theory and method in the study of the interplay between \npersonality and culture. Contributions by various disciplines are discussed. \n\n20.835 Kinship and Social Structure \n\nA variety of kinship systems and their terminological and structural components \nand the way in which their systems articulate with other social institutions. \nPrep. 21.810. \n\n20.836 Family in Evolutionary Perspective \n\nThe emergence of family from pre-human patterns, its biological and behavioral \ncomponents, and its cross-cultural variations examined from an evolutionary \nperspective. \n\n20.840 Comparative Community Studies \n\nIntensive review of community studies in developed and developing areas. \nExamination of methods for comparative analysis. \n\n20.850 Comparative Religion \n\nNature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient, and contemporary religions. \nExploration of religious concepts and movements in relation to social, religious, \nand political organization. \n\n20.860 The Cultural Ecology of Tribal and Peasant Societies \n\nTypes of economic systems in simple societies: reciprocal, redistributive, market \nexchange. Economic relations as part of social relations: land tenure systems, \ncredit systems, savings mechanisms. The transition from subsistence to cash \neconomies. \n\n20.870 Anthropology of History \n\nOrigins and growth of the institutions of civilization; specialization, social \nstratification in the dynamics of traditional civilizations. Also, some special \ntopics of contact and change. \n\n20.880 Latin American Cultures \n\nFocus will be on Meso-America. Examination of Aztec and Mayan cultures and \ntheir influences. The effects of the Spanish Conquest on the area will be studied. \nAnalysis made of present-day tribal, peasant, and complex cultures. \n\n\n112 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n20.885 Peoples and Cultures of the Indian Subcontinent (India, Pakistan, \nCeylon, Nepal, Sikkim and Bhutan) \n\nAn introduction to the peoples of the Indian subcontinent. Special topics of \nconcentration will include belief systems, caste, politico-economic organization, \nracial and linguistic diversity, and social change. \n\n20.930, 21.930 Social and Cultural Change A, S \n\nTwo-quarter course, in conjunction with Sociology. \n\nAnalysis of the changing patterns in social, economic, and political institutions. \n\nModern social trends are discussed. \n\n20.950, 20.951, 20.952 Directed Study in Social Anthropology (maximum: 9 q.h.) \nReading and empirical research in social and cultural anthropology supervised \nby members of the anthropological staff. Prep. 20.806. \n\n20.980 Contemporary Issues in Social Anthropology \n\nContemporary issues in the field of anthropology. Supervised readings and \nwritten reports on special problems. \n\n20.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.) \n\nDiscussion of selected topics in the field of anthropology. Consent of depart- \nmental chairman required. \n\n20.991 Master's Paper in Social Anthropology \n\nEmpirical or library research meeting the criteria for publication in a profes- \nsional journal. Supervision by members of the department. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY \n\n21.805 Foundations of Social Theory \n\nThe classic theorists of sociology will be considered in an intensive and critical \nmanner. The works of St. Simon, Comte, Marx and Weber, Pareto, Mosca, \nand Durkheim and his school will form the core of the course. \n\n21.806 Contemporary Sociological Theories \n\nMain concepts of modern social theory, with special emphasis on functional \ntheory, conflict theory, and symbolic interactionism. Authors such as Parsons, \nMerton, L. Coser, R. Dahrendorf, and The Chicago School will be considered. \nPrep. 21.805. \n\n21.807 Recent Developments in Sociological Theory \n\nNew horizons in theory and the relation of theory to research. Topics to be \nselected each year and announced by the instructor. Prep. 21.806. \n\n21.809 Seminar in Symbolic Interaction \n\nThe social psychology of groups as found in the works of Mead, Becker, Blumer, \nGoffman, and others. \n\n21.810 Introduction to Research Methodology (4 q.h.) \n\nMethodology of empirical social research including survey techniques, inter- \nviewing, questionnaire construction, sampling procedures, and the logic of re- \nsearch design. Students will take part in a survey. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 113 \n\n21.811 Survey Methods in Social Research (4 q.h.) \n\nThe processing and analysis of survey data, including index construction, the \ninterpretation of statistical relationships, and the presentation of research find- \nings. Students will analyze survey data collected in 21.810. Prep. 21.810. \n\n21.812 The Logic of Social Inquiry \n\nAn examination of the assumptions underlying empirical investigations in soci- \nology. Rules of correspondence between empirical fact and abstract theory, the \ndevelopment and formalization of theory, and deductions from axiomatic theory. \nThe techniques of formal logic as they apply to sociological theory are also \ndiscussed. Prep. 21.811. \n\n21.813 Univariate Statistics (4 q.h.) \n\nMeasurement and description of univariate distributions. An introduction to \nprobability, sampling, and the estimation of parameters and confidence intervals \nwill be included. This course offers no credit toward a degree in the Department \nof Sociology and Anthropology. \n\n21.814 Bivariate Statistics (4 q.h.) \n\nThe use of t-test, simple analysis of variance, correlation, regression, Chi-square, \nand other nonparametric techniques for determining the independence of \nsamples and the relationship between variables. Prep. 21.813 or equivalent. \n\n21.815 Multivariate Statistics (4 q.h.) \n\nHigher order analysis of variance and covariance, multiple and partial correla- \ntion, factor analysis, and latent structure analysis. The course will be conducted \nas a seminar, with each student concentrating on one or two of the multivariate \ntechniques. Prep. 21.814. \n\n21.816 Computer Methods in Social Research (4 q.h.) \n\nComputer applications in data processing and analysis, network analysis, and \nsimulation models. Rudimentary programming and the availability and use of \n\"packaged\" programs will be covered. Prep. 21.815. \n\n21.817 American Society \n\nStudy of the development of and the changes in the institutional structure of \nAmerican society in comparison with certain other social systems. \n\n21.818 Data Resources in Social Research \n\nThe sources and uses of demographic and organization data in social research, \nparticularly in conjunction with survey data. Special attention will be given to \nthe methodological problems in the use of census and data bank resources and \nhow to use them and data processing aspects of contextual analysis. Prep. \n21.811. \n\n21.820 Sociology of Deviant Behavior \n\nApplications of sociological concepts and principles to some problems of social \ndisorganization in industrial societies. Analysis of such problems as suicide, \nprostitution, physical handicaps, unemployment, alcoholism, sexual deviance, \nand gambling. Prep. 21.806. \n\n\n114 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n21.825 Sociology of Crime \n\nAnalysis of the crime factors, criminal typology, occasional and professional \ncriminals, habitual criminality, abnormality and crime, white-collar criminals, \nthe criminal crowd, social implications. \n\n21.827 Sociology of Delinquency \n\nSocial and psychological factors of delinquency and their implications for pre- \nvention, rehabilitation, and treatment. \n\n21.830 Penology and Corrections \n\nPolice, court, corrections. The penal system and its treatment methods. Prison. \nCapital punishment. Probation and conditional sentencing. The inmate society. \nParole. After-care. Social consequences of crime. Prep. 21.825 or 21.827. \n\n21.831 Criminal Law \n\nThe development and principles of American criminal law. The characteristics \nof major crimes. The Model Penal Code of the American Law Institute. Admin- \nistration of criminal justice. The theory and practice of Supreme Court decisions. \n\n21.835 Theories of Criminology \n\nTheories and philosophies, underlying various correctional systems. Schools of \nthought in criminology and penology. Theoretical approaches to the crime and \ndelinquency problem from the beginnings of criminology to current thinking. \nPrep. 21.825 or 21.827. \n\n21.837 Sociology of Law \n\nFundamentals of law. The concept of social control. Order and Law. Consensus \nand conflict. Analysis of the normative-formative influences of law. Mores and \nmorals. The concept of justice. Analysis of some legal institutions. \n\n21.840 Sociology of Medicine \n\nSocial aspects of illness and medicine, historically and cross-culturally. Illness \nand the medical profession in modern society and their structural settings: the \ncommunity, the hospital, the medical school. Research studies in the field will \nbe examined critically and problems for future research will be specified. \n\n21.843 Sociology of Education \n\nThe structure and functioning of educational institutions. Student, faculty, and \nadministrative perspectives. Emphasis will be placed on the role of education \nin processes of socialization, social mobility, social change, and social control. \n\n21.847 Formal Organizations \n\nAnalysis of the goals, functions, and consequences for the individual in modern \norganizations. Aspects of bureaucratization will be examined within business \nfirms, public institutions, and private associations. \n\n21.850 Sociology of Occupations and Professions \n\nThe relations between the occupations and professions and society. Special \ntopics may include occupational stratification, professional group behavior, re- \ncruitment and socialization of occupations and professions, and political activism. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 115 \n\n21.855 Political Sociology \n\nSociological analysis of power relations and power systems with special atten- \ntion to the bases of political power, processes of change in power, and the \npart played by violence and revolutionary movements. \n\n21.857 Economic Sociology \n\nThe role of economic factors in the social process. Consideration will be given \nto both classic economic theory and its impact on classic social theory, and the \npotential interrelations between modern economic theory (especially model- \nbuilding approaches) and general sociological problems. \n\n21.860 Intergroup Relations \n\nThe relations between various racial, nationality, cultural, and religious groups \nwith emphasis on historical development. Particular attention will be paid to \nAmerican society with its specific problems of adjustment and assimilation. \n\n21.863 Sociology of Religion \n\nA sociological analysis of religious institutions and experiences in their histori- \ncal and contemporary content. Religion and political content will be considered. \n\n21.865 Sociology of Knowledge \n\nThe relationship between the social base of a society and its intellectual \nproducts. The view points of authors such as Marx, Weber, Mannheim, G. H. \nMead, the Neo-Marxian, and other modern schools will be considered. Prep. \nThree terms of graduate theory. \n\n21.870 The Family \n\nSocial structure and social functions of the family as a social institution. Rela- \ntions between the family and other institutions in society will be examined \ncomparatively and historically. \n\n21.873, 21.874 Childhood and Adolescence I, II \n\nGrowth and development of the child in the social context. Primary socialization \nin the family including the transmission of role expectations, values, and the \ndevelopment of self concept. Secondary group socialization in school, neighbor- \nhood, and peer group. \n\n21.877 Theories of Socialization \n\nA critical examination of the major theories in the field. Attention will be focused \non the work of Freud, Piaget, Cooley, Mead, Parsons, and Merton. \n\n21.880 Community Analysis \n\nEcological theories of man's relation to his physical environment. Development \nof the concept, and discussion of methods for community study. Comparison \nbetween rural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evalua- \ntion of community action programs. \n\n21.885 Urban Sociology \n\nTheories of the development of urban life. Comparisons between pre-industrial \nand industrializing urban areas. Methods for the study of urban social structure \nand change. Evaluation of contemporary metropolitan action programs. \n\n\n116 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY \n\n21.890 Middle East Area Study \n\nSocio-cultural analysis of the Middle East. Ecological, structural, institutional, \nand normative factors in nomadic, rural, and urban life. Comparative regional \nanalysis. \n\n21.895 Latin American Societies \n\nStudy and analysis of selected Latin American societies with particular atten- \ntion to such countries as Cuba, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil. Emphasis on urban- \nization and industrialization, social and political change. \n\n21.900 Issues in Social Psychology \n\nHuman behavior and theories of self from a sociological and psychological per- \nspective. Special consideration of interpersonal relations, socialization, and \nsymbolic interaction. \n\n21.910 The Sociology of Science \n\nThe functions of science and technology in occupational and structural social \nchange. The works of Price, Sarton, Cohen, Kuhn, Ogburn, and Merton will be \nconsulted. \n\n21.912, 21.913 Experimental Methods in Social Research I, II \n\nThis course covers experimental design and laboratory methods in sociology. \nThe small groups laboratory is treated as a setting for testing sociological theory. \nThe emphasis is upon techniques and problems in the creation and manipulation \nof social variables in the laboratory situation, although the techniques of the \nnatural experiment are also considered. \n\n21.916, 21.917 Seminar in Qualitative Analysis I, II \n\nFirst Quarter: Social Structure process and meaning in interacting groups. Each \nstudent studies a face-to-face group by means of participant observation using \nsymbolic interaction concepts. Second Quarter: Situational analysis of field data. \nThe relation of method and theory. \n\n21.918, 21.919 Seminar in Quantitative Analysis I, II \n\nSelected topics such as measurement error, sampling bias, the interchangeability \nof indices, ecological correlation, and contextual analysis. Students will take part \nin an extended analysis of quantitative data which illustrates these issues. \n\n21.920 Social Stratification \n\nTheories of inequality between groups in historical perspective, from classical \nto modern industrial times. Discussion and evaluation of sociological research \nin social stratification in regard to different social and cultural groups. \n\n21.930, 20.930 Social and Cultural Change S, A \n\nTwo-quarter tourse, in conjunction with Anthropology. \n\nAnalysis of the changing patterns in social, economic, and political institutions. \n\nModern social trends are discussed. \n\n21.940, 21.941 Social Control I, II \n\nSeminar in research, theories, and methods in the sociology of social control. \n\n21.950, 21.951 Seminar in Social Structure I, II \n\nSeminar relating current theories and research in sociology, social psychology, \nand social anthropology. \n\n\nSOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 117 \n\n21.960, 21.961, 21.962 Seminar on Socialization I, II, III \n\nEmphasis will be placed upon the planning and execution of research in sociali- \nzation, including the interdependence between theoretical and methodological \nissues. Students will be apprenticed to research projects in the field of sociali- \nzation. \n\n21.980 Contemporary Issues in Sociology \n\nContemporary issues in sociology. Supervised readings and written reports on \nspecial problems. \n\n21.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.) \n\nDiscussion of selected topics in the field of sociology. Consent of departmental \nchairman is required. \n\n21.991 Master's Paper in Sociology \n\nSupervision by members of the Department. Empirical or library research meet- \ning the criteria for publication in a professional journal. \n\n21.992, 21.993, 21.994 Directed Study in Sociology (Maximum: 9 q.h.) \n\nReading and research under the direction of a faculty member. Open to doctoral \n\ncandidates with the consent of the graduate committee. \n\n21.995 Doctoral Dissertation \n\n\nIndex \n\n\nAcademic calendar, 5 \nAcademic Classification, 27 \nAcademic Council, 13 \nAddress of University, 1 \nAdministration \n\nUniversity, 10-12 \n\nGraduate Division, 14 \nAdmission, 24 (see also Fields of Study) \n\nDoctor's degree, 28-30 \n\nMaster's degree, 27-28 \nApplications, 23 \nAssistantships, 34 \n\n\nB \n\n\nBiology \n\nCourses, 41-44 \n\nFaculty, 37 \n\nPrograms, 37-40 \nBoard of Trustees, 9 \nBuildings, 19-22 \n\n\nCalendars, 5-6 \n\nCampus description and location, 19 \n\nMap, 4 \nCenter for Continuing Education, 18 \nChemistry \n\nCourses, 48-51 \n\nFaculty, 45 \n\nPrograms, 45-48 \nClass hours, 26 \nColleges (undergraduate) \nCommittee of the Graduate School of \n\nArts and Sciences, 16 \nCooperative Plan of Education, 17 \n\n(see also Fields of Study) \nCorporation, 7-8 \nCourses \n\nAnthropology (see Sociology) \n\nBiology, 41-44 \n\nChemistry, 48-51 \n\nEconomics, 55-58 \n\nEnglish, 60-66 \n\nFrench, 67 \n\nHistory, 70-75 \n\nMathematics, 79-87 \n\nPhilosophy, 88 \n\nPhysics, 92-95 \n\nPolitical Science, 97-100 \n\nPsychology, 103-105 \n\nSociology, 110-117 \nCredits, 26 \n\n\nDegree programs, 27-31 \n\n(see also Fields of Study) \nDoctor of Philosophy degree \n\nAdmission, 28 \n\nClassification, 29 \n\nComprehensive examination, 29 \n\nCourse requirements, 29 \n\nDegree candidacy, 29 \n\nDissertation, 30 \n\nFinal oral examination, 30 \n\nForeign language, 30 \n\nInterdisciplinary programs, 31-32 \n\nQualifying examination, 29 \n\nRegistration, 30 \n\nResidence requirement, 29 \n\nTime limitation, 30 \n\nTransfer credit, 30 \n\n\nEconomics \n\nCourses, 55-58 \n\nFaculty, 52 \n\nPrograms, 52-55 \nEnglish \n\nCourses, 60-66 \n\nFaculty, 59 \n\nProgram, 59-60 \nEvening programs (see Fields of Study) \nExecutive Council, 12 \n\n\nFaculty Senate, 13 \nFees, 33-35 \nFellowships, 34-35 \nFields of study \n\nAnthropology (see Sociology) \n\nBiology, 37-44 \n\nChemistry, 45-51 \n\nEconomics, 52-58 \n\nEnglish, 59-66 \n\nFrench, 67 \n\nHistory, 68-75 \n\nMathematics, 76-87 \n\nPhilosophy, 88 \n\nPhysics, 89-95 \n\nPolitical Science, 96-100 \n\nPsychology, 101-105 \n\nSociology, 106-117 \nFinancial aid, 34-35 \nFrench, 67 \n\n\n118 \n\n\nINDEX / 119 \n\n\nGrading system, 25-26 \nGraduate School of Arts and \nSciences, 23 \n\nFields of study, 37-117 \nRegistration, 5, 24 \nRegulations, 23-31 \n\nH \n\nHenderson House, 19 \nHistory \n\nCourses, 70-75 \n\nFaculty, 68 \n\nProgram, 68-70 \n\nI \n\nInterdisciplinary programs, 31 \n\n\nLibrary, 19-20 \nLoan program, 35 \n\nM \n\nMap of campus, 4 \n\nMarine Science Institute, 19 \n\nMathematics \n\nCourses, 79-87 \n\nFaculty, 76 \n\nPrograms, 76-79 \nMaster's degree \n\n(see also Fields of Study) \n\nAcademic classification, 27 \n\nAdmission, 27 \n\nComprehensive examination, 27 \n\nForeign language requirement, 28 \n\nThesis, 28 \n\nTime limitations, 28 \n\nTransfer credits, 28 \n\nN \n\nNDEA loan program, 35 \n\nP \n\nPart-time programs \n(see Fields of Study) \n\n\nPhilosophy, 88 \nPhysics, 89 \n\nCourses, 92-95 \n\nFaculty, 89 \n\nPrograms, 89-91 \nPolitical Science \n\nCourses, 97-100 \n\nFaculty, 96 \n\nProgram, 96-97 \nPrograms of study, 27 \n(see Fields of Study) \nPsychology \n\nCourses, 103-105 \n\nFaculty, 96 \n\nPrograms, 90-103 \n\n\nRegistration, 74 \n\nRegulations \n\nFor doctor's degree, 28-31 \nFor master's degree, 27-28 \nGeneral, 23-28 \n\nResearch activities, 18 \n\nResidence requirement, 24, 29 \n\n\nSociology and Anthropology \nCourses, 106-117 \nFaculty, 106 \nPrograms, 106-110 \nStudent center, 19 \nSuburban campus, 20 \n\n\nTuition, 33-34 \nTrustees, 9 \n\n\nU \n\n\nUndergraduate colleges, 120 \nUniversity Council, 12 \nUniversity Graduate Council, 14 \n\n\nW \n\n\nWithdrawals, 26 \n\n\nUNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES \n\n\nOffering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate \ndegrees \n\n\nBoston-Bouve College \nCollege of Business Administration \nCollege of Criminal Justice \nCollege of Education \n\n\nCollege of Engineering \nCollege of Liberal Arts \nCollege of Nursing \nCollege of Pharmacy \n\n\nOffering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to \nassociate and baccalaureate degrees \n\nLincoln College \nUniversity College \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF \nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nllillillillillil \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF \nBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n\nNortheastern University \n\n360 Huntington Avenue \n\nBoston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\nTelephone (617) 437-2714 \n\n\nr>m(m \n\n\nContents \n\n\n4 Campus Map \n\n5 Academic Calendar 1969-1970 \n5 Registration Periods 1969-1970 \n5 University Holidays 1969-1970 \n\n7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University \n\n7 The Northeastern University Corporation \n\n9 Board of Trustees \n\n10 Administrative Organization \n\n12 General University Committees \n\n14 Graduate Division Organization \n\n17 The University \n\n19 Buildings and Facilities \n\n23 The Graduate School of Business Administration \n\n23 Internship \n\n24 Assistantship \n\n25 Part-Time Study \n\n25 General Regulations \n\n30 Financial Information \n\n30 Financial Obligations \n\n31 Financial Aid \n\n32 Faculty \n\n35 Master of Business Administration Curriculum \n\n40 Description of Courses \n\n52 Undergraduate Universities Attended by Students \n\nEntering in 1969 \n\n54 Index \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n\n1 \n\nKennedy Building (104 The Fenway) \n\n15A \n\nCenter for Continuing Education \n\n1A \n\nCushing Hall (102 The Fenway — \n\nCollege \n\nof \n\nLeon St.) \n\nEducation) \n\n16 \n\nForsyth Building \n\n1B \n2 \n\n153 Hemenway Street \nMelvin Hall \n\n17 \n\nForsyth Annex (Afro-American \nCenter) \n\n3 \n\nSmith Hall \n\n18 \n\nCharles A. Dana Research Center \n\n4 \n\n115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n19 \n\nChurchill Hall \n\n5 \n6 \n7 \n8 \n9 \n10 \n\nWhite Hall \n\nStetson Hall \n\nSpeare Hall \n\n106-122 St. Stephen Street \n\nLight Hall \n\nParker Building \n\n20 \n\n21 \n\n21A \n\n22 \n\n23 \n\nHayden Hall \n\nEll Student Center (new) \nEll Student Center (original) \nMugar Life Sciences Building \nRobinson Hall \n\n11 \n\nGreenleaf Building \n\n24 \n\nBotolph Building \n\n12 \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\n25 \n\nChemistry Building \n\n13 \n\nRichards Hall \n\n26 \n\nDockser Hall \n\n14 \n\nDodge Library \n\n27 \n\nBarletta Natatorium \n\n15 \n\nUnited Building \n\n28 \n\nLaw and Criminal Justice \n\nREGISTRATION PERIODS 1969-1970 \n\nHuntington Avenue and Burlington Campuses \n\nFall Quarter 1969 Monday-Friday Aug. 25-Aug. 29 \n\nLate Registration Tuesday-Friday *Sept. 2-Sept. 5 \n\nWinter Quarter 1969-70 Monday-Friday *Nov. 17-Nov. 21 \n\nSpring Quarter 1970 Monday-Friday *Feb. 23-Feb. 27 \n\n\nACADEMIC CALENDAR 1969-1970 \n\nFall Quarter 1969 \n\nClasses Begin Monday \n\nExamination Period** Monday-Saturday \n\n\nSeptember 15 \nDec. 1-Dec. 6 \n\n\nClasses Begin \nExamination Period** \n\n\nWinter Quarter 1969-70 \n\nMonday \nMonday-Saturday \n\n\nDecember 8 \nMarch 2-March 7 \n\n\nClasses Begin \n\nFiling Deadline for Spring \n\nCommencement Card \nPayment Deadline for Spring \n\nCommencement Fee \nExamination Period** \nSpring Commencement \n\n\nSpring Quarter 1970 \n\nMonday \n\nWednesday \n\nFriday \n\nTuesday-Monday \n\nSunday \n\n\nMarch 16 \n\nApril 1 \n\nMay 1 \n\nJune 2-June 8 \n\nJune 14 \n\n\nUNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1969-1970 \n\nIndependence Day \nColumbus Day \nVeterans' Day \nThanksgiving Recess \nChristmas Vacation \nWashington's Birthday \nPatriots' Day \nMemorial Day \n\n\nFriday \n\nMonday \n\nTuesday \n\nThursday-Saturday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\n\nJuly 4 \nOctober 13 \nNovember 11 \nNov. 26-Nov. 29 \nDec. 22-Jan. 3 \nFebruary 16 \nApril 20 \nMay 25 \n\n\n'Registration will not be accepted after this week. \n\n'Examinations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergradu- \nate examination schedule. \n\n\nA \n\n\n% \n\n\n4 \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n'Charles F. Avila \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christiansen \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\n\nAllen G. Barry \n*l_incoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beal \n*F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n*George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n*John L. Burns \n\n\n\"Louis W. Cabot \n'Norman L. Cahners \nHenry F. Callahan \nErwin D. Canham \n'Richard P. Chapman \nTheodore Chase \nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n*Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n*William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n*Carl S. Ell \n\n*Byron K. Elliott \n\n*William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n\n*Robert Erickson \n\n* Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr. \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \nDon S. Greer \n'Samuel A. Groves \n'Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n\"George Hansen \nWilliam Hellman \n*Ernest Henderson III \nWalter F. Henneberry \nVincent R. Herterick \nCharles E. Hodges \n\"Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n'Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \nRay E. Johns \nHoward B. Johnson \n\n'Robert L. Johnson \n\n\"Henry C. Jones \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \n\nEdward R. Mitton \n'Harold A. Mock \n\nIrwin L. Moore \n\nJames A. Morris \n\"James A. Morton \n\nWilliam B. Moses, Jr. \n'Stephen P. Mugar \n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n'Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n\"Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \n*E. Douglas Kenna \nEdward M. Kennedy \nFenton G. Keyes \nCalvin A. King \n*Asa S. Knowles \n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \n\"John Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\n\"Lawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n\"Frank L. Richardson \n\"Joseph G. Riesman \n\"Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n\"Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n\"Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n'Russell B. Stearns \n'Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n'Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n'Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n'Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S Wilkins \n'Robert H. Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n'Alvin C. Zises \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Vice Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Vice Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellf \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \nfPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Vice Chairman \n\n\nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellf \nLawrence H. Martin \nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \n\nByron K. Elliott, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President for Business \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Wee President for Development \n\n\n*President of the University \nIPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n10 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations and Acting Dean \n\nof University College \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \nActuarial Science \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n11 \n\n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. O'Toole, A.B., LL.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Director of Finance and Comptroller \nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty and \n\nActing Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education \n\nand Director of the Graduate School \nof Education \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\n12 \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nKenneth W. Ballou \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nChristopher F. Kennedy \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. OToole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nJohn W. Schermerhom \nRobert A. Shepard \nRoy L. Wooldridge \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\nJames T. Barrs \nRalph A. Buonopane \nRobert L. Cord \nFrederick Cunliffe \nJeanne B. Dorie \nJames M. Feldman \n\n*Arthur E. Fitzgerald \nMartha E. Francois \nArvin Grabel \nEdward A. Hacker \nRichard B. Higgins \nJohn R. G. Jenkins \nRobert D. Klein \nJoseph Lenney \n\n*Gilbert G. MacDonald \n\n*Melvin Mark \n\n*Frank E. Marsh, Jr. \nErnest E. Mills \nRobert J. Minichiello \n\n\n*Rudolph M. Morris \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n*John A. Palmucci \n\nPaul M. Pratt \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n* Kenneth G. Ryder \n*John W. Schermerhom \n*Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n\nRobert N. Wiener \n*Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\nAlvin D. Zallinger \n\nHarold S. Zamansky \n\nRichard C. Zobel \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n'Appointed by the President \n\n\n13 \n\n\nGRADUATE DIVISION ORGANIZATION \n\n\nAdministration \n\nDavid J. Carr, M.S., Administrative Assistant in the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional \nAccounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJohn W. Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \nBusiness Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nPaul A. LeMaitre, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools \n\nAndre P. Priem, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nJoseph A. Ross, B.S.Ed., Administrative Assistant in the Graduate Division \n\nRichard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \n\nEngineering \n\nJanice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nCarol A. Weiss, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nUniversity Graduate Council \n1969-1970 \n\nThe Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con- \nduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the \nCouncil. \n\nChairman \nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Wee President for Academic Affairs and Dean of Faculty \n\nVice Chairman \nNorman Rosenblatt, Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nAdministrative Members \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, Dean of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\n14 \n\n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, Assistant Dean of Engineering and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n\nMelvin Mark, Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Dean of Education \n\nAndre P. Priem, Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nRobert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nRoy L. Woold ridge, Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the \nGraduate School of Education \n\nElected Faculty Members \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1969) \n\nJames T. Barrs, Professor of English \n\nFrancis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department \n\nRobert J. Ferullo, Associate Professor of Special Education \n\nAustin W. Fisher, Professor of Engineering Management \n\nBernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nMelvin Howards, Director of Center for Educational Development \n\nA. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations \n\nJohn F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology and Chairman of the Department \n\nJohn N. Samaras, Associate Professor of Management \n\nAlbert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and \nChairman of the Department \n\n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1970) \n\nRonald Aaron, Associate Professor of Physics \nCharles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marketing \nJohn F. Dunn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\n15 \n\n\nCarlo E. Gubellini, Professor of Management \n\nGeorge M. Krause, Professor of Pharmacy \n\nHarold R. Raemer, Professor of Electrical Engineering and \nChairman of the Department \n\nA. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department \n\n\nCOMMITTEE ON GRADUATE STUDY IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\n1969-1970 \n\nAndre P. Priem, Cochairman, Director of the Graduate School of Business \nAdministration and Associate Professor of Management \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Cochairman, Professor of Accounting, Chairman of \nthe Department, and Director of the Graduate \nSchool of Professional Accounting \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration \n\nRoger A. Cossaboom, Associate Professor of Finance \n\nRobert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance \n\nRichard B. Higgins, Associate Professor of Management \n\nBarry Shore, Assistant Professor of Management \n\nDharmendra Verma, Assistant Professor of Marketing \n\n\n16 \n\n\nThe University \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri- \nvately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the \nGeneral Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact- \nment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The \nUniversity is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the \nNortheastern University Corporation, which is composed of more than \n150 distinguished business and professional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant \npurpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting \nof these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not dupli- \ncated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new \nareas of educational service. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted \nby the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), \nEducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), and Boston-Bouve \nCollege (1964), and the College of Criminal Justice (1967). This educa- \ntional method enables students to gain valuable practical experience \nas an integral part of their college program and also provides the \nmeans by which they may contribute substantially to the financing of \ntheir education. The Plan has been extended to the graduate level in \nengineering, sociology, actuarial science, the pharmaceutical sciences, \nprofessional accounting, and law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed \nto meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been \noffered leading to the bachelor's degree. Programs in the arts and sci- \nences, engineering, various fields of business, law enforcement and se- \ncurity, and other areas have been carefully planned to serve mature \nstudents who are employed full time during the day and want to broaden \ntheir educational background by part-time study. All formal courses of \nstudy leading to degrees through evening programs are approved by the \nBasic College faculties concerned and are subject to the same quantita- \ntive and qualitative standards as the regular day curricula. \n\n17 \n\n\n18 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\nGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS \n\nThe Graduate Division of the University offers day and evening programs. \nIt is made up of the following graduate and professional schools, which offer \nprograms leading to the degrees listed: \n\nThe Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of \nScience in Actuarial Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of \nArts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of \nPublic Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of \nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nThe Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education \nand the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nThe Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science \nand Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor. \n\nThe Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers the degree of \nMaster of Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master \nof Science in Accounting. \n\nCENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni- \nversity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. \nIts programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, \nand a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. \nThe Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade asso- \nciations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs \ndealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of Com- \nmunity Services, working with governmental agencies and community \norganizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in social \nproblems on both the local and national level. \n\nMany of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North- \neastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\nThe facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic \nresearch projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and \nengineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose \nservices are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the \nColleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and \ngraduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective \nteaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by \nresearch activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nMAIN CAMPUS \n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun- \ntington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's \nfamous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated \nin the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, \nHorticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard \nteaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library and many schools and \ncolleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University. \n\nMajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan \nInternational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and \nintrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan- \nsuburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor- \nists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike \n(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section. \n\nThe campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the \nmain educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. \nThe principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, \nare of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon- \nnected by underground passageways. \n\nEll Student Center \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea- \ntion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a \nseating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special \ndrama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu- \ndent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than \n1,000. \n\nLibraries \n\nThe University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is \nthe main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School \nof Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical \nEngineering, Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology. \nThere are additional subject collections for the Center for Management \nDevelopment at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science In- \nstitute in Nahant. \n\n19 \n\n\n20 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\nThe library collections number 210,000 volumes supplemented by \nsome 250,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The \ncollection includes, in addition, some 2,500 periodical titles, 90,000 \ndocuments, and 2,300 sound recordings. \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\nThe Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the \nbest equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an \nathletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as \nadministrative offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical \nEducation Department of Boston-Bouve College. \n\nA recent addition to the Center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a \n105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, \nand shower and dressing facilities. \n\nApartments for Male Graduate Students \n\nThe University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom- \nmodates 279 men. Two-, three-, and four-man apartments are available \nwhich vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are \nfurnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table. \nThe cost includes all utilities. \n\nA $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments. \nApplications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students \nare expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but \nmay live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments \nand in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come, \nfirst served basis. \n\nSUBURBAN FACILITIES \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nThe Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and \n3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of \nindividuals and of industry in the area. \n\nIn addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, \nbusiness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of \nundergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de- \ngrees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro- \ngrams are offered. \n\nHenderson House \n\nThe University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in \nWeston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts \nshort-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro- \nfessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the \nmain campus. \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21 \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\nThe Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research \nand instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology \nand oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20 \nmiles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are \napplicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science. \n\n\nGraduate School of Business \nAdministration \n\n\nThe Graduate School of Business Administration at Northeastern \nUniversity offers a program leading to the degree of Master of Business \nAdministration. Broad in concept, it is aimed at preparing the student \nfor a career in administration rather than for an immediate or particular \nposition. The curriculum and teaching methods center around the de- \nvelopment of basic skills and knowledge appropriate to administration, \nrather than upon specialized functional techniques. Although the case \nmethod of study is extensively used, a variety of teaching methods is \nemployed consonant with particular course objectives. The basic objec- \ntives of the Program are to confront the student with meaningful learning \nexperiences, to increase skills and knowledge in basic disciplines un- \nderlying administrative practice, and to develop judgment and skills of \nproblem analysis and decision-making in complex organizations. \n\nThe student may choose one of three methods of securing an MBA \ndegree: full-time internship, full-time assistantship, and part-time study. \n\nThe full-time internship blends one full calendar year of academic \nstudy with nine months of coordinated work as an intern in a business \nor non-profit organization. This combination of theory and practice gives \nthe intern excellent preparation for a career in management. \n\nUnder the full-time assistantship, students combine their studies with \nacademic experience in the College of Business Administration. \n\nPart-time students have the advantage of attending classes in the late \nafternoon and evening to learn the theory behind the practical applica- \ntion of their employment. \n\nINTERNSHIP \n\nThe feature which makes the Northeastern MBA program unusual in \ngraduate education is the management internship. Following the theory \nthat a balanced exposure to theory and practice is the most effective \napproach to management education, the two-year program affords ex- \ncellent opportunity in each area. Class work begins with basic disci- \nplines vital to sound progress in a management-oriented course. The \n\n23 \n\n\n24 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nfunctional areas of business are treated next, with process courses and \nelectives following. \n\nInterwoven with the academic quarters are two periods of guided \nexperience in business and other organizations. One period is three \nmonths in duration; the other, six months. The intern works in an ad- \nministrative capacity in a realistic organizational environment. The na- \nture of the job will assure ample opportunity to observe, research, \nand report upon some aspect, element, or problem of the organization. \nThe experience entails a report which will be considered within the \nacademic portion of the program. \n\nAn illustration of term sequence within the two-year program is \nshown below. \n\n\nFall Quarter \nWinter Quarter \nSpring Quarter \nSummer Quarter \n\n\n1st Year \n\nIn Class \n\nIn Class \n\nManagement \nInternship \n\nIn Class \n\n\n2nd Year \n\nManagement \nInternship \n\nManagement \nInternship \n\nIn Class \n\n\nDuring each quarter, the student will average 16 hours of course \nwork. The number of courses taken in any given quarter may vary from \nthree to five, depending upon the depth in which each subject is to \nbe covered. Course work for the internship is offered at the Boston \nCampus during the day. A major source of funds for the MBA student \nwill be earnings from the management internship. \n\n\nASSISTANTSHIP \n\nA student may be a Teaching Assistant or Graduate Assistant. Teach- \ning and Graduate Assistants work directly with members of the faculty \nand staff of the College of Business Administration and its departments. \nThis work affords the student interested in developing a career in a \ncollege or university setting the opportunity to explore and gain experi- \nence in teaching, research, and/or administration. \n\nTeaching and Graduate Assistants take their course work at the \nBoston Campus during the day. \n\nTeaching Assistantships \n\nTeaching assistantships, with remission of tuition and a stipend, are \navailable in all departments. Holders of such awards devote equal time \nto their assistantship duties and course work. The stipend for the first \nyear is $2,600, $2,800 for the second year. \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 25 \n\nGraduate Assistantships \n\nMany departments award graduate assistantships remitting tuition \nfor a full-time load of graduate work each quarter. Graduate assistants \nare required to share in the academic work of the department. These \nawards are normally given to students in the first year of graduate work. \n\nDuring each quarter, the student will carry four courses. The number \nof quarter hours of credit carried will vary in any given term from 8 to \n12, depending on the specific courses covered in that quarter. \n\nAppointments \n\nAppointments to assistantships are ordinarily announced no later \nthan April 15 for the following academic year or summer. They are for \na maximum of one year and are not automatically renewed. Students \nwho hold assistantships are expected to devote full time to their studies \nand the duties of the award. They may not accept outside employment \nwithout the consent of the Director of the Graduate School of Business \nAdministration. \n\nPART-TIME STUDY \n\nPart-time students can continue their full-time employment while \nacquiring the background, skills, and knowledge that will help them ad- \nvance their career in administration. \n\nThese students take two courses per quarter and can complete the \ndegree program in three to four years, depending upon whether course \nwork is taken in the summer quarter. All degree requirements can be \ncompleted at either the Boston or Suburban Campus in the late after- \nnoon and evening hours. \n\nStudents maintaining a satisfactory academic standing may petition \nthe Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration for per- \nmission to take more than two courses per quarter. \n\nGENERAL REGULATIONS \n\nThe general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate \nprograms are established by the Northeastern University Graduate \nCouncil. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is \nallowed discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the \nCouncil. The regulations and academic requirements which follow have \nbeen formulated in accordance with this general policy. \n\nApplication and Admission \n\nAll applicants should address inquiries to the Graduate School of \nBusiness Administration. Application forms, reference blanks, and in- \nformation about the Admissions Test for Graduate Study in Business \n(ATGSB) will be mailed to the applicant. \n\n\n26 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nInternship and assistantship applications must be submitted by March \n15. Applications for part-time study must be submitted no later than \ntwo weeks prior to the registration period for the quarter in which the \napplicant plans to begin the MBA Program. \n\nTo be admitted for graduate work in the Graduate School of Business \nAdministration, applicants must have completed undergraduate work of \nhigh quality and must have obtained a bachelor's degree from a \nrecognized institution of higher learning. The overall quality of under- \ngraduate achievement is considered to be of more importance than \nthe particular field of specialization. Official transcripts of all previous \nundergraduate work must be submitted to the Graduate School of \nBusiness Administration. \n\nAlthough the MBA Program presumes no particular level of compe- \ntence in the areas of accounting, economics, statistics, and be- \nhavioral science, applicants are advised to acquire some background \nin these areas if they have the opportunity to do so. \n\nApplicants are required to submit three letters of reference from \nindividuals who are familiar with their qualifications for graduate study \nin administration. \n\nThe basic criteria considered in the admissions procedure are under- \ngraduate grades, the score on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in \nBusiness, job experience, and present job level. An overall impression \nof strength, past success, and motivation to succeed in the Graduate \nSchool is sought in the applicants for the program. \n\nAcademic Classifications \n\nStudents whose records do not qualify them for enrollment as regular \nstudents may be accepted as provisional students. Provisional students \nmust obtain a B average in the first 12 quarter hours of course work in \norder to continue in the graduate program. At that time, they may be \nreclassified as regular students. \n\nThose students who are not pursuing a specific degree program are \nclassified as special students. Special students must satisfy the re- \nquirements for admission and perform work of satisfactory level in \norder to continue as special students. No more than 12 quarter hours \nmay be taken under the special student classification. \n\nRegistration \n\nStudents must register during the periods listed on the school calen- \ndar. Dates of registration will be specified by letter for students ac- \ncepted for full-time study. \n\nResidence \n\nAll work for advanced degrees must be completed in residence at \nthe University, unless approval has been obtained from the Director of \nthe Graduate School of Business Administration for work taken else- \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 27 \n\nwhere. Students who are in residence and are using the facilities of the \nUniversity must register for such work. \n\nGrading System \n\nThe performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by \nthe instructor by use of the following grades: \n\nA Excellent \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse has been of very high graduate caliber. \n\nB Satisfactory \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse has been at a satisfactory level. \n\nC Fair \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse is not at the level expected in graduate work. \n\nF Failure \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse is unsatisfactory. \n\nIn addition, the following letter designations are used: \n\nI Incomplete \n\nThis grade is given to those students who fail to complete the \nwork of the course. \n\nS Satisfactory without quality designation. \n\nU Unsatisfactory without quality designation. \n\nThese grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se- \nquence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both \nthe first and second quarters of the sequence. \n\nThe designation \"I\" will be changed to a grade upon removal of the \ndeficiencies which caused the grade of \"I\" to be reported. Deficiencies \nmust be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade \nof \"I\" is received unless an extension of time is granted by the in- \nstructor. However, such extension of time may not exceed two additional \nconsecutive calendar quarters. \n\nA make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate \nSchool of Business Administration during the sixth week of each quar- \nter. Any student who wishes to take a make-up examination must obtain \npermission of the Director of the Graduate School of Business Admin- \nistration by the second week of the quarter succeeding that in which \nthe examination was missed. The make-up examination must be taken \nin that succeeding quarter unless circumstances warrant permission of \nthe Director to defer it to one of the next two quarters. \n\n\n28 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION \n\nClass Hours and Credits \n\nAll credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is \nequivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour of credit. All classes \nmeet on a quarter basis. The academic calendar at the front of this \nbulletin should be consulted to determine the opening and closing dates \nof each quarter. \n\nContinuity of Program \n\nStudents are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a de- \ngree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of one \nyear must apply for readmission. \n\nWithdrawals \n\nIn order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official \nwithdrawal form obtained at the Graduate School Office or at the Sub- \nurban Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class \nmeeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on \nwhich they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the \ninstructor does not constitute an official withdrawal. \n\nStudents who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from \nthe class unless they notify the Graduate School of their intention not \nto withdraw. Requests for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class \nmeeting of the quarter may be submitted to the Director of the Graduate \nSchool, and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student. \n\nChanges in Requirements \n\nThe continuing development of the Graduate School forces frequent \nrevision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi- \ncated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, \nand when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected \nto meet the requirements of the latest bulletin. \n\nApplication for the Diploma \n\nIf a commencement card is not filed with the Graduate School Office \nbefore the date appearing on the calendar, there is no assurance that \nthe degree will be granted in that particular year even though all other \nrequirements have been met. Prompt filing of the commencement card \nalso will assure that the name will appear correctly on the diploma. \n\nAcademic Requirements \n\nIn order to qualify for the MBA degree, an average grade of B must \nbe obtained in the degree credit courses. No more than three extra \ncourses or repeated courses may be taken in order to satisfy the grade \nrequirements for the degree. \n\nWithin the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of \n\"F\" is received must be repeated with a grade of \"C\" or better, and \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 29 \n\nmay be repeated only once. If a grade of \"F\" is received in an elective \ncourse, that course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of \"C\" or \nbetter, or another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of \n\"C\" is received in a required course, that course may be repeated once \nto obtain a grade of \"B\" or better. \n\nAny student whose record is not satisfactory may be dropped by ac- \ntion of the Graduate School Committee. \n\nTransfer Credit \n\nA maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another institu- \ntion may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that the \ncredits transferred are in the candidate's field, consist of work taken at \nthe graduate level for graduate credit, carry grades of \"A\" or \"B\", have \nbeen earned at a recognized institution, and have not been used toward \nany other degree. Students should petition the Director of the Graduate \nSchool in writing for all transfer credit. Grades on transfer credit may \nnot be used for the purpose of obtaining the academic average neces- \nsary for completion of the degree requirements. \n\nTime Limitation \n\nCourse credits earned in the program of graduate study, or ac- \ncepted by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an \nextension is granted by the Graduate School. \n\n\nFinancial Information \n\nFINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS \n\nTuition \n\nTuition for master's degree candidates and special students is $44 \nper quarter hour of credit. \n\nTuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and \nare payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date \nspecified. \n\nFees \n\nA registration fee is charged all students when they register for the \nfirst time in the Graduate School. Prior to September 1, 1969, the fee is \n$10. After that date the fee will increase to $15. \n\nOther fees include a charge of $5 for late payment of tuition; a final \nexamination make-up fee of $5; a fee of $25 for all degree candidates, \npayable before commencement by the applicable date listed on the \nacademic calendar. \n\nFor full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the \nservices available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistants \nand research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on the \nHuntington Avenue Campus are charged $.75 a quarter. \n\nAll full-time students, including those with assistantships and fellow- \nships, will pay a nonrefundable University Health Services fee of $35 \neach year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage and \nentitles the student to the medical care furnished by the University \nHealth Services. \n\nAll financial obligations to the University must be discharged by \ngraduation. \n\nRefunds \n\nTuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing \non the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance \ndoes not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds \nshould be discussed with the Bursar's Office. \n\nRefunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule: \n\nPercentage of Tuition \nOfficial Withdrawal Filed Within Refunded \n\nFirst week of quarter 100 \n\nSecond week of quarter 75 \n\nThird week of quarter 50 \n\nFourth week of quarter 25 \n\n30 \n\n\nFINANCIAL INFORMATION / 31 \n\nFINANCIAL AID \n\nThere is a limited amount of financial aid for full-time students enrolled \nin the Graduate School of Business Administration. Information in addi- \ntion to that below and application forms are available from the Office \nof Financial Aid. \n\nMartin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships \n\nA limited number of full-time and half-time Martin Luther King, Jr., \nfellowships are available. Holders of these appointments devote full \ntime or half time to graduate work. \n\nAppointments \n\nAppointments to fellowships are ordinarily announced no later than \nApril 15 for the following academic year or summer. Appointments are \nfor a maximum of one year and are not automatically renewed. \n\nDormitory Proctorships \n\nA number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Hun- \ntington Avenue Campus are available each year. Appointments carry a \nminimum compensation of room and board. Further information and \napplication forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing. \n\nNational Defense Student Loan Program \n\nUnder the provisions of an act of the federal government, students \ncarrying an academic load of one-half or more are entitled to loans up \nto $2,500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for undergrad- \nuate and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be deter- \nmined on the basis of need and academic promise. \n\nThe repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases \nto carry a half-time load and extends ten years from that point. Cancel- \nlation of up to 50 per cent of national defense loans, including interest, \nis allowed for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 \nper cent may be cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional in- \nformation and application forms are available from the Office of Finan- \ncial Aid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time students \nand one month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is re- \nquested for other students. \n\nHigher Education Loan Plan \n\nEducational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in \nthe student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies, \ncarry an interest charge of seven per cent, three per cent of which is \npaid by the federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to \n$1,500 for each year of study up to a maximum of $7,500 for both under- \ngraduate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to 12 \nmonths after completion of study and extends up to five years. \n\n\nFaculty \n\n\nRobert F. Abbanat, Visiting Associate Professor of Management, B.S., M.S., Massachusetts Insti- \ntute of Technology; M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nDean S. Ammer, Director, Bureau of Business and Economic Research and Professor of Man- \nagement, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University \n\nAnker V. Andersen, Associate Professor of Accounting, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Min- \nnesota \n\nHarley H. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Accounting, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University \n\nSeth A. Armen, Associate Professor of Accounting, B.S., Boston University; C.P.A. \n\nJoseph C. Bailey, Professor of Human Relations, A.B., University of Illinois; A.M., Ph.D., Colum- \nbia University \n\nWarren C. Briggs, Associate Professor of Management, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech- \nnology; M.B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology \n\nMilton Budoff, Lecturer in Business Administration, M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago \n\nRichard A. Burnham, Associate Professor of Accounting, B.S., Northeastern University; M.B.A., \nUniversity of Massachusetts; C.P.A. \n\nRobert H. Caplan, Associate Professor of Management, B.C.E., Cornell University; M.B.A., D.B.A., \nHarvard University \n\nSaverio Cerullo, Associate Professor of Finance, B.S., M.B.A., Boston University \n\nArmen Claus, Assistant Professor of Management, B.A., University of Heidelberg, Germany; Ph.D. \ncandidate, Tufts University \n\nCharles W. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marketing, B.A., Northeastern University; M.C.S., M.A., \nBoston University; Ph.D., Columbia University \n\nRoger A. Cossaboom, Associate Professor of Finance, B.S.I.E., Northeastern University; M.B.A., \nMichigan State University; D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nPaul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management, A.B., MB. A., Boston College; Ph.D., Rensse- \nlaer Polytechnic Institute \n\nPhilip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Director, Center for Management Development and Assistant \nProfessor of Management, A.B., Holy Cross College; A.M., Harvard University; M.B.A., Ed.D. \ncandidate, Boston University \n\nJoseph R. Curran, Associate Professor of Accounting, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., \nColumbia University \n\nLeslie M. Dawson, Assistant Professor of Marketing, B.B.A., lona College; M.A., University of \nToledo: Ph.D., Michigan State University \n\nErnest M. DeCicco, Assistant Professor of Economics, B.S., A.M., University of New Hampshire; \nPh.D., Boston University \n\nCharles H. Dufton, Chairman, Department of Marketing, and Professor of Marketing, A.B., Yale \nUniversity; M.A., University of Michigan \n\nJames W. Earley, Lecturer in Business Administration, A.B., Holy Cross; B.S., State Teachers \nCollege; M.B.A., Northeastern University \n\nRalph W. Finger, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S., Union College; Ph.D., University of \nTexas \n\nAngelo Fiumara, Associate Professor of Business Law, A.B., LL.B., Boston College \n\nBernard L. Friedman, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University \n\nMelvyn P. Galin, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S., Georgia Institution of Technology; \nM.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana University \n\nVincent J. Giovinazzo, Assistant Professor of Accounting and Quantitative Methods, B.S., Rutgers \nUniversity; M.B.A., Ph.D. candidate, New York University \n\nPaul W. Glennon, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.B.A., LL.B., Northeastern University; \nM.B.A., Boston University; LL.M., J.S.D, New York University \n\nHarold M. Goldstein, Associate Professor of Economics, B.A., Northeastern University; M.A., \nBoston College; Ph.D., Clark University \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Chairman, Department of Accounting, and Professor of Accounting, B.S., \nNortheastern University; M.A., Boston University; C.P.A. \n\nSteven B. Grossman, Instructor in Accounting, B.S., M.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D. candi- \ndate, Tufts University \n\n32 \n\n\nFACULTY / 33 \n\nWilliam H. Gruber, Associate Professor of Accounting, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., \nMassachusetts Institute of Technology \n\nCarlo E. Gubellini, Professor of Management, B.S., Northeastern University; M.B.A., Boston Uni- \nversity \n\nRobert S. Guthrie, Assistant Professor of Management, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D. \ncandidate, Indiana University \n\nRobert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance, B.S., M.S., Columbia University; M.B.A., D.B.A., \nIndiana University; C.P.A. \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration and Professor of Management, A.B., M.B.A., \nD.B.A., Harvard University \n\nRichard B. Higgins, Associate Professor of Management, A.B., Tufts University; Ph.D., Columbia \nUniversity \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins, Associate Professor, B.A., M.A., Cambridge University (England); M.B.A., \nUniversity of Toronto; D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nJohn W. Jordan, Assistant Director, Graduate School of Business Administration, B.S., M.S., State \nCollege of Boston \n\nLyman A. Keith, Chairman, Department of Management, and Professor of Management, B.S., \nNortheastern University; M.A., M.B.A., Boston University \n\nPeter A. Lans, Assistant Professor of Accounting, B.S., Boston University; M.B.A., Ph.D., Michigan \nState University \n\nRichard H. Lent, Associate Professor of Management, A.B., Tufts University; M.A., Columbia Uni- \nversity; Ph.D., Harvard University \n\nRichard Lindhe, Associate Professor of Accounting, B.S., M.Ed., Kent State University; Ph.D., \nUniversity of Chicago \n\nWard C. Low, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S., University of Wyoming; Ph.D., Boston \nUniversity \n\nIvory L. Lyons, Associate Professor of Economics, A.B., Morehouse College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard \nUniversity \n\nLawrence H. Malchman, Professor of Accounting, B.S., Ed.M., Boston University; C.P.A. \n\nWesley W. Marple, Jr., Chairman, Department of Finance, and Associate Professor of Finance, \nA.B., Princeton University: M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nEdward S. Marshall, Lecturer in Industrial Relations, M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., State \nUniversity of Iowa \n\nFrank M. Mastrapasqua, Assistant Professor of Finance and Management, B.S., Fairfieid Uni- \nversity; M.B.A., Ph.D. candidate, New York University \n\nDaniel J. McCarthy (leave of absence), Professor of Management, A.B., M.B.A., Dartmouth \nCollege; D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nPhilip R. McDonald, Associate Professor of Marketing and Management, B.A., University of \nBritish Columbia; M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nRobert J. Minichiello, Professor of Marketing, A.B., Harvard University; M.B.A., Boston University; \nD.B.A., Harvard University \n\nRichard J. Morrison, Assistant Professor of Marketing, B.A., M.B.A., Harvard University; D.B.A. \ncandidate, Harvard University \n\nRobert W. Mullins (leave of absence), Professor of Management, M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard Uni- \nversity \n\nA. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations, A.B., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Colum- \nbia University \n\nRobert Geoffrey Nevelle, Lecturer in Business Administration, A.B., Princeton University; M.B.A., \nHarvard University \n\nRobert E. Otlewski, Assistant Professor of Management, B.A., Boston College; M.A., Indiana Uni- \nversity; Ph.D. candidate, Indiana University \n\nJohn Palmucci, Assistant Dean, College of Business Administration, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern \nUniversity \n\nRobert A. Parsons, Assistant Professor of Management, B.S., B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern Uni- \nversity; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D. candidate, Boston College \n\nThomas Piper, Assistant Professor of Finance, B.A., Williams College; M.B.A., D.B.A. candidate \nHarvard University \n\nAndre P. Priem, Director, Graduate School of Business Administration and Associate Professor of \nManagement, B.B.A., M.A., University of Cincinnati; D.B.A. candidate, Harvard University \n\nPaul C. Richards, Assistant Professor of Accounting, B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; C.P.A. \n\nRichard W. Safford, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S., Union College; M.S., University of \nMichigan; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology \n\nJohn N. Samaras, Associate Professor of Management, A.B., Boston University MBA Dartmouth \nCollege; D.B.A., Harvard University \n\nRichard J. Santos, Director, Center for Management Development, and Associate Professor B S \nSalem Teachers College; M.A., Emerson College \n\nDaniel C. Scioletti, Associate Professor of Business Law, B.B.A., Colby College- Ed M Boston \nUniversity; LL.B., Suffolk University \n\nBarry Shore, Assistant Professor of Management, B.S., Tufts University; M.B.A. Universitv of \nMassachusetts; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin \n\nAlbert Slavin, Professor of Accounting, Ed.B., Ed.M., Boston University; C P A \n\n\n34 / FACULTY \n\nRichard B. Smith, Assistant Professor of Finance, B.B.A., Texas Christian University; M.A., Ph.D. \n\ncandidate, University of Pennsylvania \nGordon L. Spangler, Lecturer in Business Administration, A.B., Tufts University; M.A., Ph.D., \n\nFletcher School of Law and Diplomacy \nDharmendra T. Verma, Assistant Professor of Marketing, B.S., University of Bombay; M.B.A., \n\nPh.D., University of Utah \nArthur H. Walker, Associate Professor of Management, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.B.A., D.B.A., \n\nHarvard University \nWilliam P. Walsh, Lecturer in Business Administration, A.B., Boston College; Ph.D., Massachusetts \n\nInstitute of Technology \nEdward R. Willett, Professor of Finance, B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard \n\nUniversity \nJehiel Zif, Associate Professor of Management Science, B.S., Technion-lsrael; M.B.A., Ph.D., New \n\nYork University \n\n\nMaster of Business Administration \nCurriculum \n\n\nStudents entering the program must complete 64 quarter hours of \ncredit to complete the Master of Business Administration Program. \nThis requirement applies to both full-time and part-time students. The \ncourse content for part-time and full-time is the same, but in the full- \ntime internship some sequential courses are combined into single \ncourses. Fifty-six quarter hours of credit are in required courses. \n\nFULL-TIME \n\nNumber Course Credit Hours \n\n41.814 Analysis, Planning and Control Systems 5 \n\n41.813 Planning, Decision and Control Systems 3 \n\n43.813 Marketing Management 6 \n\n44.813 Financial Management 6 \n\n45.807 Operations Management 6 \n\n45.818 Organizational Behavior 5 \n\n45.817 Organizational Behavior II 3 \n\n45.827 Business Policy 6 \n\n45.987 Strategic Planning — Business Game 2 \n\n49.901 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making I 3 \n\n49.902 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making II 3 \n\n49.903 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making III ... . 3 \n\n49.918 Information Theory and Systems 3 \n\n49.919 The Economics, Behavioral & Environmental De- \nterminants of Demand 2 \n\nTotal Credit Hours 56 \n\nPART-TIME \n\nNumber Course Credit Hours \n\n41.811 Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis .... 2 \n\n41.812 Profit Planning and Budgeted Systems Analysis 3 \n\n41.813 Planning, Decisions and Control Systems 3 \n\n43.81 1 Marketing Management I 3 \n\n43.812 Marketing Management II 3 \n\n35 \n\n\n36 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM \n\n\n44.811 Financial Management I \n\n44.812 Financial Management II \n\n45.805 Operations Management I \n\n45.806 Operations Management II \n\n45.815 Behavioral Concepts \n\n45.816 Organizational Behavior I \n\n45.817 Organizational Behavior II \n\n45.825 Business Policy I \n\n45.826 Business Policy II \n\n45.987 Strategic Planning — Business Game \n\n49.901 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making I \n\n49.902 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making II \n\n49.903 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making III \n\n49.918 Information Theory and Systems \n\n49.919 The Economic, Behavioral and Environmental \nDeterminants of Demand \n\nTotal Credit Hours \n\n\n56 \n\n\nWhile the part-time student has some flexibility in the order in which \nhe takes his required work, the schedule below is recommended as \na guide: \n\nCourse \nBasics of Financial and Managerial Analysis \nBehavioral Concepts \n\nProfit Planning and Budgeted Systems Analysis \nOrganizational Behavior I \nPlanning, Decisions and Control Systems \nOrganizational Behavior II \n\nThe Economic, Behavioral, and Environmental Determi- \nnants of Demand \n\nQuantitative Economic Decision-Making I \nMarketing Management I \nQuantitative Economic Decision-Making II \nMarketing Management II \nQuantitative Economic Decision-Making III \nFinancial Management I \nOperations Management I \nFinancial Management II \nOperations Management II \nInformation Theory and Systems \nElective \n\nBusiness Policy I \nElective \n\nBusiness Policy II \nElective \n\nStrategic Planning — Business Game \nElective \n\n\nQuarter \n\nNumber \n\n1st Quarter \n\n41.811 \n\n45.815 \n\n2nd Quarter \n\n41.812 \n\n45.816 \n\n3rd Quarter \n\n41.813 \n\n45.817 \n\n4th Quarter \n\n49.919 \n\n49.901 \n\n5th Quarter \n\n43.811 \n\n49.902 \n\n6th Quarter \n\n43.812 \n\n49.903 \n\n7th Quarter \n\n44.811 \n\n45.805 \n\n8th Quarter \n\n44.812 \n\n45.806 \n\n9th Quarter \n\n49.918 \n\n10th Quarter \n\n45.825 \n\n11th Quarter \n\n45.826 \n\n12th Quarter \n\n45.987 \n\nMASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 37 \n\n\nTRANSITION INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMER STUDENTS \n\nUnder changes in the program requirements which became effective \nin May 1968, students enrolled in the Master of Business Administration \nProgram before that date must fulfill degree requirements by complet- \ning the same program under which they originally enrolled. In most \ncases this is 40 or 42 quarter hours of graduate credit plus any prerequi- \nsite courses. The following cross reference will aid former students en- \nrolled prior to 1968 in deciding what courses are needed to complete \ntheir program. \n\n\nFormer Courses \n\n\nNew Courses \n\n\nNumber Course \n\n41.800 Accounting for Managerial \nControl \n\n41.801 Control I \n\n41.802 Control II \n\n43.801 Marketing I \n\n43.802 Marketing II \n\n44.801 Finance I \n\n44.802 Finance II \n\n45.801 Production I \n\n45.802 Production II \n\n45.811 Human Relations and \nOrganizational Behavior I \n\n45.812 Human Relations and \nOrganizational Behavior II \n\n45.821 Business Policy I \n\n45.822 Business Policy II \n\n49.910 Managerial Economic Analysis \n\n\nNumber Course \n\n41.811 Basics of Financial and \nManagerial Analysis \n\n41.812 Profit Planning and Budgeted \nSystems Analysis \n\n41.813 Planning, Decisions and \nControl Systems \n\n43.811 Marketing Management I \n\n43.812 Marketing Management II \n\n44.811 Financial Management I \n\n44.812 Financial Management II \n\n45.805 Operations Management I \n\n45.806 Operations Management II \n\n45.815 Behavioral Concepts \n\n45.816 Organizational Behavior I \n\n45.825 Business Policy I \n\n45.826 Business Policy II \n49.901 Quantitative Economic \n\nDecision-Making I \n\n\n38 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM \n\nELECTIVE COURSES \n\nIn addition to the required courses, the student must complete course \nwork in the elective area to bring his total program to the 64 quarter \nhours of credit required for the Master of Business Administration de- \ngree. All elective courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless \notherwise specified. \n\n\nEconomics Marketing \n\n39.805 Business Cycles and Forecasting 43.912 Dynamics of Marketing \n\n39.823 Government Finance Management \n\n39.825 Fiscal Policy \n\n39.827 Economic Development \n\n39.829 Comparative Economic Systems \n\n39.831 Money and Banking \n\n39.833 International Economics \n\n39.835 Labor Economics \n\n39.836 Environmental Economics \n\n\n43.921 Advertising Management \n43.931 Marketing Research \n43.941 Industrial Marketing \n\n49.922 Marketing Information Systems \n\n\nFinance \n\n44.901 Finance III — Advanced \nFinancial Management \n44.921 Investment Analysis \n\n44.923 Seminar in Strategies \nfor Growth Funding \n\n44.924 Mergers and Acquisitions \n\n44.925 Investment Management \nof Financial Institutions \n\n\nProduction \n\n45.901 Production Process \nAnalysis & Techniques \n\n45.902 Planning & Control of \nManufacturing Operations \n\n45.911 Manufacturing Policy \n\n\nHuman Relations \n\n45.951 Executive Development \n\n45.971 Industrial Relations I \n\n45.972 Industrial Relations II \n\n\nGENERAL ELECTIVES \n\n41.862 Tax Factors in Business Decisions \n\n45.960 Organizational Theory in Industrial Practice \n\n45.961 Business Participation in Metropolitan Problems \n\n45.962 The Institutional Environment of Business I \n\n45.964 Institutional Environment of Business II \n\n45.965 Management of Small Business Enterprises \n\n45.966 Industrial Procurement and Materials Management \n\n45.967 Management of Intangible Corporate Assets \n\n45.968 Management of New Enterprises \n\n45.969 Government and Business \n\n45.983 Management Analysis and Decision-Making \n\n45.985 Management of Research and Development \n\n45.989 Science and Technology: The Challenge to Management \n\n\nMASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 39 \n\n45.991 Business Law I \n\n45.992 Business Law II \n\n49.915 Management Information Systems I \n\n49.916 Management Information Systems II \n\n49.925 Principles and Methods of Business Research \n\n49.932 The Computer and Its Application I \n\n49.933 The Computer and Its Application II \n49.952 Seminar in Capital Budgeting \n\nELECTIVES FROM OTHER GRADUATE SCHOOLS \n\nCourses may also be selected from other graduate programs at \nNortheastern University, with the permission of the director of the \nappropriate program and the Director of the Graduate School of Busi- \nness Administration. \n\n\nDescription of Courses \n\n\n39.805 Business Cycles and Forecasting \n\nThe theory of models is used to show that the business phenomenon varies in \naccordance with the economic and social system implied, and that there is an \neconomic model (the Walrasian system) where the phenomenon cannot exist, at \nleast not in the form that we know from the history of modern capitalism. The \nmajor business-cycle theories are introduced for the purpose of demonstrating \ntheir application in forging consistent and efficient policies. A statistical theory \nof fluctuations in business activity of the United States forms the background \nfor a judgment on policies and their effectiveness. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.823 Government Finance \n\nA survey of governmental expenditure, revenue, and debt systems, with emphasis \nupon their economic effects and their relationships to principles of economic \nwelfare. Discussions on taxation, tax incidence, tax theory, debt management, \nand employment levels. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.825 Fiscal Policy \n\nDeliberate adjustments in revenues and expenditures for the purpose of obtain- \ning greater economic stability and economic growth. Discussion of neutral fiscal \npolicy, built-in stabilizers, budget management, attainment of full employment, \ninflation and deflation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.827 Economic Development \n\nThe enumeration, delineation, and assessment of variables which determine the \nlevel and the nature of economic activity. An introductory discussion of the eco- \nnomic factor in civilization is followed by an examination of the psychological, \nsocial, and political influences on economic change. The role of various eco- \nnomic institutions in secular development is analyzed. Prep. 75 Q.H. of Grad. \nCredit \n\n39.829 Comparative Economic Systems \n\nA comparative study of central economic theories and institutions of Capitalism, \nSocialism, Communism, Welfare State. Particular attention to criteria for evalu- \nating success in meeting diverse goals, techniques and problems of planning, \nand real growth rates. Some attention paid to primitive economics. Prep. 15 \nQ.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.831 Money and Banking \n\nThe necessary information for an understanding of the nature and functioning \nof the monetary and banking system of the United States as well as of any other \n\n40 \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 41 \n\ncountry of the modern era. The theory of models is used to show how many \nmonetary and banking systems are possible, and how the solution to a given \nproblem (both in theory and practice) depends on the model selected. Thus, in a \nscientific treatment, theory and policies are interrelated in the same sense that \na good practical solution has to rely upon good analysis. Monetary issues of \ninternational nature are discussed. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.833 International Economics \n\nThe historical background of the Balance of International Payments of the \nUnited States. To understand the nature of the problems in this field, central \nattention is given to the theory of international trade and capital movements. \nFurther attention is paid to the interpretation and evaluation of the various possi- \nble foreign economic policies. Trade agreements and restrictions are also in- \ncluded as a part of the greater issues of international economic development \nand cooperation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.835 Labor Economics \n\nThe economics of wage determination, impact of unions on wages and inflation, \nthe economics of full employment and unemployment, and private and public \nremedial policies; the labor force, governmental labor legislation, security, union- \nism, and democracy. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n39.836 Environmental Economics \n\nA course in aggregate economic theory. Encompasses an analysis of the deter- \nmination of national income, output, employment, and price levels. Examines the \neffects on employment and the price level of such factors as consumer and \ninvestment demand, the money supply, and interest rates; and alternative govern- \nment fiscal, monetary, and debt management policies. Applications of the theo- \nretical analysis to current developments in general business conditions are in- \ndicated. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n41.811 Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis \n\nAn introduction to accounting systems, including the development of financial \nstatements. Techniques which scrutinize the statements in order to evaluate the \nfirm's potential in the light of historical data are critically appraised. Prep. None \nNOTE: It is recommended that the following text be read before the first class: \nEssentials of Accounting — Programmed Text, Robert N. Anthony. \n\n41.812 Profit Planning and Budgeted Systems Analysis \n\nAfter examining the role which profit maximization plays as an entity objective, \nalternative courses of action for goal achievement are integrated into a pro- \ngrammed budgeting process. Emphasis is given to the budget as a planning, \nmotivating, coordinating, evaluating, and replanning device. Prep. 41.811, Ba- \nsics of Financial and Managerial Analysis \n\n41.813 Planning, Decisions and Control Systems \n\nA study of the integration and coordination of short-range programs with long- \nrange plans and the control mechanisms which enhance appropriate conform- \nance to the strategic budget. Prep. 41.812, Profit Planning and Budgeted Sys- \ntems Analysis; or 41.814, Analysis, Planning and Control Systems \n\n\n42 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n41.814 Analysis, Planning and Control Systems \n\nThe content of this course is essentially the same as 41.811 and 41.812. NOTE: \nIt is recommended that the following text be read before the first class: \nEssentials of Accounting — Programmed Text, Robert N. Anthony, Prep. None \n\n41.862 Tax Factors in Business Decisions \n\nThis course is a study of the Internal Revenue Code and its implications for \ncompensation policies, choice of organizational form, corporate reorganiza- \ntions, and foreign business operations. Mergers and acquisitions and the man- \nagement of depreciable property are examined in the light of decisions made \nby the Internal Revenue Service and the tax courts. The emphasis of the course \nis on discussion and research into corporate income tax problems that affect \nbusiness decisions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n43.811 Marketing Management I \n\nThe objectives of Marketing Management I and II are twofold: to provide the \nstudent with a comprehensive understanding of basic marketing functions, insti- \ntutions, and concepts; and to develop the student's ability to analyze and make \nrecommendations about business problems that involve the creation, distribu- \ntion, and sale of goods and services. Marketing Management I emphasizes \nproduct policy, channels of distribution, and pricing. Prep. 49.919, Economic, \nBehavioral, and Environmental Determinants of Demand \n\n43.812 Marketing Management II \n\nA continuation of Marketing Management I, with emphasis on advertising, per- \nsonal selling, sales promotion, and the development of integrated marketing pro- \ngrams of action. Prep. 43.811 \n\n43.813 Marketing Management \n\nThe content of this course is essentially the same as 43.811 and 43.812. Prep. \n49.919, Economic, Behavioral, and Environmental Determinants of Demand \n\n43.912 Dynamics of Marketing Management \n\nA capstone marketing course which focuses on the marketing executive's task \nof interrelating the various functional activities within his department and \nintegrating the resulting marketing programs with the short- and long-term \nobjectives of the firm. Case studies and supplementary readings. Prep. 43.812, \nMarketing Management II, or 43.813, Marketing Management \n\n43.921 Advertising Management \n\nThe ability of advertising to contribute — in large or small measure — to mar- \nketing in a variety of business situations. Examined from a top management \npoint of view. The student is faced with the problem of formulating marketing \nproblems with appropriate emphasis upon advertising. Case analyses and dis- \ncussions, supplemented by background readings. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Man- \nagement II, or 43.813, Marketing Management \n\n43.931 Marketing Research \n\nThe major methods and models of marketing research are examined in order to \ngive line user an understanding of the function of research in decision-making. \nSpecific topics include marketing research as a system of information: informa- \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 43 \n\ntion from surveys, information from experiments, economic value of informa- \ntion, sales forecasting and control, and selected applications. Cases, problems, \nand research project. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Management II, or 43.813, Mar- \nketing Management \n\n43.941 Industrial Marketing \n\nThe problems of industrial concerns in selling their products and services to \nother industrial customers are studied, first at the salesman's level, then at the \narea manager's level, and finally at the level of the company sales executive. \nEmphasis is placed on determining the customer's needs and finding ways to \nmeet these needs. Areas covered include the role of the purchasing agent, and \nthe problems of the supervisor and the industrial salesman. Prep. 43.812, Mar- \nketing Management II, or 43.813, Marketing Management \n\n44.811 Financial Management I \n\nThe broad economic environment in which the business firm operates, includ- \ning activities related to savings and investments and the creation, pricing, and \nflow of profits in the national economy, is examined. Next, the major financial \ncharacteristics of business enterprises pertaining to their ability to earn profits \nand their capital costs are conceptually investigated. Finally, the strategies and \ntechniques for managing the financial functions of the firm are practiced, with \nstress upon the factor of risk in financial analysis and decision-making Prep. \n\n41.813, Planning, Decisions and Control Systems \n\n44.812 Financial Management II \n\nFinance in relation to other business management functions is emphasized. Ad- \nvanced techniques of financial analysis and decision-making, including unre- \nsolved areas of financial theory and practice, are investigated and tested against \nbusiness case situations. Evening students are required to prepare a term report \nbased on data gathered on their jobs and/or from financial literature, which \ndemonstrates thorough understanding of the financial aspects of a single man- \nagement problem. Prep. 44.811 \n\n44.813 Financial Management \n\nThe content of this course is essentially the same as 44.811 and 44.812. Prep. \n\n41.814, Analysis, Planning and Control Systems \n\n44.901 Finance III — Advanced Financial Management \n\nAn opportunity to study several important areas of financial management in \ngreater depth than was possible in the basic finance courses. Some of the topics \nare corporate capital structure, dividend policy, capital budgeting, and the \nmanagement of current assets. Instruction is primarily through assigned read- \nings and classroom case discussions. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II, \nor 44.813, Financial Management \n\n44.921 Investment Analysis \n\nInvestment principles and risks. The objective will be the development of a \nsound investment program with attention being given to identification of invest- \nment objectives and risks. Emphasis will be placed on the techniques of analysis \nand evaluation of various types of securities and the associated risks, the opera- \ntion of the securities markets, and the various methods of portfolio management. \nPrep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n\n44 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n44.923 Seminar in Strategies for Growth Funding \n\nA course with a narrowed scope dealing, in depth, with concepts and practices \nof designing capital structures to accommodate corporate growth. The planning \nand implementations of funding actions is becoming as complex and as neces- \nsary to corporate success as the conception, engineering, and production of \nquality products. Published and unpublished research material will be utilized \nalong with classroom discussions of published cases and of \"live cases\" pre- \nsentations by visiting practitioners. The purpose of the course is to increase our \nunderstanding of management's opportunities to influence the supply of financial \nresources available Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II, or 44.813, Finan- \ncial Management \n\n44.924 Mergers and Acquisitions \n\nThis seminar will explore the economic environment which has recently given \nrise to a large number of corporate mergers and the business factors underlying \nthese corporate combinations. The financial, managerial, accounting, and legal \nfactors affecting mergers will be studied. Students will be taught how to ap- \npraise a potential merger and to structure a merger on advantageous terms. \nInstruction will be through directed readings, case discussions, and independ- \nent research. While the orientation of the course will be that of the acquiring \nfirm, the insights developed will be equally relevant to representatives of firms \nlikely to be acquired. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n44.925 Investment Management of Financial Institutions \n\nInvestment principles as they relate to commercial banks, savings banks, insur- \nance companies, finance companies, investment companies, endowments, and \ntrusts. Emphasis is on the influence of business conditions, fiscal and monetary \npolicy, and general government economic policy on institutional liabilities re- \nlated to assumption of risk, the evaluation of risk, and development of lending \nand investment policies for various institutions. Readings and case studies are \nused. Prep. 41.813, Planning, Decision and Control Systems; and 44.812, Fi- \nnancial Management II, or 44.813, Financial Management. \n\n45.805 Operations Management I \n\nThe study of operations as an integrated system responding to the firm's goals \nand objectives. Explores from a manager's viewpoint (1) the nature of the short- \nand long-range problems generated within operations; (2) factors in plant lay- \nout and the firm's physical facilities; and (3) the cost-data required for de- \ncisions about the productive process, including capital costs and investment \ncriteria. Topics covered include: management's function in operations-system \ndesign, process planning, automation, work methods, job structure, job en- \nlargement, and participation. Text and cases are used. Prep. 49.903, Quantita- \ntive Economic Decision-Making III \n\n45.806 Operations Management II \n\nContinuation of the study of management of operations, exploring (1) the utility \nof standards and work measurement; (2) usefulness of operations control of \nvarious analytical techniques, such as waiting line theory, simulation and linear \nprogramming; and (3) the operation and control of the productive system. \nTopics covered include: management of inventory control, production-inventory \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 45 \n\nsystems, maintenance, quality, and improvement of operations cost. Text and \ncases are used. Prep. 45.805 \n\n45.807 Operations Management \n\nThe content of this course is essentially the same as 45.805 and 45.806. Prep. \n49.903, Quantitative Economic Decision-Making III \n\n45.815 Behavioral Concepts \n\nThis course entails a brief examination of major concepts and findings of the \nbehavioral sciences which have particular relevance to business and adminis- \ntration. Systematic ways of understanding behavior will be developed, taking \naccount of both technical and human factors involved. Individual development \nwill be studied from the standpoint of character, perception and learning, and \nmotivation. Behavior of people in small groups will be examined in terms of the \nstructure and dynamics of the group itself and of the individuals to the group. \nPrep. None \n\n45.816 Organizational Behavior I \n\nBasic findings and concepts of the behavioral sciences will be related to the \nspecific aspects of behavior in formally constituted organizations. Supervisory \nbehavior will be examined in the behavioral context. Relations between groups \nwill be examined with the objective of developing ways to achieve collabora- \ntion. Finally, the study of behavior in organizations will be expanded to larger \norganizations in order to understand and deal systematically with the complex \nrelationships found at this level. Prep. 45.815, Behavioral Concepts \n\n45.817 Organizational Behavior II \n\nThis final course of the required three-course sequence in behavioral science \nwill provide an opportunity to apply knowledge about people in organizations \nto the improvement of organizational systems and to the process of achieving \nchanges in organizations. The course will emphasize the skill of the student in \nrelating behavior concepts and knowledge to the change process. Prep. 45.816 \nor 45.818, Organizational Behavior \n\n45.818 Organizational Behavior \n\nThe content of this course is essentially the same as 45.815 and 45.816. Prep. \nNone \n\n45.825 Business Policy I \n\nAn understanding of corporate strategy and its elements, including an analysis \nof the company, its resources and opportunities, its environment, and its decision- \nmakers. This first course in Policy will be concerned primarily with the process \nof analyzing an overall company situation, with emphasis on internal resources \nand external opportunities. Prep. All other required courses except 45.987, Stra- \ntegic Planning — Business Game, and 49.918, Information Theory and Systems \n\n45.826 Business Policy II \n\nA continuation of Business Policy I, with further emphasis on objectives, both \ncorporate and personal, as major elements of corporate strategy. More emphasis \non decision-making and implementation of strategy, building upon analytical \nwork of Policy I. Prep. 45.825 \n\n\n46 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n45.827 Business Policy \n\nThe content of this course is essentially the same as 45.825 and 45.826. Prep. \nAll other required courses except 45.987, Strategic Planning — Business Game, \nand 49.918, Organizational Behavior \n\n45.901 Production Process Analysis and Techniques \n\nThe resolution of tractable production-management problems identified through \nprocess analysis. The student should develop skill in process analysis and the \nability to evaluate analytical concepts and techniques. Topics covered include \nthe identification of complex economic and technological factors in a firm's en- \nvironment. Production-management readings and cases are used. Prep. 45.806, \nOperations Management II, or 45.807, Operations Management \n\n45.902 Planning and Control of Manufacturing Operations \n\nCases and reading assignments deal with day-to-day problems of the factory \nmanager, the middle-management group, and the front-line supervisor. Each \ncase presents a specific problem for which a definite solution must be reached, \noften within a time limit. Emphasis is placed on solving immediate problems \nwithin the framework of existing policies by coordinating the resources at hand. \nCases and readings are used. Prep. 45.806, Operations Management II, or \n45.807, Operations Management \n\n45.911 Manufacturing Policy I \n\nThe functional interrelationship of major manufacturing decisions facing man- \nagement. Exploration of the nature of situations of such scale and complexity \nthat the total production resources of the firm must be considered together with \nfinancial, marketing, competitive, and other policy elements to arrive at a \ndecision. Provides skill in the analysis of the production process, useful to the \nmanufacturing vice president or the investment analyst who must consider the \ntotal industry for major company decisions. Text and cases are used. Prep. \n45.806, Operations Management II, or 45.807, Operations Management \n\n45.951 Executive Development \n\nThe executive and the organizational and personal situation in which he must \nbe equipped to function. Theory of leadership, experiment in established devel- \nopment techniques, practice in individual and group improvement methods. \nManagement by objectives, group dynamics, case, incident, and conference \nmethod are reviewed. Coaching performance appraisal, interviewing, reading, \nlistening, and report writing are analyzed as essentials of executive develop- \nment and achievement. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n45.960 Organizational Theory in Industrial Practice \n\nAn analysis of the statics and dynamics of organization structure and behavior. \nBeginning with a study of such organization concepts as hierarchy, specializa- \ntion, and authority, the course proceeds to examine a variety of external and \ninternal forces which impinge on organization, frequently demanding change in \norganization itself. Indeed, a measure of organizational effectiveness may well \nbe its alertness in responding to the requirements and opportunities in its ex- \nternal environment, at the same time maintaining an organization climate which \nis sensitive to the internal demands placed upon it. \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 47 \n\nWithin this broad conceptual scheme and using selected readings, company \nhistories, and case analyses, the following kinds of questions will be explored: \nWhat external and internal forces may demand change in organizations? What \nis the nature of these forces for change? Do they conflict or mutually reinforce \none another? How is the need for change recognized and translated into new \norganizational forms? Prep. 41.811, Basics of Financial and Managerial Analy- \nsis, or 41.814, Analysis, Planning and Control Systems \n\n45.961 Business Participation in Metropolitan Problems \n\nActivities of business as a participant in urban and area resource development \n— human, physical, cultural. Business leadership and policy in sustaining a \nviable social, political, and economic order with consideration of complications, \nperplexities, programs, and alternatives. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n45.962 The Institutional Environment of Business I \n\nThe relationship of the business corporation to various elements in its environ- \nment: political, social, economic, scientific, and educational. Developing inter- \nactions and mutual responsibilities, with emphasis on initiating and planning to \naffect these external institutional relations rather than only to react. Respon- \nsibilities of business and of businessmen. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n45.964 The Institutional Environment of Business II \n\nFurther examination of the relations of business with its environmental influence; \nthe responsibilities of the businessman and the firm to external and internal in- \nterests in a dynamic and pluralistic system. Emphasis on situations involving \nconflicting values and personal, organizational, moral, and public interest, with \nrole-playing to allow student participation in corporate conflict determination. \nPrep. 45.962 \n\n45.965 Management of Small Business Enterprises \n\nProblems in various phases of the management of a new small business. An \nappraisal of risk as well as reward is made for business opportunities. Problems \nrange from locating, evaluating, and financing a small business to those of \nsurvival and growth in a going concern. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n45.968 Management of New Enterprises \n\nOriented basically toward the entrepreneur. Consideration of locating and evalu- \nating business opportunities, inventions, licensing, patents, etc. Organizing a \nnew business, raising capital, and state regulations. Acquiring a going concern. \nPrep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n45.969 Government and Business \n\nThe expanding scope of the government's economic and socio-economic ac- \ntivities is bringing about a much closer relationship between government and \nbusiness. The course analyzes the role of government as a regulating force, \nas well as the nature and impact of government fiscal, economic, and socio- \neconomic policies upon the conduct of business. The political and economic \nphilosophies behind greater government participation in the economic structure \nof the nation as indicated by public-utility, antitrust, labor, and socio-economic \nlegislation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n\n48 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\n45.971 Industrial Relations I \n\nSignificant developments of industrial relations and employment theory; the \nprinciples of personnel management and of management-union relations; policy \nconsiderations for the managing of manpower resources; policy impact of cur- \nrent developments in work theory; and managing resources. Prep. 15 Q.H. of \nGrad. Credit \n\n45.972 Industrial Relations II \n\nLabor policy in relation to management unions and the public; management- \nunion relations as joint control over human resources of organizations, private \nand public; the labor movement and collective bargaining; work rules and pro- \nductivity; labor disputes and supplements to negotiations; political and eco- \nnomic power; legal responsibilities of labor and management; management au- \nthority, employee discipline; types of management-union relations. Theories and \ncases. Prep. 45.971 \n\n45.983 Management Analysis and Decision-Making \n\nThe decision-making process within the broad business environment. Case \nanalysis will be the basic means through which this process is examined. 4 \nQ.H. Prep. 41.811, Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis, or 41.814, \nAnalysis, Planning and Control Systems \n\n45.985 Management of Research and Development \n\nSome corporations grow more rapidly than their competitors. This is due, for \nthe most part, to better management of their technical programs. This course \nfocuses on the unique problems of R & D Management through readings and \ncase studies which bring out the important considerations involved in (1) deal- \ning with scientists and engineers as individuals; (2) planning, organizing, and \ncontrolling research; (3) staffing and compensating scientists; and (4) establish- \ning a climate for research. Prep. 41.811, Basics of Financial and Managerial \nAnalysis, or 41.814, Analysis, Planning and Control Systems \n\n45.987 Strategic Planning — Business Game \n\nBased on a Business Management Computer game in which the student be- \ncomes a member of the management team of a manufacturing company, simu- \nlated in Northeastern's computer center. He is given responsibility for decision- \nmaking in a competitive environment. The relationships between marketing, \nfinance, manufacturing, and business policy are clarified. Readings and lectures \nsupplement the decision-making exercise. Prep. All other required courses \n\n45.989 Science and Technology: The Challenge to Management \n\nThe purpose of this course is to provide a greater understanding of the growing \nimportance of the results of science and technology on business activity and of \nthe special problems and opportunities encountered by management in making \nuse of this knowledge. The course examines the complex interactions of social, \neconomic, political, and technical variables which determine the climate for \ntechnological change. The critical role of the manager in the innovative process \nis studied, looking at the great array of techniques for helping him keep abreast \nof new R and D results. The contribution of various organizational structures to \nthe creative application of technology is also examined. Prep. 15 Q.H. of \nGrad Credit \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 49 \n\n45.991 Business Law I \n\nWith the legal form of the business organization as a focal point — proprietor- \nship, partnership, corporation — the course examines the legal problems con- \ncerning the organization, the long-term financing, the acquisition of property, \nand the sales functions of the various entities in such a way that the legal and \nfinancial aspects are continuously related as the businessman encounters them. \nThe Uniform Commercial Code is emphasized throughout the course. Prep. \n41.811, Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis, or 41.814, Analysis, Plan- \nning and Control Systems \n\n45.992 Business Law II \n\nThe legal and financial principles of short-term financing, with particular refer- \nence to Articles 3 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code; the regulatory laws \nwhich influence and determine business practices and competition; and the ad- \njustment of a debtor's financial problems both outside the courts and through \nbankruptcy and rehabilitation proceedings in the federal courts. Prep. 41.811, \nBasics of Financial and Managerial Analysis, or 41.814, Analysis, Planning and \nControl Systems \n\n49.901 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making I \n\nQED I establishes the economic foundation and framework within which specific \nquantitative tools designed to facilitate decision-making will be developed. \nTopics developed include an evaluation of the profit maximization criterion; the \nmarginalist concept; relevant costs; cost analysis and pricing policies; forecast- \ning; regression and correlation analysis; linear programming; and an introduc- \ntion into decision-making under uncertainty. Prep. None \n\n49.902 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making II \n\nQED II covers decision-making under uncertainty, utilizing the basic concepts of \nstatistical decision-making to solve practical business problems. Topics covered \ninclude: decision-tree diagrams; cash flow; preference (utility theory); construc- \ntion; use and approximation of probability distributions; conditionally; bayesian \nanalysis; and use of sampling information. Prep. 49.901 \n\n49.903 Quantitative Economic Decision-Making III \n\nQED III covers special topics in quantitative analysis. Emphasis will be placed \non use of these techniques in business situations. Topics covered include: linear \nprogramming (special topics); PERT and CPM; dynamic programming; game \ntheory; queuing theory; inventory theory; simulation (computer programmming, \nMonte Carlo technique, and formulation of decision rules). Prep. 49.902 \n\n49.915 Management Information Systems I \n\nThe objective is to help the student develop a new context in which manage- \nment information systems (MIS) — past, present and future — can be viewed \nin clear perspective. The management-science approach emphasizes the impor- \ntance of dynamic patterns of behavior which determine the success of any enter- \nprise. The closed-loop feedback structures which determine such patterns are \nanalyzed. Even though the student has no knowledge of computers, he pro- \ngresses to the point where he can begin to evaluate possible changes in any \ngiven management information systems. Class discussions are based on indi- \n\n\n50 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nvidual experiences, case studies, and reading assignments. Prep. 15 Q.H. of \nGrad. Credit \n\n49.916 Management Information Systems II \n\nStudent simulation of closed-loop management systems will provide a basis for \ndemonstrating the controlling characteristics of dynamic response-patterns in \nany enterprise. Based on the philosophy, techniques, and structures developed \nin MIS 1, selected classes of changes in system-parameters and structures will \nbe studied. No computer skill is required for the student to operate in his role \nof manager, experimenting with his organization and its environment. Marginal \nutilities of investments are measured quantitatively as they bear upon alternative \nmanagement objectives. Explicit treatments of management perceptions, psy- \nchological parameters, time delays, and random fluctuations or errors are in- \ncluded. Prep. 49.915 \n\n49.918 Information Theory and Systems \n\nThe objective of this course is to develop a framework for the analysis of com- \nmunication and information systems in organizations. Aspects of communica- \ntions theory are studied as background for building this framework. Through the \nanalysis of case studies, the adequacy of the analytic framework and its under- \nlying theory are tested. \n\nTopics will include development of a framework for analysis for viewing infor- \nmation systems and communication in organizations. Various aspects of com- \nmunications theory will be discussed and analyzed. A major objective of the \ncommunications and informations flow in organizations is to tie these events \nback to the underlying theory. Prep. 41.813, Planning Decisions and Control \nSystems, and 49.902, Quantitative Economic Decision-Making II \n\n49.919 Economic Behavioral and Environmental Determinants of Demand \n\nAn examination of the various external forces — economic, behavioral, social, \ntechnological, competitive, political — which create and shape demand for \ngoods and services. Research techniques useful in measuring and predicting \ndemand are considered. Cases are utilized to allow students to analyze, from \nthe point of view of a particular firm or industry, the effects of external forces \non the demand for their products; and also to consider the actions that might be \ntaken by a firm or industry to influence demand. Supplementary readings are \nused to provide concepts, techniques, and knowledge useful in understanding \nthe dynamics of demand. Prep. None \n\n49.922 Marketing Information Systems \n\nThe purpose of this seminar is to examine the theoretical concepts, empirical \nresearch, and practical applications of information systems in marketing. A few \nlectures are given on basic concepts. Individual studies are prepared by the \nmembers of the seminar on subsystems such as forecasting, sales control, input- \noutput analysis, consumer models, and the concept of total systems. These \nstudies are followed by oral reports and group discussions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of \nGrad. Credit \n\n49.925 Principles and Methods of Business Research \n\nA major objective of the course is to present business research from an opera- \ntional approach, applying the logic of the research procedure to the investigation \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 51 \n\nand solution of business problems. Methodology is studied, discussed, and im- \nplemented in detail and from an overall conceptual point of view. \nWriting techniques, statistical techniques, report format, and the like are dis- \ncussed, and a report is generally required. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n49.932 The Computer and Its Applications I \n\nThe development of familiarity with the computer and an understanding of its \nincreasingly vital role in solving management problems. Introduction to the \ncomputer: hardware, software, and basic concepts of operation. A detailed study \nof programming language to develop the student's ability to solve problems \ndirectly on the computer. \n\nThe lectures will be primarily divided into two parts: (1) a survey of the general \nmanagement problems that are adaptable to the computer and (2) some statis- \ntical applications of computer programming. Toward the end of the term, stu- \ndents are expected to write a paper about computer applications in business \nand to write simple problems which can be programmed. Prep. 15 Q.H. of \nGrad. Credit \n\n49.933 The Computer and its Applications II \n\nThe course will deal in depth with specific management-science problems, in- \ncluding linear programming, inventory control, and PERT CPM. To prepare \nstudents for an understanding of the above problems and their solutions on com- \nputers, the course will cover the required basic principles of linear algebra and \nvector analysis. \n\nAll math concepts used will be thoroughly explored, and all problems will be \nprogrammed. Students will be expected to write an essay covering in-depth \nanalysis of a particular or management-science problem and to be able to \nprogram the solution in such a way that it can be run on the computer. Prep. \n49.932, The Computer and its Applications I \n\n49.952 Seminar in Capital Budgeting \n\nA course with a narrow scope dealing in depth with the managerial and financial \nproblems concerning the allocation of corporate resources to long-term uses \nwithin the firm. The problems to be considered include the encouragement of \nthe development of investment opportunities, as well as systems and techniques \nfor their evaluation and selection. The goal of the course is to enhance the indi- \nvidual's ability to affect the selection of investment opportunities in a way which \nwill make a maximum contribution to the development of the firm. Prep. 15 \nQ.H. of Grad. Credit \n\n\nUndergraduate Universities Attended \nby Students Entering in 1969 \n\n\nAllegheny College \n\nAlma College \n\nAmherst College \n\nAtlantic Union College \n\nBates College \n\nBellevue College \n\nBentley College \n\nBoston College \n\nBoston University \n\nBowdoin College \n\nBrandeis University \n\nBridgeport, University of \n\nBrooklyn College \n\nBrooklyn Polytechnical Institute \n\nBrown University \n\nBryant College \n\nBucknell University \n\nCalifornia, State Polytechnic College \n\nCalifornia, University of \n\nCalvin College \n\nCanisius College \n\nCase Institute of Technology \n\nCatholic University (Venezuela) \n\nCincinnati, University of \n\nCity College of New York \n\nColby College \n\nColumbia University \n\nConnecticut, University of \n\nCornell University \n\nDartmouth College \n\nDelaware, University of \n\nDuke University \n\nEastern College of Montana \n\nFairfield University \n\nFordham University \n\nGannon College \n\nHarvard University \n\nHawaii, University ot \n\nHiram College \n\nHofstra University \n\nHogers Technical School (Netherlands) \n\nHouston, University of \n\nIthaca College \n\nJohns Hopkins University \n\nKeene State College \n\n\nLafayette College \n\nLake Forest College \n\nLakeland College \n\nLehigh University \n\nLycee J.B. Say College (France) \n\nMaine, University of \n\nMaryland, University of \n\nMassachusetts Institute of Technology \n\nMassachusetts, University of \n\nMassachusetts Maritime Academy \n\nMcGill University (Canada) \n\nMerrimack College \n\nNasson College \n\nNew Hampshire, University of \n\nNebraska, University of \n\nNortheastern University \n\nNorthern Polytechnic (England) \n\nNotre Dame, University of \n\nOhio Wesleyan University \n\nPennsylvania, State University \n\nPennsylvania, University of \n\nPlymouth State College \n\nProvidence College \n\nRensselaer Polytechnic Institute \n\nRhode Island, University of \n\nRochester Institute of Technology \n\nRochester, University of \n\nSt. John University \n\nSt. Lawrence University \n\nStanford University \n\nState College at Boston \n\nState University of New York, at Genesco \n\nStevens Institute of Technology \n\nSuffolk University \n\nSydenham College (India) \n\nSyracuse University \n\nTennessee, University of \n\nTufts University \n\nUnited States Merchant Marine Academy \n\nUnited States Military Academy \n\nUnited States Naval Academy \n\nVermont, University of \n\nVillanova University \n\nWorcester Polytechnic Institute \n\nYale University \n\n\n52 \n\n\n4M \n\n\nIndex \n\n\nAcademic Council, 13 \nAcademic Requirements, 28 \nAddress of University, 1 \nAdministration \n\nUniversity, 10 \n\nGraduate Division, 14 \nApartments, 20 \n\nApplication and Admission, 25 \nAssistantships, 24-25 \n\nB \n\nBoard of Trustees, 9 \nBuildings and Facilities, 19-21 \n\n\nCalendar, 5 \n\nCampus Description and Location, 19 \n\nMap, 4 \nClassifications, Academic, 26 \nColleges, Undergraduate, 17 \nCommittee on Graduate Study in \n\nBusiness Administration, 16 \nContinuing Education, Center for, 18 \nCooperative Plan of Education, 17 \nCorporation, 7-9 \nCourses, Description of, 40-51 \nCredits, 28 \n\nTransfer, 29 \nCurriculum \n\nFull-Time, 35 \n\nPart-Time, 35-36 \n\n\nDegree Awarded, 23 \nDescription of Courses, 40-51 \nDiploma, Application for, 28 \n\n\nElectives, 38-39 \nExecutive Council, 12 \n\n\nFaculty, 32-34 \n\nFaculty Senate, 13 \n\nFees, 30 \n\nFellowships, 31 \n\nFinancial Information, 30-31 \n\nFormer Students, Transition \n\nInstructions for, 37 \nFull-Time Program, 23-24 \n\n\nGrading System, 27 \n\nGraduate and Professional Schools, 11 \n\nH \n\nHenderson House, 20 \nHolidays, 5 \n\nInternship, 23-24 \n\n\nLibraries, 19 \n\nLiving Accommodations, 20 \n\nLoans, 31 \n\nM \n\nMap of Campus, 4 \n\nMarine Science Institute, 21 \n\n\nPart-Time Program, 25 \nPrograms, Types of, 23-25 \n\n\nRefunds, 30 \nRegistration, 5, 26 \nRegulations, 25-29 \nResearch Activities, 18 \nResidence Requirements, 26 \nFacilities, 20 \n\nS \n\nSchools, Graduate and Professional, 18 \nSpecial Students, 26 \nStudent Center, 19 \nSuburban Campus, 20 \n\n\nTime Limitation, Validity \n\nof Course Credits, 29 \nTransfer Credit, 29 \nTransition Instructions for \n\nFormer Students, 37 \nTrustees, 9 \nTuition, 30 \n\nU \n\nUniversity Council, 12 \n\nUniversity Graduate Council, 14-16 \n\n\nW \n\n\nWithdrawals, 28 \n\n\n54 \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL \nOF EDUCATION \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL \nOF EDUCATION \n\n\nNortheastern University \n\n102 The Fenway \n\nBoston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\nTelephone (617) 437-2708 \n\n\nContents \n\n\nCampus Map \n\nAcademic Calendar \n\nThe Governing Boards and Officers of The University \n\nNortheastern University Corporation \n\nBoard of Trustees \n\nAdministrative Organization \n\nGeneral University Committees \n\nGraduate Division Organization \n\nCommittee of the Graduate School of Education \nThe University \nBuildings and Facilities \nGeneral Graduate Division Regulations \nFinancial Information \nFaculty \nGraduate School of Education Programs \n\nMaster of Education Degree \n\nCertificate of Advanced Graduate Study \nFields of Study \n\nProfessional Specializations \n\nTeacher Preparation \n\nAdvanced Graduate Study \nDescription of Courses \n\nFoundations of Education \n\nEducational Research Technology \n\nVocational Rehabilitation Administration \n\nInstruction \n\nGraphic Science \n\nEducational Administration \n\nCounseling \n\nReading \n\nSpeech Pathology and Audiology \n\nSpecial Education \nIndex \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n1 School of Law (104 The Fenway) \n\n1 A School of Education (102 The Fenway) \n\n1B 153 Hemen way Street \n\n2 Melvin Hall \n\n3 Smith Hall \n\n4 115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n5 White Hall \n\n6 Stetson Hall \n\n7 Speare Hall \n\n8 1 06-1 22 St. Stephen Street \n\n9 Light Hall \n\n10 Parker Building \n\n11 Greenleaf Building \n\n12 Cabot Physical Education Center \n\n13 Richards Hall \n\n14 Dodge Library \n\n15 United Realty Building \n\n\n15A Center for Continuing Educati< \n( 1 1 Leon Street) \n\n16 Forsyth Building \n\n17 Forsyth Annex \n\n18 Charles A. Dana Research Cer \n\n19 Churchill Hall \n\n20 Hayden Hall \n\n21 Ell Student Center (new) \n21A Ell Student Center (original) \n\n22 Mugar Life Sciences Building \n\n23 Robinson Hall \n\n24 Botolph Building \n\n25 Chemistry Building \n\n26 Dockser Hall (Boston-Bouve) \n\n27 Barletta Natatorium (swimminc \n\nand handball courts) \n\n28 School of Law and Criminal Ju \n\n(under construction) \n\n\nREGISTRATION PERIODS 1969-1970 \n\n\nHuntington and Burlington Campuses \n\n\nSummer Session 1969 \nLate Registration \n\nFall Quarter 1969 \nLate Registration \n\nWinter Quarter 1969-70 \n\nSpring Quarter 1970 \n\n\nTuesday-Friday \nMonday-Friday \nMonday-Friday \nTuesday-Friday \nMonday-Friday \nMonday-Friday \n\n\nMay 27-May 30 \n\"June 2-June 6 \n\nAug. 25-Aug. 29 \n*Sept. 2-Sept. 5 \n*Nov. 17-Nov. 21 \n*Feb. 23-Feb. 27 \n\n\nACADEMIC CALENDAR 1969-1970 \n\n\nSummer Session 1969 \n\n\nInterview Period for New Students** \n\nMonday-Friday \n\nJune 2-June 6 \n\nClasses Begin \n\nMonday \n\nJune 23 \n\nFiling Deadline for Fall \n\nCommencement Cards \n\nTuesday \n\nJuly 1 \n\nClasses End \n\nTuesday \n\nJuly 29 \n\nExamination Period*** \n\nWednesday-Friday \n\nJuly 30-Aug. 1 \n\nPayment Deadline for Fall \n\nCommencement Fee \n\nFriday \n\nAugust 1 \n\nFall Commencement \n\nThursday \n\nSeptember 4 \n\nFall Quarter 1969 \n\n\nInterview Period for New Students' \nClasses Begin \nExamination Period*** \n\n\nMonday-Friday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\n\nAug. 25-Sept. 5 \nSeptember 15 \nDec. 1-Dec. 6 \n\n\nWinter Quarter 1969-70 \n\nInterview Period for New Students** Monday-Friday Nov. 17-Nov. 21 \n\nClasses Begin Monday December 8 \n\nExamination Period*** Monday-Saturday March 2-March 7 \n\nSpring Quarter 1970 \n\nInterview Period for New Students** Monday-Friday Feb. 23-Feb. 27 \n\nClasses Begin Monday March 16 \nFiling Deadline for Spring \n\nCommencement Card Wednesday April 1 \nPayment Deadline for Spring \n\nCommencement Fee Friday May 1 \n\nExamination Period*** Tuesday-Monday June 2-June 8 \n\nSpring Commencement Sunday June 14 \n\n\n*Registration will not be accepted after this week. \n\n** Appointments for interviews for new students must be made at least one week \nbefore the date of the interview. \n\n**Examinations for day classes will be held in accordance with the under- \ngraduate examination schedule. \n\n\nUNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1969-1970 \n\n\nIndependence Day \nColumbus Day \nVeterans' Day \nThanksgiving Recess \nChristmas Vacation \nWashington's Birthday \nPatriots' Day \nMemorial Day \n\n\nFriday \n\nMonday \n\nTuesday \n\nWednesday-Saturday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\n\nJuly 4 \nOctober 13 \nNovember 11 \nNov. 26-Nov. 29 \nDec. 22-Jan. 3 \nFebruary 16 \nApril 20 \nMay 25 \n\n\nTENTATIVE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1970-1971 \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \nFall commencement \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \nSpring commencement \n\n\nSummer Quarter 1970 \n\nTuesday-Friday \nMonday \n\nWednesday-Saturday \nThursday \n\nFall Quarter 1970 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nWinter Quarter 1970-1971 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nSpring Quarter 1971 \n\nMonday-Saturday \nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \nSunday \n\n\nMay 26-June 5 \nJune 22 \nJuly 29-Aug. 1 \nSeptember 3 \n\n\nAug. 24-Sept. 12 \nSeptember 21 \nNov. 30-Dec. 4 \n\n\nNov. 16-Nov. 21 \nDecember 7 \nMarch 1-March 6 \n\n\nFeb. 22-Feb \nMarch 15 \nMay 31-June 5 \nJune 13 \n\n\n27 \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n'Charles F. Avila \nFrederick Ayer \n\nAllen G. Barry \n'Lincoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beal \n\"F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n'S. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n'George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n'John L. Burns \n\n'Louis W. Cabot \n'Norman L. Cahners \n\nHenry F. Callahan \n\nErwin D. Canham \n'Richard P. Chapman \n\nTheodore Chase \n\nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christiansen \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n*Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n*William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n•Carl S. Ell \n'Byron K. Elliott \n*William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n*Robert Erickson \n\n* Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \nNoble Foss \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr. \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \n\nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \n\nDon S. Greer \n* Samuel A. Groves \n'Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n\"George Hansen \n\nWilliam Hellman \n\"Ernest Henderson III \n\nWalter F. Henneberry \n\nVincent R. Herterick \n\nCharles E. Hodges \n\"Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n\"Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \n\nRay E. Johns \n\nHoward B. Johnson \n'Robert L. Johnson \n'Henry C. Jones \n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \n'E. Douglas Kenna \n\nEdward M. Kennedy \n\nFenton G. Keyes \n\nCalvin A. King \n'Asa S. Knowles \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \nEdward R. Mitton \n'Harold A. Mock \nIrwin L. Moore \nJames A. Morris \n'James A. Morton \nWilliam B. Moses, \n'Stephen P. Mugar \n\n\nJr. \n\n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n\"Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n\"Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n\"Frank L. Richardson \n\"Joseph G. Riesman \n\"Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \n'John Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\n'Lawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n\n'Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n\n'Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n'Russell B. Stearns \n'Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n'Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n\n'Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n\n'Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S. Wilkins \nRoy F. Williams \n\n(deceased Dec. 29, 1968) \n'Robert H. Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n'Alvin C. Zises \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Vice Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Vice Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellt \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Vice Chairman \n\n\nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellt \nLawrence H. Martin \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \nByron K. Elliott, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President and Director of Finance \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Vice President for Development \n\n\n•President of the University \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n10 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of University College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \n\nActuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Education and Director of \n\nthe Graduate School of Education \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita Long, B.S., M.S., Acting Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n11 \n\n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. OToole, A.B., LL.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Comptroller and Assistant Director of \n\nFinance \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty and \n\nActing Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nArthur A. Vernon, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nThe University Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nKenneth W. Ballou \nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nPhilip C. Boyd \nMartin W. Essigmann \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRobert E. Moffat \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nKenneth G. Ryder \nArthur A. Vernon \n\n\n12 \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nJohn S. Bailey \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \nGilbert G. MacDonald \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. OToole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nRobert A. Shepard \nArthur A. Vernon \nLouis Vrettos \nRoy L. Wooldridge \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\n'Catherine L. Allen \n\nJames T. Barrs \n\nEugene J. Blackman \n\nRobert L. Cord \n\nGoldie Crocker \n\nJames M. Feldman \n\nRobert J. Ferullo \n'Arthur E. Fitzgerald \n\nWalter L. Fogg \n\nNorbert L. Fullington \n\nArvin Grabel \n'James S. Hekimian \n\nRichard B. Higgins \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins \n\nRobert D. Klein \n\nFrank F. Lee \n'Gilbert G. MacDonald \n'Melvin Mark \n\nWesley W. Marple \n\nErnest E. Mills \n\n\n*Rudolph M. Morris \n\nHarold Naidus \n\nSaul Namyet \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n* Kenneth G. Ryder \n\nJohn W. Schermerhorn \n*Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nGiuliano Sorani \n\nRichard R. Stewart \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n\nHarold A. Walker \n\nRoy Weinstein \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n*Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n'Appointed by the President \n\n\n13 \n\n\nGRADUATE DIVISION ORGANIZATION \n\nAdministration \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional \nAccounting \n\nCharles F. Haley, M.Ed., Associate Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJohn W. Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \nBusiness Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.D., M.B.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nAndre P. Priem, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nJoseph A. Ross, B.S.Ed., Administrative Assistant in the Graduate Division \n\nRichard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \n\nEngineering \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nJanice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nCarol A. Weiss, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education \n\nUniversity Graduate Council \n1968-1969 \n\nThe Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con- \nduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the \nCouncil. \n\nAdministrative Members \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Chairman, Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, Dean of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, Associate Dean of Education and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Education \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty \n\n14 \n\n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, Assistant Dean of Engineering and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n\nMelvin Mark, Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Dean of Education \n\nAndre P. Priem, Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Dean of University Administration \n\nRobert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Dean of Cooperative Education \n\n\nElected Faculty Members \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1969) \n\nJames T. Barrs, Professor of English \n\nFrancis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department \n\nRobert J. Ferullo, Associate Professor of Special Education \n\nAustin W. Fisher, Professor of Engineering Management \n\nBernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nMelvin Howards, Director of Center for Educational Development \n\nA. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations \n\nJohn F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology and Chairman of the Department \n\nJohn N. Samaras, Associate Professor of Management \n\nAlbert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and \nChairman of the Department \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1970) \n\nRonald Aaron, Associate Professor of Physics \nBernard J. Brent, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry \nCharles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marketing \nJohn F. Dunn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\n15 \n\n\nCarlo E. Gubellini, Professor of Management \n\nGeorge M. Krause, Professor of Pharmacy \n\nHarold R. Raemer, Professor of Electrical Engineering and \nChairman of the Department \n\nAlan B. Sostek, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education \n\nA. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Associate Professor of Educational Administration and \nChairman of the Department \n\nCommittee of the Graduate School of Education \n1968-1969 \n\nRay C. Dethy, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the \nGraduate School of Education, Chairman \n\nCharles F. Haley, Associate Director of the Graduate School of \nEducation, Vice-chairman \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Dean of Education \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Dean of the Graduate Division \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1969) \n\nReuben J. Margolin, Professor of Education and Chairman of the \n\nDepartment of Rehabilitation and Special Education \n\nHarold A. Miner, Assistant Professor of Education \n\nRobert W. Read, Associate Professor of Education \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1970) \n\nMaurice Kaufman, Associate Professor of Education \n\nIrene A. Nichols, Associate Professor of Education \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Associate Professor of Education and \n\nChairman of the Department of Educational \nAdministration \n\n\n16 \n\n\nThe University \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri- \nvately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the \nGeneral Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact- \nment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The \nUniversity is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the \nNortheastern University Corporation, which is composed of more than \n150 distinguished business and professional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant \npurpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting \nof these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not dupli- \ncated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new \nareas of educational service. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted \nby the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), \nEducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), and Boston-Bouve \nCollege (1964). This educational method enables students to gain valu- \nable practical experience as an integral part of their college program \nand also provides the means by which they may contribute substantially \nto the financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the \ngraduate level in engineering, sociology, actuarial science, the pharma- \nceutical sciences, professional accounting, and law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed \nto meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been \noffered leading to the bachelor's degree. Programs in the arts and sci- \nences, engineering, various fields of business, law enforcement and se- \ncurity, and other areas have been carefully planned to serve mature \nstudents who are employed full time during the day and want to broaden \ntheir educational background by part-time study. All formal courses of \nstudy leading to degrees through evening programs are approved by the \nBasic College faculties concerned and are subject to the same quantita- \ntive and qualitative standards as the regular day curricula. \n\n17 \n\n\n18 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\nGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS \n\nThe Graduate Division of the University offers day and evening programs. \nIt is made up of the following graduate and professional schools, which offer \nprograms leading to the degrees listed: \n\nThe Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of \nScience in Actuarial Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of \nArts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of \nPublic Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of \nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nThe Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education \nand the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nThe Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science \nand Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor. \n\nThe Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers the degree of \nMaster of Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master \nof Science in Accounting. \n\nCENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni- \nversity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. \nIts programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, \nand a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. \nThe Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade asso- \nciations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs \ndealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of Com- \nmunity Services, working with governmental agencies and community \norganizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in social \nproblems on both the local and national level. \n\nMany of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North- \neastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\nThe facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic \nresearch projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and \nengineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose \nservices are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the \nColleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and \ngraduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective \nteaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by \nresearch activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nMAIN CAMPUS \n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun- \ntington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's \nfamous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated \nin the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, \nHorticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard \nteaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library and many schools and \ncolleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University. \n\nMajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan \nInternational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and \nintrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan- \nsuburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor- \nists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike \n(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section. \n\nThe campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the \nmain educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. \nThe principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, \nare of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon- \nnected by underground passageways. \n\nEll Student Center \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea- \ntion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a \nseating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special \ndrama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu- \ndent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than \n1,000. \n\nLibraries \n\nThe University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is \nthe main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School \nof Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical \nEngineering, Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology. \nThere are additional subject collections for the Center for Management \nDevelopment at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science In- \nstitute in Nahant. \n\n19 \n\n\n20 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\nThe library collections number 210,000 volumes supplemented by \nsome 250,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The \ncollection includes, in addition, some 2,500 periodical titles, 90,000 \ndocuments, and 2,300 sound recordings. \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\nThe Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the \nbest equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an \nathletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as \nadministrative offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical \nEducation Department of Boston-Bouve College. \n\nA recent addition to the Center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a \n105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, \nand shower and dressing facilities. \n\nApartments for Male Graduate Students \n\nThe University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom- \nmodates 279 men. Two-, three-, and four-man apartments are available \nwhich vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are \nfurnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table. \nThe cost includes all utilities. \n\nA $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments. \nApplications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students \nare expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but \nmay live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments \nand in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come, \nfirst served basis. \n\nSUBURBAN FACILITIES \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nThe Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and \n3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of \nindividuals and of industry in the area. \n\nIn addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, \nbusiness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of \nundergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de- \ngrees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro- \ngrams are offered. \n\nHenderson House \n\nThe University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in \nWeston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts \nshort-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro- \nfessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the \nmain campus. \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21 \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\nThe Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research \nand instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology \nand oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20 \nmiles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are \napplicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science. \n\n\n,„....< -••\"•-\" \n\n\n*■ \n\n\n■I \n\n\nGraduate School of Education \n\n\nThe Graduate School of Education provides programs leading to the \nMaster of Education degree for in-service educators who wish to pursue \na specialization, for individuals with no previous experience in the field \nof education who wish to teach on the elementary or secondary level, \nand for individuals who wish to pursue the special areas of study indi- \ncated below. \n\nIndividuals who possess or are eligible for teaching certificates may \nearn the Master of Education degree in the areas of elementary or \nsecondary school counseling, educational administration, elementary \nmathematics, elementary science, liberal arts emphasis, reading, sec- \nondary mathematics, deaf education, teaching the emotionally disturbed \nor teaching the mentally retarded. \n\nThose individuals who do not possess a teaching certificate may \nspecialize in the areas of college and community counseling, educa- \ntional research technology, speech pathology or audiology, vocational \nrehabilitation administration, elementary teacher preparation or second- \nary teacher preparation in English, mathematics, modern languages, \nscience or social studies. \n\nPrograms of study leading to the Certificate of Advanced Graduate \nStudy in the areas of counseling and educational administration are \noffered to those individuals who presently hold a master's degree. \n\nGENERAL REGULATIONS \n\nThe general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate \nprograms are established by the Northeastern University Graduate \nCouncil. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is \nallowed discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the \ncouncil. The regulations and academic requirements which follow have \nbeen formulated in accordance with this general policy. \n\nRegistration \n\nStudent must register in the graduate school office, 102 Churchill \nHall, within the period listed on the school calendar. Registration will \nnot be permitted after this period. \n\n23 \n\n\n24 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION \n\nResidence \n\nAll work for advanced degrees must be completed at the University \nunless approval has been obtained from the Director of the Graduate \nSchool or the Dean of the Graduate Division for work taken elsewhere. \nStudents who are in residence and are using the facilities of the Uni- \nversity must register for such work. \n\nGrading System \n\nThe performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by \nthe instructor by use of the following grades: \n\nA. Excellent \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse has been of very high graduate caliber. \n\nB. Satisfactory \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse has been at a satisfactory level. \n\nC. Fair \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse is not at the level expected in graduate work. \n\nF. Failure \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \ncourse is unsatisfactory. \n\nIn addition, the following letter designations are used: \n\nI. Incomplete \nThis grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work \nof the course. \n\nS. Satisfactory without quality designation. \n\nU. Unsatisfactory without quality designation. \n\nThese grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se- \nquence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both \nthe first and second quarters of the sequence. \n\nThe designation \"I\" will be changed to a grade upon removal of the \ndeficiencies which caused the grade of \"I\" to be reported. Deficiencies \nmust be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of \n\"I\" is received unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor. \nHowever, such extension of time may not exceed two additional con- \nsecutive calendar quarters. \n\nA make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate \nDivision during the sixth week of each quarter. Any student who wishes \nto take a make-up examination must obtain permission of the director of \nthe appropriate graduate school by the second week of the quarter suc- \nceeding that in which the examination was missed. The make-up exam- \n\n\nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION / 25 \n\nination must be taken in that succeeding quarter unless circumstances \nwarrant permission of the director to defer it to one of the next two \nquarters. \n\nClass Hours and Credits \n\nAll credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is \nequivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit. All classes meet on \na quarter basis. The academic calendar at the front of this bulletin \nshould be consulted in order to determine the opening and closing dates \nof each quarter. \n\nContinuity of Program \n\nStudents are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a \ndegree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of \none year must apply for readmission. \n\nWithdrawals \n\nIn order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official \nwithdrawal form obtained at the graduate school office or at the Burling- \nton campus office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class \nmeeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on \nwhich they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the \ninstructor does not constitute an official withdrawal. \n\nStudents who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from \nthe class unless they notify the graduate school of their intention not to \nwithdraw. Requests for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class \nmeeting of the quarter may be submitted to the Director of the Graduate \nSchool, and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student. \n\nChanges in Requirements \n\nThe continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent \nrevision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi- \ncated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, \nand when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to \nmeet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im- \npossible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which \nhe entered becomes the binding one. \n\nApplication for the Diploma \n\nIf a commencement card is not filed with the graduate office on or \nbefore the applicable date listed on the calendar, there is no assurance \nthat the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all \nother requirements have been fulfilled. This is necessary also to assure \nthat the name will appear correctly on the diploma. \n\n\n19 11 H&fls ■ \n\nBvi 11 I I Dl HK nil \n\n\nFinancial Information \n\n\nFINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS \n\n\nTuition \n\n\nTuition for master's degree candidates, CAGS candidates and special \nstudents is $30 per quarter hour of credit until September 1, 1969. \nAfter that date, tuition will be $33 per quarter hour of credit. \n\nTuition statements are mailed to students by the bursar's office and \nare payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date \nspecified. \n\nFees \n\nA Registration Fee is charged all students when they register for the \nfirst time in the Graduate School at Northeastern. Prior to September 1, \n1969 the fee is $10. After that date the fee will increase to $15. \n\nOther fees include a charge of $5 for late payment of tuition; a final \nexamination make-up fee of $5; a fee of $25 for all degree candidates, \npayable before commencement by the applicable date listed on the \nacademic calendar. \n\nFor full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the \nservices available in the student center. The fee for teaching assistants \nand research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on the \nHuntington Avenue campus are charged $ .75 a quarter. \n\nAll full-time students, including those with assistantships and fellow- \nships, will pay a non-refundable university health services fee of $35 \neach year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage and \nentitle the student to the medical care furnished by the University \nhealth service. \n\nAll financial obligations to the University must be discharged by \ngraduation. \n\nRefunds \n\nTuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing \non the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does \nnot constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should \nbe discussed with the Bursar's Office. \n\n27 \n\n\n28 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\nRefunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule: \n\nAmount of Refund: \n\nOfficial Withdrawal Filed Within: Percentage of Tuition \n\nFirst week of quarter 100 \n\nSecond week of quarter 75 \n\nThird week of quarter 50 \n\nFourth week of quarter 25 \n\n\nFINANCIAL AID \n\nThere is a limited number of means of providing financial aid for \nfull-time students enrolled in the Graduate School of Education. If \nattendance at the Graduate School is contingent upon receipt of finan- \ncial aid, it should be so indicated in writing at the time of application. \n\nGraduate Assistantships \n\na. Appointed with stipend and tuition waiver. Graduate students are \nappointed in instructional departments or other University offices \nwith non teaching duties. Assigned duties require 18 to 20 hours \nper week. \n\nIn all cases the student must register for a half-time academic \nload. \n\nb. Appointed with tuition waiver only. Graduate students given this \ntype of appointment are assigned duties in the department requir- \ning 4 hours per week. They are expected to register for a full-time \nacademic load. \n\nTeaching Assistantships \n\nGraduate students given this type of appointment assist in the work \nof instructional departments or other offices of the University. The ap- \npointee may be assigned to class instruction, laboratory supervision, \ncorrecting papers and proctoring examinations. Including necessary \npreparation time, assigned duties require about 18 to 20 hours per \nweek. \n\nThe student must register for a half-time academic load. \n\nTraineeships \n\nGraduate students given these appointments must devote full-time \nto graduate work in accordance with the stipulation of the appointment. \nThese appointments are made from traineeships available from NASA, \nNSF, NDEA and other government grants to the University. They may \nbe for 9 to 12 months. \n\n\nFINANCIAL INFORMATION / 29 \n\nMartin Luther King Jr. Fellowships \n\nA limited number of full-time and half-time Martin Luther King, Jr. \nfellowships are available. Holders of these appointments devote full- \ntime or half-time to graduate work. \n\nAppointments \n\nAppointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an- \nnounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or \nsummer. Appointments are for a maximum of one year and are not \nautomatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships are expected \nto devote full time to their studies and the duties of the award. They \nmay not accept outside employment without the consent of their faculty \nadviser and the Dean of the Graduate Division. \n\nDormitory Proctorships \n\nA number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Hun- \ntington Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a \nminimum compensation of room and board. Further information and \napplication forms may be obtained from the office of university housing. \n\nNational Defense Student Loan Program \n\nUnder the provisions of an act of the federal government, students \ncarrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up \nto $2500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for under- \ngraduate and graduate work. The actuaUamount of any award will be \ndetermined on the basis of need and academic promise. \n\nThe repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases \nto carry a half-time load and extends ten years from that point. Can- \ncellation of up to 50 per cent of national defense loans including interest \nis allowed for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 per \ncent may be cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional informa- \ntion and application forms are available from the Office of Financial \nAid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time students and \none month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is requested for \nother students. \n\nHigher Education Loan Plan \n\nEducational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in \nthe student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies, \ncarry an interest charge of seven per cent, three per cent of which is \npaid by the federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to \n$1500 for each year of study up to a maximum of $7500 for both under- \ngraduate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to twelve \nmonths after completion of study and extends up to five years. \n\n\nFaculty \n\n\nMarvin S. Arffa, A.B., M.S., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education \n\nRobert Bachelder, B.S.Ed., M.A.Ed., Lecturer in Education \n\nRonald E. Baptiste, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nEvelyn W. Brehm, A.B., M.S., Lecturer in Education \n\nWendell R. Brown, B.A., LL.B., D.S.S., Associate Professor of Education \n\nNicholas J. Buffone, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nLeslie Burg, B.S., M.Ed., Instructor in Education \n\nMarjorie O. Burrill, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nRobert S. Butters, A.B., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nMalcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education \n\nThomas H. Clark, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nSimon L. Cohen, B.S., M.S.W., Lecturer in Education \n\nDavid R. Cook, B.S.Ed., M.S., Ed.D., Professor of Education; Chairman, \n\nDepartment of Counselor Education \nRay C. Dethy, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Education \nIrvin Doress, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nE. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A., Professor of Education \n\nF. Andre Favat, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Education \n\nRobert J. Ferullo, B.S.B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Professor of Special Education and \n\nDirector of Speech and Hearing Center \nIris E. Fodor, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Education \nJ. E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Programmed Instruction \nTechnology and Director of Office of \nEducational Resources \nGeorge J. Goldin, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Director of Rehabilitation Institute \nE. Vaughn Gulo, A.B., Ed.D., M.A., Associate Professor of Education \nCharles F. Haley, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Director, Graduate School of Education \n\nand Director of Student Teaching \nFrances A. Harding, A.B., Lecturer in Education \nRuth Harmon, LL.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education \nThomas Harrington, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education \nRobert W. Hayes, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education \nMelvin Howards, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Education and Director of the \n\nCenter for Reading Improvement; Director of \nthe Center for Educational Development \nFrances J. Johnston, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education \nGrace Kaczynski, B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education \nMaurice Kaufman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education \nAlvin Kent, B.A., Lecturer in Education \n\nRobert S. Lang, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Professor of Graphic Science \nMary J. Lee, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Professor of Education \nCarlton B. Lehmkuhl, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education and \n\nDirector of Institutional Research \nMartin A. Linsky, B.A., LL.B., Lecturer in Education \nMervin D. Lynch, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education \nJohn Maguire, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education \nReuben J. Margolin, A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Professor and Chairman, Department of \n\nRehabilitation and Special Education \n\n30 \n\n\nFACULTY / 31 \n\nFrank E. Marsh, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of the College of Education \nRobert C. McLean, A.B., M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education \nHarold A. Miner, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education \nGilbert Neil, A.B., M.A., Instructor in Education \n\nIrene A. Nichols, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education \nSandra M. Parker, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Education \nPhillip W. Pendleton, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director of Counseling and Testing \nMayfield Peterson, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education \nGuy A. Petralia, A.B., A.M., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Education \nGlyn J. Pruce, B.A., S.T.B., Assistant Professor of Education \nWilliam G. Quill, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education \nRobert W. Read, A.B., M.A., D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education \nGeorge B. Rochfort, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education and \n\nActing Chairman of Department of \nInstruction \nPhilip J. Rusche, A.B., B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education \nJoseph C. Sabbath, B.Sc, M.D., Lecturer in Education \nDorothy M. Singer, B.L.I., M.Ed., D.Ed., Lecturer in Education \nAlan B. Sostek, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education \nHerbert Sonthoff, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Education \nJoseph Spear, A.B., M.A., Lecturer in Education \nPaul H. Tedesco, A.B., A.M., Assistant Professor of Education \nSusanna D. Troutman, B.A., M.A., Instructor in Education \nLucy T. Ulman, B.S., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education \nLeslie S. Walsh, B.S., M.Ed., Instructor in Education \nDiane Williams, B.A., M.A., Instructor in Education \nWesley G. Woll, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Education \nAlvin D. Zalinger, B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Education \nWilliam Zimmerman, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education and \n\nChairman of Department of Educational \n\nAdministration \n\n\nPrograms of the \n\nGraduate School of Education \n\n\nMASTER OF EDUCATION \n\nProfessional Specializations \n\nCounseling \n\nElementary School \n\nSecondary School \n\nCollege and Community \nEducational Administration \nEducational Research Technology \nElementary Mathematics \nElementary Science \nLiberal Arts Emphasis \nReading \nSpecial Education \n\nTeaching the Deaf \n\nTeaching the Emotionally Disturbed \n\nTeaching the Mentally Retarded \nSpeech Pathology and Audiology \nSecondary Mathematics \nVocational Rehabilitation Administration \n\nTeacher Preparation Programs \n\nElementary Education \nSecondary Education \n\nEnglish \n\nMathematics \n\nModern Languages \n\nScience \n\nSocial Studies \n\nCERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY (CAGS) \n\nCounseling \n\nEducational Administration \n\n\n32 \n\n\nPROGRAMS / 33 \n\nMASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE \n\nAdmission to Degree Candidacy \n\nAn applicant must have earned a bachelor's degree from an accred- \nited institution and must complete all admissions procedures as \ndescribed. \n\nFull-Time Study \n\nFiling Deadlines \n\nApril 1 for Summer Quarter \nJuly 1 for Fall Quarter \nNovember 1 for Spring Quarter \n\nNo applications are accepted for the Winter Quarter. \n\nMaterials \n\nOn or before the deadlines cited above, the Director of the Graduate \nSchool of Education will accept the following: \n\n1. A completed application \n\n2. Official transcript of previous collegiate study (Evaluation \nbased upon incomplete transcripts submitted by prospective \nJune graduates will not be considered final until complete \ntranscripts are received by the Graduate School Office.) \n\n3. References as described: \n\na. if no teaching experience, three general references \n\nb. if teaching experience, one reference from the current \nor most recent supervisor \n\n4. Score obtained on the Miller Analogies Test \n\n5. Record of an interview with the Director of the Graduate \nSchool of Education or his designate. This requirement may \nbe waived for out-of-state applicants. \n\nA full-time student must take a minimum of 3 courses in all but the \nSummer Quarter, during which he must take a minimum of 2 courses. \nEnrollment in an additional course in any quarter must be approved by \nthe adviser. \n\nFull-time and part-time students in the Counselor Education Program may enter only in the \nSummer or Fall Quarters. The filing deadlines for this program are May 1 for the Summer \nQuarter and July 1 tor the Fall Quarter. Applicants will be notified of their admission status \nafter April 1 . \n\nPart-Time Study \n\nThe materials required to support part-time degree candidacy are the \nsame as noted above for the full-time candidate. It is recommended that \nall materials be on file in the office of the Graduate School at the time of \nthe initial interview. In no case, however, will an interview and course \n\n\n34 / PROGRAMS \n\nregistration be permitted without a minimum of a completed application \nand a copy of the undergraduate transcript. \n\nThe additional materials — the Miller Analogies Test score and the \nreference(s) — must be received not later than the end of the sixth week \nof the first quarter of registration. Subsequent quarter registration will \nbe permitted only upon presentation of a program sheet signed by the \nfaculty adviser. This program sheet will be issued to those students who \nhave received official notification of their acceptance as candidates for \nthe Master of Education degree. \n\nA part-time student may enroll in a maximum of two courses in any \ngiven quarter. \n\nFull-time and part-time students in the Counselor Education Program may enter only in the \nSummer or Fall Quarters. The filing deadlines for this program are May 1 for the Summer \nQuarter and July 1 for the Fall Quarter. Applicants will be notified of their admission status \nafter April 1. \n\nSpecial-Student Status \n\nThe Director of the Graduate School of Education or his designate \nmay admit to graduate study any person who presents evidence of a \nbachelor's degree and who appears otherwise prepared to undertake \nstudy in the Graduate School of Education, providing that the applicant \n\n1. Files an application at the time of his interview \n\n2. Completes an interview with the Director or his designate \n\n3. Acknowledges that academic credit earned in such study \nmay not be used to fulfill degree requirements in the Graduate \nSchool of Education. \n\nA special student may enroll in one course only in any given quarter, \nup to a total of 3 courses. \n\nAcademic Classifications \n\n1. Regular When materials to support degree candidacy meet \n\nthe criteria for immediate matriculation. \n\n2. Provisional When materials to support degree candidacy fail to \n\nmeet a given criterion, the candidate may be classi- \nfied as a provisional student. Provisional students \nmust obtain a B average in the first four degree \ncredit courses in order to continue in the graduate \nprogram. At that time, they may be reclassified as \nregular students. \n\n3. Special See above. \n\nPrograms of Study \n\nThe curricula of the programs for the Master of Education degree are \ngiven on pages 38-49. \n\nPrograms are available for students with or without regular teaching \n\n\nPROGRAMS / 35 \n\ncertification. Those with certification may major in the professional \nspecializations listed on page 37. \n\nStudents without certification must pursue either a Master of Edu- \ncation degree program for which certification is not mandatory (as in- \ndicated on page 37) or a degree program which includes supervised \nstudent teaching. At Northeastern University, state certification and pro- \nfessional requirements are satisfied only as part of teacher preparation \ndegree programs (as described on pages 48-49) at the elementary level \nand in the following subject areas at the secondary level: English, \nMathematics, Modern Languages, Science, and Social Studies. \n\nProgram Selection \n\nUpon acceptance as a degree candidate, the student will be assigned \nto an adviser in his major area of study. The student's initial program \nand any subsequent changes may develop only as a result of the written \nrecommendation of the adviser. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThe requirement for a comprehensive examination will be indicated \nto the student by the adviser. \n\nAcademic Requirements \n\nIn order to qualify for the Master's Degree in Education, an average \ngrade of B must be obtained in the degree credit courses. No additional \ncourse credits may be allowed in order to satisfy the B average required \nfor the degree. \n\nNo student who receives a grade of less than B in three or more \ndegree credit courses will be permitted to continue in the program. \n\nCredit and Course Requirements \n\nIn satisfying the requirement for a minimum of 40 quarter hours a \nstudent's program must include at least 12 courses which apply to the \ndegree. \n\nTransfer Credits \n\nA maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another institu- \ntion may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that the \ncredits are recommended for transfer by the student's adviser, consist \nof work taken at the graduate level for graduate credit, carry grades of \nA or B, have been earned at a recognized institution, and have not been \nused toward any other degree. Students should petition the Director of \nthe Graduate School in writing for all transfer credit. Grades on transfer \ncredits may not be used for the purpose of obtaining the academic \naverage necessary for completion of the degree requirements. \n\n\n36 / PROGRAMS \n\nTime Limitations \n\nCourse credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted \nby transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extension \nis granted by the respective graduate school committee. \n\nCERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY \n(CAGS) PROGRAM \n\nPrograms leading to the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study in \nCounselor Education or Educational Administration are available on a \npart-time basis only. An applicant must hold a master's degree from an \naccredited institution and file supportive materials in accordance with \nguidelines which will be provided upon request. Inquiry, specifying the \nprogram for which information is sought, should be addressed to the \nDirector of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nStudents in the Counselor Education CAGS program may enter only \nin the Summer or Fall quarters. The filing deadlines for this program \nare May 1 for the Summer Quarter and July 1 for the Fall Quarter. \nApplicants will be notified of their admission status after April 1. \n\n\nFields of Study \n\n\nPROGRAMS IN PROFESSIONAL SPECIALIZATIONS \nMaster of Education \n\nApplicants who possess a valid teaching certificate or who are eligible \n\nfor such certificate at the time the program is begun, may be admitted \nto the study for the Master of Education degree and specialize in one of \nthe following areas: \n\nPage \n\nCounseling \n\nElementary School 39 \n\nSecondary School 39 \n\n*College and Community 39 \n\nEducational Administration 40 \n\n*Educational Research Technology 41 \n\nElementary Mathematics 41 \n\nElementary Science 42 \n\nLiberal Arts Emphasis 42 \n\nReading 42 \n\nSecondary Mathematics 42 \n\nSpecial Education \n\n* Teaching the Deaf 45 \n\nTeaching the Emotionally Disturbed 45 \n\nTeaching the Mentally Retarded 46 \n\n*Speech Pathology and Audiology 43, 44 \n\n'Vocational Rehabilitation Administration 46, 47 \n\nAll students must complete one of the programs as outlined in the \nfollowing pages. In most cases, the sequence is designed to be very \nflexible. Any variations or changes must have the prior recommendation \nof the major adviser and approval of the Director of the Graduate School \nof Education. \n\n\n'Teaching certification not mandatory. \n\n\n37 \n\n\n38 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\nMASTER OF EDUCATION \nCORE REQUIREMENT \n\nRequired of all candidates: \n\nArea I — Research \n\n50.815 Research Design in Education \nEntrance into this course must be preceded by: \n\nA. One undergraduate course (three semester hours) of \"C\" or bet- \nter in Statistics taken within eight years of the time of registra- \ntion, or \n\nB. One graduate course in Statistics taken within eight years of \nthe time of registration for which graduate credit has been \ngiven, or \n\nC. Satisfactory completion of a proficiency exam in Statistics. \n\nAll candidates must complete at least one course in each of two of the \nfollowing areas: \n\nArea // — Psychological Foundations \n\n50.806 Psychology of Learning \n\n50.810 Psychology of Personality \n\n50.81 1 Psychology of Cognition \n\nIt is strongly recommended that entrance into any of these \ncourses be preceded by a course in psychology. \n\n50.808 Seminar in Child Development. \n\nEntrance into this course must be preceded by a course in \nChild Psychology or Human Development. \n\n50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development. \n\nEntrance into this course must be preceded by a course in \nAdolescent Psychology or Human Development. \n\nArea III — Social Foundations \n\n50.802 Sociology of Education \n\n50.805 Personality and Social Structure \n\nIt is strongly recommended that entrance into either of \nthese courses be preceded by a course in Sociology, Cul- \ntural Anthropology, or Social Psychology. \n*50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Sociological Issues in American \nEducation. \nEntrance into this course must be preceded by substantial \ncourse work in the Social Sciences. \n\n\n'Permission of the instructor is required for enrollment in this seminar. \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 39 \n\n\nArea IV — Humanistic Foundations \n\n50.812 History of Education \n\n50.813 Philosophy of Education \n50.818 Comparative Education \n\nPROGRAMS \n\nCounseling \n\nThe Counseling Program provides for three major areas of concen- \ntration: Elementary School Counseling, Secondary School Counseling \nand College and Community Counseling. The Elementary and Second- \nary Counseling Programs presuppose that the student is eligible to be \ncertified as a teacher. The College and Community Counseling Pro- \ngram is for students who wish to prepare for counseling positions in \nother than public school settings. A wide variety of opportunities exist \nfor counselors in this \"non-school\" area ranging from college and \njunior college counseling and student personnel positions to positions \nas a counselor in the Division of Employment Security, Youth Opportu- \nnity Centers, Jobs Corps, Community Mental Health Centers, and a \nvariety of other public and private agencies which offer counseling \nservices of one kind or another. \n\nThe program outlined below is a generic one, similar for all majors. \nSpecialization is added to the program through the selection of elec- \ntees and in the practicum placement, both of which are done in con- \nsultation with an advisor. \n\nPart time students entering this program should study the course \ndescriptions carefully and be aware that 53.803-53.804 and 53.805- \n53.806 are only offered on a sequential basis beginning in the Fall \nQuarter. Careful planning with an advisor is important at the time the \nstudent is admitted to the program. Full time students will be scheduled \ninto the appropriate sequencing depending on whether they begin their \nprogram in the Summer or the Fall Quarter. \n\nFull-time and part-time students in the Counselor Education Program \nmay enter only in the Summer or Fall Quarters. The filing deadlines for \nthis program are May 1 for the Summer Quarter and July 1 for the Fall \nQuarter. Applicants will be notified of their admission status after \nApril 1. \n\nMaster's degree candidates in counselor education may apply for \npaid internships in counseling that would be concurrent with the degree \nprogram. For further information and application forms, write directly to \nthe Department of Counselor Education. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\n\n40 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\nCounseling Requirements \n\n53.800 Foundations of Guidance \n\n53.801 Tests and Test Procedures \n\n53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information \n53.803-53.804 Counseling Theory and Process I and II (8 quarter \n\nhours) \n53.805-53.806 Counseling Practicum (8 quarter hours) \nElectives \n\nEducational Administration \n\nThe Master's Degree program in Educational Administration is based \non the premise that there are certain competencies and understandings \nbasic to effective administrative behavior. These generally accepted \nprinciples should be examined by each student initially entering a pro- \ngram of educational administration regardless of his projected profes- \nsional goals. Our feeling that practical experience should be based on \ntheoretical considerations has led us to place heavy emphasis on the \nuse of a variety of simulated school system environments. Many of the \ncourses use the \"simulated material's approach\" to provide students \nwith the opportunity for developing competence in administrative \ndecision-making in a way that very closely approximates reality. Com- \npletion of this program is designed to prepare the student for initial \nentry into the field of educational administration, preparing him for \nsuch beginning positions as: assistant principal, principal of a small \nschool, department chairman, special program director, beginning ad- \nministrator in adult and higher education, or serve as a foundation for \nfurther graduate study. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nEducational Administration Requirements \n\n52.810 Leadership in Education: Part I \n\n52.811 Leadership in Education: Part II \n\nDepartmental Program of Study \n\n52.812 Educational Administrative: An Overview of Administrative \n\nTasks \n\n52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and \n\nSupervision \n\n52.805 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated \n\nExperience \n\n52.806 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration I \n\n52.807 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration II \n\n52.808 Seminar in Educational Administration \nElective (to be approved by adviser) \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 41 \n\nEducational Research Technology (for full-time students only) \n\nThe program is designed to train educational researchers who will \nhave: (1) an understanding of the nature and characteristics of research \nas it is carried on in educational research agencies; (2) a basic knowl- \nedge of research methodology and related theory that will enable them \nto assist at all stages of educational research; and (3) the technical \nskill to carry out independently the operational aspect of educational \nresearch. \n\nThe objectives stated above and the related competences will be \nachieved through an integrated program of didactic study and related \ninternship experiences. The total program will require five academic \nquarters (15 months) to complete; three quarters of didactic study and \ntwo quarters of internship. (A quarter of didactic study usually consists \nof 11 weeks of study, one week of examinations, and a week of vaca- \ntion; an internship quarter consists of 12 weeks of full-time work and \none week of vacation.) Candidates will be admitted in June of the \nacademic year and successful candidates will complete their training in \nSeptember of the following year (one academic year plus two summers). \n\nInternships are unpaid. Stipends and tuition allowances are available. \n\nThe program is organized to permit all students to proceed through it \nas a group. All candidates will be required to complete the following \ncourses: \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \n\nArea I 50.840 Introduction to Educational Research \nTwo courses from the remaining areas as described on page 38. \n\nEducational Research Requirements \n50.814 The Nature and Theory of Psychological and Educational \nMeasurement \n\n50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics \n\n50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics \n\n50.843 Research Methods I \n\n50.845 Research Internship and Field Seminar I \n\n50.846 Research Internship and Field Seminar II \n\n50.847 Elements of Machine Data Processing \nElectives \n\nElementary Mathematics \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nMathematics Requirements \n\n51 .81 1 Elementary Number Concepts for Teachers \n\n51 .81 2 Elementary Algebraic Concepts for Teachers \n\n51.813 Elementary Geometric Concepts for Teachers \n\n\n42 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\n51.814 Elementary Mathematics, Advanced Methods and Materials \n\n51.815 Seminar in Mathematics and Science in the Elementary \n\nSchool \n\nor \n51.825 Seminar in Mathematics Education \n\nElectives, which may be taken only with the prior consent \nof the adviser \n\nElementary Science \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nScience Requirements \n\n51.830 Concepts of Earth Sciences for Elementary Teachers \n\n51.831 Concepts of Biology for Elementary Teachers \n\n51.832 Concepts of Physical Sciences for Elementary Teachers \n\n51.833 Teaching of Elementary School Sciences \n51.815 Seminar in Elementary Science and Mathematics \n\nElectives \n\nLiberal Arts Emphasis \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nLiberal Arts Requirements \n\nA minimum of 28 quarter hours of electives chosen from \nthe offering of Arts and Sciences, Business Administra- \ntion, or Engineering unless otherwise approved by the \nstudent's adviser. The student should confer with the \nDirector in planning these courses. \n\nReading \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nReading Requirements \n\n54.801 Teaching Reading and Language Skills, Elementary Level \n\n54.802 Introduction to Reading Disability: Elementary and Sec- \n\nondary Levels \n\n54.804 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disability I \n\n54.805 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disability II \n\n54.806 Practicum in Reading \nElectives \n\nSecondary Mathematics \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 43 \n\nSecondary Mathematics Requirements \n\nThree courses in secondary mathematics education num- \nbered 51.823-51.829, including 51.825 \"Seminar in \nMathematics Education\" as the last such course. \n\nSix electives in education or mathematics. Each student \nshould confer with his adviser to develop his exact pro- \ngram before he enrolls in any mathematics education \ncourses. \n\nStudents who enter this program with fewer than nine undergraduate \nand/or graduate courses in mathematics will be required to make up the \nnecessary courses by the completion of their degree program. \n\nSpeech Pathology and Audiology \n\nThe program leading to the degree of Master of Education in either \nSpeech Pathology or Audiology is designed to qualify candidates for \nmembership in and certification by the American Speech and Hearing \nAssociation. Graduates of the program are also qualified for further \ngraduate study, and for employment as speech pathologists or audi- \nologists in clinics, hospitals, public schools, and rehabilitation centers. \n\nThis program assumes that students have completed an undergrad- \nuate program in speech and hearing. Those without such preparation \nwill be required to complete additional courses beyond the 48 quarter \nhours normally required for the master's degree. \n\nThis program is conducted in affiliation with the Massachusetts Eye \nand Ear Infirmary. \n\nSpeech Pathology \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nSpeech Pathology Requirements \n\n55.806 Seminar: Language Disturbances in Children \n\n55.812 Differential Diagnosis in Speech Pathology \n\n*55.813 Clinical Externship (no degree credit) \n\n55.814 Clinical Audiometry I \n\n55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology \n\n55.891 Thesis (optional) Two electives may be substituted. \n\nElectives (may be in Speech Pathology or some related \narea such as Counseling, Guidance, Psychology, Read- \ning, Rehabilitation, or Special Education; see also list \nof electives, p. 38.) \n\n\n'Required, but does not carry degree credit. \n\n\n44 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\nAudiology \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nAudiology Requirements \n55.815 Clinical Audiology II \n55.814 Clinical Audiometry I \n\n55.819 Clinical Audiometry II \n\n55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology and Physiology of Speech \n\nand Hearing (Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary) \n\n55.818 Pathologies of the Ear (Massachusetts Eye and Ear In- \n\nfirmary) \n\n55.821 Seminar: Audiology (Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary) \n55.813 Clinical Externship (Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary) \n\nNo degree credit. \n55.891 Thesis (optional) Two electives may be substituted. \n\nElectives (may be in Speech Pathology or some related \narea such as Counseling, Guidance, Psychology, Read- \ning, Rehabilitation, or Special Education; see also list \nof electives below.) \n\nElectives in Speech Pathology and Audiology \n\n55.81 8 Pathologies of the Ear \n\n55.802 Organization and Management of Public School Speech \n\nand Hearing Therapy Programs \n\n55.811 Seminar: Stuttering \n\n55.803 Seminar: Cerebral Palsy \n\n55.804 Seminar: Aphasia and Related Neurological Disturbances \n\n55.805 Seminar: Functional and Organic Disorders of Voice \n\n55.806 Seminar: Language Disturbances in Children \n\n55.822 Seminar: Functional and Organic Disorders of Speech \n55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech \n\nand Hearing \n55.821 Seminar: Audiology \n\n55.820 Physiological Acoustics \n\n55.823 Social Aspects of Communication Disorders \n\n55.824 Seminar: Speech Pathology \n\nThe following courses will be taught at the Massachusetts Eye and \nEar Infirmary by the medical and/or audiology staff. \n\nFall: Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech \n\nand Hearing \nWinter: Pathologies of the Ear \nSpring: Seminar: Audiology \n\nClinical Externship — Audiology \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 45 \n\nSPECIAL EDUCATION \n\nTeaching the Deaf \n\nThe following curriculum in the preparation of teachers of the deaf is \noffered in affiliation with the Beverly School for the Deaf. The program \nis designed for those candidates who are certified teachers. Candidates \nlacking prerequisite courses will be required to complete them prior to \nthe following program. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nTeaching the Deaf Requirements \n\n55.801 Psychology of Exceptional Children \n\n55.814 Clinical Audiometry I \n\n55.815 Clinical Audiology II \n\n55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology \n\n55.825 Teaching Speech to the Deaf \n\n55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to the Deaf \n\n55.827 Methods and Materials in Deaf Education \n\n55.828 Speechreading and Auditory Training \n\n55.852 Practicum: Teaching the Deaf (8 quarter hours) \n\nTeaching the Emotionally Disturbed \n\nThis program is designed for certified teachers of regular classes who \nwish to specialize in teaching emotionally disturbed children and youth. \nDegree candidates may be required to take 50.803, Child Psychology, \nwithout degree credit if they have not previously taken a similar course. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nTeaching the Emotionally Disturbed Requirements \n50.805 Personality and Social Structure \n50.807 Abnormal Psychology \n\n55.830 Etiology, Dynamics and Treatment of Emotional Disturb- \nance in Children \n* 55.831 Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed: Problems and \n\nStrategies \n55.836 Practicum and Seminar (8 quarter hours) \n53.801 Tests and Test Procedures \n\nElectives (Students may also choose electives from se- \nlected courses from Remedial Reading and Speech \nPathology and Audiology programs.): \n\n\n\"Prerequisites: Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment of Emotional Disturbance in Children \nand the permission of the Director of the Division for the Education of the Emotionally \nDisturbed. \n\n\n46 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\n55.801 Psychology of Exceptional Children \n\n55.832 Group Dynamics \n\n55.833 Mental Health \n\n55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life \n55.899 Directed Study in Special Education \n\nTeaching the Mentally Retarded \n\nThis program is designed for individuals who hold certificates for \nteaching in the regular classroom and wish to qualify as special class \nteachers in the area of the mentally retarded. \n\nMaster of Education Core \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nTeaching the Mentally Retarded Requirements \n\n55.801 Psychology of Exceptional Children \n\n55.840 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded \n\n55.841 Methods and Materials — Trainable Retarded \n\n55.842 Methods and Materials — Educable Retarded \n\n55.843 Industrial Arts and Crafts \n\n55.844 Measurement and Evaluation in Special Education \n55.846 Practicum in Special Education \n\n* Statistics — Descriptive (prerequisite — may be taken \n\nthrough Center for Programmed Instruction) \n\nElectives: \n\n50.999 Directed Study — Rehabilitation and Special Education \n\n53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information \n\n55.803 Seminar: Cerebral Palsy \n\n55.804 Seminar: Aphasia and Related Neurological Disturbances \n50.807 Abnormal Psychology \n\n54.802 Introduction to Reading Disability: Elementary and Sec- \nondary Levels \n\n54.804 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disability I \n\n54.805 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disability II \n\n55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers \n\nVocational Rehabilitation Administration \n\nStudents majoring in Vocational Rehabilitation Administration should \nanticipate taking 14 credit courses for the degree under either of the \nfollowing options: \n\nPlan A \n\nFor students with considerable rehabilitation or administration ex- \nperience, the program takes one calendar year from September through \n\n\n'Required, but does not carry degree credit. \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 47 \n\nAugust and includes four academic quarters. During this time the \nstudent also completes his field work. \n\nPlanB \n\nFor students with limited rehabilitation or administration experience, \nthe program includes four academic quarters plus three full quarters \nspent in field work assignments. These quarters are arranged either to \nalternate with academic quarters or to be combined in any sequence \nfrom three to ten months. The degree program in this plan runs from \nSeptember to June (21 months). \n\nCandidates are eligible for stipends under either of the two plans for \nthe duration of the plan. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \nThree courses as defined on page 38. \n\nRehabilitation Requirements \n*50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation \n\n50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation and Social Services \n\n50.952 Vocational Rehabilitation \n\n50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory \n\n50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I \n\n50.963 Rehabilitation Administration II \n\n50.957 Federal-State Relations in Rehabilitation \n*50.959 Practicum in Rehabilitation Research \n*50.960 Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration \n*50.816 Statistics \n\nElectives. Students will be required by their advisers to \nchoose electives from the following courses as they per- \ntain to specific administrative goals. \n\n55.852 Group Dynamics \n\n50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation \n\n50.958 Social Welfare and Rehabilitation \n\n50.962 Administration of a Sheltered Workshop \n\n50.964 Rehabilitation and the Law \n\n50.965 Occupational Placement \n\n41.800 Accounting for Managerial Control \n\n(offered by Graduate School of Business Administration) \n\nTEACHER PREPARATION \n\nMaster of Education \n\nProgram of Studies \n\nApplicants who do not possess a valid teaching certificate are offered \na program designed to prepare them for state certification and concur- \n\n\n* Required, but does not carry degree credit. \n\n\n48 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\nrently fulfill the requirements for a Master of Education degree. Initial \npreparation programs are available for elementary and secondary teach- \ning fields. No student will be permitted to do student teaching except as \na part of the appropriate teacher preparation program for the Master of \nEducation degree. \n\nIf preparation courses in general psychology, principles of teaching, \nchild psychology or adolescent psychology have not been taken previ- \nously, applicants will be required to take such work in addition to degree \nrequirements. Such courses carry graduate credit but may not be in- \ncluded in a degree program. The Director of the Graduate School of \nEducation will determine when these requirements have been satisfied. \n\nStudent Teaching \n\nApplications for student teaching must be received by the Director of \nthe Graduate School of Education no later than October 15. Student \nteaching in the graduate program is scheduled for the Spring quarter. \n\nAcceptance in the student teaching program is contingent upon: \n\n• An academic average of B or better in all courses pursued in the \n\nGraduate School of Education. \n\n• The recommendation of the student's major adviser. \n\nOrdinarily, student teaching will not be permitted until the following \ncourses have been completed: 50.806, Psychology of Learning; 51.801, \nCurriculum of the American School; the special method(s) course(s) \nand any preparation courses that are necessary. \n\nBecause of the unique demands of student teaching, participants may \nnot enroll for additional courses concurrent with student teaching with- \nout the recommendation of the major adviser and the approval of the \nDirector. \n\nElementary Education \n\nPreparation Courses (if not taken previously): General Psychology, \nPrinciples of Teaching, and Child Psychology. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \n\n50.806 Psychology of Learning \n50.815 Research Design in Education \nA third course as defined on page 38 \n\nElementary Education Requirements \n\n51.801 Curriculum of the American School \n\n51.802 Measurement and Evaluation \n\n51.805 Student Teaching and Seminar (8 quarter hours) \n51.810 Elementary Mathematics, Content and Methods (special \nmethods) \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 49 \n\n51.834 Elementary Science Methods and Curriculum (special \nmethods) \n\n54.800 Introductory Reading and Language Skills \n\n(special methods) \nElectives \n\nSecondary Education \n\nPreparation Courses (if not taken previously): General Psychology, \nPrinciples of Teaching, and Adolescent Psychology. \n\nMaster of Education Core (required of all candidates) \n\n50.806 Psychology of Learning \n50.815 Research Design in Education \nA third course as defined on page 38 \n\nSecondary Education Requirements \n\n51 .801 Curriculum of the American School \n\n51.802 Measurement and Evaluation \n\n51.805 Student Teaching and Seminar (8 quarter hours) \n\nSpecial Methods in the major subject area (two courses \n\nfor science) \nElectives \n\nCERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY \n\nThe Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study is available to applicants \nwho have demonstrated a strong background in the special field of study \nat the master's level and who meet the specific requirements of the \nGraduate School of Education and the appropriate department. C.A.G.S. \nprograms are offered in the areas of: \n\nCounseling \n\nEducational Administration \n\nAll students must complete one of the programs as outlined in the \nfollowing pages. In most cases, the sequence is designed to be very \nflexible. Any variations or changes must have the prior recommendation \nof the major adviser and approval of the Director of the Graduate School \nof Education. \n\nPrograms \n\nCounseling \n\nA minimum of 40 quarter hours beyond the master's degree is re- \nquired for completion of the program. CAGS candidates in counselor \neducation may apply for paid internships in counseling that would be \nconcurrent with the degree program. For further information and appli- \ncation forms, write directly to the Department of Counselor Education. \n\n\n50 / FIELDS OF STUDY \n\nStudents in the Counselor Education CAGS program may enter only \nin the Summer or Fall quarters. The filing deadlines for this program \nare May 1 for the Summer Quarter and July 1 for the Fall Quarter. \nApplicants will be notified of their admission status after April 1. \n\nCore Courses (required) \n\n50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology \n53.840-53.841-53.842 Advanced Seminar and Field Work \n\n(12 quarter hours) \n\nDepartmental Electives \n\n(Minimum of 8 quarter hours required) \n\n53.807 Administration of Guidance Services \n\n53.808 Group Counseling \n\n53.809 The College Student and His Campus \n\n53.810 Counseling in Elementary Schools \n\n53.811 Family and Parent Counseling \n\n53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work \n\n53.831 Advanced Group Counseling \n\n53.832 Seminar in Supervision and In-Service Education \n\nOutside Electives \n\n(Minimum of 8 quarter hours required) \n\nThese electives may be chosen from among appropriate courses in \nother departments of the College of Education or from departments out- \nside the College of Education or a combination of both. \n\nEducational Administration \n\nThe Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) program in Edu- \ncational Administration is designed to provide the student with a closer \nexamination of a particular administrative or supervisory position. Ex- \ntending beyond the generic Master's degree program, major emphasis \nis given to role specialization and the particular skills that should be \nacquired by prospective and practicing school administrators. Comple- \ntion of this program should develop further the leadership capabilities \nessential to the student's area of specialization such as: the principal- \nship of a large school, the assistant superintendency, the superin- \ntendency of a small district or supervisory union, directorship of federal, \nsystem-wide, or state education department programs, or higher edu- \ncation administrative positions. \n\nA minimum of 12 courses beyond the master's degree is required for \ncompletion of the program. \n\nCore Courses (required) \n\n52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration \n\n52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools \n\n52.832 The Process of Administration \n\n\nFIELDS OF STUDY / 51 \n\n\nElectives \n\n52.833 \n\n52.834 \n\n52.835 \n\n52.836 \n\n52.837 \n\n52.838 \n\n52.839 \n\n52.840 \n\n52.841 \n\n\n52.842 \n\n\n52.899 \n52.843 \n52.844 \n\n\nResearch and Statistical Methods for School \n\nAdministrators \nEducational Finance \nSchool Business Management \nPersonnel Administration \nSchool-Community Relations \nSchool Plant Planning \n\nOperation and Maintenance of the School Plant \nProblems in School Administration: A Simulated \n\nExperience — The Superintendency \nProblems in School Administration: A Simulated \n\nExperience — Assistant Superintendent \n\nfor Business Management \nProblems in School Administration: A Simulated \n\nExperience — Assistant Superintendent \n\nfor Instructional Services \nDirected Study \nAdministrative Internship \nSchool Law \n\n\nNOTE: In addition, the adviser may prescribe courses outside the \nDepartment of Educational Administration. \n\n\nDescription of Courses \n\n\nAll courses carry four quarter hours' credit unless indicated otherwise. \nPlease see the current brochure for summer, fall, winter, and spring \nquarter listings. \n\nPrerequisite Courses \n\nSeveral programs require satisfactory completion of prerequisite courses. \nThese courses include: \n\nDescriptive Statistics \\ No charge, no credit courses \nInferential Statistics > offered by the Center of Programmed \nGeneral Psychology j Study. \n\n50.803 Child Psychology j \n\n50.804 Adolescent Psychology f „ . ,. \ncno-ic o* i- *• See course descriptions. \n50.816 Statistics \n\n51.800 Principles of Teaching \n\nFOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION \n\n50.801 Social Foundations of Education \n\nIntroduction to the behavioral sciences. Major concepts, propositions, and the- \noretical orientations in cultural anthropology, sociology, and social psychology. \n\n50.802 Sociology of Education \n\nThe functioning of educational institutions in their social and cultural milieu will \nbe examined from anthropological and sociological perspectives. The school as \na social system; influence of the stratification system, youth cultures, and racial \nantagonisms upon the educational enterprise. Prep. See page 38. \n\n50.803 Child Psychology \n\nA review of the principles of child development from birth to pre-adolescence. \nParticular emphasis will be placed on intellectual, social, and emotional devel- \nopment. The theoretical formulations of psychoanalysis, social learning theory, \nand Piaget will be discussed in the context of relevant research in these areas, \nas well as their educational implications. Prep. General Psychology. \nFor Teacher Preparation degree candidates only. \n\n50.804 Adolescent Psychology \n\nSocial, emotional, and intellectual development through the adolescent years. \n\nProblems in family relationships and in the adolescent's social environment \n\nas well as his adjustment in school. Case history material. Prep. General \n\nPsychology. \n\nFor Teacher Preparation degree candidates only. \n\n52 \n\n\nCOURSES / 53 \n\n50.805 Personality and Social Structure \n\nHuman behavior from a combined psychodynamic and sociological point of \nview, with special emphasis on socialization and the relations between the \nindividual and the collectivity. The integration of relevant theories from psy- \nchology, sociology, and anthropology. Prep. Permission of Instructor. \n\n50.806 Psychology of Learning \n\nThe basic principles and conditions of acquisition, retention, and transfer of \nlearning. Prep. See page 38. \n\n50.807 Abnormal Psychology \n\nHow personality becomes disordered. Problems of neurosis, character dis- \norders, psychosomatic disorders, and psychoses. Current methods of clinical \ndiagnosis and treatment will be reviewed. \n\n50.808 Seminar in Child Development \n\nA seminar course with emphasis on discussion of child development theories \nwith special reference to personality and cognitive development. Critical eval- \nuation of research related to child development theories with particular empha- \nsis on recent trends, new approaches, and relevance to educational theories \nand practices. Prep. A course in Child Psychology or Human Development. \n\n50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development \n\nA seminar course with emphasis on discussion of major problem areas facing \nthe adolescent in our society today. Particular emphasis will be given to social \nand emotional development. Included will be a survey of research in such areas \nas psychoanalysis, social learning, morality, and delinquency. Prep. A course \nin Adolescent Psychology or Human Development. \n\n50.810. Psychology of Personality \n\nAn examination of theoretical approaches to the study of personality, with \nemphasis upon theories dealing with dynamic factors in personality develop- \nment. The role of social and cultural factors, as well as implications of various \ntheories for the therapeutic processes, will be considered. Prep. See page 38. \n\n50.811 Psychology of Cognition \n\nA consideration of the processes involved in cognitive organization and func- \ntioning. Topics will include: language, concept formation, and problem solving. \nPrep. See page 38. \n\n50.812 History of Education \n\nAn opportunity to explore some of the historical roots of contemporary educa- \ntional theory and practice, with a focus on selected aspects of educational \nhistory from antiquity to the present. Also, an opportunity to utilize any knowl- \nedge gained for the development of a personal educational position. \n\n50.813 Philosophy of Education \n\nAn introduction to the basic precepts of philosophy as viable tools with which \nto build a philosophy of education. An analysis of major philosophic world- \nframes in their historical context; i.e. Aristotelian, Thomistic, idealistic, realistic, \nand pragmatic. An examination of philosophies of education which cover the \n\n\n54 / COURSES \n\nbroad spectrum of thought, ranging from authoritarian to democratic, deter- \nmining from this examination where along the continuum to place the foundation \nfrom which to build one's own personal philosophy of education to be translated \ninto conduct in the classroom. \n\n50.814 The Nature and Theory of Psychological \nand Educational Measurement \n\nAn examination of the logic of measurement and the nature of human capaci- \nties, aptitudes, and abilities. Characteristics of tests, ratings, questionnaires, \nand similar instruments are reviewed with emphasis on their reliability, validity, \nand useability. Item analysis procedures and test standardization are covered. \nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.815 Research Design in Education \n\nAn introduction to scientific methods of research in education and related \nfields. Stress will be placed on a critical reading and understanding of research \nliterature, formulating research hypotheses, the formulation of a research pro- \nposal, and carrying out an individual or group project. \n\nA course in statistics or competence in this field is required prior to taking \nthis offering. A no-credit, no-charge course in statistics has been arranged for \nthis purpose and is available through the University's Center of Programmed \nStudy. The regular tuition course, 50.816, is also available. \n\n50.816 Educational Statistics \n\nA first course in the statistical techniques used in educational research and in \npsychological testing. Measures of central tendency, variability, correlation, \nchi square, analysis of variance, and multiple regression will be among the \ntopics considered. The student's mathematical background need not be beyond \nelementary algebra. \n\n50.817 Research Problems in Education \n\nAn advanced course designed to provide students with research experience \nincluding evaluation of theoretical issues and their relevance, proposal writing, \ndata gathering and analysis, report writing, and critical evaluation in depth \nof a current area of educational research interest. \n\n50.818 Comparative Education \n\nIntroduction to foreign education to explore its relationships with the political, \neconomic, social, and cultural milieu: Western and Eastern Europe, South \nAmerica, and Africa will be considered. \n\n50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology \n\nThe major developmental theories and related research of Havighurst, Erickson, \n\nPiaget, and others. \n\nOpen only to candidates for the CAGS. \n\n50.820 Seminar on Contemporary Issues in Education \n\nDiscussion of selected issues in contemporary American education such as \nschool desegregation, compensatory education, learning problems of the dis- \nadvantaged, professionalization of teachers, etc. Review of relevant research \nand opinions. Prep. Permission of Instructor. \n\n\nCOURSES / 55 \n\nEDUCATIONAL RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY \n\n50.840 Introduction to Educational Research \n\nAn introduction to the rationale and procedures for educational research: the \nuse of theory in the formulation of research problems and hypotheses; review \nand summarization of research literature; isolation and definition of variables; \nand design of educational studies and experiments. \nOpen only to full time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics \n\nBasic descriptive statistics for measurement and research. Topics include use \nof statistical notation, measures of central tendency and variability, probability \nand sampling techniques, theoretical distributions, linear regression and corre- \nlation, and an introduction to statistical inference. \nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics \n\nStatistical inference of normal populations and discrete data; estimation; test- \ning of hypotheses; multiple correlation; analysis of variance and covariance; \ncontingency; the chi-square test and other non-parametric tests. Emphasis is \ngiven to application in educational research. \nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.843 Research Methods I \n\nEach student will begin to carry out the research study designed in 50.845 \nResearch Internship and Field Seminar I; e.g., select and prepare instruments \nfor data collection, select sample and arrange for data collection, prepare data \nanalysis schedules, analyze data, etc. Individual conferences and group meet- \nings will be held. \nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. 6 Quarter Hrs. \n\n50.844 Research Methods II \n\nTaken during the fourth quarter of study. During the first half of the quarter, \neach student will make detailed preparations for carrying out the proposal \nsubmitted in Research Methods I; e.g., prepare and pretest instruments for \ndata collection, select the sample and make arrangements for data collection, \nprepare data analysis schedules, and plan details of statistical analysis. Indi- \nvidual conferences and group meetings will be held weekly. During the second \nhalf of the quarter, students will begin to carry out the research project. A \nwritten report of the completed project will be due at the conclusion of the \nfifth quarter. \n\nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.845 Research Internship and Field Seminar I \n\nStudents will be assigned to a variety of educational research agencies. For a \nperiod of 12 weeks, each student will work in one research setting gaining \nfirsthand experiences with ongoing research. They will be closely supervised on \na regular basis by staff members from within the agencies and by University \nfaculty. Concurrent with their field placement all interns will be required to \nattend a seminar. The seminar is designed to help the student to develop an \nintegrated, overall view of the internship experience through analysis of: the \n\n\n56 / COURSES \n\ntypes of problems selected for investigation; the research strategies and tactics \nemployed; the procedures utilized in disseminating research findings; the kinds \nof funding available from governmental and private agencies, and liaison rela- \ntionships with the schools. Each student will, in collaboration with his intern- \nship supervisors, identify a relevant research problem. He will then review the \nresearch literature, design an appropriate methodology, and prepare a written \nresearch proposal for a study to be carried out in partial fulfillment of the degree \nrequirements. 6 Quarter Hrs. \n\nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.846 Research Internship and Field Seminar II \n\nStudents will return to the agencies in which they were originally placed. Close \nsupervision of agency and University staff will continue. Concurrent with their \nfield placement, all interns will be required to attend a seminar, which will be a \ncontinuation of Field Seminar I. Part of the intern's time will be devoted to the \ncompletion of the research study designed in 50.845 Research Internship and \nField Seminar I. A written report of the completed research study will be sub- \nmitted at the end of the course in partial fulfillment of the degree requirements. \n\n6 Quarter Hrs. \n\nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.847 Elements of Machine Data Processing \n\nA laboratory course designed to develop facility in the use of a wide range of \ndata processing equipment in educational research. Students will be introduced \nto the basic principles of computer programming, but emphasis will be placed \non the applicability and use of existing statistical programs. \n\nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n50.891 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n50.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of \nthe department. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and \nof the Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nREHABILITATION ADMINISTRATION \n\n50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation \n\nAn overview of and orientation to the field of rehabilitation, including its \nhistorical development, legislative involvement, psychological implications, and \nsociological dimensions. Emphasis is placed on coordinating and integrating \nservices as they relate to the field of rehabilitation as a community process. \n\n50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation \n\nThe wide spectrum of disabilities that could profit from rehabilitation, including \northopedic, neurological, medical, surgical, and mental disabilities. Basic prin- \nciples of medical rehabilitation important for the administrator to know will be \npresented. Psychological aspects of disability will also be discussed. \n\n\nCOURSES / 57 \n\n50.952 Vocational Rehabilitation and Social Services \n\nThe use of vocational rehabilitation as an effective rehabilitation process in \nfederal, state, and private agencies as supported and encouraged by the most \nrecent Social and Rehabilitation Services legislation. This will include use of the \nrehabilitation model in programs for the physically handicapped, mentally re- \ntarded, emotionally disturbed, aging, welfare populations, youthful offenders, \nculturally disadvantaged, and other special community programs. There will be \nemphasis on the administrative involvement in developing and supporting the \ndiagnostic, evaluative, counseling, and placement procedures used in such re- \nhabilitative programs. \n\n50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory \n\nThe body of conceptual knowledge regarding organizational and administrative \ntheory will be examined. Formal and informal organizations, organizations as \nsocial systems, status and role concepts, leadership in organizations, power \nstructure, relationships to authority, decision-making, and communication in \nand between organizations. An organizational analysis will be made of all the \ndifferent types of rehabilitation settings currently in use. \n\n50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation \n\nWhat the administrator needs to know about community planning to plan a \nprogram in his area. Basic principles of community planning, community organ- \nization, and community dynamics, as well as interdisciplinary relations in re- \nhabilitation. Examples of community planning from different rehabilitation \nagencies and the referral process among these agencies will be studied. \n\n50.957 Federal-State Relations in Rehabilitation \n\nThe complex network of federal-state relations and their implications for re- \nhabilitation. Grant procedures, matching formulas, public relations and VRA \ndirectives, state and federal legislation pertinent to rehabilitation. \n\n50.958 Social Welfare and Vocational Rehabilitation \n\nAcguainting rehabilitation administrators with the broad field of social welfare. \nThe course will review the historical backgrounds of the relationship between \nvocational rehabilitation and social welfare and the more recent fast-moving \ndevelopments in the relationship of these fields. \n\n50.959 Practicum in Rehabilitation Research \n\nUnder the supervision of the Regional Rehabilitation Institute, students will have \nan opportunity to develop a research design on some aspect of rehabilitation \nadministration and to carry out the necessary research operations involved. \n\n50.960 Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration \n\nStudents will be assigned to a variety of rehabilitation agencies for their prac- \nticum experience. Problem-solving relevant to experiences encountered in in- \nternship. \n\n50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I \n\nAn in-depth study of management practices within a rehabilitation organization \nfrom a behavioral stand-point. Areas to be covered include need surveys, goal \nsetting practices, job descriptions, recruitment, staffing, training, professional \ndevelopment, caseload management, program planning, utilization of research, \n\n\n58 / COURSES \n\ncommunity relations, leadership patterns, performance appraisal and external \nrelationships. Special cases will be used in class-room exercises. \n\n50.962 Administration of a Sheltered Workshop \n\nSpecial problems of administering a sheltered workshop, such as community \nplanning, work evaluation, job-training, labor relations, contracting, production, \nand occupational placement. \n\n50.963 Rehabilitation Administration II \n\nUnderstanding the fiscal management of the typical rehabilitation setting includ- \ning basic rehabilitation agency accounting, planned program budgeting, dis- \nbursements, cost-analysis, contracting, taxation, forecasting and funding. The \nimplication of data processing for fiscal management will be covered in the \ncourse. Special problems will be assigned during the course. \n\n50.964 Rehabilitation and the Law \n\nThis course is designed to sensitize rehabilitation administrators to the impact \nof legislative developments upon the field of rehabilitation. Special emphasis \nwill be placed on understanding the legal implications for rehabilitation of the \nlatest Vocational Rehabilitation Administrative Amendments, workmen's com- \npensation laws, eligibility determination criteria, and Social Security Amend- \nments. \n\n50.965 Occupational Placement \n\nA study of the dynamics of moving the rehabilitation client into the world of \nwork within the framework of the specific community structure. Development \nof facility in use of resource materials in occupational information, job de- \nscription and analysis, performance appraisal, training, and vocational assess- \nment. The personnel point of view toward the handicapped will be discussed \nand analyzed, and more effective placement practices will be developed. \n\n50.991 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two electives \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n50.999 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of \nthe department. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and \nof the Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nINSTRUCTION \n\n51.800 Principles of Teaching \n\nA consideration of the rational bases for effective teaching. Efforts are made \nto relate learning theory and educational objectives to various strategies and \ntactics of teaching. The functions of the teacher are examined as components \nof learner development. \n\n51.801 Curriculum of the American School \n\nDesigned for in-service and prospective teachers, principals, and supervisors \nwho seek experience and assistance in dealing with such problems as the \nfollowing: improving and enriching the subject curriculum; developing a core \ncurriculum. \n\n\nCOURSES / 59 \n\n51.802 Evaluation and Measurement \n\nEvaluation techniques and principles for use in the classroom at all levels. \nThe importance of establishing teaching objectives as a basis for evaluation. \nA brief review of statistical techniques necessary for dealing with objective- \ntype test scores and marking procedures. Considerable emphasis will be placed \non improving teacher-made tests, especially objective tests, and the student \nwill be required to construct an objective test in his teaching field. \n\nA course in statistics or competence in this field is strongly advised prior to \ntaking this offering. A no-credit, no-charge course in statistics has been ar- \nranged for this purpose and is available through the University's Center of Pro- \ngrammed Study. The regular tuition course, 50.816, is also available. \n\n51.803 Analysis of the Teaching-Learning Process \n\nThe relationship between instructional objectives and teaching behavior is ex- \namined. Specific implications of varying psychological orientations and current \ntechnological developments for teaching methods and materials are reviewed. \nEmphasis is placed on research problems and issues related to the instruc- \ntional process. \n\nOpen only to full-time Educational Research Technology students. \n\n51.805 Student Teaching with Related Seminar \n\n(See requirements under Student Teaching) \nA University-arranged practicum of observation and teaching in schools offering \ncomprehensive programs within reasonable commuting distance of Northeastern. \nParticipating on a full-time basis, the student is expected to develop planning \nand communication abilities within his major field. Biweekly seminars at the \nUniversity provide additional opportunity to analyze theory-practice relationships \nand to examine generic problems of teaching. (8 quarter hours) \n\n51.810 Elementary Mathematics, Content, and Methods \n\nThe modern elementary mathematics curriculum and the conceptual approach \nto the meaningful teaching of arithmetic. Topics include sets, numeration \nsystems, and operations with whole numbers and fractional numbers. \n\n51.811 Elementary Number Concepts for Teachers \n\nThe concepts of the real number system and its subsystems underlying school \nmathematics. Prep. 51.810, Elementary Mathematics. \n\n51.812 Elementary Algebraic Concepts for Teachers \n\nThe algebraic concepts underlying school mathematics, including variables, \nopen sentences, order, modulo systems and polynomials. Prep. 51.811, El- \nementary Number Concepts for Teachers, and high school algebra. \n\n51.813 Elementary Geometric Concepts for Teachers \n\nThe geometric concepts underlying school mathematics, including abstraction, \nmeasurement, separations, congruence, similarity, and graphs. Prep. 51.811, \nElementary Number Concepts for Teachers, and high school geometry. \n\n51.814 Elementary Mathematics, Advanced Methods and Materials \n\nThe analysis and evaluation of a variety of modern methods of teaching el- \nementary mathematics both for group instruction and for individualized instruc- \ntion, including modern textbooks, programmed materials, manipulative devices, \n\n\n60 / COURSES \n\nmutimedia aids, and diagnostic techniques. Prep. 51.812 Elementary Algebraic \nConcepts and Teaching Experience. \n\n51.815 Seminar in Mathematics and Science in the Elementary School \n\nThe practical aspects of coordinating a K-6 science and mathematics program \nin a public-school district. Prep. Approval of Instructor. \n\n51.823 Modern High-School Mathematics, Content, and Methods \n\nStudy of students, teaching methods and courses in mathematics for grades \n7-9, with emphasis on modern topics, including sets, numeration systems, \nnumber systems, and elementary algebra. \n\n51.824 High-School Geometry, Advanced Content and Methods \n\nA study of students, teaching methods, and courses in geometry with re-exam- \nination of selected background topics, including two-value logic, methods of \nproof, postulational systems, and analytical methods. Prep. 51.823, Modern \nHigh School Mathematics and teaching experience. \n\n51.825 Seminar in Mathematics Education \n\nEach student is expected to analyze a mathematics teaching problem, to in- \nvestigate existing solutions for it, and to prepare materials embodying his own \nproposed solution. Prep. Permission of Instructor. \n\n51.826 High-School Algebra, Advanced Content and Methods \n\nAn examination of students, teaching methods, and modern second-year algebra \nprograms with a re-examination of selected background topics, including linear \nand quadratic equations and inequalities, real and complex numbers, and \nvectors and matrices. Prep. 51.823, Modern High School Mathematics, a col- \nlege course in algebra, and teaching experience. \n\n51.827 Advanced High-School Mathematics \n\nAn examination from an advanced viewpoint of topics found in high-school \ncourses concerned with elementary functions and analytic geometry, including \npolynomial, rational, algebraic, logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric func- \ntions, treated both algebraically and geometrically. Prep. 51.826, High School \nAlgebra. \n\n51.828 Elementary Calculus for Teachers \n\nAn examination from an advanced viewpoint of selected topics in elementary \ncalculus, including limits applied to formal differentiation, continuity, uniform \ncontinuity and intermediate values, boundedness and existence of extremes, \ndiffierentiable functions, areas and integration, and properties of the Riemann \nintegral. Prep. High-School Mathematics, and differential and integral calculus. \n\n51.829 General Mathematics, Content and Methods \n\nAn examination of students, teaching methods, and courses in general mathe- \nmatics and related high-school courses. \n\n51.830 Concepts of Earth Science for Elementary Teachers \n\nSelected topics in the earth sciences considered for a philosophical and/or \nhistorical point of view, with laboratory work. \n\n\nCOURSES / 61 \n\n51.831 Concepts of Biology for Elementary Teachers \n\nSelected topics in the biological sciences considered from a philosophical \nand/or historical point of view, with laboratory work. \n\n51.832 Concepts of Physical Sciences for Elementary Teachers \n\nSelected topics in the physical sciences considered from a philosophical and/or \nhistorical point of view, with laboratory work. \n\n51.833 Teaching Elementary School Science \n\nThe teaching of elementary school science from both a practical and philo- \nsophical point of view. Materials, resources, and methods, as well as several \nareas of science subject matter. Prep. 51 .831 , Concepts of Biology for Elemen- \ntary Teachers; 51.832, Concepts of Physical Sciences for Elementary Teachers. \n\n51.834 Elementary Science Curriculum \n\nA general course in content and methods of teaching science in the elementary \nschool classroom. Satisfies one elementary specialized-methods course require- \nment. \n\n51.835 The Teaching of High School Science I \n\nThe first half of a two-quarter course, principally for secondary school teachers. \nProblems of observations of scientific facts, their discovery, the derivation of \nscientific principles from elaboration of hypotheses, experimentation and \nreasoning with these facts will be analyzed in terms of the learning process. \nThe different fields of science will be considered, stressing especially their \ninterdependence and their unity of methods and of reasoning. \n\n51.835 The Teaching of High School Science I \n\nContinuation of 51.835, The Teaching of High School Science I. During the \nsecond half of the course, plans for modern science courses in various fields \nwill be elaborated. \n\n51.840 The Teaching of English in the Secondary School \n\nA basic methods and materials course designed to strengthen the teacher's \nunderstanding of the role and function of English in the curriculum. Emphasis \nwill be placed upon literature and language skills including grammar, com- \nposition, spelling and reading. The course will include a review, analysis, and \nevaluation of current materials in secondary school English, and students will \nbe assisted in the preparation and presentation of effective lesson plans. \n\n51.845 The Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School \n\nThrough the case method and group discussions, the most effective types of \nclass activities, subject unit presentation, assignments, examinations, and \naids used in teaching modern languages will be considered. The role of the \nlanguage laboratory with its problems of selecting equipment, scheduling \npupils, planning tapes and content of drill exercises, evaluating results and \ncoordinating its functions with conventional classroom instructions will be \ndiscussed and demonstrated. \n\n51.850 The Teaching of Social Studies \n\nDevelopments in methods, materials and curriculum. Consideration will be given \nto such topics as the following: the teacher of the social studies; objectives of \nsocial studies instruction; social studies programs; controversial issues; current \nevents; visual and auditory aids; field trips; evaluation. \n\n\n62 / COURSES \n\n51.851 Current Political and Social Issues in the Social Studies \n\nA content approach to problems of political and social significance which have \ncontemporary relevance for teachers of the social studies on a secondary level. \n\n51.855 The Teaching of General Business Subjects \n\nCurrent trends in the teaching of social business subjects, such as general \nbusiness, economics, economic geography, business law, and consumer educa- \ntion. Objectives, nature of subject matter, teaching aids and devices, tests and \nmeasurements, textbooks, and supplementary materials are studied. \n\n51.861 Principles of Programmed Instruction \n\nThe development and current status of self-instructional devices. A survey of \navailable programs and teaching machines, with emphasis on the details of the \nconstruction evaluation of programs. \n\n51.891 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours,) with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n51.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of \nthe department. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and \nof the Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nGRAPHIC SCIENCE \n\nThis area of specialization was discontinued as of June 1968. A minimum num- \nber of the following courses Will be offered in order to enable students cur- \nrently enrolled in the program to fulfill their degree requirements. \n\n51.901 Descriptive Geometry I \n\nThe theory of projection drawing, orthographic, axonometric, and perspective. \nPrincipal and auxiliary views involving problems of angularity, parallelism, \nperpendicularity. \n\n51.902 Descriptive Geometry II \n\nAdvance work involving intersections, developments and topographical prob- \nlems. \n\n51.903 Graphics, Geometry and Mathematics \n\nRelationship between graphical methods, geometry, and elements of algebra \nand trigonometry. Locus concepts applied to conies and other technical cures. \nFoncharal scales and their relation to technical charts, slide rules and ele- \nmentary nomography. \n\n51.904 Principles and Teaching of Technical Drawing \n\nSelection of views sections and conventions, dimensions and specifications for \nshop-working detail and assembly drawings. \n\n51.905 Machine Drawing and Design \n\nBasic production processes, common machine elements, working detail and \nassembly drawings and their relationships to the design of operation. Prep. \n51.904, Principles and Teaching of Technical Drawing or its equivalent. \n\n\nCOURSES / 63 \n\n51.906 Graphical Analysis \n\nCurve fitting and empirical equations; design of more advanced slide rules and \nnomographs; graphical differentiation and integration; vector geometry and \nelementary mechanism analysis. Prep. 51.903, Graphics, Geometry, and Mathe- \nmatics or its equivalent. \n\n51.907 Electrical and Electronic Graphics \n\nGraphics as used in the design and presentation of electrical, electromechan- \nical and electronic devices including common symbols, specialized charts and \ndiagrams. \n\n51.908 Graphics in Architecture \n\nGraphics as used in the design and development of architectural structures. \nFrom preliminary sketches to final presentation including site planning, detailed \nworking drawings, delineation, entourage, etc. \n\n51.909 Creative Projects in Graphics \n\nIndividually approved, graphics-related projects requiring the definition, anal- \nysis and research of a problem and the design development and final presenta- \ntion of a solution. Problems of academic, pedagogical, construction, interdis- \nciplinary, research, nature may be investigated. \n\n51.910 Principles of Computer Programming \n\nMethods and techniques of programming digital computers. Data processing \nand problem-solving in areas of science and mathematics using the Fortran \nlanguage. \n\n51.991 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n51.999 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of \nthe department. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department \nand of the Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nEDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION \n\n52.805 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated Experience \n\nThe workshop is designed to place each student in a simulated decision-making \nsituation. Background materials have been prepared which describe all aspects \nof a fictitious school system, including its publics, its policies, its certificated \nand non-certificated staff members, and its geographical and socio-economic \nmakeup. These background data are disseminated through motion pictures, \nfilm strips, and taped interviews with influential people in the fictitious com- \nmunity as well as through written materials. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission \nof instructor. \n\n52.806 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration I \n\nThe Directed Field Experiences in School Administration is a course required \nof all master's candidates who are majors in school administration. Study and \n\n\n64 / COURSES \n\ndiscussion of adminstrative functions will be coordinated with selected field \ntrips to administrative settings and with guest lectures by practicing adminis- \ntrators. These experiences will include considerations of federal, state, local, \nhigher education, and allied (such as the educational regional laboratory and \nschool study council) agencies to view actual on-going administrative operations. \nThese activities will be viewed as laboratory experiences to provide a basis \nfor an increased understanding of administrative theory and practice. Prep. \n52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor. \n\n52.807 Directed Field Experiences in School Administration II \n\nA continuation of, but may precede, 52.806. \n\n52.808 Seminar in Education Administration \n\nA culminating experience for students majoring in school administration at \nthe master's level. A student is confronted with major issues facing the school \nand its administrators. Great emphasis is placed upon applying knowledge \ngained in previous administrative courses to an understanding of contemporary \neducational problems. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor. \n\n52.810 and 52.811 Leadership in Education: Parts I and II \n\nA two-term course designed to introduce the student to concepts of formal \norganization. Presented in a two-part sequence, this core is prerequisite to \nfurther study in the Department of Education Administration. \nThe core provides the student with an overview of formal organizations as social \nsystems with special consideration given to the leadership function. Examina- \ntion will be made of both the institutional and human dimensions as inter- \nrelated phenomena. \n\n52.812 Educational Administration: An Overview of the \nAdministrative Tasks \n\nA survey of the operational areas of concern to the educational administrator. \nIncluded will be the following task areas: school-community relations, student \npersonnel, staff personnel, curriculum and instruction, physical facilities, finance \nand business management, and organizational structure. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 \nor permission of instructor. \n\n52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development \nand Supervision \n\nViews the leadership function and processes involved in the design and im- \nprovement of educational programs and instructional practices. Prep. 52.810, \n\n52.811 or permission of instructor. \n\n52.891 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendations of the adviser. \n\n52.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of \nthe department. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and \nof the Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\n\nCOURSES / 65 \n\nCAGS COURSE OFFERINGS IN \nEDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION \n\n52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration \n\nA seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Critical and contem- \nporary issues which face school administrators will be examined closely. The \nstatus of the administrator; federal, state, and local revenue sources; teacher \nmilitancy; equal educational opportunity; conflicts with religious organizations; \ncontrol of schools; urban education problems; cultural deprivation, and human \nrights are examples of topics that will be analyzed. \n\n52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools \n\nA seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Although major em- \nphasis will be given to curriculum and instruction, attention will also be given \nto planned change in other critical areas such as team teaching, modular \nscheduling, non-gradedness, educational parks, programmed instruction, in- \nservice education, individualizing education and teacher-learner relationships. \n\n52.832 The Process of Administration \n\nA seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Gaming, case analysis, \nand discussions will be utilized to gain insight into such issues as morale, \nsatisfaction, perception, and decision-making. \n\n52.833 Research and Statistical Methods for School Administrators \n\nA study of the application of the methods of research and statistical tech- \nniques in the solution of school system problems. The role of research in the \nadministrative decision-making process will be examined. The course of study \nwill also focus on the various research designs the administrator may use in \nhis position, such as the development of an educational program proposal for \nlocal, state or federal agencies. \n\nA specific topic of practical significance in school administration will be selected \nby the student and a design for the study of the topical problem will be developed. \nResearch relevant to the topic will be evaluated. \n\nA rudimentary knowledge of research designs and techniques and an elementary \nknowledge of basic statistical methods is recommended prior to taking this \ncourse. \n\n52.834 Educational Finance \n\nThe study of school finance deals with the principles and problems of financing \neducation and also considers the basic concepts of economics relative to the \nplace of school finance in the field of public finance. The sources and rationale \nfor public support of schools are examined. Selected state and federal aid \nprograms, capital outlay programs, current practices and issues of local support \nand bond issue campaigns are included in this study. \n\n52.835 School Business Management \n\nThe practices and issues in the administration of school business affairs. The \nrole of the business administrator and the educational budget will be exam- \nined. Included in this course will be the principles of budget preparation and \ndevelopment, purchasing, supply management and distribution, inventory control, \ndebt service administration, bond scheduling, cash flow, school accounting and \n\n\n66 / COURSES \n\ndata processing systems, auditing, financial reporting, and management of pay- \nroll, insurance programs, transportation programs, school food services, and \nthe operation and maintenance programs for the physical plants. \n\n52.836 Personnel Administration \n\nThe purposes, patterns, and issues in personnel administration are the major \nconsiderations of the course. Study will include the skills, attitudes, and \nknowledge which an institutional staff needs to have and which are essential \nto the accomplishments of organizational goals. Personnel administration pro- \ngrams and problems of student personnel, para-professional, non-professional, \nand professional staff members will serve as the focus for the course. \n\n52.837 School-Community Relations \n\nThis course includes the study and design of school-community relations pro- \ngrams based on the principles and practices of the intercommunications between \nthe school and its several publics. Selected research findings relative to public \nrelations programs in business, industry, and governmental agencies will be \nreviewed in addition to those involving educational systems. Stress will be \nplaced on the role of the administrator in the development of a comprehensive \nprogram of school-community relations for his administrative unit. \n\n52.838 School Plant Planning \n\nThis course seeks to have the student develop a basic understanding of the \nprocess of planning school facilities. This process includes the preparation of \neducational specifications based on such factors as school board policies, the \nexisting and projected educational programs, school organization, school build- \ning utilization and adequacy, population projections, and total community \nanalyses. Other components of school plant planning will be studied, including \nthe selection of the architect, the translation of the educational specifications \ninto building specifications, the development of the building program brochure, \nand the administrator's role in working with the-building committee and architect \nin the actual design of the building. The relationships between the educational \nprogram, such as a highly individualized flexible program, and the building \ndesign, such as an \"open school\" design, will be a continual focus in the course. \n\n52.839 Operation and Maintenance of the School Plant \n\nThe techniques and procedures involved in providing a clean, safe, and health- \nful physical environment for school personnel are the major considerations in \nthis course. \n\nThe selection, assignment, and supervision of the custodial and maintenance \nstaffs and the organization and management of the custodial and maintenance \nprograms are the major areas of study. Considerable emphasis will be placed \non review and study of the research relative to operating a school facility as \nwell as on such matters as appropriate painting schedules, replacement sched- \nules for mechanical systems, floor-ceiling-roofing materials, and purchasing and \nsupplying techniques. Statutes or regulations pertaining to the operation of \nschools, such as those of the State Board of Health, the State Fire Marshal, \nInsurance Underwriters, and Boiler Inspectors, will be studied also. \n\n52.840 Problems in School Administration: \n\nA Simulated Experience — The Superintendency \n\n\nCOURSES / 67 \n\n52.841 Problems in School Administration: \n\nA Simulated Experience — Assistant Superintendent for \nBusiness Management \n\n52.842 Problems in School Administration: \n\nA Simulated Experience — Assistant Superintendent for \nInstructional Services \n\nThese courses are designed to place each student in a simulated decision- \nmaking situation in his area of concentration. Background materials have been \nprepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school system including its \npublics, policies, certified and non-certified staff members, and the geographical \nand socio-economic makeup of the community. These background data are dis- \nseminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews with in- \nfluential people in this community as well as through written materials. \n\n52.843 Administrative Internship \n\nThis is an individualized offering involving supervised observations, internships, \nand externships in educational administration and it is designed to provide \nfurther practical experience in the student's area of administrative preparation. \nThe administrative internship program must be worked out well in advance with \nthe advisor. \n\n52.844 School Law \n\nThe student will be expected to develop a basic understanding of federal and \nstate laws that apply to school systems, educational programs, and personnel \nas well as of the legal prerogatives available to the practicing administrator and \nthe local boards of education. This study will include consideration of the con- \nstitutional, statutory, and common-law foundations of educational systems and \nthe school administrator's role with respect to them. \n\n52.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the \ndepartment. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and of \nthe Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\n\nCOUNSELING \n\n53.800 Foundations of Guidance \n\nA philosophically oriented course dealing with (1) the nature of the 20th Cen- \ntury context in which man now lives; (2) the image of humanness in the 20th \nCentury; and (3) the relation of these two aspects to the profession of guidance \nin the 20th Century. \n\n53.801 Tests and Test Procedures \n\nThe principles and problems of psychological testing as applied to the work \nof the counselor are discussed. Some consideration is given to technical con- \ncepts as they apply to the treatment, use, understanding, and interpretation \nof test scores. The student is made famiiiar with some of the currently used \ntests of intelligence, scholastic aptitude, differential aptitudes, achievement, \ninterest, and personality. Tests are evaluated for use in education and guid- \nance. Problems of test interpretation are discussed briefly. \n\n\n68 / COURSES \n\n53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information \n\nA dual-emphasis course dealing, first, with theories about how individuals make \ndecisions concerning their choice of vocation, and second, with the kind of \ndata which is needed to assist people with these decisions. This requisite data \ndeals with the following areas: the relationship of social and economic change \nto occupational trends; the classification and description of occupational fields; \nmethods of collecting, evaluating, filing, and disseminating vocational informa- \ntion; and the role of the counselor in fulfilling these functions. \n\n53.803-53.804 Counseling Theory and Process I and II (8 quarter hours) \n\nA two quarter course in counseling open only to students who have been ad- \nmitted to degree candidacy in counselor education. Students will be expected \nto take both parts of the course in consecutive quarters. The course will inte- \ngrate theory and practice in counseling from the beginning of the first term. \nStudents will engage in role playing, case studies, and practice counseling as \nwell as studying counseling theories. Emphasis will be placed on student self- \nexploration and self-understanding in the counseling process. Prep. 53.800 \nFoundations of Guidance (May be taken concurrently with 53.803.). \n\n53.805-53.806 Counseling Practicum (8 quarter hours) \n\nThe counseling practicum is a supervised counseling experience extending \nover the academic year. Students will normally begin their practicum in the \nsame quarter in which they begin the Counseling Theory and Process sequence. \nEmphasis at the beginning of the year will be on small group seminars dealing \nwith counseling and other guidance matters. The second half of the year will \nconcentrate on the supervised counseling assignment. Part time students may \nbe permitted to complete the supervised experience part of their practicum \nduring a summer session. Assignment to practicums will be made according to \nthe student's major area of concentration — elementary, secondary, or college \nand community. Seminars will stress material germane to the student's major. \nPart time students must submit an application for practicum (available from \nthe Department) by June 30 for approval to enroll in the practicum the following \nFall Quarter. The Practicum Sequence must be begun in the Fall Quarter even \nthough it can be completed during the following Summer Quarter. Prep. Ap- \nproval of the Department of Counselor Education. \n\n53.807 Administration of Guidance Services \n\nAn advanced level guidance course designed to help meet the certification re- \nquirements for guidance directors in Massachusetts. The course will cover \nphilosophies, principles, and methods of setting up and administering guidance \nprograms in the public schools. Simulated materials are used to replicate \nactual guidance problems dealing with testing programs, budgeting, interper- \nsonal relationships and other practical matters. Prep. 53.801, Tests and Test \nProcedures, 53.802, Vocational Development and Occupational Information, \n53.803-53.804, Counseling Theory and Process I & II or Permisson of Instructor. \n\n53.808 Group Counseling \n\nThis course will both affectively and cognitively introduce students to be- \nhavioral phenomena characteristic of counseling with groups of individuals at \nvarious levels of development. The basic assumptions determining the course \ncontent are, first, that students must involve themselves in a genuine group \ncounseling experience in order to understand key phenomena intrinsic to meth- \n\n\nCOURSES / 69 \n\nods for behavior modification; and second, that this information can then be \nused as a basis for rendering relevant theoretical knowledge and counseling \nskills more concretely meaningful. Therefore, in Group Counseling, principal \nemphasis will be placed upon student involvement in classroom group process. \nPrep. 53.803-53.804, Counseling Theory and Process I & II or Permission of \nInstructor. \n\n53.809 The College Student and His Campus \n\nThe relationship between college students and their environment will be ex- \namined. Focus is on student rights, self expression, emotional concerns, and \ntheir search for identity. Varying concerns of personnel services in different \ntypes of college climates will be studied. The student and the college campus \nwill be examined in relation to the goals of higher education. Prep. 53.800. \nFoundations of Guidance. \n\n53.810 Counseling in the Elementary School \n\nA course for those planning to enter elementary school counseling. Considera- \ntion of counselor role at the elementary level, counseling practices, and a study \nof counseling cases. Prep. 53.803-53.804, Counseling Theory and Process I & \nII or Permission of Instructor. 53.801 may be taken concurrently with permission \nof adviser. \n\n53.811 Family and Parent Counseling \n\nThe family will be studied as an institution, as an arena of interpersonal trans- \naction and as a seed-bed both of distress and of health. Various modes of \ncounseling families will be presented, together with the theoretical notions \nunderlying their use. The course will also deal with counselor-parent relations \nin the context of the school setting. Prep. 53.803-53.804, Counseling Theory \nand Process I & II or Permission of Instructor. \n\n53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work \n\nRelevant topics and cases for personnel workers and administrators in higher \neducation will be discussed and studied in depth. The expertise of appropriate \nspecialists will be utilized. Prep. 53.809, The College Student and His Campus. \n\n53.823 Measurement of Intelligence: Stanford-Binet Scales \n\nPreparation to administer, score, and interpret the Stanford-Binet Test of In- \ntelligence. Consideration of theories of intelligence as they apply to the Binet \nscales and their development; use of the test in educational settings. Each \nstudent will be required to administer and score 25 tests. Prep. 53.801, Tests \nand Test Procedures. \n\n53.824 Measurement of Intelligence: Wechsler Scales \n\nPreparation to administer, score, and interpret the Wechsler Adult Intelligence \nScale (WAIS) and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC). Study \nof the theory and development of the test; its use in education and counseling. \nEach student will be required to administer 25 tests. Prep. 53.801, Tests and \nTest Procedures. \n\n53.891 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n\n70 / COURSES \n\n53.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the \ndepartment. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and of \nthe Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nCAGS COURSE OFFERINGS IN COUNSELING \n\n53.831 Advanced Group Counseling \n\nThis course will be a continuation of the content presented in Group Counseling, \nplacing greater emphasis on developing skill in conducting group counseling at \na variety of age levels. Greater attention will be given to relevant readings and \nresearch on group process and methods for behavior modification. Prep. \nPermission of instructor. \n\n53.833 Seminar in Counseling Supervision and In-Service Education \n\nMethods of improving the effectiveness of school counselors' skills in counsel- \ning and other aspects of guidance work, of involving counselors in the improve- \nment of the guidance program, and of enhancing the personal growth of the \ncounselor. Prep. Permission of Instructor. \n\n53.840-53.841-53.842 Advanced Seminar and Field Work (12 quarter hours) \n\nStudents will be given a field placement in September that is consistent with \ntheir professional goals. They will engage in counseling and other related ac- \ntivities under supervision for the remainder of the academic year. This place- \nment may be shifted during the year in order to meet varied student needs. \nAccompanying the field experience will be a regular seminar during which time \na variety of professional topics and issues will be considered. Successful com- \npletion of this course is required before the student will be permitted to take \nthe qualifying examination. \n\nAll three quarters of this course must be completed before credit will be \ngiven. Prep. Counseling Practicum or the equivalent in experience. \n\nREADING \n\n54.800 Introductory Reading and Language Skills (for \nTeacher Preparation Majors) \n\nThe introductory reading and language skills course for elementary teacher cer- \ntification programs only. Techniques for teaching aural comprehension, speak- \ning ability, reading and literature, grammar, spelling, and written composition. \nIntegration of reading and language skills. Examination of word recognition, \nmeanings, study skills, speed, and fluency growth areas of reading. Develop- \nment of reading and language skills plans for classroom use. \n\n54.801 Teaching Reading and Language Skills: Elementary Level \n\nBasic developmental reading-language skills course for elementary teachers. \nEssential reading, writing, speaking, and listening skills are presented and \nanalyzed in the light of the most recent concepts of integrated learning at \nvarious grade levels. Practical work in developing well-integrated reading- \nlanguage-skills plans for classroom use with average and above-average pupils \nwill be emphasized. Review of various types of instructional materials currently \nused in elementary classrooms, and a discussion of grouping practices. \n\n\nCOURSES / 71 \n\n54.802 Introduction to Reading Disability: Elementary and Secondary Levels \n\nSecond course in the reading specialization sequence. Description and analysis \nof the reading processes in retarded readers. Review and evaluation of basic \ncauses of reading retardation. Examination of the essential processes and skills \ninvolved in word recognition, meanings, study skills, rate and fluency, and \nrelated language skills. This course covers both elementary and secondary \nproblem readers. Prep. 54.801 or both 54.135 and 54.136. \n\n54.804 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disability I \n\nThird course in reading specialization sequence at elementary or secondary \nlevels. Diagnosis of specific reading, language, and study problems at all levels, \nintegrated with corrective measures. A log or journal representing a comprehen- \nsive diagnostic and corrective program carried on with an individual during the \nyear will be submitted and evaluated. Prep. 54.801 , 54.802. \n\n54.805 Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disability II \n\nContinuation of 54.804. Greater emphasis on corrective techniques with re- \ntarded readers. Writing of case studies. Log or journal describing diagnostic and \ncorrective program and a case study evaluating progress will be submitted and \nevaluated. Prep. 54.801, 54.802, 54.804. \n\n54.806 Practicum \n\nThis practicum involves field work under the supervision of the departmental \nstaff. Location and placement of each student in a field situation, will be deter- \nmined by the professor, thus relieving the students of the obligation of recruit- \ning their own group of youngsters. Field work will be done with groups of pupils \nwho have been diagnosed as reading and language skills problems. The profes- \nsor, or one of the other members of the reading department will visit, observe, \nand participate in on-the-spot reviews and discussions of the lessons presented. \nMore than two-thirds of the quarter's work will be in this supervised field work, \nfocussing on the ability to translate diagnostic data into usable and effective \ncorrective programs with groups of reading problems. From time to time, the \ntutors will meet as a group with the professor, for discussions of individual \ntutorial programs, as well as general evaluation of materials, methods, and \nrelevance of corrective work to diagnostic data. Prep. 54.801. 54.802, 54.804, \n54.805. \n\n54.808 Teaching Reading and Language Skills: Secondary Level \n\nAn introductory course in the teaching of reading in grades 7-12. A develop- \nmental reading program for secondary students will be discussed, including \nbasic growth areas in reading and language skills (writing, spelling, grammar, \netc.); review of available books and materials for instructional purposes; group- \ning practices; relation of developmental reading program to English courses; \nlesson planning. \n\n54.809 Supervision and Administration of Reading Programs \n\nThis course is for graduate students who seek to become Reading Supervisors, \nReading Consultants, or Directors of Reading programs in schools or in public \nor private agencies, e.g., ABCD, Title I, III, NIB, Upward Bound, Headstart \nprograms. This will cover programs at all levels from pre-school to college and \nadult basic education programs. Basic principles and practices for organizing \nthe resources, facilities, and materials available to meet reading and language \n\n\n72 / COURSES \n\nskills needs of students, will be taught. Basic administrative information on \nsources of public funds, proposal writing, screening students for instruction, \nscheduling, general logistics for setting up a program from scratch. This will \ninclude tutorial projects and the possible use of neighborhood aides in special \nreading and/or literacy programs. Prep. All basic courses in Reading. \n\n54.810 Clinical Practice \n\nA special, advanced seminar in diagnostic methods and materials, including \nthose classified as perceptually handicapped, non-English speaking persons, \nsevere reading and language problems. The content of this seminar will change \nas new diagnoses and/or corrective methods and materials develop in the field \nof Reading. Much more intensive work, which will probe more deeply into \ncauses and cures of reading problems. Prep. Approval of Instructor. \n\n54.811 Youth Literature \n\nThis course will investigate, review and develop methods of utilizing supple- \nmentary reading books and materials for school children at all levels. Plans for \nteaching with such additional materials will be developed, and where possible, \nimplemented under supervision. This will also include books and materials \ndeveloped for disadvantaged populations. Both remedial and corrective pro- \ngrams will be studied and used. \n\n54.891 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n54.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the \ndepartment. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and of \nthe Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\n\nSPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY \n\n55.801 Psychology of Exceptional Children \n\nA survey and introductory course. The nature and characteristics of exceptional \nchildren: gifted, mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed, physically handi- \ncapped, visually handicapped, deaf and hard of hearing, speech-handicapped, \nbrain-injured, and language-impaired. \n\n55.802 Organization and Management of Public-School Speech-Therapy \nPrograms \n\nThe process of identifying children who need speech therapy; planning therapy, \norganizing the program, organizational procedures, in-service training, speech \ntherapy in the public schools, the clinical point of view in the process of \nlearning. \n\n55.803 Seminar: Cerebral Palsy \n\nNeuromuscular involvements and concomitant language and speech disorders; \nintellectual deficits, psychological deviations, communicative disorders of a \ncerebral palsied population; testing, placement, and management of the cere- \nbral palsied child and adult with emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach. \n\n\nCOURSES / 73 \n\n55.804 Seminar: Aphasia and Related Neurological Disturbances \n\nLanguage disturbances associated with and related to brain damage; CVA, or- \nganic brain syndrome, space-occupying lesions, and prenatal, paranatal, and \npostnatal injuries; recent advances in aphasia; diagnostic and therapeutic tech- \nniques; coordinated approach. \n\n55.805 Seminar: Functional and Organic Disorders of Voice \n\nPhysiology and neurology of the laryngeal mechanism; the laryngoscopic ex- \namination. Voice disorders as learned behavior as a result of organic, neuro- \nlogical, and psychological deviation. Evaluation, referral, and management. \n\n55.806 Seminar: Language Disturbances in Children \n\nMinimal cerebral dysfunction and its effect on language acquisition and use \nin the communicatively disturbed child; behavioral patterns of the nonverbal \nchild; concepts of delayed development of language; evaluation and manage- \nment. \n\n55.807 Learning Disabilities \n\nPrimary emphasis will be placed on the learning problems of children with \nperceptual-motor handicaps, i.e., children who meet the criteria of normal in- \ntelligence, academic retardation and diagnosable perceptual and behavioral \ndifferences as poor visual, auditory and tactile discrimination, motor inco- \nordination, poor spatial orientation, figure-ground confusions, fragmented self- \nimage, attention difficulties and hyperactivity. \n\nDiagnostic tests currently used to evaluate these children and differentiate \nthem from the overlapping groups of emotionally disturbed, mentally retarded, \nculturally deprived and physically handicapped will be reviewed. \nA condensed survey will be made of the reading process, the skills involved, \ndiagnostic and curriculum materials. \n\nMethods and techniques now being developed for remediation of perceptual- \nmotor handicaps will be discussed. \n\n55.811 Seminar: Stuttering \n\nContemporary research in the field of stuttering. Elaboration of theories and \ntheir related therapies. Psychodynamics of stuttering behavior and empirical \nproblems. \n\n55.812 Differential Diagnosis in Speech Pathology \n\nEvaluation, interpretation, and integration of test results; the application of \nstandard psychological tests to speech and hearing disorders; analysis of pa- \ntients' premorbid and morbid histories, medical and psychological diagnoses; \ndesign and execution of therapeutic procedures; proper referral techniques and \nreport writing; practicum situation. \n\n55.813 Clinical Externship in Audiology. (No academic credit.) \n\nInvolves 12 weeks of clinical practice in audiology in the Massachusetts Eye \nand Ear Infirmary five days per week, six hours per day, or a total of 420 hours \nof clinical externship. This externship would involve pre-operative and post- \noperative audiologic assessment. In addition, it involves participation in bi- \nmonthly staffings of hearing problems at the Eye and Ear Infirmary. These \nstaffings include the otologist, neurologist, audiologist, psychologist, and social \nworker. Primary emphasis is given to participation, observation, and staffing. \n\n\n74 / COURSES \n\n55.814 Clinical Audiometry I \n\nThe use of pure tone and speech reception instrumentation and hearing aid \nevaluation, the results and intepretation in the diagnosis of functional and \norganic disorders. Open to advanced undergraduates and graduates. Prerequi- \nsites: Introduction to Audiology and consent of instructor. Lectures, demon- \nstration, observations, and practicum. \n\n55.815 Clinical Audiology II \n\nThe process of identification and evaluation of hearing loss. Differential diagno- \nsis. Tests for conductive, sensorineural, and retrocochlear involvements. A \nconsideration of research findings in the area of hearing aid selection, audi- \ntory training, lip reading, and language training for hearing handicapped indi- \nviduals. Prerequisites: Introduction to Audiology (see undergraduate Educa- \ntion catalog). \n\n55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology \n\nProcedures in evaluating organic and functional communication disorders using \nstandard and nonstandard speech and language tests in University clinic situ- \nations. Demonstration and application of techniques, and objective reporting. \n\n55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech-Hearing \nMechanism \n\nLectures and demonstrations by medical personnel. Emphasis on the head and \nneck. Admission by consent of adviser and medical supervisor. Prerequisites: \nAnatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech and Hearing I; Introduction to \nAudiology, and Pathologies of the Ear. For advanced standing students. \n\n55.818 Pathologies of the Ear \n\nLectures and observations in the organic and neurological pathologies of the \near; i.e., otitis media, Meniere's disease, and otosclerosis. Consideration of \napproaches to treatment, (medical setting) \n\n55.819 Clinical Audiometry II \n\nSpecialized techniques (Bekesy, FGSR, EEG, Group Testing, and screening) the \nresults and interpretation in the diagnosis of functional and organic hearing \ndisorders. Prerequisites: Introduction to Audiology and Audiometry I. Lectures, \ndemonstration, observations, and practicum. \n\n55.820 Physiological Acoustics \n\nA study of the human ear as an acoustical, mechanical, and electrical system. \nPsychophysical dimensions, calibrating procedures, methodologies of stand- \nardization and quantification of auditory response. \n\n55.821 Seminar in Audiology \n\nThe audiology department at the Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary selects \ninteresting audiological problem patients and brings them to the Infirmary for \npresentation to, and the scrutiny of, students. The medical and audiological \nstaffs of the Eye and Ear Infirmary are in charge of this seminar. Covered are: \nclinical history, findings, diagnosis, and disposition of each patient. At each \nsession, two or three patients are presented and discussed in detail. Prerequi- \nsite: Pathologies of the Ear and permission of program director. \n\n\nCOURSES / 75 \n\n55.822 Seminar: Functional and Organic Disorders of Speech \n\nDiagnosis, prognosis, and remediation of articulatory disorders as learned be- \nhavior, as a result of organic and/or psychological deviation. Evaluation, refer- \nral, and management. Prerequisites: Anatomy I, Organic Disorders, and gradu- \nate standing. \n\n55.823 Social Aspects of Communication Disorders \n\nEffect of communication disorders on social functioning; the impact on child \nand family; sociological significance for parents; helping the family; kinds of \nhelp needed by family. Similarities and differences in services offered by the \nsocial caseworker, school, guidance counselor, vocational counselor, clinical \npsychologist, and the psychiatrist. \n\n55.824 Seminar in Speech Pathology \n\nA consideration of communication disorders of all types from a psychiatric \nviewpoint. A presentation of cases by the psychiatric and psychologic staff. \nDifferential diagnosis, etiology, symptomatology, and management. \n\n\nSPECIAL EDUCATION \n\nTeaching the Deaf \n\n55.825 Teaching Speech to Deaf Children \n\nUtilization of vibration, visual aids, kinesthetic and proprioceptive cues, resid- \nual hearing and imitation in combination to elicit intelligible speech from the \ndeaf. \n\n55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to Deaf Children \n\nModern methods in use such as the Fitzgerald Key and the Natural Language \nApproach. Emphasis on how to use language in natural situations through lip \nreading and writing, with later emphasis on the formal presentation of language \nprinciples. \n\nMethods used to develop reading experiences that focus on content rather than \nmechanics. Development of a balanced reading program that will provide \nadequate motivation, provision for evaluation, a wide variety of rich materials, \nand a well-organized sequence of reading experiences. \n\n55.827 Methods and Materials in Deaf Education \n\nSpecial methodologies in teaching the deaf. A wide view of the field and a \ncomprehensive consideration of methods and materials. Emphasis placed on how \nto provide concrete experiences and activities, trips, and demonstrations to \nassist the child in understanding. There will also be demonstrations in the use \nof visual and auditory aids. \n\n55.828 Speechreading and Auditory Training \n\nVarious speechreading methods, auditory training techniques and materials. \nAn integrated approach to the treatment of the hearing handicapped. \n\n55.852 Practicum: Teaching of the Deaf \n\nAn opportunity for observing and teaching deaf children at various levels, under \nregular supervision in the Beverly School for the Deaf. (8 quarter hours) \n\n\n76 / COURSES \n\nTeaching the Emotionally Disturbed \n\n55.830 Etiology, Dynamics, and Treatment of Emotional Disturbances in \nChildren \n\nThe etiology, dynamics, diagnosis and treatment of emotional disturbance in \nchildren. Special attention to emotional blocks to learning. The different kinds \nof referral agencies and their role in treatment. \n\n55.831 Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed: Problems and Strategies \n\nIdentification of problem areas in teaching and learning. The development of \nmaterials and teaching methods as instructional strategies to meet specific \nlearning difficulties. \n\n55.832 Group Dynamics \n\nEmphasis on understanding the deeper questions of group growth, behavior, \nand action fundamental to developing solutions to the complex problems of \ngroup life. Students will learn to act democratically and as a group, to exam- \nine their strengths and weaknesses, to make decisions, to become alert to new \nideas and actions, to discover the pulse of a group, and why one group is pro- \nductive while another is nonproductive. The group will examine intensively such \nareas as group process, sociodrama, sociometric techniques, attitude testing, \nsocial action project development, and communication blocks in human rela- \ntions. \n\n55.833 Mental Health \n\nConditions leading to the most effective social adjustment. The relationship \nbetween the maturation process and mental health, the predeterminants of \nmaladjustment and its prevention, special stress on those factors that en- \ncourage the attainment of emotional maturity. Information bearing on mental \nhealth from the fields of psychiatry, psychology, sociology, physiology, and \nmedicine will be synthesized and evaluated. \n\n55.834 Case Conferences on Emotionally Disturbed Children \n\nThis course will be conducted in seminar style in connection with the student's \npracticum. Case presentations by outstanding resource persons will be thor- \noughly examined and discussed. Students will also be expected to make their \ncase presentations to the seminar. \n\n55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life \n\nThis course will cover internal and external dynamics of family life and the \nsignificance of such dynamic features to emotional disturbance in the child. \n\n55.836 Practicum and Seminar (for teachers of the emotionally disturbed) \n\nThe culminating experience of this practicum will be participation as a teacher \nin a full quarter of student teaching fulfilling the requirement of the degree \nprogram. Preliminary experiences will include observation, individual tutoring, \ncase studies, and attendance at staff conferences. Students should make \napplication for the practicum to the director of the program two quarters prior \nto the intended quarter of the practicum. (8 quarter hours) \n\nTeaching the Mentally Retarded \n\n55.840 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded \n\nThe nature and needs of the mentally retarded; degrees of retardation, their \netiologies and concomitant behavioral disorders. The Strauss syndrome. The \n\n\nCOURSES / 77 \n\nconcept of intelligence. Psychological rationale for curricula development. The \nimportance of multidisciplinary approach in a program for the retarded child \nand his family. \n\n55.841 Methods and Materials — Trainable Retarded \n\nCurriculum development and education methodologies for the trainable re- \ntarded. Organization and development of instruction for pupils with retarded \nmental development in special classes. \n\n55.842 Methods and Materials — Educable Retarded \n\nCurriculum development and education methodologies for the educable re- \ntarded. Organization and development in instruction for pupils with retarded \nmental development in special classes. \n\n55.843 Industrial Arts and Crafts \n\nA course designed to develop some fundamental skills in teachers of mentally \nretarded children so that the latter may receive instruction in vocational and \nhome economics. Projects in chosen areas such as sewing, food preparation, \nand making basic arts and crafts. \n\n55.844 Measurement and Evaluation in Special Education \n\nThis course emphasizes the evaluation of intelligence and the assessment of \npsycholinguistic abilities and disabilities of the mentally retarded. Such in- \nstruments as the Illinois Test of Psycholinguistic Abilities and the Peabody \nPicture Vocabulary Test are discussed. Also considered are the methodologies \nused in the measurement of evaluation of retarded children. \n\n55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers — Elective \n\nThe purpose of this course is to help develop effective working relationships \nbetween vocational rehabilitation counselors and special education teachers. \nThe course is designed to expose these two groups of professional workers \njointly to a number of similar educational experiences. Also, designed for ele- \nmentary and secondary personnel who are concerned with exceptional children. \nTopics covered: vocational rehabilitation terms and concepts; background of \nvocational rehabilitation, including present legislation; teacher's role in voca- \ntional rehabilitation; understanding of the counseling process; and vocational \nrehabilitation resources for special educators. \n\n55.846 Practicum in Special Education \n\nA combined course of teaching experiences with retarded children and experi- \nences in performing differential diagnostic evaluations of retarded children in a \nclinical setting. Case analyses, staffings, program planning. \n\n55.891 Thesis \n\nA research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses \n(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser. \n\n55.899 Directed Study \n\nThis experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or \ninterests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the \ndepartment. Prerequisites: approval of the chairman of the department and of \nthe Director of the Graduate School of Education. \n\nAlso other selected courses in Rehabilitation Administration, Deaf Education, \nand Speech Pathology. \n\n\nIndex \n\n\nAcademic Council, 13 \nAddress of Graduate School \n\nof Education, 1 \nAdministration \n\nGraduate Division, 1 \n\nUniversity, 10 \nAdmission \n\nCertificate Program, 36 \n\nMaster's Degree, 33-36 \n\n\nGraphic Science, 62 \nInstruction, 58 \nReading, 70 \nSpecial Education, 45 \nSpeech Pathology \n\nand Audiology, 43 \nVocational Rehabilitation \nAdministration, 56 \nCredits, 25 \n\nTransfer, 35 \n\n\nB \n\nBoard of Trustees, 9 \nBuildings and Facilities, 19 \n\n\nExecutive Council, 10 \n\n\nCalendar, 5-6 \nCampus Description and \nLocation, 19 \nMap, 4 \nCertificate of Advanced \nGraduate Study, 36 \n(See also Fields of Study) \nClass Hours and Credits, 25 \nClassifications, Academic, 34 \nColleges, Undergraduates, 80 \nCommittee of the Graduate \nSchool of Education, 16 \nContinuing Education, Center for, M \nCooperative Plan of Education, 17 \nCore Requirements \n\n(See Fields of Study) \nCorporation, 7 \nCourses, Description of \nCounseling, 67 \n\nEducational Administration, 63 \nEducational \n\nResearch Technology, 55 \nFoundations of Education, 52 \n\n\nFaculty, 30 \n\nFaci'lty Senate, 13 \n\nFees, 27 \n\nFields of Study \n\nFields of Study \n\nGraduate Study, 49 \nTeacher Preparation, 47 \nPrograms in Professional \nSpecializations, 37 \n\nFinancial Information, 27-29 \n\nFull-Time Study, 33 \n\n\nGrading System, 24 \nGraduate and Professional \nSchools, 18 \n\nH \n\nHenderson House, 20 \n\n\nLibraries, 19 \n\n\n78 \n\n\nINDEX / 79 \n\n\nM \n\nMap of Campus, 4 \n\nMarine Science Institute, 21 \n\nMaster's Degree, Admission, 30-36 \n\n\nSpecial-Student Status, 34 \nStudent Center, 19 \nSuburban Facilities, 20 \n\n\nPart-Time Study, 33 \nPrograms of Study, 32 \n(See also Fields of Study) \n\n\nTeacher Preparation Programs \n\n(See Fields of Study) \nTransfer Credits, 35 \nTrustees, 9 \nTuition, 27 \n\n\nRefunds, 27 \nRegistration, 23 \n\nDates, 5-6 \nRegulations, 23-25 \nResearch Activities, 18 \nResidence Requirement, 24 \n\n\nU \n\nUndergraduate Colleges, 80 \nUniversity Council, 12 \nUniversity Graduate Council, 14 \n\nW \n\nWithdrawals, 29 \n\n\nUNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES \n\nOffering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate \n\n\ndegrees \n\nBoston-Bouve College \nCollege of Business Administration \nCollege of Criminal Justice \nCollege of Education \n\n\nCollege of Engineering \nCollege of Liberal Arts \nCollege of Nursing \nCollege of Pharmacy \n\n\nOffering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to \nassociate and baccalaureate degrees \n\nLincoln College \n\nUniversity College \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF \nENGINEERING \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \nBULLETIN 1969-1970 \nGRADUATE SCHOOL OF \nENGINEERING \n\n\nNortheastern University \n\n360 Huntington Avenue \n\nBoston, Massachusetts 02115 \n\nTelephone (617) 437-2705 \n\n\nRoland assqq^ \n\n\n^NfeAOss \n\n\nContents \n\n\n4 Campus Map \n\n5 Academic Calendar \n\n6 University Holidays \n\n6 Tentative Academic Calendar 1970-1971 \n\n7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University \n7 The Northeastern University Corporation \n\n9 Board of Trustees \n\n10 Administration Organization \n\n12 General University Committees \n\n14 Graduate Division Organization \n\n17 The University \n\n19 Buildings and Facilities \n\n23 Regulations of the Graduate School of Engineering \n23 General Regulations \n\n27 The Master's Degree \n\n30 The Doctor of Philosophy Degree \n\n32 Interdisciplinary Programs \n\n35 Financial Information \n\n35 Financial Obligations \n\n36 Financial Aid \n39 Faculty \n\n43 Fields of Study \n\n43 Chemical Engineering \n\n49 Civil Engineering \n\n62 Electrical Engineering \n\n87 Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management \n\n100 Mechanical Engineering \n\n117 Mathematics \n\n119 Index \n\n\nPLAN OF NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY \n\n\n1 \n\nSchool of Law (104 The Fenw \n\nay) \n\n15A \n\n1A \n\nSchool of Education (102 The \n\nFenway) \n\n1B \n\n153 Hemenway Street \n\n16 \n\n2 \n\nMelvin Hall \n\n17 \n\n3 \n\nSmith Hall \n\n18 \n\n4 \n\n115-119 Hemenway Street \n\n19 \n\n5 \n\nWhite Hall \n\n20 \n\n6 \n\nStetson Hall \n\n21 \n\n7 \n\nSpeare Hall \n\n21A \n\n8 \n\n106-122 St. Stephen Street \n\n22 \n\n9 \n\nLight Hall \n\n23 \n\n10 \n\nParker Building \n\n24 \n\n11 \n\nGreenleaf Building \n\n25 \n\n12 \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\n26 \n27 \n\n13 \n\nRichards Hall \n\n14 \n\nDodge Library \n\n28 \n\n15 \n\nUnited Realty Building \n\nCenter for Continuing Educati< \n( 1 1 Leon Street) \n\nForsyth Building \n\nForsyth Annex \n\nCharles A. Dana Research Cer \n\nChurchill Hall \n\nHayden Hall \n\nEll Student Center (new) \n\nEll Student Center (original) \n\nMugar Life Sciences Building \n\nRobinson Hall \n\nBotolph Building \n\nChemistry Building \n\nDockser Hall (Boston-Bouve) \n\nBarletta Natatorium (swimminc \nand handball courts) \n\nSchool of Law and Criminal Ji \n(under construction) \n\n\nACADEMIC CALENDAR 1969-70 \n\n\nSummer Session 1969 \n\nRegistration Period for Former \n\nStudents Tuesday-Friday \n\nInterview and Registration Period \n\nfor New Students* Monday-Friday \n\nClasses Begin Monday \n\nDeadline for Filing Commencement \n\n\nCard — September Graduation \nClasses End \nExamination Period \n\n\nTuesday \nTuesday \nWednesday-Saturday July 23-July 26 \n\n\nMay 27-June 6 \n\nJune 2-June 6 \nJune 16 \n\nJuly 1 \nJuly 22 \n\n\nFall Quarter 1969 \n\n\nRegistration Period for Former \n\nStudents \nRegistration Period for New Students \n\nAccepted by Applic. prior to June 1 \nInterview Period and Registration Period \n\nfor New Students by Appointments* \nClasses Begin \nExamination Period! \n\n\nTuesday & Wednesday \n\nTuesday-Friday \n\n11 a.m. -4 p.m. \n\nTuesday-Friday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\n\nSept. 2 & Sept. 3 \nSept. 2-Sept. 12 \nSept. 2-Sept. 12 \n\nSept. 2-Sept. 12 \nSeptember 15 \nDecember 1-6 \n\n\nWinter Quarter 1969-70 \n\nChange of Registration for Former \n\nStudents Monday-Friday Nov. 17-Nov. 21 \n\nInterview and Registration Period \n\nfor New Students* Monday-Friday Nov. 17-Nov. 21 \n\nClasses Begin Monday December 8 \n\nExamination Periodt Monday-Friday March 2-March 7 \n\n\nSpring Quarter 1970 \n\n\nChange of Registration for Former \n\nStudents \nClasses Begin \nDeadline for Filing Commencement \n\nCards — June Graduation \nFinal Grades Due in Registrar's Office \n\nfor June Graduates taking third \n\nquarter courses \nExamination Periodf \nSpring Commencement \n\n\nMonday-Friday \nMonday \n\nWednesday \n\n\nFriday \n\nTuesday-Saturday \n\nSunday \n\n\nFeb. 23-Feb. 27 \nMarch 16 \n\nApril 1 \n\n\nMay 29 \n\nJune 2-June 6 \n\nJune 14 \n\n\n'Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before \n\nthe date of the interview. \ntExaminations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate \n\nexamination schedule. \n\n\nUNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1969-1970 \n\n\nIndependence Day \nColumbus Day \nVeterans' Day \nThanksgiving Recess \nChristmas Vacation \nWashington's Birthday \nPatriots' Day \nMemorial Day \n\n\nFriday \n\nMonday \n\nTuesday \n\nThursday-Saturday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday \n\n\nJuly 4 \nOctober 13 \nNovember 11 \nNov. 27-Nov. 29 \nDec. 22-Jan. 3 \nFebruary 16 \nApril 20 \nMay 25 \n\n\nTENTATIVE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1970-1971 \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \n\n\nRegistration period \nClasses begin \nExamination period \nSpring commencement \n\n\nSummer Quarter 1970 \n\nTuesday-Friday \n\nMonday \n\nWednesday-Saturday \n\nFall Quarter 1970 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nWinter Quarter 1970-1971 \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \n\nSpring Quarter 1971 \n\nMonday-Saturday \nMonday \n\nMonday-Saturday \nSunday \n\n\nMay 26-June 5 \n\nJune 15 \n\nJuly 22-July25 \n\n\nAug. 24-Sept. 12 \nSeptember 21 \nDec. 7-Dec. 12 \n\n\nNov. 23-Nov. 28 \nDecember 14 \nMar. 8-Mar. 13 \n\n\nFeb. 29-Mar. 6 \nMarch 22 \nJune 7-June 12 \nJune 20 \n\n\nThe Governing Boards \n\nand Officers of the University \n\n\nTHE CORPORATION \n\n\nJulius Abrams \nCharles F. Adams \nWilliam T. Alexander \nO. Kelley Anderson \n*Charles F. Avila \nFrederick Ayer \n\nAllen G. Barry \n\"Lincoln C. Bateson \n\nThomas P. Beal \n*F. Gregg Bemis \n\nEdward L. Bigelow \n\nRobert D. Black \n*S. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \n\nGerald W. Blakeley, Jr. \n\nRaymond H. Blanchard \n\nS. Whitney Bradley \n\nRexford A. Bristol \n*George R. Brown \n\nMartin Brown \n*John L. Burns \n\n'Louis W. Cabot \n*Norman L. Cahners \n\nHenry F. Callahan \n\nErwin D. Canham \n*Richard P. Chapman \n\nTheodore Chase \n\nRobert F. Chick \n\n\nVessarios G. Chigas \nCarl W. Christianser? \nPaul F. Clark \nAbram T. Collier \nWilliam A. Coolidge \nRobert Cutler \n\nMarshall B. Dalton \nRoger C. Damon \n\n'Edward Dana \nEdward Dane \nWilliam O. DiPietro \nAlfred di Scipio \nCharles E. Dockser \n\n'William R. Driver, Jr. \n\n'Carl S. Ell \n\n'Byron K. Elliott \n\n'William P. Ellison \nRobert G. Emerson \nJoseph A. Erickson \n\n'Robert Erickson \n\n'Frank L. Farwell \nJoseph F. Ford \nNoble Foss \n\nWilliam W. Garth, Jr \nJames M. Gavin \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nElliott M. Gordon \n\nJohn L. Grandin, Jr. \n\nDon S. Greer \n\"Samuel A. Groves \n\"Donald B. Guy \n\nH. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. \n\"George Hansen \n\nWilliam Hellman \n\"Ernest Henderson III \n\nWalter F. Henneberry \n\nVincent R. Herterick \n\nCharles E. Hodges \n\"Harold D. Hodgkinson \n\nRobert W. Holmes \n\nHarvey P. Hood \n\"Chandler Hovey \n\nHartwell G. Howe \n\nJohn S. Howe \n\nHoward M. Hubbard \n\nCarl R. Hurtig \n\nEli Jacobson \n\nRay E. Johns \n\nHoward B. Johnson \n*Robert L. Johnson \n\"Henry C. Jones \n\nFrances Comins \n\n(Mrs. John B.) Kenerson \n*E. Douglas Kenna \n\nEdward M. Kennedy \n\nFenton G. Keyes \n\nCalvin A. King \n*Asa S. Knowles \n\n\nDon G. Mitchell \n\nEdward R. Mitton \n\"Harold A. Mock \n\nIrwin L. Moore \n\nJames A. Morris \n'James A. Morton \n\nWilliam B. Moses, Jr. \n\"Stephen P. Mugar \n\nWilliam H. Nichols, Jr. \nJohn T. Noonan \n\nBernard J. O'Keefe \nAdrian O'Keeffe \nHarry Olins \nGeorge Olmsted, Jr. \nJames H. Orr \n\n\"Augustin H. Parker \nEdward S. Parsons \nAmelia Peabody \nTheodore R. Peary \n\n\"Thomas L. Phillips \nEdward D. Phinney \nJerome M. Powell \nAlbert Pratt \nGeorge Putnam \n\nWilliam M. Rand \nWilliam H. Raye, Jr. \n\"Frank L. Richardson \n\"Joseph G. Riesman \n\"Dwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRalph B. Rogers \n\n\nStephen D. Lavoie \nJoseph C. Lawler \nMaurice Lazarus \nAlfred E. Lonnberg \nEdward A. Loring \n'John Lowell \nRalph Lowell \n\n\"Lawrence H. Martin \nPercy M. Mcintosh \nAndrew J. McNeill \nDominic Meo, Jr. \n\n\nLeverett Saltonstall \nJulius C. Santis \nDavid T. Scott \nSydney Shaftman \nJames L. Shanahan \nS. Peter Shumavon \nGifford K. Simonds, Jr. \nDonald B. Sinclair \nPhilip A. Singleton \n\n\"Robert E. Slater \nDonald W. Smith \n\n'Farnham W. Smith \n\n\n\"Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nGeorge A. Snell \nJohn V. Spalding \nJoseph P. Spang, Jr. \nRobert C. Sprague \n*Russell B. Stearns \n*Earl P. Stevenson \nDavid B. Stone \n* Robert G. Stone \nGeorge B. Storer \nThomas E. Sunderland \n\nCharles H. Tenney II \nPhilip H. Theopold \nAlmore I. Thompson \nMilton A. Thompson \n\n*Earl H. Thomson \nD. Thomas Trigg \n\n*Chaplin Tyler \n\n\nEugene J. Vogel \n\nSamuel Wakeman \nEustis Walcott \nEdward A. Weeks \nSinclair Weeks \nWilliam C. White \nRaymond S. Wilkins \nRoy F. Williams \n\n(deceased Dec. 29, 1968) \n'Robert H.Willis \nAlfred K. Wright \n\nRichard W. Young \n\nVincent C. Ziegler \n*Alvin C. Zises \n\n\n'Member of the Board of Trustees \n\n\nTHE BOARD OF TRUSTEES \n\n\nByron K. Elliott, Chairman \n\nDwight P. Robinson, Jr., Wee Chairman \n\nRussell B. Stearns, Wee Chairman \n\nLawrence H. Martin, Treasurer \n\nLincoln C. Bateson, Secretary \n\nPhilip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman \n\n\nClass of 1969 \n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nEdward Dana \nWilliam P. Ellison \nErnest Henderson III \nStephen P. Mugar \nJoseph G. Riesman \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nAlvin C. Zises \n\n\nClass of 1970 \n\nCarl S. Ellt \nRobert Erickson \nFrank L. Farwell \nSamuel A. Groves \nGeorge Hansen \nHenry C. Jones \nHarold A. Mock \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nChaplin Tyler \n\n\ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\nClass of 1971 \n\nF. Gregg Bemis \nLouis W. Cabot \nByron K. Elliott \nDonald B. Guy \nChandler Hovey \nE. Douglas Kenna \nJohn Lowell \nLawrence H. Martin \nAugustin H. Parker \nEarl P. Stevenson \nEarl H. Thomson \n\n\nClass of 1972 \n\nCharles F. Avila \nGeorge R. Brown \nJohn L. Burns \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nHarold D. Hodgkinson \nRobert L. Johnson \nJames A. Morton \nThomas L. Phillips \nFrank L. Richardson \nRobert G. Stone \nRobert H. Willis \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio* \n\n\nExecutive Committee \n\nHarold A. Mock, Chairman \nSamuel A. Groves, Vice Chairman \n\n\nS. Bruce Black \n\n(deceased Dec. 7, 1968) \nGeorge R. Brown \nLouis W. Cabot \nNorman L. Cahners \nRichard P. Chapman \nWilliam R. Driver, Jr. \nCarl S. Ellt \nLawrence H. Martin \n\n\nFrank L. Richardson \nDwight P. Robinson, Jr. \nRobert E. Slater \nFarnham W. Smith \nRussell B. Stearns \nEarl P. Stevenson \nRobert G. Stone \nEarl H. Thomson \nRobert H. Willis \nAlvin C. Zises \nByron K. Elliott, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION \n\nOfficers of the University \n\nAsa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., D.S.Bus.Ed., President \nCarl S. Ell, A.B., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus \nLincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President and Director of Finance \nJack R. Bohlen, B.B.A., Vice President for Development \n\n\n\"President of the University \ntPresident Emeritus of the University \n\n\n10 \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and \n\nDean of Faculty \n\nGilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs and \n\nDean of Students \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., Vice President and Dean of University Administration \n\nLoring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education \n\nAcademic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers \n\nCatherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., D.Ed., Dean of Boston-Bouve College \n\nJohn S. Bailey, B.S., M.B.A., Dean of University College \n\nKenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University Relations \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of \n\nActuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, B.Sc, M.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Education and Director of \n\nthe Graduate School of Education \n\nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nGilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions \n\nJames E. Gilbert, B.S., M.A., Sc.D., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nProfessional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director \n\nof the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nCharles W. Havice, A.B., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D., D.D., Dean of Chapel \n\nJames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration \n\nIsrael Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of Continuing Education \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of \nArts and Sciences \n\nWilliam F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nJuanita Long, B.S., M.S., Acting Dean of Nursing \n\nAlan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education \n\n11 \n\n\nEdmund J. McTernan, B.S., M.S., M.P.H., Dean of the Division of Health Sciences \n\nRoland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library \n\nRudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and \n\nUniversity Registrar \n\nThomas J. O'Toole, A.B., LL.B., M.A., Dean of Law \n\nAndre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nBusiness Administration \n\nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Comptroller and Assistant Director of \n\nFinance \n\nGustav S. Rook, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Lincoln College \n\nNorman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Faculty \n\nRobert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nCharles W. Tenney, Jr., LL.B., LL.M., Dean of Criminal Justice \n\nArthur A. Vernon, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nLouis Vrettos, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Instruction and Director of the \n\nSuburban Campus \n\n\nGENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES \n\n\nThe Executive Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nLincoln C. Bateson \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRoy L. Wooldridge \n\n\nThe University Council \n\nAsa S. Knowles, Chairman \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Wee Chairman \n\nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\n\nKenneth W. Ballou \nLincoln C. Bateson \nJack R. Bohlen \nPhilip C. Boyd \nMartin W. Essigmann \nArthur E. Fitzgerald \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \n\n\nGilbert G. MacDonald \nRobert E. Moffat \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nDaniel J. Roberts, Jr. \nKenneth G. Ryder \nArthur A. Vernon \n\n\n12 \n\n\nThe Academic Council \n\n\nCatherine L. Allen \nJohn S. Bailey \nGeoffrey Crofts \nMartin W. Essigmann \nGilbert C. Garland \nJames E. Gilbert \nJames S. Hekimian \nIsrael Katz \nLeRoy C. Keagle \nWilliam F. King \nJuanita Long \nGilbert G. MacDonald \n\n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman \nLoring M. Thompson, Secretary \n\nMelvin Mark \nFrank E. Marsh, Jr. \nRoland H. Moody \nRudolph M. Morris \nThomas J. OToole \nGustav S. Rook \nNorman Rosenblatt \nKenneth G. Ryder \nRobert A. Shepard \nCharles W. Tenney, Jr. \nArthur A. Vernon \nLouis Vrettos \nRoy L. Wooldridge \nAsa S. Knowles, ex officio \n\n\nThe Faculty Senate \n\n\n\"Catherine L. Allen \n\nJames T. Barrs \n\nEugene J. Blackman \n\nRobert L. Cord \n\nGoldie Crocker \n\nJames M. Feldman \n\nRobert J. Ferullo \n\"Arthur E. Fitzgerald \n\nWalter L. Fogg \n\nNorbert L. Fullington \n\nArvin Grabel \n\"James S. Hekimian \n\nRichard B. Higgins \n\nJohn R. G. Jenkins \n\nRobert D. Klein \n\nFrank F. Lee \n\"Gilbert G. MacDonald \n*Melvin Mark \n\nWesley W. Marple \n\nErnest E. Mills \n\n\n\"Rudolph M. Morris \n\nHarold Naidus \n\nSaul Namyet \n\nIrene A. Nichols \n\nWilfred J. Remillard \n\"Kenneth G. Ryder \n\nJohn W. Schermerhorn \n\"Robert A. Shepard \n\nCarl A. Shiftman \n\nLeo Snyder \n\nGuiliano Sorani \n\nRichard R. Stewart \n\nPaul H. Tedesco \n\"Charles W. Tenney, Jr. \n\nHarold A. Walker \n\nRoy Weinstein \n\nJoseph H. Wellbank \n\nRobert L. Wells \n\"Roy L. Wooldridge \n\nSteve Worth \n\n\nPresiding Officer \n\nAsa S. Knowles \n\nor \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald \n\n\n\"Appointed by the President \n\n\n13 \n\n\nGRADUATE DIVISION ORGANIZATION \n\nAdministration \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nJoseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional \nAccounting \n\nCharles F. Haley, M.Ed., Associate Director of the Graduate School of Education \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJohn W. Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \nBusiness Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of \nPharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, B.D., M.B.A., Director of the Graduate School of \n\nArts and Sciences \n\nAndre P. Priem, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nJoseph A. Ross, B.S.Ed., Administrative Assistant in the Graduate Division \n\nRichard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of \n\nEngineering \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nJanice Walker, A.B., Registrar of the Graduate Division \n\nCarol A. Weiss, A.B., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education \n\nUniversity Graduate Council \n1968-1969 \n\nThe Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con- \nduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the \nCouncil. \n\nAdministrative Members \n\nArthur A. Vernon, Chairman, Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nJanice Walker, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Division \n\nGeoffrey Crofts, Dean of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science \n\nRay C. Dethy, Associate Dean of Education and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Education \n\nArthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty \n\n14 \n\n\nJoseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson, Assistant Dean of Engineering and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Engineering \n\nJames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration \n\nLeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of Pharmacy and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences \n\nRobert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and \n\nDirector of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences \n\nMelvin Mark, Dean of Engineering \n\nFrank E. Marsh, Dean of Education \n\nAndre P. Priem, Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration \n\nKenneth G. Ryder, Dean of University Administration \n\nRobert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts \n\nRoy L. Wooldridge, Dean of Cooperative Education \n\n\nElected Faculty Members \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1969) \n\nJames T. Barrs, Professor of English \n\nFrancis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department \n\nRobert J. Ferullo, Associate Professor of Special Education \n\nAustin W. Fisher, Professor of Engineering Management \n\nBernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nMelvin Howards, Director of Center for Educational Development \n\nA. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations \n\nJohn F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology and Chairman of the Department \n\nJohn N. Samaras, Associate Professor of Management \n\nAlbert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and \nChairman of the Department \n\n(Terms Expire Sept. 1970) \n\nRonald Aaron, Associate Professor of Physics \nBernard J. Brent, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry \nCharles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marketing \nJohn F. Dunn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\n15 \n\n\nCarlo E. Gubellini, Professor of Management \n\nGeorge M. Krause, Professor of Pharmacy \n\nHarold R. Raemer, Professor of Electrical Engineering and \nChairman of the Department \n\nAlan B. Sostek, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education \n\nA. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department \n\nWilliam G. Zimmerman, Associate Professor of Educational Administration and \nChairman of the Department \n\n\nCommittee on Graduate Study in Engineering \n\n1968-69 \n\nGeorge W. Hankinson. A.B., S.B., M.S., Chairman, Assistant Dean of Engineering \n\nand Director of the Graduate \nSchool of Engineering and \nProfessor of Civil Engineering \n\nArthur R. Foster, B.S., M.Eng., Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nand Chairman of the Department \n\nDavid R. Freeman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering \n\nand Acting Chairman of the Department \n\nMelvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc. D., Dean of Engineering \n\nHarold R. Raemer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nand Chairman of the Department \n\nErnest L. Spencer. S.B., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nand Chairman of the Department \n\nRichard E. Sprague, B.S., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the \n\nGraduate School of Engineering \n\nRalph A. Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nand Chairman of the Department \n\nArthur A. Vernon, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate Division \n\nAlvah K. Borman, B.S., Ed.M., Ex Officio, Director of Graduate Placement Services \n\nand Professor of Cooperative Education \n\n\n16 \n\n\nThe University \n\n\nFounded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri- \nvately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the \nGeneral Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact- \nment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The \nUniversity is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the \nNortheastern University Corporation, which is composed of more than \n150 distinguished business and professional men. \n\nFrom its beginning Northeastern University has had as its dominant \npurpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting \nof these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not dupli- \ncated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new \nareas of educational service. \n\nA distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan, \ninitiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted \nby the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935), \nEducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964), and Boston-Bouve \nCollege (1964). This educational method enables students to gain valu- \nable practical experience as an integral part of their college program \nand also provides the means by which they may contribute substantially \nto the financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the \ngraduate level in engineering, sociology, actuarial science, the pharma- \nceutical sciences, professional accounting, and law. \n\nIn the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed \nto meet a variety of needs. Since 1906 evening curricula have been \noffered leading to the bachelor's degree. Programs in the arts and sci- \nences, engineering, various fields of business, law enforcement and se- \ncurity, and other areas have been carefully planned to serve mature \nstudents who are employed full time during the day and want to broaden \ntheir educational background by part-time study. All formal courses of \nstudy leading to degrees through evening programs are approved by the \nBasic College faculties concerned and are subject to the same quantita- \ntive and qualitative standards as the regular day curricula. \n\n17 \n\n\n18 / THE UNIVERSITY \n\nGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS \n\nThe Graduate Division of the University offers day and evening programs. \nIt is made up of the following graduate and professional schools, which offer \nprograms leading to the degrees listed: \n\nThe Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of \nScience in Actuarial Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of \nArts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of \nPublic Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of \nMaster of Business Administration. \n\nThe Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education \nand the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study. \n\nThe Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science \nand Doctor of Philosophy. \n\nThe School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor. \n\nThe Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences offers the degree of \nMaster of Science. \n\nThe Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master \nof Science in Accounting. \n\nCENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION \n\nThe Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni- \nversity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. \nIts programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, \nand a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. \nThe Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade asso- \nciations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of programs \ndealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of Com- \nmunity Services, working with governmental agencies and community \norganizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in social \nproblems on both the local and national level. \n\nMany of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North- \neastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts. \n\nRESEARCH ACTIVITIES \n\nThe facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic \nresearch projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and \nengineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose \nservices are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the \nColleges. \n\nAlthough Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and \ngraduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective \nteaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by \nresearch activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge. \n\n\nBuildings and Facilities \n\n\nMAIN CAMPUS \n\nThe main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun- \ntington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's \nfamous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated \nin the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, \nHorticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard \nteaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library and many schools and \ncolleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University. \n\nMajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan \nInternational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and \nintrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan- \nsuburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor- \nists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike \n(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section. \n\nThe campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the \nmain educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. \nThe principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, \nare of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon- \nnected by underground passageways. \n\nEll Student Center \n\nThe Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea- \ntion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a \nseating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special \ndrama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu- \ndent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than \n1,000. \n\nLibraries \n\nThe University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is \nthe main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School \nof Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical \nEngineering, Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology. \nThere are additional subject collections for the Center for Management \nDevelopment at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science In- \nstitute in Nahant. \n\n19 \n\n\n20 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES \n\nThe library collections number 210,000 volumes supplemented by \nsome 250,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The \ncollection includes, in addition, some 2,500 periodical titles, 90,000 \ndocuments, and 2,300 sound recordings. \n\nCabot Physical Education Center \n\nThe Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the \nbest equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an \nathletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as \nadministrative offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical \nEducation Department of Boston-Bouve College. \n\nA recent addition to the Center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a \n105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, \nand shower and dressing facilities. \n\nApartments for Male Graduate Students \n\nThe University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom- \nmodates 279 men. Two-, three-, and four-man apartments are available \nwhich vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are \nfurnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table. \nThe cost includes all utilities. \n\nA $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments. \nApplications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students \nare expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but \nmay live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments \nand in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come, \nfirst served basis. \n\nSUBURBAN FACILITIES \n\nSuburban Campus \n\nThe Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and \n3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of \nindividuals and of industry in the area. \n\nIn addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, \nbusiness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of \nundergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's*de- \ngrees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro- \ngrams are offered. \n\nHenderson House \n\nThe University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in \nWeston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts \nshort-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro- \nfessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the \nmain campus. \n\n\nBUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21 \n\nMarine Science Institute \n\nThe Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research \nand instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology \nand oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20 \nmiles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are \napplicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science. \n\n\n..,*'*.!« \n\n■ 0m? \n\nJ \n\n1 ■ \n\nma \n\n■ I ^J 1 W \n\nK^^ \n\nRegulations of the \n\nGraduate School of Engineering \n\n\nThe Master of Science degree may be earned in Chemical Engineer- \ning, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering, \nMechanical Engineering, and Engineering Management. In addition, \nthere are programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in \nChemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical Engi- \nneering. \n\nGENERAL REGULATIONS \n\nThe general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate \nprograms are established by the Northeastern University Graduate \nCouncil. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is \nallowed discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the \ncouncil. The regulations and academic requirements which follow have \nbeen formulated in accordance with this general policy. \n\nApplications \n\nAll applicants for full-time study should address inquiries to the \nrespective departments or to the Graduate School of Engineering. \nApplication forms and reference blanks will be mailed to the applicant. \nThis material, together with the necessary transcripts, the Graduate \nRecord Examination scores when required, and the results of the Test \nof English as a Foreign Language, required of all applicants whose \nnative language is not English, should be filed as soon after January 15 \nas possible. \n\nAll applicants for part-time study must follow the same procedure \nas outlined for applicants for full-time study in the above paragraph. \nApplications for part-time study will not be accepted after June 1. \n\nApplicants for part-time study may, after June 1, make an appoint- \nment to see a departmental or Graduate School representative. It is \nhoped, however, that applications by appointment will be few in number \nand most applicants will apply prior to June 1. The dates of such inter- \n\n23 \n\n\n24 / REGULATIONS \n\nviews are announced in the catalogue (see academic calendar) and the \ncircular issued in July. \n\nIn some cases, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of \nthe applicants. These examinations are administered by the Educational \nTesting Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. Applicants \nmust make their own arrangements with the Educational Testing Service \nfor taking the examinations. \n\nAdmission \n\nTo be admitted for graduate work, applicants must have obtained \na bachelor's degree in engineering or a closely related science from \na recognized institution with an acceptable quality of undergraduate \nwork. Acceptance to the school is granted upon recommendation of the \ndepartmental graduate committee or its designate following a review \nof the application and any supporting material. The recommendation is \nbased upon promise of academic success and fulfillment of minimum \ncriteria established by each department in the Graduate School of \nEngineering. \n\nRegistration \n\nStudents must register in the Graduate School Office at the times \nspecified by the Graduate School calendar. \n\nResidence \n\nAll work for advanced degrees must be completed at the University \nunless approval has been obtained from the Director of the Graduate \nSchool or the Dean of the Graduate Division for work taken elsewhere. \nStudents who are in residence and are using the facilities of the Uni- \nversity must register for such work. \n\nPrograms of Study \n\nThe curricula of the degree programs are given under each depart- \nmental heading. The descriptions of courses offered by the several de- \npartments are given so that prospective students may obtain a view of \nthe course coverage. Preparation courses are indicated when necessary. \nNot all courses are offered every year, but the course offerings will be \narranged in such a manner that students may make continuous progress \ntoward the degree. \n\nThe Graduate School of Engineering issues a circular about July 1st \nwhich gives the courses for the following academic year and the times \nat which they meet. \n\nThe number of students enrolled in each class will be limited to permit \neffective teaching at the graduate level, and the University reserves the \nright to cancel any course. \n\n\nREGULATIONS / 25 \n\nAt the time of his first registration, each full-time student must de- \nvelop, with the assistance of his faculty adviser, a complete program of \nstudy for the degree for which he is registered. All subsequent changes \nmust be approved by his faculty adviser. \n\nPart-time students will be expected to complete the required courses \noutlined by each department, after which the elective courses may be \nundertaken. The study load for such students is limited to a program of \ntwo courses per quarter unless special permission to carry a heavier \nload is given by the director of the graduate school. \n\nGrading System \n\nThe performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by \nthe instructor by use of the following grades: \nA Excellent \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \n\ncourse has been of very high graduate caliber. \nB Satisfactory \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \n\ncourse has been at a satisfactory level. \nC Fair \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \n\ncourse is not at the level expected in graduate work. \nF Failure \n\nThis grade is given to those students whose performance in the \n\ncourse is unsatisfactory. \n\nIn addition, the following letter designations are used: \nI Incomplete \nThis grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work \nof the course. \n\nS Satisfactory without quality designation. \n\nU Unsatisfactory without quality designation. \n\nThese grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se- \nquence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both \nthe first and second quarters of the sequence. The designations S \nand U may also be used for thesis and seminar work. \n\nW Withdrawn without prejudice. \n\nThe designation \"I\" will be changed to a grade upon removal of the \ndeficiencies which caused the grade of \"I\" to be reported. Deficiencies \nmust be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of \n\"I\" is received unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor. \nHowever, such extension of time may not exceed two additional con- \nsecutive calendar quarters. \n\n\n26 / REGULATIONS \n\nA make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate \nDivision during the sixth week of each quarter. Any student who wishes \nto take a make-up examination must obtain permission of the director of \nthe appropriate graduate school by the second week of the quarter \nsucceeding that in which the examination was missed. The make-up \nexamination must be taken in that succeeding quarter unless circum- \nstances warrant permission of the director to defer it to one of the next \ntwo quarters. \n\nClass Hours and Credits \n\nAll credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is \nequivalent to three fourths of a semester hour credit. All classes meet \non a quarter basis. In the summer session, classes meet for six-week \nperiods. The academic calendar in the front of this catalog should be \nconsulted for the opening and closing dates of each academic quarter. \n\nContinuity of Program \n\nStudents are expected to maintain continuous progress toward the \ndegree. Any student who is not active for four or more consecutive \nquarters should contact the director of the program prior to his re- \nactivation as a student. \n\nWithdrawals \n\nIn order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official \nwithdrawal form obtained at the graduate school office or at the \nBurlington campus office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth \nclass meeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date \non which they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying \nthe instructor does not constitute an official withdrawal. \n\nStudents who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from \nthe class unless they notify the graduate school of their intention not to \nwithdraw. Requests for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class \nmeeting of the quarter may be submitted to the Director of the Graduate \nSchool, and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student. \n\nChanges in Requirements \n\nThe continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent \nrevision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi- \ncated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, \nand when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to \nmeet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im- \npossible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which \nhe entered becomes the binding one. \n\n\nREGULATIONS / 27 \n\nFiling for the Degree \n\nEach student who plans to graduate either in June or September must \nsubmit to the graduate school office a completed commencement data \ncard prior to the deadline listed in the academic calendar for that com- \nmencement at which he expects to receive the degree. If the deadline \nfor filing is not met there is no assurance that the degree will be awarded \nthat year. The commencement data card is supplied with the registration \nmaterials or is available in the graduate school office. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nAdmission \n\nSpecific requirements for each degree program will be found in the \nappropriate paragraphs for each academic department in the Graduate \nSchool of Engineering. \n\nAcademic Classifications \n\nThose students who have a bachelor's degree from an accredited \nprogram with a high quality of previous work are classified as regular \nstudents. \n\nStudents whose records do not qualify them for enrollment as regular \nstudents may be accepted as provisional students. Provisional students \nmust obtain a B average in the first 12 quarter hours of credit work \nin order to continue in the graduate program. \n\nThose students who are not pursuing a specific degree program are \nclassified as special students. No more than 12 quarter hours of credit \nearned as a special student may be counted toward the degree. Any \nstudent whose record is not satisfactory may be dropped from the \nprogram. \n\nAcademic Requirements \n\nA candidate for the master's degree must satisfactorily complete an \napproved program conforming to the requirements of the department \nin which he is registered. A minimum of 40 quarter hours of correlated \nwork of graduate caliber and such other study as may be required by \nthe department must be completed. \n\nIn order to qualify for the Master of Science degree from the Graduate \nSchool of Engineering each student must have an average grade ac- \ncumulative of not less than B with no more than 12 credits below a B \nin all courses undertaken at Northeastern University. The Committee on \nGraduate Study in Engineering allows eight quarter hours of credit to be \ntaken in addition to the stated degree requirements in order to repeat \nfailed required courses or to substitute for elective courses to obtain \nthe required B average for completion of degree requirements. \n\n\n28 / REGULATIONS \n\nWithin the above limitations for extra or repeated courses, a required \ncourse for which a grade of F is received must be repeated with a grade \nof C or better, and may be repeated only once. If a grade of F is \nreceived in an elective course, that course may be repeated once to \nobtain a grade of C or better, or another elective course may be sub- \nstituted for it. If a grade of C is received in a required course, that \ncourse may be repeated once to obtain a grade of B or better. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nAt the discretion of the department, a final written or oral compre- \nhensive examination may be required. Such examinations will be given \nat least two weeks before the commencement at which the degree is \nexpected. \n\nThesis \n\nIf a thesis is required in partial fulfillment of degree requirements, it \nmust show independent work based in part upon original material, and \nmust meet the approval of the departmental graduate committee. \n\nThe thesis must receive a grade of B or better to be accepted. In- \nstructions for the preparation of the thesis may be obtained from the \ndepartment. \n\nForeign Language Requirement \n\nAn examination to show evidence of ability in one or more foreign \nlanguages may be required in some graduate programs. This knowledge \nis established by an examination arranged by the departmental graduate \ncommittee. This examination will be administered at least twice yearly. \n\nTransfer Credits \n\nA maximum of 12 quarter hours of graduate credit obtained at \nanother institution may be accepted toward the master's degree pro- \nvided the grades are A or B. Grades on transfer credits may not be \nused for the purpose of obtaining the academic average necessary for \ncompletion of the degree requirements. \n\nTime Limitations \n\nCourse credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted \nby transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extension \nis granted by the graduate school committee. \n\nFellowships \n\nThe departments of the Graduate School of Engineering have two \ntypes of fellowships available. Some departments have teaching assist- \nantships and research fellowships for students enrolled in work leading \nto the master's degree. The departments which give doctoral degrees \nalso have research fellowships for such students. \n\n\nREGULATIONS / 29 \n\nAssistantships \n\nSome departments have teaching assistantships, on the Cooperative \nPlan, in which students alternate full-time academic work with full-time \nwork in the department. Some departments also have available Research \nFellowships. Applications for Traineeships must be filed by March 15, \nwith two letters of recommendation and a transcript of all prior college \nwork. All students must have their course program approved by the \nchairman of the respective department before the student registers in \nthe Graduate School Office. \n\nCooperative Programs \n\nAll the graduate departments offer full-time programs on the Coopera- \ntive Plan. This plan requires two academic years and a summer. During \nthis time, each student has three twelve-week quarters of academic \nwork and four twelve-week quarters of professional employment. The \nstaff of the Department of Guidance and Placement of the Division of \nCooperative Education will arrange for employment of cooperative \ngraduate students. Applicants for this program must file two letters of \nrecommendation and a copy of all prior college work as soon after \nJanuary 15 as possible. The admissions committee will notify applicants \nas soon as their material is complete. \n\nStudents who are admitted to a Master's Degree Program under the \nCooperative Plan must complete through satisfactory performance, each \ncooperative work assignment in order to be eligible for their degree. \n\nIn some departments, all of the students start their academic work in \nthe fall quarter and are classed as Division A students. Some depart- \nments have one group of students starting their academic work in the \nfall quarter and one group of students starting their academic work in \nthe winter quarter. In this case, the first group of students is classed as \nDivision A and the second group of students is classed as Division B. \nThe relationship of the first academic quarter for students in the respec- \ntive divisions and the Fall, Winter, and Spring academic quarters is \nexplained in the following chart: \n\n\nDIVISION A \n\n\nA , . v First Academic Second Academic \n\nAcademic Year _ _ \n\nQuarter Quarter \n\nFirst Fall Quarter Spring Quarter \n\nSecond Winter Quarter \n\n\n30 / REGULATIONS \n\n\nDIVISION B \n\n\nAcademic Year \n\n\nFirst Academic Second Academic \n\nQuarter Quarter \n\n\nFirst Winter Quarter \n\n\nSecond Fall Quarter Spring Quarter \n\nPart-Time Program \n\nMost of the departments offer part-time programs in which the ad- \nmission requirements are the same as for full-time programs. However, \nthe program is established in such a way that students may progress \naccording to their abilities and the time available. The curricula of the \npart-time programs are specified by the departments. All part-time \nstudents must register in the Graduate School Office or at the Burlington \nCampus at the times designated by the academic calendar. An official \ntranscript of prior college work must be submitted with the mail appli- \ncation prior to June 1 or at the personal interview for those who apply \nafter June 1. \n\nHonorary Societies \n\nNortheastern University has chapters of the Society of the Sigma Xi \nand of Phi Kappa Phi. Graduate students are eligible for consideration \nfor election to these societies in accordance with the admission require- \nments of each organization. \n\nTHE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE \n\nThe Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded to candidates who give \nevidence of high attainment and research ability in their major field. \nThe degree requirements are administered by committees in charge of \neach degree program. These committees may be departmental graduate \ncommittees or committees of the respective graduate schools depend- \ning upon the nature of the program. It is the responsibility of the chair- \nman of the committee to certify to the Graduate Division Office the \ncompletion of each requirement for each candidate. \n\nAdmission \n\nEach degree program has an established admission procedure for \nstudents starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University. \n\nClassification and Degree Candidacy \n\nStudents taking advanced graduate work are classified as follows: \n1. Doctoral Student \n\nStudents in this classification have been admitted to a doc- \ntoral program. \n\n\nREGULATIONS / 31 \n\n2. Doctoral Degree Candidate \n\nStudents in this classification are doctoral students who have \ncompleted 40 quarter hours of acceptable graduate work beyond \nthe bachelor's degree and have passed the qualifying examina- \ntion. \n\n3. Special Students \n\nThis classification is given to students taking advanced grad- \nuate work who are not enrolled for a master's degree, and who \nhave not been admitted to a doctoral program. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nCandidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must spend the \nequivalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University \ntaking graduate work. The committee of each degree program specifies \nthe method by which the residence requirement is satisfied. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nStudents must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set by \nthe committee of the degree program. The material covered in the \nqualifying examination and the level of course work necessary to \nprepare for the examination are established by the committee for each \nprogram. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nDegree programs may require a comprehensive examination during \nthe time in which a student is a degree candidate. The purpose of this \nexamination is to test the knowledge and skills of the student in a \nparticular area and his knowledge of recent research developments \nin his field. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nThe minimum course requirements of 40 quarter hours constitute \nthe work normally required for a master's degree. The course require- \nments beyond this are the doctoral course requirements and the amount \nof such work necessary in each doctoral program is specified by the \ncommittee in charge of the doctoral program. \n\nDissertation \n\nEach doctoral student must complete a dissertation which embodies \nthe results of extended research and makes an original contribution to \nthe field. This work should give evidence of the candidate's ability to \ncarry out independent investigation and interpret in a logical manner \nthe results of the research. The method of approval of the dissertation \nis established by the committee in charge of the degree program. The \noriginal bound copy of the dissertation must be deposited in the library. \n\n\n32 / REGULATIONS \n\nForeign Language \n\nThe nature of the foreign language requirement and how this require- \nment is satisfied is established by the committee in charge of each \ndegree program. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThe final oral examination will be taken after completion of all other \nrequirements for the degree. This examination must be held at least \ntwo weeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be \nawarded. \n\nThe committee for the final oral examination for the doctoral degree \nis appointed by the committee in charge of the degree program, and \nthe Dean of the Graduate Division is notified of the time of the \nexamination. \n\nThe final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the doctoral \ndissertation and significant developments in the field of the dissertation. \nOther fields may be included if recommended by the examining \ncommittee. \n\nTransfer Credit \n\nIf transfer credit for doctoral course work is desired, approval for \nsuch transfer credit must be given by the committee in charge of the \ndegree program. \n\nTime Limitation \n\nAfter the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five years \nwill be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements. If a stu- \ndent wishes to obtain a time extension, he may, with the approval of the \ncommittee of his degree program, petition the Committee on Doctoral \nDegree Programs of the University Graduate Council for such extension. \n\nRegistration \n\nAll students must register in the Graduate Division Office for course \nwork or dissertation as approved by their advisers or the departmental \nregistration officer. After the first registration for doctoral work, regis- \ntration must be continuous unless withdrawal is allowed by the com- \nmittee in charge of the degree program. Students must be registered for \ndissertation during the quarter in which they take the final oral exami- \nnation. \n\nINTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS \n\nSome graduate students may wish to pursue doctoral programs whose \nboundaries overlap substantially into two or more departments. In such \ncases, an interdisciplinary program may be established which corre- \n\n\nREGULATIONS / 33 \n\nsponds in scope and depth to doctoral standards, but does not agree \nexactly with the individual departmental regulations. For such possi- \nbilities, the following plan is in operation: \n\nAdmission \n\nApplication for admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study consists \nof the submission of a carefully thought-out written proposal describing \nthe areas of proposed study and research. The proposal may be a part \nof the initial application for admission to graduate study at Northeastern \nUniversity, or it may be submitted by a student already enrolled. It may \nbe directed to a doctoral degree-granting department or to the Dean of \nthe Graduate Division, who directs it to the appropriate department. In \neither case, admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study requires favor- \nable recommendation by the sponsoring doctoral degree-granting de- \npartment and approval by authorized representatives of the graduate \nstudy committees of the departments appropriate to the disciplines \ncovered by the applicant's proposal. The sponsoring department be- \ncomes the registration base of the student. \n\nFormation of Interdisciplinary Committee \n\nA student who has been accepted for interdisciplinary study must \nobtain the consent of an adviser who will direct his doctoral thesis. This \nadviser, who may or may not be a member of the registration depart- \nment, will be chairman of the interdisciplinary committee for this student. \nA second member will be appointed from the registration department by \nits chairman. These two members will obtain one or more additional \nmembers or request the Dean of the Graduate Division to do so. At least \ntwo departments must be represented on the committee and a majority \nof the committee must come from doctoral degree-granting depart- \nments. The chairman of the registration department will notify the Dean \nof the Graduate Division of the membership of the committee as soon as \narrangements are complete. \n\nDuties of Interdisciplinary Committee \n\nA member of the interdisciplinary committee who is also a member \nof the registration department will serve as the registration officer to \napprove the course registration for the student. A copy of the approved \ncourse registration must also be filed with the other committee members \nand with the graduate study committee of the registration department. \n\nThe interdisciplinary committee will be responsible for the adminis- \ntration of the qualifying examination, language examination, approval of \nthe dissertation, and comprehensive examination. This committee must \nalso certify to the registration department the completion of the require- \nments for the award of the doctoral degree. \n\n\n34 / REGULATIONS \n\nThe interdisciplinary committee must assure that the program of the \nstudent represents standards comparable to those of the registration \ndepartment and that the program is not so broad that it has inadequate \ndepth in any area. \n\nThe program of the student may be reviewed at any time by the Dean \nof the Graduate Division to determine whether objectives of the program \nare being met. \n\n\nFinancial Information \n\n\nFINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS \n\nTuition \n\nTuition for full-time doctoral degree candidates is $600 per quarter \nof registration. For doctoral candidates registered for work performed \noff campus on the Ph.D. dissertation, the charge per quarter is $200. \nFor doctoral degree candidates who are no longer actively utilizing the \nresources of the university there is a continuation charge of $50 per \nquarter with the exception of the Summer Quarter. \n\nTuition for all other students is $47.00 per quarter hour of credit. \n\nTuition statements are mailed to students by the bursar's office and \nare payable by cash or check to Northeastern University on or before \nthe date specified. \n\nFees \n\nA registration fee of $15 is payable by all students seeking admission \nafter September 1, 1969. There is a registration fee of $10 for all new \nstudents enrolling before September 1, 1969. \n\nOther fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a final \nexamination make-up fee of $5; a commencement fee of $25 for all \ndegree candidates, payable before commencement. \n\nFor full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the \nservices available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistants \nand research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on \nthe Huntington Avenue Campus are charged $0.75 a quarter. \n\nAll full-time students, will pay a non-refundable University Health \nService fee of $35 each year. This fee will cover the group Blue Cross- \nBlue Shield program and the medical services which are provided to \nstudents by the University Health Services. \n\nRefunds \n\nTuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing \non the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does \n\n35 \n\n\n36 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\nnot constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should \nbe discussed with the Bursar's Office. \n\nRefunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule: \n\nAmount of Refund: \n\nOfficial Withdrawal Filed Within: Percentage of Tuition \nFirst week of quarter 100 \n\nSecond week of quarter 75 \n\nThird week of quarter 50 \n\nFourth week of quarter 25 \n\nFINANCIAL AID \n\nNortheastern University has available the following types of assistant- \nships and fellowships for support of graduate students. \n\nTeaching Assistantships \n\nThis type of appointment is available in either a continuous quarter \nbasis or in an alternating quarter basis. Both types of appointments in- \nvolve assistance in the instructional work of the department. Those \nappointed for consecutive quarters devote at least half-time to academic \nwork and take at least a half-time academic load. Those appointed for \nalternate quarters have full-time academic assignments in one quarter \nand take a full-time academic-load in the alternating quarter. Teaching \nassistantship appointments carry a stipend and remission of tuition. \n\nGraduate Assistants \n\nThis type of appointment is given to graduate students who are as- \nsigned to non-instructional duties or to research which is not usable \nfor master's or doctor's thesis requirements. The appointment may be \nfor consecutive quarters or for alternating quarters. Some appointments \ncarry a stipend and remission of tuition and others a tuition remission \nonly. Those appointments with a stipend require that half-time be de- \nvoted to assigned duties and those with tuition remission only require \nan average of four hours per week. \n\nResearch Fellows \n\nSome departments have appointments for graduate students doing \nresearch which is used for thesis requirements and the students on this \nassignment are designated research fellows. The fellowships carry a \nstipend and tuition remission. \n\nTraineeships \n\nSome departments have available government grants for traineeships \nor fellowships which pay a stipend and remission of fees. Students must \nbe registered for a full-time academic load. \n\n\nFINANCIAL INFORMATION / 37 \n\nMartin Luther King, Jr. Scholarships \n\nThese scholarships provide for remission of tuition and all fees and \nare awarded to qualified full- and part-time black students on the basis \nof financial need. \n\nAppointments \n\nAppointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an- \nnounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or \nsummer. Appointments are for a maximum of one year and are not \nautomatically renewed. \n\nFull-Time Duties \n\nGraduate teaching assistants and graduate research fellows are ex- \npected to devote full time to their studies and the duties of the grant. \nThey may not accept outside employment without the consent of their \nfaculty advisers and the Dean of the Graduate Division. \n\nNational Defense Student Loan Program \n\nUnder the National Defense Education Act of 1958, a long-term loan \nprogram was established to provide financial assistance to students in \nneed of such aid to continue their education. In 1964, this act was \namended to permit participation by students carrying at least one half \nthe normal full-time academic workload as determined by the University. \n\nThe maximum amount which may be borrowed in one academic year \nis $2,500. The total of loans made to a student for all years, including \nany loans made to him as an undergraduate, may not exceed $10,000. \nThe actual amount of any award will be determined by the financial \nposition of the student and his family (if applicable) and the availability \nof funds. Preference is given to outstanding students. \n\nRepayment of these loans begins nine months after the date the \nborrower ceases to carry, at an institution of higher education, at least \none half the normal full-time academic workload as determined by that \ninstitution. The repayment period extends ten years from that point and \nmay be further extended by periods for which he is legally entitled to \ndeferment. \n\nUp to 50 per cent of any such loan (plus interest) shall be canceled for \nservices as a full-time teacher in a public or private nonprofit elementary \nor secondary school and in institutions of higher education at a rate of \n10 per cent (plus interest) for each complete academic year of service, \nor its equivalent. For services in a school district determined to have \na high concentration of students from low-income families, the cancel- \nlation rate is 15 per cent for each complete year of service; and an \nadditional 50 per cent of any loan (plus interest) may be canceled. \n\n\n38 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION \n\nAdditional information and appropriate application forms are avail- \nable through the Graduate Division Office or from the Office of Financial \nAid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time students or \none month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is requested \nin the case of half-time students. \n\nHigher Education Loan Plan \n\nEducational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in \nthe student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies \ncarry an interest charge of seven per cent, three per cent of which is paid \nby the federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to $1,500 \nfor each year of study up to a maximum of $7,500 for both under- \ngraduate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to twelve \nmonths after completion of study and extends up to five years. \n\n\nFaculty \n\n\nCharles D. Aaronson, B.S.. M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nCharles T. Ajamian, B.S., M.S., Ed.M., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nJerome L. Altman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nEdward E. Altshuler, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRalph E. Bach, Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nRobert E. Bayliss, A.B., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRalph S. Blanchard, Jr., B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nH. Frederick Bowman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nEugene F. Briskman, B.E., S.M., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nBruno Brodfeld, B.S.C.E., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nGordon A. Bruggeman, S.B., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRalph A. Buonopane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nLeroy M. Cahon, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nMarcello J. Carrabes, B.S.. M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nSaverio Cerullo, B.S., M.B.A., Associate Professor of Finance and Insurance \n\nSze-Hou Chang, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nShanley K. Chao, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nChi-hau Chen, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nBenjamin S. Clark, B.S., Instructor in Industrial Engineering \n\nJohn J. Cochrane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nBasil L. Cochrun, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nBell A. Cogbill, B.S., M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nJohn J. Cronin, B.S., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nThomas P. Cullinane, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Industrial Engineering \n\nDonald S. Cunningham, S.B., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nGordon F. Currin, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nErnest M. DeCicco, B.S., A.M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics \n\nFoster J. DeGiacomo, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nLadislav Dolansky, M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nWilliam R. Domey, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nLeonard R. Doyon, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRobert M. Duff, B.S., M.A., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nMichael A. Duggan, B.S., LL.B., M.P.L., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nJohn F. Dunn, Jr., S.B., S.M., Sc.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nThomas E. Dunn, A.B., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nLouis I. Egelson, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nKurt Eisemann, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Director of Academic Computer Services and \n\nProfessor of Computer Science \nVictor Ellins, S.B., S.M., Lecturer in Engineering \nMartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research \n\nJames M. Feldman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nWillard R. Fey, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nMelvin D. Field, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nDennis W. Fife, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nSepp Firnkas, Dipl. Ing., C.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \nAustin W. Fisher, B.S., Sc.D., Professor of Engineering Management \nArthur R. Foster, B.S., M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and \nChairman of the Department \n\n39 \n\n\n40 / FACULTY \n\nThomas F. Foy, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nDavid R. Freeman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering \nCharles A. Furciniti, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nMaurice Gertel, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nWalter A. Getchell, Jr., B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nGordon R. Gilbert, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nMichael Gold, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Industrial Engineering \nDennis S. Goldman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRobert A. Gonsalves, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering \nAlvin S. Goodman, B.C.E., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \nBernard M. Goodwin, B.S., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering \nPaul F. Gorman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in-Engineering \n\nArvin Grabel, B.E.E., M.E.E., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nConstantine J. Gregory, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Environmental Science \nHerbert L. Groginsky, B.E.E., M.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nRichard E. Grojean, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Physics \nDavid R. Hall, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering \nGeorge S. Haralampu, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nLance K. Heiko, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nDavid R. Heiman, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nRobert S. Hilbert, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nMitchell O. Hoenig, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nRichard E. Howard, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nHoward J. Huemmler, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nThomas E. Hulbert, B.M.E., M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering \nWalter E. Jaworski, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering \nJerry R. Johanson, B.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nAlbert D. Johnson, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nPaul M. Kalaghan, A.B., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nWayne G. Kellner, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nDennis Kelsall, B.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nMcKeen Kessel, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nJames C. Kilbane, A.B., Lecturer in Engineering \nKenneth H. Konkle, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nJohn D. R. Kramer, Jr., B.S., S.M., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nWalter H. Ku, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nJack Larsen, AB., M.A., LL.B., LL.M., Lecturer in Engineering \nLeonard G. Larson, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nKenneth M. Leet, B.S., M.S., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \nJoseph H. Lenney, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \nEdward M. Lenoe, A.B., B.S., M.S., D.E.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nRichard H. Lent, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology \nEdward F. Levell, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nWalter H. Lob, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nMorton Loewenthal, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nRobert F. London, A.B., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \nBertram S. Long, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \nFrederick M. MacGregor, Jr., B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nNelson A. Macken, B.S., M.M.E., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nRichard Madden, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering \nArwind S. Marathay, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nRobert N. Martin, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering \nFrancis D. McCarthy, B.E., M.E.E., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nAlan J. McLaughlin, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nJohn D. McLellan, B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \nDemosthenes Menegakis, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nRobert L. Meserve, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \nRaphael Miller, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nErnest E. Mills, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \nHarold K. Mintz, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nJames M. Moore, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Engineering and \n\nChairman of the Department \n\n\nFACULTY / 41 \n\nJames D. Murphy, B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRichard J. Murphy, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nSaul Namyet, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nWarren G. Nelson, S.B., S.M., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nRonald G. Newburgh, A.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nMark M. Nezer, S.B., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nDavid D. Nickerson, A.B., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nDavid W. Noones, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nGerald A. Nordstrom, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nWelville B. Nowak, S.B., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nJohn J. O'Donnell, B.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nStephen J. O'Neil, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nBernard Otterman, B.M.E., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nAlex C. Papaioannou, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nDon Parker, B.E.S., M.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nGerald S. Parker, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nKenneth Paulin, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nEdward R. Pershe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nEdward T. Peters, B.A., B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nThomas E. Phalen, Jr., B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nRichard Platcow, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nC. Andrew Pretzer, B.S.E., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \n\nBenjamin M. Rabinovici, Ing. Dipl. E.E., M.S., D.Sc, Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\nHarold R. Raemer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering and \n\nChairman of the Department \nWilfred J. Remillard, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering \nCharles A. Renton, B.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nGeorge O. Reynolds, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nHoward H. Reynolds, A.B., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nDonald H. Rice, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nJ. Spencer Rochefort, B.S., M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering \nFred A. Rosenberg, B.A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology \nWalter M. Rowell, Jr., B.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nIrving Sacks, B.A., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nGerald D. Saks, B.M.E., M.B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \nRichard L. Sanborn, S.B., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nSheldon S. Sandler, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nMartin M. Santa, B.S., S.M., LL.B., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nMartin Schetzen, B.E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nJohn K. Schindler, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nWalter C. Schwab, S.B.. S.M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering \nWilliam J. Scott, B.S., MB. A., Lecturer in Engineering \nRichard G. Seed, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nDavid A. Shnidman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nRobert T. Slater, B.I.E., M.S., Instructor in Industrial Engineering \nSidney L. Smith, S.B., S.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nMichael Smolin, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering \nErnest L. Spencer, B.S., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering and \n\nChairman of the Department \nHerbert R. Stewart, S.B., S.M., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRichard R. Stewart, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering \nRobert C. Stiefel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering \nRobert D. Stuart, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering \nRobert W. Stuart, B.S., S.M., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nRaimundas Sukys, B.S., M.S., Research Associate in Electrical Engineering \nRalph A. Troupe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering and \n\nChairman of the Department \nAlexander Vanderburgh, Jr., B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \nRussell W. Van Houten, B.A., Lecturer in Engineering \nThomas Vasilos, B.S., Sc.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nGeorge Wallis, M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \nLih-Jyh Weng, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering \n\n\n42 / FACULTY \n\n\nRobert B. Wilcox, B.E., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nJohn A. Williams, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering \n\nJoel M. Winett, B.S., E.E., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nWilliam L. Wolfe, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nLeslie E. Woods, Lecturer in Engineering \n\nAlvin J. Yorra, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nHoward L. Yudkin, B.S., S.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Engineering \n\nJoseph J. Zelinski, B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nJohn Zotos, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering \n\nJoel L. Zuckerman, B.S., M.A., Lecturer in Engineering \n\n\nChemical Engineering \n\n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate work in chemical engineering, applicants \nmust have obtained a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engi- \nneering from a recognized institution. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \nFull-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program \nmay be taken on the Cooperative Plan. On this plan, students take \nacademic work in the Fall and Spring quarters of the first year and in \nthe Winter quarter of the second year. The other three quarters of the \ntwo academic years and the summer after the first year are available \nfor professional employment. Students who are admitted to a Master's \nDegree Program under the Cooperative Plan must complete, through \nsatisfactory performance, each cooperative work assignment in order \nto be eligible for their degree. \n\nThe sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be \ntaken according to the following pattern: \n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits \n\n4.802 Chemical 4.823 Transport \n\nEngineering Phenomena 4 \n\nMathematics 4 4.811 Chemical \n\n4.806 Optimization Engineering \n\nTechniques 4 Thermodynamics 4 \n\n4.829 Process Dynamics . 4 4.991 Thesis 5 \n\n4.991 Thesis 2 Jg \n\n14 \n\nThird Academic Quarter Credits \n\n4.890 Chemical \n\nEngineering \n\nKinetics 4 \n\n4.973 Heat Transfer .... 4 \nor \n\n4.974 Fluid Mechanics . . 4 \n4.991 Thesis 5 \n\n13 \n\n\n43 \n\n\n44 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING \n\nAdditional course work may be substituted for the Master of Science \nthesis upon approval of the chairman of the department. The request for \nthis substitution must be made at the time of acceptance to the graduate \nschool. \n\nStudents may also take the program on a continuous full-time basis to \ncomplete the degree requirements in one academic year. The sequence \nof courses which students take on this plan is established by the \nchairman of the department. \n\nElectives \n\nWith the approval of the chairman of the department, substitutions \nmay be made for some of the prescribed courses by other courses in \nthe department or in other departments which give graduate work. \n\nTHE DOCTOR'S DEGREE \n\nThe following material outlines the procedure for admission to the \ndoctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Ph.D. de- \ngree. For further information applicants should write to the Chairman \nof the Department of Chemical Engineering. \n\nAdmission \n\nApplicants who are enrolled as candidates for the degree of Master \nof Science in Chemical Engineering at Northeastern University should \napply in writing to the Chairman of the Department of Chemical Engi- \nneering for admission to the doctoral program. Such application must \nbe made by April first of the year in which they expect to receive the \nMaster's degree. The departmental graduate committee will examine \nthe record of the applicant and decide whether or not he should be \nallowed to take the qualifying examination. \n\nApplicants who are enrolled for graduate work at other institutions or \nwho have completed the requirements for the Master's degree should \nwrite the chairman of the department for an application for an interview. \nThis form, together with transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate \nwork, must be transmitted to the chairman of the departmental graduate \ncommittee. The applicant will be notified of an interview time and, after \nthe interview, will be advised if he should make formal application for \nadmission to the doctoral program. Approved applicants must then \nsubmit an application for admission as a doctoral candidate and two \nletters of recommendation not later than April first. The applicant will \nthen be notified of the acceptance of his application and the date of \nthe qualifying examination. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nThe residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad- \nuate work or two consecutive years of part-time graduate work. In the \n\n\nCHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 45 \n\nlatter case, a detailed time schedule must be approved by the depart- \nmental graduate committee in order to give evidence that at least half \nof the time is being devoted to the requirements of the Graduate School \nprogram. In general, it should be expected that at least two years of \nfull-time work after establishment of degree candidacy will be necessary. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nThe qualifying examination includes a written and an oral part and is \nnormally given in the spring and the fall. The written examination, in \ngeneral, will cover the following areas: \n\n1. General Principles in Chemical Engineering Science \n\n2. Thermodynamics and Stoichiometry \n\n3. Mathematical Procedures and Kinetics \n\n4. Specialized Technological Topics (to be announced) \nThe oral examination will test general comprehension. \n\nA student may take any or all of the examinations in each set, and \nmay repeat a failed examination, only once, at a later offering. The tak- \ning and successful completion of all examinations may not extend over \na period greater than 13 months. Previously administered examinations \nwill be available to formal applicants. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nDuring the time in which a student is a candidate for a doctoral degree \nhe may be required to demonstrate by means of a comprehensive exami- \nnation a subject-matter knowledge satisfactory for the award of the \ndegree. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nThe course requirements in addition to the minimum requirement of \nforty quarter hours of credit for each student will be determined by the \ndepartmental graduate committee and the student in consultation with \nthe committee. \n\nTransfer credit will be dealt with on an individual basis by the depart- \nmental graduate committee in accordance with the general Graduate \nDivision regulations. \n\nThesis \n\nAn individual may choose his thesis topic and supervisor as soon as \nhe becomes a doctoral student. In most cases selection of topic will be \nmade immediately after the student has established his candidacy for \n\n\n46 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING \n\nthe Ph.D. degree. He will be expected to discuss with the staff their \nPh.D. thesis topics offerings. After these discussions, the student shall \nnotify the adviser, the department head, and the chairman of the De- \npartmental Graduate Committee in writing of his choice of thesis topic \nand adviser. The chairman of the Departmental Graduate Committee \nafter consultation with the thesis adviser shall appoint an appropriate \nthesis committee. This committee shall be kept informed of the progress \nof the thesis and will approve the thesis in its final form. \n\nForeign Language \n\nThe foreign language requirement may be satisfied by a reading \nknowledge in two languages selected from French, German and Russian. \nThe examinations are administered by the department and consist of \ntranslation from current scientific journals or textbooks. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThis examination is held in accordance with the general Graduate \nDivision regulations. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. \nSeminars and thesis may have varying credits established by the department \nat the time of registration. \n\n4.801 Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations \n\nThe study of complex material and energy balances is undertaken with the view \nto apply these to actual plant conditions. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in \nChemical Engineering, including Differential Equations. \n\n4.802 Chemical Engineering Mathematics \n\nFormulation and solution of problems involving advanced calculus as they arise \nin chemical engineering situations. Methods covered will include ordinary \ndifferential equations, series solutions, complex variables, Laplace transforms, \npartial differential equations, and matrix operations. Emphasis will be placed \non methods for formulating the problems. It will be assumed that the student \nhas been exposed to some of these topics in appropriate mathematics courses. \nPrep. 10.147 Mathematical Analysis or equivalent. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n4.806 Optimization Techniques \n\nThe mathematical foundations of indirect optimum seeking techniques are \ndeveloped. Topics covered include necessary and sufficient conditions for \nmaxima and minima, equality and inequality constraints, differential algorithms, \ngeometric and linear programming. The application of these techniques is \nillustrated with problems of engineering interest. Direct optimum seeking \ntechniques are developed for single and multivariable search problems. Topics \ncovered include Fibonacci search, contour tangent elimination, gradient \nmethods and dynamic programming. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in \nEngineering or Science. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n\nCHEMICAL ENGINEERING / 47 \n\n4.811 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics \n\nA thermodynamic analysis of processes of interest to the chemical engineer. \nThermodynamics is used as a tool and a method of approach to the solution \nof industrial problems. Fundamental principles are reviewed to the extent \nneeded. Prep. Undergraduate Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n4.821 Corrosion Fundamentals (2 q.h. credits) \n\nEconomic factors, basic theories, types, behaviors of specific systems and pro- \ntection against corrosion are studied. Wherever possible, engineering applica- \ntions of the principles are emphasized. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter, evening only \n\n4.823 Tra...vort Phenomena \n\nA consideration of the relationships of mass, momentum, and energy transfer. \nFundamental equations of change covering the transport of momentum, heat, and \nmass are developed to illustrate the essential unity of the transport processes. \nMolecular, microscopic, and macroscopic systems are studied. It will be seen \nthat much of the theory behind the engineering calculations on which the unit \noperations of chemical engineering are based can be organized and integrated \nin terms of equations of change. Prep. Advanced Mathematics and Unit Oper- \nations or equivalent. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n4.829 Chemical Process Dynamics and Control \n\nThe Laplace transform. Mathematical modeling of unsteady state heat transfer, \nliquid level, and chemical reactor systems. Transient response of control systems \nwith emphasis on regulator operation. Stability analysis by various methods. \nObtaining frequency response from experimental dynamic data by the methods \nof harmonic, step, pulse, and random forcing. Distributed parameter systems. \nDiscussion of papers from the literature. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n4.832 Chemical Data Estimation (2 q.h. credits) \n\nMethods of obtaining physical and thermodynamic properties of chemical \ncompounds and systems without resorting to laboratory investigation. Latest \nempirical relationships and physical and thermodynamic laws are introduced to \nobtain data for plant design and other chemical and engineering uses. Prep. \nBachelor of Science degree. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter, evening only \n\n4.890 Chemical Engineering Kinetics \n\nA review of the principles of reaction kinetics. Problems for solution similar to \nthose encountered in the design and operation of reaction equipment are \nselected to illustrate important principles. Prep. Thermodynamics, undergrad- \nuate Chemical Engineering Kinetics or equivalent. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n4.899 Special Topics in Chemical Engineering \n\nTopics of interest to the staff member conducting this class are presented for \nadvanced study. A student may not take more than one Special Topics course \nwith any one instructor. Prep. Permission of Department staff. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n\n48 / CHEMICAL ENGINEERING \n\n4.973 Heat Transfer \n\nDiscussion of the three mechanisms of heat transfer. Conduction in stationary \nsystems. Free and forced convection in laminar and turbulent flow. Boiling and \ncondensation. Heat exchangers. Radiant heat transfer. Prep. Undergraduate \nHeat Transfer. Offered 1970-71, winter quarter \n\n4.974 Fluid Mechanics \n\nDiscussion of statics, kinematics, and stress concepts associated with fluids. \nFormulation of the general equations of motion with application to laminar and \nturbulent flow. Topics on boundary layer theory and compressible flow are \nincluded. Prep. Undergraduate Fluid Mechanics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n4.990 Seminar \n\nTopics of an advanced nature are presented by staff, outside speakers and \nstudents in the graduate program. This course must be attended by all master's \ndegree candidates. Prep. Admission to graduate program in Chemical Engi- \nneering. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n4.991 Thesis (Master's Degree) \n\nAnalytical and/or experimental work conducted under the supervision of the \ndepartment. For master's degree requirement. Prep. Admission to Master of \nScience Program in Chemical Engineering. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n4.995 Thesis (Ph.D. Degree) \n\nTheoretical and experimental work conducted under the supervision of the \ndepartment. Prep. Admission to Doctoral Program in Chemical Engineering. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n\nCivil Engineering \n\n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of \nScience in Civil Engineering, applicants must have obtained a Bachelor \nof Science degree in Civil Engineering from a recognized institution. \nApplicants with a Bachelor of Science degree from a recognized \ninstitution in some other engineering field or related science and an \nappropriate background of preparation may pursue this program and \nqualify for the degree of Master of Science without specification. \n\n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \nFull-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program may \nbe taken on the Cooperative Plan. On this plan students take academic \nwork in the Fall and Spring quarters of the first year and in the Winter \nquarter of the second year. The other three quarters of the two academic \nyears and the Summer after the first year are available for professional \nemployment. Students who are admitted to a Master's Degree Program \nunder the Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfactory per- \nformance, each cooperative work assignment in order to be eligible \nfor their degree. \n\nA thesis carrying eight (8) hours of credit is encouraged and may be \nelected with the approval of the department. In lieu of a thesis, special \nreports may be arranged with credit of two (2) quarter hours. Ordinarily, \na thesis or report is required. \n\nOptions in Structural Engineering and Sanitary Engineering are avail- \nable. The sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be \ntaken according to the following pattern: \n\n49 \n\n\n50 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\n\nSTRUCTURAL ENGINEERING \n\n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits \n\n1.847 Structural Analysis .. 4 \n\n1.877 Eng. Props, of Soils . 4 \n1.894 Numerical Methods \nin Structural \n\nMechanics 4 \n\n10.804 Advanced Math 2 \n\n14 \n\n\nSecond Academic Quarter Credits \n\n1.856 Structural Analysis .. 4 \n\n1.858 Concrete Structures . 4 \n\n1.861 Design of Structures I 2 \n\n1.878 Foundation Eng 4 \n\n* 1.898 Special Topics 2 \n\n* 1.899 Thesis 4 \n\n\n(minimum) 14 \n\n\nThird Academic Quarter \n\n1.855 Concrete \n\n\nCredits \n\n\nStructures III \n\n2 \n\n1.857 \n\nStructural Dynamics . \n\n4 \n\n1.864 \n\nDesign of Structures . \n\n4 \n\n1.873 \n\nSoils Testing Lab. . . \n\n2 \n\n* 1.898 \n\nSpecial Topics \n\n2 \n\n* 1.899 \n\nThesis \n\n4 \n\n(minimum) \n\n12 \n\nFull-Time Program \n\nStudents may also take this program on a continuous full-time basis \nto complete the requirements in one academic year. \n\nSubstitutions \n\nWith the approval of the chairman of the department, substitutions \nmay be made for some of the prescribed courses by other courses in \nthe department or in other departments which offer graduate work. \n\n\nFirst Academic Quarter \n\n1.914 Water & Waste \n\nTreatment 4 \n\nSanitary Chemistry . . 4 \n\nSanitary Analysis ... 4 \n\nElectives 2 \n\n14 \n\n\nSANITARY ENGINEERING \nCredits \n\n\nCredits \n\n\n1.923 \n1.933 \n\n\nSecond Academic Quarter \n\n1.912 Water & Waste \n\nTreatment III 2 \n\n1.992 Special Topics 2 \n\nElectives 10 \n\n14 \n\n\nThird Academic Quarter Credits \n\n1.922 Sanitary Bacteriology. 2 \n\n1.992 Special Topics 2 \n\n1.994 Seminar 2 \n\nElectives 6 \n\n12 \n\n\n*By arrangement with the department in lieu of equivalent required course credits. \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 51 \n\nFull-Time Program \n\nStudents may also take this program on a continuous full-time basis \nto complete the requirements in one academic year. \n\nElectives \n\nThe electives will normally be available according to the following \nschedule. Approved additional electives may be available from the \ngraduate offerings in the departments of Chemistry, Biology, Chemical \nEngineering, and Industrial Engineering. \n\n\nFALL QUARTER \n\nSPRING QUARTER \n\n1.905 \n\nWater \n\nResources I \n\n2 \n\n1.913 \n\nInd. Waste . . \n\n2 \n\n1.940 \n\nPublic \n\nHealth \n\n2 \n\n** 1.922 \n\nSanit \n\nBact. . \n\n? \n\n1.960 \n\nHydr. \n\nStrucs. I . . . \n\n2 \n\n1.938 \n* 1.953 \n\nSanit \nSank \n\nAnal. . \n\n4 \n\nMicro. \n\n2 \n\n1.954 \n\nStream Sanit. \n\n2 \n\n*1.962 \n\nHydr. \n\nStrucs. \n\nIll . . \n\n2 \n\n1.996 \n\nSem.- \n\nEnv. Health . \n\n2 \n\nWINTER QUARTER \n\n1.904 Hydraulics 4 \n\n1.907 Water Resources III . 2 \n\n*1.951 Rad. Health 2 \n\n1.952 Ind. Hygiene 2 \n\n1.956 Air Pollution Eng. . . 4 \n\n*1.961 Hydr. Strucs. II 2 \n\n1.994 Sem.-Env. Eng 2 \n\n\nPART-TIME PROGRAMS \n\nThe admission requirements for these programs are the same as for \nthe full-time program, but students may progress according to their \nability to combine their study load with their employment load. \n\nREQUIRED COURSES \nStructural Engineering Credits Sanitary Engineering Credits \n\n1.841 Struc. Analysis I ... 2 1.910 Water & Waste \n\n1.842 Struc. Analysis II ... 2 Treat. I 2 \n\n1.843 Struc. Analysis III . . 2 1.911 Water & Waste \n\n10.804 Adv. Mathematics . . 2 Treat. II 2 \n\n8 1.912 Water & Waste \n\nTreat. Ill 2 \n\n1.920 Sanit. Chemistry I . . 2 \n\n1.921 Sanit. Chemistry II . . 2 \n\n1.922 Sanitary Bacteriology 2 \n\n1.930 Sanit. Analysis I . . . . 2 \n\n1.931 Sanit. Analysis II . . . 2 \n\n16 \n\n\"Offered in evening program only. \n\"Offered in both day and evening program. \n\n\n52 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\nElectives \n\nStudents in the Structural Engineering option must elect 26 quarter \nhours from Civil Engineering courses within the Structural Engineering \nfield. (Courses in the 800 series.) Students in the Sanitary Engineering \noption must eiect 18 quarter hours from Civil Engineering courses \nwithin the Sanitary Engineering field. (Courses in the 900 series.) \n\nSix quarter hours may be elected from any courses in engineering or \nscience for which the student has the necessary preparation. \n\nA meaningful sequence of electives must be chosen which meets the \napproval of the department. Department interviews are necessary early \nin the program for both day and evening students in order that an ap- \nproved program of electives may be arranged with the individual. For \nevening students it is suggested that only required courses be taken \nduring the first quarter. During that quarter an interview should be \nscheduled within the department for preliminary planning of the re- \nmainder of the individual program. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. \n\n1.841 Structural Analysis I \n\nReview of basic principles of structural analysis, determinacy, indeterminacy, \nstability. Introduction to energy methods and virtual work. Application of energy \nmethods to equilibrium problems. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus plus \nTheory of Structures. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.842 Structural Analysis II \n\nA complete treatment of moment distribution including non-prismatic members, \naxial load, and shear distribution. Introduction to plastic analysis and approxi- \nmate methods of analysis. Prep. 1.841, Structural Analysis I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.843 Structural Analysis III \n\nIntroduction to matrix methods of structural analysis including stiffness and \nflexibility methods. Prep. 1.842, Structural Analysis II. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.844 Structural Analysis IV \n\nIntroduction to advanced structural mechanics including plane stress, plane \nstrain, torsion on non-circular sections and development of finite element \nmethod of analysis. Prep. 1.843, Structural Analysis III. \n\nOffered biennially starting in 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n1.845 Structural Analysis V \n\nMatrix methods of structural analysis are applied to discrete element idealiza- \ntions of dams, plates, shells, folded plates and shear walls. Prep. 1.844, \nStructural Analysis IV. Offered biennially starting in 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 53 \n\n1.846 Structural Analysis VI \n\nMatrix methods are applied to guyed towers, cable structures, and suspension \nbridges. Prep. 1.845, Structural Analysis V. \n\nOffered biennially starting in 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n1.847 Structural Analysis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.841 and 1.842, \nStructural Analysis I and II. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus plus \nTheory of Structures. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.849 Model Analysis \n\nDevelopment of the principles of similitude to establish the relationship be- \ntween behavior in the model and the full sized structure. Review of techniques \nto fabricate, to load and to instrument models. Application and use of strain \ngauges. The laboratory portion is devoted to model analysis of a complex \nstructure. Prep. Admission to Program and Approval of Instructor. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n1.850 Structural Dynamics I \n\nAnalysis of structures subjected to dynamic loads by exact and approximate \nmethods. Prep. 1.843, Structural Analysis III. Offered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n1.851 Structural Dynamics II \n\nContinuation of 1.850 with application to the design of structures subjected to \nblast loads and seismic loadings. Other applications will include self-induced \nvibrations and moving loads on structures. Prep. 1.850, Structural Dynamics I. \n\nOffered 1970-71, winter quarter \n\n1.853 Concrete Structures I \n\nBehavior of concrete under stress and strain. Analysis of modes of failures of \nconcrete members in laboratory tests. A survey of failures of structures result- \ning from inadequate design and from major causes (earthquakes, accidents, \nfatigue). Lessons to be learned leading to the derivation for a \"Force-Strain \nTheory\" for the analysis of structural systems. Combining the basic analysis of \nall reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete (normal reinforced concrete with \nnormal forces); two dimensional systems (plates, deep girders, walls); three \ndimensional structures (developable and non-developable surfaces) into a \nsingle \"Force-Strain Theory\" analysis. Prep. Reinforced Concrete Design. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.854 Concrete Structures II \n\nApplication of \"Force-Strain Theory\" to progressive design methods for con- \ntinuous members (beams, girders, bridges), rigid frames (plant and utility \nstructures, high rise office and apartment buildings and bridges). Analysis of \nthree dimensional rigid frames for single and multi-story structures. Correspond- \ning construction details, practical aspects of field operations connected with a \nparticular design, and evaluation of materials most suitable structurally and \neconomically to be used (strength and type of concrete, type of steel, normal \nreinforcing or pre-stressing). Prep. 1.853 Concrete Structures I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n\n54 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\n1.855 Concrete Structures III \n\nDesign of two dimensional bearing surfaces (plates, deep girders, walls), three \ndimensional systems (folded plates, shells of developable and non-developable \nsurfaces). Analysis and design of tension and compression systems and \nderivation of structural systems based on principles of above analysis (hanging \nroof, suspension bridges and structures, use of compression rings, etc.). \nFuture trends in design and analysis of concrete structures. Prep. 1.854, \nConcrete Structures II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.856 Structural Analysis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the course content offered in \n1.843, Structural Analysis III and 1.844, Structural Analysis IV. Prep. 1.847, \nStructural Analysis. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.857 Structural Dynamics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.850 and 1.851, \nStructural Dynamics I and II. Prep. 1.856, Structural Analysis \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.858 Concrete Structures (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.853 and 1.854, \nConcrete Structures I and II. Prep. Reinforced Concrete Design. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.859 Structural Stability \n\nElastic and inelastic stability of structures including beams, columns, plates, \nand shells. Prep. 1.843, Structural Analysis III. Offered 1970-71, spring quarter \n\n1.861 Design of Structures I \n\nAn advanced course in elastic design in structural steel. Design problems in- \nvolving braced and rigid frame structures subject to gravity, wind and seismic \nloads are considered. Prep. 1 .842 Structural Analysis II. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter, evenings \nOffered yearly, spring quarter, days \n\n1.862 Design of Structures II \n\nAn analysis and design course in structural steel in which the emphasis is on \nplastic behavior. Design problems involving plastic hinge location in frames \nand the design of rigid frames using AISC Specs, Section 2, are among the \ntopics considered. Prep. 1.861, Design of Structures I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.863 Design of Structures III \n\nAdvanced problems in elastic and plastic design of structural steel. Use of \nhigh strength steels in building frames. A design project chosen by the student, \nwith approval of the instructor, will be completed in this term. Prep. 1.862, \nDesign of Structures II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.864 Design of Structures (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.862 and 1.863, \nDesign of Structures II and III. Prep. 1 .861 , Design of Structures. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 55 \n\n1.871 Engineering Properties of Soils I \n\nReview of phase relationships, soil consistency, etc.; permeability and capil- \nlarity; effective stress concept, analysis of seepage in porous media; stress \ndistribution; introduction to settlement analysis. Prep. Undergraduate course \nin basic Soil Mechanics. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.872 Engineering Properties of Soils II \n\nA continuation of course 1.871. The course covers consolidation theory and \nsettlement analysis; shear strength properties of soils; stability analysis of \nopen and braced cuts, and earth pressure theory and analysis. Prep. 1.871, \nEngineering Properties of Soils I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.873 Soils Testing Laboratory \n\nClassification tests are performed in conjunction with laboratory studies in \ncompaction, permeability, consolidation and shear strength characteristics of \nfine and coarse grain soils. CBR and field density tests are also conducted. \nPrep. 1.871, Engineering Properties of Soils I. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.874 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering I \n\nReview of important characteristics of granular and cohesive soils with respect \nto relative density and strength. Bearing capacity of soils — design of isolated \nand combined footings, raft and mat foundations. Deep foundations — caissons \nand piles. Load tests of above foundations, and interpretation of results. Practi- \ncal aspects of foundations work in view of field conditions and economy. \nPrep. 1.872. Engineering Properties of Soils II. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.875 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering II \n\nStress and strain in soils. Principal stress relations in soil — pressure distribu- \ntion theory — their limits and practical approach — Boussinesq's-Westergaard's- \nFroelich's-Newmark's methods. Settlement calculations — based on laboratory \ntest results and approximate methods — Time settlement relationship. Lateral \nearth pressure — design of retaining structures, such as crib walls, retaining \nwalls, and bulkheads. Stability of slopes. Prep. 1.874, Soil Mechanics and \nFoundation Engineering I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.876 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering III \n\nSpecial topics in foundation engineering. Marine structures (piers, wharves, \ndolphins, off-shore structures) — cofferdams, vibroflotation, and stabilization of \nsoils for foundations by use of chemicals and other means. Prep. 1.875, Soil \nMechanics and Foundation Engineering II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.877 Engineering Properties of Soils (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.871 and 1.872, \nEngineering Properties of Soils I and II. Prep. Undergraduate course in basic \nSoil Mechanics. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.878 Foundation Engineering (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the course content offered in \n1.874 and 1.875, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering I and II. \nPrep. 1.877 Engineering Properties of Soils. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\n56 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\n1.892 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics I \n\nFormulation and numerical solution of Civil Engineering problems in structural \nmechanics. Emphasis will be on lumped parameter systems. Equilibrium, \neigenvalue, and propagation type problems will be covered. Prep. 1.843, Struc- \ntural Analysis III. Offered biennially starting in 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n1.893 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics II \n\nContinuation of 1.892. Prep. 1.892, Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics I. \n\nOffered biennially starting in 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n1.894 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics (4 q.h. credits) \nOffered to day students and covers topics contained in 1.892 and 1.893. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.897 Master's Report (Structural) (4 q.h. credits) \n\nAn individual effort consisting of laboratory and/or literature investigation and \nanalysis or advanced design of a project in an area of Structural Engineering \nselected by student and advisor resulting in a definitive report. Prep. Permis- \nsion of the Civil Engineering Department. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n1.898 Special Topics in Structural Engineering (2 q.h. credits) \n\nAn individual effort in an area selected by student and adviser resulting in a \ndefinitive report. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to Engineering \nGraduate School. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n1.899 Thesis (Master's Degree) (8 q.h. credits) \n\nAnalytical and/or experimental work conducted by arrangement with and under \nsupervision of the department. Prep. Permission of the Department. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n1.901 Hydraulics I \n\nMechanical properties of fluids, continuity, Euler and Bernoulli equations, linear \nand angular momentum, forced acceleration, general energy equation, steady \nflow in conduits under pressure, compound pipe systems and networks. Prep. \nUndergraduate course in Hydraulics. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.902 Hydraulics II \n\nOpen channel flow-uniform flow, local phenomena, surface curves, integration \nof varied flow function; hydraulic design of spillways, spilling basins, and transi- \ntions; hydraulic models. Prep. 1 .901 , Hydraulics I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.903 Hydraulics III \n\nVelocity potential function and stream function; flow nets; dimensional analysis; \nskin friction, drag and lift, introduction to boundary layer theory; cavitation; \nwater hammer. Prep. 1.902, Hydraulics II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.904 Hydraulics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course offered to day students, embodies substantially the material in \n1.902 and 1.903, Hydraulics II and III. Prep. Undergraduate course in Hydraulics. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.905 Water Resources Planning I \n\nMeteorological principles. Hydrologic cycle. Statistical and other analysis of \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 57 \n\nprecipitation and runoff. Precipitation studies cover adjustment of data; areal \ndistribution; probable maximum precipitation; depth-area-duration, intensity- \nduration, rainfall frequency relationships. Runoff studies cover adjustment of \ndata; peak flows; rainfall-runoff relationships; drainage basin characteristics; \nstreamflow characteristics; unit hydrographs. Prep. Admission to Engineering \nGraduate School. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.906 Water Resources Planning II \n\nReservoir flood routing. Drainage design. Mass curve analyses. Reservoir opera- \ntion. Duration curves. Ground water hydrology. Studies of erosion, sedimenta- \ntion, temperature, and snow melt. Prep. 1.905, Water Resources Planning I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.907 Water Resources Planning III \n\nApplications of statistics, mathematical models, and high-speed computers to \nhydrologic analyses and other water resources planning problems; legal aspects \nof water utilization and control; multiple-purpose and multiple-unit systems; \nbenefit-cost analyses; technical and economic feasibility studies. Prep. 1.906, \nWater Resources Planning II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.910 Water and Waste Treatment I \n\nWater usage, water quality, the theory and practice of water treatment, and the \nbasic design of water supply and treatment works are presented including intake \nfacilities, wells, filtration, coagulation, sedimentation, softening, iron and manga- \nnese removal, disinfection and fluoridation. Prep. Admission to Engineering \nGraduate School. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.911 Water and Waste Treatment II \n\nThe theory and practice of sewage treatment and disposal; the basic design of \nprimary and secondary treatment works, including screening, grit removal, sedi- \nmentation, biological stabilization processes, sludge digestion, waste stabiliza- \ntion ponds and disinfection. Advanced waste treatment methodology is also \ndiscussed. Prep. 1 .910, Water and Waste Treatment I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.912 Water and Waste Treatment III \n\nSpecial applications in water and waste treatment including corrosion control, \ndisinfection, pumping and storage facilities, application of chemicals, and salt \nwater conversion. Emergency installations for both water supply and waste \ndisposal. Instrumentation and automatic controls. Prep. 1.911, Water and Waste \nTreatment II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.913 Industrial Waste Disposal \n\nA study of various manufacturing processes and their waste problems, together \nwith methods of utilization, treatment, and disposal of their waste products. \nSpecific processes that can be adapted to specific waste and their necessary \nconcomitant structures are studied with the viewpoint of designing suitable \ntreatment plants. Prep. 1.921, Sanitary Chemistry II. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter, evenings \nOffered yearly, spring quarter, days \n\n\n58 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\n1.914 Water and Waste Treatment (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.910 and 1.911, \nWater and Waste Treatment I and II. Prep. Two undergraduate semesters of \nHydraulics. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.920 Sanitary Chemistry I \n\nAnalytical chemistry principles are studied with reference to sanitary engineer- \ning applications. The chemistry of processes such as coagulation, iron and \nmanganese removal, ion exchange, softening and disinfection are included. The \nprinciples of spectroscopy and polarography are also discussed. Prep. Two \nsemesters of General Chemistry. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.921 Sanitary Chemistry II \n\nA continuation of 1.920 including gas transfer, oxidation and reduction, and \nradiation chemistry. Reaction rates with reference to sanitary engineering appli- \ncations such as BOD are discussed. Topics in organic chemistry and instru- \nmental analysis are included. Prep. 1 .920, Sanitary Chemistry I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.922 Sanitary Bacteriology \n\nA study of bacteriology with emphasis on sanitary engineering applications. The \ncourse includes cell structure, nutrition, morphology, growth, reproduction and \nmetabolism of bacteria. Effects of environmental factors including inhibition, \nkilling and natural habitats are discussed. Methods of quantitative bacteriology \nare also covered. Prep. 1.921 , Sanitary Chemistry II. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.923 Sanitary Chemistry (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered to day students and covers the topics contained in 1.920, Sanitary \nChemistry I and 1.921, Sanitary Chemistry II. Prep. Two semesters of General \nChemistry. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.930 Sanitary Analysis I \n\nA laboratory course in which routine analyses of water, sewage and industrial \nwastes are performed. Samples are analyzed qualitatively and quantitatively \nfor physical and chemical properties. Laboratory analysis is performed in con- \njunction with various unit operations of water and sewage treatment such as \niron and manganese removal, coagulation and sedimentation, water softening, \ndisinfection, odor and color removal, and corrosion control. Standard methods \nof the American Public Health Association, along with other up-to-date methods \nof analysis utilizing colorimetry and spectrophotometry are employed. Inter- \npretation of results in sanitary reports is emphasized. Prep. 1.921, Sanitary \nChemistry II. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\nNOTE: It is strongly recommended that this course and 1.931 be taken simul- \ntaneously with 1.921 and 1.922. \n\n1.931 Sanitary Analysis II \n\nThe laboratory analyses of water, sewage and industrial wastes are continued. \nInvestigation is made of biological waste treatment methods, including both \nchemical and biological analysis. Fresh water algae and other organisms are \nobserved by microscopy. Bacteriological analyses, including membrane filter \ntechnique, are performed. Emphasis on sanitary reports is continued. Prep. \n1.930, Sanitary Analysis I. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 59 \n\n1.933 Sanitary Analysis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.930 and 1.931, \nSanitary Analysis I and II. Prep. 1.923, Sanitary Chemistry taken simultaneously. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n1.935 Sanitary Laboratory — Unit Operations I \n\nLaboratory-scale unit operations and processes in water and waste treatment \nare developed. Coagulation and sedimentation, filtration, softening, taste and \nodor control, disinfection, iron and manganese removal, and corrosion control \nare included. Reports are required selecting best suited treatment processes. \nPrep. 1.931, Sanitary Analysis II. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n1.936 Sanitary Laboratory — Unit Operations II \n\nLaboratory-scale unit operations and processes in water and waste treatment are \ncontinued. Activated sludge, trickling filter, photosynthetic processes, vacuum \nfiltration, sludge digestion, gas utilization and production are considered. Re- \nports selecting treatment processes continue to be emphasized. Prep. 1.935, \nSanitary Laboratory — Unit Operations I. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n1.938 Sanitary Analysis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 1.935 and 1.936, \n\nSanitary Laboratory. Prep. 1.933, Sanitary Analysis. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n1.940 Public Health Engineering Survey \n\nAn historical survey of public health conditions is used to introduce the student \nto the modern approach to public health engineering problems. Applications of \nengineering principles to such problems as garbage and refuse disposal, control \nof insect-borne diseases, milk and food sanitation, rodent control, camp and \nrecreational sanitation, housing, control of atmospheric pollution, and radio- \nlogical health are considered. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate School. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter, day and evening \n\n1.950 Air Pollution \n\nTheory and practice related to engineering management of air resources, control \nof gaseous emission, investigation and study of air pollution, sampling and \nanalysis methods. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate School. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n1.951 Radiological Health Engineering \n\nTypes and sources of radioactive wastes, methods of handling, storage, and \ndisposition of solid, liquid and gaseous radioactive wastes. Regulatory agency \nrequirements. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate School. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.952 Industrial Hygiene \n\nFactors in the industrial environment that adversely affect the health, comfort \nand efficiency of the worker. Industrial surveys, and application of engineering \nprinciples to control of dust, toxic metals, gases and vapors, organic com- \npounds, radiation, pressure, temperature and humidity. Prep. Admission to \nEngineering Graduate School. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n\n60 / CIVIL ENGINEERING \n\n1.953 Sanitary Microbiology \n\nAn advanced course in microbiology studying microorganisms found in water, \nsoil, milk, and food, including fresh water algae. Applied microbiology is dis- \ncussed concerning taste and odor organisms, trickling filters, activated sludge, \ndigesters, lagoons and composting. Prep. 1.922, Sanitary Bacteriology. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n1.954 Stream Sanitation \n\nThe basic principles of stream sanitation and corrective control methods. The \ntopics taken up in this course include the following: aerobic and anaerobic \ndecomposition, oxygen balance, carbon dioxide, oxidation, reduction, bacterial \npollution, industrial pollution, water supply, shellfish, fish life, riparian rights, \nrecreation and general stream sanitation. Prep. 1.920, Sanitary Chemistry I. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n1.955 Air Sampling and Analysis \n\nA laboratory course on air pollution measurements utilizing physical, chemical \nand instrumental methods and calibration and use of sampling equipment for \ngaseous and particulate pollutants. Identification and quantitive measurements \nof pollutants are performed utilizing microscopy, spectrophotometry, gas chroma- \ntography and atomic absorption spectroscopy. Prep. 1.950, Air Pollution. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n1.956 Air Pollution Engineering (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course offered to day students embodies the material of 1.950, Air Pollu- \ntion and 1.955, Air Sampling and Analysis. Prep. Admission to Engineering \nGraduate School. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.960 Hydraulic Structures I \n\nDams and associated structures. Design criteria and preliminary analyses for \ngravity, arch, buttress, rock-fill and earth-fill dams. Foundation treatment and \nscour protection. Spillway structures. Gates. Navigation requirements of large \nrivers. Fishways. Prep. Undergraduate course in Hydraulics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n1.961 Hydraulic Structures II \n\nIntake structures in reservoirs and on rivers. Tunnels and pipe lines: design \ncriteria and structural analyses; economic studies for diameter selection. \nPenstocks and anchor blocks. Canals: seepage and erosion; linings; canal \nstructures. Prep. Undergraduate course in Hydraulics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n1.962 Hydraulic Structures III \n\nSurge tanks; selection of type. River regulation; design principles; flood pro- \ntection and navigation requirements; bank revetments, groins, dikes, and levees. \nCofferdams. Operation and maintenance of hydraulic structures. Prep. Under- \ngraduate course in Hydraulics. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n1.991 Thesis (Master's Degree) (8 q.h. credits) \n\nAnalytical and/or experimental work conducted by arrangement with and under \nthe supervision of the department. Prep. Permission of the Civil Engineering \nDepartment. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n\nCIVIL ENGINEERING / 61 \n\n1.992 Special Topics in Sanitary Engineering (2 q.h. credits) \n\nAn individual effort in an area selected by student and adviser resulting in a \ndefinitive report. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate School. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n1.993 Master's Report (Environmental-Sanitary) (4 q.h. credits) \n\nAn individual effort consisting of laboratory and/or literature investigation and \nanalysis or advanced design of a project in an area of Environmental or Sanitary \nEngineering selected by student and advisor resulting in a definitive report. \nPrep. Permission of the Civil Engineering Department. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n1.994 Seminar — Environmental Engineering \n\nDiscussions by professional engineers and scientists, faculty and graduate \nstudents on subjects within the area of Environmental Engineering. Open to \nday students only. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate School. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n1.996 Seminar — Environmental Health \n\nDiscussion by professional people in the Public Health field, faculty and graduate \nstudents on subjects within the area of Environmental Health. Open to day \nstudents only. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate School. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\nElectrical Engineering \n\n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of \nScience in Electrical Engineering, applicants must have obtained a \nBachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from a recognized \ninstitution. Applicants with a bachelor's degree in other engineering or \nrelated science fields and an appropriate background of preparation \nmay pursue this program and qualify for the degree of Master of Science \nwithout specification. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nFull-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program may \nbe taken on the Cooperative Plan. On this plan one group of students \ntakes academic work in the Fall and Spring quarters of the first year and \nin the Winter quarter of the second year. Another group may take the \nacademic work in the Winter quarter of the first year and in the Fall and \nSpring quarters of the second year. In either case, the other three quar- \nters of the two academic years and the summer after the first year are \navailable for professional employment. Students who are admitted to a \nMaster's Degree Program under the Cooperative Plan must complete, \nthrough satisfactory performance, each cooperative work assignment \nin order to be eligible for their degree. \n\nThe sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be \ntaken according to the following pattern: \n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits \n\n3.827 Linear Systems 3.832 Network Synthesis I 4 \n\nAnalysis 4 3.990 Seminar I 2 \n\n3.842 Linear Active Circuits 4 10.831 Probability 2 \n\n10.806 Advanced Electives 4 or 6 \n\nMathematics 4 12 or 14 \n\nElectives 2 or 4 \n\n\n14or 16 \n\n\n62 \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 63 \n\nThird Academic Quarter Credits \n\n3.877 Electromagnetic \n\nTheory 4 \n\n3.991 Seminar II 2 \n\nElectives 8 or 10 \n\n14or 16 \n\nA limited amount of work may be elected from the part-time program. \n\nA thesis for six quarter hours credit is elective with the approval of \nthe chairman of the deartment. If the thesis option is approved, this \nwork is done in the second year of the program. Details concerning \nthesis proposals, editorial format, and time schedules are available at \nthe Graduate School Office. \n\nThe program of each student will be made up from the required and \nelective courses available in each term and approved by the student's \nacademic adviser. \n\nElectives \n\nThe electives will normally be available according to the following \nschedule: \n\nFall Quarter \n\n3.902 Communication Theory — Introduction \n\n3.954 Systems Analysis \n\n3.959 Control Systems I (Analysis and Synthesis) \n\n3.972 Design Principles of Electronic Digital Computers I \n\nWinter Quarter \n\n3.803 Applied Electron and Ion Physics \n\n3.838 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis I \n3.852 Theory of Semi-Conductor Devices \n3.902 Communication Theory — Introduction \n3.909 Communication Theory — Detection \n3.954 Systems Analysis \n\nSpring Quarter \n\n3.839 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis II \n3.883 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory \n\n3.905 Communication Theory — Information Theory and Coding \n3.962 Control Systems II (Non-Linear) \n\n(Additional electives will be available from the later-afternoon portion \nof the part-time program in all quarters.) \n\nFull-Time Program \n\nFor those students whose programs would be better served by full- \ntime study the prescribed courses may be taken in one academic year. \nThe sequence of the required courses will be different from the full-time \nprogram on the Cooperative Plan. \n\n\n64 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n\nPOWER SYSTEMS OPTION \nFull-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan \n\nThe integrated six-year program for students enrolled in the Power \nSystems Engineering curriculum culminates in a graduate year on the \nCooperative Plan. Under this arrangement all students are combined into \none division and take academic work during the Fall and Spring quarters \nwhile engaged in cooperative work during the Summer and Winter \nquarters. \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. Those students \nwho have completed five years of the integrated undergraduate program \nhave earned six quarter hour credits of graduate work prior to their \ngraduate year and hence complete only 34 additional quarter hours of \ncredit. \n\nThe Power Option is also available to students electing a normal two- \nyear cooperative plan or a one-year full-time, non-cooperative plan. \n\nCourses taken by students in the six-year integrated program are: \n\nFall Academic Quarter Credits Spring Academic Quarter Credits \n\n3.928 Analysis of 3.931 Power Systems \n\nPower Circuits 4 Planning 4 \n\n3.990 Seminar I 2 3.991 Seminar II 2 \n\n3.995 Thesis or Elective ... 4 3.995 Thesis or Elective ... 4 \n\nElectives 6 Electives 8 \n\n16 18 \n\n* 10.806 Advanced * 10.831 Probability 2 \n\n\nMathematics 4 \n\n20 \n\n\n20 \n\n\nElectives \n\nIn addition to the electives listed under the regular day graduate co- \noperative program, the following other elective course areas are sug- \ngested for the Power Option: \n\nCourses Credits \n\n2.937 Power Plant Economics . 4 \n\n2.920 Direct Energy Conversion 4 \n\n3.932 Power System Protection 2 \n\n3.933 Power System Transients 2 \n3.940 Electric Machinery \n\nTheory 2 \n\n3.943 Advanced Power \nLaboratory 2 \n\n3.944 Special Topics in Power 2 \n\n5.801 Analysis of the \n\nIndustrial Enterprise ... 2 \n\n5.802 Analysis of the \n\nIndustrial Enterprise ... 2 \n\n*Taken by six-year students during undergraduate quarters 9 and 10. \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 65 \n\nTHE DOCTOR'S DEGREE \n\nFull-Time Program \n\nThe following material outlines the procedures for admission to the \ndoctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Ph.D. de- \ngree. For further information applicants should write to the Secretary, \nDepartment of Electrical Engineering. \n\nAdmission \n\nStudents who have completed forty quarter hours of graduate work \nwith a satisfactory record should apply for an interview with a depart- \nmental staff member designated by the Electrical Engineering Depart- \nmental Graduate Committee. The application form for this appointment \nmay be obtained from the Electrical Engineering Office. This application, \ntogether with transcripts of all prior work and two letters of recom- \nmendation should be forwarded to the Electrical Engineering Office no \nlater than November 1. After examination of this material an applicant \nwill be notified of the time of his appointment for an interview. Based \nupon the interview, successful applicants must file a formal application \n(mailed to them by the Electrical Engineering Office) for admission to \nthe doctoral program. The applicant will then be notified concerning the \ntime at which the qualifying examination must be taken. A student who \nhas been accepted to take the qualifying examinations is considered a \npre-doctoral student until he has successfully completed the Ph.D. \nqualifying examinations. Upon successful completion of the qualifying \nexaminations he becomes a Ph.D. candidate. \n\nResidence Requirement \n\nThe residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad- \nuate work or two consecutive years of part-time graduate work. In the \nlatter case, a detailed time schedule must be approved by the student's \nadviser in order to give evidence that at least half of the time is being \ndevoted to the requirements of the Graduate Division program. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nDegree candidacy is established in accordance with the general \nGraduate Division regulations. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nThe qualifying examination, offered annually, is composed of a \nwritten and an oral part. The written part covers the following general \ncategories: (1) circuits, systems and electronics, (2) electromagnetic \nfields, (3) physics, and (4) mathematics. Candidates may also pursue a \nPh.D. with an option in Modern Optics. For students desirous of pursuing \nthis type of degree part one of the written examinations will be replaced \nby an optics examination. The oral examination is designed to test gen- \n\n\n66 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\neral comprehension. These examinations are normally taken after suc- \ncessful completion of forty quarter hours of graduate work beyond the \nBachelor of Science degree. If the examination is failed, it may be \nrepeated with permission of the department. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nDuring the time in which a student is a candidate for a doctoral degree \nhe may be required to demonstrate by means of a comprehensive exami- \nnation a subject matter knowledge satisfactory for the award of the \ndegree. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nSuccessful completion of a doctoral program normally requires 70 \nquarter hours of satisfactory graduate level work exclusive of thesis \nresearch. \n\nDoctoral Seminar, 3.993 and 3.994 are the only required courses. \n\nThesis \n\nIn some cases, arrangements for a thesis adviser may have been \nestablished before the completion of the qualifying examinations. In any \ncase, such arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree \ncandidacy has been established. Depending upon the nature of a project, \na thesis committee may be appointed by the chairman of the department. \nThis committee will be kept informed of the progress of the thesis and \nwill approve the thesis in its final form. \n\nForeign Language \n\nThe foreign language requirement may be satisfied in French, German, \nor Russian. The Princeton Educational Testing Service Language Exami- \nnation is used for this purpose. The examination is administered by \nNortheastern University annually. If necessary, it may be undertaken in \nanother institution. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThis examination will be held in accordance with the general Graduate \nDivision regulations. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nPart-Time Program \n\nElectrical Engineering \nAdmission \n\nThe admission requirements for the part-time program leading to the \ndegree of Master of Science in Electrical Engineering are the same as \nfor the full-time program, but students may progress according to their \nabilities and the time available. \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 67 \n\nAll graduate courses presuppose mastery of the subject matter of a \nmodern, fully accredited curriculum in electrical engineering. Applicants \nwho have not taken further academic work for some time since they \nreceived their bachelor's degree may be required to take graduate \ncourses to satisfy any deficiencies. For this purpose, the following \ncourses are available: \n\nCredits \n\n3.975 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering I 2 \n\n3.976 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering II 2 \n\n3.977 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III 2 \n\n3.978 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering IV 2 \n\n10.801 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n10.802 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\nThese courses carry graduate credit but a maximum of four quarter \nhours of credit from this group may be used as elective credit in the \ndegree program. \n\nProgram \n\nTo a substantial extent, the program of study is an elective one. The \nstudent is expected to select a well-balanced group of courses empha- \nsizing one or two aspects of electrical engineering. Forty quarter hours \nof academic work are required for the master's degree of which eight \nquarter hours of credit are specified as follows: \n\nRequired Courses Credits \n\n3.825 Linear Systems Analysis II 2 \n\n3.826 Linear Systems Analysis III 2 \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n8 \nElectives \n\nThirty-two quarter hours of credit are elective. Twenty quarter hours \nof credit must be chosen from the Electrical Engineering Department. \n\nA maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit may be selected from grad- \nuate courses in sciences or other engineering departments for which \nthe student has the necessary preparation. However, any such course \nshould be taken in the major department concerned with the subject \nmatter. For example, a course largely involving mathematical techniques \nshould be taken in the Mathematics Department. \n\nQuarter-Sequence Courses \n\nCertain courses have an A or B after the course title. In these cases, \ncredit will be given toward the degree only if both the A and B courses \nare successfully completed. \n\n\n68 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\nElectro-Optics (Modern Optics) Program \n\nThe Electro-Optics Program is structured to provide the engineer or \nscientist with a strong background in modern optics. \n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for this degree program, applicants must have a \nbachelor's degree in electrical engineering or physics from a recognized \ninstitution. \n\nProgram \n\nForty quarter-hours of academic work are required, of which 32 are \nspecified. Four hours of electives in optics are to be chosen from two \nsequences and four hours of electives may be selected from courses \nin science or engineering. \n\nCourses Credits \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n* 1 1 .801 Introductory Modern Physics 2 \n\n3.900 Communication Theory — Introduction A 2 \n\n3.901 Communication Theory — Introduction B 2 \n\n3.914 Geometric Optics I 2 \n\n3.915 Geometric Optics II 2 \n\n3.916 Physical Optics I 2 \n\n3.917 Physical Optics II 2 \n\n3.918 Image Evaluation and Optical System Criterion I 2 \n\n3.919 Image Evaluation and Optical System Criterion II 2 \n\n3.920 Image Evaluation and Optical System Criterion III 2 \n\n3.921 Optical Properties of Matter I 2 \n\n3.980 Optical Design Concepts 2 \n\n3.981 Radiometry and Photometry 2 \n\n3.982 Infra Red and Detector Theory 2 \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nCandidates for the master's degree in Electro-Optics are expected to \ndemonstrate competence in several areas including geometric and phys- \nical optics. This will be in the form of a written examination and may be \ntaken after the successful completion of the required course work*. \n\nOptical Electives \n\nSequence I Credits \n\n3.922 Optical Properties of Matter II 2 \n\n3.923 Optical Properties of Matter III 2 \n\n\n'Persons with degrees in Physics may substitute 3.975, Precis of Modern Electrical \nEngineering I. \n\ntBy special arrangement with the faculty a student may substitute 3.924, Advanced \nOptics Laboratory and Current Developments, for the examination requirement. \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 69 \n\nSequence II Credits \n\n3.983 Classical Coherence Theory 2 \n\n3.984 Spectroscopy and Interferometry 2 \n\nAn additional four quarter hours of electives may be selected from \nappropriate science or engineering courses. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. Courses \ncarrying four quarter hours of credit are day courses. Course descriptions are \napplicable to both day and evening courses. Quarters indicated following course \ndescriptions refer primarily to the part-time program. \n\n3.800 Applied Electron and Ion Physics I \n\nThe dynamics of charged particles in electromagnetic fields. The topics stressed \nare those closely related to engineering applications. The topics to be covered \nin the first quarter are: summary review of vector analysis and electromagnetic \nfield theory; non-relativistic dynamics of electrons and ions in static electric and \nmagnetic fields; introduction to electron and ion beam optics; space charge \neffects. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or Physics \nor 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.801 Applied Electron and Ion Physics II \n\nContinuation of 3.800. Topics to be covered are: dynamics of charged particles \nin time-varying electromagnetic fields; applications to beam-wave interaction \nphenomena and microwave electronic devices; relativistic effects in charged \nparticle dynamics in fields; application to high energy physics devices. Prep. \n3.800, Applied Electron and Ion Physics I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.802 Applied Electron and Ion Physics III \n\nContinuation of 3.801. Topics in physical electronics; large aggregations of \nelectrons; electron emission, Fermi-Dirac statistics; introduction to plasma \nphysics; Boltzmann equation; kinetic theory and quasi-hydrodynamical approach \nto dynamics of fully and partially ionized gases; collisions; pinch effect, magneto- \nionics; wave propagation in plasma media; beam-plasma-wave interactions. \nPrep. 3.801, Applied Electron and Ion Physics II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.803 Applied Electron and Ion Physics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.800 and 3.801, \nApplied Electron and Ion Physics I and II. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in \nElectrical Engineering or Physics or 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineer- \ning III. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.806 Lasers I \n\nDevice design theory, fabrication and technology, and applications of lasers \nwill be presented in detail. A course in or familiarity with introductory quantum \nmechanics or semiconductor physics is desirable but not essential. Prep. \nBachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n\n70 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.807 Lasers II \n\nFurther material on the design theory, fabrication and applications of lasers \nwill be presented with special emphasis on the more complex problems and \nthe underlying mathematical analysis. A few applications will be considered \nin detail, such as optical ranging, and optical information processing. Prep. \n3.806, Lasers I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.808 Optoelectronic Engineering \n\nFundamental concepts, design theory and system theory of optoelectronics \nwill be presented including analysis of sources, detectors, switches, display \ninformation processing holography and tracking. Prep. Bachelor of Science de- \ngree in Electrical Engineering or Physics. Course 3.806 Lasers I and Course \n3.851 . Theory of Semi-Conductor Devices B, or their equivalents are helpful but \nnot essential. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.810 Physics of the Upper Atmosphere I \n\nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n3.811 Physics of the Upper Atmosphere li \n\nPrep. 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n3.812 Physics of the Upper Atmosphere III \n\nPrep. 3.810 and 3.811, Physics of the Upper Atmosphere I and II. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \nThis series of courses treats the physics of the atmosphere from the lowest parts \nof the ionized regions upwards, and includes some of the relevant aspects of \nsolar-terrestrial relations. Topics discussed include geomagnetism, the motion \nof charged particles in fields, the polar aurora, airglow, propagation of electro- \nmagnetic waves in ionized media, layer formation in the atmosphere, the earth's \nionosphere, rocket and satellite borne probes, and modern theoretical work on \nthese topics. \n\n3.817 Physical Acoustics \n\nRadiation, transmission, and absorption phenomena of plane and spherical \nwaves. Distributed-system analogies, simple sources, dipole sources, radiation \nimpedance, and radiation patterns. Diffraction theory, and ray acoustics. Finite \namplitude waves, and shock waves. The effects of inhomogeneities and of \ndissipation processes on sound transmission. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree \nin Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.818 Speech Communications \n\nTheory of acoustic transducers, such as microphones, loudspeakers, and horns. \nMechanism of speech production and the acoustic properties of the vocal system. \nHearing and psychoacoustics. Analog synthesizers of speech. Speech coding \nand transmission systems. Prep. 3.817 Physical Acoustics. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.819 Underwater Sound \n\nFundamentals of sonar and acoustic signal processing. Echo ranging and direct \nlistening. Model of the underwater acoustic channel. Matched filters and corre- \nlation detection. Prep. 3.818 Speech Communications. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 71 \n\n3.820 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering I \n\nDefinition and representation of a complex variable and functions of a complex \nvariable. Laurent series, residues, contour integration, and saddle point method \nof integration. Multivalued functions, Riemann surfaces and conformal mapping. \nElectrical Engineering applications to Fourier theory, Hilbert transforms, stability \nof linear systems and electrostatics. (Not open to Northeastern graduates who \nhave completed 3.292). Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or \nPhysical Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.821 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering II \n\nLinear algebra and matrix analysis applied to systems theory; linear equations, \ndeterminants, invariance, quadratic forms, eigenvalues and the simultaneous \ndiagonalization of two matrices. Compound matrices and the Binet-Cauchy \nTheorem. Illustrative applications to Electrical Engineering problems drawn from \ncircuit theory, topology, probability theory and engineering physics. Prep. \n10 805, Advanced Mathematics or 10.806, Advanced Mathematics. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.822 Mathematical Methods in Electrical Engineering III \n\nSpecial applications of mathematics to scalar and vector field problems. The \npartial differential equations of applied physics with emphasis on electromag- \nnetic fields. Green's function techniques. Multidimensional transform theory and \nits application to analysis of the electromagnetic field. Prep. 3.820 and 3.821 \nor equivalent and Electromagnetic Field Theory. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.824 Linear Systems Analysis I (Fundamental Precepts) \n\nA study of the basic concepts of time and frequency domain analysis including \ndifferential equations and systems of simultaneous first order equations, integral \nsolutions including superposition and convolution integrals and Green's function \nsolutions; the application of complex variable theory to the study of Laplace and \nz-transforms; the application of matrix theory to systems analysis. Prep. \nBachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, Precis of Modern \nElectrical Engineering I. Recommended are courses 3.820 and 3.821 or their \nequivalent. Offered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3 825 Linear Systems Analysis II (State Variable Representation of Systems) \n\nA continuation of program begun with 3.824. Introduction to state variable \nanalysis of continuous and discrete systems. Standard canonical representations. \nComputer simulation of systems behavior. Solution of state equations for linear \ntime invariant systems. Analysis of transient response. Prep. 3.824, Linear Sys- \ntems Analysis I or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.826 Linear Systems Analysis III (Applications of State Variable and Transform \nTechniques) \n\nA continuation of 3.825. Extensions of techniques to time varying systems. \nStability and related matters. Introduction to optimization and optimal systems. \nObservability and controllability. Further applications to discrete as well as \ncontinuous systems. The application of digital computers to systems analysis. \nPrep. 3.825, Linear Systems Analysis II. \n\nOffered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n\n72 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.827 Linear Systems Analysis through State Variable and Transform Tech- \nniques (4 q.h. credits) \nOffered to day students only. Includes the material given in 3.825 and 3.826, \nLinear Systems Analysis II and III. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Elec- \ntrical Engineering and 3.824, Linear Systems Analysis I or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n3.830 Network Synthesis l-A \n\nMatrix circuit analysis including m-port parameter systems. Positive-real func- \ntions. Energy functions. Driving-point synthesis techniques for LC, RC and RL \nnetworks. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, \nPrecis of Modern Electrical Engineering I. \n\nOffered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.831 Network Synthesis l-B \n\nDriving-point synthesis of RLC networks. Properties of two-port networks. Two- \nport synthesis, including the parallel ladder realization. Lattice synthesis. Prep. \n3.830, Network Synthesis l-A. Offered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.832 Network Synthesis I (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.830, Network \nSynthesis l-A and 3.831, Network Synthesis l-B. Prep. Bachelor of Science \ndegree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, Precis of Modern Electrical Engi- \nneering I. Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n3.833 Network Synthesis II \n\nSynthesis of resistance-terminated two-port networks including techniques due \nto Darlington and Miyata. Double-resistive-terminated lossless two-port networks. \nElements of m-port synthesis. Prep. 3.831, Network Synthesis l-B or 3.832, \nNetwork Synthesis I. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n3.834 Network Synthesis III \n\nIntroduction to the approximation problem. Criteria of approximations. Fre- \nquency-domain approximations including those of Butterworth, Chebyshev, and \nBessel. Use of potential theory analogies. Approximation over a prescribed fre- \nquency band. Minimization and correction of distortions in linear networks. \nPrep. 3.831, Network Synthesis l-B or 3.832, Network Synthesis I. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n3.835 Network Synthesis IV \n\nTechniques of time-domain synthesis. Time-domain approximations, including \nthe use of orthonormal functions. Prony's method, Pade's method and inter- \npolation functions. Time-domain synthesis of delay networks. Prep. 3.381, Net- \nwork Synthesis l-B or 3.832, Network Synthesis I. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n3.837 Topological Circuit Analysis and Linear Graphs \n\nMathematical properties of the Kirchoff equations. Matrix and topological circuit \nanalysis. Fundamentals of graph theory. Selected applications of graph theory \nin the fields of network synthesis, switching theory and communication networks. \nPrep. 10.806, Advanced Mathematics or equivalent. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n3.838 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis I \n\nNumerical, graphical, and analytical methods for the solution of physical systems \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 73 \n\ndescribed by nonlinear differential equations. Geometric analysis in second-order \nsystems. Perturbation and averaging theory. Prep. 3.831 , Network Synthesis l-B \nor 3.832, Network Synthesis I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.839 Nonlinear Circuit Analysis II \n\nLinear, time-varying systems and their relationship to certain nonlinear problems. \nThe WJKB approximation. The Hill and Mathieu Equations. Stability of nonlinear \nsystems. Lyapunov Theory. Selected topics in nonlinear analysis according to \ngroup interest. Prep. 3.838, Nonlinear Circuit Analysis I. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.840 Linear Active Circuits A \n\nActive networks are developed from device representation and appropriate circuit \ntheory concepts. Topics included are application of flowgraphs and matrices to \ndesign and analysis, development of solid state device models, stability, inte- \ngrated circuitry limitations and dominant pole analysis and realization from open \nand short-circuit impedance concepts. These are applied to the realization, \noperation and optimization of gainband-width products of wide-band amplifiers \nto obtain specific characteristics such as Butterworth and other functions. (Not \nopen to students who have completed 3.845, Semi-Conductor Theory I or 3.605, \nTransistor Circuit Engineering.) Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical \nEngineering or 3.976, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering II. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.841 Linear Active Circuits B \n\nThe results of 3.840, Linear Active Circuits A, are extended to include narrow- \nband, band pass amplifiers and feedback amplifier concepts. The effects of \nfeedback upon gain, impedance noise and stability are developed from return \ndifference and ratio viewpoints utilizing open and short-circuit loop gain con- \ncepts. Consideration is given to the synthesis of driving point and transfer \nfunctions using active filters, negative impedance converters and other basic \nbuilding blocks. (Not open to students who have completed 3.846, Semi-Conductor \nTheory II or 3.606, Transistor Circuit Engineering.) Prep. 3.840, Linear Active \nCircuits A. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.842 Linear Active Circuits \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.840, Linear Active \nCircuits A and 3.841, Linear Active Circuits B. Prep. Bachelor of Science de- \ngree in Electrical Engineering or 3.976, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering \nII. Offered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n3.843 Linear Active Networks \n\nA continuation of the material covered in Linear Active Circuits A and B. \nEmphasis will be placed on feedback systems, including multiloop amplifier \ndesign. These techniques will be applied to integrated circuit realizations of \nbasic active networks. Prep. 3.841, Linear Active Circuits B or 3.842, Linear \nActive Circuits. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.850 Theory of Semi-Conductor Devices A \n\nThe fundamental concepts and theory underlying the present day semi-conductor \ndevices will be presented for the electronics engineer. Subjects covered include: \nenergy-band theory, equilibrium distributions, carrier transport phenomena, the \n\n\n74 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\ndiode equation. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.851 Theory of Semi-Conductor Devices B \n\nSubjects covered include: physical behavior and circuit models for junction and \nfield-effect transistors, physical limitations on transistor performance, and as \ntime permits, special topics such as thyristors and junction lasers. Prep. 3.850, \nTheory of Semi-Conductor Devices A. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.852 Theory of Semi-Conductor Devices (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.850, Theory of \nSemi-Conductor Devices A and 3.851, Theory of Semi-Conductor Devices B. \nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.856 Microelectronics I \n\nThe fundamentals for microelectronics will be reviewed, including band theory, \nphysical parameters, crystal growth, masking diffusion, isolation, etc. Simple \nintegrated circuit design and fabrication will then be analyzed. Emphasis will \nbe placed on the monolithic silicon integrated circuit approach. Prep. Bachelor \nof Science degree in Engineering or Science. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n3.857 Microelectronics II \n\nThe electrical and physical design of microelectronic (integrated) circuits will \nbe considered in detail. Detailed examples in digital logic and precision linear \namplifiers will be included. Prep. 3.856, Microelectronics I. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n3.860 Pulse Processing I \n\nThe principles and techniques of pulse-forming and pulse-processing circuits, \nbasic radar, television, digital computation, pulse modulation systems, and data- \nprocessing systems. Wave shaping circuits, logic circuits, switching circuits, \ndigital devices and time base generators will be covered. Prep. Bachelor of \nScience degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, 3.976 and 3.977, Precis of \nModern Electrical Engineering I, II and III. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n3.861 Pulse Processing II \n\nContinuation of 3.860, Pulse Processing I, to include digital filters and corre- \nlators, pulse transformers, memory devices, and linear delay devices. Prep. \n3.860, Pulse Processing I. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n3.865 Radar Systems I \n\nEmphasis on the systems aspects of radar engineering. Topics covered include \nantennas; low-noise receivers; high-power transmitters; range, angle and Doppler \ntracking systems; search radar systems. Mathematical descriptions are used \nthroughout. Prep. Background in Probability and Fourier Analysis. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.866 Radar Systems II \n\nContinuation of 3.865, Radar Systems I, a further consideration of systems \naspects. The principles of radar detection theory; matched filter and correlation \nreceiver design; radar ambiguity function; radar uncertainty principles; radar \nwaveform synthesis; fundamental accuracy limits; generalized tracking problems. \nPrep. 3.865, Radar Systems I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 75 \n\n3.871 Space Communications Systems I \n\nPrimarily concerned with space oriented communications. Antenna gain, space \nloss, cosmic and atmospheric noise, polarization loss and receiver noise tempera- \nture will be discussed as factors influencing the system signal-to-noise ratio. \nContemporary signal modulation and processing systems will be introduced in \norder to determine signal spectrum and noise power at the output of the inter- \nmediate frequency receiver. Prep. Background in Probability and Fourier \nAnalysis. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.872 Space Communications Systems II \n\nPrimarily concerned with the theoretical aspects of analogue modulation systems \nused in radio telemetry and space communications. First and second threshold \neffects will be discussed in conjunction with signal-to-noise considerations for \namplitude and angle modulated systems. Treatment of frequency feedback and \nphase-lock loops will be included in the discussion of frequency modulation and \ndetection. Frequency division multiplexing will include sub-carrier pre-emphasis \nand comparative performance figures for SSSC/FM and FM/FM. Prep. 3.871, \nSpace Communications Systems I or 3.900, Communication Theory — Introduction \nA. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.873 Space Communication Systems III \n\nContinuation of techniques of 3.872 to cover digital modulation systems and time \ndivision multiplexing. Adaptive sampling, aliasing and interpolation will be dis- \ncussed along with PAM/FM. Pulse code modulation systems utilizing frequency \nand phase shifted carriers will be compared under noise conditions. Treatment \nwill be given to the use of codes with special correlation, modulation by \nsequences and phase-coherent communication. Prep. 3.872, Space Com- \nmunications Systems II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.875 Electromagnetic Theory A \n\nMaxwell's equations and related electromagnetic laws and relations. Elementary \ndirect solutions based on the integral forms. The general constitutive relations. \nElectromagnetic potentials. The vector Helmholtz equation and its solution. This \ncourse will emphasize the practical aspects of the theory for engineering appli- \ncations. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.977, \nPrecis of Modern Electrical Engineering III, Advanced Calculus and Vector \nAnalysis. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.876 Electromagnetic Theory B \n\nA continuation of 3.875 applications to the solution of boundary value problems \ninvolving the Poisson and Helmholtz equations. Elementary study of radiation \nand the retarded potentials. Electromagnetic energy and energy-related theo- \nrems. Propagation of plane waves in media with real and complex constitutive \nparameters. Prep. 3.875, Electromagnetic Theory A. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.877 Electromagnetic Theory (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.875, Electromag- \nnetic Theory A and 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B. Prep. Bachelor of Science \ndegree in Electrical Engineering or 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineer- \ning III. Offered yearly, winter and spring quarters \n\n\n76 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.878 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory A \n\nMore advanced approaches to problems in electromagnetic theory of interest to \nelectrical engineers. Angular spectra of waves. A detailed study of transmission \nlines, waveguides, antennas, diffraction and scattering. Prep. 3.876, Electro- \nmagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n3.879 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory B \n\nSpecial relativity and relativistic electrodynamics. Radiation from moving \ncharges. Statistical concepts and propagation in random media. Introduction to \nmagnetohydrodynamics and plasma physics. Prep. 3.878 Advanced Electromag- \nnetic Theory A. Offered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n3.880 Microwave Theory \n\nPropagation of electromagnetic waves on periodic structures. Propagation on a \nhelix. Waves on electron beams. Coupled-mode theory. Travelling wave devices. \nPropagation in anisotropic media. Ferrite devices. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic \nTheory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.881 Microwave Circuits I \n\nReview of microwave circuit theorems; scattering matrices and applications; \neigenvalue problem; symmetrical and miscellaneous junctions; applications of \n3-db couplers; polarizers, phase shifters and attenuators; non-reciprocal and \nferrite devices. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromag- \nnetic Theory. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.882 Microwave Circuits II \n\nOne-port resonant cavity; transmission cavity; analysis and synthesis of micro- \nwave filters; travelling-wave resonators; periodically loaded lines; selected micro- \nwave system considerations. Prep. 3.881, Microwave Circuits I \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.883 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.878 and 3.879, \nAdvanced Electromagnetic Theory A and B. Prep. 3.876, Electromagnetic \nTheory B, or 3.877 Electromagnetic Theory. Offered yearly,* spring quarter \n\n3.885 Antenna Theory \n\nAn advanced study of the radiation and circuit properties of antennas in simple \nand complex media. Special topics in array theory and particular types of an- \ntennas will be presented as an application of the general theory. Problems \nrelated to antennas in space and radio astronomy will also be covered. Designed \nto prepare the student for advanced research in the field. Prep. 3.876, Electro- \nmagnetic Theory B or 3.877, Electromagnetic Theory. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n3.890 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation I \n\nTopics in wave propagation of prime importance in communications and space \nphysics. Review of wave propagation in a homogeneous medium. Physical proc- \nesses in the atmosphere. The formation and structure of the ionosphere. Basic \nmagneto-ionic theory. Propagation of waves in a spatially varying medium. Ray \ntheory. Prep. 10.806, Advanced Mathematics or equivalent. Not offered 1969-70. \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 77 \n\n3.891 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation II \n\nApplication of the theory of the oblique incidence of radio waves on the iono- \nsphere, including the effects of the presence of the geomagnetic field, to radio \ncommunications. The interpretation of ionograms. Path prediction and field \nstrength computations. Absorption. Top side soundings. Incoherent thermal \nscatter. Ionospheric irregularities and motions, and their study by space and \nfrequency diversity techniques and other methods. Prep. 3.890, Electromagnetic \nWave Propagation I. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n3.900 Communication Theory — Introduction A \n\nThe first course in the communication theory sequence which is to present an \nengineering analysis of statistical communication problems. Designed to provide \nthe basic tools for the study of linear optimum filtering theory, information theory, \nand detection theory, which are the subject matters of subsequent courses. \nParticular topics include probability theory and random variables; correlation \nfunctions and power spectra; description and analysis of signals and noise as \nstochastic processes. Prep. 3.978 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering IV \nor equivalent. Offered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.901 Communication Theory — Introduction B \n\nContinuation of course 3.900, Communication Theory — Introduction A. It deals \nwith: Karhunen-Loeve expansion; Wiener and Kalman filtering; matched filtering \nand introduction to detection theory. Prep. 3.900, Communication Theory — \nIntroduction A. Offered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.902 Communication Theory — Introduction (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.900, Communica- \ntion Theory — Introduction A and 3.901, Communication Theory — Introduction \nB. Prep. Knowledge of Laplace Transforms or Complex Variables. \n\nOffered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n3.903 Communication Theory — Information Theory and Coding A \n\nDeals principally with three aspects of information theory; the statistical descrip- \ntion of sources and the probabilistic measure of their information contents, the \ndetermination of channel capacity, and the fundamental coding theorems. \nPrep. 3.900, Communication Theory — Introduction A or 3.902, Communication \nTheory — Introduction or Probability. \n\nOffered yearly, fall, winter and spring quarters \n\n3.904 Communication Theory — Information Theory and Coding B \n\nContinuation of 3.903, Communication Theory — Information Theory and Coding \nA. The theory of coding and decoding for efficient and reliable communication. \nParticular subjects include the derivation of theoretical bounds of error in coding, \nmethods of constructing algebraic and probabilistic codes, and decoding tech- \nniques. Some knowledge of elementary aspects of modern algebra is desirable \nbut not necessary. Prep. 3.903, Communication Theory — Information Theory \nand Coding A. Offered yearly, winter and spring quarters \n\n3.905 Communication Theory — Information Theory and Coding (4 q.h. credits) \nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.903, Communica- \ntion Theory — Information Theory and Coding A and 3.904, Communication \nTheory — Information Theory and Coding B. Prep. 3.900, Communication \nTheory — Introduction A or Probability. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\n78 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.906 Communications Theory — Detection and Estimation Theory A \n\nThis course presents the classical theory of signal detections and estimation. \nParticular topics include: likelihood ratio tests for detection of known or random \nsignals; calculation of error probabilities and the signal selection problem. \nPrep. 3.901, Communication Theory — Introduction B or 3.902, Communication \nTheory Introduction. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.907 Communication Theory — Detection and Estimation Theory B \n\nThis course is a continuation of 3.906 stressing application of the theory. Par- \nticular topics include: synthesis of an adaptive receiver; data reduction to several \ndiscriminants; ambiguity function; estimation of angle modulated signals; and \nreceiver design for high speed data transmission. Prep. 3.906, Communication \nTheory — Detection and Estimation Theory A. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.908 Special Topics in Communication Theory \n\nThis course is designed to discuss further in depth either the information theo- \nretical or detection theoretical aspects of communication. The subject matter \nchanges from year to year. Subjects to be given in 1969-1970 are: \nFall Quarter — Pattern Recognition. Prep. 3.907 or 3.909. \nWinter Quarter — Sequential Decoding. Prep. 3.904 or 3.905. \nSpring Quarter — Digital Communication \n\nand Shift Register Sequences. Prep. 3.901 or 3.902. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall, winter and spring quarters \n\n3.909 Communication Theory — Detection and Estimation Theory (4 q.h. credits) \nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.906, Communi- \ncation Theory — Detection and Estimation Theory A and 3.907, Communication \nTheory — Detection and Estimation Theory B. Prep. 3.901, Communication The- \nory— Introduction B or 3.902, Communication Theory Introduction. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.910 Nonlinear Systems I \n\nOperators and functionals. Functional power series representation of nonlinear \nsystems. Functional representation of the response of a nonlinear system when \nits input is either a constant, a sinusoid, a transient. System transforms. Appli- \ncations to the analysis and synthesis of nonlinear systems in terms of functional \npower series. Prep. An undergraduate course in Signals and Systems and 3.900, \nCommunication Theory — Introduction A or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.911 Nonlinear Systems II \n\nNonlinear systems with random inputs. Functional representation of the response \nof a nonlinear system when its input is a random process. Orthogonal systems of \nfunctionals. Representation and analysis of nonlinear systems in terms of \northologonal systems of functionals. The optimum nonlinear filter, predictor, and \ngeneral operator. Special classes of nonlinear systems. Determination of opti- \nmum nonlinear systems for generalized error criteria. Prep. 3.910, Nonlinear \nSystems I and either 3.901, Communication Theory — Introduction B or 3.902, \nCommunication Theory — Introduction. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 79 \n\n3.912 Nonlinear Systems III \n\nFunctional analysis of systems characterized by nonlinear differential equations. \nOperator approach to system theory and its relationship to differential equation \nrepresentations. The methods of iteration in nonlinear theory and its application \nto feedback systems. Prep. 3.911, Nonlinear Systems II. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.914 Geometric Optics I \n\nPrep. 10.805, Advanced Mathematics or equivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.915 Geometric Optics II \n\nFermat's principle and the fundamental laws of image formation. Eikonal equa- \ntion and Hamilton's characteristic functions — canonical formalisms. Matrix \napproach to paraxial optics and ray tracing. Aberration theory; 3rd order theory; \nthin lenses and concentric- systems; basic elements of optical design. Prep. \n3.914, Geometric Optics I. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.916 Physical (wave) Optics I \n\nPrep. 3.915, Geometric Optics II or equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.917 Physical Optics II \n\nBasic properties of the electromagnetic field; Maxwell's equations and the wave \nequation. Scalar and vector waves; reflection refraction and propagation of \nwaves. Polarization theory of partial coherence; scattering. Theory of inter- \nference and diffraction; Huygen's — Fresnel and Kirchoff solutions; theory of \ninterferometric instrumentation. Advanced topics in the application of com- \nmunication theory to optical problems; transfer and spread functions; spacial \nfiltering. Prep. 3.916, Physical Optics I. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.918 Image Evaluation and Optical Systems Criterion I \n\nShould be taken concurrently with 3.915, Geometric Optics II. \n\n1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.919 Image Evaluation and Optical Systems Criterion II \n\nShould be taken concurrently with 3.916, Physical (wave) Optics I. \n\n1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.920 Image Evaluation and Optical Systems Criterion III \n\nShould be taken concurrently with 3.917, Physical Optics II. \n\n1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\nThese courses are intended to accompany 3.915, Geometric Optics II; 3.916, \nPhysical (wave) Optics I; 3.917, Physical Optics II, to provide experimental back- \nground for the theory developed therein. They would include basic optical \ntechniques such as alignment procedures, location of principal and nodal \nplanes. Resolution studies including Rayleigh and other criteria, test targets \nand methods. Coherent imaging and Abbe's theory. Aberrations and evaluation \ntechniques. \n\n3.921 Optical Properties of Matter I \n\nOptics of crystals; birefringence; crystal symmetry and classification; wave prop- \nagation in crystals. Prep. 11.801, Introductory Modern Physics or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n\n80 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.922 Optical Properties of Matter II \n\nPrep. 3.921 , Optical Properties of Matter I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.923 Optical Properties of Matter III \n\nPrep. 3.922, Optical Properties of Matter II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\nThese two courses represent the first optics elective sequence. \n\nIntroduction to the Quantum Theory of Matter with application to optics; quan- \ntum optics; stimulated emission; quantum description of optical propagation in \nmatter; application of the theory to selected experiments. \n\n3.924 Advanced Optics Laboratory and Current Developments \n\nSpecial topics in modern optics and optical techniques requiring the presenta- \ntion of a paper by participants at termination of the course. Prep. Consent of \nthe Director of the Electro-Optics program. Offered by special arrangement \n\nAdditional courses on the optics sequence are 3.980, 3.981, 3.982, 3.983, and \n3.984. \n\n3.925 Power Circuit Analysis I \n\nFundamental concepts of single-phase and polyphase power systems; definitions \nof terms; use of per unit quantities; equivalent circuits of symmetrical 3-phase \nsystems; introduction to symmetrical components; short circuits on systems \nwith a single power source. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical \nEngineering. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.926 Power Circuit Analysis II \n\nThis course is a continuation of 3.925, Power Circuit Analysis I. Sequence im- \npedances of various power-system elements are considered from application \npoint of view; unsymmetrical faults on otherwise symmetrical 3-phase systems; \nopen conductors and asymmetrical connections and loadings; analysis of simul- \ntaneous faults on 3-phase systems; 2-phase systems. Prep. 3.925, Power Circuit \nAnalysis I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.927 Power Circuit Analysis III \n\nThis course is a continuation of 3.926, Power Circuit Analysis II. Introduction \nto Clarke components and applications in analysis of asymmetrical systems and \nfaults; transmission line theory; protective relaying; fundamentals of system \nstability. Prep. 3.926, Power Circuit Analysis II. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.928 Analysis of Power Systems (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. This course is designed to provide the basic \nmaterial, including special mathematical techniques, applicable to the solution \nof problems associated with power systems. The sequence-impedance charac- \nteristics of various power-system elements are investigated with emphasis on \napplication rather than design. Abnormal situations including simultaneous \nfaults and system transients are treated in depth, making use of Clarke com- \nponents and modified Clarke components as well as symmetrical components. \nPolyphase transmission line theory, system protection and system stability are \nintroduced and discussed briefly. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Elec- \ntrical Engineering. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.930 Power System Planning \n\nEngineering and economic aspects underlying system development and plan- \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 81 \n\nning. Probability methods of determining installed and spinning-reserve re- \nquirements. Mathematical models of system operation for production-costing \nstudies. Detailed examples include economic comparison of nuclear and fossil- \nfired plants, the role of pumped-hydro generation, power pooling, and coordi- \nnated planning of interconnected systems, and the functions of high-voltage \nand EHV transmission in planning and operation. Prep. 3.925, Power Circuit \nAnalysis I. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n3.931 Power System Planning (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.930 but with more \nextensive and in depth coverage. Prep. 3.928, Analysis of Power Systems or \nequivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.932 Power Systems Protection \n\nConsideration of protection applied to generation, transmission and distribution. \nInvestigation of the characteristics and operating principles of various methods \nof protective relaying. Prep. 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis III or equivalent. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n3.933 Power System Transients \n\nTransients in power systems due to system switching, lightning or faults. Travel- \nling wave phenomena; insulation coordination; overvoltages due to disturbances \non the system. Prep. 3.927, Power Circuit Analysis III or equivalent. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n3.940 Electric Machinery Theory I \n\nReview of electromagnetic theory as applied to electrical machines; dynamic \nanalysis of a-c induction machines; special topics in the operation of d-c \nmachines. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or 3.975, \n3.976, and 3.977, Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering I, II, and III. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n3.941 Electric Machinery Theory II \n\nAnalysis of the principles of operation of synchronous generators and motors \nwith comprehensive investigation of characteristics in terms of dqo components \nand symmetrical components; consideration of the transient behavior of the \nmachine. Prep. 3.940, Electric Machinery Theory I. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n3.942 Electric Machinery Theory III \n\nDynamic behavior of electrical machinery; comprehensive treatment of the \nproblem of stability as applied to electric machinery. Prep. 3.941, Electric \nMachinery Theory II. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n3.943 Advanced Power Laboratory \n\nOffered to day students only. In depth investigations of the steady-state and \ndynamic modes of operation of induction and synchronous machines. Polyphase \nrectification and control circuits. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical \nEngineering. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n3.944 Special Topics in Power \n\nOffered to day students only. Directed reading and discussion of topics of \nspecial interest in the power field. Prep. Permission of Instructor. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n\n82 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.950 Systems Analysis l-A \n\nReview of probability and statistics. Elements of Markov processes, queuing as \na Markov process. Finite and infinite queue systems, multiple-server, parallel \nand sequential queuing. Flow-graph representation of queuing systems, equiv- \nalence of flow-graph and analog-computer representation. Prep. Bachelor of \nScience degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.951 Systems Analysis l-B \n\nLinear programming; transportation problem, graphical representation. Simplex \nmethod, concept of duality and its use. Fundamental concepts in game theory. \nSolution of rectangular games. Pure and mixed strategies, maximum and min- \nmax principle. Zero and non-zero-sum games, infinite games. Transformation of \ngames into linear programming problems. Other methods of solving competitive- \nsituation problems. Prep. 3.950, Systems Analysis l-A. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.952 Systems Analysis II \n\nVarious methods of optimization of deterministic systems will be studied. Em- \nphasis will be placed on steepest-descent and dynamic-programming methods. \nExamples from the fields of electrical, mechanical, and aerospace technology \nwill be considered. Prep. 10.805, Advanced Mathematics or 10.806, Advanced \nMathematics. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.953 Systems Analysis III \n\nOptimization of stochastic systems from the point of view of Bayesian statistics. \nApplications to Markov processes. Least-square estimation theory and Kalman \nfilter theory. Statistical decision problems for linear and nonlinear problems. \nPrep. 3.950, Systems Analysis l-A, 3.952, Systems Analysis II, 10.831, Probability, \nor equivalent. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n3.954 Systems Analysis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.950 and 3.951, \nSystems Analysis l-A and l-B. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering \nor Science. Offered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n3.957 Control Systems l-A — Analysis \n\nTransient performance of linear feedback control systems for deterministic \ninputs. Block diagram representation and analog computer modelling of typical \nsystems. Discussion of stability criteria. Development and application of root- \nlocus and Nyquist methods for complementary time and frequency domain \nanalysis. Prep. Knowledge of transient analysis and Laplace transforms. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.958 Control Systems l-B — Synthesis \n\nComparison of several compensation configurations for both static and dynamic \nperformance criteria. System design using root-locus and Bode-Nichols methods. \nDiscussion of pole-zero synthesis techniques and consideration of the multi- \ninput problem. Practical aspects of system design and review of component \ntechnology. Prep. 3.957, Control Systems l-A — Analysis. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 83 \n\n3.959 Control Systems I — Analysis and Synthesis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.957, Control \nSystems l-A — Analysis and 3.958, Control System l-B — Synthesis. Prep. \nKnowledge of transient analysis and Laplace transforms. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.960 Control Systems I l-A — Nonlinear Systems \n\nAnalog and digital computer solution of nonlinear system problems. Discussion \nof describing function and phase plane analysis techniques. Introduction to the \nmethods of Liapunov. Design of intentionally nonlinear systems including com- \nparison of compensation schemes for stabilization of bang-bang control systems. \nPrep. 3.826, Linear Systems Analysis III or 3.827, Linear Systems Analysis. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.961 Control Systems ll-B — Optimal Control Theory \n\nDiscussion of the optimal control problems with reference to space and process \ncontrol applications. Formulation of problem in terms of state variables. Vari- \national calculus solution. Numerical solutions by dynamic programming and \nsteepest-descent algorithms. Prep. 3.960, Control Systems ll-A — Nonlinear \nSystems. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.962 Control Systems II — Nonlinear (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered only to day students. Includes the material given in 3.960 Control \nSystems ll-A — Nonlinear Systems and 3.961, Control Systems ll-B — Optimal \nControl Theory. Prep. 3.958, Control Systems l-B — Synthesis or 3.959, Control \nSystems I — Analysis and Synthesis. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.963 Digital and Sampled-Data Control Systems \n\nTreatment of linear sampled-data control systems by means of the z-transform. \nDevelopment of methods for analysis and synthesis of control systems with \ndigital components and sampled-data inputs. Discussion of related topics in- \ncluding difference equations and digital filtering. Prep. 3.826, Linear Systems \nAnalysis III or 3.827, Linear Systems Analysis. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.964 Stochastic Control Systems \n\nStatistical models for random inputs encountered in the operation of control \nsystems. Filtering and prediction, correlation functions and spectral densities. \nOptimum design for stationary random processes. Analog and digital simulation \nfor system design. Prep. 3.958, Control Systems l-B — Synthesis or 3.959, Con- \ntrol Systems I — Analysis and Synthesis. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.967 Switching Circuits I \n\nBasic relay networks will be treated by the methods of switching algebra. Com- \nbinational, sequential and counting circuits will be given as well as the theory \nof error detecting and translating circuits. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree \nin Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.968 Switching Circuits II \n\nApplication of the material covered in 3.967, Switching Circuits I. This includes \nwork with iterative networks, sequential circuits and special coding techniques. \nPrep. 3.967, Switching Circuits I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n\n84 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\n3.970 Digital Computer Programming I \n\nMachine and assembly languages as an introduction to digital computer pro- \ngramming with emphasis on the hardware-software interface. The text is sup- \nplemented by current literature in the field and specific computers are discussed. \nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n3.971 Digital Computer Programming II \n\nAdvanced programming techniques. Familiarity with basic programming tools \n(index registers, subroutines, etc.) is assumed. The course is an extension of \n3.970 and should Trnmediately follow that course wherever possible. Applica- \ntions to real problems are used to illustrate such topics as: list structured \nstorage, man-machine interfaces, higher languages, programming systems and \nsimulation. Prep. 3.970, Digital Computer Programming I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.972 Design Principles of Electronic Digital Computers I (Central Processing) \n\nThis course treats the engineering aspects of modern digital computer design. \nBasic elements of a digital computer system. The essential features of the \nCentral Processor. Arithmetic operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication, \ndivision: floating point arithmetic configuration; special circuits for low cost \ncomputing. Prep. Knowledge of pulsed circuits. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.973 Design Principles of Electronic Digital Computers II (Memory Subsystems) \n\nSynchronous sequential circuits; counters; shift registers; memory devices; \ntypes of memories: organization, cycle time and addressing; levels of storage \ncapacity, operating speed and cost/bit; special function memories (Read only; \nassociative and block oriented); mass storage; memory hierarchies for optimum \nsystem efficiency. Consideration will be given to the physical realization of \nmemory arrays; magnetic cores, thin films, cryogenics, mos and bipolar inte- \ngrated circuits matrices. Prep. 3.972, Design Principles of Electronic Digital \nComputers I. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.974 Design Principles of Electronic Digital Computers III \n(Man-Machine and Machine-Machine Communication) \n\nInput-output devices, hybrid computation; A/D and D/A conversion techniques. \nComputer graphics; non-impact printing; optical techniques for mass storage. \nDesign of a general-purpose computer (timing diagrams, component tolerances, \nhardware problems); new trends in digital computer design. Prep. 3.973, Design \nPrinciples of Electronic Digital Computers II. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\nAdditional computer courses are: 3.985, 3.986, and 3.987. \n\n3.975 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering I \n\nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science plus knowledge \nof matrix algebra. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.976 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering II \n\nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.977 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering III \n\nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\nELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / 85 \n\n3.978 Precis of Modern Electrical Engineering IV \n\nPrep. Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\nThe preceding four precis courses are intended primarily for those whose \nundergraduate major was in an engineering or scientific field other than elec- \ntrical engineering. They are also recommended for students 5 to 10 years away \nfrom their bachelor's degree in Electrical Engineering who feel the need for a \nreview of electrical science. They are open only to students in these categories. \nThe material is basically undergraduate in nature but the viewpoint and depth \nare at the mature level appropriate to graduate students. Part I deals with the \ntheory of electric circuits and linear systems, Part II with electronics, Part III \nwith field theory from the engineering viewpoint and Part IV, communication \ntheory. \n\n3.980 Optical Design Concepts \n\nThis course is an extension in depth of the material covered in the geometric \noptics sequence. It will include such topics as: Fourier optics, coherent, non- \ncoherent and partially coherent systems, and the diffraction theory of aberra- \ntions with application to optical systems. Techniques will include numerical \nmethods of solution. Prep. 3.914 and 3.915 Geometric Optics I and II. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n3.981 Radiometry and Photometry \n\nPrep. 3.917, Physical Optics II. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.982 Infra-red and Detector Theory \n\nPrep. 3.981 , Radiometry and Photometry. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\nThese two courses include topics on the generation, detection and measurement \nof optical radiation with emphasis on the infra-red region; the study of systems \nfor radiation detection; noise limitations in optical measurements to optimizing \ndetector systems. \n\n3.983 Classical Coherence Theory \n\nPrep. 3.917, Physical Optics II. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.984 Spectroscopy and Interferometry \n\nPrep. 3.983, Classical Coherence Theory. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\nThese two courses constitute the second optics elective sequence. They consist \nof a series of lectures on the classical theory of coherence and include applica- \ntion to spectrophotometric and interferometric instruments; the design, cali- \nbration and use of spectrophotometric and interferometric instruments; spectros- \ncopy and metrology. \n\n3.985 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines I \n\nStudy of theoretical models of computation; finite state machines; preparation \nof state diagrams; linear expressions; deterministic and non-deterministic ma- \nchines; operations on sets of sentences, regular expressions; Turing machines; \ndigital representation of information. Prep. 3.974, Design Principles of Elec- \ntronic Digital Computers III, or equivalent. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n3.986 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines II \n\nPrinciples of digital informatioi processing systems with emphasis on the stored \nprogram synchronous computer. Description of digital systems, review of digital \n\n\n86 / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING \n\ncomputer development; essential features of automatic programming; basic \ntechniques for data manipulation, instruction formats and repertoires; elementary \nmachines; special and general purpose computers; modular system organization. \nPrep. 3.985, Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines I. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n3.987 Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines III \n\nLogical properties of bivalued elements, combinatorial nets, minimization of \nlogical functions, basic logical blocks, storage elements, combinatorial and \nsequential circuits and arrays; logical design of automatic digital processors; \ncurrent trends in system and logic design of electronic digital systems. Prep. \n3.986, Fundamentals of Automatic Digital Machines II. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n3.990 Seminar I \n\nA library survey of a selected topic in the general field of electrical engineering \nwith an oral presentation based on this survey. Participation in the departmental \nseminar program of guest lecturers. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in \nEngineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n3.991 Seminar II \n\nThe preparation of a research paper suitable for publication in a professional \njournal, plus an oral presentation of this report. Prep. 3.990, Seminar I. \n\nOffered yearly, winter and spring quarters \n\n3.993 Doctoral Seminar I \n\nTwo hours per week of presentation and discussion of topics at a level com- \npatible with a doctoral program. Subject matter may cover a wide range of \nscientific and engineering fields. (Only S or F grades will be assigned for this \ncourse.) Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n3.994 Doctoral Seminar II \n\nContinuation of 3.993, Doctoral Seminar I. (Only S or F grades will be assigned \nfor this course.) Prep. 3.993, Doctoral Seminar I. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n3.995 Master's Thesis \n\nAnalytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the \ndepartment. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.996 Doctoral Thesis \n\nTheoretical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the \ndepartment. Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam. \n\nOffered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.997 Doctoral Reading \n\nMaterial approved by the candidate's adviser. (Only S or F grades will be \nassigned for this course.) Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam. \n\nOffered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n3.998 Special Problems in Electrical Engineering \n\nTheoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep. \nConsent of Dept. Chairman. Offered yearly, fall, winter, and spring quarters \n\n\nIndustrial Engineering \n\nand \n\nEngineering Management \n\n\nMASTER OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING \nFull-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan \n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of \nScience in Industrial Engineering, applicants must have obtained a \nBachelor of Science degree in some engineering field from a recognized \nInstitution. \n\nThe program as described below presupposes a background in the \nfollowing areas: Basic Operations Research, Probability and Statistics, \nEngineering Economy, Data Processing, and Accounting. Recognizing \nthat some applicants may be deficient in certain of these subjects, the \nintensive courses listed below are available. At the time of admission \nto the program the adviser will specify, on the basis of the applicant's \ntranscript, those courses on the list which the applicant must complete \nsatisfactorily to qualify for the degree. Such specified courses are to be \ncompleted as early in the program as scheduling will permit. The \ncourses below carry graduate credit but a maximum of six (6) quarter \nhours of credit from this group may be used as elective credit toward \nthe degree. \n\nCourse Credits \n\n5.808 Basic Engineering Economy 2 \n\n5.810 Industrial Accounting for Engineers 2 \n\n5.900 Basic Operations Research 4 \n\n5.913 Data Processing for Engineers 2 \n\n10.831 Probability 2 \n\nT2 \n\n87 \n\n\n88 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT \n\nProgram \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. Under the Co- \noperative Plan, students take academic work as outlined below in the \nFall and Spring quarters of the first year and in the Winter quarter of \nthe second year. The other three quarters of the two academic years \nand the summer after the first year are available for professional em- \nployment. Students who are admitted to a Master's Degree Program \nunder the Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfactory per- \nformance, each cooperative work assignment in order to be eligible for \ntheir degree. \n\nThe program may also be pursued on a continuous full time basis in \none academic year with the sequence of courses established by the \nadviser. \n\nA thesis of six quarter hours of credit is required. A faculty adviser \nwill be appointed upon approval of the thesis topic. \n\nThe sequence of courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be \ntaken according to the following pattern: \n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits \n\n5.803 Industrial 5.824 Case Studies in \n\nOrganizations 2 Industrial \n\n5.823 Advanced Production Engineering 2 \n\nAnalysis 4 5.914 Advanced Operations \n\n5.992 Seminar 2 Research 4 \n\n5.809 Advanced Engineering 10.836 Mathematical Statistics 4 \n\nEconomy 2 Electives 4 \n\nElectives 4 -^ \n\n~U \n\nThird Academic Quarter Credits \n\n5.909 Systems Engineering \n\nand Analysis 2 \n\n5.991 Thesis 6 \n\nElectives 4 \n\n72 \n\n\nElectives \n\nThe indicated twelve (12) quarter hours of electives may be taken, \nwith the approval of the adviser, from the course offerings of the grad- \nuate programs in engineering and mathematics for which the student \nhas adequate preparation. Up to six (6) quarter hours may be taken in \nother graduate programs subject to the approval of the director of the \ngraduate school in which the course is offered. \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 89 \n\nMASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT \nPart-Time Program \n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate study in engineering management, the \napplicant must have obtained a Bachelor of Science degree in an engi- \nneering field from a recognized institution. A limited number of appli- \ncants with a Bachelor of Science degree in a closely related science or \nmathematics whose preparation is considered adequate may be per- \nmitted to pursue this program and, upon its completion, will qualify for \nthe degree of Master of Science without specification. \n\nThe program as outlined below presupposes that students have had \na basic course in each of the following areas: Engineering Economy, \nProbability, Engineering Statistics, Operations Research (deterministic \nand stochastic), Computer Programming (compiler language) and Ac- \ncounting. Recognizing that some applicants may be deficient in certain \nof these subjects, the program offers the intensive courses listed below. \nAt the time of admission to the program the adviser will specify, on the \nbasis of the applicant's transcript, those courses on the list which the \napplicant must complete satisfactorily to qualify for the degree. Such \nspecified courses are to be completed as early in the program as \nscheduling will permit. The courses below carry graduate credit but a \nmaximum of six (6) quarter hours of credit from this group may be used \nas elective credit toward the degree. \n\nCourses Credits \n\n5.808 Basic Engineering Economy 2 \n\n5.810 Industrial Accounting for Engineers 2 \n\n5.901 Basic Operations Research I (Deterministic) 2 \n\n5.902 Basic Operations Research II (Stochastic) 2 \n\n5.913 Data Processing for Engineers (FORTRAN) 2 \n\n5.950 Engineering Statistics I or 10.831 Probability 2 \n\n5.951 Engineering Statistics II 2 \n\n14\" \n\nProgram \n\nThe program leading to the Master of Science degree in Engineering \nManagement is designed for part-time students who may progress ac- \ncording to their abilities and the time available. The purpose of the \nprogram is to provide engineers the opportunity to expand their capabil- \nities to assume managerial responsibility for technological activities in \nindustrial and governmental organizations. \n\nA minimum of forty (40) quarter hours of graduate level credit is re- \nquired for the degree. To assure adequate preparation for management \nof technological activities, the indicated minimum number of credits \nmust be earned in each of the five course categories listed below: \n\n\n90 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT \n\n\nCategory \n\na. Management of Technology \n\nb. Operations Research and \nQuantitative Techniques \n\nc. Production Engineering \n\nd. Financial Controls \n\ne. Computer Technology \n\n\nMinimum Credits \n\n8 including 5.801 \n\n\n4 including 5.830 \n4 \n28 \n\n\nThe remaining twelve (12) quarter hours required for the degree may \nbe considered as free electives. These may be taken within the course \nofferings of this program or from any courses in graduate engineering \nand mathematics for which the student has adequate preparation. Up \nto six (6) quarter hours may be elected in other graduate schools subject \nto the approval of the adviser for this program and the director of the \ngraduate school in which the course is offered. Students needing \ncourses in such subjects as business law, labor relations, or marketing \nshould consult the catalog of the Graduate School of Business Admin- \nistration. \n\nCourses in the five categories from which students must select to \nmeet the indicated minimum total of 28 quarter hours of credit are as \nfollows: \n\na. Management of Technology \n\n(at least 8 q.h. including 5.801) \n\n5.801 and 5.802 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I and II \n\n5.812 Management of Technical Innovation \n\n5.814 Development of Engineering Managers \n\n5.815 Legal Aspects of New Technology \n\n5.816 Industrial Psychology for Engineers \n5.820 Personnel Administration for Engineers \n5.841 Engineering Project Administration \n\nb. Operations Research & Quantitative Techniques \n\n(at least 8 q.h.) \n\n5.903 Inventory Control and Production Planning \n\n5.904 Queuing Theory and Its Applications \n\n5.905 Analysis with Simulation \n\n5.911 Linear Programming \n\n5.912 Network Planning and Control \n5.914 Advanced Operations Research \n\n5.952 Design of Experiments \n\n5.953 Statistical Decision Theory \n\n3.952 and 3.953 Systems Analysis II and III \n10.838 and 10.839 Stochastic Processes \n\nc. Financial Controls \n\n(at least 4 q.h. including 5.830) \n\n5.805 Industrial Budgeting for Engineers \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 91 \n\n5.809 Advanced Engineering Economy \n\n5.811 Cost Accounting for Engineers \n\n5.830 and 5.831 Financial Management I and II \n\nd. Production Engineering \n\n(at least 4 q.h.) \n\n5.806 Production Forecasting \n\n5.817 Advanced Work Design \n\n5.819 Human Factors in Man-Machine Systems \n5.822 Value Analysis \n\n5.954 Advanced Quality Control \n\n5.955 Reliability and Maintainability Applications \n\n5.956 Mathematical Theory of Reliability \n\n5.957 Designing for Reliability \n\ne. Computer Technology \n\n(at least 4 q.h.) \n\n5.818 Management Information Systems \n\n5.906 Introduction to Industrial Dynamics \n\n5.907 Industrial Dynamics Project \n\n5.908 Advanced Industrial Dynamics \n\n5.916 Engineering Analysis Utilizing Data Processing \n\n5.917 Information Retrieval Techniques \n5.920 Computer Utility Systems \n\n3.971 Digital Computer Programming II \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nAll courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise noted. \n\n5.801 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I \n\nA background for the practicing engineer: review of the history and growth of \nindustrial enterprises; examination of the principles and foundation for sound \nenterprises; modern organizational precepts and practices; management attitude \nand training; close look at the product, development of a new product, market- \ning, advertising, and selling in domestic and foreign markets; the effect of good \npublic relations and corporate image on the success of the industrial enterprise. \n(Open to Engineering Management majors only.) Prep. Admission to Engineer- \ning Management Program. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.802 Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise II \n\nThe importance of modern planning and forecasting techniques; the effect of \ncybernation on the employee and the enterprise; the financial aspects of the \ncorporation, the stock market and the interpretation of financial and business \nnews; modern economics and its effect on business, government and community; \nthe interrelationships of government and business. Prep. 5.801 , Analysis of the \nIndustrial Enterprise I. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.803 Industrial Organizations \n\nAn analysis of the purpose and functioning of organizations as the basic net- \nworks for goal satisfaction through coordination of effort, communication and \nresponsibility. The approach will be based on modern behavioral science con- \ncepts. Prep. Admission to Program. Offered yearly, days only, fall quarter \n\n\n92 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT \n\n5.805 Industrial Budgeting for Engineers \n\nBudgeting plans, programs, and reports for industry today; an introduction to \nthe essentials of fixed and variable budgeting for production, inventory, sales, \ncash, capital, and cost-volume-profit analysis. Prep. 5.810, Industrial Account- \ning or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.806 Production Forecasting \n\nMethods of forecasting the production of goods and materials for the firm, in- \ndustry and national economy; special emphasis on techniques applicable to \nindividual companies and products; some attention given to forecast of the \ngross national product and its principal components. Prep. 5.951, Engineering \nStatistics II or equivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n5.808 Basic Engineering Economy \n\nEconomic analysis in formulating business policies and selecting alternatives \nfrom possible engineering solutions to industrial problems, present worth, annual \ncost and rate of return techniques with continuous and discrete interest calcula- \ntions. Northeastern graduates who have completed 5.260, Engineering Economy, \nor 5.265, Fundamentals of Engineering Economy must substitute 5.809, Advanced \nEngineering Economy. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or \nScience. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.809 Advanced Engineering Economy \n\nPrincipal emphasis on the practical application of the techniques studied in \n5.808, Basic Engineering Economy; problems of implementation through' class \ndiscussion of cases and a major term project; recent advances in the techniques \nof engineering economy, especially those relating to the consideration of un- \ncertainties. Prep. 5.808, Basic Engineering Economy or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n5.810 Industrial Accounting for Engineers \n\nRequired of all students who have not had a basic course in accounting. Intro- \nduction of basic accounting principles and procedures; use of accounting data \nas a management tool; a practical coverage of basic cost procedures related to \nmaterials, labor, and manufacturing expense cost control; job order, process and \nstandard cost systems. (Open to Engineering Management majors only.) Prep. \nBachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.811 Cost Accounting for Engineers \n\nCost accounting procedures as established by accountants are studied and \nevaluated in terms of being considered by the engineer for cost determination \nof alternative engineering proposals. Prep. 5.810, Industrial Accounting or \nequivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.812 Management of Technical Innovation \n\nAnalysis of the particular problems of managing research, development and \nengineering based on current developments in general management theory and \nthe behavioral sciences; technical innovation as part of the overall organization; \nselection, administration and evaluation of projects. Prep. Bachelor of Science \ndegree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 93 \n\n5.813 Engineering Reports \n\nPrinciples for achieving a clear, readable style through appropriate word choice \nand modern concepts of sentence and paragraph structure; application and \nevaluation of these principles in engineering proposals, reports, manuals, and \nrelated documents; practice in utilizing artwork, setting up outlines, and adapting \nto various reader levels; class analysis of great engineering literature. Prep. \nBachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.814 Development of Engineering Managers \n\nAnalysis of the problems faced by the engineer in the transition from individual \ncontributor to engineering manager; the challenge of engineering management; \nanalyzing what is their business and who are their customers; integrating pro- \nfession and management objectives; developing guides for engineering man- \nagers, enabling them to examine their own work and performance, to diagnose \ntheir weaknesses and to improve their effectiveness as well as the results of the \nenterprise. Prep. 5.801 , Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I. \n\nOffered yearly, fall and winter quarters \n\n5.815 Legal Aspects of New Technology \n\nThe relationship of laws and regulations to technical innovation and related \ncorporate activities; emphasis on the patent and copyright systems; trade se- \ncrets; managing intellectual property as part of employer-employee relations; \ndisposition of rights under federal contracts and grants. Prep. Bachelor of \nScience degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n5.816 Industrial Psychology for Engineers \n\nA general coverage of the application of psychology to industry with emphasis \non industrial environments and organization, human relations, group dynamics, \ntests and measurements, personnel practices, training, and motivation. Prep. \nBachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.817 Advanced Work Design \n\nBasic philosophies of work design; implementation of work design concepts \nwith case studies; study and analysis of models such as work sampling, se- \nquence or flow of work models, repetitive and nonrepetitive work models; and \nwork measurement models such as standard data; human factors in measuring \noperator performance; regression analysis approaches. Prep. A work measure- \nment course. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.818 Management Information Systems \n\nDesign and critique of industrial information systems for management decision- \nmaking with emphasis on the use of electronic computers; case method used \nto provide a realistic environment for study of actual information system needs \nand techniques; examples developed in budgeting and accounting, scheduling, \nforecasting, inventory and production control systems; introduction to applica- \ntion of analytical techniques such as mathematical and simulation models. \nPrep. 5.810, Industrial Accounting and 5.913, Data Processing for Engineers or \ntheir equivalent. Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n\nNDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT \n\n5.819 Human Factors in Man-Machine Systems \n\nDesign of equ p ne kj systems for human use: emphasis on the application \n\nvisual and auditory presentation of information. \nspeech communications, man-machine dynamics, design of controls, layout of \np aces and em .^mental effects on human performance. Prep. Bachelor \nof Science degree in Engineering or Scierc \n\nOffered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n5.820 Personnel Administration for Engineers \n\nPersonnel programs foi attract ng and retaining technical talent; evaluating \n\nless ol \" ' -' sonnel polic as — ethods of salary and ■ \n\nadministration; planning profitable relationships among company, supervisors \nand employees. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, winter and spring quarters \n\n5.822 Value Engineering \n\nsis Mil point design, manufacturability. procurement and \n\ninstallation, complete value analysis study, value tests, function-cost relation- \nship, principles and procedures to optimize value in products. Prep. Bachelor \nof Science degree in Engineering or Science. \n\nOffered yearly, winter and spring quarters \n\n5.823 Advanced Production Analysis 4 q.h. credits) \n\nStudy of advanced problem -solving techniques in the areas of method and \nmeasurement, layout and facilities planning, material handling and manufactur- \ning processes C.-.se studies and a course project in a local concern illustrate \nthe concepts presented. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering or \nScience. Off;\" .. days only, fall quarter \n\n5.824 Case Studies in Industrial Engineering \n\nFormulation of problems and analysis of situations on topics such as: work \nmeasurement, line balancing, plant layout, regression analysis, wage and salary \nadministration, management information systems and network analysis. Class \ndiscussion and written analysis of a variety of cases is included. Prep. 5.823. \nAdvanced Production Analysis. Offered yearly, days only, spring quarter \n\n5.827 Basic Economics for Engineers \n\nopment of macro-economic analysis; review of national income accounting \nand concepts: national income determination, fluctuation, and growth; contrac- \ntion and expansion analyzed through the circular flow of money payments: role \nof the banking system and the Federal Reserve system: government expendi- \ntures and taxation: international trade: balance of international payments, law \nof comparative advantage, tariff protection versus free trade. Prep. Bachelor of \nScience degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.830 Financial Management I \n\nStudy of the issues and processes of short-term financing of industrial firms: \nfinancial analysis of cases, supplemented by readings to develop familiarity \nwith sources and uses of working capital as well as the goals and problems \ninvolved in its management. (Open to Engineering Management majors only.) \nPrep. 5.801. Analysis of the Industrial Enterprise I. and 5.810. Industrial Account- \ning for Engineers and 5.808. Basic Engineering Economy or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 95 \n\n5.831 Financial Management II \n\nExtension of Financial Management I with emphasis on analysis necessary to \nsuch long-term financial decisions as issuance of stock or bonds; contracting \nof leases or loans, and financing of a new enterprise; mergers, capital budget- \ning, the cost of capital, and the valuation of a business. Prep. 5.830, Financial \nManagement I. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.840 Seminar on Management of Engineers \n\nEach student will prepare a term project on a subject of his choosing to be \npresented orally and in writing; discussions of major problem areas led by \ninstructor and guest speakers. (Limited to 15 students selected from preregis- \ntration applications.) Prep. 5.812 or 5.814 or 5.816 or 5.820. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n5.841 Engineering Project Administration \n\nStudy of the problems of coordinating human, technical and financial resources \nfor initiating, conducting, and completing major technical projects; planning, \norganizing, staffing, directing, and controlling using modern concepts and \ntechniques; scheduling, budgeting, communicating; coping with uncertainty and \nprobability; analysis of typical cases. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in \nEngineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall and spring quarters \n\n5.900 Basic Operations Research (4 q.h. credits) \n\nAn introduction to the theory and use of deterministic and stochastic models \nto represent industrial operations. Models included are those of linear program- \nming, dynamic programming, inventory control, waiting lines and Monte Carlo \nsimulation. Prep. 5.951 , Engineering Statistics II or 10.831 . Probability. \n\nOffered yearly, days only, fall quarter \n\n5.901 Basic Operations Research I \n\nIntroduction to the theory and use of deterministic models to represent industrial \noperations; includes linear programming, dynamic programming, networks and \ngame theory. (Open to Engineering Management majors only.) Prep. Bachelor \nof Science degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.902 Basic Operations Research II \n\nIntroduction to the theory and use of stochastic models to represent industrial \noperations; includes queuing, inventory, and Markovian models. Prep. 5.901, \nBasic Operations Research I and 5.951 , Engineering Statistics II or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.903 Inventory Control and Production Planning \n\nThe design and operation of inventory systems from a scientific management \npoint of view, including both required theory and practical aspects. Subjects \ninclude inventory control models, statistical forecasting, production scheduling \ntechniques, distribution systems, management control and reports, discussion \nof actual systems and a case study. Prep. 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or \nequivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n5.904 Queuing Theory and Its Applications \n\nA development of the theory of queues using the equations of detailed balance \napproach; study of models based on random arrivals including exponential and \n\n\n96 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT \n\nErland service distributions, single and multiple services, series and parallel \nsystems, and finite and infinite queues, applications to staffing, inventory control, \nmaintenance, and scheduling. Prep. 5.900 or 5.902, Basic Operations Research \nor equivalent. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.905 Analysis with Simulation \n\nModel building for digital simulation, testing and validation of models, simula- \ntion compiler languages, logic flow charting, applications drawn from economics, \nscheduling, inventory problems, marketing and others. Prep. 5.913, Data \nProcessing for Engineers and 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.906 Introduction to Industrial Dynamics \n\nManagerial decisions which affect cash, employees, inventories, quality, market- \ning and R&D effort are viewed as parts of an interrelated information feedback \ncontrol process which results in the growth, oscillation, or stagnation of impor- \ntant variables such as profit; the industrial dynamics procedures which use \nfeedback control theory and DYNAMO simulation for the quantitative analysis of \nsuch processes are presented in class and used in a term project. Prep. Bach- \nelor of Science degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.907 Industrial Dynamics Project \n\nThe introductory industrial dynamics material is reviewed and extended to \nconsider complex delay functions, discrete events, forecasting and other non- \nlinear functions in preparation for a major term project. The project objective \nis the implementation of recommendations based on an in-depth industrial dy- \nnamics study of a system with which the student is closely associated. The \ntime shared computer will be used. Prep. 5.906, Introduction to Industrial \nDynamics. Offered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.908 Advanced Industrial Dynamics \n\nThe industrial dynamics analysis procedure from initial objective setting to \nfinal evaluation is considered as. a feedback process in itself and as an integral \npart of the feedback system under study. The generality of the feedback con- \ncept is explored in a field of the student's choosing (examples are engineering, \nmilitary activities, meteorology, medicine, politics, and city planning). The time \nshared computer will be used. Prep. 5.906, Introduction to Industrial Dynamics. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n5.909 Systems Engineering and Analysis \n\nMethods of describing, analyzing, and manipulating complex systems both open \nand closed loop. Meaning of system optimization. Classical optimization tech- \nniques. Emphasis on the description and design of a system rather than system \nmanipulation. Emphasis on \"complete\" system rather than submanipulation. \nExamples drawn from transportation, information, manufacturing, etc. Prep. \nAdmission to the Program. Offered yearly, days only, winter quarter \n\n5.911 Linear Programming \n\nCovers in depth techniques and theory contained in linear, quadratic, and non- \nlinear programming which would include sensitivity analysis, the dual theorem, \nparametric programming, and problems involving uncertainty. Prep. 5.900 or \n5.902, Basic Operations Research or equivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 97 \n\n5.912 Network Planning and Control \n\nApplications of the theory of flow through networks to scheduling, planning, \nline balancing, transportation and materials handling; PERT and Critical Path \nScheduling; case studies of successful and unsuccessful applications; computer \nand manual solutions utilized. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engineers or \nequivalent. Offered yearly, spring quarter \n\n5.913 Data Processing for Engineers \n\nOpen only to students who have not had a basic course or extensive experience \nin a compiler language. A study of digital computers and computer programming \ntechniques as applied to management problems. The course will cover the basic \ncharacteristics and operation of computing equipment and peripheral devices. \nThe FORTRAN language is presented in depth and will be utilized by the student \nfor programming and running several projects on a computer. Other compiler \nlanguages will be described and compared to FORTRAN. A systems approach \nto the design, development, and implementation of computer programs for solv- \ning management problems will be emphasized. Examples will be studied from \nseveral management areas. Prep. Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering \nor Science. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.914 Advanced Operations Research \n\nFurther study of quantitative techniques available to assist management in \nscientific decision-making, including Markov processes, utility theory, Bayesian \nstatistics, and forecasting; case studies of real industrial problems. Prep. 5.900, \nBasic Operations Research. Offered yearly, days only, spring quarter \n\n5.916 Engineering Analysis Utilizing Data Processing \n\nEngineering and quantitative management problems utilizing data processing \nequipment; problem formulation and adaptation to digital and/or analog equip- \nment; case studies and a trip to an engineering applications computer installa- \ntion. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engineers or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.917 Information Retrieval Techniques \n\nFundamental aspects of information retrieval concepts, techniques, equipment \nand systems; subject analysis, classification, indexing, coding, storage search \nand retrieval; vocabulary control and thesaurus development; manual microfilm \nand digital computer applications; system evaluation; user requirements, operat- \ning personnel and implementation problems; future trends. Prep. 5.913, Data \nProcessing for Engineers or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.920 Computer Utility Systems \n\nThe concepts and possible applications of computer networks providing on- \nline service to many users with widely different information processing service \nand capability needs; hardware and software considerations; cost and economic \nconsiderations; legal and security problems; reliability; evaluation for manage- \nment decision or use; case histories. Prep. 5.913, Data Processing for Engi- \nneers or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.950 Engineering Statistics I \n\nA brief though rigorous introduction to probability as foundation for statistics; \ndiscrete and continuous distributions such as the binomial, Poisson, hypergeo- \n\n\n98 / INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT \n\nmetric and normal; mean and variance; operations research; sampling distribu- \ntions. (Open to Engineering Management majors only.) Prep. Bachelor of Sci- \nence degree in Engineering or Science. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.951 Engineering Statistics II \n\nAn introduction to the techniques of statistical inference, treatment of statis- \ntical data, inferences concerning means, variances and proportions, regression \nanalysis, correlation and other statistical concepts. Prep. 5.950, Engineering \nStatistics I or equivalent. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.952 Design of Experiments \n\nUses and analysis of experimental designs such as randomized blocks and Latin \nsquares; analysis of variance and covariance; factorial experiments; statistical \nproblems associated with finding best operating conditions; response surface \nanalysis. Prep. 5.951, Engineering Statistics II or 10.836, Mathematical Statistics \nor equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.953 Statistical Decision Theory \n\nUse of Bayesian statistical inference to arrive at decisions when stochastic \nvariables are interacting; relationship to Game Theory; decision making over \ntime in a sequence; important expected values and distributions; relationship \nof Bayesian decision theory to classical statistical inference. Prep. 5.951, \nEngineering Statistics II or 10.831 , Probability or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.954 Advanced Quality Control \n\nEconomics of quality, specification of quality, organization for quality, statis- \ntical methods of quality control; quality policies and objectives; personnel \nmethods for quality; design of testing and inspection procedures; budgeting of \nquality programs; sampling by variables, sampling for life testing, continuous \nsampling. Prep. 5.951 , Engineering Statistics II or equivalent. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.955 Reliability and Maintainability Applications \n\nAn introduction to reliability and maintainability engineering technology applied \nto system and circuit design; the \"bath-tub\" curve; stress de-rating of com- \nponents; failure rate and repair rate prediction techniques and assessment; \nearly failure, useful life and wearout characteristics. Prep. 5.951, Engineering \nStatistics II or equivalent. Offered yearly, fall quarter \n\n5.956 Mathematical Theory of Reliability \n\nProbability mathematical techniques utilized in systems reliability analysis; pre- \ndiction; allocation and demonstration testing; reliability probability functions, \nactive and standby redundancy with or without repair, spares planning, and \navailability. Prep. 5.955, Reliability and Maintainability Applications. \n\nOffered yearly, winter quarter \n\n5.957 Designing for Reliability \n\nOriented to the design of electronic systems; development of complex system \nreliability mathematical models; Markovian chain stochastic processes, matrix \nalgebra applied to redundancy problems; flow-diagram techniques using \nLaplacian transforms, and queuing theory for repairable systems; system- \n\n\nINDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING — MANAGEMENT / 99 \n\neffectiveness methods particularly those developed by Hunter and Barlow. \nPrep. 5.955, Reliability and Maintainability Applications. \n\nOffered yearly, spring quarter \n\n5.990 Seminar (4 q.h. credits) \n\nCapstone seminar to integrate graduate level courses; periodic distinguished \noutside speakers; graduate student and faculty presentation of research papers. \nPrep. 5.823, Advanced Production Analysis. \n\nOffered 1969-70, days only, winter quarter \n\n5.991 Thesis (Master's Degree) (6 q.h. credits) \n\nAnalytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the de- \npartment. Prep. Consent of Adviser. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n5.992 Seminar in Industrial Engineering \n\nDiscussion and presentations of thesis related topics by students, presentations \nand discussions by faculty and eminent people in the field on timely industrial \nengineering topics. Field trips and visitations included where appropriate. Prep. \nConsent of Adviser. Offered yearly, days only, fall quarter \n\n5.993 Special Problems in Industrial Engineering \n\nIndividual work under faculty supervision. Prep. Consent of Adviser. \n\nOffered yearly, days only, all quarters \n\n\nMechanical Engineering \n\n\nAdmission \n\nTo be enrolled for graduate work leading to the degree of Master of \nScience in Mechanical Engineering, applicants must have obtained a \nBachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from a recog- \nnized institution. Applicants with a bachelor's degree in other engineer- \ning or related science fields and an appropriate background of prepara- \ntion may pursue this program and qualify for the degree of Master of \nScience without specification. \n\nTHE MASTER'S DEGREE \n\nFull-Time Program on the Cooperative Plan \n\nForty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program may \nbe taken on the Cooperative Plan. On this plan, students take academic \nwork in the Fall and Spring quarters of the first year and in the Winter \nquarter of the second year. The other three quarters of the two academic \nyears and the summer after the first year are available for professional \nemployment. Students who are admitted to a Master's Degree Program \nunder the Cooperative Plan must complete, through satisfactory per- \nformance, each cooperative work assignment in order to be eligible for \ntheir degree. \n\nA thesis of ten quarter hours of credit is required unless waived by \nthe department graduate committee. \n\nMajors in Mechanics, Materials and Heat are available. The sequence \nof courses on the Cooperative Plan will normally be taken according to \nthe following pattern: \n\nMECHANICS MAJOR \n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits Second Academic Quarter Credits \n\n2.803 Continuum Mechanics 4 2.990 Seminar 1 \n\n2.862 Systems Engineering . 4 2.991 Thesis 5 \n\n10.803 or Electives 8 \n\n10.806 Advanced Mathematics 4 7T \n\n12 \n\n100 \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 101 \n\n\nThird Academic Quarter Credits \n\n2.990 Seminar 1 \n\n2.991 Thesis 5 \n\nElectives 8 \n\n14 \nMATERIALS MAJOR \n\n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits \n\n2.803 Continuum Mechanics 4 \n10.803 or \n10.806 Advanced Mathematics 4 \n\n2.232 Physical Metallurgy or \n\nElectives 4 \n\n12 \n\n\nSecond Academic Quarter Credits \n\n2.955 Advanced Physical \n\nMetallurgy A 4 \n\n2.990 Seminar 1 \n\n2.991 Thesis 5 \n\nElectives 4 \n\n\nThird Academic Quarter \n\n2.990 Seminar \n\n2.991 Thesis \n\nElectives \n\n\nCredits \n\n1 \n5 \n8 \n\n14 \n\n\n14 \n\n\nHEAT MAJOR \n\n\nFirst Academic Quarter Credits \n\n2.803 Continuum Mechanics 4 \n\n2.903 Advanced \n\nThermodynamics .... 4 \n10.803 or \n10.806 Advanced Mathematics 4 \n\n12 \n\n\nThird Academic Quarter \n\n2.990 Seminar \n\n2.991 Thesis \n\nElectives \n\n\nSecond Academic Quarter \n\nCredits \n\n2.912 Heat Transfer \n\n4 \n\n2.990 Seminar \n\n1 \n\n2.991 Thesis \n\n5 \n\nElectives \n\n4 \n\n14 \n\n\nCredits \n\n1 \n5 \n8 \n\n14 \n\n\nStudents may also take the program on a continuous full-time basis \nto complete the degree requirements in one academic year. The se- \nquence of courses which students take on this plan is established by \ntheir adviser. \n\n\nElectives \n\nWith the approval of the adviser, a maximum of ten quarter hours of \ncredit may be elected from graduate courses in other departments. \n\n\n102 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\nPart-Time Programs \n\nThe admission requirements for these programs are the same as for \nthe full-time program, but students may progress according to their \nabilities and the time available. \n\n\nREQUIRED COURSES \n\n\nMechanics Major Credits \n\n10.801 or \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n10.802 or \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics \n\n2.801 Continuum Mechanics \n\n2.802 Continuum Mechanics \n\n2.860 Systems Engineering . \n\n2.861 Systems Engineering . \n\n\n2 \n2 \n2 \n2 \n2 \n\n12 \n\n\nMaterials Major \n\n10.801 or \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics \n\n10.802 or \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics \n\n2.801 Continuum Mechanics \n\n2.802 Continuum Mechanics \n\n2.950 Physical Metallurgy I . \n\n2.951 Physical Metallurgy II \n\n2.952 Physical Metallurgy III \n\n2.953 Advanced Physical \nMetallurgy I \n\n\nCredits \n\n\n2 \n2 \n2 \n2 \n2 \n2 \n\n2 \n16 \n\n\nHeat Major Credits \n\n10.801 or \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n10.802 or \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics 2 \n\n2.801 Continuum Mechanics 2 \n\n2.802 Continuum Mechanics 2 \n\n2.901 Advanced \nThermodynamics .... 2 \n\n2.902 Advanced \nThermodynamics . . \n\n2.910 Heat Transfer \n\n2.911 Heat Transfer \n\n\n2 \n2 \n2 \n\n16 \n\n\nElectives \n\nThirty of the 40 quarter hours must be from mechanical engineering \ncourses. \n\nThe remaining ten may be elected from any courses in engineering \nor science for which the student has the necessary preparation. \n\n\nTHE DOCTOR'S DEGREE \n\nThe following material outlines the procedure for admission to the \ndoctoral program and the steps necessary to qualify for the Ph.D. de- \ngree. For further information, applicants should write to the Chairman of \nthe Department of Mechanical Engineering. \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINERRING / 103 \n\nAdmission \n\nApplicants who are enrolled as candidates for the degree of Master of \nScience in Mechanical Engineering at Northeastern University should \napply in writing to the Chairman of the Department of Mechanical Engi- \nneering for admission to the doctoral program. Such application must \nbe made by February first of the year in which they expect to receive the \nMaster's degree. The Department Graduate Committee will examine the \nrecord of the applicant and decide whether or not he should be allowed \nto take the qualifying examination. \n\nApplicants who are enrolled for graduate work at other institutions or \nwho have completed the requirements for the Master's degree should \nwrite the Chairman of the Department for an application for an interview. \nThis form, transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work, together \nwith three letters of recommendation must be transmitted to the Chair- \nman of the Departmental Graduate Committee. The applicant will be \nnotified of an interview time and, after the interview, will be advised if \nhe will be invited to take the qualifying examination and if he should \nmake formal application for admission to the doctoral program. The \napplication for interview, transcripts, and letters of recommendation \nmust be received by February first if the April qualifying examination is \nto be taken. \n\n\nResidence Requirement \n\nAfter degree candidacy has been established, the residence require- \nment is satisfied by one year of full-time graduate work or by two years \nof half-time graduate work beyond the Master's Degree. However, a \nstudent should expect to spend at least two years, or the equivalent, in \nfull-time graduate study beyond the requirements of the Master's degree. \n\nDegree Candidacy \n\nAfter 40 quarter hours of graduate work have been taken with satis- \nfactory grades and upon successful completion of the qualifying exami- \nnation, a student is established as a degree candidate. \n\nQualifying Examination \n\nThe qualifying examination in the Department of Mechanical Engi- \nneering is offered yearly in March and/or April and is both written and \noral. The written portion of the qualifying examination is six hours in \nlength and covers, with equal emphasis, four different areas. A student \nmust select one area from each of the three groups A, B, and C plus \nanother area either listed below or unlisted, but considered equivalent \nand approved by the Graduate Committee. \n\n\n104 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\nA. B. \n\nConcepts of Thermodynamics Dynamics \n\nApplied Thermodynamics Strength of Materials and the \n\nContinuum Mechanics of Solids \n\nC. \n\nHeat and Mass Transfer \n\nFluid Mechanics \n\nMechanical Behavior of Materials \n\nPhysical Metallurgy \n\nThe oral portion of the qualifying examination is conducted by a com- \nmittee consisting of at least four members appointed by the Graduate \nCommittee. A typical committee is composed of two members special- \nizing in the student's major area plus one member from each of two \nother areas. \n\nThe qualifying examination may be taken by a graduate student who \nexpects to complete the requirements for his Master's degree within \nthree months of the date of the qualifying examination as well as by a \nperson who has already completed the requirements for the Master's \nDegree. Because degree candidacy must be established before the \nGraduate Committee will act to approve course programs or thesis \nproposals, the qualifying examination should be taken at the earliest \nopportunity. If the examination is failed, it may be repeated with per- \nmission of the Departmental Graduate Committee. \n\nCourse Requirements \n\nTo receive the Ph.D. Degree a candidate must complete a program of \ncourse work approved by the Graduate Committee. Courses completed \nprior to admittance to the doctoral program are subject to the approval \nof the Graduate Committee. Each program must contain at least twelve \nquarter hours of course work, preferably outside of the Department, in \nan area other than that in which the candidate is majoring. Attainment \nof a B average for the courses in the \"minor\" portion of the program \nwill signify satisfactory completion of that portion. \n\nThesis \n\nAfter degree candidacy has been established, a candidate must com- \nplete a thesis which embodies the results of extended research and \nincludes materials suitable for publication. \n\nThe Departmental Graduate Committee may require the completion of \ncertain course work before permitting thesis work to commence. A \nthesis committee will be appointed by the Chairman of the Department \nupon the recommendation of the Departmental Graduate Committee. \nThe thesis committee will be kept informed of the progress of the thesis \nand will be responsible for initial approval of the thesis in its final form. \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 105 \n\nForeign Language \n\nA reading knowledge of one foreign language is required. Proficiency \nin a language shall be determined in a manner prescribed by the \nDepartmental Graduate Committee. The language requirement must be \nsatisfied no later than one year before the time at which the degree is \nto be conferred. \n\nComprehensive Examination \n\nThe comprehensive examination is combined with the final oral \nexamination and is given after the thesis has been completed and \napproved. This examination is based upon the subject matter of the \nthesis and a defense of it. \n\nFinal Oral Examination \n\nThe final oral examination is taken after completion of all other \nrequirements for the degree. This examination cannot be held until two \nweeks have elapsed after the thesis has been registered and accepted \nby the Graduate School and must be passed at least two weeks before \nthe commencement at which the degree is to be awarded. \n\nThe final oral examination will include the subject matter of the \ndoctoral thesis and significant developments in the field of the thesis \nwork. Other fields may be included if recommended by the examining \ncommittee. \n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nThe following undergraduate courses which are given in the daytime, may be \nelected by graduate students for graduate credit. \n\n2.214 Experimental Stress Analysis (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.817, Strain \nGauge Techniques and 2.818, Photoelasticity. Prep. Admission to the Engi- \nneering Graduate Program. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.232 Physical Metallurgy (4 q.h. credits) \n\nOffered to day students. Embodies the material in 2.950 and 2.951, Physical \n\nMetallurgy I and II. Prep. Admission to the Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\nThe following are graduate courses which carry two quarter hours of credit \nunless otherwise noted. Courses carrying four quarter hours of credit are day \ncourses. Seminar and thesis may have varying credits established by the de- \npartment at the time of registration. \n\n2.801 Continuum Mechanics \n\nAlgebra and Calculus of Cartesian tensors, relation to vector analysis, curvi- \nlinear co-ordinates, stress in a continuum. Prep. 10.802 or 10.804, Advanced \nMathematics or equivalent. Offered 1969-70, all quarters \n\n\n106 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n2.802 Continuum Mechanics \n\nStrain and Strain Rate in a continuum, governing equations for an elastic solid \nand a Newtonian Fluid. Some exact solutions. Prep. 2.801, Continuum Me- \nchanics. Offered 1969-70, all quarters \n\n2.803 Continuum Mechanics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.801 and 2.802, \nContinuum Mechanics. Prep. 10.803 or 10.806, Advanced Mathematics or \nequivalent. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.805 Theory of Elasticity \n\nStress and deformation analysis of elastic solids. Two-dimensional problems; \nstress concentration; thermal stress. Theory of torsion, prismatic and axial sym- \nmetric bars. Introduction to the theory of plates, bending of thin plates. Prep. \n2.802, Continuum Mechanics. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.806 Theory of Elasticity \n\nMethod of finite differences. Numerical solutions; torsion problem; plate bend- \ning. Variational method and energy principles; minimum potential and comple- \nmentary energy theorems. Introduction to dynamics of elastic solids; waves, \nvibrations. Prep. 2.805, Theory of Elasticity. Offered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n2.807 Theory of Elasticity (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.805 and 2.806, \nTheory of Elasticity. Prep. 2.803, Continuum Mechanics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.809 Plasticity and Creep \n\nTypes of deformation, elasticity, plasticity, creep, mechanical equation of state, \nplastic flow under multi-axial stress, and elastic creep. Relationship of com- \nparatively simple laboratory material tests to more complex service conditions \nwill be emphasized. Prep. 2.950 and 2.951, Physical Metallurgy I and II. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.810 Advanced Mechanics of Materials I \n\nReview of fundamental stress concepts; point stress and strain; differential \nequations of stress; elastic properties; theories of failure; transverse bending; \nshear stress distribution; shear center; bending stresses due to non-symmetrical \nbending. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.811 Advanced Mechanics of Materials II \n\nThick and thin cylinders under elastic and plastic deformation; analysis of \nstatistically indeterminate beams and frames by slope, deflection and moment \ndistribution techniques; stresses in curved beams, beams on elastic foundations. \nPrep. 2.810, Advanced Mechanics of Materials I. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.812 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.810 and 2.811, \nAdvanced Mechanics of Materials I and II. Prep. Admission to Engineering \nGraduate Program. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 107 \n\n2.813 Advanced Mechanics of Materials III \n\nBending of flat plates; stability analysis of structural members; grid systems \nand other special topics to be selected by needs of the class. Prep. 2.811, \nAdvanced Mechanics of Materials II. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.815 Plates and Shells \n\nBending of plates with various shapes, loads, and supports. Large deflection of \nplates. Membrane theory of shells. Analysis of cylindrical shells. General theory \nof thin elastic shells. Shells of revolution. Prep. 2.806, Theory of Elasticity. \n\nOffered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n2.817 Strain Gauge Techniques \n\nTheory and application of mechanical and electrical strain gauges. Installation, \ninstrumentation and circuitry of gauge set-ups or transducer use and experi- \nmental stress analysis. Use of brittle coatings in experimental stress analysis. \nPrep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Program. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.818 Photoelasticity \n\nTheory and practice of photoelastic methods as applied to classical experi- \nmental stress analysis of models and as modified for use in photoelastic \ncoatings. Prep. 2.817, Strain Gauge Techniques. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.820 Fluid Dynamics \n\nVorticity and circulation. Kelvin and Helmholtz theorems. Potentials and stream \nfunctions; Biot-Savart Law. Bernoulli relations. Complex variable theory applied \nto the solution of potential flows. Theorems of Blasius and Kutta-Joukowski. \nPrep. 2.802, Continuum Mechanics. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.821 Fluid Dynamics \n\nSurface waves and conditions at an interface. Some exact solutions of the \nNavier-Stokes equations. Stokes flow. Fundamentals of boundary layer theory; \nseparation. Introduction to turbulence and stability. Prep. 2.820, Fluid Dynamics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.822 Fluid Dynamics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.820 and 2.821, \nFluid Dynamics. Prep. 2.803, Continuum Mechanics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.823 Gas Dynamics \n\nSound speed in a gas. Shock waves. Characteristics. One and two dimensional \nsteady flows. One-dimensional unsteady flow. Small perturbation theory. Sim- \nilarity rules, Hodograph methods. Prep. 2.821, Fluid Dynamics. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n2.824 Gas Dynamics \n\nContinuation of 2.823, Gas Dynamics. Prep. 2.823, Gas Dynamics. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n2.825 Gas Dynamics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.823 and 2.824, \nGas Dynamics. Prep. 2.822, Fluid Dynamics. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n\n108 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n2.830 Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics \n\nOrbit mechanics, dealing with the two body problem of unpowered coasting \nflights, orbital transfers, staging theory. Prep. Admission to the Engineering \nGraduate Program. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.831 Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics \n\nAnalysis of orbits aimed at specific missions such as Lunar, Venus and Mars — \nOne and two-way trips. Prep. 2.830, Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.832 Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.830 and 2.831, \nOrbital and Ballistic Mechanics. Prep. Admission to the Engineering Graduate \nProgram. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.834 Dynamics of Re-entry Vehicles \n\nRigid vehicle kinematics, basic vehicle dynamics, definition and transformation \nof various axes systems associated with the vehicle motion, re-entry aero- \ndynamic forces and heating, approximate solutions of entry dynamics, applica- \ntions of fundamental theory to industrial problems on re-entry vehicle dynamics. \nPrep. 2.830, Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics or equivalent. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.835 Advanced Dynamics of Re-entry Vehicles \n\nContinuation of 2.834, Dynamics of Re-entry Vehicles. Prep. 2.834, Dynamics \nof Re-entry Vehicles. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.836 Dynamics and Advanced Dynamics of Re-entry Vehicles (4 q.h. credits) \nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.834, Dynamics \nof Re-entry Vehicles and 2.835, Advanced Dynamics of Re-entry Vehicles. \nPrep. 2.832, Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.837 Special Topics: Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics \n\nLow thrust vehicle analysis with emphasis on optimization, transfer between \norbits, boost analysis. Prep. 2.831, Orbital and Ballistic Mechanics. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n2.842 Vibration Theory and Applications \n\nMultiple degrees of freedom; free and forced vibrations with or without damp- \ning, extensional and torsional oscillation, frequency equation, energy in a \nvibrating system, energy methods of solution, Rayleigh's Method. Prep. 2.861, \nSystems Engineering. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.843 Vibration Theory and Applications \n\nContinuation of 2.842 including systems with distributed mass and stiffness, \nshock and impact, balancing of rotating machinery, vibrations of beams and \nrelated structures. Prep. 2.842, Vibration Theory and Applications. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.844 Vibration Theory and Applications (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.842 and 2.843, \nVibration Theory and Applications. Prep. 2.862, Systems Engineering. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 109 \n\n2.845 Shock, Vibration and Noise Control \n\nTheoretical and practical considerations pertinent to the design and protection \nof structures and equipment subject to severe environments of transient shock, \nsteady state vibration, random vibration, and acoustic noise. Prep. 2.843, \nVibration Theory and Applications. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.846 Non-Linear Vibrations \n\nStudies of various non-linear problems and the techniques used in solving them. \nSymmetrical and unsymmetrical systems. The Van der Pol-Kryloff-Bogoliuboff \nmethod as well as others will be discussed. Prep. 2.843, Vibration Theory and \nApplications. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.847 Advanced Dynamics \n\nApplication of fundamental laws of motion. Dynamics of a particle, motion of a \nprojectile, linear and angular momentum, impact, kinetic energy and work. \nVariable and constant mass systems. Vector notation is used. Prep. Admission \nto the Engineering Graduate Program. Offered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n2.848 Advanced Dynamics \n\nContinuation of 2.847, Advanced Dynamics, includes Hamilton's Principle, \nEuler's Equation, rotation of a rigid body, gyroscopes, and dynamic problems \nusing analog computer. Prep. 2.847, Advanced Dynamics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.849 Advanced Dynamics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.847 and 2.848, \nAdvanced Dynamics. Prep. Admission to the Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.850 Automatic Control Engineering \n\nBasic methods for analyzing and designing linear feedback control systems. \nFormulation of transfer functions and block diagrams representing physical \ncomponents and systems. Study of control action. Analysis and design by use \nof root-locus and frequency-domain techniques. Prep. 2.861, Systems Engin- \neering. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.851 Automatic Control Engineering \n\nGeneral theory of automatic control. Further consideration of linear systems \nincluding compensating methods and multiple-inputs. Techniques for the treat- \nment of non-linear systems. Study of the details of components such as \nhydraulic and pneumatic servo valves, pneumatic power amplifiers, etc. Prep. \n2.850, Automatic Control Engineering. Offered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n2.852 Automatic Control Engineering (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the materials in 2.850 and 2.851, \nAutomatic Control Engineering. Prep. 2.862, Systems Engineering. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.853 Fundamentals of Instrumentation \n\nTheoretical principles underlying the design and operation of instruments for \nmeasurement and/or control. Analysis of stimulus-response relations. Industrial \ninstruments for measurement and control, including those based on pneumatic \nand electrical systems. Prep. Bachelor of Science Degree. \n\nOffered 1970-71, spring quarter \n\n\n110 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n2.854 Industrial Process Control \n\nFundamental principles involved in automatic control of industrial processes. \nEconomic considerations. Application of control instruments to obtain auto- \nmatic control of temperature, pressure, fluid flow, liquid level, humidity, pH. \nPrep. 2.853, Fundamentals of Instrumentation. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.860 Systems Engineering \n\nThe modeling and analysis of physical systems. Vibration of mechanical systems \nwith one degree of freedom including the free-body and energy methods of \nformulating the equations of motion. Free vibration of undamped multi-degree-of- \nfreedom systems; influence coefficients; matrix notation and iteration. Mechani- \ncal network or mobility-diagram representations; block diagramming. Laplace \ntransform techniques. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, all quarters \n\n2.861 Systems Engineering \n\nContinuation of 2.860. Transient analysis. Analog computation. Frequency re- \nsponse techniques. Prep. 2.860, Systems Engineering. \n\nOffered 1969-70, all quarters \n\n2.862 Systems Engineering (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.860 and 2.861, \nSystems Engineering. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.901 Advanced Thermodynamics \n\nA critical examination of equilibrium thermodynamics from a rigorous viewpoint \nemphasizing fundamental concepts including: equilibrium, heat and work; the \nfirst and second law of thermodynamics; energy; heat engines, simple systems \nand open systems. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.902 Advanced Thermodynamics \n\nContinuation of 2.901 — including examination of temperature scales; entropy \nand availability; the phase rule, single component systems; thermodynamic \nrelations. Consideration is also given to the ideal gas; chemical potential and \nthermodynamics of ideal gas mixtures. Prep. 2.901, Advanced Thermo- \ndynamics. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.903 Advanced Thermodynamics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.901 and 2.902, \nAdvanced Thermodynamics. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Pro- \ngram. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.904 Special Topics in Advanced Thermodynamics \n\nSelected subjects of current interest in general thermodynamics, including: \nchemical reactions; the law of stable equilibrium, normal and special systems \nand the third law. Detailed analysis of the statistics of ensembles is also cov- \nered to emphasize the relationship between thermodynamics and statistical \nmechanics. Prep. 2.902, Advanced Thermodynamics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 111 \n\n2.905 Cryogenic Engineering \n\nDesigned to provide a familiarity with the general field of cryogenics, some of \nthe principal uses of cryogenics, and the ways of obtaining and preserving an \nenvironment at a low temperature. Refrigeration, cycle analysis, heat exchanger \ndesign, insulation systems, properties of materials, instrumentation problems \nand applications will be discussed and studied. Problems will be assigned \ntypical of those which are encountered in the field and laboratory. Prep. \nAdmission to Engineering Graduate Program. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.906 Cryogenic Engineering \n\nContinuation of 2.905, Cryogenic Engineering. Prep. 2.905, Cryogenic Engineer- \ning. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.910 Heat Transfer \n\nBasic laws of heat transfer; steady state heat conduction, systems with heat \nsources, transient heat conduction; graphical, numerical and analogical \nmethods; thermal radiation, radiation combined with convection and conduction, \nradiation from gases. Prep. Elements of Heat Transfer. \n\nOffered 1969-70, all quarters \n\n2.911 Heat Transfer \n\nFundamentals of convection; dimensional analysis; Reynolds, Prandtl and \nNusselt numbers; Reynolds analogy; elements of boundary layer theory; free \nconvection, forced convection, boiling and condensation, heat transfer in high \nspeed flow; heat exchangers. Prep. 2.910, Heat Transfer. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall and winter quarters \n\n2.912 Heat Transfer (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.910 and 2.911, \nHeat Transfer. Prep. Admission to the Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.920 Direct Energy Conversion \n\nThe fundamental processes of direct energy conversion and their application to \nthe design and operation of magnetohydrodynamic power generators, thermionic \nconverters, fuel cells, and thermoelectric converters. Prep. Admission to Engi- \nneering Graduate Program. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.921 Direct Energy Conversion \n\nContinuation of 2.920. Prep. 2.920, Direct Energy Conversion. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n2.922 Direct Energy Conversion (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.920 and 2.921, \nDirect Energy Conversion. Prep. Admission to the Engineering Graduate Pro- \ngram. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.923 Special Topics in Direct Energy Conversion \n\nIrreversible thermodynamics. Unified theory of energy conversion. Prep. 2.921 \nor 2.922, Direct Energy Conversion. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.924 Thermodynamics of Propulsion \n\nApplication of the physical principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and \n\n\n112 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\nplasmas to the prediction of the behavior of propulsion devices. The funda- \nmentals of mechanics and thermodynamics of fluid flow, boundary layer me- \nchanics, and heat transfer are reviewed. Air-breathing engines and rocket \nengines are discussed in detail with emphasis on realistic applications to \ndemonstrate how physical laws both describe and limit the performance of \nparticular devices. An introduction to plasmas. The fundamentals of electrical \nrocket propulsion. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Program. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.925 Thermodynamics of Propulsion \n\nContinuation of 2.924, Thermodynamics of Propulsion. Prep. 2.924, Thermo- \ndynamics of Propulsion. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.926 Thermodynamics of Propulsion (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.924 and 2.925, \nThermodynamics of Propulsion. Prep. Admission to Engineering Graduate Pro- \ngram. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.927 Fundamentals of Combustion \n\nAn introduction to the science of combustion. The fundamentals of gas reaction, \ncombustion in pre-mixed gases, combustion without pre-mixing, and heat and \nmass transfer with chemical reactions are included. Prep. 2.925 or 2.926, \nThermodynamics of Propulsion. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.930 Pumps \n\nDeals mainly with centrifugal pumps, with brief references to other types; flow \nof fluids in pipes and conduits, system curves, pump head velocity diagrams \nand head development, efficiency; specific speed, net positive suction head, \ncavitation; affinity laws, selection of pumps to suit various operating conditions \nand methods of driving, parallel operation; automatic operation, types of con- \nstruction and materials used, methods of priming centrifugal pumps, pumping \nof chemicals, oils, and sludges, special problems of pump installation and \noperation, water hammer in pump discharge lines. Prep. Hydraulics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.931 Fans and Blowers \n\nFlow of air in pipes and ducts, fan characteristics and laws, various types of \nfan wheels, inlet and outlet connections, fan capacity control, fan selection and \ntesting. Compression of air and gases, flow in pipes, head on blowers, perform- \nance curves, effect of changes in speed and inlet conditions, construction, \nregulation, selection, installation, and testing. Axial flow fans and blowers. \nPositive pressure blowers. Prep. Thermodynamics. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.935 Power Plant Economics and Design \n\nAn integrated study into the economic and design considerations for both \nisolated and centrol station systems. Prep. Thermodynamics. \n\nOffered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n2.936 Power Plant Economics and Design \n\nContinuation of 2.935, Power Plant Economics and Design. Prep. 2.935, Power \nPlant Economics and Design. Offered 1970-71, winter quarter \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 113 \n\n2.937 Power Plant Economics and Design (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.935, and 2.936, \n\nPower Plant Economics and Design. Prep. Thermodynamics. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n2.940 Special Topics Flow of Bulk Solids I \n\nTheory of Bulk Solids Flow; stress, strain and strain rates; yield locus and \neffective yield locus in steady flow; discussion of differential equations and \ntheir relation to plasticity and soil mechanics. Gravity flow stress and velocity \nfields. Radial stress derivation; stress fields in converging channels. Prep. \nAdmission to Engineering Graduate Program. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.941 Special Topics Flow of Bulk Solids II \n\nGravity flow in bins and hoppers. Designing bins and hoppers. Modeling and \nscale up of bin flow. Pressures acting on bin walls; transient effects; initial \npressures and those during flow. Forced flow of bulk solids; theory with appli- \ncations to rolling of bulk solids. Prep. 2.940, Flow of Bulk Solids I. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.945 Special Topics Computer Methods for Mechanical Systems \n\n(4 q.h. credits) \nFinite difference approximations. Analysis of errors in finite difference approxi- \nmations. Generation of higher order finite difference equations. Applications to \nplates, strings and membranes. Two point boundary value problems. Analysis \nof propagation problems including Euler and Punge Kutta methods and method \nof characteristics. Stability of difference schemes. Prep. Admission to Engineer- \ning Graduate Program. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.950 Physical Metallurgy I \n\nAtomic structure and bonding. Atomic basis for elasticity. Anisotropic elastic \nbehavior. Anelastic behavior. Equilibrium and non-equilibrium studies of 1, 2, \nand 3 component systems. Prep. Undergraduate Physical Metallurgy. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.951 Physical Metallurgy II \n\nOxidation; corrosion; electrical and magnetic behavior. Prep. 2.950, Physical \nMetallurgy I. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.952 Physical Metallurgy III \n\nTheory of solid-solutions and intermetallic compounds; theory of phase trans- \nformations in solids; nucleation and growth; pearlitic and martensitic transfor- \nmations. Prep. 2.232 or 2.951, Physical Metallurgy II. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.953 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I \n\nPoint defects; theory of diffusion equations, self-diffusion, and effect of con- \ncentration gradients. Application of above topics to annealing processes. \nPrep. 2.232 or 2.951, Physical Metallurgy II. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.954 Advanced Physical Metallurgy II \n\nDislocation theory; including such topics as dislocation stress fields, self \nenergy, velocity, interactions mechanisms, image forces and theories of yielding. \nPrep. 2.953, Advanced Physical Metallurgy I. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n\n114 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n2.955 Advanced Physical Metallurgy A (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.952 and 2.953. \nPrep. 2.232 or 2.951, Physical Metallurgy II. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.956 Advanced Physical Metallurgy III \n\nMechanical behavior of metals. Application of dislocation theory to micro- \nplasticity, strain hardening, strengthening mechanisms and creep. Prep. 2.954, \nAdvanced Physical Metallurgy II. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.957 Advanced Physical Metallurgy B (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.954 and 2.956, \nAdvanced Metallurgy II and III. Prep. 2.232 or 2.951, Physical Metallurgy I. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.960 Thermodynamics of Materials I \n\nBasic metallurgical thermodynamics encompassing first, second, and third laws, \nentropy, enthalpy and free energy. Prep. Engineering Materials. \n\nOffered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.961 Thermodynamics of Materials II \n\nContinuation of 2.960 with emphasis on solutions, activity, activity coefficients, \nthe phase rule and applications to some metallurgical problems. Prep. 2.960, \nThermodynamics of Materials I. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.962 Thermodynamics of Materials (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the course content offered in \n2.960, Thermodynamics of Materials 1 and 2.961, Thermodynamics of Mate- \nrials II. Prep. Engineering Materials. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.963 Thermodynamics of Materials III \n\nThe application of metallurgical thermodynamics to various process metallurgi- \ncal problems, i.e., gas-solid systems, etc., plus kinetics of reactions and \ndynamics systems analysis. Prep. 2.960 or 2.961 or 2.962, Thermodynamics of \nMaterials. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.965 Physical Ceramics \n\nIntroduction to ceramic fabrication processes. Characteristic of vitreous and \ncrystalline solids, structural imperfections, and atomic mobility. Phase equi- \nlibria, nucleation, crystal growth, solid-state reactions, non-equilibrium phases, \nand effects on the resulting microstructure of ceramics. Prep. 2.232 or 2.951, \nor Physical Chemistry or Solid State Physics. Offered 1970-71, fall quarter \n\n2.966 Physical Ceramics \n\nDiscussion of effects of composition and microstructure on the thermal, me- \nchanical, optical, electrical, and magnetic properties of ceramic materials. \nPrep. 2.965, Physical Ceramics. Offered 1970-71, winter quarter \n\n2.967 Physical Ceramics (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.965 and 2.966, \nPhysical Ceramics. Prep. 2.232 or Physical Chemistry or Solid State Engi- \nneering. Not offered 1969-70 \n\n2.970 Material Science and Engineering \n\nPrinciples underlying the structure and properties of solid materials. The rela- \n\n\nMECHANICAL ENGINEERING / 115 \n\ntionships of these principles to the properties and to applications in structures \nand devices. Both macroscopic-phenomenological and electronic-molecular ap- \nproaches will be used. Materials will include metals and alloys, semiconductors, \nand dielectrics. Typical subjects are atomic and electronic structures, ordering, \nnucleation and crystal growth, bonding. Prep. 2.232 or 2.951, Physical Metal- \nlurgy II. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.971 Material Science and Engineering \n\nContinuation of 2.970 into additional topics such as thermal, electric, magnetic, \nand optical properties; applications of solid-state phenomena to achieve func- \ntions embodied in transducers, filters, amplifiers, energy converters, and so \nforth. Prep. 2.970, Material Science and Engineering. \n\nOffered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.972 Material Science and Engineering (4 q.h. credits) \n\nThis course, offered to day students, embodies the material in 2.970 and 2.971, \nMaterial Science and Engineering. Prep. 2.232 or equivalent. \n\nNot offered 1969-70 \n\n2.974 Material Science and Engineering — Special Topics \n\nSubjects will vary from year to year but may include mechanisms of strength- \nening, composite materials, application of computers to solving metallurgical \nproblems, and thin films. Prep. 2.971, Material Science and Engineering. \n\nOffered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.975 Principals of X-Ray Diffraction \n\nGeneral properties of x-rays. X-Ray production and detection. Emission and \nabsorption. Introduction to diffraction and factors influencing the intensities. \nAnalysis of diffraction patterns. Prep. 2.232 or 2.950, Physical Metallurgy I \nor equivalent. Offered 1969-70, fall quarter \n\n2.976 Applications of X-Ray Diffraction \n\nExperimental methods. Applications, including: single crystal orientation, crys- \ntallite size measurement, preferred orientation, residual stresses, precision \nlattice-parameter measurement, phrase-diagram determination, chemical analysis. \nPrep. 2.975, Principles of X-Ray Diffraction. Offered 1969-70, winter quarter \n\n2.985 Powder Metallurgy \n\nPowder characteristics and methods of manufacture. Powder pressing: packing, \ninterparticle bonding, effects of pressure. Principles of sintering. Characteristics \nand properties of products made from powdered materials. Prep. 2.232 or \nequivalent. Offered 1969-70, spring quarter \n\n2.990 Mechanical Engineering Seminar \n\nDiscussions by industrial leaders, faculty, and graduate students on various \nsubjects. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to Master of Science \nProgram. Offered yearly, winter and spring quarters \n\n2.991 Thesis (Master's Degree) \n\nAnalytical and/or experimental work conducted under the auspices of the De- \npartment. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to Master of Science \nProgram. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n\n116 / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \n\n2.992 Special Problems in Mechanical Engineering \n\nTheoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep. \nConsent of Department Chairman. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n2.993 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering \n\nTopics of interest to the staff member conducting this class are presented for \nadvanced study. Prep. Permission of Department Staff. \n\nOffered 1969-70, all quarters \n\n2.994 Doctoral Reading \n\nMaterial approved by the candidate's adviser (only S or F grades will be \nassigned for this course). Prep. Passing of Ph.D. Qualifying Exam. \n\nOffered yearly, all quarters \n\n2.995 Thesis (Ph.D. Degree) \n\nTheoretical and experimental work conducted under the supervision of the \ndepartment. Open to day students only. Prep. Admission to the Doctoral Pro- \ngram in Mechanical Engineering. Offered yearly, all quarters \n\n\nMathematics \n\n\nDESCRIPTION OF COURSES \n\nThe following courses are primarily for students in the engineering programs. \nAll courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified. Courses \ncarrying three or four quarter hours of credits are offered in the day only. \n\n10.801 Advanced Mathematics I (2 q.h.) \n\nSeries solution of differential equations; Legendre and Bessel functions; Laplace \ntransforms; scalar and vector fields; gradient, divergence, and curl. Prep. \nDifferential Equations. \n\n10.802 Advanced Mathematics II (2 q.h.) \n\nFourier series and integrals, orthogonal functions, boundary-value problems in- \nvolving partial differential equations: wave equation, heat flow, Laplace equation. \nPrep. 10.801 or equivalent. \n\n10.803 Advanced Mathematics A (4 q.h.) \n\nLegendre and Bessel functions, Laplace transforms, Fourier integrals, boundary- \nvalue problems, introduction to matrix algebra. Prep. Differential Equations. \n\n10.804 Advanced Mathematics III (2 q.h.) \n\nMatrix algebra, determinants, inversion of matrices, rank and equivalence, linear \nequations and linear dependence, vector spaces, and linear transformations. \nPrep. 10.802. \n\n10.805 Advanced Mathematics IV (2 q.h.) \n\nFurther topics in matrices and vector spaces. Prep. 10.804. \n\n10.806 Advanced Mathematics B (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course embodies the material in 10.804 and 10.805. Prep. 10.803. \n\n10.821 Advanced Calculus (2 q.h.) \n\nFunctions of one independent variable; limits, continuity, differentiability. Prop- \nerties of continuous functions on a closed bounded interval. Rolle's theorem and \nthe mean-value theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. \n\n10.822 Advanced Calculus II (2 q.h.) \n\nFunctions of several independent variables. Distance and open sets; limits, \ncontinuity. Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded set. Differ- \nentiability and differentials, mean-value theorem, implicit function theorems, \nJacobians and transformations. Prep. 10.821. \n\n117 \n\n\n118 / MATHEMATICS \n\n10.823 Advanced Calculus III (2 q.h.) \n\nSequences, sequences of functions, uniform convergence, series. Integration, \n\nline and surface integrals. Prep. 10.822. \n\n10.831 Probability I (2 q.h.) \n\nFundamentals of probability theory; discrete and continuous probability distri- \nbutions, including binominal, Poisson, and normal; law of large numbers and \ncentral limit theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. \n\n10.832 Probability II (2 q.h.) \n\nFurther study of probability distributions for one or more random variables. \nSpecial topics such as occupancy problems and Markov chains. Prep. 10.831. \n\n10.834 Mathematical Statistics I (2 q.h.) \n\nFundamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and estimation based on \nlarge or small samples; simple correlation and linear regression. Prep. 10.831 \nor equivalent. \n\n10.835 Mathematical Statistics II (2 q.h.) \n\nAnalysis of variance; further topics in statistical inference. Prep. 10.834. \n\n10.836 Mathematical Statistics (4 q.h.) \n\nThis course embodies the material in 10.834 and 10.835. Prep. 10.831 or \nequivalent. \n\n\nIndex \n\n\nAcademic calendar, 5 \nAcademic Council, 13 \nAddress of University, 1 \nAdministration \n\nUniversity, 10-12 \n\nGraduate Division, 14 \nAdmission \n\nDoctor's degree, 30 \n\nMaster's degree, 27 \nAppointments to fellowships, \nassistantships, 28, 29, 36, 37 \n\nB \n\nBoard of Trustees, 9 \nBuildings, 19-22 \n\nC \n\nCalendar, 5 \n\nCampus description and \n\nlocation, 19 \nCampus map, 4 \nCenter for Continuing \n\nEducation, 18 \nChemical Engineering, 43 \nCivil Engineering, 49 \nClass hours, 26 \nColleges (undergraduate), 120 \nCommittee on Graduate \n\nStudy in Engineering, 16 \nCooperative Plan of \n\nEducation (see also fields \nof study), 29 \nCorporation members, 7, 8 \nCourses \n\nChemical Engineering, 43-48 \nCivil Engineering, 49-61 \nElectrical Engineering, 62-86 \nIndustrial Engineering \nand Engineering \nManagement, 87-99 \nMathematics, 117, 118 \nMechanical \n\nEngineering, 100-116 \n\n\nDegree programs, 24, 27, 30 \n\n(see also fields of study) \nDoctor's degree (see also \nfields of study) \n\nAdmission, 30 \n\nClassification, 30 \n\nComprehensive \nexamination, 31 \n\nCourse requirements, 31 \n\nDegree candidacy, 30 \n\nDissertation, 31 \n\nFinal oral examination, 32 \n\nForeign language, 32 \n\nInterdisciplinary \nprograms, 32-33 \n\nQualifying examination, 31 \n\nRegistration, 32 \n\nResidence requirement, 31 \n\nTime limitation, 32 \n\nTransfer credit, 32 \n\n\nElectrical Engineering, 62-86 \nEngineering Management, 87-99 \nExecutive Council, 12 \n\n\nFaculty, 39-42 \n\nFaculty Senate, 13 \n\nFees, 35, 36 \n\nFellowships, 36 \n\nAppointments to, 37 \nDoctoral research, 37 \nGraduate cooperative \n\nresearch, 37 \nResearch, 36 \nTuition, 36 \n\nFields of study (see also courses) \nChemical Engineering, 43-48 \nCivil Engineering, 49-61 \nElectrical Engineering, 62-86 \n\n\n119 \n\n\n120 / INDEX \n\n\nIndustrial Engineering \n\nand Engineering \n\nManagement, 87-99 \nMathematics, 117, 118 \nMechanical \n\nEngineering, 100-116 \nFinancial Aid, 36-38 \n\nG \n\nGrading system, 25 \nGraduate and Professional \n\nSchools, 18 \nGraduate School of Engineering \n\nFields of study, 43-118 \n\nRegistration, 24 \n\nRegulations, 23-27 \n\nH \n\nHenderson House, 19 \n\nI \n\nIndustrial Engineering and \n\nEngineering Management, 87-99 \nInterdisciplinary programs, 32-34 \n\nAdmission, 33 \n\nInterdisciplinary Committee, 33 \n\nL \nLoan program, 38 \n\nM \n\nMap of campus, 4 \nMarine Science Institute, 19 \nMaster's degree (see also \nfields of study) \n\nAcademic classification, 27 \nAdmission, 27 \n\nComprehensive examination, 28 \nForeign language \nrequirement, 28 \n\n\nThesis, 28 \n\nTime limitations, 28 \n\nTransfer credits, 28 \nMathematics courses, 117, 118 \nMechanical Engineering, 100-116 \n\nN \n\nNDEA Loan Program, 37 \n\n\nPart-time programs (see also \n\nfields of study), 30 \nPrograms of study (see also \n\nfields of study), 24 \n\n\nRegistration dates, 5 \n\nRegulations \n\nFor doctor's degree, 30-32 \nFor master's degree, 27-30 \nGraduate Division, 23-27 \n\nResearch activities, 18 \n\nResearch fellowships, 36 \n\n\nSuburban Campus, 20 \n\n\nTuition, 35, 36 \nTrustees, 9 \n\n\nU \n\n\nUndergraduate colleges, 120 \nUniversity Council, 12 \nUniversity Graduate Council, 14 \n\n\nW \n\n\nWithdrawals, 26 \n\n\nUNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES \n\nOffering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate \ndegrees \n\n\nBoston-Bouve College \nCollege of Business Administration \nCollege of Criminal Justice \nCollege of Education \n\n\nCollege of Engineering \nCollege of Liberal Arts \nCollege of Nursing \nCollege of Pharmacy \n\n\nOffering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to \nassociate and baccalaureate degrees \n\nLincoln College \n\nUniversity College \n\n\nw \n\n\nELLS BiNDERY INC. \nALTHAM, MASS. \nFEB 1970 \n\n\nNORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES DUPL \n\n\n3 9358 01114440 6 \n\n\n","title":"[Course catalog]","updated_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.446341Z","urn":"urn:lemay:boston:document:course-catalog","version":1,"withdrawn_reason":null},"urn":"urn:lemay:boston:document:course-catalog","version_history":[{"change_note":"accessioned from the Internet Archive, item coursecatalog196970nort","changed_by":"archive-ingest 0.1.0","recorded_at":"2026-09-05T10:00:59.748220Z","version":1}]}